[Title 40 CFR ]
[Code of Federal Regulations (annual edition) - July 1, 2019 Edition]
[From the U.S. Government Publishing Office]



[[Page i]]

          

                                  Title 40

                         Protection of Environment

                         ________________________

                Part 63 (Sec.  63.8980 to end of part 63)

                         Revised as of July 1, 2019

          Containing a codification of documents of general 
          applicability and future effect

          As of July 1, 2019
                    Published by the Office of the Federal Register 
                    National Archives and Records Administration as a 
                    Special Edition of the Federal Register

[[Page ii]]

          U.S. GOVERNMENT OFFICIAL EDITION NOTICE

          Legal Status and Use of Seals and Logos
          
          
          The seal of the National Archives and Records Administration 
              (NARA) authenticates the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) as 
              the official codification of Federal regulations established 
              under the Federal Register Act. Under the provisions of 44 
              U.S.C. 1507, the contents of the CFR, a special edition of the 
              Federal Register, shall be judicially noticed. The CFR is 
              prima facie evidence of the original documents published in 
              the Federal Register (44 U.S.C. 1510).

          It is prohibited to use NARA's official seal and the stylized Code 
              of Federal Regulations logo on any republication of this 
              material without the express, written permission of the 
              Archivist of the United States or the Archivist's designee. 
              Any person using NARA's official seals and logos in a manner 
              inconsistent with the provisions of 36 CFR part 1200 is 
              subject to the penalties specified in 18 U.S.C. 506, 701, and 
              1017.

          Use of ISBN Prefix

          This is the Official U.S. Government edition of this publication 
              and is herein identified to certify its authenticity. Use of 
              the 0-16 ISBN prefix is for U.S. Government Publishing Office 
              Official Editions only. The Superintendent of Documents of the 
              U.S. Government Publishing Office requests that any reprinted 
              edition clearly be labeled as a copy of the authentic work 
              with a new ISBN.

              
              
          U . S . G O V E R N M E N T P U B L I S H I N G O F F I C E

          ------------------------------------------------------------------

          U.S. Superintendent of Documents  Washington, DC 
              20402-0001

          http://bookstore.gpo.gov

          Phone: toll-free (866) 512-1800; DC area (202) 512-1800

[[Page iii]]




                            Table of Contents



                                                                    Page
  Explanation.................................................       v

  Title 40:
          Chapter I--Environmental Protection Agency 
          (Continued)                                                3
  Finding Aids:
      Table of CFR Titles and Chapters........................     957
      Alphabetical List of Agencies Appearing in the CFR......     977
      List of CFR Sections Affected...........................     987

[[Page iv]]





                     ----------------------------

                     Cite this Code: CFR
                     To cite the regulations in 
                       this volume use title, 
                       part and section number. 
                       Thus, 40 CFR 63.8980 
                       refers to title 40, part 
                       63, section 8980.

                     ----------------------------

[[Page v]]



                               EXPLANATION

    The Code of Federal Regulations is a codification of the general and 
permanent rules published in the Federal Register by the Executive 
departments and agencies of the Federal Government. The Code is divided 
into 50 titles which represent broad areas subject to Federal 
regulation. Each title is divided into chapters which usually bear the 
name of the issuing agency. Each chapter is further subdivided into 
parts covering specific regulatory areas.
    Each volume of the Code is revised at least once each calendar year 
and issued on a quarterly basis approximately as follows:

Title 1 through Title 16.................................as of January 1
Title 17 through Title 27..................................as of April 1
Title 28 through Title 41...................................as of July 1
Title 42 through Title 50................................as of October 1

    The appropriate revision date is printed on the cover of each 
volume.

LEGAL STATUS

    The contents of the Federal Register are required to be judicially 
noticed (44 U.S.C. 1507). The Code of Federal Regulations is prima facie 
evidence of the text of the original documents (44 U.S.C. 1510).

HOW TO USE THE CODE OF FEDERAL REGULATIONS

    The Code of Federal Regulations is kept up to date by the individual 
issues of the Federal Register. These two publications must be used 
together to determine the latest version of any given rule.
    To determine whether a Code volume has been amended since its 
revision date (in this case, July 1, 2019), consult the ``List of CFR 
Sections Affected (LSA),'' which is issued monthly, and the ``Cumulative 
List of Parts Affected,'' which appears in the Reader Aids section of 
the daily Federal Register. These two lists will identify the Federal 
Register page number of the latest amendment of any given rule.

EFFECTIVE AND EXPIRATION DATES

    Each volume of the Code contains amendments published in the Federal 
Register since the last revision of that volume of the Code. Source 
citations for the regulations are referred to by volume number and page 
number of the Federal Register and date of publication. Publication 
dates and effective dates are usually not the same and care must be 
exercised by the user in determining the actual effective date. In 
instances where the effective date is beyond the cut-off date for the 
Code a note has been inserted to reflect the future effective date. In 
those instances where a regulation published in the Federal Register 
states a date certain for expiration, an appropriate note will be 
inserted following the text.

OMB CONTROL NUMBERS

    The Paperwork Reduction Act of 1980 (Pub. L. 96-511) requires 
Federal agencies to display an OMB control number with their information 
collection request.

[[Page vi]]

Many agencies have begun publishing numerous OMB control numbers as 
amendments to existing regulations in the CFR. These OMB numbers are 
placed as close as possible to the applicable recordkeeping or reporting 
requirements.

PAST PROVISIONS OF THE CODE

    Provisions of the Code that are no longer in force and effect as of 
the revision date stated on the cover of each volume are not carried. 
Code users may find the text of provisions in effect on any given date 
in the past by using the appropriate List of CFR Sections Affected 
(LSA). For the convenience of the reader, a ``List of CFR Sections 
Affected'' is published at the end of each CFR volume. For changes to 
the Code prior to the LSA listings at the end of the volume, consult 
previous annual editions of the LSA. For changes to the Code prior to 
2001, consult the List of CFR Sections Affected compilations, published 
for 1949-1963, 1964-1972, 1973-1985, and 1986-2000.

``[RESERVED]'' TERMINOLOGY

    The term ``[Reserved]'' is used as a place holder within the Code of 
Federal Regulations. An agency may add regulatory information at a 
``[Reserved]'' location at any time. Occasionally ``[Reserved]'' is used 
editorially to indicate that a portion of the CFR was left vacant and 
not accidentally dropped due to a printing or computer error.

INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

    What is incorporation by reference? Incorporation by reference was 
established by statute and allows Federal agencies to meet the 
requirement to publish regulations in the Federal Register by referring 
to materials already published elsewhere. For an incorporation to be 
valid, the Director of the Federal Register must approve it. The legal 
effect of incorporation by reference is that the material is treated as 
if it were published in full in the Federal Register (5 U.S.C. 552(a)). 
This material, like any other properly issued regulation, has the force 
of law.
    What is a proper incorporation by reference? The Director of the 
Federal Register will approve an incorporation by reference only when 
the requirements of 1 CFR part 51 are met. Some of the elements on which 
approval is based are:
    (a) The incorporation will substantially reduce the volume of 
material published in the Federal Register.
    (b) The matter incorporated is in fact available to the extent 
necessary to afford fairness and uniformity in the administrative 
process.
    (c) The incorporating document is drafted and submitted for 
publication in accordance with 1 CFR part 51.
    What if the material incorporated by reference cannot be found? If 
you have any problem locating or obtaining a copy of material listed as 
an approved incorporation by reference, please contact the agency that 
issued the regulation containing that incorporation. If, after 
contacting the agency, you find the material is not available, please 
notify the Director of the Federal Register, National Archives and 
Records Administration, 8601 Adelphi Road, College Park, MD 20740-6001, 
or call 202-741-6010.

CFR INDEXES AND TABULAR GUIDES

    A subject index to the Code of Federal Regulations is contained in a 
separate volume, revised annually as of January 1, entitled CFR Index 
and Finding Aids. This volume contains the Parallel Table of Authorities 
and Rules. A list of CFR titles, chapters, subchapters, and parts and an 
alphabetical list of agencies publishing in the CFR are also included in 
this volume.

[[Page vii]]

    An index to the text of ``Title 3--The President'' is carried within 
that volume.
    The Federal Register Index is issued monthly in cumulative form. 
This index is based on a consolidation of the ``Contents'' entries in 
the daily Federal Register.
    A List of CFR Sections Affected (LSA) is published monthly, keyed to 
the revision dates of the 50 CFR titles.

REPUBLICATION OF MATERIAL

    There are no restrictions on the republication of material appearing 
in the Code of Federal Regulations.

INQUIRIES

    For a legal interpretation or explanation of any regulation in this 
volume, contact the issuing agency. The issuing agency's name appears at 
the top of odd-numbered pages.
    For inquiries concerning CFR reference assistance, call 202-741-6000 
or write to the Director, Office of the Federal Register, National 
Archives and Records Administration, 8601 Adelphi Road, College Park, MD 
20740-6001 or e-mail [email protected].

SALES

    The Government Publishing Office (GPO) processes all sales and 
distribution of the CFR. For payment by credit card, call toll-free, 
866-512-1800, or DC area, 202-512-1800, M-F 8 a.m. to 4 p.m. e.s.t. or 
fax your order to 202-512-2104, 24 hours a day. For payment by check, 
write to: US Government Publishing Office - New Orders, P.O. Box 979050, 
St. Louis, MO 63197-9000.

ELECTRONIC SERVICES

    The full text of the Code of Federal Regulations, the LSA (List of 
CFR Sections Affected), The United States Government Manual, the Federal 
Register, Public Laws, Public Papers of the Presidents of the United 
States, Compilation of Presidential Documents and the Privacy Act 
Compilation are available in electronic format via www.govinfo.gov. For 
more information, contact the GPO Customer Contact Center, U.S. 
Government Publishing Office. Phone 202-512-1800, or 866-512-1800 (toll-
free). E-mail, [email protected].
    The Office of the Federal Register also offers a free service on the 
National Archives and Records Administration's (NARA) World Wide Web 
site for public law numbers, Federal Register finding aids, and related 
information. Connect to NARA's web site at www.archives.gov/federal-
register.
    The e-CFR is a regularly updated, unofficial editorial compilation 
of CFR material and Federal Register amendments, produced by the Office 
of the Federal Register and the Government Publishing Office. It is 
available at www.ecfr.gov.

    Oliver A. Potts,
    Director,
    Office of the Federal Register
    July 1, 2019







[[Page ix]]



                               THIS TITLE

    Title 40--Protection of Environment is composed of thirty-seven 
volumes. The parts in these volumes are arranged in the following order: 
Parts 1-49, parts 50-51, part 52 (52.01-52.1018), part 52 (52.1019-
52.2019), part 52 (52.2020-end of part 52), parts 53-59, part 60 (60.1-
60.499), part 60 (60.500-end of part 60, sections), part 60 
(Appendices), parts 61-62, part 63 (63.1-63.599), part 63 (63.600-
63.1199), part 63 (63.1200-63.1439), part 63 (63.1440-63.6175), part 63 
(63.6580-63.8830), part 63 (63.8980-end of part 63), parts 64-71, parts 
72-79, part 80, part 81, parts 82-86, parts 87-95, parts 96-99, parts 
100-135, parts 136-149, parts 150-189, parts 190-259, parts 260-265, 
parts 266-299, parts 300-399, parts 400-424, parts 425-699, parts 700-
722, parts 723-789, parts 790-999, parts 1000-1059, and part 1060 to 
end. The contents of these volumes represent all current regulations 
codified under this title of the CFR as of July 1, 2019.

    Chapter I--Environmental Protection Agency appears in all thirty-
seven volumes. OMB control numbers for title 40 appear in Sec.  9.1 of 
this chapter.

    Chapters IV-VIII--Regulations issued by the Environmental Protection 
Agency and Department of Justice, Council on Environmental Quality, 
Chemical Safety and Hazard Investigation Board, Environmental Protection 
Agency and Department of Defense; Uniform National Discharge Standards 
for Vessels of the Armed Forces, and the Gulf Coast Ecosystem 
Restoration Council appear in volume thirty seven.

    For this volume, Robert J. Sheehan, III was Chief Editor. The Code 
of Federal Regulations publication program is under the direction of 
John Hyrum Martinez, assisted by Stephen J. Frattini.

[[Page 1]]



                   TITLE 40--PROTECTION OF ENVIRONMENT




      (This book contains part 63, Sec. 63.8980 to end of part 63)

  --------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                    Part

chapter i--Environmental Protection Agency (Continued)......          63

[[Page 3]]



         CHAPTER I--ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY (CONTINUED)




  --------------------------------------------------------------------


  Editorial Note: Nomenclature changes to chapter I appear at 65 FR 
47324, 47325, Aug. 2, 2000.

                 SUBCHAPTER C--AIR PROGRAMS (CONTINUED)
Part                                                                Page
63              National emission standards for hazardous 
                    air pollutants for source categories 
                    (Continued).............................           5

[[Page 5]]



                  SUBCHAPTER C_AIR PROGRAMS (CONTINUED)





PART 63_NATIONAL EMISSION STANDARDS FOR HAZARDOUS AIR POLLUTANTS FOR
SOURCE CATEGORIES (CONTINUED)--Table of Contents



Subpart NNNNN_National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants: 
                      Hydrochloric Acid Production

                        What This Subpart Covers

Sec.
63.8980 What is the purpose of this subpart?
63.8985 Am I subject to this subpart?
63.8990 What parts of my plant does this subpart cover?
63.8995 When do I have to comply with this subpart?

            Emission Limitations and Work Practice Standards

63.9000 What emission limitations and work practice standards must I 
          meet?

                     General Compliance Requirements

63.9005 What are my general requirements for complying with this 
          subpart?

               Testing and Initial Compliance Requirements

63.9010 By what date must I conduct performance tests?
63.9015 When must I conduct subsequent performance tests?
63.9020 What performance tests and other procedures must I use?
63.9025 What are my monitoring installation, operation, and maintenance 
          requirements?
63.9030 How do I demonstrate initial compliance with the emission 
          limitations and work practice standards?

                   Continuous Compliance Requirements

63.9035 How do I monitor and collect data to demonstrate continuous 
          compliance?
63.9040 How do I demonstrate continuous compliance with the emission 
          limitations and work practice standards?

                   Notifications, Reports, and Records

63.9045 What notifications must I submit and when?
63.9050 What reports must I submit and when?
63.9055 What records must I keep?
63.9060 In what form and how long must I keep my records?

                   Other Requirements and Information

63.9065 What parts of the General Provisions apply to me?
63.9070 Who implements and enforces this subpart?
63.9075 What definitions apply to this subpart?

Table 1 to Subpart NNNNN of Part 63--Emission Limits and Work Practice 
          Standards
Table 2 to Subpart NNNNN of Part 63--Operating Limits
Table 3 to Subpart NNNNN of Part 63--Performance Test Requirements for 
          HCl Production Affected Sources
Table 4 to Subpart NNNNN of Part 63--Initial Compliance with Emission 
          Limitations and Work Practice Standards
Table 5 to Subpart NNNNN of Part 63--Continuous Compliance with Emission 
          Limitations and Work Practice Standards
Table 6 to Subpart NNNNN of Part 63--Requirements for Reports
Table 7 to Subpart NNNNN of Part 63--Applicability of General Provisions 
          to Subpart NNNNN

Subpart OOOOO [Reserved]

 Subpart PPPPP_National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants 
                      for Engine Test Cells/Stands

                        What This Subpart Covers

63.9280 What is the purpose of subpart PPPPP?
63.9285 Am I subject to this subpart?
63.9290 What parts of my plant does this subpart cover?
63.9295 When do I have to comply with this subpart?

                          Emission Limitations

63.9300 What emission limitation must I meet?
63.9301 What are my options for meeting the emission limits?
63.9302 What operating limits must I meet?

                     General Compliance Requirements

63.9305 What are my general requirements for complying with this 
          subpart?
63.9306 What are my continuous parameter monitoring system (CPMS) 
          installation, operation, and maintenance requirements?
63.9307 What are my continuous emissions monitoring system installation, 
          operation, and maintenance requirements?

[[Page 6]]

               Testing and Initial Compliance Requirements

63.9310 By what date must I conduct the initial compliance 
          demonstrations?
63.9320 What procedures must I use?
63.9321 What are the general requirements for performance tests?
63.9322 How do I determine the emission capture system efficiency?
63.9323 How do I determine the add-on control device emission 
          destruction or removal efficiency?
63.9324 How do I establish the emission capture system and add-on 
          control device operating limits during the performance test?
63.9330 How do I demonstrate initial compliance with the emission 
          limitation?

                   Continuous Compliance Requirements

63.9335 How do I monitor and collect data to demonstrate continuous 
          compliance?
63.9340 How do I demonstrate continuous compliance with the emission 
          limitation?

                   Notifications, Reports, and Records

63.9345 What notifications must I submit and when?
63.9350 What reports must I submit and when?
63.9355 What records must I keep?
63.9360 In what form and how long must I keep my records?

                   Other Requirements and Information

63.9365 What parts of the General Provisions apply to me?
63.9370 Who implements and enforces this subpart?
63.9375 What definitions apply to this subpart?

Table 1 to Subpart PPPPP of Part 63--Emission Limitations
Table 2 to Subpart PPPPP of Part 63--Operating Limits
Table 3 to Subpart PPPPP of Part 63--Requirements for Initial Compliance 
          Demonstrations
Table 4 to Subpart PPPPP of Part 63--Initial Compliance with Emission 
          Limitations
Table 5 to Subpart PPPPP of Part 63--Continuous Compliance with Emission 
          Limitations
Table 6 to Subpart PPPPP of Part 63--Requirements for Reports
Table 7 to Subpart PPPPP of Part 63--Applicability of General Provisions 
          to Subpart PPPPP

 Subpart QQQQQ_National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants 
             for Friction Materials Manufacturing Facilities

                        What This Subpart Covers

63.9480 What is the purpose of this subpart?
63.9485 Am I subject to this subpart?
63.9490 What parts of my plant does this subpart cover?
63.9495 When do I have to comply with this subpart?

                          Emission Limitations

63.9500 What emission limitations must I meet?

                     General Compliance Requirements

63.9505 What are my general requirements for complying with this 
          subpart?

              Initial Compliance Demonstration Requirements

63.9510 By what date must I conduct my initial compliance demonstration?
63.9515 How do I demonstrate initial compliance with the emission 
          limitation that applies to me?
63.9520 What procedures must I use to demonstrate initial compliance?
63.9525 What are the installation, operation, and maintenance 
          requirements for my weight measurement device?

                   Continuous Compliance Requirements

63.9530 How do I demonstrate continuous compliance with the emission 
          limitation that applies to me?

                   Notifications, Reports, and Records

63.9535 What notifications must I submit and when?
63.9540 What reports must I submit and when?
63.9545 What records must I keep?
63.9550 In what form and how long must I keep my records?

                   Other Requirements and Information

63.9555 What parts of the General Provisions apply to me?
63.9560 Who implements and enforces this subpart?
63.9565 What definitions apply to this subpart?
63.9570 How do I apply for alternative compliance requirements?
63.9571-63.9579 [Reserved]

[[Page 7]]


Table 1 to Subpart QQQQQ of Part 63--Applicability of General Provisions 
          to Subpart QQQQQ

Subpart RRRRR_National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants: 
                      Taconite Iron Ore Processing

                        What This Subpart Covers

63.9580 What is the purpose of this subpart?
63.9581 Am I subject to this subpart?
63.9582 What parts of my plant does this subpart cover?
63.9583 When do I have to comply with this subpart?

            Emission Limitations and Work Practice Standards

63.9590 What emission limitations must I meet?
63.9591 What work practice standards must I meet?

                 Operation and Maintenance Requirements

63.9600 What are my operation and maintenance requirements?

                     General Compliance Requirements

63.9610 What are my general requirements for complying with this 
          subpart?

                     Initial Compliance Requirements

63.9620 On which units and by what date must I conduct performance tests 
          or other initial compliance demonstrations?
63.9621 What test methods and other procedures must I use to demonstrate 
          initial compliance with the emission limits for particulate 
          matter?
63.9622 What test methods and other procedures must I use to establish 
          and demonstrate initial compliance with the operating limits?
63.9623 How do I demonstrate initial compliance with the emission 
          limitations that apply to me?
63.9624 How do I demonstrate initial compliance with the work practice 
          standards that apply to me?
63.9625 How do I demonstrate initial compliance with the operation and 
          maintenance requirements that apply to me?

                   Continuous Compliance Requirements

63.9630 When must I conduct subsequent performance tests?
63.9631 What are my monitoring requirements?
63.9632 What are the installation, operation, and maintenance 
          requirements for my monitoring equipment?
63.9633 How do I monitor and collect data to demonstrate continuous 
          compliance?
63.9634 How do I demonstrate continuous compliance with the emission 
          limitations that apply to me?
63.9635 How do I demonstrate continuous compliance with the work 
          practice standards that apply to me?
63.9636 How do I demonstrate continuous compliance with the operation 
          and maintenance requirements that apply to me?
63.9637 What other requirements must I meet to demonstrate continuous 
          compliance?

                   Notifications, Reports, and Records

63.9640 What notifications must I submit and when?
63.9641 What reports must I submit and when?
63.9642 What records must I keep?
63.9643 In what form and how long must I keep my records?

                   Other Requirements and Information

63.9650 What parts of the General Provisions apply to me?
63.9651 Who implements and enforces this subpart?
63.9652 What definitions apply to this subpart?

Table 1 to Subpart RRRRR of Part 63--Emission Limits
Table 2 to Subpart RRRRR of Part 63--Applicability of General Provisions 
          to Subpart RRRRR of Part 63

 Subpart SSSSS_National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants 
                  for Refractory Products Manufacturing

                        What This Subpart Covers

63.9780 What is the purpose of this subpart?
63.9782 Am I subject to this subpart?
63.9784 What parts of my plant does this subpart cover?
63.9786 When do I have to comply with this subpart?

            Emission Limitations and Work Practice Standards

63.9788 What emission limits, operating limits, and work practice 
          standards must I meet?
63.9790 What are my options for meeting the emission limits?

                     General Compliance Requirements

63.9792 What are my general requirements for complying with this 
          subpart?
63.9794 What do I need to know about operation, maintenance, and 
          monitoring plans?

[[Page 8]]

               Testing and Initial Compliance Requirements

63.9796 By what date must I conduct performance tests?
63.9798 When must I conduct subsequent performance tests?
63.9800 How do I conduct performance tests and establish operating 
          limits?
63.9802 How do I develop an emissions profile?
63.9804 What are my monitoring system installation, operation, and 
          maintenance requirements?
63.9806 How do I demonstrate initial compliance with the emission 
          limits, operating limits, and work practice standards?

                   Continuous Compliance Requirements

63.9808 How do I monitor and collect data to demonstrate continuous 
          compliance?
63.9810 How do I demonstrate continuous compliance with the emission 
          limits, operating limits, and work practice standards?

                   Notifications, Reports, and Records

63.9812 What notifications must I submit and when?
63.9814 What reports must I submit and when?
63.9816 What records must I keep?
63.9818 In what form and how long must I keep my records?

                   Other Requirements and Information

63.9820 What parts of the General Provisions apply to me?
63.9822 Who implements and enforces this subpart?
63.9824 What definitions apply to this subpart?

Table 1 to Subpart SSSSS of Part 63--Emission Limits
Table 2 to Subpart SSSSS of Part 63--Operating Limits
Table 3 to Subpart SSSSS of Part 63--Work Practice Standards
Table 4 to Subpart SSSSS of Part 63--Requirements for Performance Tests
Table 5 to Subpart SSSSS of Part 63--Initial Compliance with Emission 
          Limits
Table 6 to Subpart SSSSS of Part 63--Initial Compliance with Work 
          Practice Standards
Table 7 to Subpart SSSSS of Part 63--Continuous Compliance with Emission 
          Limits
Table 8 to Subpart SSSSS of Part 63--Continuous Compliance with 
          Operating Limits
Table 9 to Subpart SSSSS of Part 63--Continuous Compliance with Work 
          Practice Standards
Table 10 to Subpart SSSSS of Part 63--Requirements for Reports
Table 11 to Subpart SSSSS of Part 63--Applicability of General 
          Provisions to Subpart SSSSS

Subpart TTTTT_National Emissions Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants 
                     for Primary Magnesium Refining

                        What This Subpart Covers

63.9880 What is the purpose of this subpart?
63.9881 Am I subject to this subpart?
63.9882 What parts of my plant does this subpart cover?
63.9883 When do I have to comply with this subpart?

            Emission Limitations and Work Practice Standards

63.9890 What emission limitations must I meet?
63.9891 What work practice standards must I meet for my fugitive dust 
          sources?

                 Operation and Maintenance Requirements

63.9900 What are my operation and maintenance requirements?

                     General Compliance Requirements

63.9910 What are my general requirements for complying with this 
          subpart?

                     Initial Compliance Requirements

63.9911 By what date must I conduct performance tests or other initial 
          compliance demonstrations?
63.9912 When must I conduct subsequent performance tests?
63.9913 What test methods and other procedures must I use to demonstrate 
          initial compliance with the emission limits for particulate 
          matter and PM10?
63.9914 What test methods and other procedures must I use to demonstrate 
          initial compliance with chlorine and hydrochloric acid 
          emission limits?
63.9915 What test methods and other procedures must I use to demonstrate 
          initial compliance with dioxin/furan emission limits?
63.9916 What test methods and other procedures must I use to establish 
          and demonstrate initial compliance with the operating limits?
63.9917 How do I demonstrate initial compliance with the emission 
          limitations and work practice standards that apply to me?
63.9918 How do I demonstrate initial compliance with the operation and 
          maintenance requirements that apply to me?

                   Continuous Compliance Requirements

63.9920 What are my monitoring requirements?

[[Page 9]]

63.9921 What are the installation, operation, and maintenance 
          requirements for my monitors?
63.9922 How do I monitor and collect data to demonstrate continuous 
          compliance?
63.9923 How do I demonstrate continuous compliance with the emission 
          limitations and work practice standards that apply to me?
63.9924 How do I demonstrate continuous compliance with the operation 
          and maintenance requirements that apply to me?
63.9925 What other requirements must I meet to demonstrate continuous 
          compliance?

                   Notifications, Reports, and Records

63.9930 What notifications must I submit and when?
63.9931 What reports must I submit and when?
63.9932 What records must I keep?
63.9933 In what form and how long must I keep my records?

                   Other Requirements and Information

63.9940 What parts of the General Provisions apply to me?
63.9941 Who implements and enforces this subpart?
63.9942 What definitions apply to this subpart?

Table 1 to Subpart TTTTT of Part 63--Emission Limits
Table 2 to Subpart TTTTT of Part 63--Toxic Equivalency Factors
Table 3 to Subpart TTTTT of Part 63--Initial Compliance with Emission 
          Limits
Table 4 to Subpart TTTTT of Part 63--Continuous Compliance with Emission 
          Limits
Table 5 to Subpart TTTTT of Part 63--Applicability of General Provisions 
          to Subpart TTTTT of Part 63

Subpart UUUUU_National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants: 
       Coal- and Oil-Fired Electric Utility Steam Generating Units

                        What This Subpart Covers

63.9980 What is the purpose of this subpart?
63.9981 Am I subject to this subpart?
63.9982 What is the affected source of this subpart?
63.9983 Are any fossil fuel-fired electric generating units not subject 
          to this subpart?
63.9984 When do I have to comply with this subpart?
63.9985 What is a new EGU?

            Emission Limitations and Work Practice Standards

63.9990 What are the subcategories of EGUs?
63.9991 What emission limitations, work practice standards, and 
          operating limits must I meet?

                     General Compliance Requirements

63.10000 What are my general requirements for complying with this 
          subpart?
63.10001 [Reserved]

               Testing and Initial Compliance Requirements

63.10005 What are my initial compliance requirements and by what date 
          must I conduct them?
63.10006 When must I conduct subsequent performance tests or tune-ups?
63.10007 What methods and other procedures must I use for the 
          performance tests?
63.10008 [Reserved]
63.10009 May I use emissions averaging to comply with this subpart?
63.10010 What are my monitoring, installation, operation, and 
          maintenance requirements?
63.10011 How do I demonstrate initial compliance with the emission 
          limitations and work practice standards?

                   Continuous Compliance Requirements

63.10020 How do I monitor and collect data to demonstrate continuous 
          compliance?
63.10021 How do I demonstrate continuous compliance with the emission 
          limitations, operating limits, and work practice standards?
63.10022 How do I demonstrate continuous compliance under the emissions 
          averaging provision?
63.10023 How do I establish my PM CPMS operating limit and determine 
          compliance with it?

                   Notifications, Reports, and Records

63.10030 What notifications must I submit and when?
63.10031 What reports must I submit and when?
63.10032 What records must I keep?
63.10033 In what form and how long must I keep my records?

                   Other Requirements and Information

63.10040 What parts of the General Provisions apply to me?
63.10041 Who implements and enforces this subpart?
63.10042 What definitions apply to this subpart?

Table 1 to Subpart UUUUU of Part 63--Emission Limits for New or 
          Reconstructed EGUs
Table 2 to Subpart UUUUU of Part 63--Emission Limits for Existing EGUs
Table 3 to Subpart UUUUU of Part 63--Work Practice Standards

[[Page 10]]

Table 4 to Subpart UUUUU of Part 63--Operating Limits for EGUs
Table 5 to Subpart UUUUU of Part 63--Performance Testing Requirements
Table 6 to Subpart UUUUU of Part 63--Establishing PM CPMS Operating 
          Limits
Table 7 to Subpart UUUUU of Part 63--Demonstrating Continuous Compliance
Table 8 to Subpart UUUUU of Part 63--Reporting Requirements
Table 9 to Subpart UUUUU of Part 63--Applicability of General Provisions 
          to Subpart UUUUU
Appendix A to Subpart UUUUU of Part 63--Hg Monitoring Provisions
Appendix B to Subpart UUUUU of Part 63--HCl and HF Monitoring Provisions

Subpart VVVVV [Reserved]

 Subpart WWWWW_National Emission Standards for Hospital Ethylene Oxide 
                               Sterilizers

                   Applicability and Compliance Dates

63.10382 Am I subject to this subpart?
63.10384 What are my compliance dates?

                                Standards

63.10390 What management practice standards must I meet?

                     Initial Compliance Requirements

63.10400 How do I demonstrate initial compliance?
63.10402 By what date must I demonstrate initial compliance?

             Monitoring--Continuous Compliance Requirements

63.10420 How do I demonstrate continuous compliance with the management 
          practice requirements?

                   Notifications, Reports, and Records

63.10430 What notifications must I submit and by when?
63.10432 What records must I keep?
63.10434 In what form and for how long must I keep my records?

                   Other Requirements and Information

63.10440 What parts of the General Provisions apply to me?
63.10442 Who implements and enforces this subpart?
63.10446 Do title V permitting requirements apply to area sources 
          subject to this subpart?
63.10448 What definitions apply to this subpart?

Table 1 to Subpart WWWWW of Part 63--Applicability of General Provisions 
          to Subpart WWWWW

Subpart XXXXX [Reserved]

 Subpart YYYYY_National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants 
      for Area Sources: Electric Arc Furnace Steelmaking Facilities

                   Applicability and Compliance Dates

63.10680 Am I subject to this subpart?
63.10681 What are my compliance dates?

                  Standards and Compliance Requirements

63.10685 What are the requirements for the control of contaminants from 
          scrap?
63.10686 What are the requirements for electric arc furnaces and argon-
          oxygen decarburization vessels?

                   Other Information and Requirements

63.10690 What parts of the General Provisions apply to this subpart??
63.10691 Who implements and enforces this subpart?
63.10692 What definitions apply to this subpart?

Table 1 to Subpart YYYYY of Part 63--Applicability of General Provisions 
          to Subpart YYYYY

 Subpart ZZZZZ_National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants 
                for Iron and Steel Foundries Area Sources

                   Applicability and Compliance Dates

63.10880 Am I subject to this subpart?
63.10881 What are my compliance dates?

Pollution Prevention Management Practices for New and Existing Affected 
                                 Sources

63.10885 What are my management practices for metallic scrap and mercury 
          switches?
63.10886 What are my management practices for binder formulations?

 Requirements for New and Existing Affected Sources Classified as Small 
                                Foundries

63.10890 What are my management practices and compliance requirements?

 Requirements for New and Existing Affected Sources Classified as Large 
                                Foundries

63.10895 What are my standards and management practices?
63.10896 What are my operation and maintenance requirements?
63.10897 What are my monitoring requirements?
63.10898 What are my performance test requirements?
63.10899 What are my recordkeeping and reporting requirements?

[[Page 11]]

63.10900 What parts of the General Provisions apply to my large foundry?

                   Other Requirements and Information

63.10905 Who implements and enforces this subpart?
63.10906 What definitions apply to this subpart?

Table 1 to Subpart ZZZZZ of Part 63--Performance Test Requirements for 
          New and Existing Affected Sources Classified as Large 
          Foundries
Table 2 to Subpart ZZZZZ of Part 63--Procedures for Establishing 
          Operating Limits for New Affected Sources Classified as Large 
          Foundries
Table 3 to Subpart ZZZZZ of Part 63--Applicability of General Provisions 
          to New and Existing Affected Sources Classified as Large 
          Foundries
Table 4 to Subpart ZZZZZ of Part 63--Compliance Certifications for New 
          and Existing Affected Sources Classified as Large Iron and 
          Steel Foundries

Subpart AAAAAA [Reserved]

Subpart BBBBBB_National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants 
for Source Category: Gasoline Distribution Bulk Terminals, Bulk Plants, 
                         and Pipeline Facilities

                        What This Subpart Covers

63.11080 What is the purpose of this subpart?
63.11081 Am I subject to the requirements in this subpart?
63.11082 What parts of my affected source does this subpart cover?
63.11083 When do I have to comply with this subpart?

              Emission Limitations and Management Practices

63.11085 What are my general duties to minimize emissions?
63.11086 What requirements must I meet if my facility is a bulk gasoline 
          plant?
63.11087 What requirements must I meet for gasoline storage tanks if my 
          facility is a bulk gasoline terminal, pipeline breakout 
          station, or pipeline pumping station?
63.11088 What requirements must I meet for gasoline loading racks if my 
          facility is a bulk gasoline terminal, pipeline breakout 
          station, or pipeline pumping station?
63.11089 What requirements must I meet for equipment leak inspections if 
          my facility is a bulk gasoline terminal, pipeline breakout 
          station, or pipeline pumping station?

                   Testing and Monitoring Requirements

63.11092 What testing and monitoring requirements must I meet?

                   Notification, Records, and Reports

63.11093 What notifications must I submit and when?
63.11094 What are my recordkeeping requirements?
63.11095 What are my reporting requirements?

                   Other Requirements and Information

63.11098 What parts of the General Provisions apply to me?
63.11099 Who implements and enforces this subpart?
63.11100 What definitions apply to this subpart?

Table 1 to Subpart BBBBBB of Part 63--Applicability Criteria, Emission 
          Limits, and Management Practices for Storage Tanks
Table 2 to Subpart BBBBBB of Part 63--Applicability Criteria, Emission 
          Limits, and Management Practices for Loading Racks
Table 3 to Subpart BBBBBB of Part 63--Applicability of General 
          Provisions

Subpart CCCCCC_National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants 
           for Source Category: Gasoline Dispensing Facilities

                        What This Subpart Covers

63.11110 What is the purpose of this subpart?
63.11111 Am I subject to the requirements in this subpart?
63.11112 What parts of my affected source does this subpart cover?
63.11113 When do I have to comply with this subpart?

              Emission Limitations and Management Practices

63.11115 What are my general duties to minimize emissions?
63.11116 Requirements for facilities with monthly throughput of less 
          than 10,000 gallons of gasoline.
63.11117 Requirements for facilities with monthly throughput of 10,000 
          gallons of gasoline or more.
63.11118 Requirements for facilities with monthly throughput of 100,000 
          gallons of gasoline or more.

                   Testing and Monitoring Requirements

63.11120 What testing and monitoring requirements must I meet?

                   Notification, Records, and Reports

63.11124 What notifications must I submit and when?
63.11125 What are my recordkeeping requirements?
63.11126 What are my reporting requirements?

[[Page 12]]

                   Other Requirements and Information

63.11130 What parts of the General Provisions apply to me?
63.11131 Who implements and enforces this subpart?
63.11132 What definitions apply to this subpart?

Table 1 to Subpart CCCCCC of Part 63--Applicability Criteria and 
          Management Practices for Gasoline Dispensing Facilities with 
          Monthly Throughput of 100,000 Gallons of Gasoline or More
Table 2 to Subpart CCCCCC of Part 63--Applicability Criteria and 
          Management Practices for Gasoline Cargo Tanks Unloading at 
          Gasoline Dispensing Facilities with Monthly Throughput of 
          100,000 Gallons of Gasoline or More
Table 3 to Subpart CCCCCC of Part 63--Applicability of General 
          Provisions

Subpart DDDDDD_National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants 
      for Polyvinyl Chloride and Copolymers Production Area Sources

                   Applicability and Compliance Dates

63.11140 Am I subject to this subpart?
63.11141 What are my compliance dates?

                  Standards and Compliance Requirements

63.11142 What are the standards and compliance requirements for new and 
          existing sources?

                   Other Requirements and Information

63.11143 What General Provisions apply to this subpart?
63.11144 What definitions apply to this subpart?
63.11145 Who implements and enforces this subpart?

Table 1 to Subpart DDDDDD of Part 63--Emission Limits and Standards for 
          Existing Affected Sources
Table 2 to Subpart DDDDDD of Part 63--Emission Limits and Standards for 
          New Affected Sources

Subpart EEEEEE_National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants 
                for Primary Copper Smelting Area Sources

                   Applicability and Compliance Dates

63.11146 What are the applicability provisions and compliance dates?

                  Standards and Compliance Requirements

63.11147 What are the standards and compliance requirements for existing 
          sources not using batch copper converters?
63.11148 What are the standards and compliance requirements for existing 
          sources using batch copper converters?
63.11149 What are the standards and compliance requirements for new 
          sources?

                   Other Requirements and Information

63.11150 What General Provisions apply to this subpart?
63.11151 What definitions apply to this subpart?
63.11152 Who implements and enforces this subpart?

Table 1 to Subpart EEEEEE of Part 63--Applicability of General 
          Provisions to Subpart EEEEEE

Subpart FFFFFF_National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants 
               for Secondary Copper Smelting Area Sources

                   Applicability and Compliance Dates

63.11153 Am I subject to this subpart?
63.11154 What are my compliance dates?

                  Standards and Compliance Requirements

63.11155 What are the standards and compliance requirements for new 
          sources?
63.11156 [Reserved]

                   Other Requirements and Information

63.11157 What General Provisions apply to this subpart?
63.11158 What definitions apply to this subpart?
63.11159 Who implements and enforces this subpart?

Table 1 to Subpart FFFFFF of Part 63--Applicability of General 
          Provisions to Subpart FFFFFF

Subpart GGGGGG_National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants 
 for Primary Nonferrous Metals Area Sources_Zinc, Cadmium, and Beryllium

                   Applicability and Compliance Dates

63.11160 Am I subject to this subpart?
63.11161 What are my compliance dates?

                   Primary Zinc Production Facilities

63.11162 What are the standards and compliance requirements for existing 
          sources?
63.11163 What are the standards and compliance requirements for new 
          sources?
63.11164 What General Provisions apply to primary zinc production 
          facilities?

                 Primary Beryllium Production Facilities

63.11165 What are the standards and compliance requirements for new and 
          existing sources?
63.11166 What General Provisions apply to primary beryllium production 
          facilities?

[[Page 13]]

                   Other Requirements and Information

63.11167 What definitions apply to this subpart?
63.11168 Who implements and enforces this subpart?

Table 1 to Subpart GGGGGG of Part 63--Applicability of General 
          Provisions to Primary Zinc Production Area Sources

Subpart HHHHHH_National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants: 
  Paint Stripping and Miscellaneous Surface Coating Operations at Area 
                                 Sources

                        What This Subpart Covers

63.11169 What is the purpose of this subpart?
63.11170 Am I subject to this subpart?
63.11171 How do I know if my source is considered a new source or an 
          existing source?

                     General Compliance Requirements

63.11172 When do I have to comply with this subpart?
63.11173 What are my general requirements for complying with this 
          subpart?
63.11174 What parts of the General Provisions apply to me?

                   Notifications, Reports, and Records

63.11175 What notifications must I submit?
63.11176 What reports must I submit?
63.11177 What records must I keep?
63.11178 In what form and for how long must I keep my records?

                   Other Requirements and Information

63.11179 Who implements and enforces this subpart?
63.11180 What definitions do I need to know?

Table 1 to Subpart HHHHHH of Part 63--Applicability of General 
          Provisions to Subpart HHHHHH of Part 63

Subpart IIIIII [Reserved]

Subpart JJJJJJ_National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants 
   for Industrial, Commercial, and Institutional Boilers Area Sources

                        What This Subpart Covers

63.11193 Am I subject to this subpart?
63.11194 What is the affected source of this subpart?
63.11195 Are any boilers not subject to this subpart?
63.11196 What are my compliance dates?

 Emission Limits, Work Practice Standards, Emission Reduction Measures, 
                        and Management Practices

63.11200 What are the subcategories of boilers?
63.11201 What standards must I meet?

                     General Compliance Requirements

63.11205 What are my general requirements for complying with this 
          subpart?

                     Initial Compliance Requirements

63.11210 What are my initial compliance requirements and by what date 
          must I conduct them?
63.11211 How do I demonstrate initial compliance with the emission 
          limits?
63.11212 What stack tests and procedures must I use for the performance 
          tests?
63.11213 What fuel analyses and procedures must I use for the 
          performance tests?
63.11214 How do I demonstrate initial compliance with the work practice 
          standard, emission reduction measures, and management 
          practice?

                   Continuous Compliance Requirements

63.11220 When must I conduct subsequent performance tests or fuel 
          analyses?
63.11221 Is there a minimum amount of monitoring data I must obtain?
63.11222 How do I demonstrate continuous compliance with the emission 
          limits?
63.11223 How do I demonstrate continuous compliance with the work 
          practice and management practice standards?
63.11224 What are my monitoring, installation, operation, and 
          maintenance requirements?
63.11225 What are my notification, reporting, and recordkeeping 
          requirements?
63.11226 [Reserved]

                   Other Requirements and Information

63.11235 What parts of the General Provisions apply to me?
63.11236 Who implements and enforces this subpart?
63.11237 What definitions apply to this subpart?

Table 1 to Subpart JJJJJJ of Part 63--Emission Limits
Table 2 to Subpart JJJJJJ of Part 63--Work Practice Standards, Emission 
          Reduction Measures, and Management Practices
Table 3 to Subpart JJJJJJ of Part 63--Operating Limits for Boilers With 
          Emission Limits
Table 4 to Subpart JJJJJJ of Part 63--Performance (Stack) Testing 
          Requirements
Table 5 to Subpart JJJJJJ of Part 63--Fuel Analysis Requirements

[[Page 14]]

Table 6 to Subpart JJJJJJ of Part 63--Establishing Operating Limit
Table 7 to Subpart JJJJJJ of Part 63--Demonstrating Continuous 
          Compliance
Table 8 to Subpart JJJJJJ of Part 63--Applicability of General 
          Provisions to Subpart JJJJJJ

Subpart KKKKKK [Reserved]

Subpart LLLLLL_National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants 
        for Acrylic and Modacrylic Fibers Production Area Sources

                   Applicability and Compliance Dates

63.11393 Am I subject to this subpart?
63.11394 What are my compliance dates?

                  Standards and Compliance Requirements

63.11395 What are the standards and compliance requirements for existing 
          sources?
63.11396 What are the standards and compliance requirements for new 
          sources?

                   Other Requirements and Information

63.11397 What General Provisions apply to this subpart?
63.11398 What definitions apply to this subpart?
63.11399 Who implements and enforces this subpart?

Table 1 to Subpart LLLLLL of Part 63--Applicability of General 
          Provisions to Subpart LLLLLL

Subpart MMMMMM_National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants 
                for Carbon Black Production Area Sources

                   Applicability and Compliance Dates

63.11400 Am I subject to this subpart?
63.11401 What are my compliance dates?

                  Standards and Compliance Requirements

63.11402 What are the standards and compliance requirements for new and 
          existing sources?
63.11403 [Reserved]

                   Other Requirements and Information

63.11404 What General Provisions apply to this subpart?
63.11405 What definitions apply to this subpart?
63.11406 Who implements and enforces this subpart?

Subpart NNNNNN_National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants 
       for Chemical Manufacturing Area Sources: Chromium Compounds

                   Applicability and Compliance Dates

63.11407 Am I subject to this subpart?
63.11408 What are my compliance dates?

                  Standards and Compliance Requirements

63.11409 What are the standards?
63.11410 What are the compliance requirements?

                   Other Requirements and Information

63.11411 What General Provisions apply to this subpart?
63.11412 What definitions apply to this subpart?
63.11413 Who implements and enforces this subpart?

Table 1 to Subpart NNNNNN of Part 63--HAP Emissions Units
Table 2 to Subpart NNNNNN of Part 63--Applicability of General 
          Provisions to Subpart NNNNNN

Subpart OOOOOO_National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants 
 for Flexible Polyurethane Foam Production and Fabrication Area Sources

                   Applicability and Compliance Dates

63.11414 Am I subject to this subpart?
63.11415 What are my compliance dates?

                  Standards and Compliance Requirements

63.11416 What are the standards for new and existing sources?
63.11417 What are the compliance requirements for new and existing 
          sources?

                   Other Requirements and Information

63.11418 What General Provisions apply to this subpart?
63.11419 What definitions apply to this subpart?
63.11420 Who implements and enforces this subpart?

Table 1 to Subpart OOOOOO of Part 63--Applicability of General 
          Provisions to Subpart OOOOOO

Subpart PPPPPP_National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants 
            for Lead Acid Battery Manufacturing Area Sources

                   Applicability and Compliance Dates

63.11421 Am I subject to this subpart?

[[Page 15]]

63.11422 What are my compliance dates?

                  Standards and Compliance Requirements

63.11423 What are the standards and compliance requirements for new and 
          existing sources?
63.11424 [Reserved]

                   Other Requirements and Information

63.11425 What General Provisions apply to this subpart?
63.11426 What definitions apply to this subpart?
63.11427 Who implements and enforces this subpart?

Table 1 to Subpart PPPPPPP of Part 63--Applicability of General 
          Provisions to Subpart PPPPPP

Subpart QQQQQQ_National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants 
                    for Wood Preserving Area Sources

                   Applicability and Compliance Dates

63.11428 Am I subject to this subpart?
63.11429 What are my compliance dates?

                                Standards

63.11430 What are the standards?
63.11431 [Reserved]

                   Other Requirements and Information

63.11432 What General Provisions apply to this subpart?
63.11433 What definitions apply to this subpart?
63.11434 Who implements and enforces this subpart?

Table 1 to Subpart QQQQQQ of Part 63--Applicability of General 
          Provisions of Subpart QQQQQQ

Subpart RRRRRR_National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants 
              for Clay Ceramics Manufacturing Area Sources

                   Applicability and Compliance Dates

63.11435 Am I subject to this subpart?
63.11436 What parts of my plant does this subpart cover?
63.11437 What are my compliance dates?

           Standards, Compliance, and Monitoring Requirements

63.11438 What are the standards for new and existing sources?
63.11439 What are the initial compliance demonstration requirements for 
          new and existing sources?
63.11440 What are the monitoring requirements for new and existing 
          sources?
63.11441 What are the notification requirements?
63.11442 What are the recordkeeping requirements?

                   Other Requirements and Information

63.11443 What General Provisions apply to this subpart?
63.11444 What definitions apply to this subpart?
63.11445 Who implements and enforces this subpart?
63.11446-63.11447 [Reserved]

Table 1 to Subpart RRRRRR of Part 63--Applicability of General 
          Provisions to Subpart RRRRRR

Subpart SSSSSS_National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants 
                  for Glass Manufacturing Area Sources

                   Applicability and Compliance Dates

63.11448 Am I subject to this subpart?
63.11449 What parts of my plant does this subpart cover?
63.11450 What are my compliance dates?

           Standards, Compliance, and Monitoring Requirements

63.11451 What are the standards for new and existing sources?
63.11452 What are the performance test requirements for new and existing 
          sources?
63.11453 What are the initial compliance demonstration requirements for 
          new and existing sources?
63.11454 What are the monitoring requirements for new and existing 
          sources?
63.11455 What are the continuous compliance requirements for new and 
          existing sources?

                        Notifications and Records

63.11456 What are the notification requirements?
63.11457 What are the recordkeeping requirements?

                   Other Requirements and Information

63.11458 What General Provisions apply to this subpart?
63.11459 What definitions apply to this subpart?
63.11460 Who implements and enforces this subpart?
63.11461 [Reserved]

Table 1 to Subpart SSSSSS of Part 63--Emission Limits

[[Page 16]]

Table 2 to Subpart SSSSSS of Part 63--Applicability of General 
          Provisions to Subpart SSSSSS

Subpart TTTTTT_National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants 
         for Secondary Nonferrous Metals Processing Area Sources

                   Applicability and Compliance Dates

63.11462 Am I subject to this subpart?
63.11463 What parts of my plant does this subpart cover?
63.11464 What are my compliance dates?

           Standards, Compliance, and Monitoring Requirements

63.11465 What are the standards for new and existing sources?
63.11466 What are the performance test requirements for new and existing 
          sources?
63.11467 What are the initial compliance demonstration requirements for 
          new and existing sources?
63.11468 What are the monitoring requirements for new and existing 
          sources?
63.11469 What are the notification requirements?
63.11470 What are the recordkeeping requirements?

                   Other Requirements and Information

63.11471 What General Provisions apply to this subpart?
63.11472 What definitions apply to this subpart?
63.11473 Who implements and enforces this subpart?
63.11474 [Reserved]

Table 1 to Subpart TTTTTT of Part 63--Applicability of General 
          Provisions to Subpart TTTTTT

Subpart UUUUUU [Reserved]

Subpart VVVVVV_National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants 
                 for Chemical Manufacturing Area Sources

                   Applicability and Compliance Dates

63.11494 What are the applicability requirements and compliance dates?

                  Standards and Compliance Requirements

63.11495 What are the management practices and other requirements?
63.11496 What are the standards and compliance requirements for process 
          vents?
63.11497 What are the standards and compliance requirements for storage 
          tanks?
63.11498 What are the standards and compliance requirements for 
          wastewater systems?
63.11499 What are the standards and compliance requirements for heat 
          exchange systems?
63.11500 What compliance options do I have if part of my plant is 
          subject to both this subpart and another Federal standard?
63.11501 What are the notification, recordkeeping, and reporting 
          requirements, and how may I assert an affirmative defense for 
          violation of emission standards during malfunction?

                   Other Requirements and Information

63.11502 What definitions apply to this subpart?
63.11503 Who implements and enforces this subpart?

Table 1 to Subpart VVVVVV of Part 63--Hazardous Air Pollutants Used to 
          Determine Applicability of Chemical Manufacturing Operations
Table 2 to Subpart VVVVVV of Part 63--Emission Limits and Compliance 
          Requirements for Batch Process Vents
Table 3 to Subpart VVVVVV of Part 63--Emission Limits and Compliance 
          Requirements for Continuous Process Vents
Table 4 to Subpart VVVVVV of Part 63--Emission Limits and Compliance 
          Requirements for Metal HAP Process Vents
Table 5 to Subpart VVVVVV of Part 63--Emission Limits and Compliance 
          Requirements for Storage Tanks
Table 6 to Subpart VVVVVV of Part 63--Emission Limits and Compliance 
          Requirements for Wastewater Systems
Table 7 to subpart VVVVVV of Part 63--Partially Soluble HAP
Table 8 to Subpart VVVVVV of Part 63--Emission Limits and Compliance 
          Requirements for Heat Exchange Systems
Table 9 to Subpart VVVVVV of Part 63--Applicability of General 
          Provisions to Subpart VVVVVV

Subpart WWWWWW_National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants: 
       Area Source Standards for Plating and Polishing Operations

                   Applicability and Compliance Dates

63.11504 Am I subject to this subpart?
63.11505 What parts of my plant does this subpart cover?
63.11506 What are my compliance dates?

                  Standards and Compliance Requirements

63.11507 What are my standards and management practices?
63.11508 What are my compliance requirements?
63.11509 What are my notification, reporting, and recordkeeping 
          requirements?

[[Page 17]]

                   Other Requirements and Information

63.11510 What General Provisions apply to this subpart?
63.11511 What definitions apply to this subpart?
63.11512 Who implements and enforces this subpart?
63.11513 [Reserved]

Table 1 to Subpart WWWWWW of Part 63--Applicability of General 
          Provisions to Plating and Polishing Area Sources

Subpart XXXXXX_National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants 
 Area Source Standards for Nine Metal Fabrication and Finishing Source 
                               Categories

                   Applicability and Compliance Dates

63.11514 Am I subject to this subpart?
63.11515 What are my compliance dates?

                  Standards and Compliance Requirements

63.11516 What are my standards and management practices?
63.11517 What are my monitoring requirements?
63.11518 [Reserved]
63.11519 What are my notification, recordkeeping, and reporting 
          requirements?
63.11520 [Reserved]

                   Other Requirements and Information

63.11521 Who implements and enforces this subpart?
63.11522 What definitions apply to this subpart?
63.11523 What General Provisions apply to this subpart?

Table 1 to Subpart XXXXXX of Part 63--Description of Source Categories 
          Affected by This Subpart
Table 2 to Subpart XXXXXX of Part 63--Applicability of General 
          Provisions to Metal Fabrication or Finishing Area Sources

Subpart YYYYYY_National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants 
           for Area Sources: Ferroalloys Production Facilities

                   Applicability and Compliance Dates

63.11524 Am I subject to this subpart?
63.11525 What are my compliance dates?

           Standards, Monitoring, and Compliance Requirements

63.11526 What are the standards for new and existing ferroalloys 
          production facilities?
63.11527 What are the monitoring requirements for new and existing 
          sources?
63.11528 What are the performance test and compliance requirements for 
          new and existing sources?
63.11529 What are the notification, reporting, and recordkeeping 
          requirements?

                   Other Requirements and Information

63.11530 What parts of the General Provisions apply to my facility?
63.11531 Who implements and enforces this subpart?
63.11532 What definitions apply to this subpart?
63.11533-63.11543 [Reserved]

Table 1 to Subpart YYYYYY of Part 63--Applicability of General 
          Provisions to Subpart YYYYYY

Subpart ZZZZZZ_National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants: 
    Area Source Standards for Aluminum, Copper, and Other Nonferrous 
                                Foundries

                   Applicability and Compliance Dates

63.11544 Am I subject to this subpart?
63.11545 What are my compliance dates?

                  Standards and Compliance Requirements

63.11550 What are my standards and management practices?
63.11551 What are my initial compliance requirements?
63.11552 What are my monitoring requirements?
63.11553 What are my notification, reporting, and recordkeeping 
          requirements?

                   Other Requirements and Information

63.11555 What General Provisions apply to this subpart?
63.11556 What definitions apply to this subpart?
63.11557 Who implements and enforces this subpart?
63.11558 [Reserved]

Table 1 to Subpart ZZZZZZ of Part 63--Applicability of General 
          Provisions to Aluminum, Copper, and Other Nonferrous Foundries 
          Area Sources

Subpart AAAAAAA_National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants 
 for Area Sources: Asphalt Processing and Asphalt Roofing Manufacturing

                   Applicability and Compliance Dates

63.11559 Am I Subject to this subpart?
63.11560 What are my compliance dates?

                  Standards and Compliance Requirements

63.11561 What are my standards and management practices?
63.11562 What are my initial compliance requirements?

[[Page 18]]

63.11563 What are my monitoring requirements?
63.11564 What are my notification, recordkeeping, and reporting 
          requirements?

                   Other Requirements and Information

63.11565 What general provisions sections apply to this subpart?
63.11566 What definitions apply to this subpart?
63.11567 Who implements and enforces this subpart?

Table 1 to Subpart AAAAAAA of Part 63--Emission Limits for Asphalt 
          Processing (Refining) Operations
Table 2 to Subpart AAAAAAA of Part 63--Emission Limits for Asphalt 
          Roofing Manufacturing (Coating) Operations
Table 3 to Subpart AAAAAAA of Part 63--Test Methods
Table 4 to Subpart AAAAAAA of Part 63--Operating Limits
Table 5 to Subpart AAAAAAA of Part 63--Applicability of General 
          Provisions to Subpart AAAAAAA

Subpart BBBBBBB_National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants 
            for Area Sources: Chemical Preparations Industry

                   Applicability and Compliance Dates

63.11579 Am I subject to this subpart?
63.11580 What are my compliance dates?

                  Standards and Compliance Requirements

63.11581 What are my standards?
63.11582 What are my compliance requirements?
63.11583 What are my monitoring requirements?
63.11584 What are my initial and continuous compliance management 
          practice requirements?
63.11585 What are my notification, recordkeeping, and reporting 
          requirements?

                   Other Requirements and Information

63.11586 Who implements and enforces this subpart?
63.11587 What General Provisions sections apply to this subpart?
63.11588 What definitions apply to this subpart?

Table 1 to Subpart BBBBBBB of Part 63--Emission Reduction and PM 
          Concentration Requirements
Table 2 to Subpart BBBBBBB of Part 63--Initial Compliance Demonstration 
          Methods With the Emission Reduction and PM Concentration 
          Requirements in Table 1
Table 3 to Subpart BBBBBBB of Part 63--Test Methods
Table 4 to Subpart BBBBBBB of Part 63--Continuous Compliance 
          Demonstration Methods With the Emission Reduction and PM 
          Concentration Requirements in Table 1
Table 5 to Subpart BBBBBBB of Part 63--Reporting Requirements
Table 6 to Subpart BBBBBBB of Part 63--General Provisions

Subpart CCCCCCC_National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants 
       for Area Sources: Paints and Allied Products Manufacturing

                   Applicability and Compliance Dates

63.11599 Am I subject to this subpart?
63.11600 What are my compliance dates?

           Standards, Monitoring, and Compliance Requirements

63.11601 What are the standards for new and existing paints and allied 
          products manufacturing facilities?
63.11602 What are the performance test and compliance requirements for 
          new and existing sources?
63.11603 What are the notification, reporting, and recordkeeping 
          requirements?
63.11604 [Reserved]

                   Other Requirements and Information

63.11605 What General Provisions apply to this subpart?
63.11606 Who implements and enforces this subpart?
63.11607 What definitions apply to this subpart?
63.11608-63.11618 [Reserved]

Table 1 to Subpart CCCCCCC of Part 63--Applicability of General 
          Provisions to Subpart CCCCCCC

Subpart DDDDDDD_National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants 
             for Area Sources: Prepared Feeds Manufacturing

                   Applicability and Compliance Dates

63.11619 Am I subject to this subpart?
63.11620 What are my compliance dates?

           Standards, Monitoring, and Compliance Requirements

63.11621 What are the standards for new and existing prepared feeds 
          manufacturing facilities?
63.11622 What are the monitoring requirements for new and existing 
          sources?
63.11623 What are the testing requirements?
63.11624 What are the notification, reporting, and recordkeeping 
          requirements?

[[Page 19]]

                   Other Requirements and Information

63.11625 What parts of the General Provisions apply to my facility?
63.11626 Who implements and enforces this subpart?
63.11627 What definitions apply to this subpart?
63.11628-63.11638 [Reserved]

Table 1 to Subpart DDDDDDD of Part 63--Applicability of General 
          Provisions to Prepared Feeds Manufacturing Area Sources

     Subpart EEEEEEE_National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air 
Pollutants: Gold Mine Ore Processing and Production Area Source Category

                   Applicability and Compliance Dates

63.11640 Am I subject to this subpart?
63.11641 What are my compliance dates?

                  Standards and Compliance Requirements

63.11645 What are my mercury emission standards?
63.11646 What are my compliance requirements?
63.11647 What are my monitoring requirements?
63.11648 What are my notification, reporting, and recordkeeping 
          requirements?

                   Other Requirements and Information

63.11650 What General Provisions apply to this subpart?
63.11651 What definitions apply to this subpart?
63.11652 Who implements and enforces this subpart?
63.11653 [Reserved]

Table 1 to Subpart EEEEEEE of Part 63--Applicability of General 
          Provisions to Subpart EEEEEEE

Subparts FFFFFFF-GGGGGGG [Reserved]

Subpart HHHHHHH_National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutant 
       Emissions for Polyvinyl Chloride and Copolymers Production

                        What This Subpart Covers

63.11860 What is the purpose of this subpart?
63.11865 Am I subject to the requirements in this subpart?
63.11870 What is the affected source of this subpart?
63.11871 What is the relationship to 40 CFR part 61, subpart F?
63.11872 What is the relationship to other subparts in this part?
63.11875 When must I comply with this subpart?

      Emission Limits, Operating Limits and Work Practice Standards

63.11880 What emission limits, operating limits and standards must I 
          meet?

                     General Compliance Requirements

63.11885 What parts of the General Provisions apply to me?
63.11890 What are my additional general requirements for complying with 
          this subpart?
63.11895 How do I assert an affirmative defense for exceedance of 
          emission standard during malfunction?
63.11896 What am I required to do if I make a process change at my 
          affected source?

                   Testing and Compliance Requirements

63.11900 By what date must I conduct initial performance testing and 
          monitoring, establish any applicable operating limits and 
          demonstrate initial compliance with my emission limits and 
          work practice standards?
63.11905 When must I conduct subsequent performance testing and 
          monitoring to demonstrate continuous compliance?
63.11910 What are my initial and continuous compliance requirements for 
          storage vessels?
63.11915 What are my compliance requirements for equipment leaks?
63.11920 What are my initial and continuous compliance requirements for 
          heat exchange systems?
63.11925 What are my initial and continuous compliance requirements for 
          process vents?
63.11930 What requirements must I meet for closed vent systems?
63.11935 What CEMS and CPMS requirements must I meet to demonstrate 
          initial and continuous compliance with the emission standards 
          for process vents?
63.11940 What continuous monitoring requirements must I meet for control 
          devices required to install CPMS to meet the emission limits 
          for process vents?
63.11945 What performance testing requirements must I meet for process 
          vents?
63.11950 What emissions calculations must I use for an emission profile?
63.11955 What are my initial and continuous compliance requirements for 
          other emission sources?
63.11956 What are my compliance requirements for ambient monitoring?
63.11960 What are my initial and continuous compliance requirements for 
          stripped resin?
63.11965 What are my general compliance requirements for wastewater?
63.11970 What are my initial compliance requirements for process 
          wastewater?

[[Page 20]]

63.11975 What are my continuous compliance requirements for process 
          wastewater?
63.11980 What are the test methods and calculation procedures for 
          process wastewater?

                   Notifications, Reports and Records

63.11985 What notifications and reports must I submit and when?
63.11990 What records must I keep?
63.11995 In what form and how long must I keep my records?
63.12000 Who implements and enforces this subpart?

                               Definitions

63.12005 What definitions apply to this subpart?
63.12006-63.12099 [Reserved]

Table 1 to Subpart HHHHHHH of Part 63--Emission Limits and Standards for 
          Existing Affected Sources
Table 2 to Subpart HHHHHHH of Part 63--Emission Limits and Standards for 
          New Affected Sources
Table 3 to Subpart HHHHHHH of Part 63--Summary of Control Requirements 
          for Storage Vessels at New and Existing Sources
Table 4 to Subpart HHHHHHH of Part 63--Applicability of the General 
          Provisions to Part 63
Table 5 to Subpart HHHHHHH of Part 63--Operating Parameters, Operating 
          Limits and Data Monitoring, Recording and Compliance 
          Frequencies for Process Vents
Table 6 to Subpart HHHHHHH of Part 63--Toxic Equivalency Factors
Table 7 to Subpart HHHHHHH of Part 63--Calibration and Accuracy 
          Requirements for Continuous Parameter Monitoring Systems
Table 8 to Subpart HHHHHHH of Part 63--Methods and Procedures for 
          Conducting Performance Tests for Process Vents
Table 9 to Subpart HHHHHHH of Part 63--Procedures for Conducting 
          Sampling of Resin and Process Wastewater
Table 10 to Subpart HHHHHHH of Part 63--HAP Subject to the Stripped 
          Resin and Process Wastewater Provisions at New and Existing 
          Sources
Appendix A to Part 63--Test Methods
Appendix B to Part 63--Sources Defined for Early Reduction Provisions
Appendix C to Part 63--Determination of the Fraction Biodegraded 
          (Fbio) in a Biological Treatment Unit
Appendix D to Part 63--Alternative Validation Procedure for EPA Waste 
          and Wastewater Methods
Appendix E to Part 63--Monitoring Procedure for Nonthoroughly Mixed Open 
          Biological Treatment Systems at Kraft Pulp Mills Under Unsafe 
          Sampling Conditions

    Authority: 42 U.S.C. 7401 et seq.

    Source: 57 FR 61992, Dec. 29, 1992, unless otherwise noted.



Subpart NNNNN_National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants: 
                      Hydrochloric Acid Production

    Source: 68 FR 19090, Apr. 17, 2003, unless otherwise noted.

                        What This Subpart Covers



Sec. 63.8980  What is the purpose of this subpart?

    This subpart establishes national emission standards for hazardous 
air pollutants (NESHAP) and work practice standards for hazardous air 
pollutants (HAP) emitted from hydrochloric acid (HCl) production. This 
subpart also establishes requirements to demonstrate initial and 
continuous compliance with the emission limitations and work practice 
standards.



Sec. 63.8985  Am I subject to this subpart?

    (a) You are subject to this subpart if you own or operate an HCl 
production facility that produces a liquid HCl product at a 
concentration of 30 weight percent or greater during its normal 
operations and is located at, or is part of, a major source of HAP. This 
does not include HCl production facilities that only produce 
occasionally liquid HCl product at a concentration of 30 weight percent 
or greater.
    (1) An HCl production facility is the collection of unit operations 
and equipment associated with the production of liquid HCl product. The 
HCl production facility begins at the point where a gaseous stream 
containing HCl enters the HCl production unit. The HCl production 
facility includes all HCl storage tanks that contain liquid HCl product 
that is produced in the HCl production unit, with the exceptions noted 
in paragraph (a)(2) of this section. The HCl production facility also 
includes all HCl transfer operations that load HCl product produced in 
the HCl production unit into a tank truck, rail

[[Page 21]]

car, ship, or barge, along with the piping and other equipment in HCl 
service used to transfer liquid HCl product from the HCl production unit 
to the HCl storage tanks and/or HCl transfer operations. The HCl 
production facility ends at the point that the liquid HCl product 
produced in the HCl production unit is loaded into a tank truck, rail 
car, ship, or barge, at the point the HCl product enters another process 
on the plant site, or at the point the HCl product leaves the plant site 
via pipeline.
    (2) Storage tanks that are dedicated feedstock tanks for another 
process and storage tanks that store HCl dedicated for use in wastewater 
treatment are not considered part of an HCl production facility.
    (3) A major source of HAP emissions is any stationary source or 
group of stationary sources within a contiguous area under common 
control that emits or has the potential to emit any single HAP at a rate 
of 9.07 megagrams (10 tons) or more per year or any combination of HAP 
at a rate of 22.68 megagrams (25 tons) or more per year.
    (b) An HCl production facility is not subject to this subpart if it 
is also subject to NESHAP under one of the subparts listed in paragraphs 
(b)(1) through (5) of this section.
    (1) 40 CFR part 63, subpart S, National Emission Standards for 
Hazardous Air Pollutants from the Pulp and Paper Industry.
    (2) 40 CFR part 63, subpart CCC, National Emission Standards for 
Hazardous Air Pollutants for Steel Pickling--HCl Process Facilities and 
Hydrochloric Acid Regeneration Plants.
    (3) 40 CFR part 63, subpart MMM, National Emission Standards for 
Hazardous Air Pollutants for Pesticide Active Ingredient Production.
    (4) 40 CFR part 63, section 63.994, subpart SS, National Emission 
Standards for Closed Vent Systems, Control Devices, Recovery Devices and 
Routing to a Fuel Gas System or a Process.
    (5) 40 CFR part 63, subpart GGG, National Emission Standards for 
Pharmaceuticals Production.
    (c) An HCl production facility is not subject to this subpart if it 
is located following the incineration of chlorinated waste gas streams, 
waste liquids, or solid wastes, and the emissions from the HCl 
production facility are subject to section 63.113(c), subpart G, 
National Emission Standards for Organic Hazardous Air Pollutants from 
the Synthetic Organic Chemical Manufacturing Industry for Process Vents, 
Storage Vessels, Transfer Operations, and Wastewater.
    (d) An HCl production facility is not subject to this subpart if it 
produces HCl through the direct synthesis of hydrogen and chlorine and 
is part of a chlor-alkali facility.
    (e) An HCl production facility is not subject to this subpart if it 
is a research and development facility.
    (f) An HCl production facility is not subject to this subpart if all 
of the gaseous streams containing HCl and chlorine (Cl2) from 
HCl process vents, HCl storage tanks, and HCl transfer operations are 
recycled or routed to another process prior to being discharged to the 
atmosphere.

[68 FR 19090, Apr. 17, 2003, as amended at 71 FR 17745, Apr. 7, 2006]



Sec. 63.8990  What parts of my plant does this subpart cover?

    (a) This subpart applies to each new, reconstructed, or existing 
affected source at an HCl production facility.
    (b) The affected source is the group of one or more HCl production 
facilities at a plant site that are subject to this subpart, and all 
associated wastewater operations, which contain the collection of 
emission streams listed in paragraphs (b)(1) through (5) of this 
section.
    (1) Each emission stream from an HCl process vent.
    (2) Each emission stream from an HCl storage tank.
    (3) Each emission stream from an HCl transfer operation.
    (4) Each emission stream resulting from leaks from equipment in HCl 
service.
    (5) Each emission stream from HCl wastewater operations. There are 
no emission limitations or other requirements in this subpart that apply 
to HCl wastewater operations.
    (c) An affected source is a new affected source if you commenced 
construction of the affected source after September 18, 2001 and you met 
the applicability criteria of Sec. 63.8985 at the time you commenced 
construction.

[[Page 22]]

    (d) An affected source is reconstructed if you meet the criteria as 
defined in Sec. 63.2.
    (e) An affected source is existing if it is not new or 
reconstructed.

[68 FR 19090, Apr. 17, 2003, as amended at 71 FR 17745, Apr. 7, 2006]



Sec. 63.8995  When do I have to comply with this subpart?

    (a) If you have a new or reconstructed affected source, you must 
comply with this subpart according to paragraphs (a)(1) or (2) of this 
section.
    (1) If you start up your affected source before April 17, 2003, you 
must comply with the emission limitations and work practice standards in 
this subpart no later than April 17, 2003.
    (2) If you start up your affected source after April 17, 2003, you 
must comply with the emission limitations and work practice standards in 
this subpart upon startup of your affected source.
    (b) If you have an existing affected source, you must comply with 
the emission limitations and work practice standards no later than 3 
years after April 17, 2003.
    (c) If you have an area source that increases its emissions or its 
potential to emit such that it becomes a major source of HAP, the 
provisions in paragraphs (c)(1) and (2) of this section apply.
    (1) Any portion of the existing facility that is a new affected 
source or a new reconstructed source must be in compliance with this 
subpart upon startup.
    (2) All other parts of the source must be in compliance with this 
subpart no later than the date 3 years after the area source becomes a 
major source.
    (d) You must meet the notification requirements in Sec. 63.9045 
according to the schedule in Sec. 63.9045 and in subpart A of this 
part. Some of the notifications must be submitted before you are 
required to comply with the emission limitations in this subpart.

            Emission Limitations and Work Practice Standards



Sec. 63.9000  What emission limitations and work practice standards
must I meet?

    (a) With the exceptions noted in paragraphs (c) and (d) of this 
section, you must meet the applicable emission limit and work practice 
standard in table 1 to this subpart for each emission stream listed 
under Sec. 63.8990(b)(1) through (4) that is part of your affected 
source.
    (b) With the exceptions noted in paragraph (c) of this section, you 
must meet the applicable operating limit in Table 2 to this subpart for 
each emission stream listed under Sec. 63.8990(b)(1) through (3) that 
is part of your affected source.
    (c) The emission streams listed in paragraphs (c)(1) through (4) of 
this section are exempt from the emission limitations, work practice 
standards, and all other requirements of this subpart.
    (1) Emission streams from HCl storage tanks that never store liquid 
HCl product with a concentration of 30 weight percent or greater.
    (2) Emission streams from HCl transfer operations that never load 
liquid HCl product with a concentration of 30 weight percent or greater.
    (3) Emission streams from HCl wastewater operations.
    (4) Emission streams from HCl process vents, HCl storage tanks, and 
HCl transfer operations that are also subject to 40 CFR part 63, subpart 
EEE, National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants for 
Hazardous Waste Combustors, or 40 CFR 266.107, subpart H, Burning of 
Hazardous Waste in Boilers and Industrial Furnaces.
    (d) The emission limits for HCl storage tanks in table 1 to this 
subpart do not apply during periods of planned routine maintenance of 
HCl storage tank control devices. Periods of planned routine maintenance 
of each HCl storage tank control device, during which the control device 
does not meet the emission limits specified in table 1 to this subpart, 
shall not exceed 240 hours per year.

[68 FR 19090, Apr. 17, 2003, as amended at 71 FR 17745, Apr. 7, 2006]

[[Page 23]]

                     General Compliance Requirements



Sec. 63.9005  What are my general requirements for complying with
this subpart?

    (a) You must be in compliance with the emission limitations and work 
practice standards in this subpart at all times, except during periods 
of startup, shutdown, and malfunction.
    (b) You must always operate and maintain your affected source, 
including air pollution control and monitoring equipment, according to 
the provisions in Sec. 63.6(e)(1)(i).
    (c) You must develop a written startup, shutdown, and malfunction 
plan according to the provisions in Sec. 63.6(e)(3).
    (d) All monitoring equipment shall be installed, calibrated, 
maintained, and operated according to manufacturer's specifications or 
other written procedures that provide adequate assurance that the 
equipment would reasonably be expected to monitor accurately. For each 
monitoring system required in this section, you must develop, implement, 
and submit to the Administrator a site-specific monitoring plan that 
addresses the installation requirements in paragraphs (d)(1) through (3) 
of this section, the ongoing procedures in paragraphs (d)(4) through (6) 
of this section, and the requirements in Sec. 63.9025, as applicable. 
You must submit the plan with your Notification of Compliance Status. 
Upon request of the Administrator, you must promptly correct any 
deficiencies in a site-specific monitoring plan and submit the revised 
plan.
    (1) Installation of the continuous monitoring system (CMS) sampling 
probe or other interface at a measurement location relative to each 
affected process unit such that the measurement is representative of 
control of the exhaust emissions (e.g., on or downstream of the last 
control device).
    (2) Performance and equipment specifications for the sample 
interface, the pollutant concentration or parametric signal analyzer, 
and the data collection and reduction system.
    (3) Performance evaluation procedures and acceptance criteria (e.g., 
calibrations).
    (4) Ongoing operation and maintenance (O&M) procedures in accordance 
with the general requirements of Sec. Sec. 63.8(c)(1), (3), (4)(ii), 
(7), and (8), and 63.9025.
    (5) Ongoing data quality assurance procedures in accordance with the 
general requirements of Sec. 63.8(d).
    (6) Ongoing recordkeeping and reporting procedures in accordance 
with the general requirements of Sec. 63.10(c) and (e)(1) and (2)(i).

[68 FR 19090, Apr. 17, 2003, as amended at 71 FR 20470, Apr. 20, 2006]

               Testing and Initial Compliance Requirements



Sec. 63.9010  By what date must I conduct performance tests?

    (a) If you have a new or reconstructed affected source, you must 
conduct performance tests within 180 calendar days after the compliance 
date that is specified for your source in Sec. 63.8995(a) and according 
to the provisions in Sec. 63.7(a)(2).
    (b) If you have an existing affected source, you must conduct 
performance tests within 180 calendar days after the compliance date 
that is specified for your existing affected source in Sec. 63.8995(b) 
and according to the provisions in Sec. 63.7(a)(2).
    (c) If you commenced construction or reconstruction between 
September 18, 2001 and April 17, 2003, you must demonstrate initial 
compliance with either the proposed emission limitation or the 
promulgated emission limitation no later than 180 calendar days after 
April 17, 2003 or within 180 calendar days after startup of the source, 
whichever is later, according to Sec. 63.7(a)(2)(ix).



Sec. 63.9015  When must I conduct subsequent performance tests?

    (a) You must conduct all applicable performance tests according to 
the procedures in Sec. 63.9020 on the earlier of your title V operating 
permit renewal or within 5 years of issuance of your title V permit. For 
emission points meeting the outlet concentration limits in table 1 to 
this subpart without the use of a control device, all applicable 
performance tests must also be conducted whenever process changes are 
made that could reasonably be expected to increase the outlet 
concentration. Examples of process

[[Page 24]]

changes include, but are not limited to, changes in production capacity, 
production rate, feedstock type, or catalyst type, or whenever there is 
replacement, removal, or addition of recovery equipment. For purposes of 
this paragraph, process changes do not include: process upsets and 
unintentional, temporary process changes.
    (b) You must report the results of subsequent performance tests 
within 60 days after the completion of the test. This report should also 
verify that the operating limits for your affected source have not 
changed or provide documentation of revised operating limits established 
as specified in Table 2 to this subpart. The reports for all subsequent 
performance tests should include all applicable information required in 
Sec. 63.9050.

[68 FR 19090, Apr. 17, 2003, as amended at 71 FR 17745, Apr. 7, 2006]



Sec. 63.9020  What performance tests and other procedures must I use?

    (a) You must conduct each performance test in Table 3 to this 
subpart that applies to you as directed in paragraphs (a)(1) through (4) 
of this section, except as noted in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this 
section.
    (1) You must develop a site-specific test plan according to Sec. 
63.7(c)(2) and conduct each performance test according to the site-
specific test plan.
    (2) You must conduct each performance test under representative 
conditions according to the requirements in Sec. 63.7(e)(1) and under 
the specific conditions that this subpart specifies in Table 3.
    (3) You may not conduct performance tests during periods of startup, 
shutdown, or malfunction, as specified in Sec. 63.7(e)(1).
    (4) You must conduct at least three separate test runs for each 
performance test required in this section, as specified in Sec. 
63.7(e)(3). Each test run must last at least 1 hour.
    (b) If you are complying with a percent reduction emission 
limitation, you must determine the percent reduction in accordance with 
paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section.
    (1) Calculate the mass rate of either HCl or chlorine using 
Equations 1 and 2 of this section:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17AP03.000

where:

Ci, Co = Concentration of HCl or Cl2 in 
          the gas stream at the inlet and outlet of the control 
          device(s), respectively, dry basis, parts per million by 
          volume.
Ei, Eo = Mass rate of HCl or Cl2 at the 
          inlet and outlet of the control device(s), respectively, dry 
          basis, kilogram per hour.
Mi, Mo = Molecular weight of HCl or Cl2 
          at the inlet and outlet of the control device(s), 
          respectively, gram/gram-mole.
Qi, Qo = Flow rate of gas stream at the inlet and 
          outlet of the control device(s), respectively, dry standard 
          cubic meter per minute.
K2 = Constant, 2.494 x 10-6 (parts per 
          million)-1 (gram-mole per standard cubic meter) 
          (kilogram/gram) (minute/hour), where standard temperature 
          (gram-mole per standard cubic meter) is 20 [deg]C.

    (2) Calculate the percent reduction of HCl or Cl2 using 
Equation 3 of this section:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17AP03.001

where:

R = Control efficiency of control device(s).
Ei = Mass rate of HCl or Cl2 to the inlet to the 
          control device(s), kilograms per hour.
Eo = Mass rate of HCl or Cl2 at the outlet of the 
          control device(s), kilograms per hour.

    (c) You may prepare a design evaluation in lieu of conducting a 
performance test for HCl storage tanks and HCl transfer operations that 
are not routed to a control device that also controls HCl process vent 
emissions or any other continuous vent stream. The design evaluation 
shall include documentation demonstrating that the control technique 
being used achieves the required control efficiency when a liquid HCl 
product with a concentration of 30 weight percent or greater is being 
loaded into the storage tank, or a tank truck, rail car, ship, or barge.
    (1) If you use a caustic scrubber control device or a water scrubber 
control device, the design evaluation shall address the vent stream 
composition, constituent concentrations, liquid-to-vapor ratio, 
scrubbing liquid flow rate and concentration, temperature, and

[[Page 25]]

the reaction kinetics of the constituents with the scrubbing liquid. The 
design evaluation shall establish the design exhaust vent concentration 
level and shall include the additional information in paragraphs 
(c)(1)(i) and (ii) of this section for trays and a packed column 
scrubber.
    (i) Type and total number of theoretical and actual trays.
    (ii) Type and total surface area of packing for entire column and 
for individual packed sections, if the column contains more than one 
packed section.
    (2) If you use any other control device, the design evaluation shall 
address the composition and HAP concentration of the vent stream 
immediately preceding the control device, as well as other parameters 
necessary to demonstrate that the control technique being used achieves 
the required control efficiency when a liquid HCl product with a 
concentration of 30 weight percent or greater is being loaded into the 
storage tank, or a tank truck, rail car, ship, or barge.
    (d) You are not required to conduct a performance test for an 
emission point for which a performance test was conducted within the 
previous 5-year period, using the same test methods specified in this 
section and for which either no deliberate process changes have been 
made since the test, or the owner or operator can demonstrate that the 
results of the performance test, with or without adjustments, reliably 
demonstrate compliance despite process changes. The operating limits 
reported under the previous performance test shall be sufficient to meet 
the monitoring requirements in this subpart.
    (e) You must establish all operating limits with which you will 
demonstrate continuous compliance with the applicable emission limits in 
Table 1 to this subpart as described in paragraphs (e)(1) through (3) of 
this section.
    (1) If you use a caustic scrubber control device or water scrubber 
control device and you conduct a performance test, you must establish 
operating limits according to paragraphs (e)(1)(i) and (ii) of this 
section. If a series of control devices are used, you must establish 
separate operating limits for each device.
    (i) You must establish the minimum value as the operating limit for 
scrubber inlet liquid or recirculating liquid flow rate, as appropriate. 
The minimum value shall be based on the scrubber inlet liquid or 
recirculating liquid flow rate, as appropriate, values measured during 
the performance test.
    (ii) You must establish the minimum and maximum values as the 
operating limits for scrubber effluent pH. The minimum and maximum 
values shall be based on the scrubber effluent pH values measured during 
the performance test.
    (2) If you use any other control device and you conduct a 
performance test, you must establish operating limits according to your 
site-specific test plan submitted in accordance with Sec. 
63.7(c)(2)(i). The operating limits shall be based on the operating 
parameter values measured during the performance test. If a series of 
control devices are used, you must establish separate operating limits 
for each device.
    (3) If you do not conduct a performance test for a HCl storage tank 
or HCl transfer operation, you must use engineering assessments and/or 
manufacturer's recommendations to establish the operating limits 
specified in paragraphs (e)(1)(i) and (ii), or (e)(2), of this section.
    (4) As needed in applicability determinations, you must use ASTM 
E224 to determine the HCl concentration in liquid products.



Sec. 63.9025  What are my monitoring installation, operation, 
and maintenance requirements?

    (a) For each operating parameter that you are required by Sec. 
63.9020(e) to monitor, you must install, operate, and maintain each CMS 
according to the requirements in paragraphs (a)(1) through (6) of this 
section.
    (1) You must operate your CMS and collect data at all times the 
process is operating.
    (2) You must collect data from at least four equally spaced periods 
each hour.
    (3) For at least 75 percent of the operating hours in a 24-hour 
period, you must have valid data (as defined in your site-specific 
monitoring plan) for

[[Page 26]]

at least 4 equally spaced periods each hour.
    (4) For each hour that you have valid data from at least four 
equally spaced periods, you must calculate the hourly average value 
using all valid data or, where data are collected from an automated CMS, 
using at least one measured value per minute if measured more frequently 
than once per minute.
    (5) You must calculate the daily average using all of the hourly 
averages calculated according to paragraph (a)(4) of this section for 
the 24-hour period.
    (6) You must record the results for each inspection, calibration, 
and validation check as specified in your site-specific monitoring plan.
    (b) For scrubber control devices, you may request approval, in 
accordance with Sec. 63.8(f), to monitor parameters other than those 
specified in Sec. 63.9020(e). In accordance with Sec. 63.8(f), you 
must submit a monitoring plan to the Administrator and the plan must 
meet the requirements in paragraphs (a) and (b)(1) through (3) of this 
section. You must conduct monitoring in accordance with the plan 
submitted to the Administrator unless comments received from the 
Administrator require an alternate monitoring scheme.
    (1) Identify the operating parameter to be monitored to ensure that 
the control or capture efficiency measured during the initial compliance 
test is maintained.
    (2) Discuss why this parameter is appropriate for demonstrating 
ongoing compliance.
    (3) Identify the specific monitoring procedures.
    (c) For any other control device, you must ensure that the CMS is 
operated according to a monitoring plan submitted to the Administrator 
as required by Sec. 63.8(f). The monitoring plan must meet the 
requirements in paragraphs (a) and (c)(1) through (3) of this section. 
You must conduct monitoring in accordance with the plan submitted to the 
Administrator, as amended, unless comments received from the 
Administrator require an alternate monitoring scheme.
    (1) Identify the operating parameter to be monitored to ensure that 
the control or capture efficiency measured during the initial compliance 
test is maintained.
    (2) Discuss why this parameter is appropriate for demonstrating 
ongoing compliance.
    (3) Identify the specific monitoring procedures.

[68 FR 19090, Apr. 17, 2003, as amended at 71 FR 17745, Apr. 7, 2006]



Sec. 63.9030  How do I demonstrate initial compliance with the 
emission limitations and work practice standards?

    (a) You must demonstrate initial compliance with each emission limit 
and work practice standard that applies to you according to Table 4 to 
this subpart.
    (b) You must establish each site-specific operating limit in Table 2 
to this subpart that applies to you according to the requirements in 
Sec. 63.9020 and Table 3 to this subpart.
    (c) You must submit the Notification of Compliance Status containing 
the results of the initial compliance demonstration according to the 
requirements in Sec. 63.9045(e).

                   Continuous Compliance Requirements



Sec. 63.9035  How do I monitor and collect data to demonstrate 
continuous compliance?

    (a) You must monitor and collect data according to this section.
    (b) If you use a caustic scrubber or a water scrubber/absorber to 
meet the emission limits in Table 1 to this subpart, you must keep the 
records specified in paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section to 
support your compliance demonstration.
    (1) Records of daily average scrubber inlet liquid or recirculating 
liquid flow rate, as appropriate.
    (2) Records of the daily average scrubber effluent pH.
    (c) If you use any other control device to meet the emission limits 
in Table 1 to this subpart, you must keep records of the operating 
parameter values identified in your monitoring plan in Sec. 63.9025(c) 
to support your compliance demonstration.
    (d) Except for monitor malfunctions, associated repairs, and 
required quality assurance or control activities (including, as 
applicable, calibration checks

[[Page 27]]

and required zero and span adjustments), you must monitor continuously 
(or collect data at all required intervals) at all times that the 
affected source is operating. This includes periods of startup, 
shutdown, or malfunction when the affected source is operating. A 
monitoring malfunction includes, but is not limited to, any sudden, 
infrequent, not reasonably preventable failure of the monitoring 
equipment to provide valid data. Monitoring failures that are caused in 
part by poor maintenance or careless operation are not malfunctions.
    (e) You may not use data recorded during monitoring malfunctions, 
associated repairs, and required quality assurance or control activities 
in data averages and calculations used to report emission or operating 
levels, nor may such data be used in fulfilling a minimum data 
availability requirement, if applicable. You must use all the data 
collected during all other periods in assessing the operation of the 
control device and associated control system.



Sec. 63.9040  How do I demonstrate continuous compliance with the 
emission limitations and work practice standards?

    (a) You must demonstrate continuous compliance with each emission 
limit and work practice standard in Table 1 to this subpart that applies 
to you according to Table 4 to this subpart.
    (b) You must demonstrate continuous compliance with each operating 
limit in Table 2 of this subpart that applies to you according to Tables 
4 and 5 to this subpart.
    (c) You must report each instance in which you did not meet an 
emission limit, work practice standard or operating limit in Table 1 or 
2 to this subpart, respectively, that applies to you. This includes 
periods of startup, shutdown, and malfunction. These instances are 
deviations from the emission limitations in this subpart. These 
deviations must be reported according to the requirements in Sec. 
63.9050.
    (d) [Reserved]
    (e) Consistent with Sec. Sec. 63.6(e) and 63.7(e)(1), deviations 
that occur during a period of startup, shutdown, or malfunction are not 
violations if you demonstrate to the Administrator's satisfaction that 
you were operating in accordance with Sec. 63.6(e)(1). The 
Administrator will determine whether deviations that occur during a 
period of startup, shutdown, or malfunction are violations, according to 
the provisions in Sec. 63.6(e).

[68 FR 19090, Apr. 17, 2003, as amended at 71 FR 20470, Apr. 20, 2006]

                   Notifications, Reports, and Records



Sec. 63.9045  What notifications must I submit and when?

    (a) You must submit all of the notifications in Sec. Sec. 63.7(b) 
and (c), 63.8(f)(4) and (6), and 63.9 (b) through (h) that apply to you 
by the dates specified.
    (b) As specified in Sec. 63.9(b)(2), if you start up your affected 
source before April 17, 2003, you must submit an Initial Notification 
not later than 120 calendar days after April 17, 2003.
    (c) As specified in Sec. 63.9(b)(4), if you start up your new or 
reconstructed affected source on or after April 17, 2003, you must 
submit the application for construction or reconstruction required by 
Sec. 63.9(b)(1)(iii) in lieu of the initial notification.
    (d) You must submit a notification of intent to conduct a 
performance test at least 60 calendar days before the performance test 
is scheduled to begin, as required in Sec. 63.7(b)(1).
    (e) [Reserved]
    (f) You must submit the Notification of Compliance Status, including 
the performance test results, within 240 calendar days after the 
applicable compliance dates specified in Sec. 63.8995.
    (g) The Notification of Compliance Status must also include the 
information in paragraphs (g)(1) through (2) of this section that 
applies to you.
    (1) Each operating parameter value averaged over the full period of 
the performance test (for example, average pH).
    (2) Each operating parameter range within which HAP emissions are 
reduced to the level corresponding to meeting the applicable emission 
limits in Table 1 to this subpart.

[68 FR 19090, Apr. 17, 2003, as amended at 71 FR 17745, Apr. 7, 2006]

[[Page 28]]



Sec. 63.9050  What reports must I submit and when?

    (a) You must submit each report in Table 6 to this subpart that 
applies to you.
    (b) Unless the Administrator has approved a different schedule for 
submission of reports under Sec. 63.10(a), you must submit each report 
according to paragraphs (b)(1) through (5) of this section.
    (1) The first compliance report must cover the period beginning on 
the compliance date that is specified for your affected source in Sec. 
63.8995 and ending on June 30 or December 31, whichever date is the 
first date following the end of the first calendar half after the 
compliance date that is specified for your source in Sec. 63.8995 
(i.e., June 30, 2006, for sources existing on April 17, 2006).
    (2) The first compliance report must be postmarked or delivered no 
later than July 31 or January 31, whichever date follows the end of the 
first calendar half after the compliance date that is specified for your 
affected source in Sec. 63.8995 (i.e., July 31, 2006, for sources 
existing on April 17, 2006).
    (3) Each subsequent compliance report must cover the semiannual 
reporting period from January 1 through June 30 or the semiannual 
reporting period from July 1 through December 31.
    (4) Each subsequent compliance report must be postmarked or 
delivered no later than July 31 or January 31, whichever date is the 
first date following the end of the semiannual reporting period.
    (5) For each affected source that is subject to permitting 
regulations pursuant to 40 CFR part 70 or 71, and if the permitting 
authority has established dates for submitting semiannual reports 
pursuant to 40 CFR 70.6 (a)(3)(iii)(A) or 71.6 (a)(3)(iii)(A), you may 
submit the first and subsequent compliance reports according to the 
dates the permitting authority has established instead of according to 
the dates in paragraphs (b)(1) through (4) of this section.
    (c) The compliance report must contain the following information in 
paragraphs (c)(1) through (10) of this section.
    (1) Company name and address.
    (2) Statement by a responsible official with that official's name, 
title, and signature, certifying the truth, accuracy, and completeness 
of the content of the report.
    (3) Date of report and beginning and ending dates of the reporting 
period.
    (4) If you had a startup, shutdown, or malfunction during the 
reporting period and you took actions consistent with your startup, 
shutdown, and malfunction plan, the compliance report must include the 
information in Sec. 63.10(d)(5)(i).
    (5) If there are no deviations from any emission limitations that 
apply to you, a statement that there were no deviations from the 
emission limitations during the reporting period.
    (6) If there were no periods during which the CMS was out-of-control 
in accordance with the monitoring plan, a statement that there were no 
periods during which the CMS was out-of-control during the reporting 
period.
    (7) Verification that you continue to use the equipment LDAR plan 
and information that explains any periods when the procedures in the 
plan were not followed and the corrective actions were not taken.
    (8) If you did not make revisions to your site-specific monitoring 
plan and/or LDAR plan during the reporting period, a statement that you 
did not make any revisions to your site-specific monitoring plan and/or 
LDAR plan during the reporting period. If you made revisions to your 
site-specific monitoring plan and/or LDAR plan during the reporting 
period, a copy of the revised plan.
    (9) If you meet the outlet concentration limit in table 1 to this 
subpart without the use of a control device for any emission point, 
verification that you have not made any process changes that could 
reasonably be expected to increase the outlet concentration since your 
most recent performance test for that emission point.
    (10) The information specified in paragraphs (c)(10)(i) and (ii) of 
this section for those planned routine maintenance operations that 
caused or may cause an HCl storage tank control device not to meet the 
emission limits in table 1 to this subpart, as applicable.

[[Page 29]]

    (i) A description of the planned routine maintenance that was 
performed for each HCl storage tank control device during the reporting 
period. This description shall include the type of maintenance performed 
and the total number of hours during the reporting period that the HCl 
storage tank control device did not meet the emission limits in table 1 
to this subpart, as applicable, due to planned routine maintenance.
    (ii) A description of the planned routine maintenance that is 
anticipated to be performed for each HCl storage tank control device 
during the next reporting period. This description shall include the 
type of maintenance necessary, planned frequency of maintenance, and 
lengths of maintenance periods.
    (d) For each deviation from an emission limitation occurring at an 
affected source where you are using a CMS to comply with the emission 
limitation in this subpart, you must include the information in 
paragraphs (c)(1) through (6) of this section and the following 
information in paragraphs (d)(1) through (9) of this section. This 
includes periods of startup, shutdown, and malfunction.
    (1) The date and time that each malfunction started and stopped.
    (2) The date and time that each CMS was inoperative, except for zero 
(low-level) and high-level checks.
    (3) The date, time, and duration that each CMS was out-of-control, 
including the information in Sec. 63.8(c)(8).
    (4) The date and time that each deviation started and stopped, and 
whether each deviation occurred during a period of startup, shutdown, or 
malfunction or during another period.
    (5) A summary of the total duration of the deviation during the 
reporting period and the total duration as a percent of the total source 
operating time during that reporting period.
    (6) A breakdown of the total duration of the deviations during the 
reporting period into those that are due to startup, shutdown, control 
equipment problems, process problems, other known causes, and other 
unknown causes.
    (7) A summary of the total duration of CMS downtime during the 
reporting period, and the total duration of CMS downtime as a percent of 
the total source operating time during that reporting period.
    (8) A brief description of the process units.
    (9) A description of any changes in CMS, processes, or controls 
since the last reporting period.
    (e) Each affected source that has obtained a title V operating 
permit pursuant to 40 CFR part 70 or 71 must report all deviations as 
defined in this subpart in the semiannual monitoring report required by 
40 CFR 70.6(a)(3)(iii)(A) or 71.6(a)(3)(iii)(A). If an affected source 
submits a compliance report pursuant to Table 6 to this subpart along 
with, or as part of, the semiannual monitoring report required by 40 CFR 
70.6(a)(3)(iii)(A) or 71.6(a)(3)(iii)(A), and the compliance report 
includes all required information concerning deviations from any 
emission limitation in this subpart, submission of the compliance report 
shall be deemed to satisfy any obligation to report the same deviations 
in the semiannual monitoring report. However, submission of a compliance 
report shall not otherwise affect any obligation the affected source may 
have to report deviations from permit requirements to the permit 
authority.
    (f) For each startup, shutdown, or malfunction during the reporting 
period that is not consistent with your startup, shutdown, and 
malfunction plan you must submit an immediate startup, shutdown and 
malfunction report. Unless the Administrator has approved a different 
schedule for submission of reports under Sec. 63.10(a), you must submit 
each report according to paragraphs (f)(1) and (2) of this section.
    (1) An initial report containing a description of the actions taken 
for the event must be submitted by fax or telephone within 2 working 
days after starting actions inconsistent with the plan.
    (2) A follow-up report containing the information listed in Sec. 
63.10(d)(5)(ii) must be submitted within 7 working days after the end of 
the event unless you have made alternative reporting arrangements with 
the permitting authority.

[68 FR 19090, Apr. 17, 2003, as amended at 71 FR 17745, Apr. 7, 2006]

[[Page 30]]



Sec. 63.9055  What records must I keep?

    (a) You must keep a copy of each notification and report that you 
submitted to comply with this subpart, including all documentation 
supporting any Initial Notification or Notification of Compliance Status 
that you submitted, as required in Sec. 63.10(b)(2)(xiv).
    (b) You must also keep the following records specified in paragraphs 
(b)(1) through (5) of this section.
    (1) The records in Sec. 63.6(e)(3)(iii) through (v) related to 
startup, shutdown, and malfunction.
    (2) Records of performance tests as required in Sec. 
63.10(b)(2)(viii).
    (3) Records of operating parameter values that are consistent with 
your monitoring plan.
    (4) Records of the date and time that each deviation started and 
stopped and whether the deviation occurred during a period of startup, 
shutdown, or malfunction or during another period.
    (5) Copies of the current versions of the site-specific monitoring 
plan and the equipment LDAR plan. You also must submit copies of these 
plans and any revisions or updates to the Administrator for comment only 
(not for approval).
    (6) Records of the planned routine maintenance performed on each HCl 
storage tank control device including the duration of each time the 
control device does not meet the emission limits in table 1 to this 
subpart, as applicable, due to planned routine maintenance. Such a 
record shall include the information specified in paragraphs (b)(6)(i) 
and (ii) of this section.
    (i) The first time of day and date the emission limits in table 1 to 
this subpart, as applicable, were not met at the beginning of the 
planned routine maintenance, and
    (ii) The first time of day and date the emission limits in table 1 
to this subpart, as applicable, were met at the conclusion of the 
planned routine maintenance.

[68 FR 19090, Apr. 17, 2003, as amended at 71 FR 17746, Apr. 7, 2006]



Sec. 63.9060  In what form and how long must I keep my records?

    (a) Your records must be in a form suitable and readily available 
for expeditious inspection and review, according to Sec. 63.10(b)(1).
    (b) As specified in Sec. 63.10(b)(1), you must keep each record for 
5 years following the date of each occurrence, measurement, maintenance, 
corrective action, report, or record.
    (c) You must keep each record on site, or readily accessible from on 
site through a computer or other means, for at least 2 years after the 
date of each occurrence, measurement, maintenance, corrective action, 
report, or record, according to Sec. 63.10(b)(1). You can keep the 
records off site for the remaining 3 years. Records may be maintained in 
hard copy or computer-readable format including, but not limited to, on 
paper, microfilm, hard disk drive, floppy disk, compact disk, magnetic 
tape, or microfiche.
    (d) You must keep each previous (i.e., superseded) version of the 
site-specific monitoring plan and the LDAR plan for a period of 5 years 
after revision of the plan. If, at any time after adoption of a site-
specific monitoring plan or an LDAR plan, your affected source ceases 
operation or is otherwise no longer subject to the provisions of this 
subpart, you must retain a copy of the most recent plan for 5 years from 
the date your source ceases operation or is no longer subject to this 
subpart.

                   Other Requirements and Information



Sec. 63.9065  What parts of the General Provisions apply to me?

    (a) Table 7 to this subpart shows which parts of the General 
Provisions in Sec. Sec. 63.1 through 63.15 apply to you.



Sec. 63.9070  Who implements and enforces this subpart?

    (a) This subpart can be implemented and enforced by us, the U.S. 
EPA, or a delegated authority such as your State, local, or tribal 
agency. If the U.S. EPA Administrator has delegated authority to your 
State, local, or tribal agency, then that agency, as well as U.S. EPA, 
has the authority to implement and enforce this subpart. You should 
contact your U.S. EPA Regional Office to find out if this subpart is 
delegated to your State, local, or tribal agency.

[[Page 31]]

    (b) In delegating implementation and enforcement authority of this 
subpart to a State, local, or tribal agency under section 40 CFR part 
63, subpart E, the authorities contained in paragraph (c) of this 
section are retained by the Administrator of U.S. EPA and are not 
transferred to the State, local, or tribal agency.
    (c) The authorities in paragraphs (c)(1) through (4) of this section 
that cannot be delegated to State, local, or tribal agencies are as 
follows.
    (1) Approval of alternatives to requirements in Sec. Sec. 63.8980, 
63.8985, 63.8990, 63.8995, and 63.9000.
    (2) Approval of major changes to test methods under Sec. 
63.7(e)(2)(ii) and (f) and as defined in Sec. 63.90.
    (3) Approval of major changes to monitoring under Sec. 63.8(f) and 
as defined in Sec. 63.90.
    (4) Approval of major changes to recordkeeping and reporting under 
Sec. 63.10(f) and as defined in Sec. 63.90.



Sec. 63.9075  What definitions apply to this subpart?

    Terms used in this subpart are defined in the Clean Air Act in 40 
CFR 63.2 and in this section as follows:
    Caustic scrubber control device means any add-on device that mixes 
an aqueous stream or slurry containing a caustic substance with the 
exhaust gases from an HCl process vent, HCl storage tank, or HCl 
transfer operation to control emissions of HCl and/or Cl2.
    Chlor-alkali facility means a facility where chlorine and sodium or 
potassium hydroxide are produced as co-products and hydrogen is produced 
as a by-product in an electrolytic process using either mercury cells, 
diaphragm cells, or membrane cells.
    Continuous monitoring system, for purposes of the final rule, means 
liquid flow monitoring devices that meet the performance specifications 
given in Sec. 63.9025(a); or pH monitoring devices that meet the 
performance specifications given in Sec. 63.9025(a); or other control 
devices as mentioned in 63.9025(a) and (b) or Sec. 63.9025(a) and (c).
    Control device means an add-on device used to reduce HCl and/or 
Cl2 emissions from an HCl process vent, HCl storage tank, or 
HCl transfer operation at an HCl production facility. An HCl production 
unit is not a control device.
    Deviation means any instance in which an affected source subject to 
this subpart, or an owner or operator of such a source:
    (1) Fails to meet any requirement or obligation established by this 
subpart, including but not limited to any emission limitation or work 
practice standard;
    (2) Fails to meet any term or condition that is adopted to implement 
an applicable requirement in this subpart and that is included in the 
operating permit for any affected source required to obtain such a 
permit; or
    (3) Fails to meet any emission limitation or work practice standard 
in this subpart during startup, shutdown, or malfunction, regardless of 
whether or not such failure is permitted by this subpart.
    Emission limitation means any emission limit or operating limit.
    Emission stream means a gaseous stream from an HCl process vent, an 
HCl storage tank, an HCl transfer operation, leaking equipment in HCl 
service, or HCl wastewater operations that is discharged to the 
atmosphere. Gaseous streams from HCl process vents, HCl storage tanks, 
and HCl transfer operations that are routed to another process or 
recycled for reaction or other use (i.e., for pH control) of the HCl 
and/or Cl2 are not emission streams. Gaseous streams from HCl 
transfer operations that are vapor balanced to an HCl storage tank 
subject to this subpart are not emission streams.
    Equipment in HCl service means each pump, compressor, agitator, 
pressure relief device, sampling connection system, open-ended valve or 
line, valve, connector, and instrumentation system in an HCl production 
facility that contains 30 weight percent or greater of liquid HCl or 5 
weight percent or greater of gaseous HCl at any time.
    HCl process vent means the point of discharge to the atmosphere, or 
point of entry into a control device, of a gaseous stream that 
originates from an HCl production unit. The following points of 
discharge are not HCl process vents:

[[Page 32]]

    (1) A leak from equipment in HCl service subject to this subpart.
    (2) An exit from a control device used to comply with this subpart.
    (3) An HCl storage tank vent or HCl transfer operation vent subject 
to this subpart.
    (4) A HCl wastewater operation vent subject to this subpart.
    (5) A point of discharge from a relief valve.
    (6) A point of discharge from an analyzer.
    HCl production facility is defined in Sec. 63.8985(a)(1).
    HCl production unit means an absorber or other vessel in which a 
liquid HCl product is manufactured by absorbing gaseous HCl into either 
water or an aqueous HCl solution.
    HCl storage tank means a tank or other vessel that is used to store 
liquid HCl product. Tanks or vessels permanently attached to motor 
vehicles (such as trucks, railcars, barges, or ships) are not HCl 
storage tanks.
    HCl transfer operation means the loading, into a tank truck, 
railcar, ship, or barge, of liquid HCl from a transfer (or loading) rack 
(as defined in this section) for which the predominant use is liquid 
HCl. The predominant use of a transfer (or loading) rack is the material 
that is loaded by the transfer (or loading) rack in the greatest amount.
    HCl wastewater operation means an operation that handles and 
processes water containing HCl that is discarded from an HCl production 
facility.
    Plant site means all contiguous or adjoining property that is under 
common control, including properties that are separated only by a road 
or other public right-of-way. Common control includes properties that 
are owned, leased, or operated by the same entity, parent entity, 
subsidiary, or any combination thereof.
    Research and development facility means laboratory and pilot plant 
operations whose primary purpose is to conduct research and development 
into new processes and products, where the operations are under close 
supervision of technically trained personnel, and the operations are not 
engaged in the manufacture of products for commercial sale, except in a 
de minimis manner.
    Responsible official means responsible official as defined in 40 CFR 
70.2 of this chapter.
    Transfer (or loading) rack means the collection of loading arms and 
loading hoses, at a single loading rack, that are used to fill tank 
trucks, railcars, ships, and/or barges. Transfer rack includes the 
associated pumps, meters, shutoff valves, relief valves, and other 
piping and valves.
    Vapor balanced means connected to a piping system that is designed 
to collect vapors displaced from tank trucks, rail cars, ships, or 
barges during loading, and to route the collected vapors to the storage 
vessel from which the liquid being loaded originated, or to another 
storage vessel connected by a common header.
    Vent means the point of discharge to the atmosphere or to a control 
device from either an HCl process vent, an HCl storage tank, or an HCl 
transfer operation.
    Water scrubber control device means any add-on device that mixes an 
aqueous stream not containing a caustic substance with the exhaust gases 
from an HCl process vent, HCl storage tank, or HCl transfer operation to 
control emissions of HCl and/or Cl2.

[68 FR 19090, Apr. 17, 2003, as amended at 71 FR 17746, Apr. 7, 2006]



   Sec. Table 1 to Subpart NNNNN of Part 63--Emission Limits and Work 
                           Practice Standards

    As stated in Sec. 63.9000(a), you must comply with the following 
emission limits and work practice standards for each emission stream 
that is part of an affected source.

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                         You must meet the following
           For each . . .              emission limit and work practice
                                                   standard
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Emission stream from an HCl       a. Reduce HCl emissions by 99
 process vent at an existing source.  percent or greater or achieve an
                                      outlet concentration of 20 ppm by
                                      volume or less; and

[[Page 33]]

 
                                     b. Reduce Cl2 emissions by 99
                                      percent or greater or achieve an
                                      outlet concentration of 100 ppm by
                                      volume or less.
2. Emission stream from an HCl       Reduce HCl emissions by 99 percent
 storge tank at an existing source.   or greater or achieve an outlet
                                      concentration of 120 ppm by volume
                                      or less.
3. Emission stream from an HCl       Reduce HCl emissions by 99 percent
 transfer operation at an existing    or greater or achieve an outlet
 source.                              concentration of 120 ppm by volume
                                      or less.
4. Emission stream from leaking      a. Prepare and operate at all times
 equipment in HCl service at          according to an equipment LDAR
 existing and new sources.            plan that describes in detail the
                                      measures that will be put in place
                                      to detect leaks and repair them in
                                      a timely fashion; and
                                     b. Submit the plan to the
                                      Administrator for comment only
                                      with your Notification of
                                      Compliance Status; and
                                     c. You may incorporate by reference
                                      in such plan existing manuals that
                                      describe the measures in place to
                                      control leaking equipment
                                      emissions required as part of
                                      other federally enforceable
                                      requirements, provided that all
                                      manuals that are incorporated by
                                      reference are submitted to the
                                      Administrator.
5. Emission stream from an HCl       a. Reduce HCl emissions by 99.4
 process vent at a new source.        percent or greater or achieve an
                                      outlet concentration of 12 ppm by
                                      volume or less; and
                                     b. Reduce Cl2 emissions by 99.8
                                      percent or greater or achieve an
                                      outlet concentration of 20 ppm by
                                      volume or less.
6. Emission stream from an HCl       Reduce HCl emissions by 99.9
 storage tank at a new source.        percent or greater or achieve an
                                      outlet concentration of 12 ppm by
                                      volume or less.
7. Emission stream from an HCl       Reduce HCl emissions by 99 percent
 transfer operation at a new source.  or greater or achieve an outlet
                                      concentration of 120 ppm by volume
                                      or less.
------------------------------------------------------------------------


[68 FR 19090, Apr. 17, 2003, as amended at 71 FR 17746, Apr. 7, 2006]



       Sec. Table 2 to Subpart NNNNN of Part 63--Operating Limits

    As stated in Sec. 63.9000(b), you must comply with the following 
operating limits for each emission stream that is part of an affected 
source that is vented to a control device.

------------------------------------------------------------------------
             For each . . .                       You must . . .
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Caustic scrubber or water scrubber/   a. Maintain the daily average
 absorber.                                scrubber inlet liquid or
                                          recirculating liquid flow
                                          rate, as appropriate, above
                                          the operating limit; and
                                         b. Maintain the daily average
                                          scrubber effluent pH within
                                          the operating limits; or
                                         c. Instead of a. and b.,
                                          maintain your operating
                                          parameter(s) within the
                                          operating limits established
                                          according to your monitoring
                                          plan established under Sec.
                                          63.8(f).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
2. Other type of control device to       Maintain your operating
 which HCl emissions are ducted.          parameter(s) within the limits
                                          established during the
                                          performance test and according
                                          to your monitoring plan.
------------------------------------------------------------------------



Sec. Table 3 to Subpart NNNNN of Part 63--Performance Test Requirements 
                   for HCl Production Affected Sources

    As stated in Sec. 63.9020, you must comply with the following 
requirements for performance tests for HCl production for each affected 
source.

------------------------------------------------------------------------
 For each HCl process vent and
 each HCl storage tank and HCl
 transfer operation for which                            Additional
     you are conducting a          Using . . .       Information . . .
performance test, you must . .
               .
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Select sampling port         a. Method 1 or 1A  i. If complying with
 location(s) and the number of   in appendix A to   a percent reduction
 traverse points.                40 CFR part 60     emission limitation,
                                 of this chapter.   sampling sites must
                                                    located at the inlet
                                                    and outlet of the
                                                    control device prior
                                                    to any releases to
                                                    the atmosphere (or,
                                                    if a series of
                                                    control devices are
                                                    used, at the inlet
                                                    of the first control
                                                    device and at the
                                                    outlet of the final
                                                    control device prior
                                                    to any releases to
                                                    the atmosphere); or

[[Page 34]]

 
                                                   ii. If complying with
                                                    an outlet
                                                    concentration
                                                    emission limitation,
                                                    the sampling site
                                                    must be located at
                                                    the outlet of the
                                                    final control device
                                                    and prior to any
                                                    releases to the
                                                    atmosphere or, if no
                                                    control device is
                                                    used, prior to any
                                                    releases to the
                                                    atmosphere.
2. Determine velocity and       Method 2, 2A, 2C,
 volumetric flow rate.           2D, 2F, or 2G in
                                 appendix A to 40
                                 CFR part 60 of
                                 this chapter.
3. Determine gas molecular      a. Not applicable  i. Assume a molecular
 weight.                                            weight of 29 (after
                                                    moisture correction)
                                                    for calculation
                                                    purposes.
4. Measure moisture content of  Method 4 in
 the stack gas.                  appendix A to 40
                                 CFR part 60 of
                                 this chapter.
5. Measure HCl concentration    a. Method 26A in   i. An owner or
 and Cl2 concentration from      appendix A to 40   operator may be
 HCl process vents.              CFR part 60 of     exempted from
                                 this chapter.      measuring the Cl2
                                                    concentration from
                                                    an HCl process vent
                                                    provided that a
                                                    demonstration that
                                                    Cl2 is not likely to
                                                    be present in the
                                                    stream is submitted
                                                    as part of the site-
                                                    specific test plan
                                                    required by Sec.
                                                    63.9020(a)(2). This
                                                    demonstration may be
                                                    based on process
                                                    knowledge,
                                                    engineering
                                                    judgment, or
                                                    previous test
                                                    results.
6. Establish operating limits
 with which you will
 demonstrate continuous
 compliance with the emission
 limits in Table 1 to this
 subpart, in accordance with
 Sec. 63.9020(e)(1) or (2).
------------------------------------------------------------------------


[68 FR 19090, Apr. 17, 2003, as amended at 71 FR 17747, Apr. 7, 2006]



   Sec. Table 4 to Subpart NNNNN of Part 63--Initial Compliance With 
            Emission Limitations and Work Practice Standards

    As stated in Sec. 63.9030, you must comply with the following 
requirements to demonstrate initial compliance with the applicable 
emission limits for each affected source vented to a control device and 
each work practice standard.

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                For the following
                                emission limit or         You have
       For each . . .             work practice     demonstrated initial
                                 standard . . .      compliance if . . .
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. HCl process vent and each  a. In Table 1 to      i. The average
 HCl storage tank and HCl      this subpart.         percent reduction
 transfer operation for                              of HCl and Cl2 (if
 which you are conducting a                          applicable),
 performance test.                                   measured over the
                                                     period of the
                                                     performance test
                                                     conducted according
                                                     to Table 3 of this
                                                     subpart and
                                                     determined in
                                                     accordance with
                                                     Sec. 63.9020(b),
                                                     is greater than or
                                                     equal to the
                                                     applicable percent
                                                     reduction emission
                                                     limitation
                                                     specified in Table
                                                     1 of this subpart;
                                                     or
                                                    ii. The average HCl
                                                     and Cl2 (if
                                                     applicable)
                                                     concentration,
                                                     measured over the
                                                     period of the
                                                     performance test
                                                     conducted according
                                                     to Table 3 of this
                                                     subpart, is less
                                                     than or equal to
                                                     the applicable
                                                     concentration
                                                     emission limitation
                                                     specified in Table
                                                     1 of this subpart.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
2. HCl storage tank and HCl   a. In Table 1 to      i. The percent
 transfer operation for        this subpart.         reduction of HCl,
 which you are preparing a                           demonstrated by a
 design evaluation in lieu                           design evaluation
 of conducting a performance                         prepared in
 test.                                               accordance with
                                                     Sec. 63.9020(c),
                                                     is greater than or
                                                     equal to the
                                                     applicable percent
                                                     reduction emission
                                                     limitation
                                                     specified in Table
                                                     1 of this subpart;
                                                     or

[[Page 35]]

 
                                                    ii. The HCl
                                                     concentration,
                                                     demonstrated by a
                                                     design evaluation
                                                     prepared in
                                                     accordance with
                                                     Sec. 63.9020(c),
                                                     is less than or
                                                     equal to the
                                                     applicable
                                                     concentration
                                                     emission limitation
                                                     specified in Table
                                                     1 of this subpart.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. Leaking equipment........  a. In Table 1 to      i. You certify in
                               this subpart.         your Notification
                                                     of Compliance
                                                     Status that you
                                                     have developed and
                                                     implemented your
                                                     LDAR plan and
                                                     submitted it to the
                                                     Administrator for
                                                     comment only.
------------------------------------------------------------------------



  Sec. Table 5 to Subpart NNNNN of Part 63--Continuous Compliance With 
            Emission Limitations and Work Practice Standards

    As stated in Sec. 63.9040, you must comply with the following 
requirements to demonstrate continuous compliance with the applicable 
emission limitations for each affected source vented to a control device 
and each work practice standard.

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                For the following
                                     emission
                                  limitation and    You must demonstrate
        For each . . .            work practice    continuous compliance
                                  standard . . .          by . . .
 
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Affected source using a      a. In Tables 1     i. Collecting the
 caustic scrubber or water       and 2 to this      scrubber inlet
 scrubber/adsorber.              subpart.           liquid or
                                                    recirculating liquid
                                                    flow rate, as
                                                    appropriate, and
                                                    effluent pH
                                                    monitoring data
                                                    according to Sec.
                                                    63.9025, consistent
                                                    with your monitoring
                                                    plan; and
                                                   ii. Reducing the data
                                                    to 1-hour and daily
                                                    block averages
                                                    according to the
                                                    requirements in Sec.
                                                      63.9025; and
                                                   iii. Maintaining the
                                                    daily average
                                                    scrubber inlet
                                                    liquid or
                                                    recirculating liquid
                                                    flow rate, as
                                                    appropriate, above
                                                    the operating limit;
                                                    and
                                                   iv. Maintaining the
                                                    daily average
                                                    scrubber effluent pH
                                                    within the operating
                                                    limits.
2. Affected source using any    a. In Tables 1     i. Conducting
 other control device.           and 2 to this      monitoring according
                                 subpart.           to your monitoring
                                                    plan established
                                                    under Sec. 63.8(f)
                                                    in accordance with
                                                    Sec. 63.9025(c);
                                                    and
                                                   ii. Collecting the
                                                    parameter data
                                                    according to your
                                                    monitoring plan
                                                    established under
                                                    Sec. 63.8(f); and
                                                   iii. Reducing the
                                                    data to 1-hour and
                                                    daily block averages
                                                    according to the
                                                    requirements in Sec.
                                                      63.9025; and
                                                   iv. Maintaining the
                                                    daily average
                                                    parameter values
                                                    within the operating
                                                    limits established
                                                    according to your
                                                    monitoring plan
                                                    established under
                                                    Sec. 63.8(f).
3. Affected source using no     a. In Tables 1     i. Verifying that you
 control device.                 and 2 to this      have not made any
                                 subpart..          process changes that
                                                    could reasonably be
                                                    expected to change
                                                    the outlet
                                                    concentration since
                                                    your most recent
                                                    performance test for
                                                    an emission point.
4. Leaking equipment affected   a. In Table 1 to   i. Verifying that you
 source.                         this subpart.      continue to use a
                                                    LDAR plan; and
                                                   ii. Reporting any
                                                    instances where you
                                                    deviated from the
                                                    plan and the
                                                    corrective actions
                                                    taken.
------------------------------------------------------------------------


[68 FR 19090, Apr. 17, 2003, as amended at 71 FR 17747, Apr. 7, 2006]



   Sec. Table 6 to Subpart NNNNN of Part 63--Requirements for Reports

    As stated in Sec. 63.9050(a), you must submit a compliance report 
that includes the information in Sec. 63.9050(c) through (e) as well as 
the information in the following table. You must also submit startup, 
shutdown, and malfunction (SSM) reports according to the requirements in 
Sec. 63.9050(f) and the following:

[[Page 36]]



------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                          Then you must submit a report
                If. . .                         or statement that:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. There are no deviations from any      There were no deviations from
 emission limitations that apply to you.  any emission limitations that
                                          apply to you during the
                                          reporting period.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
2. There were no periods during which    There were no periods during
 the operating parameter monitoring       which the CMS were out-of-
 systems were out-of-control in           control during the reporting
 accordance with the monitoring plan.     period.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. There was a deviation from any        Contains the information in
 emission limitation during the           Sec. 63.9050(d).
 reporting period.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. There were periods during which the   Contains the information in
 operating parameter monitoring systems   Sec. 63.9050(d).
 were out-of-control in accordance with
 the monitoring plan.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
5. There was a SSM during the reporting  Contains the information in
 period that is not consistent with       Sec. 63.9050(f).
 your SSM plan.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
6. There were periods when the           Contains the information in
 procedures in the LDAR plan were not     Sec. 63.9050(c)(7).
 followed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------



   Sec. Table 7 to Subpart NNNNN of Part 63--Applicability of General 
                       Provisions to Subpart NNNNN

    As stated in Sec. 63.9065, you must comply with the applicable 
General Provisions requirements according to the following:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                            Applies to
     Citation           Requirement       subpart NNNNN    Explanation
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sec. 63.1......  Initial applicability  Yes.
                    determination;
                    applicability after
                    standard
                    established; permit
                    requirements;
                    extensions;
                    notifications.
Sec. 63.2......  Definitions..........  Yes..........  Additional
                                                          definitions
                                                          are found in
                                                          Sec.
                                                          63.9075.
Sec. 63.3......  Units and              Yes.
                    abbreviations.
Sec. 63.4......  Prohibited             Yes.
                    activities;
                    compliance date;
                    circumvention,
                    severability.
Sec. 63.5......  Construction/          Yes.
                    reconstruction
                    applicability;
                    applications;
                    approvals.
Sec. 63.6(a)...  Compliance with        Yes.
                    standards and
                    maintenance
                    requirements-
                    applicability.
Sec. 63.6(b)(1)- Compliance dates for   Yes..........  Sec. 63.8995
 (4).               new or reconstructed                  specifies
                    sources.                              compliance
                                                          dates.
Sec. 63.6(b)(5)  Notification if        Yes.
                    commenced
                    construction or
                    reconstruction after
                    proposal.
Sec. 63.6(b)(6)  [Reserved]...........  Yes.
Sec. 63.6(b)(7)  Compliance dates for   Yes..........  Sec. 63.8995
                    new or reconstructed                  specifies
                    area sources that                     compliance
                    become major.                         dates.
Sec. 63.6(c)(1)- Compliance dates for   Yes..........  Sec. 63.8995
 (2).               existing sources.                     specifies
                                                          compliance
                                                          dates.
Sec. 63.6(c)(3)- [Reserved]...........  Yes.
 (4).
Sec. 63.6(c)(5)  Compliance dates for   Yes..........  Sec. 63.8995
                    existing area                         specifies
                    sources that become                   compliance
                    major.                                dates.
Sec. 63.6(d)...  [Reserved]...........  Yes.
Sec. 63.6(e)(1)- Operation and          Yes.
 (2).               maintenance
                    requirements.
Sec. 63.6(e)(3)  SSM plans............  Yes.
Sec. 63.6(f)(1)  Compliance except      Yes.
                    during SSM.
Sec. 63.6(f)(2)- Methods for            Yes.
 (3).               determining
                    compliance.
Sec. 63.6(g)...  Use of an alternative  Yes.
                    non-opacity emission
                    standard.
Sec. 63.6(h)...  Compliance with        No...........  Subpart NNNNN
                    opacity/visible                       does not
                    emission standards.                   specify
                                                          opacity or
                                                          visible
                                                          emission
                                                          standards.
Sec. 63.6(i)...  Extension of           Yes.
                    compliance with
                    emission standards.
Sec. 63.6(j)...  Presidential           Yes.
                    compliance exemption.
Sec. 63.7(a)(1)- Performance test       Yes..........  Except for
 (2).               dates.                                existing
                                                          affected
                                                          sources as
                                                          specified in
                                                          Sec.
                                                          63.9010(b).
Sec. 63.7(a)(3)  Administrator's Clean  Yes.
                    Air Act section 114
                    authority to require
                    a performance test.
Sec. 63.7(b)...  Notification of        Yes.
                    performance test and
                    rescheduling.
Sec. 63.7(c)...  Quality assurance      Yes.
                    program and site-
                    specific test plans.
Sec. 63.7(d)...  Performance testing    Yes.
                    facilities.
Sec. 63.7(e)(1)  Conditions for         Yes.
                    conducting
                    performance tests.

[[Page 37]]

 
Sec. 63.7(f)...  Use of an alternative  Yes.
                    test method.
Sec. 63.7(g)...  Performance test data  Yes.
                    analysis,
                    recordkeeping, and
                    reporting.
Sec. 63.7(h)...  Waiver of performance  Yes.
                    tests.
Sec. 63.8(a)(1)- Applicability of       Yes..........  Additional
 (3).               monitoring                            monitoring
                    requirements.                         requirements
                                                          are found in
                                                          Sec.
                                                          63.9005(d) and
                                                          63.9035.
63.8(a)(4).......  Monitoring with        No...........  Subpart NNNNN
                    flares.                               does not refer
                                                          directly or
                                                          indirectly to
                                                          Sec. 63.11.
Sec. 63.8(b)...  Conduct of monitoring  Yes.
                    and procedures when
                    there are multiple
                    effluents and
                    multiple monitoring
                    systems.
Sec. 63.8(c)(1)- Continuous monitoring  Yes..........  Applies as
 (3).               system O&M.                           modified by
                                                          Sec.
                                                          63.9005(d).
Sec. 63.8(c)(4)  Continuous monitoring  Yes..........  Applies as
                    system requirements                   modified by
                    during breakdown,                     Sec.
                    out-of-control,                       63.9005(d).
                    repair, maintenance,
                    and high-level
                    calibration drifts.
Sec. 63.8(c)(5)  Continuous opacity     No...........  Subpart NNNNN
                    monitoring system                     does not have
                    (COMS) minimum                        opacity or
                    procedures.                           visible
                                                          emission
                                                          standards.
Sec. 63.8(c)(6)  Zero and high level    Yes..........  Applies as
                    calibration checks.                   modified by
                                                          Sec.
                                                          63.9005(d).
Sec. 63.8(c)(7)- Out-of-control         Yes.
 (8).               periods, including
                    reporting.
Sec. 63.8(d)-    Quality control        No...........  Applies as
 (e).               program and CMS                       modified by
                    performance                           Sec.
                    evaluation.                           63.9005(d).
Sec. 63.8(f)(1)- Use of an alternative  Yes.
 (5).               monitoring method.
Sec. 63.8(f)(6)  Alternative to         No...........  Only applies to
                    relative accuracy                     sources that
                    test.                                 use continuous
                                                          emissions
                                                          monitoring
                                                          systems
                                                          (CEMS).
Sec. 63.8(g)...  Data reduction.......  Yes..........  Applies as
                                                          modified by
                                                          Sec.
                                                          63.9005(d).
Sec. 63.9(a)...  Notification           Yes.
                    requirements--applic
                    ability.
Sec. 63.9(b)...  Initial notifications  Yes..........  Except Sec.
                                                          63.9045(c)
                                                          requires new
                                                          or
                                                          reconstructed
                                                          affected
                                                          sources to
                                                          submit the
                                                          application
                                                          for
                                                          construction
                                                          or
                                                          reconstruction
                                                          required by
                                                          Sec.
                                                          63.9(b)(1)(iii
                                                          ) in lieu of
                                                          the initial
                                                          notification.
Sec. 63.9(c)...  Request for            Yes.
                    compliance extension.
Sec. 63.9(d)...  Notification that a    Yes.
                    new source is
                    subject to special
                    compliance
                    requirements.
Sec. 63.9(e)...  Notification of        Yes.
                    performance test.
Sec. 63.9(f)...  Notification of        No...........  Subpart NNNNN
                    visible emissions/                    does not have
                    opacity test.                         opacity or
                                                          visible
                                                          emission
                                                          standards.
Sec. 63.9(g)(1)  Additional CMS         Yes.
                    notifications--date
                    of CMS performance
                    evaluation.
Sec. 63.9(g)(2)  Use of COMS data.....  No...........  Subpart NNNNN
                                                          does not
                                                          require the
                                                          use of COMS.
Sec. 63.9(g)(3)  Alternative to         No...........  Applies only to
                    relative accuracy                     sources with
                    testing.                              CEMS.
Sec. 63.9(h)...  Notification of        Yes..........  Except the
                    compliance status.                    submission
                                                          date specified
                                                          in Sec.
                                                          63.9(h)(2)(ii)
                                                          is superseded
                                                          by the date
                                                          specified in
                                                          Sec.
                                                          63.9045(f).
Sec. 63.9(i)...  Adjustment of          Yes.
                    submittal deadlines.
Sec. 63.9(j)...  Change in previous     Yes.
                    information.
Sec. 63.10(a)..  Recordkeeping/         Yes.
                    reporting
                    applicability.
Sec. General recordkeeping  Yes..........  Sec. Sec.
 63.10(b)(1).       requirements.                         63.9055 and
                                                          63.9060
                                                          specify
                                                          additional
                                                          recordkeeping
                                                          requirements.
Sec. Records related to     Yes.
 63.10(b)(2)(i)-(   SSM periods and CMS.
 xi).
Sec. Records when under     Yes.
 63.10(b)(2)(xii).  waiver.
Sec. Records when using     No...........  Applies only to
 63.10(b)(2)(xiii   alternative to                        sources with
 ).                 relative accuracy                     CEMS.
                    test.
Sec. All documentation      Yes.
 63.10(b)(2)(xiv).  supporting initial
                    notification and
                    notification of
                    compliance status.
Sec. Recordkeeping          Yes.           ...............
 63.10(b)(3).       requirements for
                    applicability
                    determinations.

[[Page 38]]

 
Sec. 63.10(c)..  Additional             Yes..........  Applies as
                    recordkeeping                         modified by
                    requirements for                      Sec. 63.9005
                    sources with CMS.                     (d).
Sec. General reporting      Yes..........  Sec. 63.9050
 63.10(d)(1).       requirements.                         specifies
                                                          additional
                                                          reporting
                                                          requirements.
Sec. Performance test       Yes..........  Sec.
 63.10(d)(2).       results.                              63.9045(f)
                                                          specifies
                                                          submission
                                                          date.
Sec. Opacity or visible     No...........  Subpart NNNNN
 63.10(d)(3).       emissions                             does not
                    observations.                         specify
                                                          opacity or
                                                          visible
                                                          emission
                                                          standards.
Sec. Progress reports for   Yes.
 63.10(d)(4).       sources with
                    compliance
                    extensions.
Sec. SSM reports..........  Yes.
 63.10(d)(5).
Sec. Additional CMS         Yes..........  Applies as
 63.10(e)(1).       reports--general.                     modified by
                                                          Sec.
                                                          63.9005(d).
Sec. Results of CMS         Yes..........  Applies as
 63.10(e)(2)(i).    performance                           modified by
                    evaluations.                          Sec.
                                                          63.9005(d).
Sec. Results of COMS        No...........  Subpart NNNNN
 63.10(e)(2).       performance                           does not
                    evaluations.                          require the
                                                          use of COMS.
Sec. Excess emissions/CMS   Yes.
 63.10(e)(3).       performance reports.
Sec. Continuous opacity     No...........  Subpart NNNNN
 63.10(e)(4).       monitoring system                     does not
                    data reports.                         require the
                                                          use of COMS.
Sec. 63.10(f)..  Recordkeeping/         Yes.
                    reporting waiver.
Sec. 63.11.....  Control device         No...........  Facilities
                    requirements--applic                  subject to
                    ability.                              subpart NNNNN
                                                          do not use
                                                          flares as
                                                          control
                                                          devices.
Sec. 63.12.....  State authority and    Yes..........  Sec. 63.9070
                    delegations.                          lists those
                                                          sections of
                                                          subparts NNNNN
                                                          and A that are
                                                          not delegated.
Sec. 63.13.....  Addresses............  Yes.
Sec. 63.14.....  Incorporation by       Yes..........  Subpart NNNNN
                    reference.                            does not
                                                          incorporate
                                                          any material
                                                          by reference.
Sec. 63.15.....  Availability of        Yes.
                    information/
                    confidentiality.
------------------------------------------------------------------------


[68 FR 19090, Apr. 17, 2003, as amended at 71 FR 17748, Apr. 7, 2006]

Subpart OOOOO [Reserved]



 Subpart PPPPP_National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants 
                      for Engine Test Cells/Stands

    Source: 68 FR 28785, May 27, 2003, unless otherwise noted.

                        What This Subpart Covers



Sec. 63.9280  What is the purpose of subpart PPPPP?

    This subpart PPPPP establishes national emission standards for 
hazardous air pollutants (NESHAP) for engine test cells/stands located 
at major sources of hazardous air pollutants (HAP) emissions. This 
subpart also establishes requirements to demonstrate initial and 
continuous compliance with the emission limitations contained in this 
NESHAP.



Sec. 63.9285  Am I subject to this subpart?

    You are subject to this subpart if you own or operate an engine test 
cell/stand that is located at a major source of HAP emissions.
    (a) An engine test cell/stand is any apparatus used for testing 
uninstalled stationary or uninstalled mobile (motive) engines.
    (b) An uninstalled engine is an engine that is not installed in, or 
an integrated part of, the final product.
    (c) A major source of HAP emissions is a plant site that emits or 
has the potential to emit any single HAP at a rate of 10 tons (9.07 
megagrams) or more per year or any combination of HAP at a rate of 25 
tons (22.68 megagrams) or more per year.



Sec. 63.9290  What parts of my plant does this subpart cover?

    This subpart applies to each new, reconstructed, or existing 
affected source.

[[Page 39]]

    (a) Affected source. An affected source is the collection of all 
equipment and activities associated with engine test cells/stands used 
for testing uninstalled stationary or uninstalled mobile (motive) 
engines located at a major source of HAP emissions.
    (1) Existing affected source. An affected source is existing if you 
commenced construction or reconstruction of the affected source on or 
before May 14, 2002. A change in ownership of an existing affected 
source does not make that affected source a new or reconstructed 
affected source.
    (2) New affected source. An affected source is new if you commenced 
construction of the affected source after May 14, 2002.
    (3) Reconstructed affected source. An affected source is 
reconstructed if you meet the definition of reconstruction in Sec. 63.2 
of subpart A of this part and reconstruction is commenced after May 14, 
2002. Changes made to an existing affected source primarily for the 
purpose of complying with revisions to engine testing requirements under 
40 CFR parts 80, 86, 89, 90, 91, or 92 are not considered a modification 
or reconstruction. In addition, passive measurement and control 
instrumentation and electronics are not included as part of any affected 
source reconstruction evaluation.
    (b) Existing affected sources do not have to meet the requirements 
of this subpart and of subpart A of this part.
    (c) Any portion of a new or reconstructed affected source located at 
a major source that is used exclusively for testing internal combustion 
engines with rated power of less than 25 horsepower (hp) (19 
kilowatts(kW)) does not have to meet the requirements of this subpart 
and of subpart A of this part except for the initial notification 
requirements of Sec. 63.9345(b).
    (d) Any portion of a new or reconstructed affected source located at 
a major source that meets any of the criteria specified in paragraphs 
(d)(1) through (4) of this section does not have to meet the 
requirements of this subpart and of subpart A of this part.
    (1) Any portion of the affected source used exclusively for testing 
combustion turbine engines.
    (2) Any portion of the affected source used exclusively for testing 
rocket engines.
    (3) Any portion of the affected source used in research and teaching 
activities at facilities that are not engaged in the development of 
engines or engine test services for commercial purposes.
    (4) Any portion of the affected source operated to test or evaluate 
fuels (such as knock engines), transmissions, or electronics.



Sec. 63.9295  When do I have to comply with this subpart?

    (a) Affected sources. (1) If you start up your new or reconstructed 
affected source before May 27, 2003, you must comply with the emission 
limitations in this subpart no later than May 27, 2003.
    (2) If you start up your new or reconstructed affected source on or 
after May 27, 2003, you must comply with the emission limitations in 
this subpart upon startup.
    (b) Area sources that become major sources. If your new or 
reconstructed affected source is located at an area source that 
increases its emissions or its potential to emit such that it becomes a 
major source of HAP, your new or reconstructed affected source must be 
in compliance with this subpart when the area source becomes a major 
source.
    (c) You must meet the notification requirements in Sec. 63.9345 and 
in 40 CFR part 63, subpart A.

                          Emission Limitations



Sec. 63.9300  What emission limitations must I meet?

    For each new or reconstructed affected source that is used in whole 
or in part for testing internal combustion engines with rated power of 
25 hp (19 kW) or more and that is located at a major source, you must 
comply with the emission limitations in Table 1 to this subpart. (Tables 
are found at the end of this subpart.)



Sec. 63.9301  What are my options for meeting the emission limits?

    You may use either a continuous parameter monitoring system (CPMS) 
or

[[Page 40]]

a continuous emission monitoring system (CEMS) to demonstrate compliance 
with the emission limitations. Continuous monitoring systems must meet 
the requirements in Sec. 63.9306 (CPMS) and Sec. 63.9307 (CEMS).



Sec. 63.9302  What operating limits must I meet?

    (a) For any new or reconstructed affected source on which you use 
add-on controls, you must meet the operating limits specified in Table 2 
to this subpart. These operating limits must be established during the 
performance test according to the requirements in Sec. 63.9324. You 
must meet the operating limits at all times after you establish them.
    (b) If you use an add-on control device other than those listed in 
Table 2 to this subpart, or wish to monitor an alternative parameter and 
comply with a different operating limit, you must apply to the 
Administrator for approval of alternative monitoring under Sec. 
63.8(f).

                     General Compliane Requirements



Sec. 63.9305  What are my general requirements for complying with 
this subpart?

    (a) You must be in compliance with the emission limitation that 
applies to you at all times, except during periods of startup, shutdown, 
or malfunction (SSM) of your control device or associated monitoring 
equipment.
    (b) If you must comply with the emission limitation, you must 
operate and maintain your engine test cell/stand, air pollution control 
equipment, and monitoring equipment in a manner consistent with good air 
pollution control practices for minimizing emissions at all times.
    (c) You must develop a written SSM plan (SSMP) for emission control 
devices and associated monitoring equipment according to the provisions 
in Sec. 63.6(e)(3). The plan will apply only to emission control 
devices, and not to engine test cells/stands.

[68 FR 28785, May 27, 2003, as amended at 71 FR 20470, Apr. 20, 2006]



Sec. 63.9306  What are my continuous parameter monitoring system 
(CPMS) installation, operation, and maintenance requirements?

    (a) General. You must install, operate, and maintain each CPMS 
specified in paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section according to 
paragraphs (a)(1) through (7) of this section. You must install, 
operate, and maintain each CPMS specified in paragraph (b) of this 
section according to paragraphs (a)(3) through (5) of this section.
    (1) The CPMS must complete a minimum of one cycle of operation for 
each successive 15-minute period. You must have a minimum of four 
equally spaced successive cycles of CPMS operation in 1 hour.
    (2) You must determine the average of all recorded readings for each 
successive 3-hour period of the emission capture system and add-on 
control device operation.
    (3) You must record the results of each inspection, calibration, and 
validation check of the CPMS.
    (4) You must maintain the CPMS at all times and have available 
necessary parts for routine repairs of the monitoring equipment.
    (5) You must operate the CPMS and collect emission capture system 
and add-on control device parameter data at all times that an engine 
test cell/stand is operating, except during monitoring malfunctions, 
associated repairs, and required quality assurance or control activities 
(including, if applicable, calibration checks and required zero and span 
adjustments).
    (6) You must not use emission capture system or add-on control 
device parameter data recorded during monitoring malfunctions, 
associated repairs, out-of-control periods, or required quality 
assurance or control activities when calculating data averages. You must 
use all the data collected during all other periods in calculating the 
data averages for determining compliance with the emission capture 
system and add-on control device operating limits.
    (7) A monitoring malfunction is any sudden, infrequent, not 
reasonably preventable failure of the CPMS to provide valid data. 
Monitoring failures

[[Page 41]]

that are caused in part by poor maintenance or careless operation are 
not malfunctions. Any period for which the monitoring system is out-of-
control and data are not available for required calculations is a 
deviation from the monitoring requirements.
    (b) Capture system bypass line. You must meet the requirements of 
paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section for each emission capture 
system that contains bypass lines that could divert emissions away from 
the add-on control device to the atmosphere.
    (1) You must monitor or secure the valve or closure mechanism 
controlling the bypass line in a nondiverting position in such a way 
that the valve or closure mechanism cannot be opened without creating a 
record that the valve was opened. The method used to monitor or secure 
the valve or closure mechanism must meet one of the requirements 
specified in paragraphs (b)(1)(i) through (iv) of this section.
    (i) Flow control position indicator. Install, calibrate, maintain, 
and operate according to the manufacturer's specifications a flow 
control position indicator that takes a reading at least once every 15 
minutes and provides a record indicating whether the emissions are 
directed to the add-on control device or diverted from the add-on 
control device. The time of occurrence and flow control position must be 
recorded, as well as every time the flow direction is changed. The flow 
control position indicator must be installed at the entrance to any 
bypass line that could divert the emissions away from the add-on control 
device to the atmosphere.
    (ii) Car-seal or lock-and-key valve closures. Secure any bypass line 
valve in the closed position with a car-seal or a lock-and-key type 
configuration. You must visually inspect the seal or closure mechanism 
at least once every month to ensure that the valve is maintained in the 
closed position, and the emissions are not diverted away from the add-on 
control device to the atmosphere.
    (iii) Valve closure monitoring. Ensure that any bypass line valve is 
in the closed (nondiverting) position through monitoring of valve 
position at least once every 15 minutes. You must inspect the monitoring 
system at least once every month to verify that the monitor will 
indicate valve position.
    (iv) Automatic shutdown system. Use an automatic shutdown system in 
which the engine testing operation is stopped when flow is diverted by 
the bypass line away from the add-on control device to the atmosphere 
when an engine test cell/stand is operating. You must inspect the 
automatic shutdown system at least once every month to verify that it 
will detect diversions of flow and shut down the engine test cell/stand 
in operation.
    (2) If any bypass line is opened, you must include a description of 
why the bypass line was opened and the length of time it remained open 
in the semiannual compliance reports required in Sec. 63.9350.
    (c) Thermal oxidizers and catalytic oxidizers. If you are using a 
thermal oxidizer or catalytic oxidizer as an add-on control device, you 
must comply with the requirements in paragraphs (c)(1) through (3) of 
this section.
    (1) For a thermal oxidizer, install a gas temperature monitor in the 
firebox of the thermal oxidizer or in the duct immediately downstream of 
the firebox before any substantial heat exchange occurs.
    (2) For a catalytic oxidizer, you must install a gas temperature 
monitor in the gas stream immediately before the catalyst bed, and if 
you established operating limits according to Sec. 63.9324(b)(1) and 
(2), also install a gas temperature monitor in the gas stream 
immediately after the catalyst bed.
    (i) If you establish operating limits according to Sec. 
63.9324(b)(1) and (2), then you must install the gas temperature 
monitors both upstream and downstream of the catalyst bed. The 
temperature monitors must be in the gas stream immediately before and 
after the catalyst bed to measure the temperature difference across the 
bed.
    (ii) If you establish operating limits according to Sec. 
63.9324(b)(3) and (4), then you must install a gas temperature monitor 
upstream of the catalyst bed. The temperature monitor must be in the gas 
stream immediately before the catalyst bed to measure the temperature.
    (3) For all thermal oxidizers and catalytic oxidizers, you must meet 
the

[[Page 42]]

requirements in paragraphs (a) and (c)(3)(i) through (vii) of this 
section for each gas temperature monitoring device.
    (i) Locate the temperature sensor in a position that provides a 
representative temperature.
    (ii) Use a temperature sensor with a measurement sensitivity of 4 
degrees Fahrenheit or 0.75 percent of the temperature value, whichever 
is larger.
    (iii) Shield the temperature sensor system from electromagnetic 
interference and chemical contaminants.
    (iv) If a gas temperature chart recorder is used, it must have a 
measurement sensitivity in the minor division of at least 20 degrees 
Fahrenheit.
    (v) Perform an electronic calibration at least semiannually 
according to the procedures in the manufacturer's owner's manual. 
Following the electronic calibration, you must conduct a temperature 
sensor validation check in which a second or redundant temperature 
sensor placed near the process temperature sensor must yield a reading 
within 30 degrees Fahrenheit of the process temperature sensor reading.
    (vi) Conduct calibration and validation checks anytime the sensor 
exceeds the manufacturer's specified maximum operating temperature range 
or install a new temperature sensor.
    (vii) At least monthly, inspect components for integrity and 
electrical connections for continuity, oxidation, and galvanic 
corrosion.
    (d) Emission capture systems. The capture system monitoring system 
must comply with the applicable requirements in paragraphs (d)(1) and 
(2) of this section.
    (1) For each flow measurement device, you must meet the requirements 
in paragraphs (a) and (d)(1)(i) through (iv) of this section.
    (i) Locate a flow sensor in a position that provides a 
representative flow measurement in the duct from each capture device in 
the emission capture system to the add-on control device.
    (ii) Reduce swirling flow or abnormal velocity distributions due to 
upstream and downstream disturbances.
    (iii) Conduct a flow sensor calibration check at least semiannually.
    (iv) At least monthly, inspect components for integrity, electrical 
connections for continuity, and mechanical connections for leakage.
    (2) For each pressure drop measurement device, you must comply with 
the requirements in paragraphs (a) and (d)(2)(i) through (vi) of this 
section.
    (i) Locate the pressure sensor(s) in or as close to a position that 
provides a representative measurement of the pressure drop across each 
opening you are monitoring.
    (ii) Minimize or eliminate pulsating pressure, vibration, and 
internal and external corrosion.
    (iii) Check pressure tap pluggage daily.
    (iv) Using an inclined manometer with a measurement sensitivity of 
0.0002 inch water, check gauge calibration quarterly and transducer 
calibration monthly.
    (v) Conduct calibration checks any time the sensor exceeds the 
manufacturer's specified maximum operating pressure range or install a 
new pressure sensor.
    (vi) At least monthly, inspect components for integrity, electrical 
connections for continuity, and mechanical connections for leakage.



Sec. 63.9307  What are my continuous emissions monitoring system
installation, operation, and maintenance requirements?

    (a) You must install, operate, and maintain each CEMS to monitor 
carbon monoxide (CO) or total hydrocarbons (THC) and oxygen 
(O2) at the outlet of the exhaust system of the engine test 
cell/stand or at the outlet of the emission control device.
    (b) To comply with the CO or THC percent reduction emission 
limitation, you may install, operate, and maintain a CEMS to monitor CO 
or THC and O2 at both the inlet and the outlet of the 
emission control device.
    (c) To comply with either emission limitations, the CEMS must be 
installed and operated according to the requirements described in 
paragraphs (c)(1) through (4) of this section.
    (1) You must install, operate, and maintain each CEMS according to 
the applicable Performance Specification (PS) of 40 CFR part 60, 
appendix B (PS-3 or PS-4A).
    (2) You must conduct a performance evaluation of each CEMS according 
to

[[Page 43]]

the requirements in 40 CFR 63.8 and according to PS-3 of 40 CFR part 60, 
appendix B, using Reference Method 3A or 3B for the O2 CEMS, 
and according to PS-4A of 40 CFR part 60, appendix B, using Reference 
Method 10 or 10B for the CO CEMS. If the fuel used in the engines being 
tested is natural gas, you may use ASTM D 6522-00, Standard Test Method 
for Determination of Nitrogen Oxides, Carbon Monoxide and Oxygen 
Concentrations in Emissions from Natural Gas Fired Reciprocating 
Engines, Combustion Turbines, Boilers, and Process Heaters Using 
Portable Analyzers (incorporated by reference, see Sec. 63.14). As an 
alternative to Method 3B, you may use ANSI/ASME PTC 19.10-1981, ``Flue 
and Exhaust Gas Analyses [Part 10, Instruments and Apparatus],'' 
(incorporated by reference, see Sec. 63.14).
    (3) As specified in Sec. 63.8(c)(4)(ii), each CEMS must complete a 
minimum of one cycle of operation (sampling, analyzing, and data 
recording) for each successive 15-minute period. You must have at least 
two data points, each representing a different 15-minute period within 
the same hour, to have a valid hour of data.
    (4) All CEMS data must be reduced as specified in Sec. 63.8(g)(2) 
and recorded as CO concentration in parts per million by volume, dry 
basis (ppmvd), corrected to 15 percent O2 content.
    (d) If you have CEMS that are subject to paragraph (a) or (b) of 
this section, you must properly maintain and operate the monitors 
continuously according to the requirements described in paragraphs 
(d)(1) and (2) of this section.
    (1) Proper maintenance. You must maintain the monitoring equipment 
at all times that the engine test cell/stand is operating, including but 
not limited to, maintaining necessary parts for routine repairs of the 
monitoring equipment.
    (2) Continued operation. You must operate your CEMS according to 
paragraphs (d)(2)(i) and (ii) of this section.
    (i) You must conduct all monitoring in continuous operation at all 
times that the engine test cell/stand is operating, except for, as 
applicable, monitoring malfunctions, associated repairs, and required 
quality assurance or control activities (including, as applicable, 
calibration drift checks and required zero and high-level adjustments). 
Quality assurance or control activities must be performed according to 
procedure 1 of 40 CFR part 60, appendix F.
    (ii) Data recorded during monitoring malfunctions, associated 
repairs, out-of-control periods, and required quality assurance or 
control activities must not be used for purposes of calculating data 
averages. You must use all of the data collected from all other periods 
in assessing compliance. A monitoring malfunction is any sudden, 
infrequent, not reasonably preventable failure of the monitoring 
equipment to provide valid data. Monitoring failures that are caused in 
part by poor maintenance or careless operation are not malfunctions. Any 
period for which the monitoring system is out-of-control and data are 
not available for required calculations constitutes a deviation from the 
monitoring requirements.

               Testing and Initial Compliance Requirements



Sec. 63.9310  By what date must I conduct the initial compliance 
demonstrations?

    You must conduct the initial compliance demonstrations that apply to 
you in Table 3 to this subpart within 180 calendar days after the 
compliance date that is specified for your new or reconstructed affected 
source in Sec. 63.9295 and according to the provisions in Sec. 
63.7(a)(2).



Sec. 63.9320  What procedures must I use?

    (a) You must conduct each initial compliance demonstration that 
applies to you in Table 3 to this subpart.
    (b) You must conduct an initial performance evaluation of each 
capture and control system according to Sec. Sec. 63.9321, 63.9322, 
63.9323 and 63.9324, and each CEMS according to the requirements in 40 
CFR 63.8 and according to the applicable Performance Specification of 40 
CFR part 60, appendix B (PS-3 or PS-4A).
    (c) The initial demonstration of compliance with the carbon monoxide 
(CO) or total hydrocarbon (THC) concentration limitation consists of the 
first 4-

[[Page 44]]

hour rolling average CO or THC concentration recorded after completion 
of the CEMS performance evaluation. You must correct the CO or THC 
concentration at the outlet of the engine test cell/stand or the 
emission control device to a dry basis and to 15 percent O2 
content according to Equation 1 of this section:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR27MY03.002

Where:

Cc = concentration of CO or THC, corrected to 15 percent 
          oxygen, ppmvd
Cunc = total uncorrected concentration of CO or THC, ppmvd
%O2d = concentration of oxygen measured in gas stream, dry 
          basis, percent by volume.

    (d) The initial demonstration of compliance with the CO or THC 
percent reduction emission limitation consists of the first 4-hour 
rolling average percent reduction in CO or THC recorded after completion 
of the performance evaluation of the capture/control system and/or CEMS. 
You must complete the actions described in paragraphs (d)(1) through (2) 
of this section.
    (1) Correct the CO or THC concentrations at the inlet and outlet of 
the emission control device to a dry basis and to 15 percent 
O2 content using Equation 1 of this section.
    (2) Calculate the percent reduction in CO or THC using Equation 2 of 
this section:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR27MY03.003

Where:

R = percent reduction in CO or THC
Ci = corrected CO or THC concentration at inlet of the 
          emission control device
Co = corrected CO or THC concentration at the outlet of the 
          emission control device.



Sec. 63.9321  What are the general requirements for performance tests?

    (a) You must conduct each performance test required by Sec. 63.9310 
according to the requirements in Sec. 63.7(e)(1) and under the 
conditions in this section unless you obtain a waiver of the performance 
test according to the provisions in Sec. 63.7(h).
    (1) Representative engine testing conditions. You must conduct the 
performance test under representative operating conditions for the test 
cell/stand. Operations during periods of SSM, and during periods of 
nonoperation do not constitute representative conditions. You must 
record the process information that is necessary to document operating 
conditions during the test and explain why the conditions represent 
normal operation.
    (2) Representative emission capture system and add-on control device 
operating conditions. You must conduct the performance test when the 
emission capture system and add-on control device are operating at a 
representative flow rate, and the add-on control device is operating at 
a representative inlet concentration. You must record information that 
is necessary to document emission capture system and add-on control 
device operating conditions during the test and explain why the 
conditions represent normal operation.
    (b) You must conduct each performance test of an emission capture 
system according to the requirements in Sec. 63.9322. You must conduct 
each performance test of an add-on control device according to the 
requirements in Sec. 63.9323.



Sec. 63.9322  How do I determine the emission capture system 
efficiency?

    You must use the procedures and test methods in this section to 
determine capture efficiency as part of the performance test required by 
Sec. 63.9310.
    (a) Assuming 100 percent capture efficiency. You may assume the 
capture system efficiency is 100 percent if both conditions in 
paragraphs (a)(1) and (2) of this section are met:
    (1) The capture system meets the criteria in Method 204 of appendix 
M to 40 CFR part 51 for a potential to emit (PTE) and directs all the 
exhaust gases from the enclosure to an add-on control device.
    (2) All engine test operations creating exhaust gases for which the 
test is applicable are conducted within the capture system.
    (b) Measuring capture efficiency. If the capture system does not 
meet the criteria in paragraphs (a)(1) and (2) of this section, then you 
must use one of the

[[Page 45]]

two protocols described in paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section to 
measure capture efficiency. The capture efficiency measurements use 
total volatile hydrocarbon (TVH) capture efficiency as a surrogate for 
organic HAP capture efficiency. For the protocol in paragraph (c) of 
this section, the capture efficiency measurement must consist of three 
test runs. Each test run must be at least 3 hours in duration or the 
length of a production run, whichever is longer, up to 8 hours. For the 
purposes of this test, a production run means the time required for a 
single engine test to go from the beginning to the end.
    (c) Gas-to-gas protocol using a temporary total enclosure or a 
building enclosure. The gas-to-gas protocol compares the mass of TVH 
emissions captured by the emission capture system to the mass of TVH 
emissions not captured. Use a temporary total enclosure or a building 
enclosure and the procedures in paragraphs (c)(1) through (5) of this 
section to measure emission capture system efficiency using the gas-to-
gas protocol.
    (1) Either use a building enclosure or construct an enclosure around 
the engine test cell/stand and all areas where emissions from the engine 
testing subsequently occur. The enclosure must meet the applicable 
definition of a temporary total enclosure or building enclosure in 
Method 204 of appendix M to 40 CFR part 51.
    (2) Use Method 204B or 204C of appendix M to 40 CFR part 51 to 
measure the total mass, kg, of TVH emissions captured by the emission 
capture system during each capture efficiency test run as measured at 
the inlet to the add-on control device. To make the measurement, 
substitute TVH for each occurrence of the term VOC in the methods.
    (i) The sampling points for the Method 204B or 204C of appendix M to 
40 CFR part 51 measurement must be upstream from the add-on control 
device and must represent total emissions routed from the capture system 
and entering the add-on control device.
    (ii) If multiple emission streams from the capture system enter the 
add-on control device without a single common duct, then the emissions 
entering the add-on control device must be simultaneously measured in 
each duct, and the total emissions entering the add-on control device 
must be determined.
    (3) Use Method 204D or 204E of appendix M to 40 CFR part 51 to 
measure the total mass, kg, of TVH emissions that are not captured by 
the emission capture system; they are measured as they exit the 
temporary total enclosure or building enclosure during each capture 
efficiency test run. To make the measurement, substitute TVH for each 
occurrence of the term VOC in the methods.
    (i) Use Method 204D of appendix M to 40 CFR part 51 if the enclosure 
is a temporary total enclosure.
    (ii) Use Method 204E of appendix M to 40 CFR part 51 if the 
enclosure is a building enclosure. During the capture efficiency 
measurement, all organic compound emitting operations inside the 
building enclosure, other than the engine test cell/stand operation for 
which capture efficiency is being determined, must be shut down, but all 
fans and blowers must be operating normally.
    (4) For each capture efficiency test run, determine the percent 
capture efficiency of the emission capture system using Equation 1 of 
this section:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR27MY03.004

Where:

CE = capture efficiency of the emission capture system vented to the 
          add-on control device, percent
TVHcaptured = total mass of TVH captured by the emission 
          capture system as measured at the inlet to the add-on control 
          device during the emission capture efficiency

[[Page 46]]

          test run, kg, determined according to paragraph (c)(2) of this 
          section
TVHuncaptured = total mass of TVH that is not captured by the 
          emission capture system and that exits from the temporary 
          total enclosure or building enclosure during the capture 
          efficiency test run, kg, determined according to paragraph 
          (c)(3) of this section.

    (5) Determine the capture efficiency the emission capture system as 
the average of the capture efficiencies measured in the three test runs.
    (d) Alternative capture efficiency protocol. As an alternative to 
the procedure specified in paragraph (c) of this section, you may 
determine capture efficiency using any other capture efficiency protocol 
and test methods that satisfy the criteria of either the data quality 
objective or lower control limit approach as described in appendix A to 
subpart KK of this part.



Sec. 63.9323  How do I determine the add-on control device emission
destruction or removal efficiency?

    You must use the procedures and test methods in this section to 
determine the add-on control device emission destruction or removal 
efficiency as part of the performance test required by Sec. 63.9310. 
You must conduct three test runs as specified in Sec. 63.7(e)(3), and 
each test run must last at least 1 hour.
    (a) For all types of add-on control devices, use the test methods 
specified in paragraphs (a)(1) through (5) of this section.
    (1) Use Method 1 or 1A of appendix A to 40 CFR part 60, as 
appropriate, to select sampling sites and velocity traverse points.
    (2) Use Method 2, 2A, 2C, 2D, 2F, or 2G of appendix A to 40 CFR part 
60, as appropriate, to measure gas volumetric flow rate.
    (3) Use Method 3, 3A, or 3B of appendix A to 40 CFR part 60, as 
appropriate, for gas analysis to determine dry molecular weight. The 
ANSI/ASME PTC 19.10-1981 Part 10 is an acceptable alternative to Method 
3B (incorporated by reference, see Sec. 63.14).
    (4) Use Method 4 of appendix A to 40 CFR part 60, to determine stack 
gas moisture.
    (5) Methods for determining gas volumetric flow rate, dry molecular 
weight, and stack gas moisture must be performed, as applicable, during 
each test run.
    (b) Measure total gaseous organic mass emissions as carbon at the 
inlet and outlet of the add-on control device simultaneously, using 
either Method 25 or 25A of appendix A to 40 CFR part 60, as specified in 
paragraphs (b)(1) through (3) of this section. You must use the same 
method for both the inlet and outlet measurements.
    (1) Use Method 25 of appendix A to 40 CFR part 60 if the add-on 
control device is an oxidizer, and you expect the total gaseous organic 
concentration as carbon to be more than 50 parts per million at the 
control device outlet.
    (2) Use Method 25A of appendix A to 40 CFR part 60 if the add-on 
control device is an oxidizer, and you expect the total gaseous organic 
concentration as carbon to be 50 ppm or less at the control device 
outlet.
    (c) For each test run, determine the total gaseous organic emissions 
mass flow rates for the inlet and the outlet of the add-on control 
device, using Equation 1 of this section. If there is more than one 
inlet or outlet to the add-on control device, you must calculate the 
total gaseous organic mass flow rate using Equation 1 of this section 
for each inlet and each outlet and then total all of the inlet emissions 
and total all of the outlet emissions.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR27MY03.005

Where:

Mf = total gaseous organic emissions mass flow rate, kg/hour 
          (kg/h)
Cc = concentration of organic compounds as carbon in the vent 
          gas, as determined by Method 25 or Method 25A, parts per 
          million by volume (ppmv), dry basis
Qsd = volumetric flow rate of gases entering or exiting the 
          add-on control device, as determined by Method 2, 2A, 2C, 2D, 
          2F,

[[Page 47]]

          or 2G, dry standard cubic meters/hour (dscm/h)
0.0416 = conversion factor for molar volume, kg-moles per cubic meter 
          (mol/m\3\) (@ 293 Kelvin [K] and 760 millimeters of mercury 
          [mmHg]).

    (d) For each test run, determine the add-on control device organic 
emissions destruction or removal efficiency, using Equation 2 of this 
section:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR27MY03.006

Where:

DRE = organic emissions destruction or removal efficiency of the add-on 
          control device, percent
Mfi = total gaseous organic emissions mass flow rate at the 
          inlet(s) to the add-on control device, using Equation 1 of 
          this section, kg/h
Mfo = total gaseous organic emissions mass flow rate at the 
          outlet(s) of the add-on control device, using Equation 1 of 
          this section, kg/h.

    (e) Determine the emission destruction or removal efficiency of the 
add-on control device as the average of the efficiencies determined in 
the three test runs and calculated in Equation 2 of this section.



Sec. 63.9324  How do I establish the emission capture system and 
add-on control device operating limits during the performance test?

    During the performance test required by Sec. 63.9310, you must 
establish the operating limits required by Sec. 63.9302 according to 
this section, unless you have received approval for alternative 
monitoring and operating limits under Sec. 63.8(f) as specified in 
Sec. 63.9302.
    (a) Thermal oxidizers. If your add-on control device is a thermal 
oxidizer, establish the operating limits according to paragraphs (a)(1) 
and (2) of this section.
    (1) During the performance test, you must monitor and record the 
combustion temperature at least once every 15 minutes during each of the 
three test runs. You must monitor the temperature in the firebox of the 
thermal oxidizer or immediately downstream of the firebox before any 
substantial heat exchange occurs.
    (2) Use the data collected during the performance test to calculate 
and record the average combustion temperature maintained during the 
performance test. This average combustion temperature is the minimum 
operating limit for your thermal oxidizer.
    (b) Catalytic oxidizers. If your add-on control device is a 
catalytic oxidizer, establish the operating limits according to either 
paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) or paragraphs (b)(3) and (4) of this section.
    (1) During the performance test, you must monitor and record the 
temperature just before the catalyst bed and the temperature difference 
across the catalyst bed at least once every 15 minutes during each of 
the three test runs.
    (2) Use the data collected during the performance test to calculate 
and record the average temperature just before the catalyst bed and the 
average temperature difference across the catalyst bed maintained during 
the performance test. These are the minimum operating limits for your 
catalytic oxidizer.
    (3) As an alternative to monitoring the temperature difference 
across the catalyst bed, you may monitor the temperature at the inlet to 
the catalyst bed and implement a site-specific inspection and 
maintenance plan for your catalytic oxidizer as specified in paragraph 
(b)(4) of this section. During the performance test, you must monitor 
and record the temperature just before the catalyst bed at least once 
every 15 minutes during each of the three test runs. Use the data 
collected during the performance test to calculate and record the 
average temperature just before the catalyst bed during the performance 
test. This is the minimum operating limit for your catalytic oxidizer.
    (4) You must develop and implement an inspection and maintenance 
plan for your catalytic oxidizer(s) for which you elect to monitor 
according to paragraph (b)(3) of this section. The plan must address, at 
a minimum, the elements specified in paragraphs (b)(4)(i) through (iii) 
of this section.
    (i) Annual sampling and analysis of the catalyst activity (i.e., 
conversion

[[Page 48]]

efficiency) following the manufacturer's or catalyst supplier's 
recommended procedures.
    (ii) Monthly inspection of the oxidizer system, including the burner 
assembly and fuel supply lines for problems and, as necessary, adjust 
the equipment to assure proper air-to-fuel mixtures.
    (iii) Annual internal and monthly external visual inspection of the 
catalyst bed to check for channeling, abrasion, and settling. If 
problems are found, you must take corrective action consistent with the 
manufacturer's recommendation and conduct a new performance test to 
determine destruction efficiency according to Sec. 63.9323.
    (c) Emission capture system. For each capture device that is not 
part of a PTE that meets the criteria of Sec. 63.9322(a), establish an 
operating limit for either the gas volumetric flow rate or duct static 
pressure, as specified in paragraphs (c)(1) and (2) of this section. The 
operating limit for a PTE is specified in Table 3 to this subpart.
    (1) During the capture efficiency determination required by Sec. 
63.9310, you must monitor and record either the gas volumetric flow rate 
or the duct static pressure for each separate capture device in your 
emission capture system at least once every 15 minutes during each of 
the three test runs at a point in the duct between the capture device 
and the add-on control device inlet.
    (2) Calculate and record the average gas volumetric flow rate or 
duct static pressure for the three test runs for each capture device. 
This average gas volumetric flow rate or duct static pressure is the 
minimum operating limit for that specific capture device.



Sec. 63.9330  How do I demonstrate initial compliance with the 
emission limitation?

    (a) You must demonstrate initial compliance with the emission 
limitation that applies to you according to Table 3 to this subpart.
    (b) You must submit the Notification of Compliance Status containing 
results of the initial compliance demonstration according to the 
requirements in Sec. 63.9345(c).

                   Continuous Compliance Requirements



Sec. 63.9335  How do I monitor and collect data to demonstrate 
continuous compliance?

    (a) Except for monitor malfunctions, associated repairs, and 
required quality assurance or quality control activities (including, as 
applicable, calibration drift checks and required zero and high-level 
adjustments of the monitoring system), you must conduct all monitoring 
in continuous operation at all times the engine test cell/stand is 
operating.
    (b) Do not use data recorded during monitor malfunctions, associated 
repairs, and required quality assurance or quality control activities 
for meeting the requirements of this subpart, including data averages 
and calculations. You must use all the data collected during all other 
periods in assessing the performance of the emission control device or 
in assessing emissions from the new or reconstructed affected source.



Sec. 63.9340  How do I demonstrate continuous compliance with the
emission limitations?

    (a) You must demonstrate continuous compliance with the emission 
limitation in Table 1 to this subpart that applies to you according to 
methods specified in Table 5 to this subpart.
    (b) You must report each instance in paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of 
this section. These instances are deviations from the emission 
limitation in this subpart and must be reported according to the 
requirements in Sec. 63.9350.
    (1) You must report each instance in which you did not meet the 
emission limitation that applies to you.
    (2) You must report each instance in which you did not meet the 
requirements in Table 7 to this subpart that apply to you.
    (c) Startups, shutdowns, and malfunctions. (1) Consistent with 
Sec. Sec. 63.6(e) and 63.7(e)(1), deviations that occur during a period 
of SSM of control devices and associated monitoring equipment are not 
violations if you demonstrate to the Administrator's satisfaction that 
you were operating in accordance with Sec. 63.6(e)(1).

[[Page 49]]

    (2) The Administrator will determine whether deviations that occur 
during a period of SSM of control devices and associated monitoring 
equipment are violations, according to the provisions in Sec. 63.6(e).

[68 FR 28785, May 27, 2003, as amended at 71 FR 20470, Apr. 20, 2006]

                   Notifications, Reports, and Records



Sec. 63.9345  What notifications must I submit and when?

    (a) You must submit all of the notifications in Sec. Sec. 63.8(e), 
63.8(f)(4) and (6), and 63.9(b), (g)(1), (g)(2) and (h) that apply to 
you by the dates specified.
    (b) If you own or operate a new or reconstructed test cell/stand 
used for testing internal combustion engines, you are required to submit 
an Initial Notification as specified in paragraphs (b)(1) through (3) of 
this section.
    (1) As specified in Sec. 63.9(b)(2), if you start up your new or 
reconstructed affected source before the effective date of this subpart, 
you must submit an Initial Notification not later than 120 calendar days 
after May 27, 2003.
    (2) As specified in Sec. 63.9(b), if you start up your new or 
reconstructed affected source on or after the effective date of this 
subpart, you must submit an Initial Notification not later than 120 
calendar days after you become subject to this subpart.
    (3) If you are required to submit an Initial Notification but are 
otherwise not affected by the requirements of this subpart, in 
accordance with Sec. 63.9290(c), your notification should include the 
information in Sec. 63.9(b)(2)(i) through (v) and a statement that your 
new or reconstructed engine test cell/stand has no additional 
requirements and explain the basis of the exclusion (for example, that 
the test cell/stand is used exclusively for testing internal combustion 
engines with rated power of less than 25 hp (19 kW)).
    (c) If you are required to comply with the emission limitations in 
Table 1 to this subpart, you must submit a Notification of Compliance 
Status according to Sec. 63.9(h)(2)(ii). For each initial compliance 
demonstration with the emission limitation, you must submit the 
Notification of Compliance Status before the close of business on the 
30th calendar day following the completion of the initial compliance 
demonstration.
    (d) You must submit a notification of initial performance evaluation 
of your CEMS or performance testing of your control device at least 60 
calendar days before the performance testing/evaluation is scheduled to 
begin as required in Sec. 63.8(e)(2).



Sec. 63.9350  What reports must I submit and when?

    (a) If you own or operate a new or reconstructed affected source 
that must meet the emission limitation, you must submit a semiannual 
compliance report according to Table 6 to this subpart by the applicable 
dates specified in paragraphs (a)(1) through (6) of this section, unless 
the Administrator has approved a different schedule.
    (1) The first semiannual compliance report must cover the period 
beginning on the compliance date specified in Sec. 63.9295 and ending 
on June 30 or December 31, whichever date is the first date following 
the end of the first calendar half after the compliance date specified 
in Sec. 63.9295.
    (2) The first semiannual compliance report must be postmarked or 
delivered no later than July 31 or January 31, whichever date follows 
the end of the first calendar half after the compliance date that is 
specified in Sec. 63.9295.
    (3) Each subsequent semiannual compliance report must cover the 
semiannual reporting period from January 1 through June 30 or the 
semiannual reporting period from July 1 through December 31.
    (4) Each subsequent semiannual compliance report must be postmarked 
or delivered no later than July 31 or January 31, whichever date is the 
first date following the end of the semiannual reporting period.
    (5) For each new or reconstructed engine test cell/stand that is 
subject to permitting regulations pursuant to 40 CFR part 70 or 71, and 
if the permitting authority has established the date for submitting 
semiannual reports pursuant to 40 CFR 70.6(a)(3)(iii)(A) or 40 CFR 
71.6(a)(3)(iii)(A), you may submit

[[Page 50]]

the first and subsequent compliance reports according to the dates the 
permitting authority has established instead of according to the dates 
in paragraphs (a)(1) through (4) of this section.
    (6) If you had an SSM of a control device or associated monitoring 
equipment during the reporting period and you took actions consistent 
with your SSMP, the compliance report must include the information in 
paragraphs Sec. 63.10(d)(5)(i).
    (b) If there is no deviation from the applicable emission limitation 
and the CEMS or CPMS was not out-of-control, according to Sec. 
63.8(c)(7), the semiannual compliance report must contain the 
information described in paragraphs (b)(1) through (4) of this section.
    (1) Company name and address.
    (2) Statement by a responsible official, with that official's name, 
title, and signature, certifying the truth, accuracy, and completeness 
of the content of the report.
    (3) Date of report and beginning and ending dates of the reporting 
period.
    (4) A statement that no deviation from the emission limit occurred 
during the reporting period and that no CEMS or CPMS was out-of-control, 
according to Sec. 63.8(c)(7).
    (c) For each deviation from an emission limit, the semiannual 
compliance report must include the information in paragraphs (b)(1) 
through (3) of this section and the information included in paragraphs 
(c)(1) through (4) of this section.
    (1) The date and time that each deviation started and stopped.
    (2) The total operating time of each new or reconstructed engine 
test cell/stand during the reporting period.
    (3) A summary of the total duration of the deviation during the 
reporting period (recorded in 4-hour periods), and the total duration as 
a percent of the total operating time during that reporting period.
    (4) A breakdown of the total duration of the deviations during the 
reporting period into those that are due to control equipment problems, 
process problems, other known causes, and other unknown causes.
    (d) For each CEMS or CPMS deviation, the semiannual compliance 
report must include the information in paragraphs (b)(1) through (3) of 
this section and the information included in paragraphs (d)(1) through 
(10) of this section.
    (1) The date and time that each CEMS or CPMS was inoperative except 
for zero (low-level) and high-level checks.
    (2) The date and time that each CEMS or CPMS was out-of-control 
including the information in Sec. 63.8(c)(8).
    (3) A summary of the total duration of CEMS or CPMS downtime during 
the reporting period (reported in 4-hour periods), and the total 
duration of CEMS or CPMS downtime as a percent of the total engine test 
cell/stand operating time during that reporting period.
    (4) A breakdown of the total duration of CEMS or CPMS downtime 
during the reporting period into periods that are due to monitoring 
equipment malfunctions, nonmonitoring equipment malfunctions, quality 
assurance/quality control calibrations, other known causes and other 
unknown causes.
    (5) The monitoring equipment manufacturer(s) and model number(s) of 
each monitor.
    (6) The date of the latest CEMS or CPMS certification or audit.
    (7) The date and time period of each deviation from an operating 
limit in Table 2 to this subpart; date and time period of any bypass of 
the add-on control device; and whether each deviation occurred during a 
period of SSM or during another period.
    (8) A summary of the total duration of each deviation from an 
operating limit in Table 2 to this subpart, each bypass of the add-on 
control device during the semiannual reporting period, and the total 
duration as a percent of the total source operating time during that 
semiannual reporting period.
    (9) A breakdown of the total duration of the deviations from the 
operating limits in Table 2 to this subpart and bypasses of the add-on 
control device during the semiannual reporting period by identifying 
deviations due to startup, shutdown, control equipment problems, process 
problems, other known causes, and other unknown causes.
    (10) A description of any changes in CEMS, CPMS, or controls since 
the last reporting period.

[[Page 51]]

    (e) If you had an SSM of a control device or associated monitoring 
equipment during the semiannual reporting period that was not consistent 
with your SSMP, you must submit an immediate SSM report according to the 
requirements in Sec. 63.10(d)(5)(ii).



Sec. 63.9355  What records must I keep?

    (a) You must keep the records as described in paragraphs (a)(1) 
through (5) of this section.
    (1) A copy of each notification and report that you submitted to 
comply with this subpart, including all documentation supporting any 
Initial Notification or Notification of Compliance Status that you 
submitted, according to the requirements in Sec. 63.10(b)(2)(xiv).
    (2) Records of performance evaluations as required in Sec. 
63.10(b)(2)(viii).
    (3) Records of the occurrence and duration of each malfunction of 
the air pollution control equipment, if applicable, as required in Sec. 
63.10(b)(2)(ii).
    (4) Records of all maintenance on the air pollution control 
equipment, if applicable, as required in Sec. 63.10(b)(iii).
    (5) The calculation of the mass of organic HAP emission reduction by 
emission capture systems and add-on control devices.
    (b) For each CPMS, you must keep the records as described in 
paragraphs (b)(1) through (7) of this section.
    (1) For each deviation, a record of whether the deviation occurred 
during a period of SSM of the control device and associated monitoring 
equipment.
    (2) The records in Sec. 63.6(e)(3)(iii) through (v) related to SSM.
    (3) The records required to show continuous compliance with each 
operating limit specified in Table 2 to this subpart that applies to 
you.
    (4) For each capture system that is a PTE, the data and 
documentation you used to support a determination that the capture 
system meets the criteria in Method 204 of appendix M to 40 CFR part 51 
for a PTE and has a capture efficiency of 100 percent, as specified in 
Sec. 63.9322(a).
    (5) For each capture system that is not a PTE, the data and 
documentation you used to determine capture efficiency according to the 
requirements specified in Sec. Sec. 63.9321 and 63.9322(b) through (e), 
including the records specified in paragraphs (b)(5)(i) and (ii) of this 
section that apply to you.
    (i) Records for a gas-to-gas protocol using a temporary total 
enclosure or a building enclosure. Records of the mass of TVH emissions 
captured by the emission capture system as measured by Method 204B or C 
of appendix M to 40 CFR part 51 at the inlet to the add-on control 
device, including a copy of the test report. Records of the mass of TVH 
emissions not captured by the capture system that exited the temporary 
total enclosure or building enclosure during each capture efficiency 
test run as measured by Method 204D or E of appendix M to 40 CFR part 
51, including a copy of the test report. Records documenting that the 
enclosure used for the capture efficiency test met the criteria in 
Method 204 of appendix M to 40 CFR part 51 for either a temporary total 
enclosure or a building enclosure.
    (ii) Records for an alternative protocol. Records needed to document 
a capture efficiency determination using an alternative method or 
protocol as specified in Sec. 63.9322(e), if applicable.
    (6) The records specified in paragraphs (b)(6)(i) and (ii) of this 
section for each add-on control device organic HAP destruction or 
removal efficiency determination as specified in Sec. 63.9323.
    (i) Records of each add-on control device performance test conducted 
according to Sec. Sec. 63.9321, 63.9322, and 63.9323.
    (ii) Records of the engine testing conditions during the add-on 
control device performance test showing that the performance test was 
conducted under representative operating conditions.
    (7) Records of the data and calculations you used to establish the 
emission capture and add-on control device operating limits as specified 
in Sec. 63.9324 and to document compliance with the operating limits as 
specified in Table 2 to this subpart.
    (c) For each CEMS, you must keep the records as described in 
paragraphs (c)(1) through (4) of this section.
    (1) Records described in Sec. 63.10(b)(2)(vi) through (xi).
    (2) Previous (i.e., superceded) versions of the performance 
evaluation plan as required in Sec. 63.8(d)(3).

[[Page 52]]

    (3) Request for alternatives to the relative accuracy test for CEMS 
as required in Sec. 63.8(f)(6)(i), if applicable.
    (4) The records in Sec. 63.6(e)(3)(iii) through (v) related to SSM 
of the control device and associated monitoring equipment.
    (d) You must keep the records required in Table 5 to this subpart to 
show continuous compliance with each emission limitation that applies to 
you.



Sec. 63.9360  In what form and how long must I keep my records?

    (a) You must maintain all applicable records in such a manner that 
they can be readily accessed and are suitable for inspection according 
to Sec. 63.10(b)(1).
    (b) As specified in Sec. 63.10(b)(1), you must keep each records 
for 5 years following the date of each occurrence, measurement, 
maintenance, corrective action, report, or record.
    (c) You must retain your records of the most recent 2 years on site, 
or your records must be accessible on site. Your records of the 
remaining 3 years may be retained off site.

                   Other Requirements and Information



Sec. 63.9365  What parts of the General Provisions apply to me?

    Table 7 to this subpart shows which parts of the General Provisions 
in Sec. Sec. 63.1 through 63.15 apply to you.



Sec. 63.9370  Who implements and enforces this subpart?

    (a) This subpart can be implemented and enforced by us, the U.S. 
EPA, or a delegated authority such as your State, local, or tribal 
agency. If the U.S. EPA Administrator has delegated authority to your 
State, local, or tribal agency, then that agency, in addition to the 
U.S. EPA, has the authority to implement and enforce this subpart. You 
should contact your U.S. EPA Regional Office to find out if 
implementation and enforcement of this subpart is delegated to your 
State, local, or tribal agency.
    (b) In delegating implementation and enforcement authority of this 
subpart to a State, local, or tribal agency under section 40 CFR part 
63, subpart E, the authorities contained in paragraph (c) of this 
section are retained by the Administrator of U.S. EPA and are not 
transferred to the State, local, or tribal agency.
    (c) The authorities that cannot be delegated to State, local, or 
tribal agencies are described in paragraphs (c)(1) through (4) of this 
section.
    (1) Approval of alternatives to the emission limitations in Sec. 
63.9300 under Sec. 63.6(g).
    (2) Approval of major changes to test methods under Sec. 
63.7(e)(2)(ii) and (f) and as defined in Sec. 63.90.
    (3) Approval of major changes to monitoring under Sec. 63.8(f) and 
as defined in Sec. 63.90.
    (4) Approval of major changes to recordkeeping and reporting under 
Sec. 63.10(f) and as defined in Sec. 63.90.



Sec. 63.9375  What definitions apply to this subpart?

    Terms used in this subpart are defined in the CAA; in 40 CFR 63.2, 
and in this section:
    CAA means the Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. 7401 et seq., as amended by 
Public Law 101-549, 104 Statute 2399).
    Area source means any stationary source of HAP that is not a major 
source as defined in this part.
    Combustion turbine engine means a device in which air is compressed 
in a compressor, enters a combustion chamber, and is compressed further 
by the combustion of fuel injected into the combustion chamber. The hot 
compressed combustion gases then expand over a series of curved vanes or 
blades arranged on a central spindle that rotates.
    Deviation means any instance in which an affected source subject to 
this subpart, or an owner or operator of such a source:
    (1) Fails to meet any requirement or obligation established by this 
subpart, including but not limited to any emission limitations;
    (2) Fails to meet any term or condition that is adopted to implement 
an applicable requirement in this subpart and that is included in the 
operating permit for any affected source required to obtain such a 
permit; or

[[Page 53]]

    (3) Fails to meet any emission limitation in this subpart during 
malfunction, regardless or whether or not such failure is permitted by 
this subpart.
    Engine means any internal combustion engine, any combustion turbine 
engine, or any rocket engine.
    Engine Test Cell/Stand means any apparatus used for testing 
uninstalled stationary or uninstalled mobile (motive) engines.
    Hazardous Air Pollutant (HAP) means any air pollutant listed in or 
pursuant to section 112(b) of the CAA.
    Internal combustion engine means a device in which air enters a 
combustion chamber, is mixed with fuel, compressed in the chamber, and 
combusted. Fuel may enter the combustion chamber with the air or be 
injected into the combustion chamber. Expansion of the hot combustion 
gases in the chamber rotates a shaft, either through a reciprocating or 
rotary action. For purposes of this subpart, this definition does not 
include combustion turbine engines.
    Major source, as used in this subpart, shall have the same meaning 
as in Sec. 63.2.
    Malfunction means any sudden, infrequent, and not reasonably 
preventable failure of air pollution control equipment, process 
equipment, or a process to operate in a normal or usual manner which 
causes, or has the potential to cause, the emission limitations in an 
applicable standard to be exceeded. Failures that are caused in part by 
poor maintenance or careless operation are not malfunctions.
    Rated power means the maximum power output of an engine in use.
    Potential to emit means the maximum capacity of a stationary source 
to emit a pollutant under its physical and operational design. Any 
physical or operational limitation on the capacity of the stationary 
source to emit a pollutant, including air pollution control equipment 
and restrictions on hours of operation or on the type or amount of 
material combusted, stored, or processed, shall be treated as part of 
its design if the limitation or the effect it would have on emissions is 
federally enforceable.
    Responsible official means responsible official as defined by 40 CFR 
70.2.
    Rocket engine means a device consisting of a combustion chamber in 
which materials referred to as propellants, which provide both the fuel 
and the oxygen for combustion, are burned. Combustion gases escape 
through a nozzle, providing thrust.
    Uninstalled engine means an engine not installed in, or an 
integrated part of, the final product.

[68 FR 28785, May 27, 2003, as amended at 71 FR 20470, Apr. 20, 2006]



     Sec. Table 1 to Subpart PPPPP of Part 63--Emission Limitations

    You must comply with the emission limits that apply to your affected 
source in the following table as required by Sec. 63.9300.

------------------------------------------------------------------------
 For each new or reconstructed affected
    source located at a major source         You must meet one of the
  facility that is used in whole or in   following emission limitations:
         part for testing . . .
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. internal combustion engines with      a. limit the concentration of
 rated power of 25 hp (19 kW) or more.    CO or THC to 20 ppmvd or less
                                          (corrected to 15 percent O2
                                          content); or
                                         b. achieve a reduction in CO or
                                          THC of 96 percent or more
                                          between the inlet and outlet
                                          concentrations (corrected to
                                          15 percent O2 content) of the
                                          emission control device.
------------------------------------------------------------------------



       Sec. Table 2 to Subpart PPPPP of Part 63--Operating Limits

    If you are required to comply with operating limits in Sec. 
63.9302, you must comply with the applicable operating limits in the 
following table:

[[Page 54]]



------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                        and you must
                                                         demonstrate
For the following device . .    You must meet the        continuous
              .                following operating   compliance with the
                                   limit . . .      operating limit by .
                                                             . .
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Thermal oxidizer.........  a. The average        i. Collecting the
                               combustion            combustion
                               temperature in any    temperature data
                               3-hour period must    according to Sec.
                               not fall below the    63.9306(c);
                               combustion           ii. Reducing the
                               temperature limit     data to 3-hour
                               established           block averages; and
                               according to Sec. iii. Maintaining the
                               63.9324(a).           3-hour average
                                                     combustion
                                                     temperature at or
                                                     above the
                                                     temperature limit.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
2. Catalytic oxidizer.......  a. The average        i. Collecting the
                               temperature           temperature data
                               measured just         according to Sec.
                               before the catalyst   63.9306(c);
                               bed in any 3-hour    ii. Reducing the
                               period must not       data to 3-hour
                               fall below the        block averages; and
                               limit established    iii. Maintaining the
                               according to Sec. 3-hour average
                               63.9324(b).           temperature before
                                                     the catalyst bed at
                                                     or above the
                                                     temperature limit.
                              b. Either ensure      i. Either collecting
                               that the average      the temperature
                               temperature           data according to
                               difference across     Sec. 63.9306(c),
                               the catalyst bed in   reducing the data
                               any 3-hour period     to 3-hour block
                               does not fall below   averages, and
                               the temperature       maintaining the 3-
                               difference limit      hour average
                               established           temperature
                               according to Sec. difference at or
                               63.9324(b)(2) or      above the
                               develop and           temperature
                               implement an          difference limit;
                               inspection and        or
                               maintenance plan     ii. Complying with
                               according to Sec. the inspection and
                               63.9324(b)(3) and     maintenance plan
                               (4).                  developed according
                                                     to Sec.
                                                     63.9324(b)(3) and
                                                     (4).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. Emission capture system    a. The direction of   i. Collecting the
 that is a PTE according to    the air flow at all   direction of air
 Sec. 63.9322(a).            times must be into    flow; and either
                               the enclosure; and    the facial velocity
                               either                of air through all
                                                     natural draft
                                                     openings according
                                                     to Sec.
                                                     63.9306(d)(1) or
                                                     the pressure drop
                                                     across the
                                                     enclosure according
                                                     to Sec.
                                                     63.9306(d)(2); and
                                                    ii. Maintaining the
                                                     facial velocity of
                                                     air flow through
                                                     all natural draft
                                                     openings or the
                                                     pressure drop at or
                                                     above the facial
                                                     velocity limit or
                                                     pressure drop
                                                     limit, and
                                                     maintaining the
                                                     direction of air
                                                     flow into the
                                                     enclosure at all
                                                     times.
                              b. The average        Follow the
                               facial velocity of    requirements in 3ai
                               air through all       and ii of this
                               natural draft         table.
                               openings in the
                               enclosure must be
                               at least 200 feet
                               per minute; or
                              c. The pressure drop  Follow the
                               across the            requirements in 3ai
                               enclosure must be     and ii of this
                               at least 0.007 inch   table.
                               H2O, as established
                               in Method 204 of
                               appendix M to 40
                               CFR part 51.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Emission capture system    a. The average gas    i. Collecting the
 that is not a PTE according   volumetric flow       gas volumetric flow
 to Sec. 63.9322(a).         rate or duct static   rate or duct static
                               pressure in each      pressure for each
                               duct between a        capture device
                               capture device and    according to Sec.
                               add-on control        63.9306(d);
                               device inlet in any  ii. Reducing the
                               3-hour period must    data to 3-hour
                               not fall below the    block averages; and
                               average volumetric   iii. Maintaining the
                               flow rate or duct     3-hour average gas
                               static pressure       volumetric flow
                               limit established     rate or duct static
                               for that capture      pressure for each
                               device according      capture device at
                               Sec. 63.9306(d).    or above the gas
                                                     volumetric flow
                                                     rate or duct static
                                                     pressure limit.
------------------------------------------------------------------------



   Sec. Table 3 to Subpart PPPPP of Part 63--Requirements for Initial 
                        Compliance Demonstrations

    As stated in Sec. 63.9321, you must demonstrate initial compliance 
with each emission limitation that applies to you according to the 
following table:

[[Page 55]]



----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                             According to the
    For each new or reconstructed           You must . . .            Using . . .         following requirements
 affected source complying with . . .                                                             . . .
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. The CO or THC outlet concentration  a. Demonstrate CO or     i. EPA Methods 3A and    You must demonstrate
 emission limitation.                   THC emissions are 20     10 of appendix A to 40   that the outlet
                                        ppmvd or less.           CFR part 60 for CO       concentration of CO or
                                                                 measurement or EPA       THC emissions from the
                                                                 Method 25A of appendix   test cell/stand or
                                                                 A to 40 CFR part 60      emission control
                                                                 for THC measurement;     device is 20 ppmvd or
                                                                 or                       less, corrected to 15
                                                                                          percent O2 content,
                                                                                          using the first 4-hour
                                                                                          rolling average after
                                                                                          a successful
                                                                                          performance
                                                                                          evaluation.
                                                                ii. A CEMS for CO or     This demonstration is
                                                                 THC and O2 at the        conducted immediately
                                                                 outlet of the engine     following a successful
                                                                 test cell/stand or       performance evaluation
                                                                 emission control         of the CEMS as
                                                                 device.                  required in Sec.
                                                                                          63.9320(b). The
                                                                                          demonstration consists
                                                                                          of the first 4-hour
                                                                                          rolling average of
                                                                                          measurements. The CO
                                                                                          or THC concentration
                                                                                          must be corrected to
                                                                                          15 percent O2 content,
                                                                                          dry basis using
                                                                                          Equation 1 in Sec.
                                                                                          63.9320.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2. The CO or THC percent reduction     a. Demonstrate a         i. You must conduct an   You must demonstrate
 emission limitation.                   reduction in CO or THC   initial performance      that the reduction in
                                        of 96 percent or more.   test to determine the    CO or THC emissions is
                                                                 capture and control      at least 96 percent
                                                                 efficiencies of the      using the first 4-hour
                                                                 equipment and to         rolling average after
                                                                 establish operating      a successful
                                                                 limits to be achieved    performance
                                                                 on a continuous basis;   evaluation. Your inlet
                                                                 or                       and outlet
                                                                                          measurements must be
                                                                                          on a dry basis and
                                                                                          corrected to 15
                                                                                          percent O2 content.
                                                                ii. A CEMS for CO or     This demonstration is
                                                                 THC and O2 at both the   conducted immediately
                                                                 inlet and outlet of      following a successful
                                                                 the emission control     performance evaluation
                                                                 device.                  of the CEMS as
                                                                                          required in Sec.
                                                                                          63.9320(b). The
                                                                                          demonstration consists
                                                                                          of the first 4-hour
                                                                                          rolling average of
                                                                                          measurements. The
                                                                                          inlet and outlet CO or
                                                                                          THC concentrations
                                                                                          must be corrected to
                                                                                          15 percent O2 content
                                                                                          using Equation 1 in
                                                                                          Sec. 63.9320. The
                                                                                          reduction in CO or THC
                                                                                          is calculated using
                                                                                          Equation 2 in Sec.
                                                                                          63.9320.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



   Sec. Table 4 to Subpart PPPPP of Part 63--Initial Compliance With 
                          Emission Limitations

    As stated in Sec. 63.9330, you must demonstrate initial compliance 
with each emission limitation that applies to you according to the 
following table:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                          You have demonstrated initial
             For the . . .                     compliance if . . .
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. CO or THC concentration emission      The first 4-hour rolling
 limitation.                              average CO or THC
                                          concentration is 20 ppmvd or
                                          less, corrected to 15 percent
                                          O2 content.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
2. CO or THC percent reduction emission  The first 4-hour rolling
 limitation.                              average reduction in CO or THC
                                          is 96 percent or more, dry
                                          basis, corrected to 15 percent
                                          O2 content.
------------------------------------------------------------------------


[[Page 56]]



  Sec. Table 5 to Subpart PPPPP of Part 63--Continuous Compliance With 
                          Emission Limitations

    As stated in Sec. 63.9340, you must demonstrate continuous 
compliance with each emission limitation that applies to you according 
to the following table:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
        For the . . .            You must . . .           By . . .
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. CO or THC concentration    a. Demonstrate CO or  i. Collecting the
 emission limitation.          THC emissions are     CPMS data according
                               20 ppmvd or less      to Sec.
                               over each 4-hour      63.9306(a),
                               rolling averaging     reducing the
                               period.               measurements to 1-
                                                     hour averages; or
                                                    ii. Collecting the
                                                     CEMS data according
                                                     to Sec.
                                                     63.9307(a),
                                                     reducing the
                                                     measurements to 1-
                                                     hour averages,
                                                     correcting them to
                                                     15 percent O2
                                                     content, dry basis,
                                                     according to Sec.
                                                     63.9320;
------------------------------------------------------------------------
2. CO or THC percent          a. Demonstrate a      i. Collecting the
 reduction emission            reduction in CO or    CPMS data according
 limitation.                   THC of 96 percent     to Sec.
                               or more over each 4-  63.9306(a),
                               hour rolling          reducing the
                               averaging period.     measurements to 1-
                                                     hour averages; or
                                                    ii. Collecting the
                                                     CEMS data according
                                                     to Sec.
                                                     63.9307(b),
                                                     reducing the
                                                     measurements to 1-
                                                     hour averages,
                                                     correcting them to
                                                     15 percent O2
                                                     content, dry basis,
                                                     calculating the CO
                                                     or THC percent
                                                     reduction according
                                                     to Sec. 63.9320.
------------------------------------------------------------------------



   Sec. Table 6 to Subpart PPPPP of Part 63--Requirements for Reports

    As stated in Sec. 63.9350, you must submit each report that applies 
to you according to the following table:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
 If you own or operate a new
  or reconstructed affected
source that must comply with     The report must     You must submit the
  emission limitations, you       contain . . .         report . . .
     must submit a . . .
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Compliance report........  a. If there are no    Semiannually,
                               deviations from the   according to the
                               emission              requirements in
                               limitations that      Sec. 63.9350.
                               apply to you, a
                               statement that
                               there were no
                               deviations from the
                               emission
                               limitations during
                               the reporting
                               period.
                              b. If there were no   Semiannually,
                               periods during        according to the
                               which the CEMS or     requirements in
                               CPMS were out of      Sec. 63.9350.
                               control as
                               specified in Sec.
                               63.8(c)(7), a
                               statement that
                               there were no
                               periods during
                               which the CEMS or
                               CPMS was out of
                               control during the
                               reporting period.
                              c. If you have a      Semiannually,
                               deviation from any    according to the
                               emission limitation   requirements in
                               during the            Sec. 63.9350.
                               reporting period,
                               the report must
                               contain the
                               information in Sec.
                                 63.9350(c).
                              d. If there were      Semiannually,
                               periods during        according to the
                               which the CEMS or     requirements in
                               CPMS were out of      Sec. 63.9350.
                               control, as
                               specified in Sec.
                               63.8(c)(7), that
                               report must contain
                               the information in
                               Sec. 63.9350(d).
                              e. If you had an SSM  Semiannually,
                               of a control device   according to the
                               or associated         requirements in
                               monitoring            Sec. 63.9350.
                               equipment during
                               the reporting
                               period, the report
                               must include the
                               information in Sec.
                                 63.10(d)(5)(i).
------------------------------------------------------------------------



   Sec. Table 7 to Subpart PPPPP of Part 63--Applicability of General 
                       Provisions to Subpart PPPPP

    As stated in 63.9365, you must comply with the General Provisions in 
Sec. Sec. 63.1 through 63.15 that apply to you according to the 
following table:

[[Page 57]]



----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                            Applies to subpart
               Citation                        Subject             Brief description              PPPPP
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sec. 63.1(a)(1)....................  Applicability..........  General applicability    Yes. Additional terms
                                                                 of the General           defined in Sec.
                                                                 Provisions.              63.9375.
Sec. 63.1(a)(2)-(4)................  Applicability..........  Applicability of source  Yes.
                                                                 categories.
Sec. 63.1(a)(5)....................  [Reserved].............
Sec. 63.1(a)(6)-(7)................  Applicability..........  Contact for source       Yes.
                                                                 category information;
                                                                 extension of
                                                                 compliance through
                                                                 early reduction.
Sec. 63.1(a)(8)....................  Applicability..........  Establishment of State   No. Refers to State
                                                                 rules or programs.       programs.
Sec. 63.1(a)(9)....................  [Reserved].............
Sec. 63.1(a)(10)-(14)..............  Applicability..........  Explanation of time      Yes.
                                                                 periods, postmark
                                                                 deadlines.
Sec. 63.1(b)(1)....................  Applicability..........  Initial applicability..  Yes. Subpart PPPPP
                                                                                          clarifies
                                                                                          applicability at Sec.
                                                                                           63.9285.
Sec. 63.1(b)(2)....................  Applicability..........  Title V operating        Yes. All major affected
                                                                 permit-reference to      sources are required
                                                                 part 70.                 to obtain a Title V
                                                                                          permit.
Sec. 63.1(b)(3)....................  Applicability..........  Record of applicability  Yes.
                                                                 determination.
Sec. 63.1(c)(1)....................  Applicability..........  Applicability after      Yes. Subpart PPPPP
                                                                 standards are set.       clarifies the
                                                                                          applicability of each
                                                                                          paragraph of subpart A
                                                                                          to sources subject to
                                                                                          subpart PPPPP.
Sec. 63.1(c)(2)....................  Applicability..........  Title V permit           No. Area sources are
                                                                 requirement for area     not subject to subpart
                                                                 sources.                 PPPPP.
Sec. 63.1(c)(3)....................  [Reserved].............
Sec. 63.1(c)(4)....................  Applicability..........  Extension of compliance  No. Existing sources
                                                                 for existing sources.    are not covered by the
                                                                                          substantive control
                                                                                          requirements of
                                                                                          subpart PPPPP.
Sec. 63.1(c)(5)....................  Applicability..........  Notification             Yes.
                                                                 requirements for an
                                                                 area source becoming a
                                                                 major source.
Sec. 63.1(d).......................  [Reserved].............
Sec. 63.1(e).......................  Applicability..........  Applicability of permit  Yes.
                                                                 program before a
                                                                 relevant standard has
                                                                 been set.
Sec. 63.2..........................  Definitions............  Definitions for Part 63  Yes. Additional
                                                                 standards.               definitions are
                                                                                          specified in Sec.
                                                                                          63.9375.
Sec. 63.3..........................  Units and Abbreviations  Units and abbreviations  Yes.
                                                                 for Part 63 standards.
Sec. 63.4..........................  Prohibited Activities..  Prohibited activities;   Yes.
                                                                 compliance date;
                                                                 circumvention,
                                                                 severability.
Sec. 63.5(a).......................  Construction/            Construction and         Yes.
                                        Reconstruction.          reconstruction--applic
                                                                 ability.
Sec. 63.5(b)(1)....................  Construction/            Requirements upon        Yes.
                                        Reconstruction.          construction or
                                                                 reconstruction.
Sec. 63.5(b)(2)....................  [Reserved].
Sec. 63.5(b)(3)....................  Construction/            Approval of              Yes.
                                        Reconstruction.          construction.
Sec. 63.5(b)(4)....................  Construction/            Notification of          Yes.
                                        Reconstruction.          construction.
Sec. 63.5(b)(5)....................  Construction/            Compliance.............  Yes.
                                        Reconstruction.
Sec. 63.5(b)(6)....................  Construction/            Addition of equipment..  Yes.
                                        Reconstruction.
Sec. 63.5(c).......................  [Reserved]
Sec. 63.5(d).......................  Construction/            Application for          Yes.
                                        Reconstruction.          construction
                                                                 reconstruction.
Sec. 63.5(e).......................  Construction/            Approval of              Yes.
                                        Reconstruction.          construction or
                                                                 reconstruction.
Sec. 63.5(f).......................  Construction/            Approval of              Yes.
                                        Reconstruction.          construction or
                                                                 reconstruction based
                                                                 on prior State review.
Sec. 63.6(a).......................  Applicability..........  Applicability of         Yes.
                                                                 standards and
                                                                 monitoring
                                                                 requirements.
Sec. 63.6(b)(1)-(2)................  Compliance Dates for     Standards apply at       Yes.
                                        New and Reconstructed    effective date; 3
                                        Sources.                 years after effective
                                                                 date; upon startup; 10
                                                                 years after
                                                                 construction or
                                                                 reconstruction
                                                                 commences for 112(f).

[[Page 58]]

 
Sec. 63.6(b)(3)....................  Compliance Dates for     Compliance dates for     No. Compliance is
                                        New and Reconstructed    sources constructed or   required by startup or
                                        Sources.                 reconstructed before     effective date.
                                                                 effective date.
Sec. 63.6(b)(4)....................  Compliance Dates for     Compliance dates for     Yes.
                                        New and Reconstructed    sources also subject
                                        Sources.                 to Sec. 112(f)
                                                                 standards.
Sec. 63.6(b)(5)....................  Compliance Dates for     Notification...........  Yes.
                                        New and Reconstructed
                                        Sources.
Sec. 63.6(b)(6)....................  [Reserved].
Sec. 63.6(b)(7)....................  Compliance Dates for     Compliance dates for     Yes.
                                        New and Reconstructed    new and reconstructed
                                        Sources.                 area sources that
                                                                 become major.
Sec. 63.6(c)(1)-(2)................  Compliance Dates for     Effective date           No. Existing sources
                                        Existing Sources.        establishes compliance   are not covered by the
                                                                 date.                    substantive control
                                                                                          requirements of
                                                                                          subpart PPPPP.
Sec. 63.6(c)(3)-(4)................  [Reserved].
Sec. 63.6(c)(5)....................  Compliance Dates for     Compliance dates for     Yes. If the area source
                                        Existing Sources.        existing area sources    become a major source
                                                                 that becomes major.      by addition or
                                                                                          reconstruction, the
                                                                                          added or reconstructed
                                                                                          portion will be
                                                                                          subject to subpart
                                                                                          PPPPP.
Sec. 63.6(d).......................  [Reserved].
Sec. 63.6(e)(1)-(2)................  Operation and            Operation and            Yes. Except that you
                                        Maintenance              maintenance.             are not required to
                                        Requirements.                                     have an SSMP for
                                                                                          control devices and
                                                                                          associated monitoring
                                                                                          equipment.
Sec. 63.6(e)(3)....................  SSMP...................  1. Requirement for SSM   Yes. You must develop
                                                                 and SSMP.                an SSMP for each
                                                                2. Content of SSMP.....   control device and
                                                                                          associated monitoring
                                                                                          equipment.
Sec. 63.6(f)(1)....................  Compliance Except        You must comply with     Yes, but you must
                                        During SSM.              emission standards at    comply with emission
                                                                 all times except         standards at all times
                                                                 during SSM of control    except during SSM of
                                                                 devices or associated    control devices and
                                                                 monitoring equipment.    associated monitoring
                                                                                          equipment only.
Sec. 63.6(f)(2)-(3)................  Methods for Determining  Compliance based on      Yes.
                                        Compliance.              performance test,
                                                                 operation and
                                                                 maintenance plans,
                                                                 records, inspection.
Sec. 63.6(g)(1)-(3)................  Alternative Standard...  Procedures for getting   Yes.
                                                                 an alternative
                                                                 standard.
Sec. 63.6(h).......................  Opacity/Visible          Requirements for         No. Subpart PPPPP does
                                        Emission (VE)            opacity/VE standards.    not establish opacity/
                                        Standards.                                        VE standards and does
                                                                                          not require continuous
                                                                                          opacity monitoring
                                                                                          systems (COMS).
Sec. 63.6(i)(1)-(14)...............  Compliance Extension...  Procedures and criteria  No. Compliance
                                                                 for Administrator to     extension provisions
                                                                 grant compliance         apply to existing
                                                                 extension.               sources, which do not
                                                                                          have emission
                                                                                          limitations in subpart
                                                                                          PPPPP.
Sec. 63.6(j).......................  Presidential Compliance  President may exempt     Yes.
                                        Exemption.               source category from
                                                                 requirement to comply
                                                                 with rule.
Sec. 63.7(a)(1)-(2)................  Performance Test Dates.  Dates for conducting     Yes.
                                                                 initial performance
                                                                 testing and other
                                                                 compliance
                                                                 demonstrations: Must
                                                                 conduct within 180
                                                                 days after first
                                                                 subject to rule.
Sec. 63.7(a)(3)....................  Section 114 Authority..  Administrator may        Yes.
                                                                 require a performance
                                                                 test under CAA Section
                                                                 114 at any time.
Sec. 63.7(b)(1)....................  Notification             Must notify              Yes.
                                        Performance Test.        Administrator 60 days
                                                                 before the test.

[[Page 59]]

 
Sec. 63.7(b)(2)....................  Notification of          If have to reschedule    Yes.
                                        Rescheduling.            performance test, must
                                                                 notify Administrator 5
                                                                 days before schedule
                                                                 date of rescheduled
                                                                 date.
Sec. 63.7(c).......................  Quality Assurance/Test   1. Requirement to        Yes.
                                        Plan.                    submit site-specific
                                                                 test plan 60 days
                                                                 before the test or on
                                                                 date Administrator
                                                                 agrees with.
                                                                2. Test plan approval    Yes.
                                                                 procedures.
                                                                3. Performance audit     Yes.
                                                                 requirements.
                                                                4. Internal and          Yes.
                                                                 external QA procedures
                                                                 for testing.
Sec. 63.7(d).......................  Testing Facilities.....  Requirements for         Yes.
                                                                 testing facilities.
Sec. 63.7(e)(1)....................  Conditions for           Performance tests must   Yes.
                                        Conducting Performance   be conducted under
                                        Tests.                   representative
                                                                 conditions; cannot
                                                                 conduct performance
                                                                 tests during SSM; not
                                                                 a violation to exceed
                                                                 standard during SSM.
Sec. 63.7(e)(2)....................  Conditions for           Must conduct according   Yes.
                                        Conducting Performance   to rule and EPA test
                                        Tests.                   methods unless
                                                                 Administrator approves
                                                                 alternative.
Sec. 63.7(e)(3)....................  Test Run Duration......  1. Must have three test  Yes.
                                                                 runs of at least 1
                                                                 hour each.
                                                                2. Compliance is based   Yes.
                                                                 on arithmetic mean of
                                                                 three runs.
                                                                3. Conditions when data  Yes.
                                                                 from an additional
                                                                 test run can be used.
Sec. 63.7(e)(4)....................  Other Performance        Administrator may        Yes.
                                        Testing.                 require other testing
                                                                 under section 114 of
                                                                 the CAA.
Sec. 63.7(f).......................  Alternative Test Method  Procedures by which      Yes.
                                                                 Administrator can
                                                                 grant approval to use
                                                                 an alternative test
                                                                 method.
Sec. 63.7(g).......................  Performance Test Data    1. Must include raw      Yes.
                                        Analysis.                data in performance
                                                                 test report.
                                                                2. Must submit           Yes.
                                                                 performance test data
                                                                 60 days after end of
                                                                 test with the
                                                                 Notification of
                                                                 Compliance Status.
                                                                3. Keep data for 5       Yes.
                                                                 years.
Sec. 63.7(h).......................  Waiver of Tests........  Procedures for           Yes.
                                                                 Administrator to waive
                                                                 performance test.
Sec. 63.8(a)(1)....................  Applicability of         Subject to all           Yes. Subpart PPPPP
                                        Monitoring               monitoring               contains specific
                                        Requirements.            requirements in          requirements for
                                                                 standard.                monitoring at Sec.
                                                                                          63.9325.
Sec. 63.8(a)(2)....................  Performance              Performance              Yes.
                                        Specifications.          Specifications in
                                                                 appendix B of part 60
                                                                 apply.
Sec. 63.8(a)(3)....................  [Reserved]
Sec. 63.8(a)(4)....................  Monitoring with Flares.  Unless your rule says    No. Subpart PPPPP does
                                                                 otherwise, the           not have monitoring
                                                                 requirements for         requirements for
                                                                 flares in 63.11 apply.   flares.
Sec. 63.8(b)(1)....................  Monitoring.............  Must conduct monitoring  Yes.
                                                                 according to standard
                                                                 unless Administrator
                                                                 approves alternative.
Sec. 63.8(b)(2)-(3)................  Multiple Effluents and   1. Specific              Yes.
                                        Multiple Monitoring      requirements for
                                        Systems.                 installing monitoring
                                                                 systems.

[[Page 60]]

 
                                                                2. Must install on each  Yes.
                                                                 effluent before it is
                                                                 combined and before it
                                                                 is released to the
                                                                 atmosphere unless
                                                                 Administrator approves
                                                                 otherwise.
                                                                3. If more than one      Yes.
                                                                 monitoring system on
                                                                 an emission point,
                                                                 must report all
                                                                 monitoring system
                                                                 results, unless one
                                                                 monitoring system is a
                                                                 backup.
Sec. 63.8(c)(1)....................  Monitoring System        Maintain monitoring      Yes.
                                        Operation and            system in a manner
                                        Maintenance.             consistent with good
                                                                 air pollution control
                                                                 practices.
Sec. 63.8(c)(1)(i).................  Routine and predictable  1. Keep parts for        Yes.
                                        CMS malfunctions.        routine repairs of CMS
                                                                 readily available.
                                                                2. Reporting
                                                                 requirements for SSM
                                                                 when action is
                                                                 described in SSMP.
                                                                3. Reporting             Yes.
                                                                 requirements for SSM
                                                                 when action is
                                                                 described in SSMP.
Sec. 63.8(c)(1)(ii)................  SSM of CMS Not in SSMP.  Reporting requirements   Yes.
                                                                 for SSM of CMS when
                                                                 action is not
                                                                 described in SSMP.
Sec. 63.8(c)(1)(iii)...............  Compliance with          1. How Administrator     Yes.
                                        Operation and            determines if source
                                        Maintenance              complying with
                                        Requirements.            operation and
                                                                 maintenance
                                                                 requirements.
                                                                2. Review of source O&M
                                                                 procedures, records,
                                                                 manufacturer's
                                                                 instructions and
                                                                 recommendations, and
                                                                 inspection.
Sec. 63.8(c)(2)-(3)................  Monitoring System        1. Must install to get   Yes.
                                        Installation.            representative
                                                                 emission of parameter
                                                                 measurements.
                                                                2. Must verify           Yes.
                                                                 operational status
                                                                 before or at
                                                                 performance test.
Sec. 63.8(c)(4)....................  Continuous Monitoring    1. CMS must be           No. Follow specific
                                        System (CMS)             operating except         requirements in Sec.
                                        Requirements.            during breakdown, out    63.9335(a) and (b) of
                                                                 of control, repair,      subpart PPPPP.
                                                                 maintenance, and high-
                                                                 level calibration
                                                                 drifts.
                                                                2. COMS must have a      No. Follow specific
                                                                 minimum of one cycle     requirements in Sec.
                                                                 of sampling and          63.9335(a) and (b) of
                                                                 analysis for each        subpart PPPP.
                                                                 successive 10-second
                                                                 period and one cycle
                                                                 of data recording for
                                                                 each successive 6-
                                                                 minute period.
                                                                3. CEMS must have a      No. Follow specific
                                                                 minimum of one cycle     requirements in Sec.
                                                                 of operation for each    63.9335(a) and (b) of
                                                                 successive 15-minute     subpart PPPPP.
                                                                 period.
Sec. 63.8(c)(5)....................  COMS Minimum Procedures  COMS minimum procedures  No. Subpart PPPPP does
                                                                                          not have opacity/VE
                                                                                          standards.
Sec. 63.8(c)(6)-(8)................  CMS Requirements.......  Zero and high-level      Yes. Except that PPPP
                                                                 calibration check        does not require COMS.
                                                                 requirements, out-of-
                                                                 control periods.
Sec. 63.8(d).......................  CMS Quality Control....  1. Requirements for CMS  Yes.
                                                                 quality control,
                                                                 including calibration,
                                                                 etc.
                                                                2. Must keep quality     Yes.
                                                                 control plan on record
                                                                 for 5 years. Keep old
                                                                 versions for 5 years
                                                                 after revisions.
Sec. 63.8(e).......................  CMS Performance          Notification,            Yes. Except for Sec.
                                        Evaluation.              performance evaluation   63.8(e)(5)(ii), which
                                                                 test plan, reports.      applies to COMS.

[[Page 61]]

 
Sec. 63.8(f)(1)-(5)................  Alternative Monitoring   Procedures for           Yes.
                                        Method.                  Administrator to
                                                                 approve alternative
                                                                 monitoring.
Sec. 63.8(f)(6)....................  Alternative to Relative  Procedures for           Yes.
                                        Accuracy Test.           Administrator to
                                                                 approve alternative
                                                                 relative accuracy
                                                                 tests for CEMS.
Sec. 63.8(g).......................  Data Reduction.........  1. COMS 6-minute         Yes. Except that
                                                                 averages calculated      provisions for COMS
                                                                 over at least 36         are not applicable.
                                                                 evenly spaced data       Averaging periods for
                                                                 points.                  demonstrating
                                                                2. CEMS 1-hour averages   compliance are
                                                                 computed over at least   specified at Sec.
                                                                 4 equally spaced data    63.9340.
                                                                 points.
Sec. 63.8(g)(5)....................  Data Reduction.........  Data that cannot be      No. Specific language
                                                                 used in computing        is located at Sec.
                                                                 averages for CEMS and    63.9335(a).
                                                                 COMS.
Sec. 63.9(a).......................  Notification             Applicability and State  Yes.
                                        Requirements.            delegation.
Sec. 63.9(b)(1)-(5)................  Initial Notifications..  1. Submit notification   Yes.
                                                                 subject 120 days after
                                                                 effective date.
                                                                2. Notification of       Yes.
                                                                 intent to construct/
                                                                 reconstruct;
                                                                 notification of
                                                                 commencement of
                                                                 construct/
                                                                 reconstruct;
                                                                 notification of
                                                                 startup.
                                                                3. Contents of each....  Yes.
Sec. 63.9(c).......................  Request for Compliance   Can request if cannot    No. Compliance
                                        Extension.               comply by date or if     extensions do not
                                                                 installed BACT/LAER.     apply to new or
                                                                                          reconstructed sources.
Sec. 63.9(d).......................  Notification of Special  For sources that         Yes.
                                        Compliance               commence construction
                                        Requirements for New     between proposal and
                                        Source.                  promulgation and want
                                                                 to comply 3 years
                                                                 after effective date.
Sec. 63.9(e).......................  Notification of          Notify Administrator 60  No. Subpart PPPPP does
                                        Performance Test.        days prior.              not require
                                                                                          performance testing.
Sec. 63.9(f).......................  Notification of Opacity/ Notify Administrator 30  No. Subpart PPPPP does
                                        VE Test.                 days prior.              not have opacity/VE
                                                                                          standards.
Sec. 63.9(g)(1)....................  Additional               Notification of          Yes.
                                        Notifications when       performance evaluation.
                                        Using CMS.
Sec. 63.9(g)(2)....................  Additional               Notification of use of   No. Subpart PPPPP does
                                        Notifications when       COMS data.               not contain opacity or
                                        Using CMS.                                        VE standards.
Sec. 63.9(g)(3)....................  Additional               Notification that        Yes. If alternative is
                                        Notifications when       exceeded criterion for   in use.
                                        Using CMS.               relative accuracy.
Sec. 63.9(h)(1)-(6)................  Notification of          1. Contents............  Yes.
                                        Compliance Status.
                                                                2. Due 60 days after     Yes.
                                                                 end of performance
                                                                 test or other
                                                                 compliance
                                                                 demonstration, except
                                                                 for opacity/VE, which
                                                                 are due 30 days after.
                                                                3. When to submit to     Yes.
                                                                 Federal vs. State
                                                                 authority.
Sec. 63.9(i).......................  Adjustment of Submittal  Procedures for           Yes.
                                        Deadlines.               Administrator to
                                                                 approve change in when
                                                                 notifications must be
                                                                 submitted.
Sec. 63.9(j).......................  Change in Previous       Must submit within 15    Yes.
                                        Information.             days after the change.
Sec. 63.10(a)......................  Recordkeeping/Reporting  1. Applies to all,       Yes.
                                                                 unless compliance
                                                                 extension.
                                                                2. When to submit to     Yes.
                                                                 Federal vs. State
                                                                 authority.
                                                                3. Procedures for        Yes.
                                                                 owners of more than
                                                                 one source.
Sec. 63.10(b)(1)...................  Recordkeeping/Reporting  1. General requirements  Yes.
                                                                2. Keep all records      Yes.
                                                                 readily available.
                                                                3. Keep for 5 years....  Yes.
Sec. 63.10(b)(2)(i)-(v)............  Records Related to SSM.  1. Occurrence of each    Yes.
                                                                 of operation (process
                                                                 equipment).

[[Page 62]]

 
                                                                2. Occurrence of each    Yes.
                                                                 malfunction of air
                                                                 pollution equipment.
                                                                3. Maintenance on air    Yes.
                                                                 pollution control
                                                                 equipment.
                                                                4. Actions during SSM..  Yes.
                                                                5. All information       Yes.
                                                                 necessary to
                                                                 demonstrate
                                                                 conformance with the
                                                                 SSMP.
Sec. 63.10(b)(2)(vi)-(xi)..........  CMS Records............  Malfunctions,            Yes.
                                                                 inoperative, out of
                                                                 control.
Sec. 63.10(b)(2)(xii)..............  Records................  Records when under       Yes.
                                                                 waiver.
Sec. 63.10(b)(2)(xiii).............  Records................  Records when using       Yes.
                                                                 alternative to
                                                                 relative accuracy test.
Sec. 63.10(b)(2)(xiv)..............  Records................  All documentation        Yes.
                                                                 supporting initial
                                                                 notification and
                                                                 notification of
                                                                 compliance status.
Sec. 63.10(b)(3)...................  Records................  Applicability            Yes.
                                                                 determinations.
Sec. 63.10(c)(1)-(6), (9)-(15).....  Records................  Additional records for   Yes.
                                                                 CEMS.
Sec. 63.10(c)(7)-(8)...............  Records................  Records of excess        No. Specific language
                                                                 emissions and            is located at Sec.
                                                                 parameter monitoring     63.9355 of subpart
                                                                 exceedances for CMS.     PPPPP.
Sec. 63.10(d)(1)...................  General Reporting        Requirement to report..  Yes.
                                        Requirements.
Sec. 63.10(d)(2)...................  Report of Performance    When to submit to        Yes.
                                        Test Results.            Federal or State
                                                                 authority.
Sec. 63.10(d)(3)...................  Reporting Opacity or VE  What to report and when  No. Subpart PPPPP does
                                        Observations.                                     not have opacity/VE
                                                                                          standards.
Sec. 63.10(d)(4)...................  Progress Reports.......  Must submit progress     No. Compliance
                                                                 reports on schedule if   extensions do not
                                                                 under compliance         apply to new or
                                                                 extension.               reconstructed sources.
Sec. 63.10(d)(5)...................  SSM Reports............  Contents and submission  Yes.
Sec. 63.10(e)(1) and (2)(i)........  Additional CMS Reports.  Additional CMS reports.  Yes.
Sec. 63.10(e)(2)(ii)...............  Additional CMS Reports.  COMS-related report....  No. Subpart PPPPP does
                                                                                          not require COMS.
Sec. 63.10(e)(3)...................  Additional CMS Reports.  Excess emissions and     No. Specific language
                                                                 parameter exceedances    is located in Sec.
                                                                 reports.                 63.9350 of subpart
                                                                                          PPPPP.
Sec. 63.10(e)(4)...................  Additional CMS Reports.  Reporting COMS data....  No. Subpart PPPPP does
                                                                                          not require COMS.
Sec. 63.10(f)......................  Waiver for               Procedures for           Yes.
                                        Recordkeeping/           Administrator to waive.
                                        Reporting.
Sec. 63.11.........................  Control Device           Requirements for flares  No. Subpart PPPPP does
                                        Requirements.                                     not specify use of
                                                                                          flares for compliance.
Sec. 63.12.........................  State Authority and      State authority to       Yes.
                                        Delegations.             enforce standards.
Sec. 63.13.........................  Addresses of State Air   Addresses where          Yes.
                                        Pollution Control        reports,
                                        Offices and EPA          notifications, and
                                        Regional Offices.        requests are sent.
Sec. 63.14.........................  Incorporations by        Test methods             Yes. ASTM D 6522-00 and
                                        Reference.               incorporated by          ANSI/ASME PTC 19.10-
                                                                 reference.               1981 (incorporated by
                                                                                          reference-See Sec.
                                                                                          63.14).
Sec. 63.15.........................  Availability of          Public and confidential  Yes.
                                        Information and          information.
                                        Confidentiality.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


[68 FR 28785, May 27, 2003, as amended at 71 FR 20470, Apr. 20, 2006]



 Subpart QQQQQ_National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants 
             for Friction Materials Manufacturing Facilities

    Source: 67 FR 64506, Oct. 18, 2002, unless otherwise noted.

                        What This Subpart Covers



Sec. 63.9480  What is the purpose of this subpart?

    This subpart establishes national emission standards for hazardous 
air pollutants (NESHAP) for friction materials manufacturing facilities 
that use

[[Page 63]]

a solvent-based process. This subpart also establishes requirements to 
demonstrate initial and continuous compliance with all applicable 
emission limitations in this subpart.



Sec. 63.9485  Am I subject to this subpart?

    (a) You are subject to this subpart if you own or operate a friction 
materials manufacturing facility (as defined in Sec. 63.9565) that is 
(or is part of) a major source of hazardous air pollutants (HAP) 
emissions on the first compliance date that applies to you, as specified 
in Sec. 63.9495. Your friction materials manufacturing facility is a 
major source of HAP if it emits or has the potential to emit any single 
HAP at a rate of 9.07 megagrams (10 tons) or more per year or any 
combination of HAP at a rate of 22.68 megagrams (25 tons) or more per 
year.
    (b) The requirements in this subpart do not apply to research and 
development facilities, as defined in section 112(c)(7) of the Clean Air 
Act.



Sec. 63.9490  What parts of my plant does this subpart cover?

    (a) This subpart applies to each new, reconstructed, or existing 
affected source at your friction materials manufacturing facility.
    (b) The affected source covered by this subpart is each new, 
reconstructed, or existing solvent mixer (as defined in Sec. 63.9565) 
at your friction materials manufacturing facility.
    (c) A solvent mixer at your friction materials manufacturing 
facility is new if you commence construction of the solvent mixer after 
October 18, 2002. An affected source is reconstructed if it meets the 
definition of ``reconstruction'' in Sec. 63.2, and reconstruction is 
commenced after October 18, 2002.
    (d) A solvent mixer at your friction materials manufacturing 
facility is existing if it is not new or reconstructed.



Sec. 63.9495  When do I have to comply with this subpart?

    (a) If you have an existing solvent mixer, you must comply with each 
of the requirements for existing sources no later than October 18, 2005, 
except as otherwise specified at this section and Sec. Sec. 63.9505, 
63.9530, 63.9540, 63.9545, and Table 1 to this subpart.
    (b) If you have a new or reconstructed solvent mixer for which 
construction or reconstruction commenced after October 18, 2002, but 
before May 4, 2018, you must comply with the requirements for new and 
reconstructed sources upon initial startup, except as otherwise 
specified at this section and Sec. Sec. 63.9505, 63.9530, 63.9540, 
63.9545, and Table 1 to this subpart.
    (c) If your friction materials manufacturing facility is an area 
source that increases its emissions or its potential to emit such that 
it becomes a (or part of a) major source of HAP emissions, then 
paragraphs (c)(1) and (2) of this section apply.
    (1) For any portion of the area source that becomes a new or 
reconstructed affected source, you must comply with the requirements for 
new and reconstructed sources upon startup or no later than October 18, 
2002, whichever is later.
    (2) For any portion of the area source that becomes an existing 
affected source, you must comply with the requirements for existing 
sources no later than 1 year after the area source becomes a major 
source or no later than October 18, 2005, whichever is later.
    (d) You must meet the notification and schedule requirements in 
Sec. 63.9535. Several of the notifications must be submitted before the 
compliance date for your affected source.
    (e) Solvent mixers constructed or reconstructed after May 3, 2018, 
must be in compliance with this subpart at startup or by February 8, 
2019, whichever is later.

[67 FR 64506, Oct. 18, 2002, as amended at 84 FR 2750, Feb. 8, 2019]

                          Emission Limitations



Sec. 63.9500  What emission limitations must I meet?

    (a) For each new, reconstructed, or existing large solvent mixer at 
your friction materials manufacturing facility, you must limit HAP 
solvent emissions to the atmosphere to no more than 30 percent of that 
which would otherwise be emitted in the absence of

[[Page 64]]

solvent recovery and/or solvent substitution, based on a 7-day block 
average.
    (b) For each new, reconstructed, or existing small solvent mixer at 
your friction materials manufacturing facility, you must limit HAP 
solvent emissions to the atmosphere to no more than 15 percent of that 
which would otherwise be emitted in the absence of solvent recovery and/
or solvent substitution, based on a 7-day block average.

                     General Compliance Requirements



Sec. 63.9505  What are my general requirements for complying with this subpart?

    (a) Before August 7, 2019, for each existing source and each new or 
reconstructed source for which construction or reconstruction commenced 
after October 18, 2002, but before May 4, 2018, you must be in 
compliance with the emission limitations in this subpart at all times, 
except during periods of startup, shutdown, or malfunction. On and after 
August 7, 2019, for each such source you must be in compliance with the 
emission limitations in this subpart at all times. For new and 
reconstructed sources for which construction or reconstruction commenced 
after May 3, 2018, you must be in compliance with the emissions 
limitations in this subpart at all times.
    (b) Before August 7, 2019, for each existing source, and for each 
new or reconstructed source for which construction or reconstruction 
commenced after October 18, 2002, but before May 4, 2018, you must 
always operate and maintain your affected source, including air 
pollution control and monitoring equipment, according to the provisions 
in Sec. 63.6(e)(1)(i). On and after August 7, 2019 for each such 
source, and after February 8, 2019 for new and reconstructed sources for 
which construction or reconstruction commenced after May 3, 2018, at all 
times you must operate and maintain any affected source, including 
associated air pollution control equipment and monitoring equipment, in 
a manner consistent with safety and good air pollution control practices 
for minimizing emissions. The general duty to minimize emissions does 
not require you to make any further efforts to reduce emissions if 
levels required by the applicable standard have been achieved. 
Determination of whether a source is operating in compliance with 
operation and maintenance requirements will be based on information 
available to the Administrator which may include, but is not limited to, 
monitoring results, review of operation and maintenance procedures, 
review of operation and maintenance records, and inspection of the 
source.
    (c) Before August 7, 2019, for each existing source, and for each 
new or reconstructed source for which construction commenced after 
October 18, 2002, but before May 4, 2018, you must develop a written 
startup, shutdown, and malfunction plan according to the provisions in 
Sec. 63.6(e)(3). For each such source, a startup, shutdown, and 
malfunction plan is not required on and after August 7, 2019. No 
startup, shutdown, and malfunction plan is required for any new or 
reconstructed source for which construction or reconstruction commenced 
after May 3, 2018.

[84 FR 2750, Feb. 8, 2019]

              Initial Compliance Demonstration Requirements



Sec. 63.9510  By what date must I conduct my initial compliance 
demonstration?

    (a) If you use a solvent recovery system and/or solvent 
substitution, you must conduct your initial compliance demonstration 
within 7 calendar days after the compliance date that is specified for 
your source in Sec. 63.9495.
    (b) If you use a control technique other than a solvent recovery 
system and/or solvent substitution, you must comply with the provisions 
in Sec. 63.9570.



Sec. 63.9515  How do I demonstrate initial compliance with the 
emission limitation that applies to me?

    (a) You have demonstrated initial compliance for each new, 
reconstructed, or existing large solvent mixer subject to the emission 
limitation in Sec. 63.9500(a) if the HAP solvent discharged to the 
atmosphere during the first 7 days after the compliance date, determined 
according to the provisions in Sec. 63.9520, does not exceed a 7-day 
block average of 30 percent of that which would otherwise be emitted in

[[Page 65]]

the absence of solvent recovery and/or solvent substitution.
    (b) You have demonstrated initial compliance for each new, 
reconstructed, or existing small solvent mixer subject to the emission 
limitation in Sec. 63.9500(b) if the HAP solvent discharged to the 
atmosphere during the first 7 days after the compliance date, determined 
according to the provisions in Sec. 63.9520, does not exceed a 7-day 
block average of 15 percent of that which would otherwise be emitted in 
the absence of solvent recovery and/or solvent substitution.
    (c) You must submit a notification of compliance status containing 
the results of the initial compliance demonstration according to Sec. 
63.9535(e).



Sec. 63.9520  What procedures must I use to demonstrate initial
compliance?

    (a) If you use a solvent recovery system, you must use the 
procedures in paragraphs (a)(1) through (8) of this section to 
demonstrate initial compliance with the emission limitations in Sec. 
63.9500(a) and (b).
    (1) Record the date and time of each mix batch.
    (2) Record the identity of each mix batch using a unique batch ID, 
as defined in Sec. 63.9565.
    (3) Measure and record the weight of HAP solvent loaded into the 
solvent mixer for each mix batch.
    (4) Measure and record the weight of HAP solvent recovered for each 
mix batch.
    (5) If you use a solvent recovery system, you must determine the 
percent of HAP solvent discharged to the atmosphere for each mix batch 
according to Equation 1 of this section as follows:

(Eq. 1)
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR18OC02.002

Where:

Pb = Percent of HAP solvent discharged to the atmosphere for 
          each mix batch, percent;
Srec = Weight of HAP solvent recovered for each mix batch, 
          lb;
Smix = Weight of HAP solvent loaded into the solvent mixer 
          for each mix batch, lb.

    (6) If you use solvent substitution for a mix batch, you must record 
the use of a non-HAP material as a substitute for a HAP solvent for that 
mix batch and assign a value of 0 percent to the percent of HAP solvent 
discharged to the atmosphere for that mix batch (Pb).
    (7) Determine the 7-day block average percent of HAP solvent 
discharged to the atmosphere according to Equation 2 of this section as 
follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR18OC02.003

Where:

%P7 = 7-day block average percent of HAP solvent discharged 
          to the atmosphere, percent;
i = mix batch;
n = number of mix batches in 7-day block average.

    (8) Have valid data for at least 90 percent of the mix batches over 
the 7-day averaging period.
    (b) If you use a control technique other than a solvent recovery 
system and/or solvent substitution, you may apply to EPA for approval to 
use an alternative method of demonstrating compliance with the emission 
limitations for solvent mixers in Sec. 63.9500(a) and (b), as provided 
in Sec. 63.9570.



Sec. 63.9525  What are the installation, operation, and maintenance 
requirements for my weight measurement device?

    (a) If you use a solvent recovery system, you must install, operate, 
and maintain a weight measurement device to measure the weight of HAP 
solvent loaded into the solvent mixer and the weight of HAP solvent 
recovered for each mix batch.
    (b) For each weight measurement device required by this section, you 
must develop and submit for approval a site-specific monitoring plan 
that addresses the requirements of paragraphs (b)(1) through (6) of this 
section:
    (1) Procedures for installing the weight measurement device;
    (2) The minimum accuracy of the weight measurement device in pounds 
and as a percent of the average weight of solvent to be loaded into the 
solvent mixer;
    (3) Site-specific procedures for how the measurements will be made;

[[Page 66]]

    (4) How the measurement data will be recorded, reduced, and stored;
    (5) Procedures and acceptance criteria for calibration of the weight 
measurement device; and
    (6) How the measurement device will be maintained, including a 
routine maintenance schedule and spare parts inventory list.
    (c) The site-specific monitoring plan required in paragraph (b) of 
this section must include, at a minimum, the requirements of paragraphs 
(c)(1) through (3) of this section:
    (1) The weight measurement device must have a minimum accuracy of 
0.05 kilograms (0.1 pounds) 
or 1 percent of the average weight of solvent to 
be loaded into the solvent mixer, whichever is greater.
    (2) An initial multi-point calibration of the weight measurement 
device must be made using 5 points spanning the expected range of weight 
measurements before the weight measurement device can be used. The 
manufacturer's calibration results can be used to meet this requirement.
    (3) Once per day, an accuracy audit must be made using a single 
Class F calibration weight that corresponds to 20 to 80 percent of the 
average weight of solvent to be loaded into the solvent mixer. If the 
weight measurement device cannot reproduce the value of the calibration 
weight within 0.05 kilograms (0.1 pounds) or 
1 percent of the average weight of solvent to be 
loaded into the solvent mixer, whichever is greater, the scale must be 
recalibrated before being used again. The recalibration must be 
performed with at least five Class F calibration weights spanning the 
expected range of weight measurements.
    (d) You must operate and maintain the weight measurement device 
according to the site-specific monitoring plan.
    (e) You must maintain records of all maintenance activities, 
calibrations, and calibration audits.

                   Continuous Compliance Requirements



Sec. 63.9530  How do I demonstrate continuous compliance with the
emission limitation that applies to me?

    (a) If you use a solvent recovery system and/or solvent 
substitution, you must demonstrate continuous compliance with the 
emission limitations for solvent mixers in Sec. 63.9500(a) and (b) 
according to the provisions in paragraphs (a)(1) through (3) of this 
section.
    (1) For existing sources and for new or reconstructed sources for 
which construction or reconstruction commenced after October 18, 2002, 
but before May 4, 2018, before August 7, 2019, except for during 
malfunctions of your weight measurement device and associated repairs, 
you must collect and record the information required in Sec. 
63.9520(a)(1) through (8) at all times that the affected source is 
operating and record all information needed to document conformance with 
these requirements. On and after August 7, 2019 for such sources, and 
after February 8, 2019 for new or reconstructed sources that commenced 
construction after May 3, 2018, you must collect and record the 
information required in Sec. 63.9520(a)(1) through (8) at all times 
that the affected source is operating and record all information needed 
to document conformance with these requirements.
    (2) For new, reconstructed, or existing large solvent mixers, 
maintain the 7-day block average percent of HAP solvent discharged to 
the atmosphere at or below 30 percent of that which would otherwise be 
emitted in the absence of solvent recovery and/or solvent substitution.
    (3) For new, reconstructed, or existing small solvent mixers, 
maintain the 7-day block average percent of HAP solvent discharged to 
the atmosphere at or below 15 percent of that which would otherwise be 
emitted in the absence of solvent recovery and/or solvent substitution.
    (b) If you use a control technique other than a solvent recovery 
system and/or solvent substitution, you must demonstrate continuous 
compliance with the emission limitations for solvent mixers in Sec. 
63.9500(a) and (b) according to the provisions in Sec. 63.9570.
    (c) You must report each instance in which you did not meet the 
emission limitations for solvent mixers in Sec. 63.9500(a) and (b). 
This includes periods of startup, shutdown, or malfunction. These 
instances are deviations from the emission limitations in this

[[Page 67]]

subpart. These deviations must be reported according to the requirements 
in Sec. 63.9540.
    (d) [Reserved]
    (e) For existing sources and for new or reconstructed sources which 
commenced construction or reconstruction after October 18, 2002, but 
before May 4, 2018, before August 7, 2019, consistent with Sec. Sec. 
63.6(e) and 63.7(e)(1), deviations that occur during a period of 
startup, shutdown, or malfunction are not violations if you demonstrate 
to the Administrator's satisfaction that you were operating in 
accordance with Sec. 63.6(e)(1). The Administrator will determine 
whether deviations that occur during a period of startup, shutdown, or 
malfunction are violations, according to the provisions in Sec. 
63.6(e). On and after August 7, 2019 for such sources, and after 
February 8, 2019 for new or reconstructed sources which commence 
construction or reconstruction after May 3, 2018, all deviations are 
considered violations.

[67 FR 64506, Oct. 18, 2002, as amended at 71 FR 20470, Apr. 20, 2006; 
84 FR 2751, Feb. 8, 2019]

                   Notifications, Reports, and Records



Sec. 63.9535  What notifications must I submit and when?

    (a) You must submit all of the notifications in Sec. Sec. 
63.8(f)(4) and 63.9(b), (c), (d), and (h) that apply to you by the 
specified dates.
    (b) If you use a control technique other than a solvent recovery 
system and/or solvent substitution, you must comply with the provisions 
in Sec. 63.9570.
    (c) As specified in Sec. 63.9(b)(2), if you start up your affected 
source before October 18, 2002, you must submit your initial 
notification no later than 120 calendar days after October 18, 2002.
    (d) As specified in Sec. 63.9(b)(3), if you start up your new 
affected source on or after October 18, 2002, you must submit your 
initial notification no later than 120 calendar days after you become 
subject to this subpart.
    (e) You must submit a notification of compliance status according to 
Sec. 63.9(h)(2)(ii). You must submit the notification of compliance 
status before the close of business on the 30th calendar day following 
the completion of the initial compliance demonstration.



Sec. 63.9540  What reports must I submit and when?

    (a) Unless the Administrator has approved a different schedule, you 
must submit each semiannual compliance report according to the 
requirements in paragraphs (a)(1) through (5) of this section.
    (1) The first compliance report must cover the period beginning on 
the compliance date that is specified for your affected source in Sec. 
63.9495 and ending on June 30 or December 31, whichever date comes first 
after the compliance date that is specified for your source in Sec. 
63.9495.
    (2) The first compliance report must be postmarked or delivered no 
later than July 31 or January 31, whichever date comes first after your 
first compliance report is due.
    (3) Each subsequent compliance report must cover the semiannual 
reporting period from January 1 through June 30 or the semiannual 
reporting period from July 1 through December 31.
    (4) Each subsequent compliance report must be postmarked or 
delivered no later than July 31 or January 31, whichever date comes 
first after the end of the semiannual reporting period.
    (5) For each affected source that is subject to permitting 
regulations pursuant to 40 CFR part 70 or 71 of this chapter, and if the 
permitting authority has established dates for submitting semiannual 
reports pursuant to 40 CFR 70.6(a)(3)(iii)(A) or 40 CFR 
71.6(a)(3)(iii)(A) of this chapter, you may submit the first and 
subsequent compliance reports according to the dates the permitting 
authority has established instead of according to the dates in 
paragraphs (a)(1) through (4) of this section.
    (b) Each compliance report must include the information in 
paragraphs (b)(1) through (3) of this section, and if applicable, 
paragraphs (b)(4) through (6) of this section.
    (1) Company name and address.
    (2) Statement by a responsible official, with the official's name, 
title, and

[[Page 68]]

signature, certifying that, based on information and belief formed after 
reasonable inquiry, the statements and information in the report are 
true, accurate, and complete.
    (3) Date of report and beginning and ending dates of the reporting 
period.
    (4) For existing sources and for new or reconstructed sources for 
which construction or reconstruction commenced after October 18, 2002, 
but before May 4, 2018, before August 7, 2019, if you had a startup, 
shutdown, or malfunction during the reporting period and you took 
actions consistent with your startup, shutdown, and malfunction plan, 
the compliance report must include the information in Sec. 
63.10(d)(5)(i). A startup, shutdown, and malfunction plan is not 
required for such sources on and after August 7, 2019.
    (5) If there were no deviations from the emission limitations for 
solvent mixers in Sec. 63.9500(a) and (b), a statement that there were 
no deviations from the emission limitations during the reporting period.
    (6) If there were no periods during which a monitoring system was 
out-of-control as specified in Sec. 63.8(c)(7), a statement that there 
were no periods during which a monitoring system was out-of-control 
during the reporting period.
    (c) For each deviation from an emission limitation occurring at an 
affected source, you must include the information in paragraphs (b)(1) 
through (4) and (c)(1) and (2) of this section. This includes periods of 
startup, shutdown, or malfunction.
    (1) The total operating time of each affected source during the 
reporting period.
    (2) For existing sources and for new or reconstructed sources which 
commenced construction or reconstruction after October 18, 2002, but 
before May 4, 2018, before August 7, 2019, information on the number, 
duration, and cause of deviations (including unknown cause, if 
applicable), as applicable, and the corrective action taken. On and 
after August 7, 2019 for such sources, and after February 8, 2019 for 
new or reconstructed sources which commenced construction or 
reconstruction after May 3, 2018, information on the number of 
deviations to meet an emission limitation. For each instance, include 
the date, time, duration, and cause of deviations (including unknown 
cause, if applicable), as applicable, a list of the affected source or 
equipment, an estimate of the quantity of each regulated pollutant 
emitted over any emission limit, and a description of the method used to 
estimate the emissions, and the corrective action taken.
    (d) For existing sources and for new or reconstructed sources which 
commenced construction or reconstruction after October 18, 2002, but 
before May 4, 2018, before August 7, 2019, if you had a startup, 
shutdown, or malfunction during the semiannual reporting period that was 
not consistent with your startup, shutdown, and malfunction plan, you 
must submit an immediate startup, shutdown, and malfunction report 
according to the requirements in Sec. 63.10(d)(5)(ii). An immediate 
startup, shutdown, and malfunction report is not required for such 
sources on and after August 7, 2019.
    (e) If you have obtained a title V operating permit for an affected 
source pursuant to 40 CFR part 70 or 71 of this chapter, you must report 
all deviations as defined in this subpart in the semiannual monitoring 
report required by 40 CFR 70.6(a)(3)(iii)(A) or 40 CFR 
71.6(a)(3)(iii)(A) of this chapter. If you submit a compliance report 
for an affected source along with, or as part of, the semiannual 
monitoring report required by 40 CFR 70.6(a)(3)(iii)(A) or 40 CFR 
71.6(a)(3)(iii)(A) of this chapter, and the compliance report includes 
all the required information concerning deviations from any emission 
limitation in this subpart, then submission of the compliance report 
satisfies any obligation to report the same deviations in the semiannual 
monitoring report. However, submission of a compliance report does not 
otherwise affect any obligation you may have to report deviations from 
permit requirements to your permitting authority.

[67 FR 64506, Oct. 18, 2002, as amended at 84 FR 2751, Feb. 8, 2019]



Sec. 63.9545  What records must I keep?

    (a) You must keep the records in paragraphs (a)(1) and (2) of this 
section that apply to you.

[[Page 69]]

    (1) A copy of each notification and report that you submitted to 
comply with this subpart, including all documentation supporting any 
initial notification or notification of compliance status that you 
submitted, according to the requirements in Sec. 63.10(b)(2)(xiv).
    (2) For existing sources and for new or reconstructed sources which 
commenced construction or reconstruction after October 18, 2002, but 
before May 4, 2018, before August 7, 2019, the records in Sec. 
63.6(e)(3)(iii) through (v) related to startup, shutdown, or 
malfunction. For such sources, it is not required to keep records in 
Sec. 63.6(e)(3)(iii) through (v) related to startup, shutdown, or 
malfunction on and after August 7, 2019.
    (3) After February 8, 2019 for new or reconstructed sources which 
commenced construction or reconstruction after May 3, 2018, and on and 
after August 7, 2019 for all other affected sources, in the event that 
an affected unit fails to meet an applicable standard, record the number 
of deviations. For each deviation, record the date, time and duration of 
each deviation.
    (i) For each deviation, record and retain cause of deviations 
(including unknown cause, if applicable), a list of the affected source 
or equipment, an estimate of the quantity of each regulated pollutant 
emitted over any emission limit, and a description of the method used to 
estimate the emissions.
    (ii) Record actions taken to minimize emissions in accordance with 
Sec. 63.9505, and any corrective actions taken to return the affected 
unit to its normal or usual manner of operation.
    (b) You must keep the records required in Sec. 63.9525 to show 
proper operation and maintenance of the weight measurement device.
    (c) You must keep the records required in Sec. 63.9530 to show 
continuous compliance with the emission limitations for solvent mixers 
in Sec. 63.9500(a) and (b).

[67 FR 64506, Oct. 18, 2002, as amended at 84 FR 2751, Feb. 8, 2019]



Sec. 63.9550  In what form and how long must I keep my records?

    (a) You must keep your records in a form suitable and readily 
available for expeditious review, according to Sec. 63.10(b)(1).
    (b) As specified in Sec. 63.10(b)(1), you must keep each record for 
5 years following the date of each occurrence, measurement, maintenance, 
corrective action, report, or record.
    (c) You must keep each record on site for at least 2 years after the 
date of each occurrence, measurement, maintenance, corrective action, 
report, or record, according to Sec. 63.10(b)(1). You can keep the 
records offsite for the remaining 3 years.

                   Other Requirements and Information



Sec. 63.9555  What parts of the General Provisions apply to me?

    Table 1 to this subpart shows which parts of the General Provisions 
in Sec. Sec. 63.1 through 63.15 apply to you.



Sec. 63.9560  Who implements and enforces this subpart?

    (a) This subpart can be implemented and enforced by the U.S. EPA, or 
a delegated authority such as your State, local, or tribal agency. If 
the U.S. EPA Administrator has delegated authority to your State, local, 
or tribal agency, then that agency, in addition to the U.S. EPA, has the 
authority to implement and enforce this subpart. You should contact your 
U.S. EPA Regional Office to find out if this subpart is delegated to 
your State, local, or tribal agency.
    (b) In delegating implementation and enforcement authority of this 
subpart to a State, local, or tribal agency under 40 CFR part 63, 
subpart E, the authorities contained in paragraphs (c)(1) through (4) of 
this section are retained by the Administrator of the U.S. EPA and are 
not transferred to the State, local, or tribal agency.
    (c) The authorities that cannot be delegated to State, local or 
tribal agencies are as follows:
    (1) Approval of alternatives to the emission limitations in Sec. 
63.9500(a) and (b) under Sec. 63.6(g).
    (2) Approval of major alternatives to test methods under Sec. 
63.7(e)(2)(ii) and (f) and as defined in Sec. 63.90.
    (3) Approval of major alternatives to monitoring under Sec. 63.8(f) 
and as defined in Sec. 63.90.

[[Page 70]]

    (4) Approval of major alternatives to recordkeeping and reporting 
under Sec. 63.10(f) and as defined in Sec. 63.90.



Sec. 63.9565  What definitions apply to this subpart?

    Terms used in this subpart are defined in the Clean Air Act, in 
Sec. 63.2, and in this section as follows:
    Batch ID means a unique identifier used to differentiate each 
individual mix batch.
    Deviation means any instance in which an affected source subject to 
this subpart, or an owner or operator of such a source:
    (1) Fails to meet any requirement or obligation established by this 
subpart, including, but not limited to, any emission limitation 
(including any operating limit);
    (2) Fails to meet any term or condition that is adopted to implement 
an applicable requirement in this subpart and that is included in the 
operating permit for any affected source required to obtain such a 
permit; or
    (3) Fails to meet any emission limitation (including any operating 
limit) in this subpart during startup, shutdown, or malfunction, 
regardless of whether or not such failure is permitted by this subpart.
    Friction ingredients means any of the components used in the 
manufacture of friction materials, excluding the HAP solvent. Friction 
ingredients include, but are not limited to, reinforcement materials, 
property modifiers, resins, and other additives.
    Friction materials manufacturing facility means a facility that 
manufactures friction materials using a solvent-based process. Friction 
materials are used in the manufacture of products used to accelerate or 
decelerate objects. Products that use friction materials include, but 
are not limited to, disc brake pucks, disc brake pads, brake linings, 
brake shoes, brake segments, brake blocks, brake discs, clutch facings, 
and clutches.
    HAP solvent means a solvent that contains 10 percent or more of any 
one HAP, as listed in section 112(b) of the Clean Air Act, or any 
combination of HAP that is added to a solvent mixer. Examples include 
hexane, toluene, and trichloroethylene.
    Initial startup means the first time that equipment is put into 
operation. Initial startup does not include operation solely for testing 
equipment. Initial startup does not include subsequent startups (as 
defined in this section) following malfunction or shutdowns or following 
changes in product or between batch operations.
    Large solvent mixer means a solvent mixer with a design capacity 
greater than or equal to 2,000 pounds, including friction ingredients 
and HAP solvent.
    Mix batch means each batch of friction materials manufactured in a 
solvent mixer.
    Responsible official means responsible official as defined in Sec. 
63.2.
    7-day block average means an averaging technique for a weekly 
compliance determination where the calculated values for percent HAP 
solvent discharged to the atmosphere are averaged together for all mix 
batches (for which there are valid data) in a 7-day block period 
according to the equation provided in Sec. 63.9520(a)(6).
    Small solvent mixer means a solvent mixer with a design capacity 
less than 2,000 pounds, including friction ingredients and HAP solvent.
    Solvent mixer means a mixer used in the friction materials 
manufacturing process in which HAP solvent is used as one of the 
ingredients in at least one batch during a semiannual reporting period. 
Trace amounts of HAP solvents in resins or other friction ingredients do 
not qualify mixers as solvent mixers.
    Solvent recovery system means equipment used for the purpose of 
recovering the HAP solvent from the exhaust stream. An example of a 
solvent recovery system is a condenser.
    Solvent substitution means substitution of a non-HAP material for a 
HAP solvent.
    Startup means bringing equipment online and starting the production 
process.
    Startup, shutdown, and malfunction plan means a plan developed 
according to the provisions of Sec. 63.6(e)(3).



Sec. 63.9570  How do I apply for alternative compliance requirements?

    (a) If you use a control technique other than a solvent recovery 
system

[[Page 71]]

and/or solvent substitution, you may request approval to use an 
alternative method of demonstrating compliance with the emission 
limitations in Sec. 63.9500(a) and (b) according to the procedures in 
this section.
    (b) You can request approval to use an alternative method of 
demonstrating compliance in the initial notification for existing 
sources, the notification of construction or reconstruction for new 
sources, or at any time.
    (c) You must submit a description of the proposed testing, 
monitoring, recordkeeping, and reporting that will be used and the 
proposed basis for demonstrating compliance.
    (1) If you have not previously performed testing, you must submit a 
proposed test plan. If you are seeking permission to use an alternative 
method of compliance based on previously performed testing, you must 
submit the results of testing, a description of the procedures followed 
in testing, and a description of pertinent conditions during testing.
    (2) You must submit a monitoring plan that includes a description of 
the control technique, test results verifying the performance of the 
control technique, the appropriate operating parameters that will be 
monitored, and the frequency of measuring and recording to establish 
continuous compliance with the emission limitations in Sec. 63.9500(a) 
and (b). You must also include the proposed performance specifications 
and quality assurance procedures for the monitors. The monitoring plan 
is subject to the Administrator's approval. You must install, calibrate, 
operate, and maintain the monitors in accordance with the monitoring 
plan approved by the Administrator.
    (d) Use of the alternative method of demonstrating compliance must 
not begin until approval is granted by the Administrator.



Sec. Sec. 63.9571-63.9579  [Reserved]



   Sec. Table 1 to Subpart QQQQQ of Part 63--Applicability of General 
                       Provisions to Subpart QQQQQ

    As required in Sec. 63.9505, you must comply with each applicable 
General Provisions requirement according to the following table:

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
             Citation                        Subject          Applies to subpart QQQQQ?        Explanation
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sec. 63.1.......................  Applicability...........  Yes......................
Sec. 63.2.......................  Definitions.............  Yes......................
Sec. 63.3.......................  Units and Abbreviations.  Yes......................
Sec. 63.4.......................  Prohibited Activities...  Yes......................
Sec. 63.5.......................  Construction/             Yes......................
                                     Reconstruction.
Sec. 63.6(a)-(c), (i)-(j).......  Compliance with           Yes......................
                                     Standards and
                                     Maintenance
                                     Requirements.
Sec. 63.6(d)....................  [Reserved]..............
Sec. 63.6(e)(1)(i)-(ii).........  SSM Operation and         No, for new or             Subpart QQQQQ requires
                                     Maintenance               reconstructed sources      affected units to meet
                                     Requirements.             which commenced            emissions standards at
                                                               construction or            all times. See Sec.
                                                               reconstruction after May   63.9505 for general
                                                               3, 2018. Yes, for all      duty requirement.
                                                               other affected sources
                                                               before August 7, 2019,
                                                               and No thereafter.
Sec. 63.6(e)(1)(iii), (e)(2)....  Operation and             Yes......................
                                     Maintenance.
Sec. 63.6(e)(3).................  SSM Plan Requirements...  No, for new or             Subpart QQQQQ requires
                                                               reconstructed sources      affected units to meet
                                                               which commenced            emissions standards at
                                                               construction or            all times.
                                                               reconstruction after May
                                                               3, 2018. Yes, for all
                                                               other affected sources
                                                               before August 7, 2019,
                                                               and No thereafter.

[[Page 72]]

 
Sec. 63.6(f)(1).................  SSM Exemption...........  No, for new or             Subpart QQQQQ requires
                                                               reconstructed sources      affected units to meet
                                                               which commenced            emissions standards at
                                                               construction or            all times.
                                                               reconstruction after May
                                                               3, 2018. Yes, for all
                                                               other affected sources
                                                               before August 7, 2019,
                                                               and No thereafter.
Sec. 63.6(f)(2)-(3).............  Compliance with           Yes......................
                                     Nonopacity Emission
                                     Standards.
Sec. 63.6(g)....................  Use of an Alternative     No.......................  Subpart QQQQQ contains
                                     Nonopacity Emission                                  no work practice
                                     Standard.                                            standards.
Sec. 63.6(h)....................  Compliance with Opacity   No.......................  Subpart QQQQQ contains
                                     and Visible Emission                                 no opacity or VE
                                     Standards.                                           limits.
Sec. 63.7(a)(1)-(2).............  Applicability and         No.......................  Subpart QQQQQ includes
                                     Performance Test Dates.                              dates for initial
                                                                                          compliance
                                                                                          demonstrations.
Sec. 63.7(a)(3), (b)-(h)........  Performance Testing       No.......................  Subpart QQQQQ does not
                                     Requirements.                                        require performance
                                                                                          tests.
Sec. 63.8(a)(1)-(2).............  Applicability and         Yes......................
                                     Relevant Standards for
                                     CMS.
Sec. 63.8(a)(3).................  [Reserved]..............
Sec. 63.8(a)(4).................  Additional Monitoring     No.......................  Subpart QQQQQ does not
                                     Requirements for                                     require flares.
                                     Control Devices in Sec.
                                       63.11.
Sec. 63.8(b)....................  Conduct of Monitoring...  Yes......................
Sec. 63.8(c)(1)(i), (iii).......  Continuous Monitoring     No, for new or
                                     System (CMS) SSM          reconstructed sources
                                     Requirements.             which commenced
                                                               construction or
                                                               reconstruction after May
                                                               3, 2018. Yes, for all
                                                               other affected sources
                                                               before August 7, 2019,
                                                               and No thereafter..
Sec. 63.8(c)(1)(ii), (c)(2),      CMS Repairs, Operating    Yes......................
 (c)(3).                             Parameters, and
                                     Performance Tests.
Sec. 63.8(c)(4).................  Continuous Monitoring     No.......................  Subpart QQQQQ does not
                                     System (CMS)                                         require CMS.
                                     Requirements.
Sec. 63.8(c)(5).................  Continuous Opacity        No.......................  Subpart QQQQQ does not
                                     Monitoring System                                    require COMS.
                                     (COMS) Minimum
                                     Procedures.
Sec. 63.8(c)(6).................  Zero and High Level       No.......................  Subpart QQQQQ specifies
                                     Calibration Check                                    calibration
                                     Requirements.                                        requirements.
Sec. 63.8(c)(7)-(8).............  Out-of-Control Periods..  No.......................  Subpart QQQQQ specifies
                                                                                          out-of-control periods
                                                                                          and reporting
                                                                                          requirements.
Sec. 63.8(d)....................  CMS Quality Control.....  No.......................  Subpart QQQQQ requires
                                                                                          a monitoring plan that
                                                                                          specifies CMS quality
                                                                                          control procedures.
Sec. 63.8(e)....................  CMS Performance           No.......................  Subpart QQQQQ does not
                                     Evaluation.                                          require CMS
                                                                                          performance
                                                                                          evaluations.
Sec. 63.8(f)(1)-(5).............  Alternative Monitoring    Yes......................
                                     Procedure.
Sec. 63.8(f)(6).................  Relative Accuracy Test    No.......................  Subpart QQQQQ does not
                                     Audit (RATA)                                         require continuous
                                     Alternative.                                         emissions monitoring
                                                                                          systems (CEMS).
Sec. 63.8(g)(1)-(5).............  Data Reduction..........  No.......................  Subpart QQQQQ specifies
                                                                                          data reduction
                                                                                          requirements.
Sec. 63.9(a)-(d), (h)-(j).......  Notification              Yes......................  Except that subpart
                                     Requirements.                                        QQQQQ does not require
                                                                                          performance tests or
                                                                                          CMS performance
                                                                                          evaluations.
Sec. 63.9(e)....................  Notification of           No.......................  Subpart QQQQQ does not
                                     Performance Test.                                    require performance
                                                                                          tests.
Sec. 63.9(f)....................  Notification of VE/       No.......................  Subpart QQQQQ contains
                                     Opacity Test.                                        no opacity or VE
                                                                                          limits.
Sec. 63.9(g)....................  Additional Notifications  No.......................  Subpart QQQQQ does not
                                     When Using CMS.                                      require CMS
                                                                                          performance
                                                                                          evaluations.
Sec. 63.10(a), (b)(1), (d)(1),    Recordkeeping and         Yes......................
 (d)(4), (e)(3), (f).                Reporting Requirements.

[[Page 73]]

 
Sec. 63.10(b)(2)(i), (ii), (iv),  Recordkeeping for         No, for new or             See Sec. 63.9545 for
 (v).                                Startup, Shutdown and     reconstructed sources      recordkeeping
                                     Malfunction.              which commenced            requirements.
                                                               construction or
                                                               reconstruction after May
                                                               3, 2018. Yes, for all
                                                               other affected sources
                                                               before August 7, 2019,
                                                               and No thereafter.
Sec. 63.10(b)(2)(iii), (vi)-      Owner/Operator            Yes......................
 (xiv).                              Recordkeeping
                                     Requirements.
Sec. 63.10(c)(1)-(6), (9)-(15)..  Additional Records for    No.......................  Subpart QQQQQ specifies
                                     CMS.                                                 record requirements.
Sec. 63.10(c)(7)-(8)............  Records of Excess         No.......................  Subpart QQQQQ specifies
                                     Emissions and Parameter                              record requirements.
                                     Monitoring Exceedances
                                     for CMS.
Sec. 63.10(d)(2)................  Reporting Results of      No.......................  Subpart QQQQQ does not
                                     Performance Tests.                                   require performance
                                                                                          tests.
Sec. 63.10(d)(3)................  Reporting Opacity or VE   No.......................  Subpart QQQQQ contains
                                     Observations.                                        no opacity or VE
                                                                                          limits.
Sec. 63.10(d)(5)................  SSM reports.............  No, for new or             See Sec. 63.9540 for
                                                               reconstructed sources      malfunction reporting
                                                               which commenced            requirements.
                                                               construction or
                                                               reconstruction after May
                                                               3, 2018. Yes, for all
                                                               other affected sources
                                                               before August 7, 2019,
                                                               and No thereafter.
Sec. 63.10(e)(1)-(2)............  Additional CMS Reports..  No.......................  Subpart QQQQQ does not
                                                                                          require CMS.
Sec. 63.10(e)(4)................  Reporting COMS Data.....  No.......................  Subpart QQQQQ does not
                                                                                          require COMS.
Sec. 63.11......................  Control Device            No.......................  Subpart QQQQQ does not
                                     Requirements.                                        require flares.
Sec. Sec. 63.12-63.15..........  Delegation, Addresses,    Yes......................
                                     Incorporation by
                                     Reference Availability
                                     of Information.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


[67 FR 64506, Oct. 18, 2002, as amended at 84 FR 2752, Feb. 8, 2019]



Subpart RRRRR_National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants: 
                      Taconite Iron Ore Processing

    Source: 68 FR 61888, Oct. 30, 2003, unless otherwise noted.

                        What This Subpart Covers



Sec. 63.9580  What is the purpose of this subpart?

    This subpart establishes national emission standards for hazardous 
air pollutants (NESHAP) for taconite iron ore processing. This subpart 
also establishes requirements to demonstrate initial and continuous 
compliance with all applicable emission limitations (emission limits and 
operating limits), work practice standards, and operation and 
maintenance requirements in this subpart.



Sec. 63.9581  Am I subject to this subpart?

    You are subject to this subpart if you own or operate a taconite 
iron ore processing plant that is (or is part of) a major source of 
hazardous air pollutant (HAP) emissions on the first compliance date 
that applies to you. Your taconite iron ore processing plant is a major 
source of HAP if it emits or has the potential to emit any single HAP at 
a rate of 10 tons or more per year or any combination of HAP at a rate 
of 25 tons or more per year.



Sec. 63.9582  What parts of my plant does this subpart cover?

    (a) This subpart applies to each new and existing affected source at 
your taconite iron ore processing plant.

[[Page 74]]

    (b) The affected sources are each new or existing ore crushing and 
handling operation, ore dryer, indurating furnace, and finished pellet 
handling operation at your taconite iron ore processing plant, as 
defined in Sec. 63.9652.
    (c) This subpart covers emissions from ore crushing and handling 
emission units, ore dryer stacks, indurating furnace stacks, finished 
pellet handling emission units, and fugitive dust emissions.
    (d) An ore crushing and handling operation, ore dryer, indurating 
furnace, or finished pellet handling operation at your taconite iron ore 
processing plant is existing if you commenced construction or 
reconstruction of the affected source before December 18, 2002.
    (e) An ore crushing and handling operation, ore dryer, indurating 
furnace, or finished pellet handling operation at your taconite iron ore 
processing plant is new if you commence construction or reconstruction 
of the affected source on or after December 18, 2002. An affected source 
is reconstructed if it meets the definition of reconstruction in Sec. 
63.2.



Sec. 63.9583  When do I have to comply with this subpart?

    (a) If you have an existing affected source, you must comply with 
each emission limitation, work practice standard, and operation and 
maintenance requirement in this subpart that applies to you no later 
than October 30, 2006.
    (b) If you have a new affected source and its initial startup date 
is on or before October 30, 2003, you must comply with each emission 
limitation, work practice standard, and operation and maintenance 
requirement in this subpart that applies to you by October 30, 2003.
    (c) If you have a new affected source and its initial startup date 
is after October 30, 2003, you must comply with each emission 
limitation, work practice standard, and operation and maintenance 
requirement in this subpart that applies to you upon initial startup.
    (d) If your taconite iron ore processing plant is an area source 
that becomes a major source of HAP, the compliance dates in paragraphs 
(d)(1) and (2) of this section apply to you.
    (1) Any portion of the taconite iron ore processing plant that is a 
new affected source or a new reconstructed source must be in compliance 
with this subpart upon startup.
    (2) All other parts of the taconite iron ore processing plant must 
be in compliance with this subpart no later than 3 years after the plant 
becomes a major source.
    (e) You must meet the notification and schedule requirements in 
Sec. 63.9640. Several of these notifications must be submitted before 
the compliance date for your affected source.

            Emission Limitations and Work Practice Standards



Sec. 63.9590  What emission limitations must I meet?

    (a) You must meet each emission limit in Table 1 to this subpart 
that applies to you.
    (b) You must meet each operating limit for control devices in 
paragraphs (b)(1) through (5) of this section that applies to you.
    (1) Except as provided in paragraph (b)(2) of this section, for each 
wet scrubber applied to meet any particulate matter emission limit in 
Table 1 to this subpart, you must maintain the daily average pressure 
drop and daily average scrubber water flow rate at or above the minimum 
levels established during the initial performance test.
    (2) For each dynamic wet scrubber applied to meet any particulate 
matter emission limit in Table 1 to this subpart, you must maintain the 
daily average scrubber water flow rate and either the daily average fan 
amperage (a surrogate for fan speed as revolutions per minute) or the 
daily average pressure drop at or above the minimum levels established 
during the initial performance test.
    (3) For each dry electrostatic precipitator applied to meet any 
particulate matter emission limit in Table 1 to this subpart, you must 
meet the operating limits in paragraph (b)(3)(i) or (ii) of this 
section.
    (i) Maintain the 6-minute average opacity of emissions exiting the 
control device stack at or below the level

[[Page 75]]

established during the initial performance test.
    (ii) Maintain the daily average secondary voltage and daily average 
secondary current for each field at or above the minimum levels 
established during the initial performance test.
    (4) For each wet electrostatic precipitator applied to meet any 
particulate matter emission limit in Table 1 to this subpart, you must 
meet the operating limits in paragraphs (b)(4)(i) through (iii) of this 
section.
    (i) Maintain the daily average secondary voltage for each field at 
or above the minimum levels established during the initial performance 
test.
    (ii) Maintain the daily average stack outlet temperature at or below 
the maximum levels established during the initial performance test.
    (iii) Maintain the daily average water flow rate at or above the 
minimum levels established during the initial performance test.
    (5) If you use any air pollution control device other than a 
baghouse, wet scrubber, dynamic scrubber, dry electrostatic 
precipitator, or wet electrostatic precipitator, you must submit a site-
specific monitoring plan in accordance with Sec. 63.9631(f).
    (c) You may petition the Administrator for approval of alternatives 
to the monitoring requirements in paragraphs (b)(1) through (4) of this 
section as allowed under Sec. 63.8(f) and as defined in Sec. 63.90.



Sec. 63.9591  What work practice standards must I meet?

    (a) You must prepare, and at all times operate according to, a 
fugitive dust emissions control plan that describes in detail the 
measures that will be put in place to control fugitive dust emissions 
from the locations listed in paragraphs (a)(1) through (6) of this 
section.
    (1) Stockpiles (includes, but is not limited to, stockpiles of 
uncrushed ore, crushed ore, or finished pellets);
    (2) Material transfer points;
    (3) Plant roadways;
    (4) Tailings basin;
    (5) Pellet loading areas; and
    (6) Yard areas.
    (b) A copy of your fugitive dust emissions control plan must be 
submitted for approval to the Administrator on or before the applicable 
compliance date for the affected source as specified in Sec. 63.9583. 
The requirement for the plant to operate according to the fugitive dust 
emissions control plan must be incorporated by reference in the 
operating permit for the plant that is issued by the designated 
permitting authority under 40 CFR part 70 or 40 CFR part 71.
    (c) You can use an existing fugitive dust emissions control plan 
provided it meets the requirements in paragraphs (c)(1) through (3) of 
this section.
    (1) The plan satisfies the requirements of paragraph (a) of this 
section.
    (2) The plan describes the current measures to control fugitive dust 
emission sources.
    (3) The plan has been approved as part of a State implementation 
plan or title V permit.
    (d) You must maintain a current copy of the fugitive dust emissions 
control plan onsite, and it must be available for inspection upon 
request. You must keep the plan for the life of the affected source or 
until the affected source is no longer subject to the requirements of 
this subpart.

                 Operation and Maintenance Requirements



Sec. 63.9600  What are my operation and maintenance requirements?

    (a) As required by Sec. 63.6(e)(1)(i), you must always operate and 
maintain your affected source, including air pollution control and 
monitoring equipment, in a manner consistent with good air pollution 
control practices for minimizing emissions at least to the levels 
required by this subpart.
    (b) You must prepare, and at all times operate according to, a 
written operation and maintenance plan for each control device applied 
to meet any particulate matter emission limit in Table 1 to this subpart 
and to meet the requirement of each indurating furnace subject to good 
combustion practices (GCP). Each site-specific operation and maintenance 
plan must be submitted to the Administrator on or before the compliance 
date that is specified in Sec. 63.9583 for your affected

[[Page 76]]

source. The plan you submit must explain why the chosen practices (i.e., 
quantified objectives) are effective in performing corrective actions or 
GCP in minimizing the formation of formaldehyde (and other products of 
incomplete combustion). The Administrator will review the adequacy of 
the site-specific practices and objectives you will follow and the 
records you will keep to demonstrate compliance with your Plan. If the 
Administrator determines that any portion of your operation and 
maintenance plan is not adequate, we can reject those portions of the 
plan, and request that you provide additional information addressing the 
relevant issues. In the interim of this process, you will continue to 
follow your current site-specific practices and objectives, as 
submitted, until your revisions are accepted as adequate by the 
Administrator. You must maintain a current copy of the operation and 
maintenance plan onsite, and it must be available for inspection upon 
request. You must keep the plan for the life of the affected source or 
until the affected source is no longer subject to the requirements of 
this subpart. Each operation and maintenance plan must address the 
elements in paragraphs (b)(1) through (4) of this section.
    (1) Preventative maintenance for each control device, including a 
preventative maintenance schedule that is consistent with the 
manufacturer's instructions for routine and long-term maintenance.
    (2) Corrective action procedures for bag leak detection systems. In 
the event a bag leak detection system alarm is triggered, you must 
initiate corrective action to determine the cause of the alarm within 1 
hour of the alarm, initiate corrective action to correct the cause of 
the problem within 24 hours of the alarm, and complete the corrective 
action as soon as practicable. Corrective actions may include, but are 
not limited to, the actions listed in paragraphs (b)(2)(i) through (vi) 
of this section.
    (i) Inspecting the baghouse for air leaks, torn or broken bags or 
filter media, or any other condition that may cause an increase in 
emissions.
    (ii) Sealing off defective bags or filter media.
    (iii) Replacing defective bags or filter media or otherwise 
repairing the control device.
    (iv) Sealing off a defective baghouse compartment.
    (v) Cleaning the bag leak detection system probe, or otherwise 
repairing the bag leak detection system.
    (vi) Adjusting the process operation producing the particulate 
emissions.
    (3) Corrective action procedures for continuous parameter monitoring 
systems (CPMS) for all air pollution control devices except for 
baghouses. In the event you exceed an established operating limit for an 
air pollution control device except for a baghouse, you must initiate 
corrective action to determine the cause of the operating limit 
exceedance and complete the corrective action within 10 calendar days. 
The corrective action procedures you take must be consistent with the 
installation, operation, and maintenance procedures listed in your site-
specific CPMS monitoring plan in accordance with Sec. 63.9632(b).
    (4) Good combustion practices for indurating furnaces. You must 
identify and implement a set of site-specific GCP for each type of 
indurating furnace at your plant. These GCP should correspond to your 
standard operating procedures for maintaining the proper and efficient 
combustion within each indurating furnace. Good combustion practices 
include, but are not limited to, the elements listed in paragraphs 
(b)(4)(i) through (v) of this section.
    (i) Proper operating conditions for each indurating furnace (e.g., 
minimum combustion temperature, maximum carbon monoxide concentration in 
the furnace exhaust gases, burner alignment, or proper fuel-air 
distribution/mixing).
    (ii) Routine inspection and preventative maintenance and 
corresponding schedules of each indurating furnace.
    (iii) Performance analyses of each indurating furnace.
    (iv) Keeping applicable operator logs.
    (v) Keeping applicable records to document compliance with each 
element.

[[Page 77]]

                     General Compliance Requirements



Sec. 63.9610  What are my general requirements for complying 
with this subpart?

    (a) You must be in compliance with the requirements in paragraphs 
(a)(1) through (6) in this section at all times, except during periods 
of startup, shutdown, and malfunction. The terms startup, shutdown, and 
malfunction are defined in Sec. 63.2.
    (1) The emission limitations in Sec. 63.9590.
    (2) The work practice standards in Sec. 63.9591.
    (3) The operation and maintenance requirements in Sec. 63.9600.
    (4) The notification requirements in Sec. 63.9640.
    (5) The reporting requirements in Sec. 63.9641.
    (6) The recordkeeping requirements in Sec. 63.9642.
    (b) During the period between the compliance date specified for your 
affected source in Sec. 63.9583 and the date upon which continuous 
monitoring systems have been installed and certified and any applicable 
operating limits have been set, you must maintain a log detailing the 
operation and maintenance of the process and emissions control 
equipment. This includes the daily monitoring and recordkeeping of air 
pollution control device operating parameters as specified in Sec. 
63.9590(b).
    (c) You must develop a written startup, shutdown, and malfunction 
plan according to the provisions in Sec. 63.6(e)(3).

[68 FR 61888, Oct. 30, 2003, as amended at 71 FR 20470, Apr. 20, 2006]

                     Initial Compliance Requirements



Sec. 63.9620  On which units and by what date must I conduct 
performance tests or other initial compliance demonstrations?

    (a) For each ore crushing and handling affected source, you must 
demonstrate initial compliance with the emission limits in Table 1 to 
this subpart by conducting an initial performance test for particulate 
matter as specified in paragraphs (a)(1) and (2) of this section.
    (1) Except as provided in paragraph (e) of this section, an initial 
performance test must be performed on all stacks associated with ore 
crushing and handling.
    (2) Initial performance tests must be completed no later than 180 
calendar days after the compliance date specified in Sec. 63.9583. 
Performance tests conducted between October 30, 2003 and no later than 
180 days after the corresponding compliance date can be used for initial 
compliance demonstration, provided the tests meet the initial 
performance testing requirements of this subpart.
    (b) For each indurating furnace affected source, you must 
demonstrate initial compliance with the emission limits in Table 1 to 
this subpart by conducting an initial performance test for particulate 
matter as specified in paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section.
    (1) An initial performance test must be performed on all stacks 
associated with each indurating furnace.
    (2) Initial performance tests must be completed no later than 180 
calendar days after the compliance date specified in Sec. 63.9583. 
Performance tests conducted between October 30, 2003 and no later than 
180 days after the corresponding compliance date can be used for initial 
compliance demonstration, provided the tests meet the initial 
performance testing requirements of this subpart. For indurating 
furnaces with multiple stacks, the performance tests for all stacks must 
be completed within a reasonable period of time, such that the 
indurating furnace operating characteristics remain representative for 
the duration of the stack tests.
    (c) For each finished pellet handling affected source, you must 
demonstrate initial compliance with the emission limits in Table 1 to 
this subpart by conducting an initial performance test for particulate 
matter as specified in paragraphs (c)(1) and (2) of this section.
    (1) Except as provided in paragraph (e) of this section, an initial 
performance test must be performed on all stacks associated with 
finished pellet handling.
    (2) Initial performance tests must be completed no later than 180 
calendar days after the compliance date specified in Sec. 63.9583. 
Performance tests conducted between October 30, 2003 and no

[[Page 78]]

later than 180 days after the corresponding compliance date can be used 
for initial compliance demonstration, provided the tests meet the 
initial compliance testing requirements of this subpart.
    (d) For each ore dryer affected source, you must demonstrate initial 
compliance with the emission limits in Table 1 to this subpart by 
conducting an initial performance test for particulate matter as 
specified in paragraphs (d)(1) and (2) of this section.
    (1) An initial performance test must be performed on all stacks 
associated with each ore dryer.
    (2) Initial performance tests must be completed no later than 180 
calendar days after the compliance date specified in Sec. 63.9583. 
Performance tests conducted between October 30, 2003 and no later than 
180 days after the corresponding compliance date can be used for initial 
compliance demonstration, provided the tests meet the initial compliance 
testing requirements of this subpart. For ore dryers with multiple 
stacks, the performance tests for all stacks must be completed within a 
reasonable period of time, such that the ore dryer operating 
characteristics remain representative for the duration of the stack 
tests.
    (e) For ore crushing and handling affected sources and finished 
pellet handling affected sources, in lieu of conducting initial 
performance tests for particulate matter on all stacks, you may elect to 
group a maximum of six similar emission units together and conduct an 
initial compliance test on one representative emission unit within each 
group of similar emission units. The determination of whether emission 
units are similar must meet the criteria in paragraph (f) of this 
section. If you decide to test representative emission units, you must 
prepare and submit a testing plan as described in paragraph (g) of this 
section.
    (f) If you elect to test representative emission units as provided 
in paragraph (e) of this section, the units that are grouped together as 
similar units must meet the criteria in paragraphs (f)(1) through (3) of 
this section.
    (1) All emission units within a group must be of the same process 
type (e.g., primary crushers, secondary crushers, tertiary crushers, 
fine crushers, ore conveyors, ore bins, ore screens, grate feed, pellet 
loadout, hearth layer, cooling stacks, pellet conveyor, and pellet 
screens). You cannot group emission units from different process types 
together for the purposes of this section.
    (2) All emission units within a group must also have the same type 
of air pollution control device (e.g., wet scrubbers, dynamic wet 
scrubbers, rotoclones, multiclones, wet and dry electrostatic 
precipitators, and baghouses). You cannot group emission units with 
different air pollution control device types together for the purposes 
of this section.
    (3) The site-specific operating limits established for the emission 
unit selected as representative of a group of similar emission units 
will be used as the operating limit for each emission unit within the 
group. The operating limit established for the representative unit must 
be met by each emission unit within the group.
    (g) If you plan to conduct initial performance tests on 
representative emission units within an ore crushing and handling 
affected source or a finished pellet handling affected source, you must 
submit a testing plan for initial performance tests. This testing plan 
must be submitted to the Administrator or delegated authority no later 
than 90 days prior to the first scheduled initial performance test. The 
testing plan must contain the information specified in paragraphs (g)(1) 
through (3) of this section.
    (1) A list of all emission units. This list must clearly identify 
all emission units that have been grouped together as similar emission 
units. Within each group of emission units, you must identify the 
emission unit that will be the representative unit for that group and 
subject to initial performance testing.
    (2) A list of the process type and type of air pollution control 
device on each emission unit.
    (3) A schedule indicating when you will conduct an initial 
performance test for particulate matter for each representative emission 
unit.
    (h) For each work practice standard and operation and maintenance 
requirement that applies to you where initial compliance is not 
demonstrated

[[Page 79]]

using a performance test, you must demonstrate initial compliance within 
30 calendar days after the compliance date that is specified for your 
affected source in Sec. 63.9583.
    (i) If you commenced construction or reconstruction of an affected 
source between December 18, 2002 and October 30, 2003 , you must 
demonstrate initial compliance with either the proposed emission limit 
or the promulgated emission limit no later than 180 calendar days after 
October 30, 2003 or no later than 180 calendar days after startup of the 
source, whichever is later, according to Sec. 63.7(a)(2)(ix).
    (j) If you commenced construction or reconstruction of an affected 
source between December 18, 2002 and October 30, 2003, and you chose to 
comply with the proposed emission limit when demonstrating initial 
compliance, you must conduct a second performance test to demonstrate 
compliance with the promulgated emission limit by 3 years and 180 
calendar days after October 30, 2003, or after startup of the source, 
whichever is later, according to Sec. 63.7(a)(2)(ix).



Sec. 63.9621  What test methods and other procedures must I use to
demonstrate initial compliance with the emission limits for 
particulate matter?

    (a) You must conduct each performance test that applies to your 
affected source according to the requirements in Sec. 63.7(e)(1) and 
paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section.
    (b) For each ore crushing and handling affected source and each 
finished pellet handling affected source, you must determine compliance 
with the applicable emission limit for particulate matter in Table 1 to 
this subpart by following the test methods and procedures in paragraphs 
(b)(1) through (3) of this section.
    (1) Except as provided in Sec. 63.9620(e), determine the 
concentration of particulate matter in the stack gas for each emission 
unit according to the test methods in appendix A to part 60 of this 
chapter. The applicable test methods are listed in paragraphs (b)(1)(i) 
through (v) of this section.
    (i) Method 1 or 1A to select sampling port locations and the number 
of traverse points. Sampling ports must be located at the outlet of the 
control device and prior to any releases to the atmosphere.
    (ii) Method 2, 2A, 2C, 2D, 2F, or 2G, as applicable, to determine 
the volumetric flow rate of the stack gas.
    (iii) Method 3, 3A, or 3B to determine the dry molecular weight of 
the stack gas.
    (iv) Method 4 to determine the moisture content of the stack gas.
    (v) Method 5, 5D, or 17 to determine the concentration of 
particulate matter.
    (2) Each Method 5, 5D, or 17 performance test must consist of three 
separate runs. Each run must be conducted for a minimum of 2 hours. The 
average particulate matter concentration from the three runs will be 
used to determine compliance, as shown in Equation 1 of this section.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR30OC03.000

Where:

Ci = Average particulate matter concentration for emission 
          unit, grains per dry standard cubic foot, (gr/dscf);
C1 = Particulate matter concentration for run 1 corresponding 
          to emission unit, gr/dscf;
C2 = Particulate matter concentration for run 2 corresponding 
          to emission unit, gr/dscf; and
C3 = Particulate matter concentration for run 3 corresponding 
          to emission unit, gr/dscf.

    (3) For each ore crushing and handling affected source and each 
finished pellet handling affected source, you must determine the flow-
weighted mean concentration of particulate matter emissions from all 
emission units in each affected source following the procedure in 
paragraph (b)(3)(i) or (ii) of this section.
    (i) If an initial performance test is conducted on all emission 
units within an affected source, calculate the flow-weighted mean 
concentration of particulate matter emissions from the affected source 
using Equation 2 of this section.

[[Page 80]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR30OC03.001

Where:

Ca = Flow-weighted mean concentration of particulate matter 
          for all emission units within affected source, (gr/dscf);
Ci = Average particulate matter concentration measured during 
          the performance test from emission unit ``i'' in affected 
          source, as determined using Equation 1 of this section, gr/
          dscf;
Qi = Average volumetric flow rate of stack gas measured 
          during the performance test from emission unit ``i'' in 
          affected source, dscf/hr; and
n = Number of emission units in affected source.

    (ii) If you are grouping similar emission units together in 
accordance with Sec. 63.9620(e), you must follow the procedures in 
paragraphs (b)(3)(ii)(A) through (C) of this section.
    (A) Assign the average particulate matter concentration measured 
from the representative unit, as determined from Equation 1 of this 
section, to each emission unit within the corresponding group of similar 
units.
    (B) Establish the maximum operating volumetric flow rate of exhaust 
gas from each emission unit within each group of similar units.
    (C) Using the data from paragraphs (b)(3)(ii)(A) and (B) of this 
section, calculate the flow-weighted mean concentration of particulate 
matter emissions from the affected source using Equation 3 of this 
section.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR30OC03.002

Where:

Ca = Flow-weighted mean concentration of particulate matter 
          for all emission units within affected source, gr/dscf;
Ck = Average particulate matter concentration measured during 
          the performance test from the representative emission unit in 
          group ``k'' of affected source ``a,'' as determined using 
          Equation 1 of this section, gr/dscf;
Qk = Sum of the maximum operating volumetric flow rates of 
          stack gas from all similar emission units within group ``k'' 
          of affected source, dscf/hr; and
m = Number of similar emission unit groups in affected source.

    (c) For each ore dryer affected source and each indurating furnace 
affected source, you must determine compliance with the applicable 
emission limit for particulate matter in Table 1 to this subpart by 
following the test methods and procedures in paragraphs (c)(1) through 
(3) of this section.
    (1) Determine the concentration of particulate matter for each stack 
according to the test methods in 40 CFR part 60, appendix A. The 
applicable test methods are listed in paragraphs (c)(1)(i) through (v) 
of this section.
    (i) Method 1 or 1A to select sampling port locations and the number 
of traverse points. Sampling ports must be located at the outlet of the 
control device and prior to any releases to the atmosphere.
    (ii) Method 2, 2A, 2C, 2D, 2F, or 2G, as applicable, to determine 
the volumetric flow rate of the stack gas.
    (iii) Method 3, 3A, or 3B to determine the dry molecular weight of 
the stack gas.
    (iv) Method 4 to determine the moisture content of the stack gas.
    (v) Method 5, 5D, or 17 to determine the concentration of 
particulate matter.
    (2) Each Method 5, 5D, or 17 performance test must consist of three 
separate runs. Each run must be conducted for a minimum of 2 hours. The 
average particulate matter concentration from the three runs will be 
used to determine compliance, as shown in Equation 1 of this section.
    (3) For each ore dryer and each indurating furnace with multiple 
stacks, calculate the flow-weighted mean concentration of particulate 
matter emissions using Equation 4 of this section.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR30OC03.003

Where:


[[Page 81]]


Cb = Flow-weighted mean concentration of particulate matter 
          for all stacks associated with affected source, gr/dscf;
Cj = Average particulate matter concentration measured during 
          the performance test from stack ``j'' in affected source, as 
          determined using Equation 1 of this section, gr/dscf;
Qj = Average volumetric flow rate of stack gas measured 
          during the performance test from stack ``j'' in affected 
          source, dscf/hr;
n = Number of stacks associated with affected source.



Sec. 63.9622  What test methods and other procedures must I use 
to establish and demonstrate initial compliance with the operating 
limits?

    (a) For wet scrubbers subject to performance testing in Sec. 
63.9620 and operating limits for pressure drop and scrubber water flow 
rate in Sec. 63.9590(b)(1), you must establish site-specific operating 
limits according to the procedures in paragraphs (a)(1) through (3) of 
this section.
    (1) Using the CPMS required in Sec. 63.9631(b), measure and record 
the pressure drop and scrubber water flow rate every 15 minutes during 
each run of the particulate matter performance test.
    (2) Calculate and record the average pressure drop and scrubber 
water flow rate for each individual test run. Your operating limits are 
established as the lowest average pressure drop and the lowest average 
scrubber water flow rate corresponding to any of the three test runs.
    (3) If a rod-deck venturi scrubber is applied to an indurating 
furnace to meet any particulate matter emission limit in Table 1 to this 
subpart, you may establish a lower average pressure drop operating limit 
by using historical average pressure drop data from a certified 
performance test completed on or after December 18, 2002 instead of 
using the average pressure drop value determined during the initial 
performance test, as specified in paragraph (a)(2) of this section. If 
historical average pressure drop data are used to establish an operating 
limit (i.e., using data from a certified performance test conducted 
prior to the promulgation date of the final rule), then the average 
particulate matter concentration corresponding to the historical 
performance test must be at or below the applicable indurating furnace 
emission limit, as listed in Table 1 to this subpart.
    (b) For dynamic wet scrubbers subject to performance testing in 
Sec. 63.9620 and operating limits for scrubber water flow rate and 
either fan amperage or pressure drop in Sec. 63.9590(b)(2), you must 
establish site-specific operating limits according to the procedures in 
paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section.
    (1) Using the CPMS required in Sec. 63.9631(b), measure and record 
the scrubber water flow rate and either the fan amperage or pressure 
drop every 15 minutes during each run of the particulate matter 
performance test.
    (2) Calculate and record the average scrubber water flow rate and 
either the average fan amperage or average pressure drop for each 
individual test run. Your operating limits are established as the lowest 
average scrubber water flow rate and either the lowest average fan 
amperage or pressure drop value corresponding to any of the three test 
runs.
    (c) For a dry electrostatic precipitator subject to performance 
testing in Sec. 63.9620 and operating limits in Sec. 63.9590(b)(3), 
you must establish a site-specific operating limit according to the 
procedures in paragraphs (c)(1) or (2) of this section.
    (1) If the operating limit for your dry electrostatic precipitator 
is a 6-minute average opacity of emissions value, then you must follow 
the requirements in paragraphs (c)(1)(i) through (iii) of this section.
    (i) Using the continuous opacity monitoring system (COMS) required 
in Sec. 63.9631(d)(1), measure and record the opacity of emissions from 
each control device stack during the particulate matter performance 
test.
    (ii) Compute and record the 6-minute opacity averages from 24 or 
more data points equally spaced over each 6-minute period (e.g., at 15-
second intervals) during the test runs.
    (iii) Using the opacity measurements from a performance test that 
meets the emission limit, determine the opacity value corresponding to 
the 99 percent upper confidence level of a normal distribution of the 6-
minute opacity averages.

[[Page 82]]

    (2) If the operating limit for your dry electrostatic precipitator 
is the daily average secondary voltage and daily average secondary 
current for each field, then you must follow the requirements in 
paragraphs (c)(2)(i) and (ii) of this section.
    (i) Using the CPMS required in Sec. 63.9631(d)(2), measure and 
record the secondary voltage and secondary current for each dry 
electrostatic precipitator field every 15 minutes during each run of the 
particulate matter performance test.
    (ii) Calculate and record the average secondary voltage and 
secondary current for each dry electrostatic precipitator field for each 
individual test run. Your operating limits are established as the lowest 
average secondary voltage and secondary current value for each dry 
electrostatic precipitator field corresponding to any of the three test 
runs.
    (d) For a wet electrostatic precipitator subject to performance 
testing in Sec. 63.9620 and operating limit in Sec. 63.9590(b)(4), you 
must establish a site-specific operating limit according to the 
procedures in paragraphs (d)(1) and (2) of this section.
    (1) Using the CPMS required in Sec. 63.9631(e), measure and record 
the parametric values in paragraphs (d)(1)(i) through (iii) of this 
section for each wet electrostatic precipitator field every 15 minutes 
during each run of the particulate matter performance test.
    (i) Secondary voltage;
    (ii) Water flow rate; and
    (iii) Stack outlet temperature.
    (2) For each individual test run, calculate and record the average 
value for each operating parameter in paragraphs (d)(1)(i) through (iii) 
of this section for each wet electrostatic precipitator field. Your 
operating limits are established as the lowest average value for each 
operating parameter corresponding to any of the three test runs.
    (e) If you use an air pollution control device other than a wet 
scrubber, dynamic wet scrubber, dry electrostatic precipitator, wet 
electrostatic precipitator, or baghouse, and it is subject to 
performance testing in Sec. 63.9620, you must submit a site-specific 
monitoring plan in accordance with Sec. 63.9631(f). The site-specific 
monitoring plan must include the site-specific procedures for 
demonstrating initial and continuous compliance with the corresponding 
operating limits.
    (f) You may change the operating limits for any air pollution 
control device as long as you meet the requirements in paragraphs (f)(1) 
through (3) of this section.
    (1) Submit a written notification to the Administrator of your 
request to conduct a new performance test to revise the operating limit.
    (2) Conduct a performance test to demonstrate compliance with the 
applicable emission limitation in Table 1 to this subpart.
    (3) Establish revised operating limits according to the applicable 
procedures in paragraphs (a) through (e) of this section.



Sec. 63.9623  How do I demonstrate initial compliance with the 
emission limitations that apply to me?

    (a) For each affected source subject to an emission limit in Table 1 
to this subpart, you must demonstrate initial compliance by meeting the 
emission limit requirements in paragraphs (a)(1) through (4) of this 
section.
    (1) For ore crushing and handling, the flow-weighted mean 
concentration of particulate matter, determined according to the 
procedures in Sec. Sec. 63.9620(a) and 63.9621(b), must not exceed the 
emission limits in Table 1 to this subpart.
    (2) For indurating furnaces, the flow-weighted mean concentration of 
particulate matter, determined according to the procedures in Sec. Sec. 
63.9620(b) and 63.9621(c), must not exceed the emission limits in Table 
1 to this subpart.
    (3) For finished pellet handling, the flow-weighted mean 
concentration of particulate matter, determined according to the 
procedures in Sec. Sec. 63.9620(c) and 63.9621(b), must not exceed the 
emission limits in Table 1 to this subpart.
    (4) For ore dryers, the flow-weighted mean concentration of 
particulate matter, determined according to the procedures in Sec. Sec. 
63.9620(d) and 63.9621(c), must not exceed the emission limits in Table 
1 to this subpart.

[[Page 83]]

    (b) For each affected source subject to an emission limit in Table 1 
to this subpart, you must demonstrate initial compliance by meeting the 
operating limit requirements in paragraphs (b)(1) through (5) of this 
section.
    (1) For each wet scrubber subject to performance testing in Sec. 
63.9620 and operating limits for pressure drop and scrubber water flow 
rate in Sec. 63.9590(b)(1), you have established appropriate site-
specific operating limits and have a record of the pressure drop and 
scrubber water flow rate measured during the performance test in 
accordance with Sec. 63.9622(a).
    (2) For each dynamic wet scrubber subject to performance testing in 
Sec. 63.9620 and operating limits for scrubber water flow rate and 
either fan amperage or pressure drop in Sec. 63.9590(b)(2), you have 
established appropriate site-specific operating limits and have a record 
of the scrubber water flow rate and either the fan amperage or pressure 
drop value, measured during the performance test in accordance with 
Sec. 63.9622(b).
    (3) For each dry electrostatic precipitator subject to performance 
testing in Sec. 63.9620 and one of the operating limits in Sec. 
63.9590(b)(3), you must meet the requirements in paragraph (b)(3)(i) or 
(ii) of this section.
    (i) If you are subject to the operating limit for opacity in Sec. 
63.9590(b)(3)(i), you have established appropriate site-specific 
operating limits and have a record of the opacity measured during the 
performance test in accordance with Sec. 63.9622(c)(1).
    (ii) If you are subject to the operating limit for secondary voltage 
and secondary current in Sec. 63.9590(b)(3)(ii), you have established 
appropriate site-specific operating limits and have a record of the 
secondary voltage and secondary current measured during the performance 
test in accordance with Sec. 63.9622(c)(2).
    (4) For each wet electrostatic precipitator subject to performance 
testing in Sec. 63.9620 and operating limits for secondary voltage, 
water flow rate, and stack outlet temperature in Sec. 63.9590(b)(4), 
you have established appropriate site-specific operating limits and have 
a record of the secondary voltage, water flow rate, and stack outlet 
temperature measured during the performance test in accordance with 
Sec. 63.9622(d).
    (5) For other air pollution control devices subject to performance 
testing in Sec. 63.9620 and operating limits in accordance with Sec. 
63.9590(b)(5), you have submitted a site-specific monitoring plan in 
accordance with Sec. 63.9631(f) and have a record of the site-specific 
operating limits as measured during the performance test in accordance 
with Sec. 63.9622(e).
    (c) For each emission limitation and operating limit that applies to 
you, you must submit a notification of compliance status according to 
Sec. 63.9640(e).



Sec. 63.9624  How do I demonstrate initial compliance with the work
practice standards that apply to me?

    You must demonstrate initial compliance with the work practice 
standards by meeting the requirements in paragraphs (a) through (c) of 
this section.
    (a) You must prepare a fugitive dust emissions control plan in 
accordance with the requirements in Sec. 63.9591.
    (b) You must submit to the Administrator the fugitive dust emissions 
control plan in accordance with the requirements in Sec. 63.9591.
    (c) You must implement each control practice according to the 
procedures specified in your fugitive dust emissions control plan.



Sec. 63.9625  How do I demonstrate initial compliance with the
operation and maintenance requirements that apply to me?

    For each air pollution control device subject to operating limits in 
Sec. 63.9590(b), you have demonstrated initial compliance if you meet 
all of the requirements in paragraphs (a) through (d) of this section.
    (a) You have prepared the operation and maintenance plan for air 
pollution control devices in accordance with Sec. 63.9600(b).
    (b) You have operated each air pollution control device according to 
the procedures in the operation and maintenance plan.
    (c) You have submitted a notification of compliance status according 
to the requirements in Sec. 63.9640(e).

[[Page 84]]

    (d) You have prepared a site-specific monitoring plan in accordance 
with Sec. 63.9632(b).

                   Continuous Compliance Requirements



Sec. 63.9630  When must I conduct subsequent performance tests?

    (a) You must conduct subsequent performance tests to demonstrate 
continued compliance with the ore crushing and handling emission limits 
in Table 1 to this subpart according to the schedule developed by your 
permitting authority and shown in your title V permit. If a title V 
permit has not been issued, you must submit a testing plan and schedule, 
containing the information specified in paragraph (e) of this section, 
to the permitting authority for approval.
    (b) You must conduct subsequent performance tests on all stacks 
associated with indurating furnaces to demonstrate continued compliance 
with the indurating furnace emission limits in Table 1 to this subpart 
according to the schedule developed by your permitting authority and 
shown in your title V permit, but no less frequent than twice per 5-year 
permit term. If a title V permit has not been issued, you must submit a 
testing plan and schedule, containing the information specified in 
paragraph (e) of this section, to the permitting authority for approval. 
For indurating furnaces with multiple stacks, the performance tests for 
all stacks associated with that indurating furnace must be conducted 
within a reasonable period of time, such that the indurating furnace 
operating characteristics remain representative for the duration of the 
stack tests.
    (c) You must conduct subsequent performance tests to demonstrate 
continued compliance with the finished pellet handling emission limits 
in Table 1 to this subpart according to the schedule developed by your 
permitting authority and shown in your title V permit. If a title V 
permit has not been issued, you must submit a testing plan and schedule, 
containing the information specified in paragraph (e) of this section, 
to the permitting authority for approval.
    (d) You must conduct subsequent performance tests on all stacks 
associated with ore dryers to demonstrate continued compliance with the 
ore dryer emission limits in Table 1 to this subpart according to the 
schedule developed by your permitting authority and shown in your title 
V permit. If a title V permit has not been issued, you must submit a 
testing plan and schedule, containing the information specified in 
paragraph (e) of this section, to the permitting authority for approval. 
For ore dryers with multiple stacks, the performance tests for all 
stacks associated with an ore dryer must be conducted within a 
reasonable period of time, such that the ore dryer operating 
characteristics remain representative for the duration of the stack 
tests.
    (e) If your plant does not have a title V permit, you must submit a 
testing plan for subsequent performance tests as required in paragraphs 
(a) through (d) of this section. This testing plan must be submitted to 
the Administrator on or before the compliance date that is specified in 
Sec. 63.9583. The testing plan must contain the information specified 
in paragraphs (e)(1) and (2) of this section. You must maintain a 
current copy of the testing plan onsite, and it must be available for 
inspection upon request. You must keep the plan for the life of the 
affected source or until the affected source is no longer subject to the 
requirements of this subpart.
    (1) A list of all emission units.
    (2) A schedule indicating when you will conduct subsequent 
performance tests for particulate matter for each of the emission units.



Sec. 63.9631  What are my monitoring requirements?

    (a) For each baghouse applied to meet any particulate matter 
emission limit in Table 1 to this subpart, you must install, operate, 
and maintain a bag leak detection system to monitor the relative change 
in particulate matter loadings according to the requirements in Sec. 
63.9632(a), and conduct inspections at their specified frequencies 
according to the requirements in paragraphs (a)(1) through (8) of this 
section.
    (1) Monitor the pressure drop across each baghouse cell each day to 
ensure pressure drop is within the normal operating range.

[[Page 85]]

    (2) Confirm that dust is being removed from hoppers through weekly 
visual inspections or other means of ensuring the proper functioning of 
removal mechanisms.
    (3) Check the compressed air supply of pulse-jet baghouses each day.
    (4) Monitor cleaning cycles to ensure proper operation using an 
appropriate methodology.
    (5) Check bag cleaning mechanisms for proper functioning through 
monthly visual inspections or equivalent means.
    (6) Make monthly visual checks of bag tension on reverse air and 
shaker-type baghouses to ensure that bags are not kinked (kneed or bent) 
or lying on their sides. You do not have to make this check for shaker-
type baghouses that have self-tensioning (spring-loaded) devices.
    (7) Confirm the physical integrity of the baghouse through quarterly 
visual inspections of the baghouse interior for air leaks.
    (8) Inspect fans for wear, material buildup, and corrosion through 
quarterly visual inspections, vibration detectors, or equivalent means.
    (b) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, for each 
wet scrubber subject to the operating limits for pressure drop and 
scrubber water flow rate in Sec. 63.9590(b)(1), you must install, 
operate, and maintain a CPMS according to the requirements in Sec. 
63.9632(b) through (e) and monitor the daily average pressure drop and 
daily average scrubber water flow rate according to the requirements in 
Sec. 63.9633.
    (c) For each dynamic wet scrubber subject to the scrubber water flow 
rate and either the fan amperage or pressure drop operating limits in 
Sec. 63.9590(b)(2), you must install, operate, and maintain a CPMS 
according to the requirements in Sec. 63.9632(b) through (e) and 
monitor the daily average scrubber water flow rate and either the daily 
average fan amperage or the daily average pressure drop according to the 
requirements in Sec. 63.9633.
    (d) For each dry electrostatic precipitator subject to the operating 
limits in Sec. 63.9590(b)(3), you must follow the monitoring 
requirements in paragraph (d)(1) or (2) of this section.
    (1) If the operating limit you choose to monitor is the 6-minute 
average opacity of emissions in accordance with Sec. 63.9590(b)(3)(i), 
you must install, operate, and maintain a COMS according to the 
requirements in Sec. 63.9632(f) and monitor the 6-minute average 
opacity of emissions exiting each control device stack according to the 
requirements in Sec. 63.9633.
    (2) If the operating limit you choose to monitor is average 
secondary voltage and average secondary current for each dry 
electrostatic precipitator field in accordance with Sec. 
63.9590(b)(3)(ii), you must install, operate, and maintain a CPMS 
according to the requirements in Sec. 63.9632(b) through (e) and 
monitor the daily average secondary voltage and daily average secondary 
current according to the requirements in Sec. 63.9633.
    (e) For each wet electrostatic precipitator subject to the operating 
limits in Sec. 63.9590(b)(4), you must install, operate, and maintain a 
CPMS according to the requirements in Sec. 63.9632(b) through (e) and 
monitor the daily average secondary voltage, daily average stack outlet 
temperature, and daily average water flow rate according to the 
requirements in Sec. 63.9633.
    (f) If you use any air pollution control device other than a 
baghouse, wet scrubber, dry electrostatic precipitator, or wet 
electrostatic precipitator, you must submit a site-specific monitoring 
plan that includes the information in paragraphs (f)(1) through (4) of 
this section. The monitoring plan is subject to approval by the 
Administrator. You must maintain a current copy of the monitoring plan 
onsite, and it must be available for inspection upon request. You must 
keep the plan for the life of the affected source or until the affected 
source is no longer subject to the requirements of this subpart.
    (1) A description of the device.
    (2) Test results collected in accordance with Sec. 63.9621 
verifying the performance of the device for reducing emissions of 
particulate matter to the atmosphere to the levels required by this 
subpart.
    (3) A copy of the operation and maintenance plan required in Sec. 
63.9600(b).

[[Page 86]]

    (4) Appropriate operating parameters that will be monitored to 
maintain continuous compliance with the applicable emission 
limitation(s).



Sec. 63.9632  What are the installation, operation, and maintenance 
requirements for my monitoring equipment?

    (a) For each negative pressure baghouse or positive pressure 
baghouse equipped with a stack, applied to meet any particulate emission 
limit in Table 1 to this subpart, you must install, operate, and 
maintain a bag leak detection system according to the requirements in 
paragraphs (a)(1) through (8) of this section.
    (1) The system must be certified by the manufacturer to be capable 
of detecting emissions of particulate matter at concentrations of 10 
milligrams per actual cubic meter (0.0044 grains per actual cubic foot) 
or less.
    (2) The system must provide output of relative changes in 
particulate matter loadings.
    (3) The system must be equipped with an alarm that will sound when 
an increase in relative particulate loadings is detected over the alarm 
level set point established according to paragraph (a)(4) of this 
section. The alarm must be located such that it can be heard by the 
appropriate plant personnel.
    (4) For each bag leak detection system, you must develop and submit 
to the Administrator for approval, a site-specific monitoring plan that 
addresses the items identified in paragraphs (a)(4)(i) through (v) of 
this section. For each bag leak detection system that operates based on 
the triboelectric effect, the monitoring plan shall be consistent with 
the recommendations contained in the U.S. Environmental Protection 
Agency (U.S. EPA) guidance document, ``Fabric Filter Bag Leak Detection 
Guidance'' (EPA-454/R-98-015). This document is available on the EPA's 
Technology Transfer Network at http://www.epa.gov/ttn/emc/cem/tribo.pdf 
(Adobe Acrobat version) or http://www.epa.gov/ttn/emc/cem/tribo.wpd 
(WordPerfect version). You must operate and maintain the bag leak 
detection system according to the site-specific monitoring plan at all 
times. The plan shall describe all of the items in paragraphs (a)(4)(i) 
through (v) of this section.
    (i) Installation of the bag leak detection system.
    (ii) Initial and periodic adjustment of the bag leak detection 
system including how the alarm set-point will be established.
    (iii) Operation of the bag leak detection system including quality 
assurance procedures.
    (iv) How the bag leak detection system will be maintained including 
a routine maintenance schedule and spare parts inventory list.
    (v) How the bag leak detection system output shall be recorded and 
stored.
    (5) To make the initial adjustment of the system, establish the 
baseline output by adjusting the sensitivity (range) and the averaging 
period of the device. Then, establish the alarm set points and the alarm 
delay time (if applicable).
    (6) Following initial adjustment, do not adjust averaging period, 
alarm set point, or alarm delay time, without approval from the 
Administrator except as provided for in paragraph (a)(6)(i) of this 
section.
    (i) Once per quarter, you may adjust the sensitivity of the bag leak 
detection system to account for seasonal effects, including temperature 
and humidity, according to the procedures identified in the site-
specific monitoring plan required under paragraph (a)(4) of this 
section.
    (ii) [Reserved]
    (7) Where multiple detectors are required, the system's 
instrumentation and alarm may be shared among detectors.
    (8) The bag leak detector sensor must be installed downstream of the 
baghouse and upstream of any wet scrubber.
    (b) For each CPMS required in Sec. 63.9631, you must develop and 
make available for inspection upon request by the permitting authority a 
site-specific monitoring plan that addresses the requirements in 
paragraphs (b)(1) through (7) of this section.
    (1) Installation of the CPMS sampling probe or other interface at a 
measurement location relative to each

[[Page 87]]

affected emission unit such that the measurement is representative of 
control of the exhaust emissions (e.g., on or downstream of the last 
control device).
    (2) Performance and equipment specifications for the sample 
interface, the parametric signal analyzer, and the data collection and 
reduction system.
    (3) Performance evaluation procedures and acceptance criteria (e.g., 
calibrations).
    (4) Ongoing operation and maintenance procedures in accordance with 
the general requirements of Sec. 63.8(c)(1), (3), (4)(ii), (7), and 
(8).
    (5) Ongoing data quality assurance procedures in accordance with the 
general requirements of Sec. 63.8(d).
    (6) Ongoing recordkeeping and reporting procedures in accordance 
with the general requirements of Sec. 63.10(c), (e)(1), and (e)(2)(i).
    (7) Corrective action procedures that you will follow in the event 
an air pollution control device, except for a baghouse, exceeds an 
established operating limit as required in Sec. 63.9600(b)(3).
    (c) Unless otherwise specified, each CPMS must meet the requirements 
in paragraphs (c)(1) and (2) of this section.
    (1) Each CPMS must complete a minimum of one cycle of operation for 
each successive 15-minute period and must have valid data for at least 
95 percent of every daily averaging period.
    (2) Each CPMS must determine and record the daily average of all 
recorded readings.
    (d) You must conduct a performance evaluation of each CPMS in 
accordance with your site-specific monitoring plan.
    (e) You must operate and maintain the CPMS in continuous operation 
according to the site-specific monitoring plan.
    (f) For each dry electrostatic precipitator subject to the opacity 
operating limit in Sec. 63.9590(b)(3)(i), you must install, operate, 
and maintain each COMS according to the requirements in paragraphs 
(f)(1) through (4) of this section.
    (1) You must install each COMS and conduct a performance evaluation 
of each COMS according to Sec. 63.8 and Performance Specification 1 in 
appendix B to 40 CFR part 60.
    (2) You must develop and implement a quality control program for 
operating and maintaining each COMS according to Sec. 63.8. At a 
minimum, the quality control program must include a daily calibration 
drift assessment, quarterly performance audit, and annual zero alignment 
of each COMS.
    (3) You must operate and maintain each COMS according to Sec. 
63.8(e) and your quality control program. You must also identify periods 
the COMS is out of control, including any periods that the COMS fails to 
pass a daily calibration drift assessment, quarterly performance audit, 
or annual zero alignment audit.
    (4) You must determine and record the 6-minute average opacity for 
periods during which the COMS is not out of control.



Sec. 63.9633  How do I monitor and collect data to demonstrate
continuous compliance?

    (a) Except for monitoring malfunctions, associated repairs, and 
required quality assurance or control activities (including as 
applicable, calibration checks and required zero and span adjustments), 
you must monitor continuously (or collect data at all required 
intervals) at all times an affected source is operating.
    (b) You may not use data recorded during monitoring malfunctions, 
associated repairs, and required quality assurance or control activities 
in data averages and calculations used to report emission or operating 
levels, or to fulfill a minimum data availability requirement. You must 
use all the data collected during all other periods in assessing 
compliance.
    (c) A monitoring malfunction is any sudden, infrequent, not 
reasonably preventable failure of the monitoring system to provide valid 
data. Monitoring failures that are caused in part by poor maintenance or 
careless operation are not considered malfunctions.



Sec. 63.9634  How do I demonstrate continuous compliance with the emission limitations that apply to me?

    (a) For each affected source subject to an emission limit in Table 1 
to this

[[Page 88]]

subpart, you must demonstrate continuous compliance by meeting the 
requirements in paragraphs (b) through (f) of this section.
    (b) For ore crushing and handling affected sources and finished 
pellet handling affected sources, you must demonstrate continuous 
compliance by meeting the requirements in paragraphs (b)(1) through (3) 
of this section.
    (1) The flow-weighted mean concentration of particulate matter for 
all ore crushing and handling emission units and for all finished pellet 
handling emission units must be maintained at or below the emission 
limits in Table 1 to this subpart.
    (2) You must conduct subsequent performance tests for emission units 
in the ore crushing and handling and finished pellet handling affected 
sources following the schedule in your title V permit. If a title V 
permit has not been issued, you must conduct subsequent performance 
tests according to a testing plan approved by the Administrator or 
delegated authority.
    (3) For emission units not selected for initial performance testing 
and defined within a group of similar emission units in accordance with 
Sec. 63.9620(e), you must calculate the daily average value of each 
operating parameter for the similar air pollution control device applied 
to each similar emission unit within a defined group using Equation 1 of 
this section.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR30OC03.004

Where:

Pk = Daily average operating parameter value for all emission 
          units within group ``k'';
Pi = Daily average parametric monitoring parameter value 
          corresponding to emission unit ``i'' within group ``k''; and
n = Total number of emission units within group, including emission 
          units that have been selected for performance tests and those 
          that have not been selected for performance tests.

    (c) For ore dryers and indurating furnaces, you must demonstrate 
continuous compliance by meeting the requirements in paragraphs (c)(1) 
and (2) of this section.
    (1) The flow-weighted mean concentration of particulate matter for 
all stacks from the ore dryer or indurating furnace must be maintained 
at or below the emission limits in Table 1 to this subpart.
    (2) For ore dryers, you must conduct subsequent performance tests 
following the schedule in your title V permit. For indurating furnaces, 
you must conduct subsequent performance tests following the schedule in 
your title V permit, but no less frequent than twice per 5-year permit 
term. If a title V permit has not been issued, you must conduct 
subsequent performance tests according to a testing plan approved by the 
Administrator or delegated authority.
    (d) For each baghouse applied to meet any particulate emission limit 
in Table 1 to this subpart, you must demonstrate continuous compliance 
by completing the requirements in paragraphs (d)(1) and (2) of this 
section.
    (1) Maintaining records of the time you initiated corrective action 
in the event of a bag leak detection system alarm, the corrective 
action(s) taken, and the date on which corrective action was completed.
    (2) Inspecting and maintaining each baghouse according to the 
requirements in Sec. 63.9631(a)(1) through (8) and recording all 
information needed to document conformance with these requirements. If 
you increase or decrease the sensitivity of the bag leak detection 
system beyond the limits specified in your site-specific monitoring 
plan, you must include a copy of the required written certification by a 
responsible official in the next semiannual compliance report.
    (e) Except as provided in paragraph (f) of this section, for each 
wet scrubber subject to the operating limits for pressure drop and 
scrubber water flow rate in Sec. 63.9590(b)(1), you must demonstrate 
continuous compliance by completing the requirements of paragraphs 
(e)(1) through (4) of this section.
    (1) Maintaining the daily average pressure drop and daily average 
scrubber water flow rate at or above the minimum levels established 
during the initial or subsequent performance test.
    (2) Operating and maintaining each wet scrubber CPMS according to

[[Page 89]]

Sec. 63.9632(b) and recording all information needed to document 
conformance with these requirements.
    (3) Collecting and reducing monitoring data for pressure drop and 
scrubber water flow rate according to Sec. 63.9632(c) and recording all 
information needed to document conformance with these requirements.
    (4) If the daily average pressure drop or daily average scrubber 
water flow rate is below the operating limits established for a 
corresponding emission unit or group of similar emission units, you must 
then follow the corrective action procedures in paragraph (j) of this 
section.
    (f) For each dynamic wet scrubber subject to the operating limits 
for scrubber water flow rate and either the fan amperage or pressure 
drop in Sec. 63.9590(b)(2), you must demonstrate continuous compliance 
by completing the requirements of paragraphs (f)(1) through (4) of this 
section.
    (1) Maintaining the daily average scrubber water flow rate and 
either the daily average fan amperage or the daily average pressure drop 
at or above the minimum levels established during the initial or 
subsequent performance test.
    (2) Operating and maintaining each dynamic wet scrubber CPMS 
according to Sec. 63.9632(b) and recording all information needed to 
document conformance with these requirements.
    (3) Collecting and reducing monitoring data for scrubber water flow 
rate and either fan amperage or pressure drop according to Sec. 
63.9632(c) and recording all information needed to document conformance 
with these requirements.
    (4) If the daily average scrubber water flow rate, daily average fan 
amperage, or daily average pressure drop is below the operating limits 
established for a corresponding emission unit or group of similar 
emission units, you must then follow the corrective action procedures in 
paragraph (j) of this section.
    (g) For each dry electrostatic precipitator subject to operating 
limits in Sec. 63.9590(b)(3), you must demonstrate continuous 
compliance by completing the requirements of paragraph (g)(1) or (2) of 
this section.
    (1) If the operating limit for your dry electrostatic precipitator 
is a 6-minute average opacity of emissions value, then you must follow 
the requirements in paragraphs (g)(1)(i) through (iii) of this section.
    (i) Maintaining the 6-minute average opacity of emissions at or 
below the maximum level established during the initial or subsequent 
performance test.
    (ii) Operating and maintaining each COMS and reducing the COMS data 
according to Sec. 63.9632(f).
    (iii) If the 6-minute average opacity of emissions is above the 
operating limits established for a corresponding emission unit, you must 
then follow the corrective action procedures in paragraph (j) of this 
section.
    (2) If the operating limit for your dry electrostatic precipitator 
is the daily average secondary voltage and daily average secondary 
current for each field, then you must follow the requirements in 
paragraphs (g)(2)(i) through (iv) of this section.
    (i) Maintaining the daily average secondary voltage or daily average 
secondary current for each field at or above the minimum levels 
established during the initial or subsequent performance test.
    (ii) Operating and maintaining each dry electrostatic precipitator 
CPMS according to Sec. 63.9632(b) and recording all information needed 
to document conformance with these requirements.
    (iii) Collecting and reducing monitoring data for secondary voltage 
or secondary current for each field according to Sec. 63.9632(c) and 
recording all information needed to document conformance with these 
requirements.
    (iv) If the daily average secondary voltage or daily average 
secondary current for each field is below the operating limits 
established for a corresponding emission unit, you must then follow the 
corrective action procedures in paragraph (j) of this section.
    (h) For each wet electrostatic precipitator subject to the operating 
limits for secondary voltage, stack outlet temperature, and water flow 
rate in Sec. 63.9590(b)(4), you must demonstrate continuous compliance 
by completing the requirements of paragraphs (h)(1) through (4) of this 
section.

[[Page 90]]

    (1) Maintaining the daily average secondary voltage, daily average 
secondary current, and daily average scrubber water flow rate for each 
field at or above the minimum levels established during the initial or 
subsequent performance test. Maintaining the daily average stack outlet 
temperature at or below the maximum levels established during the 
initial or subsequent performance test.
    (2) Operating and maintaining each wet electrostatic precipitator 
CPMS according to Sec. 63.9632(b) and recording all information needed 
to document conformance with these requirements.
    (3) Collecting and reducing monitoring data for secondary voltage, 
stack outlet temperature, and water flow rate according to Sec. 
63.9632(c) and recording all information needed to document conformance 
with these requirements.
    (4) If the daily average secondary voltage, stack outlet 
temperature, or water flow rate does not meet the operating limits 
established for a corresponding emission unit, you must then follow the 
corrective action procedures in paragraph (j) of this section.
    (i) If you use an air pollution control device other than a wet 
scrubber, dynamic wet scrubber, dry electrostatic precipitator, wet 
electrostatic precipitator, or baghouse, you must submit a site-specific 
monitoring plan in accordance with Sec. 63.9631(f). The site-specific 
monitoring plan must include the site-specific procedures for 
demonstrating initial and continuous compliance with the corresponding 
operating limits.
    (j) If the daily average operating parameter value for an emission 
unit or group of similar emission units does not meet the corresponding 
established operating limit, you must then follow the procedures in 
paragraphs (j)(1) through (4) of this section.
    (1) You must initiate and complete initial corrective action within 
10 calendar days and demonstrate that the initial corrective action was 
successful. During any period of corrective action, you must continue to 
monitor and record all required operating parameters for equipment that 
remains in operation. After 10 calendar days, measure and record the 
daily average operating parameter value for the emission unit or group 
of similar emission units on which corrective action was taken. After 
the initial corrective action, if the daily average operating parameter 
value for the emission unit or group of similar emission units meets the 
operating limit established for the corresponding unit or group, then 
the corrective action was successful and the emission unit or group of 
similar emission units is in compliance with the established operating 
limits.
    (2) If the initial corrective action required in paragraph (j)(1) of 
this section was not successful, then you must complete additional 
corrective action within 10 calendar days and demonstrate that the 
subsequent corrective action was successful. During any period of 
corrective action, you must continue to monitor and record all required 
operating parameters for equipment that remains in operation. After the 
second set of 10 calendar days allowed to implement corrective action, 
you must again measure and record the daily average operating parameter 
value for the emission unit or group of similar emission units. If the 
daily average operating parameter value for the emission unit or group 
of similar emission units meets the operating limit established for the 
corresponding unit or group, then the corrective action was successful 
and the emission unit or group of similar emission units is in 
compliance with the established operating limits.
    (3) If the second attempt at corrective action required in paragraph 
(j)(2) of this section was not successful, then you must repeat the 
procedures of paragraph (j)(2) of this section until the corrective 
action is successful. If the third attempt at corrective action is 
unsuccessful, you must conduct another performance test in accordance 
with the procedures in Sec. 63.9622(f) and report to the Administrator 
as a deviation the third unsuccessful attempt at corrective action.
    (4) After the third unsuccessful attempt at corrective action, you 
must submit to the Administrator the written report required in 
paragraph (j)(3) of this section within 5 calendar days after the third 
unsuccessful attempt at corrective action. This report must notify the 
Administrator that a deviation

[[Page 91]]

has occurred and document the types of corrective measures taken to 
address the problem that resulted in the deviation of established 
operating parameters and the resulting operating limits.



Sec. 63.9635  How do I demonstrate continuous compliance with the
work practice standards that apply to me?

    (a) You must demonstrate continuous compliance with the work 
practice standard requirements in Sec. 63.9591 by operating in 
accordance with your fugitive dust emissions control plan at all times.
    (b) You must maintain a current copy of the fugitive dust emissions 
control plan required in Sec. 63.9591 onsite and it must be available 
for inspection upon request. You must keep the plan for the life of the 
affected source or until the affected source is no longer subject to the 
requirements of this subpart.



Sec. 63.9636  How do I demonstrate continuous compliance with the 
operation and maintenance requirements that apply to me?

    (a) For each control device subject to an operating limit in Sec. 
63.9590(b), you must demonstrate continuous compliance with the 
operation and maintenance requirements in Sec. 63.9600(b) by completing 
the requirements of paragraphs (a)(1) through (4) of this section.
    (1) Performing preventative maintenance for each control device in 
accordance with Sec. 63.9600(b)(1) and recording all information needed 
to document conformance with these requirements;
    (2) Initiating and completing corrective action for a bag leak 
detection system alarm in accordance with Sec. 63.9600(b)(2) and 
recording all information needed to document conformance with these 
requirements;
    (3) Initiating and completing corrective action for a CPMS when you 
exceed an established operating limit for an air pollution control 
device except for a baghouse in accordance with Sec. 63.9600(b)(3) and 
recording all information needed to document conformance with these 
requirements; and
    (4) Implementing and maintaining site-specific good combustion 
practices for each indurating furnace in accordance with Sec. 
63.9600(b)(4) and recording all information needed to document 
conformance with these requirements.
    (b) You must maintain a current copy of the operation and 
maintenance plan required in Sec. 63.9600(b) onsite, and it must be 
available for inspection upon request. You must keep the plan for the 
life of the affected source or until the affected source is no longer 
subject to the requirements of this subpart.



Sec. 63.9637  What other requirements must I meet to demonstrate
continuous compliance?

    (a) Deviations. You must report each instance in which you did not 
meet each emission limitation in Table 1 to this subpart that applies to 
you. This includes periods of startup, shutdown, and malfunction in 
accordance with paragraph (b) of this section. You also must report each 
instance in which you did not meet the work practice standards in Sec. 
63.9591 and each instance in which you did not meet each operation and 
maintenance requirement in Sec. 63.9600 that applies to you. These 
instances are deviations from the emission limitations, work practice 
standards, and operation and maintenance requirements in this subpart. 
These deviations must be reported in accordance with the requirements in 
Sec. 63.9641.
    (b) Startups, shutdowns, and malfunctions. (1) Consistent with 
Sec. Sec. 63.6(e) and 63.7(e)(1), deviations that occur during a period 
of startup, shutdown, or malfunction are not violations if you 
demonstrate to the Administrator's satisfaction that you were operating 
in accordance with Sec. 63.6(e)(1).
    (2) The Administrator will determine whether deviations that occur 
during a period of startup, shutdown, or malfunction are violations, 
according to the provisions in Sec. 63.6(e).

[68 FR 61888, Oct. 30, 2003, as amended at 71 FR 20471, Apr. 20, 2006]

                   Notifications, Reports, and Records



Sec. 63.9640  What notifications must I submit and when?

    (a) You must submit all of the notifications in Sec. Sec. 63.7(b) 
and (c), 63.8(f)(4),

[[Page 92]]

and 63.9(b) through (h) that apply to you by the specified dates.
    (b) As specified in Sec. 63.9(b)(2), if you start up your affected 
source before October 30, 2003, you must submit your initial 
notification no later than 120 calendar days after October 30, 2003.
    (c) As specified in Sec. 63.9(b)(3), if you start up your new 
affected source on or after October 30, 2003, you must submit your 
initial notification no later than 120 calendar days after you become 
subject to this subpart.
    (d) If you are required to conduct a performance test, you must 
submit a notification of intent to conduct a performance test at least 
60 calendar days before the performance test is scheduled to begin, as 
required in Sec. 63.7(b)(1).
    (e) If you are required to conduct a performance test or other 
initial compliance demonstration, you must submit a notification of 
compliance status according to Sec. 63.9(h)(2)(ii). The initial 
notification of compliance status must be submitted by the dates 
specified in paragraphs (e)(1) and (2) of this section.
    (1) For each initial compliance demonstration that does not include 
a performance test, you must submit the notification of compliance 
status before the close of business on the 30th calendar day following 
completion of the initial compliance demonstration.
    (2) For each initial compliance demonstration that does include a 
performance test, you must submit the notification of compliance status, 
including the performance test results, before the close of business on 
the 60th calendar day following the completion of the performance test 
according to Sec. 63.10(d)(2).



Sec. 63.9641  What reports must I submit and when?

    (a) Compliance report due dates. Unless the Administrator has 
approved a different schedule, you must submit a semiannual compliance 
report to your permitting authority according to the requirements in 
paragraphs (a)(1) through (5) of this section.
    (1) The first compliance report must cover the period beginning on 
the compliance date that is specified for your affected source in Sec. 
63.9583 and ending on June 30 or December 31, whichever date comes first 
after the compliance date that is specified for your source in Sec. 
63.9583.
    (2) The first compliance report must be postmarked or delivered no 
later than July 31 or January 31, whichever date comes first after your 
first compliance report is due.
    (3) Each subsequent compliance report must cover the semiannual 
reporting period from January 1 through June 30 or the semiannual 
reporting period from July 1 through December 31.
    (4) Each subsequent compliance report must be postmarked or 
delivered no later than July 31 or January 31, whichever date comes 
first after the end of the semiannual reporting period.
    (5) For each affected source that is subject to permitting 
regulations pursuant to 40 CFR part 70 or 40 CFR part 71, and if the 
permitting authority has established dates for submitting semiannual 
reports pursuant to 40 CFR 70.6(a)(3)(iii)(A) or 40 CFR 
71.6(a)(3)(iii)(A), you may submit the first and subsequent compliance 
reports according to the dates the permitting authority has established 
instead of according to the dates in paragraphs (a)(1) through (4) of 
this section.
    (b) Compliance report contents. Each compliance report must include 
the information in paragraphs (b)(1) through (3) of this section and, as 
applicable, in paragraphs (b)(4) through (8) of this section.
    (1) Company name and address.
    (2) Statement by a responsible official, with the official's name, 
title, and signature, certifying the truth, accuracy, and completeness 
of the content of the report.
    (3) Date of report and beginning and ending dates of the reporting 
period.
    (4) If you had a startup, shutdown, or malfunction during the 
reporting period and you took actions consistent with your startup, 
shutdown, and malfunction plan, the compliance report must include the 
information in Sec. 63.10(d)(5)(i).
    (5) If there were no deviations from the continuous compliance 
requirements in Sec. Sec. 63.9634 through 63.9636 that apply to you, 
then provide a statement that there were no deviations from the emission 
limitations, work practice

[[Page 93]]

standards, or operation and maintenance requirements during the 
reporting period.
    (6) If there were no periods during which a continuous monitoring 
system (including a CPMS or COMS) was out-of-control as specified in 
Sec. 63.8(c)(7), then provide a statement that there were no periods 
during which a continuous monitoring system was out-of-control during 
the reporting period.
    (7) For each deviation from an emission limitation in Table 1 to 
this subpart that occurs at an affected source where you are not using a 
continuous monitoring system (including a CPMS or COMS) to comply with 
an emission limitation in this subpart, the compliance report must 
contain the information in paragraphs (b)(1) through (4) of this section 
and the information in paragraphs (b)(7)(i) and (ii) of this section. 
This includes periods of startup, shutdown, and malfunction.
    (i) The total operating time of each affected source during the 
reporting period.
    (ii) Information on the number, duration, and cause of deviations 
(including unknown cause) as applicable, and the corrective action 
taken.
    (8) For each deviation from an emission limitation occurring at an 
affected source where you are using a continuous monitoring system 
(including a CPMS or COMS) to comply with the emission limitation in 
this subpart, you must include the information in paragraphs (b)(1) 
through (4) of this section and the information in paragraphs (b)(8)(i) 
through (xi) of this section. This includes periods of startup, 
shutdown, and malfunction.
    (i) The date and time that each malfunction started and stopped.
    (ii) The date and time that each continuous monitoring system was 
inoperative, except for zero (low-level) and high-level checks.
    (iii) The date, time, and duration that each continuous monitoring 
system was out-of-control, including the information in Sec. 
63.8(c)(8).
    (iv) The date and time that each deviation started and stopped, and 
whether each deviation occurred during a period of startup, shutdown, or 
malfunction or during another period.
    (v) A summary of the total duration of the deviation during the 
reporting period and the total duration as a percent of the total source 
operating time during that reporting period.
    (vi) A breakdown of the total duration of the deviations during the 
reporting period including those that are due to startup, shutdown, 
control equipment problems, process problems, other known causes, and 
other unknown causes.
    (vii) A summary of the total duration of continuous monitoring 
system downtime during the reporting period and the total duration of 
continuous monitoring system downtime as a percent of the total source 
operating time during the reporting period.
    (viii) A brief description of the process units.
    (ix) A brief description of the continuous monitoring system.
    (x) The date of the latest continuous monitoring system 
certification or audit.
    (xi) A description of any changes in continuous monitoring systems, 
processes, or controls since the last reporting period.
    (c) Immediate startup, shutdown, and malfunction report. If you had 
a startup, shutdown, or malfunction during the semiannual reporting 
period that was not consistent with your startup, shutdown, and 
malfunction plan, you must submit an immediate startup, shutdown, and 
malfunction report according to the requirements in Sec. 
63.10(d)(5)(ii).
    (d) Part 70 monitoring report. If you have obtained a title V 
operating permit for an affected source pursuant to 40 CFR part 70 or 40 
CFR part 71, you must report all deviations as defined in this subpart 
in the semiannual monitoring report required by 40 CFR 
70.6(a)(3)(iii)(A) or 40 CFR 71.6(a)(3)(iii)(A). If you submit a 
compliance report for an affected source along with, or as part of, the 
semiannual monitoring report required by 40 CFR 70.6(a)(3)(iii)(A) or 40 
CFR 71.6(a)(3)(iii)(A), and the compliance report includes all the 
required information concerning deviations from any emission limitation 
or operation and

[[Page 94]]

maintenance requirement in this subpart, submission of the compliance 
report satisfies any obligation to report the same deviations in the 
semiannual monitoring report. However, submission of a compliance report 
does not otherwise affect any obligation you may have to report 
deviations from permit requirements for an affected source to your 
permitting authority.
    (e) Immediate corrective action report. If you had three 
unsuccessful attempts of applying corrective action as described in 
Sec. 63.9634(j) on an emission unit or group of emission units, then 
you must submit an immediate corrective action report. Within 5 calendar 
days after the third unsuccessful attempt at corrective action, you must 
submit to the Administrator a written report in accordance with Sec. 
63.9634(j)(3) and (4). This report must notify the Administrator that a 
deviation has occurred and document the types of corrective measures 
taken to address the problem that resulted in the deviation of 
established operating parameters and the resulting operating limits.



Sec. 63.9642  What records must I keep?

    (a) You must keep the records listed in paragraphs (a)(1) through 
(3) of this section.
    (1) A copy of each notification and report that you submitted to 
comply with this subpart, including all documentation supporting any 
initial notification or notification of compliance status that you 
submitted, according to the requirements in Sec. 63.10(b)(2)(xiv).
    (2) The records in Sec. 63.6(e)(3)(iii) through (v) related to 
startup, shutdown, and malfunction.
    (3) Records of performance tests and performance evaluations as 
required in Sec. 63.10(b)(2)(viii).
    (b) For each COMS, you must keep the records specified in paragraphs 
(b)(1) through (4) of this section.
    (1) Records described in Sec. 63.10(b)(2)(vi) through (xi).
    (2) Monitoring data for COMS during a performance evaluation as 
required in Sec. 63.6(h)(7)(i) and (ii).
    (3) Previous (that is, superceded) versions of the performance 
evaluation plan as required in Sec. 63.8(d)(3).
    (4) Records of the date and time that each deviation started and 
stopped, and whether the deviation occurred during a period of startup, 
shutdown, or malfunction or during another period.
    (c) You must keep the records required in Sec. Sec. 63.9634 through 
63.9636 to show continuous compliance with each emission limitation, 
work practice standard, and operation and maintenance requirement that 
applies to you.



Sec. 63.9643  In what form and how long must I keep my records?

    (a) Your records must be in a form suitable and readily available 
for expeditious review, according to Sec. 63.10(b)(1).
    (b) As specified in Sec. 63.10(b)(1), you must keep each record for 
5 years following the date of each occurrence, measurement, maintenance, 
corrective action, report, or record.
    (c) You must keep each record on site for at least 2 years after the 
date of each occurrence, measurement, maintenance, corrective action, 
report, or record according to Sec. 63.10(b)(1). You can keep the 
records offsite for the remaining 3 years.

                   Other Requirements and Information



Sec. 63.9650  What parts of the General Provisions apply to me?

    Table 2 to this subpart shows which parts of the General Provisions 
in Sec. Sec. 63.1 through 63.15 apply to you.



Sec. 63.9651  Who implements and enforces this subpart?

    (a) This subpart can be implemented and enforced by us, the EPA, or 
a delegated authority such as your State, local, or tribal agency. If 
the EPA Administrator has delegated authority to your State, local, or 
tribal agency, then that agency has the authority to implement and 
enforce this subpart. You should contact your EPA Regional Office to 
find out if this subpart is delegated to your State, local, or tribal 
agency.
    (b) In delegating implementation and enforcement authority of this 
subpart to a State, local, or tribal agency under subpart E of this 
part, the authorities contained in paragraph (c) of

[[Page 95]]

this section are retained by the Administrator of the EPA and are not 
transferred to the State, local, or tribal agency.
    (c) The authorities that will not be delegated to State, local, or 
tribal agencies are specified in paragraphs (c)(1) through (4) of this 
section.
    (1) Approval of non-opacity emission limitations and work practice 
standards under Sec. 63.6(h)(9) and as defined in Sec. 63.90.
    (2) Approval of major alternatives to test methods under Sec. 
63.7(e)(2)(ii) and (f) and as defined in Sec. 63.90.
    (3) Approval of major alternatives to monitoring under Sec. 63.8(f) 
and as defined in Sec. 63.90.
    (4) Approval of major alternatives to recordkeeping and reporting 
under Sec. 63.10(f) and as defined in Sec. 63.90.



Sec. 63.9652  What definitions apply to this subpart?

    Terms used in this subpart are defined in the Clean Air Act, in 
Sec. 63.2, and in this section as follows.
    Affected source means each new or existing ore crushing and handling 
operation, ore dryer, indurating furnace, or finished pellet handling 
operation, at your taconite iron ore processing plant.
    Bag leak detection system means a system that is capable of 
continuously monitoring relative particulate matter (dust) loadings in 
the exhaust of a baghouse to detect bag leaks and other upset 
conditions. A bag leak detection system includes, but is not limited to, 
an instrument that operates on triboelectric, light scattering, light 
transmittance, or other effect to continuously monitor relative 
particulate matter loadings.
    Conveyor belt transfer point means a point in the conveying 
operation where the taconite ore or taconite pellets are transferred to 
or from a conveyor belt, except where the taconite ore or taconite 
pellets are being transferred to a bin or stockpile.
    Crusher means a machine used to crush taconite ore and includes 
feeders or conveyors located immediately below the crushing surfaces. 
Crushers include, but are not limited to, gyratory crushers and cone 
crushers.
    Deviation means any instance in which an affected source subject to 
this subpart, or an owner or operator of such a source:
    (1) Fails to meet any requirement or obligation established by this 
subpart, including but not limited to any emission limitation (including 
operating limits) or operation and maintenance requirement;
    (2) Fails to meet any term or condition that is adopted to implement 
an applicable requirement in this subpart and that is included in the 
operating permit for any affected source required to obtain such a 
permit; or
    (3) Fails to meet any emission limitation in this subpart during 
startup, shutdown, or malfunction, regardless of whether or not such 
failure is permitted by this subpart.
    Dynamic wet scrubber means an air emissions control device which 
utilizes a mechanically powered fan to cause contact between the process 
exhaust gas stream and the scrubbing liquid which are introduced 
concurrently into the fan inlet.
    Emission limitation means any emission limit, opacity limit, or 
operating limit.
    Finished pellet handling means the transfer of fired taconite 
pellets from the indurating furnace to the finished pellet stockpiles at 
the plant. Finished pellet handling includes, but is not limited to, 
furnace discharge or grate discharge, and finished pellet screening, 
transfer, and storage. The atmospheric pellet cooler vent stack and 
gravity conveyor gallery vents designed to remove heat and water vapor 
from the structure are not included as a part of the finished pellet 
handling affected source.
    Fugitive dust emission source means a stationary source from which 
particles are discharged to the atmosphere due to wind or mechanical 
inducement such as vehicle traffic. Fugitive dust sources include, but 
are not limited to:
    (1) Stockpiles (includes, but is not limited to, stockpiles of 
uncrushed ore, crushed ore, or finished pellets);
    (2) Material transfer points;
    (3) Plant roadways;
    (4) Tailings basins;
    (5) Pellet loading areas; and
    (6) Yard areas.

[[Page 96]]

    Grate feed means the transfer of unfired taconite pellets from the 
pelletizer into the indurating furnace.
    Grate kiln indurating furnace means a furnace system that consists 
of a traveling grate, a rotary kiln, and an annular cooler. The grate 
kiln indurating furnace begins at the point where the grate feed 
conveyor discharges the green balls onto the furnace traveling grate and 
ends where the hardened pellets exit the cooler. The atmospheric pellet 
cooler vent stack is not included as part of the grate kiln indurating 
furnace.
    Indurating means the process whereby unfired taconite pellets, 
called green balls, are hardened at high temperature in an indurating 
furnace. Types of indurating furnaces include straight grate indurating 
furnaces and grate kiln indurating furnaces.
    Ore crushing and handling means the process whereby dry taconite ore 
is crushed and screened. Ore crushing and handling includes, but is not 
limited to, all dry crushing operations (e.g., primary, secondary, and 
tertiary crushing), dry ore conveyance and transfer points, dry ore 
classification and screening, dry ore storage and stockpiling, dry 
milling, dry cobbing (i.e., dry magnetic separation), and the grate 
feed. Ore crushing and handling specifically excludes any operations 
where the dry crushed ore is saturated with water, such as wet milling 
and wet magnetic separation.
    Ore dryer means a rotary dryer that repeatedly tumbles wet taconite 
ore concentrate through a heated air stream to reduce the amount of 
entrained moisture in the taconite ore concentrate.
    Pellet cooler vent stacks means atmospheric vents in the cooler 
section of the grate kiln indurating furnace that exhaust cooling air 
that is not returned for recuperation. Pellet cooler vent stacks are not 
to be confused with the cooler discharge stack, which is in the pellet 
loadout or dumping area.
    Pellet loading area means that portion of a taconite iron ore 
processing plant where taconite pellets are loaded into trucks or 
railcars.
    Responsible official means responsible official as defined in Sec. 
63.2.
    Rod-deck venturi scrubber means a wet scrubber emission control 
device in which the inlet air flows through a bed of parallel metal 
pipes spaced apart to produce a series of parallel venturi throats.
    Screen means a device for separating material according to size by 
passing undersize material through one or more mesh surfaces (screens) 
in series and retaining oversize material on the mesh surfaces 
(screens).
    Storage bin means a facility for storage (including surge bins and 
hoppers) of taconite ore or taconite pellets prior to further processing 
or loading.
    Straight grate indurating furnace means a furnace system that 
consists of a traveling grate that carries the taconite pellets through 
different furnace temperature zones. In the straight grate indurating 
furnace a layer of fired pellets, called the hearth layer, is placed on 
the traveling grate prior to the addition of unfired pellets. The 
straight grate indurating furnace begins at the point where the grate 
feed conveyor discharges the green balls onto the furnace traveling 
grate and ends where the hardened pellets drop off of the traveling 
grate.
    Taconite iron ore processing means the separation and concentration 
of iron ore from taconite, a low-grade iron ore, to produce taconite 
pellets.
    Taconite ore means a low-grade iron ore suitable for concentration 
of magnetite or hematite by fine grinding and magnetic or flotation 
treatment, from which pellets containing iron can be produced.
    Tailings basin means a natural or artificial impoundment in which 
gangue or other refuse material resulting from the washing, 
concentration or treatment of ground taconite iron ore is confined.
    Wet grinding and milling means the process whereby wet taconite ore 
is finely ground using rod and/or ball mills.

[[Page 97]]



        Sec. Table 1 to Subpart RRRRR of Part 63--Emission Limits

    As required in Sec. 63.9590(a), you must comply with each 
applicable emission limit in the following table:

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                   then you must comply with the
                                                                                         flow-weighted mean
                                                                                    concentration of particulate
                                                                                      matter discharged to the
   If your affected source is . . .     and the affected source is categorized as   atmosphere from the affected
                                                          . . .                     source, as determined using
                                                                                       the procedures in Sec.
                                                                                     63.9621(b), such that you
                                                                                       must not exceed . . .
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Ore crushing and handling emission  Existing..................................  0.008 grains per dry standard
 units.                                                                             cubic foot (gr/dscf).
                                       New.......................................  0.005 gr/dscf.
2. Straight grate indurating furnace   Existing..................................  0.01 gr/dscf.
 processing magnetite.                 New.......................................  0.006 gr/dscf.
3. Grate kiln indurating furnace       Existing..................................  0.01 gr/dscf.
 processing magnetite.                 New.......................................  0.006 gr/dscf.
4. Grate kiln indurating furnace       Existing..................................  0.03 gr/dscf.
 processing hematite.                  New.......................................  0.018 gr/dscf.
5. Finished pellet handling emission   Existing..................................  0.008 gr/dscf.
 units.                                New.......................................  0.005 gr/dscf.
6. Ore dryer.........................  Existing..................................  0.052 gr/dscf.
                                       New.......................................  0.025 gr/dscf.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



   Sec. Table 2 to Subpart RRRRR of Part 63--Applicability of General 
                 Provisions to Subpart RRRRR of Part 63

    As required in Sec. 63.9650, you must comply with the requirements 
of the NESHAP General Provisions (40 CFR part 63, subpart A) shown in 
the following table:

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
             Citation                       Subject            Applies to Subpart RRRRR         Explanation
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sec. 63.1.......................  Applicability.........  Yes.
Sec. 63.2.......................  Definitions...........  Yes.
Sec. 63.3.......................  Units and               Yes.
                                     Abbreviations.
Sec. 63.4.......................  Prohibited Activities.  Yes.
Sec. 63.5.......................  Construction/           Yes.
                                     Reconstruction.
Sec. 63.6(a)-(g)................  Compliance With         Yes.
                                     Standards and
                                     Maintenance
                                     Requirements.
Sec. 63.6(h)....................  Compliance With         No...........................  Subpart RRRRR does
                                     Opacity and Visible                                    not contain opacity
                                     Emission (VE)                                          and VE standards.
                                     Standards.
Sec. 63.6(i), (j)...............  Extension of            Yes.
                                     Compliance and
                                     Presidential
                                     Compliance Extension.
Sec. 63.7(a)(1)-(2).............  Applicability and       No...........................  Subpart RRRRR
                                     Performance Test                                       specifies
                                     Dates.                                                 performance test
                                                                                            applicability and
                                                                                            dates.
Sec. 63.7(a)(3), (b)-(h)........  Performance Testing     Yes.
                                     Requirements.
Sec. 63.8(a)(1)-(a)(3), (b),      Monitoring              Yes..........................  Continuous monitoring
 (c)(1)-(3), (c)(5)-(8), (d), (e),   Requirements.                                          system (CMS)
 (f)(1)-(5), (g)(1)-(4).                                                                    requirements in Sec.
                                                                                              63.8(c)(5) and (6)
                                                                                            apply only to COMS
                                                                                            for dry
                                                                                            electrostatic
                                                                                            precipitators.
Sec. 63.8(a)(4).................  Additional Monitoring   No...........................  Subpart RRRRR does
                                     Requirements for                                       not require flares.
                                     Control Devices in
                                     Sec. 63.11.
Sec. 63.8(c)(4).................  Continuous Monitoring   No...........................  Subpart RRRRR
                                     System Requirements.                                   specifies
                                                                                            requirements for
                                                                                            operation of CMS.
Sec. 63.8(f)(6).................  Relative Accuracy Test  No...........................  Subpart RRRRR does
                                     Alternative (RATA).                                    not require
                                                                                            continuous emission
                                                                                            monitoring systems.
Sec. 63.8(g)(5).................  Data Reduction........  No...........................  Subpart RRRRR
                                                                                            specifies data
                                                                                            reduction
                                                                                            requirements.
Sec. 63.9.......................  Notification            Yes..........................  Additional
                                     Requirements.                                          notifications for
                                                                                            CMS in Sec.
                                                                                            63.9(g) apply to
                                                                                            COMS for dry
                                                                                            electrostatic
                                                                                            precipitators.

[[Page 98]]

 
Sec. 63.10(a), (b)(1)-(2)(xii),   Recordkeeping and       Yes..........................  Additional records
 (b)(2)(xiv), (b)(3), (c)(1)-(6),    Reporting                                              for CMS in Sec.
 (c)(9)-(15), (d)(1)-(2), (d)(4)-    Requirements.                                          63.10(c)(1)-(6), (9)-
 (5), (e), (f).                                                                             (15), and reports in
                                                                                            Sec. 63.10(d)(1)-
                                                                                            (2) apply only to
                                                                                            COMS for dry
                                                                                            electrostatic
                                                                                            precipitators.
Sec. 63.10(b)(2)(xiii)..........  CMS Records for RATA    No...........................  Subpart RRRRR doesn't
                                     Alternative.                                           require continuous
                                                                                            emission monitoring
                                                                                            systems.
Sec. 63.10(c)(7)-(8)............  Records of Excess       No...........................  Subpart RRRRR
                                     Emissions and                                          specifies record
                                     Parameter Monitoring                                   requirements.
                                     Exceedances for CMS.
Sec. 63.10(d)(3)................  Reporting opacity or    No...........................  Subpart RRRRR does
                                     VE observations.                                       not have opacity and
                                                                                            VE standards.
Sec. 63.11......................  Control Device          No...........................  Subpart RRRRR does
                                     Requirements.                                          not require flares.
Sec. 63.12......................  State Authority and     Yes.
                                     Delegations.
Sec. 63.13-Sec. 63.15.........  Addresses,              Yes.
                                     Incorporation by
                                     Reference,
                                     Availability of
                                     Information.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



 Subpart SSSSS_National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants 
                  for Refractory Products Manufacturing

    Source: 68 FR 18747, Apr. 16, 2003, unless otherwise noted.

                        What This Subpart Covers



Sec. 63.9780  What is the purpose of this subpart?

    This subpart establishes national emission standards for hazardous 
air pollutants (NESHAP) for refractory products manufacturing 
facilities. This subpart also establishes requirements to demonstrate 
initial and continuous compliance with the emission limitations.



Sec. 63.9782  Am I subject to this subpart?

    You are subject to this subpart if you own or operate a refractory 
products manufacturing facility that is, is located at, or is part of, a 
major source of hazardous air pollutant (HAP) emissions according to the 
criteria in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section.
    (a) A refractory products manufacturing facility is a plant site 
that manufactures refractory products (refractory bricks, refractory 
shapes, monolithics, kiln furniture, crucibles, and other materials used 
for lining furnaces and other high temperature process units), as 
defined in Sec. 63.9824. Refractory products manufacturing facilities 
typically process raw material by crushing, grinding, and screening; 
mixing the processed raw materials with binders and other additives; 
forming the refractory mix into shapes; and drying and firing the 
shapes.
    (b) A major source of HAP is a plant site that emits or has the 
potential to emit any single HAP at a rate of 9.07 megagrams (10 tons) 
or more per year or any combination of HAP at a rate of 22.68 megagrams 
(25 tons) or more per year.



Sec. 63.9784  What parts of my plant does this subpart cover?

    (a) This subpart applies to each new, reconstructed, or existing 
affected source at a refractory products manufacturing facility.
    (b) The existing affected sources are shape dryers, curing ovens, 
and kilns that are used to manufacture refractory products that use 
organic HAP; shape preheaters, pitch working tanks, defumers, and coking 
ovens that are used to produce pitch-impregnated refractory products; 
kilns that are used to manufacture chromium refractory products; and 
kilns that are used to manufacture clay refractory products.
    (c) The new or reconstructed affected sources are shape dryers, 
curing ovens, and kilns that are used to manufacture refractory products 
that use organic HAP; shape preheaters, pitch working tanks, defumers, 
and coking ovens used to produce pitch-impregnated refractory products; 
kilns that are used to

[[Page 99]]

manufacture chromium refractory products; and kilns that are used to 
manufacture clay refractory products.
    (d) Shape dryers, curing ovens, kilns, coking ovens, defumers, shape 
preheaters, and pitch working tanks that are research and development 
(R&D) process units are not subject to the requirements of this subpart. 
(See definition of research and development process unit in Sec. 
63.9824).
    (e) A source is a new affected source if you began construction of 
the affected source after June 20, 2002, and you met the applicability 
criteria at the time you began construction.
    (f) An affected source is reconstructed if you meet the criteria as 
defined in Sec. 63.2.
    (g) An affected source is existing if it is not new or 
reconstructed.



Sec. 63.9786  When do I have to comply with this subpart?

    (a) If you have a new or reconstructed affected source, you must 
comply with this subpart according to paragraphs (a)(1) and (2) of this 
section.
    (1) If the initial startup of your affected source is before April 
16, 2003, then you must comply with the emission limitations for new and 
reconstructed sources in this subpart no later than April 16, 2003.
    (2) If the initial startup of your affected source is after April 
16, 2003, then you must comply with the emission limitations for new and 
reconstructed sources in this subpart upon initial startup of your 
affected source.
    (b) If you have an existing affected source, you must comply with 
the emission limitations for existing sources no later than April 17, 
2006.
    (c) You must be in compliance with this subpart when you conduct a 
performance test on an affected source.
    (d) If you have an existing area source that increases its emissions 
or its potential to emit such that it becomes a major source of HAP, you 
must be in compliance with this subpart according to paragraphs (d)(1) 
and (2) of this section.
    (1) Any portion of the existing facility that is a new affected 
source or a new reconstructed source must be in compliance with this 
subpart upon startup.
    (2) All other parts of the existing facility must be in compliance 
with this subpart by 3 years after the date the area source becomes a 
major source.
    (e) If you have a new area source (i.e., an area source for which 
construction or reconstruction was commenced after June 20, 2002) that 
increases its emissions or its potential to emit such that it becomes a 
major source of HAP, you must be in compliance with this subpart upon 
initial startup of your affected source as a major source.
    (f) You must meet the notification requirements in Sec. 63.9812 
according to the schedule in Sec. 63.9812 and in 40 CFR part 63, 
subpart A. Some of the notifications must be submitted before you are 
required to comply with the emission limitations in this subpart.

            Emission Limitations and Work Practice Standards



Sec. 63.9788  What emission limits, operating limits, and work 
practice standards must I meet?

    (a) You must meet each emission limit in Table 1 to this subpart 
that applies to you.
    (b) You must meet each operating limit in Table 2 to this subpart 
that applies to you.
    (c) You must meet each work practice standard in Table 3 to this 
subpart that applies to you.



Sec. 63.9790  What are my options for meeting the emission limits?

    To meet the emission limits in Table 1 to this subpart, you must use 
one or both of the options listed in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this 
section.
    (a) Emissions control system. Use an emissions capture and 
collection system and an add-on air pollution control device (APCD) and 
demonstrate that the resulting emissions or emissions reductions meet 
the applicable emission limits in Table 1 to this subpart, and 
demonstrate that the capture and collection system and APCD meet the 
applicable operating limits in Table 2 to this subpart.
    (b) Process changes. Use raw materials that have little or no 
potential to emit HAP during the refractory products manufacturing 
process or implement manufacturing process changes and

[[Page 100]]

demonstrate that the resulting emissions or emissions reductions meet 
the applicable emission limits in Table 1 to this subpart without an 
add-on APCD.

                     General Compliance Requirements



Sec. 63.9792  What are my general requirements for complying with
this subpart?

    (a) You must be in compliance with the emission limitations 
(including operating limits and work practice standards) in this subpart 
at all times, except during periods specified in paragraphs (a)(1) and 
(2) of this section.
    (1) Periods of startup, shutdown, and malfunction.
    (2) Periods of scheduled maintenance on a control device that is 
used on an affected continuous kiln, as specified in paragraph (e) of 
this section.
    (b) Except as specified in paragraph (e) of this section, you must 
always operate and maintain your affected source, including air 
pollution control and monitoring equipment, according to the provisions 
in Sec. 63.6(e)(1)(i). During the period between the compliance date 
specified for your affected source in Sec. 63.9786 and the date upon 
which continuous monitoring systems have been installed and validated 
and any applicable operating limits have been established, you must 
maintain a log detailing the operation and maintenance of the process 
and emissions control equipment.
    (c) You must develop a written startup, shutdown, and malfunction 
plan (SSMP) according to the provisions in Sec. 63.6(e)(3).
    (d) You must prepare and implement a written operation, maintenance, 
and monitoring (OM&M) plan according to the requirements in Sec. 
63.9794.
    (e) If you own or operate an affected continuous kiln and must 
perform scheduled maintenance on the control device for that kiln, you 
may bypass the kiln control device and continue operating the kiln upon 
approval by the Administrator, provided you satisfy the conditions 
listed in paragraphs (e)(1) through (3) of this section.
    (1) You must request approval from the Administrator to bypass the 
control device while the scheduled maintenance is performed. You must 
submit a separate request each time you plan to bypass the control 
device, and your request must include the information specified in 
paragraphs (e)(1)(i) through (vi) of this section.
    (i) Reason for the scheduled maintenance.
    (ii) Explanation for why the maintenance cannot be performed when 
the kiln is shut down.
    (iii) Detailed description of the maintenance activities.
    (iv) Time required to complete the maintenance.
    (v) How you will minimize HAP emissions from the kiln during the 
period when the control device is out of service.
    (vi) How you will minimize the time when the kiln is operating and 
the control device is out of service for scheduled maintenance.
    (2) You must minimize HAP emissions during the period when the kiln 
is operating and the control device is out of service.
    (3) You must minimize the time period during which the kiln is 
operating and the control device is out of service.
    (f) You must be in compliance with the provisions of subpart A of 
this part, except as noted in Table 11 to this subpart.

[68 FR 18747, Apr. 16, 2003, as amended at 71 FR 20471, Apr. 20, 2006]



Sec. 63.9794  What do I need to know about operation, maintenance,
and monitoring plans?

    (a) For each continuous parameter monitoring system (CPMS) required 
by this subpart, you must develop, implement, make available for 
inspection, and revise, as necessary, an OM&M plan that includes the 
information in paragraphs (a)(1) through (13) of this section.
    (1) A list and identification of each process and add-on APCD that 
is required by this subpart to be monitored, the type of monitoring 
device that will be used, and the operating parameters that will be 
monitored.
    (2) Specifications for the sensor, signal analyzer, and data 
collection system.
    (3) A monitoring schedule that specifies the frequency that the 
parameter values will be determined and recorded.

[[Page 101]]

    (4) The operating limits for each parameter that represent 
continuous compliance with the emission limitations in Sec. 63.9788, 
based on values of the monitored parameters recorded during performance 
tests.
    (5) Procedures for installing the CPMS at a measurement location 
relative to each process unit or APCD such that measurement is 
representative of control of emissions.
    (6) Procedures for the proper operation and routine and long-term 
maintenance of each process unit and APCD, including a maintenance and 
inspection schedule that is consistent with the manufacturer's 
recommendations.
    (7) Procedures for the proper operation and maintenance of 
monitoring equipment consistent with the requirements in Sec. Sec. 
63.8(c)(1), (3), (4)(ii), (7), and (8), and 63.9804.
    (8) Ongoing data quality assurance procedures in accordance with the 
general requirements of Sec. 63.8(d).
    (9) Procedures for evaluating the performance of each CPMS.
    (10) Procedures for responding to operating parameter deviations, 
including the procedures in paragraphs (a)(10)(i) through (iii) of this 
section:
    (i) Procedures for determining the cause of the operating parameter 
deviation.
    (ii) Actions for correcting the deviation and returning the 
operating parameters to the allowable limits.
    (iii) Procedures for recording the times that the deviation began 
and ended, and when corrective actions were initiated and completed.
    (11) Procedures for keeping records to document compliance and 
reporting in accordance with the requirements of Sec. 63.10(c), (e)(1), 
and (e)(2)(i).
    (12) If you operate a kiln that is subject to the limits on the type 
of fuel used, as specified in items 3 and 4 of Table 3 to subpart SSSSS, 
procedures for using alternative fuels.
    (13) If you operate an affected continuous kiln and you plan to take 
the kiln control device out of service for scheduled maintenance, as 
specified in Sec. 63.9792(e), the procedures specified in paragraphs 
(a)(13)(i) and (ii) of this section.
    (i) Procedures for minimizing HAP emissions from the kiln during 
periods of scheduled maintenance of the kiln control device when the 
kiln is operating and the control device is out of service.
    (ii) Procedures for minimizing any period of scheduled maintenance 
on the kiln control device when the kiln is operating and the control 
device is out of service.
    (b) Changes to the operating limits in your OM&M plan require a new 
performance test. If you are revising an operating limit parameter 
value, you must meet the requirements in paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of 
this section.
    (1) Submit a Notification of Performance Test to the Administrator 
as specified in Sec. 63.7(b).
    (2) After completing the performance tests to demonstrate that 
compliance with the emission limits can be achieved at the revised 
operating limit parameter value, you must submit the performance test 
results and the revised operating limits as part of the Notification of 
Compliance Status required under Sec. 63.9(h).
    (c) If you are revising the inspection and maintenance procedures in 
your OM&M plan, you do not need to conduct a new performance test.

               Testing and Initial Compliance Requirements



Sec. 63.9796  By what date must I conduct performance tests?

    You must conduct performance tests within 180 calendar days after 
the compliance date that is specified for your source in Sec. 63.9786 
and according to the provisions in Sec. 63.7(a)(2).



Sec. 63.9798  When must I conduct subsequent performance tests?

    (a) You must conduct a performance test every 5 years following the 
initial performance test, as part of renewing your 40 CFR part 70 or 40 
CFR part 71 operating permit.
    (b) You must conduct a performance test when you want to change the 
parameter value for any operating limit specified in your OM&M plan.
    (c) If you own or operate a source that is subject to the emission 
limits specified in items 2 through 9 of Table

[[Page 102]]

1 to this subpart, you must conduct a performance test on the source(s) 
listed in paragraphs (c)(1) and (2) of this section before you start 
production of any refractory product for which the organic HAP 
processing rate is likely to exceed by more than 10 percent the maximum 
organic HAP processing rate established during the most recent 
performance test on that same source.
    (1) Each affected shape dryer or curing oven that is used to process 
the refractory product with the higher organic HAP processing rate.
    (2) Each affected kiln that follows an affected shape dryer or 
curing oven and is used to process the refractory product with the 
higher organic HAP processing rate.
    (d) If you own or operate a kiln that is subject to the emission 
limits specified in item 5 or 9 of Table 1 to this subpart, you must 
conduct a performance test on the affected kiln following any process 
changes that are likely to increase organic HAP emissions from the kiln 
(e.g., a decrease in the curing cycle time for a curing oven that 
precedes the affected kiln in the process line).
    (e) If you own or operate a clay refractory products kiln that is 
subject to the emission limits specified in item 10 or 11 of Table 1 to 
this subpart and is controlled with a dry limestone adsorber (DLA), you 
must conduct a performance test on the affected kiln following any 
change in the source of limestone used in the DLA.




Sec. 63.9800  How do I conduct performance tests and establish
operating limits?

    (a) You must conduct each performance test in Table 4 to this 
subpart that applies to you.
    (b) Before conducting the performance test, you must install and 
validate all monitoring equipment.
    (c) Each performance test must be conducted according to the 
requirements in Sec. 63.7 and under the specific conditions in Table 4 
to this subpart.
    (d) You may not conduct performance tests during periods of startup, 
shutdown, or malfunction, as specified in Sec. 63.7(e)(1).
    (e) You must conduct separate test runs for at least the duration 
specified for each performance test required in this section, as 
specified in Sec. 63.7(e)(3) and Table 4 to this subpart.
    (f) For batch process sources, you must satisfy the requirements 
specified in paragraphs (f)(1) through (5) of this section.
    (1) You must conduct at least two test runs.
    (2) Each test run must last an entire batch cycle unless you develop 
an emissions profile, as specified in items 8(a)(i)(4) and 17(b)(i)(4) 
of Table 4 to this subpart, or you satisfy the conditions for 
terminating a test run prior to the completion of a batch cycle as 
specified in item 8(a)(i)(5) of Table 4 to this subpart.
    (3) Each test run must be performed over a separate batch cycle 
unless you satisfy the conditions for conducting both test runs over a 
single batch cycle, as described in paragraphs (f)(3)(i) and (ii) of 
this section.
    (i) You do not produce the product that corresponds to the maximum 
organic HAP processing rate for that batch process source in consecutive 
batch cycles.
    (ii) To produce that product in two consecutive batch cycles would 
disrupt production of other refractory products.
    (4) If you want to conduct a performance test over a single batch 
cycle, you must include in your Notification of Performance Test the 
rationale for testing over a single batch cycle.
    (5) If you are granted approval to conduct a performance test over a 
single batch cycle, you must use paired sampling trains and collect two 
sets of emissions data. Each set of data can be considered a separate 
test run.
    (g) You must use the data gathered during the performance test and 
the equations in paragraphs (g)(1) through (3) of this section to 
determine compliance with the emission limitations.
    (1) To determine compliance with the total hydrocarbon (THC) 
emission concentration limit listed in Table 1 to this subpart, you must 
calculate your emission concentration corrected to 18 percent oxygen for 
each test run using Equation 1 of this section:

[[Page 103]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR16AP03.000

Where:

C THC-C = THC concentration, corrected to 18 percent oxygen, 
          parts per million by volume, dry basis (ppmvd)
C THC = THC concentration (uncorrected), ppmvd
CO2 = oxygen concentration, percent.

    (2) To determine compliance with any of the emission limits based on 
percentage reduction across an emissions control system specified in 
Table 1 to this subpart, you must calculate the percentage reduction for 
each test run using Equation 2 of this section:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR16AP03.001

Where:

PR = percentage reduction, percent
ERi = mass emissions rate of specific HAP or pollutant (THC, 
          HF, or HCl) entering the control device, kilograms (pounds) 
          per hour
ERo = mass emissions rate of specific HAP or pollutant (THC, 
          HF, or HCl) exiting the control device, kilograms (pounds) per 
          hour.

    (3) To determine compliance with production-based hydrogen fluoride 
(HF) and hydrogen chloride (HCl) emission limits in Table 1 to this 
subpart, you must calculate your mass emissions per unit of uncalcined 
clay processed for each test run using Equation 3 of this section:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR16AP03.002

Where:

MP = mass per unit of production, kilograms of pollutant per megagram 
          (pounds per ton) of uncalcined clay processed
ER = mass emissions rate of specific HAP (HF or HCl) during each 
          performance test run, kilograms (pounds) per hour
P = average uncalcined clay processing rate for the performance test, 
          megagrams (tons) of uncalcined clay processed per hour.

    (h) You must establish each site-specific operating limit in Table 2 
to this subpart that applies to you, as specified in Table 4 to this 
subpart.
    (i) For each affected source that is equipped with an add-on APCD 
that is not addressed in Table 2 to this subpart or that is using 
process changes as a means of meeting the emission limits in Table 1 to 
this subpart, you must meet the requirements in Sec. 63.8(f) and 
paragraphs (i)(1) through (3) of this section.
    (1) For sources subject to the THC concentration limit specified in 
item 3 or 7 of Table 1 to this subpart, you must satisfy the 
requirements specified in paragraphs (i)(1)(i) through (iii) of this 
section.
    (i) You must install a THC continuous emissions monitoring system 
(CEMS) at the outlet of the control device or in the stack of the 
affected source.
    (ii) You must meet the requirements specified in Performance 
Specification (PS) 8 of 40 CFR part 60, appendix B.
    (iii) You must meet the requirements specified in Procedure 1 of 40 
CFR part 60, appendix F.
    (2) For sources subject to the emission limits specified in item 3, 
4, 7, or 8 of Table 1 to this subpart, you must submit a request for 
approval of alternative monitoring methods to the Administrator no later 
than the submittal date for the Notification of Performance Test, as 
specified in Sec. 63.9812(d). The request must contain the information 
specified in paragraphs (i)(2)(i) through (v) of this section.
    (i) Description of the alternative add-on APCD or process changes.
    (ii) Type of monitoring device or method that will be used, 
including the sensor type, location, inspection procedures, quality 
assurance and quality control measures, and data recording device.
    (iii) Operating parameters that will be monitored.
    (iv) Frequency that the operating parameter values will be 
determined and recorded to establish continuous compliance with the 
operating limits.
    (v) Averaging time.
    (3) You must establish site-specific operating limits during the 
performance test based on the information included in the approved 
alternative monitoring methods request and, as applicable, as specified 
in Table 4 to this subpart.

[[Page 104]]



Sec. 63.9802  How do I develop an emissions profile?

    If you decide to develop an emissions profile for an affected batch 
process source; as indicated in item 8(a)(i)(4) or 17(b)(i)(4) of Table 
4 to this subpart, you must measure and record mass emissions of the 
applicable pollutant throughout a complete batch cycle of the affected 
batch process source according to the procedures described in paragraph 
(a) or (b) of this section.
    (a) If your affected batch process source is subject to the THC 
concentration limit specified in item 6(a), 7(a), 8, or 9 of Table 1 to 
this subpart or the THC percentage reduction limit specified in item 
6(b) or 7(b) of Table 1 to this subpart, you must measure and record the 
THC mass emissions rate at the inlet to the control device using the 
test methods, averaging periods, and procedures specified in items 10(a) 
and (b) of Table 4 to this subpart for each complete hour of the batch 
process cycle.
    (b) If your affected batch process source is subject to the HF and 
HCl percentage reduction emission limits in item 11 of Table 1 to this 
subpart, you must measure and record the HF mass emissions rate at the 
inlet to the control device through a series of 1-hour test runs 
according to the test method specified in item 14(a) of Table 4 to this 
subpart for each complete hour of the batch process cycle.



Sec. 63.9804  What are my monitoring system installation, operation,
and maintenance requirements?

    (a) You must install, operate, and maintain each CPMS required by 
this subpart according to your OM&M plan and the requirements in 
paragraphs (a)(1) through (15) of this section.
    (1) You must satisfy all applicable requirements of performance 
specifications for CPMS specified in 40 CFR part 60, appendix B, upon 
promulgation of such performance specifications.
    (2) You must satisfy all applicable requirements of quality 
assurance (QA) procedures for CPMS specified in 40 CFR part 60, appendix 
F, upon promulgation of such QA procedures.
    (3) You must install each sensor of your CPMS in a location that 
provides representative measurement of the appropriate parameter over 
all operating conditions, taking into account the manufacturer's 
guidelines.
    (4) You must use a CPMS that is capable of measuring the appropriate 
parameter over a range that extends from a value of at least 20 percent 
less than the lowest value that you expect your CPMS to measure, to a 
value of at least 20 percent greater than the highest value that you 
expect your CPMS to measure.
    (5) You must use a data acquisition and recording system that is 
capable of recording values over the entire range specified in paragraph 
(a)(4) of this section.
    (6) You must use a signal conditioner, wiring, power supply, and 
data acquisition and recording system that are compatible with the 
output signal of the sensors used in your CPMS.
    (7) You must perform an initial calibration of your CPMS based on 
the procedures specified in the manufacturer's owner's manual.
    (8) You must use a CPMS that is designed to complete a minimum of 
one cycle of operation for each successive 15-minute period. To have a 
valid hour of data, you must have at least three of four equally-spaced 
data values (or at least 75 percent of the total number of values if you 
collect more than four data values per hour) for that hour (not 
including startup, shutdown, malfunction, or out-of-control periods).
    (9) You must record valid data from at least 90 percent of the hours 
during which the affected source or process operates.
    (10) You must determine and record the 15-minute block averages of 
all measurements, calculated after every 15 minutes of operation as the 
average of the previous 15 operating minutes (not including periods of 
startup, shutdown, or malfunction).
    (11) You must determine and record the 3-hour block averages of all 
15-minute recorded measurements, calculated after every 3 hours of 
operation as the average of the previous 3 operating hours (not 
including periods of startup, shutdown, or malfunction).
    (12) You must record the results of each inspection, calibration, 
initial validation, and accuracy audit.

[[Page 105]]

    (13) At all times, you must maintain your CPMS including, but not 
limited to, maintaining necessary parts for routine repairs of the CPMS.
    (14) You must perform an initial validation of your CPMS under the 
conditions specified in paragraphs (14)(i) and (ii) of this section.
    (i) Prior to the initial performance test on the affected source for 
which the CPMS is required.
    (ii) Within 180 days of your replacing or relocating one or more of 
the sensors of your CPMS.
    (15) Except for redundant sensors, as defined in Sec. 63.9824, any 
device that you use to conduct an initial validation or accuracy audit 
of your CPMS must meet the accuracy requirements specified in paragraphs 
(15)(i) and (ii) of this section.
    (i) The device must have an accuracy that is traceable to National 
Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) standards.
    (ii) The device must be at least three times as accurate as the 
required accuracy for the CPMS.
    (b) For each temperature CPMS that is used to monitor the combustion 
chamber temperature of a thermal oxidizer or the catalyst bed inlet 
temperature of a catalytic oxidizer, you must meet the requirements in 
paragraphs (a) and (b)(1) through (6) of this section.
    (1) Use a temperature CPMS with a minimum accuracy of 1.0 percent of the temperature value or 2.8 degrees 
Celsius ([deg]C) (5 degrees Fahrenheit ([deg]F)), whichever is greater.
    (2) Use a data recording system with a minimum resolution of one-
half or better of the required CPMS accuracy specified in paragraph 
(b)(1) of this section.
    (3) Perform an initial validation of your CPMS according to the 
requirements in paragraph (3)(i) or (ii) of this section.
    (i) Place the sensor of a calibrated temperature measurement device 
adjacent to the sensor of your temperature CPMS in a location that is 
subject to the same environment as the sensor of your temperature CPMS. 
The calibrated temperature measurement device must satisfy the accuracy 
requirements of paragraph (a)(15) of this section. While the process and 
control device that is monitored by your CPMS are operating normally, 
record concurrently and compare the temperatures measured by your 
temperature CPMS and the calibrated temperature measurement device. 
Using the calibrated temperature measurement device as the reference, 
the temperature measured by your CPMS must be within the accuracy 
specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section.
    (ii) Perform any of the initial validation methods for temperature 
CPMS specified in performance specifications for CPMS established in 40 
CFR part 60, appendix B.
    (4) Perform an accuracy audit of your temperature CPMS at least 
quarterly, according to the requirements in paragraph (b)(4)(i), (ii), 
or (iii) of this section.
    (i) If your temperature CPMS includes a redundant temperature 
sensor, record three pairs of concurrent temperature measurements within 
a 24-hour period. Each pair of concurrent measurements must consist of a 
temperature measurement by each of the two temperature sensors. The 
minimum time interval between any two such pairs of consecutive 
temperature measurements is 1 hour. The measurements must be taken 
during periods when the process and control device that is monitored by 
your temperature CPMS are operating normally. Calculate the mean of the 
three values for each temperature sensor. The mean values must agree 
within the required overall accuracy of the CPMS, as specified in 
paragraph (b)(1) of this section.
    (ii) If your temperature CPMS does not include a redundant 
temperature sensor, place the sensor of a calibrated temperature 
measurement device adjacent to the sensor of your temperature CPMS in a 
location that is subject to the same environment as the sensor of your 
temperature CPMS. The calibrated temperature measurement device must 
satisfy the accuracy requirements of paragraph (a)(15) of this section. 
While the process and control device that is monitored by your 
temperature CPMS are operating normally, record concurrently and compare 
the temperatures measured by

[[Page 106]]

your CPMS and the calibrated temperature measurement device. Using the 
calibrated temperature measurement device as the reference, the 
temperature measured by your CPMS must be within the accuracy specified 
in paragraph (b)(1) of this section.
    (iii) Perform any of the accuracy audit methods for temperature CPMS 
specified in QA procedures for CPMS established in 40 CFR part 60, 
appendix F.
    (5) Conduct an accuracy audit of your CPMS following any 24-hour 
period throughout which the temperature measured by your CPMS exceeds 
the manufacturer's specified maximum operating temperature range, or 
install a new temperature sensor.
    (6) If your CPMS is not equipped with a redundant temperature 
sensor, perform at least quarterly a visual inspection of all components 
of the CPMS for integrity, oxidation, and galvanic corrosion.
    (c) For each pressure CPMS that is used to monitor the pressure drop 
across a DLA or wet scrubber, you must meet the requirements in 
paragraphs (a) and (c)(1) through (7) of this section.
    (1) Use a pressure CPMS with a minimum accuracy of 5.0 percent or 0.12 kilopascals (kPa) (0.5 inches of 
water column (in. w.c.)), whichever is greater.
    (2) Use a data recording system with a minimum resolution of one-
half the required CPMS accuracy specified in paragraph (c)(1) of this 
section, or better.
    (3) Perform an initial validation of your pressure CPMS according to 
the requirements in paragraph (c)(3)(i) or (ii) of this section.
    (i) Place the sensor of a calibrated pressure measurement device 
adjacent to the sensor of your pressure CPMS in a location that is 
subject to the same environment as the sensor of your pressure CPMS. The 
calibrated pressure measurement device must satisfy the accuracy 
requirements of paragraph (a)(15) of this section. While the process and 
control device that is monitored by your CPMS are operating normally, 
record concurrently and compare the pressure measured by your CPMS and 
the calibrated pressure measurement device. Using the calibrated 
pressure measurement device as the reference, the pressure measured by 
your CPMS must be within the accuracy specified in paragraph (c)(1) of 
this section.
    (ii) Perform any of the initial validation methods for pressure CPMS 
specified in performance specifications for CPMS established in 40 CFR 
part 60, appendix B.
    (4) Perform an accuracy audit of your pressure CPMS at least 
quarterly, according to the requirements in paragraph (c)(4)(i), (ii), 
or (iii) of this section.
    (i) If your pressure CPMS includes a redundant pressure sensor, 
record three pairs of concurrent pressure measurements within a 24-hour 
period. Each pair of concurrent measurements must consist of a pressure 
measurement by each of the two pressure sensors. The minimum time 
interval between any two such pairs of consecutive pressure measurements 
is 1 hour. The measurements must be taken during periods when the 
process and control device that is monitored by your CPMS are operating 
normally. Calculate the mean of the three pressure measurement values 
for each pressure sensor. The mean values must agree within the required 
overall accuracy of the CPMS, as specified in paragraph (c)(1) of this 
section.
    (ii) If your pressure CPMS does not include a redundant pressure 
sensor, place the sensor of a calibrated pressure measurement device 
adjacent to the sensor of your pressure CPMS in a location that is 
subject to the same environment as the sensor of your pressure CPMS. The 
calibrated pressure measurement device must satisfy the accuracy 
requirements of paragraph (a)(15) of this section. While the process and 
control device that is monitored by your pressure CPMS are operating 
normally, record concurrently and compare the pressure measured by your 
CPMS and the calibrated pressure measurement device. Using the 
calibrated pressure measurement device as the reference, the pressure 
measured by your CPMS must be within the accuracy specified in paragraph 
(c)(1) of this section.

[[Page 107]]

    (iii) Perform any of the accuracy audit methods for pressure CPMS 
specified in QA procedures for CPMS established in 40 CFR part 60, 
appendix F.
    (5) Conduct an accuracy audit of your CPMS following any 24-hour 
period throughout which the pressure measured by your CPMS exceeds the 
manufacturer's specified maximum operating pressure range, or install a 
new pressure sensor.
    (6) At least monthly, check all mechanical connections on your CPMS 
for leakage.
    (7) If your CPMS is not equipped with a redundant pressure sensor, 
perform at least quarterly a visual inspection of all components of the 
CPMS for integrity, oxidation, and galvanic corrosion.
    (d) For each liquid flow rate CPMS that is used to monitor the 
liquid flow rate in a wet scrubber, you must meet the requirements in 
paragraphs (a) and (d)(1) through (7) of this section.
    (1) Use a flow rate CPMS with a minimum accuracy of 5.0 percent or 1.9 liters per minute (L/min) (0.5 
gallons per minute (gal/min)), whichever is greater.
    (2) Use a data recording system with a minimum resolution of one-
half the required CPMS accuracy specified in paragraph (d)(1) of this 
section, or better.
    (3) Perform an initial validation of your CPMS according to the 
requirements in paragraph (3)(i) or (ii) of this section.
    (i) Use a calibrated flow rate measurement system to measure the 
liquid flow rate in a location that is adjacent to the measurement 
location for your flow rate CPMS and is subject to the same environment 
as your flow rate CPMS. The calibrated flow rate measurement device must 
satisfy the accuracy requirements of paragraph (a)(15) of this section. 
While the process and control device that is monitored by your flow rate 
CPMS are operating normally, record concurrently and compare the flow 
rates measured by your flow rate CPMS and the calibrated flow rate 
measurement device. Using the calibrated flow rate measurement device as 
the reference, the flow rate measured by your CPMS must be within the 
accuracy specified in paragraph (d)(1) of this section.
    (ii) Perform any of the initial validation methods for liquid flow 
rate CPMS specified in performance specifications for CPMS established 
in 40 CFR part 60, appendix B.
    (4) Perform an accuracy audit of your flow rate CPMS at least 
quarterly, according to the requirements in paragraph (d)(4)(i), (ii), 
or (iii) of this section.
    (i) If your flow rate CPMS includes a redundant sensor, record three 
pairs of concurrent flow rate measurements within a 24-hour period. Each 
pair of concurrent measurements must consist of a flow rate measurement 
by each of the two flow rate sensors. The minimum time interval between 
any two such pairs of consecutive flow rate measurements is 1 hour. The 
measurements must be taken during periods when the process and control 
device that is monitored by your flow rate CPMS are operating normally. 
Calculate the mean of the three flow rate measurement values for each 
flow rate sensor. The mean values must agree within the required overall 
accuracy of the CPMS, as specified in paragraph (d)(1) of this section.
    (ii) If your flow rate CPMS does not include a redundant flow rate 
sensor, place the sensor of a calibrated flow rate measurement device 
adjacent to the sensor of your flow rate CPMS in a location that is 
subject to the same environment as the sensor of your flow rate CPMS. 
The calibrated flow rate measurement device must satisfy the accuracy 
requirements of paragraph (a)(15) of this section. While the process and 
control device that is monitored by your flow rate CPMS are operating 
normally, record concurrently and compare the flow rate measured by your 
pressure CPMS and the calibrated flow rate measurement device. Using the 
calibrated flow rate measurement device as the reference, the flow rate 
measured by your CPMS must be within the accuracy specified in paragraph 
(d)(1) of this section.
    (iii) Perform any of the accuracy audit methods for liquid flow rate 
CPMS specified in QA procedures for CPMS established in 40 CFR part 60, 
appendix F.
    (5) Conduct an accuracy audit of your flow rate CPMS following any 
24-hour

[[Page 108]]

period throughout which the flow rate measured by your CPMS exceeds the 
manufacturer's specified maximum operating range, or install a new flow 
rate sensor.
    (6) At least monthly, check all mechanical connections on your CPMS 
for leakage.
    (7) If your CPMS is not equipped with a redundant flow rate sensor, 
perform at least quarterly a visual inspection of all components of the 
CPMS for integrity, oxidation, and galvanic corrosion.
    (e) For each pH CPMS that is used to monitor the pH of a wet 
scrubber liquid, you must meet the requirements in paragraphs (a) and 
(e)(1) through (5) of this section.
    (1) Use a pH CPMS with a minium accuracy of 0.2 pH units.
    (2) Use a data recording system with a minimum resolution of 0.1 pH 
units, or better.
    (3) Perform an initial validation of your pH CPMS according to the 
requirements in paragraph (e)(3)(i) or (ii) of this section.
    (i) Perform a single-point calibration using an NIST-certified 
buffer solution that is accurate to within 0.02 pH 
units at 25 [deg]C (77 [deg]F). If the expected pH of the liquid that is 
monitored lies in the acidic range (less than 7 pH), use a buffer 
solution with a pH value of 4.00. If the expected pH of the liquid that 
is monitored is neutral or lies in the basic range (equal to or greater 
than 7 pH), use a buffer solution with a pH value of 10.00. Place the 
electrode of your pH CPMS in the container of buffer solution. Record 
the pH measured by your CPMS. Using the certified buffer solution as the 
reference, the pH measured by your CPMS must be within the accuracy 
specified in paragraph (e)(1) of this section.
    (ii) Perform any of the initial validation methods for pH CPMS 
specified in performance specifications for CPMS established in 40 CFR 
part 60, appendix B.
    (4) Perform an accuracy audit of your pH CPMS at least weekly, 
according to the requirements in paragraph (e)(4)(i), (ii), or (iii) of 
this section.
    (i) If your pH CPMS includes a redundant pH sensor, record the pH 
measured by each of the two pH sensors. The measurements must be taken 
during periods when the process and control device that is monitored by 
your pH CPMS are operating normally. The two pH values must agree within 
the required overall accuracy of the CPMS, as specified in paragraph 
(e)(1) of this section.
    (ii) If your pH CPMS does not include a redundant pH sensor, perform 
a single point calibration using an NIST-certified buffer solution that 
is accurate to within 0.02 pH units at 25 [deg]C 
(77 [deg]F). If the expected pH of the liquid that is monitored lies in 
the acidic range (less than 7 pH), use a buffer solution with a pH value 
of 4.00. If the expected pH of the liquid that is monitored is neutral 
or lies in the basic range (equal to or greater than 7 pH), use a buffer 
solution with a pH value of 10.00. Place the electrode of the pH CPMS in 
the container of buffer solution. Record the pH measured by your CPMS. 
Using the certified buffer solution as the reference, the pH measured by 
your CPMS must be within the accuracy specified in paragraph (e)(1) of 
this section.
    (iii) Perform any of the accuracy audit methods for pH CPMS 
specified in QA procedures for CPMS established in 40 CFR part 60, 
appendix F.
    (5) If your CPMS is not equipped with a redundant pH sensor, perform 
at least monthly a visual inspection of all components of the CPMS for 
integrity, oxidation, and galvanic corrosion.
    (f) For each bag leak detection system, you must meet the 
requirements in paragraphs (f)(1) through (11) of this section.
    (1) Each triboelectric bag leak detection system must be installed, 
calibrated, operated, and maintained according to the ``Fabric Filter 
Bag Leak Detection Guidance'' (EPA-454/R-98-015, September 1997). That 
document is available from the U.S. EPA; Office of Air Quality Planning 
and Standards; Emissions, Monitoring and Analysis Division; Emission 
Measurement Center (D205-02), Research Triangle Park, NC 27711. It is 
also available on the Technology Transfer Network (TTN) at the following 
address: http://www.epa.gov/ttn/emc/cem.html. Other types of bag leak 
detection systems must be installed, operated, calibrated, and 
maintained in a manner consistent

[[Page 109]]

with the manufacturer's written specifications and recommendations.
    (2) The bag leak detection system must be certified by the 
manufacturer to be capable of detecting particulate matter (PM) 
emissions at concentrations of 10 milligrams per actual cubic meter 
(0.0044 grains per actual cubic foot) or less.
    (3) The bag leak detection system sensor must provide an output of 
relative PM loadings.
    (4) The bag leak detection system must be equipped with a device to 
continuously record the output signal from the sensor.
    (5) The bag leak detection system must be equipped with an alarm 
system that will be engaged automatically when an increase in relative 
PM emissions over a preset level is detected. The alarm must be located 
where it is easily recognized by plant operating personnel.
    (6) For positive pressure fabric filter systems, a bag leak detector 
must be installed in each baghouse compartment or cell.
    (7) For negative pressure or induced air fabric filters, the bag 
leak detector must be installed downstream of the fabric filter.
    (8) Where multiple detectors are required, the system's 
instrumentation and alarm may be shared among detectors.
    (9) The baseline output must be established by adjusting the range 
and the averaging period of the device and establishing the alarm set 
points and the alarm delay time according to section 5.0 of the ``Fabric 
Filter Bag Leak Detection Guidance.''
    (10) Following initial adjustment of the system, the owner or 
operator must not adjust the sensitivity or range, averaging period, 
alarm set points, or alarm delay time except as detailed in the OM&M 
plan. In no case may the sensitivity be increased by more than 100 
percent or decreased by more than 50 percent over a 365-day period 
unless such adjustment follows a complete fabric filter inspection that 
demonstrates that the fabric filter is in good operating condition. You 
must record each adjustment of your bag leak detection system.
    (11) Record the results of each inspection, calibration, and 
validation check.
    (g) For each lime feed rate measurement device that is used to 
monitor the lime feed rate of a dry injection fabric filter (DIFF) or 
dry lime scrubber/fabric filter (DLS/FF), or the chemical feed rate of a 
wet scrubber, you must meet the requirements in paragraph (a) of this 
section.
    (h) For each affected source that is subject to the emission limit 
specified in item 3, 4, 7, or 8 of Table 1 to this subpart, you must 
satisfy the requirements of paragraphs (h)(1) through (3) of this 
section.
    (1) Install a THC CEMS at the outlet of the control device or in the 
stack of the affected source.
    (2) Meet the requirements of PS-8 of 40 CFR part 60, appendix B.
    (3) Meet the requirements of Procedure 1 of 40 CFR part 60, appendix 
F.
    (i) Requests for approval of alternate monitoring methods must meet 
the requirements in Sec. Sec. 63.9800(i)(2) and 63.8(f).



Sec. 63.9806  How do I demonstrate initial compliance with the 
emission limits, operating limits, and work practice standards?

    (a) You must demonstrate initial compliance with each emission limit 
that applies to you according to the requirements specified in Table 5 
to this subpart.
    (b) You must establish each site-specific operating limit in Table 2 
to this subpart that applies to you according to the requirements 
specified in Sec. 63.9800 and Table 4 to this subpart.
    (c) You must demonstrate initial compliance with each work practice 
standard that applies to you according to the requirements specified in 
Table 6 to this subpart.
    (d) You must submit the Notification of Compliance Status containing 
the results of the initial compliance demonstration according to the 
requirements in Sec. 63.9812(e).

                   Continuous Compliance Requirements



Sec. 63.9808  How do I monitor and collect data to demonstrate continuous compliance?

    (a) You must monitor and collect data according to this section.

[[Page 110]]

    (b) At all times, you must maintain your monitoring systems 
including, but not limited to, maintaining necessary parts for routine 
repairs of the monitoring equipment.
    (c) Except for, as applicable, monitoring system malfunctions, 
associated repairs, and required quality assurance or quality control 
activities, you must monitor continuously whenever your affected process 
unit is operating. For purposes of calculating data averages, you must 
not use data recorded during monitoring system malfunctions, associated 
repairs, and required quality assurance or quality control activities. 
You must use all the data collected during all other periods in 
assessing compliance. A monitoring system malfunction is any sudden, 
infrequent, not reasonably preventable failure of the monitoring system 
to provide valid data. Monitoring system malfunctions include out of 
control continuous monitoring systems (CMS), such as a CPMS. Any 
averaging period for which you do not have valid monitoring data as a 
result of a monitoring system malfunction and for which such data are 
required constitutes a deviation, and you must notify the Administrator 
in accordance with Sec. 63.9814(e). Monitoring system failures are 
different from monitoring system malfunctions in that they are caused in 
part by poor maintenance or careless operation. Any period for which 
there is a monitoring system failure and data are not available for 
required calculations constitutes a deviation and you must notify the 
Administrator in accordance with Sec. 63.9814(e).



Sec. 63.9810  How do I demonstrate continuous compliance with the
emission limits, operating limits, and work practice standards?

    (a) You must demonstrate continuous compliance with each emission 
limit specified in Table 1 to this subpart that applies to you according 
to the requirements specified in Table 7 to this subpart.
    (b) You must demonstrate continuous compliance with each operating 
limit specified in Table 2 to this subpart that applies to you according 
to the requirements specified in Table 8 to this subpart.
    (c) You must demonstrate continuous compliance with each work 
practice standard specified in Table 3 to this subpart that applies to 
you according to the requirements specified in Table 9 to this subpart.
    (d) For each affected source that is equipped with an add-on APCD 
that is not addressed in Table 2 to this subpart or that is using 
process changes as a means of meeting the emission limits in Table 1 to 
this subpart, you must demonstrate continuous compliance with each 
emission limit in Table 1 to this subpart and each operating limit 
established as required in Sec. 63.9800(i)(3) according to the methods 
specified in your approved alternative monitoring methods request as 
described in Sec. 63.9800(i)(2).
    (e) You must report each instance in which you did not meet each 
emission limit and each operating limit in this subpart that applies to 
you. This includes periods of startup, shutdown, and malfunction. These 
instances are deviations from the emission limitations in this subpart. 
These deviations must be reported according to the requirements in Sec. 
63.9814.
    (1) [Reserved]
    (2) Consistent with Sec. Sec. 63.6(e) and 63.7(e)(1), deviations 
that occur during a period of startup, shutdown, or malfunction are not 
violations if you demonstrate to the Administrator's satisfaction that 
you were operating in accordance with Sec. 63.6(e)(1) and your OM&M 
plan. The Administrator will determine whether deviations that occur 
during a period of startup, shutdown, or malfunction are violations, 
according to the provisions in Sec. 63.6(e).

[68 FR 18747, Apr. 16, 2003, as amended at 71 FR 20471, Apr. 20, 2006]

                   Notifications, Reports, and Records



Sec. 63.9812  What notifications must I submit and when?

    (a) You must submit all of the notifications in Sec. Sec. 63.7(b) 
and (c), 63.8(f)(4), and 63.9 (b) through (e) and (h) that apply to you 
by the dates specified.
    (b) As specified in Sec. 63.9(b)(2) and (3), if you start up your 
affected source before April 16, 2003, you must submit an Initial 
Notification not later than 120 calendar days after April 16, 2003.

[[Page 111]]

    (c) As specified in Sec. 63.9(b)(3), if you start up your new or 
reconstructed affected source on or after April 16, 2003, you must 
submit an Initial Notification not later than 120 calendar days after 
you become subject to this subpart.
    (d) If you are required to conduct a performance test, you must 
submit a Notification of Performance Test at least 60 calendar days 
before the performance test is scheduled to begin, as required in Sec. 
63.7(b)(1).
    (e) If you are required to conduct a performance test, you must 
submit a Notification of Compliance Status as specified in Sec. 63.9(h) 
and paragraphs (e)(1) and (2) of this section.
    (1) For each compliance demonstration that includes a performance 
test conducted according to the requirements in Table 4 to this subpart, 
you must submit the Notification of Compliance Status, including the 
performance test results, before the close of business on the 60th 
calendar day following the completion of the performance test, according 
to Sec. 63.10(d)(2).
    (2) In addition to the requirements in Sec. 63.9(h)(2)(i), you must 
include the information in paragraphs (e)(2)(i) through (iv) of this 
section in your Notification of Compliance Status.
    (i) The operating limit parameter values established for each 
affected source with supporting documentation and a description of the 
procedure used to establish the values.
    (ii) Design information and analysis with supporting documentation 
demonstrating conformance with requirements for capture/collection 
systems in Table 2 to this subpart.
    (iii) A description of the methods used to comply with any 
applicable work practice standard.
    (iv) For each APCD that includes a fabric filter, analysis and 
supporting documentation demonstrating conformance with EPA guidance and 
specifications for bag leak detection systems in Sec. 63.9804(f).
    (f) If you operate a clay refractory products kiln or a chromium 
refractory products kiln that is subject to the work practice standard 
specified in item 3 or 4 of Table 3 to this subpart, and you intend to 
use a fuel other than natural gas or equivalent to fire the affected 
kiln, you must submit a notification of alternative fuel use within 48 
hours of the declaration of a period of natural gas curtailment or 
supply interruption, as defined in Sec. 63.9824. The notification must 
include the information specified in paragraphs (f)(1) through (5) of 
this section.
    (1) Company name and address.
    (2) Identification of the affected kiln.
    (3) Reason you are unable to use natural gas or equivalent fuel, 
including the date when the natural gas curtailment was declared or the 
natural gas supply interruption began.
    (4) Type of alternative fuel that you intend to use.
    (5) Dates when the alternative fuel use is expected to begin and 
end.
    (g) If you own or operate an affected continuous kiln and must 
perform scheduled maintenance on the control device for that kiln, you 
must request approval from the Administrator before bypassing the 
control device, as specified in Sec. 63.9792(e). You must submit a 
separate request for approval each time you plan to bypass the kiln 
control device.



Sec. 63.9814  What reports must I submit and when?

    (a) You must submit each report in Table 10 to this subpart that 
applies to you.
    (b) Unless the Administrator has approved a different schedule for 
submission of reports under Sec. 63.10(a), you must submit each report 
by the date in Table 10 to this subpart and as specified in paragraphs 
(b)(1) through (5) of this section.
    (1) The first compliance report must cover the period beginning on 
the compliance date that is specified for your affected source in Sec. 
63.9786 and ending on June 30 or December 31 and lasting at least 6 
months but less than 12 months. For example, if your compliance date is 
March 1, then the first semiannual reporting period would begin on March 
1 and end on December 31.
    (2) The first compliance report must be postmarked or delivered no 
later than July 31 or January 31 for compliance periods ending on June 
30 and December 31, respectively.

[[Page 112]]

    (3) Each subsequent compliance report must cover the semiannual 
reporting period from January 1 through June 30 or the semiannual 
reporting period from July 1 through December 31.
    (4) Each subsequent compliance report must be postmarked or 
delivered no later than July 31 or January 31 for compliance periods 
ending on June 30 and December 31, respectively.
    (5) For each affected source that is subject to permitting 
regulations pursuant to 40 CFR part 70 or 40 CFR part 71 and, if the 
permitting authority has established dates for submitting semiannual 
reports pursuant to 40 CFR 70.6(a)(3)(iii)(A) or 40 CFR 
71.6(a)(3)(iii)(A), you may submit the first and subsequent compliance 
reports according to the dates the permitting authority has established 
instead of according to the dates in paragraphs (b)(1) through (4) of 
this section. In such cases, you must notify the Administrator of this 
change.
    (c) The compliance report must contain the information in paragraphs 
(c)(1) through (6) of this section.
    (1) Company name and address.
    (2) Statement by a responsible official with that official's name, 
title, and signature, certifying that, based on information and belief 
formed after reasonable inquiry, the statements and information in the 
report are true, accurate, and complete.
    (3) Date of report and beginning and ending dates of the reporting 
period.
    (4) If you had a startup, shutdown, or malfunction during the 
reporting period, and you took actions consistent with your SSMP and 
OM&M plan, the compliance report must include the information specified 
in Sec. 63.10(d)(5)(i).
    (5) If there are no deviations from any emission limitations 
(emission limit, operating limit, or work practice standard) that apply 
to you, the compliance report must include a statement that there were 
no deviations from the emission limitations during the reporting period.
    (6) If there were no periods during which any affected CPMS was out 
of control as specified in Sec. 63.8(c)(7), the compliance report must 
include a statement that there were no periods during which the CPMS was 
out of control during the reporting period.
    (d) For each deviation from an emission limitation (emission limit, 
operating limit, or work practice standard) that occurs at an affected 
source where you are not using a CPMS to comply with the emission 
limitations in this subpart, the compliance report must contain the 
information in paragraphs (c)(1) through (4) and (d)(1) and (2) of this 
section. This includes periods of startup, shutdown, and malfunction.
    (1) The compliance report must include the total operating time of 
each affected source during the reporting period.
    (2) The compliance report must include information on the number, 
duration, and cause of deviations (including unknown cause, if 
applicable) and the corrective action taken.
    (e) For each deviation from an emission limitation (emission limit, 
operating limit, or work practice standard) occurring at an affected 
source where you are using a CPMS to comply with the emission limitation 
in this subpart, the compliance report must include the information in 
paragraphs (c)(1) through (4) and (e)(1) through (13) of this section. 
This includes periods of startup, shutdown, and malfunction.
    (1) The total operating time of each affected source during the 
reporting period.
    (2) The date and time that each startup, shutdown, or malfunction 
started and stopped.
    (3) The date, time, and duration that each CPMS was inoperative.
    (4) The date, time and duration that each CPMS was out of control, 
including the information in Sec. 63.8(c)(8), as required by your OM&M 
plan.
    (5) The date and time that each deviation from an emission 
limitation (emission limit, operating limit, or work practice standard) 
started and stopped, and whether each deviation occurred during a period 
of startup, shutdown, or malfunction.
    (6) A description of corrective action taken in response to a 
deviation.
    (7) A summary of the total duration of the deviations during the 
reporting period and the total duration as a percentage of the total 
source operating time during that reporting period.

[[Page 113]]

    (8) A breakdown of the total duration of the deviations during the 
reporting period into those that are due to startup, shutdown, control 
equipment problems, process problems, other known causes, and other 
unknown causes.
    (9) A summary of the total duration of CPMS downtime during the 
reporting period and the total duration of CPMS downtime as a percentage 
of the total source operating time during that reporting period.
    (10) A brief description of the process units.
    (11) A brief description of the CPMS.
    (12) The date of the latest CPMS initial validation or accuracy 
audit.
    (13) A description of any changes in CPMS, processes, or controls 
since the last reporting period.
    (f) If you have obtained a title V operating permit pursuant to 40 
CFR part 70 or 40 CFR part 71, you must report all deviations as defined 
in this subpart in the semiannual monitoring report required by 40 CFR 
70.6(a)(3)(iii)(A) or 40 CFR 71.6(a)(3)(iii)(A). If you submit a 
compliance report according to Table 10 to this subpart along with, or 
as part of, the semiannual monitoring report required by 40 CFR 
70.6(a)(3)(iii)(A) or 40 CFR 71.6(a)(3)(iii)(A), and the compliance 
report includes all required information concerning deviations from any 
emission limitation (including any operating limit), then submitting the 
compliance report will satisfy any obligation to report the same 
deviations in the semiannual monitoring report. However, submitting a 
compliance report will not otherwise affect any obligation you may have 
to report deviations from permit requirements to the permit authority.
    (g) If you operate a clay refractory products kiln or a chromium 
refractory products kiln that is subject to the work practice standard 
specified in item 3 or 4 of Table 3 to this subpart, and you use a fuel 
other than natural gas or equivalent to fire the affected kiln, you must 
submit a report of alternative fuel use within 10 working days after 
terminating the use of the alternative fuel. The report must include the 
information in paragraphs (g)(1) through (6) of this section.
    (1) Company name and address.
    (2) Identification of the affected kiln.
    (3) Reason for using the alternative fuel.
    (4) Type of alternative fuel used to fire the affected kiln.
    (5) Dates that the use of the alternative fuel started and ended.
    (6) Amount of alternative fuel used.



Sec. 63.9816  What records must I keep?

    (a) You must keep the records listed in paragraphs (a)(1) through 
(3) of this section.
    (1) A copy of each notification and report that you submitted to 
comply with this subpart, including all documentation supporting any 
Initial Notification or Notification of Compliance Status that you 
submitted, according to the requirements in Sec. 63.10(b)(2)(xiv).
    (2) The records in Sec. 63.6(e)(3)(iii) through (v) related to 
startup, shutdown, and malfunction.
    (3) Records of performance tests as required in Sec. 
63.10(b)(2)(viii).
    (b) You must keep the records required in Tables 7 through 9 to this 
subpart to show continuous compliance with each emission limitation that 
applies to you.
    (c) You must also maintain the records listed in paragraphs (c)(1) 
through (10) of this section.
    (1) Records of emission data used to develop an emissions profile, 
as indicated in items 8(a)(i)(4) and 17(b)(i)(4) of Table 4 to this 
subpart.
    (2) Records that document how you comply with any applicable work 
practice standard.
    (3) For each bag leak detection system, records of each alarm, the 
time of the alarm, the time corrective action was initiated and 
completed, and a brief description of the cause of the alarm and the 
corrective action taken.
    (4) For each kiln controlled with a DLA, records that document the 
source of limestone used.
    (5) For each deviation of an operating limit parameter value, the 
date, time, and duration of the deviation, a brief explanation of the 
cause of the deviation and the corrective action taken, and whether the 
deviation occurred during a period of startup, shutdown, or malfunction.
    (6) For each affected source, records of production rate on a 
process throughput basis (either feed rate to

[[Page 114]]

the process unit or discharge rate from the process unit).
    (7) Records of any approved alternative monitoring method(s) or test 
procedure(s).
    (8) Records of maintenance activities and inspections performed on 
control devices, including all records associated with the scheduled 
maintenance of continuous kiln control devices, as specified in Sec. 
63.9792(e).
    (9) If you operate a source that is subject to the THC emission 
limits specified in item 2, 3, 6, or 7 of Table 1 to this subpart and is 
controlled with a catalytic oxidizer, records of annual checks of 
catalyst activity levels and subsequent corrective actions.
    (10) Current copies of the SSMP and the OM&M plan, including any 
revisions and records documenting conformance with those revisions.



Sec. 63.9818  In what form and how long must I keep my records?

    (a) Your records must be in a form suitable and readily available 
for expeditious review, according to Sec. 63.10(b)(1).
    (b) As specified in Sec. 63.10(b)(1), you must keep each record for 
5 years following the date of each occurrence, measurement, maintenance, 
corrective action, report, or record.
    (c) You must keep each record onsite for at least 2 years after the 
date of each occurrence, measurement, maintenance, corrective action, 
report, or record, according to Sec. 63.10(b)(1). You may keep the 
records offsite for the remaining 3 years.

                   Other Requirements and Information



Sec. 63.9820  What parts of the General Provisions apply to me?

    Table 11 to this subpart shows which parts of the General Provisions 
specified in Sec. Sec. 63.1 through 63.15 apply to you.



Sec. 63.9822  Who implements and enforces this subpart?

    (a) This subpart can be implemented and enforced by us, the U.S. 
Environmental Protection Agency (U.S. EPA), or a delegated authority 
such as your State, local, or tribal agency. If the U.S. EPA 
Administrator has delegated authority to your State, local, or tribal 
agency, then that agency, in addition to the U.S. EPA, has the authority 
to implement and enforce this subpart. You should contact your U.S. EPA 
Regional Office to find out if implementation and enforcement to this 
subpart is delegated to your State, local, or tribal agency.
    (b) In delegating implementation and enforcement authority to this 
subpart to a State, local, or tribal agency under 40 CFR part 63, 
subpart E, the authorities contained in paragraph (c) of this section 
are retained by the Administrator of the U.S. EPA and are not 
transferred to the State, local, or tribal agency.
    (c) The authorities that cannot be delegated to State, local, or 
tribal agencies are as specified in paragraphs (c)(1) through (4) of 
this section.
    (1) Approval of alternatives to the applicability requirements in 
Sec. Sec. 63.9782 and 63.9784, the compliance date requirements in 
Sec. 63.9786, and the emission limitations in Sec. 63.9788.
    (2) Approval of major changes to test methods under Sec. 
63.7(e)(2)(ii) and (f) and as defined in Sec. 63.90.
    (3) Approval of major changes to monitoring under Sec. 63.8(f) and 
as defined in Sec. 63.90.
    (4) Approval of major changes to recordkeeping and reporting under 
Sec. 63.10(f) and as defined in Sec. 63.90.



Sec. 63.9824  What definitions apply to this subpart?

    Terms used in this subpart are defined in the Clean Air Act, in 40 
CFR 63.2, the General Provisions of this part, and in this section as 
follows:
    Additive means a minor addition of a chemical, mineral, or metallic 
substance that is added to a refractory mixture to facilitate processing 
or impart specific properties to the final refractory product.
    Add-on air pollution control device (APCD) means equipment installed 
on a process vent that reduces the quantity of a pollutant that is 
emitted to the air.
    Autoclave means a vessel that is used to impregnate fired and/or 
unfired refractory shapes with pitch to form pitch-impregnated 
refractory products. Autoclaves also can be used as

[[Page 115]]

defumers following the impregnation process.
    Bag leak detection system means an instrument that is capable of 
monitoring particulate matter loadings in the exhaust of a fabric filter 
in order to detect bag failures. A bag leak detection system includes, 
but is not limited to, an instrument that operates on triboelectric, 
light-scattering, light-transmittance, or other effects to monitor 
relative PM loadings.
    Basket means the metal container used to hold refractory shapes for 
pitch impregnation during the shape preheating, impregnation, defuming, 
and, if applicable, coking processes.
    Batch process means a process in which a set of refractory shapes is 
acted upon as a single unit according to a predetermined schedule, 
during which none of the refractory shapes being processed are added or 
removed. A batch process does not operate continuously.
    Binder means a substance added to a granular material to give it 
workability and green or dry strength.
    Catalytic oxidizer means an add-on air pollution control device that 
is designed specifically to destroy organic compounds in a process 
exhaust gas stream by catalytic incineration. A catalytic oxidizer 
includes a bed of catalyst media through which the process exhaust 
stream passes to promote combustion and incineration at a lower 
temperature than would be possible without the catalyst.
    Chromium refractory product means a refractory product that contains 
at least 1 percent chromium by weight.
    Clay refractory product means a refractory product that contains at 
least 10 percent uncalcined clay by weight prior to firing in a kiln. In 
this definition, the term ``clay'' means any of the following six 
classifications of clay defined by the U.S. Geologic Survey: ball clay, 
bentonite, common clay and shale, fire clay, fuller's earth, and kaolin.
    Coking oven means a thermal process unit that operates at a peak 
temperature typically between 540[deg] and 870 [deg]C (1000[deg] and 
1600 [deg]F) and is used to drive off the volatile constituents of 
pitch-impregnated refractory shapes under a reducing or oxygen-deprived 
atmosphere.
    Continuous parameter monitoring system (CPMS) means the total 
equipment that is used to measure and record temperature, pressure, 
liquid flow rate, gas flow rate, or pH on a continuous basis in one or 
more locations. ``Total equipment'' includes the sensor, mechanical 
components, electronic components, data acquisition system, data 
recording system, electrical wiring, and other components of a CPMS.
    Continuous process means a process that operates continuously. In a 
continuous process unit, the materials or shapes that are processed are 
either continuously charged (fed) to and discharged from the process 
unit, or are charged and discharged at regular time intervals without 
the process unit being shut down. Continuous thermal process units, such 
as tunnel kilns, generally include temperature zones that are maintained 
at relatively constant temperature and through which the materials or 
shapes being processed are conveyed continuously or at regular time 
intervals.
    Curing oven means a thermal process unit that operates at a peak 
temperature typically between 90[deg] and 340 [deg]C (200[deg] and 650 
[deg]F) and is used to activate a thermosetting resin, pitch, or other 
binder in refractory shapes. Curing ovens also perform the same function 
as shape dryers in removing the free moisture from refractory shapes.
    Defumer means a process unit that is used for holding pitch-
impregnated refractory shapes as the shapes defume or cool immediately 
following the impregnation process. This definition includes autoclaves 
that are opened and exhausted to the atmosphere following an 
impregnation cycle and used for holding pitch-impregnated refractory 
shapes while the shapes defume or cool.
    Deviation means any instance in which an affected source subject to 
this subpart, or an owner or operator of such a source:
    (1) Fails to meet any requirement or obligation established by this 
subpart including, but not limited to, any emission limitation (emission 
limit, operating limit, or work practice standard);
    (2) Fails to meet any term or condition that is adopted to implement 
an

[[Page 116]]

applicable requirement in this subpart for any affected source required 
to obtain such a permit; or
    (3) Fails to meet any emission limitation (emission limit, operating 
limit, or work practice standard) in this subpart during startup, 
shutdown, or malfunction, regardless of whether or not such failure is 
permitted by this subpart.
    Dry injection fabric filter (DIFF) means an add-on air pollution 
control device that includes continuous injection of hydrated lime or 
other sorbent into a duct or reaction chamber followed by a fabric 
filter.
    Dry lime scrubber/fabric filter (DLS/FF) means an add-on air 
pollution control device that includes continuous injection of 
humidified hydrated lime or other sorbent into a reaction chamber 
followed by a fabric filter. These systems may include recirculation of 
some of the sorbent.
    Dry limestone adsorber (DLA) means an air pollution control device 
that includes a limestone storage bin, a reaction chamber that is 
essentially a packed-tower filled with limestone, and may or may not 
include a peeling drum that mechanically scrapes reacted limestone to 
regenerate the stone for reuse.
    Emission limitation means any restriction on the emissions a process 
unit may discharge.
    Fabric filter means an add-on air pollution control device used to 
capture particulate matter by filtering a process exhaust stream through 
a filter or filter media; a fabric filter is also known as a baghouse.
    Fired refractory shape means a refractory shape that has been fired 
in a kiln.
    HAP means any hazardous air pollutant that appears in section 112(b) 
of the Clean Air Act.
    Kiln means a thermal process unit that operates at a peak 
temperature greater than 820 [deg]C (1500 [deg]F) and is used for firing 
or sintering refractory, ceramic, or other shapes.
    Kiln furniture means any refractory shape that is used to hold, 
support, or position ceramic or refractory products in a kiln during the 
firing process.
    Maximum organic HAP processing rate means the combination of process 
and refractory product formulation that has the greatest potential to 
emit organic HAP. The maximum organic HAP processing rate is a function 
of the organic HAP processing rate, process operating temperature, and 
other process operating parameters that affect emissions of organic HAP. 
(See also the definition of organic HAP processing rate.)
    Organic HAP processing rate means the rate at which the mass of 
organic HAP materials contained in refractory shapes are processed in an 
affected thermal process unit. The organic HAP processing rate is a 
function of the amount of organic HAP contained in the resins, binders, 
and additives used in a refractory mix; the amounts of those resins, 
binders, and additives in the refractory mix; and the rate at which the 
refractory shapes formed from the refractory mix are processed in an 
affected thermal process unit. For continuous process units, the organic 
HAP processing rate is expressed in units of mass of organic HAP per 
unit of time (e.g., pounds per hour). For batch process units, the 
organic HAP processing rate is expressed in units of mass of organic HAP 
per unit mass of refractory shapes processed during the batch process 
cycle (e.g., pounds per ton).
    Particulate matter (PM) means, for the purposes of this subpart, 
emissions of particulate matter that serve as a measure of total 
particulate emissions as measured by EPA Method 5 of 40 CFR part 60, 
appendix A.
    Peak emissions period means the period of consecutive hourly mass 
emissions of the applicable pollutant that is greater than any other 
period of consecutive hourly mass emissions for the same pollutant over 
the course of a specified batch process cycle, as defined in paragraphs 
(1) and (2) of this definition. The peak emissions period is a function 
of the rate at which the temperature of the refractory shapes is 
increased, the mass and loading configuration of the shapes in the 
process unit, the constituents of the refractory mix, and the type of 
pollutants emitted.
    (1) The 3-hour peak THC emissions period is the period of 3 
consecutive hours over which the sum of the hourly

[[Page 117]]

THC mass emissions rates is greater than the sum of the hourly THC mass 
emissions rates for any other period of 3 consecutive hours during the 
same batch process cycle.
    (2) The 3-hour peak HF emissions period is the period of 3 
consecutive hours over which the sum of the hourly HF mass emissions 
rates is greater than the sum of the hourly HF mass emissions rates for 
any other period of 3 consecutive hours during the same batch process 
cycle.
    Period of natural gas curtailment or supply interruption means a 
period of time during which the supply of natural gas to an affected 
facility is halted for reasons beyond the control of the facility. An 
increase in the cost or unit price of natural gas does not constitute a 
period of natural gas curtailment or supply interruption.
    Pitch means the residue from the distillation of petroleum or coal 
tar.
    Pitch-bonded refractory product means a formed refractory product 
that is manufactured using pitch as a bonding agent. Pitch-bonded 
refractory products are manufactured by mixing pitch with magnesium 
oxide, graphite, alumina, silicon carbide, silica, or other refractory 
raw materials, and forming the mix into shapes. After forming, pitch-
bonded refractory products are cured in a curing oven and may be 
subsequently fired in a kiln.
    Pitch-impregnated refractory product means a refractory shape that 
has been fired in a kiln, then impregnated with heated coal tar or 
petroleum pitch under pressure. After impregnation, pitch-impregnated 
refractory shapes may undergo the coking process in a coking oven. The 
total carbon content of a pitch-impregnated refractory product is less 
than 50 percent.
    Pitch working tank means a tank that is used for heating pitch to 
the impregnation temperature, typically between 150[deg] and 260 [deg]C 
(300[deg] and 500 [deg]F); temporarily storing heated pitch between 
impregnation cycles; and transferring pitch to and from the autoclave 
during the impregnation step in manufacturing pitch-impregnated 
refractory products.
    Plant site means all contiguous or adjoining property that is under 
common control, including properties that are separated only by a road 
or other public right-of-way. Common control includes properties that 
are owned, leased, or operated by the same entity, parent entity, 
subsidiary, or any combination thereof.
    Redundant sensor means a second sensor or a back-up sensor that is 
integrated into a CPMS and is used to check the parameter value (e.g., 
temperature, pressure) measured by the primary sensor of the CPMS.
    Refractory product means nonmetallic materials containing less than 
50 percent carbon by weight and having those chemical and physical 
properties that make them applicable for structures, or as components of 
systems, that are exposed to environments above 538 [deg]C (1000 
[deg]F). This definition includes, but is not limited to: refractory 
bricks, kiln furniture, crucibles, refractory ceramic fiber, and other 
materials used as linings for boilers, kilns, and other processing units 
and equipment where extremes of temperature, corrosion, and abrasion 
would destroy other materials.
    Refractory products that use organic HAP means resin-bonded 
refractory products, pitch-bonded refractory products, and other 
refractory products that are produced using a substance that is an 
organic HAP, that releases an organic HAP during production of the 
refractory product, or that contains an organic HAP, such as methanol or 
ethylene glycol.
    Refractory shape means any refractory piece forming a stable mass 
with specific dimensions.
    Research and development process unit means any process unit whose 
purpose is to conduct research and development for new processes and 
products and is not engaged in the manufacture of products for 
commercial sale, except in a de minimis manner.
    Resin-bonded refractory product means a formed refractory product 
that is manufactured using a phenolic resin or other type of 
thermosetting resin as a bonding agent. Resin-bonded refractory products 
are manufactured by mixing resin with alumina, magnesium oxide, 
graphite, silica, zirconia, or other refractory raw materials, and 
forming the mix into shapes. After forming, resin-bonded refractory 
products are

[[Page 118]]

cured in a curing oven and may be subsequently fired in a kiln.
    Responsible official means one of the following:
    (1) For a corporation: a president, secretary, treasurer, or vice-
president of the corporation in charge of a principal business function, 
or any other person who performs similar policy or decisionmaking 
functions for the corporation, or a duly authorized representative of 
such person if the representative is responsible for the overall 
operation of one or more manufacturing, production, or operating 
facilities applying for or subject to a permit and either:
    (i) The facilities employ more than 250 persons or have gross annual 
sales or expenditures exceeding $25 million (in second quarter 1980 
dollars); or
    (ii) The delegation of authority to such representatives is approved 
in advance by the Administrator;
    (2) For a partnership or sole proprietorship: a general partner or 
the proprietor, respectively;
    (3) For a municipality, State, Federal, or other public agency: 
either a principal executive officer or ranking elected official. For 
the purposes of this part, a principal executive officer of a Federal 
agency includes the chief executive officer having responsibility for 
the overall operations of a principal geographic unit of the agency 
(e.g., a Regional Administrator of EPA); or
    (4) For affected sources (as defined in this subpart) applying for 
or subject to a title V permit: ``responsible official'' shall have the 
same meaning as defined in part 70 or Federal title V regulations in 
this chapter (42 U.S.C. 7661), whichever is applicable.
    Shape dryer means a thermal process unit that operates at a peak 
temperature typically between 40[deg] and 700 [deg]C (100[deg] and 1300 
[deg]F) and is used exclusively to reduce the free moisture content of a 
refractory shape. Shape dryers generally are the initial thermal process 
step following the forming step in refractory products manufacturing. 
(See also the definition of a curing oven.)
    Shape preheater means a thermal process unit that operates at a peak 
temperature typically between 180[deg] and 320 [deg]C (350[deg] and 600 
[deg]F) and is used to heat fired refractory shapes prior to the 
impregnation step in manufacturing pitch-impregnated refractory 
products.
    Thermal oxidizer means an add-on air pollution control device that 
includes one or more combustion chambers and is designed specifically to 
destroy organic compounds in a process exhaust gas stream by 
incineration.
    Uncalcined clay means clay that has not undergone thermal processing 
in a calciner.
    Wet scrubber means an add-on air pollution control device that 
removes pollutants from a gas stream by bringing them into contact with 
a liquid, typically water.
    Work practice standard means any design, equipment, work practice, 
or operational standard, or combination thereof, that is promulgated 
pursuant to section 112(h) of the Clean Air Act.



        Sec. Table 1 to Subpart SSSSS of Part 63--Emission Limits

    As stated in Sec. 63.9788, you must comply with the emission limits 
for affected sources in the following table:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                           You must meet the following
               For . . .                      emission limits . . .
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Each new or existing curing oven,     As specified in items 2 through
 shape dryer, and kiln that is used to    9 of this table.
 process refractory products that use
 organic HAP; each new or existing
 coking oven and defumer that is used
 to produce pitch-impregnated
 refractory products; each new shape
 preheater that is used to produce
 pitch-impregnated refractory products;
 AND each new or existing process unit
 that is exhausted to a thermal or
 catalytic oxidizer that also controls
 emissions from an affected shape
 preheater or pitch working tank.
2. Continuous process units that are     a. The 3-hour block average THC
 controlled with a thermal or catalytic   concentration must not exceed
 oxidizer.                                20 parts per million by
                                          volume, dry basis (ppmvd),
                                          corrected to 18 percent
                                          oxygen, at the outlet of the
                                          control device; or

[[Page 119]]

 
                                         b. The 3-hour block average THC
                                          mass emissions rate must be
                                          reduced by at least 95
                                          percent.
3. Continuous process units that are     a. The 3-hour block average THC
 equipped with a control device other     concentration must not exceed
 than a thermal or catalytic oxidizer.    20 ppmvd, corrected to 18
                                          percent oxygen, at the outlet
                                          of the control device; or
                                         b. The 3-hour block average THC
                                          mass emissions rate must be
                                          reduced by at least 95
                                          percent.
4. Continuous process units that use     The 3-hour block average THC
 process changes to reduce organic HAP    concentration must not exceed
 emissions.                               20 ppmvd, corrected to 18
                                          percent oxygen, at the outlet
                                          of the process gas stream.
5. Continuous kilns that are not         The 3-hour block average THC
 equipped with a control device.          concentration must not exceed
                                          20 ppmvd, corrected to 18
                                          percent oxygen, at the outlet
                                          of the process gas stream.
6. Batch process units that are          a. The 2-run block average THC
 controlled with a thermal or catalytic   concentration for the 3-hour
 oxidizer.                                peak emissions period must not
                                          exceed 20 ppmvd, corrected to
                                          18 percent oxygen, at the
                                          outlet of the control device;
                                          or
                                         b. The 2-run block average THC
                                          mass emissions rate for the 3-
                                          hour peak emissions period
                                          must be reduced by at least 95
                                          percent.
7. Batch process units that are          a. The 2-run block average THC
 equipped with a control device other     concentration for the 3-hour
 than a thermal or catalytic oxidizer.    peak emissions period must not
                                          exceed 20 ppmvd, corrected to
                                          18 percent oxygen, at the
                                          outlet of the control device;
                                          or
                                         b. The 2-run block average THC
                                          mass emissions rate for the 3-
                                          hour peak emissions period
                                          must be reduced by at least 95
                                          percent.
8. Batch process units that use process  The 2-run block average THC
 changes to reduce organic HAP            concentration for the 3-hour
 emissions.                               peak emissions period must not
                                          exceed 20 ppmvd, corrected to
                                          18 percent oxygen, at the
                                          outlet of the process gas
                                          stream.
9. Batch process kilns that are not      The 2-run block average THC
 equipped with a control device.          concentration for the 3-hour
                                          peak emissions period must not
                                          exceed 20 ppmvd, corrected to
                                          18 percent oxygen, at the
                                          outlet of the process gas
                                          stream.
10. Each new continuous kiln that is     a. The 3-hour block average HF
 used to produce clay refractory          emissions must not exceed
 products.                                0.019 kilograms per megagram
                                          (kg/Mg) (0.038 pounds per ton
                                          (lb/ton)) of uncalcined clay
                                          processed, OR the 3-hour block
                                          average HF mass emissions rate
                                          must be reduced by at least 90
                                          percent; and
                                         b. The 3-hour block average HCl
                                          emissions must not exceed
                                          0.091 kg/Mg (0.18 lb/ton) of
                                          uncalcined clay processed, OR
                                          the 3-hour block average HCl
                                          mass emissions rate must be
                                          reduced by at least 30
                                          percent.
11. Each new batch process kiln that is  a. The 2-run block average HF
 used to produce clay refractory          mass emissions rate for the 3-
 products.                                hour peak emissions period
                                          must be reduced by at least 90
                                          percent; and
                                         b. The 2-run block average HCl
                                          mass emissions rate for the 3-
                                          hour peak emissions period
                                          must be reduced by at least 30
                                          percent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------



       Sec. Table 2 to Subpart SSSSS of Part 63--Operating Limits

    As stated in Sec. 63.9788, you must comply with the operating 
limits for affected sources in the following table:]

------------------------------------------------------------------------
               For . . .                          You must . . .
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Each affected source listed in Table  a. Operate all affected sources
 1 to this subpart.                       according to the requirements
                                          to this subpart on and after
                                          the date on which the initial
                                          performance test is conducted
                                          or required to be conducted,
                                          whichever date is earlier; and
                                         b. Capture emissions and vent
                                          them through a closed system;
                                          and
                                         c. Operate each control device
                                          that is required to comply
                                          with this subpart on each
                                          affected source during all
                                          periods that the source is
                                          operating, except where
                                          specified in Sec.
                                          63.9792(e), item 2 of this
                                          table, and item 13 of Table 4
                                          to this subpart; and
                                         d. Record all operating
                                          parameters specified in Table
                                          8 to this subpart for the
                                          affected source; and
                                         e. Prepare and implement a
                                          written OM&M plan as specified
                                          in Sec. 63.9792(d).

[[Page 120]]

 
2. Each affected continuous kiln that    a. Receive approval from the
 is equipped with an emission control     Administrator before taking
 device.                                  the control device on the
                                          affected kiln out of service
                                          for scheduled maintenance, as
                                          specified in Sec.
                                          63.9792(e); and
                                         b. Minimize HAP emissions from
                                          the affected kiln during all
                                          periods of scheduled
                                          maintenance of the kiln
                                          control device when the kiln
                                          is operating and the control
                                          device is out of service; and
                                         c. Minimize the duration of all
                                          periods of scheduled
                                          maintenance of the kiln
                                          control device when the kiln
                                          is operating and the control
                                          device is out of service.
3. Each new or existing curing oven,     Satisfy the applicable
 shape dryer, and kiln that is used to    operating limits specified in
 process refractory products that use     items 4 through 9 of this
 organic HAP; each new or existing        table.
 coking oven and defumer that is used
 to produce pitch-impregnated
 refractory products; each new shape
 preheater that is used to produce
 pitch-impregnated refractory products;
 AND each new or existing process unit
 that is exhausted to a thermal or
 catalytic oxidizer that also controls
 emissions from an affected shape
 preheater or pitch working tank.
4. Each affected continuous process      Maintain the 3-hour block
 unit.                                    average organic HAP processing
                                          rate (pounds per hour) at or
                                          below the maximum organic HAP
                                          processing rate established
                                          during the most recent
                                          performance test.
5. Continuous process units that are     Maintain the 3-hour block
 equipped with a thermal oxidizer.        average operating temperature
                                          in the thermal oxidizer
                                          combustion chamber at or above
                                          the minimum allowable
                                          operating temperature for the
                                          oxidizer established during
                                          the most recent performance
                                          test.
6. Continuous process units that are     a. Maintain the 3-hour block
 equipped with a catalytic oxidizer.      average operating temperature
                                          at the inlet of the catalyst
                                          bed of the oxidizer at or
                                          above the minimum allowable
                                          operating temperature for the
                                          oxidizer established during
                                          the most recent performance
                                          test; and
                                         b. Check the activity level of
                                          the catalyst at least every 12
                                          months.
7. Each affected batch process unit....  For each batch cycle, maintain
                                          the organic HAP processing
                                          rate (pounds per batch) at or
                                          below the maximum organic HAP
                                          processing rate established
                                          during the most recent
                                          performance test.
8. Batch process units that are          a. From the start of each batch
 equipped with a thermal oxidizer.        cycle until 3 hours have
                                          passed since the process unit
                                          reached maximum temperature,
                                          maintain the hourly average
                                          operating temperature in the
                                          thermal oxidizer combustion
                                          chamber at or above the
                                          minimum allowable operating
                                          temperature established for
                                          the corresponding period
                                          during the most recent
                                          performance test, as
                                          determined according to item
                                          11 of Table 4 to this subpart;
                                          and
                                         b. For each subsequent hour of
                                          the batch cycle, maintain the
                                          hourly average operating
                                          temperature in the thermal
                                          oxidizer combustion chamber at
                                          or above the minimum allowable
                                          operating temperature
                                          established for the
                                          corresponding hour during the
                                          most recent performance test,
                                          as specified in item 13 of
                                          Table 4 to this subpart.
9. Batch process units that are          a. From the start of each batch
 equipped with a catalytic oxidizer.      cycle until 3 hours have
                                          passed since the process unit
                                          reached maximum temperature,
                                          maintain the hourly average
                                          operating temperature at the
                                          inlet of the catalyst bed at
                                          or above the minimum allowable
                                          operating temperature
                                          established for the
                                          corresponding period during
                                          the most recent performance
                                          test, as determined according
                                          to item 12 of Table 4 to this
                                          subpart; and
                                         b. For each subsequent hour of
                                          the batch cycle, maintain the
                                          hourly average operating
                                          temperature at the inlet of
                                          the catalyst bed at or above
                                          the minimum allowable
                                          operating temperature
                                          established for the
                                          corresponding hour during the
                                          most recent performance test,
                                          as specified in item 13 of
                                          Table 4 to this subpart; and
                                         c. Check the activity level of
                                          the catalyst at least every 12
                                          months.
10. Each new kiln that is used to        Satisfy the applicable
 process clay refractory products.        operating limits specified in
                                          items 11 through 13 of this
                                          table.
11. Each affected kiln that is equipped  a. Maintain the 3-hour block
 with a DLA.                              average pressure drop across
                                          the DLA at or above the
                                          minimum levels established
                                          during the most recent
                                          performance test; and
                                         b. Maintain free-flowing
                                          limestone in the feed hopper,
                                          silo, and DLA at all times;
                                          and

[[Page 121]]

 
                                         c. Maintain the limestone
                                          feeder at or above the level
                                          established during the most
                                          recent performance test; and
                                         d. Use the same grade of
                                          limestone from the same source
                                          as was used during the most
                                          recent performance test and
                                          maintain records of the source
                                          and type of limestone used.
12. Each affected kiln that is equipped  a. Initiate corrective action
 with a DIFF or DLS/FF.                   within 1 hour of a bag leak
                                          detection system alarm and
                                          complete corrective actions in
                                          accordance with the OM&M plan;
                                          and
                                         b. Verify at least once each 8-
                                          hour shift that lime is free-
                                          flowing by means of a visual
                                          check, checking the output of
                                          a load cell, carrier gas/lime
                                          flow indicator, or carrier gas
                                          pressure drop measurement
                                          system; and
                                         c. Record the lime feeder
                                          setting daily to verify that
                                          the feeder setting is at or
                                          above the level established
                                          during the most recent
                                          performance test.
13. Each affected kiln that is equipped  a. Maintain the 3-hour block
 with a wet scrubber.                     average pressure drop across
                                          the scrubber, liquid pH, and
                                          liquid flow rate at or above
                                          the minimum levels established
                                          during the most recent
                                          performance test; and
                                         b. If chemicals are added to
                                          the scrubber liquid, maintain
                                          the 3-hour block average
                                          chemical feed rate at or above
                                          the minimum chemical feed rate
                                          established during the most
                                          recent performance test.
------------------------------------------------------------------------



    Sec. Table 3 to Subpart SSSSS of Part 63--Work Practice Standards

    As stated in Sec. 63.9788, you must comply with the work practice 
standards for affected sources in the following table:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       According to one
            For . . .               You must . . .     of the following
                                                      requirements . . .
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Each basket or container that  a. Control POM      i. At least every
 is used for holding fired         emissions from      10 preheating
 refractory shapes in an           any affected        cycles, clean the
 existing shape preheater and      shape preheater.    residual pitch
 autoclave during the pitch                            from the surfaces
 impregnation process.                                 of the basket or
                                                       container by
                                                       abrasive blasting
                                                       prior to placing
                                                       the basket or
                                                       container in the
                                                       affected shape
                                                       preheater; or
                                                      ii. At least every
                                                       10 preheating
                                                       cycles, subject
                                                       the basket or
                                                       container to a
                                                       thermal process
                                                       cycle that meets
                                                       or exceeds the
                                                       operating
                                                       temperature and
                                                       cycle time of the
                                                       affected
                                                       preheater, AND is
                                                       conducted in a
                                                       process unit that
                                                       is exhausted to a
                                                       thermal or
                                                       catalytic
                                                       oxidizer that is
                                                       comparable to the
                                                       control device
                                                       used on an
                                                       affected defumer
                                                       or coking oven;
                                                       or
                                                      iii. Capture
                                                       emissions from
                                                       the affected
                                                       shape preheater
                                                       and vent them to
                                                       the control
                                                       device that is
                                                       used to control
                                                       emissions from an
                                                       affected defumer
                                                       or coking oven,
                                                       or to a
                                                       comparable
                                                       thermal or
                                                       catalytic
                                                       oxidizer.
2. Each new or existing pitch     Control POM         Capture emissions
 working tank.                     emissions.          from the affected
                                                       pitch working
                                                       tank and vent
                                                       them to the
                                                       control device
                                                       that is used to
                                                       control emissions
                                                       from an affected
                                                       defumer or coking
                                                       oven, OR to a
                                                       comparable
                                                       thermal or
                                                       catalytic
                                                       oxidizer.
3. Each new or existing chromium  Minimize fuel-      Use natural gas,
 refractory products kiln.         based HAP           or equivalent, as
                                   emissions.          the kiln fuel,
                                                       except during
                                                       periods of
                                                       natural gas
                                                       curtailment or
                                                       supply
                                                       interruption, as
                                                       defined in Sec.
                                                       63.9824.
4. Each existing clay refractory  Minimize fuel-      Use natural gas,
 products kiln.                    based HAP           or equivalent, as
                                   emissions.          the kiln fuel,
                                                       except during
                                                       periods of
                                                       natural gas
                                                       curtailment or
                                                       supply
                                                       interruption, as
                                                       defined in Sec.
                                                       63.9824.
------------------------------------------------------------------------


[[Page 122]]



 Sec. Table 4 to Subpart SSSSS to Part 63--Requirements for Performance 
                                  Tests

    As stated in Sec. 63.9800, you must comply with the requirements 
for performance tests for affected sources in the following table:

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                             According to the
              For . . .                    You must . . .             Using . . .         following requirements
                                                                                                  . . .
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Each affected source listed in     a. Conduct performance    i. The requirements of   (1) Record the date of
 Table 1 to this subpart.              tests.                    the general provisions   the test; and
                                                                 in subpart A of this    (2) Identify the
                                                                 part and the             emission source that
                                                                 requirements to this     is tested; and
                                                                 subpart.                (3) Collect and record
                                                                                          the corresponding
                                                                                          operating parameter
                                                                                          and emission test data
                                                                                          listed in this table
                                                                                          for each run of the
                                                                                          performance test; and
                                                                                         (4) Repeat the
                                                                                          performance test at
                                                                                          least every 5 years;
                                                                                          and
                                                                                         (5) Repeat the
                                                                                          performance test
                                                                                          before changing the
                                                                                          parameter value for
                                                                                          any operating limit
                                                                                          specified in your OM&M
                                                                                          plan; and
                                                                                         (6) If complying with
                                                                                          the THC concentration
                                                                                          or THC percentage
                                                                                          reduction limits
                                                                                          specified in items 2
                                                                                          through 9 of Table 1
                                                                                          to this subpart,
                                                                                          repeat the performance
                                                                                          test under the
                                                                                          conditions specified
                                                                                          in items 2.a.2. and
                                                                                          2.a.3. of this table;
                                                                                          and
                                                                                         (7) If complying with
                                                                                          the emission limits
                                                                                          for new clay
                                                                                          refractory products
                                                                                          kilns specified in
                                                                                          items 10 and 11 of
                                                                                          Table 1 to this
                                                                                          subpart, repeat the
                                                                                          performance test under
                                                                                          the conditions
                                                                                          specified in items
                                                                                          14.a.i.4. and
                                                                                          17.a.i.4. of this
                                                                                          table.
                                      b. Select the locations   i. Method 1 or 1A of 40  (1) To demonstrate
                                       of sampling ports and     CFR part 60, appendix    compliance with the
                                       the number of traverse    A.                       percentage reduction
                                       points.                                            limits specified in
                                                                                          items 2.b., 3.b.,
                                                                                          6.b., 7.b., 10, and 11
                                                                                          of Table 1 to this
                                                                                          subpart, locate
                                                                                          sampling sites at the
                                                                                          inlet of the control
                                                                                          device and at either
                                                                                          the outlet of the
                                                                                          control device or at
                                                                                          the stack prior to any
                                                                                          releases to the
                                                                                          atmosphere; and
                                                                                         (2) To demonstrate
                                                                                          compliance with any
                                                                                          other emission limit
                                                                                          specified in Table 1
                                                                                          to this subpart,
                                                                                          locate all sampling
                                                                                          sites at the outlet of
                                                                                          the control device or
                                                                                          at the stack prior to
                                                                                          any releases to the
                                                                                          atmosphere.
                                      c. Determine gas          Method 2, 2A, 2C, 2D,    Measure gas velocities
                                       velocity and volumetric   2F, or 2G of 40 CFR      and volumetric flow
                                       flow rate.                part 60, appendix A.     rates at 1-hour
                                                                                          intervals throughout
                                                                                          each test run.
                                      d. Conduct gas molecular  (i) Method 3, 3A, or 3B  As specified in the
                                       weight analysis.          of 40 CFR part 60,       applicable test
                                                                 appendix A; or           method.
                                                                (ii) ASME PTC 19.10-     You may use ASME PTC
                                                                 1981-Part 10.            19.10-1981-Part 10
                                                                                          (available for
                                                                                          purchase from Three
                                                                                          Park Avenue, New York,
                                                                                          NY 10016-5990) as an
                                                                                          alternative to EPA
                                                                                          Method 3B.
                                      e. Measure gas moisture   Method 4 of 40 CFR part  As specified in the
                                       content.                  60, appendix A.          applicable test
                                                                                          method.

[[Page 123]]

 
2. Each new or existing curing oven,  a. Conduct performance    .......................  (1) Conduct the
 shape dryer, and kiln that is used    tests.                                             performance test while
 to process refractory products that                                                      the source is
 use organic HAP; each new or                                                             operating at the
 existing coking oven and defumer                                                         maximum organic HAP
 that is used to produce pitch-                                                           processing rate, as
 impregnated refractory products;                                                         defined in Sec.
 each new shape preheater that is                                                         63.9824, reasonably
 used to produce pitch-impregnated                                                        expected to occur; and
 refractory products; AND each new                                                       (2) Repeat the
 or existing process unit that is                                                         performance test
 exhausted to a thermal or catalytic                                                      before starting
 oxidizer that also controls                                                              production of any
 emissions from an affected shape                                                         product for which the
 preheater or pitch working tank.                                                         organic HAP processing
                                                                                          rate is likely to
                                                                                          exceed the maximum
                                                                                          organic HAP processing
                                                                                          rate established
                                                                                          during the most recent
                                                                                          performance test by
                                                                                          more than 10 percent,
                                                                                          as specified in Sec.
                                                                                          63.9798(c); and
                                                                                         (3) Repeat the
                                                                                          performance test on
                                                                                          any affected
                                                                                          uncontrolled kiln
                                                                                          following process
                                                                                          changes (e.g., shorter
                                                                                          curing oven cycle
                                                                                          time) that could
                                                                                          increase organic HAP
                                                                                          emissions from the
                                                                                          affected kiln, as
                                                                                          specified in Sec.
                                                                                          63.9798(d).
                                      b. Satisfy the
                                       applicable requirements
                                       listed in items 3
                                       through 13 of this
                                       table.
3. Each affected continuous process   a. Perform a minimum of   The appropriate test     Each test run must be
 unit.                                 3 test runs.              methods specified in     at least 1 hour in
                                                                 items 1, 4, and 5 of     duration.
                                                                 this table.
                                      b. Establish the          i. Method 311 of 40 CFR  (1) Calculate and
                                       operating limit for the   part 63, appendix A,     record the organic HAP
                                       maximum organic HAP       OR material safety       content of all
                                       processing rate.          data sheets (MSDS), OR   refractory shapes that
                                                                 product labels to        are processed during
                                                                 determine the mass       the performance test,
                                                                 fraction of organic      based on the mass
                                                                 HAP in each resin,       fraction of organic
                                                                 binder, or additive;     HAP in the resins,
                                                                 and                      binders, or additives;
                                                                                          the mass fraction of
                                                                                          each resin, binder, or
                                                                                          additive, in the
                                                                                          product; and the
                                                                                          process feed rate; and
                                                                ii. Product formulation  (2) Calculate and
                                                                 data that specify the    record the organic HAP
                                                                 mass fraction of each    processing rate
                                                                 resin, binder, and       (pounds per hour) for
                                                                 additive in the          each test run; and
                                                                 products that are
                                                                 processed during the
                                                                 performance test; and
                                                                iii. Process feed rate   (3) Calculate and
                                                                 data (tons per hour).    record the maximum
                                                                                          organic HAP processing
                                                                                          rate as the average of
                                                                                          the organic HAP
                                                                                          processing rates for
                                                                                          the three test runs.
                                      c. Record the operating   Process data...........  During each test run
                                       temperature of the                                 and at least once per
                                       affected source.                                   hour, record the
                                                                                          operating temperature
                                                                                          in the highest
                                                                                          temperature zone of
                                                                                          the affected source.

[[Page 124]]

 
4. Each continuous process unit that  a. Measure THC            i. Method 25A of 40 CFR  (1) Each minute,
 is subject to the THC emission        concentrations at the     part 60, appendix A.     measure and record the
 limit listed in item 2.a., 3.a., 4,   outlet of the control                              concentrations of THC
 or 5 of Table 1 to this subpart.      device or in the stack.                            in the exhaust stream;
                                                                                          and
                                                                                         (2) Provide at least 50
                                                                                          1-minute measurements
                                                                                          for each valid hourly
                                                                                          average THC
                                                                                          concentration.
                                      b. Measure oxygen         i. Method 3A of 40 CFR   (1) Each minute,
                                       concentrations at the     part 60, appendix A.     measure and record the
                                       outlet of the control                              concentrations of
                                       device or in the stack.                            oxygen in the exhaust
                                                                                          stream; and
                                                                                         (2) Provide at least 50
                                                                                          1-minute measurements
                                                                                          for each valid hourly
                                                                                          average THC
                                                                                          concentration.
                                      c. Determine the hourly   i. Equation 1 of Sec. (1) Calculate the
                                       average THC               63.9800(g)(1); and.      hourly average THC
                                       concentration,           ii. The 1-minute THC      concentration for each
                                       corrected to 18 percent   and oxygen               hour of the
                                       oxygen.                   concentration data.      performance test as
                                                                                          the average of the 1-
                                                                                          minute THC
                                                                                          measurements; and
                                                                                         (2) Calculate the
                                                                                          hourly average oxygen
                                                                                          concentration for each
                                                                                          hour of the
                                                                                          performance test as
                                                                                          the average of the 1-
                                                                                          minute oxygen
                                                                                          measurements; and
                                                                                         (3) Correct the hourly
                                                                                          average THC
                                                                                          concentrations to 18
                                                                                          percent oxygen using
                                                                                          Equation 1 of Sec.
                                                                                          63.9800(g)(1).
                                      d. Determine the 3-hour   The hourly average       Calculate the 3-hour
                                       block average THC         concentration of THC,    block average THC
                                       emission concentration,   corrected to 18          emission
                                       corrected to 18 percent   percent oxygen, for      concentration,
                                       oxygen.                   each test run.           corrected to 18
                                                                                          percent oxygen, as the
                                                                                          average of the hourly
                                                                                          average THC emission
                                                                                          concentrations,
                                                                                          corrected to 18
                                                                                          percent oxygen.
5. Each continuous process unit that  a. Measure THC            i. Method 25A of 40 CFR  (1) Each minute,
 is subject to the THC percentage      concentrations at the     part 60, appendix A.     measure and record the
 reduction limit listed in item 2.b.   inlet and outlet of the                            concentrations of THC
 or 3.b. of Table 1 to this subpart.   control device.                                    at the inlet and
                                                                                          outlet of the control
                                                                                          device; and
                                                                                         (2) Provide at least 50
                                                                                          1-minute measurements
                                                                                          for each valid hourly
                                                                                          average THC
                                                                                          concentration at the
                                                                                          control device inlet
                                                                                          and outlet.
                                      b. Determine the hourly   i. The 1-minute THC      Calculate the hourly
                                       THC mass emissions        concentration data at    THC mass emissions
                                       rates at the inlet and    the control device       rates at the control
                                       outlet of the control     inlet and outlet; and    device inlet and
                                       device.                  ii. The volumetric flow   outlet for each hour
                                                                 rates at the control     of the performance
                                                                 device inlet and         test.
                                                                 outlet.
                                      c. Determine the 3-hour   i. The hourly THC mass   (1) Calculate the
                                       block average THC         emissions rates at the   hourly THC percentage
                                       percentage reduction.     inlet and outlet of      reduction for each
                                                                 the control device.      hour of the
                                                                                          performance test using
                                                                                          Equation 2 of Sec.
                                                                                          63.9800(g)(1); and
                                                                                         (2) Calculate the 3-
                                                                                          hour block average THC
                                                                                          percentage reduction.

[[Page 125]]

 
6. Each continous process unit that   a. Establish the          i. Continuous recording  (1) At least every 15
 is equipped with a thermal oxidizer.  operating limit for the   of the output of the     minutes, measure and
                                       minimum allowable         combustion chamber       record the thermal
                                       thermal oxidizer          temperature              oxidizer combustion
                                       combustion chamber        measurement device.      chamber temperature;
                                       temperature.                                       and
                                                                                         (2) Provide at least
                                                                                          one measurement during
                                                                                          at least three 15-
                                                                                          minute periods per
                                                                                          hour of testing; and
                                                                                         (3) Calculate the
                                                                                          hourly average thermal
                                                                                          oxidizer combustion
                                                                                          chamber temperature
                                                                                          for each hour of the
                                                                                          performance test; and
                                                                                         (4) Calculate the
                                                                                          minimum allowable
                                                                                          combustion chamber
                                                                                          temperature as the
                                                                                          average of the
                                                                                          combustion chamber
                                                                                          temperatures for the
                                                                                          three test runs, minus
                                                                                          14 [deg]C (25 [deg]F).
7. Each continuous process unit that  a. Establish the          i. Continuous recording  (1) At least every 15
 is equipped with a catalytic          operating limit for the   of the output of the     minutes, measure and
 oxidizer.                             minimum allowable         temperature              record the temperature
                                       temperature at the        measurement device.      at the inlet of the
                                       inlet of the catalyst                              catalyst bed; and
                                       bed.                                              (2) Provide at least
                                                                                          one catalyst bed inlet
                                                                                          temperature
                                                                                          measurement during at
                                                                                          least three 15-minute
                                                                                          periods per hour of
                                                                                          testing; and
                                                                                         (3) Calculate the
                                                                                          hourly average
                                                                                          catalyst bed inlet
                                                                                          temperature for each
                                                                                          hour of the
                                                                                          performance test; and
                                                                                         (4) Calculate the
                                                                                          minimum allowable
                                                                                          catalyst bed inlet
                                                                                          temperature as the
                                                                                          average of the
                                                                                          catalyst bed inlet
                                                                                          temperatures for the
                                                                                          three test runs, minus
                                                                                          14 [deg]C (25 [deg]F).
8. Each affected batch process unit.  a. Perform a minimum of   i. The appropriate test  (1) Each test run must
                                       two test runs.            methods specified in     be conducted over a
                                                                 items 1, 9, and 10 of    separate batch cycle
                                                                 this table.              unless you satisfy the
                                                                                          requirements of Sec.
                                                                                          63.9800(f)(3) and (4);
                                                                                          and
                                                                                         (2) Each test run must
                                                                                          begin with the start
                                                                                          of a batch cycle,
                                                                                          except as specified in
                                                                                          item 8.a.i.4. of this
                                                                                          table; and
                                                                                         (3) Each test run must
                                                                                          continue until the end
                                                                                          of the batch cycle,
                                                                                          except as specified in
                                                                                          items 8.a.i.4. and
                                                                                          8.a.i.5. of this
                                                                                          table; and
                                                                                         (4) If you develop an
                                                                                          emissions profile, as
                                                                                          described in Sec.
                                                                                          63.9802(a), AND for
                                                                                          sources equipped with
                                                                                          a thermal or catalytic
                                                                                          oxidizer, you do not
                                                                                          reduce the oxidizer
                                                                                          operating temperature,
                                                                                          as specified in item
                                                                                          13 of this table, you
                                                                                          can limit each test
                                                                                          run to the 3-hour peak
                                                                                          THC emissions period;
                                                                                          and

[[Page 126]]

 
                                                                                         (5) If you do not
                                                                                          develop an emissions
                                                                                          profile, a test run
                                                                                          can be stopped, and
                                                                                          the results of that
                                                                                          run considered
                                                                                          complete, if you
                                                                                          measure emissions
                                                                                          continuously until at
                                                                                          least 3 hours after
                                                                                          the affected process
                                                                                          unit has reached
                                                                                          maximum temperature,
                                                                                          AND the hourly average
                                                                                          THC mass emissions
                                                                                          rate has not increased
                                                                                          during the 3-hour
                                                                                          period since maximum
                                                                                          process temperature
                                                                                          was reached, and the
                                                                                          hourly average
                                                                                          concentrations of THC
                                                                                          at the inlet of the
                                                                                          control device have
                                                                                          not exceeded 20 ppmvd,
                                                                                          corrected to 18
                                                                                          percent oxygen, during
                                                                                          the 3-hour period
                                                                                          since maximum process
                                                                                          temperature was
                                                                                          reached or the hourly
                                                                                          average THC percentage
                                                                                          reduction has been at
                                                                                          least 95 percent
                                                                                          during the 3-hour
                                                                                          period since maximum
                                                                                          process temperature
                                                                                          was reached, AND, for
                                                                                          sources equipped with
                                                                                          a thermal or catalytic
                                                                                          oxidizer, at least 1
                                                                                          hour has passed since
                                                                                          any reduction in the
                                                                                          operating temperature
                                                                                          of the oxidizer, as
                                                                                          specified in item 13
                                                                                          of this table.
                                      b. Establish the          i. Method 311 of 40 CFR  (1) Calculate and
                                       operating limit for the   part 63, appendix A,     record the organic HAP
                                       maximum organic HAP       OR MSDS, OR product      content of all
                                       processing rate.          labels to determine      refractory shapes that
                                                                 the mass fraction of     are processed during
                                                                 organic HAP in each      the performance test,
                                                                 resin, binder, or        based on the mass
                                                                 additive; and            fraction of HAP in the
                                                                                          resins, binders, or
                                                                                          additives; the mass
                                                                                          fraction of each
                                                                                          resin, binder, or
                                                                                          additive, in the
                                                                                          product, and the batch
                                                                                          weight prior to
                                                                                          processing; and
                                                                ii. Product formulation  (2) Calculate and
                                                                 data that specify the    record the organic HAP
                                                                 mass fraction of each    processing rate
                                                                 resin, binder, and       (pounds per batch) for
                                                                 additive in the          each test run; and
                                                                 products that are       (3) Calculate and
                                                                 processed during the     record the maximum
                                                                 performance test; and    organic HAP processing
                                                                iii. Batch weight         rate as the average of
                                                                 (tons).                  the organic HAP
                                                                                          processing rates for
                                                                                          the two test runs.
                                      c. Record the batch       Process data...........  Record the total
                                       cycle time.                                        elapsed time from the
                                                                                          start to the
                                                                                          completion of the
                                                                                          batch cycle.
                                      d. Record the operating   Process data...........  Record the operating
                                       temperature of the                                 temperature of the
                                       affected source.                                   affected source at
                                                                                          least once every hour
                                                                                          from the start to the
                                                                                          completion of the
                                                                                          batch cycle.
9. Each batch process unit that is    a. Measure THC            i. Method 25A of 40 CFR  (1) Each minute,
 subject to the THC emission limit     concentrations at the     part 60, appendix A.     measure and record the
 listed in item 6.a., 7.a., 8, or 9    outlet of the control                              concentrations of THC
 of Table 1 to this subpart.           device or in the stack.                            in the exhaust stream;
                                                                                          and
                                                                                         (2) Provide at least 50
                                                                                          1-minute measurements
                                                                                          for each valid hourly
                                                                                          average THC
                                                                                          concentration.

[[Page 127]]

 
                                      b. Measure oxygen         i. Method 3A of 40 CFR   (1) Each minute,
                                       concentrations at the     part 60, appendix A.     measure and record the
                                       outlet of the control                              concentrations of
                                       device or in the stack.                            oxygen in the exhaust
                                                                                          stream; and
                                                                                         (2) Provide at least 50
                                                                                          1-minute measurements
                                                                                          for each valid hourly
                                                                                          average oxygen
                                                                                          concentration.
                                      c. Determine the hourly   i. Equation 1 of Sec. (1) Calculate the
                                       average THC               63.9800(g)(1); and.      hourly average THC
                                       concentration,           ii. The 1-minute THC      concentration for each
                                       corrected to 18 percent   and oxygen               hour of the
                                       oxygen.                   concentration data.      performance test as
                                                                                          the average of the 1-
                                                                                          minute THC
                                                                                          measurements; and
                                                                                         (2) Calculate the
                                                                                          hourly average oxygen
                                                                                          concentration for each
                                                                                          hour of the
                                                                                          performance test as
                                                                                          the average of the 1-
                                                                                          minute oxygen
                                                                                          measurements; and
                                                                                         (3) Correct the hourly
                                                                                          average THC
                                                                                          concentrations to 18
                                                                                          percent oxygen using
                                                                                          Equation 1 of Sec.
                                                                                          63.9800(g)(1).
                                      d. Determine the 3-hour   The hourly average THC   Select the period of 3
                                       peak THC emissions        concentrations,          consecutive hours over
                                       period for each test      corrected to 18          which the sum of the
                                       run.                      percent oxygen.          hourly average THC
                                                                                          concentrations,
                                                                                          corrected to 18
                                                                                          percent oxygen, is
                                                                                          greater than the sum
                                                                                          of the hourly average
                                                                                          THC emission
                                                                                          concentrations,
                                                                                          corrected to 18
                                                                                          percent oxygen, for
                                                                                          any other period of 3
                                                                                          consecutive hours
                                                                                          during the test run.
                                      e. Determine the average  The hourly average THC   Calculate the average
                                       THC concentration,        emission                 of the hourly average
                                       corrected to 18 percent   concentrations,          THC concentrations,
                                       oxygen, for each test     corrected to 18          corrected to 18
                                       run.                      percent oxygen, for      percent oxygen, for
                                                                 the 3-hour peak THC      the 3 hours of the
                                                                 emissions period.        peak emissions period
                                                                                          for each test run.
                                      f. Determine the 2-run    The average THC          Calculate the average
                                       block average THC         concentration,           of the average THC
                                       concentration,            corrected to 18          concentrations,
                                       corrected to 18 percent   percent oxygen, for      corrected to 18
                                       oxygen, for the           each test run.           percent oxygen, for
                                       emission test.                                     each run.
10. Each batch process unit that is   a. Measure THC            i. Method 25A of 40 CFR  (1) Each minute,
 subject to the THC percentage         concentrations at the     part 60, appendix A.     measure and record the
 reduction limit listed in item 6.b.   inlet and outlet of the                            concentrations of THC
 or 7.b. of Table 1 to this subpart.   control device.                                    at the control device
                                                                                          inlet and outlet; and
                                                                                         (2) Provide at least 50
                                                                                          1-minute measurements
                                                                                          for each valid hourly
                                                                                          average THC
                                                                                          concentration at the
                                                                                          control device inlet
                                                                                          and outlet.
                                      b. Determine the hourly   i. The 1-minute THC      (1) Calculate the
                                       THC mass emissions        concentration data at    hourly mass emissions
                                       rates at the control      the control device       rates at the control
                                       device inlet and outlet.  inlet and outlet; and    device inlet and
                                                                ii. The volumetric flow   outlet for each hour
                                                                 rates at the control     of the performance
                                                                 device inlet and         test.
                                                                 outlet.
                                      c. Determine the 3-hour   The hourly THC mass      Select the period of 3
                                       peak THC emissions        emissions rates at the   consecutive hours over
                                       period for each test      control device inlet.    which the sum of the
                                       run.                                               hourly THC mass
                                                                                          emissions rates at the
                                                                                          control device inlet
                                                                                          is greater than the
                                                                                          sum of the hourly THC
                                                                                          mass emissions rates
                                                                                          at the control device
                                                                                          inlet for any other
                                                                                          period of 3
                                                                                          consecutive hours
                                                                                          during the test run.
                                      d. Determine the average  i. Equation 2 of Sec. Calculate the average
                                       THC percentage            63.9800(g)(2); and.      THC percentage
                                       reduction for each test  ii. The hourly THC mass   reduction for each
                                       run.                      emissions rates at the   test run using
                                                                 control device inlet     Equation 2 of Sec.
                                                                 and outlet for the 3-    63.9800(g)(2).
                                                                 hour peak THC
                                                                 emissions period.

[[Page 128]]

 
                                      e. Determine the 2-run    The average THC          Calculate the average
                                       block average THC         percentage reduction     of the average THC
                                       percentage reduction      for each test run.       percentage reductions
                                       for the emission test.                             for each test run.
11. Each batch process unit that is   a. Establish the          i. Continuous recording  (1) At least every 15
 equipped with a thermal oxidizer.     operating limit for the   of the output of the     minutes, measure and
                                       minimum thermal           combustion chamber       record the thermal
                                       oxidizer combustion       temperature              oxidizer combustion
                                       chamber temperature.      measurement device.      chamber temperature;
                                                                                          and
                                                                                         (2) Provide at least
                                                                                          one temperature
                                                                                          measurement during at
                                                                                          least three 15-minute
                                                                                          periods per hour of
                                                                                          testing; and
                                                                                         (3) Calculate the
                                                                                          hourly average
                                                                                          combustion chamber
                                                                                          temperature for each
                                                                                          hour of the 3-hour
                                                                                          peak emissions period,
                                                                                          as defined in item
                                                                                          9.d. or 10.c. of this
                                                                                          table, whichever
                                                                                          applies; and
                                                                                         (4) Calculate the
                                                                                          minimum allowable
                                                                                          thermal oxidizer
                                                                                          combustion chamber
                                                                                          operating temperature
                                                                                          as the average of the
                                                                                          hourly combustion
                                                                                          chamber temperatures
                                                                                          for the 3-hour peak
                                                                                          emissions period,
                                                                                          minus 14 [deg]C (25
                                                                                          [deg]F).
12. Each batch process unit that is   a. Establish the          i. Continuous recording  (1) At least every 15
 equipped with a catalytic oxidizer.   operating limit for the   of the output of the     minutes, measure and
                                       minimum temperature at    temperature              record the temperature
                                       the inlet of the          measurement device.      at the inlet of the
                                       catalyst bed.                                      catalyst bed; and
                                                                                         (2) Provide at least
                                                                                          one catalyst bed inlet
                                                                                          temperature
                                                                                          measurement during at
                                                                                          least three 15-minute
                                                                                          periods per hour of
                                                                                          testing; and
                                                                                         (3) Calculate the
                                                                                          hourly average
                                                                                          catalyst bed inlet
                                                                                          temperature for each
                                                                                          hour of the 3-hour
                                                                                          peak emissions period,
                                                                                          as defined in item
                                                                                          9.d. or 10.c. of this
                                                                                          table, whichever
                                                                                          applies; and
                                                                                         (4) Calculate the
                                                                                          minimum allowable
                                                                                          catalytic oxidizer
                                                                                          catalyst bed inlet
                                                                                          temperature as the
                                                                                          average of the hourly
                                                                                          catalyst bed inlet
                                                                                          temperatures for the 3-
                                                                                          hour peak emissions
                                                                                          period, minus 14
                                                                                          [deg]C (25 [deg]F).
13. Each batch process unit that is   a. During each test run,                           (1) The oxidizer can be
 equipped with a thermal or            maintain the applicable                            shut off or the
 catalytic oxidizer.                   operating temperature                              oxidizer operating
                                       of the oxidizer until                              temperature can be
                                       emission levels allow                              reduced if you do not
                                       the oxidizer to be shut                            use an emission
                                       off or the operating                               profile to limit
                                       temperature of the                                 testing to the 3-hour
                                       oxidizer to be reduced.                            peak emissions period,
                                                                                          as specified in item
                                                                                          8.a.i.4. of this
                                                                                          table; and
                                                                                         (2) At least 3 hours
                                                                                          have passed since the
                                                                                          affected process unit
                                                                                          reached maximum
                                                                                          temperature; and
                                                                                         (3) The applicable
                                                                                          emission limit
                                                                                          specified in item 6.a.
                                                                                          or 6.b. of Table 1 to
                                                                                          this subpart was met
                                                                                          during each of the
                                                                                          previous three 1-hour
                                                                                          periods; and
                                                                                         (4) The hourly average
                                                                                          THC mass emissions
                                                                                          rate did not increase
                                                                                          during the 3-hour
                                                                                          period since maximum
                                                                                          process temperature
                                                                                          was reached; and

[[Page 129]]

 
                                                                                         (5) The applicable
                                                                                          emission limit
                                                                                          specified in item 6.a.
                                                                                          and 6.b. of Table 1 to
                                                                                          this subpart was met
                                                                                          during each of the
                                                                                          four 15-minute periods
                                                                                          immediately following
                                                                                          the oxidizer
                                                                                          temperature reduction;
                                                                                          and
                                                                                         (6) If the applicable
                                                                                          emission limit
                                                                                          specified in item 6.a.
                                                                                          or 6.b. of Table 1 to
                                                                                          this subpart was not
                                                                                          met during any of the
                                                                                          four 15-minute periods
                                                                                          immediately following
                                                                                          the oxidizer
                                                                                          temperature reduction,
                                                                                          you must return the
                                                                                          oxidizer to its normal
                                                                                          operating temperature
                                                                                          as soon as possible
                                                                                          and maintain that
                                                                                          temperature for at
                                                                                          least 1 hour; and
                                                                                         (7) Continue the test
                                                                                          run until the
                                                                                          applicable emission
                                                                                          limit specified in
                                                                                          items 6.a. and 6.b. of
                                                                                          Table 1 to this
                                                                                          subpart is met for at
                                                                                          least four consecutive
                                                                                          15-minute periods that
                                                                                          immediately follow the
                                                                                          temperature reduction;
                                                                                          and
                                                                                         (8) Calculate the
                                                                                          hourly average
                                                                                          oxidizer operating
                                                                                          temperature for each
                                                                                          hour of the
                                                                                          performance test since
                                                                                          the affected process
                                                                                          unit reached maximum
                                                                                          temperature.
14. Each new continuous kiln that is  a. Measure emissions of   i. Method 26A of 40 CFR  (1) Conduct the test
 used to process clay refractory       HF and HCl.               part 60, appendix A;     while the kiln is
 products.                                                       or                       operating at the
                                                                ii. Method 26 of 40 CFR   maximum production
                                                                 part 60, appendix A;     level; and
                                                                 or.                     (2) You may use Method
                                                                iii. Method 320 of 40     26 of 40 CFR part 60,
                                                                 CFR part 63, appendix    appendix A, only if no
                                                                 A.                       acid PM (e.g., HF or
                                                                                          HCl dissolved in water
                                                                                          droplets emitted by
                                                                                          sources controlled by
                                                                                          a wet scrubber) is
                                                                                          present; and
                                                                                         (3) If you use Method
                                                                                          320 of 40 CFR part 63,
                                                                                          appendix A, you must
                                                                                          follow the analyte
                                                                                          spiking procedures of
                                                                                          Section 13 of Method
                                                                                          320 unless you can
                                                                                          demonstrate that the
                                                                                          complete spiking
                                                                                          procedure has been
                                                                                          conducted at a similar
                                                                                          source; and
                                                                                         (4) Repeat the
                                                                                          performance test if
                                                                                          the affected source is
                                                                                          controlled with a DLA
                                                                                          and you change the
                                                                                          source of the
                                                                                          limestone used in the
                                                                                          DLA.
                                      b. Perform a minimum of   The appropriate test     Each test run must be
                                       3 test runs.              methods specified in     at least 1 hour in
                                                                 items 1 and 14.a. of     duration.
                                                                 this table.
15. Each new continuous kiln that is  a. Record the uncalcined  i. Production data; and  (1) Record the
 subject to the production-based HF    clay processing rate.    ii. Product formulation   production rate (tons
 and HCl emission limits specified                               data that specify the    per hour of fired
 in items 10.a. and 10.b. of Table 1                             mass fraction of         product); and
 to this subpart.                                                uncalcined clay in the  (2) Calculate and
                                                                 products that are        record the average
                                                                 processed during the     rate at which
                                                                 performance test.        uncalcined clay is
                                                                                          processed (tons per
                                                                                          hour) for each test
                                                                                          run; and
                                                                                         (3) Calculate and
                                                                                          record the 3-run
                                                                                          average uncalcined
                                                                                          clay processing rate
                                                                                          as the average of the
                                                                                          average uncalcined
                                                                                          clay processing rates
                                                                                          for each test run.

[[Page 130]]

 
                                      b. Determine the HF mass  i. Method 26A of 40 CFR  Calculate the HF mass
                                       emissions rate at the     part 60, appendix A;     emissions rate for
                                       outlet of the control     or                       each test.
                                       device or in the stack.  ii. Method 26 of 40 CFR
                                                                 part 60, appendix A;
                                                                 or.
                                                                iii. Method 320 of 40
                                                                 CFR part 63, appendix
                                                                 A.
                                      c. Determine the 3-hour   i. The HF mass           (1) Calculate the
                                       block average             emissions rate for       hourly production-
                                       production-based HF       each test run; and       based HF emissions
                                       emissions rate.          ii. The average           rate for each test run
                                                                 uncalcined clay          using Equation 3 of
                                                                 processing rate.         Sec. 63.9800(g)(3);
                                                                                          and
                                                                                         (2) Calculate the 3-
                                                                                          hour block average
                                                                                          production-based HF
                                                                                          emissions rate as the
                                                                                          average of the hourly
                                                                                          production-based HF
                                                                                          emissions rates for
                                                                                          each test run.
                                      d. Determine the HCl      i. Method 26A of 40 CFR  Calculate the HCl mass
                                       mass emissions rate at    part 60, appendix A;     emissions rate for
                                       the outlet of the         or                       each test run.
                                       control device or in     ii. Method 26 of 40 CFR
                                       the stack.                part 60, appendix A;
                                                                 or.
                                                                iii. Method 320 of 40
                                                                 CFR part 63, appendix
                                                                 A.
                                      e. Determine the 3-hour   i. The HCl mass          (1) Calculate the
                                       block average             emissions rate for       hourly production-
                                       production-based HCl      each test run; and       based HCl emissions
                                       emissions rate.          ii. The average           rate for each test run
                                                                 uncalcined clay          using Equation 3 of
                                                                 processing rate.         Sec. 63.9800(g)(3);
                                                                                          and
                                                                                         (2) Calculate the 3-
                                                                                          hour block average
                                                                                          production-based HCl
                                                                                          emissions rate as the
                                                                                          average of the
                                                                                          production-based HCl
                                                                                          emissions rates for
                                                                                          each test run.
16. Each new continuous kiln that is  a. Measure the HF mass    i. Method 26A of 40 CFR  Calculate the HF mass
 subject to the HF and HCl             emissions rates at the    part 60, appendix A;     emissions rates at the
 percentage reduction limits           inlet and outlet of the   or                       control device inlet
 specified in items 10.a. and 10.b.    control device.          ii. Method 26 of 40 CFR   and outlet for each
 of Table 1 to this subpart.                                     part 60, appendix A;     test run.
                                                                 or.
                                                                iii. Method 320 of 40
                                                                 CFR part 63, appendix
                                                                 A.
                                      b. Determine the 3-hour   i. The HF mass           (1) Calculate the
                                       block average HF          emissions rates at the   hourly HF percentage
                                       percentage reduction.     inlet and outlet of      reduction using
                                                                 the control device for   Equation 2 of Sec.
                                                                 each test run            63.9800(g)(2); and
                                                                                         (2) Calculate the 3-
                                                                                          hour block average HF
                                                                                          percentage reduction
                                                                                          as the average of the
                                                                                          HF percentage
                                                                                          reductions for each
                                                                                          test run.
                                      c. Measure the HCl mass   i. Method 26A of 40 CFR  Calculate the HCl mass
                                       emissions rates at the    part 60, appendix A;     emissions rates at the
                                       inlet and outlet of the   or                       control device inlet
                                       control device.          ii. Method 26 of 40 CFR   and outlet for each
                                                                 part 60, appendix A;     test run.
                                                                 or.
                                                                iii. Method 320 of 40
                                                                 CFR part 63, appendix
                                                                 A.
                                      d. Determine the 3-hour   i. The HCl mass          (1) Calculate the
                                       block average HCl         emissions rates at the   hourly HCl percentage
                                       percentage reduction.     inlet and outlet of      reduction using
                                                                 the control device for   Equation 2 of Sec.
                                                                 each test run.           63.9800(g)(2); and
                                                                                         (2) Calculate the 3-
                                                                                          hour block average HCl
                                                                                          percentage reduction
                                                                                          as the average of HCl
                                                                                          percentage reductions
                                                                                          for each test run.

[[Page 131]]

 
17. Each new batch process kiln that  a. Measure emissions of   i. Method 26A of 40 CFR  (1) Conduct the test
 is used to process clay refractory    HF and HCl at the inlet   part 60, appendix A;     while the kiln is
 products.                             and outlet of the         or                       operating at the
                                       control device.          ii. Method 26 of 40 CFR   maximum production
                                                                 part 60, appendix A;     level; and
                                                                 or.                     (2) You may use Method
                                                                iii. Method 320 of 40     26 of 40 CFR part 60,
                                                                 CFR part 63, appendix    appendix A, only if no
                                                                 A.                       acid PM (e.g., HF or
                                                                                          HCl dissolved in water
                                                                                          droplets emitted by
                                                                                          sources controlled by
                                                                                          a wet scrubber) is
                                                                                          present; and
                                                                                         (3) If you use Method
                                                                                          320 of 40 CFR part 63,
                                                                                          you must follow the
                                                                                          analyte spiking
                                                                                          procedures of Section
                                                                                          13 of Method 320
                                                                                          unless you can
                                                                                          demonstrate that the
                                                                                          complete spiking
                                                                                          procedure has been
                                                                                          conducted at a similar
                                                                                          source; and
                                                                                         (4) Repeat the
                                                                                          performance test if
                                                                                          the affected source is
                                                                                          controlled with a DLA
                                                                                          and you change the
                                                                                          source of the
                                                                                          limestone used in the
                                                                                          DLA.
                                      b. Perform a minimum of   i. The appropriate test  (1) Each test run must
                                       2 test runs.              methods specified in     be conducted over a
                                                                 items 1 and 17.a. of     separate batch cycle
                                                                 this table.              unless you satisfy the
                                                                                          requirements of Sec.
                                                                                          63.9800(f)(3) and (4);
                                                                                          and
                                                                                         (2) Each test run must
                                                                                          consist of a series of
                                                                                          1-hour runs at the
                                                                                          inlet and outlet of
                                                                                          the control device,
                                                                                          beginning with the
                                                                                          start of a batch
                                                                                          cycle, except as
                                                                                          specified in item
                                                                                          17.b.i.4. of this
                                                                                          table; and
                                                                                         (3) Each test run must
                                                                                          continue until the end
                                                                                          of the batch cycle,
                                                                                          except as specified in
                                                                                          item 17.b.i.4. of this
                                                                                          table; and
                                                                                         (4) If you develop an
                                                                                          emissions profile, as
                                                                                          described in Sec.
                                                                                          63.9802(b), you can
                                                                                          limit each test run to
                                                                                          the 3-hour peak HF
                                                                                          emissions period.
                                      c. Determine the hourly   i. The appropriate test  Determine the hourly
                                       HF and HCl mass           methods specified in     mass HF and HCl
                                       emissions rates at the    items 1 and 17.a. of     emissions rates at the
                                       inlet and outlet of the   this table.              inlet and outlet of
                                       control device.                                    the control device for
                                                                                          each hour of each test
                                                                                          run.
                                      d. Determine the 3-hour   The hourly HF mass       Select the period of 3
                                       peak HF emissions         emissions rates at the   consecutive hours over
                                       period.                   inlet of the control     which the sum of the
                                                                 device.                  hourly HF mass
                                                                                          emissions rates at the
                                                                                          control device inlet
                                                                                          is greater than the
                                                                                          sum of the hourly HF
                                                                                          mass emissions rates
                                                                                          at the control device
                                                                                          inlet for any other
                                                                                          period of 3
                                                                                          consecutive hours
                                                                                          during the test run.
                                      e. Determine the 2-run    i. The hourly average    (1) Calculate the HF
                                       block average HF          HF emissions rates at    percentage reduction
                                       percentage reduction      the inlet and outlet     for each hour of the 3-
                                       for the emissions test.   of the control device.   hour peak HF emissions
                                                                                          period using Equation
                                                                                          2 of Sec.
                                                                                          63.9800(g)(2); and
                                                                                         (2) Calculate the
                                                                                          average HF percentage
                                                                                          reduction for each
                                                                                          test run as the
                                                                                          average of the hourly
                                                                                          HF percentage
                                                                                          reductions for the 3-
                                                                                          hour peak HF emissions
                                                                                          period for that run;
                                                                                          and

[[Page 132]]

 
                                                                                         (3) Calculate the 2-run
                                                                                          block average HF
                                                                                          percentage reduction
                                                                                          for the emission test
                                                                                          as the average of the
                                                                                          average HF percentage
                                                                                          reductions for the two
                                                                                          test runs.
                                      f. Determine the 2-run    i. The hourly average    (1) Calculate the HCl
                                       block average HCl         HCl emissions rates at   percentage reduction
                                       percentage reduction      the inlet and outlet     for each hour of the 3-
                                       for the emission test.    of the control device.   hour peak HF emissions
                                                                                          period using Equation
                                                                                          2 Sec.
                                                                                          63.9800(g)(2); and
                                                                                         (2) Calculate the
                                                                                          average HCl percentage
                                                                                          reduction for each
                                                                                          test run as the
                                                                                          average of the hourly
                                                                                          HCl percentage
                                                                                          reductions for the 3-
                                                                                          hour peak HF emissions
                                                                                          period for that run;
                                                                                          and
                                                                                         (3) Calculate the 2-run
                                                                                          block average HCl
                                                                                          percentage reduction
                                                                                          for the emission test
                                                                                          as the average of the
                                                                                          average HCl percentage
                                                                                          reductions for the two
                                                                                          test runs.
18. Each new kiln that is used to     a. Establish the          Data from the pressure   (1) At least every 15
 process clay refractory products      operating limit for the   drop measurement         minutes, measure the
 and is equipped with a DLA.           minimum pressure drop     device during the        pressure drop across
                                       across the DLA.           performance test.        the DLA; and
                                                                                         (2) Provide at least
                                                                                          one pressure drop
                                                                                          measurement during at
                                                                                          least three 15-minute
                                                                                          periods per hour of
                                                                                          testing; and
                                                                                         (3) Calculate the
                                                                                          hourly average
                                                                                          pressure drop across
                                                                                          the DLA for each hour
                                                                                          of the performance
                                                                                          test; and
                                                                                         (4) Calculate and
                                                                                          record the minimum
                                                                                          pressure drop as the
                                                                                          average of the hourly
                                                                                          average pressure drops
                                                                                          across the DLA for the
                                                                                          two or three test
                                                                                          runs, whichever
                                                                                          applies.
                                      b. Establish the          Data from the limestone  (1) Ensure that
                                       operating limit for the   feeder during the        limestone in the feed
                                       limestone feeder          performance test.        hopper, silo, and DLA
                                       setting.                                           is free-flowing at all
                                                                                          times during the
                                                                                          performance test; and
                                                                                         (2) Establish the
                                                                                          limestone feeder
                                                                                          setting 1 week prior
                                                                                          to the performance
                                                                                          test; and
                                                                                         (3) Record and maintain
                                                                                          the feeder setting for
                                                                                          the 1-week period that
                                                                                          precedes the
                                                                                          performance test and
                                                                                          during the performance
                                                                                          test.
19. Each new kiln that is used to     a. Document conformance   Data from the            Submit analyses and
 process clay refractory products      with specifications and   installation and         supporting
 and is equipped with a DIFF or DLS/   requirements of the bag   calibration of the bag   documentation
 FF.                                   leak detection system.    leak detection system.   demonstrating
                                                                                          conformance with EPA
                                                                                          guidance and
                                                                                          specifications for bag
                                                                                          leak detection systems
                                                                                          as part of the
                                                                                          Notification of
                                                                                          Compliance Status.
                                      b. Establish the          i. Data from the lime    (1) For continuous lime
                                       operating limit for the   feeder during the        injection systems,
                                       lime feeder setting.      performance test.        ensure that lime in
                                                                                          the feed hopper or
                                                                                          silo is free-flowing
                                                                                          at all times during
                                                                                          the performance test;
                                                                                          and
                                                                                         (2) Record the feeder
                                                                                          setting for the three
                                                                                          test runs; and
                                                                                         (3) If the feed rate
                                                                                          setting varies during
                                                                                          the three test runs,
                                                                                          calculate and record
                                                                                          the average feed rate
                                                                                          for the two or three
                                                                                          test runs, whichever
                                                                                          applies.

[[Page 133]]

 
20. Each new kiln that is used to     a. Establish the          i. Data from the         (1) At least every 15
 process clay refractory products      operating limit for the   pressure drop            minutes, measure the
 and is equipped with a wet scrubber.  minimum scrubber          measurement device       pressure drop across
                                       pressure drop.            during the performance   the scrubber; and
                                                                 test.                   (2) Provide at least
                                                                                          one pressure drop
                                                                                          measurement during at
                                                                                          least three 15-minute
                                                                                          periods per hour of
                                                                                          testing; and
                                                                                         (3) Calculate the
                                                                                          hourly average
                                                                                          pressure drop across
                                                                                          the scrubber for each
                                                                                          hour of the
                                                                                          performance test; and
                                                                                         (4) Calculate and
                                                                                          record the minimum
                                                                                          pressure drop as the
                                                                                          average of the hourly
                                                                                          average pressure drops
                                                                                          across the scrubber
                                                                                          for the two or three
                                                                                          test runs, whichever
                                                                                          applies.
                                      b. Establish the          i. Data from the pH      (1) At least every 15
                                       operating limit for the   measurement device       minutes, measure
                                       minimum scrubber liquid   during the performance   scrubber liquid pH;
                                       pH.                       test.                    and
                                                                                         (2) Provide at least
                                                                                          one pH measurement
                                                                                          during at least three
                                                                                          15-minute periods per
                                                                                          hour of testing; and
                                                                                         (3) Calculate the
                                                                                          hourly average pH
                                                                                          values for each hour
                                                                                          of the performance
                                                                                          test; and
                                                                                         (4) Calculate and
                                                                                          record the minimum
                                                                                          liquid pH as the
                                                                                          average of the hourly
                                                                                          average pH
                                                                                          measurements for the
                                                                                          two or three test
                                                                                          runs, whichever
                                                                                          applies.
                                      c. Establish the          i. Data from the flow    (1) At least every 15
                                       operating limit for the   rate measurement         minutes, measure the
                                       minimum scrubber liquid   device during the        scrubber liquid flow
                                       flow rate.                performance test.        rate; and
                                                                                         (2) Provide at least
                                                                                          one flow rate
                                                                                          measurement during at
                                                                                          least three 15-minute
                                                                                          periods per hour of
                                                                                          testing; and
                                                                                         (3) Calculate the
                                                                                          hourly average liquid
                                                                                          flow rate for each
                                                                                          hour of the
                                                                                          performance test; and
                                                                                         (4) Calculate and
                                                                                          record the minimum
                                                                                          liquid flow rate as
                                                                                          the average of the
                                                                                          hourly average liquid
                                                                                          flow rates for the two
                                                                                          or three test runs,
                                                                                          whichever applies.
                                      d. If chemicals are       i. Data from the         (1) At least every 15
                                       added to the scrubber     chemical feed rate       minutes, measure the
                                       liquid, establish the     measurement device       scrubber chemical feed
                                       operating limit for the   during the performance   rate; and
                                       minimum scrubber          test.                   (2) Provide at least
                                       chemical feed rate.                                one chemical feed rate
                                                                                          measurement during at
                                                                                          least three 15-minute
                                                                                          periods per hour of
                                                                                          testing; and
                                                                                         (3) Calculate the
                                                                                          hourly average
                                                                                          chemical feed rate for
                                                                                          each hour of the
                                                                                          performance test; and
                                                                                         (4) Calculate and
                                                                                          record the minimum
                                                                                          chemical feed rate as
                                                                                          the average of the
                                                                                          hourly average
                                                                                          chemical feed rates
                                                                                          for the two or three
                                                                                          test runs, whichever
                                                                                          applies.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



   Sec. Table 5 to Subpart SSSSS of Part 63--Initial Compliance With 
                             Emission Limits

    As stated in Sec. 63.9806, you must show initial compliance with 
the emission limits for affected sources according to the following 
table:

[[Page 134]]



------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                          You have
          For . . .             For the following       demonstrated
                              emission limit . . .   compliance if . . .
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Each affected source       a. Each applicable    i. Emissions
 listed in Table 1 to this     emission limit        measured using the
 subpart.                      listed in Table 1     test methods
                               to this subpart.      specified in Table
                                                     4 to this subpart
                                                     satisfy the
                                                     applicable emission
                                                     limits specified in
                                                     Table 1 to this
                                                     subpart; and
                                                    ii. You establish
                                                     and have a record
                                                     of the operating
                                                     limits listed in
                                                     Table 2 to this
                                                     subpart over the
                                                     performance test
                                                     period; and
                                                    iii. You report the
                                                     results of the
                                                     performance test in
                                                     the Notification of
                                                     Compliance Status,
                                                     as specified by
                                                     Sec.
                                                     63.9812(e)(1) and
                                                     (2).
2. Each new or existing       As specified in       You have satisfied
 curing oven, shape dryer,     items 3 through 8     the applicable
 and kiln that is used to      of this table.        requirements
 process refractory products                         specified in items
 that use organic HAP; each                          3 through 8 of this
 new or existing coking oven                         table.
 and defumer that is used to
 produce pitch-impregnated
 refractory products; each
 new shape preheater that is
 used to produce pitch-
 impregnated refractory
 products; AND each new or
 existing process unit that
 is exhausted to a thermal
 or catalytic oxidizer that
 also controls emissions
 from an affected shape
 preheater or pitch working
 tank.
3. Each affected continuous   The average THC       The 3-hour block
 process unit that is          concentration must    average THC
 subject to the THC emission   not exceed 20         emission
 concentration limit listed    ppmvd, corrected to   concentration
 in item 2.a., 3.a., 4, or 5   18 percent oxygen.    measured during the
 of Table 1 to this subpart.                         performance test
                                                     using Methods 25A
                                                     and 3A is equal to
                                                     or less than 20
                                                     ppmvd, corrected to
                                                     18 percent oxygen.
4. Each affected continuous   The average THC       The 3-hour block
 process unit that is          percentage            average THC
 subject to the THC            reduction must        percentage
 percentage reduction limit    equal or exceed 95    reduction measured
 listed in item 2.b. or 3.b.   percent.              during the
 of Table 1 to this subpart.                         performance test
                                                     using Method 25A is
                                                     equal to or greater
                                                     than 95 percent.
5. Each affected batch        The average THC       The 2-run block
 process unit that is          concentration must    average THC
 subject to the THC emission   not exceed 20         emission
 concentration limit listed    ppmvd, corrected to   concentration for
 in item 6.a., 7.a., 8, or 9   18 percent oxygen.    the 3-hour peak
 of Table 1 to this subpart.                         emissions period
                                                     measured during the
                                                     performance test
                                                     using Methods 25A
                                                     and 3A is equal to
                                                     or less than 20
                                                     ppmvd, corrected to
                                                     18 percent oxygen.
6. Each affected batch        The average THC       The 2-run block
 process unit that is          percentage            average THC
 subject to the THC            reduction must        percentage
 percentage reduction limit    equal or exceed 95    reduction for the 3-
 listed in item 6.b. or 7.b.   percent.              hour peak emissions
 of Table 1 to this subpart.                         period measured
                                                     during the
                                                     performance test
                                                     using Method 25A is
                                                     equal to or exceeds
                                                     95 percent.
7. Each affected continuous   a. The average THC    i. You have
 or batch process unit that    concentration must    installed a THC
 is equipped with a control    not exceed 20         CEMS at the outlet
 device other than a thermal   ppmvd, corrected to   of the control
 or catalytic oxidizer and     18 percent oxygen;    device or in the
 is subject to the emission    or                    stack of the
 limit listed in item 3 or 7                         affected source;
 of Table 1 to this subpart.                         and
                              b. The average THC    ii. You have
                               percentage            satisfied the
                               reduction must        requirements of PS-
                               equal or exceed 95    8 of 40 CFR part
                               percent.              60, appendix B.
8. Each affected continuous   The average THC       i. You have
 or batch process unit that    concentration must    installed a THC
 uses process changes to       not exceed 20         CEMS at the outlet
 reduce organic HAP            ppmvd, corrected to   of the control
 emissions and is subject to   18 percent oxygen.    device or in the
 the emission limit listed                           stack of the
 in item 4 or 8 of Table 1                           affected source;
 to this subpart.                                    and
                                                    ii. You have
                                                     satisfied the
                                                     requirements of PS-
                                                     8 of 40 CFR part
                                                     60, appendix B.
9. Each new continuous kiln   a. The average HF     i. The 3-hour block
 that is used to process       emissions must not    average production-
 clay refractory products.     exceed 0.019 kg/Mg    based HF emissions
                               (0.038 lb/ton) of     rate measured
                               uncalcined clay       during the
                               processed; OR the     performance test
                               average               using one of the
                               uncontrolled HF       methods specified
                               emissions must be     in item 14.a.i. of
                               reduced by at least   Table 4 to this
                               90 percent.           subpart is equal to
                                                     or less than 0.019
                                                     kg/Mg (0.038 lb/
                                                     ton) of uncalcined
                                                     clay processed; or
                                                    ii. The 3-hour block
                                                     average HF
                                                     emissions reduction
                                                     measured during the
                                                     performance test is
                                                     equal to or greater
                                                     than 90 percent.

[[Page 135]]

 
                              b. The average HCl    i. The 3-hour block
                               emissions must not    average production-
                               exceed 0.091 kg/Mg    based HCl emissions
                               (0.18 lb/ton) of      rate measured
                               uncalcined clay       during the
                               processed; OR the     performance test
                               average               using one of the
                               uncontrolled HCl      methods specified
                               emissions must be     in item 14.a.i. of
                               reduced by at least   Table 4 to this
                               30 percent.           subpart is equal to
                                                     or less than 0.091
                                                     kg/Mg (0.18 lb/ton)
                                                     of uncalcined clay
                                                     processed; or
                                                    ii. The 3-hour block
                                                     average HCl
                                                     emissions reduction
                                                     measured during the
                                                     performance test is
                                                     equal to or greater
                                                     than 30 percent.
10. Each new batch process    a. The average        The 2-run block
 kiln that is used to          uncontrolled HF       average HF emission
 process clay refractory       emissions must be     reduction measured
 products.                     reduced by at least   during the
                               90 percent.           performance test is
                                                     equal to or greater
                                                     than 90 percent.
                              b. The average        The 2-run block
                               uncontrolled HCl      average HCl
                               emissions must be     emissions reduction
                               reduced by at least   measured during the
                               30 percent.           performance test is
                                                     equal to or greater
                                                     than 30 percent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------



 Sec. Table 6 to Subpart SSSSS of Part 63--Initial Compliance With Work 
                           Practice Standards

    As stated in Sec. 63.9806, you must show initial compliance with 
the work practice standards for affected sources according to the 
following table:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                          You have
       For each . . .           For the following   demonstrated initial
                                 standard . . .      compliance if . . .
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Each affected source       a. Each applicable    i. You have selected
 listed in Table 3 to this     work practice         a method for
 subpart.                      standard listed in    performing each of
                               Table 3 to this       the applicable work
                               subpart.              practice standards
                                                     listed in Table 3
                                                     to this subpart;
                                                     and
                                                    ii. You have
                                                     included in your
                                                     Initial
                                                     Notification a
                                                     description of the
                                                     method selected for
                                                     complying with each
                                                     applicable work
                                                     practice standard,
                                                     as required by Sec.
                                                       63.9(b); and
                                                    iii. You submit a
                                                     signed statement
                                                     with the
                                                     Notification of
                                                     Compliance Status
                                                     that you have
                                                     implemented the
                                                     applicable work
                                                     practice standard
                                                     listed in Table 3
                                                     to this subpart;
                                                     and
                                                    iv. You have
                                                     described in your
                                                     OM&M plan the
                                                     method for
                                                     complying with each
                                                     applicable work
                                                     practice standard
                                                     specified in Table
                                                     3 to this subpart.
2. Each basket or container   a. Control POM        i. You have
 that is used for holding      emissions from any    implemented at
 fired refractory shapes in    affected shape        least one of the
 an existing shape preheater   preheater.            work practice
 and autoclave during the                            standards listed in
 pitch impregnation process.                         item 1 of Table 3
                                                     to this subpart;
                                                     and
                                                    ii. You have
                                                     established a
                                                     system for
                                                     recording the date
                                                     and cleaning method
                                                     for each time you
                                                     clean an affected
                                                     basket or
                                                     container.
3. Each affected new or       Control POM           You have captured
 existing pitch working tank.  emissions.            and vented
                                                     emissions from the
                                                     affected pitch
                                                     working tank to the
                                                     device that is used
                                                     to control
                                                     emissions from an
                                                     affected defumer or
                                                     coking oven, or to
                                                     a thermal or
                                                     catalytic oxidizer
                                                     that is comparable
                                                     to the control
                                                     device used on an
                                                     affected defumer or
                                                     coking oven.
4. Each new or existing       Minimize fuel-based   You use natural gas,
 chromium refractory           HAP emissions.        or equivalent, as
 products kiln.                                      the kiln fuel.
5. Each existing clay         Minimize fuel-based   You use natural gas,
 refractory products kiln.     HAP emissions.        or equivalent, as
                                                     the kiln fuel.
------------------------------------------------------------------------


[[Page 136]]



  Sec. Table 7 to Subpart SSSSS of Part 63--Continuous Compliance with 
                             Emission Limits

    As stated in Sec. 63.9810, you must show continuous compliance with 
the emission limits for affected sources according to the following 
table:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    You must demonstrate
                                For the following        continuous
          For . . .           emission limit . . .   compliance by . . .
 
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Each affected source       a. Each applicable    i. Collecting and
 listed in Table 1 to this     emission limit        recording the
 subpart.                      listed in Table 1     monitoring and
                               to this subpart.      process data listed
                                                     in Table 2
                                                     (operating limits)
                                                     to this subpart;
                                                     and
                                                    ii. Reducing the
                                                     monitoring and
                                                     process data
                                                     associated with the
                                                     operating limits
                                                     specified in Table
                                                     2 to this subpart;
                                                     and
                                                    iii. Recording the
                                                     results of any
                                                     control device
                                                     inspections; and
                                                    iv. Reporting, in
                                                     accordance with
                                                     Sec. 63.9814(e),
                                                     any deviation from
                                                     the applicable
                                                     operating limits
                                                     specified in Table
                                                     2 to this subpart.
2. Each new or existing       As specified in       Satisfying the
 curing oven, shape dryer,     items 3 though 7 of   applicable
 and kiln that is used to      this table.           requirements
 process refractory products                         specified in items
 that use organic HAP; each                          3 through 7 of this
 new or existing coking oven                         table.
 and defumer that is used to
 produce pitch-impregnated
 refractory products; each
 new shape preheater that is
 used to produce pitch-
 impregnated refractory
 products; AND each new or
 existing process unit that
 is exhausted to a thermal
 or catalytic oxidizer that
 also controls emissions
 from an affected shape
 preheater or pitch working
 tank.
3. Each affected process      a. The average THC    i. Collecting the
 unit that is equipped with    concentration must    applicable data
 a thermal or catalytic        not exceed 20         measured by the
 oxidizer.                     ppmvd, corrected to   control device
                               18 percent oxygen;    temperature
                               OR the average THC    monitoring system,
                               percentage            as specified in
                               reduction must        items 5, 6, 8, and
                               equal or exceed 95    9 of Table 8 to
                               percent.              this subpart; and
                                                    ii. Reducing the
                                                     applicable data
                                                     measured by the
                                                     control device
                                                     temperature
                                                     monitoring system,
                                                     as specified in
                                                     items 5, 6, 8, and
                                                     9 of Table 8 to
                                                     this subpart; and
                                                    iii. Maintaining the
                                                     average control
                                                     device operating
                                                     temperature for the
                                                     applicable
                                                     averaging period
                                                     specified in items
                                                     5, 6, 8, and 9 of
                                                     Table 2 to this
                                                     subpart at or above
                                                     the minimum
                                                     allowable operating
                                                     temperature
                                                     established during
                                                     the most recent
                                                     performance test.
4. Each affected process      The average THC       Operating and
 unit that is equipped with    concentration must    maintaining a THC
 a control device other than   not exceed 20         CEMS at the outlet
 a thermal or catalytic        ppmvd, corrected to   of the control
 oxidizer.                     18 percent oxygen;    device or in the
                               OR the average THC    stack of the
                               performance           affected source,
                               reduction must        according to the
                               equal or exceed 95    requirements of
                               percent.              Procedure 1 of 40
                                                     CFR part 60,
                                                     appendix F.
5. Each affected process      The average THC       Operating and
 unit that uses process        concentration must    maintaining a THC
 changes to meet the           not exceed 20         CEMS at the outlet
 applicable emission limit.    ppmvd, corrected to   of the control
                               18 percent oxygen.    device or in the
                                                     stack of the
                                                     affected source,
                                                     according to the
                                                     requirements of
                                                     Procedure 1 of 40
                                                     CFR part 60,
                                                     appendix F.
6. Each affected continuous   The average THC       Recording the
 process unit.                 concentration must    organic HAP
                               not exceed 20         processing rate
                               ppmvd, corrected to   (pounds per hour)
                               18 percent oxygen;    and the operating
                               OR the average THC    temperature of the
                               percentage            affected source, as
                               reduction must        specified in items
                               equal or exceed 95    3.b. and 3.c. of
                               percent.              Table 4 to this
                                                     subpart.

[[Page 137]]

 
7. Each affected batch        The average THC       Recording the
 process unit.                 concentration must    organic HAP
                               not exceed 20         processing rate
                               ppmvd, corrected to   (pounds per batch);
                               18 percent oxygen;    and process cycle
                               OR the average THC    time for each batch
                               percentage            cycle; and hourly
                               reduction must        average operating
                               equal or exceed 95    temperature of the
                               percent.              affected source, as
                                                     specified in items
                                                     8.b. through 8.d.
                                                     of Table 4 to this
                                                     subpart.
8. Each kiln that is used to  As specified in       Satisfying the
 process clay refractory       items 9 through 11    applicable
 products.                     of this table.        requirements
                                                     specified in items
                                                     9 through 11 of
                                                     this table.
9. Each affected kiln that    a. The average HF     i. Maintaining the
 is equipped with a DLA.       emissions must not    pressure drop
                               exceed 0.019 kg/Mg    across the DLA at
                               (0.038 lb/ton) of     or above the
                               uncalcined clay       minimum levels
                               processed, OR the     established during
                               average               the most recent
                               uncontrolled HF       performance test;
                               emissions must be     and
                               reduced by at least  ii. Verifying that
                               90 percent; and       the limestone
                              b. The average HCl     hopper contains an
                               emissions must not    adequate amount of
                               exceed 0.091 kg/Mg    free-flowing
                               (0.18 lb/ton) of      limestone by
                               uncalcined clay       performing a daily
                               processed, or the     visual check of the
                               average               limestone in the
                               uncontrolled HCl      feed hopper; and
                               emissions must be    iii. Recording the
                               reduced by at least   limestone feeder
                               30 percent.           setting daily to
                                                     verify that the
                                                     feeder setting is
                                                     at or above the
                                                     level established
                                                     during the most
                                                     recent performance
                                                     test; and
                                                    iv. Using the same
                                                     grade of limestone
                                                     as was used during
                                                     the most recent
                                                     performance test
                                                     and maintaining
                                                     records of the
                                                     source and grade of
                                                     limestone.
10. Each affected kiln that   a. The average HF     i. Verifying at
 is equipped with a DIFF or    emissions must not    least once each 8-
 DLS/FF.                       exceed 0.019 kg/Mg    hour shift that
                               (0.038 lb/ton) of     lime is free-
                               uncalcined clay       flowing by means of
                               processed; OR the     a visual check,
                               average               checking the output
                               uncontrolled HF       of a load cell,
                               emissions must be     carrier gas/lime
                               reduced by at least   flow indicator, or
                               90 percent; and       carrier gas
                                                     pressure drop
                                                     measurement system;
                                                     and
                              b. The average HCl    ii. Recording feeder
                               emissions must not    setting daily to
                               exceed 0.091 kg/Mg    verify that the
                               (0.18 lb/ton) of      feeder setting is
                               uncalcined clay       at or above the
                               processed; OR the     level established
                               average               during the most
                               uncontrolled HCl      recent performance
                               emissions must be     test; and
                               reduced by at least
                               30 percent.
                                                    iii. Initiating
                                                     corrective action
                                                     within 1 hour of a
                                                     bag leak detection
                                                     system alarm AND
                                                     completing
                                                     corrective actions
                                                     in accordance with
                                                     the OM&M plan, AND
                                                     operating and
                                                     maintaining the
                                                     fabric filter such
                                                     that the alarm does
                                                     not engage for more
                                                     than 5 percent of
                                                     the total operating
                                                     time in a 6-month
                                                     block reporting
                                                     period.
11. Each affected kiln that   a. The average HF     i. Maintaining the
 is equipped with a wet        emissions must not    pressure drop
 scrubber.                     exceed 0.019 kg/Mg    across the
                               (0.038 lb/ton) of     scrubber, liquid
                               uncalcined clay       pH, and liquid flow
                               processed; OR the     rate at or above
                               average               the minimum levels
                               uncontrolled HF       established during
                               emissions must be     the most recent
                               reduced by at least   performance test;
                               90 percent; and       and
                              b. The average HCl    ii. If chemicals are
                               emissions must not    added to the
                               exceed 0.091 kg/Mg    scrubber liquid,
                               (0.18 lb/ton) of      maintaining the
                               uncalcined clay       average chemical
                               processed; OR the     feed rate at or
                               average               above the minimum
                               uncontrolled HCl      chemical feed rate
                               emissions must be     established during
                               reduced by at least   the most recent
                               30 percent.           performance test.
------------------------------------------------------------------------



  Sec. Table 8 to Subpart SSSSS of Part 63--Continuous Compliance with 
                            Operating Limits

    As stated in Sec. 63.9810, you must show continuous compliance with 
the operating limits for affected sources according to the following 
table:

[[Page 138]]



------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    You must demonstrate
                                For the following        continuous
          For . . .            operating limit . .   compliance by . . .
                                        .
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Each affected source       a. Each applicable    i. Maintaining all
 listed in Table 2 to this     operating limit       applicable process
 subpart.                      listed in Table 2     and control device
                               to this subpart.      operating
                                                     parameters within
                                                     the limits
                                                     established during
                                                     the most recent
                                                     performance test;
                                                     and
                                                    ii. Conducting
                                                     annually an
                                                     inspection of all
                                                     duct work, vents,
                                                     and capture devices
                                                     to verify that no
                                                     leaks exist and
                                                     that the capture
                                                     device is operating
                                                     such that all
                                                     emissions are
                                                     properly vented to
                                                     the control device
                                                     in accordance with
                                                     the OM&M plan.
2. Each affected continuous   a. The operating      i. Operating the
 kiln that is equipped with    limits specified in   control device on
 a control device.             items 2.a. through    the affected kiln
                               2.c. of Table 2 to    during all times
                               this subpart.         except during
                                                     periods of approved
                                                     scheduled
                                                     maintenance, as
                                                     specified in Sec.
                                                     63.9792(e); and
                                                    ii. Minimizing HAP
                                                     emissions from the
                                                     affected kiln
                                                     during all periods
                                                     of scheduled
                                                     maintenance of the
                                                     kiln control device
                                                     when the kiln is
                                                     operating and the
                                                     control device is
                                                     out of service; and
                                                    iii. Minimizing the
                                                     duration of all
                                                     periods of
                                                     scheduled
                                                     maintenance of the
                                                     kiln control device
                                                     when the kiln is
                                                     operating and the
                                                     control device is
                                                     out of service.
3. Each new or existing       As specified in       Satisfying the
 curing oven, shape dryer,     items 4 through 9     applicable
 and kiln that is used to      of this table.        requirements
 process refractory products                         specified in items
 that use organic HAP; each                          4 through 9 of this
 new or existing coking oven                         table.
 and defumer that is used to
 produce pitch-impregnated
 refractory products; each
 new shape preheater that is
 used to produce pitch-
 impregnated refractory
 products; AND each new or
 existing process unit that
 is exhausted to a thermal
 or catalytic oxidizer that
 also controls emissions
 from an affected shape
 preheater or pitch working
 tank.
4. Each affected continuous   Maintain process      i. Recording the
 process unit.                 operating             organic HAP
                               parameters within     processing rate
                               the limits            (pounds per hour);
                               established during    and
                               the most recent      ii. Recording the
                               performance test.     operating
                                                     temperature of the
                                                     affected source at
                                                     least hourly; and
                                                    iii. Maintaining the
                                                     3-hour block
                                                     average organic HAP
                                                     processing rate at
                                                     or below the
                                                     maximum organic HAP
                                                     processing rate
                                                     established during
                                                     the most recent
                                                     performance test.
5. Continuous process units   Maintain the 3-hour   i. Measuring and
 that are equipped with a      block average         recording the
 thermal oxidizer.             operating             thermal oxidizer
                               temperature in the    combustion chamber
                               thermal oxidizer      temperature at
                               combustion chamber    least every 15
                               at or above the       minutes; and
                               minimum allowable    ii. Calculating the
                               operating             hourly average
                               temperature           thermal oxidizer
                               established during    combustion chamber
                               the most recent       temperature; and
                               performance test.    iii. Maintaining the
                                                     3-hour block
                                                     average thermal
                                                     oxidizer combustion
                                                     chamber temperature
                                                     at or above the
                                                     minimum allowable
                                                     operating
                                                     temperature
                                                     established during
                                                     the most recent
                                                     performance test;
                                                     and
                                                    iv. Reporting, in
                                                     accordance with
                                                     Sec. 63.9814(e),
                                                     any 3-hour block
                                                     average operating
                                                     temperature
                                                     measurements below
                                                     the minimum
                                                     allowable thermal
                                                     oxidizer combustion
                                                     chamber operating
                                                     temperature
                                                     established during
                                                     the most recent
                                                     performance test.

[[Page 139]]

 
6. Continuous process units   a. Maintain the 3-    i. Measuring and
 that are equipped with a      hour block average    recording the
 catalytic oxidizer.           temperature at the    temperature at the
                               inlet of the          inlet of the
                               catalyst bed at or    catalyst bed at
                               above the minimum     least every 15
                               allowable catalyst    minutes; and
                               bed inlet            ii. Calculating the
                               temperature           hourly average
                               established during    temperature at the
                               the most recent       inlet of the
                               performance test.     catalyst bed; and
                                                    iii. Maintaining the
                                                     3-hour block
                                                     average temperature
                                                     at the inlet of the
                                                     catalyst bed at or
                                                     above the minimum
                                                     allowable catalyst
                                                     bed inlet
                                                     temperature
                                                     established during
                                                     the most recent
                                                     performance test;
                                                     and
                                                    iv. Reporting, in
                                                     accordance with
                                                     Sec. 63.9814(e),
                                                     any 3-hour block
                                                     average catalyst
                                                     bed inlet
                                                     temperature
                                                     measurements below
                                                     the minimum
                                                     allowable catalyst
                                                     bed inlet
                                                     temperature
                                                     established during
                                                     the most recent
                                                     performance; and
                                                    v. Checking the
                                                     activity level of
                                                     the catalyst at
                                                     least every 12
                                                     months and taking
                                                     any necessary
                                                     corrective action,
                                                     such as replacing
                                                     the catalyst, to
                                                     ensure that the
                                                     catalyst is
                                                     performing as
                                                     designed.
7. Each affected batch        Maintain process      i. Recording the
 process unit.                 operating             organic HAP
                               parameters within     processing rate
                               the limits            (pounds per batch);
                               established during    and
                               the most recent      ii. Recording the
                               performance test.     hourly average
                                                     operating
                                                     temperature of the
                                                     affected source;
                                                     and
                                                    iii. Recording the
                                                     process cycle time
                                                     for each batch
                                                     cycle; and
                                                    iv. Maintaining the
                                                     organic HAP
                                                     processing rate at
                                                     or below the
                                                     maximum organic HAP
                                                     processing rate
                                                     established during
                                                     the most recent
                                                     performance test.
8. Batch process units that   Maintain the hourly   i. Measuring and
 are equipped with a thermal   average temperature   recording the
 oxidizer.                     in the thermal        thermal oxidizer
                               oxidizer combustion   combustion chamber
                               chamber at or above   temperature at
                               the hourly average    least every 15
                               temperature           minutes; and
                               established for the  ii. Calculating the
                               corresponding 1-      hourly average
                               hour period of the    thermal oxidizer
                               cycle during the      combustion chamber
                               most recent           temperature; and
                               performance test.    iii. From the start
                                                     of each batch cycle
                                                     until 3 hours have
                                                     passed since the
                                                     process unit
                                                     reached maximum
                                                     temperature,
                                                     maintaining the
                                                     hourly average
                                                     operating
                                                     temperature in the
                                                     thermal oxidizer
                                                     combustion chamber
                                                     at or above the
                                                     minimum allowable
                                                     operating
                                                     temperature
                                                     established for the
                                                     corresponding
                                                     period during the
                                                     most recent
                                                     performance test,
                                                     as determined
                                                     according to item
                                                     11 of Table 4 to
                                                     this subpart; and
                                                    iv. For each
                                                     subsequent hour of
                                                     the batch cycle,
                                                     maintaining the
                                                     hourly average
                                                     operating
                                                     temperature in the
                                                     thermal oxidizer
                                                     combustion chamber
                                                     at or above the
                                                     minimum allowable
                                                     operating
                                                     temperature
                                                     established for the
                                                     corresponding hour
                                                     during the most
                                                     recent performance
                                                     test, as specified
                                                     in item 13 of Table
                                                     4 to this subpart;
                                                     and
                                                    v. Reporting, in
                                                     accordance with
                                                     Sec. 63.9814(e),
                                                     any temperature
                                                     measurements below
                                                     the minimum
                                                     allowable thermal
                                                     oxidizer combustion
                                                     chamber temperature
                                                     measured during the
                                                     most recent
                                                     performance test.

[[Page 140]]

 
9. Batch process units that   Maintain the hourly   i. Measuring and
 are equipped with a           average temperature   recording
 catalytic oxidizer.           at the inlet of the   temperatures at the
                               catalyst bed at or    inlet of the
                               above the             catalyst bed at
                               corresponding         least every 15
                               hourly average        minutes; and
                               temperature          ii. Calculating the
                               established for the   hourly average
                               corresponding 1-      temperature at the
                               hour period of the    inlet of the
                               cycle during the      catalyst bed; and
                               most recent          iii. From the start
                               performance test.     of each batch cycle
                                                     until 3 hours have
                                                     passed since the
                                                     process unit
                                                     reached maximum
                                                     temperature,
                                                     maintaining the
                                                     hourly average
                                                     operating
                                                     temperature at the
                                                     inlet of the
                                                     catalyst bed at or
                                                     above the minimum
                                                     allowable bed inlet
                                                     temperature
                                                     established for the
                                                     corresponding
                                                     period during the
                                                     most recent
                                                     performance test,
                                                     as determined
                                                     according to item
                                                     12 of Table 4 to
                                                     this subpart; and
                                                    iv. For each
                                                     subsequent hour of
                                                     the batch cycle,
                                                     maintaining the
                                                     hourly average
                                                     operating
                                                     temperature at the
                                                     inlet of the
                                                     catalyst bed at or
                                                     above the minimum
                                                     allowable bed inlet
                                                     temperature
                                                     established for the
                                                     corresponding hour
                                                     during the most
                                                     recent performance
                                                     test, as specified
                                                     in item 13 of Table
                                                     4 to this subpart;
                                                     and
                                                    v. Reporting, in
                                                     accordance with
                                                     Sec. 63.9814(e),
                                                     any catalyst bed
                                                     inlet temperature
                                                     measurements below
                                                     the minimum
                                                     allowable bed inlet
                                                     temperature
                                                     measured during the
                                                     most recent
                                                     performance test;
                                                     and
                                                    vi. Checking the
                                                     activity level of
                                                     the catalyst at
                                                     least every 12
                                                     months and taking
                                                     any necessary
                                                     corrective action,
                                                     such as replacing
                                                     the catalyst, to
                                                     ensure that the
                                                     catalyst is
                                                     performing as
                                                     designed.
10. Each new kiln that is     As specified in       Satisfying the
 used to process clay          items 11 through 13   applicable
 refractory products.          of this table.        requirements
                                                     specified in items
                                                     11 through 13 of
                                                     this table.
11. Each new kiln that is     a. Maintain the       i. Collecting the
 equipped a DLA.               average pressure      DLA pressure drop
                               drop across the DLA   data, as specified
                               for each 3-hour       in item 18.a. of
                               block period at or    Table 4 to this
                               above the minimum     subpart; and
                               pressure drop        ii. Reducing the DLA
                               established during    pressure drop data
                               the most recent       to 1-hour and 3-
                               performance test.     hour block
                                                     averages; and
                                                    iii. Maintaining the
                                                     3-hour block
                                                     average pressure
                                                     drop across the DLA
                                                     at or above the
                                                     minimum pressure
                                                     drop established
                                                     during the most
                                                     recent performance
                                                     test.
                              b. Maintain free-     Verifying that the
                               flowing limestone     limestone hopper
                               in the feed hopper,   has an adequate
                               silo, and DLA.        amount of free-
                                                     flowing limestone
                                                     by performing a
                                                     daily visual check
                                                     of the limestone
                                                     hopper.
                              c. Maintain the       Recording the
                               limestone feeder      limestone feeder
                               setting at or above   setting at least
                               the level             daily to verify
                               established during    that the feeder
                               the most recent       setting is being
                               performance test.     maintained at or
                                                     above the level
                                                     established during
                                                     the most recent
                                                     performance test.
                              d. Use the same       Using the same grade
                               grade of limestone    of limestone as was
                               from the same         used during the
                               source as was used    most recent
                               during the most       performance test
                               recent performance    and maintaining
                               test.                 records of the
                                                     source and grade of
                                                     limestone.

[[Page 141]]

 
12. Each new kiln that is     a. Initiate           i. Initiating
 equipped with a DIFF or DLS/  corrective action     corrective action
 FF.                           within 1 hour of a    within 1 hour of a
                               bag leak detection    bag leak detection
                               system alarm and      system alarm and
                               complete corrective   completing
                               actions in            corrective actions
                               accordance with the   in accordance with
                               OM&M plan; AND        the OM&M plan; and
                               operate and          ii. Operating and
                               maintain the fabric   maintaining the
                               filter such that      fabric filter such
                               the alarm does not    that the alarm does
                               engage for more       not engage for more
                               than 5 percent of     than 5 percent of
                               the total operating   the total operating
                               time in a 6-month     time in a 6-month
                               block reporting       block reporting
                               period.               period; in
                                                     calculating this
                                                     operating time
                                                     fraction, if
                                                     inspection of the
                                                     fabric filter
                                                     demonstrates that
                                                     no corrective
                                                     action is required,
                                                     no alarm time is
                                                     counted; if
                                                     corrective action
                                                     is required, each
                                                     alarm shall be
                                                     counted as a
                                                     minimum of 1 hour;
                                                     if you take longer
                                                     than 1 hour to
                                                     initiate corrective
                                                     action, the alarm
                                                     time shall be
                                                     counted as the
                                                     actual amount of
                                                     time taken by you
                                                     to initiate
                                                     corrective action.
                              b. Maintain free-     i. Verifying at
                               flowing lime in the   least once each 8-
                               feed hopper or silo   hour shift that
                               at all times for      lime is free-
                               continuous            flowing via a load
                               injection systems;    cell, carrier gas/
                               AND maintain feeder   lime flow
                               setting at or above   indicator, carrier
                               the level             gas pressure drop
                               established during    measurement system,
                               the most recent       or other system;
                               performance test      recording all
                               for continuous        monitor or sensor
                               injection systems.    output, and if lime
                                                     is found not to be
                                                     free flowing,
                                                     promptly initiating
                                                     and completing
                                                     corrective actions;
                                                     and
                                                    ii. Recording the
                                                     feeder setting once
                                                     each day of
                                                     operation to verify
                                                     that the feeder
                                                     setting is being
                                                     maintained at or
                                                     above the level
                                                     established during
                                                     the most recent
                                                     performance test.
13. Each new kiln that is     a. Maintain the       i. Collecting the
 used to process clay          average pressure      scrubber pressure
 refractory products and is    drop across the       drop data, as
 equipped with a wet           scrubber for each 3-  specified in item
 scrubber.                     hour block period     20.a. of Table 4 to
                               at or above the       this subpart; and
                               minimum pressure     ii. Reducing the
                               drop established      scrubber pressure
                               during the most       drop data to 1-hour
                               recent performance    and 3-hour block
                               test.                 averages; and
                                                    iii. Maintaining the
                                                     3-hour block
                                                     average scrubber
                                                     pressure drop at or
                                                     above the minimum
                                                     pressure drop
                                                     established during
                                                     the most recent
                                                     performance test.
                              b. Maintain the       i. Collecting the
                               average scrubber      scrubber liquid pH
                               liquid pH for each    data, as specified
                               3-hour block period   in item 20.b. of
                               at or above the       Table 4 to this
                               minimum scrubber      subpart; and
                               liquid pH            ii. Reducing the
                               established during    scrubber liquid pH
                               the most recent       data to 1-hour and
                               performance test.     3-hour block
                                                     averages; and
                                                    iii. Maintaining the
                                                     3-hour block
                                                     average scrubber
                                                     liquid pH at or
                                                     above the minimum
                                                     scrubber liquid pH
                                                     established during
                                                     the most recent
                                                     performance test.
                              c. Maintain the       i. Collecting the
                               average scrubber      scrubber liquid
                               liquid flow rate      flow rate data, as
                               for each 3-hour       specified in item
                               block period at or    20.c. of Table 4 to
                               above the minimum     this subpart; and
                               scrubber liquid      ii. Reducing the
                               flow rate             scrubber liquid
                               established during    flow rate data to 1-
                               the most recent       hour and 3-hour
                               performance test.     block averages; and
                                                    iii. Maintaining the
                                                     3-hour block
                                                     average scrubber
                                                     liquid flow rate at
                                                     or above the
                                                     minimum scrubber
                                                     liquid flow rate
                                                     established during
                                                     the most recent
                                                     performance test.
                              d. If chemicals are   i. Collecting the
                               added to the          scrubber chemical
                               scrubber liquid,      feed rate data, as
                               maintain the          specified in item
                               average scrubber      20.d. of Table 4 to
                               chemical feed rate    this subpart; and
                               for each 3-hour      ii. Reducing the
                               block period at or    scrubber chemical
                               above the minimum     feed rate data to 1-
                               scrubber chemical     hour and 3-hour
                               feed rate             block averages; and
                               established during
                               the most recent
                               performance test.

[[Page 142]]

 
                                                    iii. Maintaining the
                                                     3-hour block
                                                     average scrubber
                                                     chemical feed rate
                                                     at or above the
                                                     minimum scrubber
                                                     chemical feed rate
                                                     established during
                                                     the most recent
                                                     performance test.
------------------------------------------------------------------------



  Sec. Table 9 to Subpart SSSSS of Part 63--Continuous Compliance With 
                         Work Practice Standards

    As stated in Sec. 63.9810, you must show continuous compliance with 
the work practice standards for affected sources according to the 
following table:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    You must demonstrate
                                For the following        continuous
          For . . .               work practice      compliance by . . .
                                 standard . . .
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Each affected source       Each applicable work  i. Performing each
 listed in Table 3 to this     practice              applicable work
 subpart.                      requirement listed    practice standard
                               in Table 3 to this    listed in Table 3
                               subpart.              to this subpart;
                                                     and
                                                    ii. Maintaining
                                                     records that
                                                     document the method
                                                     and frequency for
                                                     complying with each
                                                     applicable work
                                                     practice standard
                                                     listed in Table 3
                                                     to this subpart, as
                                                     required by Sec.
                                                     Sec. 63.10(b) and
                                                     63.9816(c)(2).
2. Each basket or container   Control POM           i. Controlling
 that is used for holding      emissions from any    emissions from the
 fired refractory shapes in    affected shape        volatilization of
 an existing shape preheater   preheater.            residual pitch by
 and autoclave during the                            implementing one of
 pitch impregnation process.                         the work practice
                                                     standards listed in
                                                     item 1 of Table 3
                                                     to this subpart;
                                                     and
                                                    ii. Recording the
                                                     date and cleaning
                                                     method each time
                                                     you clean an
                                                     affected basket or
                                                     container.
3. Each new or existing       Control POM           Capturing and
 pitch working tank.           emissions.            venting emissions
                                                     from the affected
                                                     pitch working tank
                                                     to the control
                                                     device that is used
                                                     to control
                                                     emissions from an
                                                     affected defumer or
                                                     coking oven, or to
                                                     a thermal or
                                                     catalytic oxidizer
                                                     that is comparable
                                                     to the control
                                                     device used on an
                                                     affected defumer or
                                                     coking oven.
4. Each new or existing       Minimize fuel-based   i. Using natural
 chromium refractory           HAP emissions.        gas, or equivalent,
 products kiln.                                      as the kiln fuel at
                                                     all times except
                                                     during periods of
                                                     natural gas
                                                     curtailment or
                                                     supply
                                                     interruption; and
                                                    ii. If you intend to
                                                     use an alternative
                                                     fuel, submitting a
                                                     notification of
                                                     alternative fuel
                                                     use within 48 hours
                                                     of the declaration
                                                     of a per-iod of
                                                     natural gas
                                                     curtailment or
                                                     supply
                                                     interruption, as
                                                     defined in Sec.
                                                     63.9824; and
                                                    iii. Submitting a
                                                     report of
                                                     alternative fuel
                                                     use within 10
                                                     working days after
                                                     terminating the use
                                                     of the alternative
                                                     fuel, as specified
                                                     in Sec.
                                                     63.9814(g).
5. Each existing clay         Minimize fuel-based   i. Using natural
 refractory products kiln.     HAP emissions.        gas, or equivalent,
                                                     as the kiln fuel at
                                                     all times except
                                                     during periods of
                                                     natural gas
                                                     curtailment or
                                                     supply
                                                     interruption; and
                                                    ii. If you intend to
                                                     use an alternative
                                                     fuel, submitting a
                                                     notification of
                                                     alternative fuel
                                                     use within 48 hours
                                                     of the declaration
                                                     of a per-iod of
                                                     natural gas
                                                     curtailment or
                                                     supply
                                                     interruption, as
                                                     defined in Sec.
                                                     63.9824; and
                                                    iii. Submitting a
                                                     report of
                                                     alternative fuel
                                                     use within 10
                                                     working days after
                                                     terminating the use
                                                     of the alternative
                                                     fuel, as specified
                                                     in Sec.
                                                     63.9814(g).
------------------------------------------------------------------------


[[Page 143]]



   Sec. Table 10 to Subpart SSSSS of Part 63--Requirements for Reports

    As stated in Sec. 63.9814, you must comply with the requirements 
for reports in the following table:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 The report must     You must submit the
 You must submit a(n) . . .       contain . . .         report . . .
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Compliance report........  The information in    Semiannually
                               Sec. 63.9814(c)     according to the
                               through (f).          requirements in
                                                     Sec. 63.9814(a)
                                                     through (f).
2. Immediate startup,         a. Actions taken for  By fax or telephone
 shutdown, and malfunction     the event.            within 2 working
 report if you had a                                 days after starting
 startup, shutdown, or                               actions
 malfunction during the                              inconsistent with
 reporting period that is                            the plan.
 not consistent with your
 SSMP.
                              b. The information    By letter within 7
                               in Sec. working days after
                               63.10(d)(5)(ii).      the end of the
                                                     event unless you
                                                     have made
                                                     alternative
                                                     arrangements with
                                                     the permitting
                                                     authority.
3. Report of alternative      The information in    If you are subject
 fuel use.                     Sec. 63.9814(g)     to the work
                               and items 4 and 5     practice standard
                               of Table 9 to this    specified in item 3
                               subpart.              or 4 of Table 3 to
                                                     this subpart, and
                                                     you use an
                                                     alternative fuel in
                                                     the affected kiln,
                                                     by letter within 10
                                                     working days after
                                                     terminating the use
                                                     of the alternative
                                                     fuel.
------------------------------------------------------------------------



  Sec. Table 11 to Subpart SSSSS of Part 63--Applicability of General 
                       Provisions to Subpart SSSSS

    As stated in Sec. 63.9820, you must comply with the applicable 
General Provisions requirements according to the following table:

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                             Applies to subpart
             Citation                         Subject                Brief description              SSSSS
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sec. 63.1.......................  Applicability.............  ..........................  Yes.
Sec. 63.2.......................  Definitions...............  ..........................  Yes.
Sec. 63.3.......................  Units and Abbreviations...  ..........................  Yes.
Sec. 63.4.......................  Prohibited Activities.....  Compliance date;            Yes.
                                                                 circumvention,
                                                                 severability.
Sec. 63.5.......................  Construction/               Applicability;              Yes.
                                     Reconstruction.             applications; approvals.
Sec. 63.6(a)....................  Applicability.............  General Provisions (GP)     Yes.
                                                                 apply unless compliance
                                                                 extension; GP apply to
                                                                 area sources that become
                                                                 major.
Sec. 63.6(b)(1)-(4).............  Compliance Dates for New    Standards apply at          Yes.
                                     and Reconstructed Sources.  effective date; 3 years
                                                                 after effective date;
                                                                 upon startup; 10 years
                                                                 after construction or
                                                                 reconstruction commences
                                                                 for section 112(f).
Sec. 63.6(b)(5).................  Notification..............  ..........................  Yes.
Sec. 63.6(b)(6).................  [Reserved]                                              ....................
Sec. 63.6(b)(7).................  Compliance Dates for New    Area sources that become    Yes.
                                     and Reconstructed Area      major must comply with
                                     Sources That Become Major.  major source standards
                                                                 immediately upon becoming
                                                                 major, regardless of
                                                                 whether required to
                                                                 comply when they were
                                                                 area sources.
Sec. 63.6(c)(1)-(2).............  Compliance Dates for        Comply according to date    Yes.
                                     Existing Sources.           in subpart, which must be
                                                                 no later than 3 years
                                                                 after effective date; for
                                                                 section 112(f) standards,
                                                                 comply within 90 days of
                                                                 effective date unless
                                                                 compliance extension.
Sec. 63.6(c)(3)-(4).............  [Reserved]                                              ....................
Sec. 63.6(c)(5).................  Compliance Dates for        Area sources that become    Yes.
                                     Existing Area Sources       major must comply with
                                     That Become Major.          major source standards by
                                                                 date indicated in subpart
                                                                 or by equivalent time
                                                                 period (for example, 3
                                                                 years).
Sec. 63.6(d)....................  [Reserved]                                              ....................
Sec. 63.6(e)(1)-(2).............  Operation & Maintenance...  Operate to minimize         Yes.
                                                                 emissions at all times;
                                                                 correct malfunctions as
                                                                 soon as practicable;
                                                                 requirements
                                                                 independently
                                                                 enforceable; information
                                                                 Administrator will use to
                                                                 determine if operation
                                                                 and maintenance
                                                                 requirements were met.

[[Page 144]]

 
Sec. 63.6(e)(3).................  Startup, Shutdown, and      ..........................  Yes.
                                     Malfunction Plan (SSMP).
Sec. 63.6(f)(1).................  Compliance Except During    You must comply with        Yes.
                                     SSM.                        emission standards at all
                                                                 times except during SSM.
Sec. 63.6(f)(2)-(3).............  Methods for Determining     Compliance based on         Yes.
                                     Compliance.                 performance test,
                                                                 operation and maintenance
                                                                 plans, records,
                                                                 inspection.
Sec. 63.6(g)(1)-(3).............  Alternative Standard......  Procedures for getting an   Yes.
                                                                 alternative standard.
Sec. 63.6(h)(1)-(9).............  Opacity/Visible Emission    ..........................  Not applicable.
                                     (VE) Standards.
Sec. 63.6(i)(1)-(14)............  Compliance Extension......  Procedures and criteria     Yes.
                                                                 for Administrator to
                                                                 grant compliance
                                                                 extension.
Sec. 63.6(j)....................  Presidential Compliance     President may exempt        Yes.
                                     Exemption.                  source category.
Sec. 63.7(a)(1)-(2).............  Performance Test Dates....  Dates for conducting        Yes.
                                                                 initial performance
                                                                 testing and other
                                                                 compliance
                                                                 demonstrations; must
                                                                 conduct 180 days after
                                                                 first subject to rule.
Sec. 63.7(a)(3).................  Section 114 Authority.....  Administrator may require   Yes.
                                                                 a performance test under
                                                                 CAA section 114 at any
                                                                 time.
Sec. 63.7(b)(1).................  Notification of             Must notify Administrator   Yes.
                                     Performance Test.           60 days before the test.
Sec. 63.7(b)(2).................  Notification of             Must notify Administrator   Yes.
                                     Rescheduling.               5 days before scheduled
                                                                 date and provide
                                                                 rescheduled date.
Sec. 63.7(c)....................  Quality Assurance/Test      Requirements; test plan     Yes.
                                     Plan.                       approval procedures;
                                                                 performance audit
                                                                 requirements; internal
                                                                 and external QA
                                                                 procedures for testing.
Sec. 63.7(d)....................  Testing Facilities........  ..........................  Yes.
Sec. 63.7(e)(1).................  Conditions for Conducting   Performance tests must be   No, Sec. 63.9800
                                     Performance Tests.          conducted under             specifies
                                                                 representative              requirements; Yes;
                                                                 conditions; cannot          Yes.
                                                                 conduct performance tests
                                                                 during SSM; not a
                                                                 violation to exceed
                                                                 standard during SSM.
Sec. 63.7(e)(2).................  Conditions for Conducting   Must conduct according to   Yes.
                                     Performance Tests.          subpart and EPA test
                                                                 methods unless
                                                                 Administrator approves
                                                                 alternative.
Sec. 63.7(e)(3).................  Test Run Duration.........  Must have three test runs   Yes; Yes, except
                                                                 of at least 1 hour each;    where specified in
                                                                 compliance is based on      Sec. 63.9800 for
                                                                 arithmetic mean of three    batch process
                                                                 runs; conditions when       sources; Yes.
                                                                 data from an additional
                                                                 test run can be used.
Sec. 63.7(f)....................  Alternative Test Method...  ..........................  Yes.
Sec. 63.7(g)....................  Performance Test Data       ..........................  Yes.
                                     Analysis.
Sec. 63.7(h)....................  Waiver of Test............  ..........................  Yes.
Sec. 63.8(a)(1).................  Applicability of            ..........................  Yes.
                                     Monitoring Requirements.
Sec. 63.8(a)(2).................  Performance Specifications  Performance Specifications  Yes.
                                                                 in appendix B of 40 CFR
                                                                 part 60 apply.
Sec. 63.8(a)(3).................  [Reserved]
Sec. 63.8(a)(4).................  Monitoring with Flares....  ..........................  Not applicable.
Sec. 63.8(b)(1).................  Monitoring................  Must conduct monitoring     Yes.
                                                                 according to standard
                                                                 unless Administrator
                                                                 approves alternative.
Sec. 63.8(b)(2)-(3).............  Multiple Effluents and      Specific requirements for   Yes.
                                     Multiple Monitoring         installing and reporting
                                     Systems.                    on monitoring systems.
Sec. 63.8(c)(1).................  Monitoring System           Maintenance consistent      Yes.
                                     Operation and Maintenance.  with good air pollution
                                                                 control practices.
Sec. 63.8(c)(1)(i)..............  Routine and Predictable     Reporting requirements for  Yes.
                                     SSM.                        SSM when action is
                                                                 described in SSMP.
Sec. 63.8(c)(1)(ii).............  SSM not in SSMP...........  Reporting requirements for  Yes.
                                                                 SSM when action is not
                                                                 described in SSMP.
Sec. 63.8(c)(1)(iii)............  Compliance with Operation   How Administrator           Yes.
                                     and Maintenance             determines if source is
                                     Requirements.               complying with operation
                                                                 and maintenance
                                                                 requirements.
Sec. 63.8(c)(2)-(3).............  Monitoring System           Must install to get         Yes.
                                     Installation.               representative emission
                                                                 and parameter
                                                                 measurements.
Sec. 63.8(c)(4).................  CMS Requirements..........  ..........................  No, Sec. 63.9808
                                                                                             specifies
                                                                                             requirements.
Sec. 63.8(c)(5).................  COMS Minimum Procedures...  ..........................  Not applicable.
Sec. 63.8(c)(6).................  CMS Requirements..........  ..........................  Applies only to
                                                                                             sources required to
                                                                                             install and operate
                                                                                             a THC CEMS.

[[Page 145]]

 
Sec. 63.8(c)(7)(i)(A)...........  CMS Requirements..........  ..........................  Applies only to
                                                                                             sources required to
                                                                                             install and operate
                                                                                             a THC CEMS.
Sec. 63.8(c)(7)(i)(B)...........  CMS Requirements..........  ..........................  Applies only to
                                                                                             sources required to
                                                                                             install and operate
                                                                                             a THC CEMS.
Sec. 63.8(c)(7)(i)(C)...........  CMS Requirements..........  ..........................  Not applicable.
Sec. 63.8(c)(7)(ii).............  CMS Requirements..........  Corrective action required  Yes.
                                                                 when CMS is out of
                                                                 control.
Sec. 63.8(c)(8).................  CMS Requirements..........  ..........................  Yes.
Sec. 63.8(d)....................  CMS Quality Control.......  ..........................  Applies only to
                                                                                             sources required to
                                                                                             install and operate
                                                                                             a THC CEMS.
Sec. 63.8(e)....................  CMS Performance Evaluation  ..........................  Applies only to
                                                                                             sources required to
                                                                                             install and operate
                                                                                             a THC CEMS.
Sec. 63.8(f)(1)-(5).............  Alternative Monitoring      ..........................  Yes.
                                     Method.
Sec. 63.8(f)(6).................  Alternative to Relative     ..........................  Yes.
                                     Accuracy Test.
Sec. 63.8(g)....................  Data Reduction............  ..........................  Applies only to
                                                                                             sources required to
                                                                                             install and operate
                                                                                             a THC CEMS.
Sec. 63.9(a)....................  Notification Requirements.  ..........................  Yes.
Sec. 63.9(b)(1)-(5).............  Initial Notifications.....  ..........................  Yes.
Sec. 63.9(c)....................  Request for Compliance      ..........................  Yes.
                                     Extension.
Sec. 63.9(d)....................  Notification of Special     ..........................  Yes.
                                     Compliance Requirements
                                     for New Source.
Sec. 63.9(e)....................  Notification of             Notify Administrator 60     Yes.
                                     Performance Test.           days prior.
Sec. 63.9(f)....................  Notification of VE/Opacity  ..........................  Not applicable.
                                     Test.
Sec. 63.9(g)....................  Additional Notifications    ..........................  Applies only to
                                     When Using CMS.                                         sources required to
                                                                                             install and operate
                                                                                             a THC CEMS.
Sec. 63.9(h)....................  Notification of Compliance  ..........................  Yes.
                                     Status.
Sec. 63.9(i)....................  Adjustment of Submittal     ..........................  Yes.
                                     Deadlines.
Sec. 63.9(j)....................  Change in Previous          ..........................  Yes.
                                     Information.
Sec. 63.10(a)...................  Recordkeeping/Reporting...  ..........................  Yes.
Sec. 63.10(b)(1)................  Recordkeeping/Reporting...  ..........................  Yes.
Sec. 63.10(b)(2)(i)-(v).........  Records Related to          ..........................  Yes.
                                     Startup, Shutdown, and
                                     Malfunction.
Sec. 63.10(b)(2)(vi) and (x-xi).  CMS Records...............  ..........................  Yes.
Sec. 63.10(b)(2)(vii)-(ix)......  Records...................  Measurements to             Yes.
                                                                 demonstrate compliance
                                                                 with emission
                                                                 limitations; performance
                                                                 test, performance
                                                                 evaluation, and visible
                                                                 emission observation
                                                                 results; measurements to
                                                                 determine conditions of
                                                                 performance tests and
                                                                 performance evaluations.
Sec. 63.10(b)(2)(xii)...........  Records...................  Records when under waiver.  Yes.
Sec. 63.10(b)(2)(xiii)..........  Records...................  Records when using          Not applicable.
                                                                 alternative to relative
                                                                 accuracy test.
Sec. 63.10(b)(2)(xiv)...........  Records...................  All documentation           Yes.
                                                                 supporting Initial
                                                                 Notification and
                                                                 Notification of
                                                                 Compliance Status.
Sec. 63.10(b)(3)................  Records...................  Applicability               Yes.
                                                                 Determinations.
Sec. 63.10(c)(1)-(6), (9)-(15)..  Records...................  Additional Records for CMS  Not applicable.
Sec. 63.10(c)(7)-(8)............  Records...................  Records of excess           No, Sec. 63.9816
                                                                 emissions and parameter     specifies
                                                                 monitoring exceedances      requirements.
                                                                 for CMS.
Sec. 63.10(d)(1)................  General Reporting           Requirements for reporting  Yes.
                                     Requirements.
Sec. 63.10(d)(2)................  Report of Performance Test  When to submit to Federal   Yes.
                                     Results.                    or State authority.
Sec. 63.10(d)(3)................  Reporting Opacity or VE     ..........................  Not applicable.
                                     Observations.
Sec. 63.10(d)(4)................  Progress Reports..........  Must submit progress        Yes.
                                                                 reports on schedule if
                                                                 under compliance
                                                                 extension.
Sec. 63.10(d)(5)................  Startup, Shutdown, and      Contents and submission...  Yes.
                                     Malfunction Reports.

[[Page 146]]

 
Sec. 63.10(e)(1)-(2)............  Additional CMS Reports....  ..........................  Applies only to
                                                                                             sources required to
                                                                                             install and operate
                                                                                             a THC CEMS.
Sec. 63.10(e)(3)................  Reports...................  ..........................  No, Sec. 63.9814
                                                                                             specifies
                                                                                             requirements.
Sec. 63.10(e)(4)................  Reporting COMS data.......  ..........................  Not applicable.
Sec. 63.10(f)...................  Waiver for Recordkeeping/   ..........................  Yes.
                                     Reporting.
Sec. 63.11......................  Flares....................  ..........................  Not applicable.
Sec. 63.12......................  Delegation................  ..........................  Yes.
Sec. 63.13......................  Addresses.................  ..........................  Yes.
Sec. 63.14......................  Incorporation by Reference  ..........................  Yes.
Sec. 63.15......................  Availability of             ..........................  Yes.
                                     Information.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



Subpart TTTTT_National Emissions Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants 
                     for Primary Magnesium Refining

    Source: 68 FR 58620, Oct. 10, 2003, unless otherwise noted.

                        What This Subpart Covers



Sec. 63.9880  What is the purpose of this subpart?

    This subpart establishes national emission standards for hazardous 
air pollutants (NESHAP) for primary magnesium refineries. This subpart 
also establishes requirements to demonstrate initial and continuous 
compliance with all applicable emission limitations, work practice 
standards, and operation and maintenance requirements.



Sec. 63.9881  Am I subject to this subpart?

    You are subject to this subpart if you own or operate a primary 
magnesium refinery that is (or is part of) a major source of hazardous 
air pollutant (HAP) emissions. Your primary magnesium refinery is a 
major source of HAP if it emits or has the potential to emit any single 
HAP at a rate of 10 tons or more per year or any combination of HAP at a 
rate of 25 tons or more per year.



Sec. 63.9882  What parts of my plant does this subpart cover?

    (a) The affected sources are each new and existing primary magnesium 
refining facility.
    (b) This subpart covers emissions from each spray dryer stack, 
magnesium chloride storage bins scrubber stack, melt/reactor system 
stack, and launder off-gas system stack at your primary magnesium 
refining facility. This subpart also covers fugitive dust emissions.
    (c) Each primary magnesium refining facility is existing if you 
commenced construction or reconstruction of the affected source before 
January 22, 2003.
    (d) Each primary magnesium refining facility is new if you commence 
construction or reconstruction of the affected source on or after 
January 22, 2003. An affected source is reconstructed if it meets the 
definition of reconstruction in Sec. 63.2.



Sec. 63.9883  When do I have to comply with this subpart?

    (a) If you have an existing source, you must comply with each 
emission limitation, work practice standard, and operation and 
maintenance requirement in this subpart that applies to you no later 
than October 11, 2004.
    (b) If you have a new affected source and its initial startup date 
is on or before October 11, 2003, you must comply with each emission 
limitation, work practice standard, and operation and maintenance 
requirement in this subpart that applies to you by October 10, 2003.
    (c) If you have a new affected source and its initial startup date 
is after October 10, 2003, you must comply with each emission 
limitation, work practice standard, and operation and maintenance 
requirement in this subpart that applies to you upon initial startup.
    (d) If your primary magnesium refinery is an area source that 
becomes a major source of HAP, the compliance

[[Page 147]]

dates in paragraphs (d)(1) and (2) of this section apply to you:
    (1) Any portion of the existing primary magnesium refinery that is a 
new affected source or a new reconstructed source must be in compliance 
with this subpart upon startup.
    (2) All other parts of the primary magnesium refinery must be in 
compliance with this subpart no later than 2 years after it becomes a 
major source.
    (e) You must meet the notification and schedule requirements in 
Sec. 63.9930. Several of these notifications must be submitted before 
the compliance date for your affected source.

            Emission Limitations and Work Practice Standards



Sec. 63.9890  What emission limitations must I meet?

    (a) You must meet each emission limit in Table 1 to this subpart 
that applies to you.
    (b) For each wet scrubber applied to meet any particulate matter, 
particulate matter less than 10 microns (PM10), chlorine, 
hydrochloric acid, or dioxins/furans emission limit in Table 1 to this 
subpart, you must maintain the hourly average pressure drop and scrubber 
liquid flow rate at or above the minimum level established during the 
initial or subsequent performance test.



Sec. 63.9891  What work practice standards must I meet for my 
fugitive dust sources?

    (a) You must prepare and at all times operate according to a 
fugitive dust emissions control plan that describes in detail the 
measures that will be put in place to control fugitive dust emissions 
from all unpaved roads and other unpaved operational areas.
    (b) You must submit a copy of your fugitive dust emissions control 
plan for approval to the Administrator on or before the applicable 
compliance date for the affected source as specified in Sec. 63.9883. 
The requirement to operate according to the fugitive dust emissions 
control plan must be incorporated by reference in the source's operating 
permit issued by the permitting authority under 40 CFR part 70 or 40 CFR 
part 71.
    (c) You can use an existing fugitive dust emissions control plan 
provided it meets the requirements in paragraphs (c)(1) through (3) of 
this section.
    (1) The plan satisfies the requirements of paragraph (a) of this 
section.
    (2) The plan describes the current measures to control fugitive dust 
emission sources.
    (3) The plan has been approved as part of a State implementation 
plan or title V permit.
    (d) You must maintain a current copy of the fugitive dust emissions 
control plan on-site and available for inspection upon request. You must 
keep the plan for the life of the affected source or until the affected 
source is no longer subject to the requirements of this subpart.

                 Operation and Maintenance Requirements



Sec. 63.9900  What are my operation and maintenance requirements?

    (a) As required by Sec. 63.6(e)(1)(i), you must always operate and 
maintain your affected source, including air pollution control and 
monitoring equipment, in a manner consistent with good air pollution 
control practices for minimizing emissions at least to the levels 
required by this subpart.
    (b) You must prepare and operate at all times according to a written 
operation and maintenance plan for each control device subject to an 
operating limit in Sec. 63.9890(b). Each plan must address preventative 
maintenance for each control device, including a preventative 
maintenance schedule that is consistent with the manufacturer's 
instructions for routine and long-term maintenance.
    (c) You must maintain a current copy of the operation and 
maintenance plan required in paragraph (b) of this section on-site and 
available for inspection upon request. You must keep the plan for the 
life of the affected source or until the affected source is no longer 
subject to the requirements of this subpart.

[[Page 148]]

                     General Compliance Requirements



Sec. 63.9910  What are my general requirements for complying with 
this subpart?

    (a) You must be in compliance with the emission limitations, work 
practice standards, and operation and maintenance requirements in this 
subpart at all times, except during periods of startup, shutdown, and 
malfunction as defined in Sec. 63.2.
    (b) You must develop a written startup, shutdown, and malfunction 
plan according to the provisions in Sec. 63.6(e)(3).

[68 FR 58620, Oct. 10, 2003, as amended at 71 FR 20471, Apr. 20, 2006]

                     Initial Compliance Requirements



Sec. 63.9911  By what date must I conduct performance tests or other
initial compliance demonstrations?

    (a) As required in Sec. 63.7(a)(2), you must conduct a performance 
test to demonstrate initial compliance with each emission limit in Table 
1 to this subpart that applies to you as indicated in paragraphs (a)(1) 
through (3) of this section:
    (1) Within 180 calendar days after the compliance date that is 
specified in Sec. 63.9883 for your existing affected source;
    (2) By April 7, 2004 for a new source that has an initial startup 
date before October 10, 2003; or
    (3) Within 180 days after initial startup for a new source that has 
an initial startup date after October 10, 2003.
    (b) For each operation and maintenance requirement that applies to 
you where initial compliance is not demonstrated using a performance 
test, you must demonstrate initial compliance within 30 calendar days 
after the compliance date that is specified for your affected source in 
Sec. 63.9883.
    (c) If you commenced construction or reconstruction between January 
22, 2003 and October 10, 2003, you must demonstrate initial compliance 
with either the proposed emission limitation or the promulgated emission 
limitation no later than April 7, 2004 or no later than 180 calendar 
days after startup of the source, whichever is later, according to Sec. 
63.7(a)(2)(ix).
    (d) If you commenced construction or reconstruction between January 
22, 2003 and October 10, 2003, and you chose to comply with the proposed 
emission limit when demonstrating initial compliance, you must conduct a 
second performance test to demonstrate compliance with the promulgated 
emission limit by April 11, 2005, or after startup of the source, 
whichever is later, according to Sec. 63.7(a)(2)(ix).



Sec. 63.9912  When must I conduct subsequent performance tests?

    You must conduct subsequent performance tests to demonstrate 
continuous compliance with all applicable emission limits in Table 1 to 
this subpart no less frequently than twice (at mid-term and renewal) 
during each term of your title V operating permit.



Sec. 63.9913  What test methods and other procedures must I use to 
demonstrate initial compliance with the emission limits for 
particulate matter and PM [bdi1][bdi0]?
          

    (a) You must conduct each performance test that applies to your 
affected source according to the requirements in Sec. 63.7(e)(1).
    (b) To determine compliance with the applicable emission limits for 
particulate matter in Table 1 to this subpart, you must follow the test 
methods and procedures in paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section.
    (1) Determine the concentration of particulate matter according to 
the following test methods in appendix A to 40 CFR part 60:
    (i) Method 1 to select sampling port locations and the number of 
traverse points. Sampling ports must be located at the outlet of the 
control device and prior to any releases to the atmosphere.
    (ii) Method 2, 2F, or 2G to determine the volumetric flow rate of 
the stack gas.
    (iii) Method 3, 3A, or 3B to determine the dry molecular weight of 
the stack gas.
    (iv) Method 4 to determine the moisture content of the stack gas.
    (v) Method 5 or 5D, as applicable, to determine the concentration of 
particulate matter.

[[Page 149]]

    (vi) Method 201 or 201A, as applicable, to determine the 
concentration of PM10.
    (2) Collect a minimum sample volume of 60 dry standard cubic feet 
(dscf) during each particulate matter or PM10 test run. Three 
valid test runs are needed to comprise a performance test.
    (c) Compute the mass emissions rate in pounds per hour (lbs/hr) for 
each test run using Equation 1 of this section:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR10OC03.000

Where:

Elbs/hr = Mass emissions rate of particulate matter or 
          PM10 (lbs/hr);
Cs = Concentration of particulate matter or PM10 
          in the gas stream, grains per dry standard cubic feet (gr/
          dscf);
Qstd = Volumetric flow rate of stack gas, dry standard cubic 
          feet per minute (dscfm);
60 = Conversion factor, minutes per hour (min/hr); and
7,000 = Conversion factor, grains per pound (gr/lb).



Sec. 63.9914  What test methods and other procedures must I use to
demonstrate initial compliance with chlorine and hydrochloric acid 
emission limits?

    (a) You must conduct each performance test that applies to your 
affected source according to the requirements in Sec. 63.7(e)(1).
    (b) To determine compliance with the applicable emission limits for 
chlorine and hydrochloric acid in Table 1 to this subpart, you must 
follow the test methods and procedures specified in paragraphs (b)(1) 
and (2) of this section.
    (1) Determine the concentration of chlorine and hydrochloric acid 
according to the following test methods in appendix A to 40 CFR part 60:
    (i) Method 1 to select sampling port locations and the number of 
traverse points. Sampling ports must be located at the outlet of the 
control device and prior to any releases to the atmosphere.
    (ii) Method 2, 2F, or 2G to determine the volumetric flow of the 
stack gas.
    (iii) Method 3, 3A, or 3B to determine the dry molecular weight of 
the stack gas.
    (iv) Method 4 to determine the moisture content of the stack gas.
    (v) Method 26 or 26A, as applicable, to determine the concentration 
of hydrochloric acid and chlorine.
    (2) Collect a minimum sample of 60 dscf during each test run for 
chlorine and hydrochloric acid. Three valid test runs are needed to 
comprise a performance test.
    (c) Compute the mass emissions rate (lbs/hr) for each test run using 
Equation 1 of this section:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR10OC03.001

Where:

Elbs/hr = Mass emissions rate of chlorine or hydrochloric 
          acid (lbs/hr);
Cs = Concentration of chlorine or hydrochloric acid in the 
          gas stream, milligrams per dry standard cubic meter (mg/dscm);
Qstd = Volumetric flow rate of stack gas (dscfm);
60 = Conversion factor (min/hr);
35.31 = Conversion factor (dscf/dscm); and
454,000 = Conversion factor (mg/lb).



Sec. 63.9915  What test methods and other procedures must I use
to demonstrate initial compliance with dioxin/furan emission
limits?

    (a) You must conduct each performance test that applies to your 
affected source according to the requirements in Sec. 63.7(e)(1).
    (b) To determine compliance with the applicable emission limit for 
dioxins/furans in Table 1 to this subpart, you must follow the test 
methods and procedures specified in paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this 
section.
    (1) Determine the concentration of dioxin and furan according to the 
following test methods in appendix A to 40 CFR part 60:
    (i) Method 1 to select sampling port locations and the number of 
traverse points. Sampling ports must be located at the outlet of the 
control device and prior to any releases to the atmosphere.
    (ii) Method 2, 2F, or 2G to determine the volumetric flow of the 
stack gas.
    (iii) Method 3, 3A, or 3B to determine the dry molecular weight of 
the stack gas.
    (iv) Method 4 to determine the moisture content of the stack gas.
    (v) Method 23 to determine the concentration of dioxins/furans. For 
each

[[Page 150]]

dioxin/furan congener measured in accordance with this paragraph (b)(v), 
multiply the congener concentration by its corresponding toxic 
equivalency factor specified in Table 2 of this subpart.
    (2) Collect a minimum sample of 100 dscf during each test run. Three 
valid test runs are needed to comprise a performance test.



Sec. 63.9916  What test methods and other procedures must I use 
to establish and demonstrate initial compliance with the operating 
limits?

    For a wet scrubber subject to operating limits for pressure drop and 
scrubber water flow rate in Sec. 63.9890(b), you must establish site-
specific operating limits according to the procedures in paragraphs (a) 
and (b) of this section.
    (a) Using the continuous parameter monitoring system (CPMS) required 
in Sec. 63.9920, measure and record the pressure drop and scrubber 
water flow rate at least every 15 minutes during each run of the 
particulate matter performance test.
    (b) Compute and record the average pressure drop and scrubber water 
flow rate for each individual test run. Your operating limits are the 
lowest average individual pressure drop and scrubber water flow rate 
values in any of the three runs that meet the applicable emission limit.



Sec. 63.9917  How do I demonstrate initial compliance with the
emission limitations and work practice standards that apply to me?

    (a) For each affected source subject to an emission limit in Table 1 
to this subpart, you have demonstrated initial compliance if:
    (1) You have met the conditions in Table 3 to this subpart; and
    (2) For each wet scrubber subject to the operating limits for 
pressure drop and scrubber water flow rate in Sec. 63.9890(b), you have 
established appropriate site-specific operating limits and have a record 
of the pressure drop and scrubber water flow rate measured during the 
performance test in accordance with Sec. 63.9916.
    (b) You have demonstrated initial compliance with the work practice 
standards in Sec. 63.9891 if you have certified in your notification of 
compliance status that:
    (1) You have prepared a fugitive dust emissions control plan 
according to the requirements in Sec. 63.9891 and submitted the plan 
for approval; and
    (2) You will operate according to the requirements in the plan.



Sec. 63.9918  How do I demonstrate initial compliance with the 
operation and maintenance requirements that apply to me?

    You must demonstrate initial compliance by certifying in your 
notification of compliance status that you have met the requirements in 
paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section.
    (a) You have prepared the operation and maintenance plan according 
to the requirements in Sec. 63.9910; and
    (b) You will operate each control device according to the procedures 
in the plan.

                   Continuous Compliance Requirements



Sec. 63.9920  What are my continuous monitoring requirements?

    For each wet scrubber subject to the operating limits for pressure 
drop and scrubber water flow rates in Sec. 63.9890(b), you must at all 
times monitor the hourly average pressure drop and liquid flow rate 
using a CPMS according to the requirements in Sec. 63.9921(a).



Sec. 63.9921  What are the installation, operation and maintenance
requirements for my monitors?

    (a) For each wet scrubber subject to the operating limits in Sec. 
63.9890(b) for pressure drop and scrubber water flow rate, you must 
install, operate, and maintain each CPMS according to the requirements 
in paragraphs (a)(1) and (2) of this section.
    (1) For the pressure drop CPMS, you must:
    (i) Locate the pressure sensor(s) in or as close to a position that 
provides a representative measurement of the pressure and that minimizes 
or eliminates pulsating pressure, vibration, and internal and external 
corrosion.
    (ii) Use a gauge with a minimum measurement sensitivity of 0.5 inch 
of water or a transducer with a minimum measurement sensitivity of 1 
percent of the pressure range.

[[Page 151]]

    (iii) Check the pressure tap for pluggage daily.
    (iv) Using a manometer, check gauge calibration quarterly and 
transducer calibration monthly.
    (v) Conduct calibration checks any time the sensor exceeds the 
manufacturer's specified maximum operating pressure range, or install a 
new pressure sensor.
    (vi) At least monthly, inspect all components for integrity, all 
electrical connections for continuity, and all mechanical connections 
for leakage.
    (2) For the scrubber water flow rate CPMS, you must:
    (i) Locate the flow sensor and other necessary equipment in a 
position that provides a representative flow and that reduces swirling 
flow or abnormal velocity distributions due to upstream and downstream 
disturbances.
    (ii) Use a flow sensor with a minimum measurement sensitivity of 2 
percent of the flow rate.
    (iii) Conduct a flow sensor calibration check at least semiannually 
according to the manufacturer's instructions.
    (iv) At least monthly, inspect all components for integrity, all 
electrical connections for continuity, and all mechanical connections 
for leakage.
    (b) You must install, operate, and maintain each CPMS for a wet 
scrubber according to the requirements in paragraphs (b)(1) through (3) 
of this section.
    (1) Each CPMS must complete a minimum of one cycle of operation for 
each successive 15-minute period.
    (2) Each CPMS must have valid data for at least 95 percent of every 
averaging period.
    (3) Each CPMS must determine and record the hourly average of all 
recorded readings.



Sec. 63.9922  How do I monitor and collect data to demonstrate 
continuous compliance?

    (a) Except for monitoring malfunctions, associated repairs, and 
required quality assurance or control activities (including, as 
applicable, calibration checks and required zero and span adjustments), 
you must monitor continuously (or collect data at all required 
intervals) at all times an affected source is operating.
    (b) You may not use data recorded during monitoring malfunctions, 
associated repairs, and required quality assurance or control activities 
in data averages and calculations used to report emission or operating 
levels or to fulfill a minimum data availability requirement, if 
applicable. You must use all the data collected during all other periods 
in assessing compliance.
    (c) A monitoring malfunction is any sudden, infrequent, not 
reasonably preventable failure of the monitoring to provide valid data. 
Monitoring failures that are caused in part by poor maintenance or 
careless operation are not malfunctions.



Sec. 63.9923  How do I demonstrate continuous compliance with the emission limitations and work practice standards that apply to me?

    (a) For each affected source subject to an emission limit in Table 1 
to this subpart, you must demonstrate continuous compliance according to 
the requirements in Table 4 to this subpart.
    (b) For each wet scrubber subject to the operating limits for 
pressure drop and scrubber water flow rate in Sec. 63.9890(b), you must 
demonstrate continuous compliance according to the requirements in 
paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section.
    (1) Collecting and reducing the monitoring data according to Sec. 
63.9921(b); and
    (2) Maintaining the hourly average pressure drop and scrubber water 
flow rate at or above the minimum level established during the initial 
or subsequent performance.
    (c) You must demonstrate continuous compliance with the work 
practice standards in Sec. 63.9891 by operating according to the 
requirements in your fugitive dust emissions control plan and recording 
information needed to document conformance with the requirements.

[[Page 152]]



Sec. 63.9924  How do I demonstrate continuous compliance with the 
operation and maintenance requirements that apply to me?

    For each emission point subject to an emission limit in Table 1 to 
this subpart, you must demonstrate continuous compliance with the 
operation and maintenance requirements in Sec. 63.9900 by performing 
preventive maintenance for each control device according to Sec. 
63.9900(b) and recording all information needed to document conformance 
with these requirements.



Sec. 63.9925  What other requirements must I meet to demonstrate
continuous compliance?

    (a) Deviations. You must report each instance in which you did not 
meet each emission limitation in Sec. 63.9890 or work practice standard 
in Sec. 63.9891 that applies to you. This includes periods of startup, 
shutdown, and malfunction. You must also report each instance in which 
you did not meet each operation and maintenance requirement required in 
Sec. 63.9900 that applies to you. These instances are deviations from 
the emission limitations, work practice standards, and operation and 
maintenance requirements in this subpart. These deviations must be 
reported according to the requirements in Sec. 63.9931.
    (b) Startups, shutdowns, and malfunctions. (1) Consistent with 
Sec. Sec. 63.6(e) and 63.7(e)(1), deviations that occur during a period 
of startup, shutdown, or malfunction are not violations if you 
demonstrate to the Administrator's satisfaction that you were operating 
in accordance with Sec. 63.6(e)(1).
    (2) The Administrator will determine whether deviations that occur 
during a period of startup, shutdown, or malfunction are violations, 
according to the provisions in Sec. 63.6(e).

[68 FR 58620, Oct. 10, 2003, as amended at 71 FR 20471, Apr. 20, 2006]

                   Notifications, Reports, and Records



Sec. 63.9930  What notifications must I submit and when?

    (a) You must submit all of the notifications in Sec. Sec. 63.7(b) 
and (c), 63.8(f)(4), 63.9(b), and 63.9(h) that apply to you by the 
specified dates.
    (b) As specified in Sec. 63.9(b)(2), if you startup your affected 
source before October 10, 2003, you must submit your initial 
notification no later than February 9, 2004.
    (c) As specified in Sec. 63.9(b)(3), if you start your new affected 
source on or after October 10, 2003, you must submit your initial 
notification no later that 120 calendar days after you become subject to 
this subpart.
    (d) If you are required to conduct a performance test, you must 
submit a notification of intent to conduct a performance test at least 
60 calendar days before the performance test is scheduled to begin as 
required in Sec. 63.7(b)(1).
    (e) If you are required to conduct a performance test or other 
initial compliance demonstration, you must submit a notification of 
compliance status according to Sec. 63.9(h)(2)(ii), and the 
requirements in paragraphs (e)(1) and (2) of this section:
    (1) For each initial compliance demonstration that does not include 
a performance test, you must submit the notification of compliance 
status before the close of business on the 30th calendar day following 
completion of the initial compliance demonstration.
    (2) For each initial compliance demonstration that does include a 
performance test, you must submit the notification of compliance status, 
including the performance test results, before the close of business on 
the 60th calendar day following the completion of the performance test 
according to Sec. 63.10(d)(2).



Sec. 63.9931  What reports must I submit and when?

    (a) Compliance report due dates. Unless the Administrator has 
approved a different schedule, you must submit a semiannual compliance 
report to your permitting authority according to the requirements in 
paragraphs (a) (1) through (5) of this section.
    (1) The first compliance report must cover the period beginning on 
the compliance date that is specified for your affected source in Sec. 
63.9883 and ending on June 30 or December 31, whichever date comes after 
the compliance date that is specified for your source in Sec. 63.9883.

[[Page 153]]

    (2) The first compliance report must be postmarked or delivered no 
later than July 31 or January 31, whichever date comes first after your 
compliance report is due.
    (3) Each subsequent compliance report must cover the semiannual 
reporting period from January 1 through June 30 or the semiannual 
reporting period from July 1 through December 31.
    (4) Each subsequent compliance report must be postmarked or 
delivered no later than July 31 or January 31, whichever date comes 
first after the end of the semiannual reporting period.
    (5) For each affected source that is subject to permitting 
regulations pursuant to 40 CFR part 70 or 40 CFR part 71, and if the 
permitting authority has established dates for submitting semiannual 
reports pursuant to 40 CFR 70.6(a)(3)(iii)(A) or 40 CFR 
71.6(a)(3)(iii)(A), you may submit the first and subsequent compliance 
reports according to the dates the permitting authority has established 
instead of according to the dates in paragraphs (a)(1) through (4) of 
this section.
    (b) Compliance report contents. Each compliance report must include 
the information in paragraphs (b)(1) through (3) of this section and, as 
applicable, paragraphs (b)(4) through (8) of this section.
    (1) Company name and address.
    (2) Statement by a responsible official, with that official's name, 
title, and signature, certifying the truth, accuracy, and completeness 
of the content of the report.
    (3) Date of report and beginning and ending dates of the reporting 
period.
    (4) If you had a startup, shutdown, or malfunction during the 
reporting period and you took actions consistent with your startup, 
shutdown, and malfunction plan, the compliance report must include the 
information in Sec. 63.10(d)(5)(i).
    (5) If there were no deviations from the continuous compliance 
requirements in Sec. Sec. 63.9923 and 63.9924 that apply to you, a 
statement that there were no deviations from the emission limitations, 
work practice standards, or operation and maintenance requirements 
during the reporting period.
    (6) If there were no periods during which a CPMS was out-of-control 
as specified in Sec. 63.8(c)(7), a statement that there were no periods 
during which the CPMS was out-of-control during the reporting period.
    (7) For each deviation from an emission limitation in Sec. 63.9890 
that occurs at an affected source where you are not using a CPMS to 
comply with an emission limitation in this subpart, the compliance 
report must contain the information in paragraphs (b)(1) through (4) of 
this section and the information in paragraphs (b)(7)(i) and (ii) of 
this section. This includes periods of startup, shutdown, and 
malfunction.
    (i) The total operating time of each affected source during the 
reporting period.
    (ii) Information on the number, duration, and cause of deviations 
(including unknown cause, if applicable) as applicable and the 
corrective action taken.
    (8) For each deviation from an emission limitation occurring at an 
affected source where you are using a CPMS to comply with the emission 
limitation in this subpart, you must include the information in 
paragraphs (b)(1) through (4) of this section and the information in 
paragraphs (b)(8)(i) through (xi) of this section. This includes periods 
of startup, shutdown, and malfunction.
    (i) The date and time that each malfunction started and stopped.
    (ii) The date and time that each continuous monitoring was 
inoperative, except for zero (low-level) and high-level checks.
    (iii) The date, time, and duration that each continuous monitoring 
system was out-of-control, including the information in Sec. 
63.8(c)(8).
    (iv) The date and time that each deviation started and stopped, and 
whether each deviation occurred during a period of startup, shutdown, or 
malfunction or during another period.
    (v) A summary of the total duration of the deviation during the 
reporting period and the total duration as a percent of the total source 
operating time during that reporting period.
    (vi) A breakdown of the total duration of the deviations during the 
reporting period including those that are due to startup, shutdown, 
control

[[Page 154]]

equipment problems, process problems, other known causes, and other 
unknown causes.
    (vii) A summary of the total duration of continuous monitoring 
system downtime during the reporting period and the total duration of 
continuous monitoring system downtime as a percent of the total source 
operating time during the reporting period.
    (viii) A brief description of the process units.
    (ix) A brief description of the continuous monitoring system.
    (x) The date of the latest continuous monitoring system 
certification or audit.
    (xi) A description of any changes in continuous monitoring systems, 
processes, or controls since the last reporting period.
    (c) Immediate startup, shutdown, and malfunction report. If you had 
a startup, shutdown, or malfunction during the semiannual reporting 
period that was not consistent with your startup, shutdown, and 
malfunction plan, you must submit an immediate startup, shutdown, and 
malfunction report according to the requirements in Sec. 
63.10(d)(5)(ii).
    (d) Part 70 monitoring report. If you have obtained a title V 
operating permit for an affected source pursuant to 40 CFR part 70 or 40 
CFR part 71, you must report all deviations as defined in this subpart 
in the semiannual monitoring report required by 40 CFR 
70.6(a)(3)(iii)(A) or 40 CFR 71.6(a)(3)(iii)(A). If you submit a 
compliance report for an affected source along with, or as part of, the 
semiannual monitoring report required by 40 CFR 70.6(a)(3)(iii)(A) or 40 
CFR 71.6(a)(3)(iii)(A), and the compliance report includes all the 
required information concerning deviations from any emissions 
limitation, work practice standards, or operation and maintenance 
requirement in this subpart, submission of the compliance report 
satisfies any obligation to report the same deviations in the semiannual 
monitoring report. However, submission of the compliance report does not 
otherwise affect any obligation you may have to report deviations from 
permit requirements for an affected source to your permitting authority.



Sec. 63.9932  What records must I keep?

    (a) You must keep the records as indicated in paragraphs (a)(1) 
through (3) of this section:
    (1) A copy of each notification and report that you submitted to 
comply with this subpart, including all documentation supporting any 
initial notification or notification of compliance status that you 
submitted, according to the requirements in Sec. 63.10(b)(2)(xiv).
    (2) The records in Sec. 63.6(e)(3)(iii) through (v) related to 
startup, shutdown, and malfunction.
    (3) Records of performance tests and performance evaluations as 
required in Sec. 63.10(b)(2)(viii).
    (b) You must keep the records required in Sec. Sec. 63.9932 and 
63.9933 to show continuous compliance with each emission limitation, 
work practice standard, and operating and maintenance requirement that 
applies to you.



Sec. 63.9933  In what form and how long must I keep my records?

    (a) Your records must be in a form suitable and readily available 
for expeditious review, according to Sec. 63.10(b)(1).
    (b) As specified in Sec. 63.10(b)(1), you must keep each record for 
5 years following the date of each occurrence, measurement, maintenance, 
corrective action, report, or record.
    (c) You must keep each record on site for at least 2 years after the 
date of each occurrence, measurement, maintenance, corrective action, 
report, or record according to Sec. 63.10(b)(1). You can keep the 
records off site for the remaining 3 years.
    (d) You must keep your fugitive dust emissions control plan and your 
operation and maintenance plan on-site according to the requirements in 
Sec. Sec. 63.9891(d) and 63.9900(c).

                   Other Requirements and Information



Sec. 63.9940  What parts of the General Provisions apply to me?

    Table 4 to this subpart shows which parts of the General Provisions 
in Sec. Sec. 63.1 through 63.15 apply to you.

[[Page 155]]



Sec. 63.9941  Who implements and enforces this subpart?

    (a) This subpart can be implemented and enforced by us, the United 
States Environmental Protection Agency (U.S. EPA) or a delegated 
authority such as your State, local, or tribal agency. If the EPA 
Administrator has delegated authority to your State, local, or tribal 
agency, then that agency has the authority to implement and enforce this 
subpart. You should contact your EPA Regional Office to find out if this 
subpart is delegated to your State, local, or tribal agency.
    (b) In delegating implementation and enforcement authority of this 
subpart to a State, local, or tribal agency under subpart E of this 
part, the authorities contained in paragraph (c) of this section are 
retained by the Administrator of the EPA and are not transferred to the 
State, local, or tribal agency.
    (c) The authorities that will not be delegated to State, local, or 
tribal agencies are specified in paragraphs (c)(1) through (4) of this 
section.
    (1) Approval of alternatives to the non-opacity emission limitations 
in Sec. 63.9890 and work practice standards in Sec. 63.9891 under 
Sec. 63.6(g).
    (2) Approval of major alternatives to test methods under Sec. 
63.7(e)(2)(ii) and (f) and as defined in Sec. 63.90.
    (3) Approval of major alternatives to monitoring under Sec. 63.8(f) 
and as defined in Sec. 63.90.
    (4) Approval of major alternatives to recordkeeping and reporting 
under Sec. 63.10(f) and as defined in Sec. 63.90.



Sec. 63.9942  What definitions apply to this subpart?

    Terms used in this subpart are defined in the Clean Air Act, in 
Sec. 63.2, and in this section as follows:
    Chlorine plant bypass scrubber means the wet scrubber that captures 
chlorine gas during a chlorine plant shut down or failure.
    Deviation means any instance in which an affected source subject to 
this subpart, or an owner or operator of such a source:
    (1) Fails to meet any requirement or obligation established by this 
subpart, including but not limited to any emission limitation (including 
operating limits) or operation and maintenance requirement;
    (2) Fails to meet any term or condition that is adopted to implement 
an applicable requirement in this subpart and that is included in the 
operating permit for any affected source required to obtain such a 
permit; or
    (3) Fails to meet any emission limitation in this subpart during 
startup, shutdown, or malfunction, regardless of whether or not such 
failure is permitted by this subpart.
    Emission limitation means any emission limit, opacity limit, or 
operating limit.
    Launder off-gas system means a system that collects chlorine and 
hydrochloric acid fumes from collection points within the melt/reactor 
system building. The system then removes particulate matter and 
hydrochloric acid from the collected gases prior to discharge to the 
atmosphere.
    Magnesium chloride storage bins means vessels that store dried 
magnesium chloride powder produced from the spray drying operation.
    Melt/reactor system means a system that melts and chlorinates 
dehydrated brine to produce high purity molten magnesium chloride feed 
for electrolysis.
    Primary magnesium refining means the production of magnesium metal 
and magnesium metal alloys from natural sources of magnesium chloride 
such as sea water or water from the Great Salt Lake and magnesium 
bearing ores.
    Responsible official means responsible official as defined in Sec. 
63.2.
    Spray dryer means dryers that evaporate brine to form magnesium 
powder by contact with high temperature gases exhausted from gas 
turbines.
    Wet scrubber means a device that contacts an exhaust gas with a 
liquid to remove particulate matter and acid gases from the exhaust. 
Examples are packed-bed wet scrubbers and venturi scrubbers.
    Work practice standard means any design, equipment, work practice, 
or operational standard, or combination thereof, that is promulgated 
pursuant to section 112(h) of the Clean Air Act.

[[Page 156]]



        Sec. Table 1 to Subpart TTTTT of Part 63--Emission Limits

    As required in Sec. 63.9890(a), you must comply with each 
applicable emission limit in the following table:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                    You must comply with each of the
          For . . .                         following . . .
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Each spray dryer stack....  a. You must not cause to be discharged to
                                the atmosphere any gases that contain
                                particulate matter in excess of 100 lbs/
                                hr; and
                               b. You must not cause to be discharged to
                                the atmosphere any gases that contain
                                hydrochloric acid in excess of 200 lbs/
                                hr.
2. Each magnesium chloride     a. You must not cause to be discharged to
 storage bins scrubber stack.   the atmosphere any gases that contain
                                hydrochloric acid in excess of 47.5 lbs/
                                hr and 0.35 gr/dscf; and
                               b. You must not cause to be discharged to
                                the atmosphere any gases that contain
                                PM10 in excess of 2.7 lbs/hr and 0.016
                                gr/dscf.
3. Each melt/reactor system    a. You must not cause to be discharged to
 stack.                         the atmosphere any gases that contain
                                PM10 in excess of 13.1 lbs/hr; and
                               b. You must not cause to be discharged to
                                the atmosphere any gases that contain
                                hydrochloric acid in excess of 7.2 lbs/
                                hr; and
                               c. You must not cause to be discharged to
                                the atmosphere any gases that contain
                                chlorine in excess of 100 lbs/hr; and
                               d. You must not cause to be discharged to
                                the atmosphere any gases that contain 36
                                ng TEQ/dscm corrected to 7% oxygen.
4. Each launder off-gas        a. You must not cause to be discharged to
 system stack.                  the atmosphere any gases that contain
                                particulate matter in excess of 37.5 lbs/
                                hr; and
                               b. You must not cause to be discharged to
                                the atmosphere any gases that contain
                                hydrochloric acid in excess of 46.0 lbs/
                                hr; and
                               c. You must not cause to be discharged to
                                the atmosphere any gases that contain
                                chlorine in excess of 26.0 lbs/hr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------



   Sec. Table 2 to Subpart TTTTT of Part 63--Toxic Equivalency Factors

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              Toxic
                 Dioxin/furan congener                     equivalency
                                                              factor
------------------------------------------------------------------------
2,3,7,8-tetrachlorinated dibenzo-p-dioxin..............           1
1,2,3,7,8-pentachlorinated dibenzo-p-dioxin............           1
1,2,3,4,7,8-hexachlorinated dibenzo-p-dioxin...........           0.1
1,2,3,7,8,9-hexachlorinated dibenzo-p-dioxin...........           0.1
1,2,3,6,7,8-hexachlorinated dibenzo-p-dioxin...........           0.1
1,2,3,4,6,7,8-heptachlorinated dibenzo-p-dioxin........           0.01
octachlorinated dibenzo-p-dioxin.......................           0.0001
2,3,7,8-tetrachlorinated dibenzofuran..................           0.1
2,3,4,7,8-pentachlorinated dibenzofuran................           0.5
1,2,3,7,8-pentachlorinated dibenzofuran................           0.05
1,2,3,4,7,8-hexachlorinated dibenzofuran...............           0.1
1,2,3,6,7,8-hexachlorinated dibenzofuran...............           0.1
1,2,3,7,8,9-hexachlorinated dibenzofuran...............           0.1
2,3,4,6,7,8-hexachlorinated dibenzofuran...............           0.1
1,2,3,4,6,7,8-heptachlorinated dibenzofuran............           0.01
1,2,3,4,7,8,9-heptachlorinated dibenzofuran............           0.01
octachlorinated dibenzofuran...........................           0.0001
------------------------------------------------------------------------



   Sec. Table 3 to Subpart TTTTT of Part 63--Initial Compliance With 
                             Emission Limits

    As required in 63.9916, you must demonstrate initial compliance with 
the emission limits according to the following table:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                You have demonstrated initial compliance
          For . . .                             if . . .
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Each spray dryer stack....  a. The average mass flow of particulate
                                matter from the control system applied
                                to emissions from each spray dryer,
                                measured according to the performance
                                test procedures in Sec. 63.9913(c),
                                did not exceed 100 lbs/hr; and
                               b. The average mass flow of hydrochloric
                                acid from the control system applied to
                                emissions from each spray dryer,
                                determined according to the performance
                                test procedures in Sec. 63.9914(c),
                                did not exceed 200 lbs/hr.
2. Each magnesium chloride     a. The average mass flow of hydrochloric
 storage bin scrubber stack.    acid from the control system applied to
                                the magnesium chloride storage bins
                                scrubber exhaust, measured according to
                                the performance test procedure in Sec.
                                63.9914, did not exceed 47.5 lbs/hr and
                                0.35 gr/dscf; and

[[Page 157]]

 
                               b. The average mass flow of PM10 from the
                                control system applied to the magnesium
                                chloride storage bins scrubber exhaust,
                                determined according to the performance
                                test procedures in Sec. 63.9913, did
                                not exceed 2.7 lbs/hr and 0.016 gr/dscf.
3. Each melt/reactor system    a. The average mass flow of PM10 from the
 stack.                         control system applied to the melt/
                                reactor system exhaust, measured
                                according to the performance test
                                procedures in Sec. 63.9913, did not
                                exceed 13.1 lbs/hr; and
                               b. The average mass flow of hydrochloric
                                acid from the control system applied to
                                the melt/reactor system exhaust,
                                measured according to the performance
                                test procedures in Sec. 63.9914, did
                                not exceed 7.2 lbs/hr; and
                               c. The average mass flow of chlorine from
                                the control system applied to the melt/
                                reactor system exhaust, measured
                                according to the performance test
                                procedures in Sec. 63.9914, did not
                                exceed 100 lbs/hr.
                               d. The average concentration of dioxins/
                                furans from the control system applied
                                to the melt/reactor system exhaust,
                                measured according to the performance
                                test procedures in Sec. 63.9915, did
                                not exceed 36 ng TEQ/dscm corrected to
                                7% oxygen.
4. Each launder off-gas        a. The average mass flow of particulate
 system stack.                  matter from the control system applied
                                to the launder off-gas system collection
                                system exhaust, measured according to
                                the performance test procedures in Sec.
                                 63.9913, did not exceed 37.5 lbs/hr;
                                and
                               b. The average mass flow of hydrochloric
                                acid from the control system applied to
                                the launder off-gas system collection
                                system exhaust, measured according to
                                the performance test procedures in Sec.
                                 63.9914, did not exceed 46.0 lbs/hr;
                                and
                               c. The average mass flow of chlorine from
                                the control system applied to the
                                launder off-gas system collection system
                                exhaust, measured according to the
                                performance test procedures in Sec.
                                63.9914, did not exceed 26.0 lbs/hr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------



  Sec. Table 4 to Subpart TTTTT of Part 63--Continuous Compliance With 
                             Emission Limits

    As required in Sec. 63.9923, you must demonstrate continuous 
compliance with the emission limits according to the following table:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                    You must demonstrate continuous
          For . . .                       compliance by . . .
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Each spray dryer stack....  a. Maintaining emissions of PM10 at or
                                below 100 lbs/hr; and
                               b. Maintaining emissions of hydrochloric
                                acid at or below 200 lbs/hr; and
                               c. Conducting subsequent performance
                                tests at least twice during each term of
                                your title V operating permit (at mid-
                                term and renewal).
2. Magnesium chloride storage  a. Maintaining emissions of hydrochloric
 bins scrubber stack.           acid at or below 47.5 lbs/hr and 0.35 gr/
                                dscf; and
                               b. Maintaining emissions of PM10 at or
                                below 2.7 lbs/hr and 0.016 gr/dscf; and
                               c. Conducting subsequent performance
                                tests at least twice during each term of
                                your title V operating permit (at mid-
                                term and renewal).
3. Each melt/reactor system    a. Maintaining emissions of PM10 at or
 stack.                         below 13.1 lbs/hr; and
                               b. Maintaining emissions of hydrochloric
                                acid at or below 7.2 lbs/hr; and
                               c. Maintaining emissions of chlorine at
                                or below 100 lbs/hr; and
                               d. Maintaining emissions of dioxins/
                                furans at or below 36 ng TEQ/dscm
                                corrected to 7% oxygen.
                               e. Conducting subsequent performance test
                                at least twice during each term of your
                                title V operating permit (at mid-term
                                and renewal).
4. Each launder off-gas        a. Maintaining emissions of particulate
 system stack.                  matter at or below 37.5 lbs/hr; and
                               b. Maintaining emissions of hydrochloric
                                acid at or below 46.0 lbs/hr; and
                               c. Maintaining emissions of chlorine at
                                or below 26.0 lbs/hr; and
                               d. Conducting subsequent performance
                                tests at least twice during each term of
                                your title V operating permit (at mid-
                                term and renewal).
------------------------------------------------------------------------



   Sec. Table 5 to Subpart TTTTT of Part 63--Applicability of General 
                 Provisions to Subpart TTTTT of Part 63

    As required in Sec. 63.9950, you must comply with the requirements 
of the NESHAP General Provisions (40 CFR part 63, subpart A) shown in 
the following table:

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
              Citation                       Subject           Applies to Subpart TTTTT         Explanation
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
63.1...............................  Applicability.........  Yes.
63.2...............................  Definitions...........  Yes.
63.3...............................  Units and               Yes.
                                      Abbreviations.
63.4...............................  Prohibited Activities.  Yes.
63.5...............................  Construction and        Yes.
                                      Reconstruction.

[[Page 158]]

 
63.6(a)-(g)........................  Compliance with         Yes.
                                      Standards and
                                      Maintenance
                                      Requirements.
63.6(h)............................  Determining Compliance  No.
                                      with Opacity and
                                      Visible Emission
                                      Standards.
63.6(i)-(j)........................  Extension of            Yes.
                                      Compliance and
                                      Presidential
                                      Compliance Exemption.
63.7(a)(1)-(2).....................  Applicability and       No                           Subpart TTTTT
                                      Performance Test                                     specifies performance
                                      Dates.                                               test applicability
                                                                                           and dates.
63.7(a)(3), (b)-(h)................  Performance Testing     Yes.
                                      Requirements.
63.8 except for (a)(4),(c)(4), and   Monitoring              Yes.
 (f)(6).                              Requirements.
63.8(a)(4).........................  Additional Monitoring   No.........................  Subpart TTTTT does not
                                      Requirements for                                     require flares.
                                      Control Devices in
                                      Sec. 63.11.
63.8(c)(4).........................  Continuous Monitoring   No.........................  Subpart TTTTT
                                      System Requirements.                                 specifies
                                                                                           requirements for
                                                                                           operation of CMS.
63.8(f)(6).........................  Relative Accuracy Test  No.........................  Subpart TTTTT does not
                                      Alternative (RATA).                                  require continuous
                                                                                           emission monitoring
                                                                                           systems.
63.9...............................  Notification            Yes.
                                      Requirements.
63.9(g)(5).........................  Data Reduction........  No.........................  Subpart TTTTT
                                                                                           specifies data
                                                                                           reduction
                                                                                           requirements.
63.10 except for (b)(2)(xiii) and    Recordkeeping and       Yes.
 (c)(7)-(8).                          Reporting
                                      Requirements.
63.10(b)(2)(xiii)..................  Continuous Monitoring   No.........................  Subpart TTTTT does not
                                      System (CMS) Records                                 require continuous
                                      for RATA Alternative.                                emission monitoring
                                                                                           systems.
63.10(c)(7)-(8)....................  Records of Excess       No.........................  Subpart TTTTT
                                      Emissions and                                        specifies
                                      Parameter Monitoring                                 recordkeeping
                                      Accedences for CMS.                                  requirements.
63.11..............................  Control Device          No.........................  Subpart TTTTT does not
                                      Requirements.                                        require flares.
63.12..............................  State Authority and     Yes.
                                      Delegations.
63.13-63.15........................  Addresses,              Yes.
                                      Incorporation by
                                      Reference,
                                      Availability of
                                      Information.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



Subpart UUUUU_National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants: 
       Coal- and Oil-Fired Electric Utility Steam Generating Units

    Source: 77 FR 9464, Feb. 16, 2012, unless otherwise noted.

                        What This Subpart Covers



Sec. 63.9980  What is the purpose of this subpart?

    This subpart establishes national emission limitations and work 
practice standards for hazardous air pollutants (HAP) emitted from coal- 
and oil-fired electric utility steam generating units (EGUs) as defined 
in Sec. 63.10042 of this subpart. This subpart also establishes 
requirements to demonstrate initial and continuous compliance with the 
emission limitations.



Sec. 63.9981  Am I subject to this subpart?

    You are subject to this subpart if you own or operate a coal-fired 
EGU or an oil-fired EGU as defined in Sec. 63.10042 of this subpart.



Sec. 63.9982  What is the affected source of this subpart?

    (a) This subpart applies to each individual or group of two or more 
new, reconstructed, or existing affected source(s) as described in 
paragraphs (a)(1) and (2) of this section within a contiguous area and 
under common control.
    (1) The affected source of this subpart is the collection of all 
existing coal- or oil-fired EGUs, as defined in Sec. 63.10042, within a 
subcategory.

[[Page 159]]

    (2) The affected source of this subpart is each new or reconstructed 
coal- or oil-fired EGU as defined in Sec. 63.10042.
    (b) An EGU is new if you commence construction of the coal- or oil-
fired EGU after May 3, 2011.
    (c) An EGU is reconstructed if you meet the reconstruction criteria 
as defined in Sec. 63.2, and if you commence reconstruction after May 
3, 2011.
    (d) An EGU is existing if it is not new or reconstructed. An 
existing electric steam generating unit that meets the applicability 
requirements after the effective date of this final rule due to a change 
in process (e.g., fuel or utilization) is considered to be an existing 
source under this subpart.

[77 FR 9464, Feb. 16, 2012, as amended at 77 FR 23402, Apr. 19, 2012; 78 
FR 24084, Apr. 24, 2013]



Sec. 63.9983  Are any fossil fuel-fired electric generating units
not subject to this subpart?

    The types of electric steam generating units listed in paragraphs 
(a) through (d) of this section are not subject to this subpart.
    (a) Any unit designated as a major source stationary combustion 
turbine subject to subpart YYYY of this part and any unit designated as 
an area source stationary combustion turbine, other than an integrated 
gasification combined cycle (IGCC) unit.
    (b) Any electric utility steam generating unit that is not a coal- 
or oil-fired EGU and that meets the definition of a natural gas-fired 
EGU in Sec. 63.10042.
    (c) Any electric utility steam generating unit that has the 
capability of combusting more than 25 MW of coal or oil but does not 
meet the definition of a coal- or oil-fired EGU because it did not fire 
sufficient coal or oil to satisfy the average annual heat input 
requirement set forth in the definitions for coal-fired and oil-fired 
EGUs in Sec. 63.10042. Heat input means heat derived from combustion of 
fuel in an EGU and does not include the heat derived from preheated 
combustion air, recirculated flue gases or exhaust gases from other 
sources (such as stationary gas turbines, internal combustion engines, 
and industrial boilers).
    (d) Any electric steam generating unit combusting solid waste is a 
solid waste incineration unit subject to standards established under 
sections 129 and 111 of the Clean Air Act.
    (e) Any electric utility steam generating unit that meets the 
definition of a natural gas-fired EGU under this subpart and that fires 
at least 10 percent biomass is an industrial boiler subject to standards 
established under subpart DDDDD of this part, if it otherwise meets the 
applicability provisions in that rule.

[77 FR 9464, Feb. 16, 2012, as amended at 81 FR 20180, Apr. 6, 2016]



Sec. 63.9984  When do I have to comply with this subpart?

    (a) If you have a new or reconstructed EGU, you must comply with 
this subpart by April 16, 2012 or upon startup of your EGU, whichever is 
later, and as further provided for in Sec. 63.10005(g).
    (b) If you have an existing EGU, you must comply with this subpart 
no later than April 16, 2015.
    (c) You must meet the notification requirements in Sec. 63.10030 
according to the schedule in Sec. 63.10030 and in subpart A of this 
part. Some of the notifications must be submitted before you are 
required to comply with the emission limits and work practice standards 
in this subpart.
    (d) An electric steam generating unit that does not meet the 
definition of an EGU subject to this subpart on April 16, 2012 for new 
sources or April 16, 2015 for existing sources must comply with the 
applicable existing source provisions of this subpart on the date such 
unit meets the definition of an EGU subject to this subpart.
    (e) If you own or operate an electric steam generating unit that is 
exempted from this subpart under Sec. 63.9983(d), if the manner of 
operating the unit changes such that the combustion of waste is 
discontinued and the unit becomes a coal-fired or oil-fired EGU (as 
defined in Sec. 63.10042), you must be in compliance with this subpart 
on April 16, 2015 or on the effective date of the switch from waste 
combustion to coal or oil combustion, whichever is later.

[[Page 160]]

    (f) You must demonstrate that compliance has been achieved, by 
conducting the required performance tests and other activities, no later 
than 180 days after the applicable date in paragraph (a), (b), (c), (d), 
or (e) of this section.



Sec. 63.9985  What is a new EGU?

    (a) A new EGU is an EGU that meets any of the criteria specified in 
paragraph (a)(1) through (a)(2) of this section.
    (1) An EGU that commenced construction after May 3, 2011.
    (2) An EGU that commenced reconstruction after May 3, 2011.
    (b) [Reserved]

[77 FR 9464, Feb. 16, 2012, as amended at 77 FR 23402, Apr. 19, 2012]

            Emission Limitations and Work Practice Standards



Sec. 63.9990  What are the subcategories of EGUs?

    (a) Coal-fired EGUs are subcategorized as defined in paragraphs 
(a)(1) through (a)(2) of this section and as defined in Sec. 63.10042.
    (1) EGUs designed for coal with a heating value greater than or 
equal to 8,300 Btu/lb, and
    (2) EGUs designed for low rank virgin coal.
    (b) Oil-fired EGUs are subcategorized as noted in paragraphs (b)(1) 
through (b)(4) of this section and as defined in Sec. 63.10042.
    (1) Continental liquid oil-fired EGUs
    (2) Non-continental liquid oil-fired EGUs,
    (3) Limited-use liquid oil-fired EGUs, and
    (4) EGUs designed to burn solid oil-derived fuel.
    (c) IGCC units combusting either gasified coal or gasified solid 
oil-derived fuel. For purposes of compliance, monitoring, recordkeeping, 
and reporting requirements in this subpart, IGCC units are subject in 
the same manner as coal-fired units and solid oil-derived fuel-fired 
units, unless otherwise indicated.



Sec. 63.9991  What emission limitations, work practice standards,
and operating limits must I meet?

    (a) You must meet the requirements in paragraphs (a)(1) and (2) of 
this section. You must meet these requirements at all times.
    (1) You must meet each emission limit and work practice standard in 
Table 1 through 3 to this subpart that applies to your EGU, for each EGU 
at your source, except as provided under Sec. 63.10009.
    (2) You must meet each operating limit in Table 4 to this subpart 
that applies to your EGU.
    (b) As provided in Sec. 63.6(g), the Administrator may approve use 
of an alternative to the work practice standards in this section.
    (c) You may use the alternate SO2 limit in Tables 1 and 2 
to this subpart only if your EGU:
    (1) Has a system using wet or dry flue gas desulfurization 
technology and an SO2 continuous emissions monitoring system 
(CEMS) installed on the EGU; and
    (2) At all times, you operate the wet or dry flue gas 
desulfurization technology and the SO2 CEMS installed on the 
EGU consistent with Sec. 63.10000(b).

[77 FR 9464, Feb. 16, 2012, as amended at 77 FR 23402, Apr. 19, 2012; 81 
FR 20180, Apr. 6, 2016]

                     General Compliance Requirements



Sec. 63.10000  What are my general requirements for complying 
with this subpart?

    (a) You must be in compliance with the emission limits and operating 
limits in this subpart. These limits apply to you at all times except 
during periods of startup and shutdown; however, for coal-fired, liquid 
oil-fired, or solid oil-derived fuel-fired EGUs, you are required to 
meet the work practice requirements, items 3 and 4, in Table 3 to this 
subpart during periods of startup or shutdown.
    (b) At all times you must operate and maintain any affected source, 
including associated air pollution control equipment and monitoring 
equipment, in a manner consistent with safety and good air pollution 
control practices for minimizing emissions. Determination

[[Page 161]]

of whether such operation and maintenance procedures are being used will 
be based on information available to the EPA Administrator which may 
include, but is not limited to, monitoring results, review of operation 
and maintenance procedures, review of operation and maintenance records, 
and inspection of the source.
    (c)(1) For coal-fired units, IGCC units, and solid oil-derived fuel-
fired units, initial performance testing is required for all pollutants, 
to demonstrate compliance with the applicable emission limits.
    (i) For a coal-fired or solid oil-derived fuel-fired EGU or IGCC 
EGU, you may conduct initial performance testing in accordance with 
Sec. 63.10005(h), to determine whether the EGU qualifies as a low 
emitting EGU (LEE) for one or more applicable emission limits, except as 
otherwise provided in paragraphs (c)(1)(i)(A) and (B) of this section:
    (A) Except as provided in paragraph (c)(1)(i)(C) of this section, 
you may not pursue the LEE option if your coal-fired, IGCC, or solid 
oil-derived fuel-fired EGU is equipped with a main stack and a bypass 
stack or bypass duct configuration that allows the effluent to bypass 
any pollutant control device.
    (B) You may not pursue the LEE option for Hg if your coal-fired, 
solid oil-derived fuel-fired EGU or IGCC EGU is new.
    (C) You may pursue the LEE option provided that:
    (1) Your EGU's control device bypass emissions are measured in the 
bypass stack or duct or your control device bypass exhaust is routed 
through the EGU main stack so that emissions are measured during the 
bypass event; or
    (2) Except for hours during which only clean fuel is combusted, you 
bypass your EGU control device only during emergency periods for no more 
than a total of 2 percent of your EGU's annual operating hours; you use 
clean fuels to the maximum extent possible during an emergency period; 
and you prepare and submit a report describing the emergency event, its 
cause, corrective action taken, and estimates of emissions released 
during the emergency event. You must include these emergency emissions 
along with performance test results in assessing whether your EGU 
maintains LEE status.
    (ii) For a qualifying LEE for Hg emissions limits, you must conduct 
a 30-day performance test using Method 30B at least once every 12 
calendar months to demonstrate continued LEE status.
    (iii) For a qualifying LEE of any other applicable emissions limits, 
you must conduct a performance test at least once every 36 calendar 
months to demonstrate continued LEE status.
    (iv) If your coal-fired or solid oil derived fuel-fired EGU or IGCC 
EGU does not qualify as a LEE for total non-mercury HAP metals, 
individual non-mercury HAP metals, or filterable particulate matter 
(PM), you must demonstrate compliance through an initial performance 
test and you must monitor continuous performance through either use of a 
particulate matter continuous parametric monitoring system (PM CPMS), a 
PM CEMS, or, for an existing EGU, compliance performance testing 
repeated quarterly.
    (v) If your coal-fired or solid oil-derived fuel-fired EGU does not 
qualify as a LEE for hydrogen chloride (HCl), you may demonstrate 
initial and continuous compliance through use of an HCl CEMS, installed 
and operated in accordance with Appendix B to this subpart. As an 
alternative to HCl CEMS, you may demonstrate initial and continuous 
compliance by conducting an initial and periodic quarterly performance 
stack test for HCl. If your EGU uses wet or dry flue gas desulfurization 
technology (this includes limestone injection into a fluidized bed 
combustion unit), you may apply a second alternative to HCl CEMS by 
installing and operating a sulfur dioxide (SO2) CEMS 
installed and operated in accordance with part 75 of this chapter to 
demonstrate compliance with the applicable SO2 emissions 
limit.
    (vi) If your coal-fired or solid oil-derived fuel-fired EGU does not 
qualify as a LEE for Hg, you must demonstrate initial and continuous 
compliance through use of a Hg CEMS or a sorbent trap monitoring system, 
in accordance with appendix A to this subpart.
    (A) You may choose to use separate sorbent trap monitoring systems 
to comply with this subpart: One sorbent

[[Page 162]]

trap monitoring system to demonstrate compliance with the numeric 
mercury emissions limit during periods other than startup or shutdown 
and the other sorbent trap monitoring system to report average mercury 
concentration during startup periods or shutdown periods.
    (B) You may choose to use one sorbent trap monitoring system to 
demonstrate compliance with the mercury emissions limit at all times 
(including startup periods and shutdown periods) and to report average 
mercury concentration. You must follow the startup or shutdown 
requirements that follow and as given in Table 3 to this subpart for 
each coal-fired, liquid oil-fired, or solid oil-derived fuel-fired EGU.
    (2) For liquid oil-fired EGUs, except limited use liquid oil-fired 
EGUs, initial performance testing is required for all pollutants, to 
demonstrate compliance with the applicable emission limits.
    (i) For an existing liquid oil-fired unit, you may conduct the 
performance testing in accordance with Sec. 63.10005(h), to determine 
whether the unit qualifies as a LEE for one or more pollutants. For a 
qualifying LEE for Hg emissions limits, you must conduct a 30-day 
performance test using Method 30B at least once every 12 calendar months 
to demonstrate continued LEE status. For a qualifying LEE of any other 
applicable emissions limits, you must conduct a performance test at 
least once every 36 calendar months to demonstrate continued LEE status.
    (ii) If your liquid oil-fired unit does not qualify as a LEE for 
total HAP metals (including mercury), individual metals (including 
mercury), or filterable PM you must demonstrate compliance through an 
initial performance test and you must monitor continuous performance 
through either use of a PM CPMS, a PM CEMS, or, for an existing EGU, 
performance testing conducted quarterly.
    (iii) If your existing liquid oil-fired unit does not qualify as a 
LEE for hydrogen chloride (HCl) or for hydrogen fluoride (HF), you may 
demonstrate initial and continuous compliance through use of an HCl 
CEMS, an HF CEMS, or an HCl and HF CEMS, installed and operated in 
accordance with Appendix B to this rule. As an alternative to HCl CEMS, 
HF CEMS, or HCl and HF CEMS, you may demonstrate initial and continuous 
compliance through quarterly performance testing and parametric 
monitoring for HCl and HF. If you choose to use quarterly testing and 
parametric monitoring, then you must also develop a site-specific 
monitoring plan that identifies the CMS you will use to ensure that the 
operations of the EGU remains consistent with those during the 
performance test. As another alternative, you may measure or obtain, and 
keep records of, fuel moisture content; as long as fuel moisture does 
not exceed 1.0 percent by weight, you need not conduct other HCl or HF 
monitoring or testing.
    (iv) If your unit qualifies as a limited-use liquid oil-fired as 
defined in Sec. 63.10042, then you are not subject to the emission 
limits in Tables 1 and 2, but you must comply with the performance tune-
up work practice requirements in Table 3.
    (d)(1) If you demonstrate compliance with any applicable emissions 
limit through use of a continuous monitoring system (CMS), where a CMS 
includes a continuous parameter monitoring system (CPMS) as well as a 
continuous emissions monitoring system (CEMS), you must develop a site-
specific monitoring plan and submit this site-specific monitoring plan, 
if requested, at least 60 days before your initial performance 
evaluation (where applicable) of your CMS. This requirement also applies 
to you if you petition the Administrator for alternative monitoring 
parameters under Sec. 63.8(f). This requirement to develop and submit a 
site-specific monitoring plan does not apply to affected sources with 
existing monitoring plans that apply to CEMS and CPMS prepared under 
appendix B to part 60 or part 75 of this chapter, and that meet the 
requirements of Sec. 63.10010. Using the process described in Sec. 
63.8(f)(4), you may request approval of monitoring system quality 
assurance and quality control procedures alternative to those specified 
in this paragraph of this section and, if approved, include those in 
your site-specific monitoring plan. The monitoring plan must address the 
provisions in

[[Page 163]]

paragraphs (d)(2) through (5) of this section.
    (2) The site-specific monitoring plan shall include the information 
specified in paragraphs (d)(5)(i) through (d)(5)(vii) of this section. 
Alternatively, the requirements of paragraphs (d)(5)(i) through 
(d)(5)(vii) are considered to be met for a particular CMS or sorbent 
trap monitoring system if:
    (i) The CMS or sorbent trap monitoring system is installed, 
certified, maintained, operated, and quality-assured either according to 
part 75 of this chapter, or appendix A or B to this subpart; and
    (ii) The recordkeeping and reporting requirements of part 75 of this 
chapter, or appendix A or B to this subpart, that pertain to the CMS are 
met.
    (3) If requested by the Administrator, you must submit the 
monitoring plan (or relevant portion of the plan) at least 60 days 
before the initial performance evaluation of a particular CMS, except 
where the CMS has already undergone a performance evaluation that meets 
the requirements of Sec. 63.10010 (e.g., if the CMS was previously 
certified under another program).
    (4) You must operate and maintain the CMS according to the site-
specific monitoring plan.
    (5) The provisions of the site-specific monitoring plan must address 
the following items:
    (i) Installation of the CMS or sorbent trap monitoring system 
sampling probe or other interface at a measurement location relative to 
each affected process unit such that the measurement is representative 
of control of the exhaust emissions (e.g., on or downstream of the last 
control device). See Sec. 63.10010(a) for further details. For PM CPMS 
installations, follow the procedures in Sec. 63.10010(h).
    (ii) Performance and equipment specifications for the sample 
interface, the pollutant concentration or parametric signal analyzer, 
and the data collection and reduction systems.
    (iii) Schedule for conducting initial and periodic performance 
evaluations.
    (iv) Performance evaluation procedures and acceptance criteria 
(e.g., calibrations), including the quality control program in 
accordance with the general requirements of Sec. 63.8(d).
    (v) On-going operation and maintenance procedures, in accordance 
with the general requirements of Sec. Sec. 63.8(c)(1)(ii), (c)(3), and 
(c)(4)(ii).
    (vi) Conditions that define a CMS that is out of control consistent 
with Sec. 63.8(c)(7)(i) and for responding to out of control periods 
consistent with Sec. Sec. 63.8(c)(7)(ii) and (c)(8).
    (vii) On-going recordkeeping and reporting procedures, in accordance 
with the general requirements of Sec. Sec. 63.10(c), (e)(1), and 
(e)(2)(i), or as specifically required under this subpart.
    (e) As part of your demonstration of continuous compliance, you must 
perform periodic tune-ups of your EGU(s), according to Sec. 
63.10021(e).
    (f) Except as provided under paragraph (n) of this section, you are 
subject to the requirements of this subpart for at least 6 months 
following the last date you met the definition of an EGU subject to this 
subpart (e.g., 6 months after a cogeneration unit provided more than one 
third of its potential electrical output capacity and more than 25 
megawatts electrical output to any power distributions system for sale). 
You may opt to remain subject to the provisions of this subpart beyond 6 
months after the last date you met the definition of an EGU subject to 
this subpart, unless your unit is a solid waste incineration unit 
subject to standards under CAA section 129 (e.g., 40 CFR part 60, 
subpart CCCC (New Source Performance Standards (NSPS) for Commercial and 
Industrial Solid Waste Incineration Units, or subpart DDDD (Emissions 
Guidelines (EG) for Existing Commercial and Industrial Solid Waste 
Incineration Units). Notwithstanding the provisions of this subpart, an 
EGU that starts combusting solid waste is immediately subject to 
standards under CAA section 129 and the EGU remains subject to those 
standards until the EGU no longer meets the definition of a solid waste 
incineration unit consistent with the provisions of the applicable CAA 
section 129 standards.
    (g) Except as provided under paragraph (n) of this section, if your 
unit no longer meets the definition of an EGU subject to this subpart 
you must be in compliance with any newly applicable standards on the 
date you are no

[[Page 164]]

longer subject to this subpart. The date you are no longer subject to 
this subpart is a date selected by you, that must be at least 6 months 
from the date that your unit last met the definition of an EGU subject 
to this subpart or the date you begin combusting solid waste, consistent 
with Sec. 63.9983(d). Your source must remain in compliance with this 
subpart until the date you select to cease complying with this subpart 
or the date you begin combusting solid waste, whichever is earlier.
    (h)(1) If you own or operate an EGU that does not meet the 
definition of an EGU subject to this subpart on April 16, 2015, and you 
commence or recommence operations that cause you to meet the definition 
of an EGU subject to this subpart, you are subject to the provisions of 
this subpart, including, but not limited to, the emission limitations 
and the monitoring requirements, as of the first day you meet the 
definition of an EGU subject to this subpart. You must complete all 
initial compliance demonstrations for this subpart applicable to your 
EGU within 180 days after you commence or recommence operations that 
cause you to meet the definition of an EGU subject to this subpart.
    (2) You must provide 30 days prior notice of the date you intend to 
commence or recommence operations that cause you to meet the definition 
of an EGU subject to this subpart. The notification must identify:
    (i) The name of the owner or operator of the EGU, the location of 
the facility, the unit(s) that will commence or recommence operations 
that will cause the unit(s) to meet the definition of an EGU subject to 
this subpart, and the date of the notice;
    (ii) The 40 CFR part 60, part 62, or part 63 subpart and subcategory 
currently applicable to your unit(s), and the subcategory of this 
subpart that will be applicable after you commence or recommence 
operation that will cause the unit(s) to meet the definition of an EGU 
subject to this subpart;
    (iii) The date on which you became subject to the currently 
applicable emission limits;
    (iv) The date upon which you will commence or recommence operations 
that will cause your unit to meet the definition of an EGU subject to 
this subpart, consistent with paragraph (f) of this section.
    (i)(1) If you own or operate an EGU subject to this subpart and 
cease to operate in a manner that causes your unit to meet the 
definition of an EGU subject to this subpart, you must be in compliance 
with any newly applicable section 112 or 129 standards on the date you 
selected consistent with paragraphs (g) and (n) of this section.
    (2) You must provide 30 days prior notice of the date your EGU will 
cease complying with this subpart. The notification must identify:
    (i) The name of the owner or operator of the EGU(s), the location of 
the facility, the EGU(s) that will cease complying with this subpart, 
and the date of the notice;
    (ii) The currently applicable subcategory under this subpart, and 
any 40 CFR part 60, part 62, or part 63 subpart and subcategory that 
will be applicable after you cease complying with this subpart;
    (iii) The date on which you became subject to this subpart;
    (iv) The date upon which you will cease complying with this subpart, 
consistent with paragraph (g) of this section.
    (j) All air pollution control equipment necessary for compliance 
with any newly applicable emissions limits which apply as a result of 
the cessation or commencement or recommencement of operations that cause 
your EGU to meet the definition of an EGU subject to this subpart must 
be installed and operational as of the date your source ceases to be or 
becomes subject to this subpart.
    (k) All monitoring systems necessary for compliance with any newly 
applicable monitoring requirements which apply as a result of the 
cessation or commencement or recommencement of operations that cause 
your EGU to meet the definition of an EGU subject to this subpart must 
be installed and operational as of the date your source ceases to be or 
becomes subject to this subpart. All calibration and drift checks must 
be performed as of the date your source ceases to be or becomes subject 
to this subpart. You must also comply with provisions of

[[Page 165]]

Sec. Sec. 63.10010, 63.10020, and 63.10021 of this subpart. Relative 
accuracy tests must be performed as of the performance test deadline for 
PM CEMS, if applicable. Relative accuracy testing for other CEMS need 
not be repeated if that testing was previously performed consistent with 
CAA section 112 monitoring requirements or monitoring requirements under 
this subpart.
    (l) On or before the date an EGU is subject to this subpart, you 
must install, certify, operate, maintain, and quality assure each 
monitoring system necessary for demonstrating compliance with the work 
practice standards for PM or non-mercury HAP metals during startup 
periods and shutdown periods. You must collect, record, report, and 
maintain data obtained from these monitoring systems during startup 
periods and shutdown periods.
    (m) Should you choose to rely on paragraph (2) of the definition of 
``startup'' in Sec. 63.10042 for your EGU, on or before the date your 
EGU is subject to this subpart, you must install, verify, operate, 
maintain, and quality assure each monitoring system necessary for 
demonstrating compliance with the work practice standards for PM or non-
mercury HAP metals controls during startup periods and shutdown periods 
required to comply with Sec. 63.10020(e).
    (1) You may rely on monitoring system specifications or instructions 
or manufacturer's specifications when installing, verifying, operating, 
maintaining, and quality assuring each monitoring system.
    (2) You must collect, record, report, and maintain data obtained 
from these monitoring systems during startup periods and shutdown 
periods.
    (n) If you have permanently converted your EGU from coal or oil to 
natural gas or biomass after your compliance date (or, if applicable, 
after your approved extended compliance date), as demonstrated by being 
subject to a permit provision or physical limitation (including 
retirement) that prevents you from operating in a manner that would 
subject you to this subpart, you are no longer subject to this subpart, 
notwithstanding the coal or oil usage in the previous calendar years. 
The date on which you are no longer subject to this subpart is the date 
on which you converted to natural gas or biomass firing; it is also the 
date on which you must be in compliance with any newly applicable 
standards.

[77 FR 9464, Feb. 16, 2012, as amended at 77 FR 23402, Apr. 19, 2012; 78 
FR 24084, Apr. 24, 2013; 79 FR 68788, Nov. 19, 2014; 81 FR 20180, Apr. 
6, 2016]



Sec. 63.10001  [Reserved]

               Testing and Initial Compliance Requirements



Sec. 63.10005  What are my initial compliance requirements and by 
what date must I conduct them?

    (a) General requirements. For each of your affected EGUs, you must 
demonstrate initial compliance with each applicable emissions limit in 
Table 1 or 2 of this subpart through performance testing. Where two 
emissions limits are specified for a particular pollutant (e.g., a heat 
input-based limit in lb/MMBtu and a gross output-based limit in lb/MWh), 
you may demonstrate compliance with either emission limit. For a 
particular compliance demonstration, you may be required to conduct one 
or more of the following activities in conjunction with performance 
testing: collection of data, e.g., hourly gross output data (megawatts); 
establishment of operating limits according to Sec. 63.10011 and Tables 
4 and 7 to this subpart; and CMS performance evaluations. In all cases, 
you must demonstrate initial compliance no later than the date in 
paragraph (f) of this section for tune-up work practices for existing 
EGUs; the date that compliance must be demonstrated, as given in Sec. 
63.9984 for other requirements for existing EGUs; and in paragraph (g) 
of this section for all requirements for new EGUs.
    (1) To demonstrate initial compliance with an applicable emissions 
limit in Table 1 or 2 to this subpart using stack testing, the initial 
performance test generally consists of three runs at specified process 
operating conditions using approved methods. If you are required to 
establish operating limits (see paragraph (d) of this section and Table 
4 to this subpart), you must collect all applicable parametric data 
during the performance test period. Also,

[[Page 166]]

if you choose to comply with an electrical output-based emission limit, 
you must collect hourly electrical load data during the test period.
    (2) To demonstrate initial compliance using either a CMS that 
measures HAP concentrations directly (i.e., an Hg, HCl, or HF CEMS, or a 
sorbent trap monitoring system) or an SO2 or PM CEMS, the 
initial performance test shall consist of 30- or, for certain coal-fired 
existing EGUs that use emissions averaging for Hg, 90-boiler operating 
days. If the CMS is certified prior to the compliance date (or, if 
applicable, the approved extended compliance date), the test shall begin 
with the first operating day on or after that date, except as otherwise 
provided in paragraph (b) of this section. If the CMS is not certified 
prior to the compliance date, the test shall begin with the first 
operating day after certification testing is successfully completed. In 
all cases, the initial 30- or 90- operating day averaging period must be 
completed on or before the date that compliance must be demonstrated 
(i.e., 180 days after the applicable compliance date).
    (i) The CMS performance test must demonstrate compliance with the 
applicable Hg, HCl, HF, PM, or SO2 emissions limit in Table 1 
or 2 to this subpart.
    (ii) You must collect hourly data from auxiliary monitoring systems 
(i.e., stack gas flow rate, CO2, O2, or moisture, 
as applicable) during the performance test period, in order to convert 
the pollutant concentrations to units of the standard. If you choose to 
comply with a gross output-based emission limit, you must also collect 
hourly gross output data during the performance test period.
    (iii) For a group of affected units that are in the same 
subcategory, are subject to the same emission standards, and share a 
common stack, if you elect to demonstrate compliance by monitoring 
emissions at the common stack, startup and shutdown emissions (if any) 
that occur during the 30-(or, if applicable, 90-) boiler operating day 
performance test must either be excluded from or included in the 
compliance demonstration as follows:
    (A) If one of the units that shares the stack either starts up or 
shuts down at a time when none of the other units is operating, you must 
exclude all pollutant emission rates measured during the startup or 
shutdown period, unless you are using a sorbent trap monitoring system 
to measure Hg emissions and have elected to include startup and shutdown 
emissions in the compliance demonstrations;
    (B) If all units that are currently operating are in the startup or 
shutdown mode, you must exclude all pollutant emission rates measured 
during the startup or shutdown period, unless you are using a sorbent 
trap monitoring system to measure Hg emissions and have elected to 
include startup and shutdown emissions in the compliance demonstrations; 
or
    (C) If any unit starts up or shuts down at a time when another unit 
is operating, and the other unit is not in the startup or shutdown mode, 
you must include all pollutant emission rates measured during the 
startup or shutdown period in the compliance demonstrations.
    (b) Performance testing requirements. If you choose to use 
performance testing to demonstrate initial compliance with the 
applicable emissions limits in Tables 1 and 2 to this subpart for your 
EGUs, you must conduct the tests according to Sec. 63.10007 and Table 5 
to this subpart. For the purposes of the initial compliance 
demonstration, you may use test data and results from a performance test 
conducted prior to the date on which compliance is required as specified 
in Sec. 63.9984, provided that the following conditions are fully met:
    (1) For a performance test based on stack test data, the test was 
conducted no more than 12 calendar months prior to the date on which 
compliance is required as specified in Sec. 63.9984;
    (2) For a performance test based on data from a certified CEMS or 
sorbent trap monitoring system, the test consists of all valid CMS data 
recorded in the 30 boiler operating days immediately preceding that 
date;
    (3) The performance test was conducted in accordance with all 
applicable requirements in Sec. 63.10007 and Table 5 to this subpart;

[[Page 167]]

    (4) A record of all parameters needed to convert pollutant 
concentrations to units of the emission standard (e.g., stack flow rate, 
diluent gas concentrations, hourly gross outputs) is available for the 
entire performance test period; and
    (5) For each performance test based on stack test data, you certify, 
and keep documentation demonstrating, that the EGU configuration, 
control devices, and fuel(s) have remained consistent with conditions 
since the prior performance test was conducted.
    (6) For performance stack test data that are collected prior to the 
date that compliance must be demonstrated and are used to demonstrate 
initial compliance with applicable emissions limits, the interval for 
subsequent stack tests begins on the date that compliance must be 
demonstrated.
    (c) Operating limits. In accordance with Sec. 63.10010 and Table 4 
to this subpart, you may be required to establish operating limits using 
PM CPMS and using site-specific monitoring for certain liquid oil-fired 
units as part of your initial compliance demonstration.
    (d) CMS requirements. If, for a particular emission or operating 
limit, you are required to (or elect to) demonstrate initial compliance 
using a continuous monitoring system, the CMS must pass a performance 
evaluation prior to the initial compliance demonstration. If a CMS has 
been previously certified under another state or federal program and is 
continuing to meet the on-going quality-assurance (QA) requirements of 
that program, then, provided that the certification and QA provisions of 
that program meet the applicable requirements of Sec. Sec. 63.10010(b) 
through (h), an additional performance evaluation of the CMS is not 
required under this subpart.
    (1) For an affected coal-fired, solid oil-derived fuel-fired, or 
liquid oil-fired EGU, you may demonstrate initial compliance with the 
applicable SO2, HCl, or HF emissions limit in Table 1 or 2 to 
this subpart through use of an SO2, HCl, or HF CEMS installed 
and operated in accordance with part 75 of this chapter or appendix B to 
this subpart, as applicable. You may also demonstrate compliance with a 
filterable PM emission limit in Table 1 or 2 to this subpart through use 
of a PM CEMS installed, certified, and operated in accordance with Sec. 
63.10010(i). Initial compliance is achieved if the arithmetic average of 
30-boiler operating days of quality-assured CEMS data, expressed in 
units of the standard (see Sec. 63.10007(e)), meets the applicable 
SO2, PM, HCl, or HF emissions limit in Table 1 or 2 to this 
subpart. Use Equation 19-19 of Method 19 in appendix A-7 to part 60 of 
this chapter to calculate the 30-boiler operating day average emissions 
rate. (Note: For this calculation, the term Ehj in Equation 
19-19 must be in the same units of measure as the applicable HCl or HF 
emission limit in Table 1 or 2 to this subpart).
    (2) For affected coal-fired or solid oil-derived fuel-fired EGUs 
that demonstrate compliance with the applicable emission limits for 
total non-mercury HAP metals, individual non-mercury HAP metals, total 
HAP metals, individual HAP metals, or filterable PM listed in Table 1 or 
2 to this subpart using initial performance testing and continuous 
monitoring with PM CPMS:
    (i) You must demonstrate initial compliance no later than the 
applicable date specified in Sec. 63.9984(f) for existing EGUs and in 
paragraph (g) of this section for new EGUs.
    (ii) You must demonstrate continuous compliance with the PM CPMS 
site-specific operating limit that corresponds to the results of the 
performance test demonstrating compliance with the emission limit with 
which you choose to comply.
    (iii) You must repeat the performance test annually for the selected 
pollutant emissions limit and reassess and adjust the site-specific 
operating limit in accordance with the results of the performance test.
    (3) For affected EGUs that are either required to or elect to 
demonstrate initial compliance with the applicable Hg emission limit in 
Table 1 or 2 of this subpart using Hg CEMS or sorbent trap monitoring 
systems, initial compliance must be demonstrated no later than the 
applicable date specified in Sec. 63.9984(f) for existing EGUs and in 
paragraph (g) of this section for new EGUs. Initial compliance is 
achieved if the arithmetic average of 30- (or 90-)

[[Page 168]]

boiler operating days of quality-assured CEMS (or sorbent trap 
monitoring system) data, expressed in units of the standard (see section 
6.2 of appendix A to this subpart), meets the applicable Hg emission 
limit in Table 1 or 2 to this subpart.
    (4) For affected liquid oil-fired EGUs that demonstrate compliance 
with the applicable emission limits for HCl or HF listed in Table 1 or 2 
to this subpart using quarterly testing and continuous monitoring with a 
CMS:
    (i) You must demonstrate initial compliance no later than the 
applicable date specified in Sec. 63.9984(f) for existing EGUs and in 
paragraph (g) of this section for new EGUs.
    (ii) You must demonstrate continuous compliance with the CMS site-
specific operating limit that corresponds to the results of the 
performance test demonstrating compliance with the HCl or HF emissions 
limit.
    (iii) You must repeat the performance test annually for the HCl or 
HF emissions limit and reassess and adjust the site-specific operating 
limit in accordance with the results of the performance test.
    (e) Tune-ups. All affected EGUs are subject to the work practice 
standards in Table 3 of this subpart. As part of your initial compliance 
demonstration, you must conduct a performance tune-up of your EGU 
according to Sec. 63.10021(e).
    (f) For an existing EGU without a neural network, a tune-up, 
following the procedures in Sec. 63.10021(e), must occur within 6 
months (180 days) after April 16, 2015. For an existing EGU with a 
neural network, a tune-up must occur within 18 months (545 days) after 
April 16, 2016. If a tune-up occurs prior to April 16, 2015, you must 
keep records showing that the tune-up met all rule requirements.
    (g) If your new or reconstructed affected source commenced 
construction or reconstruction between May 3, 2011, and July 2, 2011, 
you must demonstrate initial compliance with either the proposed 
emission limits or the promulgated emission limits no later than 180 
days after April 16, 2012 or within 180 days after startup of the 
source, whichever is later, according to Sec. 63.7(a)(2)(ix).
    (1) For the new or reconstructed affected source described in this 
paragraph (g), if you choose to comply with the proposed emission limits 
when demonstrating initial compliance, you must conduct a second 
compliance demonstration for the promulgated emission limits within 3 
years after April 16, 2012 or within 3 years after startup of the 
affected source, whichever is later.
    (2) If your new or reconstructed affected source commences 
construction or reconstruction after April 16, 2012, you must 
demonstrate initial compliance with the promulgated emission limits no 
later than 180 days after startup of the source.
    (h) Low emitting EGUs. The provisions of this paragraph (h) apply to 
pollutants with emissions limits from new EGUs except Hg and to all 
pollutants with emissions limits from existing EGUs. You may pursue this 
compliance option unless prohibited pursuant to Sec. 63.10000(c)(1)(i).
    (1) An EGU may qualify for low emitting EGU (LEE) status for Hg, 
HCl, HF, filterable PM, total non-Hg HAP metals, or individual non-Hg 
HAP metals (or total HAP metals or individual HAP metals, for liquid 
oil-fired EGUs) if you collect performance test data that meet the 
requirements of this paragraph (h), and if those data demonstrate:
    (i) For all pollutants except Hg, performance test emissions results 
less than 50 percent of the applicable emissions limits in Table 1 or 2 
to this subpart for all required testing for 3 consecutive years; or
    (ii) For Hg emissions from an existing EGU, either:
    (A) Average emissions less than 10 percent of the applicable Hg 
emissions limit in Table 2 to this subpart (expressed either in units of 
lb/TBtu or lb/GWh); or
    (B) Potential Hg mass emissions of 29.0 or fewer pounds per year and 
compliance with the applicable Hg emission limit in Table 2 to this 
subpart (expressed either in units of lb/TBtu or lb/GWh).
    (2) For all pollutants except Hg, you must conduct all required 
performance

[[Page 169]]

tests described in Sec. 63.10007 to demonstrate that a unit qualifies 
for LEE status.
    (i) When conducting emissions testing to demonstrate LEE status, you 
must increase the minimum sample volume specified in Table 1 or 2 
nominally by a factor of two.
    (ii) Follow the instructions in Sec. 63.10007(e) and Table 5 to 
this subpart to convert the test data to the units of the applicable 
standard.
    (3) For Hg, you must conduct a 30- (or 90-) boiler operating day 
performance test using Method 30B in appendix A-8 to part 60 of this 
chapter to determine whether a unit qualifies for LEE status. Locate the 
Method 30B sampling probe tip at a point within 10 percent of the duct 
area centered about the duct's centroid at a location that meets Method 
1 in appendix A-1 to part 60 of this chapter and conduct at least three 
nominally equal length test runs over the 30- (or 90-) boiler operating 
day test period. You may use a pair of sorbent traps to sample the stack 
gas for a period consistent with that given in section 5.2.1 of appendix 
A to this subpart. Collect Hg emissions data continuously over the 
entire test period (except when changing sorbent traps or performing 
required reference method QA procedures). As an alternative to constant 
rate sampling per Method 30B, you may use proportional sampling per 
section 8.2.2 of Performance Specification 12 B in appendix B to part 60 
of this chapter.
    (i) Depending on whether you intend to assess LEE status for Hg in 
terms of the lb/TBtu or lb/GWh emission limit in Table 2 to this subpart 
or in terms of the annual Hg mass emissions limit of 29.0 lb/year, you 
will have to collect some or all of the following data during the 30-
boiler operating day test period (see paragraph (h)(3)(iii) of this 
section):
    (A) Diluent gas (CO2 or O2) data, using either 
Method 3A in appendix A-3 to part 60 of this chapter or a diluent gas 
monitor that has been certified according to part 75 of this chapter.
    (B) Stack gas flow rate data, using either Method 2, 2F, or 2G in 
appendices A-1 and A-2 to part 60 of this chapter, or a flow rate 
monitor that has been certified according to part 75 of this chapter.
    (C) Stack gas moisture content data, using either Method 4 in 
appendix A-1 to part 60 of this chapter, or a moisture monitoring system 
that has been certified according to part 75 of this chapter. 
Alternatively, an appropriate fuel-specific default moisture value from 
Sec. 75.11(b) of this chapter may be used in the calculations or you 
may petition the Administrator under Sec. 75.66 of this chapter for use 
of a default moisture value for non-coal-fired units.
    (D) Hourly gross output data (megawatts), from facility records.
    (ii) If you use CEMS to measure CO2 (or O2) 
concentration, and/or flow rate, and/or moisture, record hourly average 
values of each parameter throughout the 30-boiler operating day test 
period. If you opt to use EPA reference methods rather than CEMS for any 
parameter, you must perform at least one representative test run on each 
operating day of the test period, using the applicable reference method.
    (iii) Calculate the average Hg concentration, in [micro]g/m\3\ (dry 
basis), for the 30- (or 90-) boiler operating day performance test, as 
the arithmetic average of all Method 30B sorbent trap results. Also 
calculate, as applicable, the average values of CO2 or 
O2 concentration, stack gas flow rate, stack gas moisture 
content, and gross output for the test period. Then:
    (A) To express the test results in units of lb/TBtu, follow the 
procedures in Sec. 63.10007(e). Use the average Hg concentration and 
diluent gas values in the calculations.
    (B) To express the test results in units of lb/GWh, use Equations A-
3 and A-4 in section 6.2.2 of appendix A to this subpart, replacing the 
hourly values ``Ch'', ``Qh'', ``Bws'' 
and ``(MW)h'' with the average values of these parameters 
from the performance test.
    (C) To calculate pounds of Hg per year, use one of the following 
methods:
    (1) Multiply the average lb/TBtu Hg emission rate (determined 
according to paragraph (h)(3)(iii)(A) of this section) by the maximum 
potential annual heat input to the unit (TBtu), which is equal to the 
maximum rated unit heat input

[[Page 170]]

(TBtu/hr) times 8,760 hours. If the maximum rated heat input value is 
expressed in units of MMBtu/hr, multiply it by 10 -6 to 
convert it to TBtu/hr; or
    (2) Multiply the average lb/GWh Hg emission rate (determined 
according to paragraph (h)(3)(iii)(B) of this section) by the maximum 
potential annual electricity generation (GWh), which is equal to the 
maximum rated electrical output of the unit (GW) times 8,760 hours. If 
the maximum rated electrical output value is expressed in units of MW, 
multiply it by 10 -3 to convert it to GW; or
    (3) If an EGU has a federally-enforceable permit limit on either the 
annual heat input or the number of annual operating hours, you may 
modify the calculations in paragraph (h)(3)(iii)(C)(1) of this section 
by replacing the maximum potential annual heat input or 8,760 unit 
operating hours with the permit limit on annual heat input or operating 
hours (as applicable).
    (4) For a group of affected units that vent to a common stack, you 
may either assess LEE status for the units individually by performing a 
separate emission test of each unit in the duct leading from the unit to 
the common stack, or you may perform a single emission test in the 
common stack. If you choose the common stack testing option, the units 
in the configuration qualify for LEE status if:
    (i) The emission rate measured at the common stack is less than 50 
percent (10 percent for Hg) of the applicable emission limit in Table 1 
or 2 to this subpart; or
    (ii) For Hg from an existing EGU, the applicable Hg emission limit 
in Table 2 to this subpart is met and the potential annual mass 
emissions, calculated according to paragraph (h)(3)(iii) of this section 
(with some modifications), are less than or equal to 29.0 pounds times 
the number of units sharing the common stack. Base your calculations on 
the combined heat input capacity of all units sharing the stack (i.e., 
either the combined maximum rated value or, if applicable, a lower 
combined value restricted by permit conditions or operating hours).
    (5) For an affected unit with a multiple stack or duct configuration 
in which the exhaust stacks or ducts are downstream of all emission 
control devices, you must perform a separate emission test in each stack 
or duct. The unit qualifies for LEE status if:
    (i) The emission rate, based on all test runs performed at all of 
the stacks or ducts, is less than 50 percent (10 percent for Hg) of the 
applicable emission limit in Table 1 or 2 to this subpart; or
    (ii) For Hg from an existing EGU, the applicable Hg emission limit 
in Table 2 to this subpart is met and the potential annual mass 
emissions, calculated according to paragraph (h)(3)(iii) of this 
section, are less than or equal to 29.0 pounds. Use the average Hg 
emission rate from paragraph (h)(5)(i) of this section in your 
calculations.
    (i) Liquid-oil fuel moisture measurement. If your EGU combusts 
liquid fuels, if your fuel moisture content is no greater than 1.0 
percent by weight, and if you would like to demonstrate initial and 
ongoing compliance with HCl and HF emissions limits, you must meet the 
requirements of paragraphs (i)(1) through (5) of this section.
    (1) Measure fuel moisture content of each shipment of fuel if your 
fuel arrives on a batch basis; or
    (2) Measure fuel moisture content daily if your fuel arrives on a 
continuous basis; or
    (3) Obtain and maintain a fuel moisture certification from your fuel 
supplier.
    (4) Use one of the following methods to determine fuel moisture 
content:
    (i) ASTM D95-05 (Reapproved 2010), ``Standard Test Method for Water 
in Petroleum Products and Bituminous Materials by Distillation,'' or
    (ii) ASTM D4006-11, ``Standard Test Method for Water in Crude Oil by 
Distillation,'' including Annex A1 and Appendix A1.
    (5) Use one of the following methods to obtain fuel moisture 
samples:
    (i) ASTM D4177-95 (Reapproved 2010), ``Standard Practice for 
Automatic Sampling of Petroleum and Petroleum Products,'' including 
Annexes A1 through A6 and Appendices X1 and X2, or
    (ii) ASTM D4057-06 (Reapproved 2011), ``Standard Practice for Manual 
Sampling of Petroleum and Petroleum Products,'' including Annex A1.

[[Page 171]]

    (6) Should the moisture in your liquid fuel be more than 1.0 percent 
by weight, you must
    (i) Conduct HCl and HF emissions testing quarterly (and monitor 
site-specific operating parameters as provided in Sec. 
63.10000(c)(2)(iii) or
    (ii) Use an HCl CEMS and/or HF CEMS.
    (j) Startup and shutdown for coal-fired or solid oil derived-fired 
units. You must follow the requirements given in Table 3 to this 
subpart.
    (k) You must submit a Notification of Compliance Status summarizing 
the results of your initial compliance demonstration, as provided in 
Sec. 63.10030.

[77 FR 9464, Feb. 16, 2012, as amended at 77 FR 23403, Apr. 19, 2012; 78 
FR 24084, Apr. 24, 2013; 79 FR 68789, Nov. 19, 2014; 81 FR 20181, Apr. 
6, 2016]



Sec. 63.10006  When must I conduct subsequent performance tests
or tune-ups?

    (a) For liquid oil-fired, solid oil-derived fuel-fired and coal-
fired EGUs and IGCC units using PM CPMS to monitor continuous 
performance with an applicable emission limit as provided for under 
Sec. 63.10000(c), you must conduct all applicable performance tests 
according to Table 5 to this subpart and Sec. 63.10007 at least every 
year.
    (b) For affected units meeting the LEE requirements of Sec. 
63.10005(h), you must repeat the performance test once every 3 years 
(once every year for Hg) according to Table 5 and Sec. 63.10007. Should 
subsequent emissions testing results show the unit does not meet the LEE 
eligibility requirements, LEE status is lost. If this should occur:
    (1) For all pollutant emission limits except for Hg, you must 
conduct emissions testing quarterly, except as otherwise provided in 
Sec. 63.10021(d)(1).
    (2) For Hg, you must install, certify, maintain, and operate a Hg 
CEMS or a sorbent trap monitoring system in accordance with appendix A 
to this subpart, within 6 calendar months of losing LEE eligibility. 
Until the Hg CEMS or sorbent trap monitoring system is installed, 
certified, and operating, you must conduct Hg emissions testing 
quarterly, except as otherwise provided in Sec. 63.10021(d)(1). You 
must have 3 calendar years of testing and CEMS or sorbent trap 
monitoring system data that satisfy the LEE emissions criteria to 
reestablish LEE status.
    (c) Except where paragraphs (a) or (b) of this section apply, or 
where you install, certify, and operate a PM CEMS to demonstrate 
compliance with a filterable PM emissions limit, for liquid oil-, solid 
oil-derived fuel-, coal-fired and IGCC EGUs, you must conduct all 
applicable periodic emissions tests for filterable PM, individual, or 
total HAP metals emissions according to Table 5 to this subpart, Sec. 
63.10007, and Sec. 63.10000(c), except as otherwise provided in Sec. 
63.10021(d)(1).
    (d) Except where paragraph (b) of this section applies, for solid 
oil-derived fuel- and coal-fired EGUs that do not use either an HCl CEMS 
to monitor compliance with the HCl limit or an SO2 CEMS to 
monitor compliance with the alternate equivalent SO2 emission 
limit, you must conduct all applicable periodic HCl emissions tests 
according to Table 5 to this subpart and Sec. 63.10007 at least 
quarterly, except as otherwise provided in Sec. 63.10021(d)(1).
    (e) Except where paragraph (b) of this section applies, for liquid 
oil-fired EGUs without HCl CEMS, HF CEMS, or HCl and HF CEMS, you must 
conduct all applicable emissions tests for HCl, HF, or HCl and HF 
emissions according to Table 5 to this subpart and Sec. 63.10007 at 
least quarterly, except as otherwise provided in Sec. 63.10021(d)(1), 
and conduct site-specific monitoring under a plan as provided for in 
Sec. 63.10000(c)(2)(iii).
    (f) Time between performance tests. (1) Notwithstanding the 
provisions of Sec. 63.10021(d)(1), the requirements listed in 
paragraphs (g) and (h) of this section, and the requirements of 
paragraph (f)(3) of this section, you must complete performance tests 
for your EGU as follows:
    (i) At least 45 calendar days, measured from the test's end date, 
must separate performance tests conducted every quarter;
    (ii) For annual testing:
    (A) At least 320 calendar days, measured from the test's end date, 
must separate performance tests;
    (B) At least 320 calendar days, measured from the test's end date, 
must separate annual sorbent trap mercury

[[Page 172]]

testing for 30-boiler operating day LEE tests;
    (C) At least 230 calendar days, measured from the test's end date, 
must separate annual sorbent trap mercury testing for 90-boiler 
operating day LEE tests; and
    (iii) At least 1,050 calendar days, measured from the test's end 
date, must separate performance tests conducted every 3 years.
    (2) For units demonstrating compliance through quarterly emission 
testing, you must conduct a performance test in the 4th quarter of a 
calendar year if your EGU has skipped performance tests in the first 3 
quarters of the calendar year.
    (3) If your EGU misses a performance test deadline due to being 
inoperative and if 168 or more boiler operating hours occur in the next 
test period, you must complete an additional performance test in that 
period as follows:
    (i) At least 15 calendar days must separate two performance tests 
conducted in the same quarter.
    (ii) At least 107 calendar days must separate two performance tests 
conducted in the same calendar year.
    (iii) At least 350 calendar days must separate two performance tests 
conducted in the same 3 year period.
    (g) If you elect to demonstrate compliance using emissions averaging 
under Sec. 63.10009, you must continue to conduct performance stack 
tests at the appropriate frequency given in section (c) through (f) of 
this section.
    (h) If a performance test on a non-mercury LEE shows emissions in 
excess of 50 percent of the emission limit and if you choose to reapply 
for LEE status, you must conduct performance tests at the appropriate 
frequency given in section (c) through (e) of this section for that 
pollutant until all performance tests over a consecutive 3-year period 
show compliance with the LEE criteria.
    (i) If you are required to meet an applicable tune-up work practice 
standard, you must conduct a performance tune-up according to Sec. 
63.10021(e).
    (1) For EGUs not employing neural network combustion optimization 
during normal operation, each performance tune-up specified in Sec. 
63.10021(e) must be no more than 36 calendar months after the previous 
performance tune-up.
    (2) For EGUs employing neural network combustion optimization 
systems during normal operation, each performance tune-up specified in 
Sec. 63.10021(e) must be no more than 48 calendar months after the 
previous performance tune-up.

[77 FR 9464, Feb. 16, 2012, as amended at 77 FR 23403, Apr. 19, 2012; 78 
FR 24085, Apr. 24, 2013; 81 FR 20182, Apr. 6, 2016]



Sec. 63.10007  What methods and other procedures must I use for 
the performance tests?

    (a) Except as otherwise provided in this section, you must conduct 
all required performance tests according to Sec. 63.7(d), (e), (f), and 
(h). You must also develop a site-specific test plan according to the 
requirements in Sec. 63.7(c).
    (1) If you use CEMS (Hg, HCl, SO2, or other) to determine 
compliance with a 30- (or, if applicable, 90-) boiler operating day 
rolling average emission limit, you must collect quality- assured CEMS 
data for all unit operating conditions, including startup and shutdown 
(see Sec. 63.10011(g) and Table 3 to this subpart), except as otherwise 
provided in Sec. 63.10020(b). Emission rates determined during startup 
periods and shutdown periods (as defined in Sec. 63.10042) are not to 
be included in the compliance determinations, except as otherwise 
provided in Sec. Sec. 63.10000(c)(1)(vi)(B) and 63.10005(a)(2)(iii).
    (2) If you conduct performance testing with test methods in lieu of 
continuous monitoring, operate the unit at maximum normal operating load 
conditions during each periodic (e.g., quarterly) performance test. 
Maximum normal operating load will be generally between 90 and 110 
percent of design capacity but should be representative of site specific 
normal operations during each test run.
    (3) For establishing operating limits with particulate matter 
continuous parametric monitoring system (PM CPMS) to demonstrate 
compliance with a PM or non Hg metals emissions limit, operate the unit 
at maximum normal operating load conditions during the performance test 
period. Maximum normal operating load will be

[[Page 173]]

generally between 90 and 110 percent of design capacity but should be 
representative of site specific normal operations during each test run.
    (b) You must conduct each performance test (including traditional 3-
run stack tests, 30-boiler operating day tests based on CEMS data (or 
sorbent trap monitoring system data), and 30-boiler operating day Hg 
emission tests for LEE qualification) according to the requirements in 
Table 5 to this subpart.
    (c) If you choose the filterable PM method to comply with the PM 
emission limit and demonstrate continuous performance using a PM CPMS as 
provided for in Sec. 63.10000(c), you must also establish an operating 
limit according to Sec. 63.10011(b), Sec. 63.10023, and Tables 4 and 6 
to this subpart. Should you desire to have operating limits that 
correspond to loads other than maximum normal operating load, you must 
conduct testing at those other loads to determine the additional 
operating limits.
    (d) Except for a 30-boiler operating day performance test based on 
CEMS (or sorbent trap monitoring system) data, where the concept of test 
runs does not apply, you must conduct a minimum of three separate test 
runs for each performance test, as specified in Sec. 63.7(e)(3). Each 
test run must comply with the minimum applicable sampling time or volume 
specified in Table 1 or 2 to this subpart. Sections 63.10005(d) and (h), 
respectively, provide special instructions for conducting performance 
tests based on CEMS or sorbent trap monitoring systems, and for 
conducting emission tests for LEE qualification.
    (e) To use the results of performance testing to determine 
compliance with the applicable emission limits in Table 1 or 2 to this 
subpart, proceed as follows:
    (1) Except for a 30-boiler operating day performance test based on 
CEMS (or sorbent trap monitoring system) data, if measurement results 
for any pollutant are reported as below the method detection level 
(e.g., laboratory analytical results for one or more sample components 
are below the method defined analytical detection level), you must use 
the method detection level as the measured emissions level for that 
pollutant in calculating compliance. The measured result for a multiple 
component analysis (e.g., analytical values for multiple Method 29 
fractions both for individual HAP metals and for total HAP metals) may 
include a combination of method detection level data and analytical data 
reported above the method detection level.
    (2) If the limits are expressed in lb/MMBtu or lb/TBtu, you must use 
the F-factor methodology and equations in sections 12.2 and 12.3 of EPA 
Method 19 in appendix A-7 to part 60 of this chapter. In cases where an 
appropriate F-factor is not listed in Table 19-2 of Method 19, you may 
use F-factors from Table 1 in section 3.3.5 of appendix F to part 75 of 
this chapter, or F-factors derived using the procedures in section 3.3.6 
of appendix to part 75 of this chapter. Use the following factors to 
convert the pollutant concentrations measured during the initial 
performance tests to units of lb/scf, for use in the applicable Method 
19 equations:
    (i) Multiply SO2 ppm by 1.66 x 10-7;
    (ii) Multiply HCl ppm by 9.43 x 10-8;
    (iii) Multiply HF ppm by 5.18 x 10-8;
    (iv) Multiply HAP metals concentrations (mg/dscm) by 6.24 x 
10-8; and
    (v) Multiply Hg concentrations ([micro]g/scm) by 6.24 x 
10-11.
    (3) To determine compliance with emission limits expressed in lb/MWh 
or lb/GWh, you must first calculate the pollutant mass emission rate 
during the performance test, in units of lb/h. For Hg, if a CEMS or 
sorbent trap monitoring system is used, use Equation A-2 or A-3 in 
appendix A to this subpart (as applicable). In all other cases, use an 
equation that has the general form of Equation A-2 or A-3, replacing the 
value of K with 1.66 x 10-7 lb/scf-ppm for SO2, 
9.43 x 10-8 lb/scf-ppm for HCl (if an HCl CEMS is used), 5.18 
x 10-8 lb/scf-ppm for HF (if an HF CEMS is used), or 6.24 x 
10-8 lb-scm/mg-scf for HAP metals and for HCl and HF (when 
performance stack testing is used), and defining Ch as the 
average SO2, HCl, or HF concentration in ppm, or the average 
HAP metals concentration in mg/dscm. This calculation requires stack gas 
volumetric flow rate (scfh) and (in some cases) moisture content data 
(see

[[Page 174]]

Sec. Sec. 63.10005(h)(3) and 63.10010). Then, if the applicable 
emission limit is in units of lb/GWh, use Equation A-4 in appendix A to 
this subpart to calculate the pollutant emission rate in lb/GWh. In this 
calculation, define (M)h as the calculated pollutant mass 
emission rate for the performance test (lb/h), and define 
(MW)h as the average electrical load during the performance 
test (megawatts). If the applicable emission limit is in lb/MWh rather 
than lb/GWh, omit the 10\3\ term from Equation A-4 to determine the 
pollutant emission rate in lb/MWh.
    (f) If you elect to (or are required to) use CEMS to continuously 
monitor Hg, HCl, HF, SO2, or PM emissions (or, if applicable, 
sorbent trap monitoring systems to continuously collect Hg emissions 
data), the following default values are available for use in the 
emission rate calculations during startup periods or shutdown periods 
(as defined in Sec. 63.10042). For the purposes of this subpart, these 
default values are not considered to be substitute data.
    (1) Diluent cap values. If you use CEMS (or, if applicable, sorbent 
trap monitoring systems) to comply with a heat input-based emission rate 
limit, you may use the following diluent cap values for a startup or 
shutdown hour in which the measured CO2 concentration is 
below the cap value or the measured O2 concentration is above 
the cap value:
    (i) For an IGCC EGU, you may use 1% for CO2 or 19% for 
O2.
    (ii) For all other EGUs, you may use 5% for CO2 or 14% 
for O2.
    (2) Default gross output. If you use CEMS to continuously monitor 
Hg, HCl, HF, SO2, or PM emissions (or, if applicable, sorbent 
trap monitoring systems to continuously collect Hg emissions data), the 
following default value is available for use in the emission rate 
calculations during startup periods or shutdown periods (as defined in 
Sec. 63.10042). For the purposes of this subpart, this default value is 
not considered to be substitute data. For a startup or shutdown hour in 
which there is heat input to an affected EGU but zero gross output, you 
must calculate the pollutant emission rate using a value equivalent to 
5% of the maximum sustainable gross output, expressed in megawatts, as 
defined in section 6.5.2.1(a)(1) of appendix A to part 75 of this 
chapter. This default gross output is either the nameplate capacity of 
the EGU or the highest gross output observed in at least four 
representative quarters of EGU operation. For a monitored common stack, 
the default gross output is used only when all EGUs are operating (i.e., 
combusting fuel) are in startup or shutdown mode, and have zero 
electrical generation. Under those conditions, a default gross output 
equal to 5% of the combined maximum sustainable gross output of the EGUs 
that are operating but have a total of zero gross output must be used to 
calculate the hourly gross output-based pollutant emissions rate.
    (g) Upon request, you shall make available to the EPA Administrator 
such records as may be necessary to determine whether the performance 
tests have been done according to the requirements of this section.

[77 FR 9464, Feb. 16, 2012, as amended at 77 FR 23403, Apr. 19, 2012; 78 
FR 24085, Apr. 24, 2013; 79 FR 68789, Nov. 19, 2014; 81 FR 20182, Apr. 
6, 2016]



Sec. 63.10008  [Reserved]



Sec. 63.10009  May I use emissions averaging to comply with 
this subpart?

    (a) General eligibility. (1) You may use emissions averaging as 
described in paragraph (a)(2) of this section as an alternative to 
meeting the requirements of Sec. 63.9991 for filterable PM, 
SO2, HF, HCl, non-Hg HAP metals, or Hg on an EGU-specific 
basis if:
    (i) You have more than one existing EGU in the same subcategory 
located at one or more contiguous properties, belonging to a single 
major industrial grouping, which are under common control of the same 
person (or persons under common control); and
    (ii) You use CEMS (or sorbent trap monitoring systems for 
determining Hg emissions) or quarterly emissions testing for 
demonstrating compliance.
    (2) You may demonstrate compliance by emissions averaging among the 
existing EGUs in the same subcategory, if your averaged Hg emissions for 
EGUs in the ``unit designed for coal =8,300 Btu/lb'' 
subcategory are equal to or less than 1.2 lb/TBtu or 1.3E-2 lb/GWh

[[Page 175]]

on a 30-boiler operating day basis or if your averaged emissions of 
individual, other pollutants from other subcategories of such EGUs are 
equal to or less than the applicable emissions limit in Table 2 to this 
subpart, according to the procedures in this section. Note that except 
for the alternate Hg emissions limit from EGUs in the ``unit designed 
for coal =8,300 Btu/lb'' subcategory, the averaging time for 
emissions averaging for pollutants is 30 days (rolling daily) using data 
from CEMS or a combination of data from CEMS and manual performance 
(LEE) testing. The averaging time for emissions averaging for the 
alternate Hg limit (equal to or less than 1.0 lb/TBtu or 1.1E-2 lb/GWh) 
from EGUs in the ``unit designed for coal =8,300 Btu/lb'' 
subcategory is 90-boiler operating days (rolling daily) using data from 
CEMS, sorbent trap monitoring, or a combination of monitoring data and 
data from manual performance (LEE) testing. For the purposes of this 
paragraph, 30- (or 90-) group boiler operating days is defined as a 
period during which at least one unit in the emissions averaging group 
operates on each of the 30 or 90 days. You must calculate the weighted 
average emissions rate for the group in accordance with the procedures 
in this paragraph using the data from all units in the group including 
any that operate fewer than 30 (or 90) days during the preceding 30 (or 
90) group boiler days.
    (i) You may choose to have your EGU emissions averaging group meet 
either the heat input basis (MMBtu or TBtu, as appropriate for the 
pollutant) or gross output basis (MWh or GWh, as appropriate for the 
pollutant).
    (ii) You may not mix bases within your EGU emissions averaging 
group.
    (iii) You may use emissions averaging for affected units in 
different subcategories if the units vent to the atmosphere through a 
common stack (see paragraph (m) of this section).
    (b) Equations. Use the following equations when performing 
calculations for your EGU emissions averaging group:
    (1) Group eligibility equations.
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR06AP16.001
    
Where:

WAERm = Maximum Weighted Average Emission Rate in terms of 
          lb/heat input or lb/gross output,
Hermi,j = hourly emission rate (e.g., lb/MMBtu, 
lb/MWh) from CEMS or sorbent trap monitoring as determined during the 
initial compliance determination from EGU j,
Rmmj = Maximum rated heat input, MMBtu/h, or maximum rated 
gross output, MWh/h, for EGU j,
p = number of EGUs in emissions averaging group that rely on CEMS,
Terk = Emissions rate (lb/MMBTU or lb/MWh) as determined 
during the initial compliance determination of EGU k,
Rmtk = Maximum rated heat input, MMBtu/h, or maximum rated 
gross output, MWh/h, for EGU k, and
m = number of EGUs in emissions averaging group that rely on emissions 
testing.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR06AP16.002

Where:

    Variables with the similar names share the descriptions for Equation 
1a of this section,
Smmj = maximum steam generation, lbsteam/h or lb/
gross output, for EGU j,
Cfmj = conversion factor, calculated from the most recent 
compliance test results, in

[[Page 176]]

terms units of heat output or gross output per pound of steam generated 
(MMBtu/lbsteam or MWh/lbsteam) from EGU j,
Smtk = maximum steam generation, lbsteam/h or lb/
gross output, for EGU k, and
Cfmk = conversion factor, calculated from the most recent 
compliance test results, in terms units of heat output or gross output 
per pound of steam generated (MMBtu/lbsteam or MWh/
lbsteam) from EGU k.
    (2) Weighted 30-boiler operating day rolling average emissions rate 
equations for pollutants other than Hg. Use Equation 2a or 2b of this 
section to calculate the 30 day rolling average emissions daily.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR06AP16.003

Where:

Heri = hourly emission rate (e.g., lb/MMBtu, lb/MWh) from 
unit i's CEMS for the preceding 30-group boiler operating days,
Rmi = hourly heat input or gross output from unit i for the 
          preceding 30-group boiler operating days,
p = number of EGUs in emissions averaging group that rely on CEMS or 
          sorbent trap monitoring,
n = number of hours that hourly rates are collected over 30-group boiler 
          operating days,
Teri = Emissions rate from most recent emissions test of unit 
          i in terms of lb/heat input or lb/gross output,
Rti = Total heat input or gross output of unit i for the 
          preceding 30-boiler operating days, and
m = number of EGUs in emissions averaging group that rely on emissions 
          testing.

          [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR06AP16.004
          
Where:

variables with similar names share the descriptions for Equation 2a of 
          this section,
Smi = steam generation in units of pounds from unit i that 
          uses CEMS for the preceding 30-group boiler operating days,
Cfmi = conversion factor, calculated from the most recent 
          compliance test results, in units of heat input per pound of 
          steam generated or gross output per pound of steam generated, 
          from unit i that uses CEMS from the preceding 30 group boiler 
          operating days,
Sti = steam generation in units of pounds from unit i that 
          uses emissions testing, and
Cfti = conversion factor, calculated from the most recent 
          compliance test results, in units of heat input per pound of 
          steam generated or gross output per pound of steam generated, 
          from unit i that uses emissions testing.

    (3) Weighted 90-boiler operating day rolling average emissions rate 
equations for Hg emissions from EGUs in the ``coal-fired unit not low 
rank virgin coal'' subcategory. Use Equation 3a or 3b of this section to 
calculate the 90-day rolling average emissions daily.

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR06AP16.005

Where:

Heri = hourly emission rate from unit i's CEMS or Hg sorbent 
          trap monitoring

[[Page 177]]

          system for the preceding 90-group boiler operating days,
Rmi = hourly heat input or gross output from unit i for the 
          preceding 90-group boiler operating days,
p = number of EGUs in emissions averaging group that rely on CEMS,
n = number of hours that hourly rates are collected over the 90-group 
          boiler operating days,
Teri = Emissions rate from most recent emissions test of unit 
          i in terms of lb/heat input or lb/gross output,
Rti = Total heat input or gross output of unit i for the 
          preceding 90-boiler operating days, and
m = number of EGUs in emissions averaging group that rely on emissions 
          testing.

          [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR06AP16.006
          
Where:

variables with similar names share the descriptions for Equation 2a of 
          this section,
Smi = steam generation in units of pounds from unit i that 
          uses CEMS or a Hg sorbent trap monitoring for the preceding 
          90-group boiler operating days,
Cfmi = conversion factor, calculated from the most recent 
          compliance test results, in units of heat input per pound of 
          steam generated or gross output per pound of steam generated, 
          from unit i that uses CEMS or sorbent trap monitoring from the 
          preceding 90-group boiler operating days,
Sti = steam generation in units of pounds from unit i that 
          uses emissions testing, and
Cfti = conversion factor, calculated from the most recent 
          emissions test results, in units of heat input per pound of 
          steam generated or gross output per pound of steam generated, 
          from unit i that uses emissions testing.

    (c) Separate stack requirements. For a group of two or more existing 
EGUs in the same subcategory that each vent to a separate stack, you may 
average filterable PM, SO2, HF, HCl, non-Hg HAP metals, or Hg 
emissions to demonstrate compliance with the limits in Table 2 to this 
subpart if you satisfy the requirements in paragraphs (d) through (j) of 
this section.
    (d) For each existing EGU in the averaging group:
    (1) The emissions rate achieved during the initial performance test 
for the HAP being averaged must not exceed the emissions level that was 
being achieved 180 days after April 16, 2015, or the date on which 
emissions testing done to support your emissions averaging plan is 
complete (if the Administrator does not require submission and approval 
of your emissions averaging plan), or the date that you begin emissions 
averaging, whichever is earlier; or
    (2) The control technology employed during the initial performance 
test must not be less than the design efficiency of the emissions 
control technology employed 180 days after April 16, 2015 or the date 
that you begin emissions averaging, whichever is earlier.
    (e) The weighted-average emissions rate from the existing EGUs 
participating in the emissions averaging option must be in compliance 
with the limits in Table 2 to this subpart at all times following the 
date that you begin emissions averaging.
    (f) Emissions averaging group eligibility demonstration. You must 
demonstrate the ability for the EGUs included in the emissions averaging 
group to demonstrate initial compliance according to paragraph (f)(1) or 
(2) of this section using the maximum rated heat input or gross output 
over a 30- (or 90-) boiler operating day period of each EGU and the 
results of the initial performance tests. For this demonstration and 
prior to preparing your emissions averaging plan, you must conduct 
required emissions monitoring for 30- (or 90-) days of boiler operation 
and any required manual performance testing to calculate maximum 
weighted average emissions rate in accordance with this section. If, 
before the start of your initial compliance demonstration, the 
Administrator becomes aware that you intend to use emissions averaging 
for that demonstration, or if your initial Notification of Compliance

[[Page 178]]

Status (NOCS) indicates that you intend to implement emissions averaging 
at a future date, the Administrator may require you to submit your 
proposed emissions averaging plan and supporting data for approval. If 
the Administrator requires approval of your plan, you may not begin 
using emissions averaging until the Administrator approves your plan.
    (1) You must use Equation 1a in paragraph (b) of this section to 
demonstrate that the maximum weighted average emissions rates of 
filterable PM, HF, SO2, HCl, non-Hg HAP metals, or Hg 
emissions from the existing units participating in the emissions 
averaging option do not exceed the emissions limits in Table 2 to this 
subpart.
    (2) If you are not capable of monitoring heat input or gross output, 
and the EGU generates steam for purposes other than generating 
electricity, you may use Equation 1b of paragraph (b) of this section as 
an alternative to using Equation 1a of paragraph (b) of this section to 
demonstrate that the maximum weighted average emissions rates of 
filterable PM, HF, SO2, HCl, non-Hg HAP metals, or Hg 
emissions from the existing units participating in the emissions 
averaging group do not exceed the emission limits in Table 2 to this 
subpart.
    (g) You must determine the weighted average emissions rate in units 
of the applicable emissions limit on a 30 group boiler operating day 
rolling average basis (or, if applicable, on a 90 group boiler operating 
day rolling average basis for Hg) according to paragraphs (g)(1) and (2) 
of this section. The first averaging period ends on the 30th (or, if 
applicable, 90th for the alternate Hg emission limit) group boiler 
operating day after the date that you begin emissions averaging.
    (1) You must use Equation 2a or 3a of paragraph (b) of this section 
to calculate the weighted average emissions rate using the actual heat 
input or gross output for each existing unit participating in the 
emissions averaging option.
    (2) If you are not capable of monitoring heat input or gross output, 
you may use Equation 2b or 3b of paragraph (b) of this section as an 
alternative to using Equation 2a of paragraph (b) of this section to 
calculate the average weighted emission rate using the actual steam 
generation from the units participating in the emissions averaging 
option.
    (h) CEMS (or sorbent trap monitoring) use. If an EGU in your 
emissions averaging group uses CEMS (or a sorbent trap monitor for Hg 
emissions) to demonstrate compliance, you must use those data to 
determine the 30 (or 90) group boiler operating day rolling average 
emissions rate.
    (i) Emissions testing. If you use manual emissions testing to 
demonstrate compliance for one or more EGUs in your emissions averaging 
group, you must use the results from the most recent performance test to 
determine the 30 (or 90) day rolling average. You may use CEMS or 
sorbent trap data in combination with data from the most recent manual 
performance test in calculating the 30 (or 90) group boiler operating 
day rolling average emissions rate.
    (j) Emissions averaging plan. You must develop an implementation 
plan for emissions averaging according to the following procedures and 
requirements in paragraphs (j)(1) and (2) of this section.
    (1) You must include the information contained in paragraphs 
(j)(1)(i) through (v) of this section in your implementation plan for 
all the emissions units included in an emissions averaging:
    (i) The identification of all existing EGUs in the emissions 
averaging group, including for each either the applicable HAP emission 
level or the control technology installed as of 180 days after February 
16, 2015, or the date on which you complete the emissions measurements 
used to support your emissions averaging plan (if the Administrator does 
not require submission and approval of your emissions averaging plan), 
or the date that you begin emissions averaging, whichever is earlier; 
and the date on which you are requesting emissions averaging to 
commence;
    (ii) The process weighting parameter (heat input, gross output, or 
steam generated) that will be monitored for each averaging group;

[[Page 179]]

    (iii) The specific control technology or pollution prevention 
measure to be used for each emission EGU in the averaging group and the 
date of its installation or application. If the pollution prevention 
measure reduces or eliminates emissions from multiple EGUs, you must 
identify each EGU;
    (iv) The means of measurement (e.g., CEMS, sorbent trap monitoring, 
manual performance test) of filterable PM, SO2, HF, HCl, 
individual or total non-Hg HAP metals, or Hg emissions in accordance 
with the requirements in Sec. 63.10007 and to be used in the emissions 
averaging calculations; and
    (v) A demonstration that emissions averaging can produce compliance 
with each of the applicable emission limit(s) in accordance with 
paragraph (b)(1) of this section.
    (2) If, as described in paragraph (f) of this section, the 
Administrator requests you to submit the averaging plan for review and 
approval, you must receive approval before initiating emissions 
averaging.
    (i) The Administrator shall use following criteria in reviewing and 
approving or disapproving the plan:
    (A) Whether the content of the plan includes all of the information 
specified in paragraph (j)(1) of this section; and
    (B) Whether the plan presents information sufficient to determine 
that compliance will be achieved and maintained.
    (ii) The Administrator shall not approve an emissions averaging 
implementation plan containing any of the following provisions:
    (A) Any averaging between emissions of different pollutants or 
between units located at different facilities; or
    (B) The inclusion of any emissions unit other than an existing unit 
in the same subcategory.
    (k) Common stack requirements. For a group of two or more existing 
affected units, each of which vents through a single common stack, you 
may average emissions to demonstrate compliance with the limits in Table 
2 to this subpart if you satisfy the requirements in paragraph (l) or 
(m) of this section.
    (l) For a group of two or more existing units in the same 
subcategory and which vent through a common emissions control system to 
a common stack that does not receive emissions from units in other 
subcategories or categories, you may treat such averaging group as a 
single existing unit for purposes of this subpart and comply with the 
requirements of this subpart as if the group were a single unit.
    (m) For all other groups of units subject to paragraph (k) of this 
section, you may elect to conduct manual performance tests according to 
procedures specified in Sec. 63.10007 in the common stack. If emissions 
from affected units included in the emissions averaging and from other 
units not included in the emissions averaging (e.g., in a different 
subcategory) or other nonaffected units all vent to the common stack, 
you must shut down the units not included in the emissions averaging and 
the nonaffected units or vent their emissions to a different stack 
during the performance test. Alternatively, you may conduct a 
performance test of the combined emissions in the common stack with all 
units operating and show that the combined emissions meet the most 
stringent emissions limit. You may also use a CEMS or sorbent trap 
monitoring to apply this latter alternative to demonstrate that the 
combined emissions comply with the most stringent emissions limit on a 
continuous basis.
    (n) Combination requirements. The common stack of a group of two or 
more existing EGUs in the same subcategory subject to paragraph (k) of 
this section may be treated as a single stack for purposes of paragraph 
(c) of this section and included in an emissions averaging group subject 
to paragraph (c) of this section.

[77 FR 9464, Feb. 16, 2012, as amended at 77 FR 23403, Apr. 19, 2012; 78 
FR 24085, Apr. 24, 2013; 81 FR 20183, Apr. 6, 2016]



Sec. 63.10010  What are my monitoring, installation, operation,
and maintenance requirements?

    (a) Flue gases from the affected units under this subpart exhaust to 
the atmosphere through a variety of different configurations, including 
but not limited to individual stacks, a common stack configuration or a 
main stack plus a bypass stack. For the CEMS, PM CPMS, and sorbent trap 
monitoring

[[Page 180]]

systems used to provide data under this subpart, the continuous 
monitoring system installation requirements for these exhaust 
configurations are as follows:
    (1) Single unit-single stack configurations. For an affected unit 
that exhausts to the atmosphere through a single, dedicated stack, you 
shall either install the required CEMS, PM CPMS, and sorbent trap 
monitoring systems in the stack or at a location in the ductwork 
downstream of all emissions control devices, where the pollutant and 
diluents concentrations are representative of the emissions that exit to 
the atmosphere.
    (2) Unit utilizing common stack with other affected unit(s). When an 
affected unit utilizes a common stack with one or more other affected 
units, but no non-affected units, you shall either:
    (i) Install the required CEMS, PM CPMS, and sorbent trap monitoring 
systems in the duct leading to the common stack from each unit; or
    (ii) Install the required CEMS, PM CPMS, and sorbent trap monitoring 
systems in the common stack.
    (3) Unit(s) utilizing common stack with non-affected unit(s). (i) 
When one or more affected units shares a common stack with one or more 
non-affected units, you shall either:
    (A) Install the required CEMS, PM CPMS, and sorbent trap monitoring 
systems in the ducts leading to the common stack from each affected 
unit; or
    (B) Install the required CEMS, PM CPMS, and sorbent trap monitoring 
systems described in this section in the common stack and attribute all 
of the emissions measured at the common stack to the affected unit(s).
    (ii) If you choose the common stack monitoring option:
    (A) For each hour in which valid data are obtained for all 
parameters, you must calculate the pollutant emission rate and
    (B) You must assign the calculated pollutant emission rate to each 
unit that shares the common stack.
    (4) Unit with a main stack and a bypass stack that exhausts to the 
atmosphere independent of the main stack. If the exhaust configuration 
of an affected unit consists of a main stack and a bypass stack, you 
shall install CEMS on both the main stack and the bypass stack. If it is 
not feasible to certify and quality-assure the data from a monitoring 
system on the bypass stack, you shall:
    (i) Route the exhaust from the bypass through the main stack and its 
monitoring so that bypass emissions are measured; or
    (ii) Install a CEMS only on the main stack and count hours that the 
bypass stack is in use as hours of deviation from the monitoring 
requirements.
    (5) Unit with a common control device with multiple stack or duct 
configuration. If the flue gases from an affected unit, which is 
configured such that emissions are controlled with a common control 
device or series of control devices, are discharged to the atmosphere 
through more than one stack or are fed into a single stack through two 
or more ducts, you may:
    (i) Install required CEMS, PM CPMS, and sorbent trap monitoring 
systems in each of the multiple stacks;
    (ii) Install required CEMS, PM CPMS, and sorbent trap monitoring 
systems in each of the ducts that feed into the stack;
    (iii) Install required CEMS, PM CPMS, and sorbent trap monitoring 
systems in one of the multiple stacks or ducts and monitor the flows and 
dilution rates in all multiple stacks or ducts in order to determine 
total exhaust gas flow rate and pollutant mass emissions rate in 
accordance with the applicable limit; or
    (iv) In the case of multiple ducts feeding into a single stack, 
install CEMS, PM CPMS, and sorbent trap monitoring systems in the single 
stack as described in paragraph (a)(1) of this section.
    (6) Unit with multiple parallel control devices with multiple 
stacks. If the flue gases from an affected unit, which is configured 
such that emissions are controlled with multiple parallel control 
devices or multiple series of control devices are discharged to the 
atmosphere through more than one stack, you shall install the required 
CEMS, PM CPMS, and sorbent trap monitoring systems described in each of 
the multiple stacks. You shall calculate hourly flow-weighted average 
pollutant emission rates for the unit as follows:

[[Page 181]]

    (i) Calculate the pollutant emission rate at each stack or duct for 
each hour in which valid data are obtained for all parameters;
    (ii) Multiply each calculated hourly pollutant emission rate at each 
stack or duct by the corresponding hourly stack gas flow rate at that 
stack or duct;
    (iii) Sum the products determined under paragraph (a)(6)(ii) of this 
section; and
    (iv) Divide the result obtained in paragraph (a)(6)(iii) of this 
section by the total hourly stack gas flow rate for the unit, summed 
across all of the stacks or ducts.
    (b) If you use an oxygen (O2) or carbon dioxide 
(CO2) CEMS to convert measured pollutant concentrations to 
the units of the applicable emissions limit, the O2 or 
CO2 concentrations shall be monitored at a location that 
represents emissions to the atmosphere, i.e., at the outlet of the EGU, 
downstream of all emission control devices. You must install, certify, 
maintain, and operate the CEMS according to part 75 of this chapter. Use 
only quality-assured O2 or CO2 data in the 
emissions calculations; do not use part 75 substitute data values.
    (c) If you are required to use a stack gas flow rate monitor, either 
for routine operation of a sorbent trap monitoring system or to convert 
pollutant concentrations to units of an electrical output-based emission 
standard in Table 1 or 2 to this subpart, you must install, certify, 
operate, and maintain the monitoring system and conduct on-going 
quality-assurance testing of the system according to part 75 of this 
chapter. Use only unadjusted, quality-assured flow rate data in the 
emissions calculations. Do not apply bias adjustment factors to the flow 
rate data and do not use substitute flow rate data in the calculations.
    (d) If you are required to make corrections for stack gas moisture 
content when converting pollutant concentrations to the units of an 
emission standard in Table 1 of 2 to this subpart, you must install, 
certify, operate, and maintain a moisture monitoring system in 
accordance with part 75 of this chapter. Alternatively, for coal-fired 
units, you may use appropriate fuel-specific default moisture values 
from Sec. 75.11(b) of this chapter to estimate the moisture content of 
the stack gas or you may petition the Administrator under Sec. 75.66 of 
this chapter for use of a default moisture value for non-coal-fired 
units. If you install and operate a moisture monitoring system, do not 
use substitute moisture data in the emissions calculations.
    (e) If you use an HCl and/or HF CEMS, you must install, certify, 
operate, maintain, and quality-assure the data from the monitoring 
system in accordance with appendix B to this subpart. Calculate and 
record a 30-boiler operating day rolling average HCl or HF emission rate 
in the units of the standard, updated after each new boiler operating 
day. Each 30-boiler operating day rolling average emission rate is the 
average of all the valid hourly HCl or HF emission rates in the 
preceding 30 boiler operating days (see section 9.4 of appendix B to 
this subpart).
    (f)(1) If you use an SO2 CEMS, you must install the 
monitor at the outlet of the EGU, downstream of all emission control 
devices, and you must certify, operate, and maintain the CEMS according 
to part 75 of this chapter.
    (2) For on-going QA, the SO2 CEMS must meet the 
applicable daily, quarterly, and semiannual or annual requirements in 
sections 2.1 through 2.3 of appendix B to part 75 of this chapter, with 
the following addition: You must perform the linearity checks required 
in section 2.2 of appendix B to part 75 of this chapter if the 
SO2 CEMS has a span value of 30 ppm or less.
    (3) Calculate and record a 30-boiler operating day rolling average 
SO2 emission rate in the units of the standard, updated after 
each new boiler operating day. Each 30-boiler operating day rolling 
average emission rate is the average of all of the valid hourly 
SO2 emission rates in the 30 boiler operating day period.
    (4) Use only unadjusted, quality-assured SO2 
concentration values in the emissions calculations; do not apply bias 
adjustment factors to the part 75 SO2 data and do not use 
part 75 substitute data values. For startup or shutdown hours (as 
defined in Sec. 63.10042) the default gross output and the diluent cap 
are available for use in the

[[Page 182]]

hourly SO2 emission rate calculations, as described in Sec. 
63.10007(f). Use a flag to identify each startup or shutdown hour and 
report a special code if the diluent cap or default gross output is used 
to calculate the SO2 emission rate for any of these hours.
    (g) If you use a Hg CEMS or a sorbent trap monitoring system, you 
must install, certify, operate, maintain and quality-assure the data 
from the monitoring system in accordance with appendix A to this 
subpart. You must calculate and record a 30- (or, if alternate emissions 
averaging is used, 90-) boiler operating day rolling average Hg emission 
rate, in units of the standard, updated after each new boiler operating 
day. Each 30- (or, if alternate emissions averaging is used, 90-) boiler 
operating day rolling average emission rate, calculated according to 
section 6.2 of appendix A to the subpart, is the average of all of the 
valid hourly Hg emission rates in the preceding 30- (or, if alternate 
emissions averaging is used, a 90-) boiler operating days. Section 
7.1.4.3 of appendix A to this subpart explains how to reduce sorbent 
trap monitoring system data to an hourly basis.
    (h) If you use a PM CPMS to demonstrate continuous compliance with 
an operating limit, you must install, calibrate, maintain, and operate 
the PM CPMS and record the output of the system as specified in 
paragraphs (h)(1) through (5) of this section.
    (1) Install, calibrate, operate, and maintain your PM CPMS according 
to the procedures in your approved site-specific monitoring plan 
developed in accordance with Sec. 63.10000(d), and meet the 
requirements in paragraphs (h)(1)(i) through (iii) of this section.
    (i) The operating principle of the PM CPMS must be based on in-stack 
or extractive light scatter, light scintillation, beta attenuation, or 
mass accumulation detection of the exhaust gas or representative sample. 
The reportable measurement output from the PM CPMS may be expressed as 
milliamps, stack concentration, or other raw data signal.
    (ii) The PM CPMS must have a cycle time (i.e., period required to 
complete sampling, measurement, and reporting for each measurement) no 
longer than 60 minutes.
    (iii) The PM CPMS must be capable, at a minimum, of detecting and 
responding to particulate matter concentrations of 0.5 mg/acm.
    (2) For a new unit, complete the initial PM CPMS performance 
evaluation no later than October 13, 2012 or 180 days after the date of 
initial startup, whichever is later. For an existing unit, complete the 
initial performance evaluation no later than October 13, 2015.
    (3) Collect PM CPMS hourly average output data for all boiler 
operating hours except as indicated in paragraph (h)(5) of this section. 
Express the PM CPMS output as milliamps, PM concentration, or other raw 
data signal value.
    (4) Calculate the arithmetic 30-boiler operating day rolling average 
of all of the hourly average PM CPMS output collected during all 
nonexempt boiler operating hours data (e.g., milliamps, PM 
concentration, raw data signal).
    (5) You must collect data using the PM CPMS at all times the process 
unit is operating and at the intervals specified in paragraph (h)(1)(ii) 
of this section, except for periods of monitoring system malfunctions, 
repairs associated with monitoring system malfunctions, required 
monitoring system quality assurance or quality control activities 
(including, as applicable, calibration checks and required zero and span 
adjustments), and any scheduled maintenance as defined in your site-
specific monitoring plan.
    (6) You must use all the data collected during all boiler operating 
hours in assessing the compliance with your operating limit except:
    (i) Any data collected during periods of monitoring system 
malfunctions, repairs associated with monitoring system malfunctions, or 
required monitoring system quality assurance or quality control 
activities that temporarily interrupt the measurement of output data 
from the PM CPMS. You must report any monitoring system malfunctions or 
out of control periods in your annual deviation reports. You must report 
any monitoring system quality assurance or quality control activities 
per the requirements of Sec. 63.10031(b);

[[Page 183]]

    (ii) Any data collected during periods when the monitoring system is 
out of control as specified in your site-specific monitoring plan, 
repairs associated with periods when the monitoring system is out of 
control, or required monitoring system quality assurance or quality 
control activities conducted during out-of-control periods. You must 
report any such periods in your annual deviation report;
    (iii) Any data recorded during periods of startup or shutdown.
    (7) You must record and make available upon request results of PM 
CPMS system performance audits, as well as the dates and duration of 
periods from when the PM CPMS is out of control until completion of the 
corrective actions necessary to return the PM CPMS to operation 
consistent with your site-specific monitoring plan.
    (i) If you choose to comply with the PM filterable emissions limit 
in lieu of metal HAP limits, you may choose to install, certify, 
operate, and maintain a PM CEMS and record the output of the PM CEMS as 
specified in paragraphs (i)(1) through (5) of this section. The 
compliance limit will be expressed as a 30-boiler operating day rolling 
average of the numerical emissions limit value applicable for your unit 
in tables 1 or 2 to this subpart.
    (1) Install and certify your PM CEMS according to the procedures and 
requirements in Performance Specification 11--Specifications and Test 
Procedures for Particulate Matter Continuous Emission Monitoring Systems 
at Stationary Sources in Appendix B to part 60 of this chapter, using 
Method 5 at Appendix A-3 to part 60 of this chapter and ensuring that 
the front half filter temperature shall be 160[deg] 14 [deg]C (320[deg] 25 [deg]F). 
The reportable measurement output from the PM CEMS must be expressed in 
units of the applicable emissions limit (e.g., lb/MMBtu, lb/MWh).
    (2) Operate and maintain your PM CEMS according to the procedures 
and requirements in Procedure 2--Quality Assurance Requirements for 
Particulate Matter Continuous Emission Monitoring Systems at Stationary 
Sources in Appendix F to part 60 of this chapter.
    (i) You must conduct the relative response audit (RRA) for your PM 
CEMS at least once annually.
    (ii) You must conduct the relative correlation audit (RCA) for your 
PM CEMS at least once every 3 years.
    (3) Collect PM CEMS hourly average output data for all boiler 
operating hours except as indicated in paragraph (i) of this section.
    (4) Calculate the arithmetic 30-boiler operating day rolling average 
of all of the hourly average PM CEMS output data collected during all 
nonexempt boiler operating hours.
    (5) You must collect data using the PM CEMS at all times the process 
unit is operating and at the intervals specified in paragraph (a) of 
this section, except for periods of monitoring system malfunctions, 
repairs associated with monitoring system malfunctions, and required 
monitoring system quality assurance or quality control activities.
    (i) You must use all the data collected during all boiler operating 
hours in assessing the compliance with your operating limit except:
    (A) Any data collected during periods of monitoring system 
malfunctions, repairs associated with monitoring system malfunctions, or 
required monitoring system quality assurance or quality control 
activities that temporarily interrupt the measurement of emissions 
(e.g., calibrations, certain audits). You must report any monitoring 
system malfunctions or out of control periods in your annual deviation 
reports. You must report any monitoring system quality assurance or 
quality control activities per the requirements of Sec. 63.10031(b);
    (B) Any data collected during periods when the monitoring system is 
out of control as specified in your site-specific monitoring plan, 
repairs associated with periods when the monitoring system is out of 
control, or required monitoring system quality assurance or quality 
control activities conducted during out-of-control periods. You must 
report any such periods in your annual deviation report;
    (C) Any data recorded during periods of startup or shutdown.
    (ii) You must record and make available upon request results of PM 
CEMS system performance audits, dates and

[[Page 184]]

duration of periods when the PM CEMS is out of control to completion of 
the corrective actions necessary to return the PM CEMS to operation 
consistent with your site-specific monitoring plan.
    (j) You may choose to comply with the metal HAP emissions limits 
using CEMS approved in accordance with Sec. 63.7(f) as an alternative 
to the performance test method specified in this rule. If approved to 
use a HAP metals CEMS, the compliance limit will be expressed as a 30-
boiler operating day rolling average of the numerical emissions limit 
value applicable for your unit in tables 1 or 2. If approved, you may 
choose to install, certify, operate, and maintain a HAP metals CEMS and 
record the output of the HAP metals CEMS as specified in paragraphs 
(j)(1) through (5) of this section.
    (1)(i) Install, calibrate, operate, and maintain your HAP metals 
CEMS according to your CMS quality control program, as described in 
Sec. 63.8(d)(2). The reportable measurement output from the HAP metals 
CEMS must be expressed in units of the applicable emissions limit (e.g., 
lb/MMBtu, lb/MWh) and in the form of a 30-boiler operating day rolling 
average.
    (ii) Operate and maintain your HAP metals CEMS according to the 
procedures and criteria in your site specific performance evaluation and 
quality control program plan required in Sec. 63.8(d).
    (2) Collect HAP metals CEMS hourly average output data for all 
boiler operating hours except as indicated in section (j)(4) of this 
section.
    (3) Calculate the arithmetic 30-boiler operating day rolling average 
of all of the hourly average HAP metals CEMS output data collected 
during all nonexempt boiler operating hours data.
    (4) You must collect data using the HAP metals CEMS at all times the 
process unit is operating and at the intervals specified in paragraph 
(a) of this section, except for periods of monitoring system 
malfunctions, repairs associated with monitoring system malfunctions, 
and required monitoring system quality assurance or quality control 
activities.
    (i) You must use all the data collected during all boiler operating 
hours in assessing the compliance with your emission limit except:
    (A) Any data collected during periods of monitoring system 
malfunctions, repairs associated with monitoring system malfunctions, or 
required monitoring system quality assurance or quality control 
activities that temporarily interrupt the measurement of emissions 
(e.g., calibrations, certain audits). You must report any monitoring 
system malfunctions or out of control periods in your annual deviation 
reports. You must report any monitoring system quality assurance or 
quality control activities per the requirements of Sec. 63.10031(b);
    (B) Any data collected during periods when the monitoring system is 
out of control as specified in your site-specific monitoring plan, 
repairs associated with periods when the monitoring system is out of 
control, or required monitoring system quality assurance or quality 
control activities conducted during out-of-control periods. You must 
report any monitoring system malfunctions or out of control periods in 
your annual deviation reports. You must report any monitoring system 
quality assurance or quality control activities per the requirements of 
Sec. 63.10031(b);
    (C) Any data recorded during periods of startup or shutdown.
    (ii) You must record and make available upon request results of HAP 
metals CEMS system performance audits, dates and duration of periods 
when the HAP metals CEMS is out of control to completion of the 
corrective actions necessary to return the HAP metals CEMS to operation 
consistent with your site-specific performance evaluation and quality 
control program plan.
    (k) If you demonstrate compliance with the HCl and HF emission 
limits for a liquid oil-fired EGU by conducting quarterly testing, you 
must also develop a site-specific monitoring plan as provided for in 
Sec. 63.10000(c)(2)(iii) and Table 7 to this subpart.
    (l) Should you choose to rely on paragraph (2) of the definition of 
``startup'' in Sec. 63.10042 for your EGU, you must install, verify, 
operate, maintain, and quality assure each monitoring system

[[Page 185]]

necessary for demonstrating compliance with the PM or non-mercury metals 
work practice standards required to comply with Sec. 63.10020(e).
    (1) You shall develop a site-specific monitoring plan for PM or non-
mercury metals work practice monitoring during startup periods.
    (2) You shall submit the site-specific monitoring plan upon request 
by the Administrator.
    (3) The provisions of the monitoring plan must address the following 
items:
    (i) Monitoring system installation;
    (ii) Performance and equipment specifications;
    (iii) Schedule for initial and periodic performance evaluations;
    (iv) Performance evaluation procedures and acceptance criteria;
    (v) On-going operation and maintenance procedures; and
    (vi) On-going recordkeeping and reporting procedures.
    (4) You may rely on monitoring system specifications or instructions 
or manufacturer's specifications to address paragraphs (l)(3)(i) through 
(vi) of this section.
    (5) You must operate and maintain the monitoring system according to 
the site-specific monitoring plan.

[77 FR 9464, Feb. 16, 2012, as amended at 77 FR 23404, Apr. 19, 2012; 78 
FR 24086, Apr. 24, 2013; 79 FR 68789, Nov. 19, 2014; 81 FR 20185, Apr. 
6, 2016]



Sec. 63.10011  How do I demonstrate initial compliance with the 
emissions limits and work practice standards?

    (a) You must demonstrate initial compliance with each emissions 
limit that applies to you by conducting performance testing.
    (b) If you are subject to an operating limit in Table 4 to this 
subpart, you demonstrate initial compliance with HAP metals or 
filterable PM emission limit(s) through performance stack tests and you 
elect to use a PM CPMS to demonstrate continuous performance, or if, for 
a liquid oil-fired EGU, and you use quarterly stack testing for HCl and 
HF plus site-specific parameter monitoring to demonstrate continuous 
performance, you must also establish a site-specific operating limit, in 
accordance with Sec. 63.10007 and Table 6 to this subpart. You may use 
only the parametric data recorded during successful performance tests 
(i.e., tests that demonstrate compliance with the applicable emissions 
limits) to establish an operating limit.
    (c)(1) If you use CEMS or sorbent trap monitoring systems to measure 
a HAP (e.g., Hg or HCl) directly, the initial performance test, shall 
consist of a 30-boiler operating day (or, for certain coal-fired, 
existing EGUs that use emissions averaging for Hg, a 90-boiler operating 
day) rolling average emissions rate obtained with a certified CEMS or 
sorbent trap system, expressed in units of the standard. If the 
monitoring system is certified prior to the applicable compliance date, 
the initial averaging period shall either begin with: The first boiler 
operating day on or after the compliance date; or 30 (or, if applicable, 
90) boiler operating days prior to that date, as described in Sec. 
63.10005(b). In all cases, the initial 30- or 90-boiler operating day 
averaging period must be completed on or before the date that compliance 
must be demonstrated, in accordance with Sec. 63.9984(f). Initial 
compliance is demonstrated if the results of the performance test meet 
the applicable emission limit in Table 1 or 2 to this subpart.
    (2) For an EGU that uses a CEMS to measure SO2 or PM 
emissions for initial compliance, the initial performance test shall 
consist of a 30-boiler operating day average emission rate obtained with 
certified CEMS, expressed in units of the standard. If the monitoring 
system is certified prior to the applicable compliance date, the initial 
averaging period shall either begin with: The first boiler operating day 
on or after the compliance date; or 30 boiler operating days prior to 
that date, as described in Sec. 63.10005(b). In all cases, the initial 
30- boiler operating day averaging period must be completed on or before 
the date that compliance must be demonstrated, in accordance with Sec. 
63.9984(f). Initial compliance is demonstrated if the results of the 
performance test meet the applicable SO2 or PM emission limit 
in Table 1 or 2 to this subpart.
    (d) For candidate LEE units, use the results of the performance 
testing described in Sec. 63.10005(h) to determine initial compliance 
with the applicable

[[Page 186]]

emission limit(s) in Table 1 or 2 to this subpart and to determine 
whether the unit qualifies for LEE status.
    (e) You must submit a Notification of Compliance Status containing 
the results of the initial compliance demonstration, in accordance with 
Sec. 63.10030(e).
    (f)(1) You must determine the fuel whose combustion produces the 
least uncontrolled emissions, i.e., the cleanest fuel, either natural 
gas or distillate oil, that is available on site or accessible nearby 
for use during periods of startup or shutdown.
    (2) Your cleanest fuel, either natural gas or distillate oil, for 
use during periods of startup or shutdown determination may take safety 
considerations into account.
    (g) You must follow the startup or shutdown requirements as 
established in Table 3 to this subpart for each coal-fired, liquid oil-
fired, or solid oil-derived fuel-fired EGU.
    (1) You may use the diluent cap and default gross output values, as 
described in Sec. 63.10007(f), during startup periods or shutdown 
periods.
    (2) You must operate all CMS, collect data, calculate pollutant 
emission rates, and record data during startup periods or shutdown 
periods.
    (3) You must report the information as required in Sec. 63.10031.
    (4) If you choose to use paragraph (2) of the definition of 
``startup'' in Sec. 63.10042 and you find that you are unable to safely 
engage and operate your particulate matter (PM) control(s) within 1 hour 
of first firing of coal, residual oil, or solid oil-derived fuel, you 
may choose to rely on paragraph (1) of definition of ``startup'' in 
Sec. 63.10042 or you may submit a request to use an alternative non-
opacity emissions standard, as described below.
    (i) As mentioned in Sec. 63.6(g)(1), your request will be published 
in the Federal Register for notice and comment rulemaking. Until 
promulgation in the Federal Register of the final alternative non-
opacity emission standard, you shall comply with paragraph (1) of the 
definition of ``startup'' in Sec. 63.10042. You shall not implement the 
alternative non-opacity emissions standard until promulgation in the 
Federal Register of the final alternative non-opacity emission standard.
    (ii) Your request need not address the items contained in Sec. 
63.6(g)(2).
    (iii) Your request shall provide evidence of a documented 
manufacturer-identified safety issue.
    (iv) Your request shall provide information to document that the PM 
control device is adequately designed and sized to meet the PM emission 
limit applicable to the EGU.
    (v) In addition, your request shall contain documentation that:
    (A) Your EGU is using clean fuels to the maximum extent possible, 
taking into account considerations such as not compromising boiler or 
control device integrity, to bring your EGU and PM control device up to 
the temperature necessary to alleviate or prevent the identified safety 
issues prior to the combustion of primary fuel in your EGU;
    (B) You have followed explicitly your EGU manufacturer's procedures 
to alleviate or prevent the identified safety issue; and
    (C) You have identified with specificity the details of your EGU 
manufacturer's statement of concern.
    (vi) Your request shall specify the other work practice standards 
you will take to limit HAP emissions during startup periods and shutdown 
periods to ensure a control level consistent with the work practice 
standards of the final rule.
    (vii) You must comply with all other work practice requirements, 
including but not limited to data collection, recordkeeping, and 
reporting requirements.

[77 FR 9464, Feb. 16, 2012, as amended at 77 FR 23404, Apr. 19, 2012; 79 
FR 68790, Nov. 19, 2014; 81 FR 20186, Apr. 6, 2016]

                   Continuous Compliance Requirements



Sec. 63.10020  How do I monitor and collect data to demonstrate 
continuous compliance?

    (a) You must monitor and collect data according to this section and 
the site-specific monitoring plan required by Sec. 63.10000(d).
    (b) You must operate the monitoring system and collect data at all 
required intervals at all times that the affected

[[Page 187]]

EGU is operating, except for periods of monitoring system malfunctions 
or out-of-control periods (see Sec. 63.8(c)(7) of this part), and 
required monitoring system quality assurance or quality control 
activities, including, as applicable, calibration checks and required 
zero and span adjustments. You are required to affect monitoring system 
repairs in response to monitoring system malfunctions and to return the 
monitoring system to operation as expeditiously as practicable.
    (c) You may not use data recorded during EGU startup or shutdown in 
calculations used to report emissions, except as otherwise provided in 
Sec. Sec. 63.10000(c)(1)(vi)(B) and 63.10005(a)(2)(iii). In addition, 
data recorded during monitoring system malfunctions or monitoring system 
out-of-control periods, repairs associated with monitoring system 
malfunctions or monitoring system out-of-control periods, or required 
monitoring system quality assurance or control activities may not be 
used in calculations used to report emissions or operating levels. You 
must use all of the quality-assured data collected during all other 
periods in assessing the operation of the control device and associated 
control system.
    (d) Except for periods of monitoring system malfunctions or 
monitoring system out-of-control periods, repairs associated with 
monitoring system malfunctions or monitoring system out-of-control 
periods, and required monitoring system quality assurance or quality 
control activities including, as applicable, calibration checks and 
required zero and span adjustments), failure to collect required data is 
a deviation from the monitoring requirements.
    (e) Additional requirements during startup periods or shutdown 
periods if you choose to rely on paragraph (2) of the definition of 
``startup'' in Sec. 63.10042 for your EGU.
    (1) During each period of startup, you must record for each EGU:
    (i) The date and time that clean fuels being combusted for the 
purpose of startup begins;
    (ii) The quantity and heat input of clean fuel for each hour of 
startup;
    (iii) The gross output for each hour of startup;
    (iv) The date and time that non-clean fuel combustion begins; and
    (v) The date and time that clean fuels being combusted for the 
purpose of startup ends.
    (2) During each period of shutdown, you must record for each EGU:
    (i) The date and time that clean fuels being combusted for the 
purpose of shutdown begins;
    (ii) The quantity and heat input of clean fuel for each hour of 
shutdown;
    (iii) The gross output for each hour of shutdown;
    (iv) The date and time that non-clean fuel combustion ends; and
    (v) The date and time that clean fuels being combusted for the 
purpose of shutdown ends.
    (3) For PM or non-mercury HAP metals work practice monitoring during 
startup periods, you must monitor and collect data according to this 
section and the site-specific monitoring plan required by Sec. 
63.10010(l).
    (i) Except for an EGU that uses PM CEMS or PM CPMS to demonstrate 
compliance with the PM emissions limit, or that has LEE status for 
filterable PM or total non-Hg HAP metals for non- liquid oil-fired EGUs 
(or HAP metals emissions for liquid oil-fired EGUs), or individual non-
mercury metals CEMS, you must:
    (A) Record temperature and combustion air flow or calculated flow as 
determined from combustion equations of post-combustion (exhaust) gas, 
as well as amperage of forced draft fan(s), upstream of the filterable 
PM control devices during each hour of startup.
    (B) Record temperature and flow of exhaust gas, as well as amperage 
of any induced draft fan(s), downstream of the filterable PM control 
devices during each hour of startup.
    (C) For an EGU with an electrostatic precipitator, record the number 
of fields in service, as well as each field's secondary voltage and 
secondary current during each hour of startup.
    (D) For an EGU with a fabric filter, record the number of 
compartments in service, as well as the differential pressure across the 
baghouse during each hour of startup.

[[Page 188]]

    (E) For an EGU with a wet scrubber needed for filterable PM control, 
record the scrubber liquid to flue gas ratio and the pressure drop 
across the scrubber during each hour of startup.
    (ii) [Reserved]

[77 FR 9464, Feb. 16, 2012, as amended at 77 FR 23404, Apr. 19, 2012; 79 
FR 68790, Nov. 19, 2014; 81 FR 20187, Apr. 6, 2016]



Sec. 63.10021  How do I demonstrate continuous compliance with the 
emission limitations, operating limits, and work practice standards?

    (a) You must demonstrate continuous compliance with each emissions 
limit, operating limit, and work practice standard in Tables 1 through 4 
to this subpart that applies to you, according to the monitoring 
specified in Tables 6 and 7 to this subpart and paragraphs (b) through 
(g) of this section.
    (b) Except as otherwise provided in Sec. 63.10020(c), if you use a 
CEMS to measure SO2, PM, HCl, HF, or Hg emissions, or using a 
sorbent trap monitoring system to measure Hg emissions, you must 
demonstrate continuous compliance by using all quality-assured hourly 
data recorded by the CEMS (or sorbent trap monitoring system) and the 
other required monitoring systems (e.g., flow rate, CO2, 
O2, or moisture systems) to calculate the arithmetic average 
emissions rate in units of the standard on a continuous 30-boiler 
operating day (or, if alternate emissions averaging is used for Hg, 90-
boiler operating day) rolling average basis, updated at the end of each 
new boiler operating day. Use Equation 8 to determine the 30- (or, if 
applicable, 90-) boiler operating day rolling average.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR19AP12.002

Where:

Heri is the hourly emissions rate for hour i and n is the 
          number of hourly emissions rate values collected over 30- (or, 
          if applicable, 90-) boiler operating days.

    (c) If you use a PM CPMS data to measure compliance with an 
operating limit in Table 4 to this subpart, you must record the PM CPMS 
output data for all periods when the process is operating and the PM 
CPMS is not out-of-control. You must demonstrate continuous compliance 
by using all quality-assured hourly average data collected by the PM 
CPMS for all operating hours to calculate the arithmetic average 
operating parameter in units of the operating limit (e.g., milliamps, PM 
concentration, raw data signal) on a 30 operating day rolling average 
basis, updated at the end of each new boiler operating day. Use Equation 
9 to determine the 30 boiler operating day average.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR16FE12.010

Where:

Hpvi is the hourly parameter value for hour i and n is the 
          number of valid hourly parameter values collected over 30 
          boiler operating days.

    (1) For any exceedance of the 30-boiler operating day PM CPMS 
average value from the established operating parameter limit for an EGU 
subject to the emissions limits in Table 1 to this subpart, you must:
    (i) Within 48 hours of the exceedance, visually inspect the air 
pollution control device (APCD);
    (ii) If the inspection of the APCD identifies the cause of the 
exceedance,

[[Page 189]]

take corrective action as soon as possible, and return the PM CPMS 
measurement to within the established value; and
    (iii) Within 45 days of the exceedance or at the time of the annual 
compliance test, whichever comes first, conduct a PM emissions 
compliance test to determine compliance with the PM emissions limit and 
to verify or re-establish the CPMS operating limit. You are not required 
to conduct any additional testing for any exceedances that occur between 
the time of the original exceedance and the PM emissions compliance test 
required under this paragraph.
    (2) PM CPMS exceedances of the operating limit for an EGU subject to 
the emissions limits in Table 1 of this subpart leading to more than 
four required performance tests in a 12-month period (rolling monthly) 
constitute a separate violation of this subpart.
    (d) If you use quarterly performance testing to demonstrate 
compliance with one or more applicable emissions limits in Table 1 or 2 
to this subpart, you
    (1) May skip performance testing in those quarters during which less 
than 168 boiler operating hours occur, except that a performance test 
must be conducted at least once every calendar year.
    (2) Must conduct the performance test as defined in Table 5 to this 
subpart and calculate the results of the testing in units of the 
applicable emissions standard; and
    (3) Must conduct site-specific monitoring using CMS to demonstrate 
compliance with the site-specific monitoring requirements in Table 7 to 
this subpart pertaining to HCl and HF emissions from a liquid oil-fired 
EGU to ensure compliance with the HCl and HF emission limits in Tables 1 
and 2 to this subpart, in accordance with the requirements of Sec. 
63.10000(c)(2)(iii). The monitoring must meet the general operating 
requirements provided in Sec. 63.10020.
    (e) Conduct periodic performance tune-ups of your EGU(s), as 
specified in paragraphs (e)(1) through (9) of this section. For your 
first tune-up, you may perform the burner inspection any time prior to 
the tune-up or you may delay the first burner inspection until the next 
scheduled EGU outage provided you meet the requirements of Sec. 
63.10005. Subsequently, you must perform an inspection of the burner at 
least once every 36 calendar months unless your EGU employs neural 
network combustion optimization during normal operations in which case 
you must perform an inspection of the burner and combustion controls at 
least once every 48 calendar months. If your EGU is offline when a 
deadline to perform the tune-up passes, you shall perform the tune-up 
work practice requirements within 30 days after the re-start of the 
affected unit.
    (1) As applicable, inspect the burner and combustion controls, and 
clean or replace any components of the burner or combustion controls as 
necessary upon initiation of the work practice program and at least once 
every required inspection period. Repair of a burner or combustion 
control component requiring special order parts may be scheduled as 
follows:
    (i) Burner or combustion control component parts needing replacement 
that affect the ability to optimize NOX and CO must be 
installed within 3 calendar months after the burner inspection,
    (ii) Burner or combustion control component parts that do not affect 
the ability to optimize NOX and CO may be installed on a 
schedule determined by the operator;
    (2) As applicable, inspect the flame pattern and make any 
adjustments to the burner or combustion controls necessary to optimize 
the flame pattern. The adjustment should be consistent with the 
manufacturer's specifications, if available, or in accordance with best 
combustion engineering practice for that burner type;
    (3) As applicable, observe the damper operations as a function of 
mill and/or cyclone loadings, cyclone and pulverizer coal feeder 
loadings, or other pulverizer and coal mill performance parameters, 
making adjustments and effecting repair to dampers, controls, mills, 
pulverizers, cyclones, and sensors;
    (4) As applicable, evaluate windbox pressures and air proportions, 
making adjustments and effecting repair to

[[Page 190]]

dampers, actuators, controls, and sensors;
    (5) Inspect the system controlling the air-to-fuel ratio and ensure 
that it is correctly calibrated and functioning properly. Such 
inspection may include calibrating excess O2 probes and/or 
sensors, adjusting overfire air systems, changing software parameters, 
and calibrating associated actuators and dampers to ensure that the 
systems are operated as designed. Any component out of calibration, in 
or near failure, or in a state that is likely to negate combustion 
optimization efforts prior to the next tune-up, should be corrected or 
repaired as necessary;
    (6) Optimize combustion to minimize generation of CO and 
NOX. This optimization should be consistent with the 
manufacturer's specifications, if available, or best combustion 
engineering practice for the applicable burner type. NOX 
optimization includes burners, overfire air controls, concentric firing 
system improvements, neural network or combustion efficiency software, 
control systems calibrations, adjusting combustion zone temperature 
profiles, and add-on controls such as SCR and SNCR; CO optimization 
includes burners, overfire air controls, concentric firing system 
improvements, neural network or combustion efficiency software, control 
systems calibrations, and adjusting combustion zone temperature 
profiles;
    (7) While operating at full load or the predominantly operated load, 
measure the concentration in the effluent stream of CO and 
NOX in ppm, by volume, and oxygen in volume percent, before 
and after the tune-up adjustments are made (measurements may be either 
on a dry or wet basis, as long as it is the same basis before and after 
the adjustments are made). You may use portable CO, NOX and 
O2 monitors for this measurement. EGU's employing neural 
network optimization systems need only provide a single pre- and post-
tune-up value rather than continual values before and after each 
optimization adjustment made by the system;
    (8) Maintain on-site and submit, if requested by the Administrator, 
an annual report containing the information in paragraphs (e)(1) through 
(e)(9) of this section including:
    (i) The concentrations of CO and NOX in the effluent 
stream in ppm by volume, and oxygen in volume percent, measured before 
and after an adjustment of the EGU combustion systems;
    (ii) A description of any corrective actions taken as a part of the 
combustion adjustment; and
    (iii) The type(s) and amount(s) of fuel used over the 12 calendar 
months prior to an adjustment, but only if the unit was physically and 
legally capable of using more than one type of fuel during that period; 
and
    (9) Report the dates of the initial and subsequent tune-ups in hard 
copy, as specified in Sec. 63.10031(f)(5), through June 30, 2020. On or 
after July 1, 2020, report the date of all tune-ups electronically, in 
accordance with Sec. 63.10031(f). The tune-up report date is the date 
when tune-up requirements in paragraphs (e)(6) and (7) of this section 
are completed.
    (f) You must submit the reports required under Sec. 63.10031 and, 
if applicable, the reports required under appendices A and B to this 
subpart. The electronic reports required by appendices A and B to this 
subpart must be sent to the Administrator electronically in a format 
prescribed by the Administrator, as provided in Sec. 63.10031. CEMS 
data (except for PM CEMS and any approved alternative monitoring using a 
HAP metals CEMS) shall be submitted using EPA's Emissions Collection and 
Monitoring Plan System (ECMPS) Client Tool. Other data, including PM 
CEMS data, HAP metals CEMS data, and CEMS performance test detail 
reports, shall be submitted in the file format generated through use of 
EPA's Electronic Reporting Tool, the Compliance and Emissions Data 
Reporting Interface, or alternate electronic file format, all as 
provided for under Sec. 63.10031.
    (g) You must report each instance in which you did not meet an 
applicable emissions limit or operating limit in Tables 1 through 4 to 
this subpart or failed to conduct a required tune-up. These instances 
are deviations from the requirements of this subpart. These deviations 
must be reported according to Sec. 63.10031.

[[Page 191]]

    (h) You must follow the startup or shutdown requirements as given in 
Table 3 to this subpart for each coal-fired, liquid oil-fired, or solid 
oil-derived fuel-fired EGU.
    (1) You may use the diluent cap and default gross output values, as 
described in Sec. 63.10007(f), during startup periods or shutdown 
periods.
    (2) You must operate all CMS, collect data, calculate pollutant 
emission rates, and record data during startup periods or shutdown 
periods.
    (3) You must report the information as required in Sec. 63.10031.
    (4) You may choose to submit an alternative non-opacity emission 
standard, in accordance with the requirements contained in Sec. 
63.10011(g)(4). Until promulgation in the Federal Register of the final 
alternative non-opacity emission standard, you shall comply with 
paragraph (1) of the definition of ``startup'' in Sec. 63.10042.
    (i) You must provide reports as specified in Sec. 63.10031 
concerning activities and periods of startup and shutdown.

[77 FR 9464, Feb. 16, 2012, as amended at 77 FR 23404, Apr. 19, 2012; 78 
FR 24086, Apr. 24, 2013; 79 FR 68791, Nov. 19, 2014; 81 FR 20187, Apr. 
6, 2016; 82 FR 16739, Apr. 6, 2017; 83 FR 30883, July 2, 2018]



Sec. 63.10022  How do I demonstrate continuous compliance under 
the emissions averaging provision?

    (a) Following the compliance date, the owner or operator must 
demonstrate compliance with this subpart on a continuous basis by 
meeting the requirements of paragraphs (a)(1) through (4) of this 
section.
    (1) For each 30- (or 90-) day rolling average period, demonstrate 
compliance with the average weighted emissions limit for the existing 
units participating in the emissions averaging option as determined in 
Sec. 63.10009(f) and (g);
    (2) For each existing unit participating in the emissions averaging 
option that is equipped with PM CPMS, maintain the average parameter 
value at or below the operating limit established during the most recent 
performance test;
    (3) For each existing unit participating in the emissions averaging 
option venting to a common stack configuration containing affected units 
from other subcategories, maintain the appropriate operating limit for 
each unit as specified in Table 4 to this subpart that applies.
    (4) For each existing EGU participating in the emissions averaging 
option, operate in accordance with the startup or shutdown work practice 
requirements given in Table 3 to this subpart.
    (b) Any instance where the owner or operator fails to comply with 
the continuous monitoring requirements in paragraphs (a)(1) through (3) 
of this section is a deviation.

[77 FR 9464, Feb. 16, 2012, as amended at 77 FR 23404, Apr. 19, 2012; 79 
FR 68791, Nov. 19, 2014]



Sec. 63.10023  How do I establish my PM CPMS operating limit 
and determine compliance with it?

    (a) During the initial performance test or any such subsequent 
performance test that demonstrates compliance with the filterable PM, 
individual non-mercury HAP metals, or total non-mercury HAP metals limit 
(or for liquid oil-fired units, individual HAP metals or total HAP 
metals limit, including Hg) in Table 1 or 2, record all hourly average 
output values (e.g., milliamps, stack concentration, or other raw data 
signal) from the PM CPMS for the periods corresponding to the test runs 
(e.g., nine 1-hour average PM CPMS output values for three 3-hour test 
runs).
    (b) Determine your operating limit as provided in paragraph (b)(1) 
or (b)(2) of this section. You must verify an existing or establish a 
new operating limit after each repeated performance test.
    (1) [Reserved]
    (2) Determine your operating limit as follows:
    (i) If your PM performance test demonstrates your PM emissions do 
not exceed 75 percent of your emissions limit, you will use the average 
PM CPMS value recorded during the PM compliance test, the milliamp 
equivalent of zero output from your PM CPMS, and the average PM result 
of your compliance test to establish your operating limit. Calculate the 
operating limit by establishing a relationship of PM CPMS signal to PM 
concentration

[[Page 192]]

using the PM CPMS instrument zero, the average PM CPMS values 
corresponding to the three compliance test runs, and the average PM 
concentration from the Method 5 compliance test with the procedures in 
(b)(2)(i)(A) through (D) of this section.
    (A) Determine your PM CPMS instrument zero output with one of the 
following procedures.
    (1) Zero point data for in-situ instruments should be obtained by 
removing the instrument from the stack and monitoring ambient air on a 
test bench.
    (2) Zero point data for extractive instruments should be obtained by 
removing the extractive probe from the stack and drawing in clean 
ambient air.
    (3) The zero point can also can be obtained by performing manual 
reference method measurements when the flue gas is free of PM emissions 
or contains very low PM concentrations (e.g., when your process is not 
operating, but the fans are operating or your source is combusting only 
natural gas) and plotting these with the compliance data to find the 
zero intercept.
    (4) If none of the steps in paragraphs (A)(1) through (3) of this 
section are possible, you must use a zero output value provided by the 
manufacturer.
    (B) Determine your PM CPMS instrument average (x) in milliamps, and 
the average of your corresponding three PM compliance test runs (y), 
using equation 10.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR24AP13.010


Where:

Xi = the PM CPMS data points for run i of the performance 
          test,
Yi = the PM emissions value (in lb/MWh) for run i of the 
          performance test, and
n = the number of data points.

    (C) With your PM CPMS instrument zero expressed in milliamps, your 
three run average PM CPMS milliamp value, and your three run average PM 
emissions value (in lb/MWh) from your compliance runs, determine a 
relationship of PM lb/MWh per milliamp with equation 11.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR24AP13.011


Where:

R = the relative PM lb/MWh per milliamp for your PM CPMS,
y = the three run average PM lb/MWh,
yx = the three run average milliamp output from your PM CPMS, and
z = the milliamp equivalent of your instrument zero determined from 
          (b)(2)(i)(A) of this section.

    (D) Determine your source specific 30-day rolling average operating 
limit using the PM lb/MWh per milliamp value from equation 11 in 
equation 12, below. This sets your operating limit at the PM CPMS output 
value corresponding to 75 percent of your emission limit.

[[Page 193]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR24AP13.012


Where:

OL = the operating limit for your PM CPMS on a 30-day rolling 
          average, in milliamps,
L = your source PM emissions limit in lb/MWh,
z = your instrument zero in milliamps, determined from (b)(2)(i)(A) of 
          this section, and
R = the relative PM lb/MWh per milliamp for your PM CPMS, from equation 
          11.

    (ii) If your PM compliance test demonstrates your PM emissions 
exceed 75 percent of your emissions limit, you will use the average PM 
CPMS value recorded during the PM compliance test demonstrating 
compliance with the PM limit to establish your operating limit.
    (A) Determine your operating limit by averaging the PM CPMS milliamp 
output corresponding to your three PM performance test runs that 
demonstrate compliance with the emission limit using equation 13.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR24AP13.013


Where:

Xi = the PM CPMS data points for all runs i,
n = the number of data points, and
Oh = your site specific operating limit, in milliamps.

    (iii) Your PM CPMS must provide a 4-20 milliamp output and the 
establishment of its relationship to manual reference method 
measurements must be determined in units of milliamps.
    (iv) Your PM CPMS operating range must be capable of reading PM 
concentrations from zero to a level equivalent to two times your 
allowable emission limit. If your PM CPMS is an auto-ranging instrument 
capable of multiple scales, the primary range of the instrument must be 
capable of reading PM concentration from zero to a level equivalent to 
two times your allowable emission limit.
    (v) During the initial performance test or any such subsequent 
performance test that demonstrates compliance with the PM limit, record 
and average all milliamp output values from the PM CPMS for the periods 
corresponding to the compliance test runs.
    (vi) For PM performance test reports used to set a PM CPMS operating 
limit, the electronic submission of the test report must also include 
the make and model of the PM CPMS instrument, serial number of the 
instrument, analytical principle of the instrument (e.g. beta 
attenuation), span of the instruments primary analytical range, milliamp 
value equivalent to the instrument zero output, technique by which this 
zero value was determined, and the average milliamp signal corresponding 
to each PM compliance test run.
    (c) You must operate and maintain your process and control equipment 
such that the 30 operating day average PM CPMS output does not exceed 
the operating limit determined in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this 
section.

[77 FR 9464, Feb. 16, 2012, as amended at 78 FR 24086, Apr. 24, 2013; 81 
FR 20187, Apr. 6, 2016]

                   Notification, Reports, and Records



Sec. 63.10030  What notifications must I submit and when?

    (a) You must submit all of the notifications in Sec. Sec. 63.7(b) 
and (c), 63.8 (e), (f)(4) and (6), and 63.9 (b) through (h) that apply 
to you by the dates specified.

[[Page 194]]

    (b) As specified in Sec. 63.9(b)(2), if you startup your EGU that 
is an affected source before April 16, 2012, you must submit an Initial 
Notification not later than 120 days after April 16, 2012.
    (c) As specified in Sec. 63.9(b)(4) and (b)(5), if you startup your 
new or reconstructed EGU that is an affected source on or after April 
16, 2012, you must submit an Initial Notification not later than 15 days 
after the actual date of startup of the EGU that is an affected source.
    (d) When you are required to conduct a performance test, you must 
submit a Notification of Intent to conduct a performance test at least 
30 days before the performance test is scheduled to begin.
    (e) When you are required to conduct an initial compliance 
demonstration as specified in Sec. 63.10011(a), you must submit a 
Notification of Compliance Status according to Sec. 63.9(h)(2)(ii). The 
Notification of Compliance Status report must contain all the 
information specified in paragraphs (e)(1) through (8) of this section, 
as applicable.
    (1) A description of the affected source(s), including 
identification of the subcategory of the source, the design capacity of 
the source, a description of the add-on controls used on the source, 
description of the fuel(s) burned, including whether the fuel(s) were 
determined by you or EPA through a petition process to be a non-waste 
under 40 CFR 241.3, whether the fuel(s) were processed from discarded 
non-hazardous secondary materials within the meaning of 40 CFR 241.3, 
and justification for the selection of fuel(s) burned during the 
performance test.
    (2) Summary of the results of all performance tests and fuel 
analyses and calculations conducted to demonstrate initial compliance 
including all established operating limits.
    (3) Identification of whether you plan to demonstrate compliance 
with each applicable emission limit through performance testing; fuel 
moisture analyses; performance testing with operating limits (e.g., use 
of PM CPMS); CEMS; or a sorbent trap monitoring system.
    (4) Identification of whether you plan to demonstrate compliance by 
emissions averaging.
    (5) A signed certification that you have met all applicable emission 
limits and work practice standards.
    (6) If you had a deviation from any emission limit, work practice 
standard, or operating limit, you must also submit a brief description 
of the deviation, the duration of the deviation, emissions point 
identification, and the cause of the deviation in the Notification of 
Compliance Status report.
    (7) In addition to the information required in Sec. 63.9(h)(2), 
your notification of compliance status must include the following:
    (i) A summary of the results of the annual performance tests and 
documentation of any operating limits that were reestablished during 
this test, if applicable. If you are conducting stack tests once every 3 
years consistent with Sec. 63.10005(h)(1)(i), the date of each stack 
test conducted during the previous 3 years, a comparison of emission 
level you achieved in each stack test conducted during the previous 3 
years to the 50 percent emission limit threshold required in Sec. 
63.10006(i), and a statement as to whether there have been any 
operational changes since the last stack test that could increase 
emissions.
    (ii) Certifications of compliance, as applicable, and must be signed 
by a responsible official stating:
    (A) ``This EGU complies with the requirements in Sec. 63.10021(a) 
to demonstrate continuous compliance.'' and
    (B) ``No secondary materials that are solid waste were combusted in 
any affected unit.''
    (iii) For each of your existing EGUs, identification of each 
emissions limit as specified in Table 2 to this subpart with which you 
plan to comply.
    (A) You may switch from a mass per heat input to a mass per gross 
output limit (or vice-versa), provided that:
    (1) You submit a request that identifies for each EGU or EGU 
emissions averaging group involved in the proposed switch both the 
current and proposed emission limit;
    (2) Your request arrives to the Administrator at least 30 calendar 
days prior to the date that the switch is proposed to occur;
    (3) Your request demonstrates through performance stack test results

[[Page 195]]

completed within 30 days prior to your submission, compliance for each 
EGU or EGU emissions averaging group with both the mass per heat input 
and mass per gross output limits;
    (4) You revise and submit all other applicable plans, e.g., 
monitoring and emissions averaging, with your request; and
    (5) You maintain records of all information regarding your choice of 
emission limits.
    (B) You begin to use the revised emission limits starting in the 
next reporting period, after receipt of written acknowledgement from the 
Administrator of the switch.
    (C) From submission of your request until start of the next 
reporting period after receipt of written acknowledgement from the 
Administrator of the switch, you demonstrate compliance with both the 
mass per heat input and mass per gross output emission limits for each 
pollutant for each EGU or EGU emissions averaging group.
    (8) Identification of whether you plan to rely on paragraph (1) or 
(2) of the definition of ``startup'' in Sec. 63.10042.
    (i) Should you choose to rely on paragraph (2) of the definition of 
``startup'' in Sec. 63.10042 for your EGU, you shall include a report 
that identifies:
    (A) The original EGU installation date;
    (B) The original EGU design characteristics, including, but not 
limited to, fuel mix and PM controls;
    (C) Each design PM control device efficiency established during 
performance testing or while operating in periods other than startup and 
shutdown periods;
    (D) The design PM emission rate from the EGU in terms of pounds PM 
per MMBtu and pounds PM per hour established during performance testing 
or while operating in periods other than startup and shutdown periods;
    (E) The design time from start of fuel combustion to necessary 
conditions for each PM control device startup;
    (F) Each design PM control device efficiency upon startup of the PM 
control device, if different from the efficiency provided in paragraph 
(e)(8)(i)(C) of this section;
    (G) Current EGU PM producing characteristics, including, but not 
limited to, fuel mix and PM controls, if different from the 
characteristics provided in paragraph (e)(8)(i)(B) of this section;
    (H) Current PM control device efficiency from each PM control 
device, if different from the efficiency provided in paragraph 
(e)(8)(i)(C) of this section;
    (I) Current PM emission rate from the EGU in terms of pounds PM per 
MMBtu and pounds per hour, if different from the rate provided in 
paragraph (e)(8)(i)(D) of this section;
    (J) Current time from start of fuel combustion to conditions 
necessary for each PM control device startup, if different from the time 
provided in paragraph (e)(8)(i)(E) of this section; and
    (K) Current PM control device efficiency upon startup of each PM 
control device, if different from the efficiency provided in paragraph 
(e)(8)(i)(H) of this section.
    (ii) The report shall be prepared, signed, and sealed by a 
professional engineer licensed in the state where your EGU is located.
    (iii) You may switch from paragraph (1) of the definition of 
``startup'' in Sec. 63.10042 to paragraph (2) of the definition of 
``startup'' (or vice-versa), provided that:
    (A) You submit a request that identifies for each EGU or EGU 
emissions averaging group involved in the proposed switch both the 
current definition of ``startup'' relied on and the proposed definition 
you plan to rely on;
    (B) Your request arrives to the Administrator at least 30 calendar 
days prior to the date that the switch is proposed to occur;
    (C) You revise and submit all other applicable plans, e.g., 
monitoring and emissions averaging, with your submission;
    (D) You maintain records of all information regarding your choice of 
the definition of ``startup''; and
    (E) You begin to use the revised definition of ``startup'' in the 
next reporting period after receipt of written acknowledgement from the 
Administrator of the switch.

[[Page 196]]

    (f) You must submit the notifications in Sec. 63.10000(h)(2) and 
(i)(2) that may apply to you by the dates specified.

[77 FR 9464, Feb. 16, 2012, as amended at 77 FR 23404, Apr. 19, 2012; 78 
FR 24087, Apr. 24, 2013; 79 FR 68791, Nov. 19, 2014; 81 FR 20187, Apr. 
6, 2016]



Sec. 63.10031  What reports must I submit and when?

    (a) You must submit each report in Table 8 to this subpart that 
applies to you. If you are required to (or elect to) continuously 
monitor Hg and/or HCl and/or HF emissions, you must also submit the 
electronic reports required under appendix A and/or appendix B to the 
subpart, at the specified frequency.
    (b) Unless the Administrator has approved a different schedule for 
submission of reports under Sec. 63.10(a), you must submit each report 
by the date in Table 8 to this subpart and according to the requirements 
in paragraphs (b)(1) through (5) of this section.
    (1) The first compliance report must cover the period beginning on 
the compliance date that is specified for your affected source in Sec. 
63.9984 and ending on June 30 or December 31, whichever date is the 
first date that occurs at least 180 days after the compliance date that 
is specified for your source in Sec. 63.9984.
    (2) The first compliance report must be postmarked or submitted 
electronically no later than July 31 or January 31, whichever date is 
the first date following the end of the first calendar half after the 
compliance date that is specified for your source in Sec. 63.9984.
    (3) Each subsequent compliance report must cover the semiannual 
reporting period from January 1 through June 30 or the semiannual 
reporting period from July 1 through December 31.
    (4) Each subsequent compliance report must be postmarked or 
submitted electronically no later than July 31 or January 31, whichever 
date is the first date following the end of the semiannual reporting 
period.
    (5) For each affected source that is subject to permitting 
regulations pursuant to part 70 or part 71 of this chapter, and if the 
permitting authority has established dates for submitting semiannual 
reports pursuant to 40 CFR 70.6(a)(3)(iii)(A) or 40 CFR 
71.6(a)(3)(iii)(A), you may submit the first and subsequent compliance 
reports according to the dates the permitting authority has established 
instead of according to the dates in paragraphs (b)(1) through (4) of 
this section.
    (c) The compliance report must contain the information required in 
paragraphs (c)(1) through (9) of this section.
    (1) The information required by the summary report located in 
63.10(e)(3)(vi).
    (2) The total fuel use by each affected source subject to an 
emission limit, for each calendar month within the semiannual reporting 
period, including, but not limited to, a description of the fuel, 
whether the fuel has received a non-waste determination by EPA or your 
basis for concluding that the fuel is not a waste, and the total fuel 
usage amount with units of measure.
    (3) Indicate whether you burned new types of fuel during the 
reporting period. If you did burn new types of fuel you must include the 
date of the performance test where that fuel was in use.
    (4) Include the date of the most recent tune-up for each EGU. The 
date of the tune-up is the date the tune-up provisions specified in 
Sec. 63.10021(e)(6) and (7) were completed.
    (5) Should you choose to rely on paragraph (2) of the definition of 
``startup'' in Sec. 63.10042 for your EGU, for each instance of startup 
or shutdown you shall:
    (i) Include the maximum clean fuel storage capacity and the maximum 
hourly heat input that can be provided for each clean fuel determined 
according to the requirements of Sec. 63.10032(f).
    (ii) Include the information required to be monitored, collected, or 
recorded according to the requirements of Sec. 63.10020(e).
    (iii) If you choose to use CEMS to demonstrate compliance with 
numerical limits, include hourly average CEMS values and hourly average 
flow values during startup periods or shutdown periods. Use units of 
milligrams per cubic meter for PM CEMS values, micrograms per cubic 
meter for Hg CEMS values, and ppmv for HCl, HF, or

[[Page 197]]

SO2 CEMS values. Use units of standard cubic meters per hour 
on a wet basis for flow values.
    (iv) If you choose to use a separate sorbent trap measurement system 
for startup or shutdown reporting periods, include hourly average 
mercury concentration values in terms of micrograms per cubic meter.
    (v) If you choose to use a PM CPMS, include hourly average operating 
parameter values in terms of the operating limit, as well as the 
operating parameter to PM correlation equation.
    (6) You must report emergency bypass information annually from EGUs 
with LEE status.
    (7) A summary of the results of the annual performance tests and 
documentation of any operating limits that were reestablished during the 
test, if applicable. If you are conducting stack tests once every 3 
years to maintain LEE status, consistent with Sec. 63.10006(b), the 
date of each stack test conducted during the previous 3 years, a 
comparison of emission level you achieved in each stack test conducted 
during the previous 3 years to the 50 percent emission limit threshold 
required in Sec. 63.10005(h)(1)(i), and a statement as to whether there 
have been any operational changes since the last stack test that could 
increase emissions.
    (8) A certification.
    (9) If you have a deviation from any emission limit, work practice 
standard, or operating limit, you must also submit a brief description 
of the deviation, the duration of the deviation, emissions point 
identification, and the cause of the deviation.
    (d) For each excess emissions occurring at an affected source where 
you are using a CMS to comply with that emission limit or operating 
limit, you must include the information required in Sec. 63.10(e)(3)(v) 
in the compliance report specified in section (c).
    (e) Each affected source that has obtained a Title V operating 
permit pursuant to part 70 or part 71 of this chapter must report all 
deviations as defined in this subpart in the semiannual monitoring 
report required by 40 CFR 70.6(a)(3)(iii)(A) or 40 CFR 
71.6(a)(3)(iii)(A). If an affected source submits a compliance report 
pursuant to Table 8 to this subpart along with, or as part of, the 
semiannual monitoring report required by 40 CFR 70.6(a)(3)(iii)(A) or 40 
CFR 71.6(a)(3)(iii)(A), and the compliance report includes all required 
information concerning deviations from any emission limit, operating 
limit, or work practice requirement in this subpart, submission of the 
compliance report satisfies any obligation to report the same deviations 
in the semiannual monitoring report. Submission of a compliance report 
does not otherwise affect any obligation the affected source may have to 
report deviations from permit requirements to the permit authority.
    (f) On or after July 1, 2020, within 60 days after the date of 
completing each performance test, you must submit the performance test 
reports required by this subpart to the EPA's WebFIRE database by using 
the Compliance and Emissions Data Reporting Interface (CEDRI) that is 
accessed through the EPA's Central Data Exchange (CDX) (https://
cdx.epa.gov). Performance test data must be submitted in the file format 
generated through use of EPA's Electronic Reporting Tool (ERT) (see 
https://www.epa.gov/ttn/chief/ert/index.html). Only data collected using 
those test methods on the ERT website are subject to this requirement 
for submitting reports electronically to WebFIRE. Owners or operators 
who claim that some of the information being submitted for performance 
tests is confidential business information (CBI) must submit a complete 
ERT file including information claimed to be CBI on a compact disk or 
other commonly used electronic storage media (including, but not limited 
to, flash drives) to EPA. The electronic media must be clearly marked as 
CBI and mailed to U.S. EPA/OAPQS/CORE CBI Office, Attention: WebFIRE 
Administrator, MD C404-02, 4930 Old Page Rd., Durham, NC 27703. The same 
ERT file with the CBI omitted must be submitted to EPA via CDX as 
described earlier in this paragraph. At the discretion of the delegated 
authority, you must also submit these reports, including the 
confidential business information, to the delegated authority in the

[[Page 198]]

format specified by the delegated authority.
    (1) On or after July 1, 2020, within 60 days after the date of 
completing each CEMS (SO2, PM, HCl, HF, and Hg) performance 
evaluation test, as defined in Sec. 63.2 and required by this subpart, 
you must submit the relative accuracy test audit (RATA) data (or, for PM 
CEMS, RCA and RRA data) required by this subpart to EPA's WebFIRE 
database by using CEDRI that is accessed through EPA's CDX (https://
cdx.epa.gov). The RATA data shall be submitted in the file format 
generated through use of EPA's Electronic Reporting Tool (ERT) (https://
www.epa.gov/ttn/chief/ert/index.html). Only RATA data compounds listed 
on the ERT website are subject to this requirement. Owners or operators 
who claim that some of the information being submitted for RATAs is 
confidential business information (CBI) shall submit a complete ERT file 
including information claimed to be CBI on a compact disk or other 
commonly used electronic storage media (including, but not limited to, 
flash drives) by registered letter to EPA and the same ERT file with the 
CBI omitted to EPA via CDX as described earlier in this paragraph. The 
compact disk or other commonly used electronic storage media shall be 
clearly marked as CBI and mailed to U.S. EPA/OAPQS/CORE CBI Office, 
Attention: WebFIRE Administrator, MD C404-02, 4930 Old Page Rd., Durham, 
NC 27703. At the discretion of the delegated authority, owners or 
operators shall also submit these RATAs to the delegated authority in 
the format specified by the delegated authority. Owners or operators 
shall submit calibration error testing, drift checks, and other 
information required in the performance evaluation as described in Sec. 
63.2 and as required in this chapter.
    (2) On or after July 1, 2020, for a PM CEMS, PM CPMS, or approved 
alternative monitoring using a HAP metals CEMS, within 60 days after the 
reporting periods ending on March 31st, June 30th, September 30th, and 
December 31st, you must submit quarterly reports to the EPA's WebFIRE 
database by using the CEDRI that is accessed through the EPA's CDX 
(https://cdx.epa.gov). You must use the appropriate electronic reporting 
form in CEDRI or provide an alternate electronic file consistent with 
EPA's reporting form output format. For each reporting period, the 
quarterly reports must include all of the calculated 30-boiler operating 
day rolling average values derived from the CEMS and PM CPMS.
    (3) Reports for an SO2 CEMS, a Hg CEMS or sorbent trap 
monitoring system, an HCl or HF CEMS, and any supporting monitors for 
such systems (such as a diluent or moisture monitor) shall be submitted 
using the ECMPS Client Tool, as provided for in Appendices A and B to 
this subpart and Sec. 63.10021(f).
    (4) On or after July 1, 2020, submit the compliance reports required 
under paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section and the notification of 
compliance status required under Sec. 63.10030(e) to the EPA's WebFIRE 
database by using the CEDRI that is accessed through the EPA's CDX 
(https://cdx.epa.gov). You must use the appropriate electronic reporting 
form in CEDRI or provide an alternate electronic file consistent with 
EPA's reporting form output format.
    (5) All reports required by this subpart not subject to the 
requirements in paragraphs (f) introductory text and (f)(1) through (4) 
of this section must be sent to the Administrator at the appropriate 
address listed in Sec. 63.13. If acceptable to both the Administrator 
and the owner or operator of an EGU, these reports may be submitted on 
electronic media. The Administrator retains the right to require 
submittal of reports subject to paragraphs (f) introductory text and 
(f)(1) through (4) of this section in paper format.
    (6) Prior to July 1, 2020, all reports subject to electronic 
submittal in paragraphs (f) introductory text, (f)(1), (2), and (4) of 
this section shall be submitted to the EPA at the frequency specified in 
those paragraphs in electronic portable document format (PDF) using the 
ECMPS Client Tool. Each PDF version of a submitted report must include 
sufficient information to assess compliance and to demonstrate that the 
testing was done properly. The following data elements must be entered 
into the ECMPS Client Tool at

[[Page 199]]

the time of submission of each PDF file:
    (i) The facility name, physical address, mailing address (if 
different from the physical address), and county;
    (ii) The ORIS code (or equivalent ID number assigned by EPA's Clean 
Air Markets Division (CAMD)) and the Facility Registry System (FRS) ID;
    (iii) The EGU (or EGUs) to which the report applies. Report the EGU 
IDs as they appear in the CAMD Business System;
    (iv) If any of the EGUs in paragraph (f)(6)(iii) of this section 
share a common stack, indicate which EGUs share the stack. If emissions 
data are monitored and reported at the common stack according to part 75 
of this chapter, report the ID number of the common stack as it is 
represented in the electronic monitoring plan required under Sec. 75.53 
of this chapter;
    (v) If any of the EGUs described in paragraph (f)(6)(iii) of this 
section are in an averaging plan under Sec. 63.10009, indicate which 
EGUs are in the plan and whether it is a 30- or 90-day averaging plan;
    (vi) The identification of each emission point to which the report 
applies. An ``emission point'' is a point at which source effluent is 
released to the atmosphere, and is either a dedicated stack that serves 
one of the EGUs identified in paragraph (f)(6)(iii) of this section or a 
common stack that serves two or more of those EGUs. To identify an 
emission point, associate it with the EGU or stack ID in the CAMD 
Business system or the electronic monitoring plan (e.g., ``Unit 2 
stack,'' ``common stack CS001,'' or ``multiple stack MS001'');
    (vii) The rule citation (e.g., Sec. 63.10031(f)(1), Sec. 
63.10031(f)(2), etc.) for which the report is showing compliance;
    (viii) The pollutant(s) being addressed in the report;
    (ix) The reporting period being covered by the report (if 
applicable);
    (x) The relevant test method that was performed for a performance 
test (if applicable);
    (xi) The date the performance test was conducted (if applicable); 
and
    (xii) The responsible official's name, title, and phone number.
    (g) If you had a malfunction during the reporting period, the 
compliance report must include the number, duration, and a brief 
description for each type of malfunction which occurred during the 
reporting period and which caused or may have caused any applicable 
emission limitation to be exceeded.

[77 FR 9464, Feb. 16, 2012, as amended at 77 FR 23404, Apr. 19, 2012; 79 
FR 68791, Nov. 19, 2014; 79 FR 68799, Nov. 19, 2014; 80 FR 15514, Mar. 
24, 2015; 81 FR 20188, Apr. 6, 2016; 82 FR 16739, Apr. 6, 2017; 83 FR 
30883, July 2, 2018]



Sec. 63.10032  What records must I keep?

    (a) You must keep records according to paragraphs (a)(1) and (2) of 
this section. If you are required to (or elect to) continuously monitor 
Hg and/or HCl and/or HF emissions, you must also keep the records 
required under appendix A and/or appendix B to this subpart.
    (1) A copy of each notification and report that you submitted to 
comply with this subpart, including all documentation supporting any 
Initial Notification or Notification of Compliance Status or semiannual 
compliance report that you submitted, according to the requirements in 
Sec. 63.10(b)(2)(xiv).
    (2) Records of performance stack tests, fuel analyses, or other 
compliance demonstrations and performance evaluations, as required in 
Sec. 63.10(b)(2)(viii).
    (b) For each CEMS and CPMS, you must keep records according to 
paragraphs (b)(1) through (4) of this section.
    (1) Records described in Sec. 63.10(b)(2)(vi) through (xi).
    (2) Previous (i.e., superseded) versions of the performance 
evaluation plan as required in Sec. 63.8(d)(3).
    (3) Request for alternatives to relative accuracy test for CEMS as 
required in Sec. 63.8(f)(6)(i).
    (4) Records of the date and time that each deviation started and 
stopped, and whether the deviation occurred during a period of startup, 
shutdown, or malfunction or during another period.
    (c) You must keep the records required in Table 7 to this subpart 
including records of all monitoring data and calculated averages for 
applicable PM CPMS operating limits to show

[[Page 200]]

continuous compliance with each emission limit and operating limit that 
applies to you.
    (d) For each EGU subject to an emission limit, you must also keep 
the records in paragraphs (d)(1) through (3) of this section.
    (1) You must keep records of monthly fuel use by each EGU, including 
the type(s) of fuel and amount(s) used.
    (2) If you combust non-hazardous secondary materials that have been 
determined not to be solid waste pursuant to 40 CFR 241.3(b)(1), you 
must keep a record which documents how the secondary material meets each 
of the legitimacy criteria. If you combust a fuel that has been 
processed from a discarded non-hazardous secondary material pursuant to 
40 CFR 241.3(b)(2), you must keep records as to how the operations that 
produced the fuel satisfies the definition of processing in 40 CFR 
241.2. If the fuel received a non-waste determination pursuant to the 
petition process submitted under 40 CFR 241.3(c), you must keep a record 
which documents how the fuel satisfies the requirements of the petition 
process.
    (3) For an EGU that qualifies as an LEE under Sec. 63.10005(h), you 
must keep annual records that document that your emissions in the 
previous stack test(s) continue to qualify the unit for LEE status for 
an applicable pollutant, and document that there was no change in source 
operations including fuel composition and operation of air pollution 
control equipment that would cause emissions of the pollutant to 
increase within the past year.
    (e) If you elect to average emissions consistent with Sec. 
63.10009, you must additionally keep a copy of the emissions averaging 
implementation plan required in Sec. 63.10009(g), all calculations 
required under Sec. 63.10009, including daily records of heat input or 
steam generation, as applicable, and monitoring records consistent with 
Sec. 63.10022.
    (f) Regarding startup periods or shutdown periods:
    (1) Should you choose to rely on paragraph (1) of the definition of 
``startup'' in Sec. 63.10042 for your EGU, you must keep records of the 
occurrence and duration of each startup or shutdown.
    (2) Should you choose to rely on paragraph (2) of the definition of 
``startup'' in Sec. 63.10042 for your EGU, you must keep records of:
    (i) The determination of the maximum possible clean fuel capacity 
for each EGU;
    (ii) The determination of the maximum possible hourly clean fuel 
heat input and of the hourly clean fuel heat input for each EGU; and
    (iii) The information required in Sec. 63.10020(e).
    (g) You must keep records of the occurrence and duration of each 
malfunction of an operation (i.e., process equipment) or the air 
pollution control and monitoring equipment.
    (h) You must keep records of actions taken during periods of 
malfunction to minimize emissions in accordance with Sec. 63.10000(b), 
including corrective actions to restore malfunctioning process and air 
pollution control and monitoring equipment to its normal or usual manner 
of operation.
    (i) You must keep records of the type(s) and amount(s) of fuel used 
during each startup or shutdown.
    (j) If you elect to establish that an EGU qualifies as a limited-use 
liquid oil-fired EGU, you must keep records of the type(s) and amount(s) 
of fuel use in each calendar quarter to document that the capacity 
factor limitation for that subcategory is met.

[77 FR 9464, Feb. 16, 2012, as amended at 79 FR 68792, Nov. 19, 2014; 81 
FR 20189, Apr. 6, 2016]



Sec. 63.10033  In what form and how long must I keep my records?

    (a) Your records must be in a form suitable and readily available 
for expeditious review, according to Sec. 63.10(b)(1).
    (b) As specified in Sec. 63.10(b)(1), you must keep each record for 
5 years following the date of each occurrence, measurement, maintenance, 
corrective action, report, or record.
    (c) You must keep each record on site for at least 2 years after the 
date of each occurrence, measurement, maintenance, corrective action, 
report, or record, according to Sec. 63.10(b)(1). You can keep the 
records off site for the remaining 3 years.

[[Page 201]]

                   Other Requirements and Information



Sec. 63.10040  What parts of the General Provisions apply to me?

    Table 9 to this subpart shows which parts of the General Provisions 
in Sec. Sec. 63.1 through 63.15 apply to you.



Sec. 63.10041  Who implements and enforces this subpart?

    (a) This subpart can be implemented and enforced by U.S. EPA, or a 
delegated authority such as your state, local, or tribal agency. If the 
EPA Administrator has delegated authority to your state, local, or 
tribal agency, then that agency (as well as the U.S. EPA) has the 
authority to implement and enforce this subpart. You should contact your 
EPA Regional Office to find out if this subpart is delegated to your 
state, local, or tribal agency.
    (b) In delegating implementation and enforcement authority of this 
subpart to a state, local, or tribal agency under 40 CFR part 63, 
subpart E, the authorities listed in paragraphs (b)(1) through (4) of 
this section are retained by the EPA Administrator and are not 
transferred to the state, local, or tribal agency; moreover, the U.S. 
EPA retains oversight of this subpart and can take enforcement actions, 
as appropriate, with respect to any failure by any person to comply with 
any provision of this subpart.
    (1) Approval of alternatives to the non-opacity emission limits and 
work practice standards in Sec. 63.9991(a) and (b) under Sec. 63.6(g).
    (2) Approval of major change to test methods in Table 5 to this 
subpart under Sec. 63.7(e)(2)(ii) and (f) and as defined in Sec. 
63.90, approval of minor and intermediate changes to monitoring 
performance specifications/procedures in Table 5 where the monitoring 
serves as the performance test method (see definition of ``test method'' 
in Sec. 63.2.
    (3) Approval of major changes to monitoring under Sec. 63.8(f) and 
as defined in Sec. 63.90.
    (4) Approval of major change to recordkeeping and reporting under 
Sec. 63.10(e) and as defined in Sec. 63.90.



Sec. 63.10042  What definitions apply to this subpart?

    Terms used in this subpart are defined in the Clean Air Act (CAA), 
in Sec. 63.2 (the General Provisions), and in this section as follows:
    Affirmative defense means, in the context of an enforcement 
proceeding, a response or defense put forward by a defendant, regarding 
which the defendant has the burden of proof, and the merits of which are 
independently and objectively evaluated in a judicial or administrative 
proceeding.
    Anthracite coal means solid fossil fuel classified as anthracite 
coal by American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM) Method D388-05, 
``Standard Classification of Coals by Rank'' (incorporated by reference, 
see Sec. 63.14).
    Bituminous coal means coal that is classified as bituminous 
according to ASTM Method D388-05, ``Standard Classification of Coals by 
Rank'' (incorporated by reference, see Sec. 63.14).
    Boiler operating day means a 24-hour period that begins at midnight 
and ends the following midnight during which any fuel is combusted at 
any time in the EGU, excluding startup periods or shutdown periods. It 
is not necessary for the fuel to be combusted the entire 24-hour period.
    Capacity factor for a liquid oil-fired EGU means the total annual 
heat input from oil divided by the product of maximum hourly heat input 
for the EGU, regardless of fuel, multiplied by 8,760 hours.
    Clean fuel means natural gas, synthetic natural gas that meets the 
specification necessary for that gas to be transported on a Federal 
Energy Regulatory Commission (FERC) regulated pipeline, propane, 
distillate oil, synthesis gas that has been processed through a gas 
clean-up train such that it could be used in a system's combustion 
turbine, or ultra-low-sulfur diesel (ULSD) oil, including those fuels 
meeting the requirements of 40 CFR part 80, subpart I (``Subpart I--
Motor Vehicle Diesel Fuel; Nonroad, Locomotive, and Marine Diesel Fuel; 
and ECA Marine Fuel'').
    Coal means all solid fuels classifiable as anthracite, bituminous, 
sub-bituminous, or lignite by ASTM Method D388-05, ``Standard 
Classification of

[[Page 202]]

Coals by Rank'' (incorporated by reference, see Sec. 63.14), and coal 
refuse. Synthetic fuels derived from coal for the purpose of creating 
useful heat including but not limited to, coal derived gases (not 
meeting the definition of natural gas), solvent-refined coal, coal-oil 
mixtures, and coal-water mixtures, are considered ``coal'' for the 
purposes of this subpart.
    Coal-fired electric utility steam generating unit means an electric 
utility steam generating unit meeting the definition of ``fossil fuel-
fired'' that burns coal for more than 10.0 percent of the average annual 
heat input during the 3 previous calendar years after the compliance 
date for your facility in Sec. 63.9984 or for more than 15.0 percent of 
the annual heat input during any one of those calendar years. EGU owners 
and operators must estimate coal, oil, and natural gas usage for the 
first 3 calendar years after the applicable compliance date and they are 
solely responsible for assuring compliance with this final rule or other 
applicable standard based on their fuel usage projections. After the 
first 3 years of compliance, EGUs are required to evaluate applicability 
based on coal or oil usage from the three previous calendars years on an 
annual rolling basis.
    Coal refuse means waste products of coal mining, physical coal 
cleaning, and coal preparation operations (e.g. culm, gob, etc.) 
containing coal, matrix material, clay, and other organic and inorganic 
material.
    Cogeneration means a steam-generating unit that simultaneously 
produces both electrical and useful thermal (or mechanical) energy from 
the same primary energy source.
    Cogeneration unit means a stationary, fossil fuel-fired EGU meeting 
the definition of ``fossil fuel-fired'' or stationary, integrated 
gasification combined cycle:
    (1) Having equipment used to produce electricity and useful thermal 
energy for industrial, commercial, heating, or cooling purposes through 
the sequential use of energy; and
    (2) Producing during the 12-month period starting on the date the 
unit first produces electricity and during any calendar year after which 
the unit first produces electricity:
    (i) For a topping-cycle cogeneration unit,
    (A) Useful thermal energy not less than 5 percent of total energy 
output; and
    (B) Useful power that, when added to one-half of useful thermal 
energy produced, is not less than 42.5 percent of total energy input, if 
useful thermal energy produced is 15 percent or more of total energy 
output, or not less than 45 percent of total energy input, if useful 
thermal energy produced is less than 15 percent of total energy output.
    (ii) For a bottoming-cycle cogeneration unit, useful power not less 
than 45 percent of total energy input.
    (3) Provided that the total energy input under paragraphs (2)(i)(B) 
and (2)(ii) of this definition shall equal the unit's total energy input 
from all fuel except biomass if the unit is a boiler.
    Combined-cycle gas stationary combustion turbine means a stationary 
combustion turbine system where heat from the turbine exhaust gases is 
recovered by a waste heat boiler.
    Common stack means the exhaust of emissions from two or more 
affected units through a single flue.
    Continental liquid oil-fired subcategory means any oil-fired 
electric utility steam generating unit that burns liquid oil and is 
located in the continental United States.
    Default electrical load means an electrical load equal to 5 percent 
of the maximum sustainable electrical output (megawatts), as defined in 
section 6.5.2.1(a)(1) of Appendix A to part 75 of this chapter, of an 
affected EGU that is in startup or shutdown mode. For monitored common 
stack configurations, the default electrical load is 5 percent of the 
combined maximum sustainable electrical load of the EGUs that are in 
startup or shutdown mode during an hour in which the electrical load for 
all operating EGUs is zero. The default electrical load is used to 
calculate the electrical output-based emission rate (lb/MWh or lb/GWh, 
as applicable) for any startup or shutdown hour in which the actual 
electrical load is zero. The default electrical load is not used for 
EGUs required to make heat input-based emission rate (lb/MMBtu or lb/
TBtu, as applicable) calculations. For

[[Page 203]]

the purposes of this subpart, the default electrical load is not 
considered to be a substitute data value.
    Deviation. (1) Deviation means any instance in which an affected 
source subject to this subpart, or an owner or operator of such a 
source:
    (i) Fails to meet any requirement or obligation established by this 
subpart including, but not limited to, any emission limit, operating 
limit, work practice standard, or monitoring requirement; or
    (ii) Fails to meet any term or condition that is adopted to 
implement an applicable requirement in this subpart and that is included 
in the operating permit for any affected source required to obtain such 
a permit.
    (2) A deviation is not always a violation. The determination of 
whether a deviation constitutes a violation of the standard is up to the 
discretion of the entity responsible for enforcement of the standards.
    Diluent cap means a default CO2 or O2 
concentration that may be used to calculate the Hg, HCl, HF, or 
SO2 emission rate (lb/MMBtu or lb/TBtu, as applicable) during 
a startup or shutdown hour in which the measured CO2 
concentration is below the cap value or the measured O2 
concentration is above the cap value. The appropriate diluent cap values 
for EGUs are presented in Sec. 63.10007(f) and in section 6.2.1.2 of 
Appendix A to this subpart. For the purposes of this subpart, the 
diluent cap is not considered to be a substitute data value.
    Distillate oil means fuel oils, including recycled oils, that comply 
with the specifications for fuel oil numbers 1 and 2, as defined by ASTM 
Method D396-10, ``Standard Specification for Fuel Oils'' (incorporated 
by reference, see Sec. 63.14).
    Dry flue gas desulfurization technology, or dry FGD, or spray dryer 
absorber (SDA), or spray dryer, or dry scrubber means an add-on air 
pollution control system located downstream of the steam generating unit 
that injects a dry alkaline sorbent (dry sorbent injection) or sprays an 
alkaline sorbent slurry (spray dryer) to react with and neutralize acid 
gases such as SO2 and HCl in the exhaust stream forming a dry 
powder material. Alkaline sorbent injection systems in fluidized bed 
combustors (FBC) or circulating fluidized bed (CFB) boilers are included 
in this definition.
    Dry sorbent injection (DSI) means an add-on air pollution control 
system in which sorbent (e.g., conventional activated carbon, brominated 
activated carbon, Trona, hydrated lime, sodium carbonate, etc.) is 
injected into the flue gas steam upstream of a PM control device to 
react with and neutralize acid gases (such as SO2 and HCl) or 
Hg in the exhaust stream forming a dry powder material that may be 
removed in a primary or secondary PM control device.
    Electric Steam generating unit means any furnace, boiler, or other 
device used for combusting fuel for the purpose of producing steam 
(including fossil-fuel-fired steam generators associated with integrated 
gasification combined cycle gas turbines; nuclear steam generators are 
not included) for the purpose of powering a generator to produce 
electricity or electricity and other thermal energy.
    Electric utility steam generating unit (EGU) means a fossil fuel-
fired combustion unit of more than 25 megawatts electric (MWe) that 
serves a generator that produces electricity for sale. A fossil fuel-
fired unit that cogenerates steam and electricity and supplies more than 
one-third of its potential electric output capacity and more than 25 MWe 
output to any utility power distribution system for sale is considered 
an electric utility steam generating unit.
    Emission limitation means any emissions limit, work practice 
standard, or operating limit.
    Excess emissions means, with respect to this subpart, results of any 
required measurements outside the applicable range (e.g., emissions 
limitations, parametric operating limits) that is permitted by this 
subpart. The values of measurements will be in the same units and 
averaging time as the values specified in this subpart for the 
limitations.
    Federally enforceable means all limitations and conditions that are 
enforceable by the Administrator, including the requirements of 40 CFR 
parts 60, 61, and 63; requirements within any

[[Page 204]]

applicable state implementation plan; and any permit requirements 
established under 40 CFR 52.21 or under 40 CFR 51.18 and 40 CFR 51.24.
    Flue gas desulfurization system means any add-on air pollution 
control system located downstream of the steam generating unit whose 
purpose or effect is to remove at least 50 percent of the SO2 
in the exhaust gas stream.
    Fossil fuel means natural gas, oil, coal, and any form of solid, 
liquid, or gaseous fuel derived from such material.
    Fossil fuel-fired means an electric utility steam generating unit 
(EGU) that is capable of producing more than 25 MW of electrical output 
from the combustion of fossil fuels. To be ``capable of combusting'' 
fossil fuels, an EGU would need to have these fuels allowed in its 
operating permit and have the appropriate fuel handling facilities on-
site or otherwise available (e.g., coal handling equipment, including 
coal storage area, belts and conveyers, pulverizers, etc.; oil storage 
facilities). In addition, fossil fuel-fired means any EGU that fired 
fossil fuels for more than 10.0 percent of the average annual heat input 
during the 3 previous calendar years after the compliance date for your 
facility in Sec. 63.9984 or for more than 15.0 percent of the annual 
heat input during any one of those calendar years. EGU owners and 
operators must estimate coal, oil, and natural gas usage for the first 3 
calendar years after the applicable compliance date and they are solely 
responsible for assuring compliance with this final rule or other 
applicable standard based on their fuel usage projections. After the 
first 3 years of compliance, EGUs are required to evaluate applicability 
based on coal or oil usage from the three previous calendars years on an 
annual rolling basis.
    Fuel type means each category of fuels that share a common name or 
classification. Examples include, but are not limited to, bituminous 
coal, subbituminous coal, lignite, anthracite, biomass, and residual 
oil. Individual fuel types received from different suppliers are not 
considered new fuel types.
    Fluidized bed boiler, or fluidized bed combustor, or circulating 
fluidized boiler, or CFB means a boiler utilizing a fluidized bed 
combustion process.
    Fluidized bed combustion means a process where a fuel is burned in a 
bed of granulated particles which are maintained in a mobile suspension 
by the upward flow of air and combustion products.
    Gaseous fuel includes, but is not limited to, natural gas, process 
gas, landfill gas, coal derived gas, solid oil-derived gas, refinery 
gas, and biogas.
    Generator means a device that produces electricity.
    Gross output means the gross useful work performed by the steam 
generated and, for an IGCC electric utility steam generating unit, the 
work performed by the stationary combustion turbines. For a unit 
generating only electricity, the gross useful work performed is the 
gross electrical output from the unit's turbine/generator sets. For a 
cogeneration unit, the gross useful work performed is the gross 
electrical output, including any such electricity used in the power 
production process (which process includes, but is not limited to, any 
on-site processing or treatment of fuel combusted at the unit and any 
on-site emission controls), or mechanical output plus 75 percent of the 
useful thermal output measured relative to ISO conditions that is not 
used to generate additional electrical or mechanical output or to 
enhance the performance of the unit (i.e., steam delivered to an 
industrial process).
    Heat input means heat derived from combustion of fuel in an EGU 
(synthetic gas for an IGCC) and does not include the heat input from 
preheated combustion air, recirculated flue gases, or exhaust gases from 
other sources such as gas turbines, internal combustion engines, etc.
    Integrated gasification combined cycle electric utility steam 
generating unit or IGCC means an electric utility steam generating unit 
meeting the definition of ``fossil fuel-fired'' that burns a synthetic 
gas derived from coal and/or solid oil-derived fuel for more than 10.0 
percent of the average annual heat input during the 3 previous calendar 
years after the compliance date for your facility in Sec. 63.9984 or 
for more than 15.0 percent of the annual heat

[[Page 205]]

input during any one of those calendar years in a combined-cycle gas 
turbine. EGU owners and operators must estimate coal, oil, and natural 
gas usage for the first 3 calendar years after the applicable compliance 
date and they are solely responsible for assuring compliance with this 
final rule or other applicable standard based on their fuel usage 
projections. No solid coal or solid oil-derived fuel is directly burned 
in the unit during operation. After the first 3 years of compliance, 
EGUs are required to evaluate applicability based on coal or oil usage 
from the three previous calendars years on an annual rolling basis.
    ISO conditions means a temperature of 288 Kelvin, a relative 
humidity of 60 percent, and a pressure of 101.3 kilopascals.
    Lignite coal means coal that is classified as lignite A or B 
according to ASTM Method D388-05, ``Standard Classification of Coals by 
Rank'' (incorporated by reference, see Sec. 63.14).
    Limited-use liquid oil-fired subcategory means an oil-fired electric 
utility steam generating unit with an annual capacity factor when 
burning oil of less than 8 percent of its maximum or nameplate heat 
input, whichever is greater, averaged over a 24-month block contiguous 
period commencing on the first of the month following the compliance 
date specified in Sec. 63.9984.
    Liquid fuel includes, but is not limited to, distillate oil and 
residual oil.
    Monitoring system malfunction or out of control period means any 
sudden, infrequent, not reasonably preventable failure of the monitoring 
system to provide valid data. Monitoring system failures that are caused 
in part by poor maintenance or careless operation are not malfunctions.
    Natural gas means a naturally occurring fluid mixture of 
hydrocarbons (e.g., methane, ethane, or propane) produced in geological 
formations beneath the Earth's surface that maintains a gaseous state at 
standard atmospheric temperature and pressure under ordinary conditions. 
Natural gas contains 20.0 grains or less of total sulfur per 100 
standard cubic feet. Additionally, natural gas must either be composed 
of at least 70 percent methane by volume or have a gross calorific value 
between 950 and 1,100 Btu per standard cubic foot. Natural gas does not 
include the following gaseous fuels: landfill gas, digester gas, 
refinery gas, sour gas, blast furnace gas, coal-derived gas, producer 
gas, coke oven gas, or any gaseous fuel produced in a process which 
might result in highly variable sulfur content or heating value.
    Natural gas-fired electric utility steam generating unit means an 
electric utility steam generating unit meeting the definition of 
``fossil fuel-fired'' that is not a coal-fired, oil-fired, or IGCC 
electric utility steam generating unit and that burns natural gas for 
more than 10.0 percent of the average annual heat input during the 3 
previous calendar years after the compliance date for your facility in 
Sec. 63.9984 or for more than 15.0 percent of the annual heat input 
during any one of those calendar years. EGU owners and operators must 
estimate coal, oil, and natural gas usage for the first 3 calendar years 
after the applicable compliance date and they are solely responsible for 
assuring compliance with this final rule or other applicable standard 
based on their fuel usage projections.
    Net-electric output means the gross electric sales to the utility 
power distribution system minus purchased power on a calendar year 
basis.
    Neural network or neural net for purposes of this rule means an 
automated boiler optimization system. A neural network typically has the 
ability to process data from many inputs to develop, remember, update, 
and enable algorithms for efficient boiler operation.
    Non-continental area means the State of Hawaii, the Virgin Islands, 
Guam, American Samoa, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, or the Northern 
Mariana Islands.
    Non-continental liquid oil-fired subcategory means any oil-fired 
electric utility steam generating unit that burns liquid oil and is 
located outside the continental United States.
    Non-mercury (Hg) HAP metals means Antimony (Sb), Arsenic (As), 
Beryllium (Be), Cadmium (Cd), Chromium (Cr), Cobalt (Co), Lead (Pb), 
Manganese (Mn), Nickel (Ni), and Selenium (Se).

[[Page 206]]

    Oil means crude oil or petroleum or a fuel derived from crude oil or 
petroleum, including distillate and residual oil, solid oil-derived fuel 
(e.g., petroleum coke) and gases derived from solid oil-derived fuels 
(not meeting the definition of natural gas).
    Oil-fired electric utility steam generating unit means an electric 
utility steam generating unit meeting the definition of ``fossil fuel-
fired'' that is not a coal-fired electric utility steam generating unit 
and that burns oil for more than 10.0 percent of the average annual heat 
input during the 3 previous calendar years after the compliance date for 
your facility in Sec. 63.9984 or for more than 15.0 percent of the 
annual heat input during any one of those calendar years. EGU owners and 
operators must estimate coal, oil, and natural gas usage for the first 3 
calendar years after the applicable compliance date and they are solely 
responsible for assuring compliance with this final rule or other 
applicable standard based on their fuel usage projections. After the 
first 3 years of compliance, EGUs are required to evaluate applicability 
based on coal or oil usage from the three previous calendars years on an 
annual rolling basis.
    Particulate matter or PM means any finely divided solid material as 
measured by the test methods specified under this subpart, or an 
alternative method.
    Pulverized coal (PC) boiler means an EGU in which pulverized coal is 
introduced into an air stream that carries the coal to the combustion 
chamber of the EGU where it is fired in suspension.
    Residual oil means crude oil, and all fuel oil numbers 4, 5 and 6, 
as defined by ASTM Method D396-10, ``Standard Specification for Fuel 
Oils'' (incorporated by reference, see Sec. 63.14).
    Responsible official means responsible official as defined in 40 CFR 
70.2.
    Shutdown means the period in which cessation of operation of an EGU 
is initiated for any purpose. Shutdown begins when the EGU no longer 
generates electricity or makes useful thermal energy (such as heat or 
steam) for industrial, commercial, heating, or cooling purposes or when 
no coal, liquid oil, syngas, or solid oil-derived fuel is being fired in 
the EGU, whichever is earlier. Shutdown ends when the EGU no longer 
generates electricity or makes useful thermal energy (such as steam or 
heat) for industrial, commercial, heating, or cooling purposes, and no 
fuel is being fired in the EGU. Any fraction of an hour in which 
shutdown occurs constitutes a full hour of shutdown.
    Startup means:
    (1) Either the first-ever firing of fuel in a boiler for the purpose 
of producing electricity, or the firing of fuel in a boiler after a 
shutdown event for any purpose. Startup ends when any of the steam from 
the boiler is used to generate electricity for sale over the grid or for 
any other purpose (including on-site use). Any fraction of an hour in 
which startup occurs constitutes a full hour of startup; or
    (2) The period in which operation of an EGU is initiated for any 
purpose. Startup begins with either the firing of any fuel in an EGU for 
the purpose of producing electricity or useful thermal energy (such as 
heat or steam) for industrial, commercial, heating, or cooling purposes 
(other than the first-ever firing of fuel in a boiler following 
construction of the boiler) or for any other purpose after a shutdown 
event. Startup ends 4 hours after the EGU generates electricity that is 
sold or used for any other purpose (including on site use), or 4 hours 
after the EGU makes useful thermal energy (such as heat or steam) for 
industrial, commercial, heating, or cooling purposes (16 U.S.C. 
796(18)(A) and 18 CFR 292.202(c)), whichever is earlier. Any fraction of 
an hour in which startup occurs constitutes a full hour of startup.
    Stationary combustion turbine means all equipment, including but not 
limited to the turbine, the fuel, air, lubrication and exhaust gas 
systems, control systems (except emissions control equipment), and any 
ancillary components and sub-components comprising any simple cycle 
stationary combustion turbine, any regenerative/recuperative cycle 
stationary combustion turbine, the combustion turbine portion of any 
stationary cogeneration cycle combustion system, or the combustion 
turbine portion of any stationary combined cycle steam/electric 
generating system. Stationary means that the

[[Page 207]]

combustion turbine is not self propelled or intended to be propelled 
while performing its function. Stationary combustion turbines do not 
include turbines located at a research or laboratory facility, if 
research is conducted on the turbine itself and the turbine is not being 
used to power other applications at the research or laboratory facility.
    Steam generating unit means any furnace, boiler, or other device 
used for combusting fuel for the purpose of producing steam (including 
fossil-fuel-fired steam generators associated with integrated 
gasification combined cycle gas turbines; nuclear steam generators are 
not included).
    Stoker means a unit consisting of a mechanically operated fuel 
feeding mechanism, a stationary or moving grate to support the burning 
of fuel and admit undergrate air to the fuel, an overfire air system to 
complete combustion, and an ash discharge system. There are two general 
types of stokers: underfeed and overfeed. Overfeed stokers include mass 
feed and spreader stokers.
    Subbituminous coal means coal that is classified as subbituminous A, 
B, or C according to ASTM Method D388-05, ``Standard Classification of 
Coals by Rank'' (incorporated by reference, see Sec. 63.14).
    Unit designed for coal =8,300 Btu/lb subcategory means 
any coal-fired EGU that is not a coal-fired EGU in the ``unit designed 
for low rank virgin coal'' subcategory.
    Unit designed for low rank virgin coal subcategory means any coal-
fired EGU that is designed to burn and that is burning nonagglomerating 
virgin coal having a calorific value (moist, mineral matter-free basis) 
of less than 19,305 kJ/kg (8,300 Btu/lb) that is constructed and 
operates at or near the mine that produces such coal.
    Unit designed to burn solid oil-derived fuel subcategory means any 
oil-fired EGU that burns solid oil-derived fuel.
    Voluntary consensus standards or VCS mean technical standards (e.g., 
materials specifications, test methods, sampling procedures, business 
practices) developed or adopted by one or more voluntary consensus 
bodies. The EPA/OAQPS has by precedent only used VCS that are written in 
English. Examples of VCS bodies are: American Society of Testing and 
Materials (ASTM), American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME), 
International Standards Organization (ISO), Standards Australia (AS), 
British Standards (BS), Canadian Standards (CSA), European Standard (EN 
or CEN) and German Engineering Standards (VDI). The types of standards 
that are not considered VCS are standards developed by: the U.S. states, 
e.g., California (CARB) and Texas (TCEQ); industry groups, such as 
American Petroleum Institute (API), Gas Processors Association (GPA), 
and Gas Research Institute (GRI); and other branches of the U.S. 
government, e.g., Department of Defense (DOD) and Department of 
Transportation (DOT). This does not preclude EPA from using standards 
developed by groups that are not VCS bodies within an EPA rule. When 
this occurs, EPA has done searches and reviews for VCS equivalent to 
these non-VCS methods.
    Wet flue gas desulfurization technology, or wet FGD, or wet scrubber 
means any add-on air pollution control device that is located downstream 
of the steam generating unit that mixes an aqueous stream or slurry with 
the exhaust gases from an EGU to control emissions of PM and/or to 
absorb and neutralize acid gases, such as SO2 and HCl.
    Work practice standard means any design, equipment, work practice, 
or operational standard, or combination thereof, which is promulgated 
pursuant to CAA section 112(h).

[77 FR 9464, Feb. 16, 2012, as amended at 77 FR 23405, Apr. 19, 2012; 78 
FR 24087, Apr. 24, 2013; 79 FR 68792, Nov. 19, 2014; 81 FR 20189, Apr. 
6, 2016]



  Sec. Table 1 to Subpart UUUUU of Part 63--Emission Limits for New or 
                           Reconstructed EGUs

    As stated in Sec. 63.9991, you must comply with the following 
applicable emission limits:

[[Page 208]]



----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                               Using these
                                                                                             requirements, as
                                                                   You must meet the        appropriate (e.g.,
                                                                   following emission       specified sampling
 If your EGU is in this subcategory .     For the following         limits and work         volume or test run
                 . .                       pollutants . . .      practice standards . .       duration) and
                                                                           .               limitations with the
                                                                                         test methods in Table 5
                                                                                          to this Subpart . . .
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Coal-fired unit not low rank        a. Filterable            9.0E-2 lb/MWh \1\......  Collect a minimum of 4
 virgin coal.                           particulate matter                                dscm per run.
                                        (PM).
                                       OR.....................  OR
                                       Total non-Hg HAP metals  6.0E-2 lb/GWh..........  Collect a minimum of 4
                                                                                          dscm per run.
                                       OR.....................  OR
                                       Individual HAP metals:.                           Collect a minimum of 3
                                                                                          dscm per run.
                                       Antimony (Sb)..........  8.0E-3 lb/GWh..........
                                       Arsenic (As)...........  3.0E-3 lb/GWh..........
                                       Beryllium (Be).........  6.0E-4 lb/GWh..........
                                       Cadmium (Cd)...........  4.0E-4 lb/GWh..........
                                       Chromium (Cr)..........  7.0E-3 lb/GWh..........
                                       Cobalt (Co)............  2.0E-3 lb/GWh..........
                                       Lead (Pb)..............  2.0E-2 lb/GWh..........
                                       Manganese (Mn).........  4.0E-3 lb/GWh..........
                                       Nickel (Ni)............  4.0E-2 lb/GWh..........
                                       Selenium (Se)..........  5.0E-2 lb/GWh..........
                                       b. Hydrogen chloride     1.0E-2 lb/MWh..........  For Method 26A at
                                        (HCl).                                            appendix A-8 to part
                                                                                          60 of this chapter,
                                                                                          collect a minimum of 3
                                                                                          dscm per run. For ASTM
                                                                                          D6348-03 \2\ or Method
                                                                                          320 at appendix A to
                                                                                          part 63 of this
                                                                                          chapter, sample for a
                                                                                          minimum of 1 hour.
                                       OR
                                       Sulfur dioxide (SO2)     1.0 lb/MWh.............  SO2 CEMS.
                                        \3\.
                                       c. Mercury (Hg)........  3.0E-3 lb/GWh..........  Hg CEMS or sorbent trap
                                                                                          monitoring system
                                                                                          only.
2. Coal-fired units low rank virgin    a. Filterable            9.0E-2 lb/MWh \1\......  Collect a minimum of 4
 coal.                                  particulate matter                                dscm per run.
                                        (PM).
                                       OR.....................  OR
                                       Total non-Hg HAP metals  6.0E-2 lb/GWh..........  Collect a minimum of 4
                                                                                          dscm per run.
                                       OR.....................  OR
                                       Individual HAP metals:.                           Collect a minimum of 3
                                                                                          dscm per run.
                                       Antimony (Sb)..........  8.0E-3 lb/GWh..........
                                       Arsenic (As)...........  3.0E-3 lb/GWh..........
                                       Beryllium (Be).........  6.0E-4 lb/GWh..........
                                       Cadmium (Cd)...........  4.0E-4 lb/GWh..........
                                       Chromium (Cr)..........  7.0E-3 lb/GWh..........
                                       Cobalt (Co)............  2.0E-3 lb/GWh..........
                                       Lead (Pb)..............  2.0E-2 lb/GWh..........
                                       Manganese (Mn).........  4.0E-3 lb/GWh..........
                                       Nickel (Ni)............  4.0E-2 lb/GWh..........
                                       Selenium (Se)..........  5.0E-2 lb/GWh..........
                                       b. Hydrogen chloride     1.0E-2 lb/MWh..........  For Method 26A, collect
                                        (HCl).                                            a minimum of 3 dscm
                                                                                          per run For ASTM D6348-
                                                                                          03 \2\ or Method 320,
                                                                                          sample for a minimum
                                                                                          of 1 hour.
                                       OR
                                       Sulfur dioxide (SO2)     1.0 lb/MWh.............  SO2 CEMS.
                                        \3\.
                                       c. Mercury (Hg)........  4.0E-2 lb/GWh..........  Hg CEMS or sorbent trap
                                                                                          monitoring system
                                                                                          only.
3. IGCC unit.........................  a. Filterable            7.0E-2 lb/MWh \4\ 9.0E-  Collect a minimum of 1
                                        particulate matter       2 lb/MWh \5\.            dscm per run.
                                        (PM).
                                       OR.....................  OR
                                       Total non-Hg HAP metals  4.0E-1 lb/GWh..........  Collect a minimum of 1
                                                                                          dscm per run.
                                       OR.....................  OR
                                       Individual HAP metals:.                           Collect a minimum of 2
                                                                                          dscm per run.
                                       Antimony (Sb)..........  2.0E-2 lb/GWh..........
                                       Arsenic (As)...........  2.0E-2 lb/GWh..........
                                       Beryllium (Be).........  1.0E-3 lb/GWh..........
                                       Cadmium (Cd)...........  2.0E-3 lb/GWh..........
                                       Chromium (Cr)..........  4.0E-2 lb/GWh..........
                                       Cobalt (Co)............  4.0E-3 lb/GWh..........
                                       Lead (Pb)..............  9.0E-3 lb/GWh..........
                                       Manganese (Mn).........  2.0E-2 lb/GWh..........
                                       Nickel (Ni)............  7.0E-2 lb/GWh..........
                                       Selenium (Se)..........  3.0E-1 lb/GWh..........

[[Page 209]]

 
                                       b. Hydrogen chloride     2.0E-3 lb/MWh..........  For Method 26A, collect
                                        (HCl).                                            a minimum of 1 dscm
                                                                                          per run; for Method 26
                                                                                          at appendix A-8 to
                                                                                          part 60 of this
                                                                                          chapter, collect a
                                                                                          minimum of 120 liters
                                                                                          per run. For ASTM
                                                                                          D6348-03 \2\ or Method
                                                                                          320, sample for a
                                                                                          minimum of 1 hour.
                                       OR
                                       Sulfur dioxide (SO2)     4.0E-1 lb/MWh..........  SO2 CEMS.
                                        \3\.
                                       c. Mercury (Hg)........  3.0E-3 lb/GWh..........  Hg CEMS or sorbent trap
                                                                                          monitoring system
                                                                                          only.
4. Liquid oil-fired unit--continental  a. Filterable            3.0E-1 lb/MWh \1\......  Collect a minimum of 1
 (excluding limited-use liquid oil-     particulate matter                                dscm per run.
 fired subcategory units).              (PM).
                                       OR.....................  OR
                                       Total HAP metals.......  2.0E-4 lb/MWh..........  Collect a minimum of 2
                                                                                          dscm per run.
                                       OR.....................  OR
                                       Individual HAP metals:.                           Collect a minimum of 2
                                                                                          dscm per run.
                                       Antimony (Sb)..........  1.0E-2 lb/GWh..........
                                       Arsenic (As)...........  3.0E-3 lb/GWh..........
                                       Beryllium (Be).........  5.0E-4 lb/GWh..........
                                       Cadmium (Cd)...........  2.0E-4 lb/GWh..........
                                       Chromium (Cr)..........  2.0E-2 lb/GWh..........
                                       Cobalt (Co)............  3.0E-2 lb/GWh..........
                                       Lead (Pb)..............  8.0E-3 lb/GWh..........
                                       Manganese (Mn).........  2.0E-2 lb/GWh..........
                                       Nickel (Ni)............  9.0E-2 lb/GWh..........
                                       Selenium (Se)..........  2.0E-2 lb/GWh..........
                                       Mercury (Hg)...........  1.0E-4 lb/GWh..........  For Method 30B at
                                                                                          appendix A-8 to part
                                                                                          60 of this chapter
                                                                                          sample volume
                                                                                          determination (Section
                                                                                          8.2.4), the estimated
                                                                                          Hg concentration
                                                                                          should nominally be <
                                                                                          \1/2\ the standard.
                                       b. Hydrogen chloride     4.0E-4 lb/MWh..........  For Method 26A, collect
                                        (HCl).                                            a minimum of 3 dscm
                                                                                          per run. For ASTM
                                                                                          D6348-03 \2\ or Method
                                                                                          320, sample for a
                                                                                          minimum of 1 hour.
                                       c. Hydrogen fluoride     4.0E-4 lb/MWh..........  For Method 26A, collect
                                        (HF).                                             a minimum of 3 dscm
                                                                                          per run. For ASTM
                                                                                          D6348-03 \2\ or Method
                                                                                          320, sample for a
                                                                                          minimum of 1 hour.
5. Liquid oil-fired unit--non-         a. Filterable            2.0E-1 lb/MWh \1\......  Collect a minimum of 1
 continental (excluding limited-use     particulate matter                                dscm per run.
 liquid oil-fired subcategory units).   (PM).
                                       OR.....................  OR
                                       Total HAP metals.......  7.0E-3 lb/MWh..........  Collect a minimum of 1
                                                                                          dscm per run.
                                       OR.....................  OR
                                       Individual HAP metals:.                           Collect a minimum of 3
                                                                                          dscm per run.
                                       Antimony (Sb)..........  8.0E-3 lb/GWh..........
                                       Arsenic (As)...........  6.0E-2 lb/GWh..........
                                       Beryllium (Be).........  2.0E-3 lb/GWh..........
                                       Cadmium (Cd)...........  2.0E-3 lb/GWh..........
                                       Chromium (Cr)..........  2.0E-2 lb/GWh..........
                                       Cobalt (Co)............  3.0E-1 lb/GWh..........
                                       Lead (Pb)..............  3.0E-2 lb/GWh..........
                                       Manganese (Mn).........  1.0E-1 lb/GWh..........
                                       Nickel (Ni)............  4.1E0 lb/GWh...........
                                       Selenium (Se)..........  2.0E-2 lb/GWh..........
                                       Mercury (Hg)...........  4.0E-4 lb/GWh..........  For Method 30B sample
                                                                                          volume determination
                                                                                          (Section 8.2.4), the
                                                                                          estimated Hg
                                                                                          concentration should
                                                                                          nominally be < \1/2\
                                                                                          the standard.
                                       b. Hydrogen chloride     2.0E-3 lb/MWh..........  For Method 26A, collect
                                        (HCl).                                            a minimum of 1 dscm
                                                                                          per run;for Method 26,
                                                                                          collect a minimum of
                                                                                          120 liters per run.
                                                                                          For ASTM D6348-03 \2\
                                                                                          or Method 320, sample
                                                                                          for a minimum of 1
                                                                                          hour.

[[Page 210]]

 
                                       c. Hydrogen fluoride     5.0E-4 lb/MWh..........  For Method 26A, collect
                                        (HF).                                             a minimum of 3 dscm
                                                                                          per run.For ASTM D6348-
                                                                                          03 \2\ or Method 320,
                                                                                          sample for a minimum
                                                                                          of 1 hour.
6. Solid oil-derived fuel-fired unit.  a. Filterable            3.0E-2 lb/MWh \1\......  Collect a minimum of 1
                                        particulate matter                                dscm per run.
                                        (PM).
                                       OR.....................  OR
                                       Total non-Hg HAP metals  6.0E-1 lb/GWh..........  Collect a minimum of 1
                                                                                          dscm per run.
                                       OR.....................  OR
                                       Individual HAP metals:.                           Collect a minimum of 3
                                                                                          dscm per run.
                                       Antimony (Sb)..........  8.0E-3 lb/GWh..........
                                       Arsenic (As)...........  3.0E-3 lb/GWh..........
                                       Beryllium (Be).........  6.0E-4 lb/GWh..........
                                       Cadmium (Cd)...........  7.0E-4 lb/GWh..........
                                       Chromium (Cr)..........  6.0E-3 lb/GWh..........
                                       Cobalt (Co)............  2.0E-3 lb/GWh..........
                                       Lead (Pb)..............  2.0E-2 lb/GWh..........
                                       Manganese (Mn).........  7.0E-3 lb/GWh..........
                                       Nickel (Ni)............  4.0E-2 lb/GWh..........
                                       Selenium (Se)..........  6.0E-3 lb/GWh..........
                                       b. Hydrogen chloride     4.0E-4 lb/MWh..........  For Method 26A, collect
                                        (HCl).                                            a minimum of 3 dscm
                                                                                          per run. For ASTM
                                                                                          D6348-03 \2\ or Method
                                                                                          320, sample for a
                                                                                          minimum of 1 hour.
                                       OR
                                       Sulfur dioxide (SO2)     1.0 lb/MWh.............  SO2 CEMS.
                                        \3\.
                                       c. Mercury (Hg)........  2.0E-3 lb/GWh..........  Hg CEMS or Sorbent trap
                                                                                          monitoring system
                                                                                          only.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Gross output.
\2\ Incorporated by reference, see Sec. 63.14.
\3\ You may not use the alternate SO2 limit if your EGU does not have some form of FGD system (or, in the case
  of IGCC EGUs, some other acid gas removal system either upstream or downstream of the combined cycle block)
  and SO2 CEMS installed.
\4\ Duct burners on syngas; gross output.
\5\ Duct burners on natural gas; gross output.


[81 FR 20190, Apr. 6, 2016]



 Sec. Table 2 to Subpart UUUUU of Part 63--Emission Limits for Existing 
                                  EGUs

    As stated in Sec. 63.9991, you must comply with the following 
applicable emission limits: \1\

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                               Using these
                                                                                             requirements, as
                                                                   You must meet the        appropriate (e.g.,
                                                                   following emission       specified sampling
 If your EGU is in this subcategory .     For the following         limits and work         volume or test run
                 . .                       pollutants . . .      practice standards . .       duration) and
                                                                           .               limitations with the
                                                                                         test methods in Table 5
                                                                                          to this Subpart . . .
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Coal-fired unit not low rank        a. Filterable            3.0E-2 lb/MMBtu or 3.0E- Collect a minimum of 1
 virgin coal.                           particulate matter       1 lb/MWh \2\.            dscm per run.
                                        (PM).
                                       OR.....................  OR
                                       Total non-Hg HAP metals  5.0E-5 lb/MMBtu or 5.0E- Collect a minimum of 1
                                                                 1 lb/GWh.                dscm per run.
                                       OR.....................  OR
                                       Individual HAP metals:.                           Collect a minimum of 3
                                                                                          dscm per run.
                                       Antimony (Sb)..........  8.0E-1 lb/TBtu or 8.0E-
                                                                 3 lb/GWh.
                                       Arsenic (As)...........  1.1E0 lb/TBtu or 2.0E-2
                                                                 lb/GWh.
                                       Beryllium (Be).........  2.0E-1 lb/TBtu or 2.0E-
                                                                 3 lb/GWh.
                                       Cadmium (Cd)...........  3.0E-1 lb/TBtu or 3.0E-
                                                                 3 lb/GWh.
                                       Chromium (Cr)..........  2.8E0 lb/TBtu or 3.0E-2
                                                                 lb/GWh.
                                       Cobalt (Co)............  8.0E-1 lb/TBtu or 8.0E-
                                                                 3 lb/GWh.
                                       Lead (Pb)..............  1.2E0 lb/TBtu or 2.0E-2
                                                                 lb/GWh.

[[Page 211]]

 
                                       Manganese (Mn).........  4.0E0 lb/TBtu or 5.0E-2
                                                                 lb/GWh.
                                       Nickel (Ni)............  3.5E0 lb/TBtu or 4.0E-2
                                                                 lb/GWh.
                                       Selenium (Se)..........  5.0E0 lb/TBtu or 6.0E-2
                                                                 lb/GWh.
                                       b. Hydrogen chloride     2.0E-3 lb/MMBtu or 2.0E- For Method 26A at
                                        (HCl).                   2 lb/MWh.                appendix A-8 to part
                                                                                          60 of this chapter,
                                                                                          collect a minimum of
                                                                                          0.75 dscm per run; for
                                                                                          Method 26, collect a
                                                                                          minimum of 120 liters
                                                                                          per run. For ASTM
                                                                                          D6348-03 \3\ or Method
                                                                                          320 at appendix A to
                                                                                          part 63 of this
                                                                                          chapter, sample for a
                                                                                          minimum of 1 hour.
                                       OR
                                       Sulfur dioxide (SO2)     2.0E-1 lb/MMBtu or       SO2 CEMS.
                                        \4\.                     1.5E0 lb/MWh.
                                       c. Mercury (Hg)........  1.2E0 lb/TBtu or 1.3E-2  LEE Testing for 30 days
                                                                 lb/GWh.                  with a sampling period
                                                                                          consistent with that
                                                                                          given in section 5.2.1
                                                                                          of appendix A to this
                                                                                          subpart per Method 30B
                                                                                          at appendix A-8 to
                                                                                          part 60 of this
                                                                                          chapter run or Hg CEMS
                                                                                          or sorbent trap
                                                                                          monitoring system
                                                                                          only.
                                                                OR.....................
                                                                1.0E0 lb/TBtu or 1.1E-2  LEE Testing for 90 days
                                                                 lb/GWh.                  with a sampling period
                                                                                          consistent with that
                                                                                          given in section 5.2.1
                                                                                          of appendix A to this
                                                                                          subpart per Method 30B
                                                                                          run or Hg CEMS or
                                                                                          sorbent trap
                                                                                          monitoring system
                                                                                          only.
2. Coal-fired unit low rank virgin     a. Filterable            3.0E-2 lb/MMBtu or 3.0E- Collect a minimum of 1
 coal.                                  particulate matter       1 lb/MWh \2\.            dscm per run.
                                        (PM).
                                       OR.....................  OR.....................
                                       Total non-Hg HAP metals  5.0E-5 lb/MMBtu or 5.0E- Collect a minimum of 1
                                                                 1 lb/GWh.                dscm per run.
                                       OR.....................  OR.....................
                                       Individual HAP metals:.                           Collect a minimum of 3
                                                                                          dscm per run.
                                       Antimony (Sb)..........  8.0E-1 lb/TBtu or 8.0E-
                                                                 3 lb/GWh.
                                       Arsenic (As)...........  1.1E0 lb/TBtu or 2.0E-2
                                                                 lb/GWh.
                                       Beryllium (Be).........  2.0E-1 lb/TBtu or 2.0E-
                                                                 3 lb/GWh.
                                       Cadmium (Cd)...........  3.0E-1 lb/TBtu or 3.0E-
                                                                 3 lb/GWh.
                                       Chromium (Cr)..........  2.8E0 lb/TBtu or 3.0E-2
                                                                 lb/GWh.
                                       Cobalt (Co)............  8.0E-1 lb/TBtu or 8.0E-
                                                                 3 lb/GWh.
                                       Lead (Pb)..............  1.2E0 lb/TBtu or 2.0E-2
                                                                 lb/GWh.
                                       Manganese (Mn).........  4.0E0 lb/TBtu or 5.0E-2
                                                                 lb/GWh.
                                       Nickel (Ni)............  3.5E0 lb/TBtu or 4.0E-2
                                                                 lb/GWh.
                                       Selenium (Se)..........  5.0E0 lb/TBtu or 6.0E-2
                                                                 lb/GWh.

[[Page 212]]

 
                                       b. Hydrogen chloride     2.0E-3 lb/MMBtu or 2.0E- For Method 26A, collect
                                        (HCl).                   2 lb/MWh.                a minimum of 0.75 dscm
                                                                                          per run; for Method 26
                                                                                          at appendix A-8 to
                                                                                          part 60 of this
                                                                                          chapter, collect a
                                                                                          minimum of 120 liters
                                                                                          per run. For ASTM
                                                                                          D6348-03 \3\ or Method
                                                                                          320, sample for a
                                                                                          minimum of 1 hour.
                                       OR
                                       Sulfur dioxide (SO2)     2.0E-1 lb/MMBtu or       SO2 CEMS.
                                        \4\.                     1.5E0 lb/MWh.
                                       c. Mercury (Hg)........  4.0E0 lb/TBtu or 4.0E-2  LEE Testing for 30 days
                                                                 lb/GWh.                  with a sampling period
                                                                                          consistent with that
                                                                                          given in section 5.2.1
                                                                                          of appendix A to this
                                                                                          subpart per Method 30B
                                                                                          run or Hg CEMS or
                                                                                          sorbent trap
                                                                                          monitoring system
                                                                                          only.
3. IGCC unit.........................  a. Filterable            4.0E-2 lb/MMBtu or 4.0E- Collect a minimum of 1
                                        particulate matter       1 lb/MWh \2\.            dscm per run.
                                        (PM).
                                       OR.....................  OR
                                       Total non-Hg HAP metals  6.0E-5 lb/MMBtu or 5.0E- Collect a minimum of 1
                                                                 1 lb/GWh.                dscm per run.
                                       OR.....................  OR
                                       Individual HAP metals:.                           Collect a minimum of 2
                                                                                          dscm per run.
                                       Antimony (Sb)..........  1.4E0 lb/TBtu or 2.0E-2
                                                                 lb/GWh.
                                       Arsenic (As)...........  1.5E0 lb/TBtu or 2.0E-2
                                                                 lb/GWh.
                                       Beryllium (Be).........  1.0E-1 lb/TBtu or 1.0E-
                                                                 3 lb/GWh.
                                       Cadmium (Cd)...........  1.5E-1 lb/TBtu or 2.0E-
                                                                 3 lb/GWh.
                                       Chromium (Cr)..........  2.9E0 lb/TBtu or 3.0E-2
                                                                 lb/GWh.
                                       Cobalt (Co)............  1.2E0 lb/TBtu or 2.0E-2
                                                                 lb/GWh.
                                       Lead (Pb)..............  1.9E+2 lb/TBtu or 1.8E0
                                                                 lb/GWh.
                                       Manganese (Mn).........  2.5E0 lb/TBtu or 3.0E-2
                                                                 lb/GWh.
                                       Nickel (Ni)............  6.5E0 lb/TBtu or 7.0E-2
                                                                 lb/GWh.
                                       Selenium (Se)..........  2.2E+1 lb/TBtu or 3.0E-
                                                                 1 lb/GWh.
                                       b. Hydrogen chloride     5.0E-4 lb/MMBtu or 5.0E- For Method 26A, collect
                                        (HCl).                   3 lb/MWh.                a minimum of 1 dscm
                                                                                          per run; for Method
                                                                                          26, collect a minimum
                                                                                          of 120 liters per run.
                                                                                          For ASTM D6348-03 \3\
                                                                                          or Method 320, sample
                                                                                          for a minimum of 1
                                                                                          hour.
                                       c. Mercury (Hg)........  2.5E0 lb/TBtu or 3.0E-2  LEE Testing for 30 days
                                                                 lb/GWh.                  with a sampling period
                                                                                          consistent with that
                                                                                          given in section 5.2.1
                                                                                          of appendix A to this
                                                                                          subpart per Method 30B
                                                                                          run or Hg CEMS or
                                                                                          sorbent trap
                                                                                          monitoring system
                                                                                          only.
4. Liquid oil-fired unit--continental  a. Filterable            3.0E-2 lb/MMBtu or 3.0E- Collect a minimum of 1
 (excluding limited-use liquid oil-     particulate matter       1 lb/MWh \2\.            dscm per run.
 fired subcategory units).              (PM).
                                       OR.....................  OR

[[Page 213]]

 
                                       Total HAP metals.......  8.0E-4 lb/MMBtu or 8.0E- Collect a minimum of 1
                                                                 3 lb/MWh.                dscm per run.
                                       OR.....................  OR
                                       Individual HAP metals:.                           Collect a minimum of 1
                                                                                          dscm per run.
                                       Antimony (Sb)..........  1.3E+1 lb/TBtu or 2.0E-
                                                                 1 lb/GWh.
                                       Arsenic (As)...........  2.8E0 lb/TBtu or 3.0E-2
                                                                 lb/GWh.
                                       Beryllium (Be).........  2.0E-1 lb/TBtu or 2.0E-
                                                                 3 lb/GWh.
                                       Cadmium (Cd)...........  3.0E-1 lb/TBtu or 2.0E-
                                                                 3 lb/GWh.
                                       Chromium (Cr)..........  5.5E0 lb/TBtu or 6.0E-2
                                                                 lb/GWh.
                                       Cobalt (Co)............  2.1E+1 lb/TBtu or 3.0E-
                                                                 1 lb/GWh.
                                       Lead (Pb)..............  8.1E0 lb/TBtu or 8.0E-2
                                                                 lb/GWh.
                                       Manganese (Mn).........  2.2E+1 lb/TBtu or 3.0E-
                                                                 1 lb/GWh.
                                       Nickel (Ni)............  1.1E+2 lb/TBtu or 1.1E0
                                                                 lb/GWh.
                                       Selenium (Se)..........  3.3E0 lb/TBtu or 4.0E-2
                                                                 lb/GWh.
                                       Mercury (Hg)...........  2.0E-1 lb/TBtu or 2.0E-  For Method 30B sample
                                                                 3 lb/GWh.                volume determination
                                                                                          (Section 8.2.4), the
                                                                                          estimated Hg
                                                                                          concentration should
                                                                                          nominally be < \1/2\
                                                                                          the standard.
                                       b. Hydrogen chloride     2.0E-3 lb/MMBtu or 1.0E- For Method 26A, collect
                                        (HCl).                   2 lb/MWh.                a minimum of 1 dscm
                                                                                          per run; for Method
                                                                                          26, collect a minimum
                                                                                          of 120 liters per run.
                                                                                          For ASTM D6348-03 \3\
                                                                                          or Method 320, sample
                                                                                          for a minimum of 1
                                                                                          hour.
                                       c. Hydrogen fluoride     4.0E-4 lb/MMBtu or 4.0E- For Method 26A, collect
                                        (HF).                    3 lb/MWh.                a minimum of 1 dscm
                                                                                          per run; for Method
                                                                                          26, collect a minimum
                                                                                          of 120 liters per run.
                                                                                          For ASTM D6348-03 \3\
                                                                                          or Method 320, sample
                                                                                          for a minimum of 1
                                                                                          hour.
5. Liquid oil-fired unit--non-         a. Filterable            3.0E-2 lb/MMBtu or 3.0E- Collect a minimum of 1
 continental (excluding limited-use     particulate matter       1 lb/MWh \2\.            dscm per run.
 liquid oil-fired subcategory units).   (PM).
                                       OR.....................  OR
                                       Total HAP metals.......  6.0E-4 lb/MMBtu or 7.0E- Collect a minimum of 1
                                                                 3 lb/MWh.                dscm per run.
                                       OR.....................  OR
                                       Individual HAP metals:.                           Collect a minimum of 2
                                                                                          dscm per run.
                                       Antimony (Sb)..........  2.2E0 lb/TBtu or 2.0E-2
                                                                 lb/GWh.
                                       Arsenic (As)...........  4.3E0 lb/TBtu or 8.0E-2
                                                                 lb/GWh.
                                       Beryllium (Be).........  6.0E-1 lb/TBtu or 3.0E-
                                                                 3 lb/GWh.
                                       Cadmium (Cd)...........  3.0E-1 lb/TBtu or 3.0E-
                                                                 3 lb/GWh.
                                       Chromium (Cr)..........  3.1E+1 lb/TBtu or 3.0E-
                                                                 1 lb/GWh.
                                       Cobalt (Co)............  1.1E+2 lb/TBtu or 1.4E0
                                                                 lb/GWh.
                                       Lead (Pb)..............  4.9E0 lb/TBtu or 8.0E-2
                                                                 lb/GWh.
                                       Manganese (Mn).........  2.0E+1 lb/TBtu or 3.0E-
                                                                 1 lb/GWh.

[[Page 214]]

 
                                       Nickel (Ni)............  4.7E+2 lb/TBtu or 4.1E0
                                                                 lb/GWh.
                                       Selenium (Se)..........  9.8E0 lb/TBtu or 2.0E-1
                                                                 lb/GWh.
                                       Mercury (Hg)...........  4.0E-2 lb/TBtu or 4.0E-  For Method 30B sample
                                                                 4 lb/GWh.                volume determination
                                                                                          (Section 8.2.4), the
                                                                                          estimated Hg
                                                                                          concentration should
                                                                                          nominally be < \1/2\
                                                                                          the standard.
                                       b. Hydrogen chloride     2.0E-4 lb/MMBtu or 2.0E- For Method 26A, collect
                                        (HCl).                   3 lb/MWh.                a minimum of 1 dscm
                                                                                          per run; for Method
                                                                                          26, collect a minimum
                                                                                          of 120 liters per run.
                                                                                          For ASTM D6348-03 \3\
                                                                                          or Method 320, sample
                                                                                          for a minimum of 2
                                                                                          hours.
                                       c. Hydrogen fluoride     6.0E-5 lb/MMBtu or 5.0E- For Method 26A, collect
                                        (HF).                    4 lb/MWh.                a minimum of 3 dscm
                                                                                          per run. For ASTM
                                                                                          D6348-03 \3\ or Method
                                                                                          320, sample for a
                                                                                          minimum of 2 hours.
6. Solid oil-derived fuel-fired unit.  a. Filterable            8.0E-3 lb/MMBtu or 9.0E- Collect a minimum of 1
                                        particulate matter       2 lb/MWh \2\.            dscm per run.
                                        (PM).
                                       OR.....................  OR
                                       Total non-Hg HAP metals  4.0E-5 lb/MMBtu or 6.0E- Collect a minimum of 1
                                                                 1 lb/GWh.                dscm per run.
                                       OR.....................  OR
                                       Individual HAP metals:.                           Collect a minimum of 3
                                                                                          dscm per run.
                                       Antimony (Sb)..........  8.0E-1 lb/TBtu or 7.0E-
                                                                 3 lb/GWh.
                                       Arsenic (As)...........  3.0E-1 lb/TBtu or 5.0E-
                                                                 3 lb/GWh.
                                       Beryllium (Be).........  6.0E-2 lb/TBtu or 5.0E-
                                                                 4 lb/GWh.
                                       Cadmium (Cd)...........  3.0E-1 lb/TBtu or 4.0E-
                                                                 3 lb/GWh.
                                       Chromium (Cr)..........  8.0E-1 lb/TBtu or 2.0E-
                                                                 2 lb/GWh.
                                       Cobalt (Co)............  1.1E0 lb/TBtu or 2.0E-2
                                                                 lb/GWh.
                                       Lead (Pb)..............  8.0E-1 lb/TBtu or 2.0E-
                                                                 2 lb/GWh.
                                       Manganese (Mn).........  2.3E0 lb/TBtu or 4.0E-2
                                                                 lb/GWh.
                                       Nickel (Ni)............  9.0E0 lb/TBtu or 2.0E-1
                                                                 lb/GWh.
                                       Selenium (Se)..........  1.2E0 lb/Tbtu or 2.0E-2
                                                                 lb/GWh.
                                       b. Hydrogen chloride     5.0E-3 lb/MMBtu or 8.0E- For Method 26A, collect
                                        (HCl).                   2 lb/MWh.                a minimum of 0.75 dscm
                                                                                          per run; for Method
                                                                                          26, collect a minimum
                                                                                          of 120 liters per run.
                                                                                          For ASTM D6348-03 \3\
                                                                                          or Method 320, sample
                                                                                          for a minimum of 1
                                                                                          hour.
                                       OR
                                       Sulfur dioxide (SO2)     3.0E-1 lb/MMBtu or       SO2 CEMS.
                                        \4\.                     2.0E0 lb/MWh.
                                       c. Mercury (Hg)........  2.0E-1 lb/TBtu or 2.0E-  LEE Testing for 30 days
                                                                 3 lb/GWh.                with a sampling period
                                                                                          consistent with that
                                                                                          given in section 5.2.1
                                                                                          of appendix A to this
                                                                                          subpart per Method 30B
                                                                                          run or Hg CEMS or
                                                                                          sorbent trap
                                                                                          monitoring system
                                                                                          only.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ For LEE emissions testing for total PM, total HAP metals, individual HAP metals, HCl, and HF, the required
  minimum sampling volume must be increased nominally by a factor of two.

[[Page 215]]

 
\2\ Gross output.
\3\ Incorporated by reference, see Sec. 63.14.
\4\ You may not use the alternate SO2 limit if your EGU does not have some form of FGD system and SO2 CEMS
  installed.


[81 FR 20192, Apr. 6, 2016]



    Sec. Table 3 to Subpart UUUUU of Part 63--Work Practice Standards

    As stated in Sec. Sec. 63.9991, you must comply with the following 
applicable work practice standards:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
       If your EGU is . . .           You must meet the following . . .
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. An existing EGU................  Conduct a tune-up of the EGU burner
                                     and combustion controls at least
                                     each 36 calendar months, or each 48
                                     calendar months if neural network
                                     combustion optimization software is
                                     employed, as specified in Sec.
                                     63.10021(e).
2. A new or reconstructed EGU.....  Conduct a tune-up of the EGU burner
                                     and combustion controls at least
                                     each 36 calendar months, or each 48
                                     calendar months if neural network
                                     combustion optimization software is
                                     employed, as specified in Sec.
                                     63.10021(e).
3. A coal-fired, liquid oil-fired   a. You have the option of complying
 (excluding limited-use liquid oil-  using either of the following work
 fired subcategory units), or        practice standards:
 solid oil-derived fuel-fired EGU   (1) If you choose to comply using
 during startup.                     paragraph (1) of the definition of
                                     ``startup'' in Sec. 63.10042, you
                                     must operate all CMS during
                                     startup. Startup means either the
                                     first-ever firing of fuel in a
                                     boiler for the purpose of producing
                                     electricity, or the firing of fuel
                                     in a boiler after a shutdown event
                                     for any purpose. Startup ends when
                                     any of the steam from the boiler is
                                     used to generate electricity for
                                     sale over the grid or for any other
                                     purpose (including on site use).
                                     For startup of a unit, you must use
                                     clean fuels as defined in Sec.
                                     63.10042 for ignition. Once you
                                     convert to firing coal, residual
                                     oil, or solid oil-derived fuel, you
                                     must engage all of the applicable
                                     control technologies except dry
                                     scrubber and SCR. You must start
                                     your dry scrubber and SCR systems,
                                     if present, appropriately to comply
                                     with relevant standards applicable
                                     during normal operation. You must
                                     comply with all applicable
                                     emissions limits at all times
                                     except for periods that meet the
                                     applicable definitions of startup
                                     and shutdown in this subpart. You
                                     must keep records during startup
                                     periods. You must provide reports
                                     concerning activities and startup
                                     periods, as specified in Sec.
                                     63.10011(g) and Sec. 63.10021(h)
                                     and (i).
                                       (2) If you choose to comply using
                                        paragraph (2) of the definition
                                        of ``startup'' in Sec.
                                        63.10042, you must operate all
                                        CMS during startup. You must
                                        also collect appropriate data,
                                        and you must calculate the
                                        pollutant emission rate for each
                                        hour of startup.
                                       For startup of an EGU, you must
                                        use one or a combination of the
                                        clean fuels defined in Sec.
                                        63.10042 to the maximum extent
                                        possible, taking into account
                                        considerations such as boiler or
                                        control device integrity,
                                        throughout the startup period.
                                        You must have sufficient clean
                                        fuel capacity to engage and
                                        operate your PM control device
                                        within one hour of adding coal,
                                        residual oil, or solid oil-
                                        derived fuel to the unit. You
                                        must meet the startup period
                                        work practice requirements as
                                        identified in Sec.
                                        63.10020(e).
                                       Once you start firing coal,
                                        residual oil, or solid oil-
                                        derived fuel, you must vent
                                        emissions to the main stack(s).
                                        You must comply with the
                                        applicable emission limits
                                        beginning with the hour after
                                        startup ends. You must engage
                                        and operate your particulate
                                        matter control(s) within 1 hour
                                        of first firing of coal,
                                        residual oil, or solid oil-
                                        derived fuel.
                                       You must start all other
                                        applicable control devices as
                                        expeditiously as possible,
                                        considering safety and
                                        manufacturer/supplier
                                        recommendations, but, in any
                                        case, when necessary to comply
                                        with other standards made
                                        applicable to the EGU by a
                                        permit limit or a rule other
                                        than this Subpart that require
                                        operation of the control
                                        devices.
                                       b. Relative to the syngas not
                                        fired in the combustion turbine
                                        of an IGCC EGU during startup,
                                        you must either: (1) Flare the
                                        syngas, or (2) route the syngas
                                        to duct burners, which may need
                                        to be installed, and route the
                                        flue gas from the duct burners
                                        to the heat recovery steam
                                        generator.
                                       c. If you choose to use just one
                                        set of sorbent traps to
                                        demonstrate compliance with the
                                        applicable Hg emission limit,
                                        you must comply with the limit
                                        at all times; otherwise, you
                                        must comply with the applicable
                                        emission limit at all times
                                        except for startup and shutdown
                                        periods.
                                       d. You must collect monitoring
                                        data during startup periods, as
                                        specified in Sec. 63.10020(a)
                                        and (e). You must keep records
                                        during startup periods, as
                                        provided in Sec. Sec.
                                        63.10032 and 63.10021(h). You
                                        must provide reports concerning
                                        activities and startup periods,
                                        as specified in Sec. Sec.
                                        63.10011(g), 63.10021(i), and
                                        63.10031.
4. A coal-fired, liquid oil-fired   You must operate all CMS during
 (excluding limited-use liquid oil-  shutdown. You must also collect
 fired subcategory units), or        appropriate data, and you must
 solid oil-derived fuel-fired EGU    calculate the pollutant emission
 during shutdown.                    rate for each hour of shutdown for
                                     those pollutants for which a CMS is
                                     used.
                                    While firing coal, residual oil, or
                                     solid oil-derived fuel during
                                     shutdown, you must vent emissions
                                     to the main stack(s) and operate
                                     all applicable control devices and
                                     continue to operate those control
                                     devices after the cessation of
                                     coal, residual oil, or solid oil-
                                     derived fuel being fed into the EGU
                                     and for as long as possible
                                     thereafter considering operational
                                     and safety concerns. In any case,
                                     you must operate your controls when
                                     necessary to comply with other
                                     standards made applicable to the
                                     EGU by a permit limit or a rule
                                     other than this Subpart and that
                                     require operation of the control
                                     devices.
                                       If, in addition to the fuel used
                                        prior to initiation of shutdown,
                                        another fuel must be used to
                                        support the shutdown process,
                                        that additional fuel must be one
                                        or a combination of the clean
                                        fuels defined in Sec. 63.10042
                                        and must be used to the maximum
                                        extent possible, taking into
                                        account considerations such as
                                        not compromising boiler or
                                        control device integrity.
                                       Relative to the syngas not fired
                                        in the combustion turbine of an
                                        IGCC EGU during shutdown, you
                                        must either: (1) Flare the
                                        syngas, or (2) route the syngas
                                        to duct burners, which may need
                                        to be installed, and route the
                                        flue gas from the duct burners
                                        to the heat recovery steam
                                        generator.

[[Page 216]]

 
                                       You must comply with all
                                        applicable emission limits at
                                        all times except during startup
                                        periods and shutdown periods at
                                        which time you must meet this
                                        work practice. You must collect
                                        monitoring data during shutdown
                                        periods, as specified in Sec.
                                        63.10020(a). You must keep
                                        records during shutdown periods,
                                        as provided in Sec. Sec.
                                        63.10032 and 63.10021(h). Any
                                        fraction of an hour in which
                                        shutdown occurs constitutes a
                                        full hour of shutdown. You must
                                        provide reports concerning
                                        activities and shutdown periods,
                                        as specified in Sec. Sec.
                                        63.10011(g), 63.10021(i), and
                                        63.10031.
------------------------------------------------------------------------


[81 FR 20196, Apr. 6, 2016]



   Sec. Table 4 to Subpart UUUUU of Part 63--Operating Limits for EGUs

    As stated in Sec. 63.9991, you must comply with the applicable 
operating limits:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
   If you demonstrate compliance    You must meet these operating limits
            using . . .                             . . .
------------------------------------------------------------------------
PM CPMS...........................  Maintain the 30-boiler operating day
                                     rolling average PM CPMS output
                                     determined in accordance with the
                                     requirements of Sec.
                                     63.10023(b)(2) and obtained during
                                     the most recent performance test
                                     run demonstrating compliance with
                                     the filterable PM, total non-
                                     mercury HAP metals (total HAP
                                     metals, for liquid oil-fired
                                     units), or individual non-mercury
                                     HAP metals (individual HAP metals
                                     including Hg, for liquid oil-fired
                                     units) emissions limitation(s).
------------------------------------------------------------------------


[81 FR 20197, Apr. 6, 2016]



     Sec. Table 5 to Subpart UUUUU of Part 63--Performance Testing 
                              Requirements

    As stated in Sec. 63.10007, you must comply with the following 
requirements for performance testing for existing, new or reconstructed 
affected sources: \1\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \1\ Regarding emissions data collected during periods of startup or 
shutdown, see Sec. Sec. 63.10020(b) and (c) and 63.10021(h).

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              You must perform the
                                                            following activities, as
 To conduct a performance test for       Using . . .        applicable to your input-        Using . . .\2\
   the following pollutant . . .                            or output-based emission
                                                                   limit . . .
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Filterable Particulate matter    Emissions Testing....  a. Select sampling ports    Method 1 at appendix A-1
 (PM).                                                      location and the number     to part 60 of this
                                                            of traverse points.         chapter.
                                                           b. Determine velocity and   Method 2, 2A, 2C, 2F, 2G
                                                            volumetric flow-rate of     or 2H at appendix A-1 or
                                                            the stack gas.              A-2 to part 60 of this
                                                                                        chapter.
                                                           c. Determine oxygen and     Method 3A or 3B at
                                                            carbon dioxide              appendix A-2 to part 60
                                                            concentrations of the       of this chapter, or ANSI/
                                                            stack gas.                  ASME PTC 19.10-1981.\3\
                                                           d. Measure the moisture     Method 4 at appendix A-3
                                                            content of the stack gas.   to part 60 of this
                                                                                        chapter.
                                                           e. Measure the filterable   Methods 5 and 5I at
                                                            PM concentration.           appendix A-3 to part 60
                                                                                        of this chapter.
                                                                                       For positive pressure
                                                                                        fabric filters, Method
                                                                                        5D at appendix A-3 to
                                                                                        part 60 of this chapter
                                                                                        for filterable PM
                                                                                        emissions.
                                                                                       Note that the Method 5 or
                                                                                        5I front half
                                                                                        temperature shall be
                                                                                        160[deg] 14 [deg]C
                                                                                        (320[deg] 25 [deg]F).
                                                           f. Convert emissions        Method 19 F-factor
                                                            concentration to lb/MMBtu   methodology at appendix
                                                            or lb/MWh emissions rates.  A-7 to part 60 of this
                                                                                        chapter, or calculate
                                                                                        using mass emissions
                                                                                        rate and gross output
                                                                                        data (see Sec.
                                                                                        63.10007(e)).
                                    OR                     OR
                                    PM CEMS..............  a. Install, certify,        Performance Specification
                                                            operate, and maintain the   11 at appendix B to part
                                                            PM CEMS.                    60 of this chapter and
                                                                                        Procedure 2 at appendix
                                                                                        F to part 60 of this
                                                                                        chapter.

[[Page 217]]

 
                                                           b. Install, certify,        Part 75 of this chapter
                                                            operate, and maintain the   and Sec. 63.10010(a),
                                                            diluent gas, flow rate,     (b), (c), and (d).
                                                            and/or moisture
                                                            monitoring systems.
                                                           c. Convert hourly           Method 19 F-factor
                                                            emissions concentrations    methodology at appendix
                                                            to 30 boiler operating      A-7 to part 60 of this
                                                            day rolling average lb/     chapter, or calculate
                                                            MMBtu or lb/MWh emissions   using mass emissions
                                                            rates.                      rate and gross output
                                                                                        data (see Sec.
                                                                                        63.10007(e)).
2. Total or individual non-Hg HAP   Emissions Testing....  a. Select sampling ports    Method 1 at appendix A-1
 metals.                                                    location and the number     to part 60 of this
                                                            of traverse points.         chapter.
                                                           b. Determine velocity and   Method 2, 2A, 2C, 2F, 2G
                                                            volumetric flow-rate of     or 2H at appendix A-1 or
                                                            the stack gas.              A-2 to part 60 of this
                                                                                        chapter.
                                                           c. Determine oxygen and     Method 3A or 3B at
                                                            carbon dioxide              appendix A-2 to part 60
                                                            concentrations of the       of this chapter, or ANSI/
                                                            stack gas.                  ASME PTC 19.10-1981.\3\
                                                           d. Measure the moisture     Method 4 at appendix A-3
                                                            content of the stack gas.   to part 60 of this
                                                                                        chapter.
                                                           e. Measure the HAP metals   Method 29 at appendix A-8
                                                            emissions concentrations    to part 60 of this
                                                            and determine each          chapter. For liquid oil-
                                                            individual HAP metals       fired units, Hg is
                                                            emissions concentration,    included in HAP metals
                                                            as well as the total        and you may use Method
                                                            filterable HAP metals       29, Method 30B at
                                                            emissions concentration     appendix A-8 to part 60
                                                            and total HAP metals        of this chapter; for
                                                            emissions concentration.    Method 29, you must
                                                                                        report the front half
                                                                                        and back half results
                                                                                        separately. When using
                                                                                        Method 29, report metals
                                                                                        matrix spike and
                                                                                        recovery levels.
                                                           f. Convert emissions        Method 19 F-factor
                                                            concentrations              methodology at appendix
                                                            (individual HAP metals,     A-7 to part 60 of this
                                                            total filterable HAP        chapter, or calculate
                                                            metals, and total HAP       using mass emissions
                                                            metals) to lb/MMBtu or lb/  rate and gross output
                                                            MWh emissions rates.        data (see Sec.
                                                                                        63.10007(e)).
3. Hydrogen chloride (HCl) and      Emissions Testing....  a. Select sampling ports    Method 1 at appendix A-1
 hydrogen fluoride (HF).                                    location and the number     to part 60 of this
                                                            of traverse points.         chapter.
                                                           b. Determine velocity and   Method 2, 2A, 2C, 2F, 2G
                                                            volumetric flow-rate of     or 2H at appendix A-1 or
                                                            the stack gas.              A-2 to part 60 of this
                                                                                        chapter.
                                                           c. Determine oxygen and     Method 3A or 3B at
                                                            carbon dioxide              appendix A-2 to part 60
                                                            concentrations of the       of this chapter, or ANSI/
                                                            stack gas.                  ASME PTC 19.10-1981.\3\
                                                           d. Measure the moisture     Method 4 at appendix A-3
                                                            content of the stack gas.   to part 60 of this
                                                                                        chapter.
                                                           e. Measure the HCl and HF   Method 26 or Method 26A
                                                            emissions concentrations.   at appendix A-8 to part
                                                                                        60 of this chapter or
                                                                                        Method 320 at appendix A
                                                                                        to part 63 of this
                                                                                        chapter or ASTM D6348-03
                                                                                        \3\ with
                                                                                       (1) the following
                                                                                        conditions when using
                                                                                        ASTM D6348-03:
                                                                                       (A) The test plan
                                                                                        preparation and
                                                                                        implementation in the
                                                                                        Annexes to ASTM D6348-
                                                                                        03, Sections A1 through
                                                                                        A8 are mandatory;
                                                                                       (B) For ASTM D6348-03
                                                                                        Annex A5 (Analyte
                                                                                        Spiking Technique), the
                                                                                        percent (%) R must be
                                                                                        determined for each
                                                                                        target analyte (see
                                                                                        Equation A5.5);
                                                                                       (C) For the ASTM D6348-03
                                                                                        test data to be
                                                                                        acceptable for a target
                                                                                        analyte, %R must be 70%
                                                                                        =R <=130%;
                                                                                        and
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    3.e.1(D) The %R value for each compound must be reported in the test 
report and all field measurements corrected with the calculated %R value 
for that compound using the following equation:

[[Page 218]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR14NO18.072

and

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              You must perform the
 To conduct a performance test for                          following activities, as
   the following pollutant . . .     Using . . . (cont'd)   applicable to your input-   Using . . .\2\ (cont'd)
             (cont'd)                                       or output-based emission
                                                              limit . . . (cont'd)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                       (2) spiking levels
                                                                                        nominally no greater
                                                                                        than two times the level
                                                                                        corresponding to the
                                                                                        applicable emission
                                                                                        limit.
                                                                                       Method 26A must be used
                                                                                        if there are entrained
                                                                                        water droplets in the
                                                                                        exhaust stream.
                                                           f. Convert emissions        Method 19 F-factor
                                                            concentration to lb/MMBtu   methodology at appendix
                                                            or lb/MWh emissions rates.  A-7 to part 60 of this
                                                                                        chapter, or calculate
                                                                                        using mass emissions
                                                                                        rate and gross output
                                                                                        data (see Sec.
                                                                                        63.10007(e)).
                                    OR                     OR
                                    HCl and/or HF CEMS...  a. Install, certify,        Appendix B of this
                                                            operate, and maintain the   subpart.
                                                            HCl or HF CEMS.
                                                           b. Install, certify,        Part 75 of this chapter
                                                            operate, and maintain the   and Sec. 63.10010(a),
                                                            diluent gas, flow rate,     (b), (c), and (d).
                                                            and/or moisture
                                                            monitoring systems.
                                                           c. Convert hourly           Method 19 F-factor
                                                            emissions concentrations    methodology at appendix
                                                            to 30 boiler operating      A-7 to part 60 of this
                                                            day rolling average lb/     chapter, or calculate
                                                            MMBtu or lb/MWh emissions   using mass emissions
                                                            rates.                      rate and gross output
                                                                                        data (see Sec.
                                                                                        63.10007(e)).
4. Mercury (Hg)...................  Emissions Testing....  a. Select sampling ports    Method 1 at appendix A-1
                                                            location and the number     to part 60 of this
                                                            of traverse points.         chapter or Method 30B at
                                                                                        Appendix A-8 for Method
                                                                                        30B point selection.
                                                           b. Determine velocity and   Method 2, 2A, 2C, 2F, 2G
                                                            volumetric flow-rate of     or 2H at appendix A-1 or
                                                            the stack gas.              A-2 to part 60 of this
                                                                                        chapter.
                                                           c. Determine oxygen and     Method 3A or 3B at
                                                            carbon dioxide              appendix A-1 to part 60
                                                            concentrations of the       of this chapter, or ANSI/
                                                            stack gas.                  ASME PTC 19.10-1981.\3\
                                                           d. Measure the moisture     Method 4 at appendix A-3
                                                            content of the stack gas.   to part 60 of this
                                                                                        chapter.
                                                           e. Measure the Hg emission  Method 30B at appendix A-
                                                            concentration.              8 to part 60 of this
                                                                                        chapter, ASTM D6784,\3\
                                                                                        or Method 29 at appendix
                                                                                        A-8 to part 60 of this
                                                                                        chapter; for Method 29,
                                                                                        you must report the
                                                                                        front half and back half
                                                                                        results separately.
                                                           f. Convert emissions        Method 19 F-factor
                                                            concentration to lb/TBtu    methodology at appendix
                                                            or lb/GWh emission rates.   A-7 to part 60 of this
                                                                                        chapter, or calculate
                                                                                        using mass emissions
                                                                                        rate and gross output
                                                                                        data (see Sec.
                                                                                        63.10007(e)).
                                    OR                     OR
                                    Hg CEMS..............  a. Install, certify,        Sections 3.2.1 and 5.1 of
                                                            operate, and maintain the   appendix A of this
                                                            CEMS.                       subpart.
                                                           b. Install, certify,        Part 75 of this chapter
                                                            operate, and maintain the   and Sec. 63.10010(a),
                                                            diluent gas, flow rate,     (b), (c), and (d).
                                                            and/or moisture
                                                            monitoring systems.
                                                           c. Convert hourly           Section 6 of appendix A
                                                            emissions concentrations    to this subpart.
                                                            to 30 boiler operating
                                                            day rolling average lb/
                                                            TBtu or lb/GWh emissions
                                                            rates.
                                    OR                     OR
                                    Sorbent trap           a. Install, certify,        Sections 3.2.2 and 5.2 of
                                     monitoring system.     operate, and maintain the   appendix A to this
                                                            sorbent trap monitoring     subpart.
                                                            system.
                                                           b. Install, operate, and    Part 75 of this chapter
                                                            maintain the diluent gas,   and Sec. 63.10010(a),
                                                            flow rate, and/or           (b), (c), and (d).
                                                            moisture monitoring
                                                            systems.

[[Page 219]]

 
                                                           c. Convert emissions        Section 6 of appendix A
                                                            concentrations to 30        to this subpart.
                                                            boiler operating day
                                                            rolling average lb/TBtu
                                                            or lb/GWh emissions rates.
                                    OR                     OR
                                    LEE testing..........  a. Select sampling ports    Single point located at
                                                            location and the number     the 10% centroidal area
                                                            of traverse points.         of the duct at a port
                                                                                        location per Method 1 at
                                                                                        appendix A-1 to part 60
                                                                                        of this chapter or
                                                                                        Method 30B at Appendix A-
                                                                                        8 for Method 30B point
                                                                                        selection.
                                                           b. Determine velocity and   Method 2, 2A, 2C, 2F, 2G,
                                                            volumetric flow-rate of     or 2H at appendix A-1 or
                                                            the stack gas.              A-2 to part 60 of this
                                                                                        chapter or flow
                                                                                        monitoring system
                                                                                        certified per appendix A
                                                                                        of this subpart.
                                                           c. Determine oxygen and     Method 3A or 3B at
                                                            carbon dioxide              appendix A-1 to part 60
                                                            concentrations of the       of this chapter, or ANSI/
                                                            stack gas.                  ASME PTC 19.10-1981,\3\
                                                                                        or diluent gas
                                                                                        monitoring systems
                                                                                        certified according to
                                                                                        part 75 of this chapter.
                                                           d. Measure the moisture     Method 4 at appendix A-3
                                                            content of the stack gas.   to part 60 of this
                                                                                        chapter, or moisture
                                                                                        monitoring systems
                                                                                        certified according to
                                                                                        part 75 of this chapter.
                                                           e. Measure the Hg emission  Method 30B at appendix A-
                                                            concentration.              8 to part 60 of this
                                                                                        chapter; perform a 30
                                                                                        operating day test, with
                                                                                        a maximum of 10
                                                                                        operating days per run
                                                                                        (i.e., per pair of
                                                                                        sorbent traps) or
                                                                                        sorbent trap monitoring
                                                                                        system or Hg CEMS
                                                                                        certified per appendix A
                                                                                        of this subpart.
                                                           f. Convert emissions        Method 19 F-factor
                                                            concentrations from the     methodology at appendix
                                                            LEE test to lb/TBtu or lb/  A-7 to part 60 of this
                                                            GWh emissions rates.        chapter, or calculate
                                                                                        using mass emissions
                                                                                        rate and gross output
                                                                                        data (see Sec.
                                                                                        63.10007(e)).
                                                           g. Convert average lb/TBtu  Potential maximum annual
                                                            or lb/GWh Hg emission       heat input in TBtu or
                                                            rate to lb/year, if you     potential maximum
                                                            are attempting to meet      electricity generated in
                                                            the 29.0 lb/year            GWh.
                                                            threshold.
5. Sulfur dioxide (SO2)...........  SO2 CEMS.............  a. Install, certify,        Part 75 of this chapter
                                                            operate, and maintain the   and Sec. 63.10010(a)
                                                            CEMS.                       and (f).
                                                           b. Install, operate, and    Part 75 of this chapter
                                                            maintain the diluent gas,   and Sec. 63.10010(a),
                                                            flow rate, and/or           (b), (c), and (d).
                                                            moisture monitoring
                                                            systems.
                                                           c. Convert hourly           Method 19 F-factor
                                                            emissions concentrations    methodology at appendix
                                                            to 30 boiler operating      A-7 to part 60 of this
                                                            day rolling average lb/     chapter, or calculate
                                                            MMBtu or lb/MWh emissions   using mass emissions
                                                            rates.                      rate and gross output
                                                                                        data (see Sec.
                                                                                        63.10007(e)).
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\2\ See Tables 1 and 2 to this subpart for required sample volumes and/or sampling run times.
\3\ Incorporated by reference, see Sec. 63.14.


[83 FR 56727, Nov. 14, 2018]



Sec. Table 6 to Subpart UUUUU of Part 63--Establishing PM CPMS Operating 
                                 Limits

    As stated in Sec. 63.10007, you must comply with the following 
requirements for establishing operating limits:

[[Page 220]]



----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   And you choose to
    If you have an applicable      establish PM CPMS                                           According to the
    emission limit for . . .       operating limits,       And . . .          Using . . .          following
                                    you must . . .                                             procedures . . .
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Filterable Particulate matter     Install, certify,   Establish a site-   Data from the PM    1. Collect PM CPMS
 (PM), total non-mercury HAP       maintain, and       specific            CPMS and the PM     output data
 metals, individual non-mercury    operate a PM CPMS   operating limit     or HAP metals       during the entire
 HAP metals, total HAP metals,     for monitoring      in units of PM      performance tests.  period of the
 or individual HAP metals for an   emissions           CPMS output                             performance
 EGU.                              discharged to the   signal (e.g.,                           tests.
                                   atmosphere          milliamps, mg/                         2. Record the
                                   according to Sec. acm, or other raw                       average hourly PM
                                     63.10010(h)(1).   signal).                                CPMS output for
                                                                                               each test run in
                                                                                               the performance
                                                                                               test.
                                                                                              3. Determine the
                                                                                               PM CPMS operating
                                                                                               limit in
                                                                                               accordance with
                                                                                               the requirements
                                                                                               of Sec.
                                                                                               63.10023(b)(2)
                                                                                               from data
                                                                                               obtained during
                                                                                               the performance
                                                                                               test
                                                                                               demonstrating
                                                                                               compliance with
                                                                                               the filterable PM
                                                                                               or HAP metals
                                                                                               emissions
                                                                                               limitations.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


[81 FR 20201, Apr. 6, 2016]



   Sec. Table 7 to Subpart UUUUU of Part 63--Demonstrating Continuous 
                               Compliance

    As stated in Sec. 63.10021, you must show continuous compliance 
with the emission limitations for affected sources according to the 
following:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
If you use one of the following to
 meet applicable emissions limits,       You demonstrate continuous
operating limits, or work practice           compliance by . . .
          standards . . .
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. CEMS to measure filterable PM,   Calculating the 30- (or 90-) boiler
 SO2, HCl, HF, or Hg emissions, or   operating day rolling arithmetic
 using a sorbent trap monitoring     average emissions rate in units of
 system to measure Hg.               the applicable emissions standard
                                     basis at the end of each boiler
                                     operating day using all of the
                                     quality assured hourly average CEMS
                                     or sorbent trap data for the
                                     previous 30- (or 90-) boiler
                                     operating days, excluding data
                                     recorded during periods of startup
                                     or shutdown.
2. PM CPMS to measure compliance    Calculating the 30- (or 90-) boiler
 with a parametric operating limit.  operating day rolling arithmetic
                                     average of all of the quality
                                     assured hourly average PM CPMS
                                     output data (e.g., milliamps, PM
                                     concentration, raw data signal)
                                     collected for all operating hours
                                     for the previous 30- (or 90-)
                                     boiler operating days, excluding
                                     data recorded during periods of
                                     startup or shutdown.
3. Site-specific monitoring using   If applicable, by conducting the
 CMS for liquid oil-fired EGUs for   monitoring in accordance with an
 HCl and HF emission limit           approved site-specific monitoring
 monitoring.                         plan.
4. Quarterly performance testing    Calculating the results of the
 for coal-fired, solid oil derived   testing in units of the applicable
 fired, or liquid oil-fired EGUs     emissions standard.
 to measure compliance with one or
 more non-PM (or its alternative
 emission limits) applicable
 emissions limit in Table 1 or 2,
 or PM (or its alternative
 emission limits) applicable
 emissions limit in Table 2.
5. Conducting periodic performance  Conducting periodic performance tune-
 tune-ups of your EGU(s).            ups of your EGU(s), as specified in
                                     Sec. 63.10021(e).
6. Work practice standards for      Operating in accordance with Table
 coal-fired, liquid oil-fired, or    3.
 solid oil-derived fuel-fired EGUs
 during startup.
7. Work practice standards for      Operating in accordance with Table
 coal-fired, liquid oil-fired, or    3.
 solid oil-derived fuel-fired EGUs
 during shutdown.
------------------------------------------------------------------------


[78 FR 24092, Apr. 24, 2013]

[[Page 221]]



    Sec. Table 8 to Subpart UUUUU of Part 63--Reporting Requirements

    As stated in Sec. 63.10031, you must comply with the following 
requirements for reports:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                            The report must contain  You must submit the
    You must submit a                . . .               report . . .
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Compliance report.....  a. Information required   Semiannually
                            in Sec. according to the
                            63.10031(c)(1) through    requirements in
                            (9); and.                 Sec.
                                                      63.10031(b).
                           b. If there are no
                            deviations from any
                            emission limitation
                            (emission limit and
                            operating limit) that
                            applies to you and
                            there are no deviations
                            from the requirements
                            for work practice
                            standards in Table 3 to
                            this subpart that apply
                            to you, a statement
                            that there were no
                            deviations from the
                            emission limitations
                            and work practice
                            standards during the
                            reporting period. If
                            there were no periods
                            during which the CMSs,
                            including continuous
                            emissions monitoring
                            system, and operating
                            parameter monitoring
                            systems, were out-of-
                            control as specified in
                            Sec. 63.8(c)(7), a
                            statement that there
                            were no periods during
                            which the CMSs were out-
                            of-control during the
                            reporting period; and.
                           c. If you have a
                            deviation from any
                            emission limitation
                            (emission limit and
                            operating limit) or
                            work practice standard
                            during the reporting
                            period, the report must
                            contain the information
                            in Sec. 63.10031(d).
                            If there were periods
                            during which the CMSs,
                            including continuous
                            emissions monitoring
                            systems and continuous
                            parameter monitoring
                            systems, were out-of-
                            control, as specified
                            in Sec. 63.8(c)(7),
                            the report must contain
                            the information in Sec.
                              63.10031(e)..
------------------------------------------------------------------------


[81 FR 20201, Apr. 6, 2016]



   Sec. Table 9 to Subpart UUUUU of Part 63--Applicability of General 
                       Provisions to Subpart UUUUU

    As stated in Sec. 63.10040, you must comply with the applicable 
General Provisions according to the following:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     Applies to subpart
           Citation                  Subject               UUUUU
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sec. 63.1...................  Applicability....  Yes.
Sec. 63.2...................  Definitions......  Yes. Additional terms
                                                    defined in Sec.
                                                    63.10042.
Sec. 63.3...................  Units and          Yes.
                                 Abbreviations.
Sec. 63.4...................  Prohibited         Yes.
                                 Activities and
                                 Circumvention.
Sec. 63.5...................  Preconstruction    Yes.
                                 Review and
                                 Notification
                                 Requirements.
Sec. 63.6(a), (b)(1) through  Compliance with    Yes.
 (5), (b)(7), (c), (f)(2) and    Standards and
 (3), (h)(2) through (9), (i),   Maintenance
 (j).                            Requirements.
Sec. 63.6(e)(1)(i)..........  General Duty to    No. See Sec.
                                 minimize           63.10000(b) for
                                 emissions.         general duty
                                                    requirement.
Sec. 63.6(e)(1)(ii).........  Requirement to     No.
                                 correct
                                 malfunctions
                                 ASAP.
Sec. 63.6(e)(3).............  SSM Plan           No.
                                 requirements.
Sec. 63.6(f)(1).............  SSM exemption....  No.
Sec. 63.6(h)(1).............  SSM exemption....  No.
Sec. 63.6(g)................  Compliance with    Yes. See Sec. Sec.
                                 Standards and      63.10011(g)(4) and
                                 Maintenance        63.10021(h)(4) for
                                 Requirements,      additional
                                 Use of an          requirements.
                                 alternative non-
                                 opacity emission
                                 standard.
Sec. 63.7(e)(1).............  Performance        No. See Sec.
                                 testing.           63.10007.
Sec. 63.8...................  Monitoring         Yes.
                                 Requirements.
Sec. 63.8(c)(1)(i)..........  General duty to    No. See Sec.
                                 minimize           63.10000(b) for
                                 emissions and      general duty
                                 CMS operation.     requirement.
Sec. 63.8(c)(1)(iii)........  Requirement to     No.
                                 develop SSM Plan
                                 for CMS.
Sec. 63.8(d)(3).............  Written            Yes, except for last
                                 procedures for     sentence, which
                                 CMS.               refers to an SSM
                                                    plan. SSM plans are
                                                    not required.

[[Page 222]]

 
Sec. 63.9...................  Notification       Yes, except (1) for
                                 Requirements.      the 60-day
                                                    notification prior
                                                    to conducting a
                                                    performance test in
                                                    Sec. 63.9(e);
                                                    instead use a 30-day
                                                    notification period
                                                    per Sec.
                                                    63.10030(d), (2) the
                                                    notification of the
                                                    CMS performance
                                                    evaluation in Sec.
                                                    63.9(g)(1) is
                                                    limited to RATAs,
                                                    and (3) the
                                                    information required
                                                    per Sec.
                                                    63.9(h)(2)(i);
                                                    instead provide the
                                                    information required
                                                    per Sec.
                                                    63.10030(e)(1)
                                                    through (e)(6) and
                                                    (e)(8).
Sec. 63.10(a), (b)(1), (c),   Recordkeeping and  Yes, except for the
 (d)(1) and (2), (e), and (f).   Reporting          requirements to
                                 Requirements.      submit written
                                                    reports under Sec.
                                                    63.10(e)(3)(v).
Sec. 63.10(b)(2)(i).........  Recordkeeping of   No.
                                 occurrence and
                                 duration of
                                 startups and
                                 shutdowns.
Sec. 63.10(b)(2)(ii)........  Recordkeeping of   No. See Sec.
                                 malfunctions.      63.10001 for
                                                    recordkeeping of (1)
                                                    occurrence and
                                                    duration and (2)
                                                    actions taken during
                                                    malfunction.
Sec. 63.10(b)(2)(iii).......  Maintenance        Yes.
                                 records.
Sec. 63.10(b)(2)(iv)........  Actions taken to   No.
                                 minimize
                                 emissions during
                                 SSM.
Sec. 63.10(b)(2)(v).........  Actions taken to   No.
                                 minimize
                                 emissions during
                                 SSM.
Sec. 63.10(b)(2)(vi)........  Recordkeeping for  Yes.
                                 CMS malfunctions.
Sec. 63.10(b)(2)(vii)         Other CMS          Yes.
 through (ix).                   requirements.
Sec. 63.10(b)(3) and (d)(3)   .................  No.
 through (5).
Sec. 63.10(c)(7)............  Additional         Yes.
                                 recordkeeping
                                 requirements for
                                 CMS--identifying
                                 exceedances and
                                 excess emissions.
Sec. 63.10(c)(8)............  Additional         Yes.
                                 recordkeeping
                                 requirements for
                                 CMS--identifying
                                 exceedances and
                                 excess emissions.
Sec. 63.10(c)(10)...........  Recording nature   No. See Sec.
                                 and cause of       63.10032(g) and (h)
                                 malfunctions.      for malfunctions
                                                    recordkeeping
                                                    requirements.
Sec. 63.10(c)(11)...........  Recording          No. See Sec.
                                 corrective         63.10032(g) and (h)
                                 actions.           for malfunctions
                                                    recordkeeping
                                                    requirements.
Sec. 63.10(c)(15)...........  Use of SSM Plan..  No.
Sec. 63.10(d)(5)............  SSM reports......  No. See Sec.
                                                    63.10021(h) and (i)
                                                    for malfunction
                                                    reporting
                                                    requirements.
Sec. 63.11..................  Control Device     No.
                                 Requirements.
Sec. 63.12..................  State Authority    Yes.
                                 and Delegation.
Sec. Sec. 63.13 through      Addresses,         Yes.
 63.16.                          Incorporation by
                                 Reference,
                                 Availability of
                                 Information,
                                 Performance
                                 Track Provisions.
Sec. Sec. 63.1(a)(5),(a)(7)  Reserved.........  No.
 through (9), (b)(2), (c)(3)
 and (4), (d), 63.6(b)(6),
 (c)(3) and (4), (d), (e)(2),
 (e)(3)(ii), (h)(3),
 (h)(5)(iv), 63.8(a)(3),
 63.9(b)(3), (h)(4),
 63.10(c)(2) through (4),
 (c)(9)..
------------------------------------------------------------------------


[81 FR 20202, Apr. 6, 2016]



  Sec. Appendix A to Subpart UUUUU of Part 63--Hg Monitoring Provisions

                          1. General Provisions

    1.1 Applicability. These monitoring provisions apply to the 
measurement of total vapor phase mercury (Hg) in emissions from electric 
utility steam generating units, using either a mercury continuous 
emission monitoring system (Hg CEMS) or a sorbent trap monitoring 
system. The Hg CEMS or sorbent trap monitoring system must be capable of 
measuring the total vapor phase mercury in units of the applicable 
emissions standard (e.g., lb/TBtu or lb/GWh), regardless of speciation.
    1.2 Initial Certification and Recertification Procedures. The owner 
or operator of an affected unit that uses a Hg CEMS or a sorbent trap 
monitoring system together with other necessary monitoring components to 
account for Hg emissions in units of the applicable emissions standard 
shall comply with the initial certification and recertification 
procedures in section 4 of this appendix.

[[Page 223]]

    1.3 Quality Assurance and Quality Control Requirements. The owner or 
operator of an affected unit that uses a Hg CEMS or a sorbent trap 
monitoring system together with other necessary monitoring components to 
account for Hg emissions in units of the applicable emissions standard 
shall meet the applicable quality assurance requirements in section 5 of 
this appendix.
    1.4 Missing Data Procedures. The owner or operator of an affected 
unit is not required to substitute for missing data from Hg CEMS or 
sorbent trap monitoring systems. Any process operating hour for which 
quality-assured Hg concentration data are not obtained is counted as an 
hour of monitoring system downtime.

                      2. Monitoring of Hg Emissions

    2.1 Monitoring System Installation Requirements. Flue gases from the 
affected units under this subpart vent to the atmosphere through a 
variety of exhaust configurations including single stacks, common stack 
configurations, and multiple stack configurations. For each of these 
configurations, Sec. 63.10010(a) specifies the appropriate location(s) 
at which to install continuous monitoring systems (CMS). These CMS 
installation provisions apply to the Hg CEMS, sorbent trap monitoring 
systems, and other continuous monitoring systems that provide data for 
the Hg emissions calculations in section 6.2 of this appendix.
    2.2 Primary and Backup Monitoring Systems. In the electronic 
monitoring plan described in section 7.1.1.2.1 of this appendix, you 
must designate a primary Hg CEMS or sorbent trap monitoring system. The 
primary system must be used to report hourly Hg concentration values 
when the system is able to provide quality-assured data, i.e., when the 
system is ``in control''. However, to increase data availability in the 
event of a primary monitoring system outage, you may install, operate, 
maintain, and calibrate backup monitoring systems, as follows:
    2.2.1 Redundant Backup Systems. A redundant backup monitoring system 
may be either a separate Hg CEMS with its own probe, sample interface, 
and analyzer, or a separate sorbent trap monitoring system. A redundant 
backup system is one that is permanently installed at the unit or stack 
location, and is kept on ``hot standby'' in case the primary monitoring 
system is unable to provide quality-assured data. A redundant backup 
system must be represented as a unique monitoring system in the 
electronic monitoring plan. Each redundant backup monitoring system must 
be certified according to the applicable provisions in section 4 of this 
appendix and must meet the applicable on-going QA requirements in 
section 5 of this appendix.
    2.2.2 Non-redundant Backup Monitoring Systems. A non-redundant 
backup monitoring system is a separate Hg CEMS or sorbent trap system 
that has been certified at a particular unit or stack location, but is 
not permanently installed at that location. Rather, the system is kept 
on ``cold standby'' and may be reinstalled in the event of a primary 
monitoring system outage. A non-redundant backup monitoring system must 
be represented as a unique monitoring system in the electronic 
monitoring plan. Non-redundant backup Hg CEMS must complete the same 
certification tests as the primary monitoring system, with one 
exception. The 7-day calibration error test is not required for a non-
redundant backup Hg CEMS. Except as otherwise provided in section 
2.2.4.5 of this appendix, a non-redundant backup monitoring system may 
only be used for 720 hours per year at a particular unit or stack 
location.
    2.2.3 Temporary Like-kind Replacement Analyzers. When a primary Hg 
analyzer needs repair or maintenance, you may temporarily install a 
like-kind replacement analyzer, to minimize data loss. Except as 
otherwise provided in section 2.2.4.5 of this appendix, a temporary 
like-kind replacement analyzer may only be used for 720 hours per year 
at a particular unit or stack location. The analyzer must be represented 
as a component of the primary Hg CEMS, and must be assigned a 3-
character component ID number, beginning with the prefix ``LK''.
    2.2.4 Quality Assurance Requirements for Non-redundant Backup 
Monitoring Systems and Temporary Like-kind Replacement Analyzers. To 
quality-assure the data from non-redundant backup Hg monitoring systems 
and temporary like-kind replacement Hg analyzers, the following 
provisions apply:
    2.2.4.1 When a certified non-redundant backup sorbent trap 
monitoring system is brought into service, you must follow the 
procedures for routine day-to-day operation of the system, in accordance 
with Performance Specification (PS) 12B in appendix B to part 60 of this 
chapter.
    2.2.4.2 When a certified non-redundant backup Hg CEMS or a temporary 
like-kind replacement Hg analyzer is brought into service, a calibration 
error test and a linearity check must be performed and passed. A single 
point system integrity check is also required, unless a NIST-traceable 
source of oxidized Hg was used for the calibration error test.
    2.2.4.3 Each non-redundant backup Hg CEMS or temporary like-kind 
replacement Hg analyzer shall comply with all required daily, weekly, 
and quarterly quality-assurance test requirements in section 5 of this 
appendix, for as long as the system or analyzer remains in service.
    2.2.4.4 For the routine, on-going quality-assurance of a non-
redundant backup Hg monitoring system, a relative accuracy test audit 
(RATA) must be performed and passed

[[Page 224]]

at least once every 8 calendar quarters at the unit or stack location(s) 
where the system will be used.
    2.2.4.5 To use a non-redundant backup Hg monitoring system or a 
temporary like-kind replacement analyzer for more than 720 hours per 
year at a particular unit or stack location, a RATA must first be 
performed and passed at that location.

                3. Mercury Emissions Measurement Methods

    The following definitions, equipment specifications, procedures, and 
performance criteria are applicable to the measurement of vapor-phase Hg 
emissions from electric utility steam generating units, under relatively 
low-dust conditions (i.e., sampling in the stack or duct after all 
pollution control devices). The analyte measured by these procedures and 
specifications is total vapor-phase Hg in the flue gas, which represents 
the sum of elemental Hg (Hg\0\, CAS Number 7439-97-6) and oxidized forms 
of Hg.
    3.1 Definitions.
    3.1.1 Mercury Continuous Emission Monitoring System or Hg CEMS means 
all of the equipment used to continuously determine the total vapor 
phase Hg concentration. The measurement system may include the following 
major subsystems: sample acquisition, Hg + 2 to Hg\0\ 
converter, sample transport, sample conditioning, flow control/gas 
manifold, gas analyzer, and data acquisition and handling system (DAHS). 
Hg CEMS may be nominally real-time or time-integrated, batch sampling 
systems that sample the gas on an intermittent basis and concentrate on 
a collection medium before intermittent analysis and reporting.
    3.1.2 Sorbent Trap Monitoring System means the equipment required to 
monitor Hg emissions continuously by using paired sorbent traps 
containing iodated charcoal (IC) or other suitable sorbent medium. The 
monitoring system consists of a probe, paired sorbent traps, an 
umbilical line, moisture removal components, an airtight sample pump, a 
gas flow meter, and an automated data acquisition and handling system. 
The system samples the stack gas at a constant proportional rate 
relative to the stack gas volumetric flow rate. The sampling is a batch 
process. The average Hg concentration in the stack gas for the sampling 
period is determined, in units of micrograms per dry standard cubic 
meter ([micro]g/dscm), based on the sample volume measured by the gas 
flow meter and the mass of Hg collected in the sorbent traps.
    3.1.3 NIST means the National Institute of Standards and Technology, 
located in Gaithersburg, Maryland.
    3.1.4 NIST-Traceable Elemental Hg Standards means either: compressed 
gas cylinders having known concentrations of elemental Hg, which have 
been prepared according to the ``EPA Traceability Protocol for Assay and 
Certification of Gaseous Calibration Standards''; or calibration gases 
having known concentrations of elemental Hg, produced by a generator 
that meets the performance requirements of the ``EPA Traceability 
Protocol for Qualification and Certification of Elemental Mercury Gas 
Generators'' or an interim version of that protocol.
    3.1.5 NIST-Traceable Source of Oxidized Hg means a generator that is 
capable of providing known concentrations of vapor phase mercuric 
chloride (HgCl2), and that meets the performance requirements 
of the ``EPA Traceability Protocol for Qualification and Certification 
of Mercuric Chloride Gas Generators'' or an interim version of that 
protocol.
    3.1.6 Calibration Gas means a NIST-traceable gas standard containing 
a known concentration of elemental or oxidized Hg that is produced and 
certified in accordance with an EPA traceability protocol.
    3.1.7 Span Value means a conservatively high estimate of the Hg 
concentrations to be measured by a CEMS. The span value of a Hg CEMS 
should be set to approximately twice the concentration corresponding to 
the emission standard, rounded off as appropriate (see section 3.2.1.4.2 
of this appendix).
    3.1.8 Zero-Level Gas means calibration gas containing a Hg 
concentration that is below the level detectable by the Hg gas analyzer 
in use.
    3.1.9 Low-Level Gas means calibration gas with a concentration that 
is 20 to 30 percent of the span value.
    3.1.10 Mid-Level Gas means calibration gas with a concentration that 
is 50 to 60 percent of the span value.
    3.1.11 High-Level Gas means calibration gas with a concentration 
that is 80 to 100 percent of the span value.
    3.1.12 Calibration Error Test means a test designed to assess the 
ability of a Hg CEMS to measure the concentrations of calibration gases 
accurately. A zero-level gas and an upscale gas are required for this 
test. For the upscale gas, either a mid-level gas or a high-level gas 
may be used, and the gas may either be an elemental or oxidized Hg 
standard.
    3.1.13 Linearity Check means a test designed to determine whether 
the response of a Hg analyzer is linear across its measurement range. 
Three elemental Hg calibration gas standards (i.e., low, mid, and high-
level gases) are required for this test.
    3.1.14 System Integrity Check means a test designed to assess the 
transport and measurement of oxidized Hg by a Hg CEMS. Oxidized Hg 
standards are used for this test. For a three-level system integrity 
check, low, mid, and high-level calibration gases are required. For a 
single-level check, either

[[Page 225]]

a mid-level gas or a high-level gas may be used.
    3.1.15 Cycle Time Test means a test designed to measure the amount 
of time it takes for a Hg CEMS, while operating normally, to respond to 
a known step change in gas concentration. For this test, a zero gas and 
a high-level gas are required. The high-level gas may be either an 
elemental or an oxidized Hg standard.
    3.1.16 Relative Accuracy Test Audit or RATA means a series of nine 
or more test runs, directly comparing readings from a Hg CEMS or sorbent 
trap monitoring system to measurements made with a reference stack test 
method. The relative accuracy (RA) of the monitoring system is expressed 
as the absolute mean difference between the monitoring system and 
reference method measurements plus the absolute value of the 2.5 percent 
error confidence coefficient, divided by the mean value of the reference 
method measurements.
    3.1.17 Unit Operating Hour means a clock hour in which a unit 
combusts any fuel, either for part of the hour or for the entire hour.
    3.1.18 Stack Operating Hour means a clock hour in which gases flow 
through a particular monitored stack or duct (either for part of the 
hour or for the entire hour), while the associated unit(s) are 
combusting fuel.
    3.1.19 Operating Day means a calendar day in which a source combusts 
any fuel.
    3.1.20 Quality Assurance (QA) Operating Quarter means a calendar 
quarter in which there are at least 168 unit or stack operating hours 
(as defined in this section).
    3.1.21 Grace Period means a specified number of unit or stack 
operating hours after the deadline for a required quality-assurance test 
of a continuous monitor has passed, in which the test may be performed 
and passed without loss of data.
    3.2 Continuous Monitoring Methods.
    3.2.1 Hg CEMS. A typical Hg CEMS is shown in Figure A-1. The CEMS in 
Figure A-1 is a dilution extractive system, which measures Hg 
concentration on a wet basis, and is the most commonly-used type of Hg 
CEMS. Other system designs may be used, provided that the CEMS meets the 
performance specifications in section 4.1.1 of this appendix.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR16FE12.012

    3.2.1.1 Equipment Specifications.
    3.2.1.1.1 Materials of Construction. All wetted sampling system 
components, including probe components prior to the point at which the 
calibration gas is introduced, must be chemically inert to all Hg 
species. Materials such as perfluoroalkoxy (PFA) Teflon \TM\, quartz, 
and treated stainless steel (SS) are examples of such materials.
    3.2.1.1.2 Temperature Considerations. All system components prior to 
the Hg +2 to Hg \0\

[[Page 226]]

converter must be maintained at a sample temperature above the acid gas 
dew point.
    3.2.1.1.3 Measurement System Components.
    3.2.1.1.3.1 Sample Probe. The probe must be made of the appropriate 
materials as noted in paragraph 3.2.1.1.1 of this section, heated when 
necessary, as described in paragraph 3.2.1.1.3.4 of this section, and 
configured with ports for introduction of calibration gases.
    3.2.1.1.3.2 Filter or Other Particulate Removal Device. The filter 
or other particulate removal device is part of the measurement system, 
must be made of appropriate materials, as noted in paragraph 3.2.1.1.1 
of this section, and must be included in all system tests.
    3.2.1.1.3.3 Sample Line. The sample line that connects the probe to 
the converter, conditioning system, and analyzer must be made of 
appropriate materials, as noted in paragraph 3.2.1.1.1 of this section.
    3.2.1.1.3.4 Conditioning Equipment. For wet basis systems, such as 
the one shown in Figure A-1, the sample must be kept above its dew point 
either by: heating the sample line and all sample transport components 
up to the inlet of the analyzer (and, for hot-wet extractive systems, 
also heating the analyzer); or diluting the sample prior to analysis 
using a dilution probe system. The components required for these 
operations are considered to be conditioning equipment. For dry basis 
measurements, a condenser, dryer or other suitable device is required to 
remove moisture continuously from the sample gas, and any equipment 
needed to heat the probe or sample line to avoid condensation prior to 
the moisture removal component is also required.
    3.2.1.1.3.5 Sampling Pump. A pump is needed to push or pull the 
sample gas through the system at a flow rate sufficient to minimize the 
response time of the measurement system. If a mechanical sample pump is 
used and its surfaces are in contact with the sample gas prior to 
detection, the pump must be leak free and must be constructed of a 
material that is non-reactive to the gas being sampled (see paragraph 
3.2.1.1.1 of this section). For dilution-type measurement systems, such 
as the system shown in Figure A-1, an ejector pump (eductor) may be used 
to create a sufficient vacuum that sample gas will be drawn through a 
critical orifice at a constant rate. The ejector pump must be 
constructed of any material that is non-reactive to the gas being 
sampled.
    3.2.1.1.3.6 Calibration Gas System(s). Design and equip each Hg CEMS 
to permit the introduction of known concentrations of elemental Hg and 
HgCl2 separately, at a point preceding the sample extraction 
filtration system, such that the entire measurement system can be 
checked. The calibration gas system(s) must be designed so that the flow 
rate exceeds the sampling system flow requirements and that the gas is 
delivered to the CEMS at atmospheric pressure.
    3.2.1.1.3.7 Sample Gas Delivery. The sample line may feed directly 
to either a converter, a by-pass valve (for Hg speciating systems), or a 
sample manifold. All valve and/or manifold components must be made of 
material that is non-reactive to the gas sampled and the calibration 
gas, and must be configured to safely discharge any excess gas.
    3.2.1.1.3.8 Hg Analyzer. An instrument is required that continuously 
measures the total vapor phase Hg concentration in the gas stream. The 
analyzer may also be capable of measuring elemental and oxidized Hg 
separately.
    3.2.1.1.3.9 Data Recorder. A recorder, such as a computerized data 
acquisition and handling system (DAHS), digital recorder, or data 
logger, is required for recording measurement data.
    3.2.1.2 Reagents and Standards.
    3.2.1.2.1 NIST Traceability. Only NIST-certified or NIST-traceable 
calibration gas standards and reagents (as defined in paragraphs 3.1.4 
and 3.1.5 of this appendix), and including, but not limited to, Hg gas 
generators and Hg gas cylinders, shall be used for the tests and 
procedures required under this subpart. Calibration gases with known 
concentrations of Hg\0\ and HgCl2 are required. Special 
reagents and equipment may be needed to prepare the Hg\0\ and 
HgCl2 gas standards (e.g., NIST-traceable solutions of 
HgCl2 and gas generators equipped with mass flow 
controllers).
    3.2.1.2.2 Required Calibration Gas Concentrations.
    3.2.1.2.2.1 Zero-Level Gas. A zero-level calibration gas with a Hg 
concentration below the level detectable by the Hg analyzer is required 
for calibration error tests and cycle time tests of the CEMS.
    3.2.1.2.2.2 Low-Level Gas. A low-level calibration gas with a Hg 
concentration of 20 to 30 percent of the span value is required for 
linearity checks and 3-level system integrity checks of the CEMS. 
Elemental Hg standards are required for the linearity checks and 
oxidized Hg standards are required for the system integrity checks.
    3.2.1.2.2.3 Mid-Level Gas. A mid-level calibration gas with a Hg 
concentration of 50 to 60 percent of the span value is required for 
linearity checks and for 3-level system integrity checks of the CEMS, 
and is optional for calibration error tests and single-level system 
integrity checks. Elemental Hg standards are required for the linearity 
checks, oxidized Hg standards are required for the system integrity 
checks, and either elemental or oxidized Hg standards may be used for 
the calibration error tests.
    3.2.1.2.2.4 High-Level Gas. A high-level calibration gas with a Hg 
concentration of 80 to 100 percent of the span value is required for 
linearity checks, 3-level system integrity

[[Page 227]]

checks, and cycle time tests of the CEMS, and is optional for 
calibration error tests and single-level system integrity checks. 
Elemental Hg standards are required for the linearity checks, oxidized 
Hg standards are required for the system integrity checks, and either 
elemental or oxidized Hg standards may be used for the calibration error 
and cycle time tests.
    3.2.1.3 Installation and Measurement Location. For the Hg CEMS and 
any additional monitoring system(s) needed to convert Hg concentrations 
to the desired units of measure (i.e., a flow monitor, CO2 or 
O2 monitor, and/or moisture monitor, as applicable), install 
each monitoring system at a location: that is consistent with 
63.10010(a); that represents the emissions exiting to the atmosphere; 
and where it is likely that the CEMS can pass the relative accuracy 
test.
    3.2.1.4 Monitor Span and Range Requirements. Determine the 
appropriate span and range value(s) for the Hg CEMS as described in 
paragraphs 3.2.1.4.1 through 3.2.1.4.3 of this section.
    3.2.1.4.1 Maximum Potential Concentration. There are three options 
for determining the maximum potential Hg concentration (MPC). Option 1 
applies to coal combustion. You may use a default value of 10 [micro]g/
scm for all coal ranks (including coal refuse) except for lignite; for 
lignite, use 16 [micro]g/scm. If different coals are blended as part of 
normal operation, use the highest MPC for any fuel in the blend. Option 
2 is to base the MPC on the results of site-specific Hg emission 
testing. This option may be used only if the unit does not have add-on 
Hg emission controls or a flue gas desulfurization system, or if testing 
is performed upstream of all emission control devices. If Option 2 is 
selected, perform at least three test runs at the normal operating load, 
and the highest Hg concentration obtained in any of the tests shall be 
the MPC. Option 3 is to use fuel sampling and analysis to estimate the 
MPC. To make this estimate, use the average Hg content (i.e., the weight 
percentage) from at least three representative fuel samples, together 
with other available information, including, but not limited to the 
maximum fuel feed rate, the heating value of the fuel, and an 
appropriate F-factor. Assume that all of the Hg in the fuel is emitted 
to the atmosphere as vapor-phase Hg.
    3.2.1.4.2 Span Value. To determine the span value of the Hg CEMS, 
multiply the Hg concentration corresponding to the applicable emissions 
standard by two. If the result of this calculation is an exact multiple 
of 10 [micro]g/scm, use the result as the span value. Otherwise, round 
off the result to either: the next highest integer; the next highest 
multiple of 5 [micro]g/scm; or the next highest multiple of 10 [micro]g/
scm.
    3.2.1.4.3 Analyzer Range. The Hg analyzer must be capable of reading 
Hg concentration as high as the MPC.
    3.2.2 Sorbent Trap Monitoring System. A sorbent trap monitoring 
system (as defined in paragraph 3.1.2 of this section) may be used as an 
alternative to a Hg CEMS. If this option is selected, the monitoring 
system shall be installed, maintained, and operated in accordance with 
Performance Specification (PS) 12B in Appendix B to part 60 of this 
chapter. The system shall be certified in accordance with the provisions 
of section 4.1.2 of this appendix.
    3.2.3 Other Necessary Data Collection. To convert measured hourly Hg 
concentrations to the units of the applicable emissions standard (i.e., 
lb/TBtu or lb/GWh), additional data must be collected, as described in 
paragraphs 3.2.3.1 through 3.2.3.3 of this section. Any additional 
monitoring systems needed for this purpose must be certified, operated, 
maintained, and quality-assured according to the applicable provisions 
of part 75 of this chapter (see Sec. Sec. 63.10010(b) through (d)). The 
calculation methods for the types of emission limits described in 
paragraphs 3.2.3.1 and 3.2.3.2 of this section are presented in section 
6.2 of this appendix.
    3.2.3.1 Heat Input-Based Emission Limits. For a heat input-based Hg 
emission limit (i.e., in lb/TBtu), data from a certified CO2 
or O2 monitor are needed, along with a fuel-specific F-factor 
and a conversion constant to convert measured Hg concentration values to 
the units of the standard. In some cases, the stack gas moisture content 
must also be considered in making these conversions.
    3.2.3.2 Electrical Output-Based Emission Rates. If the applicable Hg 
limit is electrical output-based (i.e., lb/GWh), hourly electrical load 
data and unit operating times are required in addition to hourly data 
from a certified stack gas flow rate monitor and (if applicable) 
moisture data.
    3.2.3.3 Sorbent Trap Monitoring System Operation. Routine operation 
of a sorbent trap monitoring system requires the use of a certified 
stack gas flow rate monitor, to maintain an established ratio of stack 
gas flow rate to sample flow rate.

            4. Certification and Recertification Requirements

    4.1 Certification Requirements. All Hg CEMS and sorbent trap 
monitoring systems and the additional monitoring systems used to 
continuously measure Hg emissions in units of the applicable emissions 
standard in accordance with this appendix must be certified in a timely 
manner, such that the initial compliance demonstration is completed no 
later than the applicable date in Sec. 63.9984(f).
    4.1.1 Hg CEMS. Table A-1, below, summarizes the certification test 
requirements and performance specifications for a Hg CEMS.

[[Page 228]]

The CEMS may not be used to report quality-assured data until these 
performance criteria are met. Paragraphs 4.1.1.1 through 4.1.1.5 of this 
section provide specific instructions for the required tests. All tests 
must be performed with the affected unit(s) operating (i.e., combusting 
fuel). Except for the RATA, which must be performed at normal load, no 
particular load level is required for the certification tests.
    4.1.1.1 7-Day Calibration Error Test. Perform the 7-day calibration 
error test on 7 consecutive source operating days, using a zero-level 
gas and either a high-level or a mid-level calibration gas standard (as 
defined in paragraphs 3.1.8, 3.1.10, and 3.1.11 of this appendix). Use a 
NIST-traceable elemental Hg gas standard (as defined in paragraphs 3.1.4 
of this appendix) for the test. If your Hg CEMS lacks an integrated 
elemental Hg gas generator, you may continue to use NIST-traceable 
oxidized Hg gases for the 7-day calibration error test (or the daily 
calibration error check) until such time as NIST-traceable compressed 
elemental Hg gas standards, at appropriate concentration levels, are 
available from gas vendors. If moisture is added to the calibration gas, 
the dilution effect of the moisture and/or chlorine addition on the 
calibration gas concentration must be accounted for in an appropriate 
manner. Operate the Hg CEMS in its normal sampling mode during the test. 
The calibrations should be approximately 24 hours apart, unless the 7-
day test is performed over non-consecutive calendar days. On each day of 
the test, inject the zero-level and upscale gases in sequence and record 
the analyzer responses. Pass the calibration gas through all filters, 
scrubbers, conditioners, and other monitor components used during normal 
sampling, and through as much of the sampling probe as is practical. Do 
not make any manual adjustments to the monitor (i.e., resetting the 
calibration) until after taking measurements at both the zero and 
upscale concentration levels. If automatic adjustments are made 
following both injections, conduct the calibration error test such that 
the magnitude of the adjustments can be determined, and use only the 
unadjusted analyzer responses in the calculations. Calculate the 
calibration error (CE) on each day of the test, as described in Table A-
1 of this appendix. The CE on each day of the test must either meet the 
main performance specification or the alternative specification in Table 
A-1 of this appendix.
    4.1.1.2 Linearity Check. Perform the linearity check using low, mid, 
and high-level concentrations of NIST-traceable elemental Hg standards. 
Three gas injections at each concentration level are required, with no 
two successive injections at the same concentration level. Introduce the 
calibration gas at the gas injection port, as specified in section 
3.2.1.1.3.6 of this appendix. Operate the CEMS at its normal operating 
temperature and conditions. Pass the calibration gas through all 
filters, scrubbers, conditioners, and other components used during 
normal sampling, and through as much of the sampling probe as is 
practical. If moisture and/or chlorine is added to the calibration gas, 
the dilution effect of the moisture and/or chlorine addition on the 
calibration gas concentration must be accounted for in an appropriate 
manner. Record the monitor response from the data acquisition and 
handling system for each gas injection. At each concentration level, use 
the average analyzer response to calculate the linearity error (LE), as 
described in Table A-1. The LE must either meet the main performance 
specification or the alternative specification in Table A-1.
    4.1.1.3 Three-Level System Integrity Check. Perform the 3-level 
system integrity check using low, mid, and high-level calibration gas 
concentrations generated by a NIST-traceable source of oxidized Hg. If 
your Hg CEMS lacks an integrated elemental Hg gas generator, you may 
continue to use NIST-traceable oxidized Hg gases for the 7-day 
calibration error test (or the daily calibration error check) until such 
time as NIST-traceable compressed elemental Hg gas standards, at 
appropriate concentration levels, are available from gas vendors. Follow 
the same basic procedure as for the linearity check. If moisture and/or 
chlorine is added to the calibration gas, the dilution effect of the 
moisture and/or chlorine addition on the calibration gas concentration 
must be accounted for in an appropriate manner. Calculate the system 
integrity error (SIE), as described in Table A-1 of this appendix. The 
SIE must either meet the main performance specification or the 
alternative specification in Table A-1 of this appendix.

               Table A-1--Required Certification Tests and Performance Specifications for Hg CEMS
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                     The alternate
 For this required certification test    The main performance         performance         And the conditions of
                . . .                   specification \1\ is .   specification \1\ is .       the alternate
                                                 . .                      . .            specification are . . .
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7-day calibration error test \2 6\...  [verbar]R - A[verbar]    [verbar]R - A[verbar]    The alternate
                                        <= 5.0% of span value,   <= 1.0 [micro]g/scm.     specification may be
                                        for both the zero and                             used on any day of the
                                        upscale gases, on each                            test.
                                        of the 7 days..

[[Page 229]]

 
Linearity check \3 6\................  [verbar]R - Aavg         [verbar]R - Aavg         The alternate
                                        [verbar] <= 10.0% of     [verbar] <= 0.8          specification may be
                                        the reference gas        [micro]g/scm.            used at any gas level.
                                        concentration at each
                                        calibration gas level
                                        (low, mid, or high)..
3-level system integrity check \4\...  [verbar]R - Aavg         [verbar]R - Aavg         The alternate
                                        [verbar] <= 10.0% of     [verbar] <= 0.8          specification may be
                                        the reference gas        [micro]g/scm.            used at any gas level.
                                        concentration at each
                                        calibration gas level..
RATA.................................  20.0% RA...............  [verbar]RMavg -          RMavg < 2.5[micro]g/scm
                                                                 Cavg[verbar] +
                                                                 [verbar]CC[verbar] <=
                                                                 0.5 [micro]g/scm \7\.
Cycle time test \5\..................  15 minutes where the
                                        stability criteria are
                                        readings change by <
                                        2.0% of span or by <=
                                        0.5 [micro]g/scm, for
                                        2 minutes..
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Note that [verbar]R - A[verbar] is the absolute value of the difference between the reference gas value and
  the analyzer reading. [verbar]R - Aavg[verbar] is the absolute value of the difference between the reference
  gas concentration and the average of the analyzer responses, at a particular gas level.
\2\ Use elemental Hg standards; a mid-level or high-level upscale gas may be used.
\3\ Use elemental Hg standards.
\4\ Use oxidized Hg standards.
\5\ Use elemental Hg standards; a high-level upscale gas must be used. The cycle time test is not required for
  Hg CEMS that use integrated batch sampling; however, those monitoring systems must be capable of recording at
  least one Hg concentration reading every 15 minutes.
\6\ If your Hg CEMS lacks an integrated elemental Hg gas generator, you may continue to use NIST-traceable
  oxidized Hg gases until such time as NIST-traceable compressed elemental Hg gas standards, at appropriate
  concentration levels, are available from gas vendors.
\7\ Note that [verbar]RMavg - Cavg[verbar] is the absolute difference between the mean reference method value
  and the mean CEMS value from the RATA; CC is the confidence coefficient from Equation 2-5 of Performance
  Specification 2 in appendix B to part 60 of this chapter.

    4.1.1.4 Cycle Time Test. Perform the cycle time test, using a zero-
level gas and a high-level calibration gas.
    Either an elemental or oxidized NIST-traceable Hg standard may be 
used as the high-level gas. Perform the test in two stages--upscale and 
downscale. The slower of the upscale and downscale response times is the 
cycle time for the CEMS. Begin each stage of the test by injecting 
calibration gas after achieving a stable reading of the stack emissions. 
The cycle time is the amount of time it takes for the analyzer to 
register a reading that is 95 percent of the way between the stable 
stack emissions reading and the final, stable reading of the calibration 
gas concentration. Use the following criterion to determine when a 
stable reading of stack emissions or calibration gas has been attained--
the reading is stable if it changes by no more than 2.0 percent of the 
span value or 0.5 [micro]g/scm (whichever is less restrictive) for two 
minutes, or a reading with a change of less than 6.0 percent from the 
measured average concentration over 6 minutes. Integrated batch sampling 
type Hg CEMS are exempted from this test; however, these systems must be 
capable of delivering a measured Hg concentration reading at least once 
every 15 minutes. If necessary to increase measurement sensitivity of a 
batch sampling type Hg CEMS for a specific application, you may petition 
the Administrator for approval of a time longer than 15 minutes between 
readings.
    4.1.1.5 Relative Accuracy Test Audit (RATA). Perform the RATA of the 
Hg CEMS at normal load. Acceptable Hg reference methods for the RATA 
include ASTM D6784-02 (Reapproved 2008), ``Standard Test Method for 
Elemental, Oxidized, Particle-Bound and Total Mercury in Flue Gas 
Generated from Coal-Fired Stationary Sources (Ontario Hydro Method)'' 
(incorporated by reference, see Sec. 63.14) and Methods 29, 30A, and 
30B in appendix A-8 to part 60 of this chapter. When Method 29 or ASTM 
D6784-02 is used, paired sampling trains are required and the filterable 
portion of the sample need not be included when making comparisons to 
the Hg CEMS results for purposes of a RATA. To validate a Method 29 or 
ASTM D6784-02 test run, calculate the relative deviation (RD) using 
Equation A-1 of this section, and assess the results as follows to 
validate the run. The RD must not exceed 10 percent, when the average Hg 
concentration is greater than 1.0 [micro]g/dscm. If the RD specification 
is met, the results of the two samples shall be averaged arithmetically.

[[Page 230]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR06AP16.008

Where:

RD = Relative Deviation between the Hg concentrations of samples ``a'' 
          and ``b'' (percent),
Ca = Hg concentration of Hg sample ``a'' ([micro] g/dscm), 
          and
Cb = Hg concentration of Hg sample ``b'' ([micro] g/dscm).

    4.1.1.5.1 Special Considerations. A minimum of nine valid test runs 
must be performed, directly comparing the CEMS measurements to the 
reference method. More than nine test runs may be performed. If this 
option is chosen, the results from a maximum of three test runs may be 
rejected so long as the total number of test results used to determine 
the relative accuracy is greater than or equal to nine; however, all 
data must be reported including the rejected data. The minimum time per 
run is 21 minutes if Method 30A is used. If Method 29, Method 30B, or 
ASTM D6784-02 (Reapproved 2008), ``Standard Test Method for Elemental, 
Oxidized, Particle-Bound and Total Mercury in Flue Gas Generated from 
Coal-Fired Stationary Sources (Ontario Hydro Method)'' (incorporated by 
reference, see Sec. 63.14) is used, the time per run must be long 
enough to collect a sufficient mass of Hg to analyze. Complete the RATA 
within 168 unit operating hours, except when Method 29 or ASTM D6784-02 
is used, in which case up to 336 operating hours may be taken to finish 
the test.
    4.1.1.5.2 Calculation of RATA Results. Calculate the relative 
accuracy (RA) of the monitoring system, on a [micro]g/scm basis, as 
described in section 12 of Performance Specification (PS) 2 in appendix 
B to part 60 of this chapter (see Equations 2--3 through 2-6 of PS 2). 
For purposes of calculating the relative accuracy, ensure that the 
reference method and monitoring system data are on a consistent basis, 
either wet or dry. The CEMS must either meet the main performance 
specification or the alternative specification in Table A-1 of this 
appendix.
    4.1.1.5.3 Bias Adjustment. Measurement or adjustment of Hg CEMS data 
for bias is not required.
    4.1.2 Sorbent Trap Monitoring Systems. For the initial certification 
of a sorbent trap monitoring system, only a RATA is required.
    4.1.2.1 Reference Methods. The acceptable reference methods for the 
RATA of a sorbent trap monitoring system are the same as those listed in 
paragraph 4.1.1.5 of this section.
    4.1.2.2 ``The special considerations specified in paragraph 
4.1.1.5.1 of this section apply to the RATA of a sorbent trap monitoring 
system. During the RATA, the monitoring system must be operated and 
quality-assured in accordance with Performance Specification (PS) 12B in 
Appendix B to part 60 of this chapter with the following exceptions for 
sorbent trap section 2 breakthrough:
    4.1.2.2.1 For stack Hg concentrations 1 [micro]g/dscm, 
<=10% of section 1 Hg mass;
    4.1.2.2.2 For stack Hg concentrations <=1 [micro]g/dscm and 
0.5 [micro]g/dscm, <=20% of section 1 Hg mass;
    4.1.2.2.3 For stack Hg concentrations <=0.5 [micro]g/dscm and 
0.1 [micro]g/dscm, <=50% of section 1 Hg mass; and
    4.1.2.2.4 For stack Hg concentrations <=0.1[micro]g/dscm, no 
breakthrough criterion assuming all other QA/QC specifications are met.
    4.1.2.3 The type of sorbent material used by the traps during the 
RATA must be the same as for daily operation of the monitoring system; 
however, the size of the traps used for the RATA may be smaller than the 
traps used for daily operation of the system.
    4.1.2.4 Calculation of RATA Results. Calculate the relative accuracy 
(RA) of the sorbent trap monitoring system, on a [micro]g/scm basis, as 
described in section 12 of Performance Specification (PS) 2 in appendix 
B to part 60 of this chapter (see Equations 2-3 through 2-6 of PS2). For 
purposes of calculating the relative accuracy, ensure that the reference 
method and monitoring system data are on a consistent moisture basis, 
either wet or dry.The main and alternative RATA performance 
specifications in Table A-1 for Hg CEMS also apply to the sorbent trap 
monitoring system.
    4.1.2.5 Bias Adjustment. Measurement or adjustment of sorbent trap 
monitoring system data for bias is not required.
    4.1.3 Diluent Gas, Flow Rate, and/or Moisture Monitoring Systems. 
Monitoring systems that are used to measure stack gas volumetric flow 
rate, diluent gas concentration, or stack gas moisture content, either 
for routine operation of a sorbent trap monitoring system or to convert 
Hg concentration data to units of the applicable emission limit, must be 
certified in accordance with the applicable provisions of part 75 of 
this chapter.
    4.2 Recertification. Whenever the owner or operator makes a 
replacement, modification, or change to a certified CEMS or sorbent

[[Page 231]]

trap monitoring system that may significantly affect the ability of the 
system to accurately measure or record pollutant or diluent gas 
concentrations, stack gas flow rates, or stack gas moisture content, the 
owner or operator shall recertify the monitoring system. Furthermore, 
whenever the owner or operator makes a replacement, modification, or 
change to the flue gas handling system or the unit operation that may 
significantly change the concentration or flow profile, the owner or 
operator shall recertify the monitoring system. The same tests performed 
for the initial certification of the monitoring system shall be repeated 
for recertification, unless otherwise specified by the Administrator. 
Examples of changes that require recertification include: replacement of 
a gas analyzer; complete monitoring system replacement, and changing the 
location or orientation of the sampling probe.

          5. Ongoing Quality Assurance (QA) and Data Validation

    5.1 Hg CEMS.
    5.1.1 Required QA Tests. Periodic QA testing of each Hg CEMS is 
required following initial certification. The required QA tests, the 
test frequencies, and the performance specifications that must be met 
are summarized in Table A-2, below. All tests must be performed with the 
affected unit(s) operating (i.e., combusting fuel). Except for the RATA, 
which must be performed at normal load, no particular load level is 
required for the tests. For each test, follow the same basic procedures 
in section 4.1.1 of this appendix that were used for initial 
certification.
    5.1.2 Test Frequency. The frequency for the required QA tests of the 
Hg CEMS shall be as follows:
    5.1.2.1 Calibration error tests of the Hg CEMS are required daily, 
except during unit outages. Use a NIST-traceable elemental Hg gas 
standard for these calibrations. If your Hg CEMS lacks an integrated 
elemental Hg gas generator, you may continue to use NIST-traceable 
oxidized Hg gases for the 7-day calibration error test (or the daily 
calibration error check) until such time as NIST-traceable compressed 
elemental Hg gas standards, at appropriate concentration levels, are 
available from gas vendors. Both a zero-level gas and either a mid-level 
or high-level gas are required for these calibrations.
    5.1.2.2 Perform a linearity check of the Hg CEMS in each QA 
operating quarter, using low-level, mid-level, and high-level NIST-
traceable elemental Hg standards. For units that operate infrequently, 
limited exemptions from this test are allowed for ``non-QA operating 
quarters''. A maximum of three consecutive exemptions for this reason 
are permitted, following the quarter of the last test. After the third 
consecutive exemption, a linearity check must be performed in the next 
calendar quarter or within a grace period of 168 unit or stack operating 
hours after the end of that quarter. The test frequency for 3-level 
system integrity checks (if performed in lieu of linearity checks) is 
the same as for the linearity checks. Use low-level, mid-level, and 
high-level NIST-traceable oxidized Hg standards for the system integrity 
checks.
    5.1.2.3 Perform a single-level system integrity check weekly, i.e., 
once every 7 operating days (see the third column in Table A-2 of this 
appendix).
    5.1.2.4 The test frequency for the RATAs of the Hg CEMS shall be 
annual, i.e., once every four QA operating quarters. For units that 
operate infrequently, extensions of RATA deadlines are allowed for non-
QA operating quarters. Following a RATA, if there is a subsequent non-QA 
quarter, it extends the deadline for the next test by one calendar 
quarter. However, there is a limit to these extensions; the deadline may 
not be extended beyond the end of the eighth calendar quarter after the 
quarter of the last test. At that point, a RATA must either be performed 
within the eighth calendar quarter or in a 720 hour unit or stack 
operating hour grace period following that quarter. When a required 
annual RATA is done within a grace period, the deadline for the next 
RATA is three QA operating quarters after the quarter in which the grace 
period test is performed.
    5.1.3 Grace Periods.
    5.1.3.1 A 168 unit or stack operating hour grace period is available 
for quarterly linearity checks and 3-level system integrity checks of 
the Hg CEMS.
    5.1.3.2 A 720 unit or stack operating hour grace period is available 
for RATAs of the Hg CEMS.
    5.1.3.3 There is no grace period for weekly system integrity checks. 
The test must be completed once every 7 operating days.
    5.1.4 Data Validation. The Hg CEMS is considered to be out-of-
control, and data from the CEMS may not be reported as quality-assured, 
when any one of the acceptance criteria for the required QA tests in 
Table A-2 is not met. The CEMS is also considered to be out-of-control 
when a required QA test is not performed on schedule or within an 
allotted grace period. To end an out-of-control period, the QA test that 
was either failed or not done on time must be performed and passed. Out-
of-control periods are counted as hours of monitoring system downtime.
    5.1.5 Conditional Data Validation. For certification, 
recertification, and diagnostic testing of Hg monitoring systems, and 
for the required QA tests when non-redundant backup Hg monitoring 
systems or temporary like-kind Hg analyzers are brought into service, 
the conditional data validation provisions in Sec. Sec. 75.20(b)(3)(ii) 
through (b)(3)(ix) of this chapter may be used to avoid or minimize data 
loss. The allotted window of time

[[Page 232]]

to complete 7-day calibration error tests, linearity checks, cycle time 
tests, and RATAs shall be as specified in Sec. 75.20(b)(3)(iv) of this 
chapter. Required system integrity checks must be completed within 168 
unit or stack operating hours after the probationary calibration error 
test.

                              Table A-2--On-Going QA Test Requirements for Hg CEMS
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                       With these
  Perform this type of QA test . . .   At this frequency . . .     qualifications and    Acceptance criteria . .
                                                                    exceptions . . .                .
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Calibration error test \5\...........  Daily..................   Use   [verbar]R - A[verbar]
                                                                 either a mid- or high-   <= 5.0% of span value
                                                                 level gas.              or
                                                                 Use   [verbar]R - A[verbar]
                                                                 elemental Hg.            <= 1.0 [micro]g/scm.
                                                                
                                                                 Calibrations are not
                                                                 required when the unit
                                                                 is not in operation..
Single-level system integrity check..  Weekly \1\.............   Use   [verbar]R -
                                                                 oxidized Hg--either      Aavg[verbar] <= 10.0%
                                                                 mid- or high-level.      of the reference gas
                                                                                          value
                                                                                         or
                                                                                         [verbar]R -
                                                                                          Aavg[verbar] <= 0.8
                                                                                          [micro]g/scm.
Linearity check or 3-level system      Quarterly \3\..........         [verbar]R - Aavg
 integrity check.                                                Required in each ``QA    [verbar] <= 10.0% of
                                                                 operating quarter''      the reference gas
                                                                 \2\ and no less than     value, at each
                                                                 once every 4 calendar    calibration gas level
                                                                 quarters.               or
                                                                 168   [verbar]R -
                                                                 operating hour grace     Aavg[verbar] <= 0.8
                                                                 period available.        [micro]g/scm.
                                                                 Use
                                                                 elemental Hg for
                                                                 linearity check.
                                                                 Use
                                                                 oxidized Hg for system
                                                                 integrity check.
RATA.................................  Annual \4\.............   Test  <=20.0% RA or
                                                                 deadline may be         [bond]RMavg - Cavg
                                                                 extended for ``non-QA    [bond] +
                                                                 operating quarters,''    [bond]CC[bond] <= 0.5
                                                                 up to a maximum of 8     [micro]g/scm, if RMavg
                                                                 quarters from the        < 2.5 [micro]g/scm.
                                                                 quarter of the
                                                                 previous test.
                                                                 720
                                                                 operating hour grace
                                                                 period available.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ ``Weekly'' means once every 7 operating days.
\2\ A ``QA operating quarter'' is a calendar quarter with at least 168 unit or stack operating hours.
\3\ ``Quarterly'' means once every QA operating quarter.
\4\ ``Annual'' means once every four QA operating quarters.
\5\ If your Hg CEMS lacks an integrated elemental Hg gas generator, you may continue to use NIST-traceable
  oxidized Hg gases until such time as NIST-traceable compressed elemental Hg gas standards, at appropriate
  concentration levels, are available from gas vendors.

    5.1.6 Adjustment of Span. If you discover that a span adjustment is 
needed (e.g., if the Hg concentration readings exceed the span value for 
a significant percentage of the unit operating hours in a calendar 
quarter), you must implement the span adjustment within 90 days after 
the end of the calendar quarter in which you identify the need for the 
adjustment. A diagnostic linearity check is required within 168 unit or 
stack operating hours after changing the span value.
    5.2 Sorbent Trap Monitoring Systems.
    5.2.1 Each sorbent trap monitoring system shall be continuously 
operated and maintained in accordance with Performance Specification 
(PS) 12B in appendix B to part 60 of this chapter. The QA/QC criteria 
for routine operation of the system are summarized in Table 12B-1 of PS 
12B. Each pair of sorbent traps may be used to sample the stack gas for 
up to 15 operating days.
    5.2.2 For ongoing QA, periodic RATAs of the system are required.
    5.2.2.1 The RATA frequency shall be annual, i.e., once every four QA 
operating quarters. The provisions in section 5.1.2.4 of this appendix 
pertaining to RATA deadline extensions also apply to sorbent trap 
monitoring systems.
    5.2.2.2 The same RATA performance criteria specified in Table A-2 
for Hg CEMS also apply to the annual RATAs of the sorbent trap 
monitoring system.
    5.2.2.3 A 720 unit or stack operating hour grace period is available 
for RATAs of the monitoring system.
    5.2.3 Data validation for sorbent trap monitoring systems shall be 
done in accordance with Table 12B-1 in Performance Specification (PS) 
12B in appendix B to part 60 of this chapter. All periods of invalid 
data shall be counted as hours of monitoring system downtime.
    5.3 Flow Rate, Diluent Gas, and Moisture Monitoring Systems. The on-
going QA test requirements for these monitoring systems are specified in 
part 75 of this chapter (see Sec. Sec. 63.10010(b) through (d)).

[[Page 233]]

    5.4 QA/QC Program Requirements. The owner or operator shall develop 
and implement a quality assurance/quality control (QA/QC) program for 
the Hg CEMS and/or sorbent trap monitoring systems that are used to 
provide data under this subpart. At a minimum, the program shall include 
a written plan that describes in detail (or that refers to separate 
documents containing) complete, step-by-step procedures and operations 
for the most important QA/QC activities. Electronic storage of the QA/QC 
plan is permissible, provided that the information can be made available 
in hard copy to auditors and inspectors. The QA/QC program requirements 
for the diluent gas, flow rate, and moisture monitoring systems 
described in section 3.2.1.3 of this appendix are specified in section 1 
of appendix B to part 75 of this chapter.
    5.4.1 General Requirements.
    5.4.1.1 Preventive Maintenance. Keep a written record of procedures 
needed to maintain the Hg CEMS and/or sorbent trap monitoring system(s) 
in proper operating condition and a schedule for those procedures. 
Include, at a minimum, all procedures specified by the manufacturers of 
the equipment and, if applicable, additional or alternate procedures 
developed for the equipment.
    5.4.1.2 Recordkeeping and Reporting. Keep a written record 
describing procedures that will be used to implement the recordkeeping 
and reporting requirements of this appendix.
    5.4.1.3 Maintenance Records. Keep a record of all testing, 
maintenance, or repair activities performed on any Hg CEMS or sorbent 
trap monitoring system in a location and format suitable for inspection. 
A maintenance log may be used for this purpose. The following records 
should be maintained: date, time, and description of any testing, 
adjustment, repair, replacement, or preventive maintenance action 
performed on any monitoring system and records of any corrective actions 
associated with a monitor outage period. Additionally, any adjustment 
that may significantly affect a system's ability to accurately measure 
emissions data must be recorded (e.g., changing the dilution ratio of a 
CEMS), and a written explanation of the procedures used to make the 
adjustment(s) shall be kept.
    5.4.2 Specific Requirements for Hg CEMS.
    5.4.2.1 Daily Calibrations, Linearity Checks and System Integrity 
Checks. Keep a written record of the procedures used for daily 
calibrations of the Hg CEMS. If moisture and/or chlorine is added to the 
Hg calibration gas, document how the dilution effect of the moisture 
and/or chlorine addition on the calibration gas concentration is 
accounted for in an appropriate manner. Also keep records of the 
procedures used to perform linearity checks of the Hg CEMS and the 
procedures for system integrity checks of the Hg CEMS. Document how the 
test results are calculated and evaluated.
    5.4.2.2 Monitoring System Adjustments. Document how each component 
of the Hg CEMS will be adjusted to provide correct responses to 
calibration gases after routine maintenance, repairs, or corrective 
actions.
    5.4.2.3 Relative Accuracy Test Audits. Keep a written record of 
procedures used for RATAs of the Hg CEMS. Indicate the reference methods 
used and document how the test results are calculated and evaluated.
    5.4.3 Specific Requirements for Sorbent Trap Monitoring Systems.
    5.4.3.1 Sorbent Trap Identification and Tracking. Include procedures 
for inscribing or otherwise permanently marking a unique identification 
number on each sorbent trap, for chain of custody purposes. Keep records 
of the ID of the monitoring system in which each sorbent trap is used, 
and the dates and hours of each Hg collection period.
    5.4.3.2 Monitoring System Integrity and Data Quality. Document the 
procedures used to perform the leak checks when a sorbent trap is placed 
in service and removed from service. Also Document the other QA 
procedures used to ensure system integrity and data quality, including, 
but not limited to, gas flow meter calibrations, verification of 
moisture removal, and ensuring air-tight pump operation. In addition, 
the QA plan must include the data acceptance and quality control 
criteria in Table 12B-1 in section 9.0 of Performance Specification (PS) 
12B in Appendix B to part 60 of this chapter. All reference meters used 
to calibrate the gas flow meters (e.g., wet test meters) shall be 
periodically recalibrated. Annual, or more frequent, recalibration is 
recommended. If a NIST-traceable calibration device is used as a 
reference flow meter, the QA plan must include a protocol for ongoing 
maintenance and periodic recalibration to maintain the accuracy and 
NIST-traceability of the calibrator.
    5.4.3.3 Hg Analysis. Explain the chain of custody employed in 
packing, transporting, and analyzing the sorbent traps. Keep records of 
all Hg analyses. The analyses shall be performed in accordance with the 
procedures described in section 11.0 of Performance Specification (PS) 
12B in Appendix B to part 60 of this chapter.
    5.4.3.4 Data Collection Period. State, and provide the rationale 
for, the minimum acceptable data collection period (e.g., one day, one 
week, etc.) for the size of sorbent trap selected for the monitoring. 
Address such factors as the Hg concentration in the stack gas, the 
capacity of the sorbent trap, and the minimum mass of Hg required for 
the analysis. Each pair of sorbent traps may be used to sample the stack 
gas for up to 14 operating days.

[[Page 234]]

    5.4.3.5 Relative Accuracy Test Audit Procedures. Keep records of the 
procedures and details peculiar to the sorbent trap monitoring systems 
that are to be followed for relative accuracy test audits, such as 
sampling and analysis methods.

                   6. Data Reduction and Calculations

    6.1 Data Reduction.
    6.1.1 Reduce the data from Hg CEMS to hourly averages, in accordance 
with Sec. 60.13(h)(2) of this chapter.
    6.1.2 For sorbent trap monitoring systems, determine the Hg 
concentration for each data collection period and assign this 
concentration value to each operating hour in the data collection 
period.
    6.1.3 For any operating hour in which valid data are not obtained, 
either for Hg concentration or for a parameter used in the emissions 
calculations (i.e., flow rate, diluent gas concentration, or moisture, 
as applicable), do not calculate the Hg emission rate for that hour. For 
the purposes of this appendix, part 75 substitute data values are not 
considered to be valid data.
    6.1.4 Operating hours in which valid data are not obtained for Hg 
concentration are considered to be hours of monitor downtime. The use of 
substitute data for Hg concentration is not required.
    6.2 Calculation of Hg Emission Rates. Use the applicable calculation 
methods in paragraphs 6.2.1 and 6.2.2 of this section to convert Hg 
concentration values to the appropriate units of the emission standard.
    6.2.1 Heat Input-Based Hg Emission Rates. Calculate hourly heat 
input-based Hg emission rates, in units of lb/TBtu, according to 
sections 6.2.1.1 through 6.2.1.4 of this appendix.
    6.2.1.1 Select an appropriate emission rate equation from among 
Equations 19-1 through 19-9 in EPA Method 19 in appendix A-7 to part 60 
of this chapter.
    6.2.1.2 Calculate the Hg emission rate in lb/MMBtu, using the 
equation selected from Method 19. Multiply the Hg concentration value by 
6.24 x 10-11 to convert it from [micro]g/scm to lb/scf. In 
cases where an appropriate F-factor is not listed in Table 19-2 of 
Method 19, you may use F-factors from Table 1 in section 3.3.5 of 
appendix F to part 75 of this chapter, or F-factors derived using the 
procedures in section 3.3.6 of appendix to part 75 of this chapter. 
Also, for startup and shutdown hours, you may calculate the Hg emission 
rate using the applicable diluent cap value specified in section 3.3.4.1 
of appendix F to part 75 of this chapter, provided that the diluent gas 
monitor is not out-of-control and the hourly average O2 
concentration is above 14.0% O2 (19.0% for an IGCC) or the 
hourly average CO2 concentration is below 5.0% CO2 
(1.0% for an IGCC), as applicable.
    6.2.1.3 Multiply the lb/MMBtu value obtained in section 6.2.1.2 of 
this appendix by 10\6\ to convert it to lb/TBtu.
    6.2.1.4 The heat input-based Hg emission rate limit in Table 2 to 
this subpart must be met on a 30 boiler operating day rolling average 
basis, except as otherwise provided in Sec. 63.10009(a)(2). Use 
Equation 19-19 in EPA Method 19 to calculate the Hg emission rate for 
each averaging period. The term Ehj in Equation 19-19 must be 
in the units of the applicable emission limit. Do not include non-
operating hours with zero emissions in the average.
    6.2.2 Electrical Output-Based Hg Emission Rates. Calculate 
electrical output-based Hg emission limits in units of lb/GWh, according 
to sections 6.2.2.1 through 6.2.2.3 of this appendix.
    6.2.2.1 Calculate the Hg mass emissions for each operating hour in 
which valid data are obtained for all parameters, using Equation A-2 of 
this section (for wet-basis measurements of Hg concentration) or 
Equation A-3 of this section (for dry-basis measurements), as 
applicable:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR16FE12.014

Where:

Mh = Hg mass emission rate for the hour (lb/h)
K = Units conversion constant, 6.24 x 10-11 lb-scm/[micro]g-
          scf,
Ch = Hourly average Hg concentration, wet basis ([micro]g/
          scm)
Qh = Stack gas volumetric flow rate for the hour (scfh).
    (Note: Use unadjusted flow rate values; bias adjustment is not 
required)
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR16FE12.015


[[Page 235]]


Where:

Mh = Hg mass emission rate for the hour (lb/h)
K = Units conversion constant, 6.24 x 10-11 lb-scm/[micro]g-
          scf.
Ch = Hourly average Hg concentration, dry basis ([micro]g/
          dscm).
Qh = Stack gas volumetric flow rate for the hour (scfh)
(Note: Use unadjusted flow rate values; bias adjustment is not 
          required).
Bws = Moisture fraction of the stack gas, expressed as a 
          decimal (equal to % H2O/100)
    6.2.2.2 Use Equation A-4 of this section to calculate the emission 
rate for each unit or stack operating hour in which valid data are 
obtained for all parameters.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR16FE12.016

Where:

Eho = Electrical output-based Hg emission rate (lb/GWh).
Mh = Hg mass emission rate for the hour, from Equation A-2 or 
          A-3 of this section, as applicable (lb/h).
(MW)h = Gross electrical load for the hour, in megawatts 
          (MW).
10 \3\ = Conversion factor from megawatts to gigawatts.
    6.2.2.3 The applicable gross output-based Hg emission rate limit in 
Table 1 or 2 to this subpart must be met on a 30- (or 90-) boiler 
operating day rolling average basis, except as otherwise provided in 
Sec. 63.10009(a)(2). Use Equation A-5 of this appendix to calculate the 
Hg emission rate for each averaging period.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR06AP16.009

Where:

Eo = Hg emission rate for the averaging period (lb/GWh),
Eho = Gross output-based hourly Hg emission rate for unit or 
          stack sampling hour ``h'' in the averaging period, from 
          Equation A-4 of this appendix (lb/GWh), and
n = Number of unit or stack operating hours in the averaging period in 
          which valid data were obtained for all parameters. (Note: Do 
          not include non-operating hours with zero emission rates in 
          the average).

                     7. Recordkeeping and Reporting

    7.1 Recordkeeping Provisions. For the Hg CEMS and/or sorbent trap 
monitoring systems and any other necessary monitoring systems installed 
at each affected unit, the owner or operator must maintain a file of all 
measurements, data, reports, and other information required by this 
appendix in a form suitable for inspection, for 5 years from the date of 
each record, in accordance with Sec. 63.10033. The file shall contain 
the information in paragraphs 7.1.1 through 7.1.10 of this section.
    7.1.1 Monitoring Plan Records. For each affected unit or group of 
units monitored at a common stack, the owner or operator shall prepare 
and maintain a monitoring plan for the Hg CEMS and/or sorbent trap 
monitoring system(s) and any other monitoring system(s) (i.e., flow 
rate, diluent gas, or moisture systems) needed for routine operation of 
a sorbent trap monitoring system or to convert Hg concentrations to 
units of the applicable emission standard. The monitoring plan shall 
contain essential information on the continuous monitoring systems and 
shall Document how the data derived from these systems ensure that all 
Hg emissions from the unit or stack are monitored and reported.
    7.1.1.1 Updates. Whenever the owner or operator makes a replacement, 
modification, or change in a certified continuous monitoring system that 
is used to provide data under this subpart (including a change in the 
automated data acquisition and handling system or the flue gas handling 
system) which affects information reported in the monitoring plan (e.g., 
a change to a serial number for a component of a monitoring system), the 
owner or operator shall update the monitoring plan.
    7.1.1.2 Contents of the Monitoring Plan. For Hg CEMS and sorbent 
trap monitoring systems, the monitoring plan shall contain the

[[Page 236]]

information in sections 7.1.1.2.1 and 7.1.1.2.2 of this appendix, as 
applicable. For stack gas flow rate, diluent gas, and moisture 
monitoring systems, the monitoring plan shall include the information 
required for those systems under Sec. 75.53 (g) of this chapter.
    7.1.1.2.1 Electronic. The electronic monitoring plan records must 
include the following: unit or stack ID number(s); monitoring 
location(s); the Hg monitoring methodologies used; Hg monitoring system 
information, including, but not limited to: Unique system and component 
ID numbers; the make, model, and serial number of the monitoring 
equipment; the sample acquisition method; formulas used to calculate Hg 
emissions; Hg monitor span and range information The electronic 
monitoring plan shall be evaluated and submitted using the Emissions 
Collection and Monitoring Plan System (ECMPS) Client Tool provided by 
the Clean Air Markets Division in the Office of Atmospheric Programs of 
the EPA.
    7.1.1.2.2 Hard Copy. Keep records of the following: schematics and/
or blueprints showing the location of the Hg monitoring system(s) and 
test ports; data flow diagrams; test protocols; monitor span and range 
calculations; miscellaneous technical justifications.
    7.1.2 Operating Parameter Records. The owner or operator shall 
record the following information for each operating hour of each 
affected unit and also for each group of units utilizing a common stack, 
to the extent that these data are needed to convert Hg concentration 
data to the units of the emission standard. For non-operating hours, 
record only the items in paragraphs 7.1.2.1 and 7.1.2.2 of this section. 
If there is heat input to the unit(s), but no electrical load, record 
only the items in paragraphs 7.1.2.1, 7.1.2.2, and (if applicable) 
7.1.2.4 of this section.
    7.1.2.1 The date and hour;
    7.1.2.2 The unit or stack operating time (rounded up to the nearest 
fraction of an hour (in equal increments that can range from one 
hundredth to one quarter of an hour, at the option of the owner or 
operator);
    7.1.2.3 The hourly gross unit load (rounded to nearest MWe); and
    7.1.2.4 If applicable, the F-factor used to calculate the heat 
input-based Hg emission rate.
    7.1.2.5 If applicable, a flag to indicate that the hour is a startup 
or shutdown hour (as defined in Sec. 63.10042).
    7.1.2.6 The EGUs that constitute an emissions averaging group.
    7.1.3 Hg Emissions Records (Hg CEMS). For each affected unit or 
common stack using a Hg CEMS, the owner or operator shall record the 
following information for each unit or stack operating hour:
    7.1.3.1 The date and hour;
    7.1.3.2 Monitoring system and component identification codes, as 
provided in the monitoring plan, if the CEMS provides a quality-assured 
value of Hg concentration for the hour;
    7.1.3.3 The hourly Hg concentration, if a quality-assured value is 
obtained for the hour ([micro]g/scm, rounded to three significant 
figures);
    7.1.3.4 A special code, indicating whether or not a quality-assured 
Hg concentration is obtained for the hour. This code may be entered 
manually when a temporary like-kind replacement Hg analyzer is used for 
reporting; and
    7.1.3.5 Monitor data availability, as a percentage of unit or stack 
operating hours, calculated according to Sec. 75.32 of this chapter.
    7.1.4 Hg Emissions Records (Sorbent Trap Monitoring Systems). For 
each affected unit or common stack using a sorbent trap monitoring 
system, each owner or operator shall record the following information 
for the unit or stack operating hour in each data collection period:
    7.1.4.1 The date and hour;
    7.1.4.2 Monitoring system and component identification codes, as 
provided in the monitoring plan, if the sorbent trap system provides a 
quality-assured value of Hg concentration for the hour;
    7.1.4.3 The hourly Hg concentration, if a quality-assured value is 
obtained for the hour ([micro]g/scm, rounded to three significant 
figures). Note that when a quality-assured Hg concentration value is 
obtained for a particular data collection period, that single 
concentration value is applied to each operating hour of the data 
collection period.
    7.1.4.4 A special code, indicating whether or not a quality-assured 
Hg concentration is obtained for the hour;
    7.1.4.5 The average flow rate of stack gas through each sorbent trap 
(in appropriate units, e.g., liters/min, cc/min, dscm/min);
    7.1.4.6 The gas flow meter reading (in dscm, rounded to the nearest 
hundredth), at the beginning and end of the collection period and at 
least once in each unit operating hour during the collection period;
    7.1.4.7 The ratio of the stack gas flow rate to the sample flow 
rate, as described in section 12.2 of Performance Specification (PS) 12B 
in Appendix B to part 60 of this chapter; and
    7.1.4.8 Monitor data availability, as a percentage of unit or stack 
operating hours, calculated according to Sec. 75.32 of this chapter.
    7.1.5 Stack Gas Volumetric Flow Rate Records.
    7.1.5.1 Hourly measurements of stack gas volumetric flow rate during 
unit operation are required for routine operation of sorbent trap 
monitoring systems, to maintain the required ratio of stack gas flow 
rate to sample flow rate (see section 8.2.2 of Performance Specification 
(PS) 12B in Appendix B to part 60 of this chapter). Hourly stack gas 
flow

[[Page 237]]

rate data are also needed in order to demonstrate compliance with 
electrical output-based Hg emissions limits, as provided in section 
6.2.2 of this appendix.
    7.1.5.2 For each affected unit or common stack, if hourly 
measurements of stack gas flow rate are needed for sorbent trap 
monitoring system operation or to convert Hg concentrations to the units 
of the emission standard, use a flow rate monitor that meets the 
requirements of part 75 of this chapter to record the required data. You 
must keep hourly flow rate records, as specified in Sec. 75.57(c)(2) of 
this chapter.
    7.1.6 Records of Stack Gas Moisture Content.
    7.1.6.1 Correction of hourly Hg concentration data for moisture is 
sometimes required when converting Hg concentrations to the units of the 
applicable Hg emissions limit. In particular, these corrections are 
required:
    7.1.6.1.1 For sorbent trap monitoring systems;
    7.1.6.1.2 For Hg CEMS that measure Hg concentration on a dry basis, 
when you must calculate electrical output-based Hg emission rates; and
    7.1.6.1.3 When using certain equations from EPA Method 19 in 
appendix A-7 to part 60 of this chapter to calculate heat input-based Hg 
emission rates.
    7.1.6.2 If hourly moisture corrections are required, either use a 
fuel-specific default moisture percentage from Sec. 75.11(b)(1) of this 
chapter or a certified moisture monitoring system that meets the 
requirements of part 75 of this chapter, to record the required data. If 
you use a moisture monitoring system, you must keep hourly records of 
the stack gas moisture content, as specified in Sec. 75.57(c)(3) of 
this chapter.
    7.1.7 Records of Diluent Gas (CO2 or O2) Concentration.
    7.1.7.1 When a heat input-based Hg mass emissions limit must be met, 
in units of lb/TBtu, hourly measurements of CO2 or 
O2 concentration are required to convert Hg concentrations to 
units of the standard.
    7.1.7.2 If hourly measurements of diluent gas concentration are 
needed, use a certified CO2 or O2 monitor that 
meets the requirements of part 75 of this chapter to record the required 
data. You must keep hourly CO2 or O2 concentration 
records, as specified in Sec. 75.57(g) of this chapter.
    7.1.8 Hg Emission Rate Records. For applicable Hg emission limits in 
units of lb/TBtu or lb/GWh, record the following information for each 
affected unit or common stack:
    7.1.8.1 The date and hour;
    7.1.8.2 The hourly Hg emissions rate (lb/TBtu or lb/GWh, as 
applicable, calculated according to section 6.2.1 or 6.2.2 of this 
appendix, rounded to three significant figures), if valid values of Hg 
concentration and all other required parameters (stack gas volumetric 
flow rate, diluent gas concentration, electrical load, and moisture 
data, as applicable) are obtained for the hour;
    7.1.8.3 An identification code for the formula (either the selected 
equation from Method 19 in section 6.2.1 of this appendix or Equation A-
4 in section 6.2.2 of this appendix) used to derive the hourly Hg 
emission rate from Hg concentration, flow rate, electrical load, diluent 
gas concentration, and moisture data (as applicable); and
    7.1.8.4 A code indicating that the Hg emission rate was not 
calculated for the hour, if valid data for Hg concentration and/or any 
of the other necessary parameters are not obtained for the hour. For the 
purposes of this appendix, the substitute data values required under 
part 75 of this chapter for diluent gas concentration, stack gas flow 
rate and moisture content are not considered to be valid data.
    7.1.8.5 If applicable, a code to indicate that the default gross 
output (as defined in Sec. 63.10042) was used to calculate the Hg 
emission rate.
    7.1.8.6 If applicable, a code to indicate that the diluent cap (as 
defined in Sec. 63.10042) was used to calculate the Hg emission rate.
    7.1.9 Certification and Quality Assurance Test Records. For any Hg 
CEMS and sorbent trap monitoring systems used to provide data under this 
subpart, record the following certification and quality-assurance 
information:
    7.1.9.1 The reference values, monitor responses, and calculated 
calibration error (CE) values, and a flag to indicate whether the test 
was done using elemental or oxidized Hg, for all required 7-day 
calibration error tests and daily calibration error tests of the Hg 
CEMS;
    7.1.9.2 The reference values, monitor responses, and calculated 
linearity error (LE) or system integrity error (SIE) values for all 
linearity checks of the Hg CEMS, and for all single-level and 3-level 
system integrity checks of the Hg CEMS;
    7.1.9.3 The CEMS and reference method readings for each test run and 
the calculated relative accuracy results for all RATAs of the Hg CEMS 
and/or sorbent trap monitoring systems;
    7.1.9.4 The stable stack gas and calibration gas readings and the 
calculated results for the upscale and downscale stages of all required 
cycle time tests of the Hg CEMS or, for a batch sampling Hg CEMS, the 
interval between measured Hg concentration readings;
    7.1.9.5 Supporting information for all required RATAs of the Hg 
monitoring systems, including records of the test dates, the raw 
reference method and monitoring system data, the results of sample 
analyses to substantiate the reported test results, and records of 
sampling equipment calibrations;
    7.1.9.6 For sorbent trap monitoring systems, also keep records of 
the results of all

[[Page 238]]

analyses of the sorbent traps used for routine daily operation of the 
system, and information documenting the results of all leak checks and 
the other applicable quality control procedures described in Table 12B-1 
of Performance Specification (PS) 12B in appendix B to part 60 of this 
chapter.
    7.1.9.7 For stack gas flow rate, diluent gas, and (if applicable) 
moisture monitoring systems, you must keep records of all certification, 
recertification, diagnostic, and on-going quality-assurance tests of 
these systems, as specified in Sec. 75.59 of this chapter.
    7.2 Reporting Requirements.
    7.2.1 General Reporting Provisions. The owner or operator shall 
comply with the following requirements for reporting Hg emissions from 
each affected unit (or group of units monitored at a common stack) under 
this subpart:
    7.2.1.1 Notifications, in accordance with paragraph 7.2.2 of this 
section;
    7.2.1.2 Monitoring plan reporting, in accordance with paragraph 
7.2.3 of this section;
    7.2.1.3 Certification, recertification, and QA test submittals, in 
accordance with paragraph 7.2.4 of this section; and
    7.2.1.4 Electronic quarterly report submittals, in accordance with 
paragraph 7.2.5 of this section.
    7.2.2 Notifications. The owner or operator shall provide 
notifications for each affected unit (or group of units monitored at a 
common stack) under this subpart in accordance with Sec. 63.10030.
    7.2.3 Monitoring Plan Reporting. For each affected unit (or group of 
units monitored at a common stack) under this subpart using Hg CEMS or 
sorbent trap monitoring system to measure Hg emissions, the owner or 
operator shall make electronic and hard copy monitoring plan submittals 
as follows:
    7.2.3.1 Submit the electronic and hard copy information in section 
7.1.1.2 of this appendix pertaining to the Hg monitoring systems at 
least 21 days prior to the applicable date in Sec. 63.9984. Also submit 
the monitoring plan information in Sec. 75.53.(g) pertaining to the 
flow rate, diluent gas, and moisture monitoring systems within that same 
time frame, if the required records are not already in place.
    7.2.3.2 Whenever an update of the monitoring plan is required, as 
provided in paragraph 7.1.1.1 of this section. An electronic monitoring 
plan information update must be submitted either prior to or concurrent 
with the quarterly report for the calendar quarter in which the update 
is required.
    7.2.3.3 All electronic monitoring plan submittals and updates shall 
be made to the Administrator using the ECMPS Client Tool. Hard copy 
portions of the monitoring plan shall be kept on record according to 
section 7.1 of this appendix.
    7.2.4 Certification, Recertification, and Quality-Assurance Test 
Reporting. Except for daily QA tests of the required monitoring systems 
(i.e., calibration error tests and flow monitor interference checks), 
the results of all required certification, recertification, and quality-
assurance tests described in paragraphs 7.1.9.1 through 7.1.9.7 of this 
section (except for test results previously submitted, e.g., under the 
ARP) shall be submitted electronically, using the ECMPS Client Tool, 
either prior to or concurrent with the relevant quarterly electronic 
emissions report.
    7.2.5 Quarterly Reports.
    7.2.5.1 Beginning with the report for the calendar quarter in which 
the initial compliance demonstration is completed or the calendar 
quarter containing the applicable date in Sec. 63.9984, the owner or 
operator of any affected unit shall use the ECMPS Client Tool to submit 
electronic quarterly reports to the Administrator, in an XML format 
specified by the Administrator, for each affected unit (or group of 
units monitored at a common stack) under this subpart.
    7.2.5.2 The electronic reports must be submitted within 30 days 
following the end of each calendar quarter, except for units that have 
been placed in long-term cold storage.
    7.2.5.3 Each electronic quarterly report shall include the following 
information:
    7.2.5.3.1 The date of report generation;
    7.2.5.3.2 Facility identification information;
    7.2.5.3.3 The information in paragraphs 7.1.2 through 7.1.8 of this 
section, as applicable to the Hg emission measurement methodology (or 
methodologies) used and the units of the Hg emission standard(s); and
    7.2.5.3.4 The results of all daily calibration error tests of the Hg 
CEMS, as described in paragraph 7.1.9.1 of this section and (if 
applicable) the results of all daily flow monitor interference checks.
    7.2.5.4 Compliance Certification. Based on reasonable inquiry of 
those persons with primary responsibility for ensuring that all Hg 
emissions from the affected unit(s) under this subpart have been 
correctly and fully monitored, the owner or operator shall submit a 
compliance certification in support of each electronic quarterly 
emissions monitoring report. The compliance certification shall include 
a statement by a responsible official with that official's name, title, 
and signature, certifying that, to the best of his or her knowledge, the 
report is true, accurate, and complete.

[77 FR 9464, Feb. 16, 2012, as amended at 77 FR 23408, Apr. 19, 2012; 78 
FR 24093, Apr. 24, 2013; 79 FR 68795, Nov. 19, 2014; 81 FR 20203 Apr. 6, 
2016; 82 FR 16740, Apr. 6, 2017]

[[Page 239]]



  Sec. Appendix B to Subpart UUUUU of Part 63---HCl and HF Monitoring 
                               Provisions

                            1. Applicability

    These monitoring provisions apply to the measurement of HCl and/or 
HF emissions from electric utility steam generating units, using CEMS. 
The CEMS must be capable of measuring HCl and/or HF in the appropriate 
units of the applicable emissions standard (e.g., lb/MMBtu, lb/MWh, or 
lb/GWh).

                2. Monitoring of HCl and/or HF Emissions

    2.1 Monitoring System Installation Requirements. Install HCl and/or 
HF CEMS and any additional monitoring systems needed to convert 
pollutant concentrations to units of the applicable emissions limit in 
accordance with Sec. 63.10010(a) and either Performance Specification 
15 (PS 15) of appendix B to part 60 of this chapter for extractive 
Fourier Transform Infrared Spectroscopy (FTIR) continuous emissions 
monitoring systems or Performance Specification 18 (PS 18) of appendix B 
to part 60 of this chapter for HCl CEMS.
    2.2 Primary and Backup Monitoring Systems. The provisions pertaining 
to primary and redundant backup monitoring systems in section 2.2 of 
appendix A to this subpart apply to HCl and HF CEMS and any additional 
monitoring systems needed to convert pollutant concentrations to units 
of the applicable emissions limit.
    2.3 FTIR Monitoring System Equipment, Supplies, Definitions, and 
General Operation. The following provisions apply:
    2.3.1 PS 15, Sections 2.0, 3.0, 4.0, 5.0, 6.0, and 10.0 of appendix 
B to part 60 of this chapter; or
    2.3.2 PS 18, Sections 3.0, 6.0, and 11.0 of appendix B to part 60 of 
this chapter.

                   3. Initial Certification Procedures

    The initial certification procedures for the HCl or HF CEMS used to 
provide data under this subpart are as follows:
    3.1 If you choose to follow PS 15 of appendix B to part 60 of this 
chapter, then your HCl and/or HF CEMS must be certified according to PS 
15 using the procedures for gas auditing and comparison to a reference 
method (RM) as specified in sections 3.1.1 and 3.1.2 below.
    3.1.1 You must conduct a gas audit of the HCl and/or HF CEMS as 
described in section 9.1 of Performance Specification 15, with the 
exceptions listed in sections 3.1.2.1 and 3.1.2.2 below.
    3.1.1.1 The audit sample gas does not have to be obtained from the 
Administrator; however, it must be (1) from a secondary source of 
certified gases (i.e., independent of any calibration gas used for the 
daily calibration assessments) and (2) directly traceable to National 
Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) or VSL Dutch Metrology 
Institute (VSL) reference materials through an unbroken chain of 
comparisons. If audit gas traceable to NIST or VSL reference materials 
is not available, you may use a gas with a concentration certified to a 
specified uncertainty by the gas manufacturer.
    3.1.1.2 Analyze the results of the gas audit using the calculations 
in section 12.1 of Performance Specification 15. The calculated 
correction factor (CF) from Eq. 6 of Performance Specification 15 must 
be between 0.85 and 1.15. You do not have to test the bias for 
statistical significance.
    3.1.2 You must perform a relative accuracy test audit or RATA 
according to section 11.1.1.4 of Performance Specification 15 and the 
requirements below. Perform the RATA of the HCl or HF CEMS at normal 
load. Acceptable HCl/HF reference methods (RM) are Methods 26 and 26A in 
appendix A-8 to part 60 of this chapter, Method 320 in Appendix A to 
this part, or ASTM D6348-03 (Reapproved 2010) ``Standard Test Method for 
Determination of Gaseous Compounds by Extractive Direct Interface 
Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) Spectroscopy'' (incorporated by 
reference, see Sec. 63.14), each applied based on the criteria set 
forth in Table 5 of this subpart.
    3.1.2.1 When ASTM D6348-03 is used as the RM, the following 
conditions must be met:
    3.1.2.1.1 The test plan preparation and implementation in the 
Annexes to ASTM D6348-03, Sections A1 through A8 are mandatory;
    3.1.2.1.2 In ASTM D6348-03 Annex A5 (Analyte Spiking Technique), the 
percent (%) R must be determined for each target analyte (see Equation 
A5.5);
    3.1.2.1.3 For the ASTM D6348-03 test data to be acceptable for a 
target analyte, %R must be 70% <=R <=130%; and
    3.1.2.1.4 The %R value for each compound must be reported in the 
test report and all field measurements corrected with the calculated %R 
value for that compound using the following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR16FE12.018


[[Page 240]]


    3.1.2.2 The relative accuracy (RA) of the HCl or HF CEMS must be no 
greater than 20 percent of the mean value of the RM test data in units 
of ppm on the same moisture basis. Alternatively, if the mean RM value 
is less than 1.0 ppm, the RA results are acceptable if the absolute 
value of the difference between the mean RM and CEMS values does not 
exceed 0.20 ppm.
    3.2 If you choose to follow PS 18 of appendix B to part 60 of this 
chapter, then your HCl CEMS must be certified according to PS 18, 
sections 7.0, 8.0, 11.0, 12.0, and 13.0.
    3.3 Any additional stack gas flow rate, diluent gas, and moisture 
monitoring system(s) needed to express pollutant concentrations in units 
of the applicable emissions limit must be certified according to part 75 
of this chapter.

                      4. Recertification Procedures

    Whenever the owner or operator makes a replacement, modification, or 
change to a certified CEMS that may significantly affect the ability of 
the system to accurately measure or record pollutant or diluent gas 
concentrations, stack gas flow rates, or stack gas moisture content, the 
owner or operator shall recertify the monitoring system. Furthermore, 
whenever the owner or operator makes a replacement, modification, or 
change to the flue gas handling system or the unit operation that may 
significantly change the concentration or flow profile, the owner or 
operator shall recertify the monitoring system. The same tests performed 
for the initial certification of the monitoring system shall be repeated 
for recertification, unless otherwise specified by the Administrator. 
Examples of changes that require recertification include: Replacement of 
a gas analyzer; complete monitoring system replacement, and changing the 
location or orientation of the sampling probe.

               5. On-Going Quality Assurance Requirements

    On-going QA test requirements for HCl and HF CEMS must be 
implemented as follows:
    5.1 If you choose to follow Performance Specification 15 (PS 15) of 
appendix B to part 60 of this chapter, then the quality assurance/
quality control procedures of PS 15 shall apply as set forth in sections 
5.1.1 through 5.1.3 and 5.4.2 of this appendix.
    5.1.1 On a daily basis, you must assess the calibration error of the 
HCl or HF CEMS using either a calibration transfer standard as specified 
in Performance Specification 15 Section 10.1 which references Section 
4.5 of the FTIR Protocol or a HCl and/or HF calibration gas at a 
concentration no greater than two times the level corresponding to the 
applicable emission limit. A calibration transfer standard is a 
substitute calibration compound chosen to ensure that the FTIR is 
performing well at the wavelength regions used for analysis of the 
target analytes. The measured concentration of the calibration transfer 
standard or HCl and/or HF calibration gas results must agree within 
5 percent of the reference gas value after 
correction for differences in pressure.
    5.1.2 On a quarterly basis, you must conduct a gas audit of the HCl 
and/or HF CEMS as described in section 3.1.1 of this appendix. For the 
purposes of this appendix, ``quarterly'' means once every ``QA operating 
quarter'' (as defined in section 3.1.20 of appendix A to this subpart). 
You have the option to use HCl gas in lieu of HF gas for conducting this 
audit on an HF CEMS. To the extent practicable, perform consecutive 
quarterly gas audits at least 30 days apart. The initial quarterly audit 
is due in the first QA operating quarter following the calendar quarter 
in which certification testing of the CEMS is successfully completed. Up 
to three consecutive exemptions from the quarterly audit requirement are 
allowed for ``non-QA operating quarters'' (i.e., calendar quarters in 
which there are less than 168 unit or stack operating hours). However, 
no more than four consecutive calendar quarters may elapse without 
performing a gas audit, except as otherwise provided in section 
5.4.2.2.1 of this appendix.
    5.1.3 You must perform an annual relative accuracy test audit or 
RATA of the HCl or HF CEMS as described in section 3.1.2 of this 
appendix. Perform the RATA at normal load. For the purposes of this 
appendix, ``annual'' means once every four ``QA operating quarters'' (as 
defined in section 3.1.20 of appendix A to this subpart). The first 
annual RATA is due within four QA operating quarters following the 
calendar quarter in which the initial certification testing of the HCl 
or HF CEMS is successfully completed. The provisions in section 5.1.2.4 
of appendix A to this subpart pertaining to RATA deadline extensions 
also apply.
    5.2 If you choose to follow Performance Specification PS 18 of 
appendix B to part 60 of this chapter, then the quality assurance/
quality control procedures in Procedure 6 of appendix F to part 60 of 
this chapter shall apply. The quarterly and annual QA tests required 
under Procedure 6 shall be performed, respectively, at the frequencies 
specified in sections 5.1.2 and 5.1.3 of this appendix.
    5.3 Stack gas flow rate, diluent gas, and moisture monitoring 
systems must meet the applicable on-going QA test requirements of part 
75 of this chapter.
    5.3.1 Out-of-Control Periods. A HCl or HF CEMS that is used to 
provide data under this appendix is considered to be out-of-control, and 
data from the CEMS may not be reported as quality-assured, when any 
acceptance criteria for a required QA test is not met. The HCl or HF 
CEMS is also considered to be out-of-control when a required QA test

[[Page 241]]

is not performed on schedule or within an allotted grace period. To end 
an out-of-control period, the QA test that was either failed or not done 
on time must be performed and passed. Out-of-control periods are counted 
as hours of monitoring system downtime.
    5.3.2 Grace Periods. For the purposes of this appendix, a ``grace 
period'' is defined as a specified number of unit or stack operating 
hours after the deadline for a required quality-assurance test of a 
continuous monitor has passed, in which the test may be performed and 
passed without loss of data.
    5.3.2.1 For the flow rate, diluent gas, and moisture monitoring 
systems described in section 5.2 of this appendix, a 168 unit or stack 
operating hour grace period is available for quarterly linearity checks, 
and a 720 unit or stack operating hour grace period is available for 
RATAs, as provided, respectively, in sections 2.2.4 and 2.3.3 of 
appendix B to part 75 of this chapter.
    5.3.2.2 For the purposes of this appendix, if the deadline for a 
required gas audit or RATA of a HCl or HF CEMS cannot be met due to 
circumstances beyond the control of the owner or operator:
    5.3.2.2.1 A 168 unit or stack operating hour grace period is 
available in which to perform the gas audit; or
    5.3.2.2.2 A 720 unit or stack operating hour grace period is 
available in which to perform the RATA.
    5.3.2.3 If a required QA test is performed during a grace period, 
the deadline for the next test shall be determined as follows:
    5.3.2.3.1 For a gas audit or RATA of the monitoring systems 
described in section 5.1 of this appendix, determine the deadline for 
the next gas audit or RATA (as applicable) in accordance with section 
2.2.4(b) or 2.3.3(d) of appendix B to part 75 of this chapter; treat a 
gas audit in the same manner as a linearity check.
    5.3.2.3.2 For the gas audit of a HCl or HF CEMS, the grace period 
test only satisfies the audit requirement for the calendar quarter in 
which the test was originally due. If the calendar quarter in which the 
grace period audit is performed is a QA operating quarter, an additional 
gas audit is required for that quarter.
    5.3.2.3.3 For the RATA of a HCl or HF CEMS, the next RATA is due 
within three QA operating quarters after the calendar quarter in which 
the grace period test is performed.
    5.3.3 Conditional Data Validation For recertification and diagnostic 
testing of the monitoring systems that are used to provide data under 
this appendix, and for the required QA tests when non-redundant backup 
monitoring systems or temporary like-kind replacement analyzers are 
brought into service, the conditional data validation provisions in 
Sec. Sec. 75.20(b)(3)(ii) through (b)(3)(ix) of this chapter may be 
used to avoid or minimize data loss. The allotted window of time to 
complete calibration tests and RATAs shall be as specified in Sec. 
75.20(b)(3)(iv) of this chapter; the allotted window of time to complete 
a gas audit shall be the same as for a linearity check (i.e., 168 unit 
or stack operating hours).
    5.4 Data Validation.
    5.4.1 Out-of-Control Periods. An HCl or HF CEMS that is used to 
provide data under this appendix is considered to be out-of-control, and 
data from the CEMS may not be reported as quality-assured, when any 
acceptance criteria for a required QA test is not met. The HCl or HF 
CEMS is also considered to be out-of-control when a required QA test is 
not performed on schedule or within an allotted grace period. To end an 
out-of-control period, the QA test that was either failed or not done on 
time must be performed and passed. Out-of-control periods are counted as 
hours of monitoring system downtime.
    5.4.2 Grace Periods. For the purposes of this appendix, a ``grace 
period'' is defined as a specified number of unit or stack operating 
hours after the deadline for a required quality-assurance test of a 
continuous monitor has passed, in which the test may be performed and 
passed without loss of data.
    5.4.2.1 For the monitoring systems described in section 5.3 of this 
appendix, a 168 unit or stack operating hour grace period is available 
for quarterly linearity checks, and a 720 unit or stack operating hour 
grace period is available for RATAs, as provided, respectively, in 
sections 2.2.4 and 2.3.3 of appendix B to part 75 of this chapter.
    5.4.2.2 For the purposes of this appendix, if the deadline for a 
required gas audit/data accuracy assessment or RATA of an HCl CEMS 
cannot be met due to circumstances beyond the control of the owner or 
operator:
    5.4.2.2.1 A 168 unit or stack operating hour grace period is 
available in which to perform the gas audit or other quarterly data 
accuracy assessment; or
    5.4.2.2.2 A 720 unit or stack operating hour grace period is 
available in which to perform the RATA.
    5.4.2.3 If a required QA test is performed during a grace period, 
the deadline for the next test shall be determined as follows:
    5.4.2.3.1 For a gas audit or RATA of the monitoring systems 
described in sections 5.1 and 5.2 of this appendix, determine the 
deadline for the next gas audit or RATA (as applicable) in accordance 
with section 2.2.4(b) or 2.3.3(d) of appendix B to part 75 of this 
chapter; treat a gas audit in the same manner as a linearity check.
    5.4.2.3.2 For the gas audit or other quarterly data accuracy 
assessment of an HCl or HF CEMS, the grace period test only satisfies 
the audit requirement for the calendar quarter in which the test was 
originally due. If the calendar quarter in which the grace period audit 
is performed is a QA operating

[[Page 242]]

quarter, an additional gas audit/data accuracy assessment is required 
for that quarter.
    5.4.2.3.3 For the RATA of an HCl or HF CEMS, the next RATA is due 
within three QA operating quarters after the calendar quarter in which 
the grace period test is performed.
    5.4.3 Conditional Data Validation. For recertification and 
diagnostic testing of the monitoring systems that are used to provide 
data under this appendix, the conditional data validation provisions in 
Sec. 75.20(b)(3)(ii) through (ix) of this chapter may be used to avoid 
or minimize data loss. The allotted window of time to complete 
calibration tests and RATAs shall be as specified in Sec. 
75.20(b)(3)(iv) of this chapter; the allotted window of time to complete 
a quarterly gas audit or data accuracy assessment shall be the same as 
for a linearity check (i.e., 168 unit or stack operating hours).

                      6. Missing Data Requirements

    For the purposes of this appendix, the owner or operator of an 
affected unit shall not substitute for missing data from HCl or HF CEMS. 
Any process operating hour for which quality-assured HCl or HF 
concentration data are not obtained is counted as an hour of monitoring 
system downtime.

                           7. Bias Adjustment

    Bias adjustment of hourly emissions data from a HCl or HF CEMS is 
not required.

                      8. QA/QC Program Requirements

    The owner or operator shall develop and implement a quality 
assurance/quality control (QA/QC) program for the HCl and/or HF CEMS 
that are used to provide data under this subpart. At a minimum, the 
program shall include a written plan that describes in detail (or that 
refers to separate documents containing) complete, step-by-step 
procedures and operations for the most important QA/QC activities. 
Electronic storage of the QA/QC plan is permissible, provided that the 
information can be made available in hard copy to auditors and 
inspectors. The QA/QC program requirements for the other monitoring 
systems described in section 5.3 of this appendix are specified in 
section 1 of appendix B to part 75 of this chapter.
    8.1 General Requirements for HCl and HF CEMS.
    8.1.1 Preventive Maintenance. Keep a written record of procedures 
needed to maintain the HCl and/or HF CEMS in proper operating condition 
and a schedule for those procedures. This shall, at a minimum, include 
procedures specified by the manufacturers of the equipment and, if 
applicable, additional or alternate procedures developed for the 
equipment.
    8.1.2 Recordkeeping and Reporting. Keep a written record describing 
procedures that will be used to implement the recordkeeping and 
reporting requirements of this appendix.
    8.1.3 Maintenance Records. Keep a record of all testing, 
maintenance, or repair activities performed on any HCl or HF CEMS in a 
location and format suitable for inspection. A maintenance log may be 
used for this purpose. The following records should be maintained: Date, 
time, and description of any testing, adjustment, repair, replacement, 
or preventive maintenance action performed on any monitoring system and 
records of any corrective actions associated with a monitor outage 
period. Additionally, any adjustment that may significantly affect a 
system's ability to accurately measure emissions data must be recorded 
and a written explanation of the procedures used to make the 
adjustment(s) shall be kept.
    8.2 Specific Requirements for HCl and HF CEMS. The following 
requirements are specific to HCl and HF CEMS:
    8.2.1 Keep a written record of the procedures used for each type of 
QA test required for each HCl and HF CEMS. Explain how the results of 
each type of QA test are calculated and evaluated.
    8.2.2 Explain how each component of the HCl and/or HF CEMS will be 
adjusted to provide correct responses to calibration gases after routine 
maintenance, repairs, or corrective actions.

                   9. Data Reduction and Calculations

    9.1 Design and operate the HCl and/or HF CEMS to complete a minimum 
of one cycle of operation (sampling, analyzing, and data recording) for 
each successive 15-minute period.
    9.2 Reduce the HCl and/or HF concentration data to hourly averages 
in accordance with Sec. 60.13(h)(2) of this chapter.
    9.3 Convert each hourly average HCl or HF concentration to an HCl or 
HF emission rate expressed in units of the applicable emissions limit.
    9.3.1 For heat input-based emission rates, select an appropriate 
emission rate equation from among Equations 19-1 through 19-9 in EPA 
Method 19 in Appendix A-7 to part 60 of this chapter, to calculate the 
HCl or HF emission rate in lb/MMBtu. Multiply the HCl concentration 
value (ppm) by 9.43 x 10-8 to convert it to lb/scf, for use 
in the applicable Method 19 equation. For HF, the conversion constant 
from ppm to lb/scf is 5.18 x 10-8. The appropriate diluent 
cap value from section 6.2.1.2 of Appendix A to this subpart may be used 
to calculate the HCl or HF emission rate (lb/MMBtu) during startup or 
shutdown hours.
    9.3.2 For gross output-based emission rates, first calculate the HCl 
or HF mass emission rate (lb/h), using an equation that has the general 
form of Equation A-2 or A-3 in appendix A to this subpart (as 
applicable), replacing the value of K with 9.43 x 10-8

[[Page 243]]

lb/scf-ppm (for HCl) or 5.18 x 10-8 (for HF) and defining 
Ch as the hourly average HCl or HF concentration in ppm. 
Then, divide the result by the hourly gross output (megawatts) to 
convert it to units of lb/MWh. If the gross output is zero during a 
startup or shutdown hour, use the default gross output (as defined in 
Sec. 63.10042) to calculate the HCl or HF emission rate. The default 
gross output is not considered to be a substitute data value.
    9.4 Use Equation A-5 in appendix A of this subpart to calculate the 
required 30 operating day rolling average HCl or HF emission rates. 
Round off each 30 operating day average to two significant figures. The 
term Eho in Equation A-5 must be in the units of the 
applicable emissions limit.

                     10. Recordkeeping Requirements

    10.1 For each HCl or HF CEMS installed at an affected source, and 
for any other monitoring system(s) needed to convert pollutant 
concentrations to units of the applicable emissions limit, the owner or 
operator must maintain a file of all measurements, data, reports, and 
other information required by this appendix in a form suitable for 
inspection, for 5 years from the date of each record, in accordance with 
Sec. 63.10033. The file shall contain the information in paragraphs 
10.1.1 through 10.1.8 of this section.
    10.1.1 Monitoring Plan Records. For each affected unit or group of 
units monitored at a common stack, the owner or operator shall prepare 
and maintain a monitoring plan for the HCl and/or HF CEMS and any other 
monitoring system(s) (i.e, flow rate, diluent gas, or moisture systems) 
needed to convert pollutant concentrations to units of the applicable 
emission standard. The monitoring plan shall contain essential 
information on the continuous monitoring systems and shall explain how 
the data derived from these systems ensure that all HCl or HF emissions 
from the unit or stack are monitored and reported.
    10.1.1.1 Updates. Whenever the owner or operator makes a 
replacement, modification, or change in a certified continuous HCl or HF 
monitoring system that is used to provide data under this subpart 
(including a change in the automated data acquisition and handling 
system or the flue gas handling system) which affects information 
reported in the monitoring plan (e.g., a change to a serial number for a 
component of a monitoring system), the owner or operator shall update 
the monitoring plan.
    10.1.1.2 Contents of the Monitoring Plan. For HCl and/or HF CEMS, 
the monitoring plan shall contain the applicable electronic and hard 
copy information in sections 10.1.1.2.1 and 10.1.1.2.2 of this appendix. 
For stack gas flow rate, diluent gas, and moisture monitoring systems, 
the monitoring plan shall include the electronic and hard copy 
information required for those systems under Sec. 75.53 (g) of this 
chapter. The electronic monitoring plan shall be evaluated using the 
ECMPS Client Tool.
    10.1.1.2.1 Electronic. Record the unit or stack ID number(s); 
monitoring location(s); the HCl or HF monitoring methodology used (i.e., 
CEMS); HCl or HF monitoring system information, including, but not 
limited to: unique system and component ID numbers; the make, model, and 
serial number of the monitoring equipment; the sample acquisition 
method; formulas used to calculate emissions; monitor span and range 
information (if applicable).
    10.1.1.2.2 Hard Copy. Keep records of the following: schematics and/
or blueprints showing the location of the monitoring system(s) and test 
ports; data flow diagrams; test protocols; monitor span and range 
calculations (if applicable); miscellaneous technical justifications.
    10.1.2 Operating Parameter Records. For the purposes of this 
appendix, the owner or operator shall record the following information 
for each operating hour of each affected unit or group of units 
utilizing a common stack, to the extent that these data are needed to 
convert pollutant concentration data to the units of the emission 
standard. For non-operating hours, record only the items in paragraphs 
10.1.2.1 and 10.1.2.2 of this section. If there is heat input to the 
unit(s), but no electrical load, record only the items in paragraphs 
10.1.2.1, 10.1.2.2, and (if applicable) 10.1.2.4 of this section.
    10.1.2.1 The date and hour;
    10.1.2.2 The unit or stack operating time (rounded up to the nearest 
fraction of an hour (in equal increments that can range from one 
hundredth to one quarter of an hour, at the option of the owner or 
operator);
    10.1.2.3 The hourly gross unit load (rounded to nearest MWge); and
    10.1.2.4 If applicable, the F-factor used to calculate the heat 
input-based pollutant emission rate.
    10.1.2.5 If applicable, a flag to indicate that the hour is a 
startup or shutdown hour (as defined in Sec. 63.10042).
    10.1.3 HCl and/or HF Emissions Records. For HCl and/or HF CEMS, the 
owner or operator must record the following information for each unit or 
stack operating hour:
    10.1.3.1 The date and hour;
    10.1.3.2 Monitoring system and component identification codes, as 
provided in the electronic monitoring plan, for each hour in which the 
CEMS provides a quality-assured value of HCl or HF concentration (as 
applicable);
    10.1.3.3 The pollutant concentration, for each hour in which a 
quality-assured value is obtained. For HCl and HF, record the data in 
parts per million (ppm), rounded to three significant figures.

[[Page 244]]

    10.1.3.4 A special code, indicating whether or not a quality-assured 
HCl or HF concentration value is obtained for the hour. This code may be 
entered manually when a temporary like-kind replacement HCl or HF 
analyzer is used for reporting; and
    10.1.3.5 Monitor data availability, as a percentage of unit or stack 
operating hours, calculated according to Sec. 75.32 of this chapter.
    10.1.4 Stack Gas Volumetric Flow Rate Records.
    10.1.4.1 Hourly measurements of stack gas volumetric flow rate 
during unit operation are required to demonstrate compliance with 
electrical output-based HCl or HF emissions limits (i.e., lb/MWh or lb/
GWh).
    10.1.4.2 Use a flow rate monitor that meets the requirements of part 
75 of this chapter to record the required data. You must keep hourly 
flow rate records, as specified in Sec. 75.57(c)(2) of this chapter.
    10.1.5 Records of Stack Gas Moisture Content.
    10.1.5.1 Correction of hourly pollutant concentration data for 
moisture is sometimes required when converting concentrations to the 
units of the applicable Hg emissions limit. In particular, these 
corrections are required:
    10.1.5.1.1 To calculate electrical output-based pollutant emission 
rates, when using a CEMS that measures pollutant concentrations on a dry 
basis; and
    10.1.5.1.2 To calculate heat input-based pollutant emission rates, 
when using certain equations from EPA Method 19 in appendix A-7 to part 
60 of this chapter.
    10.1.5.2 If hourly moisture corrections are required, either use a 
fuel-specific default moisture percentage for coal-fired units from 
Sec. 75.11(b)(1) of this chapter, an Administrator approved default 
moisture value for non-coal-fired units (as per paragraph 63.10010(d) of 
this subpart), or a certified moisture monitoring system that meets the 
requirements of part 75 of this chapter, to record the required data. If 
you elect to use a moisture monitoring system, you must keep hourly 
records of the stack gas moisture content, as specified in Sec. 
75.57(c)(3) of this chapter.
    10.1.6 Records of Diluent Gas (CO2 or O2) Concentration.
    10.1.6.1 To assess compliance with a heat input-based HCl or HF 
emission rate limit in units of lb/MMBtu, hourly measurements of 
CO2 or O2 concentration are required to convert 
pollutant concentrations to units of the standard.
    10.1.6.2 If hourly measurements of diluent gas concentration are 
needed, you must use a certified CO2 or O2 monitor 
that meets the requirements of part 75 of this chapter to record the 
required data. For all diluent gas monitors, you must keep hourly 
CO2 or O2 concentration records, as specified in 
Sec. 75.57(g) of this chapter.
    10.1.7 HCl and HF Emission Rate Records. For applicable HCl and HF 
emission limits in units of lb/MMBtu, lb/MWh, or lb/GWh, record the 
following information for each affected unit or common stack:
    10.1.7.1 The date and hour;
    10.1.7.2 The hourly HCl and/or HF emissions rate (lb/MMBtu, lb/MWh, 
or lb/GWh, as applicable, rounded to three significant figures), for 
each hour in which valid values of HCl or HF concentration and all other 
required parameters (stack gas volumetric flow rate, diluent gas 
concentration, electrical load, and moisture data, as applicable) are 
obtained for the hour;
    10.1.7.3 An identification code for the formula used to derive the 
hourly HCl or HF emission rate from HCl or HF concentration, flow rate, 
electrical load, diluent gas concentration, and moisture data (as 
applicable); and
    10.1.7.4 A code indicating that the HCl or HF emission rate was not 
calculated for the hour, if valid data for HCl or HF concentration and/
or any of the other necessary parameters are not obtained for the hour. 
For the purposes of this appendix, the substitute data values required 
under part 75 of this chapter for diluent gas concentration, stack gas 
flow rate and moisture content are not considered to be valid data.
    10.1.7.5 If applicable, a code to indicate that the default 
electrical load (as defined in Sec. 63.10042) was used to calculate the 
HCl or HF emission rate.
    10.1.7.6 If applicable, a code to indicate that the diluent cap (as 
defined in Sec. 63.10042) was used to calculate the HCl or HF emission 
rate.
    10.1.8 Certification and Quality Assurance Test Records. For the HCl 
and/or HF CEMS used to provide data under this subpart at each affected 
unit (or group of units monitored at a common stack), record the 
following information for all required certification, recertification, 
diagnostic, and quality-assurance tests:
    10.1.8.1 HCl and HF CEMS.
    10.1.8.1.1 For all required daily calibrations (including 
calibration transfer standard tests) of the HCl or HF CEMS, record the 
test dates and times, reference values, monitor responses, and 
calculated calibration error values;
    10.1.8.1.2 For gas audits of HCl or HF CEMS, record the date and 
time of each spiked and unspiked sample, the audit gas reference values 
and uncertainties. Keep records of all calculations and data analyses 
required under sections 9.1 and 12.1 of Performance Specification 15, 
and the results of those calculations and analyses.
    10.1.8.1.3 For each RATA of a HCl or HF CEMS, record the date and 
time of each test run, the reference method(s) used, and the reference 
method and HCl or HF CEMS values. Keep records of the data analyses and

[[Page 245]]

calculations used to determine the relative accuracy.
    10.1.8.2 Additional Monitoring Systems. For the stack gas flow rate, 
diluent gas, and moisture monitoring systems described in section 3.2 of 
this appendix, you must keep records of all certification, 
recertification, diagnostic, and on-going quality-assurance tests of 
these systems, as specified in Sec. 75.59(a) of this chapter.

                       11. Reporting Requirements

    11.1 General Reporting Provisions. The owner or operator shall 
comply with the following requirements for reporting HCl and/or HF 
emissions from each affected unit (or group of units monitored at a 
common stack):
    11.1.1 Notifications, in accordance with paragraph 11.2 of this 
section;
    11.1.2 Monitoring plan reporting, in accordance with paragraph 11.3 
of this section;
    11.1.3 Certification, recertification, and QA test submittals, in 
accordance with paragraph 11.4 of this section; and
    11.1.4 Electronic quarterly report submittals, in accordance with 
paragraph 11.5 of this section.
    11.2 Notifications. The owner or operator shall provide 
notifications for each affected unit (or group of units monitored at a 
common stack) in accordance with Sec. 63.10030.
    11.3 Monitoring Plan Reporting. For each affected unit (or group of 
units monitored at a common stack) using HCl and/or HF CEMS, the owner 
or operator shall make electronic and hard copy monitoring plan 
submittals as follows:
    11.3.1 Submit the electronic and hard copy information in section 
10.1.1.2 of this appendix pertaining to the HCl and/or HF monitoring 
systems at least 21 days prior to the applicable date in Sec. 63.9984. 
Also, if applicable, submit monitoring plan information pertaining to 
any required flow rate, diluent gas, and/or moisture monitoring systems 
within that same time frame, if the required records are not already in 
place.
    11.3.2 Update the monitoring plan when required, as provided in 
paragraph 10.1.1.1 of this appendix. An electronic monitoring plan 
information update must be submitted either prior to or concurrent with 
the quarterly report for the calendar quarter in which the update is 
required.
    11.3.3 All electronic monitoring plan submittals and updates shall 
be made to the Administrator using the ECMPS Client Tool. Hard copy 
portions of the monitoring plan shall be kept on record according to 
section 10.1 of this appendix.
    11.4 Certification, Recertification, and Quality-Assurance Test 
Reporting Requirements. Except for daily QA tests (i.e., calibrations 
and flow monitor interference checks), which are included in each 
electronic quarterly emissions report, use the ECMPS Client Tool to 
submit the results of all required certification, recertification, 
quality-assurance, and diagnostic tests of the monitoring systems 
required under this appendix electronically, either prior to or 
concurrent with the relevant quarterly electronic emissions report.
    11.4.1 For daily calibrations (including calibration transfer 
standard tests), report the information in Sec. 75.59(a)(1) of this 
chapter, excluding paragraphs (a)(1)(ix) through (a)(1)(xi).
    11.4.2 For each quarterly gas audit of a HCl or HF CEMS, report:
    11.4.2.1 Facility ID information;
    11.4.2.2 Monitoring system ID number;
    11.4.2.3 Type of test (e.g., quarterly gas audit);
    11.4.2.4 Reason for test;
    11.4.2.5 Certified audit (spike) gas concentration value (ppm);
    11.4.2.6 Measured value of audit (spike) gas, including date and 
time of injection;
    11.4.2.7 Calculated dilution ratio for audit (spike) gas;
    11.4.2.8 Date and time of each spiked flue gas sample;
    11.4.2.9 Date and time of each unspiked flue gas sample;
    11.4.2.10 The measured values for each spiked gas and unspiked flue 
gas sample (ppm);
    11.4.2.11 The mean values of the spiked and unspiked sample 
concentrations and the expected value of the spiked concentration as 
specified in section 12.1 of Performance Specification 15 (ppm);
    11.4.2.12 Bias at the spike level as calculated using equation 3 in 
section 12.1 of Performance Specification 15; and
    11.4.2.13 The correction factor (CF), calculated using equation 6 in 
section 12.1 of Performance Specification 15.
    11.4.3 For each RATA of a HCl or HF CEMS, report:
    11.4.3.1 Facility ID information;
    11.4.3.2 Monitoring system ID number;
    11.4.3.3 Type of test (i.e., initial or annual RATA);
    11.4.3.4 Reason for test;
    11.4.3.5 The reference method used;
    11.4.3.6 Starting and ending date and time for each test run;
    11.4.3.7 Units of measure;
    11.4.3.8 The measured reference method and CEMS values for each test 
run, on a consistent moisture basis, in appropriate units of measure;
    11.4.3.9 Flags to indicate which test runs were used in the 
calculations;
    11.4.3.10 Arithmetic mean of the CEMS values, of the reference 
method values, and of their differences;
    11.4.3.11 Standard deviation, as specified in Equation 2-4 of 
Performance Specification 2 in appendix B to part 60 of this chapter;

[[Page 246]]

    11.4.3.12 Confidence coefficient, as specified in Equation 2-5 of 
Performance Specification 2 in appendix B to part 60 of this chapter; 
and
    11.4.3.13 Relative accuracy calculated using Equation 2-6 of 
Performance Specification 2 in appendix B to part 60 of this chapter or, 
if applicable, according to the alternative procedure for low emitters 
described in section 3.1.2.2 of this appendix. If applicable use a flag 
to indicate that the alternative RA specification for low emitters has 
been applied.
    11.4.4 Reporting Requirements for Diluent Gas, Flow Rate, and 
Moisture Monitoring Systems. For the certification, recertification, 
diagnostic, and QA tests of stack gas flow rate, moisture, and diluent 
gas monitoring systems that are certified and quality-assured according 
to part 75 of this chapter, report the information in section 10.1.9.3 
of this appendix.
    11.5 Quarterly Reports.
    11.5.1 Beginning with the report for the calendar quarter in which 
the initial compliance demonstration is completed or the calendar 
quarter containing the applicable date in Sec. 63.10005(g), (h), or (j) 
(whichever is earlier), the owner or operator of any affected unit shall 
use the ECMPS Client Tool to submit electronic quarterly reports to the 
Administrator, in an XML format specified by the Administrator, for each 
affected unit (or group of units monitored at a common stack).
    11.5.2 The electronic reports must be submitted within 30 days 
following the end of each calendar quarter, except for units that have 
been placed in long-term cold storage.
    11.5.3 Each electronic quarterly report shall include the following 
information:
    11.5.3.1 The date of report generation;
    11.5.3.2 Facility identification information;
    11.5.3.3 The information in sections 10.1.2 through 10.1.7 of this 
appendix, as applicable to the type(s) of monitoring system(s) used to 
measure the pollutant concentrations and other necessary parameters.
    11.5.3.4 The results of all daily calibrations (including 
calibration transfer standard tests) of the HCl or HF monitor as 
described in section 10.1.8.1.1 of this appendix; and
    11.5.3.5 If applicable, the results of all daily flow monitor 
interference checks, in accordance with section 10.1.8.2 of this 
appendix.
    11.5.4 Compliance Certification. Based on reasonable inquiry of 
those persons with primary responsibility for ensuring that all HCl and/
or HF emissions from the affected unit(s) have been correctly and fully 
monitored, the owner or operator shall submit a compliance certification 
in support of each electronic quarterly emissions monitoring report. The 
compliance certification shall include a statement by a responsible 
official with that official's name, title, and signature, certifying 
that, to the best of his or her knowledge, the report is true, accurate, 
and complete.

[77 FR 9464, Feb. 16, 2012, as amended at 78 FR 24094, Apr. 24, 2013; 79 
FR 68795, Nov. 19, 2014; 81 FR 20205, Apr. 6, 2016]

Subpart VVVVV [Reserved]



 Subpart WWWWW_National Emission Standards for Hospital Ethylene Oxide 
                               Sterilizers

    Source: 72 FR 73623, Dec. 28, 2007, unless otherwise noted.

                   Applicability and Compliance Dates



Sec. 63.10382  Am I subject to this subpart?

    (a) You are subject to this subpart if you own or operate an 
ethylene oxide sterilization facility at a hospital that is an area 
source of hazardous air pollutant (HAP) emissions.
    (b) The affected source subject to this subpart is each new or 
existing sterilization facility.
    (1) An affected source is existing if you commenced construction or 
reconstruction of the affected source before November 6, 2006.
    (2) An affected source is new if you commenced construction or 
reconstruction of the affected source on or after November 6, 2006.



Sec. 63.10384  What are my compliance dates?

    (a) Existing source. If you have an existing affected source, you 
must comply with applicable requirements in this subpart no later than 
December 29, 2008.
    (b) New source. If you start up a new affected source on or before 
December 28, 2007, you must comply with applicable requirements in this 
subpart by December 28, 2007.
    (c) New source. If you start up a new affected source after December 
28, 2007, you must comply with applicable requirements in this subpart 
upon startup of your affected source.

[[Page 247]]

                                Standards



Sec. 63.10390  What management practice standard must I meet?

    You must sterilize full loads of items having a common aeration 
time, except under medically necessary circumstances, as that term is 
defined in Sec. 63.10448.

                     Initial Compliance Requirements



Sec. 63.10400  How do I demonstrate initial compliance?

    (a) Except as provided in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, 
you must demonstrate initial compliance with the management practice 
standard in Sec. 63.10390 by submitting an Initial Notification of 
Compliance Status certifying that you are sterilizing full loads of 
items having a common aeration time except under medically necessary 
circumstances.
    (b) If you operate your sterilization unit(s) with an air pollution 
control device pursuant to a State or local regulation, you may 
demonstrate initial compliance with Sec. 63.10390 by submitting an 
Initial Notification of Compliance Status certifying that you are 
operating the sterilization unit in accordance with your State or local 
regulation and following control device manufacturer's recommended 
procedures.
    (c) If you operate your sterilization unit(s) with an air pollution 
control device but are not subject to any State or local regulation, you 
may demonstrate initial compliance with Sec. 63.10390 by submitting an 
Initial Notification of Compliance Status certifying that you are 
venting the ethylene oxide emissions from each sterilization unit to an 
add-on air pollution control device. You must certify that you are 
operating the control device during all sterilization processes and in 
accordance with manufacturer's recommended procedures.



Sec. 63.10402  By what date must I demonstrate initial compliance?

    You must demonstrate initial compliance with Sec. 63.10390 upon 
startup or no later than 180 calendar days after your compliance date, 
whichever is later.

             Monitoring--Continuous Compliance Requirements



Sec. 63.10420  How do I demonstrate continuous compliance with the 
management practice requirements?

    For each sterilization unit not equipped with an air pollution 
control device, you must demonstrate continuous compliance with the 
management practice standard in Sec. 63.10390 by recording the date and 
time of each sterilization cycle, whether each sterilization cycle 
contains a full load of items, and if not, a statement from a hospital 
central services staff, a hospital administrator, or a physician that it 
was medically necessary.

                   Notifications, Reports, and Records



Sec. 63.10430  What notifications must I submit and by when?

    (a) You must submit an Initial Notification of Compliance Status 
that includes the information required in paragraphs (a)(1) through (5) 
of this section and the applicable certification in Sec. 63.10400.
    (1) The name and address of the owner or operator.
    (2) The address (i.e., physical location) of the affected source.
    (3) An identification of the standard and other applicable 
requirements in this subpart that serve as the basis of the notification 
and the source's compliance date.
    (4) A brief description of the sterilization facility, including the 
number of ethylene oxide sterilizers, the size (volume) of each, the 
number of aeration units, if any, the amount of annual ethylene oxide 
usage at the facility, the control technique used for each sterilizer, 
and typical number of sterilization cycles per year.
    (5) A statement that the affected source is an area source.
    (b) You must submit the Initial Notification of Compliance Status to 
the appropriate authority(ies) specified in Sec. 63.9(a)(4). In 
addition, you must submit a copy of the Initial Notification of 
Compliance Status to EPA's Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards. 
Send your notification via e-mail to [email protected] or via U.S. mail or 
other mail delivery service to U.S.

[[Page 248]]

EPA, Sector Policies and Programs Division, Coatings and Chemicals Group 
(E143-01), Attn: Hospital Sterilizers Project Leader, Research Triangle 
Park, NC 27711.
    (c) You must submit the Initial Notification of Compliance Status no 
later than 180 calendar days after your compliance date, consistent with 
Sec. 63.10402.



Sec. 63.10432  What records must I keep?

    You must keep the records specified in paragraphs (a) and (b) of 
this section.
    (a) A copy of the Initial Notification of Compliance Status that you 
submitted to comply with this subpart.
    (b) Records required by Sec. 63.10420 for each sterilization unit 
not equipped with an air pollution control device.



Sec. 63.10434  In what form and for how long must I keep my records?

    (a) Your records must be in a form suitable and readily available 
for expeditious review.
    (b) You must keep each record for 5 years following the date of each 
record.
    (c) You must keep each record onsite for at least 2 years after the 
date of each record. You may keep the records offsite for the remaining 
3 years.

                   Other Requirements and Information



Sec. 63.10440  What parts of the General Provisions apply to me?

    Table 1 to this subpart shows which parts of the General Provisions 
in 40 CFR 63.1 through 63.16 apply to you.



Sec. 63.10442  Who implements and enforces this subpart?

    (a) This subpart can be implemented and enforced by us, the U.S. 
EPA, or a delegated authority such as your State, local, or tribal 
agency. If the U.S. EPA Administrator has delegated authority to your 
State, local, or tribal agency, then that agency has the authority to 
implement and enforce this subpart. You should contact your U.S. EPA 
Regional Office to find out if this subpart is delegated to your State, 
local, or tribal agency.
    (b) In delegating implementation and enforcement authority of this 
subpart to a State, local, or tribal agency under 40 CFR part 63, 
subpart E, the authorities contained in paragraph (c) of this section 
are retained by the Administrator of the U.S. EPA and are not 
transferred to the State, local, or tribal agency.
    (c) The authorities that will not be delegated to State, local, or 
tribal agencies include approval of alternatives to the applicability 
requirements under 40 CFR 63.10382, the compliance date requirements in 
40 CFR 63.10384, and the management practice standards as defined in 40 
CFR 63.10390.



Sec. 63.10446  Do title V permitting requirements apply to area 
sources subject to this subpart?

    You are exempt from the obligation to obtain a permit under 40 CFR 
part 70 or 40 CFR part 71, provided you are not otherwise required by 
law to obtain a permit under 40 CFR 70.3(a) or 40 CFR 71.3(a). 
Notwithstanding the previous sentence, you must continue to comply with 
the provisions of this subpart.



Sec. 63.10448  What definitions apply to this subpart?

    Terms used in this subpart are defined in the Clean Air Act (CAA), 
in 40 CFR 63.2, and in this section as follows:
    Aeration process means any time when ethylene oxide is removed from 
the aeration unit through the aeration unit vent or from the combination 
sterilization unit through the sterilization unit vent, while aeration 
or off-gassing is occurring.
    Aeration unit means any vessel that is used to facilitate off-
gassing of ethylene oxide.
    Air pollution control device means a catalytic oxidizer, acid-water 
scrubber, or any other air pollution control equipment that reduces the 
quantity of ethylene oxide in the effluent gas stream from sterilization 
and aeration processes.
    Combination sterilization unit means any enclosed vessel in which 
both the sterilization process and the aeration process occur within the 
same vessel, i.e., the vessel is filled with ethylene oxide gas or an 
ethylene oxide/inert gas mixture for the purpose of sterilizing and is 
followed by off-gassing of ethylene oxide.

[[Page 249]]

    Common aeration time means that items require the same length of 
time to off-gas ethylene oxide.
    Full load means the maximum number of items that does not impede 
proper air removal, humidification of the load, or sterilant penetration 
and evacuation in the sterilization unit.
    Hospital means a facility that provides medical care and treatment 
for patients who are acutely ill or chronically ill on an inpatient 
basis under supervision of licensed physicians and under nursing care 
offered 24 hours per day. Hospitals include diagnostic and major surgery 
facilities but exclude doctor's offices, clinics, or other facilities 
whose primary purpose is to provide medical services to humans or 
animals on an outpatient basis.
    Hospital central services staff means a healthcare professional, 
including manager and technician, who is either directly involved in or 
responsible for sterile processing at a hospital.
    Medically necessary means circumstances that a hospital central 
services staff, a hospital administrator, or a physician concludes, 
based on generally accepted medical practices, necessitate sterilizing 
without a full load in order to protect human health.
    State or local regulation means a regulation at the State or local 
level that requires a hospital to reduce the quantity of ethylene oxide 
emissions from ethylene oxide sterilization units.
    Sterilization facility means the group of ethylene oxide 
sterilization units at a hospital using ethylene oxide gas or an 
ethylene oxide/inert gas mixture for the purpose of sterilizing.
    Sterilization process means any time when ethylene oxide is removed 
from the sterilization unit or combination sterilization unit through 
the sterilization unit vent.
    Sterilization unit means any enclosed vessel that is filled with 
ethylene oxide gas or an ethylene oxide/inert gas mixture for the 
purpose of sterilizing. As used in this subpart, the term includes 
combination sterilization units.



   Sec. Table 1 to Subpart WWWWW of Part 63--Applicability of General 
                       Provisions to Subpart WWWWW

    As required in Sec. 63.10440, you must comply with the requirements 
of the General Provisions (40 CFR part 63, subpart A) shown in the 
following table:

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
              Citation                       Subject           Applies to subpart WWWWW         Explanation
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sec. 63.1(a)(1)-(4), (6), (10)-    Applicability.........  Yes........................
 (12), (b)(1), (3).
Sec. 63.1(a)(5), (7)-(9).........  [Reserved]............
Sec. 63.1(b)(2)..................  [Reserved]............
Sec. 63.1(c)(1)-(2)..............  Applicability of this   Yes........................  Sec. 63.10446 of
                                      part after a relevant                                this subpart exempts
                                      standard has been set.                               affected sources from
                                                                                           the obligation to
                                                                                           obtain title V
                                                                                           operating permits for
                                                                                           purposes of being
                                                                                           subject to this
                                                                                           subpart.
Sec. 63.1(c)(3)-(4)..............  [Reserved]............
Sec. 63.1(c)(5)..................  Subject to              No.........................
                                      notification
                                      requirements.
Sec. 63.1(d).....................  [Reserved]............
Sec. 63.1(e).....................  Emission limitation by  Yes........................
                                      permit.
Sec. 63.2........................  Definitions...........  Yes........................
Sec. 63.3........................  Units and               Yes........................
                                      abbreviations.
Sec. 63.4........................  Prohibited activities.  Yes........................
Sec. 63.5........................  Construction/           No.........................
                                      reconstruction.
Sec. 63.6(a), (b)(1)-(5), (7)....  Compliance with         Yes........................
                                      standards and
                                      maintenance
                                      requirements.
Sec. 63.6(b)(6)..................  [Reserved]............
Sec. 63.6(c)(1)..................  Compliance dates for    Yes........................  Subpart WWWWW requires
                                      existing sources.                                    compliance 1 year
                                                                                           after the effective
                                                                                           date.
Sec. 63.6(c)(2), (5).............  Compliance dates for    No.........................
                                      CAA section 112(f)
                                      standards and for
                                      area sources that
                                      become major.
Sec. 63.6(c)(3)-(4)..............  [Reserved]............

[[Page 250]]

 
Sec. 63.6(d).....................  [Reserved]............
Sec. 63.6(e)-(h).................  Alternative nonopacity  No.........................
                                      emission standard.
Sec. 63.6(i)-(j).................  Compliance extension..  Yes........................
Sec. 63.7........................  Performance testing     No.........................
                                      requirements.
Sec. 63.8........................  Monitoring              No.........................
                                      requirements.
Sec. 63.9(a).....................  Applicability and       Yes........................
                                      initial notifications
                                      addressees.
Sec. 63.9(b).....................  Initial notifications.  No.........................
Sec. 63.9(c).....................  Request for extension   Yes........................
                                      of compliance.
Sec. 63.9(d)-(j).................  Other notifications...  No.........................
Sec. 63.10(a)(1)-(2).............  Recordkeeping and       Yes........................
                                      reporting
                                      requirements,
                                      applicability.
Sec. 63.10(a)(3)-(4).............  General information...  Yes........................
Sec. 63.10(a)(5)-(7).............  Recordkeeping and       No.........................
                                      reporting
                                      requirements,
                                      reporting schedules.
Sec. 63.10(b)(1).................  Retention time........  Yes........................
Sec. 63.10(b)(2)-(f).............  Recordkeeping and       No.........................
                                      reporting
                                      requirements.
Sec. 63.11.......................  Control device          No.........................
                                      requirements.
Sec. 63.12.......................  State authority and     Yes........................
                                      delegations.
Sec. Sec. 63.13-63.16...........  Addresses,              Yes........................
                                      Incorporations by
                                      Reference,
                                      availability of
                                      information,
                                      performance track
                                      provisions.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Subpart XXXXX [Reserved]



 Subpart YYYYY_National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants 
      for Area Sources: Electric Arc Furnace Steelmaking Facilities

    Source: 72 FR 74111, Dec. 28, 2007, unless otherwise noted.

                   Applicability and Compliance Dates



Sec. 63.10680  Am I subject to this subpart?

    (a) You are subject to this subpart if you own or operate an 
electric arc furnace (EAF) steelmaking facility that is an area source 
of hazardous air pollutant (HAP) emissions.
    (b) This subpart applies to each new or existing affected source. 
The affected source is each EAF steelmaking facility.
    (1) An affected source is existing if you commenced construction or 
reconstruction of the affected source on or before September 20, 2007.
    (2) An affected source is new if you commenced construction or 
reconstruction of the affected source after September 20, 2007.
    (c) This subpart does not apply to research and development 
facilities, as defined in section 112(c)(7) of the Clean Air Act (CAA).
    (d) If you own or operate an area source subject to this subpart, 
you must have or obtain a permit under 40 CFR part 70 or 40 CFR part 71.



Sec. 63.10681  What are my compliance dates?

    (a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, if you own 
or operate an existing affected source, you must achieve compliance with 
the applicable provisions of this subpart by no later than June 30, 
2008.
    (b) If you own or operate an existing affected source, you must 
achieve compliance with opacity limit in Sec. 63.10686(b)(2) or (c)(2) 
by no later than December 28, 2010 if you demonstrate to the 
satisfaction of the permitting authority that additional time is needed 
to install or modify emission control equipment.
    (c) If you start up a new affected source on or before December 28, 
2007, you must achieve compliance with the applicable provisions of this 
subpart by no later than December 28, 2007.

[[Page 251]]

    (d) If you start up a new affected source after December 28, 2007, 
you must achieve compliance with the applicable provisions of this 
subpart upon startup of your affected source.

                  Standards and Compliance Requirements



Sec. 63.10685  What are the requirements for the control of
contaminants from scrap?

    (a) Chlorinated plastics, lead, and free organic liquids. For 
metallic scrap utilized in the EAF at your facility, you must comply 
with the requirements in either paragraph (a)(1) or (2) of this section. 
You may have certain scrap at your facility subject to paragraph (a)(1) 
of this section and other scrap subject to paragraph (a)(2) of this 
section provided the scrap remains segregated until charge make-up.
    (1) Pollution prevention plan. For the production of steel other 
than leaded steel, you must prepare and implement a pollution prevention 
plan for metallic scrap selection and inspection to minimize the amount 
of chlorinated plastics, lead, and free organic liquids that is charged 
to the furnace. For the production of leaded steel, you must prepare and 
implement a pollution prevention plan for scrap selection and inspection 
to minimize the amount of chlorinated plastics and free organic liquids 
in the scrap that is charged to the furnace. You must submit the scrap 
pollution prevention plan to the permitting authority for approval. You 
must operate according to the plan as submitted during the review and 
approval process, operate according to the approved plan at all times 
after approval, and address any deficiency identified by the permitting 
authority within 60 days following disapproval of a plan. You may 
request approval to revise the plan and may operate according to the 
revised plan unless and until the revision is disapproved by the 
permitting authority. You must keep a copy of the plan onsite, and you 
must provide training on the plan's requirements to all plant personnel 
with materials acquisition or inspection duties. Each plan must include 
the information in paragraphs (a)(1)(i) through (iii) of this section:
    (i) Specifications that scrap materials must be depleted (to the 
extent practicable) of undrained used oil filters, chlorinated plastics, 
and free organic liquids at the time of charging to the furnace.
    (ii) A requirement in your scrap specifications for removal (to the 
extent practicable) of lead-containing components (such as batteries, 
battery cables, and wheel weights) from the scrap, except for scrap used 
to produce leaded steel.
    (iii) Procedures for determining if the requirements and 
specifications in paragraph (a)(1) of this section are met (such as 
visual inspection or periodic audits of scrap providers) and procedures 
for taking corrective actions with vendors whose shipments are not 
within specifications.
    (iv) The requirements of paragraph (a)(1) of this section do not 
apply to the routine recycling of baghouse bags or other internal 
process or maintenance materials in the furnace. These exempted 
materials must be identified in the pollution prevention plan.
    (2) Restricted metallic scrap. For the production of steel other 
than leaded steel, you must not charge to a furnace metallic scrap that 
contains scrap from motor vehicle bodies, engine blocks, oil filters, 
oily turnings, machine shop borings, transformers or capacitors 
containing polychlorinated biphenyls, lead-containing components, 
chlorinated plastics, or free organic liquids. For the production of 
leaded steel, you must not charge to the furnace metallic scrap that 
contains scrap from motor vehicle bodies, engine blocks, oil filters, 
oily turnings, machine shop borings, transformers or capacitors 
containing polychlorinated biphenyls, chlorinated plastics, or free 
organic liquids. This restriction does not apply to any post-consumer 
engine blocks, post-consumer oil filters, or oily turnings that are 
processed or cleaned to the extent practicable such that the materials 
do not include lead components, chlorinated plastics, or free organic 
liquids. This restriction does not apply to motor vehicle scrap that is 
charged to recover the chromium or nickel content if you meet the 
requirements in paragraph (b)(3) of this section.

[[Page 252]]

    (b) Mercury requirements. For scrap containing motor vehicle scrap, 
you must procure the scrap pursuant to one of the compliance options in 
paragraphs (b)(1), (2), or (3) of this section for each scrap provider, 
contract, or shipment. For scrap that does not contain motor vehicle 
scrap, you must procure the scrap pursuant to the requirements in 
paragraph (b)(4) of this section for each scrap provider, contract, or 
shipment. You may have one scrap provider, contract, or shipment subject 
to one compliance provision and others subject to another compliance 
provision.
    (1) Site-specific plan for mercury switches. You must comply with 
the requirements in paragraphs (b)(1)(i) through (v) of this section.
    (i) You must include a requirement in your scrap specifications for 
removal of mercury switches from vehicle bodies used to make the scrap.
    (ii) You must prepare and operate according to a plan demonstrating 
how your facility will implement the scrap specification in paragraph 
(b)(1)(i) of this section for removal of mercury switches. You must 
submit the plan to the permitting authority for approval. You must 
operate according to this plan as submitted during the review and 
approval process, operate according to the approved plan at all times 
after approval, and address any deficiency identified by the permitting 
authority within 60 days following disapproval of a plan. You may 
request approval to revise the plan and may operate according to the 
revised plan unless and until the revision is disapproved by the 
permitting authority. The permitting authority may change the approval 
status of the plan upon 90-days written notice based upon the semiannual 
compliance report or other information. The plan must include:
    (A) A means of communicating to scrap purchasers and scrap providers 
the need to obtain or provide motor vehicle scrap from which mercury 
switches have been removed and the need to ensure the proper management 
of the mercury switches removed from that scrap as required under the 
rules implementing subtitle C of the Resource Conservation and Recovery 
Act (RCRA) (40 CFR parts 261 through 265 and 268). The plan must include 
documentation of direction to appropriate staff to communicate to 
suppliers throughout the scrap supply chain the need to promote the 
removal of mercury switches from end-of-life vehicles. Upon the request 
of the permitting authority, you must provide examples of materials that 
are used for outreach to suppliers, such as letters, contract language, 
policies for purchasing agents, and scrap inspection protocols;
    (B) Provisions for obtaining assurance from scrap providers that 
motor vehicle scrap provided to the facility meet the scrap 
specification;
    (C) Provisions for periodic inspections or other means of 
corroboration to ensure that scrap providers and dismantlers are 
implementing appropriate steps to minimize the presence of mercury 
switches in motor vehicle scrap and that the mercury switches removed 
are being properly managed, including the minimum frequency such means 
of corroboration will be implemented; and
    (D) Provisions for taking corrective actions (i.e., actions 
resulting in scrap providers removing a higher percentage of mercury 
switches or other mercury-containing components) if needed, based on the 
results of procedures implemented in paragraph (b)(1)(ii)(C) of this 
section).
    (iii) You must require each motor vehicle scrap provider to provide 
an estimate of the number of mercury switches removed from motor vehicle 
scrap sent to your facility during the previous year and the basis for 
the estimate. The permitting authority may request documentation or 
additional information at any time.
    (iv) You must establish a goal for each scrap provider to remove at 
least 80 percent of the mercury switches. Although a site-specific plan 
approved under paragraph (b)(1) of this section may require only the 
removal of convenience light switch mechanisms, the permitting authority 
will credit all documented and verifiable mercury-containing components 
removed from motor vehicle scrap (such as sensors in anti-locking brake 
systems, security systems, active ride control, and other applications) 
when evaluating progress towards the 80 percent goal.

[[Page 253]]

    (v) For each scrap provider, you must submit semiannual progress 
reports to the permitting authority that provide the number of mercury 
switches removed or the weight of mercury recovered from the switches, 
the estimated number of vehicles processed, an estimate of the percent 
of mercury switches removed, and certification that the removed mercury 
switches were recycled at RCRA-permitted facilities or otherwise 
properly managed pursuant to RCRA subtitle C regulations referenced in 
paragraph (b)(1)(ii)(A) of this section. This information can be 
submitted in aggregated form and does not have to be submitted for each 
scrap provider, contract, or shipment. The permitting authority may 
change the approval status of a site-specific plan following 90-days 
notice based on the progress reports or other information.
    (2) Option for approved mercury programs. You must certify in your 
notification of compliance status that you participate in and purchase 
motor vehicle scrap only from scrap providers who participate in a 
program for removal of mercury switches that has been approved by the 
Administrator based on the criteria in paragraphs (b)(2)(i) through 
(iii) of this section. If you purchase motor vehicle scrap from a 
broker, you must certify that all scrap received from that broker was 
obtained from other scrap providers who participate in a program for the 
removal of mercury switches that has been approved by the Administrator 
based on the criteria in paragraphs (b)(2)(i) through (iii) of this 
section. The National Vehicle Mercury Switch Recovery Program and the 
Vehicle Switch Recovery Program mandated by Maine State law are EPA-
approved programs under paragraph (b)(2) of this section unless and 
until the Administrator disapproves the program (in part or in whole) 
under paragraph (b)(2)(iii) of this section.
    (i) The program includes outreach that informs the dismantlers of 
the need for removal of mercury switches and provides training and 
guidance for removing mercury switches;
    (ii) The program has a goal to remove at least 80 percent of mercury 
switches from the motor vehicle scrap the scrap provider processes. 
Although a program approved under paragraph (b)(2) of this section may 
require only the removal of convenience light switch mechanisms, the 
Administrator will credit all documented and verifiable mercury-
containing components removed from motor vehicle scrap (such as sensors 
in anti-locking brake systems, security systems, active ride control, 
and other applications) when evaluating progress towards the 80 percent 
goal; and
    (iii) The program sponsor agrees to submit progress reports to the 
Administrator no less frequently than once every year that provide the 
number of mercury switches removed or the weight of mercury recovered 
from the switches, the estimated number of vehicles processed, an 
estimate of the percent of mercury switches recovered, and certification 
that the recovered mercury switches were recycled at facilities with 
permits as required under the rules implementing subtitle C of RCRA (40 
CFR parts 261 through 265 and 268). The progress reports must be based 
on a database that includes data for each program participant; however, 
data may be aggregated at the State level for progress reports that will 
be publicly available. The Administrator may change the approval status 
of a program or portion of a program (e.g., at the State level) 
following 90-days notice based on the progress reports or on other 
information.
    (iv) You must develop and maintain onsite a plan demonstrating the 
manner through which your facility is participating in the EPA-approved 
program.
    (A) The plan must include facility-specific implementation elements, 
corporate-wide policies, and/or efforts coordinated by a trade 
association as appropriate for each facility.
    (B) You must provide in the plan documentation of direction to 
appropriate staff to communicate to suppliers throughout the scrap 
supply chain the need to promote the removal of mercury switches from 
end-of-life vehicles. Upon the request of the permitting authority, you 
must provide examples of materials that are used for outreach to 
suppliers, such as letters, contract language, policies for purchasing 
agents, and scrap inspection protocols.

[[Page 254]]

    (C) You must conduct periodic inspections or provide other means of 
corroboration to ensure that scrap providers are aware of the need for 
and are implementing appropriate steps to minimize the presence of 
mercury in scrap from end-of-life vehicles.
    (3) Option for specialty metal scrap. You must certify in your 
notification of compliance status that the only materials from motor 
vehicles in the scrap are materials recovered for their specialty alloy 
(including, but not limited to, chromium, nickel, molybdenum, or other 
alloys) content (such as certain exhaust systems) and, based on the 
nature of the scrap and purchase specifications, that the type of scrap 
is not reasonably expected to contain mercury switches.
    (4) Scrap that does not contain motor vehicle scrap. For scrap not 
subject to the requirements in paragraphs (b)(1) through (3) of this 
section, you must certify in your notification of compliance status and 
maintain records of documentation that this scrap does not contain motor 
vehicle scrap.
    (c) Recordkeeping and reporting requirements. In addition to the 
records required by Sec. 63.10, you must keep records to demonstrate 
compliance with the requirements for your pollution prevention plan in 
paragraph (a)(1) of this section and/or for the use of only restricted 
scrap in paragraph (a)(2) of this section and for mercury in paragraphs 
(b)(1) through (3) of this section as applicable. You must keep records 
documenting compliance with paragraph (b)(4) of this section for scrap 
that does not contain motor vehicle scrap.
    (1) If you are subject to the requirements for a site-specific plan 
for mercury under paragraph (b)(1) of this section, you must:
    (i) Maintain records of the number of mercury switches removed or 
the weight of mercury recovered from the switches and properly managed, 
the estimated number of vehicles processed, and an estimate of the 
percent of mercury switches recovered; and
    (ii) Submit semiannual reports of the number of mercury switches 
removed or the weight of mercury recovered from the switches and 
properly managed, the estimated number of vehicles processed, an 
estimate of the percent of mercury switches recovered, and a 
certification that the recovered mercury switches were recycled at RCRA-
permitted facilities. The semiannual reports must include a 
certification that you have conducted inspections or taken other means 
of corroboration as required under paragraph (b)(1)(ii)(C) of this 
section. You may include this information in the semiannual compliance 
reports required under paragraph (c)(3) of this section.
    (2) If you are subject to the option for approved mercury programs 
under paragraph (b)(2) of this section, you must maintain records 
identifying each scrap provider and documenting the scrap provider's 
participation in an approved mercury switch removal program. If you 
purchase motor vehicle scrap from a broker, you must maintain records 
identifying each broker and documentation that all scrap provided by the 
broker was obtained from other scrap providers who participate in an 
approved mercury switch removal program.
    (3) You must submit semiannual compliance reports to the 
Administrator for the control of contaminants from scrap according to 
the requirements in Sec. 63.10(e). The report must clearly identify any 
deviation from the requirements in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this 
section and the corrective action taken. You must identify which 
compliance option in paragraph (b) of this section applies to each scrap 
provider, contract, or shipment.



Sec. 63.10686  What are the requirements for electric arc furnaces
and argon-oxygen decarburization vessels?

    (a) You must install, operate, and maintain a capture system that 
collects the emissions from each EAF (including charging, melting, and 
tapping operations) and argon-oxygen decarburization (AOD) vessel and 
conveys the collected emissions to a control device for the removal of 
particulate matter (PM).
    (b) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, you must 
not discharge or cause the discharge into the atmosphere from an EAF or 
AOD vessel any gases which:

[[Page 255]]

    (1) Exit from a control device and contain in excess of 0.0052 
grains of PM per dry standard cubic foot (gr/dscf); and
    (2) Exit from a melt shop and, due solely to the operations of any 
affected EAF(s) or AOD vessel(s), exhibit 6 percent opacity or greater.
    (c) If you own or operate a new or existing affected source that has 
a production capacity of less than 150,000 tons per year (tpy) of 
stainless or specialty steel (as determined by the maximum production if 
specified in the source's operating permit or EAF capacity and maximum 
number of operating hours per year), you must not discharge or cause the 
discharge into the atmosphere from an EAF or AOD vessel any gases which:
    (1) Exit from a control device and contain particulate matter (PM) 
in excess of 0.8 pounds per ton (lb/ton) of steel. Alternatively, the 
owner or operator may elect to comply with a PM limit of 0.0052 grains 
per dry standard cubic foot (gr/dscf); and
    (2) Exit from a melt shop and, due solely to the operations of any 
affected EAF(s) or AOD vessel(s), exhibit 6 percent opacity or greater.
    (d) Except as provided in paragraph (d)(6) of this section, you must 
conduct performance tests to demonstrate initial compliance with the 
applicable emissions limit for each emissions source subject to an 
emissions limit in paragraph (b) or (c) of this section.
    (1) You must conduct each PM performance test for an EAF or AOD 
vessel according to the procedures in Sec. 63.7 and 40 CFR 60.275a 
using the following test methods in 40 CFR part 60, appendices A-1, A-2, 
A-3, and A-4:
    (i) Method 1 or 1A of appendix A-1 of 40 CFR part 60 to select 
sampling port locations and the number of traverse points in each stack 
or duct. Sampling sites must be located at the outlet of the control 
device (or at the outlet of the emissions source if no control device is 
present) prior to any releases to the atmosphere.
    (ii) Method 2, 2A, 2C, 2D, 2F, or 2G of appendix A-1 of 40 CFR part 
60 to determine the volumetric flow rate of the stack gas.
    (iii) Method 3, 3A, or 3B of appendix A-3 of 40 CFR part 60 to 
determine the dry molecular weight of the stack gas. You may use ANSI/
ASME PTC 19.10-1981, ``Flue and Exhaust Gas Analyses'' (incorporated by 
reference--see Sec. 63.14) as an alternative to EPA Method 3B.
    (iv) Method 4 of appendix A-3 of 40 CFR part 60 to determine the 
moisture content of the stack gas.
    (v) Method 5 or 5D of appendix A-3 of 40 CFR part 60 to determine 
the PM concentration. Three valid test runs are needed to comprise a PM 
performance test. For EAF, sample only when metal is being melted and 
refined. For AOD vessels, sample only when the operation(s) are being 
conducted.
    (2) You must conduct each opacity test for a melt shop according to 
the procedures in Sec. 63.6(h) and Method 9 of appendix A-4 of 40 CFR 
part 60. When emissions from any EAF or AOD vessel are combined with 
emissions from emission sources not subject to this subpart, you must 
demonstrate compliance with the melt shop opacity limit based on 
emissions from only the emission sources subject to this subpart.
    (3) During any performance test, you must monitor and record the 
information specified in 40 CFR 60.274a(h) for all heats covered by the 
test.
    (4) You must notify and receive approval from the Administrator for 
procedures that will be used to determine compliance for an EAF or AOD 
vessel when emissions are combined with those from facilities not 
subject to this subpart.
    (5) To determine compliance with the PM emissions limit in paragraph 
(c) of this section for an EAF or AOD vessel in a lb/ton of steel 
format, compute the process-weighted mass emissions (Ep) for 
each test run using Equation 1 of this section:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR28DE07.004

Where:

Ep = Process-weighted mass emissions of PM, lb/ton;
C = Concentration of PM or total metal HAP, gr/dscf;
Q = Volumetric flow rate of stack gas, dscf/hr;
T = Total time during a test run that a sample is withdrawn from the 
          stack during steel production cycle, hr;

[[Page 256]]

P = Total amount of metal produced during the test run, tons; and
K = Conversion factor, 7,000 grains per pound.

    (6) If you own or operate an existing affected source that is 
subject to the emissions limits in paragraph (b) or (c) of this section, 
you may certify initial compliance with the applicable emission limit 
for one or more emissions sources based on the results of a previous 
performance test for that emissions source in lieu of the requirement 
for an initial performance test provided that the test(s) were conducted 
within 5 years of the compliance date using the methods and procedures 
specified in paragraph (d)(1) or (2) of this section; the test(s) were 
for the affected facility; and the test(s) were representative of 
current or anticipated operating processes and conditions. Should the 
permitting authority deem the prior test data unacceptable to 
demonstrate compliance with an applicable emissions limit, the owner or 
operator must conduct an initial performance test within 180 days of the 
compliance date or within 90 days of receipt of the notification of 
disapproval of the prior test, whichever is later.
    (e) You must monitor the capture system and PM control device 
required by this subpart, maintain records, and submit reports according 
to the compliance assurance monitoring requirements in 40 CFR part 64. 
The exemption in 40 CFR 64.2(b)(1)(i) for emissions limitations or 
standards proposed after November 15, 1990 under section 111 or 112 of 
the CAA does not apply. In lieu of the deadlines for submittal in 40 CFR 
64.5, you must submit the monitoring information required by 40 CFR 64.4 
to the applicable permitting authority for approval by no later than the 
compliance date for your affected source for this subpart and operate 
according to the approved plan by no later than 180 days after the date 
of approval by the permitting authority.

                   Other Information and Requirements



Sec. 63.10690  What parts of the General Provisions apply to
this subpart?

    (a) You must comply with the requirements of the NESHAP General 
Provisions (40 CFR part 63, subpart A) as provided in Table 1 of this 
subpart.
    (b) The notification of compliance status required by Sec. 63.9(h) 
must include each applicable certification of compliance, signed by a 
responsible official, in paragraphs (b)(1) through (6) of this section.
    (1) For the pollution prevention plan requirements in Sec. 
63.10685(a)(1): ``This facility has submitted a pollution prevention 
plan for metallic scrap selection and inspection in accordance with 
Sec. 63.10685(a)(1)'';
    (2) For the restrictions on metallic scrap in Sec. 63.10685(a)(2): 
``This facility complies with the requirements for restricted metallic 
scrap in accordance with Sec. 63.10685(a)(2)'';
    (3) For the mercury requirements in Sec. 63.10685(b):
    (i) ``This facility has prepared a site-specific plan for mercury 
switches in accordance with Sec. 63.10685(b)(1)'';
    (ii) ``This facility participates in and purchases motor vehicle 
scrap only from scrap providers who participate in a program for removal 
of mercury switches that has been approved by the EPA Administrator in 
accordance with Sec. 63.10685(b)(2)'' and has prepared a plan 
demonstrating how the facility participates in the EPA-approved program 
in accordance with Sec. 63.10685(b)(2)(iv);
    (iii) ``The only materials from motor vehicles in the scrap charged 
to an electric arc furnace at this facility are materials recovered for 
their specialty alloy content in accordance with Sec. 63.10685(b)(3) 
which are not reasonably expected to contain mercury switches''; or
    (iv) ``This facility complies with the requirements for scrap that 
does not contain motor vehicle scrap in accordance with Sec. 
63.10685(b)(4).''
    (4) This certification of compliance for the capture system 
requirements in Sec. 63.10686(a), signed by a responsible official: 
``This facility operates a capture system for each electric arc furnace 
and argon-oxygen decarburization vessel that conveys the collected 
emissions to a PM control device in accordance with Sec. 63.10686(a)''.
    (5) If applicable, this certification of compliance for the 
performance test requirements in Sec. 63.10686(d)(6): ``This facility 
certifies initial compliance

[[Page 257]]

with the applicable emissions limit in Sec. 63.10686(a) or (b) based on 
the results of a previous performance test in accordance with Sec. 
63.10686(d)(6)''.
    (6) This certification of compliance for the monitoring requirements 
in Sec. 63.10686(e), signed by a responsible official: ``This facility 
has developed and submitted proposed monitoring information in 
accordance with 40 CFR part 64''.



Sec. 63.10691  Who implements and enforces this subpart?

    (a) This subpart can be implemented and enforced by the EPA or a 
delegated authority such as a State, local, or tribal agency. If the EPA 
Administrator has delegated authority to a State, local, or tribal 
agency, then that Agency has the authority to implement and enforce this 
subpart. You should contact your EPA Regional Office to find out if this 
subpart is delegated to your State, local, or tribal agency.
    (b) In delegating implementation and enforcement authority of this 
subpart to a State, local, or tribal agency under 40 CFR part 63, 
subpart E, the authorities contained in paragraph (c) of this section 
are retained by the Administrator and are not transferred to the State, 
local, or tribal agency.
    (c) The authorities that will not be delegated to State, local, or 
tribal agencies are listed in paragraphs (c)(1) through (6) of this 
section.
    (1) Approval of an alternative non-opacity emissions standard under 
40 CFR 63.6(g).
    (2) Approval of an alternative opacity emissions standard under 
Sec. 63.6(h)(9).
    (3) Approval of a major change to test methods under Sec. 
63.7(e)(2)(ii) and (f). A ``major change to test method'' is defined in 
40 CFR 63.90.
    (4) Approval of major change to monitoring under 40 CFR 63.8(f). A 
``major change to monitoring'' is defined in 40 CFR 63.90.
    (5) Approval of a major change to recordkeeping/reporting under 40 
CFR 63.10(f). A ``major change to recordkeeping/reporting'' is defined 
in 40 CFR 63.90.
    (6) Approval of a program for the removal of mercury switches under 
Sec. 63.10685(b)(2).



Sec. 63.10692  What definitions apply to this subpart?

    Terms used in this subpart are defined in the Clean Air Act, in 
Sec. 63.2, and in this section as follows:
    Argon-oxygen decarburization (AOD) vessel means any closed-bottom, 
refractory-lined converter vessel with submerged tuyeres through which 
gaseous mixtures containing argon and oxygen or nitrogen may be blown 
into molten steel for further refining.
    Capture system means the equipment (including ducts, hoods, fans, 
dampers, etc.) used to capture or transport emissions generated by an 
electric arc furnace or argon-oxygen decarburization vessel to the air 
pollution control device.
    Chlorinated plastics means solid polymeric materials that contain 
chlorine in the polymer chain, such as polyvinyl chloride (PVC) and PVC 
copolymers.
    Control device means the air pollution control equipment used to 
remove particulate matter from the effluent gas stream generated by an 
electric arc furnace or argon-oxygen decarburization vessel.
    Deviation means any instance where an affected source subject to 
this subpart, or an owner or operator of such a source:
    (1) Fails to meet any requirement or obligation established by this 
subpart, including but not limited to any emissions limitation or work 
practice standard;
    (2) Fails to meet any term or condition that is adopted to implement 
an applicable requirement in this subpart and that is included in the 
operating permit for any affected source required to obtain such a 
permit; or
    (3) Fails to meet any emissions limitation in this subpart during 
startup, shutdown, or malfunction, regardless of whether or not such 
failure is permitted by this subpart.
    Electric arc furnace (EAF) means a furnace that produces molten 
steel and heats the charge materials with electric arcs from carbon 
electrodes. An electric arc furnace consists of the furnace shell, roof, 
and the transformer.
    Electric arc furnace (EAF) steelmaking facility means a steel plant 
that produces carbon, alloy, or specialty steels using an EAF. This 
definition excludes

[[Page 258]]

EAF steelmaking facilities at steel foundries and EAF facilities used to 
produce nonferrous metals.
    Free organic liquids means material that fails the paint filter test 
by EPA Method 9095B, (revision 2, dated November 1994) (incorporated by 
reference--see Sec. 63.14) after accounting for water using a moisture 
determination test by ASTM Method D2216-05 (incorporated by reference--
see Sec. 63.14). If, after conducting a moisture determination test, if 
any portion of the material passes through and drops from the filter 
within the 5-minute test period, the material contains free organic 
liquids.
    Leaded steel means steel that must meet a minimum specification for 
lead content (typically 0.25 percent or more) and for which lead is a 
necessary alloy for that grade of steel.
    Mercury switch means each mercury-containing capsule or switch 
assembly that is part of a convenience light switch mechanism installed 
in a vehicle.
    Motor vehicle means an automotive vehicle not operated on rails and 
usually operated with rubber tires for use on highways.
    Motor vehicle scrap means vehicle or automobile bodies, including 
automobile body hulks, that have been processed through a shredder. 
Motor vehicle scrap does not include automobile manufacturing bundles, 
or miscellaneous vehicle parts, such as wheels, bumpers or other 
components that do not contain mercury switches.
    Nonferrous metals means any pure metal other than iron or any metal 
alloy for which an element other than iron is its major constituent by 
percent in weight.
    Scrap provider means the person (including a broker) who contracts 
directly with a steel mill to provide scrap that contains motor vehicle 
scrap. Scrap processors such as shredder operators or vehicle 
dismantlers that do not sell scrap directly to a steel mill are not 
scrap providers.
    Specialty steel means low carbon and high alloy steel other than 
stainless steel that is processed in an argon-oxygen decarburization 
vessel.
    Stainless steel means low carbon steel that contains at least 10.5 
percent chromium.



   Sec. Table 1 to Subpart YYYYY of Part 63--Applicability of General 
                       Provisions to Subpart YYYYY

    As required in Sec. 63.10691(a), you must comply with the 
requirements of the NESHAP General Provisions (40 CFR part 63, subpart 
A) shown in the following table.

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
              Citation                       Subject          Applies to subpart YYYYY?         Explanation
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sec. 63.1(a)(1), (a)(2), (a)(3),   Applicability.........  Yes........................
 (a)(4), (a)(6), (a)(10)-(a)(12),
 (b)(1), (b)(3), (c)(1), (c)(2),
 (c)(5), (e).
Sec. 63.1(a)(5), (a)(7)-(a)(9),    Reserved..............  No.........................
 (b)(2), (c)(3), (c)(4), (d).
Sec. 63.2........................  Definitions...........  Yes........................
Sec. 63.3........................  Units and               Yes........................
                                      Abbreviations.
Sec. 63.4........................  Prohibited Activities   Yes........................
                                      and Circumvention.
Sec. 63.5........................  Preconstruction Review  Yes........................
                                      and Notification
                                      Requirements.
Sec. 63.6(a), (b)(1)-(b)(5),       Compliance with         Yes........................
 (b)(7), (c)(1), (c)(2), (c)(5),      Standards and
 (e)(1), (e)(3)(i), (e)(3)(iii)-      Maintenance
 (e)(3)(ix), (f), (g), (h)(1),        Requirements.
 (h)(2), (h)(5)-(h)(9), (i), (j).
Sec. 63.6(b)(6), (c)(3), (c)(4),   Reserved..............  No.........................
 (d), (e)(2), (e)(3)(ii), (h)(3),
 (h)(5)(iv).
Sec. 63.7........................  Applicability and       Yes........................
                                      Performance Test
                                      Dates.
Sec. 63.8(a)(1), (a)(2), (b),      Monitoring              Yes........................  Requirements apply if
 (c), (d), (e), (f)(1)-(5), (g).      Requirements.                                        a COMS or CEMS is
                                                                                           used.
Sec. 63.8(a)(3)..................  [Reserved]............  No.........................
Sec. 63.8(a)(4)..................  Additional Monitoring   No.........................
                                      Requirements for
                                      Control Devices in
                                      Sec. 63.11.

[[Page 259]]

 
Sec. 63.8(c)(4)..................  Continuous Monitoring   Yes........................  Requirements apply if
                                      System Requirements.                                 a COMS or CEMS is
                                                                                           used.
Sec. 63.8(f)(6)..................  RATA Alternative......  Yes........................  Requirements apply if
                                                                                           a CEMS is used.
Sec. 63.9(a), (b)(1), (b)(2),      Notification            Yes........................
 (b)(5), (c), (d), (f), (g), (h)(1)-  Requirements.
 (h)(3), (h)(5), (h)(6), (i), (j).
Sec. 63.9(b)(3), (h)(4)..........  Reserved..............  No.........................
Sec. 63.9(b)(4)..................  ......................  No.........................
Sec. 63.10(a), (b)(1), (b)(2)(i)-  Recordkeeping and       Yes........................  Additional records for
 (v), (b)(2)(xiv), (b)(3), (c)(1),    Reporting                                            CMS in Sec.
 (c)(5)-(c)(8), (c)(10)-(c)(15),      Requirements.                                        63.10(c) (1)-(6), (9)-
 (d), (e)(1)-(e)(4), (f).                                                                  (15), and reports in
                                                                                           Sec. 63.10(d)(1)-
                                                                                           (2) apply if a COMS
                                                                                           or CEMS is used.
Sec. 63.10(b)(2)(xiii)...........  CMS Records for RATA    Yes........................  Requirements apply if
                                      Alternative.                                         a CEMS is used.
Sec. 63.10(c)(2)-(c)(4), (c)(9)..  Reserved..............  No.........................
Sec. 63.11.......................  Control Device          No.........................
                                      Requirements.
Sec. 63.12.......................  State Authority and     Yes........................
                                      Delegations.
Sec. Sec. 63.13-63.16...........  Addresses,              Yes........................
                                      Incorporations by
                                      Reference,
                                      Availability of
                                      Information,
                                      Performance Track
                                      Provisions.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



 Subpart ZZZZZ_National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants 
                for Iron and Steel Foundries Area Sources

    Source: 73 FR 252, Jan. 2, 2008, unless otherwise noted.

                   Applicability and Compliance Dates



Sec. 63.10880  Am I subject to this subpart?

    (a) You are subject to this subpart if you own or operate an iron 
and steel foundry that is an area source of hazardous air pollutant 
(HAP) emissions.
    (b) This subpart applies to each new or existing affected source. 
The affected source is each iron and steel foundry.
    (1) An affected source is existing if you commenced construction or 
reconstruction of the affected source before September 17, 2007.
    (2) An affected source is new if you commenced construction or 
reconstruction of the affected source on or after September 17, 2007. If 
an affected source is not new pursuant to the preceding sentence, it is 
not new as a result of a change in its compliance obligations pursuant 
to Sec. 63.10881(d).
    (c) On and after January 2, 2008, if your iron and steel foundry 
becomes a major source as defined in Sec. 63.2, you must meet the 
requirements of 40 CFR part 63, subpart EEEEE.
    (d) This subpart does not apply to research and development 
facilities, as defined in section 112(c)(7) of the Clean Air Act.
    (e) You are exempt from the obligation to obtain a permit under 40 
CFR part 70 or 40 CFR part 71, provided you are not otherwise required 
by law to obtain a permit under 40 CFR 70.3(a) or 40 CFR 71.3(a). 
Notwithstanding the previous sentence, you must continue to comply with 
the provisions of this subpart.
    (f) If you own or operate an existing affected source, you must 
determine the initial applicability of the requirements of this subpart 
to a small foundry or a large foundry based on your facility's metal 
melt production for calendar year 2008. If the metal melt production for 
calendar year 2008 is 20,000 tons or less, your area source is a small 
foundry. If your metal melt production for calendar year 2008 is greater 
than 20,000 tons, your area source is a large foundry. You must submit a 
written notification to the Administrator that identifies your area 
source as a small foundry or a large foundry no later than January 2, 
2009.
    (g) If you own or operate a new affected source, you must determine 
the

[[Page 260]]

initial applicability of the requirements of this subpart to a small 
foundry or a large foundry based on your facility's annual metal melting 
capacity at startup. If the annual metal melting capacity is 10,000 tons 
or less, your area source is a small foundry. If the annual metal 
melting capacity is greater than 10,000 tons, your area source is a 
large foundry. You must submit a written notification to the 
Administrator that identifies your area source as a small foundry or a 
large foundry no later than 120 days after startup.



Sec. 63.10881  What are my compliance dates?

    (a) If you own or operate an existing affected source, you must 
achieve compliance with the applicable provisions of this subpart by the 
dates in paragraphs (a)(1) through (3) of this section.
    (1) Not later than January 2, 2009 for the pollution prevention 
management practices for metallic scrap in Sec. 63.10885(a) and binder 
formulations in Sec. 63.10886.
    (2) Not later than January 4, 2010 for the pollution prevention 
management practices for mercury in Sec. 63.10885(b).
    (3) Except as provided in paragraph (d) of this section, not later 
than 2 years after the date of your large foundry's notification of the 
initial determination required in Sec. 63.10880(f) for the standards 
and management practices in Sec. 63.10895.
    (b) If you have a new affected source for which the initial startup 
date is on or before January 2, 2008, you must achieve compliance with 
the provisions of this subpart not later than January 2, 2008.
    (c) If you own or operate a new affected source for which the 
initial startup date is after January 2, 2008, you must achieve 
compliance with the provisions of this subpart upon startup of your 
affected source.
    (d) Following the initial determination for an existing affected 
source required in Sec. 63.10880(f),
    (1) Beginning January 1, 2010, if the annual metal melt production 
of your small foundry exceeds 20,000 tons during the preceding calendar 
year, you must submit a notification of foundry reclassification to the 
Administrator within 30 days and comply with the requirements in 
paragraphs (d)(1)(i) or (ii) of this section, as applicable.
    (i) If your small foundry has never been classified as a large 
foundry, you must comply with the requirements for a large foundry no 
later than 2 years after the date of your foundry's notification that 
the annual metal melt production exceeded 20,000 tons.
    (ii) If your small foundry had previously been classified as a large 
foundry, you must comply with the requirements for a large foundry no 
later than the date of your foundry's most recent notification that the 
annual metal melt production exceeded 20,000 tons.
    (2) If your facility is initially classified as a large foundry (or 
your small foundry subsequently becomes a large foundry), you must 
comply with the requirements for a large foundry for at least 3 years 
before reclassifying your facility as a small foundry, even if your 
annual metal melt production falls below 20,000 tons. After 3 years, you 
may reclassify your facility as a small foundry provided your annual 
metal melt production for the preceding calendar year was 20,000 tons or 
less. If you reclassify your large foundry as a small foundry, you must 
submit a notification of reclassification to the Administrator within 30 
days and comply with the requirements for a small foundry no later than 
the date you notify the Administrator of the reclassification. If the 
annual metal melt production exceeds 20,000 tons during a subsequent 
year, you must submit a notification of reclassification to the 
Administrator within 30 days and comply with the requirements for a 
large foundry no later than the date you notify the Administrator of the 
reclassification.
    (e) Following the initial determination for a new affected source 
required in Sec. 63.10880(g),
    (1) If you increase the annual metal melt capacity of your small 
foundry to exceed 10,000 tons, you must submit a notification of 
reclassification to the Administrator within 30 days and comply with the 
requirements for a large foundry no later than the startup date for the 
new equipment, if applicable, or the date of issuance for your revised 
State or Federal operating permit.

[[Page 261]]

    (2) If your facility is initially classified as a large foundry (or 
your small foundry subsequently becomes a large foundry), you must 
comply with the requirements for a large foundry for at least 3 years 
before reclassifying your facility as a small foundry. After 3 years, 
you may reclassify your facility as a small foundry provided your most 
recent annual metal melt capacity is 10,000 tons or less. If you 
reclassify your large foundry as a small foundry, you must notify the 
Administrator within 30 days and comply with the requirements for a 
small foundry no later than the date your melting equipment was removed 
or taken out of service, if applicable, or the date of issuance for your 
revised State or Federal operating permit.

Pollution Prevention Management Practices for New and Existing Affected 
                                 Sources



Sec. 63.10885  What are my management practices for metallic scrap 
and mercury switches?

    (a) Metallic scrap management program. For each segregated metallic 
scrap storage area, bin or pile, you must comply with the materials 
acquisition requirements in paragraph (a)(1) or (2) of this section. You 
must keep a copy of the material specifications onsite and readily 
available to all personnel with material acquisition duties, and provide 
a copy to each of your scrap providers. You may have certain scrap 
subject to paragraph (a)(1) of this section and other scrap subject to 
paragraph (a)(2) of this section at your facility provided the metallic 
scrap remains segregated until charge make-up.
    (1) Restricted metallic scrap. You must prepare and operate at all 
times according to written material specifications for the purchase and 
use of only metal ingots, pig iron, slitter, or other materials that do 
not include post-consumer automotive body scrap, post-consumer engine 
blocks, post-consumer oil filters, oily turnings, lead components, 
chlorinated plastics, or free liquids. For the purpose of this subpart, 
``free liquids'' is defined as material that fails the paint filter test 
by EPA Method 9095B, ``Paint Filter Liquids Test'' (revision 2), 
November 2004 (incorporated by reference--see Sec. 63.14). The 
requirements for no free liquids do not apply if the owner or operator 
can demonstrate that the free liquid is water that resulted from scrap 
exposure to rain.
    (2) General iron and steel scrap. You must prepare and operate at 
all times according to written material specifications for the purchase 
and use of only iron and steel scrap that has been depleted (to the 
extent practicable) of organics and HAP metals in the charge materials 
used by the iron and steel foundry. The materials specifications must 
include at minimum the information specified in paragraph (a)(2)(i) or 
(ii) of this section.
    (i) Except as provided in paragraph (a)(2)(ii) of this section, 
specifications for metallic scrap materials charged to a scrap preheater 
or metal melting furnace to be depleted (to the extent practicable) of 
the presence of used oil filters, chlorinated plastic parts, accessible 
lead-containing components (such as batteries and wheel weights), and a 
program to ensure the scrap materials are drained of free liquids.
    (ii) For scrap charged to a cupola metal melting furnace that is 
equipped with an afterburner, specifications for metallic scrap 
materials to be depleted (to the extent practicable) of the presence of 
chlorinated plastics, accessible lead-containing components (such as 
batteries and wheel weights), and a program to ensure the scrap 
materials are drained of free liquids.
    (b) Mercury requirements. For scrap containing motor vehicle scrap, 
you must procure the scrap pursuant to one of the compliance options in 
paragraphs (b)(1), (2), or (3) of this section for each scrap provider, 
contract, or shipment. For scrap that does not contain motor vehicle 
scrap, you must procure the scrap pursuant to the requirements in 
paragraph (b)(4) of this section for each scrap provider, contract, or 
shipment. You may have one scrap provider, contract, or shipment subject 
to one compliance provision and others subject to another compliance 
provision.
    (1) Site-specific plan for mercury switches. You must comply with 
the requirements in paragraphs (b)(1)(i) through (v) of this section.

[[Page 262]]

    (i) You must include a requirement in your scrap specifications for 
removal of mercury switches from vehicle bodies used to make the scrap.
    (ii) You must prepare and operate according to a plan demonstrating 
how your facility will implement the scrap specification in paragraph 
(b)(1)(i) of this section for removal of mercury switches. You must 
submit the plan to the Administrator for approval. You must operate 
according to the plan as submitted during the review and approval 
process, operate according to the approved plan at all times after 
approval, and address any deficiency identified by the Administrator or 
delegated authority within 60 days following disapproval of a plan. You 
may request approval to revise the plan and may operate according to the 
revised plan unless and until the revision is disapproved by the 
Administrator or delegated authority. The Administrator or delegated 
authority may change the approval status of the plan upon 90-days 
written notice based upon the semiannual report or other information. 
The plan must include:
    (A) A means of communicating to scrap purchasers and scrap providers 
the need to obtain or provide motor vehicle scrap from which mercury 
switches have been removed and the need to ensure the proper management 
of the mercury switches removed from the scrap as required under the 
rules implementing subtitle C of the Resource Conservation and Recovery 
Act (RCRA) (40 CFR parts 261 through 265 and 268). The plan must include 
documentation of direction to appropriate staff to communicate to 
suppliers throughout the scrap supply chain the need to promote the 
removal of mercury switches from end-of-life vehicles. Upon the request 
of the Administrator or delegated authority, you must provide examples 
of materials that are used for outreach to suppliers, such as letters, 
contract language, policies for purchasing agents, and scrap inspection 
protocols;
    (B) Provisions for obtaining assurance from scrap providers motor 
vehicle scrap provided to the facility meet the scrap specification;
    (C) Provisions for periodic inspections or other means of 
corroboration to ensure that scrap providers and dismantlers are 
implementing appropriate steps to minimize the presence of mercury 
switches in motor vehicle scrap and that the mercury switches removed 
are being properly managed, including the minimum frequency such means 
of corroboration will be implemented; and
    (D) Provisions for taking corrective actions (i.e., actions 
resulting in scrap providers removing a higher percentage of mercury 
switches or other mercury-containing components) if needed, based on the 
results of procedures implemented in paragraph (b)(1)(ii)(C) of this 
section).
    (iii) You must require each motor vehicle scrap provider to provide 
an estimate of the number of mercury switches removed from motor vehicle 
scrap sent to the facility during the previous year and the basis for 
the estimate. The Administrator may request documentation or additional 
information at any time.
    (iv) You must establish a goal for each scrap supplier to remove at 
least 80 percent of the mercury switches. Although a site-specific plan 
approved under paragraph (b)(1) of this section may require only the 
removal of convenience light switch mechanisms, the Administrator will 
credit all documented and verifiable mercury-containing components 
removed from motor vehicle scrap (such as sensors in anti-locking brake 
systems, security systems, active ride control, and other applications) 
when evaluating progress towards the 80 percent goal.
    (v) For each scrap provider, you must submit semiannual progress 
reports to the Administrator that provide the number of mercury switches 
removed or the weight of mercury recovered from the switches, the 
estimated number of vehicles processed, an estimate of the percent of 
mercury switches removed, and certification that the removed mercury 
switches were recycled at RCRA-permitted facilities or otherwise 
properly managed pursuant to RCRA subtitle C regulations referenced in 
paragraph (b)(1)(ii)(A) of this section. This information can be 
submitted in aggregate form and does not have to be submitted for each 
shipment. The Administrator may change

[[Page 263]]

the approval status of a site-specific plan following 90-days notice 
based on the progress reports or other information.
    (2) Option for approved mercury programs. You must certify in your 
notification of compliance status that you participate in and purchase 
motor vehicle scrap only from scrap providers who participate in a 
program for removal of mercury switches that has been approved by the 
Administrator based on the criteria in paragraphs (b)(2)(i) through 
(iii) of this section. If you purchase motor vehicle scrap from a 
broker, you must certify that all scrap received from that broker was 
obtained from other scrap providers who participate in a program for the 
removal of mercury switches that has been approved by the Administrator 
based on the criteria in paragraphs (b)(2)(i) through (iii) of this 
section. The National Mercury Switch Recovery Program and the State of 
Maine Mercury Switch Removal Program are EPA-approved programs under 
paragraph (b)(2) of this section unless and until the Administrator 
disapproves the program (in part or in whole) under paragraph 
(b)(2)(iii) of this section.
    (i) The program includes outreach that informs the dismantlers of 
the need for removal of mercury switches and provides training and 
guidance for removing mercury switches;
    (ii) The program has a goal to remove at least 80 percent of mercury 
switches from motor vehicle scrap the scrap provider processes. Although 
a program approved under paragraph (b)(2) of this section may require 
only the removal of convenience light switch mechanisms, the 
Administrator will credit all documented and verifiable mercury-
containing components removed from motor vehicle scrap (such as sensors 
in anti-locking brake systems, security systems, active ride control, 
and other applications) when evaluating progress towards the 80 percent 
goal; and
    (iii) The program sponsor agrees to submit progress reports to the 
Administrator no less frequently than once every year that provide the 
number of mercury switches removed or the weight of mercury recovered 
from the switches, the estimated number of vehicles processed, an 
estimate of the percent of mercury switches recovered, and certification 
that the recovered mercury switches were recycled at facilities with 
permits as required under the rules implementing subtitle C of RCRA (40 
CFR parts 261 through 265 and 268). The progress reports must be based 
on a database that includes data for each program participant; however, 
data may be aggregated at the State level for progress reports that will 
be publicly available. The Administrator may change the approval status 
of a program or portion of a program (e.g., at the State level) 
following 90-days notice based on the progress reports or on other 
information.
    (iv) You must develop and maintain onsite a plan demonstrating the 
manner through which your facility is participating in the EPA-approved 
program.
    (A) The plan must include facility-specific implementation elements, 
corporate-wide policies, and/or efforts coordinated by a trade 
association as appropriate for each facility.
    (B) You must provide in the plan documentation of direction to 
appropriate staff to communicate to suppliers throughout the scrap 
supply chain the need to promote the removal or mercury switches from 
end-of-life vehicles. Upon the request of the Administrator or delegated 
authority, you must provide examples of materials that are used for 
outreach to suppliers, such as letters, contract language, policies for 
purchasing agents, and scrap inspection protocols.
    (C) You must conduct periodic inspections or other means of 
corroboration to ensure that scrap providers are aware of the need for 
and are implementing appropriate steps to minimize the presence of 
mercury in scrap from end-of-life vehicles.
    (3) Option for specialty metal scrap. You must certify in your 
notification of compliance status and maintain records of documentation 
that the only materials from motor vehicles in the scrap are materials 
recovered for their specialty alloy (including, but not limited to, 
chromium, nickel, molybdenum, or other alloys) content (such as certain 
exhaust systems) and, based on the nature of the scrap and purchase 
specifications, that the type of scrap is

[[Page 264]]

not reasonably expected to contain mercury switches.
    (4) Scrap that does not contain motor vehicle scrap. For scrap not 
subject to the requirements in paragraphs (b)(1) through (3) of this 
section, you must certify in your notification of compliance status and 
maintain records of documentation that this scrap does not contain motor 
vehicle scrap.



Sec. 63.10886  What are my management practices for binder 
formulations?

    For each furfuryl alcohol warm box mold or core making line at a new 
or existing iron and steel foundry, you must use a binder chemical 
formulation that does not use methanol as a specific ingredient of the 
catalyst formulation. This requirement does not apply to the resin 
portion of the binder system.

 Requirements for New and Existing Affected Sources Classified as Small 
                                Foundries



Sec. 63.10890  What are my management practices and compliance
requirements?

    (a) You must comply with the pollution prevention management 
practices for metallic scrap and mercury switches in Sec. 63.10885 and 
binder formulations in Sec. 63.10886.
    (b) You must submit an initial notification of applicability 
according to Sec. 63.9(b)(2).
    (c) You must submit a notification of compliance status according to 
Sec. 63.9(h)(1)(i). You must send the notification of compliance status 
before the close of business on the 30th day after the applicable 
compliance date specified in Sec. 63.10881. The notification must 
include the following compliance certifications, as applicable:
    (1) ``This facility has prepared, and will operate by, written 
material specifications for metallic scrap according to Sec. 
63.10885(a)(1)'' and/or ``This facility has prepared, and will operate 
by, written material specifications for general iron and steel scrap 
according to Sec. 63.10885(a)(2).''
    (2) ``This facility has prepared, and will operate by, written 
material specifications for the removal of mercury switches and a site-
specific plan implementing the material specifications according to 
Sec. 63.10885(b)(1) and/or ``This facility participates in and 
purchases motor vehicle scrap only from scrap providers who participate 
in a program for removal of mercury switches that has been approved by 
the Administrator according to Sec. 63.10885(b)(2) and has prepared a 
plan for participation in the EPA-approved program according to Sec. 
63.10885(b)(2)(iv)'' and/or ``The only materials from motor vehicles in 
the scrap charged to a metal melting furnace at this facility are 
materials recovered for their specialty alloy content in accordance with 
Sec. 63.10885(b)(3) which are not reasonably expected to contain 
mercury switches'' and/or ``This facility complies with the requirements 
for scrap that does not contain motor vehicle scrap in accordance with 
Sec. 63.10885(b)(4).''
    (3) ``This facility complies with the no methanol requirement for 
the catalyst portion of each binder chemical formulation for a furfuryl 
alcohol warm box mold or core making line according to Sec. 63.10886.''
    (d) As required by Sec. 63.10(b)(1), you must maintain files of all 
information (including all reports and notifications) for at least 5 
years following the date of each occurrence, measurement, maintenance, 
corrective action, report, or record. At a minimum, the most recent 2 
years of data shall be retained on site. The remaining 3 years of data 
may be retained off site. Such files may be maintained on microfilm, on 
a computer, on computer floppy disks, on magnetic tape disks, or on 
microfiche.
    (e) You must maintain records of the information specified in 
paragraphs (e)(1) through (7) of this section according to the 
requirements in Sec. 63.10(b)(1).
    (1) Records supporting your initial notification of applicability 
and your notification of compliance status according to Sec. 
63.10(b)(2)(xiv).
    (2) Records of your written materials specifications according to 
Sec. 63.10885(a) and records that demonstrate compliance with the 
requirements for restricted metallic scrap in Sec. 63.10885(a)(1) and/
or for the use of general scrap in Sec. 63.10885(a)(2) and for mercury 
in Sec. 63.10885(b)(1) through (3), as applicable. You must keep 
records documenting compliance with Sec. 63.10885(b)(4)

[[Page 265]]

for scrap that does not contain motor vehicle scrap.
    (3) If you are subject to the requirements for a site-specific plan 
for mercury switch removal under Sec. 63.10885(b)(1), you must:
    (i) Maintain records of the number of mercury switches removed or 
the weight of mercury recovered from the switches and properly managed, 
the estimated number of vehicles processed, and an estimate of the 
percent of mercury switches recovered; and
    (ii) Submit semiannual reports of the number of mercury switches 
removed or the weight of mercury recovered from the switches and 
properly managed, the estimated number of vehicles processed, an 
estimate of the percent of mercury switches recovered, and a 
certification that the recovered mercury switches were recycled at RCRA-
permitted facilities. The semiannual reports must include a 
certification that you have conducted periodic inspections or taken 
other means of corroboration as required under Sec. 
63.10885(b)(1)(ii)(C). You must identify which option in paragraph Sec. 
63.10885(b) applies to each scrap provider, contract, or shipment. You 
may include this information in the semiannual compliance reports 
required under paragraph (f) of this section.
    (4) If you are subject to the option for approved mercury programs 
under Sec. 63.10885(b)(2), you must maintain records identifying each 
scrap provider and documenting the scrap provider's participation in an 
approved mercury switch removal program. If you purchase motor vehicle 
scrap from a broker, you must maintain records identifying each broker 
and documentation that all scrap provided by the broker was obtained 
from other scrap providers who participate in an approved mercury switch 
removal program.
    (5) Records to document use of binder chemical formulation that does 
not contain methanol as a specific ingredient of the catalyst 
formulation for each furfuryl alcohol warm box mold or core making line 
as required by Sec. 63.10886. These records must be the Material Safety 
Data Sheet (provided that it contains appropriate information), a 
certified product data sheet, or a manufacturer's hazardous air 
pollutant data sheet.
    (6) Records of the annual quantity and composition of each HAP-
containing chemical binder or coating material used to make molds and 
cores. These records must be copies of purchasing records, Material 
Safety Data Sheets, or other documentation that provides information on 
the binder or coating materials used.
    (7) Records of metal melt production for each calendar year.
    (f) You must submit semiannual compliance reports to the 
Administrator according to the requirements in Sec. 63.10(e). The 
report must clearly identify any deviation from the pollution prevention 
management practices in Sec. 63.10885 or Sec. 63.10886 and the 
corrective action taken.
    (g) You must submit a written notification to the Administrator of 
the initial classification of your facility as a small foundry as 
required in Sec. 63.10880(f) and (g), as applicable, and for any 
subsequent reclassification as required in Sec. 63.10881(d)(1) or (e), 
as applicable.
    (h) Following the initial determination for an existing affected 
source as a small foundry, if the annual metal melt production exceeds 
20,000 tons during the preceding year, you must comply with the 
requirements for large foundries by the applicable dates in Sec. 
63.10881(d)(1)(i) or (d)(1)(ii). Following the initial determination for 
a new affected source as a small foundry, if you increase the annual 
metal melt capacity to exceed 10,000 tons, you must comply with the 
requirements for a large foundry by the applicable dates in Sec. 
63.10881(e)(1).
    (i) You must comply with the following requirements of the General 
Provisions (40 CFR part 63, subpart A): Sec. Sec. 63.1 through 63.5; 
Sec. 63.6(a), (b), (c), and (e)(1); Sec. 63.9; Sec. 63.10(a), (b)(1), 
(b)(2)(xiv), (b)(3), (d)(1), (d)(4), and (f); and Sec. Sec. 63.13 
through 63.16. Requirements of the General Provisions not cited in the 
preceding sentence do not apply to the owner or operator of a new or 
existing affected source that is classified as a small foundry.

[[Page 266]]

 Requirements for New and Existing Affected Sources Classified as Large 
                        Iron and Steel Foundries



Sec. 63.10895  What are my standards and management practices?

    (a) If you own or operate an affected source that is a large foundry 
as defined in Sec. 63.10906, you must comply with the pollution 
prevention management practices in Sec. Sec. 63.10885 and 63.10886, the 
requirements in paragraphs (b) through (e) of this section, and the 
requirements in Sec. Sec. 63.10896 through 63.10900.
    (b) You must operate a capture and collection system for each metal 
melting furnace at a new or existing iron and steel foundry unless that 
furnace is specifically uncontrolled as part of an emissions averaging 
group. Each capture and collection system must meet accepted engineering 
standards, such as those published by the American Conference of 
Governmental Industrial Hygienists.
    (c) You must not discharge to the atmosphere emissions from any 
metal melting furnace or group of all metal melting furnaces that exceed 
the applicable limit in paragraph (c)(1) or (2) of this section. When an 
alternative emissions limit is provided for a given emissions source, 
you are not restricted in the selection of which applicable alternative 
emissions limit is used to demonstrate compliance.
    (1) For an existing iron and steel foundry, 0.8 pounds of 
particulate matter (PM) per ton of metal charged or 0.06 pounds of total 
metal HAP per ton of metal charged.
    (2) For a new iron and steel foundry, 0.1 pounds of PM per ton of 
metal charged or 0.008 pounds of total metal HAP per ton of metal 
charged.
    (d) If you own or operate a new affected source, you must comply 
with each control device parameter operating limit in paragraphs (d)(1) 
and (2) of this section that applies to you.
    (1) For each wet scrubber applied to emissions from a metal melting 
furnace, you must maintain the 3-hour average pressure drop and scrubber 
water flow rate at or above the minimum levels established during the 
initial or subsequent performance test.
    (2) For each electrostatic precipitator applied to emissions from a 
metal melting furnace, you must maintain the voltage and secondary 
current (or total power input) to the control device at or above the 
level established during the initial or subsequent performance test.
    (e) If you own or operate a new or existing iron and steel foundry, 
you must not discharge to the atmosphere fugitive emissions from foundry 
operations that exhibit opacity greater than 20 percent (6-minute 
average), except for one 6-minute average per hour that does not exceed 
30 percent.



Sec. 63.10896  What are my operation and maintenance requirements?

    (a) You must prepare and operate at all times according to a written 
operation and maintenance (O&M) plan for each control device for an 
emissions source subject to a PM, metal HAP, or opacity emissions limit 
in Sec. 63.10895. You must maintain a copy of the O&M plan at the 
facility and make it available for review upon request. At a minimum, 
each plan must contain the following information:
    (1) General facility and contact information;
    (2) Positions responsible for inspecting, maintaining, and repairing 
emissions control devices which are used to comply with this subpart;
    (3) Description of items, equipment, and conditions that will be 
inspected, including an inspection schedule for the items, equipment, 
and conditions. For baghouses that are equipped with bag leak detection 
systems, the O&M plan must include the site-specific monitoring plan 
required in Sec. 63.10897(d)(2).
    (4) Identity and estimated quantity of the replacement parts that 
will be maintained in inventory; and
    (5) For a new affected source, procedures for operating and 
maintaining a CPMS in accordance with manufacturer's specifications.
    (b) You may use any other O&M, preventative maintenance, or similar 
plan which addresses the requirements in paragraph (a)(1) through (5) of 
this section to demonstrate compliance with the requirements for an O&M 
plan.

[[Page 267]]



Sec. 63.10897  What are my monitoring requirements?

    (a) You must conduct an initial inspection of each PM control device 
for a metal melting furnace at an existing affected source. You must 
conduct each initial inspection no later than 60 days after your 
applicable compliance date for each installed control device which has 
been operated within 60 days of the compliance date. For an installed 
control device which has not operated within 60 days of the compliance 
date, you must conduct an initial inspection prior to startup of the 
control device. Following the initial inspections, you must perform 
periodic inspections and maintenance of each PM control device for a 
metal melting furnace at an existing affected source. You must perform 
the initial and periodic inspections according to the requirements in 
paragraphs (a)(1) through (4) of this section. You must record the 
results of each initial and periodic inspection and any maintenance 
action in the logbook required in Sec. 63.10899(b)(13).
    (1) For the initial inspection of each baghouse, you must visually 
inspect the system ductwork and baghouse units for leaks. You must also 
inspect the inside of each baghouse for structural integrity and fabric 
filter condition. Following the initial inspections, you must inspect 
and maintain each baghouse according to the requirements in paragraphs 
(a)(1)(i) and (ii) of this section.
    (i) You must conduct monthly visual inspections of the system 
ductwork for leaks.
    (ii) You must conduct inspections of the interior of the baghouse 
for structural integrity and to determine the condition of the fabric 
filter every 6 months.
    (2) For the initial inspection of each dry electrostatic 
precipitator, you must verify the proper functioning of the electronic 
controls for corona power and rapper operation, that the corona wires 
are energized, and that adequate air pressure is present on the rapper 
manifold. You must also visually inspect the system ductwork and 
electrostatic housing unit and hopper for leaks and inspect the interior 
of the electrostatic precipitator to determine the condition and 
integrity of corona wires, collection plates, hopper, and air diffuser 
plates. Following the initial inspection, you must inspect and maintain 
each dry electrostatic precipitator according to the requirements in 
paragraphs (a)(2)(i) through (iii) of this section.
    (i) You must conduct a daily inspection to verify the proper 
functioning of the electronic controls for corona power and rapper 
operation, that the corona wires are energized, and that adequate air 
pressure is present on the rapper manifold.
    (ii) You must conduct monthly visual inspections of the system 
ductwork, housing unit, and hopper for leaks.
    (iii) You must conduct inspections of the interior of the 
electrostatic precipitator to determine the condition and integrity of 
corona wires, collection plates, plate rappers, hopper, and air diffuser 
plates every 24 months.
    (3) For the initial inspection of each wet electrostatic 
precipitator, you must verify the proper functioning of the electronic 
controls for corona power, that the corona wires are energized, and that 
water flow is present. You must also visually inspect the system 
ductwork and electrostatic precipitator housing unit and hopper for 
leaks and inspect the interior of the electrostatic precipitator to 
determine the condition and integrity of corona wires, collection 
plates, plate wash spray heads, hopper, and air diffuser plates. 
Following the initial inspection, you must inspect and maintain each wet 
electrostatic precipitator according to the requirements in paragraphs 
(a)(3)(i) through (iii) of this section.
    (i) You must conduct a daily inspection to verify the proper 
functioning of the electronic controls for corona power, that the corona 
wires are energized, and that water flow is present.
    (ii) You must conduct monthly visual inspections of the system 
ductwork, electrostatic precipitator housing unit, and hopper for leaks.
    (iii) You must conduct inspections of the interior of the 
electrostatic precipitator to determine the condition and integrity of 
corona wires, collection plates, plate wash spray heads, hopper, and air 
diffuser plates every 24 months.

[[Page 268]]

    (4) For the initial inspection of each wet scrubber, you must verify 
the presence of water flow to the scrubber. You must also visually 
inspect the system ductwork and scrubber unit for leaks and inspect the 
interior of the scrubber for structural integrity and the condition of 
the demister and spray nozzle. Following the initial inspection, you 
must inspect and maintain each wet scrubber according to the 
requirements in paragraphs (a)(4)(i) through (iii) of this section.
    (i) You must conduct a daily inspection to verify the presence of 
water flow to the scrubber.
    (ii) You must conduct monthly visual inspections of the system 
ductwork and scrubber unit for leaks.
    (iii) You must conduct inspections of the interior of the scrubber 
to determine the structural integrity and condition of the demister and 
spray nozzle every 12 months.
    (b) For each wet scrubber applied to emissions from a metal melting 
furnace at a new affected source, you must use a continuous parameter 
monitoring system (CPMS) to measure and record the 3-hour average 
pressure drop and scrubber water flow rate.
    (c) For each electrostatic precipitator applied to emissions from a 
metal melting furnace at a new affected source, you must measure and 
record the hourly average voltage and secondary current (or total power 
input) using a CPMS.
    (d) If you own or operate an existing affected source, you may 
install, operate, and maintain a bag leak detection system for each 
negative pressure baghouse or positive pressure baghouse as an 
alternative to the baghouse inspection requirements in paragraph (a)(1) 
of this section. If you own or operate a new affected source, you must 
install, operate, and maintain a bag leak detection system for each 
negative pressure baghouse or positive pressure baghouse. You must 
install, operate, and maintain each bag leak detection system according 
to the requirements in paragraphs (d)(1) through (3) of this section.
    (1) Each bag leak detection system must meet the requirements in 
paragraphs (d)(1)(i) through (vii) of this section.
    (i) The system must be certified by the manufacturer to be capable 
of detecting emissions of particulate matter at concentrations of 10 
milligrams per actual cubic meter (0.00044 grains per actual cubic foot) 
or less.
    (ii) The bag leak detection system sensor must provide output of 
relative particulate matter loadings and the owner or operator shall 
continuously record the output from the bag leak detection system using 
a strip chart recorder, data logger, or other means.
    (iii) The system must be equipped with an alarm that will sound when 
an increase in relative particulate loadings is detected over the alarm 
set point established in the operation and maintenance plan, and the 
alarm must be located such that it can be heard by the appropriate plant 
personnel.
    (iv) The initial adjustment of the system must, at minimum, consist 
of establishing the baseline output by adjusting the sensitivity (range) 
and the averaging period of the device, and establishing the alarm set 
points. If the system is equipped with an alarm delay time feature, you 
also must adjust the alarm delay time.
    (v) Following the initial adjustment, do not adjust the sensitivity 
or range, averaging period, alarm set point, or alarm delay time. 
Except, once per quarter, you may adjust the sensitivity of the bag leak 
detection system to account for seasonable effects including temperature 
and humidity according to the procedures in the monitoring plan required 
by paragraph (d)(2) of this section.
    (vi) For negative pressure baghouses, induced air baghouses, and 
positive pressure baghouses that are discharged to the atmosphere 
through a stack, the bag leak detector sensor must be installed 
downstream of the baghouse and upstream of any wet scrubber.
    (vii) Where multiple detectors are required, the system's 
instrumentation and alarm may be shared among detectors.
    (2) You must prepare a site-specific monitoring plan for each bag 
leak detection system to be incorporated in your O&M plan. You must 
operate and maintain each bag leak detection system according to the 
plan at all times. Each plan must address all of the items

[[Page 269]]

identified in paragraphs (d)(2)(i) through (vi) of this section.
    (i) Installation of the bag leak detection system.
    (ii) Initial and periodic adjustment of the bag leak detection 
system including how the alarm set-point will be established.
    (iii) Operation of the bag leak detection system including quality 
assurance procedures.
    (iv) Maintenance of the bag leak detection system including a 
routine maintenance schedule and spare parts inventory list.
    (v) How the bag leak detection system output will be recorded and 
stored.
    (vi) Procedures for determining what corrective actions are 
necessary in the event of a bag leak detection alarm as required in 
paragraph (d)(3) of this section.
    (3) In the event that a bag leak detection system alarm is 
triggered, you must initiate corrective action to determine the cause of 
the alarm within 1 hour of the alarm, initiate corrective action to 
correct the cause of the problem within 24 hours of the alarm, and 
complete corrective action as soon as practicable, but no later than 10 
calendar days from the date of the alarm. You must record the date and 
time of each valid alarm, the time you initiated corrective action, the 
correction action taken, and the date on which corrective action was 
completed. Corrective actions may include, but are not limited to:
    (i) Inspecting the bag house for air leaks, torn or broken bags or 
filter media, or any other condition that may cause an increase in 
emissions.
    (ii) Sealing off defective bags or filter media.
    (iii) Replacing defective bags or filter media or otherwise 
repairing the control device.
    (iv) Sealing off a defective baghouse department.
    (v) Cleaning the bag leak detection system probe, or otherwise 
repairing the bag leak detection system.
    (vi) Shutting down the process producing the particulate emissions.
    (e) You must make monthly inspections of the equipment that is 
important to the performance of the total capture system (i.e., pressure 
sensors, dampers, and damper switches). This inspection must include 
observations of the physical appearance of the equipment (e.g., presence 
of holes in the ductwork or hoods, flow constrictions caused by dents or 
accumulated dust in the ductwork, and fan erosion). You must repair any 
defect or deficiency in the capture system as soon as practicable, but 
no later than 90 days. You must record the date and results of each 
inspection and the date of repair of any defect or deficiency.
    (f) You must install, operate, and maintain each CPMS or other 
measurement device according to your O&M plan. You must record all 
information needed to document conformance with these requirements.
    (g) In the event of an exceedance of an established emissions 
limitation (including an operating limit), you must restore operation of 
the emissions source (including the control device and associated 
capture system) to its normal or usual manner or operation as 
expeditiously as practicable in accordance with good air pollution 
control practices for minimizing emissions. The response shall include 
minimizing the period of any startup, shutdown or malfunction and taking 
any necessary corrective actions to restore normal operation and prevent 
the likely recurrence of the exceedance. You must record the date and 
time correction action was initiated, the correction action taken, and 
the date corrective action was completed.
    (h) If you choose to comply with an emissions limit in Sec. 
63.10895(c) using emissions averaging, you must calculate and record for 
each calendar month the pounds of PM or total metal HAP per ton of metal 
melted from the group of all metal melting furnaces at your foundry. You 
must calculate and record the weighted average pounds per ton emissions 
rate for the group of all metal melting furnaces at the foundry 
determined from the performance test procedures in Sec. 63.10898(d) and 
(e).



Sec. 63.10898  What are my performance test requirements?

    (a) You must conduct a performance test to demonstrate initial 
compliance with the applicable emissions limits for each metal melting 
furnace or

[[Page 270]]

group of all metal melting furnaces that is subject to an emissions 
limit in Sec. 63.10895(c) and for each building or structure housing 
foundry operations that is subject to the opacity limit for fugitive 
emissions in Sec. 63.10895(e). You must conduct the test within 180 
days of your compliance date and report the results in your notification 
of compliance status.
    (1) If you own or operate an existing iron and steel foundry, you 
may choose to submit the results of a prior performance test for PM or 
total metal HAP that demonstrates compliance with the applicable 
emissions limit for a metal melting furnace or group of all metal 
melting furnaces provided the test was conducted within the last 5 years 
using the methods and procedures specified in this subpart and either no 
process changes have been made since the test, or you can demonstrate 
that the results of the performance test, with or without adjustments, 
reliably demonstrate compliance with the applicable emissions limit 
despite such process changes.
    (2) If you own or operate an existing iron and steel foundry and you 
choose to submit the results of a prior performance test according to 
paragraph (a)(1) of this section, you must submit a written notification 
to the Administrator of your intent to use the previous test data no 
later than 60 days after your compliance date. The notification must 
contain a full copy of the performance test and contain information to 
demonstrate, if applicable, that either no process changes have been 
made since the test, or that the results of the performance test, with 
or without adjustments, reliably demonstrate compliance despite such 
process changes.
    (3) If you have an electric induction furnace equipped with an 
emissions control device at an existing foundry, you may use the test 
results from another electric induction furnace to demonstrate 
compliance with the applicable PM or total metal HAP emissions limit in 
Sec. 63.10895(c) provided the furnaces are similar with respect to the 
type of emission control device that is used, the composition of the 
scrap charged, furnace size, and furnace melting temperature.
    (4) If you have an uncontrolled electric induction furnace at an 
existing foundry, you may use the test results from another electric 
induction furnace to demonstrate compliance with the applicable PM or 
total metal HAP emissions limit in Sec. 63.10895(c) provided the test 
results are prior to any control device and the electric induction 
furnaces are similar with respect to the composition of the scrap 
charged, furnace size, and furnace melting temperature.
    (5) For electric induction furnaces that do not have emission 
capture systems, you may install a temporary enclosure for the purpose 
of representative sampling of emissions. A permanent enclosure and 
capture system is not required for the purpose of the performance test.
    (b) You must conduct subsequent performance tests to demonstrate 
compliance with all applicable PM or total metal HAP emissions limits in 
Sec. 63.10895(c) for a metal melting furnace or group of all metal 
melting furnaces no less frequently than every 5 years and each time you 
elect to change an operating limit or make a process change likely to 
increase HAP emissions.
    (c) You must conduct each performance test according to the 
requirements in Sec. 63.7(e)(1), Table 1 to this subpart, and 
paragraphs (d) through (g) of this section.
    (d) To determine compliance with the applicable PM or total metal 
HAP emissions limit in Sec. 63.10895(c) for a metal melting furnace in 
a lb/ton of metal charged format, compute the process-weighted mass 
emissions (E\p\) for each test run using Equation 1 of this section:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR02JA08.000

Where:

Ep = Process-weighted mass emissions rate of PM or total 
          metal HAP, pounds of PM or total metal HAP per ton (lb/ton) of 
          metal charged;
C = Concentration of PM or total metal HAP measured during performance 
          test run, grains per dry standard cubic foot (gr/dscf);
Q = Volumetric flow rate of exhaust gas, dry standard cubic feet per 
          hour (dscf/hr);

[[Page 271]]

T = Total time during a test run that a sample is withdrawn from the 
          stack during melt production cycle, hr;
P = Total amount of metal charged during the test run, tons; and
K = Conversion factor, 7,000 grains per pound.

    (e) To determine compliance with the applicable emissions limit in 
Sec. 63.10895(c) for a group of all metal melting furnaces using 
emissions averaging,
    (1) Determine and record the monthly average charge rate for each 
metal melting furnace at your iron and steel foundry for the previous 
calendar month; and
    (2) Compute the mass-weighted PM or total metal HAP using Equation 2 
of this section.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR02JA08.001

Where:

EC = The mass-weighted PM or total metal HAP emissions for 
          the group of all metal melting furnaces at the foundry, pounds 
          of PM or total metal HAP per ton of metal charged;
Epi = Process-weighted mass emissions of PM or total metal 
          HAP for individual emission unit i as determined from the 
          performance test and calculated using Equation 1 of this 
          section, pounds of PM or total metal HAP per ton of metal 
          charged;
Tti = Total tons of metal charged for individual emission 
          unit i for the calendar month prior to the performance test, 
          tons; and
n = The total number of metal melting furnaces at the iron and steel 
          foundry.

    (3) For an uncontrolled electric induction furnace that is not 
equipped with a capture system and has not been previously tested for PM 
or total metal HAP, you may assume an emissions factor of 2 pounds per 
ton of PM or 0.13 pounds of total metal HAP per ton of metal melted in 
Equation 2 of this section instead of a measured test value. If the 
uncontrolled electric induction furnace is equipped with a capture 
system, you must use a measured test value.
    (f) To determine compliance with the applicable PM or total metal 
HAP emissions limit for a metal melting furnace in Sec. 63.10895(c) 
when emissions from one or more regulated furnaces are combined with 
other non-regulated emissions sources, you may demonstrate compliance 
using the procedures in paragraphs (f)(1) through (3) of this section.
    (1) Determine the PM or total metal HAP process-weighted mass 
emissions for each of the regulated streams prior to the combination 
with other exhaust streams or control device.
    (2) Measure the flow rate and PM or total metal HAP concentration of 
the combined exhaust stream both before and after the control device and 
calculate the mass removal efficiency of the control device using 
Equation 3 of this section.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR02JA08.002

Where:

Ei = Mass emissions rate of PM or total metal HAP at the 
          control device inlet, lb/hr;
Eo = Mass emissions rate of PM or total metal HAP at the 
          control device outlet, lb/hr.

    (3) Meet the applicable emissions limit based on the calculated PM 
or total metal HAP process-weighted mass emissions for the regulated 
emissions source using Equation 4 of this section:

[[Page 272]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR02JA08.003

Where:

Ep1released = Calculated process-weighted mass emissions of 
          PM (or total metal HAP) predicted to be released to the 
          atmosphere from the regulated emissions source, pounds of PM 
          or total metal HAP per ton of metal charged; and
Ep1i = Process-weighted mass emissions of PM (or total metal 
          HAP) in the uncontrolled regulated exhaust stream, pounds of 
          PM or total metal HAP per ton of metal charged.

    (g) To determine compliance with an emissions limit for situations 
when multiple sources are controlled by a single control device, but 
only one source operates at a time or other situations that are not 
expressly considered in paragraphs (d) through (f) of this section, you 
must submit a site-specific test plan to the Administrator for approval 
according to the requirements in Sec. 63.7(c)(2) and (3).
    (h) You must conduct each opacity test for fugitive emissions 
according to the requirements in Sec. 63.6(h)(5) and Table 1 to this 
subpart.
    (i) You must conduct subsequent performance tests to demonstrate 
compliance with the opacity limit in Sec. 63.10895(e) no less 
frequently than every 6 months and each time you make a process change 
likely to increase fugitive emissions.
    (j) In your performance test report, you must certify that the 
capture system operated normally during the performance test.
    (k) You must establish operating limits for a new affected source 
during the initial performance test according to the requirements in 
Table 2 of this subpart.
    (l) You may change the operating limits for a wet scrubber, 
electrostatic precipitator, or baghouse if you meet the requirements in 
paragraphs (l)(1) through (3) of this section.
    (1) Submit a written notification to the Administrator of your plan 
to conduct a new performance test to revise the operating limit.
    (2) Conduct a performance test to demonstrate compliance with the 
applicable emissions limitation in Sec. 63.10895(c).
    (3) Establish revised operating limits according to the applicable 
procedures in Table 2 to this subpart.



Sec. 63.10899  What are my recordkeeping and reporting requirements?

    (a) As required by Sec. 63.10(b)(1), you must maintain files of all 
information (including all reports and notifications) for at least 5 
years following the date of each occurrence, measurement, maintenance, 
corrective action, report, or record. At a minimum, the most recent 2 
years of data shall be retained on site. The remaining 3 years of data 
may be retained off site. Such files may be maintained on microfilm, on 
a computer, on computer floppy disks, on magnetic tape disks, or on 
microfiche.
    (b) In addition to the records required by 40 CFR 63.10, you must 
keep records of the information specified in paragraphs (b)(1) through 
(13) of this section.
    (1) You must keep records of your written materials specifications 
according to Sec. 63.10885(a) and records that demonstrate compliance 
with the requirements for restricted metallic scrap in Sec. 
63.10885(a)(1) and/or for the use of general scrap in Sec. 
63.10885(a)(2) and for mercury in Sec. 63.10885(b)(1) through (3), as 
applicable. You must keep records documenting compliance with Sec. 
63.10885(b)(4) for scrap that does not contain motor vehicle scrap.
    (2) If you are subject to the requirements for a site-specific plan 
for mercury under Sec. 63.10885(b)(1), you must:
    (i) Maintain records of the number of mercury switches removed or 
the weight of mercury recovered from the switches and properly managed, 
the estimated number of vehicles processed, and an estimate of the 
percent of mercury switches recovered; and
    (ii) Submit semiannual reports of the number of mercury switches 
removed or the weight of mercury recovered from the switches and 
properly managed, the estimated number of vehicles

[[Page 273]]

processed, an estimate of the percent of mercury switches recovered, and 
a certification that the recovered mercury switches were recycled at 
RCRA-permitted facilities. The semiannual reports must include a 
certification that you have conducted periodic inspections or taken 
other means of corroboration as required under Sec. 
63.10885(b)(1)(ii)(C). You must identify which option in Sec. 
63.10885(b) applies to each scrap provider, contract, or shipment. You 
may include this information in the semiannual compliance reports 
required under paragraph (c) of this section.
    (3) If you are subject to the option for approved mercury programs 
under Sec. 63.10885(b)(2), you must maintain records identifying each 
scrap provider and documenting the scrap provider's participation in an 
approved mercury switch removal program. If your scrap provider is a 
broker, you must maintain records identifying each of the broker's scrap 
suppliers and documenting the scrap supplier's participation in an 
approved mercury switch removal program.
    (4) You must keep records to document use of any binder chemical 
formulation that does not contain methanol as a specific ingredient of 
the catalyst formulation for each furfuryl alcohol warm box mold or core 
making line as required by Sec. 63.10886. These records must be the 
Material Safety Data Sheet (provided that it contains appropriate 
information), a certified product data sheet, or a manufacturer's 
hazardous air pollutant data sheet.
    (5) You must keep records of the annual quantity and composition of 
each HAP-containing chemical binder or coating material used to make 
molds and cores. These records must be copies of purchasing records, 
Material Safety Data Sheets, or other documentation that provide 
information on the binder or coating materials used.
    (6) You must keep records of monthly metal melt production for each 
calendar year.
    (7) You must keep a copy of the operation and maintenance plan as 
required by Sec. 63.10896(a) and records that demonstrate compliance 
with plan requirements.
    (8) If you use emissions averaging, you must keep records of the 
monthly metal melting rate for each furnace at your iron and steel 
foundry, and records of the calculated pounds of PM or total metal HAP 
per ton of metal melted for the group of all metal melting furnaces 
required by Sec. 63.10897(h).
    (9) If applicable, you must keep records for bag leak detection 
systems as follows:
    (i) Records of the bag leak detection system output;
    (ii) Records of bag leak detection system adjustments, including the 
date and time of the adjustment, the initial bag leak detection system 
settings, and the final bag leak detection system settings; and
    (iii) The date and time of all bag leak detection system alarms, and 
for each valid alarm, the time you initiated corrective action, the 
corrective action taken, and the date on which corrective action was 
completed.
    (10) You must keep records of capture system inspections and repairs 
as required by Sec. 63.10897(e).
    (11) You must keep records demonstrating conformance with your 
specifications for the operation of CPMS as required by Sec. 
63.10897(f).
    (12) You must keep records of corrective action(s) for exceedances 
and excursions as required by Sec. 63.10897(g).
    (13) You must record the results of each inspection and maintenance 
required by Sec. 63.10897(a) for PM control devices in a logbook 
(written or electronic format). You must keep the logbook onsite and 
make the logbook available to the Administrator upon request. You must 
keep records of the information specified in paragraphs (b)(13)(i) 
through (iii) of this section.
    (i) The date and time of each recorded action for a fabric filter, 
the results of each inspection, and the results of any maintenance 
performed on the bag filters.
    (ii) The date and time of each recorded action for a wet or dry 
electrostatic precipitator (including ductwork), the results of each 
inspection, and the results of any maintenance performed for the 
electrostatic precipitator.

[[Page 274]]

    (iii) The date and time of each recorded action for a wet scrubber 
(including ductwork), the results of each inspection, and the results of 
any maintenance performed on the wet scrubber.
    (c) You must submit semiannual compliance reports to the 
Administrator according to the requirements in Sec. 63.10(e). The 
reports must include, at a minimum, the following information as 
applicable:
    (1) Summary information on the number, duration, and cause 
(including unknown cause, if applicable) of excursions or exceedances, 
as applicable, and the corrective action taken;
    (2) Summary information on the number, duration, and cause 
(including unknown cause, if applicable) for monitor downtime incidents 
(other than downtime associated with zero and span or other calibration 
checks, if applicable); and
    (3) Summary information on any deviation from the pollution 
prevention management practices in Sec. Sec. 63.10885 and 63.10886 and 
the operation and maintenance requirements Sec. 63.10896 and the 
corrective action taken.
    (d) You must submit written notification to the Administrator of the 
initial classification of your new or existing affected source as a 
large iron and steel facility as required in Sec. 63.10880(f) and (g), 
as applicable, and for any subsequent reclassification as required in 
Sec. 63.10881(d) or (e), as applicable.



Sec. 63.10900  What parts of the General Provisions apply to my 
large foundry?

    (a) If you own or operate a new or existing affected source that is 
classified as a large foundry, you must comply with the requirements of 
the General Provisions (40 CFR part 63, subpart A) according to Table 3 
of this subpart.
    (b) If you own or operator a new or existing affected source that is 
classified as a large foundry, your notification of compliance status 
required by Sec. 63.9(h) must include each applicable certification of 
compliance, signed by a responsible official, in Table 4 of this 
subpart.

                   Other Requirements and Information



Sec. 63.10905  Who implements and enforces this subpart?

    (a) This subpart can be implemented and enforced by EPA or a 
delegated authority such as your State, local, or tribal agency. If the 
EPA Administrator has delegated authority to your State, local, or 
tribal agency, then that agency has the authority to implement and 
enforce this subpart. You should contact your EPA Regional Office to 
find out if implementation and enforcement of this subpart is delegated 
to your State, local, or tribal agency.
    (b) In delegating implementation and enforcement authority of this 
subpart to a State, local, or tribal agency under 40 CFR part 63, 
subpart E, the authorities contained in paragraph (c) of this section 
are retained by the EPA Administrator and are not transferred to the 
State, local, or tribal agency.
    (c) The authorities that cannot be delegated to State, local, or 
tribal agencies are specified in paragraphs (c)(1) through (6) of this 
section.
    (1) Approval of an alternative non-opacity emissions standard under 
40 CFR 63.6(g).
    (2) Approval of an alternative opacity emissions standard under 
Sec. 63.6(h)(9).
    (3) Approval of a major change to test methods under Sec. 
63.7(e)(2)(ii) and (f). A ``major change to test method'' is defined in 
Sec. 63.90.
    (4) Approval of a major change to monitoring under Sec. 63.8(f). A 
``major change to monitoring'' under is defined in Sec. 63.90.
    (5) Approval of a major change to recordkeeping and reporting under 
Sec. 63.10(f). A ``major change to recordkeeping/reporting'' is defined 
in Sec. 63.90.
    (6) Approval of a local, State, or national mercury switch removal 
program under Sec. 63.10885(b)(2).



Sec. 63.10906  What definitions apply to this subpart?

    Terms used in this subpart are defined in the Clean Air Act, in 
Sec. 63.2, and in this section.
    Annual metal melt capacity means the lower of the total metal 
melting furnace equipment melt rate capacity assuming 8,760 operating 
hours per year summed for all metal melting furnaces

[[Page 275]]

at the foundry or, if applicable, the maximum permitted metal melt 
production rate for the iron and steel foundry calculated on an annual 
basis. Unless otherwise specified in the permit, permitted metal melt 
production rates that are not specified on an annual basis must be 
annualized assuming 24 hours per day, 365 days per year of operation. If 
the permit limits the operating hours of the furnace(s) or foundry, then 
the permitted operating hours are used to annualize the maximum 
permitted metal melt production rate.
    Annual metal melt production means the quantity of metal melted in a 
metal melting furnace or group of all metal melting furnaces at the iron 
and steel foundry in a given calendar year. For the purposes of this 
subpart, metal melt production is determined on the basis on the 
quantity of metal charged to each metal melting furnace; the sum of the 
metal melt production for each furnace in a given calendar year is the 
annual metal melt production of the foundry.
    Bag leak detection system means a system that is capable of 
continuously monitoring relative particulate matter (dust) loadings in 
the exhaust of a baghouse to detect bag leaks and other upset 
conditions. A bag leak detection system includes, but is not limited to, 
an instrument that operates on triboelectric, electrodynamic, light 
scattering, light transmittance, or other effect to continuously monitor 
relative particulate matter loadings.
    Binder chemical means a component of a system of chemicals used to 
bind sand together into molds, mold sections, and cores through chemical 
reaction as opposed to pressure.
    Capture system means the collection of components used to capture 
gases and fumes released from one or more emissions points and then 
convey the captured gas stream to a control device or to the atmosphere. 
A capture system may include, but is not limited to, the following 
components as applicable to a given capture system design: Duct intake 
devices, hoods, enclosures, ductwork, dampers, manifolds, plenums, and 
fans.
    Chlorinated plastics means solid polymeric materials that contain 
chlorine in the polymer chain, such as polyvinyl chloride (PVC) and PVC 
copolymers.
    Control device means the air pollution control equipment used to 
remove particulate matter from the effluent gas stream generated by a 
metal melting furnace.
    Cupola means a vertical cylindrical shaft furnace that uses coke and 
forms of iron and steel such as scrap and foundry returns as the primary 
charge components and melts the iron and steel through combustion of the 
coke by a forced upward flow of heated air.
    Deviation means any instance in which an affected source or an owner 
or operator of such an affected source:
    (1) Fails to meet any requirement or obligation established by this 
subpart including, but not limited to, any emissions limitation 
(including operating limits), management practice, or operation and 
maintenance requirement;
    (2) Fails to meet any term or condition that is adopted to implement 
an applicable requirement in this subpart and that is included in the 
operating permit for any iron and steel foundry required to obtain such 
a permit; or
    (3) Fails to meet any emissions limitation (including operating 
limits) or management standard in this subpart during startup, shutdown, 
or malfunction, regardless of whether or not such failure is permitted 
by this subpart.
    Electric arc furnace means a vessel in which forms of iron and steel 
such as scrap and foundry returns are melted through resistance heating 
by an electric current flowing through the arcs formed between the 
electrodes and the surface of the metal and also flowing through the 
metal between the arc paths.
    Electric induction furnace means a vessel in which forms of iron and 
steel such as scrap and foundry returns are melted though resistance 
heating by an electric current that is induced in the metal by passing 
an alternating current through a coil surrounding the metal charge or 
surrounding a pool of molten metal at the bottom of the vessel.
    Exhaust stream means gases emitted from a process through a 
conveyance as defined in this subpart.
    Foundry operations mean all process equipment and practices used to

[[Page 276]]

produce metal castings for shipment. Foundry operations include: Mold or 
core making and coating; scrap handling and preheating; metal melting 
and inoculation; pouring, cooling, and shakeout; shotblasting, grinding, 
and other metal finishing operations; and sand handling.
    Free liquids means material that fails the paint filter liquids test 
by EPA Method 9095B, Revision 2, November 1994 (incorporated by 
reference--see Sec. 63.14). That is, if any portion of the material 
passes through and drops from the filter within the 5-minute test 
period, the material contains free liquids.
    Fugitive emissions means any pollutant released to the atmosphere 
that is not discharged through a system of equipment that is 
specifically designed to capture pollutants at the source, convey them 
through ductwork, and exhaust them using forced ventilation. Fugitive 
emissions include pollutants released to the atmosphere through windows, 
doors, vents, or other building openings. Fugitive emissions also 
include pollutants released to the atmosphere through other general 
building ventilation or exhaust systems not specifically designed to 
capture pollutants at the source.
    Furfuryl alcohol warm box mold or core making line means a mold or 
core making line in which the binder chemical system used is that system 
commonly designated as a furfuryl alcohol warm box system by the foundry 
industry.
    Iron and steel foundry means a facility or portion of a facility 
that melts scrap, ingot, and/or other forms of iron and/or steel and 
pours the resulting molten metal into molds to produce final or near 
final shape products for introduction into commerce. Research and 
development facilities, operations that only produce non-commercial 
castings, and operations associated with nonferrous metal production are 
not included in this definition.
    Large foundry means, for an existing affected source, an iron and 
steel foundry with an annual metal melt production greater than 20,000 
tons. For a new affected source, large foundry means an iron and steel 
foundry with an annual metal melt capacity greater than 10,000 tons.
    Mercury switch means each mercury-containing capsule or switch 
assembly that is part of a convenience light switch mechanism installed 
in a vehicle.
    Metal charged means the quantity of scrap metal, pig iron, metal 
returns, alloy materials, and other solid forms of iron and steel placed 
into a metal melting furnace. Metal charged does not include the 
quantity of fluxing agents or, in the case of a cupola, the quantity of 
coke that is placed into the metal melting furnace.
    Metal melting furnace means a cupola, electric arc furnace, electric 
induction furnace, or similar device that converts scrap, foundry 
returns, and/or other solid forms of iron and/or steel to a liquid 
state. This definition does not include a holding furnace, an argon 
oxygen decarburization vessel, or ladle that receives molten metal from 
a metal melting furnace, to which metal ingots or other material may be 
added to adjust the metal chemistry.
    Mold or core making line means the collection of equipment that is 
used to mix an aggregate of sand and binder chemicals, form the 
aggregate into final shape, and harden the formed aggregate. This 
definition does not include a line for making greensand molds or cores.
    Motor vehicle means an automotive vehicle not operated on rails and 
usually is operated with rubber tires for use on highways.
    Motor vehicle scrap means vehicle or automobile bodies, including 
automobile body hulks, that have been processed through a shredder. 
Motor vehicle scrap does not include automobile manufacturing bundles, 
or miscellaneous vehicle parts, such as wheels, bumpers, or other 
components that do not contain mercury switches.
    Nonferrous metal means any pure metal other than iron or any metal 
alloy for which an element other than iron is its major constituent in 
percent by weight.
    On blast means those periods of cupola operation when combustion 
(blast) air is introduced to the cupola furnace and the furnace is 
capable of producing molten metal. On blast conditions are characterized 
by both blast air introduction and molten metal production.

[[Page 277]]

    Responsible official means responsible official as defined in Sec. 
63.2.
    Scrap preheater means a vessel or other piece of equipment in which 
metal scrap that is to be used as melting furnace feed is heated to a 
temperature high enough to eliminate volatile impurities or other tramp 
materials by direct flame heating or similar means of heating. Scrap 
dryers, which solely remove moisture from metal scrap, are not 
considered to be scrap preheaters for purposes of this subpart.
    Scrap provider means the person (including a broker) who contracts 
directly with an iron and steel foundry to provide motor vehicle scrap. 
Scrap processors such as shredder operators or vehicle dismantlers that 
do not sell scrap directly to a foundry are not scrap providers.
    Scrubber blowdown means liquor or slurry discharged from a wet 
scrubber that is either removed as a waste stream or processed to remove 
impurities or adjust its composition or pH.
    Small foundry means, for an existing affected source, an iron and 
steel foundry that has an annual metal melt production of 20,000 tons or 
less. For a new affected source, small foundry means an iron and steel 
foundry that has an annual metal melt capacity of 10,000 tons or less.
    Total metal HAP means, for the purposes of this subpart, the sum of 
the concentrations of compounds of antimony, arsenic, beryllium, 
cadmium, chromium, cobalt, lead, manganese, mercury, nickel, and 
selenium as measured by EPA Method 29 (40 CFR part 60, appendix A-8). 
Only the measured concentration of the listed analytes that are present 
at concentrations exceeding one-half the quantitation limit of the 
analytical method are to be used in the sum. If any of the analytes are 
not detected or are detected at concentrations less than one-half the 
quantitation limit of the analytical method, the concentration of those 
analytes will be assumed to be zero for the purposes of calculating the 
total metal HAP for this subpart.



Sec. Table 1 to Subpart ZZZZZ of Part 63--Performance Test Requirements 
   for New and Existing Affected Sources Classified as Large Foundries

    As required in Sec. 63.10898(c) and (h), you must conduct 
performance tests according to the test methods and procedures in the 
following table:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                      According to the
          For. . .                You must. . .           following
                                                      requirements. . .
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Each metal melting         a. Select sampling    Sampling sites must
 furnace subject to a PM or    port locations and    be located at the
 total metal HAP limit in      the number of         outlet of the
 Sec. 63.10895(c).           traverse points in    control device (or
                               each stack or duct    at the outlet of
                               using EPA Method 1    the emissions
                               or 1A (40 CFR part    source if no
                               60, appendix A).      control device is
                              b. Determine           present) prior to
                               volumetric flow       any releases to the
                               rate of the stack     atmosphere.
                               gas using Method 2,  i. Collect a minimum
                               2A, 2C, 2D, 2F, or    sample volume of 60
                               2G (40 CFR part 60,   dscf of gas during
                               appendix A).          each PM sampling
                              c. Determine dry       run. The PM
                               molecular weight of   concentration is
                               the stack gas using   determined using
                               EPA Method 3, 3A,     only the front-half
                               or 3B (40 CFR part    (probe rinse and
                               60, appendix A).\1\.  filter) of the PM
                              d. Measure moisture    catch.
                               content of the       ii. For Method 29,
                               stack gas using EPA   only the measured
                               Method 4 (40 CFR      concentration of
                               part 60, A).          the listed metal
                              e. Determine PM        HAP analytes that
                               concentration using   are present at
                               EPA Method 5, 5B,     concentrations
                               5D, 5F, or 5I, as     exceeding one-half
                               applicable or total   the quantification
                               metal HAP             limit of the
                               concentration using   analytical method
                               EPA Method 29 (40     are to be used in
                               CFR part 60,          the sum. If any of
                               appendix A).          the analytes are
                                                     not detected or are
                                                     detected at
                                                     concentrations less
                                                     than one-half the
                                                     quantification
                                                     limit of the
                                                     analytical method,
                                                     the concentration
                                                     of those analytes
                                                     is assumed to be
                                                     zero for the
                                                     purposes of
                                                     calculating the
                                                     total metal HAP.
                                                    iii. A minimum of
                                                     three valid test
                                                     runs are needed to
                                                     comprise a PM or
                                                     total metal HAP
                                                     performance test.

[[Page 278]]

 
                                                    iv. For cupola metal
                                                     melting furnaces,
                                                     sample PM or total
                                                     metal HAP only
                                                     during times when
                                                     the cupola is on
                                                     blast.
                                                    v. For electric arc
                                                     and electric
                                                     induction metal
                                                     melting furnaces,
                                                     sample PM or total
                                                     metal HAP only
                                                     during normal melt
                                                     production
                                                     conditions, which
                                                     may include, but
                                                     are not limited to
                                                     the following
                                                     operations:
                                                     Charging, melting,
                                                     alloying, refining,
                                                     slagging, and
                                                     tapping.
                                                    vi. Determine and
                                                     record the total
                                                     combined weight of
                                                     tons of metal
                                                     charged during the
                                                     duration of each
                                                     test run. You must
                                                     compute the process-
                                                     weighted mass
                                                     emissions of PM
                                                     according to
                                                     Equation 1 of Sec.
                                                      63.10898(d) for an
                                                     individual furnace
                                                     or Equation 2 of
                                                     Sec. 63.10898(e)
                                                     for the group of
                                                     all metal melting
                                                     furnaces at the
                                                     foundry.
2. Fugitive emissions from    a. Using a certified  i. The certified
 buildings or structures       observer, conduct     observer may
 housing any iron and steel    each opacity test     identify a limited
 foundry emissions sources     according to EPA      number of openings
 subject to opacity limit in   Method 9 (40 CFR      or vents that
 Sec. 63.10895(e).           part 60, appendix A-  appear to have the
                               4) and 40 CFR         highest opacities
                               63.6(h)(5).           and perform opacity
                                                     observations on the
                                                     identified openings
                                                     or vents in lieu of
                                                     performing
                                                     observations for
                                                     each opening or
                                                     vent from the
                                                     building or
                                                     structure.
                                                     Alternatively, a
                                                     single opacity
                                                     observation for the
                                                     entire building or
                                                     structure may be
                                                     performed, if the
                                                     fugitive release
                                                     points afford such
                                                     an observation.
                                                    ii. During testing
                                                     intervals when PM
                                                     or total metal HAP
                                                     performance tests,
                                                     if applicable, are
                                                     being conducted,
                                                     conduct the opacity
                                                     test such that the
                                                     opacity
                                                     observations are
                                                     recorded during the
                                                     PM or total metal
                                                     HAP performance
                                                     tests.
                              b. As alternative to  i. The observer may
                               Method 9              identify a limited
                               performance test,     number of openings
                               conduct visible       or vents that
                               emissions test by     appear to have the
                               Method 22 (40 CFR     highest visible
                               part 60, appendix A-  emissions and
                               7). The test is       perform
                               successful if no      observations on the
                               visible emissions     identified openings
                               are observed for 90   or vents in lieu of
                               percent of the        performing
                               readings over 1       observations for
                               hour. If VE is        each opening or
                               observed greater      vent from the
                               than 10 percent of    building or
                               the time over 1       structure.
                               hour, then the        Alternatively, a
                               facility must         single observation
                               conduct another       for the entire
                               performance test as   building or
                               soon as possible,     structure may be
                               but no later than     performed, if the
                               15 calendar days      fugitive release
                               after the Method 22   points afford such
                               test, using Method    an observation.
                               9 (40 CFR part 60,   ii. During testing
                               appendix A-4).        intervals when PM
                                                     or total metal HAP
                                                     performance tests,
                                                     if applicable, are
                                                     being conducted,
                                                     conduct the visible
                                                     emissions test such
                                                     that the
                                                     observations are
                                                     recorded during the
                                                     PM or total metal
                                                     HAP performance
                                                     tests.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ You may also use as an alternative to EPA Method 3B (40 CFR part 60,
  appendix A), the manual method for measuring the oxygen, carbon
  dioxide, and carbon monoxide content of exhaust gas, ANSI/ASME PTC
  19.10-1981, ``Flue and Exhaust Gas Analyses'' (incorporated by
  reference--see Sec. 63.14).



 Sec. Table 2 to Subpart ZZZZZ of Part 63--Procedures for Establishing 
 Operating Limits for New Affected Sources Classified as Large Foundries

    As required in Sec. 63.10898(k), you must establish operating 
limits using the procedures in the following table:

[[Page 279]]



------------------------------------------------------------------------
          For . . .                          You must . . .
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Each wet scrubber subject   Using the CPMS required in Sec.
 to the operating limits in     63.10897(b), measure and record the
 Sec. 63.10895(d)(1) for      pressure drop and scrubber water flow
 pressure drop and scrubber     rate in intervals of no more than 15
 water flow rate.               minutes during each PM or total metal
                                HAP test run. Compute and record the
                                average pressure drop and average
                                scrubber water flow rate for all the
                                valid sampling runs in which the
                                applicable emissions limit is met.
2. Each electrostatic          Using the CPMS required in Sec.
 precipitator subject to        63.10897(c), measure and record voltage
 operating limits in Sec. and secondary current (or total power
 63.10895(d)(2) for voltage     input) in intervals of no more than 15
 and secondary current (or      minutes during each PM or total metal
 total power input).            HAP test run. Compute and record the
                                minimum hourly average voltage and
                                secondary current (or total power input)
                                from all the readings for each valid
                                sampling run in which the applicable
                                emissions limit is met.
------------------------------------------------------------------------



   Sec. Table 3 to Subpart ZZZZZ of Part 63--Applicability of General 
  Provisions to New and Existing Affected Sources Classified as Large 
                                Foundries

    As required in Sec. 63.10900(a), you must meet each requirement in 
the following table that applies to you:

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   Applies to large
              Citation                        Subject                  foundry?                Explanation
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
63.1................................  Applicability..........  Yes.
63.2................................  Definitions............  Yes.
63.3................................  Units and abbreviations  Yes.
63.4................................  Prohibited activities..  Yes.
63.5................................  Construction/            Yes.
                                       reconstruction.
63.6(a)-(g).........................  Compliance with          Yes.
                                       standards and
                                       maintenance
                                       requirements.
63.6(h).............................  Opacity and visible      Yes.
                                       emissions standards.
63.6(i)(i)-(j)......................  Compliance extension     Yes.
                                       and Presidential
                                       compliance exemption.
63.7(a)(3), (b)-(h).................  Performance testing      Yes.
                                       requirements.
63.7(a)(1)-(a)(2)...................  Applicability and        No                        Subpart ZZZZZ specifies
                                       performance test dates.                            applicability and
                                                                                          performance test
                                                                                          dates.
63.8(a)(1)-(a)(3), (b), (c)(1)-       Monitoring requirements  Yes.
 (c)(3), (c)(6)-(c)(8), (d), (e),
 (f)(1)-(f)(6), (g)(1)-(g)(4).
63.8(a)(4)..........................  Additional monitoring    No.
                                       requirements for
                                       control devices in
                                       Sec. 63.11.
63.8(c)(4)..........................  Continuous monitoring    No.
                                       system (CMS)
                                       requirements.
63.8(c)(5)..........................  Continuous opacity       No.
                                       monitoring system
                                       (COMS) minimum
                                       procedures.
63.8(g)(5)..........................  Data reduction.........  No.
63.9................................  Notification             Yes.
                                       requirements.
63.10(a), (b)(1)-(b)(2)(xii) -        Recordkeeping and        Yes.
 (b)(2)(xiv), (b)(3), (d)(1)-(2),      reporting requirements.
 (e)(1)-(2), (f).
63.10(c)(1)-(6), (c)(9)-(15)........  Additional records for   No.
                                       continuous monitoring
                                       systems.
63.10(c)(7)-(8).....................  Records of excess        Yes.
                                       emissions and
                                       parameter monitoring
                                       exceedances for CMS.
63.10(d)(3).........................  Reporting opacity or     Yes.
                                       visible emissions
                                       observations.
63.10(e)(3).........................  Excess emissions         Yes.
                                       reports.
63.10(e)(4).........................  Reporting COMS data....  No.
63.11...............................  Control device           No.
                                       requirements.
63.12...............................  State authority and      Yes.
                                       delegations.
63.13-63.16.........................  Addresses of State air   Yes.
                                       pollution control
                                       agencies and EPA
                                       regional offices.
                                       Incorporation by
                                       reference.
                                       Availability of
                                       information and
                                       confidentiality.
                                       Performance track
                                       provisions.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


[[Page 280]]



Sec. Table 4 to Subpart ZZZZZ of Part 63--Compliance Certifications for 
  New and Existing Affected Sources Classified as Large Iron and Steel 
                                Foundries

    As required by Sec. 63.10900(b), your notification of compliance 
status must include certifications of compliance according to the 
following table:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 Your notification of compliance status
                                required by Sec. 63.9(h) must include
           For. . .             this certification of compliance, signed
                                       by a responsible official:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Each new or existing affected  ``This facility has prepared, and will
 source classified as a large   operate by, written material
 foundry and subject to scrap   specifications for metallic scrap
 management requirements in     according to Sec. 63.10885(a)(1)'' and/
 Sec. 63.10885(a)(1) and/or   or ``This facility has prepared, and
 (2).                           will operate by, written material
                                specifications for general iron and
                                steel scrap according to Sec.
                                63.10885(a)(2).''
Each new or existing affected  ``This facility has prepared, and will
 source classified as a large   operate by, written material
 foundry and subject to         specifications for the removal of
 mercury switch removal         mercury switches and a site-specific
 requirements in Sec. plan implementing the material
 63.10885(b).                   specifications according to Sec.
                                63.10885(b)(1)'' and/or ``This facility
                                participates in and purchases motor
                                vehicles scrap only from scrap providers
                                who participate in a program for removal
                                of mercury switches that has been
                                approved by the EPA Administrator
                                according to Sec. 63.10885(b)(2) and
                                have prepared a plan for participation
                                in the EPA approved program according to
                                Sec. 63.10885(b)(2)(iv)'' and/or ``The
                                only materials from motor vehicles in
                                the scrap charged to a metal melting
                                furnace at this facility are materials
                                recovered for their specialty alloy
                                content in accordance with Sec.
                                63.10885(b)(3) which are not reasonably
                                expected to contain mercury switches''
                                and/or ``This facility complies with the
                                requirements for scrap that does not
                                contain motor vehicle scrap in
                                accordance with Sec. 63.10885(b)(4).''
Each new or existing affected  ``This facility complies with the no
 source classified as a large   methanol requirement for the catalyst
 foundry and subject to Sec. portion of each binder chemical
  63.10886.                     formulation for a furfuryl alcohol warm
                                box mold or core making line according
                                to Sec. 63.10886.''
Each new or existing affected  ``This facility operates a capture and
 source classified as a large   collection system for each emissions
 foundry and subject to Sec. source subject to this subpart according
  63.10895(b).                  to Sec. 63.10895(b).''
Each existing affected source  ``This facility complies with the PM or
 classified as a large          total metal HAP emissions limit in Sec.
 foundry and subject to Sec. 63.10895(c) for each metal melting
  63.10895(c)(1).               furnace or group of all metal melting
                                furnaces based on a previous performance
                                test in accordance with Sec.
                                63.10898(a)(1).''
Each new or existing affected  ``This facility has prepared and will
 source classified as a large   operate by an operation and maintenance
 foundry and subject to Sec. plan according to Sec. 63.10896(a).''
  63.10896(a).
Each new or existing (if       ``This facility has prepared and will
 applicable) affected source    operate by a site-specific monitoring
 classified as a large          plan for each bag leak detection system
 foundry and subject to Sec. and submitted the plan to the
  63.10897(d).                  Administrator for approval according to
                                Sec. 63.10897(d)(2).''
------------------------------------------------------------------------

Subpart AAAAAA [Reserved]



Subpart BBBBBB_National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants 
for Source Category: Gasoline Distribution Bulk Terminals, Bulk Plants, 
                         and Pipeline Facilities

    Source: 73 FR 1933, Jan. 10, 2008, unless otherwise noted.

                        What This Subpart Covers



Sec. 63.11080  What is the purpose of this subpart?

    This subpart establishes national emission limitations and 
management practices for hazardous air pollutants (HAP) emitted from 
area source gasoline distribution bulk terminals, bulk plants, and 
pipeline facilities. This subpart also establishes requirements to 
demonstrate compliance with the emission limitations and management 
practices.



Sec. 63.11081  Am I subject to the requirements in this subpart?

    (a) The affected source to which this subpart applies is each area 
source bulk gasoline terminal, pipeline breakout station, pipeline 
pumping station, and bulk gasoline plant identified in paragraphs (a)(1) 
through (4) of this section. You are subject to the requirements in this 
subpart if you own or operate one or more of the affected area sources 
identified in paragraphs (a)(1) through (4) of this section.
    (1) A bulk gasoline terminal that is not subject to the control 
requirements of 40 CFR part 63, subpart R (Sec. Sec. 63.422, 63.423, 
and 63.424) or 40 CFR part 63,

[[Page 281]]

subpart CC (Sec. Sec. 63.646, 63.648, 63.649, and 63.650).
    (2) A pipeline breakout station that is not subject to the control 
requirements of 40 CFR part 63, subpart R (Sec. Sec. 63.423 and 
63.424).
    (3) A pipeline pumping station.
    (4) A bulk gasoline plant.
    (b) If you are an owner or operator of affected sources, as defined 
in (a)(1) through (4) of this section, you are not required to meet the 
obligation to obtain a permit under 40 CFR part 70 or 40 CFR part 71 as 
a result of being subject to this subpart. However, you are still 
subject to the requirement to apply for and obtain a permit under 40 CFR 
part 70 or 40 CFR part 71 if you meet one or more of the applicability 
criteria found in 40 CFR 70.3(a) and (b) or 40 CFR part 71.3(a) and (b).
    (c) Gasoline storage tanks that are located at affected sources 
identified in paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(4) of this section, and that 
are used only for dispensing gasoline in a manner consistent with tanks 
located at a gasoline dispensing facility as defined in Sec. 63.11132, 
are not subject to any of the requirements in this subpart. These tanks 
must comply with subpart CCCCCC of this part.
    (d) The loading of aviation gasoline into storage tanks at airports, 
and the subsequent transfer of aviation gasoline within the airport, is 
not subject to this subpart.
    (e) The loading of gasoline into marine tank vessels at bulk 
facilities is not subject to this subpart.
    (f) If your affected source's throughput ever exceeds an applicable 
throughput threshold in the definition of ``bulk gasoline terminal'' or 
in item 1 in Table 2 to this subpart, the affected source will remain 
subject to the requirements for sources above the threshold, even if the 
affected source throughput later falls below the applicable throughput 
threshold.
    (g) For the purpose of determining gasoline throughput, as used in 
the definition of bulk gasoline plant and bulk gasoline terminal, the 
20,000 gallons per day threshold throughput is the maximum calculated 
design throughout for any day, and is not an average. An enforceable 
State, local, or Tribal permit limitation on throughput, established 
prior to the applicable compliance date, may be used in lieu of the 
20,000 gallons per day design capacity throughput threshold to determine 
whether the facility is a bulk gasoline plant or a bulk gasoline 
terminal.
    (h) Storage tanks that are used to load gasoline into a cargo tank 
for the on-site redistribution of gasoline to another storage tank are 
subject to this subpart.
    (i) For any affected source subject to the provisions of this 
subpart and another Federal rule, you may elect to comply only with the 
more stringent provisions of the applicable subparts. You must consider 
all provisions of the rules, including monitoring, recordkeeping, and 
reporting. You must identify the affected source and provisions with 
which you will comply in your Notification of Compliance Status required 
under Sec. 63.11093. You also must demonstrate in your Notification of 
Compliance Status that each provision with which you will comply is at 
least as stringent as the otherwise applicable requirements in this 
subpart. You are responsible for making accurate determinations 
concerning the more stringent provisions; noncompliance with this rule 
is not excused if it is later determined that your determination was in 
error, and, as a result, you are violating this subpart. Compliance with 
this rule is your responsibility, and the Notification of Compliance 
Status does not alter or affect that responsibility.
    (j) For new or reconstructed affected sources, as specified in Sec. 
63.11082(b) and (c), recordkeeping to document applicable throughput 
must begin upon startup of the affected source. For existing sources, as 
specified in Sec. 63.11082(d), recordkeeping to document applicable 
throughput must begin on January 10, 2008. Records required under this 
paragraph shall be kept for a period of 5 years.

[73 FR 1933, Jan. 10, 2008, as amended at 76 FR 4176, Jan. 24, 2011]



Sec. 63.11082  What parts of my affected source does this subpart
cover?

    (a) The emission sources to which this subpart applies are gasoline 
storage tanks, gasoline loading racks, vapor collection-equipped 
gasoline

[[Page 282]]

cargo tanks, and equipment components in vapor or liquid gasoline 
service that meet the criteria specified in Tables 1 through 3 to this 
subpart.
    (b) An affected source is a new affected source if you commenced 
construction on the affected source after November 9, 2006, and you meet 
the applicability criteria in Sec. 63.11081 at the time you commenced 
operation.
    (c) An affected source is reconstructed if you meet the criteria for 
reconstruction as defined in Sec. 63.2.
    (d) An affected source is an existing affected source if it is not 
new or reconstructed.



Sec. 63.11083  When do I have to comply with this subpart?

    (a) If you have a new or reconstructed affected source, you must 
comply with this subpart according to paragraphs (a)(1) and (2) of this 
section.
    (1) If you start up your affected source before January 10, 2008, 
you must comply with the standards in this subpart no later than January 
10, 2008.
    (2) If you start up your affected source after January 10, 2008, you 
must comply with the standards in this subpart upon startup of your 
affected source.
    (b) If you have an existing affected source, you must comply with 
the standards in this subpart no later than January 10, 2011.
    (c) If you have an existing affected source that becomes subject to 
the control requirements in this subpart because of an increase in the 
daily throughput, as specified in option 1 of Table 2 to this subpart, 
you must comply with the standards in this subpart no later than 3 years 
after the affected source becomes subject to the control requirements in 
this subpart.

[73 FR 1933, Jan. 10, 2008, as amended at 76 FR 4177, Jan. 24, 2011]

              Emission Limitations and Management Practices



Sec. 63.11085  What are my general duties to minimize emissions?

    Each owner or operator of an affected source under this subpart must 
comply with the requirements of paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section.
    (a) You must, at all times, operate and maintain any affected 
source, including associated air pollution control equipment and 
monitoring equipment, in a manner consistent with safety and good air 
pollution control practices for minimizing emissions. Determination of 
whether such operation and maintenance procedures are being used will be 
based on information available to the Administrator, which may include, 
but is not limited to, monitoring results, review of operation and 
maintenance procedures, review of operation and maintenance records, and 
inspection of the source.
    (b) You must keep applicable records and submit reports as specified 
in Sec. 63.11094(g) and Sec. 63.11095(d).

[76 FR 4177, Jan. 24, 2011]



Sec. 63.11086  What requirements must I meet if my facility is a bulk gasoline plant?

    Each owner or operator of an affected bulk gasoline plant, as 
defined in Sec. 63.11100, must comply with the requirements of 
paragraphs (a) through (i) of this section.
    (a) Except as specified in paragraph (b) of this section, you must 
only load gasoline into storage tanks and cargo tanks at your facility 
by utilizing submerged filling, as defined in Sec. 63.11100, and as 
specified in paragraphs (a)(1), (a)(2), or (a)(3) of this section. The 
applicable distances in paragraphs (a)(1) and (2) of this section shall 
be measured from the point in the opening of the submerged fill pipe 
that is the greatest distance from the bottom of the storage tank.
    (1) Submerged fill pipes installed on or before November 9, 2006, 
must be no more than 12 inches from the bottom of the tank.
    (2) Submerged fill pipes installed after November 9, 2006, must be 
no more than 6 inches from the bottom of the tank.
    (3) Submerged fill pipes not meeting the specifications of 
paragraphs (a)(1) or (a)(2) of this section are allowed if the owner or 
operator can demonstrate that the liquid level in the gasoline storage 
tank is always above the entire opening of the fill pipe. Documentation 
providing such demonstration must be made available for inspection by 
the

[[Page 283]]

Administrator's delegated representative during the course of a site 
visit.
    (b) Gasoline storage tanks with a capacity of less than 250 gallons 
are not required to comply with the control requirements in paragraph 
(a) of this section, but must comply only with the requirements in 
paragraph (d) of this section.
    (c) You must perform a monthly leak inspection of all equipment in 
gasoline service according to the requirements specified in Sec. 
63.11089(a) through (d).
    (d) You must not allow gasoline to be handled in a manner that would 
result in vapor releases to the atmosphere for extended periods of time. 
Measures to be taken include, but are not limited to, the following:
    (1) Minimize gasoline spills;
    (2) Clean up spills as expeditiously as practicable;
    (3) Cover all open gasoline containers and all gasoline storage tank 
fill-pipes with a gasketed seal when not in use;
    (4) Minimize gasoline sent to open waste collection systems that 
collect and transport gasoline to reclamation and recycling devices, 
such as oil/water separators.
    (e) You must submit an Initial Notification that you are subject to 
this subpart by May 9, 2008 unless you meet the requirements in 
paragraph (g) of this section. The Initial Notification must contain the 
information specified in paragraphs (e)(1) through (4) of this section. 
The notification must be submitted to the applicable EPA Regional Office 
and the delegated State authority, as specified in Sec. 63.13.
    (1) The name and address of the owner and the operator.
    (2) The address (i.e., physical location) of the bulk plant.
    (3) A statement that the notification is being submitted in response 
to this subpart and identifying the requirements in paragraphs (a), (b), 
(c), and (d) of this section that apply to you.
    (4) A brief description of the bulk plant, including the number of 
storage tanks in gasoline service, the capacity of each storage tank in 
gasoline service, and the average monthly gasoline throughput at the 
affected source.
    (f) You must submit a Notification of Compliance Status to the 
applicable EPA Regional Office and the delegated State authority, as 
specified in Sec. 63.13, by the compliance date specified in Sec. 
63.11083 unless you meet the requirements in paragraph (g) of this 
section. The Notification of Compliance Status must be signed by a 
responsible official who must certify its accuracy and must indicate 
whether the source has complied with the requirements of this subpart. 
If your facility is in compliance with the requirements of this subpart 
at the time the Initial Notification required under paragraph (e) of 
this section is due, the Notification of Compliance Status may be 
submitted in lieu of the Initial Notification provided it contains the 
information required under paragraph (e) of this section.
    (g) If, prior to January 10, 2008, you are operating in compliance 
with an enforceable State, local, or tribal rule or permit that requires 
submerged fill as specified in Sec. 63.11086(a), you are not required 
to submit an Initial Notification or a Notification of Compliance Status 
under paragraph (e) or paragraph (f) of this section.
    (h) You must comply with the requirements of this subpart by the 
applicable dates specified in Sec. 63.11083.
    (i) You must keep applicable records and submit reports as specified 
in Sec. 63.11094(d) and (e) and Sec. 63.11095(c).

[73 FR 1933, Jan. 10, 2008, as amended at 76 FR 4177, Jan. 24, 2011]



Sec. 63.11087  What requirements must I meet for gasoline storage
tanks if my facility is a bulk gasoline terminal, pipeline breakout
station, or pipeline pumping station?
          

    (a) You must meet each emission limit and management practice in 
Table 1 to this subpart that applies to your gasoline storage tank.
    (b) You must comply with the requirements of this subpart by the 
applicable dates specified in Sec. 63.11083, except that storage 
vessels equipped with floating roofs and not meeting the requirements of 
paragraph (a) of this section must be in compliance at the first 
degassing and cleaning activity after January 10, 2011 or by January 10, 
2018, whichever is first.
    (c) You must comply with the applicable testing and monitoring 
requirements specified in Sec. 63.11092(e).

[[Page 284]]

    (d) You must submit the applicable notifications as required under 
Sec. 63.11093.
    (e) You must keep records and submit reports as specified in 
Sec. Sec. 63.11094 and 63.11095.
    (f) If your gasoline storage tank is subject to, and complies with, 
the control requirements of 40 CFR part 60, subpart Kb of this chapter, 
your storage tank will be deemed in compliance with this section. You 
must report this determination in the Notification of Compliance Status 
report under Sec. 63.11093(b).



Sec. 63.11088  What requirements must I meet for gasoline loading
racks if my facility is a bulk gasoline terminal, pipeline breakout
station, or pipeline pumping station?
          

    (a) You must meet each emission limit and management practice in 
Table 2 to this subpart that applies to you.
    (b) As an alternative for railcar cargo tanks to the requirements 
specified in Table 2 to this subpart, you may comply with the 
requirements specified in Sec. 63.422(e).
    (c) You must comply with the requirements of this subpart by the 
applicable dates specified in Sec. 63.11083.
    (d) You must comply with the applicable testing and monitoring 
requirements specified in Sec. 63.11092.
    (e) You must submit the applicable notifications as required under 
Sec. 63.11093.
    (f) You must keep records and submit reports as specified in 
Sec. Sec. 63.11094 and 63.11095.



Sec. 63.11089  What requirements must I meet for equipment leak inspections if my facility is a bulk gasoline terminal, bulk plant, pipeline breakout station, 
          or pipeline pumping station?

    (a) Each owner or operator of a bulk gasoline terminal, bulk plant, 
pipeline breakout station, or pipeline pumping station subject to the 
provisions of this subpart shall perform a monthly leak inspection of 
all equipment in gasoline service, as defined in Sec. 63.11100. For 
this inspection, detection methods incorporating sight, sound, and smell 
are acceptable.
    (b) A log book shall be used and shall be signed by the owner or 
operator at the completion of each inspection. A section of the log book 
shall contain a list, summary description, or diagram(s) showing the 
location of all equipment in gasoline service at the facility.
    (c) Each detection of a liquid or vapor leak shall be recorded in 
the log book. When a leak is detected, an initial attempt at repair 
shall be made as soon as practicable, but no later than 5 calendar days 
after the leak is detected. Repair or replacement of leaking equipment 
shall be completed within 15 calendar days after detection of each leak, 
except as provided in paragraph (d) of this section.
    (d) Delay of repair of leaking equipment will be allowed if the 
repair is not feasible within 15 days. The owner or operator shall 
provide in the semiannual report specified in Sec. 63.11095(b), the 
reason(s) why the repair was not feasible and the date each repair was 
completed.
    (e) You must comply with the requirements of this subpart by the 
applicable dates specified in Sec. 63.11083.
    (f) You must submit the applicable notifications as required under 
Sec. 63.11093.
    (g) You must keep records and submit reports as specified in 
Sec. Sec. 63.11094 and 63.11095.

                   Testing and Monitoring Requirements



Sec. 63.11092  What testing and monitoring requirements must I meet?

    (a) Each owner or operator of a bulk gasoline terminal subject to 
the emission standard in item 1(b) of Table 2 to this subpart must 
comply with the requirements in paragraphs (a) through (d) of this 
section.
    (1) Conduct a performance test on the vapor processing and 
collection systems according to either paragraph (a)(1)(i) or paragraph 
(a)(1)(ii) of this section.
    (i) Use the test methods and procedures in Sec. 60.503 of this 
chapter, except a reading of 500 parts per million shall be used to 
determine the level of leaks to be repaired under Sec. 60.503(b) of 
this chapter.

[[Page 285]]

    (ii) Use alternative test methods and procedures in accordance with 
the alternative test method requirements in Sec. 63.7(f).
    (2) If you are operating your gasoline loading rack in compliance 
with an enforceable State, local, or tribal rule or permit that requires 
your loading rack to meet an emission limit of 80 milligrams (mg), or 
less, per liter of gasoline loaded (mg/l), you may submit a statement by 
a responsible official of your facility certifying the compliance status 
of your loading rack in lieu of the test required under paragraph (a)(1) 
of this section.
    (3) If you have conducted performance testing on the vapor 
processing and collection systems within 5 years prior to January 10, 
2008, and the test is for the affected facility and is representative of 
current or anticipated operating processes and conditions, you may 
submit the results of such testing in lieu of the test required under 
paragraph (a)(1) of this section, provided the testing was conducted 
using the test methods and procedures in Sec. 60.503 of this chapter. 
Should the Administrator deem the prior test data unacceptable, the 
facility is still required to meet the requirement to conduct an initial 
performance test within 180 days of the compliance date specified in 
Sec. 63.11083; thus, previous test reports should be submitted as soon 
as possible after January 10, 2008.
    (4) The performance test requirements of Sec. 63.11092(a) do not 
apply to flares defined in Sec. 63.11100 and meeting the flare 
requirements in Sec. 63.11(b). The owner or operator shall demonstrate 
that the flare and associated vapor collection system is in compliance 
with the requirements in Sec. 63.11(b) and 40 CFR 60.503(a), (b), and 
(d).
    (b) Each owner or operator of a bulk gasoline terminal subject to 
the provisions of this subpart shall install, calibrate, certify, 
operate, and maintain, according to the manufacturer's specifications, a 
continuous monitoring system (CMS) while gasoline vapors are displaced 
to the vapor processor systems, as specified in paragraphs (b)(1) 
through (5) of this section. For each facility conducting a performance 
test under paragraph (a)(1) of this section, and for each facility 
utilizing the provisions of paragraphs (a)(2) or (a)(3) of this section, 
the CMS must be installed by January 10, 2011.
    (1) For each performance test conducted under paragraph (a)(1) of 
this section, the owner or operator shall determine a monitored 
operating parameter value for the vapor processing system using the 
procedures specified in paragraphs (b)(1)(i) through (iv) of this 
section. During the performance test, continuously record the operating 
parameter as specified under paragraphs (b)(1)(i) through (iv) of this 
section.
    (i) Where a carbon adsorption system is used, the owner or operator 
shall monitor the operation of the system as specified in paragraphs 
(b)(1)(i)(A) or (B) of this section.
    (A) A continuous emissions monitoring system (CEMS) capable of 
measuring organic compound concentration shall be installed in the 
exhaust air stream.
    (B) As an alternative to paragraph (b)(1)(i)(A) of this section, you 
may choose to meet the requirements listed in paragraph (b)(1)(i)(B)(1) 
and (2) of this section.
    (1) Carbon adsorption devices shall be monitored as specified in 
paragraphs (b)(1)(i)(B)(1)(i),(ii), and (iii) of this section.
    (i) Vacuum level shall be monitored using a pressure transmitter 
installed in the vacuum pump suction line, with the measurements 
displayed on a gauge that can be visually observed. Each carbon bed 
shall be observed during one complete regeneration cycle on each day of 
operation of the loading rack to determine the maximum vacuum level 
achieved.
    (ii) Conduct annual testing of the carbon activity for the carbon in 
each carbon bed. Carbon activity shall be tested in accordance with the 
butane working capacity test of the American Society for Testing and 
Materials (ASTM) Method D 5228-92 (incorporated by reference, see Sec. 
63.14), or by another suitable procedure as recommended by the 
manufacturer.
    (iii) Conduct monthly measurements of the carbon bed outlet volatile 
organic compounds (VOC) concentration over the last 5 minutes of an 
adsorption cycle for each carbon bed, documenting the highest measured 
VOC

[[Page 286]]

concentration. Measurements shall be made using a portable analyzer, or 
a permanently mounted analyzer, in accordance with 40 CFR part 60, 
Appendix A-7, EPA Method 21 for open-ended lines.
    (2) Develop and submit to the Administrator a monitoring and 
inspection plan that describes the owner or operator's approach for 
meeting the requirements in paragraphs (b)(1)(i)(B)(2)(i) through (v) of 
this section.
    (i) The lowest maximum required vacuum level and duration needed to 
assure regeneration of the carbon beds shall be determined by an 
engineering analysis or from the manufacturer's recommendation and shall 
be documented in the monitoring and inspection plan.
    (ii) The owner or operator shall verify, during each day of 
operation of the loading rack, the proper valve sequencing, cycle time, 
gasoline flow, purge air flow, and operating temperatures. Verification 
shall be through visual observation, or through an automated alarm or 
shutdown system that monitors system operation. A manual or electronic 
record of the start and end of a shutdown event may be used.
    (iii) The owner or operator shall perform semi-annual preventive 
maintenance inspections of the carbon adsorption system, including the 
automated alarm or shutdown system for those units so equipped, 
according to the recommendations of the manufacturer of the system.
    (iv) The monitoring plan developed under paragraph (2) of this 
section shall specify conditions that would be considered malfunctions 
of the carbon adsorption system during the inspections or automated 
monitoring performed under paragraphs (b)(1)(i)(B)(2)(i) through (iii) 
of this section, describe specific corrective actions that will be taken 
to correct any malfunction, and define what the owner or operator would 
consider to be a timely repair for each potential malfunction.
    (v) The owner or operator shall document the maximum vacuum level 
observed on each carbon bed from each daily inspection and the maximum 
VOC concentration observed from each carbon bed on each monthly 
inspection as well as any system malfunction, as defined in the 
monitoring and inspection plan, and any activation of the automated 
alarm or shutdown system with a written entry into a log book or other 
permanent form of record. Such record shall also include a description 
of the corrective action taken and whether such corrective actions were 
taken in a timely manner, as defined in the monitoring and inspection 
plan, as well as an estimate of the amount of gasoline loaded during the 
period of the malfunction.
    (ii) Where a refrigeration condenser system is used, a continuous 
parameter monitoring system (CPMS) capable of measuring temperature 
shall be installed immediately downstream from the outlet to the 
condenser section. Alternatively, a CEMS capable of measuring organic 
compound concentration may be installed in the exhaust air stream.
    (iii) Where a thermal oxidation system other than a flare is used, 
the owner or operator shall monitor the operation of the system as 
specified in paragraphs (b)(1)(iii)(A) or (B) of this section.
    (A) A CPMS capable of measuring temperature shall be installed in 
the firebox or in the ductwork immediately downstream from the firebox 
in a position before any substantial heat exchange occurs.
    (B) As an alternative to paragraph (b)(1)(iii)(A) of this section, 
you may choose to meet the requirements listed in paragraphs 
(b)(1)(iii)(B)(1) and (2) of this section.
    (1) The presence of a thermal oxidation system pilot flame shall be 
monitored using a heat-sensing device, such as an ultraviolet beam 
sensor or a thermocouple, installed in proximity of the pilot light, to 
indicate the presence of a flame. The heat-sensing device shall send a 
positive parameter value to indicate that the pilot flame is on, or a 
negative parameter value to indicate that the pilot flame is off.
    (2) Develop and submit to the Administrator a monitoring and 
inspection plan that describes the owner or operator's approach for 
meeting the requirements in paragraphs (b)(1)(iii)(B)(2)(i) through (v) 
of this section.

[[Page 287]]

    (i) The thermal oxidation system shall be equipped to automatically 
prevent gasoline loading operations from beginning at any time that the 
pilot flame is absent.
    (ii) The owner or operator shall verify, during each day of 
operation of the loading rack, the proper operation of the assist-air 
blower and the vapor line valve. Verification shall be through visual 
observation, or through an automated alarm or shutdown system that 
monitors system operation. A manual or electronic record of the start 
and end of a shutdown event may be used.
    (iii) The owner or operator shall perform semi-annual preventive 
maintenance inspections of the thermal oxidation system, including the 
automated alarm or shutdown system for those units so equipped, 
according to the recommendations of the manufacturer of the system.
    (iv) The monitoring plan developed under paragraph (2) of this 
section shall specify conditions that would be considered malfunctions 
of the thermal oxidation system during the inspections or automated 
monitoring performed under paragraphs (b)(1)(iii)(B)(2)(ii) and (iii) of 
this section, describe specific corrective actions that will be taken to 
correct any malfunction, and define what the owner or operator would 
consider to be a timely repair for each potential malfunction.
    (v) The owner or operator shall document any system malfunction, as 
defined in the monitoring and inspection plan, and any activation of the 
automated alarm or shutdown system with a written entry into a log book 
or other permanent form of record. Such record shall also include a 
description of the corrective action taken and whether such corrective 
actions were taken in a timely manner, as defined in the monitoring and 
inspection plan, as well as an estimate of the amount of gasoline loaded 
during the period of the malfunction.
    (iv) Monitoring an alternative operating parameter or a parameter of 
a vapor processing system other than those listed in paragraphs 
(b)(1)(i) through (iii) of this section will be allowed upon 
demonstrating to the Administrator's satisfaction that the alternative 
parameter demonstrates continuous compliance with the emission standard 
in Sec. 63.11088(a).
    (2) Where a flare meeting the requirements in Sec. 63.11(b) is 
used, a heat-sensing device, such as an ultraviolet beam sensor or a 
thermocouple, must be installed in proximity to the pilot light to 
indicate the presence of a flame.
    (3) Determine an operating parameter value based on the parameter 
data monitored during the performance test, supplemented by engineering 
assessments and the manufacturer's recommendations.
    (4) Provide for the Administrator's approval the rationale for the 
selected operating parameter value, monitoring frequency, and averaging 
time, including data and calculations used to develop the value and a 
description of why the value, monitoring frequency, and averaging time 
demonstrate continuous compliance with the emission standard in Sec. 
63.11088(a).
    (5) If you have chosen to comply with the performance testing 
alternatives provided under paragraph (a)(2) or paragraph (a)(3) of this 
section, the monitored operating parameter value may be determined 
according to the provisions in paragraph (b)(5)(i) or paragraph 
(b)(5)(ii) of this section.
    (i) Monitor an operating parameter that has been approved by the 
Administrator and is specified in your facility's current enforceable 
operating permit. At the time that the Administrator requires a new 
performance test, you must determine the monitored operating parameter 
value according to the requirements specified in paragraph (b) of this 
section.
    (ii) Determine an operating parameter value based on engineering 
assessment and the manufacturer's recommendation and submit the 
information specified in paragraph (b)(4) of this section for approval 
by the Administrator. At the time that the Administrator requires a new 
performance test, you must determine the monitored operating parameter 
value according to the requirements specified in paragraph (b) of this 
section.
    (c) For performance tests performed after the initial test required 
under paragraph (a) of this section, the owner

[[Page 288]]

or operator shall document the reasons for any change in the operating 
parameter value since the previous performance test.
    (d) Each owner or operator of a bulk gasoline terminal subject to 
the provisions of this subpart shall comply with the requirements in 
paragraphs (d)(1) through (4) of this section.
    (1) Operate the vapor processing system in a manner not to exceed or 
not to go below, as appropriate, the operating parameter value for the 
parameters described in paragraph (b)(1) of this section.
    (2) In cases where an alternative parameter pursuant to paragraph 
(b)(1)(iv) or paragraph (b)(5)(i) of this section is approved, each 
owner or operator shall operate the vapor processing system in a manner 
not to exceed or not to go below, as appropriate, the alternative 
operating parameter value.
    (3) Operation of the vapor processing system in a manner exceeding 
or going below the operating parameter value, as appropriate, shall 
constitute a violation of the emission standard in Sec. 63.11088(a), 
except as specified in paragraph (d)(4) of this section.
    (4) For the monitoring and inspection, as required under paragraphs 
(b)(1)(i)(B)(2) and (b)(1)(iii)(B)(2) of this section, malfunctions that 
are discovered shall not constitute a violation of the emission standard 
in Sec. 63.11088(a) if corrective actions as described in the 
monitoring and inspection plan are followed. The owner or operator must:
    (i) Initiate corrective action to determine the cause of the problem 
within 1 hour;
    (ii) Initiate corrective action to fix the problem within 24 hours;
    (iii) Complete all corrective actions needed to fix the problem as 
soon as practicable consistent with good air pollution control practices 
for minimizing emissions;
    (iv) Minimize periods of start-up, shutdown, or malfunction; and
    (v) Take any necessary corrective actions to restore normal 
operation and prevent the recurrence of the cause of the problem.
    (e) Each owner or operator subject to the emission standard in Sec. 
63.11087 for gasoline storage tanks shall comply with the requirements 
in paragraphs (e)(1) through (3) of this section.
    (1) If your gasoline storage tank is equipped with an internal 
floating roof, you must perform inspections of the floating roof system 
according to the requirements of Sec. 60.113b(a) if you are complying 
with option 2(b) in Table 1 to this subpart, or according to the 
requirements of Sec. 63.1063(c)(1) if you are complying with option 
2(d) in Table 1 to this subpart.
    (2) If your gasoline storage tank is equipped with an external 
floating roof, you must perform inspections of the floating roof system 
according to the requirements of Sec. 60.113b(b) if you are complying 
with option 2(c) in Table 1 to this subpart, or according to the 
requirements of Sec. 63.1063(c)(2) if you are complying with option 
2(d) in Table 1 to this subpart.
    (3) If your gasoline storage tank is equipped with a closed vent 
system and control device, you must conduct a performance test and 
determine a monitored operating parameter value in accordance with the 
requirements in paragraphs (a) through (d) of this section, except that 
the applicable level of control specified in paragraph (a)(2) of this 
section shall be a 95-percent reduction in inlet total organic compounds 
(TOC) levels rather than 80 mg/l of gasoline loaded.
    (f) The annual certification test for gasoline cargo tanks shall 
consist of the test methods specified in paragraphs (f)(1) or (f)(2) of 
this section. Affected facilities that are subject to subpart XX of 40 
CFR part 60 may elect, after notification to the subpart XX delegated 
authority, to comply with paragraphs (f)(1) and (2) of this section.
    (1) EPA Method 27, Appendix A-8, 40 CFR part 60. Conduct the test 
using a time period (t) for the pressure and vacuum tests of 5 minutes. 
The initial pressure (Pi) for the pressure test shall be 460 
millimeters (mm) of water (18 inches of water), gauge. The initial 
vacuum (Vi) for the vacuum test shall be 150 mm of water (6 
inches of water), gauge. The maximum allowable pressure and vacuum 
changes ([Delta] p, [Delta] v) for all affected gasoline cargo tanks is 
3 inches of water, or less, in 5 minutes.

[[Page 289]]

    (2) Railcar bubble leak test procedures. As an alternative to the 
annual certification test required under paragraph (1) of this section 
for certification leakage testing of gasoline cargo tanks, the owner or 
operator may comply with paragraphs (f)(2)(i) and (ii) of this section 
for railcar cargo tanks, provided the railcar cargo tank meets the 
requirement in paragraph (f)(2)(iii) of this section.
    (i) Comply with the requirements of 49 CFR 173.31(d), 49 CFR 179.7, 
49 CFR 180.509, and 49 CFR 180.511 for the periodic testing of railcar 
cargo tanks.
    (ii) The leakage pressure test procedure required under 49 CFR 
180.509(j) and used to show no indication of leakage under 49 CFR 
180.511(f) shall be ASTM E 515-95, BS EN 1593:1999, or another bubble 
leak test procedure meeting the requirements in 49 CFR 179.7, 49 CFR 
180.505, and 49 CFR 180.509.
    (iii) The alternative requirements in this paragraph (f)(2) may not 
be used for any railcar cargo tank that collects gasoline vapors from a 
vapor balance system and the system complies with a Federal, State, 
local, or tribal rule or permit. A vapor balance system is a piping and 
collection system designed to collect gasoline vapors displaced from a 
storage vessel, barge, or other container being loaded, and routes the 
displaced gasoline vapors into the railcar cargo tank from which liquid 
gasoline is being unloaded.
    (g) Conduct of performance tests. Performance tests conducted for 
this subpart shall be conducted under such conditions as the 
Administrator specifies to the owner or operator, based on 
representative performance (i.e., performance based on normal operating 
conditions) of the affected source. Upon request, the owner or operator 
shall make available to the Administrator such records as may be 
necessary to determine the conditions of performance tests.

[73 FR 1933, Jan. 10, 2008, as amended at 73 FR 12276, Mar. 7, 2008; 76 
FR 4177, Jan. 24, 2011]

                   Notifications, Records, and Reports



Sec. 63.11093  What notifications must I submit and when?

    (a) Each owner or operator of an affected source under this subpart 
must submit an Initial Notification as specified in Sec. 63.9(b). If 
your facility is in compliance with the requirements of this subpart at 
the time the Initial Notification is due, the Notification of Compliance 
Status required under paragraph (b) of this section may be submitted in 
lieu of the Initial Notification.
    (b) Each owner or operator of an affected source under this subpart 
must submit a Notification of Compliance Status as specified in Sec. 
63.9(h). The Notification of Compliance Status must specify which of the 
compliance options included in Table 1 to this subpart is used to comply 
with this subpart.
    (c) Each owner or operator of an affected bulk gasoline terminal 
under this subpart must submit a Notification of Performance Test, as 
specified in Sec. 63.9(e), prior to initiating testing required by 
Sec. 63.11092(a) or Sec. 63.11092(b).
    (d) Each owner or operator of any affected source under this subpart 
must submit additional notifications specified in Sec. 63.9, as 
applicable.



Sec. 63.11094  What are my recordkeeping requirements?

    (a) Each owner or operator of a bulk gasoline terminal or pipeline 
breakout station whose storage vessels are subject to the provisions of 
this subpart shall keep records as specified in Sec. 60.115b of this 
chapter if you are complying with options 2(a), 2(b), or 2(c) in Table 1 
to this subpart, except records shall be kept for at least 5 years. If 
you are complying with the requirements of option 2(d) in Table 1 to 
this subpart, you shall keep records as specified in Sec. 63.1065.
    (b) Each owner or operator of a bulk gasoline terminal subject to 
the provisions of this subpart shall keep records of the test results 
for each gasoline cargo tank loading at the facility as specified in 
paragraphs (b)(1) through (3) of this section.

[[Page 290]]

    (1) Annual certification testing performed under Sec. 
63.11092(f)(1) and periodic railcar bubble leak testing performed under 
Sec. 63.11092(f)(2).
    (2) The documentation file shall be kept up-to-date for each 
gasoline cargo tank loading at the facility. The documentation for each 
test shall include, as a minimum, the following information:
    (i) Name of test: Annual Certification Test--Method 27 or Periodic 
Railcar Bubble Leak Test Procedure.
    (ii) Cargo tank owner's name and address.
    (iii) Cargo tank identification number.
    (iv) Test location and date.
    (v) Tester name and signature.
    (vi) Witnessing inspector, if any: Name, signature, and affiliation.
    (vii) Vapor tightness repair: Nature of repair work and when 
performed in relation to vapor tightness testing.
    (viii) Test results: Test pressure; pressure or vacuum change, mm of 
water; time period of test; number of leaks found with instrument; and 
leak definition.
    (3) If you are complying with the alternative requirements in Sec. 
63.11088(b), you must keep records documenting that you have verified 
the vapor tightness testing according to the requirements of the 
Administrator.
    (c) As an alternative to keeping records at the terminal of each 
gasoline cargo tank test result as required in paragraph (b) of this 
section, an owner or operator may comply with the requirements in either 
paragraph (c)(1) or paragraph (c)(2) of this section.
    (1) An electronic copy of each record is instantly available at the 
terminal.
    (i) The copy of each record in paragraph (c)(1) of this section is 
an exact duplicate image of the original paper record with certifying 
signatures.
    (ii) The Administrator is notified in writing that each terminal 
using this alternative is in compliance with paragraph (c)(1) of this 
section.
    (2) For facilities that use a terminal automation system to prevent 
gasoline cargo tanks that do not have valid cargo tank vapor tightness 
documentation from loading (e.g., via a card lock-out system), a copy of 
the documentation is made available (e.g., via facsimile) for inspection 
by the Administrator's delegated representatives during the course of a 
site visit, or within a mutually agreeable time frame.
    (i) The copy of each record in paragraph (c)(2) of this section is 
an exact duplicate image of the original paper record with certifying 
signatures.
    (ii) The Administrator is notified in writing that each terminal 
using this alternative is in compliance with paragraph (c)(2) of this 
section.
    (d) Each owner or operator subject to the equipment leak provisions 
of Sec. 63.11089 shall prepare and maintain a record describing the 
types, identification numbers, and locations of all equipment in 
gasoline service. For facilities electing to implement an instrument 
program under Sec. 63.11089, the record shall contain a full 
description of the program.
    (e) Each owner or operator of an affected source subject to 
equipment leak inspections under Sec. 63.11089 shall record in the log 
book for each leak that is detected the information specified in 
paragraphs (e)(1) through (7) of this section.
    (1) The equipment type and identification number.
    (2) The nature of the leak (i.e., vapor or liquid) and the method of 
detection (i.e., sight, sound, or smell).
    (3) The date the leak was detected and the date of each attempt to 
repair the leak.
    (4) Repair methods applied in each attempt to repair the leak.
    (5) ``Repair delayed'' and the reason for the delay if the leak is 
not repaired within 15 calendar days after discovery of the leak.
    (6) The expected date of successful repair of the leak if the leak 
is not repaired within 15 days.
    (7) The date of successful repair of the leak.
    (f) Each owner or operator of a bulk gasoline terminal subject to 
the provisions of this subpart shall:
    (1) Keep an up-to-date, readily accessible record of the continuous 
monitoring data required under Sec. 63.11092(b) or Sec. 63.11092(e). 
This record shall indicate the time intervals during which loadings of 
gasoline cargo tanks have occurred or, alternatively, shall record

[[Page 291]]

the operating parameter data only during such loadings. The date and 
time of day shall also be indicated at reasonable intervals on this 
record.
    (2) Record and report simultaneously with the Notification of 
Compliance Status required under Sec. 63.11093(b):
    (i) All data and calculations, engineering assessments, and 
manufacturer's recommendations used in determining the operating 
parameter value under Sec. 63.11092(b) or Sec. 63.11092(e); and
    (ii) The following information when using a flare under provisions 
of Sec. 63.11(b) to comply with Sec. 63.11087(a):
    (A) Flare design (i.e., steam-assisted, air-assisted, or non-
assisted); and
    (B) All visible emissions (VE) readings, heat content 
determinations, flow rate measurements, and exit velocity determinations 
made during the compliance determination required under Sec. 
63.11092(e)(3).
    (3) Keep an up-to-date, readily accessible copy of the monitoring 
and inspection plan required under Sec. 63.11092(b)(1)(i)(B)(2) or 
Sec. 63.11092(b)(1)(iii)(B)(2).
    (4) Keep an up-to-date, readily accessible record of all system 
malfunctions, as specified in Sec. 63.11092(b)(1)(i)(B)(2)(v) or Sec. 
63.11092(b)(1)(iii)(B)(2)(v).
    (5) If an owner or operator requests approval to use a vapor 
processing system or monitor an operating parameter other than those 
specified in Sec. 63.11092(b), the owner or operator shall submit a 
description of planned reporting and recordkeeping procedures.
    (g) Each owner or operator of an affected source under this subpart 
shall keep records as specified in paragraphs (g)(1) and (2) of this 
section.
    (1) Records of the occurrence and duration of each malfunction of 
operation (i.e., process equipment) or the air pollution control and 
monitoring equipment.
    (2) Records of actions taken during periods of malfunction to 
minimize emissions in accordance with Sec. 63.11085(a), including 
corrective actions to restore malfunctioning process and air pollution 
control and monitoring equipment to its normal or usual manner of 
operation.

[73 FR 1933, Jan. 10, 2008, as amended at 76 FR 4178, Jan. 24, 2011]



Sec. 63.11095  What are my reporting requirements?

    (a) Each owner or operator of a bulk terminal or a pipeline breakout 
station subject to the control requirements of this subpart shall 
include in a semiannual compliance report to the Administrator the 
following information, as applicable:
    (1) For storage vessels, if you are complying with options 2(a), 
2(b), or 2(c) in Table 1 to this subpart, the information specified in 
Sec. 60.115b(a), Sec. 60.115b(b), or Sec. 60.115b(c) of this chapter, 
depending upon the control equipment installed, or, if you are complying 
with option 2(d) in Table 1 to this subpart, the information specified 
in Sec. 63.1066.
    (2) For loading racks, each loading of a gasoline cargo tank for 
which vapor tightness documentation had not been previously obtained by 
the facility.
    (3) For equipment leak inspections, the number of equipment leaks 
not repaired within 15 days after detection.
    (4) For storage vessels complying with Sec. 63.11087(b) after 
January 10, 2011, the storage vessel's Notice of Compliance Status 
information can be included in the next semi-annual compliance report in 
lieu of filing a separate Notification of Compliance Status report under 
Sec. 63.11093.
    (b) Each owner or operator of an affected source subject to the 
control requirements of this subpart shall submit an excess emissions 
report to the Administrator at the time the semiannual compliance report 
is submitted. Excess emissions events under this subpart, and the 
information to be included in the excess emissions report, are specified 
in paragraphs (b)(1) through (5) of this section.
    (1) Each instance of a non-vapor-tight gasoline cargo tank loading 
at the facility in which the owner or operator failed to take steps to 
assure that such cargo tank would not be reloaded at the facility before 
vapor tightness documentation for that cargo tank was obtained.
    (2) Each reloading of a non-vapor-tight gasoline cargo tank at the 
facility before vapor tightness documentation for that cargo tank is 
obtained by the facility in accordance with Sec. 63.11094(b).

[[Page 292]]

    (3) Each exceedance or failure to maintain, as appropriate, the 
monitored operating parameter value determined under Sec. 63.11092(b). 
The report shall include the monitoring data for the days on which 
exceedances or failures to maintain have occurred, and a description and 
timing of the steps taken to repair or perform maintenance on the vapor 
collection and processing systems or the CMS.
    (4) Each instance in which malfunctions discovered during the 
monitoring and inspections required under Sec. 63.11092(b)(1)(i)(B)(2) 
and (b)(1)(iii)(B)(2) were not resolved according to the necessary 
corrective actions described in the monitoring and inspection plan. The 
report shall include a description of the malfunction and the timing of 
the steps taken to correct the malfunction.
    (5) For each occurrence of an equipment leak for which no repair 
attempt was made within 5 days or for which repair was not completed 
within 15 days after detection:
    (i) The date on which the leak was detected;
    (ii) The date of each attempt to repair the leak;
    (iii) The reasons for the delay of repair; and
    (iv) The date of successful repair.
    (c) Each owner or operator of a bulk gasoline plant or a pipeline 
pumping station shall submit a semiannual excess emissions report, 
including the information specified in paragraphs (a)(3) and (b)(5) of 
this section, only for a 6-month period during which an excess emission 
event has occurred. If no excess emission events have occurred during 
the previous 6-month period, no report is required.
    (d) Each owner or operator of an affected source under this subpart 
shall submit a semiannual report including the number, duration, and a 
brief description of each type of malfunction which occurred during the 
reporting period and which caused or may have caused any applicable 
emission limitation to be exceeded. The report must also include a 
description of actions taken by an owner or operator during a 
malfunction of an affected source to minimize emissions in accordance 
with Sec. 63.11085(a), including actions taken to correct a 
malfunction. The report may be submitted as a part of the semiannual 
compliance report, if one is required. Owners or operators of affected 
bulk plants and pipeline pumping stations are not required to submit 
reports for periods during which no malfunctions occurred.

[73 FR 1933, Jan. 10, 2008, as amended at 73 FR 12276, Mar. 7, 2008; 76 
FR 4178, Jan. 24, 2011]

                   Other Requirements and Information



Sec. 63.11098  What parts of the General Provisions apply to me?

    Table 3 to this subpart shows which parts of the General Provisions 
apply to you.



Sec. 63.11099  Who implements and enforces this subpart?

    (a) This subpart can be implemented and enforced by the U.S. EPA or 
a delegated authority such as the applicable State, local, or tribal 
agency. If the U.S. EPA Administrator has delegated authority to a 
State, local, or tribal agency, then that agency, in addition to the 
U.S. EPA, has the authority to implement and enforce this subpart. 
Contact the applicable U.S. EPA Regional Office to find out if 
implementation and enforcement of this subpart is delegated to a State, 
local, or tribal agency.
    (b) In delegating implementation and enforcement authority of this 
subpart to a State, local, or tribal agency under subpart E of this 
part, the authorities specified in paragraph (c) of this section are 
retained by the Administrator of U.S. EPA and cannot be transferred to 
the State, local, or tribal agency.
    (c) The authorities that cannot be delegated to State, local, or 
tribal agencies are as specified in paragraphs (c)(1) through (4) of 
this section.
    (1) Approval of alternatives to the requirements in Sec. Sec. 
63.11086 through 63.11088 and Sec. 63.11092. Any owner or operator 
requesting to use an alternative means of emission limitation for 
storage vessels in Table 1 to this subpart must follow either the 
provisions in Sec. 60.114b of this chapter if you are complying with 
options 2(a), 2(b), or 2(c) in

[[Page 293]]

Table 1 to this subpart, or the provisions in Sec. 63.1064 if you are 
complying with option 2(d) in Table 1 to this subpart.
    (2) Approval of major alternatives to test methods under Sec. 
63.7(e)(2)(ii) and (f), as defined in Sec. 63.90, and as required in 
this subpart.
    (3) Approval of major alternatives to monitoring under Sec. 
63.8(f), as defined in Sec. 63.90, and as required in this subpart.
    (4) Approval of major alternatives to recordkeeping and reporting 
under Sec. 63.10(f), as defined in Sec. 63.90, and as required in this 
subpart.



Sec. 63.11100  What definitions apply to this subpart?

    As used in this subpart, all terms not defined herein shall have the 
meaning given them in the Clean Air Act (CAA), in subparts A, K, Ka, Kb, 
and XX of part 60 of this chapter, or in subparts A, R, and WW of this 
part. All terms defined in both subpart A of part 60 of this chapter and 
subparts A, R, and WW of this part shall have the meaning given in 
subparts A, R, and WW of this part. For purposes of this subpart, 
definitions in this section supersede definitions in other parts or 
subparts.
    Administrator means the Administrator of the United States 
Environmental Protection Agency or his or her authorized representative 
(e.g., a State that has been delegated the authority to implement the 
provisions of this subpart).
    Bulk gasoline plant means any gasoline storage and distribution 
facility that receives gasoline by pipeline, ship or barge, or cargo 
tank, and subsequently loads the gasoline into gasoline cargo tanks for 
transport to gasoline dispensing facilities, and has a gasoline 
throughput of less than 20,000 gallons per day. Gasoline throughput 
shall be the maximum calculated design throughput as may be limited by 
compliance with an enforceable condition under Federal, State, or local 
law, and discoverable by the Administrator and any other person.
    Bulk gasoline terminal means any gasoline storage and distribution 
facility that receives gasoline by pipeline, ship or barge, or cargo 
tank and has a gasoline throughput of 20,000 gallons per day or greater. 
Gasoline throughput shall be the maximum calculated design throughput as 
may be limited by compliance with an enforceable condition under 
Federal, State, or local law and discoverable by the Administrator and 
any other person.
    Equipment means each valve, pump, pressure relief device, sampling 
connection system, open-ended valve or line, and flange or other 
connector in the gasoline liquid transfer and vapor collection systems. 
This definition also includes the entire vapor processing system except 
the exhaust port(s) or stack(s).
    Flare means a thermal oxidation system using an open (without 
enclosure) flame.
    Gasoline means any petroleum distillate or petroleum distillate/
alcohol blend having a Reid vapor pressure of 27.6 kilopascals or 
greater, which is used as a fuel for internal combustion engines.
    Gasoline cargo tank means a delivery tank truck or railcar which is 
loading gasoline or which has loaded gasoline on the immediately 
previous load.
    Gasoline storage tank or vessel means each tank, vessel, reservoir, 
or container used for the storage of gasoline, but does not include:
    (1) Frames, housing, auxiliary supports, or other components that 
are not directly involved in the containment of gasoline or gasoline 
vapors;
    (2) Subsurface caverns or porous rock reservoirs;
    (3) Oil/water separators and sumps, including butane blending sample 
recovery tanks, used to collect drained material such that it can be 
pumped to storage or back into a process; or
    (4) Tanks or vessels permanently attached to mobile sources such as 
trucks, railcars, barges, or ships.
    In gasoline service means that a piece of equipment is used in a 
system that transfers gasoline or gasoline vapors.
    Monthly means once per calendar month at regular intervals of no 
less than 28 days and no more than 35 days.
    Operating parameter value means a value for an operating or emission 
parameter of the vapor processing system (e.g., temperature) which, if 
maintained continuously by itself or in combination with one or more 
other

[[Page 294]]

operating parameter values, determines that an owner or operator has 
complied with the applicable emission standard. The operating parameter 
value is determined using the procedures specified in Sec. 63.11092(b).
    Pipeline breakout station means a facility along a pipeline 
containing storage vessels used to relieve surges or receive and store 
gasoline from the pipeline for re-injection and continued transportation 
by pipeline or to other facilities.
    Pipeline pumping station means a facility along a pipeline 
containing pumps to maintain the desired pressure and flow of product 
through the pipeline, and not containing gasoline storage tanks other 
than surge control tanks.
    Submerged filling means, for the purposes of this subpart, the 
filling of a gasoline cargo tank or a stationary storage tank through a 
submerged fill pipe whose discharge is no more than the applicable 
distance specified in Sec. 63.11086(a) from the bottom of the tank. 
Bottom filling of gasoline cargo tanks or storage tanks is included in 
this definition.
    Surge control tank or vessel means, for the purposes of this 
subpart, those tanks or vessels used only for controlling pressure in a 
pipeline system during surges or other variations from normal 
operations.
    Vapor collection-equipped gasoline cargo tank means a gasoline cargo 
tank that is outfitted with the equipment necessary to transfer vapors, 
displaced during the loading of gasoline into the cargo tank, to a vapor 
processor system.
    Vapor-tight gasoline cargo tank means a gasoline cargo tank which 
has demonstrated within the 12 preceding months that it meets the annual 
certification test requirements in Sec. 63.11092(f).

[73 FR 1933, Jan. 10, 2008, as amended at 76 FR 4178, Jan. 24, 2011]



   Sec. Table 1 to Subpart BBBBBB of Part 63--Applicability Criteria, 
       Emission Limits, and Management Practices for Storage Tanks

------------------------------------------------------------------------
      If you own or operate . . .              Then you must . . .
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. A gasoline storage tank meeting       Equip each gasoline storage
 either of the following conditions:      tank with a fixed roof that is
(i) a capacity of less than 75 cubic      mounted to the storage tank in
 meters (m\3\); or.                       a stationary manner, and
(ii) a capacity of less than 151 m\3\     maintain all openings in a
 and a gasoline throughput of 480         closed position at all times
 gallons per day or less. Gallons per     when not in use.
 day is calculated by summing the
 current day's throughput, plus the
 throughput for the previous 364 days,
 and then dividing that sum by 365.
2. A gasoline storage tank with a        Do the following:
 capacity of greater than or equal to    (a) Reduce emissions of total
 75 m\3\ and not meeting any of the       organic HAP or TOC by 95
 criteria specified in item 1 of this     weight-percent with a closed
 Table.                                   vent system and control
                                          device, as specified in Sec.
                                          60.112b(a)(3) of this chapter;
                                          or
                                           (b) Equip each internal
                                         floating roof gasoline storage
                                         tank according to the
                                         requirements in Sec.
                                         60.112b(a)(1) of this chapter,
                                         except for the secondary seal
                                         requirements under Sec.
                                         60.112b(a)(1)(ii)(B) and the
                                         requirements in Sec.
                                         60.112b(a)(1)(iv) through (ix)
                                         of this chapter; and
                                           (c) Equip each external
                                         floating roof gasoline storage
                                         tank according to the
                                         requirements in Sec.
                                         60.112b(a)(2) of this chapter,
                                         except that the requirements of
                                         Sec. 60.112b(a)(2)(ii) of
                                         this chapter shall only be
                                         required if such storage tank
                                         does not currently meet the
                                         requirements of Sec.
                                         60.112b(a)(2)(i) of this
                                         chapter; or
                                           (d) Equip and operate each
                                         internal and external floating
                                         roof gasoline storage tank
                                         according to the applicable
                                         requirements in Sec.
                                         63.1063(a)(1) and (b), except
                                         for the secondary seal
                                         requirements under Sec.
                                         63.1063(a)(1)(i)(C) and (D),
                                         and equip each external
                                         floating roof gasoline storage
                                         tank according to the
                                         requirements of Sec.
                                         63.1063(a)(2) if such storage
                                         tank does not currently meet
                                         the requirements of Sec.
                                         63.1063(a)(1).
3. A surge control tank................  Equip each tank with a fixed
                                          roof that is mounted to the
                                          tank in a stationary manner
                                          and with a pressure/vacuum
                                          vent with a positive cracking
                                          pressure of no less than 0.50
                                          inches of water. Maintain all
                                          openings in a closed position
                                          at all times when not in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------


[[Page 295]]


[76 FR 4179, Jan. 24, 2011]



   Sec. Table 2 to Subpart BBBBBB of Part 63--Applicability Criteria, 
       Emission Limits, and Management Practices for Loading Racks

------------------------------------------------------------------------
      If you own or operate . . .              Then you must . . .
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. A bulk gasoline terminal loading      (a) Equip your loading rack(s)
 rack(s) with a gasoline throughput       with a vapor collection system
 (total of all racks) of 250,000          designed to collect the TOC
 gallons per day, or greater. Gallons     vapors displaced from cargo
 per day is calculated by summing the     tanks during product loading;
 current day's throughput, plus the       and
 throughput for the previous 364 days,   (b) Reduce emissions of TOC to
 and then dividing that sum by 365.       less than or equal to 80 mg/l
                                          of gasoline loaded into
                                          gasoline cargo tanks at the
                                          loading rack; and
                                         (c) Design and operate the
                                          vapor collection system to
                                          prevent any TOC vapors
                                          collected at one loading rack
                                          or lane from passing through
                                          another loading rack or lane
                                          to the atmosphere; and
                                         (d) Limit the loading of
                                          gasoline into gasoline cargo
                                          tanks that are vapor tight
                                          using the procedures specified
                                          in Sec. 60.502(e) through
                                          (j) of this chapter. For the
                                          purposes of this section, the
                                          term ``tank truck'' as used in
                                          Sec. 60.502(e) through (j)
                                          of this chapter means ``cargo
                                          tank'' as defined in Sec.
                                          63.11100.
2. A bulk gasoline terminal loading      (a) Use submerged filling with
 rack(s) with a gasoline throughput       a submerged fill pipe that is
 (total of all racks) of less than        no more than 6 inches from the
 250,000 gallons per day. Gallons per     bottom of the cargo tank; and
 day is calculated by summing the        (b) Make records available
 current day's throughput, plus the       within 24 hours of a request
 throughput for the previous 364 days,    by the Administrator to
 and then dividing that sum by 365        document your gasoline
                                          throughput.
------------------------------------------------------------------------


[76 FR 4179, Jan. 24, 2011]



  Sec. Table 3 to Subpart BBBBBB of Part 63--Applicability of General 
                               Provisions

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                            Applies to subpart
              Citation                       Subject              Brief description               BBBBBB
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sec. 63.1........................  Applicability.........  Initial applicability        Yes, specific
                                                              determination;               requirements given in
                                                              applicability after          Sec. 63.11081.
                                                              standard established;
                                                              permit requirements;
                                                              extensions, notifications.
Sec. 63.1(c)(2)..................  Title V permit........  Requirements for obtaining   Yes, Sec.
                                                              a title V permit from the    63.11081(b) of
                                                              applicable permitting        subpart BBBBBB
                                                              authority.                   exempts identified
                                                                                           area sources from the
                                                                                           obligation to obtain
                                                                                           title V operating
                                                                                           permits.
Sec. 63.2........................  Definitions...........  Definitions for part 63      Yes, additional
                                                              standards.                   definitions in Sec.
                                                                                           63.11100.
Sec. 63.3........................  Units and               Units and abbreviations for  Yes.
                                      Abbreviations.          part 63 standards.
Sec. 63.4........................  Prohibited Activities   Prohibited activities;       Yes.
                                      and Circumvention.      circumvention,
                                                              severability.
Sec. 63.5........................  Construction/           Applicability;               Yes.
                                      Reconstruction.         applications; approvals.
Sec. 63.6(a).....................  Compliance with         General Provisions apply     Yes.
                                      Standards/Operation &   unless compliance
                                      Maintenance             extension; General
                                      Applicability.          Provisions apply to area
                                                              sources that become major.
Sec. 63.6(b)(1)-(4)..............  Compliance Dates for    Standards apply at           Yes.
                                      New and Reconstructed   effective date; 3 years
                                      Sources.                after effective date; upon
                                                              startup; 10 years after
                                                              construction or
                                                              reconstruction commences
                                                              for CAA section 112(f).
Sec. 63.6(b)(5)..................  Notification..........  Must notify if commenced     Yes.
                                                              construction or
                                                              reconstruction after
                                                              proposal.
Sec. 63.6(b)(6)..................  [Reserved]............
Sec. 63.6(b)(7)..................  Compliance Dates for    Area sources that become     No.
                                      New and Reconstructed   major must comply with
                                      Area Sources that       major source standards
                                      Become Major.           immediately upon becoming
                                                              major, regardless of
                                                              whether required to comply
                                                              when they were an area
                                                              source.
Sec. 63.6(c)(1)-(2)..............  Compliance Dates for    Comply according to date in  No, Sec. 63.11083
                                      Existing Sources.       this subpart, which must     specifies the
                                                              be no later than 3 years     compliance dates.
                                                              after effective date; for
                                                              CAA section 112(f)
                                                              standards, comply within
                                                              90 days of effective date
                                                              unless compliance
                                                              extension.
Sec. 63.6(c)(3)-(4)..............  [Reserved]............

[[Page 296]]

 
Sec. 63.6(c)(5)..................  Compliance Dates for    Area sources that become     No.
                                      Existing Area Sources   major must comply with
                                      that Become Major.      major source standards by
                                                              date indicated in this
                                                              subpart or by equivalent
                                                              time period (e.g., 3
                                                              years).
Sec. 63.6(d).....................  [Reserved]............
63.6(e)(1)(i)......................  General duty to         Operate to minimize          No. See Sec.
                                      minimize emissions.     emissions at all times;      63.11085 for general
                                                              information Administrator    duty requirement.
                                                              will use to determine if
                                                              operation and maintenance
                                                              requirements were met.
63.6(e)(1)(ii).....................  Requirement to correct  Owner or operator must       No.
                                      malfunctions as soon    correct malfunctions as
                                      as possible.            soon as possible.
Sec. 63.6(e)(2)..................  [Reserved]............
Sec. 63.6(e)(3)..................  Startup, Shutdown, and  Requirement for SSM plan;    No.
                                      Malfunction (SSM)       content of SSM plan;
                                      plan.                   actions during SSM.
Sec. 63.6(f)(1)..................  Compliance Except       You must comply with         No.
                                      During SSM.             emission standards at all
                                                              times except during SSM.
Sec. 63.6(f)(2)-(3)..............  Methods for             Compliance based on          Yes.
                                      Determining             performance test,
                                      Compliance.             operation and maintenance
                                                              plans, records, inspection.
Sec. 63.6(g)(1)-(3)..............  Alternative Standard..  Procedures for getting an    Yes.
                                                              alternative standard.
Sec. 63.6(h)(1)..................  Compliance with         You must comply with         No.
                                      Opacity/VE Standards.   opacity/VE standards at
                                                              all times except during
                                                              SSM.
Sec. 63.6(h)(2)(i)...............  Determining Compliance  If standard does not State   No.
                                      with Opacity/VE         test method, use EPA
                                      Standards.              Method 9 for opacity in
                                                              appendix A of part 60 of
                                                              this chapter and EPA
                                                              Method 22 for VE in
                                                              appendix A of part 60 of
                                                              this chapter.
Sec. 63.6(h)(2)(ii)..............  [Reserved]............
Sec. 63.6(h)(2)(iii).............  Using Previous Tests    Criteria for when previous   No.
                                      to Demonstrate          opacity/VE testing can be
                                      Compliance with         used to show compliance
                                      Opacity/VE Standards.   with this subpart.
Sec. 63.6(h)(3)..................  [Reserved]............
Sec. 63.6(h)(4)..................  Notification of         Must notify Administrator    No.
                                      Opacity/VE              of anticipated date of
                                      Observation Date.       observation.
Sec. 63.6(h)(5)(i), (iii)-(v)....  Conducting Opacity/VE   Dates and schedule for       No.
                                      Observations.           conducting opacity/VE
                                                              observations.
Sec. 63.6(h) (5)(ii).............  Opacity Test Duration   Must have at least 3 hours   No.
                                      and Averaging Times.    of observation with 30 6-
                                                              minute averages.
Sec. 63.6(h)(6)..................  Records of Conditions   Must keep records available  No.
                                      During Opacity/VE       and allow Administrator to
                                      Observations.           inspect.
Sec. 63.6(h)(7)(i)...............  Report Continuous       Must submit COMS data with   No.
                                      Opacity Monitoring      other performance test
                                      System (COMS)           data.
                                      Monitoring Data from
                                      Performance Test.
Sec. 63.6(h)(7)(ii)..............  Using COMS Instead of   Can submit COMS data         No.
                                      EPA Method 9.           instead of EPA Method 9
                                                              results even if rule
                                                              requires EPA Method 9 in
                                                              appendix A of part 60 of
                                                              this chapter, but must
                                                              notify Administrator
                                                              before performance test.
Sec. 63.6(h)(7)(iii).............  Averaging Time for      To determine compliance,     No.
                                      COMS During             must reduce COMS data to 6-
                                      Performance Test.       minute averages.
Sec. 63.6(h)(7)(iv)..............  COMS Requirements.....  Owner/operator must          No.
                                                              demonstrate that COMS
                                                              performance evaluations
                                                              are conducted according to
                                                              Sec. 63.8(e); COMS are
                                                              properly maintained and
                                                              operated according to Sec.
                                                                63.8(c) and data quality
                                                              as Sec. 63.8(d).
Sec. 63.6(h)(7)(v)...............  Determining Compliance  COMS is probable but not     No.
                                      with Opacity/VE         conclusive evidence of
                                      Standards.              compliance with opacity
                                                              standard, even if EPA
                                                              Method 9 observation shows
                                                              otherwise. Requirements
                                                              for COMS to be probable
                                                              evidence-proper
                                                              maintenance, meeting
                                                              Performance Specification
                                                              1 in appendix B of part 60
                                                              of this chapter, and data
                                                              have not been altered.

[[Page 297]]

 
Sec. 63.6(h)(8)..................  Determining Compliance  Administrator will use all   No.
                                      with Opacity/VE         COMS, EPA Method 9 (in
                                      Standards.              appendix A of part 60 of
                                                              this chapter), and EPA
                                                              Method 22 (in appendix A
                                                              of part 60 of this
                                                              chapter) results, as well
                                                              as information about
                                                              operation and maintenance
                                                              to determine compliance.
Sec. 63.6(h)(9)..................  Adjusted Opacity        Procedures for               No.
                                      Standard.               Administrator to adjust an
                                                              opacity standard.
Sec. 63.6(i)(1)-(14).............  Compliance Extension..  Procedures and criteria for  Yes.
                                                              Administrator to grant
                                                              compliance extension.
Sec. 63.6(j).....................  Presidential            President may exempt any     Yes.
                                      Compliance Exemption.   source from requirement to
                                                              comply with this subpart.
Sec. 63.7(a)(2)..................  Performance Test Dates  Dates for conducting         Yes.
                                                              initial performance
                                                              testing; must conduct 180
                                                              days after compliance date.
Sec. 63.7(a)(3)..................  Section 114 Authority.  Administrator may require a  Yes.
                                                              performance test under CAA
                                                              section 114 at any time.
Sec. 63.7(b)(1)..................  Notification of         Must notify Administrator    Yes.
                                      Performance Test.       60 days before the test.
Sec. 63.7(b)(2)..................  Notification of Re-     If have to reschedule        Yes.
                                      scheduling.             performance test, must
                                                              notify Administrator of
                                                              rescheduled date as soon
                                                              as practicable and without
                                                              delay.
Sec. 63.7(c).....................  Quality Assurance (QA)/ Requirement to submit site-  Yes.
                                      Test Plan.              specific test plan 60 days
                                                              before the test or on date
                                                              Administrator agrees with;
                                                              test plan approval
                                                              procedures; performance
                                                              audit requirements;
                                                              internal and external QA
                                                              procedures for testing.
Sec. 63.7(d).....................  Testing Facilities....  Requirements for testing     Yes.
                                                              facilities.
63.7(e)(1).........................  Conditions for          Performance test must be     No, Sec. 63.11092(g)
                                      Conducting              conducted under              specifies conditions
                                      Performance Tests.      representative conditions.   for conducting
                                                                                           performance tests.
Sec. 63.7(e)(2)..................  Conditions for          Must conduct according to    Yes.
                                      Conducting              this subpart and EPA test
                                      Performance Tests.      methods unless
                                                              Administrator approves
                                                              alternative.
Sec. 63.7(e)(3)..................  Test Run Duration.....  Must have three test runs    Yes, except for
                                                              of at least 1 hour each;     testing conducted
                                                              compliance is based on       under Sec.
                                                              arithmetic mean of three     63.11092(a).
                                                              runs; conditions when data
                                                              from an additional test
                                                              run can be used.
Sec. 63.7(f).....................  Alternative Test        Procedures by which          Yes.
                                      Method.                 Administrator can grant
                                                              approval to use an
                                                              intermediate or major
                                                              change, or alternative to
                                                              a test method.
Sec. 63.7(g).....................  Performance Test Data   Must include raw data in     Yes.
                                      Analysis.               performance test report;
                                                              must submit performance
                                                              test data 60 days after
                                                              end of test with the
                                                              notification of compliance
                                                              status; keep data for 5
                                                              years.
Sec. 63.7(h).....................  Waiver of Tests.......  Procedures for               Yes.
                                                              Administrator to waive
                                                              performance test.
Sec. 63.8(a)(1)..................  Applicability of        Subject to all monitoring    Yes.
                                      Monitoring              requirements in standard.
                                      Requirements.
Sec. 63.8(a)(2)..................  Performance             Performance specifications   Yes.
                                      Specifications.         in appendix B of 40 CFR
                                                              part 60 apply.
Sec. 63.8(a)(3)..................  [Reserved]............
Sec. 63.8(a)(4)..................  Monitoring of Flares..  Monitoring requirements for  Yes.
                                                              flares in Sec. 63.11
                                                              apply.
Sec. 63.8(b)(1)..................  Monitoring............  Must conduct monitoring      Yes.
                                                              according to standard
                                                              unless Administrator
                                                              approves alternative.
Sec. 63.8(b)(2)-(3)..............  Multiple Effluents and  Specific requirements for    Yes.
                                      Multiple Monitoring     installing monitoring
                                      Systems.                systems; must install on
                                                              each affected source or
                                                              after combined with
                                                              another affected source
                                                              before it is released to
                                                              the atmosphere provided
                                                              the monitoring is
                                                              sufficient to demonstrate
                                                              compliance with the
                                                              standard; if more than one
                                                              monitoring system on an
                                                              emission point, must
                                                              report all monitoring
                                                              system results, unless one
                                                              monitoring system is a
                                                              backup.
Sec. 63.8(c)(1)..................  Monitoring System       Maintain monitoring system   Yes.
                                      Operation and           in a manner consistent
                                      Maintenance.            with good air pollution
                                                              control practices.
Sec. 63.8(c)(1)(i)...............  Operation and           Must maintain and operate    No.
                                      Maintenance of CMS.     each CMS as specified in
                                                              Sec. 63.6(e)(1).
Sec. 63.8(c)(1)(ii)..............  Operation and           Must keep parts for routine  Yes.
                                      Maintenance of CMS.     repairs readily available.

[[Page 298]]

 
Sec. 63.8(c)(1)(iii).............  Operation and           Requirement to develop SSM   No.
                                      Maintenance of CMS.     Plan for CMS.
Sec. 63.8(c) (2)-(8).............  CMS Requirements......  Must install to get          Yes.
                                                              representative emission or
                                                              parameter measurements;
                                                              must verify operational
                                                              status before or at
                                                              performance test.
Sec. 63.8(d).....................  CMS Quality Control...  Requirements for CMS         No.
                                                              quality control, including
                                                              calibration, etc.; must
                                                              keep quality control plan
                                                              on record for 5 years;
                                                              keep old versions for 5
                                                              years after revisions.
Sec. 63.8(e).....................  CMS Performance         Notification, performance    Yes.
                                      Evaluation.             evaluation test plan,
                                                              reports.
Sec. 63.8(f) (1)-(5).............  Alternative Monitoring  Procedures for               Yes.
                                      Method.                 Administrator to approve
                                                              alternative monitoring.
Sec. 63.8(f)(6)..................  Alternative to          Procedures for               Yes.
                                      Relative Accuracy       Administrator to approve
                                      Test.                   alternative relative
                                                              accuracy tests for CEMS.
Sec. 63.8(g).....................  Data Reduction........  COMS 6-minute averages       Yes.
                                                              calculated over at least
                                                              36 evenly spaced data
                                                              points; CEMS 1 hour
                                                              averages computed over at
                                                              least 4 equally spaced
                                                              data points; data that
                                                              cannot be used in average.
Sec. 63.9(a).....................  Notification            Applicability and State      Yes.
                                      Requirements.           delegation.
Sec. 63.9(b) (1)-(2), (4)-(5)....  Initial Notifications.  Submit notification within   Yes.
                                                              120 days after effective
                                                              date; notification of
                                                              intent to construct/
                                                              reconstruct, notification
                                                              of commencement of
                                                              construction/
                                                              reconstruction,
                                                              notification of startup;
                                                              contents of each.
Sec. 63.9(c).....................  Request for Compliance  Can request if cannot        Yes.
                                      Extension.              comply by date or if
                                                              installed best available
                                                              control technology or
                                                              lowest achievable emission
                                                              rate.
Sec. 63.9(d).....................  Notification of         For sources that commence    Yes.
                                      Special Compliance      construction between
                                      Requirements for New    proposal and promulgation
                                      Sources.                and want to comply 3 years
                                                              after effective date.
Sec. 63.9(e).....................  Notification of         Notify Administrator 60      Yes.
                                      Performance Test.       days prior.
Sec. 63.9(f).....................  Notification of VE/     Notify Administrator 30      No.
                                      Opacity Test.           days prior.
Sec. 63.9(g).....................  Additional              Notification of performance  Yes, however, there
                                      Notifications When      evaluation; notification     are no opacity
                                      Using CMS.              about use of COMS data;      standards.
                                                              notification that exceeded
                                                              criterion for relative
                                                              accuracy alternative.
Sec. 63.9(h)(1)-(6)..............  Notification of         Contents due 60 days after   Yes, except as
                                      Compliance Status.      end of performance test or   specified in Sec.
                                                              other compliance             63.11095(a)(4); also,
                                                              demonstration, except for    there are no opacity
                                                              opacity/VE, which are due    standards.
                                                              30 days after; when to
                                                              submit to Federal vs.
                                                              State authority.
Sec. 63.9(i).....................  Adjustment of           Procedures for               Yes.
                                      Submittal Deadlines.    Administrator to approve
                                                              change when notifications
                                                              must be submitted.
Sec. 63.9(j).....................  Change in Previous      Must submit within 15 days   Yes.
                                      Information.            after the change.
Sec. 63.10(a)....................  Record-keeping/         Applies to all, unless       Yes.
                                      Reporting.              compliance extension; when
                                                              to submit to Federal vs.
                                                              State authority;
                                                              procedures for owners of
                                                              more than one source.
Sec. 63.10(b)(1).................  Record-keeping/         General requirements; keep   Yes.
                                      Reporting.              all records readily
                                                              available; keep for 5
                                                              years.
Sec. 63.10(b)(2)(i)..............  Records related to SSM  Recordkeeping of occurrence  No.
                                                              and duration of startups
                                                              and shutdowns.
Sec. 63.10(b)(2)(ii).............  Records related to SSM  Recordkeeping of             No. See Sec.
                                                              malfunctions.                63.11094(g) for
                                                                                           recordkeeping of (1)
                                                                                           occurrence and
                                                                                           duration and (2)
                                                                                           actions taken during
                                                                                           malfunction.
Sec. 63.10(b)(2)(iii)............  Maintenance records...  Recordkeeping of             Yes.
                                                              maintenance on air
                                                              pollution control and
                                                              monitoring equipment.
Sec. 63.10(b)(2)(iv).............  Records Related to SSM  Actions taken to minimize    No.
                                                              emissions during SSM.
Sec. 63.10(b)(2)(v)..............  Records Related to SSM  Actions taken to minimize    No.
                                                              emissions during SSM.
Sec. 63.10(b)(2)(vi)-(xi)........  CMS Records...........  Malfunctions, inoperative,   Yes.
                                                              out-of-control periods.
Sec. 63.10(b)(2)(xii)............  Records...............  Records when under waiver..  Yes.

[[Page 299]]

 
Sec. 63.10(b)(2)(xiii)...........  Records...............  Records when using           Yes.
                                                              alternative to relative
                                                              accuracy test.
Sec. 63.10(b)(2)(xiv)............  Records...............  All documentation            Yes.
                                                              supporting initial
                                                              notification and
                                                              notification of compliance
                                                              status.
Sec. 63.10(b)(3).................  Records...............  Applicability                Yes.
                                                              determinations.
Sec. 63.10(c)....................  Records...............  Additional records for CMS.  No.
Sec. 63.10(d)(1).................  General Reporting       Requirement to report......  Yes.
                                      Requirements.
Sec. 63.10(d)(2).................  Report of Performance   When to submit to Federal    Yes.
                                      Test Results.           or State authority.
Sec. 63.10(d)(3).................  Reporting Opacity or    What to report and when....  No.
                                      VE Observations.
Sec. 63.10(d)(4).................  Progress Reports......  Must submit progress         Yes.
                                                              reports on schedule if
                                                              under compliance extension.
Sec. 63.10(d)(5).................  SSM Reports...........  Contents and submission....  No. See Sec.
                                                                                           63.11095(d) for
                                                                                           malfunction reporting
                                                                                           requirements.
Sec. 63.10(e)(1)-(2).............  Additional CMS Reports  Must report results for      No.
                                                              each CEMS on a unit;
                                                              written copy of CMS
                                                              performance evaluation; 2-
                                                              3 copies of COMS
                                                              performance evaluation.
Sec. 63.10(e)(3)(i)-(iii)........  Reports...............  Schedule for reporting       Yes, note that Sec.
                                                              excess emissions.            63.11095 specifies
                                                                                           excess emission
                                                                                           events for this
                                                                                           subpart.
Sec. 63.10(e)(3)(iv)-(v).........  Excess Emissions        Requirement to revert to     Yes, Sec. 63.11095
                                      Reports.                quarterly submission if      specifies excess
                                                              there is an excess           emission events for
                                                              emissions and parameter      this subpart.
                                                              monitor exceedances (now
                                                              defined as deviations);
                                                              provision to request
                                                              semiannual reporting after
                                                              compliance for 1 year;
                                                              submit report by 30th day
                                                              following end of quarter
                                                              or calendar half; if there
                                                              has not been an exceedance
                                                              or excess emissions (now
                                                              defined as deviations),
                                                              report contents in a
                                                              statement that there have
                                                              been no deviations; must
                                                              submit report containing
                                                              all of the information in
                                                              Sec. Sec. 63.8(c)(7)-
                                                              (8) and 63.10(c)(5)-(13).
Sec. 63.10(e)(3)(vi)-(viii)......  Excess Emissions        Requirements for reporting   Yes.
                                      Report and Summary      excess emissions for CMS;
                                      Report.                 requires all of the
                                                              information in Sec. Sec.
                                                               63.8(c)(7)-(8) and
                                                              63.10(c)(5)-(13).
Sec. 63.10(e)(4).................  Reporting COMS Data...  Must submit COMS data with   Yes.
                                                              performance test data.
Sec. 63.10(f)....................  Waiver for              Procedures for               Yes.
                                      Recordkeeping/          Administrator to waive.
                                      Reporting.
Sec. 63.11(b)....................  Flares................  Requirements for flares....  Yes, the section
                                                                                           references Sec.
                                                                                           63.11(b).
Sec. 63.12.......................  Delegation............  State authority to enforce   Yes.
                                                              standards.
Sec. 63.13.......................  Addresses.............  Addresses where reports,     Yes.
                                                              notifications, and
                                                              requests are sent.
Sec. 63.14.......................  Incorporations by       Test methods incorporated    Yes.
                                      Reference.              by reference.
Sec. 63.15.......................  Availability of         Public and confidential      Yes.
                                      Information.            information.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


[73 FR 1933, Jan. 10, 2008, as amended at 76 FR 4180, Jan. 24, 2011]



Subpart CCCCCC_National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants 
           for Source Category: Gasoline Dispensing Facilities

    Source: 73 FR 1945, Jan. 10, 2008, unless otherwise noted.

                        What This Subpart Covers



Sec. 63.11110  What is the purpose of this subpart?

    This subpart establishes national emission limitations and 
management practices for hazardous air pollutants (HAP) emitted from the 
loading of gasoline storage tanks at gasoline dispensing facilities 
(GDF). This subpart also establishes requirements to demonstrate 
compliance with the emission limitations and management practices.

[[Page 300]]



Sec. 63.11111  Am I subject to the requirements in this subpart?

    (a) The affected source to which this subpart applies is each GDF 
that is located at an area source. The affected source includes each 
gasoline cargo tank during the delivery of product to a GDF and also 
includes each storage tank.
    (b) If your GDF has a monthly throughput of less than 10,000 gallons 
of gasoline, you must comply with the requirements in Sec. 63.11116.
    (c) If your GDF has a monthly throughput of 10,000 gallons of 
gasoline or more, you must comply with the requirements in Sec. 
63.11117.
    (d) If your GDF has a monthly throughput of 100,000 gallons of 
gasoline or more, you must comply with the requirements in Sec. 
63.11118.
    (e) An affected source shall, upon request by the Administrator, 
demonstrate that their monthly throughput is less than the 10,000-gallon 
or the 100,000-gallon threshold level, as applicable. For new or 
reconstructed affected sources, as specified in Sec. 63.11112(b) and 
(c), recordkeeping to document monthly throughput must begin upon 
startup of the affected source. For existing sources, as specified in 
Sec. 63.11112(d), recordkeeping to document monthly throughput must 
begin on January 10, 2008. For existing sources that are subject to this 
subpart only because they load gasoline into fuel tanks other than those 
in motor vehicles, as defined in Sec. 63.11132, recordkeeping to 
document monthly throughput must begin on January 24, 2011. Records 
required under this paragraph shall be kept for a period of 5 years.
    (f) If you are an owner or operator of affected sources, as defined 
in paragraph (a) of this section, you are not required to obtain a 
permit under 40 CFR part 70 or 40 CFR part 71 as a result of being 
subject to this subpart. However, you must still apply for and obtain a 
permit under 40 CFR part 70 or 40 CFR part 71 if you meet one or more of 
the applicability criteria found in 40 CFR 70.3(a) and (b) or 40 CFR 
71.3(a) and (b).
    (g) The loading of aviation gasoline into storage tanks at airports, 
and the subsequent transfer of aviation gasoline within the airport, is 
not subject to this subpart.
    (h) Monthly throughput is the total volume of gasoline loaded into, 
or dispensed from, all the gasoline storage tanks located at a single 
affected GDF. If an area source has two or more GDF at separate 
locations within the area source, each GDF is treated as a separate 
affected source.
    (i) If your affected source's throughput ever exceeds an applicable 
throughput threshold, the affected source will remain subject to the 
requirements for sources above the threshold, even if the affected 
source throughput later falls below the applicable throughput threshold.
    (j) The dispensing of gasoline from a fixed gasoline storage tank at 
a GDF into a portable gasoline tank for the on-site delivery and 
subsequent dispensing of the gasoline into the fuel tank of a motor 
vehicle or other gasoline-fueled engine or equipment used within the 
area source is only subject to Sec. 63.11116 of this subpart.
    (k) For any affected source subject to the provisions of this 
subpart and another Federal rule, you may elect to comply only with the 
more stringent provisions of the applicable subparts. You must consider 
all provisions of the rules, including monitoring, recordkeeping, and 
reporting. You must identify the affected source and provisions with 
which you will comply in your Notification of Compliance Status required 
under Sec. 63.11124. You also must demonstrate in your Notification of 
Compliance Status that each provision with which you will comply is at 
least as stringent as the otherwise applicable requirements in this 
subpart. You are responsible for making accurate determinations 
concerning the more stringent provisions, and noncompliance with this 
rule is not excused if it is later determined that your determination 
was in error, and, as a result, you are violating this subpart. 
Compliance with this rule is your responsibility and the Notification of 
Compliance Status does not alter or affect that responsibility.

[73 FR 1945, Jan. 10, 2008, as amended at 76 FR 4181, Jan. 24, 2011]

[[Page 301]]



Sec. 63.11112  What parts of my affected source does this subpart
cover?

    (a) The emission sources to which this subpart applies are gasoline 
storage tanks and associated equipment components in vapor or liquid 
gasoline service at new, reconstructed, or existing GDF that meet the 
criteria specified in Sec. 63.11111. Pressure/Vacuum vents on gasoline 
storage tanks and the equipment necessary to unload product from cargo 
tanks into the storage tanks at GDF are covered emission sources. The 
equipment used for the refueling of motor vehicles is not covered by 
this subpart.
    (b) An affected source is a new affected source if you commenced 
construction on the affected source after November 9, 2006, and you meet 
the applicability criteria in Sec. 63.11111 at the time you commenced 
operation.
    (c) An affected source is reconstructed if you meet the criteria for 
reconstruction as defined in Sec. 63.2.
    (d) An affected source is an existing affected source if it is not 
new or reconstructed.



Sec. 63.11113  When do I have to comply with this subpart?

    (a) If you have a new or reconstructed affected source, you must 
comply with this subpart according to paragraphs (a)(1) and (2) of this 
section, except as specified in paragraph (d) of this section.
    (1) If you start up your affected source before January 10, 2008, 
you must comply with the standards in this subpart no later than January 
10, 2008.
    (2) If you start up your affected source after January 10, 2008, you 
must comply with the standards in this subpart upon startup of your 
affected source.
    (b) If you have an existing affected source, you must comply with 
the standards in this subpart no later than January 10, 2011.
    (c) If you have an existing affected source that becomes subject to 
the control requirements in this subpart because of an increase in the 
monthly throughput, as specified in Sec. 63.11111(c) or Sec. 
63.11111(d), you must comply with the standards in this subpart no later 
than 3 years after the affected source becomes subject to the control 
requirements in this subpart.
    (d) If you have a new or reconstructed affected source and you are 
complying with Table 1 to this subpart, you must comply according to 
paragraphs (d)(1) and (2) of this section.
    (1) If you start up your affected source from November 9, 2006 to 
September 23, 2008, you must comply no later than September 23, 2008.
    (2) If you start up your affected source after September 23, 2008, 
you must comply upon startup of your affected source.
    (e) The initial compliance demonstration test required under Sec. 
63.11120(a)(1) and (2) must be conducted as specified in paragraphs 
(e)(1) and (2) of this section.
    (1) If you have a new or reconstructed affected source, you must 
conduct the initial compliance test upon installation of the complete 
vapor balance system.
    (2) If you have an existing affected source, you must conduct the 
initial compliance test as specified in paragraphs (e)(2)(i) or 
(e)(2)(ii) of this section.
    (i) For vapor balance systems installed on or before December 15, 
2009, you must test no later than 180 days after the applicable 
compliance date specified in paragraphs (b) or (c) of this section.
    (ii) For vapor balance systems installed after December 15, 2009, 
you must test upon installation of the complete vapor balance system.
    (f) If your GDF is subject to the control requirements in this 
subpart only because it loads gasoline into fuel tanks other than those 
in motor vehicles, as defined in Sec. 63.11132, you must comply with 
the standards in this subpart as specified in paragraphs (f)(1) or 
(f)(2) of this section.
    (1) If your GDF is an existing facility, you must comply by January 
24, 2014.
    (2) If your GDF is a new or reconstructed facility, you must comply 
by the dates specified in paragraphs (f)(2)(i) and (ii) of this section.
    (i) If you start up your GDF after December 15, 2009, but before 
January 24, 2011, you must comply no later than January 24, 2011.

[[Page 302]]

    (ii) If you start up your GDF after January 24, 2011, you must 
comply upon startup of your GDF.

[73 FR 1945, Jan. 10, 2008, as amended at 73 FR 35944, June 25, 2008; 76 
FR 4181, Jan. 24, 2011]

              Emission Limitations and Management Practices



Sec. 63.11115  What are my general duties to minimize emissions?

    Each owner or operator of an affected source under this subpart must 
comply with the requirements of paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section.
    (a) You must, at all times, operate and maintain any affected 
source, including associated air pollution control equipment and 
monitoring equipment, in a manner consistent with safety and good air 
pollution control practices for minimizing emissions. Determination of 
whether such operation and maintenance procedures are being used will be 
based on information available to the Administrator which may include, 
but is not limited to, monitoring results, review of operation and 
maintenance procedures, review of operation and maintenance records, and 
inspection of the source.
    (b) You must keep applicable records and submit reports as specified 
in Sec. 63.11125(d) and Sec. 63.11126(b).

[76 FR 4182, Jan. 24, 2011]



Sec. 63.11116  Requirements for facilities with monthly throughput of less than 10,000 gallons of gasoline.

    (a) You must not allow gasoline to be handled in a manner that would 
result in vapor releases to the atmosphere for extended periods of time. 
Measures to be taken include, but are not limited to, the following:
    (1) Minimize gasoline spills;
    (2) Clean up spills as expeditiously as practicable;
    (3) Cover all open gasoline containers and all gasoline storage tank 
fill-pipes with a gasketed seal when not in use;
    (4) Minimize gasoline sent to open waste collection systems that 
collect and transport gasoline to reclamation and recycling devices, 
such as oil/water separators.
    (b) You are not required to submit notifications or reports as 
specified in Sec. 63.11125, Sec. 63.11126, or subpart A of this part, 
but you must have records available within 24 hours of a request by the 
Administrator to document your gasoline throughput.
    (c) You must comply with the requirements of this subpart by the 
applicable dates specified in Sec. 63.11113.
    (d) Portable gasoline containers that meet the requirements of 40 
CFR part 59, subpart F, are considered acceptable for compliance with 
paragraph (a)(3) of this section.

[73 FR 1945, Jan. 10, 2008, as amended at 76 FR 4182, Jan. 24, 2011]



Sec. 63.11117  Requirements for facilities with monthly throughput
of 10,000 gallons of gasoline or more.

    (a) You must comply with the requirements in section Sec. 
63.11116(a).
    (b) Except as specified in paragraph (c) of this section, you must 
only load gasoline into storage tanks at your facility by utilizing 
submerged filling, as defined in Sec. 63.11132, and as specified in 
paragraphs (b)(1), (b)(2), or (b)(3) of this section. The applicable 
distances in paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) shall be measured from the point 
in the opening of the submerged fill pipe that is the greatest distance 
from the bottom of the storage tank.
    (1) Submerged fill pipes installed on or before November 9, 2006, 
must be no more than 12 inches from the bottom of the tank.
    (2) Submerged fill pipes installed after November 9, 2006, must be 
no more than 6 inches from the bottom of the tank.
    (3) Submerged fill pipes not meeting the specifications of 
paragraphs (b)(1) or (b)(2) of this section are allowed if the owner or 
operator can demonstrate that the liquid level in the tank is always 
above the entire opening of the fill pipe. Documentation providing such 
demonstration must be made available for inspection by the 
Administrator's delegated representative during the course of a site 
visit.
    (c) Gasoline storage tanks with a capacity of less than 250 gallons 
are not required to comply with the submerged fill requirements in 
paragraph (b) of this section, but must comply only with all of the 
requirements in Sec. 63.11116.

[[Page 303]]

    (d) You must have records available within 24 hours of a request by 
the Administrator to document your gasoline throughput.
    (e) You must submit the applicable notifications as required under 
Sec. 63.11124(a).
    (f) You must comply with the requirements of this subpart by the 
applicable dates contained in Sec. 63.11113.

[73 FR 1945, Jan. 10, 2008, as amended at 73 FR 12276, Mar. 7, 2008; 76 
FR 4182, Jan. 24, 2011]



Sec. 63.11118  Requirements for facilities with monthly throughput
of 100,000 gallons of gasoline or more.

    (a) You must comply with the requirements in Sec. Sec. 63.11116(a) 
and 63.11117(b).
    (b) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, you must 
meet the requirements in either paragraph (b)(1) or paragraph (b)(2) of 
this section.
    (1) Each management practice in Table 1 to this subpart that applies 
to your GDF.
    (2) If, prior to January 10, 2008, you satisfy the requirements in 
both paragraphs (b)(2)(i) and (ii) of this section, you will be deemed 
in compliance with this subsection.
    (i) You operate a vapor balance system at your GDF that meets the 
requirements of either paragraph (b)(2)(i)(A) or paragraph (b)(2)(i)(B) 
of this section.
    (A) Achieves emissions reduction of at least 90 percent.
    (B) Operates using management practices at least as stringent as 
those in Table 1 to this subpart.
    (ii) Your gasoline dispensing facility is in compliance with an 
enforceable State, local, or tribal rule or permit that contains 
requirements of either paragraph (b)(2)(i)(A) or paragraph (b)(2)(i)(B) 
of this section.
    (c) The emission sources listed in paragraphs (c)(1) through (3) of 
this section are not required to comply with the control requirements in 
paragraph (b) of this section, but must comply with the requirements in 
Sec. 63.11117.
    (1) Gasoline storage tanks with a capacity of less than 250 gallons 
that are constructed after January 10, 2008.
    (2) Gasoline storage tanks with a capacity of less than 2,000 
gallons that were constructed before January 10, 2008.
    (3) Gasoline storage tanks equipped with floating roofs, or the 
equivalent.
    (d) Cargo tanks unloading at GDF must comply with the management 
practices in Table 2 to this subpart.
    (e) You must comply with the applicable testing requirements 
contained in Sec. 63.11120.
    (f) You must submit the applicable notifications as required under 
Sec. 63.11124.
    (g) You must keep records and submit reports as specified in 
Sec. Sec. 63.11125 and 63.11126.
    (h) You must comply with the requirements of this subpart by the 
applicable dates contained in Sec. 63.11113.

[73 FR 1945, Jan. 10, 2008, as amended at 73 FR 12276, Mar. 7, 2008]

                   Testing and Monitoring Requirements



Sec. 63.11120  What testing and monitoring requirements must I meet?

    (a) Each owner or operator, at the time of installation, as 
specified in Sec. 63.11113(e), of a vapor balance system required under 
Sec. 63.11118(b)(1), and every 3 years thereafter, must comply with the 
requirements in paragraphs (a)(1) and (2) of this section.
    (1) You must demonstrate compliance with the leak rate and cracking 
pressure requirements, specified in item 1(g) of Table 1 to this 
subpart, for pressure-vacuum vent valves installed on your gasoline 
storage tanks using the test methods identified in paragraph (a)(1)(i) 
or paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of this section.
    (i) California Air Resources Board Vapor Recovery Test Procedure TP-
201.1E,--Leak Rate and Cracking Pressure of Pressure/Vacuum Vent Valves, 
adopted October 8, 2003 (incorporated by reference, see Sec. 63.14).
    (ii) Use alternative test methods and procedures in accordance with 
the alternative test method requirements in Sec. 63.7(f).
    (2) You must demonstrate compliance with the static pressure 
performance requirement specified in item 1(h) of Table 1 to this 
subpart for your vapor balance system by conducting a static pressure 
test on your gasoline

[[Page 304]]

storage tanks using the test methods identified in paragraphs (a)(2)(i), 
(a)(2)(ii), or (a)(2)(iii) of this section.
    (i) California Air Resources Board Vapor Recovery Test Procedure TP-
201.3,--Determination of 2-Inch WC Static Pressure Performance of Vapor 
Recovery Systems of Dispensing Facilities, adopted April 12, 1996, and 
amended March 17, 1999 (incorporated by reference, see Sec. 63.14).
    (ii) Use alternative test methods and procedures in accordance with 
the alternative test method requirements in Sec. 63.7(f).
    (iii) Bay Area Air Quality Management District Source Test Procedure 
ST-30--Static Pressure Integrity Test--Underground Storage Tanks, 
adopted November 30, 1983, and amended December 21, 1994 (incorporated 
by reference, see Sec. 63.14).
    (b) Each owner or operator choosing, under the provisions of Sec. 
63.6(g), to use a vapor balance system other than that described in 
Table 1 to this subpart must demonstrate to the Administrator or 
delegated authority under paragraph Sec. 63.11131(a) of this subpart, 
the equivalency of their vapor balance system to that described in Table 
1 to this subpart using the procedures specified in paragraphs (b)(1) 
through (3) of this section.
    (1) You must demonstrate initial compliance by conducting an initial 
performance test on the vapor balance system to demonstrate that the 
vapor balance system achieves 95 percent reduction using the California 
Air Resources Board Vapor Recovery Test Procedure TP-201.1,--Volumetric 
Efficiency for Phase I Vapor Recovery Systems, adopted April 12, 1996, 
and amended February 1, 2001, and October 8, 2003, (incorporated by 
reference, see Sec. 63.14).
    (2) You must, during the initial performance test required under 
paragraph (b)(1) of this section, determine and document alternative 
acceptable values for the leak rate and cracking pressure requirements 
specified in item 1(g) of Table 1 to this subpart and for the static 
pressure performance requirement in item 1(h) of Table 1 to this 
subpart.
    (3) You must comply with the testing requirements specified in 
paragraph (a) of this section.
    (c) Conduct of performance tests. Performance tests conducted for 
this subpart shall be conducted under such conditions as the 
Administrator specifies to the owner or operator based on representative 
performance (i.e., performance based on normal operating conditions) of 
the affected source. Upon request, the owner or operator shall make 
available to the Administrator such records as may be necessary to 
determine the conditions of performance tests.
    (d) Owners and operators of gasoline cargo tanks subject to the 
provisions of Table 2 to this subpart must conduct annual certification 
testing according to the vapor tightness testing requirements found in 
Sec. 63.11092(f).

[73 FR 1945, Jan. 10, 2008, as amended at 76 FR 4182, Jan. 24, 2011]

                   Notifications, Records, and Reports



Sec. 63.11124  What notifications must I submit and when?

    (a) Each owner or operator subject to the control requirements in 
Sec. 63.11117 must comply with paragraphs (a)(1) through (3) of this 
section.
    (1) You must submit an Initial Notification that you are subject to 
this subpart by May 9, 2008, or at the time you become subject to the 
control requirements in Sec. 63.11117, unless you meet the requirements 
in paragraph (a)(3) of this section. If your affected source is subject 
to the control requirements in Sec. 63.11117 only because it loads 
gasoline into fuel tanks other than those in motor vehicles, as defined 
in Sec. 63.11132, you must submit the Initial Notification by May 24, 
2011. The Initial Notification must contain the information specified in 
paragraphs (a)(1)(i) through (iii) of this section. The notification 
must be submitted to the applicable EPA Regional Office and delegated 
State authority as specified in Sec. 63.13.
    (i) The name and address of the owner and the operator.
    (ii) The address (i.e., physical location) of the GDF.
    (iii) A statement that the notification is being submitted in 
response to

[[Page 305]]

this subpart and identifying the requirements in paragraphs (a) through 
(c) of Sec. 63.11117 that apply to you.
    (2) You must submit a Notification of Compliance Status to the 
applicable EPA Regional Office and the delegated State authority, as 
specified in Sec. 63.13, within 60 days of the applicable compliance 
date specified in Sec. 63.11113, unless you meet the requirements in 
paragraph (a)(3) of this section. The Notification of Compliance Status 
must be signed by a responsible official who must certify its accuracy, 
must indicate whether the source has complied with the requirements of 
this subpart, and must indicate whether the facilities' monthly 
throughput is calculated based on the volume of gasoline loaded into all 
storage tanks or on the volume of gasoline dispensed from all storage 
tanks. If your facility is in compliance with the requirements of this 
subpart at the time the Initial Notification required under paragraph 
(a)(1) of this section is due, the Notification of Compliance Status may 
be submitted in lieu of the Initial Notification provided it contains 
the information required under paragraph (a)(1) of this section.
    (3) If, prior to January 10, 2008, you are operating in compliance 
with an enforceable State, local, or tribal rule or permit that requires 
submerged fill as specified in Sec. 63.11117(b), you are not required 
to submit an Initial Notification or a Notification of Compliance Status 
under paragraph (a)(1) or paragraph (a)(2) of this section.
    (b) Each owner or operator subject to the control requirements in 
Sec. 63.11118 must comply with paragraphs (b)(1) through (5) of this 
section.
    (1) You must submit an Initial Notification that you are subject to 
this subpart by May 9, 2008, or at the time you become subject to the 
control requirements in Sec. 63.11118. If your affected source is 
subject to the control requirements in Sec. 63.11118 only because it 
loads gasoline into fuel tanks other than those in motor vehicles, as 
defined in Sec. 63.11132, you must submit the Initial Notification by 
May 24, 2011. The Initial Notification must contain the information 
specified in paragraphs (b)(1)(i) through (iii) of this section. The 
notification must be submitted to the applicable EPA Regional Office and 
delegated State authority as specified in Sec. 63.13.
    (i) The name and address of the owner and the operator.
    (ii) The address (i.e., physical location) of the GDF.
    (iii) A statement that the notification is being submitted in 
response to this subpart and identifying the requirements in paragraphs 
(a) through (c) of Sec. 63.11118 that apply to you.
    (2) You must submit a Notification of Compliance Status to the 
applicable EPA Regional Office and the delegated State authority, as 
specified in Sec. 63.13, in accordance with the schedule specified in 
Sec. 63.9(h). The Notification of Compliance Status must be signed by a 
responsible official who must certify its accuracy, must indicate 
whether the source has complied with the requirements of this subpart, 
and must indicate whether the facility's throughput is determined based 
on the volume of gasoline loaded into all storage tanks or on the volume 
of gasoline dispensed from all storage tanks. If your facility is in 
compliance with the requirements of this subpart at the time the Initial 
Notification required under paragraph (b)(1) of this section is due, the 
Notification of Compliance Status may be submitted in lieu of the 
Initial Notification provided it contains the information required under 
paragraph (b)(1) of this section.
    (3) If, prior to January 10, 2008, you satisfy the requirements in 
both paragraphs (b)(3)(i) and (ii) of this section, you are not required 
to submit an Initial Notification or a Notification of Compliance Status 
under paragraph (b)(1) or paragraph (b)(2) of this subsection.
    (i) You operate a vapor balance system at your gasoline dispensing 
facility that meets the requirements of either paragraphs (b)(3)(i)(A) 
or (b)(3)(i)(B) of this section.
    (A) Achieves emissions reduction of at least 90 percent.
    (B) Operates using management practices at least as stringent as 
those in Table 1 to this subpart.
    (ii) Your gasoline dispensing facility is in compliance with an 
enforceable State, local, or tribal rule or permit that contains 
requirements of either

[[Page 306]]

paragraphs (b)(3)(i)(A) or (b)(3)(i)(B) of this section.
    (4) You must submit a Notification of Performance Test, as specified 
in Sec. 63.9(e), prior to initiating testing required by Sec. 
63.11120(a) and (b).
    (5) You must submit additional notifications specified in Sec. 
63.9, as applicable.

[73 FR 1945, Jan. 10, 2008, as amended at 73 FR 12276, Mar. 7, 2008; 76 
FR 4182, Jan. 24, 2011]



Sec. 63.11125  What are my recordkeeping requirements?

    (a) Each owner or operator subject to the management practices in 
Sec. 63.11118 must keep records of all tests performed under Sec. 
63.11120(a) and (b).
    (b) Records required under paragraph (a) of this section shall be 
kept for a period of 5 years and shall be made available for inspection 
by the Administrator's delegated representatives during the course of a 
site visit.
    (c) Each owner or operator of a gasoline cargo tank subject to the 
management practices in Table 2 to this subpart must keep records 
documenting vapor tightness testing for a period of 5 years. 
Documentation must include each of the items specified in Sec. 
63.11094(b)(2)(i) through (viii). Records of vapor tightness testing 
must be retained as specified in either paragraph (c)(1) or paragraph 
(c)(2) of this section.
    (1) The owner or operator must keep all vapor tightness testing 
records with the cargo tank.
    (2) As an alternative to keeping all records with the cargo tank, 
the owner or operator may comply with the requirements of paragraphs 
(c)(2)(i) and (ii) of this section.
    (i) The owner or operator may keep records of only the most recent 
vapor tightness test with the cargo tank, and keep records for the 
previous 4 years at their office or another central location.
    (ii) Vapor tightness testing records that are kept at a location 
other than with the cargo tank must be instantly available (e.g., via e-
mail or facsimile) to the Administrator's delegated representative 
during the course of a site visit or within a mutually agreeable time 
frame. Such records must be an exact duplicate image of the original 
paper copy record with certifying signatures.
    (d) Each owner or operator of an affected source under this subpart 
shall keep records as specified in paragraphs (d)(1) and (2) of this 
section.
    (1) Records of the occurrence and duration of each malfunction of 
operation (i.e., process equipment) or the air pollution control and 
monitoring equipment.
    (2) Records of actions taken during periods of malfunction to 
minimize emissions in accordance with Sec. 63.11115(a), including 
corrective actions to restore malfunctioning process and air pollution 
control and monitoring equipment to its normal or usual manner of 
operation.

[73 FR 1945, Jan. 10, 2008, as amended at 76 FR 4183, Jan. 24, 2011]



Sec. 63.11126  What are my reporting requirements?

    (a) Each owner or operator subject to the management practices in 
Sec. 63.11118 shall report to the Administrator the results of all 
volumetric efficiency tests required under Sec. 63.11120(b). Reports 
submitted under this paragraph must be submitted within 180 days of the 
completion of the performance testing.
    (b) Each owner or operator of an affected source under this subpart 
shall report, by March 15 of each year, the number, duration, and a 
brief description of each type of malfunction which occurred during the 
previous calendar year and which caused or may have caused any 
applicable emission limitation to be exceeded. The report must also 
include a description of actions taken by an owner or operator during a 
malfunction of an affected source to minimize emissions in accordance 
with Sec. 63.11115(a), including actions taken to correct a 
malfunction. No report is necessary for a calendar year in which no 
malfunctions occurred.

[76 FR 4183, Jan. 24, 2011]

                   Other Requirements and Information



Sec. 63.11130  What parts of the General Provisions apply to me?

    Table 3 to this subpart shows which parts of the General Provisions 
apply to you.

[[Page 307]]



Sec. 63.11131  Who implements and enforces this subpart?

    (a) This subpart can be implemented and enforced by the U.S. EPA or 
a delegated authority such as the applicable State, local, or tribal 
agency. If the U.S. EPA Administrator has delegated authority to a 
State, local, or tribal agency, then that agency, in addition to the 
U.S. EPA, has the authority to implement and enforce this subpart. 
Contact the applicable U.S. EPA Regional Office to find out if 
implementation and enforcement of this subpart is delegated to a State, 
local, or tribal agency.
    (b) In delegating implementation and enforcement authority of this 
subpart to a State, local, or tribal agency under subpart E of this 
part, the authorities contained in paragraph (c) of this section are 
retained by the Administrator of U.S. EPA and cannot be transferred to 
the State, local, or tribal agency.
    (c) The authorities that cannot be delegated to State, local, or 
tribal agencies are as specified in paragraphs (c)(1) through (3) of 
this section.
    (1) Approval of alternatives to the requirements in Sec. Sec. 
63.11116 through 63.11118 and 63.11120.
    (2) Approval of major alternatives to test methods under Sec. 
63.7(e)(2)(ii) and (f), as defined in Sec. 63.90, and as required in 
this subpart.
    (3) Approval of major alternatives to recordkeeping and reporting 
under Sec. 63.10(f), as defined in Sec. 63.90, and as required in this 
subpart.



Sec. 63.11132  What definitions apply to this subpart?

    As used in this subpart, all terms not defined herein shall have the 
meaning given them in the Clean Air Act (CAA), or in subparts A and 
BBBBBB of this part. For purposes of this subpart, definitions in this 
section supersede definitions in other parts or subparts.
    Dual-point vapor balance system means a type of vapor balance system 
in which the storage tank is equipped with an entry port for a gasoline 
fill pipe and a separate exit port for a vapor connection.
    Gasoline means any petroleum distillate or petroleum distillate/
alcohol blend having a Reid vapor pressure of 27.6 kilopascals or 
greater, which is used as a fuel for internal combustion engines.
    Gasoline cargo tank means a delivery tank truck or railcar which is 
loading or unloading gasoline, or which has loaded or unloaded gasoline 
on the immediately previous load.
    Gasoline dispensing facility (GDF) means any stationary facility 
which dispenses gasoline into the fuel tank of a motor vehicle, motor 
vehicle engine, nonroad vehicle, or nonroad engine, including a nonroad 
vehicle or nonroad engine used solely for competition. These facilities 
include, but are not limited to, facilities that dispense gasoline into 
on- and off-road, street, or highway motor vehicles, lawn equipment, 
boats, test engines, landscaping equipment, generators, pumps, and other 
gasoline-fueled engines and equipment.
    Monthly throughput means the total volume of gasoline that is loaded 
into, or dispensed from, all gasoline storage tanks at each GDF during a 
month. Monthly throughput is calculated by summing the volume of 
gasoline loaded into, or dispensed from, all gasoline storage tanks at 
each GDF during the current day, plus the total volume of gasoline 
loaded into, or dispensed from, all gasoline storage tanks at each GDF 
during the previous 364 days, and then dividing that sum by 12.
    Motor vehicle means any self-propelled vehicle designed for 
transporting persons or property on a street or highway.
    Nonroad engine means an internal combustion engine (including the 
fuel system) that is not used in a motor vehicle or a vehicle used 
solely for competition, or that is not subject to standards promulgated 
under section 7411 of this title or section 7521 of this title.
    Nonroad vehicle means a vehicle that is powered by a nonroad engine, 
and that is not a motor vehicle or a vehicle used solely for 
competition.
    Submerged filling means, for the purposes of this subpart, the 
filling of a gasoline storage tank through a submerged fill pipe whose 
discharge is no more than the applicable distance specified in Sec. 
63.11117(b) from the bottom of the tank. Bottom filling of gasoline

[[Page 308]]

storage tanks is included in this definition.
    Vapor balance system means a combination of pipes and hoses that 
create a closed system between the vapor spaces of an unloading gasoline 
cargo tank and a receiving storage tank such that vapors displaced from 
the storage tank are transferred to the gasoline cargo tank being 
unloaded.
    Vapor-tight means equipment that allows no loss of vapors. 
Compliance with vapor-tight requirements can be determined by checking 
to ensure that the concentration at a potential leak source is not equal 
to or greater than 100 percent of the Lower Explosive Limit when 
measured with a combustible gas detector, calibrated with propane, at a 
distance of 1 inch from the source.
    Vapor-tight gasoline cargo tank means a gasoline cargo tank which 
has demonstrated within the 12 preceding months that it meets the annual 
certification test requirements in Sec. 63.11092(f) of this part.

[73 FR 1945, Jan. 10, 2008, as amended at 76 FR 4183, Jan. 24, 2011]



 Sec. Table 1 to Subpart CCCCCC of Part 63--Applicability Criteria and 
  Management Practices for Gasoline Dispensing Facilities With Monthly 
          Throughput of 100,000 Gallons of Gasoline or More\1\

------------------------------------------------------------------------
       If you own or operate                    Then you must
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. A new, reconstructed, or         Install and operate a vapor balance
 existing GDF subject to Sec. system on your gasoline storage
 63.11118.                           tanks that meets the design
                                     criteria in paragraphs (a) through
                                     (h).
                                    (a) All vapor connections and lines
                                     on the storage tank shall be
                                     equipped with closures that seal
                                     upon disconnect.
                                    (b) The vapor line from the gasoline
                                     storage tank to the gasoline cargo
                                     tank shall be vapor-tight, as
                                     defined in Sec. 63.11132.
                                    (c) The vapor balance system shall
                                     be designed such that the pressure
                                     in the tank truck does not exceed
                                     18 inches water pressure or 5.9
                                     inches water vacuum during product
                                     transfer.
                                    (d) The vapor recovery and product
                                     adaptors, and the method of
                                     connection with the delivery elbow,
                                     shall be designed so as to prevent
                                     the over-tightening or loosening of
                                     fittings during normal delivery
                                     operations.
                                    (e) If a gauge well separate from
                                     the fill tube is used, it shall be
                                     provided with a submerged drop tube
                                     that extends the same distance from
                                     the bottom of the storage tank as
                                     specified in Sec. 63.11117(b).
                                    (f) Liquid fill connections for all
                                     systems shall be equipped with
                                     vapor-tight caps.
                                    (g) Pressure/vacuum (PV) vent valves
                                     shall be installed on the storage
                                     tank vent pipes. The pressure
                                     specifications for PV vent valves
                                     shall be: a positive pressure
                                     setting of 2.5 to 6.0 inches of
                                     water and a negative pressure
                                     setting of 6.0 to 10.0 inches of
                                     water. The total leak rate of all
                                     PV vent valves at an affected
                                     facility, including connections,
                                     shall not exceed 0.17 cubic foot
                                     per hour at a pressure of 2.0
                                     inches of water and 0.63 cubic foot
                                     per hour at a vacuum of 4 inches of
                                     water.
                                    (h) The vapor balance system shall
                                     be capable of meeting the static
                                     pressure performance requirement of
                                     the following equation:
 
                                    Pf = 2e-500.887/v
 
                                    Where:
 
                                    Pf = Minimum allowable final
                                     pressure, inches of water.
                                    v = Total ullage affected by the
                                     test, gallons.
                                    e = Dimensionless constant equal to
                                     approximately 2.718.
                                    2 = The initial pressure, inches
                                     water.
2. A new or reconstructed GDF, or   Equip your gasoline storage tanks
 any storage tank(s) constructed     with a dual-point vapor balance
 after November 9, 2006, at an       system, as defined in Sec.
 existing affected facility          63.11132, and comply with the
 subject to Sec. 63.11118.         requirements of item 1 in this
                                     Table.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ The management practices specified in this Table are not applicable
  if you are complying with the requirements in Sec. 63.11118(b)(2),
  except that if you are complying with the requirements in Sec.
  63.11118(b)(2)(i)(B), you must operate using management practices at
  least as stringent as those listed in this Table.


[73 FR 1945, Jan. 10, 2008, as amended at 73 FR 35944, June 25, 2008; 76 
FR 4184, Jan. 24, 2011]

[[Page 309]]



 Sec. Table 2 to Subpart CCCCCC of Part 63--Applicability Criteria and 
  Management Practices for Gasoline Cargo Tanks Unloading at Gasoline 
  Dispensing Facilities With Monthly Throughput of 100,000 Gallons of 
                            Gasoline or More

------------------------------------------------------------------------
       If you own or operate                    Then you must
------------------------------------------------------------------------
A gasoline cargo tank.............  Not unload gasoline into a storage
                                     tank at a GDF subject to the
                                     control requirements in this
                                     subpart unless the following
                                     conditions are met:
                                    (i) All hoses in the vapor balance
                                     system are properly connected,
                                    (ii) The adapters or couplers that
                                     attach to the vapor line on the
                                     storage tank have closures that
                                     seal upon disconnect,
                                    (iii) All vapor return hoses,
                                     couplers, and adapters used in the
                                     gasoline delivery are vapor-tight,
                                    (iv) All tank truck vapor return
                                     equipment is compatible in size and
                                     forms a vapor-tight connection with
                                     the vapor balance equipment on the
                                     GDF storage tank, and
                                    (v) All hatches on the tank truck
                                     are closed and securely fastened.
                                    (vi) The filling of storage tanks at
                                     GDF shall be limited to unloading
                                     from vapor-tight gasoline cargo
                                     tanks. Documentation that the cargo
                                     tank has met the specifications of
                                     EPA Method 27 shall be carried with
                                     the cargo tank, as specified in
                                     Sec. 63.11125(c).
------------------------------------------------------------------------


[73 FR 1945, Jan. 10, 2008, as amended at 76 FR 4184, Jan. 24, 2011]



  Sec. Table 3 to Subpart CCCCCC of Part 63--Applicability of General 
                               Provisions

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                            Applies to subpart
              Citation                       Subject              Brief description               CCCCCC
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sec. 63.1........................  Applicability.........  Initial applicability        Yes, specific
                                                              determination;               requirements given in
                                                              applicability after          Sec. 63.11111.
                                                              standard established;
                                                              permit requirements;
                                                              extensions, notifications.
Sec. 63.1(c)(2)..................  Title V Permit........  Requirements for obtaining   Yes, Sec.
                                                              a title V permit from the    63.11111(f) of
                                                              applicable permitting        subpart CCCCCC
                                                              authority.                   exempts identified
                                                                                           area sources from the
                                                                                           obligation to obtain
                                                                                           title V operating
                                                                                           permits.
Sec. 63.2........................  Definitions...........  Definitions for part 63      Yes, additional
                                                              standards.                   definitions in Sec.
                                                                                           63.11132.
Sec. 63.3........................  Units and               Units and abbreviations for  Yes.
                                      Abbreviations.          part 63 standards.
Sec. 63.4........................  Prohibited Activities   Prohibited activities;       Yes.
                                      and Circumvention.      Circumvention,
                                                              severability.
Sec. 63.5........................  Construction/           Applicability;               Yes, except that these
                                      Reconstruction.         applications; approvals.     notifications are not
                                                                                           required for
                                                                                           facilities subject to
                                                                                           Sec. 63.11116
Sec. 63.6(a).....................  Compliance with         General Provisions apply     Yes.
                                      Standards/Operation &   unless compliance
                                      Maintenance--Applicab   extension; General
                                      ility.                  Provisions apply to area
                                                              sources that become major.
Sec. 63.6(b)(1)-(4)..............  Compliance Dates for    Standards apply at           Yes.
                                      New and Reconstructed   effective date; 3 years
                                      Sources.                after effective date; upon
                                                              startup; 10 years after
                                                              construction or
                                                              reconstruction commences
                                                              for CAA section 112(f).
Sec. 63.6(b)(5)..................  Notification..........  Must notify if commenced     Yes.
                                                              construction or
                                                              reconstruction after
                                                              proposal.
Sec. 63.6(b)(6)..................  [Reserved]............
Sec. 63.6(b)(7)..................  Compliance Dates for    Area sources that become     No.
                                      New and Reconstructed   major must comply with
                                      Area Sources That       major source standards
                                      Become Major.           immediately upon becoming
                                                              major, regardless of
                                                              whether required to comply
                                                              when they were an area
                                                              source.
Sec. 63.6(c)(1)-(2)..............  Compliance Dates for    Comply according to date in  No, Sec. 63.11113
                                      Existing Sources.       this subpart, which must     specifies the
                                                              be no later than 3 years     compliance dates.
                                                              after effective date; for
                                                              CAA section 112(f)
                                                              standards, comply within
                                                              90 days of effective date
                                                              unless compliance
                                                              extension.
Sec. 63.6(c)(3)-(4)..............  [Reserved]............
Sec. 63.6(c)(5)..................  Compliance Dates for    Area sources That become     No.
                                      Existing Area Sources   major must comply with
                                      That Become Major.      major source standards by
                                                              date indicated in this
                                                              subpart or by equivalent
                                                              time period (e.g., 3
                                                              years).
Sec. 63.6(d).....................  [Reserved]............

[[Page 310]]

 
63.6(e)(1)(i)......................  General duty to         Operate to minimize          No. See Sec.
                                      minimize emissions.     emissions at all times;      63.11115 for general
                                                              information Administrator    duty requirement.
                                                              will use to determine if
                                                              operation and maintenance
                                                              requirements were met.
63.6(e)(1)(ii).....................  Requirement to correct  Owner or operator must       No.
                                      malfunctions ASAP.      correct malfunctions as
                                                              soon as possible.
Sec. 63.6(e)(2)..................  [Reserved]............
Sec. 63.6(e)(3)..................  Startup, Shutdown, and  Requirement for SSM plan;    No.
                                      Malfunction (SSM)       content of SSM plan;
                                      Plan.                   actions during SSM.
Sec. 63.6(f)(1)..................  Compliance Except       You must comply with         No.
                                      During SSM.             emission standards at all
                                                              times except during SSM.
Sec. 63.6(f)(2)-(3)..............  Methods for             Compliance based on          Yes.
                                      Determining             performance test,
                                      Compliance.             operation and maintenance
                                                              plans, records, inspection.
Sec. 63.6(g)(1)-(3)..............  Alternative Standard..  Procedures for getting an    Yes.
                                                              alternative standard.
Sec. 63.6(h)(1)..................  Compliance with         You must comply with         No.
                                      Opacity/Visible         opacity/VE standards at
                                      Emission (VE)           all times except during
                                      Standards.              SSM.
Sec. 63.6(h)(2)(i)...............  Determining Compliance  If standard does not State   No.
                                      with Opacity/VE         test method, use EPA
                                      Standards.              Method 9 for opacity in
                                                              appendix A of part 60 of
                                                              this chapter and EPA
                                                              Method 22 for VE in
                                                              appendix A of part 60 of
                                                              this chapter.
Sec. 63.6(h)(2)(ii)..............  [Reserved]............
Sec. 63.6(h)(2)(iii).............  Using Previous Tests    Criteria for when previous   No.
                                      To Demonstrate          opacity/VE testing can be
                                      Compliance With         used to show compliance
                                      Opacity/VE Standards.   with this subpart.
Sec. 63.6(h)(3)..................  [Reserved]............
Sec. 63.6(h)(4)..................  Notification of         Must notify Administrator    No.
                                      Opacity/VE              of anticipated date of
                                      Observation Date.       observation.
Sec. 63.6(h)(5)(i), (iii)-(v)....  Conducting Opacity/VE   Dates and schedule for       No.
                                      Observations.           conducting opacity/VE
                                                              observations.
Sec. 63.6(h)(5)(ii)..............  Opacity Test Duration   Must have at least 3 hours   No.
                                      and Averaging Times.    of observation with 30 6-
                                                              minute averages.
Sec. 63.6(h)(6)..................  Records of Conditions   Must keep records available  No.
                                      During Opacity/VE       and allow Administrator to
                                      Observations.           inspect.
Sec. 63.6(h)(7)(i)...............  Report Continuous       Must submit COMS data with   No.
                                      Opacity Monitoring      other performance test
                                      System (COMS)           data.
                                      Monitoring Data From
                                      Performance Test.
Sec. 63.6(h)(7)(ii)..............  Using COMS Instead of   Can submit COMS data         No.
                                      EPA Method 9.           instead of EPA Method 9
                                                              results even if rule
                                                              requires EPA Method 9 in
                                                              appendix A of part 60 of
                                                              this chapter, but must
                                                              notify Administrator
                                                              before performance test.
Sec. 63.6(h)(7)(iii).............  Averaging Time for      To determine compliance,     No.
                                      COMS During             must reduce COMS data to 6-
                                      Performance Test.       minute averages.
Sec. 63.6(h)(7)(iv)..............  COMS Requirements.....  Owner/operator must          No.
                                                              demonstrate that COMS
                                                              performance evaluations
                                                              are conducted according to
                                                              Sec. 63.8(e); COMS are
                                                              properly maintained and
                                                              operated according to Sec.
                                                                63.8(c) and data quality
                                                              as Sec. 63.8(d).
Sec. 63.6(h)(7)(v)...............  Determining Compliance  COMS is probable but not     No.
                                      with Opacity/VE         conclusive evidence of
                                      Standards.              compliance with opacity
                                                              standard, even if EPA
                                                              Method 9 observation shows
                                                              otherwise. Requirements
                                                              for COMS to be probable
                                                              evidence-proper
                                                              maintenance, meeting
                                                              Performance Specification
                                                              1 in appendix B of part 60
                                                              of this chapter, and data
                                                              have not been altered.
Sec. 63.6(h)(8)..................  Determining Compliance  Administrator will use all   No.
                                      with Opacity/VE         COMS, EPA Method 9 (in
                                      Standards.              appendix A of part 60 of
                                                              this chapter), and EPA
                                                              Method 22 (in appendix A
                                                              of part 60 of this
                                                              chapter) results, as well
                                                              as information about
                                                              operation and maintenance
                                                              to determine compliance.
Sec. 63.6(h)(9)..................  Adjusted Opacity        Procedures for               No.
                                      Standard.               Administrator to adjust an
                                                              opacity standard.

[[Page 311]]

 
Sec. 63.6(i)(1)-(14).............  Compliance Extension..  Procedures and criteria for  Yes.
                                                              Administrator to grant
                                                              compliance extension.
Sec. 63.6(j).....................  Presidential            President may exempt any     Yes.
                                      Compliance Exemption.   source from requirement to
                                                              comply with this subpart.
Sec. 63.7(a)(2)..................  Performance Test Dates  Dates for conducting         Yes.
                                                              initial performance
                                                              testing; must conduct 180
                                                              days after compliance date.
Sec. 63.7(a)(3)..................  CAA Section 114         Administrator may require a  Yes.
                                      Authority.              performance test under CAA
                                                              section 114 at any time.
Sec. 63.7(b)(1)..................  Notification of         Must notify Administrator    Yes.
                                      Performance Test.       60 days before the test.
Sec. 63.7(b)(2)..................  Notification of Re-     If have to reschedule        Yes.
                                      scheduling.             performance test, must
                                                              notify Administrator of
                                                              rescheduled date as soon
                                                              as practicable and without
                                                              delay.
Sec. 63.7(c).....................  Quality Assurance (QA)/ Requirement to submit site-  Yes.
                                      Test Plan.              specific test plan 60 days
                                                              before the test or on date
                                                              Administrator agrees with;
                                                              test plan approval
                                                              procedures; performance
                                                              audit requirements;
                                                              internal and external QA
                                                              procedures for testing.
Sec. 63.7(d).....................  Testing Facilities....  Requirements for testing     Yes.
                                                              facilities.
63.7(e)(1).........................  Conditions for          Performance test must be     No, Sec. 63.11120(c)
                                      Conducting              conducted under              specifies conditions
                                      Performance Tests.      representative conditions.   for conducting
                                                                                           performance tests.
Sec. 63.7(e)(2)..................  Conditions for          Must conduct according to    Yes.
                                      Conducting              this subpart and EPA test
                                      Performance Tests.      methods unless
                                                              Administrator approves
                                                              alternative.
Sec. 63.7(e)(3)..................  Test Run Duration.....  Must have three test runs    Yes.
                                                              of at least 1 hour each;
                                                              compliance is based on
                                                              arithmetic mean of three
                                                              runs; conditions when data
                                                              from an additional test
                                                              run can be used.
Sec. 63.7(f).....................  Alternative Test        Procedures by which          Yes.
                                      Method.                 Administrator can grant
                                                              approval to use an
                                                              intermediate or major
                                                              change, or alternative to
                                                              a test method.
Sec. 63.7(g).....................  Performance Test Data   Must include raw data in     Yes.
                                      Analysis.               performance test report;
                                                              must submit performance
                                                              test data 60 days after
                                                              end of test with the
                                                              Notification of Compliance
                                                              Status; keep data for 5
                                                              years.
Sec. 63.7(h).....................  Waiver of Tests.......  Procedures for               Yes.
                                                              Administrator to waive
                                                              performance test.
Sec. 63.8(a)(1)..................  Applicability of        Subject to all monitoring    Yes.
                                      Monitoring              requirements in standard.
                                      Requirements.
Sec. 63.8(a)(2)..................  Performance             Performance Specifications   Yes.
                                      Specifications.         in appendix B of 40 CFR
                                                              part 60 apply.
Sec. 63.8(a)(3)..................  [Reserved]............
Sec. 63.8(a)(4)..................  Monitoring of Flares..  Monitoring requirements for  Yes.
                                                              flares in Sec. 63.11
                                                              apply.
Sec. 63.8(b)(1)..................  Monitoring............  Must conduct monitoring      Yes.
                                                              according to standard
                                                              unless Administrator
                                                              approves alternative.
Sec. 63.8(b)(2)-(3)..............  Multiple Effluents and  Specific requirements for    No.
                                      Multiple Monitoring     installing monitoring
                                      Systems.                systems; must install on
                                                              each affected source or
                                                              after combined with
                                                              another affected source
                                                              before it is released to
                                                              the atmosphere provided
                                                              the monitoring is
                                                              sufficient to demonstrate
                                                              compliance with the
                                                              standard; if more than one
                                                              monitoring system on an
                                                              emission point, must
                                                              report all monitoring
                                                              system results, unless one
                                                              monitoring system is a
                                                              backup.
Sec. 63.8(c)(1)..................  Monitoring System       Maintain monitoring system   No.
                                      Operation and           in a manner consistent
                                      Maintenance.            with good air pollution
                                                              control practices.
Sec. 63.8(c)(1)(i)-(iii).........  Operation and           Must maintain and operate    No.
                                      Maintenance of          each CMS as specified in
                                      Continuous Monitoring   Sec. 63.6(e)(1); must
                                      Systems (CMS).          keep parts for routine
                                                              repairs readily available;
                                                              must develop a written SSM
                                                              plan for CMS, as specified
                                                              in Sec. 63.6(e)(3).
Sec. 63.8(c)(2)-(8)..............  CMS Requirements......  Must install to get          No.
                                                              representative emission or
                                                              parameter measurements;
                                                              must verify operational
                                                              status before or at
                                                              performance test.
Sec. 63.8(d).....................  CMS Quality Control...  Requirements for CMS         No.
                                                              quality control, including
                                                              calibration, etc.; must
                                                              keep quality control plan
                                                              on record for 5 years;
                                                              keep old versions for 5
                                                              years after revisions.

[[Page 312]]

 
Sec. 63.8(e).....................  CMS Performance         Notification, performance    No.
                                      Evaluation.             evaluation test plan,
                                                              reports.
Sec. 63.8(f)(1)-(5)..............  Alternative Monitoring  Procedures for               No.
                                      Method.                 Administrator to approve
                                                              alternative monitoring.
Sec. 63.8(f)(6)..................  Alternative to          Procedures for               No.
                                      Relative Accuracy       Administrator to approve
                                      Test.                   alternative relative
                                                              accuracy tests for
                                                              continuous emissions
                                                              monitoring system (CEMS).
Sec. 63.8(g).....................  Data Reduction........  COMS 6-minute averages       No.
                                                              calculated over at least
                                                              36 evenly spaced data
                                                              points; CEMS 1 hour
                                                              averages computed over at
                                                              least 4 equally spaced
                                                              data points; data that
                                                              cannot be used in average.
Sec. 63.9(a).....................  Notification            Applicability and State      Yes.
                                      Requirements.           delegation.
Sec. 63.9(b)(1)-(2), (4)-(5).....  Initial Notifications.  Submit notification within   Yes.
                                                              120 days after effective
                                                              date; notification of
                                                              intent to construct/
                                                              reconstruct, notification
                                                              of commencement of
                                                              construction/
                                                              reconstruction,
                                                              notification of startup;
                                                              contents of each.
Sec. 63.9(c).....................  Request for Compliance  Can request if cannot        Yes.
                                      Extension.              comply by date or if
                                                              installed best available
                                                              control technology or
                                                              lowest achievable emission
                                                              rate.
Sec. 63.9(d).....................  Notification of         For sources that commence    Yes.
                                      Special Compliance      construction between
                                      Requirements for New    proposal and promulgation
                                      Sources.                and want to comply 3 years
                                                              after effective date.
Sec. 63.9(e).....................  Notification of         Notify Administrator 60      Yes.
                                      Performance Test.       days prior.
Sec. 63.9(f).....................  Notification of VE/     Notify Administrator 30      No.
                                      Opacity Test.           days prior.
Sec. 63.9(g).....................  Additional              Notification of performance  Yes, however, there
                                      Notifications when      evaluation; notification     are no opacity
                                      Using CMS.              about use of COMS data;      standards.
                                                              notification that exceeded
                                                              criterion for relative
                                                              accuracy alternative.
Sec. 63.9(h)(1)-(6)..............  Notification of         Contents due 60 days after   Yes, however, there
                                      Compliance Status.      end of performance test or   are no opacity
                                                              other compliance             standards.
                                                              demonstration, except for
                                                              opacity/VE, which are due
                                                              30 days after; when to
                                                              submit to Federal vs.
                                                              State authority.
Sec. 63.9(i).....................  Adjustment of           Procedures for               Yes.
                                      Submittal Deadlines.    Administrator to approve
                                                              change when notifications
                                                              must be submitted.
Sec. 63.9(j).....................  Change in Previous      Must submit within 15 days   Yes.
                                      Information.            after the change.
Sec. 63.10(a)....................  Recordkeeping/          Applies to all, unless       Yes.
                                      Reporting.              compliance extension; when
                                                              to submit to Federal vs.
                                                              State authority;
                                                              procedures for owners of
                                                              more than one source.
Sec. 63.10(b)(1).................  Recordkeeping/          General requirements; keep   Yes.
                                      Reporting.              all records readily
                                                              available; keep for 5
                                                              years.
Sec. 63.10(b)(2)(i)..............  Records related to SSM  Recordkeeping of occurrence  No.
                                                              and duration of startups
                                                              and shutdowns.
Sec. 63.10(b)(2)(ii).............  Records related to SSM  Recordkeeping of             No. See Sec.
                                                              malfunctions.                63.11125(d) for
                                                                                           recordkeeping of (1)
                                                                                           occurrence and
                                                                                           duration and (2)
                                                                                           actions taken during
                                                                                           malfunction.
Sec. 63.10(b)(2)(iii)............  Maintenance records...  Recordkeeping of             Yes.
                                                              maintenance on air
                                                              pollution control and
                                                              monitoring equipment.
Sec. 63.10(b)(2)(iv).............  Records Related to SSM  Actions taken to minimize    No.
                                                              emissions during SSM.
Sec. 63.10(b)(2)(v)..............  Records Related to SSM  Actions taken to minimize    No.
                                                              emissions during SSM.
Sec. 63.10(b)(2)(vi)-(xi)........  CMS Records...........  Malfunctions, inoperative,   No.
                                                              out-of-control periods.
Sec. 63.10(b)(2)(xii)............  Records...............  Records when under waiver..  Yes.
Sec. 63.10(b)(2)(xiii)...........  Records...............  Records when using           Yes.
                                                              alternative to relative
                                                              accuracy test.
Sec. 63.10(b)(2)(xiv)............  Records...............  All documentation            Yes.
                                                              supporting Initial
                                                              Notification and
                                                              Notification of Compliance
                                                              Status.
Sec. 63.10(b)(3).................  Records...............  Applicability                Yes.
                                                              determinations.
Sec. 63.10(c)....................  Records...............  Additional records for CMS.  No.
Sec. 63.10(d)(1).................  General Reporting       Requirement to report......  Yes.
                                      Requirements.

[[Page 313]]

 
Sec. 63.10(d)(2).................  Report of Performance   When to submit to Federal    Yes.
                                      Test Results.           or State authority.
Sec. 63.10(d)(3).................  Reporting Opacity or    What to report and when....  No.
                                      VE Observations.
Sec. 63.10(d)(4).................  Progress Reports......  Must submit progress         Yes.
                                                              reports on schedule if
                                                              under compliance extension.
Sec. 63.10(d)(5).................  SSM Reports...........  Contents and submission....  No. See Sec.
                                                                                           63.11126(b) for
                                                                                           malfunction reporting
                                                                                           requirements.
Sec. 63.10(e)(1)-(2).............  Additional CMS Reports  Must report results for      No.
                                                              each CEMS on a unit;
                                                              written copy of CMS
                                                              performance evaluation;
                                                              two-three copies of COMS
                                                              performance evaluation.
Sec. 63.10(e)(3)(i)-(iii)........  Reports...............  Schedule for reporting       No.
                                                              excess emissions.
Sec. 63.10(e)(3)(iv)-(v).........  Excess Emissions        Requirement to revert to     No.
                                      Reports.                quarterly submission if
                                                              there is an excess
                                                              emissions and parameter
                                                              monitor exceedances (now
                                                              defined as deviations);
                                                              provision to request
                                                              semiannual reporting after
                                                              compliance for 1 year;
                                                              submit report by 30th day
                                                              following end of quarter
                                                              or calendar half; if there
                                                              has not been an exceedance
                                                              or excess emissions (now
                                                              defined as deviations),
                                                              report contents in a
                                                              statement that there have
                                                              been no deviations; must
                                                              submit report containing
                                                              all of the information in
                                                              Sec. Sec. 63.8(c)(7)-
                                                              (8) and 63.10(c)(5)-(13).
Sec. 63.10(e)(3)(iv)-(v).........  Excess Emissions        Requirement to revert to     No, Sec. 63.11130(K)
                                      Reports.                quarterly submission if      specifies excess
                                                              there is an excess           emission events for
                                                              emissions and parameter      this subpart.
                                                              monitor exceedances (now
                                                              defined as deviations);
                                                              provision to request
                                                              semiannual reporting after
                                                              compliance for 1 year;
                                                              submit report by 30th day
                                                              following end of quarter
                                                              or calendar half; if there
                                                              has not been an exceedance
                                                              or excess emissions (now
                                                              defined as deviations),
                                                              report contents in a
                                                              statement that there have
                                                              been no deviations; must
                                                              submit report containing
                                                              all of the information in
                                                              Sec. Sec. 63.8(c)(7)-
                                                              (8) and 63.10(c)(5)-(13).
Sec. 63.10(e)(3)(vi)-(viii)......  Excess Emissions        Requirements for reporting   No.
                                      Report and Summary      excess emissions for CMS;
                                      Report.                 requires all of the
                                                              information in Sec. Sec.
                                                               63.10(c)(5)-(13) and
                                                              63.8(c)(7)-(8).
Sec. 63.10(e)(4).................  Reporting COMS Data...  Must submit COMS data with   No.
                                                              performance test data.
Sec. 63.10(f)....................  Waiver for              Procedures for               Yes.
                                      Recordkeeping/          Administrator to waive.
                                      Reporting.
Sec. 63.11(b)....................  Flares................  Requirements for flares....  No.
Sec. 63.12.......................  Delegation............  State authority to enforce   Yes.
                                                              standards.
Sec. 63.13.......................  Addresses.............  Addresses where reports,     Yes.
                                                              notifications, and
                                                              requests are sent.
Sec. 63.14.......................  Incorporations by       Test methods incorporated    Yes.
                                      Reference.              by reference.
Sec. 63.15.......................  Availability of         Public and confidential      Yes.
                                      Information.            information.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


[73 FR 1945, Jan. 10, 2008, as amended at 76 FR 4184, Jan. 24, 2011]



Subpart DDDDDD_National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants 
      for Polyvinyl Chloride and Copolymers Production Area Sources

    Source: 72 FR 2943, Jan. 23, 2007, unless otherwise noted.

                   Applicability and Compliance Dates



Sec. 63.11140  Am I subject to this subpart?

    (a) On or before April 17, 2012, you are subject to this subpart if 
you own or operate a plant specified in Sec. 61.61(c) of this chapter 
that produces polyvinyl chloride (PVC) or copolymers and is an area 
source of hazardous air pollutant (HAP) emissions. After April 17, 2012, 
you are subject to the requirements in this subpart if you own or 
operate one

[[Page 314]]

or more polyvinyl chloride and copolymers process units (PVCPU), as 
defined in Sec. 63.12005, that are located at, or are part of, an area 
source of HAP.
    (b) On or before April 17, 2012, this subpart applies to each new or 
existing affected source. The affected source is the collection of all 
equipment and activities in vinyl chloride service necessary to produce 
PVC and copolymers. An affected source does not include portions of your 
PVC and copolymers production operations that meet the criteria in Sec. 
61.60(b) or (c) of this chapter. After April 17, 2012, this subpart 
applies to each polyvinyl chloride and copolymers production affected 
source. The polyvinyl chloride and copolymers production affected source 
is the facility-wide collection of PVCPU, storage vessels, heat exchange 
systems, surge control vessels, and wastewater and process wastewater 
treatment systems that are associated with producing polyvinyl chloride 
and copolymers.
    (1) An affected source is existing if you commenced construction or 
reconstruction of the affected source before October 6, 2006.
    (i) You must meet the applicable requirements of Sec. Sec. 
63.11142(a), 63.11143(a) and (b), 63.11144(a) and 63.11145 for existing 
affected sources.
    (ii) You must achieve compliance by the date specified in Sec. 
63.11141(a).
    (iii) You must meet the applicable requirements of Sec. Sec. 
63.11142(b) through (f), 63.11143(c), 63.11144(b) and 63.11145 for 
existing affected sources by the compliance date specified in Sec. 
63.11141(c), after which time you are no longer subject to the 
requirements listed in paragraphs (b)(1)(i) and (ii) of this section.
    (2) An affected source is new if you commenced construction or 
reconstruction of the affected source between October 6, 2006, and May 
20, 2011.
    (i) You must meet the applicable requirements of Sec. Sec. 
63.11142(a), 63.11143(a) and (b), 63.11144(a) and 63.11145 for new 
affected sources.
    (ii) You must achieve compliance by the date specified in Sec. 
63.11141(b).
    (3) If you are a new affected source as specified in paragraph 
(b)(2) of this section that commenced construction or reconstruction 
between October 6, 2006, and May 20, 2011, then after April 17, 2012, 
you are considered an existing affected source.
    (i) You must meet the applicable requirements of Sec. Sec. 
63.11142(b) through (f), 63.11143(c), 63.11144(b) and 63.11145 for 
existing affected sources.
    (ii) You must achieve compliance by the date specified in Sec. 
63.11141(d), after which time you are no longer subject to paragraphs 
(b)(2)(i) and (ii) of this section.
    (4) An affected source is new if you commenced construction or 
reconstruction of the affected source after May 20, 2011.
    (i) You must meet the applicable requirements of Sec. Sec. 
63.11142(b) through (f), 63.11143(c), 63.11144(b), and 63.11145 for new 
affected sources.
    (ii) You must achieve compliance by the date specified in Sec. 
63.11141(e).
    (iii) If components of an existing affected source are replaced such 
that the replacement meets the definition of reconstruction in Sec. 
63.2 and the reconstruction commenced after May 20, 2011, then the 
existing affected source becomes a reconstructed source and is subject 
to the relevant standards for a new affected source. The reconstructed 
source must comply with the requirements of paragraph (b)(4)(i) of this 
section for a new affected source upon initial startup of the 
reconstructed source or by April 17, 2012, whichever is later.
    (c) This subpart does not apply to research and development 
facilities, as defined in section 112(c)(7) of the Clean Air Act. After 
April 17, 2012, the requirements of this subpart also do not apply to 
chemical manufacturing process units, as defined in Sec. 63.101, that 
produce vinyl chloride monomer or other raw materials used in the 
production of polyvinyl chloride and copolymers.
    (d) You are exempt from the obligation to obtain a permit under 40 
CFR part 70 or 40 CFR part 71, provided you are not otherwise required 
by law to obtain a permit under Sec. 70.3(a) or Sec. 71.3(a). 
Notwithstanding the previous sentence, you must continue to comply with 
the provisions of this subpart.
    (e) After the applicable compliance date specified in Sec. 
63.11141(c), (d) or (e), an affected source that is also subject to the 
provisions of 40 CFR part 61, subpart F, is required to comply with the

[[Page 315]]

provisions of this subpart and no longer has to comply with 40 CFR part 
61, subpart F.
    (f) After the applicable compliance date specified in Sec. 
63.11141(c), (d) or (e), an affected source that is also subject to the 
provisions of other 40 CFR part 60 or 40 CFR part 63 subparts is 
required to comply with this subpart and any other applicable 40 CFR 
part 60 and 40 CFR part 63 subparts.

[77 FR 22904, Apr. 17, 2012]



Sec. 63.11141  What are my compliance dates?

    (a) If you own or operate an existing affected source as specified 
in Sec. 63.11140(b)(1), then you must achieve compliance with the 
applicable provisions in this subpart specified in Sec. 
63.11140(b)(1)(i) by January 23, 2007.
    (b) If you own or operate a new affected source as specified in 
Sec. 63.11140(b)(2), then you must achieve compliance with the 
applicable provisions in this subpart as specified in Sec. 
63.11140(b)(2)(i) by the dates in paragraphs (b)(1) or (2) of this 
section.
    (1) If you start up a new affected source on or before January 23, 
2007, you must achieve compliance with the applicable provisions in this 
subpart not later than January 23, 2007.
    (2) If you start up a new affected source after January 23, 2007, 
but before or on May 20, 2011, then you must achieve compliance with the 
provisions in this subpart upon startup of your affected source.
    (c) If you own or operate an existing affected source as specified 
in Sec. 63.11140(b)(1), then you must achieve compliance with the 
applicable provisions in this subpart specified in Sec. 
63.11140(b)(1)(iii) by April 17, 2015.
    (d) If you own or operate an affected source that commenced 
construction or reconstruction between October 6, 2006, and May 20, 
2011, then you must achieve compliance with the applicable provisions of 
this subpart specified in Sec. 63.11140(b)(3) by April 17, 2015.
    (e) If you own or operate a new affected source as specified in 
Sec. 63.11140(b)(4), then you must achieve compliance with the 
applicable provisions in this subpart specified in Sec. 
63.11140(b)(4)(i) by the dates in paragraphs (e)(1) and (2) of this 
section.
    (1) If you start up your affected source between May 20, 2011, and 
April 17, 2012, then you must achieve compliance with the applicable 
provisions in this subpart not later than April 17, 2012.
    (2) If you start up your affected source after April 17, 2012, then 
you must achieve compliance with the provisions in this subpart upon 
startup of your affected source.

[77 FR 22905, Apr. 17, 2012]

                  Standards and Compliance Requirements



Sec. 63.11142  What are the standards and compliance requirements
for new and existing sources?

    (a) You must meet all the requirements in 40 CFR part 61, subpart F, 
except for Sec. Sec. 61.62 and 61.63.
    (b) You must comply with each emission limit and standard specified 
in Table 1 to this subpart that applies to your existing affected 
source, and you must comply with each emission limit and standard 
specified in Table 2 to this subpart that applies to your new affected 
source.
    (c) The emission limits, operating limits and work practice 
standards specified in this subpart apply at all times, including 
periods of startup, shutdown and malfunction.
    (d) You must demonstrate initial compliance by the dates specified 
in Sec. 63.11141.
    (e) You must conduct subsequent performance testing according to the 
schedule specified in Sec. 63.11905.
    (f) You must meet the requirements of the applicable sections of 40 
CFR part 63, subpart HHHHHHH, as specified in paragraphs (f)(1) through 
(19) of this section, except for the purposes of complying with this 
subpart, where the applicable sections of 40 CFR part 63, subpart 
HHHHHHH, as specified in paragraphs (f)(1) through (19) of this section 
reference Table 1 or Table 2 to subpart HHHHHHH, reference is made to 
Table 1 or Table 2 to this subpart.
    (1) You must comply with the requirements of Sec. 63.11880(b).
    (2) You must comply with the requirements of Sec. Sec. 63.11890(a) 
through 63.11890(d) and are subject to Sec. 63.11895.

[[Page 316]]

    (3) You must comply with the requirements of Sec. 63.11896, except 
for the purposes of complying with this subpart, where Sec. 63.11896 
refers to Sec. 63.11870(d) of subpart HHHHHHH, reference is made to 
Sec. 63.11140(b)(4) of this subpart.
    (4) You must comply with the requirements of Sec. 63.11900, except 
for the purposes of complying with this subpart, where Sec. 63.11900 
refers to Sec. 63.11875 of subpart HHHHHHH, reference is made to Sec. 
63.11141 of this subpart.
    (5) You must meet the requirements of Sec. 63.11910 for initial and 
continuous compliance for storage vessels.
    (6) You must meet the requirements of Sec. 63.11915 for equipment 
leaks.
    (7) You must meet the requirements of Sec. 63.11920 for initial and 
continuous compliance for heat exchange systems.
    (8) You must meet the requirements of Sec. 63.11925 for initial and 
continuous compliance for process vents.
    (9) You must meet the requirements of Sec. 63.11930 for closed vent 
systems.
    (10) You must meet the requirements of Sec. 63.11935 for continuous 
emissions monitoring systems (CEMS) and continuous parameter monitoring 
systems (CPMS) to demonstrate initial and continuous compliance with the 
emission standards for process vents.
    (11) You must meet the requirements of Sec. 63.11940 for continuous 
monitoring requirements for control devices required to install CPMS to 
meet the emission limits for process vents.
    (12) You must meet the requirements of Sec. 63.11945 for 
performance testing requirements for process vents.
    (13) You must meet the requirements of Sec. 63.11950 for emissions 
calculations to be used for an emission profile by process of batch 
process operations.
    (14) You must meet the requirements of Sec. 63.11955 for initial 
and continuous compliance requirements for other emission sources.
    (15) You must meet the requirements of Sec. 63.11956 for ambient 
monitoring.
    (16) You must meet the requirements of Sec. 63.11960 for initial 
and continuous compliance requirements for stripped resin.
    (17) You must meet the requirements of Sec. 63.11965 through Sec. 
63.11980 for general, initial and continuous compliance, test methods 
and calculation procedures for wastewater.
    (18) You must meet the notification and reporting requirements of 
Sec. 63.11985.
    (19) You must meet the recordkeeping requirements of Sec. Sec. 
63.11990 and 63.11995.

[77 FR 22905, Apr. 17, 2012]

                   Other Requirements and Information



Sec. 63.11143  What General Provisions apply to this subpart?

    (a) All the provisions in part 61, subpart A of this chapter apply 
to this subpart.
    (b) The provisions in subpart A of this part, applicable to this 
subpart are specified in paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section.
    (1) Sec. 63.1(a)(1) through (10).
    (2) Sec. 63.1(b) except paragraph (b)(3), Sec. Sec. 63.1(c) and 
63.1(e).
    (c) Section 63.11885 specifies which parts of the General Provisions 
in subpart A of this part apply to you.

[77 FR 22906, Apr. 17, 2012]



Sec. 63.11144  What definitions apply to this subpart?

    (a) On and before April 17, 2012, the terms used in this subpart are 
defined in the Clean Air Act; Sec. Sec. 61.02 and 61.61 of this 
chapter; and Sec. 63.2 for terms used in the applicable provisions of 
subpart A of this part, as specified in Sec. 63.11143(b).
    (b) After April 17, 2012, terms used in this subpart are defined in 
the Clean Air Act; Sec. 63.2; and Sec. 63.12005.

[77 FR 22906, Apr. 17, 2012]



Sec. 63.11145  Who implements and enforces this subpart?

    (a) This subpart can be implemented and enforced by the U.S. EPA or 
a delegated authority such as a state, local or tribal agency. If the 
U.S. EPA Administrator has delegated authority to a state, local or 
tribal agency, then that agency has the authority to implement and 
enforce this subpart. You should contact your U.S. EPA Regional Office 
to find out if this subpart is delegated to a state, local or tribal 
agency within your state.

[[Page 317]]

    (b) In delegating implementation and enforcement authority of this 
subpart to a state, local or tribal agency under subpart E of this part, 
the approval authorities contained in paragraphs (b)(1) through (4) of 
this section are retained by the Administrator of the U.S. EPA and are 
not transferred to the state, local or tribal agency.
    (1) Approval of an alternative means of emissions imitation under 
Sec. 61.12(d) of this chapter.
    (2) Approval of a major change to test methods under Sec. 61.13(h) 
of this chapter. A ``major change to test method'' is defined in Sec. 
63.90.
    (3) Approval of a major change to monitoring under Sec. 61.14(g) of 
this chapter. A ``major change to monitoring'' is defined in Sec. 
63.90.
    (4) Approval of a major change to reporting under Sec. 61.10. A 
``major change to recordkeeping/reporting'' is defined in Sec. 63.90.

[77 FR 22906, Apr. 17, 2012]



Sec. Table 1 to Subpart DDDDDD of Part 63--Emission Limits and Standards 
                      for Existing Affected Sources

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                  And for an affected
For this type of emission point . . .      And for this air      source producing this      You must meet this
                                           pollutant . . .      type of PVC resin . . .    emission limit . . .
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PVC-only process vents \a\...........  Vinyl chloride.........  All resin types........  5.3 parts per million
                                                                                          by volume (ppmv).
                                       Total hydrocarbons.....  All resin types........  46 ppmv measured as
                                                                                          propane.
                                       Total organic HAP \b\..  All resin types........  140 ppmv.
                                       Dioxins/furans (toxic    All resin types........  0.13 nanograms per dry
                                        equivalency basis).                               standard cubic meter
                                                                                          (ng/dscm).
PVC-combined process vents \a\.......  Vinyl chloride.........  All resin types........  0.56 ppmv.
                                       Total hydrocarbons.....  All resin types........  2.3 ppmv measured as
                                                                                          propane.
                                       Total organic HAP \b\..  All resin types........  29 ppmv.
                                       Dioxins/furans (toxic    All resin types........  0.076 ng/dscm.
                                        equivalency basis).
Stripped resin.......................  Vinyl chloride.........  Bulk resin.............  7.1 parts per million
                                                                                          by weight (ppmw).
                                                                Dispersion resin.......  1,500 ppmw.
                                                                Suspension resin.......  36 ppmw.
                                                                Suspension blending      140 ppmw.
                                                                 resin.
                                                                Copolymer resin........  790 ppmw.
                                       Total non-vinyl          Bulk resin.............  170 ppmw.
                                        chloride organic HAP.
                                                                Dispersion resin.......  320 ppmw.
                                                                Suspension resin.......  36 ppmw.
                                                                Suspension blending      500 ppmw.
                                                                 resin.
                                                                Copolymer resin........  1,900 ppmw.
Process Wastewater...................  Vinyl chloride.........  All resin types........  2.1 ppmw.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\a\ Emission limits at 3-percent oxygen, dry basis.
\b\ Affected sources have the option to comply with either the total hydrocarbon limit or the total organic HAP
  limit.


[80 FR 5940, Feb. 4, 2015]



Sec. Table 2 to Subpart DDDDDD of Part 63--Emission Limits and Standards 
                        for New Affected Sources

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                  And for an affected
For this type of emission point . . .      And for this air      source producing this      You must meet this
                                           pollutant . . .      type of PVC resin . . .    emission limit . . .
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PVC-only process vents \a\...........  Vinyl chloride.........  All resin types........  5.3 parts per million
                                                                                          by volume (ppmv).
                                       Total hydrocarbons.....  All resin types........  46 ppmv measured as
                                                                                          propane.
                                       Total organic HAP \b\..  All resin types........  140 ppmv.
                                       Dioxins/furans (toxic    All resin types........  0.13 nanograms per dry
                                        equivalency basis).                               standard cubic meter
                                                                                          (ng/dscm).
PVC-combined process vents \a\.......  Vinyl chloride.........  All resin types........  0.56 ppmv.

[[Page 318]]

 
                                       Total hydrocarbons.....  All resin types........  2.3 ppmv measured as
                                                                                          propane.
                                       Total organic HAP \b\..  All resin types........  29 ppmv.
                                       Dioxins/furans (toxic    All resin types........  0.076 ng/dscm.
                                        equivalency basis).
Stripped resin.......................  Vinyl chloride.........  Bulk resin.............  7.1 parts per million
                                                                                          by weight (ppmw).
                                                                Dispersion resin.......  1,500 ppmw.
                                                                Suspension resin.......  36 ppmw.
                                                                Suspension blending      140 ppmw.
                                                                 resin.
                                                                Copolymer resin........  790 ppmw.
                                       Total non-vinyl          Bulk resin.............  170 ppmw.
                                        chloride organic HAP.
                                                                Dispersion resin.......  320 ppmw.
                                                                Suspension resin.......  36 ppmw.
                                                                Suspension blending      500 ppmw.
                                                                 resin.
                                                                Copolymer resin........  1,900 ppmw.
Process Wastewater...................  Vinyl chloride.........  All resin types........  2.1 ppmw.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\a\ Emission limits at 3 percent oxygen, dry basis.
\b\ Affected sources have the option to comply with either the total hydrocarbon limit or the total organic HAP
  limit.


[80 FR 5941, Feb. 4, 2015]



Subpart EEEEEE_National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants 
                for Primary Copper Smelting Area Sources

    Source: 72 FR 2944, Jan. 23, 2007, unless otherwise noted.

                   Applicability and Compliance Dates



Sec. 63.11146  What are the applicability provisions and compliance
dates?

    (a) You are subject to this subpart if you own or operate a primary 
copper smelter that is an area source of hazardous air pollutant (HAP) 
emissions.
    (b) This subpart applies to each new or existing affected source. 
The affected source is each primary copper smelter.
    (1) An affected source is existing if you commenced construction or 
reconstruction of the affected source before October 6, 2006.
    (2) An affected source is new if you commenced construction or 
reconstruction of the affected source on or after October 6, 2006.
    (c) This subpart does not apply to research and development 
facilities, as defined in section 112(c)(7) of the Clean Air Act (CAA).
    (d) If you own or operate an area source subject to this subpart, 
you must obtain a permit under 40 CFR part 70 or 40 CFR part 71.
    (e) If you own or operate an existing affected source, you must 
achieve compliance with the applicable provisions of this subpart by 
January 23, 2007.
    (f) If you own or operate a new affected source, you must achieve 
compliance with the applicable provisions of this subpart by the dates 
in paragraphs (f)(1) and (2) of this section.
    (1) If you startup a new affected source on or before January 23, 
2007, you must achieve compliance with the applicable provisions of this 
subpart not later than January 23, 2007.
    (2) If you startup a new affected source after January 23, 2007, you 
must achieve compliance with the applicable provisions of this subpart 
upon startup of your affected source.

                  Standards and Compliance Requirements



Sec. 63.11147  What are the standards and compliance requirements for
existing sources not using batch copper converters?

    (a) Emissions limits and work practice standards. (1) You must not 
discharge to the atmosphere through any combination of stacks or other 
vents captured process exhaust gases from the copper concentrate dryers, 
smelting vessels, converting vessels, matte drying and grinding plants, 
secondary gas systems, and anode refining department that contain 
particulate matter less than 10 microns in aerodynamic diameter 
(PM10) in excess of 89.5 pounds

[[Page 319]]

per hour (lb/hr) on a 24-hour average basis.
    (2) You must operate a capture system that collects the gases and 
fumes released during the transfer of molten materials from smelting 
vessels and converting vessels and conveys the collected gas stream to a 
control device.
    (3) You must operate one or more capture systems that collect the 
gases and fumes released from each vessel used to refine blister copper, 
remelt anode copper, or remelt anode scrap and convey each collected gas 
stream to a control device. One control device may be used for multiple 
collected gas streams.
    (b) Compliance requirements. For purposes of determining compliance 
with the emissions limit in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, you must 
comply with the requirements in paragraphs (b)(1) through (7) of this 
section.
    (1) You must calibrate, maintain and operate a system to 
continuously measure emissions of particulate matter (PM) from the 
smelter's main stack.
    (2) All PM collected by the smelter main stack continuous PM 
sampling system is reported as PM10 unless you demonstrate to 
the satisfaction of the permitting authority that, due to an infrequent 
event, the measured PM contains a large fraction of particles greater 
than 10 microns in diameter.
    (3) To determine the mass emissions rate, the PM10 
concentration as determined by the smelter main stack continuous PM 
sampling system is multiplied by the volumetric flow rate for the 
smelter main stack and any necessary conversion factors.
    (4) Compliance with the PM10 emissions limit is 
demonstrated based on the average mass PM10 emissions rate 
for each 24-hour period.
    (5) The results of the PM monitoring and calculated average mass 
PM10 emissions rate for each 24-hour period must be recorded 
and the records maintained for at least 5 years. Collected data must be 
available for inspection when the required laboratory analysis is 
completed.
    (6) You must submit to the permitting authority by the 20th day of 
each month a report summarizing the 24-hour average mass PM10 
emissions rates for the previous month.
    (7) You may certify initial compliance with the emissions limit in 
paragraph (a)(1) of this section based on the results of PM sampling 
conducted during the previous month.
    (c) Operation and maintenance requirements. (1) At all times, 
including periods of startup, shutdown, and malfunction, you must to the 
extent practicable, maintain and operate any affected source, including 
associated air pollution control equipment, in a manner consistent with 
good air pollution control practice for minimizing emissions. 
Determination of whether acceptable operating and maintenance procedures 
are being used will be based on information available to the permitting 
authority which may include, but is not limited to, monitoring results, 
opacity observations, review of operating and maintenance procedures, 
and inspection of the source.
    (2) All pollution control equipment must be installed, maintained, 
and operated properly. Instructions from the vendor or established 
maintenance practices that maximize pollution control must be followed. 
All necessary equipment control and operating devices, such as pressure 
gauges, amp meters, volt meters, flow rate indicators, temperature 
gauges, continuous emission monitors, etc., must be installed, operated 
properly, and easily accessible to compliance inspectors. A copy of all 
manufacturers' operating instructions for pollution control equipment 
and pollution emitting equipment must be maintained at your facility 
site. These instructions must be available to all employees who operate 
the equipment and must be made available to the permitting authority 
upon request. Maintenance records must be made available to the 
permitting authority upon request.
    (3) You must document the activities performed to assure proper 
operation and maintenance of the air pollution control equipment and 
monitoring systems or devices.
    (4) Except as provided in paragraph (c)(5) of this section, in the 
event of an emergency situation the owner or operator must comply with 
the requirements in paragraphs (c)(4)(i) through

[[Page 320]]

(iii) of this section. For the purposes of complying with this 
paragraph, an emergency situation is any situation arising from sudden 
and reasonably unforeseeable events beyond the control of the facility 
owner or operator that requires immediate corrective action to restore 
normal operation, and that causes the affected source to exceed an 
applicable emissions limitation under this subpart, due to unavoidable 
increases in emissions attributable to the emergency. An emergency must 
not include noncompliance to the extent it is caused by improperly 
designed equipment, lack of preventive maintenance, careless or improper 
operation, or operator error.
    (i) During the period of the emergency, you must implement all 
reasonable steps to minimize levels of emissions that exceed the 
emissions standards or other applicable requirements in this subpart.
    (ii) You must document through signed contemporaneous logs or other 
relevant evidence that an emergency occurred and you can identify the 
probable cause, your facility was being operated properly at the time 
the emergency occurred, and the corrective actions taken to minimize 
emissions as required by paragraph (c)(4)(i) of this section.
    (iii) You must submit a notice of the emergency to the permitting 
authority within two working days of the time when emissions limitations 
were exceeded due to the emergency (or an alternate timeframe acceptable 
to the permitting authority). This notice must contain a description of 
the emergency, any steps taken to mitigate emissions, and corrective 
actions taken.
    (5) As an alternative to the requirements in paragraph (c)(4) of 
this section, you must comply with the startup, shutdown, and 
malfunction requirements in 40 CFR 63.6(e)(3).
    (d) Deviations. You must submit written notification to the 
permitting authority of any deviation from the requirements of this 
subpart, including the probable cause of such deviations and any 
corrective actions or preventative measures taken. You must submit this 
notification within 14 days of the date the deviation occurred.
    (e) Reports. You must submit semiannual monitoring reports to your 
permitting authority. All instances of deviations from the requirements 
of this subpart must be clearly identified in the reports.
    (f) Records. (1) You must retain records of all required monitoring 
data and support information. Support information includes all 
calibration and maintenance records, all original strip charts or 
appropriate recordings for continuous monitoring instrumentation, and 
copies of all reports required by this subpart. For all monitoring 
requirements, the owner or operator must record, where applicable, the 
date, place, and time of sampling or measurement; the date analyses were 
performed; the company or entity that performed the analyses; the 
analytical techniques or methods used; the results of such analyses; and 
the operating conditions existing at the time of sampling or 
measurement.
    (2) You must maintain records of the activities performed to assure 
proper operation and maintenance of the air pollution control equipment 
and monitoring systems or devices. Records of these activities must be 
maintained for at least 5 years.



Sec. 63.11148  What are the standards and compliance requirements for 
existing sources using batch copper converters?

    (a) Emissions limits and work practice standards. (1) For each 
copper concentrate dryer, you must not discharge to the atmosphere from 
the dryer vent any gases that contain total particulate matter (PM) in 
excess of 0.022 grains per dry standard cubic foot (gr/dscf).
    (2) You must exhaust the process off gas from each smelting vessel 
to a control device according to the requirements in paragraphs 
(a)(2)(i) and (ii) of this section.
    (i) During periods when copper ore concentrate feed is charged to 
and smelted to form molten copper matte and slag layers in the smelting 
vessel, you must exhaust the process off gas from the smelting vessel to 
a gas cleaning system controlling PM and to a sulfuric acid plant prior 
to discharge to the atmosphere.

[[Page 321]]

    (ii) During periods when no copper ore concentrate feed is charged 
to the smelting vessel but the smelting vessel remains in operation to 
temporarily hold molten material in the vessel before resuming copper 
production, you must exhaust the process off gas from the smelting 
vessel to an electrostatic precipitator, wet scrubber, or baghouse prior 
to discharge to the atmosphere.
    (3) You must control the process emissions released when tapping 
copper matte or slag from a smelting vessel according to paragraphs 
(a)(3)(i) and (ii) of this section.
    (i) You must operate a capture system that collects the gases and 
fumes released when copper matte or slag is tapped from the smelting 
vessel. The design and placement of this capture system must be such 
that the tapping port opening, launder, and receiving vessel (e.g., 
ladle, slag pot) are positioned within the confines or influence of the 
capture system's ventilation draft during those times when the copper 
matte or slag is flowing from the tapping port opening.
    (ii) You must not cause to be discharged to the atmosphere from the 
capture system used to comply with paragraph (a)(3)(i) of this section 
any gases that contain total PM in excess of 0.022 gr/dscf.
    (4) For each batch copper converter, you must meet the requirements 
in paragraphs (a)(4)(i) through (iv) of this section.
    (i) You must operate a primary capture system that collects the 
process off gas vented when one or more batch copper converters are 
blowing. If you operate a batch copper converter that does not use a 
``U''-shaped side flue located at one end of the converter, then the 
capture system design must include use of a primary hood that covers the 
entire mouth of each batch copper converter vessel when the copper 
converter is positioned for blowing. The capture system may use multiple 
intake and duct segments through which the ventilation rates are 
controlled independently of each other.
    (ii) If you operate a batch copper converter that does not use a 
``U''-shaped side flue located at one end of the converter, then you 
must operate a secondary capture system that collects gases and fumes 
released from the batch copper converter when the converter mouth is 
rotated out partially or totally from within the confines or influence 
of the primary capture system's ventilation draft during charging, 
skimming, pouring, or holding. The capture system design must use 
additional hoods (e.g., sliding secondary hoods, air curtain hoods) or 
other capture devices (e.g., building evacuation systems). The capture 
system may use multiple intake and duct segments through which the 
ventilation rates are controlled independently of each other, and 
individual duct segments may be connected to separate PM control 
devices.
    (iii) You must exhaust the process off gas captured by the primary 
capture system that is used to comply with paragraph (a)(4)(i) of this 
section to a gas cleaning system controlling PM and to a sulfuric acid 
plant prior to discharge to the atmosphere.
    (iv) For each secondary capture system that is used to comply with 
paragraph (a)(4)(ii) of this section and is not vented to a gas cleaning 
system controlling PM and a sulfuric acid plant, you must not cause to 
be discharged to the atmosphere any gases that contain total particulate 
matter in excess of 0.02 grains/dscf.
    (b) Monitoring requirements for electrostatic precipitators. To 
monitor the performance of each electrostatic precipitator used to 
comply with the PM emissions limits in paragraph (a) of this section, 
you must use a continuous opacity monitoring system (COMS) that is 
installed at the outlet of each electrostatic precipitator or a common 
duct at the outlet of multiple electrostatic precipitators.
    (1) Each COMS must meet Performance Specification 1 in 40 CFR part 
60, appendix B.
    (2) You must comply with the quality assurance requirements in 
paragraphs (b)(2)(i) through (v) of this section.
    (i) You must automatically (intrinsic to the opacity monitor) check 
the zero and upscale (span) calibration drifts at least once daily. For 
a particular COMS, the acceptable range of zero and

[[Page 322]]

upscale calibration materials is as defined in the applicable version of 
Performance Specification 1 in 40 CFR part 60, appendix B.
    (ii) You must adjust the zero and span whenever the 24-hour zero 
drift or 24-hour span drift exceeds 4 percent opacity. The COMS must 
allow for the amount of excess zero and span drift measured at the 24-
hour interval checks to be recorded and quantified. The optical surfaces 
exposed to the effluent gases must be cleaned prior to performing the 
zero and span drift adjustments, except for systems using automatic zero 
adjustments. For systems using automatic zero adjustments, the optical 
surfaces must be cleaned when the cumulative automatic zero compensation 
exceeds 4 percent opacity.
    (iii) You must apply a method for producing a simulated zero opacity 
condition and an upscale (span) opacity condition using a certified 
neutral density filter or other related technique to produce a known 
obscuration of the light beam. All procedures applied must provide a 
system check of the analyzer internal optical surfaces and all 
electronic circuitry including the lamp and photodetector assembly.
    (iv) Except during periods of system breakdowns, repairs, 
calibration checks, and zero and span adjustments, the COMS must be in 
continuous operation and must complete a minimum of one cycle of 
sampling and analyzing for each successive 10 second period and one 
cycle of data recording for each successive 6-minute period.
    (v) You must reduce all data from the COMS to 6-minute averages. 
Six-minute opacity averages must be calculated from 36 or more data 
points equally spaced over each 6-minute period. Data recorded during 
periods of system breakdowns, repairs, calibration checks, and zero and 
span adjustments must not be included in the data averages. An 
arithmetic or integrated average of all data may be used.
    (3) You must evaluate opacity measurements from the COMS on a 24-
hour rolling average excluding periods of startup, shutdown, and 
malfunction. If the 24-hour rolling average opacity exceeds 15 percent, 
you must initiate investigation of the relevant controls or equipment 
within 24 hours of the first discovery of the high opacity incident and, 
if necessary, take corrective action as soon as practicable to adjust or 
repair the controls or equipment to reduce the opacity average to below 
the 15 percent level.
    (4) You must log in ink or electronic format and maintain a record 
of 24-hour opacity measurements performed in accordance with paragraph 
(b)(3) of this section and any corrective actions taken, if any. A 
record of corrective actions taken must include the date and time during 
which the 24-hour rolling average opacity exceeded 15 percent and the 
date, time and type of the corrective action.
    (c) Monitoring requirements for baghouses. To monitor the 
performance of each baghouse used to comply with PM emissions limits in 
paragraph (a) of this section, you must use a bag leak detection system 
according to the requirements in paragraphs (c)(1) through (4) of this 
section.
    (1) You must install, calibrate, maintain, and continuously operate 
a bag leak detection system for the baghouse to monitor the baghouse 
performance.
    (2) The baghouse leak detection system must meet the specifications 
and requirements in paragraphs (c)(2)(i) through (v) of this section.
    (i) The bag leak detection system must be certified by the 
manufacturer to be capable of detecting particulate matter emissions at 
concentrations that can effectively discern any dysfunctional leaks of 
the baghouse.
    (ii) The bag leak detection system sensor must provide output of 
relative or absolute particulate matter loadings.
    (iii) The bag leak detection system must be equipped with an alarm 
system that will sound automatically when an increase in relative 
particulate emissions over a preset level is detected. The alarm must be 
located where it is easily heard by plant operating personnel.
    (iv) The bag leak detection system must be installed downstream of 
the baghouse.
    (v) The bag leak detection system must be installed, operated, 
calibrated, and maintained in a manner consistent

[[Page 323]]

with the manufacturer's written specifications and recommendations. The 
calibration of the system must, at a minimum, consist of establishing 
the relative baseline output level by adjusting the sensitivity and the 
averaging period of the device and establishing the alarm set points and 
the alarm delay time.
    (3) If the bag leak detection system alarm sounds, you must initiate 
investigation of the baghouse within 24 hours of the first discovery of 
the alarm and, if necessary, take corrective action as soon as 
practicable to adjust or repair the baghouse to minimize possible 
exceedances of the applicable PM emissions limits in paragraph (a) of 
this section.
    (4) You must log in ink or electronic format and maintain a record 
of installation, calibration, maintenance, and operation of the bag leak 
detection system. If the bag leak detection system alarm sounds, the 
records must include an identification of the date and time of all bag 
leak detection alarms, their cause, and an explanation of the corrective 
actions taken, if any.
    (d) Alternative monitoring requirements for baghouses. As an 
alternative to the requirements in paragraph (c) of this section for bag 
leak detection systems, you must monitor the performance of each 
baghouse used to comply with a PM emissions limit in paragraph (a) of 
this section using a COMS that is installed at the outlet on the 
baghouse or a common duct at the outlet of multiple baghouses. Each COMS 
must meet the requirements in paragraphs (b)(1) through (4) of this 
section.
    (e) Performance testing. (1) You must demonstrate initial compliance 
with the applicable PM emissions limits in paragraph (a) of this section 
based on the results of a performance test for each affected source.
    (i) You may certify initial compliance for an affected source based 
on the results of a previous performance test conducted within the past 
12 months before your compliance date.
    (ii) If you have not conducted a performance test to demonstrate 
compliance with the applicable emissions limits within the past 12 
months before your compliance date, you must conduct a performance test 
within 180 days of your compliance date and report the results in your 
notification of compliance status.
    (2) You must demonstrate subsequent compliance with the applicable 
PM emissions limits in paragraph (a) of this section based on the 
results of repeat performance tests conducted at least every 2.5 years 
for each affected source.
    (3) You must conduct each performance test according to Sec. 
63.7(e)(1) using the test methods and procedures in paragraphs (e)(3)(i) 
through (v) of this section.
    (i) Method 1 or 1A (40 CFR part 60, appendix A) to select sampling 
port locations and the number of traverse points in each stack or duct. 
Sampling sites must be located at the outlet of the control device (or 
at the outlet of the emissions source if no control device is present) 
prior to any releases to the atmosphere.
    (ii) Method 2, 2A, 2C, 2D, 2F, or 2G (40 CFR part 60, appendix A) to 
determine the volumetric flow rate of the stack gas.
    (iii) Method 3, 3A, or 3B (40 CFR part 60, appendix A) to determine 
the dry molecular weight of the stack gas. You may use ANSI/ASME PTC 
19.10-1981, ``Flue and Exhaust Gas Analyses'' (incorporated by 
reference--see Sec. 63.14) as an alternative to EPA Method 3B.
    (iv) Method 4 (40 CFR part 60, appendix A) to determine the moisture 
content of the stack gas.
    (v) Method 5 (40 CFR part 60, appendix A) to determine the PM 
concentration for negative pressure baghouses or Method 5D (40 CFR part 
60, appendix A) for positive pressure baghouses. A minimum of three 
valid test runs are needed to comprise a PM performance test.
    (f) Operation and maintenance requirements. (1) At all times, 
including periods of startup, shutdown, and malfunction, you must to the 
extent practicable, maintain and operate any affected source, including 
associated air pollution control equipment, in a manner consistent with 
good air pollution control practice for minimizing emissions. 
Determination of whether acceptable operating and maintenance procedures 
are being used will be based on information available to the permitting 
authority which may include, but

[[Page 324]]

is not limited to, monitoring results, opacity observations, review of 
operating and maintenance procedures, and inspection of the source.
    (2) All pollution control equipment must be installed, maintained, 
and operated properly. Instructions from the vendor or established 
maintenance practices that maximize pollution control must be followed. 
All necessary equipment control and operating devices, such as pressure 
gauges, amp meters, volt meters, flow rate indicators, temperature 
gauges, continuous emissions monitor, etc., must be installed, operated 
properly and easily accessible to compliance inspectors. A copy of all 
manufacturers' operating instructions for pollution control equipment 
and pollution emitting equipment must be maintained at your facility 
site. These instructions must be available to all employees who operate 
the equipment and must be made available to the permitting authority 
upon request. Maintenance records must be made available to the 
permitting authority upon request.
    (3) You must document the activities performed to assure proper 
operation and maintenance of the air pollution control equipment and 
monitoring systems or devices. Records of these activities must be 
maintained as required by the permitting authority.
    (4) Except as specified in paragraph (f)(5) of this section, in the 
event of an emergency situation, you must comply with the requirements 
specified in paragraphs (f)(4)(i) through (iii) of this section. For the 
purpose of complying with this paragraph, an emergency situation is any 
situation arising from sudden and reasonably unforeseeable events beyond 
the control of the facility owner or operator that requires immediate 
corrective action to restore normal operation and that causes the 
affected source to exceed applicable emission limitation under this 
subpart due to unavoidable increases in emissions attributable to the 
emergency. An emergency must not include noncompliance to the extent it 
is caused by improperly designed equipment, lack of preventive 
maintenance, careless or improper operation, or operator error.
    (i) During the period of the emergency you must implement all 
reasonable steps to minimize levels of emissions that exceeded the 
emission standards or other applicable requirements in this subpart.
    (ii) You must document through signed contemporaneous logs or other 
relevant evidence that an emergency occurred and you can identify the 
probable cause, your facility was being operated properly at the time 
the emergency occurred, and the corrective actions taken to minimize 
emissions as required by paragraph (f)(4)(i) of this section.
    (iii) You must submit a notice of the emergency to the permitting 
authority within two working days of the time when emission limitations 
were exceeded due to the emergency (or an alternate timeframe acceptable 
to the permitting authority). This notice must contain a description of 
the emergency, any steps taken to mitigate emissions, and corrective 
actions taken.
    (5) As an alternative to the requirements in paragraph (f)(4) of 
this section, you must comply with the startup, shutdown, and 
malfunction requirements in 40 CFR 63.6(e)(3).
    (g) Recordkeeping requirements. (1) You must maintain records of the 
occurrence and duration of any startup, shutdown, or malfunction in the 
operation of an affected source subject to this subpart; any malfunction 
of the air pollution control equipment; or any periods during which a 
continuous monitoring system or monitoring device is inoperative.
    (2) You must maintain a file of all measurements, including 
continuous monitoring system, monitoring device, and performance testing 
measurements; all continuous monitoring system performance evaluations; 
all continuous monitoring system or monitoring device calibration 
checks; adjustments and maintenance performed on these systems or 
devices; and all other information required by this section recorded in 
a permanent form suitable for inspection. The file must be retained for 
at least 5 years following the date of such measurements, maintenance, 
reports.

[[Page 325]]

    (h) Reporting requirements. (1) You must prepare and submit to the 
permitting authority an excess emissions and monitoring systems 
performance report and summary report every calendar quarter. A less 
frequent reporting interval may used for either report as approved by 
the permitting authority.
    (2) The summary report must include the information in paragraphs 
(h)(2)(i) through (iv) of this section.
    (i) The magnitude of excess emissions computed, any conversion 
factor(s) used, and the date and time of commencement and completion of 
each time period of excess emissions. The process operating time during 
the reporting period.
    (ii) Specific identification of each period of excess emissions that 
occurs during startups, shutdowns, and malfunctions of the affected 
facility. The nature and cause of any malfunction (if known), the 
corrective action taken or preventative measures adopted.
    (iii) The date and time identifying each period during which the 
continuous monitoring system was inoperative except for zero and span 
checks and the nature of the system repairs or adjustments.
    (iv) When no excess emissions have occurred or the continuous 
monitoring system(s) have not been inoperative, repaired, or adjusted, 
such information must be stated in the report.

[72 FR 2944, Jan. 23, 2007, as amended at 72 FR 36367, July 3, 2007]



Sec. 63.11149  What are the standards and compliance requirements
for new sources?

    (a) Emissions limits and work practice standards. (1) You must not 
discharge to the atmosphere exhaust gases that contain total PM in 
excess of 0.6 pound per ton of copper concentrate feed charged on a 24-
hour average basis from any combination of stacks, vents, or other 
openings on furnaces, reactors, or other types of process vessels used 
for the production of anode copper from copper sulfide ore concentrates 
by pyrometallurgical techniques. Examples of such process equipment 
include, but are not limited to, copper concentrate dryers, smelting 
flash furnaces, smelting bath furnaces, converting vessels, combined 
smelting and converting reactors, anode refining furnaces, and anode 
shaft furnaces.
    (2) You must operate a capture system that collects the gases and 
fumes released during the transfer of molten materials from smelting 
vessels and converting vessels and conveys the collected gas stream to a 
baghouse or other PM control device.
    (3) You must operate one or more capture systems that collect the 
gases and fumes released from each vessel used to refine blister copper, 
remelt anode copper, or remelt anode scrap and convey each collected gas 
stream to a baghouse or other PM control device. One control device may 
be used for multiple collected gas streams.
    (b) Monitoring requirements. (1) You must install, operate, and 
maintain a PM continuous emissions monitoring system (CEMS) to measure 
and record PM concentrations and gas stream flow rates for the exhaust 
gases discharged to the atmosphere from each affected source subject to 
the emissions limit in paragraph (a)(1) of this section. A single PM 
CEMS may be used for the combined exhaust gas streams from multiple 
affected sources at a point before the gases are discharged to the 
atmosphere. For each PM CEMS used to comply with this paragraph, you 
must meet the requirements in paragraphs (b)(1)(i) through (iii) of this 
section.
    (i) You must install, certify, operate, and maintain the PM CEMS 
according to EPA Performance Specification 11 in 40 CFR part 60, 
appendix B, and the quality assurance requirements of Procedure 2 in 40 
CFR part 60, appendix F.
    (ii) You must conduct an initial performance evaluation of the PM 
CEMS according to the requirements of Performance Specification 11 in 40 
CFR part 60, appendix B. Thereafter, you must perform the performance 
evaluations as required by Procedure 2 in 40 CFR part 60, appendix F.
    (iii) You must perform quarterly accuracy determinations and daily 
calibration drift tests for the PM CEMS according to Procedure 2 in 40 
CFR part 60, appendix F.
    (2) You must install, operate, and maintain a weight measurement 
system to measure and record the weight

[[Page 326]]

of the copper concentrate feed charged to the smelting vessel on a daily 
basis.
    (c) Compliance requirements. (1) You must demonstrate initial 
compliance with the emissions limit in paragraph (a)(1) of this section 
using the procedures in paragraph (c)(2) this section within 180 days 
after startup and report the results in your notification of compliance 
status no later than 30 days after the end of the compliance 
demonstration.
    (2) You must demonstrate continuous compliance with the emissions 
limit in paragraph (a)(1) of this section using the procedures in 
paragraph (c)(2)(i) through (iii) of this section whenever your facility 
is producing copper from copper concentrate.
    (i) You must continuously monitor and record PM emissions, determine 
and record the daily (24-hour) value for each day, and calculate and 
record the daily average pounds of total PM per ton of copper 
concentrate feed charged to the smelting vessel according to the 
requirements in paragraph (b) of this section.
    (ii) You must calculate the daily average at the end of each 
calendar day for the preceding 24-hour period.
    (iii) You must maintain records of the calculations of daily 
averages with supporting information and data, including measurements of 
the weight of copper concentrate feed charged to the smelting vessel. 
Collected PM CEMS data must be made available for inspection.
    (d) Alternative startup, shutdown, and malfunction requirements. You 
must comply with the requirements specified in this paragraph as an 
alternative to the requirements in 40 CFR 63.6(e)(3). In the event of an 
emergency situation, you must comply with the requirements specified in 
paragraphs (d)(1) through (3) of this section. For the purpose of 
complying with this paragraph, an emergency situation is any situation 
arising from sudden and reasonably unforeseeable events beyond the 
control of the facility owner or operator that requires immediate 
corrective action to restore normal operation, and that causes the 
affected source to exceed an applicable emissions limitation under this 
subpart, due to unavoidable increases in emissions attributable to the 
emergency. An emergency must not include noncompliance to the extent it 
is caused by improperly designed equipment, lack of preventive 
maintenance, careless or improper operation, or operator error.
    (1) During the period of the emergency, you must implement all 
reasonable steps to minimize levels of emissions that exceeded the 
emission standards or other applicable requirements in this subpart.
    (2) You must document through signed contemporaneous logs or other 
relevant evidence that an emergency occurred and you can identify the 
probable cause, your facility was being operated properly at the time 
the emergency occurred, and the corrective actions taken to minimize 
emissions as required by paragraph (d)(1) of this section.
    (3) You must submit a notice of the emergency to the permitting 
authority within two working days of the time when emissions limitations 
were exceeded due to the emergency (or an alternate timeframe acceptable 
to the permitting authority). This notice must contain a description of 
the emergency, any steps taken to mitigate emissions, and corrective 
actions taken.
    (e) Reports. You must submit to the permitting authority by the 20th 
day of each month a summary of the daily average PM per ton of copper 
concentrate feed charged to the smelting vessel for the previous month.

                   Other Requirements and Information



Sec. 63.11150  What General Provisions apply to this subpart?

    (a) If you own or operate a new or existing affected source, you 
must comply with the requirements of the General Provisions (40 CFR part 
63, subpart A) as specified in Table 1 to this subpart.
    (b) If you own or operate an existing affected source subject to 
Sec. 63.11147, your notification of compliance status required by Sec. 
63.9(h) must include the information specified in paragraphs (b)(1) 
through (4) of this section.
    (1) If you certify initial compliance with the PM emissions limit in

[[Page 327]]

Sec. 63.11147(a)(1) based on monitoring data from the previous month, 
your notification of compliance status must include this certification 
of compliance, signed by a responsible official: ``This facility 
complies with the PM emissions limit in Sec. 63.11147(a)(1) based on 
monitoring data that were collected during the previous month.''
    (2) If you conduct a new performance test to demonstrate initial 
compliance with the PM emissions limit in Sec. 63.11147(a)(1), your 
notification of compliance status must include the results of the 
performance test, including required monitoring data.
    (3) Your notification of compliance status must include this 
certification of compliance, signed by a responsible official, for the 
work practice standard in Sec. 63.11147(a)(2): ``This facility complies 
with the requirement to capture gases from transfer of molten materials 
from smelting vessels and converting vessels and convey them to a 
control device in accordance with Sec. 63.11147(a)(2).''
    (4) Your notification of compliance status must include this 
certification of compliance, signed by a responsible official, for the 
work practice standard in Sec. 63.11147(a)(3): ``This facility complies 
with the requirement to capture gases from operations in the anode 
refining department and convey them to a PM control device in accordance 
with Sec. 63.11147(a)(3).''
    (c) If you own or operate an existing affected source subject to 
Sec. 63.11148, your notification of compliance status required by Sec. 
63.9(h) must include the information specified in paragraphs (c)(1) 
through (5) of this section.
    (1) If you certify initial compliance with the PM emissions limit in 
Sec. 63.11148(a)(1), (a)(3)(ii), and (a)(4)(iv) based on the results of 
a previous performance test conducted within the past 12 months before 
your compliance date, your notification of compliance status must 
include this certification of compliance, signed by a responsible 
official: ``This facility complies with the PM emissions limit in Sec. 
63.11148(a)(1) based on the results of a previous performance test.''
    (2) If you conduct a new performance test to demonstrate initial 
compliance with the PM emissions limits in Sec. 63.11148(a)(1), 
(a)(3)(ii), and (a)(4)(iv), your notification of compliance status must 
include the results of the performance test, including required 
monitoring data.
    (3) Your notification of compliance status must include this 
certification of compliance, signed by a responsible official, for the 
work practice standards in Sec. 63.11148(a)(2), and (a)(4)(iii): ``This 
facility complies with the requirement to vent captured process gases to 
a gas cleaning system controlling PM and to a sulfuric acid plant in 
accordance with Sec. 63.11148(a)(2) and (a)(4)(iii).''
    (4) Your notification of compliance status must include this 
certification of compliance, signed by a responsible official, for the 
work practice standard in Sec. 63.11148(a)(3)(i): ``This facility 
complies with the requirement to operate capture systems to collect 
gases and fumes released when copper matte or slag is tapped from the 
smelting vessel in accordance with Sec. 63.11148(a)(3)(i).''
    (5) Your notification of compliance status must include this 
certification of compliance, signed by a responsible official, for the 
work practice standard in Sec. 63.11148(a)(4): ``This facility complies 
with the requirement to operate capture systems to collect gases and 
fumes released during batch copper converter operations in accordance 
with Sec. 63.11148(a)(4).''
    (d) If you own or operate a new affected source, your notification 
of compliance status required by Sec. 63.9(h) must include the 
information in paragraphs (d)(1) through (3) of this section.
    (1) Your notification of compliance status must include the results 
of the initial performance test and monitoring data collected during the 
test that demonstrate compliance with the emissions limit in Sec. 
63.11149(a)(1).
    (2) Your notification of compliance status must include this 
certification of compliance, signed by a responsible official, for the 
work practice standard in Sec. 63.11149(a)(2): ``This facility complies 
with the requirement to capture gases from transfer of molten materials 
from smelting vessels and converting vessels and convey them to a PM 
control device in accordance with Sec. 63.11149(a)(2).''

[[Page 328]]

    (3) Your notification of compliance status must include this 
certification of compliance, signed by a responsible official, for the 
work practice standard in Sec. 63.11149(a)(3): ``This facility complies 
with the requirement to capture gases from each vessel used to refine 
blister copper, remelt anode copper, or remelt anode scrap, and convey 
them to a PM control device in accordance with Sec. 63.11149(a)(3).''

[72 FR 2944, Jan. 23, 2007, as amended at 72 FR 36367, July 3, 2007]



Sec. 63.11151  What definitions apply to this subpart?

    Terms used in this subpart are defined in the CAA, in 40 CFR 63.2, 
and in this section as follows:
    Anode refining department means the area at a primary copper smelter 
in which anode copper refining operations are performed. Emissions 
sources in the anode refining department include anode refining furnaces 
and anode shaft furnaces.
    Baghouse means a control device that collects particulate matter by 
filtering the gas stream through bags. A baghouse is also referred to as 
a ``fabric filter.''
    Bag leak detection system means a system that is capable of 
continuously monitoring relative particulate matter (dust) loadings in 
the exhaust of a baghouse in order to detect bag leaks and other upset 
conditions. A bag leak detection system includes, but is not limited to, 
an instrument that operates on triboelectric, light scattering, 
transmittance or other effect to continuously monitor relative 
particulate matter loadings.
    Batch copper converter means a converter in which molten copper 
matte is charged and then oxidized to form blister copper by a process 
that is performed in discrete batches using a sequence of charging, 
blowing, skimming, and pouring.
    Capture system means the collection of components used to capture 
gases and fumes released from one or more emissions points and then 
convey the captured gas stream to a control device. A capture system may 
include, but is not limited to, the following components as applicable 
to a given capture system design: Duct intake devices, hoods, 
enclosures, ductwork, dampers, manifolds, plenums, and fans.
    Charging means the operating mode for a batch copper converter 
during which molten or solid material is added into the vessel.
    Control device means air pollution control equipment used to remove 
PM from a gas stream.
    Converting vessel means a furnace, reactor, or other type of vessel 
in which copper matte is oxidized to form blister copper.
    Copper concentrate means copper ore that has been beneficiated to 
increase its copper content.
    Copper concentrate dryer means a vessel in which copper concentrates 
are heated in the presence of air to reduce the moisture content of the 
material. Supplemental copper-bearing feed materials and fluxes may be 
added or mixed with the copper concentrates fed to a copper concentrate 
dryer.
    Copper concentrate feed means the mixture of copper concentrate, 
secondary copper-bearing materials, recycled slags and dusts, fluxes, 
and other materials blended together for feeding to the smelting vessel.
    Copper matte means a material predominately composed of copper and 
iron sulfides produced by smelting copper ore concentrates.
    Deviation means any instance in which an affected source subject to 
this subpart, or an owner or operator of such a source:
    (1) Fails to meet any requirement or obligation established by this 
subpart, including but not limited to any emissions limitation or work 
practice standard;
    (2) Fails to meet any term or condition that is adopted to implement 
an applicable requirement in this subpart and that is included in the 
operating permit for any affected source required to obtain such a 
permit; or
    (3) Fails to meet any emissions limitation or work practice standard 
in this subpart during startup, shutdown, or malfunction, regardless of 
whether or not such failure is permitted by this subpart.
    Holding means the operating mode for a batch copper converter or a 
holding furnace associated with a smelting furnace during which the 
molten bath

[[Page 329]]

is maintained in the vessel but no blowing or smelting is performed nor 
is material added into or removed from the vessel.
    Matte drying and grinding plant means the area at a primary copper 
smelter in which wet granulated matte copper is ground in a mill, dried 
by blowing heated air through the mill, and then separated from the 
drying air stream using a control device such as a baghouse.
    Pouring means the operating mode for a batch copper converter during 
which molten copper is removed from the vessel.
    Primary copper smelter means any installation or any intermediate 
process engaged in the production of copper from copper sulfide ore 
concentrates through the use of pyrometallurgical techniques.
    Responsible official means responsible official as defined at 40 CFR 
70.2.
    Secondary gas system means a capture system that collects the gases 
and fumes released when removing and transferring molten materials from 
one or more vessels using tapping ports, launders, and other openings in 
the vessels. Examples of molten material include, but are not limited 
to: Copper matte, slag, and blister copper.
    Skimming means the batch copper converter operating mode during 
which molten slag is removed from the vessel.
    Smelting vessel means a furnace, reactor, or other type of vessel in 
which copper ore concentrate and fluxes are smelted to form a molten 
mass of material containing copper matte and slag. Other copper-bearing 
materials may also be charged to the smelting vessel.
    Work practice standard means any design, equipment, work practice, 
or operational standard, or combination thereof.



Sec. 63.11152  Who implements and enforces this subpart?

    (a) This subpart can be implemented and enforced by the U.S. EPA, or 
a delegated authority such as a State, local, or tribal agency. If the 
U.S. EPA Administrator has delegated authority to a State, local, or 
tribal agency, then that Agency has the authority to implement and 
enforce this subpart. You should contact your U.S. EPA Regional Office 
to find out if this subpart is delegated to a State, local, or tribal 
agency within your State.
    (b) In delegating implementation and enforcement authority of this 
subpart to a State, local, or tribal agency under 40 CFR part 63, 
subpart E, the authorities contained in paragraph (c) of this section 
are retained by the Administrator of the U.S. EPA and are not 
transferred to the State, local, or tribal agency.
    (c) The authorities that will not be delegated to State, local, or 
tribal agencies are listed in paragraphs (c)(1) through (5) of this 
section.
    (1) Approval of an alternative non-opacity emissions standard under 
Sec. 63.6(g).
    (2) Approval of an alternative opacity emissions standard under 
Sec. 63.6(h)(9).
    (3) Approval of a major change to a test method under Sec. 
63.7(e)(2)(ii) and (f). A ``major change to test method'' is defined in 
Sec. 63.90.
    (4) Approval of a major change to monitoring under Sec. 63.8(f). A 
``major change to monitoring'' is defined in Sec. 63.90.
    (5) Approval of a major change to recordkeeping/reporting under 
Sec. 63.10(f). A ``major change to recordkeeping/reporting'' is defined 
in Sec. 63.90.
    As required in Sec. 63.11150(a), you must comply with the 
requirements of the NESHAP General Provisions (40 CFR part 63, subpart 
A) as shown in the following table.



  Sec. Table 1 to Subpart EEEEEE of Part 63--Applicability of General 
                      Provisions to Subpart EEEEEE

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
              Citation                       Subject          Applies to subpart EEEEEE?        Explanation
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
63.1(a)(1), (a)(2), (a)(3), (a)(4),  Applicability.........  Yes.                         ......................
 (a)(6), (a)(10)-(a)(12) (b)(1),
 (b)(3), (c)(1), (c)(2), (c)(5),
 (e).

[[Page 330]]

 
63.1(a)(5), (a)(7)-(a)(9), (b)(2),   Reserved..............  No.                          ......................
 (c)(3), (c)(4), (d).
63.2...............................  Definitions...........  Yes.                         ......................
63.3...............................  Units and               Yes.                         ......................
                                      Abbreviations.
63.4...............................  Prohibited Activities   Yes.                         ......................
                                      and Circumvention.
63.5...............................  Preconstruction Review  No.                          ......................
                                      and Notification
                                      Requirements.
63.6(a), (b)(1)-(b)(5), (b)(7),      Compliance with         Yes.                         ......................
 (c)(1), (c)(2), (c)(5).              Standards and
                                      Maintenance
                                      Requirements--Applica
                                      bility and Compliance
                                      Dates.
63.6(e)............................  Operation and           Yes/No.....................  Operation and
                                      Maintenance                                          maintenance
                                      Requirements.                                        requirements do not
                                                                                           apply to existing
                                                                                           sources except that
                                                                                           the startup,
                                                                                           shutdown, and
                                                                                           malfunction
                                                                                           requirements in Sec.
                                                                                            63.6(e)(3) are
                                                                                           allowed as an
                                                                                           alternative to the
                                                                                           rule requirements for
                                                                                           emergency situations.
                                                                                           Operation and
                                                                                           maintenance
                                                                                           requirements apply to
                                                                                           new sources except
                                                                                           that the rule
                                                                                           requirements for
                                                                                           emergency situations
                                                                                           are allowed as an
                                                                                           alternative to the
                                                                                           startup, shutdown,
                                                                                           and malfunction
                                                                                           requirements in Sec.
                                                                                            63.6(e)(3).
63.6(f), (g), (i), (j).............  Compliance with         Yes.                         ......................
                                      Nonopacity Emission
                                      Standards.
63.6(b)(6), (c)(3), (c)(4), (d),     Reserved..............  No.                          ......................
 (e)(2), (e)(3)(ii), (h)(3),
 (h)(5)(iv).
63.6(h)(1)-(h)(4), (h)(5)(i)-        ......................  Yes/No.....................  Requirements apply to
 (h)(5)(iii), (h)(6)-(h)(9).                                                               new sources but not
                                                                                           existing sources.
63.7(a), (e), (f), (g), (h)........  Performance Testing     Yes.                         ......................
                                      Requirements.
63.7(b), (c).......................  ......................  Yes/No.....................  Notification of
                                                                                           performance tests and
                                                                                           quality assurance
                                                                                           program apply to new
                                                                                           sources but not
                                                                                           existing sources.
63.8(a)(1), (a)(2), (b), (c), (f),   Monitoring              Yes.                         ......................
 (g).                                 Requirements.
63.8(a)(3).........................  Reserved..............  No.                          ......................
63.8(a)(4).........................  ......................  No.........................  Subpart EEEEEE does
                                                                                           not require flares.
63.8(d), (e).......................  ......................  Yes/No.....................  Requirements for
                                                                                           quality control
                                                                                           program and
                                                                                           performance
                                                                                           evaluations apply to
                                                                                           new sources but not
                                                                                           existing sources.
63.9(a), (b)(1), (b)(2), (b)(5),     Notification            Yes.                         ......................
 (c), (d), (h)(1)-(h)(3), (h)(5),     Requirements.
 (h)(6), (i), (j).
63.9(b)(3), (h)(4).................  Reserved..............  No.                          ......................
63.9(b)(4), (f)....................  ......................  No.                          ......................
63.9(e), (g).......................  ......................  Yes/No.....................  Notification
                                                                                           requirements for
                                                                                           performance test and
                                                                                           use of continuous
                                                                                           monitoring systems
                                                                                           apply to new sources
                                                                                           but not existing
                                                                                           sources.
63.10(a), (b)(1), (d)(1), (d)(2),    Recordkeeping and       Yes/No.....................  Recordkeeping
 (d)(4), (d)(5), (f).                 Reporting                                            requirements apply to
                                      Requirements.                                        new sources but not
                                                                                           existing sources.
63.10(b)(2), (b)(3), (c)(1) (c)(5)-  ......................  Yes/No.....................  Recordkeeping
 (c)(8), (c)(10)-(c)(15), (e)(1),                                                          requirements apply to
 (e)(2).                                                                                   new sources but not
                                                                                           existing sources.
63.10(c)(2)-(c)(4), (c)(9).........  Reserved..............  No.                          ......................
63.10(d)(3), (e)(4)................  ......................  No.........................  Reporting requirements
                                                                                           apply to new sources
                                                                                           but not existing
                                                                                           sources.
63.10(e)(3)........................  ......................  Yes/No.....................  Reporting requirements
                                                                                           apply to new sources
                                                                                           but not existing
                                                                                           sources.

[[Page 331]]

 
63.11..............................  Control Device          No.........................  Subpart EEEEEE does
                                      Requirements.                                        not require flares.
63.12..............................  State Authorities and   Yes.                         ......................
                                      Delegations.
63.13..............................  Addresses.............  Yes.                         ......................
63.14..............................  Incorporations by       Yes.                         ......................
                                      Reference.
63.15..............................  Availability of         Yes.                         ......................
                                      Information and
                                      Confidentiality.
63.16..............................  Performance Track       Yes.                         ......................
                                      Provisions.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



Subpart FFFFFF_National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants 
               for Secondary Copper Smelting Area Sources

    Source: 72 FR 2952, Jan. 23, 2007, unless otherwise noted.

                   Applicability and Compliance Dates



Sec. 63.11153  Am I subject to this subpart?

    (a) You are subject to this subpart if you own or operate a new 
secondary copper smelter that is an area source of hazardous air 
pollutant (HAP) emissions.
    (b) This subpart applies to each new affected source. The affected 
source is each secondary copper smelter. Your secondary copper smelter 
is a new affected source if you commenced constructed or reconstruction 
of the affected source on or after October 6, 2006.
    (c) This subpart does not apply to research and development 
facilities, as defined in section 112(c)(7) of the CAA.
    (d) If you own or operate an area source subject to this subpart, 
you must obtain a permit under 40 CFR part 70 or 40 CFR part 71.

[72 FR 2952, Jan. 23, 2007, as amended at 72 FR 36367, July 3, 2007]



Sec. 63.11154  What are my compliance dates?

    (a) If you startup a new affected source on or before January 23, 
2007, you must achieve compliance with the applicable provisions of this 
subpart not later than January 23, 2007.
    (b) If you startup a new affected source after January 23, 2007, you 
must achieve compliance with the applicable provisions of this subpart 
upon startup of your affected source.

                  Standards and Compliance Requirements



Sec. 63.11155  What are the standards and compliance requirements
for new sources?

    (a) You must not discharge to the atmosphere any gases which contain 
particulate matter (PM) in excess of 0.002 grains per dry standard cubic 
foot (gr/dscf) from the exhaust vent of any capture system for a 
smelting furnace, melting furnace, or other vessel that contains molten 
material and any capture system for the transfer of molten material.
    (b) For each smelting furnace, melting furnace, or other vessel that 
contains molten material, you must install and operate a capture system 
that collects the gases and fumes from the vessel and from the transfer 
of molten material and convey the collected gas stream to a control 
device.
    (c) You must prepare and operate at all times according to a written 
plan for the selection, inspection, and pretreatment of copper scrap to 
minimize, to the extent practicable, the amount of oil and plastics in 
the scrap that is charged to the smelting furnace. Your plan must 
include a training program for scrap inspectors. You must keep records 
to demonstrate continuous compliance with the requirements of your plan. 
You must keep a current copy of your pollution prevention plan onsite 
and available for inspection.
    (d) You must install, operate, and maintain a bag leak detection 
system on all baghouses used to comply with the PM emissions limit in 
paragraph (a) of this section according to paragraph (d)(1) of this 
section, prepare and operate by a site-specific monitoring plan 
according to paragraph (d)(2) of

[[Page 332]]

this section, take corrective action according to paragraph (d)(3) of 
this section, and record information according to paragraph (d)(4) of 
this section.
    (1) Each bag leak detection system must meet the specifications and 
requirements in paragraphs (d)(1)(i) through (viii) of this section.
    (i) The bag leak detection system must be certified by the 
manufacturer to be capable of detecting PM emissions at concentrations 
of 1 milligram per actual cubic meter (0.00044 grains per actual cubic 
foot) or less.
    (ii) The bag leak detection system sensor must provide output of 
relative PM loadings. The owner or operator must continuously record the 
output from the bag leak detection system using electronic or other 
means (e.g., using a strip chart recorder or a data logger.)
    (iii) The bag leak detection system must be equipped with an alarm 
system that will sound when the system detects an increase in relative 
particulate loading over the alarm set point established according to 
paragraph (d)(1)(iv) of this section, and the alarm must be located such 
that it can be heard by the appropriate plant personnel.
    (iv) In the initial adjustment of the bag leak detection system, you 
must establish, at a minimum, the baseline output by adjusting the 
sensitivity (range) and the averaging period of the device, the alarm 
set points, and the alarm delay time.
    (v) Following initial adjustment, you must not adjust the averaging 
period, alarm set point, or alarm delay time without approval from the 
Administrator or delegated authority except as provided in paragraph 
(d)(1)(vi) of this section.
    (vi) Once per quarter, you may adjust the sensitivity of the bag 
leak detection system to account for seasonal effects, including 
temperature and humidity, according to the procedures identified in the 
site-specific monitoring plan required by paragraph (d)(2) of this 
section.
    (vii) You must install the bag leak detection sensor downstream of 
the baghouse and upstream of any wet scrubber.
    (viii) Where multiple detectors are required, the system's 
instrumentation and alarm may be shared among detectors.
    (2) You must develop and submit to the Administrator or delegated 
authority for approval a site-specific monitoring plan for each bag leak 
detection system. You must operate and maintain the bag leak detection 
system according to the site-specific monitoring plan at all times. Each 
monitoring plan must describe the items in paragraphs (d)(2)(i) through 
(vi) of this section.
    (i) Installation of the bag leak detection system;
    (ii) Initial and periodic adjustment of the bag leak detection 
system, including how the alarm set-point will be established;
    (iii) Operation of the bag leak detection system, including quality 
assurance procedures;
    (iv) How the bag leak detection system will be maintained, including 
a routine maintenance schedule and spare parts inventory list;
    (v) How the bag leak detection system output will be recorded and 
stored; and
    (vi) Corrective action procedures as specified in paragraph (d)(3) 
of this section. In approving the site-specific monitoring plan, the 
Administrator or delegated authority may allow owners and operators more 
than 3 hours to alleviate a specific condition that causes an alarm if 
the owner or operator identifies in the monitoring plan this specific 
condition as one that could lead to an alarm, adequately explains why it 
is not feasible to alleviate this specific condition within 3 hours of 
the time the alarm occurs, and demonstrates that the requested time will 
ensure alleviation of this condition as expeditiously as practicable.
    (3) For each bag leak detection system, you must initiate procedures 
to determine the cause of every alarm within 1 hour of the alarm. Except 
as provided in paragraph (d)(2)(vi) of this section, you must alleviate 
the cause of the alarm within 3 hours of the alarm by taking whatever 
corrective action(s) are necessary. Corrective actions may include, but 
are not limited to the following:

[[Page 333]]

    (i) Inspecting the baghouse for air leaks, torn or broken bags or 
filter media, or any other condition that may cause an increase in 
particulate emissions;
    (ii) Sealing off defective bags or filter media;
    (iii) Replacing defective bags or filter media or otherwise 
repairing the control device;
    (iv) Sealing off a defective baghouse compartment;
    (v) Cleaning the bag leak detection system probe or otherwise 
repairing the bag leak detection system; or
    (vi) Shutting down the process producing the particulate emissions.
    (4) You must maintain records of the information specified in 
paragraphs (d)(4)(i) through (iii) of this section for each bag leak 
detection system.
    (i) Records of the bag leak detection system output;
    (ii) Records of bag leak detection system adjustments, including the 
date and time of the adjustment, the initial bag leak detection system 
settings, and the final bag leak detection system settings; and
    (iii) The date and time of all bag leak detection system alarms, the 
time that procedures to determine the cause of an alarm were initiated, 
whether procedures were initiated within 1 hour of the alarm, the cause 
of the alarm, an explanation of the actions taken, the date and time the 
cause of the alarm was alleviated, and whether the alarm was alleviated 
within 3 hours of the alarm.
    (e) You must conduct a performance test to demonstrate initial 
compliance with the PM emissions limit within 180 days after startup and 
report the results in your notification of compliance status. You must 
conduct each PM test according to Sec. 63.7(e)(1) using the test 
methods and procedures in paragraphs (e)(1) through (5) of this section.
    (1) Method 1 or 1A (40 CFR part 60, appendix A) to select sampling 
port locations and the number of traverse points in each stack or duct. 
Sampling sites must be located at the outlet of the control device (or 
at the outlet of the emissions source if no control device is present) 
prior to any releases to the atmosphere.
    (2) Method 2, 2A, 2C, 2D, 2F, or 2G (40 CFR part 60, appendix A) to 
determine the volumetric flow rate of the stack gas.
    (3) Method 3, 3A, or 3B (40 CFR part 60, appendix A) to determine 
the dry molecular weight of the stack gas. You may use ANSI/ASME PTC 
19.10-1981, ``Flue and Exhaust Gas Analyses (incorporated by reference--
see Sec. 63.14) as an alternative to EPA Method 3B.
    (4) Method 4 (40 CFR part 60, appendix A) to determine the moisture 
content of the stack gas.
    (5) Method 5 (40 CFR part 60, appendix A) to determine the PM 
concentration for negative pressure baghouses and Method 5D (40 CFR part 
60, appendix A) for positive pressure baghouses. The sampling time and 
volume for each run must be at least 60 minutes and 0.85 dry standard 
cubic meters (30 dry standard cubic feet). A minimum of three valid test 
runs are needed to comprise a PM performance test.
    (f) You must conduct subsequent performance tests to demonstrate 
compliance with the PM emissions limit at least once every 5 years.
    (g) If you use a control device other than a baghouse, you must 
prepare and submit a monitoring plan to the Administrator for approval. 
Each plan must contain the information in paragraphs (g)(1) through (5) 
of this section.
    (1) A description of the device;
    (2) Test results collected in accordance with paragraph (e) of this 
section verifying the performance of the device for reducing PM to the 
levels required by this subpart;
    (3) Operation and maintenance plan for the control device (including 
a preventative maintenance schedule consistent with the manufacturer's 
instructions for routine and long-term maintenance) and continuous 
monitoring system.
    (4) A list of operating parameters that will be monitored to 
maintain continuous compliance with the applicable emission limits; and
    (5) Operating parameter limits based on monitoring data collected 
during the performance test.

[[Page 334]]



Sec. 63.11156  [Reserved]

                   Other Requirements and Information



Sec. 63.11157  What General Provisions apply to this subpart?

    (a) If you own or operate a new affected source, you must comply 
with the requirements of the General Provisions in 40 CFR part 63, 
subpart A as specified in Table 1 to this subpart.
    (b) Your notification of compliance status required by Sec. 63.9(h) 
must include the following:
    (1) The results of the initial performance tests and monitoring data 
collected during the test.
    (2) This certification of compliance, signed by a responsible 
official, for the work practice standard in Sec. 63.1155(b): ``This 
facility complies with the requirement for a capture system for each 
smelting furnace, melting furnace, or other vessel that contains molten 
material in accordance with Sec. 63.11155(b).''
    (3) This certification of compliance, signed by a responsible 
official, for the work practice standard in Sec. 63.11155(c): ``This 
facility complies with the requirement for a written plan for the 
selection, inspection, and pretreatment of copper scrap in accordance 
with Sec. 63.11155(c).''
    (4) This certification of compliance, signed by a responsible 
official, for the work practice standard in Sec. 63.11155(d)(2): ``This 
facility has an approved monitoring plan in accordance with Sec. 
63.11155(d)(2).''
    (5) This certification of compliance, signed by a responsible 
official, for the work practice standard in Sec. 63.11155(g): ``This 
facility has an approved monitoring plan in accordance with Sec. 
63.11155(g).''

[72 FR 2952, Jan. 23, 2007, as amended at 72 FR 36367, July 3, 2007]



Sec. 63.11158  What definitions apply to this subpart?

    Terms used in this subpart are defined in the CAA, in 40 CFR 63.2, 
and in this section as follows:
    Anode copper means copper that is cast into anodes and refined in an 
electrolytic process to produce high purity copper.
    Capture system means the collection of components used to capture 
gases and fumes released from one or more emissions points and then 
convey the captured gas stream to a control device. A capture system may 
include, but is not limited to, the following components as applicable 
to a given capture system design: duct intake devices, hoods, 
enclosures, ductwork, dampers, manifolds, plenums, and fans.
    Melting furnace means any furnace, reactor, or other type of vessel 
that heats solid materials and produces a molten mass of material.
    Secondary copper smelter means a facility that processes copper 
scrap in a blast furnace and converter or that uses another 
pyrometallurgical purification process to produce anode copper from 
copper scrap, including low-grade copper scrap. A facility where 
recycled copper scrap or copper alloy scrap is melted to produce ingots 
or for direct use in a manufacturing process is not a secondary copper 
smelter.
    Smelting furnace means any furnace, reactor, or other type of vessel 
in which copper scrap and fluxes are melted to form a molten mass of 
material containing copper and slag.
    Work practice standard means any design, equipment, work practice, 
or operational standard, or combination thereof.



Sec. 63.11159  Who implements and enforces this subpart?

    (a) This subpart can be implemented and enforced by the U.S. EPA, or 
a delegated authority such as a State, local, or tribal agency. If the 
U.S. EPA Administrator has delegated authority to a State, local, or 
tribal agency, then that Agency has the authority to implement and 
enforce this subpart. You should contact your U.S. EPA Regional Office 
to find out if this subpart is delegated to a State, local, or tribal 
agency.
    (b) In delegating implementation and enforcement authority of this 
subpart to a State, local, or tribal agency under 40 CFR part 63, 
subpart E, the authorities contained in paragraph (c) of this section 
are retained by the Administrator of the U.S. EPA and are not 
transferred to the State, local, or tribal agency.

[[Page 335]]

    (c) The authorities that will not be delegated to State, local, or 
tribal agencies are listed in paragraphs (c)(1) through (4) of this 
section.
    (1) Approval of an alternative non-opacity emissions standard under 
Sec. 63.6(g).
    (2) Approval of a major change to test methods under Sec. 
63.7(e)(2)(ii) and (f). A ``major change to test method'' is defined in 
Sec. 63.90.
    (3) Approval of a major change to monitoring under Sec. 63.8(f). A 
``major change to monitoring'' is defined in Sec. 63.90.
    (4) Approval of a major change to recordkeeping/ reporting under 
Sec. 63.10(f). A ``major change to recordkeeping/reporting'' is defined 
in Sec. 63.90.
    As required in Sec. 63.11157(a), you must comply with the 
requirements of the General Provisions (40 CFR part 63, subpart A) as 
shown in the following table.



  Sec. Table 1 to Subpart FFFFFF of Part 63--Applicability of General 
                      Provisions to Subpart FFFFFF

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
              Citation                       Subject          Applies to subpart FFFFFF?        Explanation
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
63.1(a)(1), (a)(2), (a)(3), (a)(4),  Applicability.........  Yes.
 (a)(6), (a)(10)-(a)(12), (b)(1),
 (b)(3), (c)(1), (c)(2), (c)(5),
 (e).
63.1(a)(5), (a)(7)-(a)(9), (b)(2),   Reserved..............  No.
 (c)(3), (c)(4), (d).
63.2...............................  Definitions...........  Yes.
63.3...............................  Units and               Yes.
                                      Abbreviations.
63.4...............................  Prohibited Activities   Yes.
                                      and Circumvention.
63.5...............................  Preconstruction Review  No.
                                      and Notification
                                      Requirements.
63.6(a), (b)(1)-(b)(5), (b)(7),      Compliance with         Yes.
 (c)(1), (c)(2), (c)(5), (e)(3)(i),   Standards and
 (e)(3)(iii)-(e)(3)(ix), (f), (g),    Maintenance
 (i), (j).                            Requirements.
63.6(b)(6), (c)(3), (c)(4), (d),     Reserved..............  No.
 (e)(2), (e)(3)(ii), (h)(3),
 (h)(5)(iv).
63.6(h)(1)-(h)(4), (h)(5)(i)-        ......................  No.........................  Subpart FFFFFF does
 (h)(5)(iii), (h)(6)-(h)(9).                                                               not include opacity
                                                                                           or visible emissions
                                                                                           standards.
63.7...............................  Performance Testing     Yes.
                                      Requirements.
63.8(a)(1), (a)(2), (b), (f)(1)-(5)  Monitoring              Yes.
                                      Requirements.
63.8(a)(3).........................  Reserved..............  No.
63.8(c), (d), (e), (f)(6), (g).....  ......................  No.........................  Subpart FFFFFF does
                                                                                           not require a
                                                                                           continuous monitoring
                                                                                           system.
63.8(a)(4).........................  ......................  No.........................  Subpart FFFFFF does
                                                                                           not require flares.
63.9(a), (b)(1), (b)(2), (b)(5),     Notification            Yes.
 (c), (d), (e), (f), (g), (h)(1)-     Requirements.
 (h)(3), (h)(5), (h)(6), (i), (j).
63.9(b)(3), (h)(4).................  Reserved..............  No.
63.9(b)(4).........................  ......................  No.
63.9(f)............................  ......................  No.........................  Subpart FFFFFF does
                                                                                           not include opacity
                                                                                           or visible emissions
                                                                                           standards.
63.9(g)............................  ......................  No.........................  Subpart FFFFFF does
                                                                                           not require a
                                                                                           continuous monitoring
                                                                                           system.
63.10(a), (b)(2)(i)-(b)(2)(v),       Recordkeeping and       Yes.
 (b)(2)(xiv), (d)(1), (d)(2),         Reporting
 (d)(4), (d)(5), (e)(1), (e)(2),      Requirements.
 (f).
63.10(c)(2)-(c)(4), (c)(9).........  Reserved..............  No.
63.10(b)(2)(vi)-(b)(2)(xiii),        ......................  ...........................  Subpart FFFFFF does
 (c)(1), (c)(5)-(c)(14), (e)(1)-                                                           not require a
 (e)(2), (e)(4).                                                                           continuous monitoring
                                                                                           system.
63.10(d)(3)........................  ......................  No.........................  Subpart FFFFFF does
                                                                                           not include opacity
                                                                                           or visible emissions
                                                                                           standards.
63.10(e)(3)........................  ......................  Yes.

[[Page 336]]

 
63.11..............................  Control Device          No.........................  Subpart FFFFFF does
                                      Requirements.                                        not require flares.
63.12..............................  State Authorities and   Yes.
                                      Delegations.
63.13..............................  Addresses.............  Yes.
63.14..............................  Incorporations by       Yes........................
                                      Reference.
63.15..............................  Availability of         Yes........................
                                      Information and
                                      Confidentiality.
63.16..............................  Performance Track       Yes.
                                      Provisions.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



Subpart GGGGGG_National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants 
 for Primary Nonferrous Metals Area Sources_Zinc, Cadmium, and Beryllium

    Source: 72 FR 2955, Jan. 23, 2007, unless otherwise noted.

                   Applicability and Compliance Dates



Sec. 63.11160  Am I subject to this subpart?

    (a) You are subject to this subpart if you own or operate a primary 
zinc production facility or primary beryllium production facility that 
is an area source of hazardous air pollutant (HAP) emissions.
    (b) The affected source is each existing or new primary zinc 
production facility or primary beryllium production facility.
    (1) An affected source is existing if you commenced construction or 
reconstruction of the affected source before October 6, 2006.
    (2) An affected source is new if you commenced construction or 
reconstruction of the affected source on or after October 6, 2006.
    (c) If you own or operate a new or existing affected source, you 
must obtain a permit under 40 CFR part 70 or 71.



Sec. 63.11161  What are my compliance dates?

    (a) If you have an existing affected source, you must achieve 
compliance with applicable provisions in this subpart by January 23, 
2007. If you startup a new sintering machine at an existing affected 
source after January 23, 2007, you must achieve compliance with the 
applicable provisions in this subpart not later than 180 days after 
startup.
    (b) If you have a new affected source, you must achieve compliance 
with applicable provisions in this subpart according to the dates in 
paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section.
    (1) If you startup a new affected source on or before January 23, 
2007, you must achieve compliance with applicable provisions in this 
subpart not later than January 23, 2007.
    (2) If you startup a new affected source after January 23, 2007, you 
must achieve compliance with applicable provisions in this subpart upon 
initial startup.

                   Primary Zinc Production Facilities



Sec. 63.11162  What are the standards and compliance requirements for
existing sources?

    (a) You must exhaust the off-gases from each roaster to a 
particulate matter (PM) control device and to a sulfuric acid plant, 
including during the charging of the roaster.
    (b) Except as provided in paragraph (b)(6) of this section, you must 
not discharge to the atmosphere any gases which contain PM in excess of 
the emissions limits in paragraphs (b)(1) through (5) of this section.
    (1) 0.93 pound per hour (lb/hr) from the exhaust vent of a zinc 
cathode melting furnace.
    (2) 0.1 lb/hr from the exhaust vent of a furnace that melts zinc 
dust, zinc chips, and/or other materials containing zinc.
    (3) 0.228 lb/hr from the vent for the combined exhaust from a 
furnace melting zinc scrap and an alloy furnace.
    (4) 0.014 grains per dry standard cubic foot (gr/dscf) from the 
exhaust vent of an anode casting furnace.
    (5) 0.015 gr/dscf from the exhaust vent of a cadmium melting 
furnace.

[[Page 337]]

    (6) You may elect to meet an emissions limit of 0.005 gr/dscf as an 
alternative to the emissions limits in lb/hr in paragraphs (b)(1) 
through (3) of this section.
    (c) You must establish an operating range for pressure drop for each 
baghouse applied to a furnace subject to an emissions limit in paragraph 
(b) of this section based on the minimum and maximum values recorded 
during a performance test that demonstrates compliance with the 
applicable PM emissions limit. Alternatively, you may use an operating 
range that has been previously established and approved by your 
permitting authority within the past 5 years. You must monitor the 
pressure drop daily, maintain the pressure drop for each baghouse within 
the established operating range, and record the pressure drop 
measurement in a daily log. You must perform routine maintenance on each 
baghouse and record maintenance activities in a baghouse maintenance 
log. Baghouse maintenance logs must include, but are not limited to, 
inspections, criteria for changing bag filters, and dates on which the 
bag filters are replaced. Both logs must be maintained in a suitable 
permanent form and kept available for inspection.
    (d) If you own or operate a sintering machine at your facility, you 
must comply with the PM emissions limit in 40 CFR 60.172(a) and the 
opacity emissions limit in 40 CFR 60.174(a) for that sintering machine.
    (e) If you own or operate a sintering machine at your facility, you 
must install and operate a continuous opacity monitoring system (COMS) 
for each sintering machine according to the requirements in 40 CFR 
60.175(a). Each COMS must meet Performance Specification 1 (40 CFR part 
60, appendix B).
    (f) For each furnace at your facility subject to an emissions limit 
in paragraph (b) of this section, you must demonstrate initial 
compliance with the applicable PM emissions limit in paragraph (b) of 
this section based on the results of a performance test for that 
furnace. If you own or operate a sintering machine, you must also 
demonstrate initial compliance with the PM and opacity emissions limits 
in paragraph (d) of this section based on the results of a performance 
test for that sintering machine.
    (1) You may certify initial compliance for a furnace (and sintering 
machine, if applicable) based on the results of a previous performance 
test conducted during the past 5 years.
    (2) If you have not conducted a performance test to demonstrate 
compliance with the applicable emissions limits during the past 5 years, 
you must conduct a performance test within 180 days of your compliance 
date and report the results in your notification of compliance status. 
If a furnace subject to an emissions limit in paragraph (b) of this 
section is not operating on the compliance date and subsequently resumes 
operation, you must conduct a performance test within 180 days of 
startup and report the results in your notification of compliance 
status.
    (3) You must conduct each PM test for a furnace according to Sec. 
63.7(e)(1) using the test methods and procedures in paragraphs (f)(3)(i) 
through (v) of this section.
    (i) Method 1 or 1A (40 CFR part 60, appendix A) to select sampling 
port locations and the number of traverse points in each stack or duct. 
Sampling sites must be located at the outlet of the control device (or 
at the outlet of the emissions source if no control device is present) 
prior to any releases to the atmosphere.
    (ii) Method 2, 2A, 2C, 2D, 2F, or 2G (40 CFR part 60, appendix A) to 
determine the volumetric flow rate of the stack gas.
    (iii) Method 3, 3A, or 3B (40 CFR part 60, appendix A) to determine 
the dry molecular weight of the stack gas. You may use ANSI/ASME PTC 
19.10-1981, ``Flue and Exhaust Gas Analyses (incorporated by reference--
see Sec. 63.14) as an alternative to EPA Method 3B.
    (iv) Method 4 (40 CFR part 60, appendix A) to determine the moisture 
content of the stack gas.
    (v) Method 5 (40 CFR part 60, appendix A) to determine the PM 
concentration for a negative pressure baghouse, Method 5D (40 CFR part 
60, appendix A) for a positive pressure baghouse, or an alternative 
method previously approved by your permitting authority. A minimum of 
three valid test runs are

[[Page 338]]

needed to comprise a PM performance test.
    (4) You must conduct each PM test for a sintering machine according 
to Sec. 63.7(e)(1) and 40 CFR 60.176(b)(1) using the test methods in 
paragraph (f)(3) of this section. You must determine the PM 
concentration using EPA Method 5 (40 CFR part 60, appendix A). You may 
use ANSI/ASME PTC 19.10-1981, ``Flue and Exhaust Gas Analyses'' 
(incorporated by reference--see Sec. 63.14) as an alternative to EPA 
Method 3B.
    (5) You must conduct each opacity test for a sintering machine 
according to the requirements in Sec. 63.6(h)(7). You must determine 
the opacity of emissions using EPA Method 9 (40 CFR part 60, appendix 
A).
    (g) For each furnace subject to an emissions limit in paragraph (b) 
of this section, you must conduct subsequent performance tests according 
to the requirements in paragraph (f)(3) of this section to demonstrate 
compliance with the applicable PM emissions limit for the furnace every 
5 years.
    (h) You must submit a notification to your permitting authority of 
any deviation from the requirements of this subpart within 30 days after 
the deviation. The notification must describe the probable cause of the 
deviation and any corrective actions or preventative measures taken.
    (i) You must submit semiannual monitoring reports to your permitting 
authority containing the results for all monitoring required by this 
subpart. All deviations that occur during the reporting period must be 
clearly identified.
    (j) You must keep records of all required monitoring data and 
support information. Support information includes all calibration and 
maintenance records and all original strip chart recordings for 
continuous monitoring instrumentation and copies of all reports required 
by this subpart.
    (k) You must comply with the operation and maintenance requirements 
specified in paragraphs (k)(1) and (2) of this section and the 
requirements for emergency situations specified in paragraph (k)(3) or 
(4) of this section.
    (1) You must maintain all equipment covered under this subpart in 
such a manner that the performance or operation of such equipment does 
not cause a deviation from the applicable requirements.
    (2) You must keep a maintenance record for each item of air 
pollution control equipment. At a minimum, this record must show the 
dates of performing maintenance and the nature of preventative 
maintenance activities.
    (3) Except as specified in paragraph (k)(4) of this section, in the 
event of an emergency situation you must comply with the requirements in 
paragraphs (k)(3)(i) through (iii) of this section. For the purpose of 
complying with this paragraph, an emergency situation is any situation 
arising from sudden and reasonably unforeseeable events beyond the 
control of the facility owner or operator that require immediate 
corrective action to restore normal operation, and that cause the 
affected source to exceed applicable emission limitation under this 
subpart, due to unavoidable increases in emissions attributable to the 
emergency. An emergency must not include noncompliance to the extent it 
is caused by improperly designed equipment, lack of preventive 
maintenance, careless or improper operation, or operator error.
    (i) During the period of the emergency you must implement all 
reasonable steps to minimize levels of emissions that exceeded the 
emission standards or other applicable requirements in this subpart.
    (ii) You must document through signed contemporaneous logs or other 
relevant evidence that an emergency occurred and you can identify the 
probable cause, your facility was being operated properly at the time 
the emergency occurred, and the corrective actions taken to minimize 
emissions as required by paragraph (k)(3)(i) of this section.
    (iii) You must submit a notice of the emergency to the permitting 
authority within two working days of the time when emission limitations 
were exceeded due to the emergency (or an alternative timeframe 
acceptable to the permitting authority). This notice must contain a 
description of the emergency, any steps taken to mitigate emissions, and 
corrective actions taken.

[[Page 339]]

    (4) As an alternative to the requirements in paragraph (k)(3) of 
this section, you must comply with the startup, shutdown, and 
malfunction requirements in 40 CFR 63.6(e)(3).



Sec. 63.11163  What are the standards and compliance requirements 
for new sources?

    (a) You must exhaust the off-gases from each roaster to a PM control 
device and to a sulfuric acid plant, including the charging of the 
roaster.
    (b) You must not discharge to the atmosphere any gases which contain 
PM in excess of the emissions limits in paragraphs (b)(1) through (3) of 
this section.
    (1) 0.005 gr/dscf from the exhaust vent of a zinc cathode melting 
furnace; scrap zinc melting furnace; furnace melting zinc dust, zinc 
chips, and other materials containing zinc; and alloy melting furnace.
    (2) 0.014 gr/dscf from the exhaust vent of an anode casting furnace.
    (3) 0.015 gr/dscf from the exhaust vent of a cadmium melting 
furnace.
    (c) For each melting furnace, you must install and operate a capture 
system that collects gases and fumes from the melting furnace and from 
the transfer of molten materials and conveys the collected gases to a 
control device.
    (d) You must install, operate, and maintain a bag leak detection 
system on all baghouses used to comply with the PM emissions limit in 
paragraph (b) of this section according to paragraph (d)(1) of this 
section, prepare and operate by a site-specific monitoring plan 
according to paragraph (d)(2) of this section, take corrective action 
according to paragraph (d)(3) of this section, and record information 
according to paragraph (d)(4) of this section.
    (1) Each bag leak detection system must meet the specifications and 
requirements in paragraphs (d)(1)(i) through (viii) of this section.
    (i) The bag leak detection system must be certified by the 
manufacturer to be capable of detecting PM emissions at concentrations 
of 1 milligram per actual cubic meter (0.00044 grains per actual cubic 
foot) or less.
    (ii) The bag leak detection system sensor must provide output of 
relative PM loadings. The owner or operator must continuously record the 
output from the bag leak detection system using electronic or other 
means (e.g., using a strip chart recorder or a data logger.)
    (iii) The bag leak detection system must be equipped with an alarm 
system that will sound when the system detects an increase in relative 
particulate loading over the alarm set point established according to 
paragraph (d)(1)(iv) of this section, and the alarm must be located such 
that it can be heard by the appropriate plant personnel.
    (iv) In the initial adjustment of the bag leak detection system, you 
must establish, at a minimum, the baseline output by adjusting the 
sensitivity (range) and the averaging period of the device, the alarm 
set points, and the alarm delay time.
    (v) Following initial adjustment, you must not adjust the averaging 
period, alarm set point, or alarm delay time without approval from the 
Administrator or delegated authority except as provided in paragraph 
(d)(1)(vi) of this section.
    (vi) Once per quarter, you may adjust the sensitivity of the bag 
leak detection system to account for seasonal effects, including 
temperature and humidity, according to the procedures identified in the 
site-specific monitoring plan required by paragraph (d)(2) of this 
section.
    (vii) You must install the bag leak detection sensor downstream of 
the baghouse and upstream of any wet scrubber.
    (viii) Where multiple detectors are required, the system's 
instrumentation and alarm may be shared among detectors.
    (2) You must develop and submit to the Administrator or delegated 
authority for approval a site-specific monitoring plan for each bag leak 
detection system. You must operate and maintain the bag leak detection 
system according to the site-specific monitoring plan at all times. Each 
monitoring plan must describe the items in paragraphs (d)(2)(i) through 
(vi) of this section.
    (i) Installation of the bag leak detection system;

[[Page 340]]

    (ii) Initial and periodic adjustment of the bag leak detection 
system, including how the alarm set-point will be established;
    (iii) Operation of the bag leak detection system, including quality 
assurance procedures;
    (iv) How the bag leak detection system will be maintained, including 
a routine maintenance schedule and spare parts inventory list;
    (v) How the bag leak detection system output will be recorded and 
stored; and
    (vi) Corrective action procedures as specified in paragraph (d)(3) 
of this section. In approving the site-specific monitoring plan, the 
Administrator or delegated authority may allow owners and operators more 
than 3 hours to alleviate a specific condition that causes an alarm if 
the owner or operator identifies in the monitoring plan this specific 
condition as one that could lead to an alarm, adequately explains why it 
is not feasible to alleviate this condition within 3 hours of the time 
the alarm occurs, and demonstrates that the requested time will ensure 
alleviation of this condition as expeditiously as practicable.
    (3) For each bag leak detection system, you must initiate procedures 
to determine the cause of every alarm within 1 hour of the alarm. Except 
as provided in paragraph (d)(2)(vi) of this section, you must alleviate 
the cause of the alarm within 3 hours of the alarm by taking whatever 
corrective action(s) are necessary. Corrective actions may include, but 
are not limited to the following:
    (i) Inspecting the baghouse for air leaks, torn or broken bags or 
filter media, or any other condition that may cause an increase in 
particulate emissions;
    (ii) Sealing off defective bags or filter media;
    (iii) Replacing defective bags or filter media or otherwise 
repairing the control device;
    (iv) Sealing off a defective baghouse compartment;
    (v) Cleaning the bag leak detection system probe or otherwise 
repairing the bag leak detection system; or
    (vi) Shutting down the process producing the particulate emissions.
    (4) You must maintain records of the information specified in 
paragraphs (d)(4)(i) through (iii) of this section for each bag leak 
detection system.
    (i) Records of the bag leak detection system output;
    (ii) Records of bag leak detection system adjustments, including the 
date and time of the adjustment, the initial bag leak detection system 
settings, and the final bag leak detection system settings; and
    (iii) The date and time of all bag leak detection system alarms, the 
time that procedures to determine the cause of the alarm were initiated, 
if procedures were initiated within 1 hour of the alarm, the cause of 
the alarm, an explanation of the actions taken, the date and time the 
cause of the alarm was alleviated, and if the alarm was alleviated 
within 3 hours of the alarm.
    (e) If there is a sintering machine at your primary zinc production 
facility, you must comply with the PM emissions limit in 40 CFR 
60.172(a) and the opacity emissions limit in 40 CFR 60.174(a) for that 
sintering machine.
    (f) If there is a sintering machine at your primary zinc production 
facility, you must install and operate a COMS for each sintering machine 
according to the requirements in 40 CFR 60.175(a). Each COMS must meet 
EPA Performance Specification 1 (40 CFR part 60, appendix B).
    (g) For each furnace (and sintering machine, if applicable) at your 
facility, you must conduct a performance test to demonstrate initial 
compliance with each applicable PM emissions limit for that furnace (and 
the PM and opacity limits for a sintering machine, if applicable) within 
180 days after startup and report the results in your notification of 
compliance status.
    (1) You must conduct each PM test for a furnace according to Sec. 
63.7(e)(1) using the test methods and procedures in paragraphs (g)(1)(i) 
through (v) of this section.
    (i) Method 1 or 1A (40 CFR part 60, appendix A) to select sampling 
port locations and the number of traverse points in each stack or duct. 
Sampling sites must be located at the outlet of the control device (or 
at the outlet of the emissions source if no control device is

[[Page 341]]

present) prior to any releases to the atmosphere.
    (ii) Method 2, 2A, 2C, 2D, 2F, or 2G (40 CFR part 60, appendix A) to 
determine the volumetric flow rate of the stack gas.
    (iii) Method 3, 3A, or 3B (40 CFR part 60, appendix A) to determine 
the dry molecular weight of the stack gas. You may use ANSI/ASME PTC 
19.10-1981, ``Flue and Exhaust Gas Analyses'' (incorporated by 
reference--see Sec. 63.14) as an alternative to EPA Method 3B.
    (iv) Method 4 (40 CFR part 60, appendix A) to determine the moisture 
content of the stack gas.
    (v) Method 5 (40 CFR part 60, appendix A) to determine the PM 
concentration for negative pressure baghouses or Method 5D (40 CFR part 
60, appendix A) for positive pressure baghouses. A minimum of three 
valid test runs are needed to comprise a PM performance test.
    (2) You must conduct each PM test for a sintering machine according 
to Sec. 63.7(e)(1) and 40 CFR 60.176(b)(1) using the test methods in 
paragraph (g)(1) of this section. You must determine the PM 
concentration using EPA Method 5 (40 CFR part 60, appendix A). You may 
use ANSI/ASME PTC 19.10-1981, ``Flue and Exhaust Gas Analyses'' 
(incorporated by reference--see Sec. 63.14) as an alternative to EPA 
Method 3B.
    (3) You must conduct each opacity test for a sintering machine 
according to the requirements in Sec. 63.6(h)(7). You must determine 
the opacity of emissions using EPA Method 9 (40 CFR part 60, appendix 
A).
    (h) You must conduct subsequent performance tests according to the 
requirements in paragraph (g)(1) of this section for each furnace 
subject to an emissions limit in paragraph (b) of this section to 
demonstrate compliance at least once every 5 years.
    (i) If you use a control device other than a baghouse, you must 
prepare and submit a monitoring plan to the Administrator for approval. 
Each plan must contain the information in paragraphs (i)(1) through (5) 
of this section.
    (1) A description of the device;
    (2) Test results collected in accordance with paragraph (g) of this 
section verifying the performance of the device for reducing PM and 
opacity to the levels required by this subpart;
    (3) Operation and maintenance plan for the control device (including 
a preventative maintenance schedule consistent with the manufacturer's 
instructions for routine and long-term maintenance) and continuous 
monitoring system;
    (4) A list of operating parameters that will be monitored to 
maintain continuous compliance with the applicable emission limits; and
    (5) Operating parameter limits based on monitoring data collected 
during the performance test.
    (i) As an alternative to the startup, shutdown, and malfunction 
requirements in 40 CFR 63.6(e)(3), you must comply with the requirements 
specified in this paragraph. In the event of an emergency situation, you 
must comply with the requirements in paragraphs (i)(1) through (3) of 
this section. For the purpose of complying with this paragraph, an 
emergency situation is any situation arising from sudden and reasonably 
unforeseeable events beyond the control of the facility owner or 
operator that require immediate corrective action to restore normal 
operation, and that cause the affected source to exceed applicable 
emission limitation under this subpart, due to unavoidable increases in 
emissions attributable to the emergency. An emergency must not include 
noncompliance to the extent it is caused by improperly designed 
equipment, lack of preventive maintenance, careless or improper 
operation, or operator error.
    (1) During the period of the emergency you must implement all 
reasonable steps to minimize levels of emissions that exceeded the 
emission standards or other applicable requirements in this subpart.
    (2) You must document through signed contemporaneous logs or other 
relevant evidence that an emergency occurred and you can identify the 
probable cause, your facility was being operated properly at the time 
the emergency occurred, and the corrective actions taken to minimize 
emissions as required by paragraph (i)(1) of this section.
    (3) You must submit a notice of the emergency to the permitting 
authority within two working days of the time

[[Page 342]]

when emission limitations were exceeded due to the emergency (or an 
alternative timeframe acceptable to the permitting authority). This 
notice must contain a description of the emergency, any steps taken to 
mitigate emissions, and corrective actions taken.



Sec. 63.11164  What General Provisions apply to primary zinc production
facilities?

    (a) If you own or operate an existing affected source, you must 
comply with the requirements of the General Provisions in 40 CFR part 
63, subpart A, according to Table 1 to this subpart and paragraphs 
(a)(1) through (3) of this section.
    (1) Your notification of compliance status required by Sec. 63.9(h) 
must include this certification of compliance, signed by a responsible 
official, for the work practice standards in Sec. 63.11162(a): ``This 
facility complies with the work practice standards in Sec. 
63.11162(a).''
    (2) If you certify compliance with the PM emissions limits in Sec. 
63.11162(b) based on a previous performance test, your notification of 
compliance status required by Sec. 63.9(h) must include this 
certification of compliance, signed by a responsible official: ``This 
facility complies with the PM emissions limits in Sec. 63.11162(b) 
based on a previous performance test.''
    (3) If you conduct a new performance test to demonstrate compliance 
with the PM emissions limits for a furnace in Sec. 63.11162(b), your 
notification of compliance status required by Sec. 63.9(h) must include 
the results of the performance test, including required monitoring data.
    (b) If you own or operate a new affected source, you must comply 
with the requirements of the General Provisions (40 CFR part 63, subpart 
A) as provided in Table 1 to this subpart and paragraphs (b)(1) through 
(4) of this section.
    (1) Your notification of compliance status required in Sec. 63.9(h) 
must include the results of the initial performance tests, including 
required monitoring data.
    (2) Your notification of compliance status required by Sec. 63.9(h) 
must include this certification of compliance, signed by a responsible 
official, for the work practice standard in Sec. 63.11163(a): ``This 
facility complies with the work practice standards in Sec. 
63.11163(a).''
    (3) Your notification of compliance status required by Sec. 63.9(h) 
must include this certification of compliance, signed by a responsible 
official, for the capture system requirements in Sec. 63.11163(c): 
``This facility has installed capture systems according to Sec. 
63.11163(c).''
    (4) If you use a baghouse that is subject to the requirements in 
Sec. 63.11163(d), your notification of compliance status required by 
Sec. 63.9(h) must include this certification of compliance, signed by a 
responsible official, for the bag leak detection system requirements in 
Sec. 63.11163(d): ``This facility has an approved monitoring plan in 
accordance with Sec. 63.11163(d).''
    (5) If you use control devices other than baghouses, your 
notification of compliance status required by Sec. 63.9(h) must include 
this certification of compliance, signed by a responsible official for 
the monitoring plan requirements in Sec. 63.11163(i): ``This facility 
has an approved monitoring plan in accordance with Sec. 63.11163(i).''

                 Primary Beryllium Production Facilities



Sec. 63.11165  What are the standards and compliance requirements
for new and existing sources?

    You must comply with the requirements in 40 CFR 61.32 through 40 CFR 
61.34 of the National Emission Standards for Beryllium (40 CFR part 61, 
subpart C).



Sec. 63.11166  What General Provisions apply to primary beryllium 
production facilities?

    (a) You must comply with all of the requirements of the General 
Provisions in 40 CFR part 61, subpart A.
    (b) You must comply with the requirements of the General Provisions 
in 40 CFR part 63, subpart A, that are specified in paragraphs (b)(1) 
and (2) of this section.
    (1) Section 63.1(a)(1) through (10).
    (2) Section 63.1(b) except paragraph (b)(3), Sec. 63.1(c), and 
Sec. 63.1(e).

[[Page 343]]

                   Other Requirements and Information



Sec. 63.11167  What definitions apply to this subpart?

    Terms used in this subpart are defined in the CAA; 40 CFR 60.2; 
60.171; 61.02; 61.31; 61.61; 63.2; and in this section as follows:
    Alloy furnace means any furnace used to melt alloys or to produce 
zinc that contains alloys.
    Anode casting furnace means any furnace that melts materials to 
produce the anodes used in the electrolytic process for the production 
of zinc.
    Bag leak detection system means a system that is capable of 
continuously monitoring the relative particulate matter (dust) loadings 
in the exhaust of a baghouse to detect bag leaks and other conditions 
that result in increases in particulate loadings. A bag leak detection 
system includes, but is not limited to, an instrument that operates on 
triboelectric, electrodynamic, light scattering, light transmittance, or 
other effect to continuously monitor relative particulate matter 
loadings.
    Cadmium melting furnace means any furnace used to melt cadmium or 
produce cadmium oxide from the cadmium recovered in the zinc production 
process.
    Capture system means the collection of equipment used to capture 
gases and fumes released from one or more emissions points and then 
convey the captured gas stream to a control device. A capture system may 
include, but is not limited to, the following components as applicable 
to a given capture system design: duct intake devices, hoods, 
enclosures, ductwork, dampers, manifolds, plenums, and fans.
    Deviation means any instance in which an affected source subject to 
this subpart, or an owner or operator of such a source:
    (1) Fails to meet any requirement or obligation established by this 
subpart, including but not limited to any emissions limitation or work 
practice standard;
    (2) Fails to meet any term or condition that is adopted to implement 
an applicable requirement in this subpart and that is included in the 
operating permit for any affected source required to obtain such a 
permit; or
    (3) Fails to meet any emissions limitation or work practice standard 
in this subpart during startup, shutdown, or malfunction, regardless of 
whether or not such failure is permitted by this subpart.
    Primary beryllium production facility means any establishment 
engaged in the chemical processing of beryllium ore to produce beryllium 
metal, alloy, or oxide, or performing any of the intermediate steps in 
these processes. A primary beryllium production facility may also be 
known as an extraction plant.
    Primary zinc production facility means an installation engaged in 
the production, or any intermediate process in the production, of zinc 
or zinc oxide from zinc sulfide ore concentrates through the use of 
pyrometallurgical techniques.
    Responsible official means responsible official as defined in 40 CFR 
70.2.
    Roaster means any facility in which a zinc sulfide ore concentrate 
charge is heated in the presence of air to eliminate a significant 
portion (more than 10 percent) of the sulfur contained in the charge.
    Sintering machine means any furnace in which calcines are heated in 
the presence of air to agglomerate the calcines into a hard porous mass 
called sinter.
    Sulfuric acid plant means any facility producing sulfuric acid from 
the sulfur dioxide (SO2) in the gases from the roaster.
    Work practice standard means any design, equipment, work practice, 
or operational standard, or combination thereof.
    Zinc cathode melting furnace means any furnace used to melt the pure 
zinc from the electrolytic process.



Sec. 63.11168  Who implements and enforces this subpart?

    (a) This subpart can be implemented and enforced by the U.S. EPA or 
a delegated authority such as a State, local, or tribal agency. If the 
U.S. EPA Administrator has delegated authority to a State, local, or 
tribal agency, then that Agency has the authority to implement and 
enforce this subpart. You

[[Page 344]]

should contact your U.S. EPA Regional Office to find out if this subpart 
is delegated to your State, local, or tribal agency.
    (b) In delegating implementation and enforcement authority of this 
subpart to a State, local, or tribal agency under 40 CFR part 63, 
subpart E, the authorities contained in paragraphs (c) and (d) of this 
section are retained by the Administrator of the U.S. EPA and are not 
transferred to the State, local, or tribal agency.
    (c) For primary zinc production facilities subject to this subpart, 
the authorities that will not be delegated to State, local, or tribal 
agencies are listed in paragraphs (c)(1) through (5) of this section.
    (1) Approval of an alternative non-opacity emissions standard under 
Sec. 63.6(g).
    (2) Approval of an alternative opacity emissions standard under 
Sec. 63.6(h)(9).
    (3) Approval of a major change to test methods under Sec. 
63.7(e)(2)(ii) and (f). A ``major change to test method'' is defined in 
Sec. 63.90
    (4) Approval of a major change to monitoring under Sec. 63.8(f). A 
``major change to monitoring'' is defined in Sec. 63.90.
    (5) Approval of a major change to recordkeeping/reporting under 
Sec. 63.10(f). A ``major change to recordkeeping/reporting'' is defined 
in Sec. 63.90.
    (d) For primary beryllium manufacturing facilities subject to this 
subpart, the authorities that will not be delegated to State, local, or 
tribal agencies are listed in paragraphs (d)(1) through (4) of this 
section.
    (1) Approval of an alternative non-opacity emissions standard under 
40 CFR 61.12(d).
    (2) Approval of a major change to test methods under 40 CFR 
61.13(h). A ``major change to test method'' is defined in Sec. 63.90.
    (3) Approval of a major change to monitoring under 40 CFR 61.14(g). 
A ``major change to monitoring'' is defined in Sec. 63.90.
    (4) Approval of a major change to recordkeeping/reporting under 40 
CFR 61.10. A ``major change to recordkeeping/reporting'' is defined in 
Sec. 63.90.



  Sec. Table 1 to Subpart GGGGGG of Part 63--Applicability of General 
           Provisions to Primary Zinc Production Area Sources

    As required in Sec. 63.11164(a) and (b), you must comply with the 
requirements of the NESHAP General Provisions (40 CFR part 63, subpart 
A) as shown in the following table.

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
              Citation                       Subject          Applies to subpart GGGGGG         Explanation
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
63.1(a)(1), (a)(2), (a)(3), (a)(4),  Applicability.........  Yes.
 (a)(6), (a)(10)-(a)(12), (b)(1),
 (b)(3), (c)(1), (c)(2), (c)(5),
 (e).
63.1(a)(5), (a)(7)-(a)(9), (b)(2),   Reserved..............  No.
 (c)(3), (c)(4), (d).
63.2...............................  Definitions...........  Yes.
63.3...............................  Units and               Yes.
                                      Abbreviations.
63.4...............................  Prohibited Activities   Yes.
                                      and Circumvention.
63.5...............................  Preconstruction Review  No.
                                      and Notification
                                      Requirements.
63.6(a), (b)(1)-(b)(5), (b)(7),      Compliance with         Yes.
 (c)(1), (c)(2), (c)(5).              Standards and
                                      Maintenance
                                      Requirements--Applica
                                      bility Compliance
                                      Dates.

[[Page 345]]

 
63.6(e)............................  Operation and           Yes/No.....................  Operation and
                                      Maintenance                                          maintenance
                                      Requirements.                                        requirements do not
                                                                                           apply to existing
                                                                                           sources except that
                                                                                           the startup,
                                                                                           shutdown, and
                                                                                           malfunction
                                                                                           requirements in Sec.
                                                                                            63.6(e)(3) are
                                                                                           allowed as an
                                                                                           alternative to the
                                                                                           rule requirements for
                                                                                           emergency situations.
                                                                                           Operation and
                                                                                           maintenance
                                                                                           requirements apply to
                                                                                           new sources except
                                                                                           that the rule
                                                                                           requirements for
                                                                                           emergency situations
                                                                                           are allowed as an
                                                                                           alternative to the
                                                                                           startup, shutdown,
                                                                                           and malfunction
                                                                                           requirements in Sec.
                                                                                            63.6(e)(3).
63.6(f), (g), (i), (j).............  Compliance with         Yes.
                                      Nonopacity Emission
                                      Standards.
63.6(b)(6), (c)(3), (c)(4), (d),     Reserved..............  No.
 (e)(2), (e)(3)(ii), (h)(3),
 (h)(5)(iv).
63.6(h)(1)-(h)(4), (h)(5)(i)-        ......................  Yes.
 (h)(5)(iii), (h)(6)-(h)(9).
63.7(a), (e), (f), (g), (h)........  Performance Testing     Yes.
                                      Requirements.
63.7(b), (c).......................  ......................  Yes/No.....................  Notification of
                                                                                           performance tests and
                                                                                           quality assurance
                                                                                           program apply to new
                                                                                           sources but not
                                                                                           existing sources.
63.8(a)(1), (a)(2), (b), (c), (f),   Monitoring              Yes........................  Requirements in Sec.
 (g).                                 Requirements.                                        63.6(c)(4)(i)-(ii),
                                                                                           (c)(5), (c)(6), (d),
                                                                                           (e), (f)(6), and (g)
                                                                                           apply if a COMS is
                                                                                           used.
63.8(a)(3).........................  Reserved..............  No.
63.8(a)(4).........................  ......................  No.........................  Subpart GGGGGG does
                                                                                           not require flares.
63.8(d), (e).......................  ......................  Yes/No.....................  Requirements for
                                                                                           quality control
                                                                                           program and
                                                                                           performance
                                                                                           evaluations apply to
                                                                                           new sources but not
                                                                                           existing sources.
63.9(a), (b)(1), (b)(2), (b)(5),     Notification            Yes/No.....................  Notification of
 (c), (d), (f), (g), (h)(1)-(h)(3),   Requirements.                                        performance tests and
 (h)(5), (h)(6), (i), (j).                                                                 opacity or visible
                                                                                           emissions
                                                                                           observations apply to
                                                                                           new sources but not
                                                                                           existing sources.
63.9(b)(3), (h)(4).................  Reserved..............  No.
63.9(b)(4).........................  ......................  No.
63.10(a), (b)(1), (b)(2)(i)-(v),     Recordkeeping and       Yes.
 (d)(4), (d)(5)(i), (f).              Reporting
                                      Requirements.
63.10(b)(2), (b)(3), (c)(1), (c)(5)- ......................  Yes/No.....................  Recordkeeping and
 (c)(8), (c)(10)-(c)(15), (d)(1)-                                                          reporting
 (d)(3), (d)(5)(ii), (e)(1),                                                               requirements apply to
 (e)(2), (e)(4).                                                                           new sources but not
                                                                                           existing sources.
63.10(c)(2)-(c)(4), (c)(9).........  Reserved..............  No.
63.10(e)(3)........................  ......................  Yes/No.....................  Reporting requirements
                                                                                           apply to new sources
                                                                                           but not existing
                                                                                           sources.
63.11..............................  Control Device          No.........................  Subpart GGGGGG does
                                      Requirements.                                        not require flares.
63.12..............................  State Authorities and   Yes.
                                      Delegations.
63.13..............................  Addresses.............  Yes.
63.14..............................  Incorporations by       Yes.
                                      Reference.
63.15..............................  Availability of         Yes.
                                      Information and
                                      Confidentiality.
63.16..............................  Performance Track       Yes.
                                      Provisions.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


[[Page 346]]



Subpart HHHHHH_National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants: 
  Paint Stripping and Miscellaneous Surface Coating Operations at Area 
                                 Sources

    Source: 73 FR 1759, Jan. 9, 2008, unless otherwise noted.

                        What This Subpart Covers



Sec. 63.11169  What is the purpose of this subpart?

    Except as provided in paragraph (d) of this section, this subpart 
establishes national emission standards for hazardous air pollutants 
(HAP) for area sources involved in any of the activities in paragraphs 
(a) through (c) of this section. This subpart also establishes 
requirements to demonstrate initial and continuous compliance with the 
emission standards contained herein.
    (a) Paint stripping operations that involve the use of chemical 
strippers that contain methylene chloride (MeCl), Chemical Abstract 
Service number 75092, in paint removal processes;
    (b) Autobody refinishing operations that encompass motor vehicle and 
mobile equipment spray-applied surface coating operations;
    (c) Spray application of coatings containing compounds of chromium 
(Cr), lead (Pb), manganese (Mn), nickel (Ni), or cadmium (Cd), 
collectively referred to as the target HAP to any part or product made 
of metal or plastic, or combinations of metal and plastic that are not 
motor vehicles or mobile equipment.
    (d) This subpart does not apply to any of the activities described 
in paragraph (d)(1) through (6) of this section.
    (1) Surface coating or paint stripping performed on site at 
installations owned or operated by the Armed Forces of the United States 
(including the Coast Guard and the National Guard of any such State), 
the National Aeronautics and Space Administration, or the National 
Nuclear Security Administration.
    (2) Surface coating or paint stripping of military munitions, as 
defined in Sec. 63.11180, manufactured by or for the Armed Forces of 
the United States (including the Coast Guard and the National Guard of 
any such State) or equipment directly and exclusively used for the 
purposes of transporting military munitions.
    (3) Surface coating or paint stripping performed by individuals on 
their personal vehicles, possessions, or property, either as a hobby or 
for maintenance of their personal vehicles, possessions, or property. 
This subpart also does not apply when these operations are performed by 
individuals for others without compensation. An individual who spray 
applies surface coating to more than two motor vehicles or pieces of 
mobile equipment per year is subject to the requirements in this subpart 
that pertain to motor vehicle and mobile equipment surface coating 
regardless of whether compensation is received.
    (4) Surface coating or paint stripping that meets the definition of 
``research and laboratory activities'' in Sec. 63.11180.
    (5) Surface coating or paint stripping that meets the definition of 
``quality control activities'' in Sec. 63.11180.
    (6) Surface coating or paint stripping activities that are covered 
under another area source NESHAP.



Sec. 63.11170  Am I subject to this subpart?

    (a) You are subject to this subpart if you operate an area source of 
HAP as defined in paragraph (b) of this section, including sources that 
are part of a tribal, local, State, or Federal facility and you perform 
one or more of the activities in paragraphs (a)(1) through (3) of this 
section:
    (1) Perform paint stripping using MeCl for the removal of dried 
paint (including, but not limited to, paint, enamel, varnish, shellac, 
and lacquer) from wood, metal, plastic, and other substrates.
    (2) Perform spray application of coatings, as defined in Sec. 
63.11180, to motor vehicles and mobile equipment including operations 
that are located in stationary structures at fixed locations, and mobile 
repair and refinishing operations that travel to the customer's 
location, except spray coating applications that meet the definition of 
facility maintenance in Sec. 63.11180. However,

[[Page 347]]

if you are the owner or operator of a motor vehicle or mobile equipment 
surface coating operation, you may petition the Administrator for an 
exemption from this subpart if you can demonstrate, to the satisfaction 
of the Administrator, that you spray apply no coatings that contain the 
target HAP, as defined in Sec. 63.11180. Petitions must include a 
description of the coatings that you spray apply and your certification 
that you do not spray apply any coatings containing the target HAP. If 
circumstances change such that you intend to spray apply coatings 
containing the target HAP, you must submit the initial notification 
required by 63.11175 and comply with the requirements of this subpart.
    (3) Perform spray application of coatings that contain the target 
HAP, as defined in Sec. 63.11180, to a plastic and/or metal substrate 
on a part or product, except spray coating applications that meet the 
definition of facility maintenance or space vehicle in Sec. 63.11180.
    (b) An area source of HAP is a source of HAP that is not a major 
source of HAP, is not located at a major source, and is not part of a 
major source of HAP emissions. A major source of HAP emissions is any 
stationary source or group of stationary sources located within a 
contiguous area and under common control that emits or has the potential 
to emit any single HAP at a rate of 9.07 megagrams (Mg) (10 tons) or 
more per year, or emit any combination of HAP at a rate of 22.68 Mg (25 
tons) or more per year.



Sec. 63.11171  How do I know if my source is considered a new source
or an existing source?

    (a) This subpart applies to each new and existing affected area 
source engaged in the activities listed in Sec. 63.11170, with the 
exception of those activities listed in Sec. 63.11169(d) of this 
subpart.
    (b) The affected source is the collection of all of the items listed 
in paragraphs (b)(1) through (6) of this section. Not all affected 
sources will have all of the items listed in paragraphs (b)(1) through 
(6) of this section.
    (1) Mixing rooms and equipment;
    (2) Spray booths, ventilated prep stations, curing ovens, and 
associated equipment;
    (3) Spray guns and associated equipment;
    (4) Spray gun cleaning equipment;
    (5) Equipment used for storage, handling, recovery, or recycling of 
cleaning solvent or waste paint; and
    (6) Equipment used for paint stripping at paint stripping facilities 
using paint strippers containing MeCl.
    (c) An affected source is a new source if it meets the criteria in 
paragraphs (c)(1) and (c)(2) of this section.
    (1) You commenced the construction of the source after September 17, 
2007 by installing new paint stripping or surface coating equipment. If 
you purchase and install spray booths, enclosed spray gun cleaners, 
paint stripping equipment to reduce MeCl emissions, or purchase new 
spray guns to comply with this subpart at an existing source, these 
actions would not make your existing source a new source.
    (2) The new paint stripping or surface coating equipment is used at 
a source that was not actively engaged in paint stripping and/or 
miscellaneous surface coating prior to September 17, 2007.
    (d) An affected source is reconstructed if it meets the definition 
of reconstruction in Sec. 63.2.
    (e) An affected source is an existing source if it is not a new 
source or a reconstructed source.

                     General Compliance Requirements



Sec. 63.11172  When do I have to comply with this subpart?

    The date by which you must comply with this subpart is called the 
compliance date. The compliance date for each type of affected source is 
specified in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section.
    (a) For a new or reconstructed affected source, the compliance date 
is the applicable date in paragraph (a)(1) or (2) of this section:
    (1) If the initial startup of your new or reconstructed affected 
source is after September 17, 2007, the compliance date is January 9, 
2008.
    (2) If the initial startup of your new or reconstructed affected 
source occurs after January 9, 2008, the compliance

[[Page 348]]

date is the date of initial startup of your affected source.
    (b) For an existing affected source, the compliance date is January 
10, 2011.



Sec. 63.11173  What are my general requirements for complying with this subpart?

    (a) Each paint stripping operation that is an affected area source 
must implement management practices to minimize the evaporative 
emissions of MeCl. The management practices must address, at a minimum, 
the practices in paragraphs (a)(1) through (5) of this section, as 
applicable, for your operations.
    (1) Evaluate each application to ensure there is a need for paint 
stripping (e.g., evaluate whether it is possible to re-coat the piece 
without removing the existing coating).
    (2) Evaluate each application where a paint stripper containing MeCl 
is used to ensure that there is no alternative paint stripping 
technology that can be used.
    (3) Reduce exposure of all paint strippers containing MeCl to the 
air.
    (4) Optimize application conditions when using paint strippers 
containing MeCl to reduce MeCl evaporation (e.g., if the stripper must 
be heated, make sure that the temperature is kept as low as possible to 
reduce evaporation).
    (5) Practice proper storage and disposal of paint strippers 
containing MeCl (e.g., store stripper in closed, air-tight containers).
    (b) Each paint stripping operation that has annual usage of more 
than one ton of MeCl must develop and implement a written MeCl 
minimization plan to minimize the use and emissions of MeCl. The MeCl 
minimization plan must address, at a minimum, the management practices 
specified in paragraphs (a)(1) through (5) of this section, as 
applicable, for your operations. Each operation must post a placard or 
sign outlining the MeCl minimization plan in each area where paint 
stripping operations subject to this subpart occur. Paint stripping 
operations with annual usage of less than one ton of MeCl, must comply 
with the requirements in paragraphs (a)(1) through (5) of this section, 
as applicable, but are not required to develop and implement a written 
MeCl minimization plan.
    (c) Each paint stripping operation must maintain copies of annual 
usage of paint strippers containing MeCl on site at all times.
    (d) Each paint stripping operation with annual usage of more than 
one ton of MeCl must maintain a copy of their current MeCl minimization 
plan on site at all times.
    (e) Each motor vehicle and mobile equipment surface coating 
operation and each miscellaneous surface coating operation must meet the 
requirements in paragraphs (e)(1) through (e)(5) of this section.
    (1) All painters must be certified that they have completed training 
in the proper spray application of surface coatings and the proper setup 
and maintenance of spray equipment. The minimum requirements for 
training and certification are described in paragraph (f) of this 
section. The spray application of surface coatings is prohibited by 
persons who are not certified as having completed the training described 
in paragraph (f) of this section. The requirements of this paragraph do 
not apply to the students of an accredited surface coating training 
program who are under the direct supervision of an instructor who meets 
the requirements of this paragraph.
    (2) All spray-applied coatings must be applied in a spray booth, 
preparation station, or mobile enclosure that meets the requirements of 
paragraph (e)(2)(i) of this section and either paragraph (e)(2)(ii), 
(e)(2)(iii), or (e)(2)(iv) of this section.
    (i) All spray booths, preparation stations, and mobile enclosures 
must be fitted with a type of filter technology that is demonstrated to 
achieve at least 98-percent capture of paint overspray. The procedure 
used to demonstrate filter efficiency must be consistent with the 
American Society of Heating, Refrigerating, and Air-Conditioning 
Engineers (ASHRAE) Method 52.1, ``Gravimetric and Dust-Spot Procedures 
for Testing Air-Cleaning Devices Used in General Ventilation for 
Removing Particulate Matter, June 4, 1992'' (incorporated by reference, 
see Sec. 63.14 of subpart A of this part). The

[[Page 349]]

test coating for measuring filter efficiency shall be a high solids bake 
enamel delivered at a rate of at least 135 grams per minute from a 
conventional (non-HVLP) air-atomized spray gun operating at 40 pounds 
per square inch (psi) air pressure; the air flow rate across the filter 
shall be 150 feet per minute. Owners and operators may use published 
filter efficiency data provided by filter vendors to demonstrate 
compliance with this requirement and are not required to perform this 
measurement. The requirements of this paragraph do not apply to 
waterwash spray booths that are operated and maintained according to the 
manufacturer's specifications.
    (ii) Spray booths and preparation stations used to refinish complete 
motor vehicles or mobile equipment must be fully enclosed with a full 
roof, and four complete walls or complete side curtains, and must be 
ventilated at negative pressure so that air is drawn into any openings 
in the booth walls or preparation station curtains. However, if a spray 
booth is fully enclosed and has seals on all doors and other openings 
and has an automatic pressure balancing system, it may be operated at up 
to, but not more than, 0.05 inches water gauge positive pressure.
    (iii) Spray booths and preparation stations that are used to coat 
miscellaneous parts and products or vehicle subassemblies must have a 
full roof, at least three complete walls or complete side curtains, and 
must be ventilated so that air is drawn into the booth. The walls and 
roof of a booth may have openings, if needed, to allow for conveyors and 
parts to pass through the booth during the coating process.
    (iv) Mobile ventilated enclosures that are used to perform spot 
repairs must enclose and, if necessary, seal against the surface around 
the area being coated such that paint overspray is retained within the 
enclosure and directed to a filter to capture paint overspray.
    (3) All spray-applied coatings must be applied with a high volume, 
low pressure (HVLP) spray gun, electrostatic application, airless spray 
gun, air-assisted airless spray gun, or an equivalent technology that is 
demonstrated by the spray gun manufacturer to achieve transfer 
efficiency comparable to one of the spray gun technologies listed above 
for a comparable operation, and for which written approval has been 
obtained from the Administrator. The procedure used to demonstrate that 
spray gun transfer efficiency is equivalent to that of an HVLP spray gun 
must be equivalent to the California South Coast Air Quality Management 
District's ``Spray Equipment Transfer Efficiency Test Procedure for 
Equipment User, May 24, 1989'' and ``Guidelines for Demonstrating 
Equivalency with District Approved Transfer Efficient Spray Guns, 
September 26, 2002'' (incorporated by reference, see Sec. 63.14 of 
subpart A of this part). The requirements of this paragraph do not apply 
to painting performed by students and instructors at paint training 
centers. The requirements of this paragraph do not apply to the surface 
coating of aerospace vehicles that involves the coating of components 
that normally require the use of an airbrush or an extension on the 
spray gun to properly reach limited access spaces; to the application of 
coatings on aerospace vehicles that contain fillers that adversely 
affect atomization with HVLP spray guns; or to the application of 
coatings on aerospace vehicles that normally have a dried film thickness 
of less than 0.0013 centimeter (0.0005 in.).
    (4) All paint spray gun cleaning must be done so that an atomized 
mist or spray of gun cleaning solvent and paint residue is not created 
outside of a container that collects used gun cleaning solvent. Spray 
gun cleaning may be done with, for example, hand cleaning of parts of 
the disassembled gun in a container of solvent, by flushing solvent 
through the gun without atomizing the solvent and paint residue, or by 
using a fully enclosed spray gun washer. A combination of non-atomizing 
methods may also be used.
    (5) As provided in Sec. 63.6(g), we, the U.S. Environmental 
Protection Agency, may choose to grant you permission to use an 
alternative to the emission standards in this section after you have 
requested approval to do so according to Sec. 63.6(g)(2).
    (f) Each owner or operator of an affected miscellaneous surface 
coating

[[Page 350]]

source must ensure and certify that all new and existing personnel, 
including contract personnel, who spray apply surface coatings, as 
defined in Sec. 63.11180, are trained in the proper application of 
surface coatings as required by paragraph (e)(1) of this section. The 
training program must include, at a minimum, the items listed in 
paragraphs (f)(1) through (f)(3) of this section.
    (1) A list of all current personnel by name and job description who 
are required to be trained;
    (2) Hands-on and classroom instruction that addresses, at a minimum, 
initial and refresher training in the topics listed in paragraphs 
(f)(2)(i) through (2)(iv) of this section.
    (i) Spray gun equipment selection, set up, and operation, including 
measuring coating viscosity, selecting the proper fluid tip or nozzle, 
and achieving the proper spray pattern, air pressure and volume, and 
fluid delivery rate.
    (ii) Spray technique for different types of coatings to improve 
transfer efficiency and minimize coating usage and overspray, including 
maintaining the correct spray gun distance and angle to the part, using 
proper banding and overlap, and reducing lead and lag spraying at the 
beginning and end of each stroke.
    (iii) Routine spray booth and filter maintenance, including filter 
selection and installation.
    (iv) Environmental compliance with the requirements of this subpart.
    (3) A description of the methods to be used at the completion of 
initial or refresher training to demonstrate, document, and provide 
certification of successful completion of the required training. Owners 
and operators who can show by documentation or certification that a 
painter's work experience and/or training has resulted in training 
equivalent to the training required in paragraph (f)(2) of this section 
are not required to provide the initial training required by that 
paragraph to these painters.
    (g) As required by paragraph (e)(1) of this section, all new and 
existing personnel at an affected motor vehicle and mobile equipment or 
miscellaneous surface coating source, including contract personnel, who 
spray apply surface coatings, as defined in Sec. 63.11180, must be 
trained by the dates specified in paragraphs (g)(1) and (2) of this 
section. Employees who transfer within a company to a position as a 
painter are subject to the same requirements as a new hire.
    (1) If your source is a new source, all personnel must be trained 
and certified no later than 180 days after hiring or no later than July 
7, 2008, whichever is later. Painter training that was completed within 
five years prior to the date training is required, and that meets the 
requirements specified in paragraph (f)(2) of this section satisfies 
this requirement and is valid for a period not to exceed five years 
after the date the training is completed.
    (2) If your source is an existing source, all personnel must be 
trained and certified no later than 180 days after hiring or no later 
than January 10, 2011, whichever is later. Painter training that was 
completed within five years prior to the date training is required, and 
that meets the requirements specified in paragraph (f)(2) of this 
section satisfies this requirement and is valid for a period not to 
exceed five years after the date the training is completed.
    (3) Training and certification will be valid for a period not to 
exceed five years after the date the training is completed, and all 
personnel must receive refresher training that meets the requirements of 
this section and be re-certified every five years.

[73 FR 1760, Jan. 9, 2008; 73 FR 8408, Feb. 13, 2008]



Sec. 63.11174  What parts of the General Provisions apply to me?

    (a) Table 1 of this subpart shows which parts of the General 
Provisions in subpart A apply to you.
    (b) If you are an owner or operator of an area source subject to 
this subpart, you are exempt from the obligation to obtain a permit 
under 40 CFR part 70 or 71, provided you are not required to obtain a 
permit under 40 CFR 70.3(a) or 71.3(a) for a reason other than your 
status as an area source under this subpart. Notwithstanding the 
previous sentence, you must continue to comply

[[Page 351]]

with the provisions of this subpart applicable to area sources.

                   Notifications, Reports, and Records



Sec. 63.11175  What notifications must I submit?

    (a) Initial Notification. If you are the owner or operator of a 
paint stripping operation using paint strippers containing MeCl and/or a 
surface coating operation subject to this subpart, you must submit the 
initial notification required by Sec. 63.9(b). For a new affected 
source, you must submit the Initial Notification no later than 180 days 
after initial startup or July 7, 2008, whichever is later. For an 
existing affected source, you must submit the initial notification no 
later than January 11, 2010. The initial notification must provide the 
information specified in paragraphs (a)(1) through (8) of this section.
    (1) The company name, if applicable.
    (2) The name, title, street address, telephone number, e-mail 
address (if available), and signature of the owner and operator, or 
other certifying company official;
    (3) The street address (physical location) of the affected source 
and the street address where compliance records are maintained, if 
different. If the source is a motor vehicle or mobile equipment surface 
coating operation that repairs vehicles at the customer's location, 
rather than at a fixed location, such as a collision repair shop, the 
notification should state this and indicate the physical location where 
records are kept to demonstrate compliance;
    (4) An identification of the relevant standard (i.e., this subpart, 
40 CFR part 63, subpart HHHHHH);
    (5) A brief description of the type of operation as specified in 
paragraph (a)(5)(i) or (ii) of this section.
    (i) For all surface coating operations, indicate whether the source 
is a motor vehicle and mobile equipment surface coating operation or a 
miscellaneous surface coating operation, and include the number of spray 
booths and preparation stations, and the number of painters usually 
employed at the operation.
    (ii) For paint stripping operations, identify the method(s) of paint 
stripping employed (e.g., chemical, mechanical) and the substrates 
stripped (e.g., wood, plastic, metal).
    (6) Each paint stripping operation must indicate whether they plan 
to annually use more than one ton of MeCl after the compliance date.
    (7) A statement of whether the source is already in compliance with 
each of the relevant requirements of this subpart, or whether the source 
will be brought into compliance by the compliance date. For paint 
stripping operations, the relevant requirements that you must evaluate 
in making this determination are specified in Sec. 63.11173(a) through 
(d) of this subpart. For surface coating operations, the relevant 
requirements are specified in Sec. 63.11173(e) through (g) of this 
subpart.
    (8) If your source is a new source, you must certify in the initial 
notification whether the source is in compliance with each of the 
requirements of this subpart. If your source is an existing source, you 
may certify in the initial notification that the source is already in 
compliance. If you are certifying in the initial notification that the 
source is in compliance with the relevant requirements of this subpart, 
then include also a statement by a responsible official with that 
official's name, title, phone number, e-mail address (if available) and 
signature, certifying the truth, accuracy, and completeness of the 
notification, a statement that the source has complied with all the 
relevant standards of this subpart, and that this initial notification 
also serves as the notification of compliance status.
    (b) Notification of Compliance Status. If you are the owner or 
operator of a new source, you are not required to submit a separate 
notification of compliance status in addition to the initial 
notification specified in paragraph (a) of this subpart provided you 
were able to certify compliance on the date of the initial notification, 
as part of the initial notification, and your compliance status has not 
since changed. If you are the owner or operator of any existing source 
and did not certify in the initial notification that your source is 
already in compliance as

[[Page 352]]

specified in paragraph (a) of this section, then you must submit a 
notification of compliance status. You must submit a Notification of 
Compliance Status on or before March 11, 2011. You are required to 
submit the information specified in paragraphs (b)(1) through (4) of 
this section with your Notification of Compliance Status:
    (1) Your company's name and the street address (physical location) 
of the affected source and the street address where compliance records 
are maintained, if different.
    (2) The name, title, address, telephone, e-mail address (if 
available) and signature of the owner and operator, or other certifying 
company official, certifying the truth, accuracy, and completeness of 
the notification and a statement of whether the source has complied with 
all the relevant standards and other requirements of this subpart or an 
explanation of any noncompliance and a description of corrective actions 
being taken to achieve compliance. For paint stripping operations, the 
relevant requirements that you must evaluate in making this 
determination are specified in Sec. 63.11173(a) through (d). For 
surface coating operations, the relevant requirements are specified in 
Sec. 63.11173(e) through (g).
    (3) The date of the Notification of Compliance Status.
    (4) If you are the owner or operator of an existing affected paint 
stripping source that annually uses more than one ton of MeCl, you must 
submit a statement certifying that you have developed and are 
implementing a written MeCl minimization plan in accordance with Sec. 
63.11173(b).



Sec. 63.11176  What reports must I submit?

    (a) Annual Notification of Changes Report. If you are the owner or 
operator of a paint stripping, motor vehicle or mobile equipment, or 
miscellaneous surface coating affected source, you are required to 
submit a report in each calendar year in which information previously 
submitted in either the initial notification required by Sec. 
63.11175(a), Notification of Compliance, or a previous annual 
notification of changes report submitted under this paragraph, has 
changed. Deviations from the relevant requirements in Sec. 63.11173(a) 
through (d) or Sec. 63.11173(e) through (g) on the date of the report 
will be deemed to be a change. This includes notification when paint 
stripping affected sources that have not developed and implemented a 
written MeCl minimization plan in accordance with Sec. 63.11173(b) used 
more than one ton of MeCl in the previous calendar year. The annual 
notification of changes report must be submitted prior to March 1 of 
each calendar year when reportable changes have occurred and must 
include the information specified in paragraphs (a)(1) through (2) of 
this section.
    (1) Your company's name and the street address (physical location) 
of the affected source and the street address where compliance records 
are maintained, if different.
    (2) The name, title, address, telephone, e-mail address (if 
available) and signature of the owner and operator, or other certifying 
company official, certifying the truth, accuracy, and completeness of 
the notification and a statement of whether the source has complied with 
all the relevant standards and other requirements of this subpart or an 
explanation of any noncompliance and a description of corrective actions 
being taken to achieve compliance.
    (b) If you are the owner or operator of a paint stripping affected 
source that has not developed and implemented a written MeCl 
minimization plan in accordance with Sec. 63.11173(b) of this subpart, 
you must submit a report for any calendar year in which you use more 
than one ton of MeCl. This report must be submitted no later than March 
1 of the following calendar year. You must also develop and implement a 
written MeCl minimization plan in accordance with Sec. 63.11173(b) no 
later than December 31. You must then submit a Notification of 
Compliance Status report containing the information specified in Sec. 
63.11175(b) by March 1 of the following year and comply with the 
requirements for paint stripping operations that annually use more than 
one ton of MeCl in Sec. Sec. 63.11173(d) and 63.11177(f).



Sec. 63.11177  What records must I keep?

    If you are the owner or operator of a surface coating operation, you 
must

[[Page 353]]

keep the records specified in paragraphs (a) through (d) and (g) of this 
section. If you are the owner or operator of a paint stripping 
operation, you must keep the records specified in paragraphs (e) through 
(g) of this section, as applicable.
    (a) Certification that each painter has completed the training 
specified in Sec. 63.11173(f) with the date the initial training and 
the most recent refresher training was completed.
    (b) Documentation of the filter efficiency of any spray booth 
exhaust filter material, according to the procedure in Sec. 
63.11173(e)(3)(i).
    (c) Documentation from the spray gun manufacturer that each spray 
gun with a cup capacity equal to or greater than 3.0 fluid ounces (89 
cc) that does not meet the definition of an HVLP spray gun, 
electrostatic application, airless spray gun, or air assisted airless 
spray gun, has been determined by the Administrator to achieve a 
transfer efficiency equivalent to that of an HVLP spray gun, according 
to the procedure in Sec. 63.11173(e)(4).
    (d) Copies of any notification submitted as required by Sec. 
63.11175 and copies of any report submitted as required by Sec. 
63.11176.
    (e) Records of paint strippers containing MeCl used for paint 
stripping operations, including the MeCl content of the paint stripper 
used. Documentation needs to be sufficient to verify annual usage of 
paint strippers containing MeCl (e.g., material safety data sheets or 
other documentation provided by the manufacturer or supplier of the 
paint stripper, purchase receipts, records of paint stripper usage, 
engineering calculations).
    (f) If you are a paint stripping source that annually uses more than 
one ton of MeCl you are required to maintain a record of your current 
MeCl minimization plan on site for the duration of your paint stripping 
operations. You must also keep records of your annual review of, and 
updates to, your MeCl minimization plan.
    (g) Records of any deviation from the requirements in Sec. 
63.11173, Sec. 63.11174, Sec. 63.11175, or Sec. 63.11176. These 
records must include the date and time period of the deviation, and a 
description of the nature of the deviation and the actions taken to 
correct the deviation.
    (h) Records of any assessments of source compliance performed in 
support of the initial notification, notification of compliance status, 
or annual notification of changes report.



Sec. 63.11178  In what form and for how long must I keep my records?

    (a) If you are the owner or operator of an affected source, you must 
maintain copies of the records specified in Sec. 63.11177 for a period 
of at least five years after the date of each record. Copies of records 
must be kept on site and in a printed or electronic form that is readily 
accessible for inspection for at least the first two years after their 
date, and may be kept off-site after that two year period.

                   Other Requirements and Information



Sec. 63.11179  Who implements and enforces this subpart?

    (a) This subpart can be implemented and enforced by us, the U.S. 
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), or a delegated authority such as 
your State, local, or tribal agency. If the Administrator has delegated 
authority to your State, local, or tribal agency, then that agency (as 
well as the EPA) has the authority to implement and enforce this 
subpart. You should contact your EPA Regional Office to find out if 
implementation and enforcement of this subpart is delegated to your 
State, local, or tribal agency.
    (b) In delegating implementation and enforcement authority of this 
subpart to a State, local, or tribal agency under subpart E of this 
part, the authorities contained in paragraph (c) of this section are 
retained by the Administrator and are not transferred to the State, 
local, or tribal agency.
    (c) The authority in Sec. 63.11173(e)(5) will not be delegated to 
State, local, or tribal agencies.



Sec. 63.11180  What definitions do I need to know?

    Terms used in this subpart are defined in the Clean Air Act, in 40 
CFR 63.2, and in this section as follows:
    Additive means a material that is added to a coating after purchase 
from

[[Page 354]]

a supplier (e.g., catalysts, activators, accelerators).
    Administrator means, for the purposes of this rulemaking, the 
Administrator of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency or the State 
or local agency that is granted delegation for implementation of this 
subpart.
    Aerospace vehicle or component means any fabricated part, processed 
part, assembly of parts, or completed unit, with the exception of 
electronic components, of any aircraft including but not limited to 
airplanes, helicopters, missiles, rockets, and space vehicles.
    Airless and air-assisted airless spray mean any paint spray 
technology that relies solely on the fluid pressure of the paint to 
create an atomized paint spray pattern and does not apply any atomizing 
compressed air to the paint before it leaves the paint nozzle. Air-
assisted airless spray uses compressed air to shape and distribute the 
fan of atomized paint, but still uses fluid pressure to create the 
atomized paint.
    Appurtenance means any accessory to a stationary structure coated at 
the site of installation, whether installed or detached, including but 
not limited to: bathroom and kitchen fixtures; cabinets; concrete forms; 
doors; elevators; fences; hand railings; heating equipment, air 
conditioning equipment, and other fixed mechanical equipment or 
stationary tools; lamp posts; partitions; pipes and piping systems; rain 
gutters and downspouts; stairways, fixed ladders, catwalks, and fire 
escapes; and window screens.
    Architectural coating means a coating to be applied to stationary 
structures or their appurtenances at the site of installation, to 
portable buildings at the site of installation, to pavements, or to 
curbs.
    Cleaning material means a solvent used to remove contaminants and 
other materials, such as dirt, grease, or oil, from a substrate before 
or after coating application or from equipment associated with a coating 
operation, such as spray booths, spray guns, racks, tanks, and hangers. 
Thus, it includes any cleaning material used on substrates or equipment 
or both.
    Coating means, for the purposes of this subpart, a material spray-
applied to a substrate for decorative, protective, or functional 
purposes. For the purposes of this subpart, coating does not include the 
following materials:
    (1) Decorative, protective, or functional materials that consist 
only of protective oils for metal, acids, bases, or any combination of 
these substances.
    (2) Paper film or plastic film that may be pre-coated with an 
adhesive by the film manufacturer.
    (3) Adhesives, sealants, maskants, or caulking materials.
    (4) Temporary protective coatings, lubricants, or surface 
preparation materials.
    (5) In-mold coatings that are spray-applied in the manufacture of 
reinforced plastic composite parts.
    Compliance date means the date by which you must comply with this 
subpart.
    Deviation means any instance in which an affected source, subject to 
this subpart, or an owner or operator of such a source fails to meet any 
requirement or obligation established by this subpart.
    Dry media blasting means abrasive blasting using dry media. Dry 
media blasting relies on impact and abrasion to remove paint from a 
substrate. Typically, a compressed air stream is used to propel the 
media against the coated surface.
    Electrostatic application means any method of coating application 
where an electrostatic attraction is created between the part to be 
coated and the atomized paint particles.
    Equipment cleaning means the use of an organic solvent to remove 
coating residue from the surfaces of paint spray guns and other painting 
related equipment, including, but not limited to stir sticks, paint 
cups, brushes, and spray booths.
    Facility maintenance means, for the purposes of this subpart, 
surface coating performed as part of the routine repair or renovation of 
the tools, equipment, machinery, and structures that comprise the 
infrastructure of the affected facility and that are necessary for the 
facility to function in its intended capacity. Facility maintenance also 
includes surface coating associated with the installation of new 
equipment or structures, and the application

[[Page 355]]

of any surface coating as part of janitorial activities. Facility 
maintenance includes the application of coatings to stationary 
structures or their appurtenances at the site of installation, to 
portable buildings at the site of installation, to pavements, or to 
curbs. Facility maintenance also includes the refinishing of mobile 
equipment in the field or at the site where they are used in service and 
at which they are intended to remain indefinitely after refinishing. 
Such mobile equipment includes, but is not limited to, farm equipment 
and mining equipment for which it is not practical or feasible to move 
to a dedicated mobile equipment refinishing facility. Such mobile 
equipment also includes items, such as fork trucks, that are used in a 
manufacturing facility and which are refinished in that same facility. 
Facility maintenance does not include surface coating of motor vehicles, 
mobile equipment, or items that routinely leave and return to the 
facility, such as delivery trucks, rental equipment, or containers used 
to transport, deliver, distribute, or dispense commercial products to 
customers, such as compressed gas canisters.
    High-volume, low-pressure (HVLP) spray equipment means spray 
equipment that is permanently labeled as such and used to apply any 
coating by means of a spray gun which is designed and operated between 
0.1 and 10 pounds per square inch gauge (psig) air atomizing pressure 
measured dynamically at the center of the air cap and at the air horns.
    Initial startup means the first time equipment is brought online in 
a paint stripping or surface coating operation, and paint stripping or 
surface coating is first performed.
    Materials that contain HAP or HAP-containing materials mean, for the 
purposes of this subpart, materials that contain 0.1 percent or more by 
mass of any individual HAP that is an OSHA-defined carcinogen as 
specified in 29 CFR 1910.1200(d)(4), or 1.0 percent or more by mass for 
any other individual HAP.
    Military munitions means all ammunition products and components 
produced or used by or for the U.S. Department of Defense (DoD) or for 
the U.S. Armed Services for national defense and security, including 
military munitions under the control of the Department of Defense, the 
U.S. Coast Guard, the National Nuclear Security Administration (NNSA), 
U.S. Department of Energy (DOE), and National Guard personnel. The term 
military munitions includes: confined gaseous, liquid, and solid 
propellants, explosives, pyrotechnics, chemical and riot control agents, 
smokes, and incendiaries used by DoD components, including bulk 
explosives and chemical warfare agents, chemical munitions, biological 
weapons, rockets, guided and ballistic missiles, bombs, warheads, mortar 
rounds, artillery ammunition, small arms ammunition, grenades, mines, 
torpedoes, depth charges, cluster munitions and dispensers, demolition 
charges, nonnuclear components of nuclear weapons, wholly inert 
ammunition products, and all devices and components of any items listed 
in this definition.
    Miscellaneous parts and/or products means any part or product made 
of metal or plastic, or combinations of metal and plastic. Miscellaneous 
parts and/or products include, but are not limited to, metal and plastic 
components of the following types of products as well as the products 
themselves: motor vehicle parts and accessories for automobiles, trucks, 
recreational vehicles; automobiles and light duty trucks at automobile 
and light duty truck assembly plants; boats; sporting and recreational 
goods; toys; business machines; laboratory and medical equipment; and 
household and other consumer products.
    Miscellaneous surface coating operation means the collection of 
equipment used to apply surface coating to miscellaneous parts and/or 
products made of metal or plastic, including applying cleaning solvents 
to prepare the surface before coating application, mixing coatings 
before application, applying coating to a surface, drying or curing the 
coating after application, and cleaning coating application equipment, 
but not plating. A single surface coating operation may include any 
combination of these types of equipment, but always includes at least 
the point at which a coating material is

[[Page 356]]

applied to a given part. A surface coating operation includes all other 
steps (such as surface preparation with solvent and equipment cleaning) 
in the affected source where HAP are emitted from the coating of a part. 
The use of solvent to clean parts (for example, to remove grease during 
a mechanical repair) does not constitute a miscellaneous surface coating 
operation if no coatings are applied. A single affected source may have 
multiple surface coating operations. Surface coatings applied to wood, 
leather, rubber, ceramics, stone, masonry, or substrates other than 
metal and plastic are not considered miscellaneous surface coating 
operations for the purposes of this subpart.
    Mobile equipment means any device that may be drawn and/or driven on 
a roadway including, but not limited to, heavy-duty trucks, truck 
trailers, fleet delivery trucks, buses, mobile cranes, bulldozers, 
street cleaners, agriculture equipment, motor homes, and other 
recreational vehicles (including camping trailers and fifth wheels).
    Motor vehicle means any self-propelled vehicle, including, but not 
limited to, automobiles, light duty trucks, golf carts, vans, and 
motorcycles.
    Motor vehicle and mobile equipment surface coating means the spray 
application of coatings to assembled motor vehicles or mobile equipment. 
For the purposes of this subpart, it does not include the surface 
coating of motor vehicle or mobile equipment parts or subassemblies at a 
vehicle assembly plant or parts manufacturing plant.
    Non-HAP solvent means, for the purposes of this subpart, a solvent 
(including thinners and cleaning solvents) that contains less than 0.1 
percent by mass of any individual HAP that is an OSHA-defined carcinogen 
as specified in 29 CFR 1910.1200(d)(4) and less than 1.0 percent by mass 
for any other individual HAP.
    Paint stripping and/or miscellaneous surface coating source or 
facility means any shop, business, location, or parcel of land where 
paint stripping or miscellaneous surface coating operations are 
conducted.
    Paint stripping means the removal of dried coatings from wood, 
metal, plastic, and other substrates. A single affected source may have 
multiple paint stripping operations.
    Painter means any person who spray applies coating.
    Plastic refers to substrates containing one or more resins and may 
be solid, porous, flexible, or rigid. Plastics include fiber reinforced 
plastic composites.
    Protective oil means organic material that is applied to metal for 
the purpose of providing lubrication or protection from corrosion 
without forming a solid film. This definition of protective oil 
includes, but is not limited to, lubricating oils, evaporative oils 
(including those that evaporate completely), and extrusion oils.
    Quality control activities means surface coating or paint stripping 
activities that meet all of the following criteria:
    (1) The activities associated with a surface coating or paint 
stripping operation are intended to detect and correct defects in the 
final product by selecting a limited number of samples from the 
operation, and comparing the samples against specific performance 
criteria.
    (2) The activities do not include the production of an intermediate 
or final product for sale or exchange for commercial profit; for 
example, parts that are surface coated or stripped are not sold and do 
not leave the facility.
    (3) The activities are not a normal part of the surface coating or 
paint stripping operation; for example, they do not include color 
matching activities performed during a motor vehicle collision repair.
    (4) The activities do not involve surface coating or stripping of 
the tools, equipment, machinery, and structures that comprise the 
infrastructure of the affected facility and that are necessary for the 
facility to function in its intended capacity; that is, the activities 
are not facility maintenance.
    Research and laboratory activities means surface coating or paint 
stripping activities that meet one of the following criteria:
    (1) Conducted at a laboratory to analyze air, soil, water, waste, or 
product samples for contaminants, or environmental impact.

[[Page 357]]

    (2) Activities conducted to test more efficient production 
processes, including alternative paint stripping or surface coating 
materials or application methods, or methods for preventing or reducing 
adverse environmental impacts, provided that the activities do not 
include the production of an intermediate or final product for sale or 
exchange for commercial profit.
    (3) Activities conducted at a research or laboratory facility that 
is operated under the close supervision of technically trained 
personnel, the primary purpose of which is to conduct research and 
development into new processes and products and that is not engaged in 
the manufacture of products for sale or exchange for commercial profit.
    Solvent means a fluid containing organic compounds used to perform 
paint stripping, surface prep, or cleaning of surface coating equipment.
    Space Vehicle means vehicles designed to travel beyond the limit of 
the earth's atmosphere, including but not limited to satellites, space 
stations, and the Space Shuttle System (including orbiter, external 
tanks, and solid rocket boosters).
    Spray-applied coating operations means coatings that are applied 
using a hand-held device that creates an atomized mist of coating and 
deposits the coating on a substrate. For the purposes of this subpart, 
spray-applied coatings do not include the following materials or 
activities:
    (1) Coatings applied from a hand-held device with a paint cup 
capacity that is equal to or less than 3.0 fluid ounces (89 cubic 
centimeters).
    (2) Surface coating application using powder coating, hand-held, 
non-refillable aerosol containers, or non-atomizing application 
technology, including, but not limited to, paint brushes, rollers, hand 
wiping, flow coating, dip coating, electrodeposition coating, web 
coating, coil coating, touch-up markers, or marking pens.
    (3) Thermal spray operations (also known as metallizing, flame 
spray, plasma arc spray, and electric arc spray, among other names) in 
which solid metallic or non-metallic material is heated to a molten or 
semi-molten state and propelled to the work piece or substrate by 
compressed air or other gas, where a bond is produced upon impact.
    Surface preparation or Surface prep means use of a cleaning material 
on a portion of or all of a substrate prior to the application of a 
coating.
    Target HAP are compounds of chromium (Cr), lead (Pb), manganese 
(Mn), nickel (Ni), or cadmium (Cd).
    Target HAP containing coating means a spray-applied coating that 
contains any individual target HAP that is an Occupational Safety and 
Health Administration (OSHA)-defined carcinogen as specified in 29 CFR 
1910.1200(d)(4) at a concentration greater than 0.1 percent by mass, or 
greater than 1.0 percent by mass for any other individual target HAP 
compound. For the purpose of determining whether materials you use 
contain the target HAP compounds, you may rely on formulation data 
provided by the manufacturer or supplier, such as the material safety 
data sheet (MSDS), as long as it represents each target HAP compound in 
the material that is present at 0.1 percent by mass or more for OSHA-
defined carcinogens as specified in 29 CFR 1910.1200(d)(4) and at 1.0 
percent by mass or more for other target HAP compounds.
    Transfer efficiency means the amount of coating solids adhering to 
the object being coated divided by the total amount of coating solids 
sprayed, expressed as a percentage. Coating solids means the nonvolatile 
portion of the coating that makes up the dry film.
    Truck bed liner coating means any coating, excluding color coats, 
labeled and formulated for application to a truck bed to protect it from 
surface abrasion.

[[Page 358]]



  Sec. Table 1 to Subpart HHHHHH of Part 63--Applicability of General 
                 Provisions to Subpart HHHHHH of Part 63

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                Applicable to subpart
              Citation                       Subject                    HHHHHH                  Explanation
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sec. 63.1(a)(1)-(12).............  General Applicability.  Yes........................
Sec. 63.1(b)(1)-(3)..............  Initial Applicability   Yes........................  Applicability of
                                      Determination.                                       subpart HHHHHH is
                                                                                           also specified in
                                                                                           Sec. 63.11170.
Sec. 63.1(c)(1)..................  Applicability After     Yes........................
                                      Standard Established.
Sec. 63.1(c)(2)..................  Applicability of        Yes........................  (63.11174(b) of
                                      Permit Program for                                   Subpart HHHHHH
                                      Area Sources.                                        exempts area sources
                                                                                           from the obligation
                                                                                           to obtain Title V
                                                                                           operating permits.
Sec. 63.1(c)(5)..................  Notifications.........  Yes........................
Sec. 63.1(e).....................  Applicability of        No.........................  (63.11174(b) of
                                      Permit Program to                                    Subpart HHHHHH
                                      Major Sources Before                                 exempts area sources
                                      Relevant Standard is                                 from the obligation
                                      Set.                                                 to obtain Title V
                                                                                           operating permits.
Sec. 63.2........................  Definitions...........  Yes........................  Additional definitions
                                                                                           are specified in Sec.
                                                                                             63.11180.
Sec. 63.3(a)-(c).................  Units and               Yes........................
                                      Abbreviations.
Sec. 63.4(a)(1)-(5)..............  Prohibited Activities.  Yes........................
Sec. 63.4(b)-(c).................  Circumvention/          Yes........................
                                      Fragmentation.
Sec. 63.5........................  Construction/           No.........................  Subpart HHHHHH applies
                                      Reconstruction of                                    only to area sources.
                                      major sources.
Sec. 63.6(a).....................  Compliance With         Yes........................
                                      Standards and
                                      Maintenance
                                      Requirements--Applica
                                      bility.
Sec. 63.6(b)(1)-(7)..............  Compliance Dates for    Yes........................  Sec. 63.11172
                                      New and Reconstructed                                specifies the
                                      Sources.                                             compliance dates.
Sec. 63.6(c)(1)-(5)..............  Compliance Dates for    Yes........................  Sec. 63.11172
                                      Existing Sources.                                    specifies the
                                                                                           compliance dates.
Sec. 63.6(e)(1)-(2)..............  Operation and           Yes........................
                                      Maintenance.
Sec. 63.6(e)(3)..................  Startup, Shutdown, and  No.........................  No startup, shutdown,
                                      Malfunction Plan.                                    and malfunction plan
                                                                                           is required by
                                                                                           subpart HHHHHH.
Sec. 63.6(f)(1)..................  Compliance Except       Yes........................
                                      During Startup,
                                      Shutdown, and
                                      Malfunction.
Sec. 63.6(f)(2)-(3)..............  Methods for             Yes........................
                                      Determining
                                      Compliance.
Sec. 63.6(g)(1)-(3)..............  Use of an Alternative   Yes........................
                                      Standard.
Sec. 63.6(h).....................  Compliance With         No.........................  Subpart HHHHHH does
                                      Opacity/Visible                                      not establish opacity
                                      Emission Standards.                                  or visible emission
                                                                                           standards.
Sec. 63.6(i)(1)-(16).............  Extension of            Yes........................
                                      Compliance.
Sec. 63.6(j).....................  Presidential            Yes........................
                                      Compliance Exemption.
Sec. 63.7........................  Performance Testing     No.........................  No performance testing
                                      Requirements.                                        is required by
                                                                                           subpart HHHHHH.
Sec. 63.8........................  Monitoring              No.........................  Subpart HHHHHH does
                                      Requirements.                                        not require the use
                                                                                           of continuous
                                                                                           monitoring systems.
Sec. 63.9(a)-(d).................  Notification            Yes........................  Sec. 63.11175
                                      Requirements.                                        specifies
                                                                                           notification
                                                                                           requirements.
Sec. 63.9(e).....................  Notification of         No.........................  Subpart HHHHHH does
                                      Performance Test.                                    not require
                                                                                           performance tests.
Sec. 63.9(f).....................  Notification of         No.........................  Subpart HHHHHH does
                                      Visible Emissions/                                   not have opacity or
                                      Opacity Test.                                        visible emission
                                                                                           standards.
Sec. 63.9(g).....................  Additional              No.........................  Subpart HHHHHH does
                                      Notifications When                                   not require the use
                                      Using CMS.                                           of continuous
                                                                                           monitoring systems.
Sec. 63.9(h).....................  Notification of         No.........................  Sec. 63.11175
                                      Compliance Status.                                   specifies the dates
                                                                                           and required content
                                                                                           for submitting the
                                                                                           notification of
                                                                                           compliance status.
Sec. 63.9(i).....................  Adjustment of           Yes........................
                                      Submittal Deadlines.

[[Page 359]]

 
Sec. 63.9(j).....................  Change in Previous      Yes........................  Sec. 63.11176(a)
                                      Information.                                         specifies the dates
                                                                                           for submitting the
                                                                                           notification of
                                                                                           changes report.
Sec. 63.10(a)....................  Recordkeeping/          Yes........................
                                      Reporting--Applicabil
                                      ity and General
                                      Information.
Sec. 63.10(b)(1).................  General Recordkeeping   Yes........................  Additional
                                      Requirements.                                        requirements are
                                                                                           specified in Sec.
                                                                                           63.11177.
Sec. 63.10(b)(2)(i)-(xi).........  Recordkeeping Relevant  No.........................  Subpart HHHHHH does
                                      to Startup, Shutdown,                                not require startup,
                                      and Malfunction                                      shutdown, and
                                      Periods and CMS.                                     malfunction plans, or
                                                                                           CMS.
Sec. 63.10(b)(2)(xii)............  Waiver of               Yes........................
                                      recordkeeping
                                      requirements.
Sec. 63.10(b)(2)(xiii)...........  Alternatives to the     No.........................  Subpart HHHHHH does
                                      relative accuracy                                    not require the use
                                      test.                                                of CEMS.
Sec. 63.10(b)(2)(xiv)............  Records supporting      Yes........................
                                      notifications.
Sec. 63.10(b)(3).................  Recordkeeping           Yes........................
                                      Requirements for
                                      Applicability
                                      Determinations.
Sec. 63.10(c)....................  Additional              No.........................  Subpart HHHHHH does
                                      Recordkeeping                                        not require the use
                                      Requirements for                                     of CMS.
                                      Sources with CMS.
Sec. 63.10(d)(1).................  General Reporting       Yes........................  Additional
                                      Requirements.                                        requirements are
                                                                                           specified in Sec.
                                                                                           63.11176.
Sec. 63.10(d)(2)-(3).............  Report of Performance   No.........................  Subpart HHHHHH does
                                      Test Results, and                                    not require
                                      Opacity or Visible                                   performance tests, or
                                      Emissions                                            opacity or visible
                                      Observations.                                        emissions
                                                                                           observations.
Sec. 63.10(d)(4).................  Progress Reports for    Yes........................
                                      Sources With
                                      Compliance Extensions.
Sec. 63.10(d)(5).................  Startup, Shutdown, and  No.........................  Subpart HHHHHH does
                                      Malfunction Reports.                                 not require startup,
                                                                                           shutdown, and
                                                                                           malfunction reports.
Sec. 63.10(e)....................  Additional Reporting    No.........................  Subpart HHHHHH does
                                      requirements for                                     not require the use
                                      Sources with CMS.                                    of CMS.
Sec. 63.10(f)....................  Recordkeeping/          Yes........................
                                      Reporting Waiver.
Sec. 63.11.......................  Control Device          No.........................  Subpart HHHHHH does
                                      Requirements/Flares.                                 not require the use
                                                                                           of flares.
Sec. 63.12.......................  State Authority and     Yes........................
                                      Delegations.
Sec. 63.13.......................  Addresses of State Air  Yes........................
                                      Pollution Control
                                      Agencies and EPA
                                      Regional Offices.
Sec. 63.14.......................  Incorporation by        Yes........................  Test methods for
                                      Reference.                                           measuring paint booth
                                                                                           filter efficiency and
                                                                                           spray gun transfer
                                                                                           efficiency in Sec.
                                                                                           63.11173(e)(2) and
                                                                                           (3) are incorporated
                                                                                           and included in Sec.
                                                                                            63.14.
Sec. 63.15.......................  Availability of         Yes........................
                                      Information/
                                      Confidentiality.
Sec. 63.16(a)....................  Performance Track       Yes........................
                                      Provisions--reduced
                                      reporting.
Sec. 63.16(b)-(c)................  Performance Track       No.........................  Subpart HHHHHH does
                                      Provisions--reduced                                  not establish
                                      reporting.                                           numerical emission
                                                                                           limits.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Subpart IIIIII [Reserved]



Subpart JJJJJJ_National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants 
   for Industrial, Commercial, and Institutional Boilers Area Sources

    Source: 76 FR 15591, Mar. 21, 2011, unless otherwise noted.

[[Page 360]]

                        What This Subpart Covers



Sec. 63.11193  Am I subject to this subpart?

    You are subject to this subpart if you own or operate an industrial, 
commercial, or institutional boiler as defined in Sec. 63.11237 that is 
located at, or is part of, an area source of hazardous air pollutants 
(HAP), as defined in Sec. 63.2, except as specified in Sec. 63.11195.



Sec. 63.11194  What is the affected source of this subpart?

    (a) This subpart applies to each new, reconstructed, or existing 
affected source as defined in paragraphs (a)(1) and (2) of this section.
    (1) The affected source of this subpart is the collection of all 
existing industrial, commercial, and institutional boilers within a 
subcategory, as listed in Sec. 63.11200 and defined in Sec. 63.11237, 
located at an area source.
    (2) The affected source of this subpart is each new or reconstructed 
industrial, commercial, or institutional boiler within a subcategory, as 
listed in Sec. 63.11200 and as defined in Sec. 63.11237, located at an 
area source.
    (b) An affected source is an existing source if you commenced 
construction or reconstruction of the affected source on or before June 
4, 2010.
    (c) An affected source is a new source if you commenced construction 
of the affected source after June 4, 2010, and the boiler meets the 
applicability criteria at the time you commence construction.
    (d) An affected source is a reconstructed source if the boiler meets 
the reconstruction criteria as defined in Sec. 63.2, you commenced 
reconstruction after June 4, 2010, and the boiler meets the 
applicability criteria at the time you commence reconstruction.
    (e) An existing dual-fuel fired boiler meeting the definition of 
gas-fired boiler, as defined in Sec. 63.11237, that meets the 
applicability requirements of this subpart after June 4, 2010 due to a 
fuel switch from gaseous fuel to solid fossil fuel, biomass, or liquid 
fuel is considered to be an existing source under this subpart as long 
as the boiler was designed to accommodate the alternate fuel.
    (f) If you are an owner or operator of an area source subject to 
this subpart, you are exempt from the obligation to obtain a permit 
under 40 CFR part 70 or part 71 as a result of this subpart. You may, 
however, be required to obtain a title V permit due to another reason or 
reasons. See 40 CFR 70.3(a) and (b) or 71.3(a) and (b). Notwithstanding 
the exemption from title V permitting for area sources under this 
subpart, you must continue to comply with the provisions of this 
subpart.

[76 FR 15591, Mar. 21, 2011, as amended at 78 FR 7506, Feb. 1, 2013]



Sec. 63.11195  Are any boilers not subject to this subpart?

    The types of boilers listed in paragraphs (a) through (k) of this 
section are not subject to this subpart and to any requirements in this 
subpart.
    (a) Any boiler specifically listed as, or included in the definition 
of, an affected source in another standard(s) under this part.
    (b) Any boiler specifically listed as an affected source in another 
standard(s) established under section 129 of the Clean Air Act.
    (c) A boiler required to have a permit under section 3005 of the 
Solid Waste Disposal Act or covered by subpart EEE of this part (e.g., 
hazardous waste boilers).
    (d) A boiler that is used specifically for research and development. 
This exemption does not include boilers that solely or primarily provide 
steam (or heat) to a process or for heating at a research and 
development facility. This exemption does not prohibit the use of the 
steam (or heat) generated from the boiler during research and 
development, however, the boiler must be concurrently and primarily 
engaged in research and development for the exemption to apply.
    (e) A gas-fired boiler as defined in this subpart.
    (f) A hot water heater as defined in this subpart.
    (g) Any boiler that is used as a control device to comply with 
another subpart of this part, or part 60, part 61, or part 65 of this 
chapter provided that at least 50 percent of the average annual heat 
input during any 3 consecutive calendar years to the boiler is provided

[[Page 361]]

by regulated gas streams that are subject to another standard.
    (h) Temporary boilers as defined in this subpart.
    (i) Residential boilers as defined in this subpart.
    (j) Electric boilers as defined in this subpart.
    (k) An electric utility steam generating unit (EGU) as defined in 
this subpart.

[76 FR 15591, Mar. 21, 2011, as amended at 78 FR 7506, Feb. 1, 2013; 81 
FR 63125, Sept. 14, 2016]



Sec. 63.11196  What are my compliance dates?

    (a) If you own or operate an existing affected boiler, you must 
achieve compliance with the applicable provisions in this subpart as 
specified in paragraphs (a)(1) through (3) of this section.
    (1) If the existing affected boiler is subject to a work practice or 
management practice standard of a tune-up, you must achieve compliance 
with the work practice or management practice standard no later than 
March 21, 2014.
    (2) If the existing affected boiler is subject to emission limits, 
you must achieve compliance with the emission limits no later than March 
21, 2014.
    (3) If the existing affected boiler is subject to the energy 
assessment requirement, you must achieve compliance with the energy 
assessment requirement no later than March 21, 2014.
    (b) If you start up a new affected source on or before May 20, 2011, 
you must achieve compliance with the provisions of this subpart no later 
than May 20, 2011.
    (c) If you start up a new affected source after May 20, 2011, you 
must achieve compliance with the provisions of this subpart upon startup 
of your affected source.
    (d) If you own or operate an industrial, commercial, or 
institutional boiler and would be subject to this subpart except for the 
exemption in Sec. 63.11195(b) for commercial and industrial solid waste 
incineration units covered by 40 CFR part 60, subpart CCCC or subpart 
DDDD, and you cease combusting solid waste, you must be in compliance 
with this subpart on the effective date of the waste to fuel switch as 
specified in Sec. 60.2145(a)(2) and (3) of subpart CCCC or Sec. 
60.2710(a)(2) and (3) of subpart DDDD.

[76 FR 15591, Mar. 21, 2011, as amended at 78 FR 7506, Feb. 1, 2013]

 Emission Limits, Work Practice Standards, Emission Reduction Measures, 
                        and Management Practices



Sec. 63.11200  What are the subcategories of boilers?

    The subcategories of boilers, as defined in Sec. 63.11237 are:
    (a) Coal.
    (b) Biomass.
    (c) Oil.
    (d) Seasonal boilers.
    (e) Oil-fired boilers with heat input capacity of equal to or less 
than 5 million British thermal units (Btu) per hour.
    (f) Boilers with an oxygen trim system that maintains an optimum 
air-to-fuel ratio that would otherwise be subject to a biennial tune-up.
    (g) Limited-use boilers.

[78 FR 7506, Feb. 1, 2013]



Sec. 63.11201  What standards must I meet?

    (a) You must comply with each emission limit specified in Table 1 to 
this subpart that applies to your boiler.
    (b) You must comply with each work practice standard, emission 
reduction measure, and management practice specified in Table 2 to this 
subpart that applies to your boiler. An energy assessment completed on 
or after January 1, 2008 that meets or is amended to meet the energy 
assessment requirements in Table 2 to this subpart satisfies the energy 
assessment requirement. A facility that operates under an energy 
management program established through energy management systems 
compatible with ISO 50001, that includes the affected units, also 
satisfies the energy assessment requirement.
    (c) You must comply with each operating limit specified in Table 3 
to this subpart that applies to your boiler.
    (d) These standards apply at all times the affected boiler is 
operating, except during periods of startup and shutdown as defined in 
Sec. 63.11237, during which

[[Page 362]]

time you must comply only with Table 2 to this subpart.

[76 FR 15591, Mar. 21, 2011, as amended at 78 FR 7506, Feb. 1, 2013]

                     General Compliance Requirements



Sec. 63.11205  What are my general requirements for complying with
this subpart?

    (a) At all times you must operate and maintain any affected source, 
including associated air pollution control equipment and monitoring 
equipment, in a manner consistent with safety and good air pollution 
control practices for minimizing emissions. The general duty to minimize 
emissions does not require you to make any further efforts to reduce 
emissions if levels required by this standard have been achieved. 
Determination of whether such operation and maintenance procedures are 
being used will be based on information available to the Administrator 
that may include, but is not limited to, monitoring results, review of 
operation and maintenance procedures, review of operation and 
maintenance records, and inspection of the source.
    (b) You must demonstrate compliance with all applicable emission 
limits using performance stack testing, fuel analysis, or a continuous 
monitoring system (CMS), including a continuous emission monitoring 
system (CEMS), a continuous opacity monitoring system (COMS), or a 
continuous parameter monitoring system (CPMS), where applicable. You may 
demonstrate compliance with the applicable mercury emission limit using 
fuel analysis if the emission rate calculated according to Sec. 
63.11211(c) is less than the applicable emission limit. Otherwise, you 
must demonstrate compliance using stack testing.
    (c) If you demonstrate compliance with any applicable emission limit 
through performance stack testing and subsequent compliance with 
operating limits (including the use of CPMS), with a CEMS, or with a 
COMS, you must develop a site-specific monitoring plan according to the 
requirements in paragraphs (c)(1) through (3) of this section for the 
use of any CEMS, COMS, or CPMS. This requirement also applies to you if 
you petition the EPA Administrator for alternative monitoring parameters 
under Sec. 63.8(f).
    (1) For each CMS required in this section (including CEMS, COMS, or 
CPMS), you must develop, and submit to the Administrator for approval 
upon request, a site-specific monitoring plan that addresses paragraphs 
(c)(1)(i) through (vi) of this section. You must submit this site-
specific monitoring plan, if requested, at least 60 days before your 
initial performance evaluation of your CMS. This requirement to develop 
and submit a site-specific monitoring plan does not apply to affected 
sources with existing CEMS or COMS operated according to the performance 
specifications under appendix B to part 60 of this chapter and that meet 
the requirements of Sec. 63.11224.
    (i) Installation of the CMS sampling probe or other interface at a 
measurement location relative to each affected process unit such that 
the measurement is representative of control of the exhaust emissions 
(e.g., on or downstream of the last control device);
    (ii) Performance and equipment specifications for the sample 
interface, the pollutant concentration or parametric signal analyzer, 
and the data collection and reduction systems; and
    (iii) Performance evaluation procedures and acceptance criteria 
(e.g., calibrations).
    (iv) Ongoing operation and maintenance procedures in accordance with 
the general requirements of Sec. 63.8(c)(1)(ii), (c)(3), and 
(c)(4)(ii);
    (v) Ongoing data quality assurance procedures in accordance with the 
general requirements of Sec. 63.8(d); and
    (vi) Ongoing recordkeeping and reporting procedures in accordance 
with the general requirements of Sec. 63.10(c) (as applicable in Table 
8 to this subpart), (e)(1), and (e)(2)(i).
    (2) You must conduct a performance evaluation of each CMS in 
accordance with your site-specific monitoring plan.
    (3) You must operate and maintain the CMS in continuous operation 
according to the site-specific monitoring plan.

[76 FR 15591, Mar. 21, 2011, as amended at 78 FR 7506, Feb. 1, 2013]

[[Page 363]]

                     Initial Compliance Requirements



Sec. 63.11210  What are my initial compliance requirements and by
what date must I conduct them?

    (a) You must demonstrate initial compliance with each emission limit 
specified in Table 1 to this subpart that applies to you by either 
conducting performance (stack) tests, as applicable, according to Sec. 
63.11212 and Table 4 to this subpart or, for mercury, conducting fuel 
analyses, as applicable, according to Sec. 63.11213 and Table 5 to this 
subpart.
    (b) For existing affected boilers that have applicable emission 
limits, you must demonstrate initial compliance with the applicable 
emission limits no later than 180 days after the compliance date that is 
specified in Sec. 63.11196 and according to the applicable provisions 
in Sec. 63.7(a)(2), except as provided in paragraph (k) of this 
section.
    (c) For existing affected boilers that have applicable work practice 
standards, management practices, or emission reduction measures, you 
must demonstrate initial compliance no later than the compliance date 
that is specified in Sec. 63.11196 and according to the applicable 
provisions in Sec. 63.7(a)(2), except as provided in paragraph (j) of 
this section.
    (d) For new or reconstructed affected boilers that have applicable 
emission limits, you must demonstrate initial compliance with the 
applicable emission limits no later than 180 days after March 21, 2011 
or within 180 days after startup of the source, whichever is later, 
according to Sec. 63.7(a)(2)(ix).
    (e) For new or reconstructed oil-fired boilers that commenced 
construction or reconstruction on or before September 14, 2016, that 
combust only oil that contains no more than 0.50 weight percent sulfur 
or a mixture of 0.50 weight percent sulfur oil with other fuels not 
subject to a particulate matter (PM) emission limit under this subpart 
and that do not use a post-combustion technology (except a wet scrubber) 
to reduce PM or sulfur dioxide emissions, you are not subject to the PM 
emission limit in Table 1 of this subpart until September 14, 2019, 
providing you monitor and record on a monthly basis the type of fuel 
combusted. If you intend to burn a new type of fuel or fuel mixture that 
does not meet the requirements of this paragraph, you must conduct a 
performance test within 60 days of burning the new fuel. On and after 
September 14, 2019, you are subject to the PM emission limit in Table 1 
of this subpart and you must demonstrate compliance with the PM emission 
limit in Table 1 no later than March 12, 2020.
    (f) For new or reconstructed boilers that combust only ultra-low-
sulfur liquid fuel as defined in Sec. 63.11237, you are not subject to 
the PM emission limit in Table 1 of this subpart providing you monitor 
and record on a monthly basis the type of fuel combusted. If you intend 
to burn a fuel other than ultra-low-sulfur liquid fuel or gaseous fuels 
as defined in Sec. 63.11237, you must conduct a performance test within 
60 days of burning the new fuel.
    (g) For new or reconstructed affected boilers that have applicable 
work practice standards or management practices, you are not required to 
complete an initial performance tune-up, but you are required to 
complete the applicable biennial or 5-year tune-up as specified in Sec. 
63.11223 no later than 25 months or 61 months, respectively, after the 
initial startup of the new or reconstructed affected source.
    (h) For affected boilers that ceased burning solid waste consistent 
with Sec. 63.11196(d) and for which your initial compliance date has 
passed, you must demonstrate compliance within 60 days of the effective 
date of the waste-to-fuel switch as specified in Sec. 60.2145(a)(2) and 
(3) of subpart CCCC or Sec. 60.2710(a)(2) and (3) of subpart DDDD. If 
you have not conducted your compliance demonstration for this subpart 
within the previous 12 months, you must complete all compliance 
demonstrations for this subpart before you commence or recommence 
combustion of solid waste.
    (i) For affected boilers that switch fuels or make a physical change 
to the boiler that results in the applicability of a different 
subcategory within subpart JJJJJJ or the boiler becoming subject to 
subpart JJJJJJ, you must demonstrate compliance within 180 days of the 
effective date of the fuel

[[Page 364]]

switch or the physical change. Notification of such changes must be 
submitted according to Sec. 63.11225(g).
    (j) For boilers located at existing major sources of HAP that limit 
their potential to emit (e.g., make a physical change or take a permit 
limit) such that the existing major source becomes an area source, you 
must comply with the applicable provisions as specified in paragraphs 
(j)(1) through (3) of this section.
    (1) Any such existing boiler at the existing source must demonstrate 
compliance with subpart JJJJJJ within 180 days of the later of March 21, 
2014 or upon the existing major source commencing operation as an area 
source.
    (2) Any new or reconstructed boiler at the existing source must 
demonstrate compliance with subpart JJJJJJ within 180 days of the later 
of March 21, 2011 or startup.
    (3) Notification of such changes must be submitted according to 
Sec. 63.11225(g).
    (k) For existing affected boilers that have not operated on solid 
fossil fuel, biomass, or liquid fuel between the effective date of the 
rule and the compliance date that is specified for your source in Sec. 
63.11196, you must comply with the applicable provisions as specified in 
paragraphs (k)(1) through (3) of this section.
    (1) You must complete the initial compliance demonstration, if 
subject to the emission limits in Table 1 to this subpart, as specified 
in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, no later than 180 days after 
the re-start of the affected boiler on solid fossil fuel, biomass, or 
liquid fuel and according to the applicable provisions in Sec. 
63.7(a)(2).
    (2) You must complete the initial performance tune-up, if subject to 
the tune-up requirements in Sec. 63.11223, by following the procedures 
described in Sec. 63.11223(b) no later than 30 days after the re-start 
of the affected boiler on solid fossil fuel, biomass, or liquid fuel.
    (3) You must complete the one-time energy assessment, if subject to 
the energy assessment requirements specified in Table 2 to this subpart, 
no later than the compliance date specified in Sec. 63.11196.

[76 FR 15591, Mar. 21, 2011, as amended at 78 FR 7507, Feb. 1, 2013; 81 
FR 63125, Sept. 14, 2016]



Sec. 63.11211  How do I demonstrate initial compliance with the
emission limits?

    (a) For affected boilers that demonstrate compliance with any of the 
emission limits of this subpart through performance (stack) testing, 
your initial compliance requirements include conducting performance 
tests according to Sec. 63.11212 and Table 4 to this subpart, 
conducting a fuel analysis for each type of fuel burned in your boiler 
according to Sec. 63.11213 and Table 5 to this subpart, establishing 
operating limits according to Sec. 63.11222, Table 6 to this subpart 
and paragraph (b) of this section, as applicable, and conducting CMS 
performance evaluations according to Sec. 63.11224. For affected 
boilers that burn a single type of fuel, you are exempted from the 
compliance requirements of conducting a fuel analysis for each type of 
fuel burned in your boiler. For purposes of this subpart, boilers that 
use a supplemental fuel only for startup, unit shutdown, and transient 
flame stability purposes still qualify as affected boilers that burn a 
single type of fuel, and the supplemental fuel is not subject to the 
fuel analysis requirements under Sec. 63.11213 and Table 5 to this 
subpart.
    (b) You must establish parameter operating limits according to 
paragraphs (b)(1) through (4) of this section.
    (1) For a wet scrubber, you must establish the minimum scrubber 
liquid flow rate and minimum scrubber pressure drop as defined in Sec. 
63.11237, as your operating limits during the three-run performance 
stack test. If you use a wet scrubber and you conduct separate 
performance stack tests for PM and mercury emissions, you must establish 
one set of minimum scrubber liquid flow rate and pressure drop operating 
limits. If you conduct multiple performance stack tests, you must set 
the minimum scrubber liquid flow rate and pressure drop operating limits 
at the highest minimum values established during the performance stack 
tests.
    (2) For an electrostatic precipitator operated with a wet scrubber, 
you must establish the minimum total secondary electric power (secondary 
voltage and secondary current), as defined in

[[Page 365]]

Sec. 63.11237, as your operating limits during the three-run 
performance stack test.
    (3) For activated carbon injection, you must establish the minimum 
activated carbon injection rate, as defined in Sec. 63.11237, as your 
operating limit during the three-run performance stack test.
    (4) The operating limit for boilers with fabric filters that 
demonstrate continuous compliance through bag leak detection systems is 
that a bag leak detection system be installed according to the 
requirements in Sec. 63.11224, and that each fabric filter must be 
operated such that the bag leak detection system alarm does not sound 
more than 5 percent of the operating time during a 6-month period.
    (c) If you elect to demonstrate compliance with an applicable 
mercury emission limit through fuel analysis, you must conduct fuel 
analyses according to Sec. 63.11213 and Table 5 to this subpart and 
follow the procedures in paragraphs (c)(1) through (3) of this section.
    (1) If you burn more than one fuel type, you must determine the fuel 
type, or mixture, you could burn in your boiler that would result in the 
maximum emission rates of mercury.
    (2) You must determine the 90th percentile confidence level fuel 
mercury concentration of the composite samples analyzed for each fuel 
type using Equation 1 of this section.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR21MR11.021

Where:

P90 = 90th percentile confidence level mercury concentration, 
          in pounds per million Btu.
mean = Arithmetic average of the fuel mercury concentration in the fuel 
          samples analyzed according to Sec. 63.11213, in units of 
          pounds per million Btu.
SD = Standard deviation of the mercury concentration in the fuel samples 
          analyzed according to Sec. 63.11213, in units of pounds per 
          million Btu.
t = t distribution critical value for 90th percentile (0.1) probability 
          for the appropriate degrees of freedom (number of samples 
          minus one) as obtained from a Distribution Critical Value 
          Table.

    (3) To demonstrate compliance with the applicable mercury emission 
limit, the emission rate that you calculate for your boiler using 
Equation 1 of this section must be less than the applicable mercury 
emission limit.

[76 FR 15591, Mar. 21, 2011, as amended at 78 FR 7508, Feb. 1, 2013]



Sec. 63.11212  What stack tests and procedures must I use for the
performance tests?

    (a) You must conduct all performance tests according to Sec. 
63.7(c), (d), (f), and (h). You must also develop a site-specific test 
plan according to the requirements in Sec. 63.7(c).
    (b) You must conduct each stack test according to the requirements 
in Table 4 to this subpart. Boilers that use a CEMS for carbon monoxide 
(CO) are exempt from the initial CO performance testing in Table 4 to 
this subpart and the oxygen concentration operating limit requirement 
specified in Table 3 to this subpart.
    (c) You must conduct performance stack tests at the representative 
operating load conditions while burning the type of fuel or mixture of 
fuels that have the highest emissions potential for each regulated 
pollutant, and you must demonstrate initial compliance and establish 
your operating limits based on these performance stack tests. For 
subcategories with more than one emission limit, these requirements 
could result in the need to conduct more than one performance stack 
test. Following each performance stack test and until the next 
performance stack test, you must comply with the operating limit for 
operating load conditions specified in Table 3 to this subpart.
    (d) You must conduct a minimum of three separate test runs for each 
performance stack test required in this section, as specified in Sec. 
63.7(e)(3) and in accordance with the provisions in Table 4 to this 
subpart.

[[Page 366]]

    (e) To determine compliance with the emission limits, you must use 
the F-Factor methodology and equations in sections 12.2 and 12.3 of EPA 
Method 19 of appendix A-7 to part 60 of this chapter to convert the 
measured PM concentrations and the measured mercury concentrations that 
result from the performance test to pounds per million Btu heat input 
emission rates.

[76 FR 15591, Mar. 21, 2011, as amended at 78 FR 7508, Feb. 1, 2013]



Sec. 63.11213  What fuel analyses and procedures must I use for the
performance tests?

    (a) You must conduct fuel analyses according to the procedures in 
paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section and Table 5 to this subpart, as 
applicable. You are not required to conduct fuel analyses for fuels used 
for only startup, unit shutdown, and transient flame stability purposes. 
You are required to conduct fuel analyses only for fuels and units that 
are subject to emission limits for mercury in Table 1 of this subpart.
    (b) At a minimum, you must obtain three composite fuel samples for 
each fuel type according to the procedures in Table 5 to this subpart. 
Each composite sample must consist of a minimum of three samples 
collected at approximately equal intervals during a test run period.
    (c) Determine the concentration of mercury in the fuel in units of 
pounds per million Btu of each composite sample for each fuel type 
according to the procedures in Table 5 to this subpart.



Sec. 63.11214  How do I demonstrate initial compliance with the work 
practice standard, emission reduction measures, and management practice?

    (a) If you own or operate an existing or new coal-fired boiler with 
a heat input capacity of less than 10 million Btu per hour, you must 
conduct a performance tune-up according to Sec. 63.11210(c) or (g), as 
applicable, and Sec. 63.11223(b). If you own or operate an existing 
coal-fired boiler with a heat input capacity of less than 10 million Btu 
per hour, you must submit a signed statement in the Notification of 
Compliance Status report that indicates that you conducted an initial 
tune-up of the boiler.
    (b) If you own or operate an existing or new biomass-fired boiler or 
an existing or new oil-fired boiler, you must conduct a performance 
tune-up according to Sec. 63.11210(c) or (g), as applicable, and Sec. 
63.11223(b). If you own or operate an existing biomass-fired boiler or 
existing oil-fired boiler, you must submit a signed statement in the 
Notification of Compliance Status report that indicates that you 
conducted an initial tune-up of the boiler.
    (c) If you own or operate an existing affected boiler with a heat 
input capacity of 10 million Btu per hour or greater, you must submit a 
signed certification in the Notification of Compliance Status report 
that an energy assessment of the boiler and its energy use systems was 
completed according to Table 2 to this subpart and that the assessment 
is an accurate depiction of your facility at the time of the assessment 
or that the maximum number of on-site technical hours specified in the 
definition of energy assessment applicable to the facility has been 
expended.
    (d) If you own or operate a boiler subject to emission limits in 
Table 1 of this subpart, you must minimize the boiler's startup and 
shutdown periods following the manufacturer's recommended procedures, if 
available. If manufacturer's recommended procedures are not available, 
you must follow recommended procedures for a unit of similar design for 
which manufacturer's recommended procedures are available. You must 
submit a signed statement in the Notification of Compliance Status 
report that indicates that you conducted startups and shutdowns 
according to the manufacturer's recommended procedures or procedures 
specified for a boiler of similar design if manufacturer's recommended 
procedures are not available.

[76 FR 15591, Mar. 21, 2011, as amended at 78 FR 7508, Feb. 1, 2013; 81 
FR 63126, Sept. 14, 2016]

[[Page 367]]

                   Continuous Compliance Requirements



Sec. 63.11220  When must I conduct subsequent performance tests
or fuel analyses?

    (a) If your boiler has a heat input capacity of 10 million Btu per 
hour or greater, you must conduct all applicable performance (stack) 
tests according to Sec. 63.11212 on a triennial basis, except as 
specified in paragraphs (b) through (e) of this section. Triennial 
performance tests must be completed no more than 37 months after the 
previous performance test.
    (b) For new or reconstructed boilers that commenced construction or 
reconstruction on or before September 14, 2016, when demonstrating 
initial compliance with the PM emission limit, if your boiler's 
performance test results show that your PM emissions are equal to or 
less than half of the PM emission limit, you do not need to conduct 
further performance tests for PM until September 14, 2021, but must 
continue to comply with all applicable operating limits and monitoring 
requirements and must comply with the provisions as specified in 
paragraphs (b)(1) through (4) of this section.
    (1) A performance test for PM must be conducted by September 14, 
2021.
    (2) If your performance test results show that your PM emissions are 
equal to or less than half of the PM emission limit, you may choose to 
conduct performance tests for PM every fifth year. Each such performance 
test must be conducted no more than 61 months after the previous 
performance test.
    (3) If you intend to burn a new type of fuel other than ultra-low-
sulfur liquid fuel or gaseous fuels as defined in Sec. 63.11237, you 
must conduct a performance test within 60 days of burning the new fuel 
type.
    (4) If your performance test results show that your PM emissions are 
greater than half of the PM emission limit, you must conduct subsequent 
performance tests on a triennial basis as specified in paragraph (a) of 
this section.
    (c) For new or reconstructed boilers that commenced construction or 
reconstruction after September 14, 2016, when demonstrating initial 
compliance with the PM emission limit, if your boiler's performance test 
results show that your PM emissions are equal to or less than half of 
the PM emission limit, you may choose to conduct performance tests for 
PM every fifth year, but must continue to comply with all applicable 
operating limits and monitoring requirements and must comply with the 
provisions as specified in paragraphs (c)(1) through (3) of this 
section.
    (1) Each such performance test must be conducted no more than 61 
months after the previous performance test.
    (2) If you intend to burn a new type of fuel other than ultra-low-
sulfur liquid fuel or gaseous fuels as defined in Sec. 63.11237, you 
must conduct a performance test within 60 days of burning the new fuel 
type.
    (3) If your performance test results show that your PM emissions are 
greater than half of the PM emission limit, you must conduct subsequent 
performance tests on a triennial basis as specified in paragraph (a) of 
this section.
    (d) If you demonstrate compliance with the mercury emission limit 
based on fuel analysis, you must conduct a fuel analysis according to 
Sec. 63.11213 for each type of fuel burned as specified in paragraphs 
(d)(1) through (3) of this section. If you plan to burn a new type of 
fuel or fuel mixture, you must conduct a fuel analysis before burning 
the new type of fuel or mixture in your boiler. You must recalculate the 
mercury emission rate using Equation 1 of Sec. 63.11211. The 
recalculated mercury emission rate must be less than the applicable 
emission limit.
    (1) For existing boilers and new or reconstructed boilers that 
commenced construction or reconstruction on or before September 14, 
2016, when demonstrating initial compliance with the mercury emission 
limit, if the mercury constituents in the fuel or fuel mixture are 
measured to be equal to or less than half of the mercury emission limit, 
you do not need to conduct further fuel analysis sampling until 
September 14, 2017, but must continue to comply with all applicable 
operating limits and monitoring requirements and must comply with the 
provisions as specified in paragraphs (d)(1)(i) and (ii) of this 
section.

[[Page 368]]

    (i) Fuel analysis sampling for mercury must be conducted by 
September 14, 2017.
    (ii) If your fuel analysis results show that the mercury 
constituents in the fuel or fuel mixture are equal to or less than half 
of the mercury emission limit, you may choose to conduct fuel analysis 
sampling for mercury every 12 months.
    (2) For new or reconstructed boilers that commenced construction or 
reconstruction after September 14, 2016, when demonstrating initial 
compliance with the mercury emission limit, if the mercury constituents 
in the fuel or fuel mixture are measured to be equal to or less than 
half of the mercury emission limit, you may choose to conduct fuel 
analysis sampling for mercury every 12 months, but must continue to 
comply with all applicable operating limits and monitoring requirements.
    (3) When demonstrating compliance with the mercury emission limit, 
if the mercury constituents in the fuel or fuel mixture are greater than 
half of the mercury emission limit, you must conduct quarterly sampling.
    (e) For existing affected boilers that have not operated on solid 
fossil fuel, biomass, or liquid fuel since the previous compliance 
demonstration and more than 3 years have passed since the previous 
compliance demonstration, you must complete your subsequent compliance 
demonstration no later than 180 days after the re-start of the affected 
boiler on solid fossil fuel, biomass, or liquid fuel.

[81 FR 63127, Sept. 14, 2016]



Sec. 63.11221  Is there a minimum amount of monitoring data I must
obtain?

    (a) You must monitor and collect data according to this section and 
the site-specific monitoring plan required by Sec. 63.11205(c).
    (b) You must operate the monitoring system and collect data at all 
required intervals at all times the affected source is operating and 
compliance is required, except for periods of monitoring system 
malfunctions or out-of-control periods (see Sec. 63.8(c)(7) of this 
part), repairs associated with monitoring system malfunctions or out-of-
control periods, and required monitoring system quality assurance or 
quality control activities including, as applicable, calibration checks, 
required zero and span adjustments, and scheduled CMS maintenance as 
defined in your site-specific monitoring plan. A monitoring system 
malfunction is any sudden, infrequent, not reasonably preventable 
failure of the monitoring system to provide valid data. Monitoring 
system failures that are caused in part by poor maintenance or careless 
operation are not malfunctions. You are required to complete monitoring 
system repairs in response to monitoring system malfunctions or out-of-
control periods and to return the monitoring system to operation as 
expeditiously as practicable.
    (c) You may not use data collected during periods of startup and 
shutdown, monitoring system malfunctions or out-of-control periods, 
repairs associated with monitoring system malfunctions or out-of-control 
periods, or required monitoring system quality assurance or quality 
control activities in calculations used to report emissions or operating 
levels. Any such periods must be reported according to the requirements 
in Sec. 63.11225. You must use all the data collected during all other 
periods in assessing the operation of the control device and associated 
control system.
    (d) Except for periods of monitoring system malfunctions or 
monitoring system out-of-control periods, repairs associated with 
monitoring system malfunctions or monitoring system out-of-control 
periods, and required monitoring system quality assurance or quality 
control activities (including, as applicable, calibration checks, 
required zero and span adjustments, and scheduled CMS maintenance as 
defined in your site-specific monitoring plan), failure to collect 
required data is a deviation of the monitoring requirements.

[78 FR 7508, Feb. 1, 2013, as amended at 81 FR 63127, Sept. 14, 2016]



Sec. 63.11222  How do I demonstrate continuous compliance with 
the emission limits?

    (a) You must demonstrate continuous compliance with each emission 
limit and operating limit in Tables 1

[[Page 369]]

and 3 to this subpart that applies to you according to the methods 
specified in Table 7 to this subpart and to paragraphs (a)(1) through 
(4) of this section.
    (1) Following the date on which the initial compliance demonstration 
is completed or is required to be completed under Sec. Sec. 63.7 and 
63.11196, whichever date comes first, you must continuously monitor the 
operating parameters. Operation above the established maximum, below the 
established minimum, or outside the allowable range of the operating 
limits specified in paragraph (a) of this section constitutes a 
deviation from your operating limits established under this subpart, 
except during performance tests conducted to determine compliance with 
the emission and operating limits or to establish new operating limits. 
Operating limits are confirmed or reestablished during performance 
tests.
    (2) If you have an applicable mercury or PM emission limit, you must 
keep records of the type and amount of all fuels burned in each boiler 
during the reporting period. If you have an applicable mercury emission 
limit, you must demonstrate that all fuel types and mixtures of fuels 
burned would result in lower emissions of mercury than the applicable 
emission limit (if you demonstrate compliance through fuel analysis), or 
result in lower fuel input of mercury than the maximum values calculated 
during the last performance stack test (if you demonstrate compliance 
through performance stack testing).
    (3) If you have an applicable mercury emission limit and you plan to 
burn a new type of fuel, you must determine the mercury concentration 
for any new fuel type in units of pounds per million Btu, using the 
procedures in Equation 1 of Sec. 63.11211 based on supplier data or 
your own fuel analysis, and meet the requirements in paragraphs 
(a)(3)(i) or (ii) of this section.
    (i) The recalculated mercury emission rate must be less than the 
applicable emission limit.
    (ii) If the mercury concentration is higher than mercury fuel input 
during the previous performance test, then you must conduct a new 
performance test within 60 days of burning the new fuel type or fuel 
mixture according to the procedures in Sec. 63.11212 to demonstrate 
that the mercury emissions do not exceed the emission limit.
    (4) If your unit is controlled with a fabric filter, and you 
demonstrate continuous compliance using a bag leak detection system, you 
must initiate corrective action within 1 hour of a bag leak detection 
system alarm and operate and maintain the fabric filter system such that 
the alarm does not sound more than 5 percent of the operating time 
during a 6-month period. You must also keep records of the date, time, 
and duration of each alarm, the time corrective action was initiated and 
completed, and a brief description of the cause of the alarm and the 
corrective action taken. You must also record the percent of the 
operating time during each 6-month period that the alarm sounds. In 
calculating this operating time percentage, if inspection of the fabric 
filter demonstrates that no corrective action is required, no alarm time 
is counted. If corrective action is required, each alarm is counted as a 
minimum of 1 hour. If you take longer than 1 hour to initiate corrective 
action, the alarm time is counted as the actual amount of time taken to 
initiate corrective action.
    (b) You must report each instance in which you did not meet each 
emission limit and operating limit in Tables 1 and 3 to this subpart 
that apply to you. These instances are deviations from the emission 
limits in this subpart. These deviations must be reported according to 
the requirements in Sec. 63.11225.

[76 FR 15591, Mar. 21, 2011, as amended at 81 FR 63127, Sept. 14, 2016]



Sec. 63.11223  How do I demonstrate continuous compliance with the
work practice and management practice standards?

    (a) For affected sources subject to the work practice standard or 
the management practices of a tune-up, you must conduct a performance 
tune-up according to paragraph (b) of this section and keep records as 
required in Sec. 63.11225(c) to demonstrate continuous compliance. You 
must conduct the tune-up while burning the type of fuel (or fuels in the 
case of boilers that routinely burn two types of fuels at the

[[Page 370]]

same time) that provided the majority of the heat input to the boiler 
over the 12 months prior to the tune-up.
    (b) Except as specified in paragraphs (c) through (f) of this 
section, you must conduct a tune-up of the boiler biennially to 
demonstrate continuous compliance as specified in paragraphs (b)(1) 
through (7) of this section. Each biennial tune-up must be conducted no 
more than 25 months after the previous tune-up. For a new or 
reconstructed boiler, the first biennial tune-up must be no later than 
25 months after the initial startup of the new or reconstructed boiler.
    (1) As applicable, inspect the burner, and clean or replace any 
components of the burner as necessary (you may delay the burner 
inspection until the next scheduled unit shutdown, not to exceed 36 
months from the previous inspection). Units that produce electricity for 
sale may delay the burner inspection until the first outage, not to 
exceed 36 months from the previous inspection.
    (2) Inspect the flame pattern, as applicable, and adjust the burner 
as necessary to optimize the flame pattern. The adjustment should be 
consistent with the manufacturer's specifications, if available.
    (3) Inspect the system controlling the air-to-fuel ratio, as 
applicable, and ensure that it is correctly calibrated and functioning 
properly (you may delay the inspection until the next scheduled unit 
shutdown, not to exceed 36 months from the previous inspection). Units 
that produce electricity for sale may delay the inspection until the 
first outage, not to exceed 36 months from the previous inspection.
    (4) Optimize total emissions of CO. This optimization should be 
consistent with the manufacturer's specifications, if available, and 
with any nitrogen oxide requirement to which the unit is subject.
    (5) Measure the concentrations in the effluent stream of CO in parts 
per million, by volume, and oxygen in volume percent, before and after 
the adjustments are made (measurements may be either on a dry or wet 
basis, as long as it is the same basis before and after the adjustments 
are made). Measurements may be taken using a portable CO analyzer.
    (6) Maintain on-site and submit, if requested by the Administrator, 
a report containing the information in paragraphs (b)(6)(i) through 
(iii) of this section.
    (i) The concentrations of CO in the effluent stream in parts per 
million, by volume, and oxygen in volume percent, measured at high fire 
or typical operating load, before and after the tune-up of the boiler.
    (ii) A description of any corrective actions taken as a part of the 
tune-up of the boiler.
    (iii) The type and amount of fuel used over the 12 months prior to 
the tune-up of the boiler, but only if the unit was physically and 
legally capable of using more than one type of fuel during that period. 
Units sharing a fuel meter may estimate the fuel use by each unit.
    (7) If the unit is not operating on the required date for a tune-up, 
the tune-up must be conducted within 30 days of startup.
    (c) Boilers with an oxygen trim system that maintains an optimum 
air-to-fuel ratio that would otherwise be subject to a biennial tune-up 
must conduct a tune-up of the boiler every 5 years as specified in 
paragraphs (b)(1) through (7) of this section. Each 5-year tune-up must 
be conducted no more than 61 months after the previous tune-up. For a 
new or reconstructed boiler with an oxygen trim system, the first 5-year 
tune-up must be no later than 61 months after the initial startup. You 
may delay the burner inspection specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this 
section and inspection of the system controlling the air-to-fuel ratio 
specified in paragraph (b)(3) of this section until the next scheduled 
unit shutdown, but you must inspect each burner and system controlling 
the air-to-fuel ratio at least once every 72 months. If an oxygen trim 
system is utilized on a unit without emission standards to reduce the 
tune-up frequency to once every 5 years, set the oxygen level no lower 
than the oxygen concentration measured during the most recent tune-up.
    (d) Seasonal boilers must conduct a tune-up every 5 years as 
specified in paragraphs (b)(1) through (7) of this section. Each 5-year 
tune-up must be conducted no more than 61 months after the previous 
tune-up. For a new

[[Page 371]]

or reconstructed seasonal boiler, the first 5-year tune-up must be no 
later than 61 months after the initial startup. You may delay the burner 
inspection specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section and inspection 
of the system controlling the air-to-fuel ratio specified in paragraph 
(b)(3) of this section until the next scheduled unit shutdown, but you 
must inspect each burner and system controlling the air-to-fuel ratio at 
least once every 72 months. Seasonal boilers are not subject to the 
emission limits in Table 1 to this subpart or the operating limits in 
Table 3 to this subpart.
    (e) Oil-fired boilers with a heat input capacity of equal to or less 
than 5 million Btu per hour must conduct a tune-up every 5 years as 
specified in paragraphs (b)(1) through (7) of this section. Each 5-year 
tune-up must be conducted no more than 61 months after the previous 
tune-up. For a new or reconstructed oil-fired boiler with a heat input 
capacity of equal to or less than 5 million Btu per hour, the first 5-
year tune-up must be no later than 61 months after the initial startup. 
You may delay the burner inspection specified in paragraph (b)(1) of 
this section and inspection of the system controlling the air-to-fuel 
ratio specified in paragraph (b)(3) of this section until the next 
scheduled unit shutdown, but you must inspect each burner and system 
controlling the air-to-fuel ratio at least once every 72 months.
    (f) Limited-use boilers must conduct a tune-up every 5 years as 
specified in paragraphs (b)(1) through (7) of this section. Each 5-year 
tune-up must be conducted no more than 61 months after the previous 
tune-up. For a new or reconstructed limited-use boiler, the first 5-year 
tune-up must be no later than 61 months after the initial startup. You 
may delay the burner inspection specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this 
section and inspection of the system controlling the air-to-fuel ratio 
specified in paragraph (b)(3) of this section until the next scheduled 
unit shutdown, but you must inspect each burner and system controlling 
the air-to-fuel ratio at least once every 72 months. Limited-use boilers 
are not subject to the emission limits in Table 1 to this subpart, the 
energy assessment requirements in Table 2 to this subpart, or the 
operating limits in Table 3 to this subpart.
    (g) If you own or operate a boiler subject to emission limits in 
Table 1 of this subpart, you must minimize the boiler's startup and 
shutdown periods following the manufacturer's recommended procedures, if 
available. If manufacturer's recommended procedures are not available, 
you must follow recommended procedures for a unit of similar design for 
which manufacturer's recommended procedures are available. You must 
submit a signed statement in the Notification of Compliance Status 
report that indicates that you conducted startups and shutdowns 
according to the manufacturer's recommended procedures or procedures 
specified for a boiler of similar design if manufacturer's recommended 
procedures are not available.

[76 FR 15591, Mar. 21, 2011, as amended at 78 FR 7509, Feb. 1, 2013; 81 
FR 63127, Sept. 14, 2016]



Sec. 63.11224  What are my monitoring, installation, operation, 
and maintenance requirements?

    (a) If your boiler is subject to a CO emission limit in Table 1 to 
this subpart, you must either install, operate, and maintain a CEMS for 
CO and oxygen according to the procedures in paragraphs (a)(1) through 
(6) of this section, or install, calibrate, operate, and maintain an 
oxygen analyzer system, as defined in Sec. 63.11237, according to the 
manufacturer's recommendations and paragraphs (a)(7) and (d) of this 
section, as applicable, by the compliance date specified in Sec. 
63.11196. Where a certified CO CEMS is used, the CO level shall be 
monitored at the outlet of the boiler, after any add-on controls or flue 
gas recirculation system and before release to the atmosphere. Boilers 
that use a CO CEMS are exempt from the initial CO performance testing 
and oxygen concentration operating limit requirements specified in Sec. 
63.11211(a) of this subpart. Oxygen monitors and oxygen trim systems 
must be installed to monitor oxygen in the boiler flue gas, boiler 
firebox, or other appropriate intermediate location.

[[Page 372]]

    (1) Each CO CEMS must be installed, operated, and maintained 
according to the applicable procedures under Performance Specification 
4, 4A, or 4B at 40 CFR part 60, appendix B, and each oxygen CEMS must be 
installed, operated, and maintained according to Performance 
Specification 3 at 40 CFR part 60, appendix B. Both the CO and oxygen 
CEMS must also be installed, operated, and maintained according to the 
site-specific monitoring plan developed according to paragraph (c) of 
this section.
    (2) You must conduct a performance evaluation of each CEMS according 
to the requirements in Sec. 63.8(e) and according to Performance 
Specifications 3 and 4, 4A, or 4B at 40 CFR part 60, appendix B.
    (3) Each CEMS must complete a minimum of one cycle of operation 
(sampling, analyzing, and data recording) every 15 minutes. You must 
have CEMS data values from a minimum of four successive cycles of 
operation representing each of the four 15-minute periods in an hour, or 
at least two 15-minute data values during an hour when CEMS calibration, 
quality assurance, or maintenance activities are being performed, to 
have a valid hour of data.
    (4) The CEMS data must be reduced as specified in Sec. 63.8(g)(2).
    (5) You must calculate hourly averages, corrected to 3 percent 
oxygen, from each hour of CO CEMS data in parts per million CO 
concentrations and determine the 10-day rolling average of all recorded 
readings, except as provided in Sec. 63.11221(c). Calculate a 10-day 
rolling average from all of the hourly averages collected for the 10-day 
operating period using Equation 2 of this section.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR01FE13.000

Where:

Hpvi = the hourly parameter value for hour i
n = the number of valid hourly parameter values collected over 10 boiler 
          operating days

    (6) For purposes of collecting CO data, you must operate the CO CEMS 
as specified in Sec. 63.11221(b). For purposes of calculating data 
averages, you must use all the data collected during all periods in 
assessing compliance, except that you must exclude certain data as 
specified in Sec. 63.11221(c). Periods when CO data are unavailable may 
constitute monitoring deviations as specified in Sec. 63.11221(d).
    (7) You must operate the oxygen analyzer system at or above the 
minimum oxygen level that is established as the operating limit 
according to Table 6 to this subpart when firing the fuel or fuel 
mixture utilized during the most recent CO performance stack test. 
Operation of oxygen trim systems to meet these requirements shall not be 
done in a manner which compromises furnace safety.
    (b) If you are using a control device to comply with the emission 
limits specified in Table 1 to this subpart, you must maintain each 
operating limit in Table 3 to this subpart that applies to your boiler 
as specified in Table 7 to this subpart. If you use a control device not 
covered in Table 3 to this subpart, or you wish to establish and monitor 
an alternative operating limit and alternative monitoring parameters, 
you must apply to the United States Environmental Protection Agency 
(EPA) Administrator for approval of alternative monitoring under Sec. 
63.8(f).
    (c) If you demonstrate compliance with any applicable emission limit 
through stack testing and subsequent compliance with operating limits, 
you must develop a site-specific monitoring plan according to the 
requirements in paragraphs (c)(1) through (4) of this section. This 
requirement also applies to you if you petition the EPA Administrator 
for alternative monitoring parameters under Sec. 63.8(f).
    (1) For each CMS required in this section, you must develop, and 
submit to

[[Page 373]]

the EPA Administrator for approval upon request, a site-specific 
monitoring plan that addresses paragraphs (c)(1)(i) through (iii) of 
this section. You must submit this site-specific monitoring plan (if 
requested) at least 60 days before your initial performance evaluation 
of your CMS.
    (i) Installation of the CMS sampling probe or other interface at a 
measurement location relative to each affected unit such that the 
measurement is representative of control of the exhaust emissions (e.g., 
on or downstream of the last control device).
    (ii) Performance and equipment specifications for the sample 
interface, the pollutant concentration or parametric signal analyzer, 
and the data collection and reduction systems.
    (iii) Performance evaluation procedures and acceptance criteria 
(e.g., calibrations).
    (2) In your site-specific monitoring plan, you must also address 
paragraphs (c)(2)(i) through (iii) of this section.
    (i) Ongoing operation and maintenance procedures in accordance with 
the general requirements of Sec. 63.8(c)(1), (3), and (4)(ii).
    (ii) Ongoing data quality assurance procedures in accordance with 
the general requirements of Sec. 63.8(d).
    (iii) Ongoing recordkeeping and reporting procedures in accordance 
with the general requirements of Sec. 63.10(c), (e)(1), and (e)(2)(i).
    (3) You must conduct a performance evaluation of each CMS in 
accordance with your site-specific monitoring plan.
    (4) You must operate and maintain the CMS in continuous operation 
according to the site-specific monitoring plan.
    (d) If you have an operating limit that requires the use of a CMS, 
you must install, operate, and maintain each CPMS according to the 
procedures in paragraphs (d)(1) through (4) of this section.
    (1) The CPMS must complete a minimum of one cycle of operation every 
15 minutes. You must have data values from a minimum of four successive 
cycles of operation representing each of the four 15-minute periods in 
an hour, or at least two 15-minute data values during an hour when CMS 
calibration, quality assurance, or maintenance activities are being 
performed, to have a valid hour of data.
    (2) You must calculate hourly arithmetic averages from each hour of 
CPMS data in units of the operating limit and determine the 30-day 
rolling average of all recorded readings, except as provided in Sec. 
63.11221(c). Calculate a 30-day rolling average from all of the hourly 
averages collected for the 30-day operating period using Equation 3 of 
this section.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR01FE13.001

Where:

Hpvi = the hourly parameter value for hour i
n = the number of valid hourly parameter values collected over 30 boiler 
          operating days

    (3) For purposes of collecting data, you must operate the CPMS as 
specified in Sec. 63.11221(b). For purposes of calculating data 
averages, you must use all the data collected during all periods in 
assessing compliance, except that you must exclude certain data as 
specified in Sec. 63.11221(c). Periods when CPMS data are unavailable 
may constitute monitoring deviations as specified in Sec. 63.11221(d).
    (4) Record the results of each inspection, calibration, and 
validation check.
    (e) If you have an applicable opacity operating limit under this 
rule, you must install, operate, certify and maintain each COMS 
according to the procedures in paragraphs (e)(1) through (8) of this 
section by the compliance date specified in Sec. 63.11196.
    (1) Each COMS must be installed, operated, and maintained according 
to

[[Page 374]]

Performance Specification 1 of 40 CFR part 60, appendix B.
    (2) You must conduct a performance evaluation of each COMS according 
to the requirements in Sec. 63.8 and according to Performance 
Specification 1 of 40 CFR part 60, appendix B.
    (3) As specified in Sec. 63.8(c)(4)(i), each COMS must complete a 
minimum of one cycle of sampling and analyzing for each successive 10-
second period and one cycle of data recording for each successive 6-
minute period.
    (4) The COMS data must be reduced as specified in Sec. 63.8(g)(2).
    (5) You must include in your site-specific monitoring plan 
procedures and acceptance criteria for operating and maintaining each 
COMS according to the requirements in Sec. 63.8(d). At a minimum, the 
monitoring plan must include a daily calibration drift assessment, a 
quarterly performance audit, and an annual zero alignment audit of each 
COMS.
    (6) You must operate and maintain each COMS according to the 
requirements in the monitoring plan and the requirements of Sec. 
63.8(e). You must identify periods the COMS is out of control including 
any periods that the COMS fails to pass a daily calibration drift 
assessment, a quarterly performance audit, or an annual zero alignment 
audit.
    (7) You must calculate and record 6-minute averages from the opacity 
monitoring data and determine and record the daily block average of 
recorded readings, except as provided in Sec. 63.11221(c).
    (8) For purposes of collecting opacity data, you must operate the 
COMS as specified in Sec. 63.11221(b). For purposes of calculating data 
averages, you must use all the data collected during all periods in 
assessing compliance, except that you must exclude certain data as 
specified in Sec. 63.11221(c). Periods when COMS data are unavailable 
may constitute monitoring deviations as specified in Sec. 63.11221(d).
    (f) If you use a fabric filter bag leak detection system to comply 
with the requirements of this subpart, you must install, calibrate, 
maintain, and continuously operate the bag leak detection system as 
specified in paragraphs (f)(1) through (8) of this section.
    (1) You must install and operate a bag leak detection system for 
each exhaust stack of the fabric filter.
    (2) Each bag leak detection system must be installed, operated, 
calibrated, and maintained in a manner consistent with the 
manufacturer's written specifications and recommendations and in 
accordance with EPA-454/R-98-015 (incorporated by reference, see Sec. 
63.14).
    (3) The bag leak detection system must be certified by the 
manufacturer to be capable of detecting particulate matter emissions at 
concentrations of 10 milligrams per actual cubic meter or less.
    (4) The bag leak detection system sensor must provide output of 
relative or absolute particulate matter loadings.
    (5) The bag leak detection system must be equipped with a device to 
continuously record the output signal from the sensor.
    (6) The bag leak detection system must be equipped with an audible 
or visual alarm system that will activate automatically when an increase 
in relative particulate matter emissions over a preset level is 
detected. The alarm must be located where it is easily heard or seen by 
plant operating personnel.
    (7) For positive pressure fabric filter systems that do not duct all 
compartments or cells to a common stack, a bag leak detection system 
must be installed in each baghouse compartment or cell.
    (8) Where multiple bag leak detectors are required, the system's 
instrumentation and alarm may be shared among detectors.

[76 FR 15591, Mar. 21, 2011, as amended at 78 FR 7510, Feb. 1, 2013]



Sec. 63.11225  What are my notification, reporting, and recordkeeping
requirements?

    (a) You must submit the notifications specified in paragraphs (a)(1) 
through (5) of this section to the administrator.
    (1) You must submit all of the notifications in Sec. Sec. 63.7(b); 
63.8(e) and (f); and 63.9(b) through (e), (g), and (h) that apply to you 
by the dates specified in those sections except as specified in 
paragraphs (a)(2) and (4) of this section.

[[Page 375]]

    (2) An Initial Notification must be submitted no later than January 
20, 2014 or within 120 days after the source becomes subject to the 
standard.
    (3) If you are required to conduct a performance stack test you must 
submit a Notification of Intent to conduct a performance test at least 
60 days before the performance stack test is scheduled to begin.
    (4) You must submit the Notification of Compliance Status no later 
than 120 days after the applicable compliance date specified in Sec. 
63.11196 unless you own or operate a new boiler subject only to a 
requirement to conduct a biennial or 5-year tune-up or you must conduct 
a performance stack test. If you own or operate a new boiler subject to 
a requirement to conduct a tune-up, you are not required to prepare and 
submit a Notification of Compliance Status for the tune-up. If you must 
conduct a performance stack test, you must submit the Notification of 
Compliance Status within 60 days of completing the performance stack 
test. You must submit the Notification of Compliance Status in 
accordance with paragraphs (a)(4)(i) and (vi) of this section. The 
Notification of Compliance Status must include the information and 
certification(s) of compliance in paragraphs (a)(4)(i) through (v) of 
this section, as applicable, and signed by a responsible official.
    (i) You must submit the information required in Sec. 63.9(h)(2), 
except the information listed in Sec. 63.9(h)(2)(i)(B), (D), (E), and 
(F). If you conduct any performance tests or CMS performance 
evaluations, you must submit that data as specified in paragraph (e) of 
this section. If you conduct any opacity or visible emission 
observations, or other monitoring procedures or methods, you must submit 
that data to the Administrator at the appropriate address listed in 
Sec. 63.13.
    (ii) ``This facility complies with the requirements in Sec. 
63.11214 to conduct an initial tune-up of the boiler.''
    (iii) ``This facility has had an energy assessment performed 
according to Sec. 63.11214(c).''
    (iv) For units that install bag leak detection systems: ``This 
facility complies with the requirements in Sec. 63.11224(f).''
    (v) For units that do not qualify for a statutory exemption as 
provided in section 129(g)(1) of the Clean Air Act: ``No secondary 
materials that are solid waste were combusted in any affected unit.''
    (vi) The notification must be submitted electronically using the 
Compliance and Emissions Data Reporting Interface (CEDRI) that is 
accessed through EPA's Central Data Exchange (CDX) (www.epa.gov/cdx). 
However, if the reporting form specific to this subpart is not available 
in CEDRI at the time that the report is due, the written Notification of 
Compliance Status must be submitted to the Administrator at the 
appropriate address listed in Sec. 63.13.
    (5) If you are using data from a previously conducted emission test 
to serve as documentation of conformance with the emission standards and 
operating limits of this subpart, you must include in the Notification 
of Compliance Status the date of the test and a summary of the results, 
not a complete test report, relative to this subpart.
    (b) You must prepare, by March 1 of each year, and submit to the 
delegated authority upon request, an annual compliance certification 
report for the previous calendar year containing the information 
specified in paragraphs (b)(1) through (4) of this section. You must 
submit the report by March 15 if you had any instance described by 
paragraph (b)(3) of this section. For boilers that are subject only to 
the energy assessment requirement and/or a requirement to conduct a 
biennial or 5-year tune-up according to Sec. 63.11223(a) and not 
subject to emission limits or operating limits, you may prepare only a 
biennial or 5-year compliance report as specified in paragraphs (b)(1) 
and (2) of this section.
    (1) Company name and address.
    (2) Statement by a responsible official, with the official's name, 
title, phone number, email address, and signature, certifying the truth, 
accuracy and completeness of the notification and a statement of whether 
the source has complied with all the relevant standards and other 
requirements of this subpart. Your notification must include the 
following certification(s) of

[[Page 376]]

compliance, as applicable, and signed by a responsible official:
    (i) ``This facility complies with the requirements in Sec. 63.11223 
to conduct a biennial or 5-year tune-up, as applicable, of each 
boiler.''
    (ii) For units that do not qualify for a statutory exemption as 
provided in section 129(g)(1) of the Clean Air Act: ``No secondary 
materials that are solid waste were combusted in any affected unit.''
    (iii) ``This facility complies with the requirement in Sec. Sec. 
63.11214(d) and 63.11223(g) to minimize the boiler's time spent during 
startup and shutdown and to conduct startups and shutdowns according to 
the manufacturer's recommended procedures or procedures specified for a 
boiler of similar design if manufacturer's recommended procedures are 
not available.''
    (3) If the source experiences any deviations from the applicable 
requirements during the reporting period, include a description of 
deviations, the time periods during which the deviations occurred, and 
the corrective actions taken.
    (4) The total fuel use by each affected boiler subject to an 
emission limit, for each calendar month within the reporting period, 
including, but not limited to, a description of the fuel, whether the 
fuel has received a non-waste determination by you or EPA through a 
petition process to be a non-waste under Sec. 241.3(c), whether the 
fuel(s) were processed from discarded non-hazardous secondary materials 
within the meaning of Sec. 241.3, and the total fuel usage amount with 
units of measure.
    (c) You must maintain the records specified in paragraphs (c)(1) 
through (7) of this section.
    (1) As required in Sec. 63.10(b)(2)(xiv), you must keep a copy of 
each notification and report that you submitted to comply with this 
subpart and all documentation supporting any Initial Notification or 
Notification of Compliance Status that you submitted.
    (2) You must keep records to document conformance with the work 
practices, emission reduction measures, and management practices 
required by Sec. 63.11214 and Sec. 63.11223 as specified in paragraphs 
(c)(2)(i) through (vi) of this section.
    (i) Records must identify each boiler, the date of tune-up, the 
procedures followed for tune-up, and the manufacturer's specifications 
to which the boiler was tuned.
    (ii) For operating units that combust non-hazardous secondary 
materials that have been determined not to be solid waste pursuant to 
Sec. 241.3(b)(1) of this chapter, you must keep a record which 
documents how the secondary material meets each of the legitimacy 
criteria under Sec. 241.3(d)(1). If you combust a fuel that has been 
processed from a discarded non-hazardous secondary material pursuant to 
Sec. 241.3(b)(4) of this chapter, you must keep records as to how the 
operations that produced the fuel satisfies the definition of processing 
in Sec. 241.2 and each of the legitimacy criteria in Sec. 241.3(d)(1) 
of this chapter. If the fuel received a non-waste determination pursuant 
to the petition process submitted under Sec. 241.3(c) of this chapter, 
you must keep a record that documents how the fuel satisfies the 
requirements of the petition process. For operating units that combust 
non-hazardous secondary materials as fuel per Sec. 241.4, you must keep 
records documenting that the material is a listed non-waste under Sec. 
241.4(a).
    (iii) For each boiler required to conduct an energy assessment, you 
must keep a copy of the energy assessment report.
    (iv) For each boiler subject to an emission limit in Table 1 to this 
subpart, you must keep records of monthly fuel use by each boiler, 
including the type(s) of fuel and amount(s) used. For each new oil-fired 
boiler that meets the requirements of Sec. 63.11210(e) or (f), you must 
keep records, on a monthly basis, of the type of fuel combusted.
    (v) For each boiler that meets the definition of seasonal boiler, 
you must keep records of days of operation per year.
    (vi) For each boiler that meets the definition of limited-use 
boiler, you must keep a copy of the federally enforceable permit that 
limits the annual capacity factor to less than or equal to 10 percent 
and records of fuel use for the days the boiler is operating.
    (3) For sources that demonstrate compliance through fuel analysis, a 
copy of all calculations and supporting

[[Page 377]]

documentation that were done to demonstrate compliance with the mercury 
emission limits. Supporting documentation should include results of any 
fuel analyses. You can use the results from one fuel analysis for 
multiple boilers provided they are all burning the same fuel type.
    (4) Records of the occurrence and duration of each malfunction of 
the boiler, or of the associated air pollution control and monitoring 
equipment.
    (5) Records of actions taken during periods of malfunction to 
minimize emissions in accordance with the general duty to minimize 
emissions in Sec. 63.11205(a), including corrective actions to restore 
the malfunctioning boiler, air pollution control, or monitoring 
equipment to its normal or usual manner of operation.
    (6) You must keep the records of all inspection and monitoring data 
required by Sec. Sec. 63.11221 and 63.11222, and the information 
identified in paragraphs (c)(6)(i) through (vi) of this section for each 
required inspection or monitoring.
    (i) The date, place, and time of the monitoring event.
    (ii) Person conducting the monitoring.
    (iii) Technique or method used.
    (iv) Operating conditions during the activity.
    (v) Results, including the date, time, and duration of the period 
from the time the monitoring indicated a problem to the time that 
monitoring indicated proper operation.
    (vi) Maintenance or corrective action taken (if applicable).
    (7) If you use a bag leak detection system, you must keep the 
records specified in paragraphs (c)(7)(i) through (iii) of this section.
    (i) Records of the bag leak detection system output.
    (ii) Records of bag leak detection system adjustments, including the 
date and time of the adjustment, the initial bag leak detection system 
settings, and the final bag leak detection system settings.
    (iii) The date and time of all bag leak detection system alarms, and 
for each valid alarm, the time you initiated corrective action, the 
corrective action taken, and the date on which corrective action was 
completed.
    (d) Your records must be in a form suitable and readily available 
for expeditious review. You must keep each record for 5 years following 
the date of each recorded action. You must keep each record on-site or 
be accessible from a central location by computer or other means that 
instantly provide access at the site for at least 2 years after the date 
of each recorded action. You may keep the records off site for the 
remaining 3 years.
    (e)(1) Within 60 days after the date of completing each performance 
test (as defined in Sec. 63.2) required by this subpart, you must 
submit the results of the performance tests, including any associated 
fuel analyses, following the procedure specified in either paragraph 
(e)(1)(i) or (ii) of this section.
    (i) For data collected using test methods supported by the EPA's 
Electronic Reporting Tool (ERT) as listed on the EPA's ERT Web site 
(https://www3.epa.gov/ttn/chief/ert/ert_info.html) at the time of the 
test, you must submit the results of the performance test to the EPA via 
the Compliance and Emissions Data Reporting Interface (CEDRI). (CEDRI 
can be accessed through the EPA's Central Data Exchange (CDX) (https://
cdx.epa.gov/).) Performance test data must be submitted in a file format 
generated through the use of the EPA's ERT or an alternate electronic 
file format consistent with the extensible markup language (XML) schema 
listed on the EPA's ERT Web site. If you claim that some of the 
performance test information being submitted is confidential business 
information (CBI), you must submit a complete file generated through the 
use of the EPA's ERT or an alternate electronic file consistent with the 
XML schema listed on the EPA's ERT Web site, including information 
claimed to be CBI, on a compact disc, flash drive, or other commonly 
used electronic storage media to the EPA. The electronic media must be 
clearly marked as CBI and mailed to U.S. EPA/OAQPS/CORE CBI Office, 
Attention: Group Leader, Measurement Policy Group, MD C404-02, 4930 Old 
Page Rd., Durham, NC 27703. The same ERT or alternate file with the CBI

[[Page 378]]

omitted must be submitted to the EPA via the EPA's CDX as described 
earlier in this paragraph.
    (ii) For data collected using test methods that are not supported by 
the EPA's ERT as listed on the EPA's ERT Web site at the time of the 
test, you must submit the results of the performance test to the 
Administrator at the appropriate address listed in Sec. 63.13.
    (2) Within 60 days after the date of completing each CEMS 
performance evaluation (as defined in Sec. 63.2), you must submit the 
results of the performance evaluation following the procedure specified 
in either paragraph (e)(2)(i) or (ii) of this section.
    (i) For performance evaluations of continuous monitoring systems 
measuring relative accuracy test audit (RATA) pollutants that are 
supported by the EPA's ERT as listed on the EPA's ERT Web site at the 
time of the evaluation, you must submit the results of the performance 
evaluation to the EPA via the CEDRI. (CEDRI can be accessed through the 
EPA's CDX.) Performance evaluation data must be submitted in a file 
format generated through the use of the EPA's ERT or an alternate file 
format consistent with the XML schema listed on the EPA's ERT Web site. 
If you claim that some of the performance evaluation information being 
submitted is CBI, you must submit a complete file generated through the 
use of the EPA's ERT or an alternate electronic file consistent with the 
XML schema listed on the EPA's ERT Web site, including information 
claimed to be CBI, on a compact disc, flash drive, or other commonly 
used electronic storage media to the EPA. The electronic storage media 
must be clearly marked as CBI and mailed to U.S. EPA/OAQPS/CORE CBI 
Office, Attention: Group Leader, Measurement Policy Group, MD C404-02, 
4930 Old Page Rd., Durham, NC 27703. The same ERT or alternate file with 
the CBI omitted must be submitted to the EPA via the EPA's CDX as 
described earlier in this paragraph.
    (ii) For any performance evaluations of continuous monitoring 
systems measuring RATA pollutants that are not supported by the EPA's 
ERT as listed on the EPA's ERT Web site at the time of the evaluation, 
you must submit the results of the performance evaluation to the 
Administrator at the appropriate address listed in Sec. 63.13.
    (f) If you intend to commence or recommence combustion of solid 
waste, you must provide 30 days prior notice of the date upon which you 
will commence or recommence combustion of solid waste. The notification 
must identify:
    (1) The name of the owner or operator of the affected source, the 
location of the source, the boiler(s) that will commence burning solid 
waste, and the date of the notice.
    (2) The currently applicable subcategory under this subpart.
    (3) The date on which you became subject to the currently applicable 
emission limits.
    (4) The date upon which you will commence combusting solid waste.
    (g) If you have switched fuels or made a physical change to the 
boiler and the fuel switch or change resulted in the applicability of a 
different subcategory within this subpart, in the boiler becoming 
subject to this subpart, or in the boiler switching out of this subpart 
due to a fuel change that results in the boiler meeting the definition 
of gas-fired boiler, as defined in Sec. 63.11237, or you have taken a 
permit limit that resulted in you becoming subject to this subpart or no 
longer being subject to this subpart, you must provide notice of the 
date upon which you switched fuels, made the physical change, or took a 
permit limit within 30 days of the change. The notification must 
identify:
    (1) The name of the owner or operator of the affected source, the 
location of the source, the boiler(s) that have switched fuels, were 
physically changed, or took a permit limit, and the date of the notice.
    (2) The date upon which the fuel switch, physical change, or permit 
limit occurred.

[76 FR 15591, Mar. 21, 2011, as amended at 78 FR 7511, Feb. 1, 2013; 81 
FR 63127, Sept. 14, 2016]

[[Page 379]]



Sec. 63.11226  [Reserved]

                   Other Requirements and Information



Sec. 63.11235  What parts of the General Provisions apply to me?

    Table 8 to this subpart shows which parts of the General Provisions 
in Sec. Sec. 63.1 through 63.15 apply to you.



Sec. 63.11236  Who implements and enforces this subpart?

    (a) This subpart can be implemented and enforced by EPA or an 
administrator such as your state, local, or tribal agency. If the EPA 
Administrator has delegated authority to your state, local, or tribal 
agency, then that agency has the authority to implement and enforce this 
subpart. You should contact your EPA Regional Office to find out if 
implementation and enforcement of this subpart is delegated to your 
state, local, or tribal agency.
    (b) In delegating implementation and enforcement authority of this 
subpart to a state, local, or tribal agency under 40 CFR part 63, 
subpart E, the authorities contained in paragraphs (c) of this section 
are retained by the EPA Administrator and are not transferred to the 
state, local, or tribal agency.
    (c) The authorities that cannot be delegated to state, local, or 
tribal agencies are specified in paragraphs (c)(1) through (5) of this 
section.
    (1) Approval of an alternative non-opacity emission standard and 
work practice standards in Sec. 63.11223(a).
    (2) Approval of alternative opacity emission standard under Sec. 
63.6(h)(9).
    (3) Approval of major change to test methods under Sec. 
63.7(e)(2)(ii) and (f). A ``major change to test method'' is defined in 
Sec. 63.90.
    (4) Approval of a major change to monitoring under Sec. 63.8(f). A 
``major change to monitoring'' is defined in Sec. 63.90.
    (5) Approval of major change to recordkeeping and reporting under 
Sec. 63.10(f). A ``major change to recordkeeping/reporting'' is defined 
in Sec. 63.90.

[76 FR 15591, Mar. 21, 2011, as amended at 78 FR 7513, Feb. 1, 2013]



Sec. 63.11237  What definitions apply to this subpart?

    Terms used in this subpart are defined in the Clean Air Act, in 
Sec. 63.2 (the General Provisions), and in this section as follows:
    10-day rolling average means the arithmetic mean of all valid hours 
of data from 10 successive operating days, except for periods of startup 
and shutdown and periods when the unit is not operating.
    30-day rolling average means the arithmetic mean of all valid hours 
of data from 30 successive operating days, except for periods of startup 
and shutdown and periods when the unit is not operating.
    Annual capacity factor means the ratio between the actual heat input 
to a boiler from the fuels burned during a calendar year and the 
potential heat input to the boiler had it been operated for 8,760 hours 
during a year at the maximum steady state design heat input capacity.
    Annual heat input means the heat input for the 12 months preceding 
the compliance demonstration.
    Bag leak detection system means a group of instruments that are 
capable of monitoring particulate matter loadings in the exhaust of a 
fabric filter (i.e., baghouse) in order to detect bag failures. A bag 
leak detection system includes, but is not limited to, an instrument 
that operates on electrodynamic, triboelectric, light scattering, light 
transmittance, or other principle to monitor relative particulate matter 
loadings.
    Biodiesel means a mono-alkyl ester derived from biomass and 
conforming to ASTM D6751-11b, Standard Specification for Biodiesel Fuel 
Blend Stock (B100) for Middle Distillate Fuels (incorporated by 
reference, see Sec. 63.14).
    Biomass means any biomass-based solid fuel that is not a solid 
waste. This includes, but is not limited to, wood residue and wood 
products (e.g., trees, tree stumps, tree limbs, bark, lumber, sawdust, 
sander dust, chips, scraps, slabs, millings, and shavings); animal 
manure, including litter and other bedding materials; vegetative 
agricultural and silvicultural materials, such as logging residues 
(slash), nut and grain hulls and chaff (e.g., almond, walnut,

[[Page 380]]

peanut, rice, and wheat), bagasse, orchard prunings, corn stalks, coffee 
bean hulls and grounds. This definition of biomass is not intended to 
suggest that these materials are or are not solid waste.
    Biomass subcategory includes any boiler that burns any biomass and 
is not in the coal subcategory.
    Boiler means an enclosed device using controlled flame combustion in 
which water is heated to recover thermal energy in the form of steam 
and/or hot water. Controlled flame combustion refers to a steady-state, 
or near steady-state, process wherein fuel and/or oxidizer feed rates 
are controlled. A device combusting solid waste, as defined in Sec. 
241.3 of this chapter, is not a boiler unless the device is exempt from 
the definition of a solid waste incineration unit as provided in section 
129(g)(1) of the Clean Air Act. Waste heat boilers, process heaters, and 
autoclaves are excluded from the definition of Boiler.
    Boiler system means the boiler and associated components, such as, 
feedwater systems, combustion air systems, fuel systems (including 
burners), blowdown systems, combustion control systems, steam systems, 
and condensate return systems, directly connected to and serving the 
energy use systems.
    Calendar year means the period between January 1 and December 31, 
inclusive, for a given year.
    Coal means all solid fuels classifiable as anthracite, bituminous, 
sub-bituminous, or lignite by the American Society for Testing and 
Materials in ASTM D388 (incorporated by reference, see Sec. 63.14), 
coal refuse, and petroleum coke. For the purposes of this subpart, this 
definition of ``coal'' includes synthetic fuels derived from coal 
including, but not limited to, solvent-refined coal, coal-oil mixtures, 
and coal-water mixtures. Coal derived gases are excluded from this 
definition.
    Coal subcategory includes any boiler that burns any solid fossil 
fuel and no more than 15 percent biomass on an annual heat input basis.
    Commercial boiler means a boiler used in commercial establishments 
such as hotels, restaurants, and laundries to provide electricity, 
steam, and/or hot water.
    Common stack means the exhaust of emissions from two or more 
affected units through a single flue. Affected units with a common stack 
may each have separate air pollution control systems located before the 
common stack, or may have a single air pollution control system located 
after the exhausts come together in a single flue.
    Daily block average means the arithmetic mean of all valid emission 
concentrations or parameter levels recorded when a unit is operating 
measured over the 24-hour period from 12 a.m. (midnight) to 12 a.m. 
(midnight), except for periods of startup and shutdown and periods when 
the unit is not operating.
    Deviation (1) Means any instance in which an affected source subject 
to this subpart, or an owner or operator of such a source:
    (i) Fails to meet any applicable requirement or obligation 
established by this subpart including, but not limited to, any emission 
limit, operating limit, or work practice standard; or
    (ii) Fails to meet any term or condition that is adopted to 
implement an applicable requirement in this subpart and that is included 
in the operating permit for any affected source required to obtain such 
a permit.
    (2) A deviation is not always a violation.
    Distillate oil means fuel oils that contain 0.05 weight percent 
nitrogen or less and comply with the specifications for fuel oil numbers 
1 and 2, as defined by the American Society of Testing and Materials in 
ASTM D396 (incorporated by reference, see Sec. 63.14) or diesel fuel 
oil numbers 1 and 2, as defined by the American Society for Testing and 
Materials in ASTM D975 (incorporated by reference, see Sec. 63.14), 
kerosene, and biodiesel as defined by the American Society of Testing 
and Materials in ASTM D6751-11b (incorporated by reference, see Sec. 
63.14).
    Dry scrubber means an add-on air pollution control system that 
injects dry alkaline sorbent (dry injection) or sprays an alkaline 
sorbent (spray dryer) to react with and neutralize acid gas in the 
exhaust stream forming a dry powder material. Sorbent injection systems 
used as control devices in fluidized bed boilers are included in this

[[Page 381]]

definition. A dry scrubber is a dry control system.
    Electric boiler means a boiler in which electric heating serves as 
the source of heat. Electric boilers that burn gaseous or liquid fuel 
during periods of electrical power curtailment or failure are included 
in this definition.
    Electric utility steam generating unit (EGU) means a fossil fuel-
fired combustion unit of more than 25 megawatts that serves a generator 
that produces electricity for sale. A fossil fuel-fired unit that 
cogenerates steam and electricity and supplies more than one-third of 
its potential electric output capacity and more than 25 megawatts 
electrical output to any utility power distribution system for sale is 
considered an electric utility steam generating unit. To be ``capable of 
combusting'' fossil fuels, an EGU would need to have these fuels allowed 
in their operating permits and have the appropriate fuel handling 
facilities on-site or otherwise available (e.g., coal handling 
equipment, including coal storage area, belts and conveyers, 
pulverizers, etc.; oil storage facilities). In addition, fossil fuel-
fired EGU means any EGU that fired fossil fuel for more than 10.0 
percent of the average annual heat input in any 3 consecutive calendar 
years or for more than 15.0 percent of the annual heat input during any 
one calendar year after April 16, 2015.
    Electrostatic precipitator (ESP) means an add-on air pollution 
control device used to capture particulate matter by charging the 
particles using an electrostatic field, collecting the particles using a 
grounded collecting surface, and transporting the particles into a 
hopper. An electrostatic precipitator is usually a dry control system.
    Energy assessment means the following for the emission units covered 
by this subpart:
    (1) The energy assessment for facilities with affected boilers with 
less than 0.3 trillion Btu per year (TBtu/year) heat input capacity will 
be 8 on-site technical labor hours in length maximum, but may be longer 
at the discretion of the owner or operator of the affected source. The 
boiler system(s) and any on-site energy use system(s) accounting for at 
least 50 percent of the affected boiler(s) energy (e.g., steam, hot 
water, or electricity) production, as applicable, will be evaluated to 
identify energy savings opportunities, within the limit of performing an 
8-hour energy assessment.
    (2) The energy assessment for facilities with affected boilers with 
0.3 to 1.0 TBtu/year heat input capacity will be 24 on-site technical 
labor hours in length maximum, but may be longer at the discretion of 
the owner or operator of the affected source. The boiler system(s) and 
any on-site energy use system(s) accounting for at least 33 percent of 
the affected boiler(s) energy (e.g., steam, hot water, or electricity) 
production, as applicable, will be evaluated to identify energy savings 
opportunities, within the limit of performing a 24-hour energy 
assessment.
    (3) The energy assessment for facilities with affected boilers with 
greater than 1.0 TBtu/year heat input capacity will be up to 24 on-site 
technical labor hours in length for the first TBtu/year plus 8 on-site 
technical labor hours for every additional 1.0 TBtu/year not to exceed 
160 on-site technical hours, but may be longer at the discretion of the 
owner or operator of the affected source. The boiler system(s) and any 
on-site energy use system(s) accounting for at least 20 percent of the 
affected boiler(s) energy (e.g., steam, hot water, or electricity) 
production, as applicable, will be evaluated to identify energy savings 
opportunities.
    (4) The on-site energy use system(s) serving as the basis for the 
percent of affected boiler(s) energy production, as applicable, in 
paragraphs (1), (2), and (3) of this definition may be segmented by 
production area or energy use area as most logical and applicable to the 
specific facility being assessed (e.g., product X manufacturing area; 
product Y drying area; Building Z).
    Energy management program means a program that includes a set of 
practices and procedures designed to manage energy use that are 
demonstrated by the facility's energy policies, a facility energy 
manager and other staffing responsibilities, energy performance 
measurement and tracking methods, an energy saving goal, action plans, 
operating procedures, internal reporting requirements, and periodic

[[Page 382]]

review intervals used at the facility. Facilities may establish their 
program through energy management systems compatible with ISO 50001.
    Energy use system (1) Includes the following systems located on the 
site of the affected boiler that use energy provided by the boiler:
    (i) Process heating; compressed air systems; machine drive (motors, 
pumps, fans); process cooling; facility heating, ventilation, and air 
conditioning systems; hot water systems; building envelop; and lighting; 
or
    (ii) Other systems that use steam, hot water, process heat, or 
electricity, provided by the affected boiler.
    (2) Energy use systems are only those systems using energy clearly 
produced by affected boilers.
    Equivalent means the following only as this term is used in Table 5 
to this subpart:
    (1) An equivalent sample collection procedure means a published 
voluntary consensus standard or practice (VCS) or
    EPA method that includes collection of a minimum of three composite 
fuel samples, with each composite consisting of a minimum of three 
increments collected at approximately equal intervals over the test 
period.
    (2) An equivalent sample compositing procedure means a published VCS 
or EPA method to systematically mix and obtain a representative 
subsample (part) of the composite sample.
    (3) An equivalent sample preparation procedure means a published VCS 
or EPA method that: Clearly states that the standard, practice or method 
is appropriate for the pollutant and the fuel matrix; or is cited as an 
appropriate sample preparation standard, practice or method for the 
pollutant in the chosen VCS or EPA determinative or analytical method.
    (4) An equivalent procedure for determining heat content means a 
published VCS or EPA method to obtain gross calorific (or higher 
heating) value.
    (5) An equivalent procedure for determining fuel moisture content 
means a published VCS or EPA method to obtain moisture content. If the 
sample analysis plan calls for determining mercury using an aliquot of 
the dried sample, then the drying temperature must be modified to 
prevent vaporizing this metal. On the other hand, if metals analysis is 
done on an ``as received'' basis, a separate aliquot can be dried to 
determine moisture content and the mercury concentration mathematically 
adjusted to a dry basis.
    (6) An equivalent mercury determinative or analytical procedure 
means a published VCS or EPA method that clearly states that the 
standard, practice, or method is appropriate for mercury and the fuel 
matrix and has a published detection limit equal or lower than the 
methods listed in Table 5 to this subpart for the same purpose.
    Fabric filter means an add-on air pollution control device used to 
capture particulate matter by filtering gas streams through filter 
media, also known as a baghouse. A fabric filter is a dry control 
system.
    Federally enforceable means all limitations and conditions that are 
enforceable by the EPA Administrator, including, but not limited to, the 
requirements of 40 CFR parts 60, 61, 63, and 65, requirements within any 
applicable state implementation plan, and any permit requirements 
established under 40 CFR 52.21 or under 40 CFR 51.18 and 40 CFR 51.24.
    Fluidized bed boiler means a boiler utilizing a fluidized bed 
combustion process that is not a pulverized coal boiler.
    Fluidized bed combustion means a process where a fuel is burned in a 
bed of granulated particles, which are maintained in a mobile suspension 
by the forward flow of air and combustion products.
    Fossil fuel means natural gas, oil, coal, and any form of solid, 
liquid, or gaseous fuel derived from such material.
    Fuel type means each category of fuels that share a common name or 
classification. Examples include, but are not limited to, bituminous 
coal, sub-bituminous coal, lignite, anthracite, biomass, distillate oil, 
residual oil. Individual fuel types received from different suppliers 
are not considered new fuel types.
    Gaseous fuels includes, but is not limited to, natural gas, process 
gas, landfill gas, coal derived gas, refinery gas, hydrogen, and biogas.

[[Page 383]]

    Gas-fired boiler includes any boiler that burns gaseous fuels not 
combined with any solid fuels and burns liquid fuel only during periods 
of gas curtailment, gas supply interruption, startups, or for periodic 
testing, maintenance, or operator training on liquid fuel. Periodic 
testing, maintenance, or operator training on liquid fuel shall not 
exceed a combined total of 48 hours during any calendar year.
    Heat input means heat derived from combustion of fuel in a boiler 
and does not include the heat input from preheated combustion air, 
recirculated flue gases, returned condensate, or exhaust gases from 
other sources such as gas turbines, internal combustion engines, kilns.
    Hot water heater means a closed vessel with a capacity of no more 
than 120 U.S. gallons in which water is heated by combustion of gaseous, 
liquid, or biomass fuel and hot water is withdrawn for use external to 
the vessel. Hot water boilers (i.e., not generating steam) combusting 
gaseous, liquid, or biomass fuel with a heat input capacity of less than 
1.6 million Btu per hour are included in this definition. The 120 U.S. 
gallon capacity threshold to be considered a hot water heater is 
independent of the 1.6 million Btu per hour heat input capacity 
threshold for hot water boilers. Hot water heater also means a tankless 
unit that provides on-demand hot water.
    Hourly average means the arithmetic average of at least four CMS 
data values representing the four 15-minute periods in an hour, or at 
least two 15-minute data values during an hour when CMS calibration, 
quality assurance, or maintenance activities are being performed.
    Industrial boiler means a boiler used in manufacturing, processing, 
mining, and refining or any other industry to provide steam, hot water, 
and/or electricity.
    Institutional boiler means a boiler used in institutional 
establishments such as, but not limited to, medical centers, nursing 
homes, research centers, institutions of higher education, elementary 
and secondary schools, libraries, religious establishments, and 
governmental buildings to provide electricity, steam, and/or hot water.
    Limited-use boiler means any boiler that burns any amount of solid 
or liquid fuels and has a federally enforceable annual capacity factor 
of no more than 10 percent.
    Liquid fuel includes, but is not limited to, distillate oil, 
residual oil, any form of liquid fuel derived from petroleum, used oil 
meeting the specification in 40 CFR 279.11, liquid biofuels, biodiesel, 
and vegetable oil.
    Load fraction means the actual heat input of a boiler divided by 
heat input during the performance test that established the minimum 
sorbent injection rate or minimum activated carbon injection rate, 
expressed as a fraction (e.g., for 50 percent load the load fraction is 
0.5). For boilers that co-fire natural gas with a solid or liquid fuel, 
the load fraction is determined by the actual heat input of the solid or 
liquid fuel divided by heat input of the solid or liquid fuel fired 
during the performance test (e.g., if the performance test was conducted 
at 100 percent solid fuel firing, for 100 percent load firing 50 percent 
solid fuel and 50 percent natural gas, the load fraction is 0.5).
    Minimum activated carbon injection rate means load fraction 
multiplied by the lowest hourly average activated carbon injection rate 
measured according to Table 6 to this subpart during the most recent 
performance stack test demonstrating compliance with the applicable 
emission limit.
    Minimum oxygen level means the lowest hourly average oxygen level 
measured according to Table 6 to this subpart during the most recent 
performance stack test demonstrating compliance with the applicable 
carbon monoxide emission limit.
    Minimum scrubber liquid flow rate means the lowest hourly average 
scrubber liquid flow rate (e.g., to the particulate matter scrubber) 
measured according to Table 6 to this subpart during the most recent 
performance stack test demonstrating compliance with the applicable 
emission limit.
    Minimum scrubber pressure drop means the lowest hourly average 
scrubber pressure drop measured according to Table 6 to this subpart 
during the most recent performance stack test demonstrating compliance 
with the applicable emission limit.

[[Page 384]]

    Minimum sorbent injection rate means:
    (1) The load fraction multiplied by the lowest hourly average 
sorbent injection rate for each sorbent measured according to Table 6 to 
this subpart during the most recent performance stack test demonstrating 
compliance with the applicable emission limits; or
    (2) For fluidized bed combustion, the lowest average ratio of 
sorbent to sulfur measured during the most recent performance test.
    Minimum total secondary electric power means the lowest hourly 
average total secondary electric power determined from the values of 
secondary voltage and secondary current to the electrostatic 
precipitator measured according to Table 6 to this subpart during the 
most recent performance stack test demonstrating compliance with the 
applicable emission limits.
    Natural gas means:
    (1) A naturally occurring mixture of hydrocarbon and nonhydrocarbon 
gases found in geologic formations beneath the earth's surface, of which 
the principal constituent is methane; or
    (2) Liquefied petroleum gas, as defined by the American Society for 
Testing and Materials in ASTM D1835 (incorporated by reference, see 
Sec. 63.14); or
    (3) A mixture of hydrocarbons that maintains a gaseous state at ISO 
conditions (i.e., a temperature of 288 Kelvin, a relative humidity of 60 
percent, and a pressure of 101.3 kilopascals). Additionally, natural gas 
must either be composed of at least 70 percent methane by volume or have 
a gross calorific value between 35 and 41 megajoules (MJ) per dry 
standard cubic meter (950 and 1,100 Btu per dry standard cubic foot); or
    (4) Propane or propane-derived synthetic natural gas. Propane means 
a colorless gas derived from petroleum and natural gas, with the 
molecular structure C3H8.
    Oil subcategory includes any boiler that burns any liquid fuel and 
is not in either the biomass or coal subcategories. Gas-fired boilers 
that burn liquid fuel only during periods of gas curtailment, gas supply 
interruptions, startups, or for periodic testing are not included in 
this definition. Periodic testing on liquid fuel shall not exceed a 
combined total of 48 hours during any calendar year.
    Opacity means the degree to which emissions reduce the transmission 
of light and obscure the view of an object in the background.
    Operating day means a 24-hour period between 12 midnight and the 
following midnight during which any fuel is combusted at any time in the 
boiler unit. It is not necessary for fuel to be combusted for the entire 
24-hour period.
    Oxygen analyzer system means all equipment required to determine the 
oxygen content of a gas stream and used to monitor oxygen in the boiler 
flue gas, boiler firebox, or other appropriate intermediate location. 
This definition includes oxygen trim systems.
    Oxygen trim system means a system of monitors that is used to 
maintain excess air at the desired level in a combustion device over its 
operating load range. A typical system consists of a flue gas oxygen 
and/or carbon monoxide monitor that automatically provides a feedback 
signal to the combustion air controller or draft controller.
    Particulate matter (PM) means any finely divided solid or liquid 
material, other than uncombined water, as measured by the test methods 
specified under this subpart, or an approved alternative method.
    Performance testing means the collection of data resulting from the 
execution of a test method used (either by stack testing or fuel 
analysis) to demonstrate compliance with a relevant emission standard.
    Period of gas curtailment or supply interruption means a period of 
time during which the supply of gaseous fuel to an affected boiler is 
restricted or halted for reasons beyond the control of the facility. The 
act of entering into a contractual agreement with a supplier of natural 
gas established for curtailment purposes does not constitute a reason 
that is under the control of a facility for the purposes of this 
definition. An increase in the cost or unit price of natural gas due to 
normal market fluctuations not during periods of supplier delivery 
restriction does not constitute a period of natural gas curtailment or 
supply interruption. On-site gaseous fuel system emergencies

[[Page 385]]

or equipment failures qualify as periods of supply interruption when the 
emergency or failure is beyond the control of the facility.
    Process heater means an enclosed device using controlled flame, and 
the unit's primary purpose is to transfer heat indirectly to a process 
material (liquid, gas, or solid) or to a heat transfer material (e.g., 
glycol or a mixture of glycol and water) for use in a process unit, 
instead of generating steam. Process heaters are devices in which the 
combustion gases do not come into direct contact with process materials. 
Process heaters include units that heat water/water mixtures for pool 
heating, sidewalk heating, cooling tower water heating, power washing, 
or oil heating.
    Qualified energy assessor means:
    (1) Someone who has demonstrated capabilities to evaluate energy 
savings opportunities for steam generation and major energy using 
systems, including, but not limited to:
    (i) Boiler combustion management.
    (ii) Boiler thermal energy recovery, including
    (A) Conventional feed water economizer,
    (B) Conventional combustion air preheater, and
    (C) Condensing economizer.
    (iii) Boiler blowdown thermal energy recovery.
    (iv) Primary energy resource selection, including
    (A) Fuel (primary energy source) switching, and
    (B) Applied steam energy versus direct-fired energy versus 
electricity.
    (v) Insulation issues.
    (vi) Steam trap and steam leak management.
    (vii) Condensate recovery.
    (viii) Steam end-use management.
    (2) Capabilities and knowledge includes, but is not limited to:
    (i) Background, experience, and recognized abilities to perform the 
assessment activities, data analysis, and report preparation.
    (ii) Familiarity with operating and maintenance practices for steam 
or process heating systems.
    (iii) Additional potential steam system improvement opportunities 
including improving steam turbine operations and reducing steam demand.
    (iv) Additional process heating system opportunities including 
effective utilization of waste heat and use of proper process heating 
methods.
    (v) Boiler-steam turbine cogeneration systems.
    (vi) Industry specific steam end-use systems.
    Regulated gas stream means an offgas stream that is routed to a 
boiler for the purpose of achieving compliance with a standard under 
another subpart of this part or part 60, part 61, or part 65 of this 
chapter.
    Residential boiler means a boiler used to provide heat and/or hot 
water and/or as part of a residential combined heat and power system. 
This definition includes boilers located at an institutional facility 
(e.g., university campus, military base, church grounds) or commercial/
industrial facility (e.g., farm) used primarily to provide heat and/or 
hot water for:
    (1) A dwelling containing four or fewer families, or
    (2) A single unit residence dwelling that has since been converted 
or subdivided into condominiums or apartments.
    Residual oil means crude oil, fuel oil that does not comply with the 
specifications under the definition of distillate oil, and all fuel oil 
numbers 4, 5, and 6, as defined by the American Society of Testing and 
Materials in ASTM D396-10 (incorporated by reference, see Sec. 
63.14(b)).
    Responsible official means responsible official as defined in Sec. 
70.2.
    Seasonal boiler means a boiler that undergoes a shutdown for a 
period of at least 7 consecutive months (or 210 consecutive days) each 
12-month period due to seasonal conditions, except for periodic testing. 
Periodic testing shall not exceed a combined total of 15 days during the 
7-month shutdown. This definition only applies to boilers that would 
otherwise be included in the biomass subcategory or the oil subcategory.
    Shutdown means the period in which cessation of operation of a 
boiler is initiated for any purpose. Shutdown begins when the boiler no 
longer supplies useful thermal energy (such as steam or hot water) for 
heating, cooling, or

[[Page 386]]

process purposes or generates electricity, or when no fuel is being fed 
to the boiler, whichever is earlier. Shutdown ends when the boiler no 
longer supplies useful thermal energy (such as steam or hot water) for 
heating, cooling, or process purposes or generates electricity, and no 
fuel is being combusted in the boiler.
    Solid fossil fuel includes, but is not limited to, coal, coke, 
petroleum coke, and tire-derived fuel.
    Solid fuel means any solid fossil fuel or biomass or bio-based solid 
fuel.
    Startup means:
    (1) Either the first-ever firing of fuel in a boiler for the purpose 
of supplying useful thermal energy (such as steam or hot water) for 
heating and/or producing electricity, or for any other purpose, or the 
firing of fuel in a boiler after a shutdown event for any purpose. 
Startup ends when any of the useful thermal energy (such as steam or hot 
water) from the boiler is supplied for heating and/or producing 
electricity, or for any other purpose, or
    (2) The period in which operation of a boiler is initiated for any 
purpose. Startup begins with either the first-ever firing of fuel in a 
boiler for the purpose of supplying useful thermal energy (such as steam 
or hot water) for heating, cooling or process purposes or producing 
electricity, or the firing of fuel in a boiler for any purpose after a 
shutdown event. Startup ends 4 hours after when the boiler supplies 
useful thermal energy (such as steam or hot water) for heating, cooling, 
or process purposes or generates electricity, whichever is earlier.
    Temporary boiler means any gaseous or liquid fuel boiler that is 
designed to, and is capable of, being carried or moved from one location 
to another by means of, for example, wheels, skids, carrying handles, 
dollies, trailers, or platforms. A boiler is not a temporary boiler if 
any one of the following conditions exists:
    (1) The equipment is attached to a foundation.
    (2) The boiler or a replacement remains at a location within the 
facility and performs the same or similar function for more than 12 
consecutive months, unless the regulatory agency approves an extension. 
An extension may be granted by the regulating agency upon petition by 
the owner or operator of a unit specifying the basis for such a request. 
Any temporary boiler that replaces a temporary boiler at a location 
within the facility and performs the same or similar function will be 
included in calculating the consecutive time period unless there is a 
gap in operation of 12 months or more.
    (3) The equipment is located at a seasonal facility and operates 
during the full annual operating period of the seasonal facility, 
remains at the facility for at least 2 years, and operates at that 
facility for at least 3 months each year.
    (4) The equipment is moved from one location to another within the 
facility but continues to perform the same or similar function and serve 
the same electricity, steam, and/or hot water system in an attempt to 
circumvent the residence time requirements of this definition.
    Tune-up means adjustments made to a boiler in accordance with the 
procedures outlined in Sec. 63.11223(b).
    Ultra-low-sulfur liquid fuel means a distillate oil that has less 
than or equal to 15 parts per million (ppm) sulfur.
    Useful thermal energy means energy (i.e., steam or hot water) that 
meets the minimum operating temperature, flow, and/or pressure required 
by any energy use system that uses energy provided by the affected 
boiler.
    Vegetable oil means oils extracted from vegetation.
    Voluntary Consensus Standards (VCS) mean technical standards (e.g., 
materials specifications, test methods, sampling procedures, business 
practices) developed or adopted by one or more voluntary consensus 
bodies. EPA/Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards, by precedent, 
has only used VCS that are written in English. Examples of VCS bodies 
are: American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM, 100 Barr Harbor 
Drive, P.O. Box CB700, West Conshohocken, Pennsylvania 19428-B2959, 
(800) 262-1373, http://www.astm.org), American Society of Mechanical 
Engineers (ASME, Three Park Avenue, New York, NY 10016-5990, (800) 843-
2763, http://www.asme.org), International Standards Organization

[[Page 387]]

(ISO 1, ch. de la Voie-Creuse, Case postale 56, CH-1211 Geneva 20, 
Switzerland, +41 22 749 01 11, http://www.iso.org/iso/home.htm), 
Standards Australia (AS Level 10, The Exchange Centre, 20 Bridge Street, 
Sydney, GPO Box 476, Sydney NSW 2001, +61 2 9237 6171 http://
www.standards.org.au), British Standards Institution (BSI, 389 Chiswick 
High Road, London, W4 4AL, United Kingdom, +44 (0)20 8996 9001, http://
www.bsigroup.com), Canadian Standards Association (CSA, 5060 Spectrum 
Way, Suite 100, Mississauga, Ontario L4W 5N6, Canada, 800-463-6727, 
http://www.csa.ca), European Committee for Standardization (CEN CENELEC 
Management Centre Avenue Marnix 17 B-1000 Brussels, Belgium +32 2 550 08 
11, http://www.cen.eu/cen), and German Engineering Standards (VDI 
Guidelines Department, P.O. Box 10 11 39 40002, Duesseldorf, Germany, 
+49 211 6214-230, http://www.vdi.eu). The types of standards that are 
not considered VCS are standards developed by: the United States, e.g., 
California Air Resources Board (CARB) and Texas Commission on 
Environmental Quality (TCEQ); industry groups, such as American 
Petroleum Institute (API), Gas Processors Association (GPA), and Gas 
Research Institute (GRI); and other branches of the U.S. Government, 
e.g., Department of Defense (DOD) and Department of Transportation 
(DOT). This does not preclude EPA from using standards developed by 
groups that are not VCS bodies within their rule. When this occurs, EPA 
has done searches and reviews for VCS equivalent to these non-EPA 
methods.
    Waste heat boiler means a device that recovers normally unused 
energy (i.e., hot exhaust gas) and converts it to usable heat. Waste 
heat boilers are also referred to as heat recovery steam generators. 
Waste heat boilers are heat exchangers generating steam from incoming 
hot exhaust gas from an industrial (e.g., thermal oxidizer, kiln, 
furnace) or power (e.g., combustion turbine, engine) equipment. Duct 
burners are sometimes used to increase the temperature of the incoming 
hot exhaust gas.
    Wet scrubber means any add-on air pollution control device that 
mixes an aqueous stream or slurry with the exhaust gases from a boiler 
to control emissions of particulate matter or to absorb and neutralize 
acid gases, such as hydrogen chloride. A wet scrubber creates an aqueous 
stream or slurry as a byproduct of the emissions control process.
    Work practice standard means any design, equipment, work practice, 
or operational standard, or combination thereof, which is promulgated 
pursuant to section 112(h) of the Clean Air Act.

[76 FR 15591, Mar. 21, 2011, as amended at 78 FR 7513, Feb. 1, 2013; 81 
FR 63128, Sept. 14, 2016]



       Sec. Table 1 to Subpart JJJJJJ of Part 63--Emission Limits

    As stated in Sec. 63.11201, you must comply with the following 
applicable emission limits:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                   You must achieve less
                                                    than or equal to the
                                For the following    following emission
   If your boiler is in this     pollutants . . .  limits, except during
       subcategory . . .                             periods of startup
                                                     and shutdown . . .
 
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. New coal-fired boilers with  a. PM              3.0E-02 pounds(lb)
 heat input capacity of 30       (Filterable).      per million British
 million British thermal units  b. Mercury.......   thermal units
 per hour (MMBtu/hr) or         c. CO............   (MMBtu) of heat
 greater that do not meet the                       input.
 definition of limited-use                         2.2E-05 lb per MMBtu
 boiler.                                            of heat input.
                                                   420 parts per million
                                                    (ppm) by volume on a
                                                    dry basis corrected
                                                    to 3 percent oxygen
                                                    (3-run average or 10-
                                                    day rolling
                                                    average).
2. New coal-fired boilers with  a. PM              4.2E-01 lb per MMBtu
 heat input capacity of          (Filterable).      of heat input.
 between 10 and 30 MMBtu/hr     b. Mercury.......  2.2E-05 lb per MMBtu
 that do not meet the           c. CO............   of heat input.
 definition of limited-use                         420 ppm by volume on
 boiler.                                            a dry basis
                                                    corrected to 3
                                                    percent oxygen (3-
                                                    run average or 10-
                                                    day rolling
                                                    average).
3. New biomass-fired boilers    PM (Filterable)..  3.0E-02 lb per MMBtu
 with heat input capacity of                        of heat input.
 30 MMBtu/hr or greater that
 do not meet the definition of
 seasonal boiler or limited-
 use boiler.

[[Page 388]]

 
4. New biomass fired boilers    PM (Filterable)..  7.0E-02 lb per MMBtu
 with heat input capacity of                        of heat input.
 between 10 and 30 MMBtu/hr
 that do not meet the
 definition of seasonal boiler
 or limited-use boiler.
5. New oil-fired boilers with   PM (Filterable)..  3.0E-02 lb per MMBtu
 heat input capacity of 10                          of heat input.
 MMBtu/hr or greater that do
 not meet the definition of
 seasonal boiler or limited-
 use boiler.
6. Existing coal-fired boilers  a. Mercury.......  2.2E-05 lb per MMBtu
 with heat input capacity of    b. CO............   of heat input.
 10 MMBtu/hr or greater that                       420 ppm by volume on
 do not meet the definition of                      a dry basis
 limited-use boiler.                                corrected to 3
                                                    percent oxygen (3-
                                                    run average or 10-
                                                    day rolling
                                                    average).
------------------------------------------------------------------------


[78 FR 7517, Feb. 1, 2013, as amended at 81 FR 63130, Sept. 14, 2016]



  Sec. Table 2 to Subpart JJJJJJ of Part 63--Work Practice Standards, 
          Emission Reduction Measures, and Management Practices

    As stated in Sec. 63.11201, you must comply with the following 
applicable work practice standards, emission reduction measures, and 
management practices:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
  If your boiler is in this
      subcategory . . .            You must meet the following . . .
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Existing or new coal-       Minimize the boiler's startup and
 fired, new biomass-fired, or   shutdown periods and conduct startups
 new oil-fired boilers (units   and shutdowns according to the
 with heat input capacity of    manufacturer's recommended procedures.
 10 MMBtu/hr or greater).       If manufacturer's recommended procedures
                                are not available, you must follow
                                recommended procedures for a unit of
                                similar design for which manufacturer's
                                recommended procedures are available.
2. Existing coal-fired         Conduct an initial tune-up as specified
 boilers with heat input        in Sec. 63.11214, and conduct a tune-
 capacity of less than 10       up of the boiler biennially as specified
 MMBtu/hr that do not meet      in Sec. 63.11223.
 the definition of limited-
 use boiler, or use an oxygen
 trim system that maintains
 an optimum air-to-fuel ratio.
3. New coal-fired boilers      Conduct a tune-up of the boiler
 with heat input capacity of    biennially as specified in Sec.
 less than 10 MMBtu/hr that     63.11223.
 do not meet the definition
 of limited-use boiler, or
 use an oxygen trim system
 that maintains an optimum
 air-to-fuel ratio.
4. Existing oil-fired boilers  Conduct an initial tune-up as specified
 with heat input capacity       in Sec. 63.11214, and conduct a tune-
 greater than 5 MMBtu/hr that   up of the boiler biennially as specified
 do not meet the definition     in Sec. 63.11223.
 of seasonal boiler or
 limited-use boiler, or use
 an oxygen trim system that
 maintains an optimum air-to-
 fuel ratio.
5. New oil-fired boilers with  Conduct a tune-up of the boiler
 heat input capacity greater    biennially as specified in Sec.
 than 5 MMBtu/hr that do not    63.11223.
 meet the definition of
 seasonal boiler or limited-
 use boiler, or use an oxygen
 trim system that maintains
 an optimum air-to-fuel ratio.
6. Existing biomass-fired      Conduct an initial tune-up as specified
 boilers that do not meet the   in Sec. 63.11214, and conduct a tune-
 definition of seasonal         up of the boiler biennially as specified
 boiler or limited-use          in Sec. 63.11223.
 boiler, or use an oxygen
 trim system that maintains
 an optimum air-to-fuel ratio.
7. New biomass-fired boilers   Conduct a tune-up of the boiler
 that do not meet the           biennially as specified in Sec.
 definition of seasonal         63.11223.
 boiler or limited-use
 boiler, or use an oxygen
 trim system that maintains
 an optimum air-to-fuel ratio.
8. Existing seasonal boilers.  Conduct an initial tune-up as specified
                                in Sec. 63.11214, and conduct a tune-
                                up of the boiler every 5 years as
                                specified in Sec. 63.11223.
9. New seasonal boilers......  Conduct a tune-up of the boiler every 5
                                years as specified in Sec. 63.11223.
10. Existing limited-use       Conduct an initial tune-up as specified
 boilers.                       in Sec. 63.11214, and conduct a tune-
                                up of the boiler every 5 years as
                                specified in Sec. 63.11223.
11. New limited-use boilers..  Conduct a tune-up of the boiler every 5
                                years as specified in Sec. 63.11223.

[[Page 389]]

 
12. Existing oil-fired         Conduct an initial tune-up as specified
 boilers with heat input        in Sec. 63.11214, and conduct a tune-
 capacity of equal to or less   up of the boiler every 5 years as
 than 5 MMBtu/hr.               specified in Sec. 63.11223.
13. New oil-fired boilers      Conduct a tune-up of the boiler every 5
 with heat input capacity of    years as specified in Sec. 63.11223.
 equal to or less than 5
 MMBtu/hr.
14. Existing coal-fired,       Conduct an initial tune-up as specified
 biomass-fired, or oil-fired    in Sec. 63.11214, and conduct a tune-
 boilers with an oxygen trim    up of the boiler every 5 years as
 system that maintains an       specified in Sec. 63.11223.
 optimum air-to-fuel ratio
 that would otherwise be
 subject to a biennial tune-
 up.
15. New coal-fired, biomass-   Conduct a tune-up of the boiler every 5
 fired, or oil-fired boilers    years as specified in Sec. 63.11223.
 with an oxygen trim system
 that maintains an optimum
 air-to-fuel ratio that would
 otherwise be subject to a
 biennial tune-up.
16. Existing coal-fired,       Must have a one-time energy assessment
 biomass-fired, or oil-fired    performed by a qualified energy
 boilers (units with heat       assessor. An energy assessment completed
 input capacity of 10 MMBtu/    on or after January 1, 2008, that meets
 hr and greater), not           or is amended to meet the energy
 including limited-use          assessment requirements in this table
 boilers.                       satisfies the energy assessment
                                requirement. Energy assessor approval
                                and qualification requirements are
                                waived in instances where past or
                                amended energy assessments are used to
                                meet the energy assessment requirements.
                                A facility that operated under an energy
                                management program developed according
                                to the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy
                                management or compatible with ISO 50001
                                for at least 1 year between January 1,
                                2008, and the compliance date specified
                                in Sec. 63.11196 that includes the
                                affected units also satisfies the energy
                                assessment requirement. The energy
                                assessment must include the following
                                with extent of the evaluation for items
                                (1) to (4) appropriate for the on-site
                                technical hours listed in Sec.
                                63.11237:
                                 (1) A visual inspection of the boiler
                               system,
                                 (2) An evaluation of operating
                               characteristics of the affected boiler
                               systems, specifications of energy use
                               systems, operating and maintenance
                               procedures, and unusual operating
                               constraints,
                                 (3) An inventory of major energy use
                               systems consuming energy from affected
                               boiler(s) and which are under control of
                               the boiler owner or operator,
                                 (4) A review of available architectural
                               and engineering plans, facility operation
                               and maintenance procedures and logs, and
                               fuel usage,
                                 (5) A list of major energy conservation
                               measures that are within the facility's
                               control,
                                 (6) A list of the energy savings
                               potential of the energy conservation
                               measures identified, and
                                 (7) A comprehensive report detailing
                               the ways to improve efficiency, the cost
                               of specific improvements, benefits, and
                               the time frame for recouping those
                               investments.
------------------------------------------------------------------------


[78 FR 7518, Feb. 1, 2013, as amended at 81 FR 63129, Sept. 14, 2016]



Sec. Table 3 to Subpart JJJJJJ of Part 63--Operating Limits for Boilers 
                          With Emission Limits

    As stated in Sec. 63.11201, you must comply with the applicable 
operating limits:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
If you demonstrate compliance     You must meet these operating limits
   with applicable emission       except during periods of startup and
      limits using . . .                     shutdown . . .
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Fabric filter control.....  a. Maintain opacity to less than or equal
                                to 10 percent opacity (daily block
                                average); OR
                               b. Install and operate a bag leak
                                detection system according to Sec.
                                63.11224 and operate the fabric filter
                                such that the bag leak detection system
                                alarm does not sound more than 5 percent
                                of the operating time during each 6-
                                month period.
2. Electrostatic precipitator  a. Maintain opacity to less than or equal
 control.                       to 10 percent opacity (daily block
                                average); OR
                               b. Maintain the 30-day rolling average
                                total secondary electric power of the
                                electrostatic precipitator at or above
                                the minimum total secondary electric
                                power as defined in Sec. 63.11237.

[[Page 390]]

 
3. Wet scrubber control......  Maintain the 30-day rolling average
                                pressure drop across the wet scrubber at
                                or above the minimum scrubber pressure
                                drop as defined in Sec. 63.11237 and
                                the 30-day rolling average liquid flow
                                rate at or above the minimum scrubber
                                liquid flow rate as defined in Sec.
                                63.11237.
4. Dry sorbent or activated    Maintain the 30-day rolling average
 carbon injection control.      sorbent or activated carbon injection
                                rate at or above the minimum sorbent
                                injection rate or minimum activated
                                carbon injection rate as defined in Sec.
                                  63.11237. When your boiler operates at
                                lower loads, multiply your sorbent or
                                activated carbon injection rate by the
                                load fraction (e.g., actual heat input
                                divided by the heat input during the
                                performance stack test; for 50 percent
                                load, multiply the injection rate
                                operating limit by 0.5).
5. Any other add-on air        This option is for boilers that operate
 pollution control type..       dry control systems. Boilers must
                                maintain opacity to less than or equal
                                to 10 percent opacity (daily block
                                average).
6. Fuel analysis.............  Maintain the fuel type or fuel mixture
                                (annual average) such that the mercury
                                emission rate calculated according to
                                Sec. 63.11211(c) are less than the
                                applicable emission limit for mercury.
7. Performance stack testing.  For boilers that demonstrate compliance
                                with a performance stack test, maintain
                                the operating load of each unit such
                                that it does not exceed 110 percent of
                                the average operating load recorded
                                during the most recent performance stack
                                test.
8. Oxygen analyzer system....  For boilers subject to a CO emission
                                limit that demonstrate compliance with
                                an oxygen analyzer system as specified
                                in Sec. 63.11224(a), maintain the 30-
                                day rolling average oxygen level at or
                                above the minimum oxygen level as
                                defined in Sec. 63.11237. This
                                requirement does not apply to units that
                                install an oxygen trim system since
                                these units will set the trim system to
                                the level specified in Sec.
                                63.11224(a)(7).
------------------------------------------------------------------------


[78 FR 7519, Feb. 1, 2013]



 Sec. Table 4 to Subpart JJJJJJ of Part 63--Performance (Stack) Testing 
                              Requirements

    As stated in Sec. 63.11212, you must comply with the following 
requirements for performance (stack) test for affected sources:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
  To conduct a performance
   test for the following         You must. . .          Using. . .
       pollutant. . .
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Particulate Matter.......  a. Select sampling    Method 1 in appendix
                               ports location and    A-1 to part 60 of
                               the number of         this chapter.
                               traverse points.
                              b. Determine          Method 2, 2F, or 2G
                               velocity and          in appendix A-2 to
                               volumetric flow-      part 60 of this
                               rate of the stack     chapter.
                               gas.
                              c. Determine oxygen   Method 3A or 3B in
                               and carbon dioxide    appendix A-2 to
                               concentrations of     part 60 of this
                               the stack gas.        chapter, or ASTM
                                                     D6522-00
                                                     (Reapproved
                                                     2005),\a\ or ANSI/
                                                     ASME PTC 19.10-
                                                     1981. \a\
                              d. Measure the        Method 4 in appendix
                               moisture content of   A-3 to part 60 of
                               the stack gas.        this chapter.
                              e. Measure the        Method 5 or 17
                               particulate matter    (positive pressure
                               emission              fabric filters must
                               concentration.        use Method 5D) in
                                                     appendix A-3 and A-
                                                     6 to part 60 of
                                                     this chapter and a
                                                     minimum 1 dscm of
                                                     sample volume per
                                                     run.
                              f. Convert emissions  Method 19 F-factor
                               concentration to lb/  methodology in
                               MMBtu emission        appendix A-7 to
                               rates.                part 60 of this
                                                     chapter.
2. Mercury..................  a. Select sampling    Method 1 in appendix
                               ports location and    A-1 to part 60 of
                               the number of         this chapter.
                               traverse points.
                              b. Determine          Method 2, 2F, or 2G
                               velocity and          in appendix A-2 to
                               volumetric flow-      part 60 of this
                               rate of the stack     chapter.
                               gas.
                              c. Determine oxygen   Method 3A or 3B in
                               and carbon dioxide    appendix A-2 to
                               concentrations of     part 60 of this
                               the stack gas.        chapter, or ASTM
                                                     D6522-00
                                                     (Reapproved 2005),
                                                     \a\ or ANSI/ASME
                                                     PTC 19.10-1981. \a\
                              d. Measure the        Method 4 in appendix
                               moisture content of   A-3 to part 60 of
                               the stack gas.        this chapter.

[[Page 391]]

 
                              e. Measure the        Method 29, 30A, or
                               mercury emission      30B in appendix A-8
                               concentration.        to part 60 of this
                                                     chapter or Method
                                                     101A in appendix B
                                                     to part 61 of this
                                                     chapter or ASTM
                                                     Method D6784-02.\a\
                                                     Collect a minimum 2
                                                     dscm of sample
                                                     volume with Method
                                                     29 of 101A per run.
                                                     Use a minimum run
                                                     time of 2 hours
                                                     with Method 30A.
                              f. Convert emissions  Method 19 F-factor
                               concentration to lb/  methodology in
                               MMBtu emission        appendix A-7 to
                               rates.                part 60 of this
                                                     chapter.
3. Carbon Monoxide..........  a. Select the         Method 1 in appendix
                               sampling ports        A-1 to part 60 of
                               location and the      this chapter.
                               number of traverse
                               points.
                              b. Determine oxygen   Method 3A or 3B in
                               and carbon dioxide    appendix A-2 to
                               concentrations of     part 60 of this
                               the stack gas.        chapter, or ASTM
                                                     D6522-00
                                                     (Reapproved
                                                     2005),\a\ or ANSI/
                                                     ASME PTC 19.10-
                                                     1981.\a\
                              c. Measure the        Method 4 in appendix
                               moisture content of   A-3 to part 60 of
                               the stack gas.        this chapter.
                              d. Measure the        Method 10, 10A, or
                               carbon monoxide       10B in appendix A-4
                               emission              to part 60 of this
                               concentration.        chapter or ASTM
                                                     D6522-00
                                                     (Reapproved 2005)
                                                     \a\ and a minimum 1
                                                     hour sampling time
                                                     per run.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\a\ Incorporated by reference, see Sec. 63.14.



  Sec. Table 5 to Subpart JJJJJJ of Part 63--Fuel Analysis Requirements

    As stated in Sec. 63.11213, you must comply with the following 
requirements for fuel analysis testing for affected sources:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
 To conduct a fuel analysis
 for the following pollutant      You must. . .          Using . . .
            . . .
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Mercury..................  a. Collect fuel       Procedure in Sec.
                               samples.              63.11213(b) or ASTM
                                                     D2234/D2234M \a\
                                                     (for coal) or ASTM
                                                     D6323 \a\ (for
                                                     biomass) or
                                                     equivalent.
                              b. Compose fuel       Procedure in Sec.
                               samples.              63.11213(b) or
                                                     equivalent.
                              c. Prepare            EPA SW-846-3050B \a\
                               composited fuel       (for solid samples)
                               samples.              or EPA SW-846-3020A
                                                     \a\ (for liquid
                                                     samples) or ASTM
                                                     D2013/D2013M \a\
                                                     (for coal) or ASTM
                                                     D5198 \a\ (for
                                                     biomass) or
                                                     equivalent.
                              d. Determine heat     ASTM D5865 \a\ (for
                               content of the fuel   coal) or ASTM E711
                               type.                 \a\ (for biomass)
                                                     or equivalent.
                              e. Determine          ASTM D3173 \a\ or
                               moisture content of   ASTM E871 \a\ or
                               the fuel type         equivalent.
                              f. Measure mercury    ASTM D6722 \a\ (for
                               concentration in      coal) or EPA SW-846-
                               fuel sample           7471B \a\ (for
                                                     solid samples) or
                                                     EPA SW-846-7470A
                                                     \a\ (for liquid
                                                     samples) or
                                                     equivalent.
                              g. Convert
                               concentrations into
                               units of lb/MMBtu
                               of heat content
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\a\ Incorporated by reference, see Sec. 63.14.



Sec. Table 6 to Subpart JJJJJJ of Part 63--Establishing Operating Limits

    As stated in Sec. 63.11211, you must comply with the following 
requirements for establishing operating limits:

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   If you have an     And your operating
applicable emission   limits are based on     You must . . .          Using . . .           According to the
  limit for . . .            . . .                                                       following requirements
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. PM or mercury...  a. Wet scrubber       Establish site-       Data from the         (a) You must collect
                      operating             specific minimum      pressure drop and     pressure drop and liquid
                      parameters.           scrubber pressure     liquid flow rate      flow rate data every 15
                                            drop and minimum      monitors and the PM   minutes during the
                                            scrubber liquid       or mercury            entire period of the
                                            flow rate operating   performance stack     performance stack tests;
                                            limits according to   tests.
                                            Sec. 63.11211(b).

[[Page 392]]

 
                                                                                       (b) Determine the average
                                                                                        pressure drop and liquid
                                                                                        flow rate for each
                                                                                        individual test run in
                                                                                        the three-run
                                                                                        performance stack test
                                                                                        by computing the average
                                                                                        of all the 15-minute
                                                                                        readings taken during
                                                                                        each test run.
                     b. Electrostatic      Establish a site-     Data from the         (a) You must collect
                      precipitator          specific minimum      secondary electric    secondary electric power
                      operating             total secondary       power monitors and    data every 15 minutes
                      parameters.           electric power        the PM or mercury     during the entire period
                                            operating limit       performance stack     of the performance stack
                                            according to Sec. tests.                tests;
                                            63.11211(b).
                                                                                       (b) Determine the average
                                                                                        total secondary electric
                                                                                        power for each
                                                                                        individual test run in
                                                                                        the three-run
                                                                                        performance stack test
                                                                                        by computing the average
                                                                                        of all the 15-minute
                                                                                        readings taken during
                                                                                        each test run.
2. Mercury.........  Dry sorbent or        Establish a site-     Data from the         (a) You must collect
                      activated carbon      specific minimum      sorbent or            sorbent or activated
                      injection rate        sorbent or            activated carbon      carbon injection rate
                      operating             activated carbon      injection rate        data every 15 minutes
                      parameters.           injection rate        monitors and the      during the entire period
                                            operating limit       mercury performance   of the performance stack
                                            according to Sec. stack tests.          tests;
                                            63.11211(b).
                                                                                       (b) Determine the average
                                                                                        sorbent or activated
                                                                                        carbon injection rate
                                                                                        for each individual test
                                                                                        run in the three-run
                                                                                        performance stack test
                                                                                        by computing the average
                                                                                        of all the 15-minute
                                                                                        readings taken during
                                                                                        each test run.
                                                                                       (c) When your unit
                                                                                        operates at lower loads,
                                                                                        multiply your sorbent or
                                                                                        activated carbon
                                                                                        injection rate by the
                                                                                        load fraction, as
                                                                                        defined in Sec.
                                                                                        63.11237, to determine
                                                                                        the required injection
                                                                                        rate.
3. CO..............  Oxygen..............  Establish a unit-     Data from the oxygen  (a) You must collect
                                            specific limit for    analyzer system       oxygen data every 15
                                            minimum oxygen        specified in Sec. minutes during the
                                            level.                63.11224(a).          entire period of the
                                                                                        performance stack tests;
                                                                                       (b) Determine the average
                                                                                        hourly oxygen
                                                                                        concentration for each
                                                                                        individual test run in
                                                                                        the three-run
                                                                                        performance stack test
                                                                                        by computing the average
                                                                                        of all the 15-minute
                                                                                        readings taken during
                                                                                        each test run.
4. Any pollutant     Boiler operating      Establish a unit-     Data from the         (a) You must collect
 for which            load.                 specific limit for    operating load        operating load data
 compliance is                              maximum operating     monitors (fuel feed   (fuel feed rate or steam
 demonstrated by a                          load according to     monitors or steam     generation data) every
 performance stack                          Sec. 63.11212(c).   generation            15 minutes during the
 test.                                                            monitors).            entire period of the
                                                                                        performance test.
                                                                                       (b) Determine the average
                                                                                        operating load by
                                                                                        computing the hourly
                                                                                        averages using all of
                                                                                        the 15-minute readings
                                                                                        taken during each
                                                                                        performance test.
                                                                                       (c) Determine the average
                                                                                        of the three test run
                                                                                        averages during the
                                                                                        performance test, and
                                                                                        multiply this by 1.1
                                                                                        (110 percent) as your
                                                                                        operating limit.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


[[Page 393]]


[78 FR 7520, Feb. 1, 2013, as amended at 81 FR 63130, Sept. 14, 2016]



  Sec. Table 7 to Subpart JJJJJJ of Part 63--Demonstrating Continuous 
                               Compliance

    As stated in Sec. 63.11222, you must show continuous compliance 
with the emission limitations for affected sources according to the 
following:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
     If you must meet the
 following operating limits .       You must demonstrate continuous
             . .                          compliance by . . .
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Opacity...................  a. Collecting the opacity monitoring
                                system data according to Sec.
                                63.11224(e) and Sec. 63.11221; and
                               b. Reducing the opacity monitoring data
                                to 6-minute averages; and
                               c. Maintaining opacity to less than or
                                equal to 10 percent (daily block
                                average).
2. Fabric Filter Bag Leak      Installing and operating a bag leak
 Detection Operation.           detection system according to Sec.
                                63.11224(f) and operating the fabric
                                filter such that the requirements in
                                Sec. 63.11222(a)(4) are met.
3. Wet Scrubber Pressure Drop  a. Collecting the pressure drop and
 and Liquid Flow Rate.          liquid flow rate monitoring system data
                                according to Sec. Sec. 63.11224 and
                                63.11221; and
                               b. Reducing the data to 30-day rolling
                                averages; and
                               c. Maintaining the 30-day rolling average
                                pressure drop and liquid flow rate at or
                                above the minimum pressure drop and
                                minimum liquid flow rate according to
                                Sec. 63.11211.
4. Dry Scrubber Sorbent or     a. Collecting the sorbent or activated
 Activated Carbon Injection     carbon injection rate monitoring system
 Rate.                          data for the dry scrubber according to
                                Sec. Sec. 63.11224 and 63.11221; and
                               b. Reducing the data to 30-day rolling
                                averages; and
                               c. Maintaining the 30-day rolling average
                                sorbent or activated carbon injection
                                rate at or above the minimum sorbent or
                                activated carbon injection rate
                                according to Sec. 63.11211.
5. Electrostatic Precipitator  a. Collecting the total secondary
 Total Secondary Electric       electric power monitoring system data
 Power.                         for the electrostatic precipitator
                                according to Sec. Sec. 63.11224 and
                                63.11221; and
                               b. Reducing the data to 30-day rolling
                                averages; and
                               c. Maintaining the 30-day rolling average
                                total secondary electric power at or
                                above the minimum total secondary
                                electric power according to Sec.
                                63.11211.
6. Fuel Pollutant Content....  a. Only burning the fuel types and fuel
                                mixtures used to demonstrate compliance
                                with the applicable emission limit
                                according to Sec. 63.11213 as
                                applicable; and
                               b. Keeping monthly records of fuel use
                                according to Sec. Sec. 63.11222(a)(2)
                                and 63.11225(b)(4).
7. Oxygen content............  a. Continuously monitoring the oxygen
                                content of flue gas according to Sec.
                                63.11224 (This requirement does not
                                apply to units that install an oxygen
                                trim system since these units will set
                                the trim system to the level specified
                                in Sec. 63.11224(a)(7)); and
                               b. Reducing the data to 30-day rolling
                                averages; and
                               c. Maintaining the 30-day rolling average
                                oxygen content at or above the minimum
                                oxygen level established during the most
                                recent CO performance test.
8. CO emissions..............  a. Continuously monitoring the CO
                                concentration in the combustion exhaust
                                according to Sec. Sec. 63.11224 and
                                63.11221; and
                               b. Correcting the data to 3 percent
                                oxygen, and reducing the data to 1-hour
                                averages; and
                               c. Reducing the data from the hourly
                                averages to 10-day rolling averages; and
                               d. Maintaining the 10-day rolling average
                                CO concentration at or below the
                                applicable emission limit in Table 1 to
                                this subpart.
9. Boiler operating load.....  a. Collecting operating load data (fuel
                                feed rate or steam generation data)
                                every 15 minutes; and
                               b. Reducing the data to 30-day rolling
                                averages; and
                               c. Maintaining the 30-day rolling average
                                at or below the operating limit
                                established during the performance test
                                according to Sec. 63.11212(c) and
                                Table 6 to this subpart.
------------------------------------------------------------------------


[78 FR 7521, Feb. 1, 2013]



  Sec. Table 8 to Subpart JJJJJJ of Part 63--Applicability of General 
                      Provisions to Subpart JJJJJJ

    As stated in Sec. 63.11235, you must comply with the applicable 
General Provisions according to the following:

[[Page 394]]



------------------------------------------------------------------------
     General provisions cite            Subject         Does it apply?
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sec. 63.1.....................  Applicability.....  Yes.
Sec. 63.2.....................  Definitions.......  Yes. Additional
                                                       terms defined in
                                                       Sec. 63.11237.
Sec. 63.3.....................  Units and           Yes.
                                   Abbreviations.
Sec. 63.4.....................  Prohibited          Yes.
                                   Activities and
                                   Circumvention.
Sec. 63.5.....................  Preconstruction     No
                                   Review and
                                   Notification
                                   Requirements.
Sec. 63.6(a), (b)(1)-(b)(5),    Compliance with     Yes.
 (b)(7), (c), (f)(2)-(3), (g),     Standards and
 (i), (j).                         Maintenance
                                   Requirements.
Sec. 63.6(e)(1)(i)............  General Duty to     No. See Sec.
                                   minimize            63.11205 for
                                   emissions.          general duty
                                                       requirement.
Sec. 63.6(e)(1)(ii)...........  Requirement to      No.
                                   correct
                                   malfunctions ASAP.
Sec. 63.6(e)(3)...............  SSM Plan..........  No.
Sec. 63.6(f)(1)...............  SSM exemption.....  No.
Sec. 63.6(h)(1)...............  SSM exemption.....  No.
Sec. 63.6(h)(2) to (9)........  Determining         Yes.
                                   compliance with
                                   opacity emission
                                   standards.
Sec. 63.7(a), (b), (c), (d) ,   Performance         Yes.
 (e)(2)-(e)(9), (f), (g), and      Testing
 (h).                              Requirements.
Sec. 63.7(e)(1)...............  Performance         No. See Sec.
                                   testing.            63.11210.
Sec. 63.8(a), (b), (c)(1),      Monitoring          Yes.
 (c)(1)(ii), (c)(2) to (c)(9),     Requirements.
 (d)(1) and (d)(2), (e),(f), and
 (g).
Sec. 63.8(c)(1)(i)............  General duty to     No.
                                   minimize
                                   emissions and CMS
                                   operation.
Sec. 63.8(c)(1)(iii)..........  Requirement to      No.
                                   develop SSM Plan
                                   for CMS.
Sec. 63.8(d)(3)...............  Written procedures  Yes, except for
                                   for CMS.            the last
                                                       sentence, which
                                                       refers to an SSM
                                                       plan. SSM plans
                                                       are not required.
Sec. 63.9.....................  Notification        Yes, excluding the
                                   Requirements.       information
                                                       required in Sec.
                                                        63.9(h)(2)(i)(B)
                                                       , (D), (E) and
                                                       (F). See Sec.
                                                       63.11225.
Sec. 63.10(a) and (b)(1)......  Recordkeeping and   Yes.
                                   Reporting
                                   Requirements.
Sec. 63.10(b)(2)(i)...........  Recordkeeping of    No.
                                   occurrence and
                                   duration of
                                   startups or
                                   shutdowns.
Sec. 63.10(b)(2)(ii)..........  Recordkeeping of    No. See Sec.
                                   malfunctions.       63.11225 for
                                                       recordkeeping of
                                                       (1) occurrence
                                                       and duration and
                                                       (2) actions taken
                                                       during
                                                       malfunctions.
Sec. 63.10(b)(2)(iii).........  Maintenance         Yes.
                                   records.
Sec. 63.10(b)(2)(iv) and (v)..  Actions taken to    No.
                                   minimize
                                   emissions during
                                   SSM.
Sec. 63.10(b)(2)(vi)..........  Recordkeeping for   Yes.
                                   CMS malfunctions.
Sec. 63.10(b)(2)(vii) to (xiv)  Other CMS           Yes.
                                   requirements.
Sec. 63.10(b)(3)..............  Recordkeeping       No.
                                   requirements for
                                   applicability
                                   determinations.
Sec. 63.10(c)(1) to (9).......  Recordkeeping for   Yes.
                                   sources with CMS.
Sec. 63.10(c)(10).............  Recording nature    No. See Sec.
                                   and cause of        63.11225 for
                                   malfunctions.       malfunction
                                                       recordkeeping
                                                       requirements.
Sec. 63.10(c)(11).............  Recording           No. See Sec.
                                   corrective          63.11225 for
                                   actions.            malfunction
                                                       recordkeeping
                                                       requirements.
Sec. 63.10(c)(12) and (13)....  Recordkeeping for   Yes.
                                   sources with CMS.
Sec. 63.10(c)(15).............  Allows use of SSM   No.
                                   plan.
Sec. 63.10(d)(1) and (2)......  General reporting   Yes.
                                   requirements.
Sec. 63.10(d)(3)..............  Reporting opacity   No.
                                   or visible
                                   emission
                                   observation
                                   results.
Sec. 63.10(d)(4)..............  Progress reports    Yes.
                                   under an
                                   extension of
                                   compliance.
Sec. 63.10(d)(5)..............  SSM reports.......  No. See Sec.
                                                       63.11225 for
                                                       malfunction
                                                       reporting
                                                       requirements.
Sec. 63.10(e).................  Additional          Yes.
                                   reporting
                                   requirements for
                                   sources with CMS.
Sec. 63.10(f).................  Waiver of           Yes.
                                   recordkeeping or
                                   reporting
                                   requirements.
Sec. 63.11....................  Control Device      No.
                                   Requirements.
Sec. 63.12....................  State Authority     Yes.
                                   and Delegation.

[[Page 395]]

 
Sec. 63.13-63.16..............  Addresses,          Yes.
                                   Incorporation by
                                   Reference,
                                   Availability of
                                   Information,
                                   Performance Track
                                   Provisions.
Sec. 63.1(a)(5), (a)(7)-        Reserved..........  No.
 (a)(9), (b)(2), (c)(3)-(4),
 (d), 63.6(b)(6), (c)(3),
 (c)(4), (d), (e)(2),
 (e)(3)(ii), (h)(3), (h)(5)(iv),
 63.8(a)(3), 63.9(b)(3), (h)(4),
 63.10(c)(2)-(4), (c)(9).
------------------------------------------------------------------------


[76 FR 15591, Mar. 21, 2011, as amended at 78 FR 7521, Feb. 1, 2013]

Subpart KKKKKK [Reserved]



Subpart LLLLLL_National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants 
        for Acrylic and Modacrylic Fibers Production Area Sources

    Source: 72 FR 38899, July 16, 2007, unless otherwise noted.

                   Applicability and Compliance Dates



Sec. 63.11393  Am I subject to this subpart?

    (a) You are subject to this subpart if you own or operate an acrylic 
or modacrylic fibers production plant that is an area source of 
hazardous air pollutant (HAP) emissions.
    (b) This subpart applies to each new or existing affected source. 
The affected source is each acrylic or modacrylic fibers plant.
    (1) An affected source is existing if you commenced construction or 
reconstruction of the affected source on or before April 4, 2007.
    (2) An affected source is new if you commenced construction or 
reconstruction of the affected source after April 4, 2007.
    (c) This subpart does not apply to research and development 
facilities, as defined in section 112(c)(7) of the Clean Air Act (CAA).
    (d) You are exempt from the obligation to obtain a permit under 40 
CFR part 70 or 40 CFR part 71, provided you are not otherwise required 
by law to obtain a permit under 40 CFR 70.3(a) or 40 CFR 71.3(a). 
Notwithstanding the previous sentence, you must continue to comply with 
the provisions of this subpart.



Sec. 63.11394  What are my compliance dates?

    (a) If you own or operate an existing affected source, you must 
achieve compliance with the applicable provisions in this subpart no 
later than January 16, 2008.
    (b) If you startup a new affected source on or before July 16, 2007, 
you must achieve compliance with the applicable provisions of this 
subpart not later than July 16, 2007.
    (c) If you startup a new affected source after July 16, 2007, you 
must achieve compliance with the provisions in this subpart upon startup 
of your affected source.

                  Standards and Compliance Requirements



Sec. 63.11395  What are the standards and compliance requirements 
for existing sources?

    (a) You must operate and maintain capture or enclosure systems that 
collect the gases and fumes containing acrylonitrile (AN) released from 
polymerization process equipment and monomer recovery process equipment 
and convey the collected gas stream through a closed vent system to a 
control device.
    (b) Except as provided in paragraph (b)(3) of this section, you must 
not discharge to the atmosphere through any combination of stacks or 
other vents captured gases containing AN in excess of the emissions 
limits in paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section.
    (1) 0.2 pounds of AN per hour (lb/hr) from the control device for 
polymerization process equipment.
    (2) 0.05 lb/hr of AN from the control device for monomer recovery 
process equipment.
    (3) If you do not comply with the emissions limits in paragraphs 
(b)(1)

[[Page 396]]

and (2) of this section, you must comply with the new source standards 
for process vents in Sec. 63.11396(a).
    (c) If you use a wet scrubber control device, you must comply with 
the control device parameter operating limits in paragraphs (c)(1) and 
(2) of this section.
    (1) You must maintain the daily average water flow rate to a wet 
scrubber used to control polymerization process equipment at a minimum 
of 50 liters per minute (l/min). If the water flow to the wet scrubber 
ceases, the polymerization reactor(s) must be shut down.
    (2) You must maintain the daily average water flow rate to a wet 
scrubber used to control monomer recovery process equipment at a minimum 
of 30 l/min.
    (d) You must comply with the requirements of the New Source 
Performance Standard for Volatile Organic Liquids (40 CFR part 60, 
subpart Kb) for vessels that store acrylonitrile. The provisions in 40 
CFR 60.114b do not apply to this subpart.
    (e) You must operate continuous parameter monitoring systems (CPMS) 
to measure and record the water flow rate to a wet scrubber control 
device for the polymerization process equipment and the monomer recovery 
process equipment. The CPMS must record the water flow rate at least 
every 15 minutes and determine and record the daily average water flow 
rate.
    (f) You must determine compliance with the daily average control 
device parameter operating limits for water flow rate in paragraph (c) 
of this section on a monthly basis and submit a summary report to EPA or 
the delegated authority on a quarterly basis. Should the daily average 
water flow rate to a wet scrubber control device for the polymerization 
process equipment fall below 50 l/min or the daily average water flow 
rate to a wet scrubber control device for the monomer recovery process 
equipment fall below 30 l/min, you must notify EPA or the delegated 
authority in writing within 10 days of the identification of the 
exceedance.
    (g) You must keep records of each monthly compliance determination 
for the water flow rate operating parameter limits in a permanent form 
suitable for inspection and retain the records for at least 2 years 
following the date of each compliance determination.
    (h) You must conduct a performance test for each control device for 
polymerization process equipment and monomer recovery process equipment 
subject to an emissions limit in paragraph (b) of this section within 
180 days of your compliance date and report the results in your 
notification of compliance status. You must conduct each test according 
to the requirements in Sec. 63.7 of subpart A and Sec. 63.1104 of 
subpart YY. You are not required to conduct a performance test if a 
prior performance test was conducted using the methods specified in 
Sec. 63.1104 of subpart YY and either no process changes have been made 
since the test, or you can demonstrate that the results of the 
performance test, with or without adjustments, reliably demonstrate 
compliance despite process changes.
    (i) If you do not use a wet scrubber control device for the 
polymerization process equipment or the monomer recovery process 
equipment, you must submit a monitoring plan to EPA or the delegated 
authority for approval. Each plan must contain the information in 
paragraphs (i)(1) through (5) of this section.
    (1) A description of the device;
    (2) Test results collected in accordance with Sec. 63.1104 of 
subpart YY verifying the performance of the device for reducing AN to 
the levels required by this subpart;
    (3) Operation and maintenance plan for the control device (including 
a preventative maintenance schedule consistent with the manufacturer's 
instructions for routine and long-term maintenance) and continuous 
monitoring system.
    (4) A list of operating parameters that will be monitored to 
maintain continuous compliance with the applicable emissions limits; and
    (5) Operating parameter limits based on monitoring data collected 
during the performance test.
    (j) If you do not operate a monomer recovery process that removes AN 
prior to spinning, you must comply with the requirements in paragraph 
(j)(1), (2), or (3) of this section for each

[[Page 397]]

fiber spinning line that uses a spin dope produced from either a 
suspension polymerization process or solution polymerization process.
    (1) You must reduce the AN concentration of the spin dope to less 
than 100 parts per million by weight (ppmw); or
    (2) You must design and operate a fiber spinning line enclosure 
according to the requirements in Sec. 63.1103(b)(4) of subpart YY and 
reduce AN emissions by 85 weight-percent or more by venting emissions 
from the enclosure through a closed vent system to any combination of 
control devices meeting the requirements in Sec. 63.982(a)(2) of 
subpart SS; or
    (3) You must reduce AN emissions from the spinning line to less than 
or equal to 0.5 pounds of AN per ton (lb/ton) of acrylic and modacrylic 
fiber produced.
    (k) You may change the operating limits for a wet scrubber if you 
meet the requirements in paragraphs (k)(1) through (3) of this section.
    (1) Submit a written notification to the Administrator to conduct a 
new performance test to revise the operating limit.
    (2) Conduct a performance test to demonstrate compliance with the 
applicable emissions limit for a control device in paragraph (b) of this 
section.
    (3) Establish revised operating limits according to the procedures 
in paragraphs (k)(3)(i) and (ii) of this section.
    (i) Using the CPMS required in paragraph (e) of this section, 
measure and record the water flow rate to the wet scrubber in intervals 
of no less than 15 minutes during each AN test run.
    (ii) Determine and record the average water flow rate for each test 
run. Your operating limit is the lowest average flow rate during any 
test run that complies with the applicable emissions limit.
    (l) You must treat process and maintenance wastewater containing AN 
in a wastewater treatment system. You must keep records that list each 
process and maintenance wastewater stream that contains AN and a process 
flow diagram of the wastewater treatment system that identifies each 
wastewater stream.



Sec. 63.11396  What are the standards and compliance requirements 
for new sources?

    (a) You must comply with the requirements in paragraph (a)(1) or (2) 
of this section for each process vent where the AN concentration of the 
vent stream is equal to or greater than 50 parts per million by volume 
(ppmv) and the average flow rate is equal to or greater than 0.005 cubic 
meters per minute, as determined by the applicability and assessment 
procedures in Sec. 63.1104 of subpart YY.
    (1) You must reduce emissions of AN by 98 weight-percent or limit 
the concentration of AN in the emissions to no more than 20 ppmv, 
whichever is less stringent, by venting emissions through a closed vent 
system to any combination of control devices meeting the requirements 
for process vents in Sec. 63.982(a)(2) of subpart SS; or
    (2) You must reduce emissions of AN by using a flare that meets the 
requirements of Sec. 63.987 of subpart SS.
    (b) You must comply with the requirements in paragraph (b)(1), (2), 
or (3) of this section for each fiber spinning line that uses a spin 
dope produced from either a suspension polymerization process or 
solution polymerization process.
    (1) You must reduce the AN concentration of the spin dope to less 
than 100 ppmw; or
    (2) You must design and operate a fiber spinning line enclosure 
according to the requirements in Sec. 63.1103(b)(4) of subpart YY and 
reduce AN emissions by 85 weight-percent or more by venting emissions 
from the enclosure through a closed vent system to any combination of 
control devices meeting the requirements in Sec. 63.982(a)(2) of 
subpart SS; or
    (3) You must reduce AN emissions from the spinning line to less than 
or equal to 0.5 pounds of AN per ton (lb/ton) of acrylic and modacrylic 
fiber produced.
    (c) You must comply with the requirements for storage vessels 
holding acrylonitrile as shown in Table 2 to Sec. 63.1103(b)(3)(i) of 
subpart YY.
    (d) You must comply with the requirements for equipment that 
contains or contacts 10 percent by weight or more of AN and operates 300 
hours

[[Page 398]]

per year as shown in Table 2 to Sec. 63.1103(b)(3)(i) of subpart YY.
    (e) You must comply with the requirements for process wastewater and 
maintenance wastewater from an acrylic and modacrylic fibers production 
process as shown in Table 2 to Sec. 63.1103(b)(3)(i) of subpart YY. 
Process wastewater and maintenance wastewater that contains AN and is 
not subject to the requirements in Table 2 to Sec. 63.1103(b)(3)(i) of 
subpart YY must be treated in a wastewater treatment system.
    (f) You must comply with all testing, monitoring, recordkeeping, and 
reporting requirements in subpart SS (for process vents); subpart SS or 
WW (for AN tanks); subpart TT or UU (for equipment leaks); and subpart G 
(for process wastewater and maintenance wastewater). Only the provisions 
in Sec. Sec. 63.132 through 63.148 and Sec. Sec. 63.151 through 63.153 
of subpart G apply to this subpart.
    (g) If you use a control device other than a wet scrubber, flare, 
incinerator, boiler, process heater, absorber, condenser, or carbon 
adsorber, you must prepare and submit a monitoring plan to the 
Administrator for approval. Each plan must contain the information in 
paragraphs (g)(1) through (5) of this section.
    (1) A description of the device;
    (2) Test results collected in accordance with paragraph (f) of this 
section verifying the performance of the device for reducing AN to the 
levels required by this subpart;
    (3) Operation and maintenance plan for the control device (including 
a preventative maintenance schedule consistent with the manufacturer's 
instructions for routine and long-term maintenance) and continuous 
monitoring system.
    (4) A list of operating parameters that will be monitored to 
maintain continuous compliance with the applicable emissions limits; and
    (5) Operating parameter limits based on monitoring data collected 
during the performance test.

                   Other Requirements and Information



Sec. 63.11397  What General Provisions apply to this subpart?

    (a) You must meet the requirements of the General Provisions in 40 
CFR part 63, subpart A, as shown in Table 1 to this subpart.
    (b) If you own or operate an existing affected source, your 
notification of compliance status required by Sec. 63.9(h) must include 
the following information:
    (1) This certification of compliance, signed by a responsible 
official, for the standards in Sec. 63.11395(a): ``This facility 
complies with the management practices required in Sec. 63.11395(a) for 
operation of capture systems for polymerization process equipment and 
monomer recovery process equipment.''
    (2) This certification of compliance, signed by a responsible 
official, for the emissions limits in Sec. 63.11395(b): ``This facility 
complies with the emissions limits in Sec. 63.11395(b)(1) and (2) for 
control devices serving the polymerization process equipment and monomer 
recovery process equipment based on previous performance tests in 
accordance with Sec. 63.11395(h)'' or ``This facility complies with the 
alternative standards for process vents in Sec. 63.11395(b)(3) based on 
previous performance tests and assessments in accordance with Sec. 
63.11396(f)''. If you conduct a performance test or assessment to 
demonstrate compliance, you must include the results of the performance 
test and/or assessment.
    (3) This certification of compliance, signed by a responsible 
official, for the standards for storage tanks in Sec. 63.11396(d): 
``This facility complies with the requirements of 40 CFR part 60, 
subpart Kb for each tank that stores acrylonitrile.''
    (4) This certification of compliance, signed by a responsible 
official, for the requirement in Table 1 to subpart LLLLLL for 
preparation of a startup, shutdown, and malfunction plan: ``This 
facility has prepared a startup, shutdown, and malfunction plan in 
accordance with the requirements of 40 CFR 63.6(e)(3).''

[[Page 399]]

    (c) If you own or operate a new affected source, your notification 
of compliance status required by Sec. 63.9(h) must include:
    (1) The results of the initial performance test or compliance 
demonstration for each process vent (including closed vent system and 
control device, flare, or recovery device), fiber spinning line, AN 
storage tank, equipment, and wastewater stream subject to this subpart.
    (2) This certification of compliance, signed by a responsible 
official, for the applicable emissions limit in Sec. 63.11396(a) for 
process vents: ``This facility complies with the emissions limits in 
Sec. 63.11396(a) for each process vent subject to control.''
    (3) This certification of compliance, signed by a responsible 
official, for the applicable emissions limit in Sec. 63.11396(b) for 
each fiber spinning line: ``This facility complies with the emissions 
limit and/or management practice requirements in Sec. 63.11396(b)(1), 
(2), or (3) for each fiber spinning line.''
    (4) This certification of compliance, signed by a responsible 
official, for the storage tank requirements in Sec. 63.11396(c): ``This 
facility complies with the requirements for storage vessels holding 
acrylonitrile as shown in Table 2 to Sec. 63.1103(b)(3)(i) of subpart 
YY.''
    (5) This certification of compliance, signed by a responsible 
official, for the equipment leak requirements in Sec. 63.11396(d): 
``This facility complies with the requirements for all equipment that 
contains or contacts 10 percent by weight or more of AN and operates 300 
hours per year or more as shown in Table 2 to Sec. 63.1103(b)(3)(i) of 
subpart YY.''
    (6) This certification of compliance, signed by a responsible 
official, for the process wastewater and maintenance wastewater 
requirements in Sec. 63.11396(e): ``This facility complies with the 
requirements in Table 2 to Sec. 63.1103(b)(3)(i) of subpart YY for each 
process wastewater stream and each maintenance wastewater stream.''
    (d) If you own or operate a new affected source, you must report any 
deviation from the requirements of this subpart in the semiannual report 
required by 40 CFR 63.10(e)(3).



Sec. 63.11398  What definitions apply to this subpart?

    Acrylic fiber means a manufactured synthetic fiber in which the 
fiber-forming substance is any long-chain synthetic polymer composed of 
at least 85 percent by weight of acrylonitrile units.
    Acrylic and modacrylic fibers production means the production of 
either of the following synthetic fibers composed of acrylonitrile 
units: acrylic fiber or modacrylic fiber.
    Acrylonitrile solution polymerization means a process where 
acrylonitrile and comonomers are dissolved in a solvent to form a 
polymer solution (typically polyacrylonitrile). The polyacrylonitrile is 
soluble in the solvent. In contrast to suspension polymerization, the 
resulting reactor polymer solution (spin dope) is filtered and pumped 
directly to the fiber spinning process.
    Acrylonitrile suspension polymerization means a polymerization 
process where small drops of acrylonitrile and comonomers are suspended 
in water in the presence of a catalyst where they polymerize under 
agitation. Solid beads of polymer are formed in this suspension reaction 
which are subsequently filtered, washed, refiltered, and dried. The 
beads must be subsequently redissolved in a solvent to create a spin 
dope prior to introduction to the fiber spinning process.
    Deviation means any instance in which an affected source subject to 
this subpart, or an owner or operator of such a source:
    (1) Fails to meet any requirement or obligation established by this 
subpart, including but not limited to any emissions limitation or 
management practice;
    (2) Fails to meet any term or condition that is adopted to implement 
an applicable requirement in this subpart and that is included in the 
operating permit for any affected source required to obtain such a 
permit; or
    (3) Fails to meet any emissions limitation or management practice in 
this subpart during startup, shutdown, or malfunction, regardless of 
whether or not such failure is permitted by this subpart.

[[Page 400]]

    Equipment means each of the following that is subject to this 
subpart: pump, compressor, agitator, pressure relief device, sampling 
collection system, open-ended valve or line, valve connector, 
instrumentation system in organic HAP service which contains or contacts 
greater than 10 percent by weight of acrylonitrile and operates more 
than 300 hours per year.
    Fiber spinning line means the group of equipment and process vents 
associated with acrylic or modacrylic fiber spinning operations. The 
fiber spinning line includes (as applicable to the type of spinning 
process used) the blending and dissolving tanks, spinning solution 
filters, wet spinning units, spin bath tanks, and the equipment used 
downstream of the spin bath to wash, dry, or draw the spun fiber.
    Maintenance wastewater means wastewater generated by the draining of 
process fluid from components in the process unit, whose primary product 
is a product produced by a source category subject to this subpart, into 
an individual drain system prior to or during maintenance activities. 
Maintenance wastewater can be generated during planned and unplanned 
shutdowns and during periods not associated with a shutdown. Examples of 
activities that can generate maintenance wastewaters include descaling 
of heat exchanger tubing bundles, cleaning of distillation column traps, 
draining of low legs and high point bleeds, draining of pumps into an 
individual drain system, and draining of portions of the process unit, 
whose primary product is a product produced by a source category subject 
to this subpart, for repair.
    Modacrylic fiber means a manufactured synthetic fiber in which the 
fiber-forming substance is any long-chain synthetic polymer composed of 
at least 35 percent by weight of acrylonitrile units but less than 85 
percent by weight of acrylonitrile units.
    Monomer recovery process equipment means the collection of process 
units and associated process equipment used to reclaim the monomer for 
subsequent reuse, including but not limited to polymer holding tanks, 
polymer buffer tanks, monomer vacuum pump flush drum, and drum filter 
vacuum pump flush drum.
    Polymerization process equipment means the collection of process 
units and associated process equipment used in the acrylonitrile 
polymerization process prior to the fiber spinning line, including but 
not limited to acrylonitrile storage tanks, recovered monomer tanks, 
monomer measuring tanks, monomer preparation tanks, monomer feed tanks, 
slurry receiver tanks, polymerization reactors, and drum filters.
    Process vent means the point of discharge to the atmosphere (or 
point of entry into a control device, if any) of a gas stream from the 
acrylic and modacrylic fibers production process.
    Process wastewater means wastewater, which during manufacturing or 
processing, comes into direct contact with or results from the 
production or use of any raw material, intermediate product, finished 
product, by-product, or waste product.
    Responsible official means responsible official as defined at 40 CFR 
70.2.
    Spin dope means the liquid mixture of polymer and solvent that is 
fed to the spinneret to form the acrylic and modacrylic fibers.



Sec. 63.11399  Who implements and enforces this subpart?

    (a) This subpart can be implemented and enforced by the U.S. EPA or 
a delegated authority such as a State, local, or tribal agency. If the 
U.S. EPA Administrator has delegated authority to a State, local, or 
Tribal agency pursuant to 40 CFR part 63, subpart E, then that Agency 
has the authority to implement and enforce this subpart. You should 
contact your U.S. EPA Regional Office to find out if this subpart is 
delegated to a State, local, or tribal agency within your State.
    (b) In delegating implementation and enforcement authority of this 
subpart to a State, local, or tribal agency under 40 CFR part 63, 
subpart E, the approval authorities contained in paragraphs (b)(1) 
through (4) of this section are retained by the Administrator of the 
U.S. EPA and are not transferred to the State, local, or tribal agency.

[[Page 401]]

    (1) Approval of an alternative non-opacity emissions standard under 
Sec. 63.6(g).
    (2) Approval of a major change to a test method under Sec. 
63.7(e)(2)(ii) and (f). A ``major change to test method'' is defined in 
Sec. 63.90.
    (3) Approval of a major change to monitoring under Sec. 63.8(f). A 
``major change to monitoring'' is defined in Sec. 63.90.
    (4) Approval of a major change to recordkeeping/ reporting under 
Sec. 63.10(f). A ``major change to recordkeeping/reporting'' is defined 
in Sec. 63.90.
    As required in Sec. 63.11397(a), you must comply with the 
requirements of the NESHAP General Provisions (40 CFR part 63, subpart 
A) as shown in the following table.

[72 FR 38899, July 16, 2007, as amended at 73 FR 15928, Mar. 26, 2008]



  Sec. Table 1 to Subpart LLLLLL of Part 63--Applicability of General 
                      Provisions to Subpart LLLLLL

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
              Citation                       Subject          Applies to subpart LLLLLL?        Explanation
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
63.1(a)(1), (a)(2), (a)(3), (a)(4),  Applicability.........  Yes........................
 (a)(6), (a)(10)-(a)(12) (b)(1),
 (b)(3), (c)(1), (c)(2), (c)(5),
 (e).
63.1(a)(5), (a)(7)-(a)(9), (b)(2),   Reserved..............  No.........................
 (c)(3), (c)(4), (d).
63.2...............................  Definitions...........  Yes........................
63.3...............................  Units and               Yes........................
                                      Abbreviations.
63.4...............................  Prohibited Activities   Yes........................
                                      and Circumvention.
63.5...............................  Preconstruction Review  No.........................
                                      and Notification
                                      Requirements.
63.6(a), (b)(1)-(b)(5), (b)(7),      Compliance with         Yes........................  Subpart LLLLLL
 (c)(1), (c)(2), (c)(5), (e)(1),      Standards and                                        requires new and
 (e)(3)(i), (e)(3)(iii)-(e)(3)(ix),   Maintenance                                          existing sources to
 (f) (g), (i), (j).                   Requirements.                                        comply with
                                                                                           requirements for
                                                                                           startups, shutdowns,
                                                                                           and malfunctions in
                                                                                           Sec. 63.6(e)(3).
63.6(b)(6), (c)(3), (c)(4), (d),     Reserved..............  No.........................
 (e)(2), (e)(3)(ii), (h)(3),
 (h)(5)(iv).
63.6(h)(1)-(h)(4), (h)(5)(i)-        ......................  No.........................  Subpart LLLLLL does
 (h)(5)(iii), (h)(6)-(h)(9).                                                               not include opacity
                                                                                           or visible emissions
                                                                                           standards or require
                                                                                           a continuous opacity
                                                                                           monitoring system.
63.7(a), (e), (f), (g), (h)........  Performance Testing     Yes/No.....................  Subpart LLLLLL
                                      Requirements.                                        requires performance
                                                                                           tests for new and
                                                                                           existing sources; a
                                                                                           test for an existing
                                                                                           source is not
                                                                                           required if a prior
                                                                                           test meets the
                                                                                           conditions in Sec.
                                                                                           63.11395(h).
63.7(b), (c).......................  ......................  Yes/No.....................  Requirements for
                                                                                           notification of
                                                                                           performance test and
                                                                                           for quality assurance
                                                                                           program apply to new
                                                                                           sources but not
                                                                                           existing sources.
63.8(a)(1), (a)(2), (b), (c)(1)-     Monitoring              Yes........................
 (c)(3), (f)(1)-(5).                  Requirements.
63.8(a)(3).........................  Reserved..............  No.........................
63.8(a)(4).........................  ......................  Yes........................  Requirements apply to
                                                                                           new sources if flares
                                                                                           are the selected
                                                                                           control option.
63.8(c)(4)-(c)(8), (d), (e),         ......................  Yes........................  Requirements apply to
 (f)(6), (g).                                                                              new sources but not
                                                                                           to existing sources.
63.9(a), (b)(1), (b)(5), (c), (d),   Notification            Yes........................
 (i), (j).                            Requirements.
63.9(e)............................  ......................  Yes/No.....................  Notification of
                                                                                           performance test is
                                                                                           required for new area
                                                                                           sources.
63.9(b)(2).........................  ......................  Yes........................  Initial notification
                                                                                           of applicability is
                                                                                           required for new and
                                                                                           existing area
                                                                                           sources.
63.9(b)(3), (h)(4).................  Reserved..............  No.........................
63.9(b)(4), (h)(5).................  ......................  No.........................
63.9(f), (g).......................  ......................  No.........................  Subpart LLLLLL does
                                                                                           not require a
                                                                                           continuous opacity
                                                                                           monitoring system or
                                                                                           continuous emissions
                                                                                           monitoring system.

[[Page 402]]

 
63.9(h)(1)-(h)(3), (h)(6)..........  ......................  Yes........................  Notification of
                                                                                           compliance status is
                                                                                           required for new and
                                                                                           existing area
                                                                                           sources.
63.10(a)...........................  Recordkeeping           Yes........................
                                      Requirements.
63.10(b)(1)........................  ......................  Yes/No.....................  Record retention
                                                                                           requirement applies
                                                                                           to new area sources
                                                                                           but not existing area
                                                                                           sources. Subpart
                                                                                           LLLLLL establishes 2-
                                                                                           year retention period
                                                                                           for existing area
                                                                                           sources.
63.10(b)(2)........................  ......................  Yes........................  Recordkeeping
                                                                                           requirements for
                                                                                           startups, shutdowns,
                                                                                           and malfunctions
                                                                                           apply to new and
                                                                                           existing area
                                                                                           sources.
63.10(b)(3)........................  ......................  Yes........................  Recordkeeping
                                                                                           requirements for
                                                                                           applicability
                                                                                           determinations apply
                                                                                           to new area sources.
63.10(c)(1), (c)(5)-(c)(14)........  ......................  Yes/No.....................  Recordkeeping
                                                                                           requirements for
                                                                                           continuous parameter
                                                                                           monitoring systems
                                                                                           apply to new sources
                                                                                           but not existing
                                                                                           sources.
63.10(c)(2)-(c)(4), (c)(9).........  Reserved..............  No.........................
63.10(d)(1), (d)(4), (e)(1),         Reporting Requirements  Yes........................
 (e)(2), (f).
63.10(d)(2)........................  ......................  Yes........................  Report of performance
                                                                                           test results applies
                                                                                           to each area source
                                                                                           required to conduct a
                                                                                           performance test.
63.10(d)(3)........................  ......................  No.........................  Subpart LLLLLL does
                                                                                           not include opacity
                                                                                           or visible emissions
                                                                                           limits.
63.10(d)(5)........................  ......................  Yes........................  Requirements for
                                                                                           startup, shutdown,
                                                                                           and malfunction
                                                                                           reports apply to new
                                                                                           and existing area
                                                                                           sources.
(e)(1)-(e)(2), (e)(4)..............  ......................  No.........................  Subpart LLLLLL does
                                                                                           not require a
                                                                                           continuous emissions
                                                                                           monitoring system or
                                                                                           continuous opacity
                                                                                           monitoring system.
63.10(e)(3)........................  ......................  Yes/No.....................  Semiannual reporting
                                                                                           requirements for
                                                                                           excess emissions and
                                                                                           parameter monitoring
                                                                                           exceedances apply to
                                                                                           new area sources but
                                                                                           not existing area
                                                                                           sources.
63.11..............................  Control Device          Yes........................  Requirements apply to
                                      Requirements.                                        new sources if flares
                                                                                           are the selected
                                                                                           control option.
63.12..............................  State Authorities and   Yes........................
                                      Delegations.
63.13..............................  Addresses.............  Yes........................
63.14..............................  Incorporations by       Yes........................
                                      Reference.
63.15..............................  Availability of         Yes........................
                                      Information and
                                      Confidentiality.
63.16..............................  Performance Track       Yes........................
                                      Provisions..
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



Subpart MMMMMM_National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants 
                for Carbon Black Production Area Sources

    Source: 72 FR 38904, July 16, 2007, unless otherwise noted.

                   Applicability and Compliance Dates



Sec. 63.11400  Am I subject to this subpart?

    (a) You are subject to this subpart if you own or operate a carbon 
black production facility that is an area source of hazardous air 
pollutant (HAP) emissions.
    (b) This subpart applies to each new or existing affected source. 
The affected source is each carbon black production process unit. The 
affected source includes all waste management units, maintenance 
wastewater, and equipment components that contain or contact HAP that 
are associated with the carbon black production process unit.
    (1) An affected source is an existing source if you commenced 
construction or reconstruction of the affected source on or before April 
4, 2007.

[[Page 403]]

    (2) An affected source is new if you commenced construction or 
reconstruction of the affected source after April 4, 2007.
    (c) This subpart does not apply to research and development 
facilities, as defined in section 112(c)(7) of the Clean Air Act (CAA).
    (d) If you own or operate an area source subject to this subpart, 
you must obtain a permit under 40 CFR part 70 or 40 CFR part 71.



Sec. 63.11401  What are my compliance dates?

    (a) If you own or operate an existing affected source, you must 
achieve compliance with the applicable provisions of this subpart by 
July 16, 2007.
    (b) If you startup a new affected source on or before July 16, 2007, 
you must achieve compliance with the applicable provisions of this 
subpart not later than July 16, 2007.
    (c) If you startup a new affected source after July 16, 2007, you 
must achieve compliance with the applicable provisions of this subpart 
upon startup of your affected source.

                  Standards and Compliance Requirements



Sec. 63.11402  What are the standards and compliance requirements 
for new and existing sources?

    You must meet all the requirements in Sec. 63.1103(f) of subpart 
YY.



Sec. 63.11403  [Reserved]

                   Other Requirements and Information



Sec. 63.11404  What General Provisions apply to this subpart?

    The provisions in 40 CFR part 63, subpart A, applicable to this 
subpart are Sec. Sec. 63.1 through 63.5 and Sec. Sec. 63.11 through 
63.16.



Sec. 63.11405  What definitions apply to this subpart?

    The terms used in this subpart are defined in Sec. Sec. 63.1101 and 
63.1103(f)(2).



Sec. 63.11406  Who implements and enforces this subpart?

    (a) This subpart can be implemented and enforced by the U.S. EPA or 
a delegated authority such as a State, local, or tribal agency. If the 
U.S. EPA Administrator has delegated authority to a State, local, or 
tribal agency pursuant to 40 CFR part 63, subpart E, then that Agency 
has the authority to implement and enforce this subpart. You should 
contact your U.S. EPA Regional Office to find out if this subpart is 
delegated to a State, local, or tribal agency within your State.
    (b) In delegating implementation and enforcement authority of this 
subpart to a State, local, or tribal agency under 40 CFR part 63, 
subpart E, the approval authorities contained in paragraphs (b)(1) 
through (4) of this section are retained by the Administrator of the 
U.S. EPA and are not transferred to the State, local, or tribal agency.
    (1) Approval of an alternative non-opacity emissions standard under 
Sec. 63.992(b)(1).
    (2) Approval of a major change to test methods under Sec. 
63.7(e)(2)(ii) and (f). A ``major change to test method'' is defined in 
Sec. 63.90.
    (3) Approval of a major change to monitoring under Sec. 63.8(f). A 
``major change to monitoring'' is defined in Sec. 63.90.
    (4) Approval of a major change to recordkeeping/reporting under 
Sec. 63.10(f). A ``major change to recordkeeping/reporting'' is defined 
in Sec. 63.90.

[72 FR 38904, July 16, 2007, as amended at 73 FR 15928, Mar. 26, 2008]



Subpart NNNNNN_National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants 
       for Chemical Manufacturing Area Sources: Chromium Compounds

    Source: 72 FR 38905, July 16, 2007, unless otherwise noted.

                   Applicability and Compliance Dates



Sec. 63.11407  Am I subject to this subpart?

    (a) You are subject to this subpart if you own or operate a chromium 
compounds manufacturing facility that is an area source of hazardous air 
pollutant (HAP) emissions.

[[Page 404]]

    (b) This subpart applies to each new or existing affected source. 
The affected source is each chromium compounds manufacturing facility.
    (1) An affected source is existing if you commenced construction or 
reconstruction of the affected source on or before April 4, 2007.
    (2) An affected source is new if you commence construction or 
reconstruction of the affected source after April 4, 2007.
    (c) This subpart does not apply to research and development 
facilities, as defined in section 112(c)(7) of the CAA.
    (d) If you own or operate an area source subject to this subpart, 
you must obtain a permit under 40 CFR part 70 or 40 CFR part 71.



Sec. 63.11408  What are my compliance dates?

    (a) If you own or operate an existing affected source, you must 
achieve compliance with the applicable provisions in this subpart not 
later than January 16, 2008.
    (b) If you startup a new affected source on or before July 16, 2007, 
you must achieve compliance with the applicable provisions of this 
subpart not later than July 16, 2007.
    (c) If you startup a new affected source after July 16, 2007, you 
must achieve compliance with the applicable provisions of this subpart 
upon startup of your affected source.

                  Standards and Compliance Requirements



Sec. 63.11409  What are the standards?

    (a) You must operate a capture system that collects the gases and 
fumes released during the operation of each emissions source listed in 
Table 1 of this subpart and conveys the collected gas stream to a 
particulate matter (PM) control device.
    (b) You must not discharge to the atmosphere through any combination 
of stacks or other vents process gases from an emissions source listed 
in Table 1 of this subpart that contain PM in excess of the allowable 
process rate determined according to Equation 1 of this section (for an 
emissions source with a process rate of less than 30 tons per hour) or 
Equation 2 of this section (for an emissions source with a process rate 
of 30 tons per hour or greater). If more than one process vents to a 
common stack, the applicable emissions limit for the stack is the sum of 
allowable emissions calculated for each process using Equation 1 or 2 of 
this section, as applicable.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR16JY07.000


Where:

E = Emissions limit in pounds per hour (lb/hr); and
P = Process rate of emissions source in tons per hour (ton/hr).
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR16JY07.001



Sec. 63.11410  What are the compliance requirements?

    (a) Existing sources. If you own or operate an existing area source, 
you must comply with the requirements in paragraphs (b) through (e) of 
this section.
    (b) Initial control device inspection. You must conduct an initial 
inspection of each PM control device according to the requirements in 
paragraphs (b)(1) through (4) of this section. You must conduct each 
inspection no later than 60 days after your applicable compliance date 
for each installed control device which has been operated within 60 days 
of the compliance date. For an installed control device which has not 
been operated within 60 days of the compliance date, you must conduct an 
initial inspection prior to startup of the control device.
    (1) For each baghouse, you must visually inspect the system ductwork 
and baghouse unit for leaks. You must also inspect the inside of each 
baghouse for structural integrity and fabric filter condition. You must 
record the results of the inspection and any maintenance action in the 
logbook required in paragraph (d) of this section. An initial inspection 
of the internal components of a baghouse is not required if an 
inspection has been performed within the past 12 months.
    (2) For each dry electrostatic precipitator, you must verify the 
proper functioning of the electronic controls for corona power and 
rapper operation, that the corona wires are energized, and that adequate 
air pressure is

[[Page 405]]

present on the rapper manifold. You must also visually inspect the 
system ductwork and electrostatic precipitator housing unit and hopper 
for leaks and inspect the interior of the electrostatic precipitator to 
determine the condition and integrity of corona wires, collection 
plates, hopper, and air diffuser plates. An initial inspection of the 
internal components of a dry electrostatic precipitator is not required 
if an inspection has been performed within the past 24 months.
    (3) For each wet electrostatic precipitator, you must verify the 
proper functioning of the electronic controls for corona power, that the 
corona wires are energized, and that water flow is present. You must 
also visually inspect the system ductwork and electrostatic precipitator 
housing unit and hopper for leaks and inspect the interior of the 
electrostatic precipitator to determine the condition and integrity of 
corona wires, collection plates, plate wash spray heads, hopper, and air 
diffuser plates. An initial inspection of the internal components of a 
wet electrostatic precipitator is not required if an inspection has been 
performed within the past 24 months.
    (4) For each wet scrubber, you must verify the presence of water 
flow to the scrubber. You must also visually inspect the system ductwork 
and scrubber unit for leaks and inspect the interior of the scrubber for 
structural integrity and the condition of the demister and spray nozzle.
    (i) An initial inspection of the internal components of a wet 
scrubber is not required if an inspection has been performed within the 
past 12 months.
    (ii) The requirement in paragraph (b)(4) of this section for initial 
inspection of the internal components of a wet scrubber does not apply 
to a cyclonic scrubber installed upstream of a wet or dry electrostatic 
precipitator.
    (c) Periodic inspections/maintenance. Following the initial 
inspections, you must perform periodic inspections and maintenance of 
each PM control device according to the requirements in paragraphs 
(c)(1) through (4) of this section.
    (1) You must inspect and maintain each baghouse according to the 
requirements in paragraphs (c)(1)(i) and (ii) of this section.
    (i) You must conduct monthly visual inspections of the system 
ductwork for leaks.
    (ii) You must conduct inspections of the interior of the baghouse 
for structural integrity and to determine the condition of the fabric 
filter every 12 months. If an initial inspection is not required by 
paragraph (b)(1) of this section, the first inspection must not be more 
than 12 months from the last inspection.
    (2) You must inspect and maintain each dry electrostatic 
precipitator according to the requirements in paragraphs (c)(2)(i) 
through (iii) of this section.
    (i) You must conduct a daily inspection to verify the proper 
functioning of the electronic controls for corona power and rapper 
operation, that the corona wires are energized, and that adequate air 
pressure is present on the rapper manifold.
    (ii) You must conduct monthly visual inspections of the system 
ductwork, housing unit, and hopper for leaks.
    (iii) You must conduct inspections of the interior of the 
electrostatic precipitator to determine the condition and integrity of 
corona wires, collection plates, plate rappers, hopper, and air diffuser 
plates every 24 months.
    (3) You must inspect and maintain each wet electrostatic 
precipitator according to the requirements in paragraphs (c)(3)(i) 
through (iii) of this section.
    (i) You must conduct a daily inspection to verify the proper 
functioning of the electronic controls for corona power, that the corona 
wires are energized, and that water flow is present.
    (ii) You must conduct monthly visual inspections of the system 
ductwork, electrostatic precipitator housing unit, and hopper for leaks.
    (iii) You must conduct inspections of the interior of the 
electrostatic precipitator to determine the condition and integrity of 
corona wires, collection plates, plate wash spray heads, hopper, and air 
diffuser plates every 24 months. If an initial inspection is not 
required by paragraph (b)(3) of this section, the first inspection must 
not be more than 24 months from the last inspection.

[[Page 406]]

    (4) You must inspect and maintain each wet scrubber according to the 
requirements in paragraphs (c)(4)(i) through (iii) of this section.
    (i) You must conduct a daily inspection to verify the presence of 
water flow to the scrubber.
    (ii) You must conduct monthly visual inspections of the system 
ductwork and scrubber unit for leaks.
    (iii) You must conduct inspections of the interior of the scrubber 
to determine the structural integrity and condition of the demister and 
spray nozzle every 12 months. Internal inspections of cyclonic scrubbers 
installed upstream of wet or dry electrostatic precipitators are not 
required.
    (d) Recordkeeping requirements. You must record the results of each 
inspection and maintenance action in a logbook (written or electronic 
format). You must keep the logbook onsite and make the logbook available 
to the permitting authority upon request. You must keep records of the 
information specified in paragraphs (d)(1) through (4) of this section 
for 5 years following the date of each recorded action.
    (1) The date and time of each recorded action for a fabric filter, 
the results of each inspection, and the results of any maintenance 
performed on the bag filters.
    (2) The date and time of each recorded action for a wet or dry 
electrostatic precipitator (including ductwork), the results of each 
inspection, and the results of any maintenance performed on the 
electrostatic precipitator.
    (3) The date and time of each recorded action for a wet scrubber 
(including ductwork), the results of each inspection, and the results of 
any maintenance performed on the wet scrubber.
    (4) Records of all required monitoring data and supporting 
information including all calibration and maintenance records, original 
strip-chart recordings for continuous monitoring information, and copies 
of all reports required by this subpart. You must maintain records of 
required monitoring data in a form suitable and readily available for 
expeditious review. All records must be kept onsite and made available 
to EPA or the delegated authority for inspection upon request. You must 
maintain records of all required monitoring data and supporting 
information for at least 5 years from the date of the monitoring sample, 
measurement, report, or application.
    (e) Reports. (1) You must report each deviation (an action or 
condition not in accordance with the requirements of this subpart, 
including upset conditions but excluding excess emissions) to the 
permitting agency on the next business day after becoming aware of the 
deviation. You must submit a written report within 2 business days which 
identifies the probable cause of the deviation and any corrective 
actions or preventative actions taken. All reports of deviations must be 
certified by a responsible official.
    (2) You must submit semiannual reports of monitoring and 
recordkeeping activities to your permitting authority.
    (3) You must submit the results of any maintenance performed on each 
PM control device within 30 days of a written request by the permitting 
authority.
    (f) New sources. If you own or operate a new affected source, you 
must comply with the requirements in paragraphs (g) and (h) of this 
section.
    (g) Bag leak detection systems. You must install, operate, and 
maintain a bag leak detection system on all baghouses used to comply 
with the PM emissions limit in Sec. 63.11409 according to paragraph 
(g)(1) of this section; prepare and operate by a site-specific 
monitoring plan according to paragraph (g)(2) of this section; take 
corrective action according to paragraph (g)(3) of this section; and 
record information according to paragraph (g)(4) of this section.
    (1) Each bag leak detection system must meet the specifications and 
requirements in paragraphs (g)(1)(i) through (viii) of this section.
    (i) The bag leak detection system must be certified by the 
manufacturer to be capable of detecting PM emissions at concentrations 
of 0.00044 grains per actual cubic foot or less.
    (ii) The bag leak detection system sensor must provide output of 
relative PM loadings. The owner or operator shall continuously record 
the output

[[Page 407]]

from the bag leak detection system using electronic or other means 
(e.g., using a strip chart recorder or a data logger).
    (iii) The bag leak detection system must be equipped with an alarm 
system that will sound when the system detects an increase in relative 
particulate loading over the alarm set point established according to 
paragraph (g)(1)(iv) of this section, and the alarm must be located such 
that it can be heard by the appropriate plant personnel.
    (iv) In the initial adjustment of the bag leak detection system, you 
must establish, at a minimum, the baseline output by adjusting the 
sensitivity (range) and the averaging period of the device, the alarm 
set points, and the alarm delay time.
    (v) Following initial adjustment, you shall not adjust the averaging 
period, alarm set point, or alarm delay time without approval from the 
Administrator or delegated authority except as provided in paragraph 
(g)(1)(vi) of this section.
    (vi) Once per quarter, you may adjust the sensitivity of the bag 
leak detection system to account for seasonal effects, including 
temperature and humidity, according to the procedures identified in the 
site-specific monitoring plan required by paragraph (g)(2) of this 
section.
    (vii) You must install the bag leak detection sensor downstream of 
the baghouse and upstream of any wet scrubber.
    (viii) Where multiple detectors are required, the system's 
instrumentation and alarm may be shared among detectors.
    (2) You must develop and submit to the Administrator or delegated 
authority for approval a site-specific monitoring plan for each bag leak 
detection system. You must operate and maintain the bag leak detection 
system according to an approved site-specific monitoring plan at all 
times. Each monitoring plan must describe the items in paragraphs 
(g)(2)(i) through (vi) of this section.
    (i) Installation of the bag leak detection system;
    (ii) Initial and periodic adjustment of the bag leak detection 
system, including how the alarm set-point will be established;
    (iii) Operation of the bag leak detection system, including quality 
assurance procedures;
    (iv) How the bag leak detection system will be maintained, including 
a routine maintenance schedule and spare parts inventory list;
    (v) How the bag leak detection system output will be recorded and 
stored; and
    (vi) Corrective action procedures as specified in paragraph (g)(3) 
of this section. In approving the site-specific monitoring plan, the 
Administrator or delegated authority may allow owners and operators more 
than 3 hours to alleviate a specific condition that causes an alarm if 
the owner or operator identifies in the monitoring plan this specific 
condition as one that could lead to an alarm, adequately explains why it 
is not feasible to alleviate this condition within 3 hours of the time 
the alarm occurs, and demonstrates that the requested time will ensure 
alleviation of this condition as expeditiously as practicable.
    (3) For each bag leak detection system, you must initiate procedures 
to determine the cause of every alarm within 1 hour of the alarm. Except 
as provided in paragraph (g)(2)(vi) of this section, you must alleviate 
the cause of the alarm within 3 hours of the alarm by taking whatever 
corrective action(s) are necessary. Corrective actions may include, but 
are not limited to the following:
    (i) Inspecting the baghouse for air leaks, torn or broken bags or 
filter media, or any other condition that may cause an increase in 
particulate emissions;
    (ii) Sealing off defective bags or filter media;
    (iii) Replacing defective bags or filter media or otherwise 
repairing the control device;
    (iv) Sealing off a defective baghouse compartment;
    (v) Cleaning the bag leak detection system probe or otherwise 
repairing the bag leak detection system; or
    (vi) Shutting down the process producing the particulate emissions.
    (4) You must maintain records of the information specified in 
paragraphs

[[Page 408]]

(g)(4)(i) through (iii) of this section for each bag leak detection 
system.
    (i) Records of the bag leak detection system output;
    (ii) Records of bag leak detection system adjustments, including the 
date and time of the adjustment, the initial bag leak detection system 
settings, and the final bag leak detection system settings; and
    (iii) The date and time of all bag leak detection system alarms, the 
time that procedures to determine the cause of the alarm were initiated, 
the cause of the alarm, an explanation of the actions taken, the date 
and time the cause of the alarm was alleviated, and whether the alarm 
was alleviated within 3 hours of the alarm.
    (h) Other control devices. If you use a control device other than a 
baghouse, you must prepare and submit a monitoring plan to EPA or the 
delegated authority for approval. You must operate and maintain the 
control device according to an approved site-specific monitoring plan at 
all times. Each plan must contain the information in paragraphs (h)(1) 
through (5) of this section.
    (1) A description of the device;
    (2) Test results collected in accordance with paragraph (i) of this 
section verifying the performance of the device for reducing PM to the 
levels required by this subpart;
    (3) Operation and maintenance plan for the control device (including 
a preventative maintenance schedule consistent with the manufacturer's 
instructions for routine and long-term maintenance) and continuous 
monitoring system.
    (4) A list of operating parameters that will be monitored to 
maintain continuous compliance with the applicable emissions limits; and
    (5) Operating parameter limits based on monitoring data collected 
during the performance test.
    (i) Performance tests. If you own or operate a new affected source, 
you must conduct a performance test for each emissions source subject to 
an emissions limit in Sec. 63.11409(b) within 180 days of your 
compliance date and report the results in your notification of 
compliance status. If you own or operate an existing affected source, 
you are not required to conduct a performance test if a prior 
performance test was conducted within the past 5 years of the effective 
date using the same methods specified in paragraph (j) of this section 
and either no process changes have been made since the test, or if you 
can demonstrate that the results of the performance test, with or 
without adjustments, reliably demonstrate compliance despite process 
changes.
    (j) Test methods. You must conduct each performance test according 
to the requirements in Sec. 63.7 and paragraphs (j)(1) through (3) of 
this section.
    (1) Determine the concentration of PM according to the following 
test methods in 40 CFR part 60, appendix A:
    (i) Method 1 or 1A to select sampling port locations and the number 
of traverse points in each stack or duct. Sampling sites must be located 
at the outlet of the control device and prior to any releases to the 
atmosphere.
    (ii) Method 2, 2A, 2C, 2D, 2F, or 2G to determine the volumetric 
flow rate of the stack gas.
    (iii) Method 3, 3A, or 3B to determine the dry molecular weight of 
the stack gas. You may use ANSI/ASME PTC 19.10-1981, ``Flue and Exhaust 
Gas Analyses (incorporated by reference--see Sec. 63.14) as an 
alternative to EPA Method 3B.
    (iv) Method 4 to determine the moisture content of the stack gas.
    (v) Method 5 or 5D to determine the concentration of particulate 
matter (front half filterable catch only). Three valid test runs are 
needed to comprise a performance test.
    (2) During the test, you must operate each emissions source within 
10 percent of the normal process rate specified in 
your notification of compliance status. You must monitor and record the 
process rate during the test.
    (3) Compute the mass emissions (E) in pounds per hour (lb/hr) for 
each test run using Equation 1 of this section and the process rate 
measured during the test. The PM emissions in lb/hr must be less than 
the allowable PM emissions rate for the emissions source.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR16JY07.002


Where:


[[Page 409]]


E = Mass emissions of PM, pounds per hour (lb/hr);
C = Concentration of PM, grains per dry standard cubic foot (gr/dscf);
Q = Volumetric flow rate of stack gas, dry standard cubic foot per hour 
          (dscf/hr); and
K = Conversion factor, 7,000 grains per pound (gr/lb).

    (k) Startups, shutdown, and malfunctions. The requirements in 
paragraphs (k)(1) and (2) of this section apply to the owner or operator 
of a new or existing affected source.
    (1) Except as provided in paragraph (k)(2) of this section, you must 
report emissions in excess of a PM emissions limit established by this 
subpart lasting for more than 4 hours that result from a malfunction, a 
breakdown of process or control equipment, or any other abnormal 
condition by 9 a.m. of the next business day of becoming aware of the 
occurrence. You must provide the name and location of the facility, the 
nature and cause of the malfunction or breakdown, the time when the 
malfunction or breakdown is first observed, the expected duration, and 
the estimated rate of emissions. You must also notify EPA or the 
delegated authority immediately when corrected measures have been 
accomplished and, if requested, submit a written report within 15 days 
after the request.
    (2) As an alternative to the requirements in paragraph (k)(1) of 
this section, you must comply with the startup, shutdown, and 
malfunction requirements in Sec. 63.6(e)(3).

[72 FR 38905, July 16, 2007, as amended at 73 FR 15928, Mar. 26, 2008]

                   Other Requirements and Information



Sec. 63.11411  What General Provisions apply to this subpart?

    (a) You must comply with the requirements of the General Provisions 
in 40 CFR part 63, subpart A as specified in Table 2 to this subpart.
    (b) Your notification of compliance status required by Sec. 63.9(h) 
must include the following information for a new or existing affected 
source:
    (1) This certification of compliance, signed by a responsible 
official, for the standards in Sec. 63.11409(a): ``This facility 
complies with the management practice requirements in Sec. 63.11409(a) 
for installation and operation of capture systems for each emissions 
source subject to an emissions limit in Sec. 63.11409(b).''
    (2) This certification of compliance by the owner or operator of an 
existing source (if applicable), signed by a responsible official, for 
the emissions limits in Sec. 63.11409(b): ``This facility complies with 
the emissions limits in Sec. 63.11409(b) based on a previous 
performance test in accordance with Sec. 63.11410(i).''
    (3) The process rate for each emissions source subject to an 
emissions limit in Sec. 63.11409(b) that represents normal and 
representative production operations.
    (4) The procedures used to measure and record the process rate for 
each emissions source subject to an emissions limit in Sec. 
63.11409(b).
    (5) This certification of compliance by the owner or operator of an 
existing affected source, signed by a responsible official, for the 
control device inspection and maintenance requirements in Sec. 
63.11410(b) through (d): ``This facility has conducted an initial 
inspection of each control device according to the requirements in Sec. 
63.11410(b), will conduct periodic inspections and maintenance of 
control devices in accordance with Sec. 63.11410(c), and will maintain 
records of each inspection and maintenance action in the logbook 
required by Sec. 63.11410(d).''
    (6) This certification of compliance by the owner or operator of a 
new affected source, signed by a responsible official, for the bag leak 
detection system monitoring plan requirement in Sec. 63.11410(g)(2): 
``This facility has an approved bag leak detection system monitoring 
plan in accordance with Sec. 63.11410(g)(2).''
    (7) Performance test results for each emissions unit at a new 
affected source (or each emissions source at an existing affected source 
if a test is required) in accordance with Sec. 63.11410(j). The 
performance test results for a new affected source must identify the 
daily average parameter operating limit for each PM control device.
    (8) If applicable, this certification of compliance by the owner or 
operator of a new or existing source, signed by a responsible official, 
for the requirement in paragraph (k)(2) of this section

[[Page 410]]

to comply with the startup, shutdown, and malfunction provisions in 40 
CFR 63.6(e)(3): ``This facility has prepared a startup, shutdown, and 
malfunction plan in accordance with 40 CFR 63.6(e)(3)''.



Sec. 63.11412  What definitions apply to this subpart?

    Terms used in this subpart are defined in the CAA, in 40 CFR 63.2, 
and in this section as follows:
    Bag leak detection system means a system that is capable of 
continuously monitoring relative particulate matter (dust loadings) in 
the exhaust of a baghouse to detect bag leaks and other upset 
conditions. A bag leak detection system includes, but is not limited to, 
an instrument that operates on triboelectric, light scattering, light 
transmittance, or other effect to continuously monitor relative 
particulate matter loadings.
    Chromic acid means chromium trioxide (CrO3). It is 
produced by the electrolytic reaction or acidification of sodium 
dichromate.
    Chromium compounds manufacturing means any process that uses 
chromite ore as the basic feedstock to manufacture chromium compounds, 
primarily sodium dichromate, chromic acid, and chromic oxide.
    Chromium compounds manufacturing facility means the collection of 
processes and equipment at a plant engaged in chromium compounds 
manufacturing.
    Chromite ore means an oxide of chromium and iron 
(FeCr2O4) that is the primary feedstock for 
chromium compounds manufacturing.
    Chromic oxide means Cr2O3. In the production 
of chromic oxide, ammonium sulfate and sodium dichromate that have been 
concentrated by evaporation are mixed and fed to a rotary roasting kiln 
to produce chromic oxide, sodium sulfate and nitrogen gas.
    Roasting means a heating (oxidizing) process where ground chromite 
ore is mixed with alkaline material (such as soda ash, sodium 
bicarbonate, and sodium hydroxide) and fed to a rotary kiln where it is 
heated to about 2,000 F, converting the majority of the chromium in the 
ore from trivalent to hexavalent chromium.
    Sodium chromate means Na2CrO4. It is produced 
by roasting chromite ore in a rotary kiln.
    Sodium dichromate means sodium bichromate or sodium bichromate 
dihydrate and is known technically as sodium dichromate dihydrate 
(Na2Cr2O7  
2H2O). It is produced by the electrolytic reaction or 
acidification of sodium chromate.



Sec. 63.11413  Who implements and enforces this subpart?

    (a) This subpart can be implemented and enforced by the U.S. EPA, or 
a delegated authority such as a State, local, or tribal agency. If the 
U.S. EPA Administrator has delegated authority to a State, local, or 
tribal agency pursuant to 40 CFR part 63, subpart E, then that Agency 
has the authority to implement and enforce this subpart. You should 
contact your U.S. EPA Regional Office to find out if this subpart is 
delegated to a State, local, or tribal agency.
    (b) In delegating implementation and enforcement authority of this 
subpart to a State, local, or tribal agency under 40 CFR part 63, 
subpart E, the authorities contained in paragraphs (b)(1) through (4) of 
this section are retained by the Administrator of the U.S. EPA and are 
not transferred to the State, local, or tribal agency.
    (1) Approval of an alternative non-opacity emissions standard under 
Sec. 63.6(g).
    (2) Approval of a major change to test methods under Sec. 
63.7(e)(2)(ii) and (f). A ``major change to test method'' is defined in 
Sec. 63.90.
    (3) Approval of a major change to monitoring under Sec. 63.8(f). A 
``major change to monitoring'' is defined in Sec. 63.90.
    (4) Approval of a major change to recordkeeping/reporting under 
Sec. 63.10(f). A ``major change to recordkeeping/reporting'' is defined 
in Sec. 63.90.
    As required in Sec. 63.11409, you must install and operate capture 
systems and comply with the applicable emissions limit for each 
emissions source shown in the following table.

[72 FR 38905, July 16, 2007, as amended at 73 FR 15928, Mar. 26, 2008]

[[Page 411]]



    Sec. Table 1 to Subpart NNNNNN of Part 63--HAP Emissions Sources

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                Process                         Emissions sources
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Sodium chromate production..........  a. Ball mill used to grind
                                          chromite ore.
                                         b. Dryer used to dry chromite
                                          ore.
                                         c. Rotary kiln used to roast
                                          chromite ore to produce sodium
                                          chromate.
                                         d. Secondary rotary kiln used
                                          to recycle and refine residues
                                          containing chromium compounds.
                                         e. Residue dryer system.
                                         f. Quench tanks.
2. Sodium dichromate production........  a. Stack on the electrolytic
                                          cell system used to produce
                                          sodium dichromate.
                                         b. Sodium dichromate
                                          crystallization unit.
                                         c. Sodium dichromate drying
                                          unit.
3. Chromic acid production.............  a. Electrolytic cell system
                                          used to produce chromic acid.
                                         b. Melter used to produce
                                          chromic acid.
                                         c. Chromic acid crystallization
                                          unit.
                                         d. Chromic acid dryer.
4. Chromic oxide production............  a. Primary rotary roasting kiln
                                          used to produce chromic oxide.
                                         b. Chromic oxide filter.
                                         c. Chromic oxide dryer.
                                         d. Chromic oxide grinding unit.
                                         e. Chromic oxide storage
                                          vessel.
                                         f. Secondary rotary roasting
                                          kiln.
                                         g. Quench tanks.
5. Chromium hydrate production.........  a. Furnace used to produce
                                          chromium hydrate.
                                         b. Chromium hydrate grinding
                                          unit.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    As required in Sec. 63.11411(a), you must comply with the 
requirements of the General Provisions (40 CFR part 63, subpart A) as 
shown in the following table.

     Table 2 to Subpart NNNNNN of Part 63--Applicability of General 
                      Provisions to Subpart NNNNNN

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
              Citation                       Subject                   Applies                  Explanation
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
63.1(a)(1), (a)(2), (a)(3), (a)(4),  Applicability.........  Yes.
 (a)(6), (a)(10)-(a)(12), (b)(1),
 (b)(3), (c)(1), (c)(2), (c)(5),
 (e).
63.1(a)(5), (a)(7)-(a)(9), (b)(2),   Reserved..............  No.
 (c)(3), (c)(4), (d).
63.2...............................  Definitions...........  Yes.
63.3...............................  Units and               Yes.
                                      Abbreviations.
63.4...............................  Prohibited Activities   Yes.
                                      and Circumvention.
63.5...............................  Preconstruction Review  No.
                                      and Notification
                                      Requirements.
63.6(a), (b)(1)-(b)(5), (b)(7),      Compliance with         Yes........................  The startup, shutdown,
 (c)(1), (c)(2), (c)(5), (e)(1),      Standards and                                        and malfunction
 (e)(3)(i), (e)(3)(iii)-(e)(3)(ix),   Maintenance                                          requirements in Sec.
 (f), (g), (i), (j).                  Requirements.                                         63.6(e)(3) apply at
                                                                                           new and existing area
                                                                                           sources that choose
                                                                                           to comply with Sec.
                                                                                           63.11410(k)(2)
                                                                                           instead of the
                                                                                           requirements in Sec.
                                                                                            63.11410(k)(1).
63.6(b)(6), (c)(3), (c)(4), (d),     Reserved..............  No.
 (e)(2), (e)(3)(ii), (h)(3),
 (h)(5)(iv).
63.6(h)(1)-(h)(4), (h)(5)(i)-        No....................  Subpart NNNNNN does not
 (h)(5)(iii), (h)(6)-(h)(9).                                  include opacity or visible
                                                              emissions standards or
                                                              require a continuous
                                                              opacity monitoring system..
63.7(a), (e), (f), (g), (h)........  Performance Testing     Yes........................  Subpart NNNNNN
                                      Requirements.                                        requires a
                                                                                           performance test for
                                                                                           a new source; a test
                                                                                           for an existing
                                                                                           source is not
                                                                                           required under the
                                                                                           conditions specified
                                                                                           in Sec.
                                                                                           63.11410(i).
63.7(b), (c).......................  Yes/No................  Requirements for
                                                              notification of
                                                              performance test and for
                                                              quality assurance program
                                                              apply to new area sources
                                                              but not existing area
                                                              sources..
63.8(a)(1), (a)(2), (b), (c)(1)-     Monitoring              Yes.
 (c)(3), (f)(1)-(5).                  Requirements.
63.8(a)(3).........................  Reserved..............  No.

[[Page 412]]

 
63.8(a)(4).........................  No....................  Subpart NNNNNN does not
                                                              require flares..
63.8(c)(4)-(c)(8), (d), (e),         No....................  Subpart NNNNNN establishes
 (f)(6), (g).                                                 requirements for
                                                              continuous parameter
                                                              monitoring systems..
63.9(a), (b)(1), (b)(5), (c), (d),   Notification            Yes.
 (i), (j).                            Requirements.
63.9(e)............................  Yes/No................  Notification of performance
                                                              test is required only for
                                                              new area sources..
63.9(b)(2).........................  Yes.
63.9(b)(3), (h)(4).................  Reserved..............  No.
63.9(b)(4), (h)(5).................  No.
63.9(f), (g).......................  No....................  Subpart NNNNNN does not
                                                              include opacity or visible
                                                              emissions standards or
                                                              require a continuous
                                                              opacity monitoring system
                                                              or continuous emissions
                                                              monitoring system..
63.9(h)(1)-(h)(3), (h)(6)..........  Yes.
63.10(a), (b)(1), (b)(2)(xii),       Recordkeeping           Yes.
 (b)(2)(xiv), (b)(3).                 Requirements.
63.10(b)(2)(i)-(b)(2)(v)...........  Yes...................  Recordkeeping requirements
                                                              for startups, shutdowns,
                                                              and malfunctions apply to
                                                              new and existing area
                                                              sources that choose to
                                                              comply with Sec.
                                                              63.11410(k)(2)..
63.10(b)(2)(vi)-(b)(2)(ix), (c)(1),  Yes/No................  Requirements apply to
 (c)(5)-(c)(14).                                              continuous parameter
                                                              monitoring systems at new
                                                              area sources but not
                                                              existing area sources..
63.10(b)(2)(vii)(A)-(B), (b)(2)(x),  No.
 (b)(2)(xiii).
63.10(c)(2)-(c)(4), (c)(9).........  Reserved..............  No.
63.10(d)(1), (d)(4), (f)...........  Reporting Requirements  Yes.
63.10(d)(2)........................  Yes...................  Report of performance test
                                                              results applies to new
                                                              area sources; the results
                                                              of a previous test may be
                                                              submitted for an existing
                                                              area source under the
                                                              conditions specified in
                                                              Sec. 63.11410(i)..
63.10(d)(3)........................  No....................  Subpart NNNNNN does not
                                                              include opacity or visible
                                                              emissions limits..
63.10(d)(5)........................  Yes...................  Requirements for startup,
                                                              shutdown, and malfunction
                                                              reports apply to new and
                                                              existing area sources that
                                                              choose to comply with Sec.
                                                                63.11410(k)(2)..

[[Page 413]]

 
63.10(e)(1)-(e)(2), (e)(4).........  No....................  Subpart NNNNNN does not
                                                              require a continuous
                                                              emissions monitoring
                                                              system or continuous
                                                              opacity monitoring system..
63.10(e)(3)........................  Yes/No................  Semiannual reporting
                                                              requirements apply to new
                                                              area sources but not
                                                              existing area sources..
63.11..............................  Control Device          No.........................  Subpart NNNNNN does
                                      Requirements.                                        not require flares.
63.12..............................  State Authorities and   Yes.
                                      Delegations.
63.13..............................  Addresses.............  Yes.
63.14..............................  Incorporations by       Yes.
                                      Reference.
63.15..............................  Availability of         Yes.
                                      Information and
                                      Confidentiality.
63.16..............................  Performance Track       Yes.                         ......................
                                      Provisions.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Subpart OOOOOO_National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants 
 for Flexible Polyurethane Foam Production and Fabrication Area Sources

    Source: 72 FR 38910, July 16, 2007, unless otherwise noted.

                   Applicability and Compliance Dates

Sec. 63.11414  Am I subject to this subpart?

    (a) You are subject to this subpart if you own or operate an area 
source of hazardous air pollutant (HAP) emissions that meets the 
criteria in paragraph (a)(1) or (2) of this section.
    (1) You own or operate a plant that produces flexible polyurethane 
foam or rebond foam as defined in Sec. 63.1292 of subpart III.
    (2) You own or operate a flexible polyurethane foam fabrication 
facility, as defined in Sec. 63.11419.
    (b) The provisions of this subpart apply to each new and existing 
affected source that meets the criteria listed in paragraphs (b)(1) 
through (4) of this section.
    (1) A slabstock flexible polyurethane foam production affected 
source is the collection of all equipment and activities necessary to 
produce slabstock flexible polyurethane foam.
    (2) A molded flexible polyurethane foam production affected source 
is the collection of all equipment and activities necessary to produce 
molded foam.
    (3) A rebond foam production affected source is the collection of 
all equipment and activities necessary to produce rebond foam.
    (4) A flexible polyurethane foam fabrication affected source is the 
collection of all equipment and activities at a flexible polyurethane 
foam fabrication facility where adhesives are used to bond foam to foam 
or other substrates. Equipment and activities at flexible polyurethane 
foam fabrication facilities which do not use adhesives to bond foam to 
foam or other substrates are not flexible polyurethane foam fabrication 
affected sources.
    (c) An affected source is existing if you commenced construction or 
reconstruction of the affected source on or before April 4, 2007.
    (d) An affected source is new if you commenced construction or 
reconstruction of the affected source after April 4, 2007.
    (e) This subpart does not apply to research and development 
facilities, as defined in section 112(c)(7) of the Clean Air Act (CAA).
    (f) You are exempt from the obligation to obtain a permit under 40 
CFR part 70 or 40 CFR part 71, provided you are not otherwise required 
by law to obtain a permit under 40 CFR 70.3(a) or 40 CFR 71.3(a). 
Notwithstanding the

[[Page 414]]

previous sentence, you must continue to comply with the provisions of 
this subpart.

Sec. 63.11415  What are my compliance dates?

    (a) If you own or operate an existing slabstock flexible 
polyurethane foam production affected source, you must achieve 
compliance with the applicable provisions in this subpart by July 16, 
2008.
    (b) If you own or operate an existing molded flexible polyurethane 
foam affected source, an existing rebond foam production affected 
sources, or an existing flexible polyurethane foam fabrication affected 
source, you must achieve compliance with the applicable provisions in 
this subpart by July 16, 2007.
    (c) If you startup a new affected source on or before July 16, 2007, 
you must achieve compliance with the applicable provisions in this 
subpart not later than July 16, 2007.
    (d) If you startup a new affected source after July 16, 2007, you 
must achieve compliance with the provisions in this subpart upon startup 
of your affected source.

                  Standards and Compliance Requirements

Sec. 63.11416  What are the standards for new and existing sources?

    (a) If you own or operate a slabstock flexible polyurethane foam 
production affected source, you must meet the requirements in paragraph 
(b) of this section. If you own or operate a molded foam affected 
source, you must meet the requirements in paragraph (c) of this section. 
If you own or operate a rebond foam affected source, you must meet the 
requirements in paragraph (d) of this section. If you own or operate a 
flexible polyurethane foam fabrication affected source, you must meet 
the requirements in paragraph (e) of this section.
    (b) If you own or operate a new or existing slabstock polyurethane 
foam production affected source, you must comply with the requirements 
in either paragraph (b)(1) or (2) of this section.
    (1) Comply with Sec. 63.1293(a) or (b) of subpart III, except that 
you must use Equation 1 of this section to determine the HAP auxiliary 
blowing agent (ABA) formulation limit for each foam grade instead of 
Equation 3 of Sec. 63.1297 of subpart III. You must use zero as the 
formulation limitation for any grade of foam where the result of the 
formulation equation (using Equation 1 of this section) is negative 
(i.e., less than zero):
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR26MR08.001

Where:

ABAlimit = HAP ABA formulation limitation, parts methylene 
          chloride ABA allowed per hundred parts polyol (pph).
IFD = Indentation force deflection, pounds.
DEN = Density, pounds per cubic foot.

    (2) Use no material containing methylene chloride for any purpose in 
any slabstock flexible foam production process.
    (c) If you own or operate a new or existing molded foam affected 
source, you must comply with the requirements in paragraphs (c)(1) and 
(2) of this section.
    (1) You must not use a material containing methylene chloride as an 
equipment cleaner to flush the mixhead or use a material containing 
methylene chloride elsewhere as an equipment cleaner in a molded 
flexible polyurethane foam process.
    (2) You must not use a mold release agent containing methylene 
chloride in a molded flexible polyurethane foam process.
    (d) If you own or operate a new or existing rebond foam affected 
source, you must comply with the requirements in paragraphs (d)(1) and 
(2) of this section.

[[Page 415]]

    (1) You must not use a material containing methylene chloride as an 
equipment cleaner in a rebond foam process.
    (2) You must not use a mold release agent containing methylene 
chloride in a rebond foam process.
    (e) If you own or operate a new or existing flexible polyurethane 
foam fabrication affected source, you must not use any adhesive 
containing methylene chloride in a flexible polyurethane foam 
fabrication process.
    (f) You may demonstrate compliance with the requirements in 
paragraphs (b)(2) and (c) through (e) of this section using adhesive 
usage records, Material Safety Data Sheets, and engineering 
calculations.

[72 FR 38910, July 16, 2007, as amended at 73 FR 15928, Mar. 23, 2008]



Sec. 63.11417  What are the compliance requirements for new 
and existing sources?

    (a) If you own or operate a slabstock flexible polyurethane foam 
production affected source, you must comply with the requirements in 
paragraph (b) of this section. If you own or operate a molded foam 
affected source, rebond foam affected source, or a loop slitter at a 
flexible polyurethane foam fabrication affected source you must comply 
with the requirements in paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section.
    (b) Each owner or operator of a new or existing slabstock flexible 
polyurethane foam production affected source who chooses to comply with 
Sec. 63.11416(b)(1) must comply with paragraph (b)(1) of this section. 
Each owner or operator of a new or existing slabstock flexible 
polyurethane foam production affected source who chooses to comply with 
Sec. 63.11416(b)(2) must comply with paragraphs (b)(2) and (3) of this 
section.
    (1) You must comply with paragraphs (b)(1)(i) through (v) of this 
section.
    (i) The monitoring requirements in Sec. 63.1303 of subpart III.
    (ii) The testing requirements in Sec. 63.1304 or Sec. 63.1305 of 
subpart III.
    (iii) The reporting requirements in Sec. 63.1306 of subpart III, 
with the exception of the reporting requirements in Sec. 63.1306(d)(1), 
(2), (4), and (5) of subpart III.
    (iv) The recordkeeping requirements in Sec. 63.1307 of subpart III, 
with the exception of the recordkeeping requirements in Sec. 
63.1307(a)(1), (b)(1)(i), and (b)(2).
    (v) The compliance demonstration requirements in Sec. 63.1308(a), 
(c), and (d) of subpart III.
    (2) You must submit a notification of compliance status report no 
later than 180 days after your compliance date. The report must contain 
this certification of compliance, signed by a responsible official, for 
the standards in Sec. 63.11416(b)(2): ``This facility uses no material 
containing methylene chloride for any purpose on any slabstock flexible 
foam process.''
    (3) You must maintain records of the information used to demonstrate 
compliance, as required in Sec. 63.11416(f). You must maintain the 
records for 5 years, with the last 2 years of data retained on site. The 
remaining 3 years of data may be maintained off site.
    (c) You must have a compliance certification on file by the 
compliance date. This certification must contain the statements in 
paragraph (c)(1), (2), or (3) of this section, as applicable, and must 
be signed by a responsible official.
    (1) For a molded foam affected source:
    (i) ``This facility does not use any equipment cleaner to flush the 
mixhead which contains methylene chloride, or any other equipment 
cleaner containing methylene chloride in a molded flexible polyurethane 
foam process in accordance with Sec. 63.11416(c)(1).''
    (ii) ``This facility does not use any mold release agent containing 
methylene chloride in a molded flexible polyurethane foam process in 
accordance with Sec. 63.11416(c)(2).''
    (2) For a rebond foam affected source:
    (i) ``This facility does not use any equipment cleaner which 
contains methylene chloride in a rebond flexible polyurethane foam 
process in accordance with Sec. 63.11416(d)(1).''
    (ii) ``This facility does not use any mold release agent containing 
methylene chloride in a rebond flexible polyurethane foam process in 
accordance with Sec. 63.11416(d)(2).''

[[Page 416]]

    (3) For a flexible polyurethane foam fabrication affected source 
containing a loop slitter: ``This facility does not use any adhesive 
containing methylene chloride on a loop slitter process in accordance 
with Sec. 63.11416(e).''
    (d) For molded foam affected sources, rebond foam affected sources, 
and flexible polyurethane foam fabrication affected sources containing a 
loop slitter, you must maintain records of the information used to 
demonstrate compliance, as required in Sec. 63.11416(f). You must 
maintain the records for 5 years, with the last 2 years of data retained 
on site. The remaining 3 years of data may be maintained off site.

[72 FR 38910, July 16, 2007, as amended at 73 FR 15929, Mar. 26, 2008]

                   Other Requirements and Information



Sec. 63.11418  What General Provisions apply to this subpart?

    The provisions in 40 CFR part 63, subpart A, applicable to sources 
subject to Sec. 63.11416(b)(1) are specified in Table 1 of this 
subpart.



Sec. 63.11419  What definitions apply to this subpart?

    The terms used in this subpart are defined in the CAA; Sec. 63.1292 
of subpart III; Sec. 63.8830 of subpart MMMMM; Sec. 63.2 of subpart A; 
and in this section as follows:
    Flexible polyurethane foam fabrication facility means a facility 
where pieces of flexible polyurethane foam are cut, bonded, and/or 
laminated together or to other substrates.



Sec. 63.11420  Who implements and enforces this subpart?

    (a) This subpart can be implemented and enforced by the U.S. EPA or 
a delegated authority such as a State, local, or tribal agency. If the 
U.S. EPA Administrator has delegated authority to a State, local, or 
tribal agency pursuant to 40 CFR part 63, subpart E, then that Agency 
has the authority to implement and enforce this subpart. You should 
contact your U.S. EPA Regional Office to find out if this subpart is 
delegated to a State, local, or tribal agency within your State.
    (b) In delegating implementation and enforcement authority of this 
subpart to a State, local, or tribal agency under 40 CFR part 63, 
subpart E, the approval authorities contained in paragraphs (b)(1) 
through (4) of this section are retained by the Administrator of the 
U.S. EPA and are not transferred to the State, local, or tribal agency.
    (1) Approval of an alternative non-opacity emissions standard under 
Sec. 63.6(g).
    (2) Approval of a major change to test methods under Sec. 
63.7(e)(2)(ii) and (f). A ``major change to test method'' is defined in 
Sec. 63.90.
    (3) Approval of a major change to monitoring under Sec. 63.8(f). A 
``major change to monitoring'' is defined in Sec. 63.90.
    (4) Approval of a major change to recordkeeping/reporting under 
Sec. 63.10(f). A ``major change to recordkeeping/reporting'' is defined 
in Sec. 63.90.

[72 FR 38910, July 16, 2007, as amended at 73 FR 15929, Mar. 26, 2008]



  Sec. Table 1 to Subpart OOOOOO of Part 63--Applicability of General 
                      Provisions to Subpart OOOOOO

    As required in Sec. 63.11418, sources subject to Sec. 
63.11416(b)(1) must comply with the requirements of the NESHAP General 
Provisions (40 CFR part 63, subpart A) as shown in the following table.

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                    Applies to
      Subpart A reference        Subpart OOOOOO?          Comment
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sec. 63.1...................  Yes..............
Sec. 63.2...................  Yes..............  Definitions are
                                                    modified and
                                                    supplemented by Sec.
                                                      63.11419.
Sec. 63.3...................  Yes..............
Sec. 63.4...................  Yes..............
Sec. 63.5...................  Yes..............
Sec. 63.6(a)-(d)............  Yes..............
Sec. 63.6(e)(1)-(2).........  Yes..............
Sec. 63.6(e)(3).............  No...............  Owners and operators
                                                    of subpart OOOOOO
                                                    affected sources are
                                                    not required to
                                                    develop and
                                                    implement a startup,
                                                    shutdown, and
                                                    malfunction plan.

[[Page 417]]

 
Sec. 63.6 (f)-(g)...........  Yes..............
Sec. 63.6(h)................  No...............  Subpart OOOOOO does
                                                    not require opacity
                                                    and visible
                                                    emissions standards.
Sec. 63.6 (i)-(j)...........  Yes..............
Sec. 63.7...................  No...............  Performance tests not
                                                    required by subpart
                                                    OOOOOO.
Sec. 63.8...................  No...............  Continuous
                                                    monitoring, as
                                                    defined in subpart
                                                    A, is not required
                                                    by subpart OOOOOO.
Sec. 63.9(a)-(d)............  Yes..............
Sec. 63.9(e)-(g)............  No...............
Sec. 63.9(h)................  No...............  Subpart OOOOOO
                                                    specifies
                                                    Notification of
                                                    Compliance Status
                                                    requirements.
Sec. 63.9 (i)-(j)...........  Yes..............
Sec. 63.10(a)-(b)...........  Yes..............  Except that the
                                                    records specified in
                                                    Sec. 63.10(b)(2)
                                                    are not required.
Sec. 63.10(c)...............  No...............
Sec. 63.10(d)(1)............  Yes..............
Sec. 63.10(d)(2)-(3)........  No...............
Sec. 63.10(d)(4)............  Yes..............
Sec. 63.10(d)(5)............  No...............
Sec. 63.10(e)...............  No...............
Sec. 63.10(f)...............  Yes..............
Sec. 63.11..................  No...............
Sec. 63.12..................  Yes..............
Sec. 63.13..................  Yes..............
Sec. 63.14..................  Yes..............
Sec. 63.15..................  Yes..............
Sec. 63.16..................  Yes..............
------------------------------------------------------------------------


[72 FR 38910, July 16, 2007, as amended at 73 FR 15929, Mar. 26, 2008]



Subpart PPPPPP_National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants 
            for Lead Acid Battery Manufacturing Area Sources

    Source: 72 FR 38913, July 16, 2007, unless otherwise noted.

                   Applicability and Compliance Dates



Sec. 63.11421  Am I subject to this subpart?

    (a) You are subject to this subpart if you own or operate a lead 
acid battery manufacturing plant that is an area source of hazardous air 
pollutants (HAP) emissions.
    (b) This subpart applies to each new or existing affected source. 
The affected source is each lead acid battery manufacturing plant. The 
affected source includes all grid casting facilities, paste mixing 
facilities, three-process operation facilities, lead oxide manufacturing 
facilities, lead reclamation facilities, and any other lead-emitting 
operation that is associated with the lead acid battery manufacturing 
plant.
    (1) An affected source is existing if you commenced construction or 
reconstruction of the affected source on or before April 4, 2007.
    (2) An affected source is new if you commenced construction or 
reconstruction of the affected source after April 4, 2007.
    (c) This subpart does not apply to research and development 
facilities, as defined in section 112(c)(7) of the Clean Air Act (CAA).
    (d) You are exempt from the obligation to obtain a permit under 40 
CFR part 70 or 40 CFR part 71, provided you are not otherwise required 
by law to obtain a permit under 40 CFR 70.3(a) or 40 CFR 71.3(a). 
Notwithstanding the previous sentence, you must continue to comply with 
the provisions of this subpart.



Sec. 63.11422  What are my compliance dates?

    (a) If you own or operate an existing affected source, you must 
achieve compliance with the applicable provisions in this subpart by no 
later than July 16, 2008.
    (b) If you startup a new affected source on or before July 16, 2007, 
you must achieve compliance with the applicable provisions in this 
subpart not later than July 16, 2007.

[[Page 418]]

    (c) If you startup a new affected source after July 16, 2007, you 
must achieve compliance with the provisions in this subpart upon startup 
of your affected source.

                  Standards and Compliance Requirements



Sec. 63.11423  What are the standards and compliance requirements
for new and existing sources?

    (a) You must meet all the standards for lead in 40 CFR 60.372.
    (b) You must meet the monitoring requirements in paragraphs (b)(1) 
and (2) of this section.
    (1) For any emissions point controlled by a scrubbing system, you 
must meet the requirements in 40 CFR 60.373.
    (2) For any emissions point controlled by a fabric filter, you must 
meet the requirements of paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section and either 
paragraph (b)(2)(ii) or (iii) of this section. Fabric filters equipped 
with a high efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filter or other secondary 
filter are allowed to monitor less frequently, as specified in paragraph 
(b)(2)(iv) of this section.
    (i) You must perform semiannual inspections and maintenance to 
ensure proper performance of each fabric filter. This includes 
inspection of structural and filter integrity. You must record the 
results of these inspections.
    (ii) You must install, maintain, and operate a pressure drop 
monitoring device to measure the differential pressure drop across the 
fabric filter during all times when the process is operating. The 
pressure drop shall be recorded at least once per day. If a pressure 
drop is observed outside of the normal operational ranges, you must 
record the incident and take immediate corrective actions. You must also 
record the corrective actions taken. You must submit a monitoring system 
performance report in accordance with Sec. 63.10(e)(3).
    (iii) You must conduct a visible emissions observation at least once 
per day to verify that no visible emissions are occurring at the 
discharge point to the atmosphere from any emissions source subject to 
the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section. If visible emissions 
are detected, you must record the incident and conduct an opacity 
measurement in accordance with 40 CFR 60.374(b)(3). You must record the 
results of each opacity measurement. If the measurement exceeds the 
applicable opacity standard in 40 CFR 60.372(a)(7) or (8), you must 
submit this information in an excess emissions report required under 
Sec. 63.10(e)(3).
    (iv) Fabric filters equipped with a HEPA filter or other secondary 
filter are allowed to monitor less frequently, as specified in paragraph 
(b)(2)(iv)(A) or (B) of this section.
    (A) If you are using a pressure drop monitoring device to measure 
the differential pressure drop across the fabric filter in accordance 
with paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this section, you must record the pressure 
drop at least once per week. If a pressure drop is observed outside of 
the normal operational ranges, you must record the incident and take 
immediate corrective actions. You must also record the corrective 
actions taken. You must submit a monitoring system performance report in 
accordance with Sec. 63.10(e)(3).
    (B) If you are conducting visible emissions observations in 
accordance with paragraph (b)(2)(iii) of this section, you must conduct 
such observations at least once per week and record the results in 
accordance with paragraph (b)(2)(iii) of this section. If visible 
emissions are detected, you must record the incident and conduct an 
opacity measurement in accordance with 40 CFR 60.374(b)(3). You must 
record the results of each opacity measurement. If the measurement 
exceeds the applicable opacity standard in 40 CFR 60.372(a)(7) or (8), 
you must submit this information in an excess emissions report required 
under Sec. 63.10(e)(3).
    (c) You must meet the testing requirements in 40 CFR 60.374.
    (1) Existing sources are not required to conduct a performance test 
if a prior performance test was conducted using the same methods 
specified in 40 CFR 60.374 and either no process changes have been made 
since the test, or you can demonstrate that the results of the 
performance test, with or without adjustments, reliably demonstrate 
compliance with this subpart despite process changes.

[[Page 419]]

    (2) Sources without a prior performance test, as described in 
paragraph (c)(1) of this section, must conduct a performance test using 
the methods specified in 40 CFR 60.374 by 180 days after the compliance 
date.

[72 FR 38913, July 16, 2007, as amended at 73 FR 15929, Mar. 26, 2008]



Sec. 63.11424  [Reserved]

                   Other Requirements and Information



Sec. 63.11425  What General Provisions apply to this subpart?

    (a) The provisions in 40 CFR part 63, subpart A, that are applicable 
to this subpart are specified in Table 1 to this subpart.
    (b) For existing sources, the initial notification required by Sec. 
63.9(b) must be submitted not later than November 13, 2007.
    (c) For existing sources, the initial notification of compliance 
required by Sec. 63.9(h) must be submitted not later than March 13, 
2009.

[72 FR 38913, July 16, 2007, as amended at 73 FR 15929, Mar. 26, 2008]



Sec. 63.11426  What definitions apply to this subpart?

    The terms used in this subpart are defined in the CAA; 40 CFR 
60.371; 40 CFR 60.2 for terms used in the applicable provisions of 40 
CFR part 60, subpart A; and Sec. 63.2 for terms used in the applicable 
provisions of 40 CFR part 63, subpart A.

[72 FR 38913, July 16, 2007, as amended at 73 FR 15929, Mar. 26, 2008]



Sec. 63.11427  Who implements and enforces this subpart?

    (a) This subpart can be implemented and enforced by the U.S. EPA or 
a delegated authority such as a State, local, or tribal agency. If the 
U.S. EPA Administrator has delegated authority to a State, local, or 
tribal agency pursuant to 40 CFR part 63, subpart E, then that Agency 
has the authority to implement and enforce this subpart. You should 
contact your U.S. EPA Regional Office to find out if this subpart is 
delegated to a State, local, or tribal agency within your State.
    (b) In delegating implementation and enforcement authority of this 
subpart to a State, local, or tribal agency under 40 CFR part 63, 
subpart E, the approval authorities contained in paragraphs (b)(1) 
through (4) of this section are retained by the Administrator of the 
U.S. EPA and are not transferred to the State, local, or tribal agency.
    (1) Approval of an alternative non-opacity emissions standard under 
Sec. 63.6(g).
    (2) Approval of a major change to test methods under Sec. 
63.7(e)(2)(ii) and (f). A ``major change to test method'' is defined in 
Sec. 63.90.
    (3) Approval of a major change to monitoring under Sec. 63.8(f). A 
``major change to monitoring'' is defined in Sec. 63.90.
    (4) Approval of a major change to recordkeeping/reporting under 
Sec. 63.10(f). A ``major change to recordkeeping/reporting'' is defined 
in Sec. 63.90.

[72 FR 38913, July 16, 2007, as amended at 73 FR 15929, Mar. 26, 2008]



  Sec. Table 1 to Subpart PPPPPP of Part 63--Applicability of General 
                      Provisions to Subpart PPPPPP

    As required in Sec. 63.11425, you must comply with the requirements 
of the NESHAP General Provisions (40 CFR part 63, subpart A) as shown in 
the following table.

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   Applies to Subpart
               Citation                        Subject                  PPPPPP?                Explanation
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
63.1.................................  Applicability..........  Yes....................
63.2.................................  Definitions............  Yes....................
63.3.................................  Units and Abbreviations
63.4.................................  Prohibited Activities    Yes....................
                                        and Circumvention.
63.5.................................  Preconstruction Review   No.....................
                                        and Notification
                                        Requirements.

[[Page 420]]

 
63.6(a)-(d), (e)(1), (f)-(j).........  Compliance with          Yes....................
                                        Standards and
                                        Maintenance
                                        Requirements.
63.6(e)(3)...........................                           No.....................  Subpart PPPPPP does not
                                                                                          require a startup,
                                                                                          shutdown, and
                                                                                          malfunction plan.
63.7.................................  Performance Testing      Yes....................
                                        Requirements.
63.8.................................  Monitoring Requirements  Yes....................
63.9.................................  Notification             Yes....................
                                        Requirements.
63.10(a)-(c), (d)(1)-(4), (e), (f)...  Recordkeeping and        Yes....................
                                        Reporting Requirements.
63.10(d)(5)..........................                           No.....................  Subpart PPPPPP does not
                                                                                          require a startup,
                                                                                          shutdown, and
                                                                                          malfunction plan.
63.11................................  Control Device           No.....................  Subpart PPPPPP does not
                                        Requirements.                                     require flares.
63.12................................  State Authorities and    Yes.
                                        Delegations.
63.13................................  Addresses..............  Yes....................
63.14................................  Incorporations by        Yes....................
                                        Reference.
63.15................................  Availability of          Yes....................
                                        Information and
                                        Confidentiality.
63.16................................  Performance Track        Yes....................
                                        Provisions.
63.1(a)(5), (a)(7)-(9), (b)(2),        Reserved...............  No.....................
 (c)(3), (d), 63.6(b)(6), (c)(3),
 (c)(4), (d), (e)(2), (e)(3)(ii),
 (h)(3), (h)(5)(iv), 63.8(a)(3),
 63.9(b)(3), (h)(4), 63.10(c)(2)-
 (c)(4), (c)(9).
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


[72 FR 38913, July 16, 2007, as amended at 73 FR 15929, Mar. 26, 2008]



Subpart QQQQQQ_National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants 
                    for Wood Preserving Area Sources

    Source: 72 FR 38915, July 16, 2007, unless otherwise noted.

                   Applicability and Compliance Dates



Sec. 63.11428  Am I subject to this subpart?

    (a) You are subject to this subpart if you own or operate a wood 
preserving operation that is an area source of hazardous air pollutant 
(HAP) emissions.
    (b) The affected source is each new or existing wood preserving 
operation.
    (1) An affected source is existing if you commenced construction or 
reconstruction of the affected source on or before April 4, 2007.
    (2) An affected source is new if you commenced construction or 
reconstruction of the affected source after April 4, 2007.
    (c) You are exempt from the obligation to obtain a permit under 40 
CFR part 70 or 40 CFR part 71, provided you are not otherwise required 
by law to obtain a permit under 40 CFR 70.3(a) or 40 CFR 71.3(a). 
Notwithstanding the previous sentence, you must continue to comply with 
the provisions of this subpart.



Sec. 63.11429  What are my compliance dates?

    (a) If you have an existing affected source, you must achieve 
compliance with applicable provisions in this subpart by July 16, 2007.
    (b) If you startup a new affected source on or before July 16, 2007, 
you must achieve compliance with applicable provisions in this subpart 
not later than July 16, 2007.
    (c) If you startup a new affected source after July 16, 2007, you 
must achieve compliance with applicable provisions in this subpart upon 
initial startup.

[[Page 421]]

                                Standards



Sec. 63.11430  What are the standards?

    (a) If you use a pressure treatment process with any wood 
preservative containing chromium, arsenic, dioxins, or methylene 
chloride at a new or existing area source, the preservative must be 
applied to the wood product inside a retort or similarly enclosed 
vessel.
    (b) If you use a thermal treatment process with any wood 
preservative containing chromium, arsenic, dioxins, or methylene 
chloride at a new or existing area source, the preservative must be 
applied using process treatment tanks equipped with an air scavenging 
system to control emissions.
    (c) If you use any wood preservative containing chromium, arsenic, 
dioxins, or methylene chloride at a new or existing area source, you 
must prepare and operate according to a management practice plan to 
minimize air emissions from the preservative treatment of wood at a new 
or existing area source. You may use your standard operating procedures 
to meet the requirements for a management practice plan if it includes 
the minimum activities required for a management practice plan. The 
management practice plan must include, but is not limited to, the 
following activities:
    (1) Minimize preservative usage;
    (2) Maintain records on the type of treatment process and types and 
amounts of wood preservatives used at the facility;
    (3) For the pressure treatment process, maintain charge records 
identifying pressure reading(s) inside the retorts (or similarly 
enclosed vessel);
    (4) For the thermal treatment process, maintain records that the air 
scavenging system is in place and operated properly during the treatment 
process;
    (5) Store treated wood product on drip pads or in a primary 
containment area to convey preservative drippage to a collection system 
until drippage has ceased;
    (6) For the pressure treatment process, fully drain the retort to 
the extent practicable, prior to opening the retort door;
    (7) Promptly collect any spills; and
    (8) Perform relevant corrective actions or preventative measures in 
the event of a malfunction before resuming operations.



Sec. 63.11431  [Reserved]

                   Other Requirements and Information



Sec. 63.11432  What General Provisions apply to this subpart?

    (a) If you own or operate a new or existing affected source that 
uses any wood preservative containing chromium, arsenic, dioxins, or 
methylene chloride, you must comply with the requirements of the General 
Provisions in 40 CFR part 63, subpart A, according to Table 1 to this 
subpart.
    (b) If you own or operate a new or existing affected source that 
uses any wood preservative containing chromium, arsenic, dioxins, or 
methylene chloride, you must submit an initial notification of 
applicability required by Sec. 63.9(b)(2) no later than 90 days after 
the applicable compliance date specified in Sec. 63.11429. The initial 
notification may be combined with the notification of compliance status 
required in paragraph (c) of this section. The notification of 
applicability must include the following information:
    (1) The name and address of the owner or operator;
    (2) The address (i.e., physical location) of the affected source; 
and
    (3) An identification of the relevant standard, or other 
requirement, that is the basis of the notification and the source's 
compliance date.
    (c) If you own or operate a new or existing affected source that 
uses any wood preservative containing chromium, arsenic, dioxins, or 
methylene chloride, you must submit a notification of compliance status 
required by Sec. 63.9(h) no later than 90 days after the applicable 
compliance date specified in Sec. 63.11429. Your notification of 
compliance status must include this certification of compliance, signed 
by a responsible official, for the standards in Sec. 63.11430: ``This 
facility complies with the management practices to minimize air 
emissions from the preservative treatment of wood in accordance with 
Sec. 63.11430.''

[[Page 422]]

    (d) You must report any deviation from the requirements of this 
subpart within 30 days of the deviation.

[72 FR 38915, July 16, 2007, as amended at 73 FR 15929, Mar. 26, 2008]



Sec. 63.11433  What definitions apply to this subpart?

    Terms used in this subpart are defined in the Clean Air Act, Sec. 
63.2, and in this section as follows:
    Air scavenging system means an air collection and control system 
that collects and removes vapors from a thermal treatment process vessel 
and vents the emissions to a vapor recovery tank that collects 
condensate from the vapors.
    Chromated copper arsenate (CCA) means a chemical wood preservative 
consisting of mixtures of water-soluble chemicals containing metal 
oxides of chromium, copper, and arsenic. CCA is used in pressure treated 
wood to protect wood from rotting due to insects and microbial agents.
    Deviation means any instance in which an affected source subject to 
this subpart, or an owner or operator of such a source:
    (1) Fails to meet any requirement or obligation established by this 
subpart, including but not limited to any emissions limitation or 
management practice;
    (2) Fails to meet any term or condition that is adopted to implement 
an applicable requirement in this subpart and that is included in the 
operating permit for any affected source required to obtain such a 
permit; or
    (3) Fails to meet any emissions limitation or management practice in 
this subpart during startup, shutdown, or malfunction, regardless of 
whether or not such failure is permitted by this subpart.
    Pressure treatment process means a wood treatment process involving 
an enclosed vessel, usually a retort, and the application of pneumatic 
or hydrostatic pressure to expedite the movement of preservative liquid 
into the wood.
    Responsible official means responsible official as defined in 40 CFR 
70.2.
    Retort means an airtight pressure vessel, typically a long 
horizontal cylinder, used for the pressure impregnation of wood products 
with a liquid wood preservative.
    Thermal treatment process means a non-pressurized wood treatment 
process where the wood is exposed to a heated preservative.
    Wood preserving means the pressure or thermal impregnation of 
chemicals into wood to provide effective long-term resistance to attack 
by fungi, bacteria, insects, and marine borers.



Sec. 63.11434  Who implements and enforces this subpart?

    (a) This subpart can be implemented and enforced by the U.S. EPA or 
a delegated authority such as a State, local, or tribal agency. If the 
U.S. EPA Administrator has delegated authority to a State, local, or 
tribal agency pursuant to 40 CFR part 63, subpart E, then that Agency 
has the authority to implement and enforce this subpart. You should 
contact your U.S. EPA Regional Office to find out if this subpart is 
delegated to your State, local, or tribal agency.
    (b) In delegating implementation and enforcement authority of this 
subpart to a State, local, or tribal agency under 40 CFR part 63, 
subpart E, the authorities contained in paragraphs (b)(1) through (4) of 
this section are retained by the Administrator of the U.S. EPA and are 
not transferred to the State, local, or tribal agency.
    (1) Approval of an alternative non-opacity emissions standard under 
Sec. 63.6(g).
    (2) Approval of a major change to test methods under Sec. 
63.7(e)(2)(ii) and (f). A ``major change to test method'' is defined in 
Sec. 63.90
    (3) Approval of a major change to monitoring under Sec. 63.8(f). A 
``major change to monitoring'' is defined in Sec. 63.90.
    (4) Approval of a major change to recordkeeping/reporting under 
Sec. 63.10(f). A ``major change to recordkeeping/reporting'' is defined 
in Sec. 63.90.

[72 FR 38915, July 16, 2007, as amended at 73 FR 15929, Mar. 26, 2008]

[[Page 423]]



  Sec. Table 1 to Subpart QQQQQQ of Part 63--Applicability of General 
                      Provisions to Subpart QQQQQQ

    As required in Sec. 63.11432, you must comply with the requirements 
of the NESHAP General Provisions (40 CFR part 63, subpart A) as shown in 
the following table.

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   Applies to subpart
               Citation                        Subject                  QQQQQQ?                Explanation
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
63.1(a)(1), (a)(2), (a)(3), (a)(4),    Applicability..........  Yes....................
 (a)(6), (a)(10)-(a)(12)(b)(1),
 (b)(3), (c)(1), (c)(2), (c)(5), (e).
63.1(a)(5), (a)(7)-(a)(9), (b)(2),     Reserved...............  No.....................
 (c)(3), (c)(4), (d).
63.2.................................  Definitions............  Yes....................
63.3.................................  Units and Abbreviations  Yes....................
63.4.................................  Prohibited Activities    Yes....................
                                        and Circumvention.
63.5.................................  Preconstruction Review   No.....................
                                        and Notification
                                        Requirements.
63.6(a), (b)(1)-(b)(5), (b)(7),        Compliance with          Yes....................
 (c)(1), (c)(2), (c)(5), (e)(1), (i),   Standards and
 (j).                                   Maintenance
                                        Requirements.
63.6(e)(3)(i), (e)(3)(iii)-            No.....................  Subpart QQQQQQ does not
 (e)(3)(ix), (f), (g), (h)(1),                                   require a startup,
 (h)(2), (h)(4), (h)(5)(i)-                                      shutdown, and
 (h)(5)(iii), (h)(5)(v), (h)(6)-                                 malfunction plan or
 (h)(9).                                                         contain emission or
                                                                 opacity limits..
63.6(b)(6), (c)(3), (c)(4), (d),       Reserved...............  No.....................
 (e)(2), (e)(3)(ii), (h)(3),
 (h)(5)(iv).
63.7.................................  Performance Testing      No.....................  Subpart QQQQQQ does not
                                        Requirements.                                     require performance
                                                                                          tests.
63.8(a)(1), (a)(2), (a)(4), (b), (c),  Monitoring Requirements  No.....................  Subpart QQQQQQ does not
 (d), (e), (f), (g).                                                                      require monitoring of
                                                                                          emissions.
63.8(a)(3)...........................  Reserved...............  No.....................
63.9(a), (b)(1), (b)(2), (b)(4),       Notification             Yes....................
 (b)(5), (c), (d), (h)(1), (h)(6),      Requirements.
 (i), (j).
63.9(b)(2)(i)-(b)(2)(v), (h)(2)(i)-                             Yes....................
 (h)(2)(ii), (h)(3), (h)(5).
63.9(e), (f), (g)....................                           No.....................
63.9(b)(3), (h)(4)...................  Reserved...............  No.....................
63.10(a), (b), (c)(1), (c)(5)-(c)(8),  Recordkeeping and        No.....................  Subpart QQQQQQ
 (c)(10)-(c)(14), (d), (e), (f).        Reporting Requirements.                           establishes
                                                                                          requirements for a
                                                                                          report of deviations
                                                                                          within 30 days.
63.10(c)(2)-(c)(4), (c)(9)...........  Reserved...............  No.....................
63.11................................  Control Device           No.....................  Subpart QQQQQQ does not
                                        Requirements.                                     require flares.
63.12................................  State Authorities and    Yes....................
                                        Delegations.
63.13................................  Addresses..............  Yes....................
63.14................................  Incorporations by        Yes....................
                                        Reference.
63.15................................  Availability of          Yes....................
                                        Information and
                                        Confidentiality.
63.16................................  Performance Track        Yes....................
                                        Provisions.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


[[Page 424]]


[72 FR 38915, July 16, 2007, as amended at 73 FR 15929, Mar. 26, 2008]



Subpart RRRRRR_National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants 
              for Clay Ceramics Manufacturing Area Sources

    Source: 72 FR 73197, Dec. 26, 2007, unless otherwise noted.

                   Applicability and Compliance Dates



Sec. 63.11435  Am I subject to this subpart?

    (a) You are subject to this subpart if you own or operate a clay 
ceramics manufacturing facility (as defined in Sec. 63.11444), with an 
atomized glaze spray booth or kiln that fires glazed ceramic ware, that 
processes more than 45 megagrams per year (Mg/yr) (50 tons per year 
(tpy)) of wet clay and is an area source of hazardous air pollutant 
(HAP) emissions.
    (b) If you are an owner or operator of an area source subject to 
this subpart, you are exempt from the obligation to obtain a permit 
under 40 CFR part 70 or 71, provided you are not required to obtain a 
permit under 40 CFR 70.3(a) or 71.3(a) for a reason other than your 
status as an area source under this subpart. You must continue to comply 
with the provisions of this subpart applicable to area sources.



Sec. 63.11436  What parts of my plant does this subpart cover?

    (a) This subpart applies to any existing or new affected source 
located at a clay ceramics manufacturing facility.
    (b) The affected source includes all atomized glaze spray booths and 
kilns that fire glazed ceramic ware located at a clay ceramics 
manufacturing facility.
    (c) An affected source is existing if you commenced construction or 
reconstruction of the affected source on or before September 20, 2007.
    (d) An affected source is new if you commenced construction or 
reconstruction of the affected source after September 20, 2007.



Sec. 63.11437  What are my compliance dates?

    (a) If you have an existing affected source, you must comply with 
the standards no later than December 26, 2007.
    (b) If you have a new affected source, you must comply with this 
subpart according to paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section.
    (1) If you start up your affected source on or before December 26, 
2007, you must comply with this subpart no later than December 26, 2007.
    (2) If you start up your affected source after December 26, 2007, 
you must comply with this subpart upon initial startup of your affected 
source.

           Standards, Compliance, and Monitoring Requirements



Sec. 63.11438  What are the standards for new and existing sources?

    (a) For each kiln that fires glazed ceramic ware, you must maintain 
the peak temperature below 1540 [deg]C (2800 [deg]F) and comply with one 
of the management practices in paragraphs (a)(1) and (2) of this 
section:
    (1) Use natural gas, or equivalent clean-burning fuel, as the kiln 
fuel; or
    (2) Use an electric-powered kiln.
    (b) You must maintain annual wet glaze usage records for your 
facility.
    (c) For each atomized glaze spray booth located at a clay ceramics 
manufacturing facility that uses more than 227 Mg/yr (250 tpy) of wet 
glaze(s), you must comply with the equipment standard requirements in 
paragraph (c)(1) of this section or the management practice in paragraph 
(c)(2) of this section.
    (1) Control the emissions from the atomized glaze spray booth with 
an air pollution control device (APCD), as defined in Sec. 63.11444.
    (i) Operate and maintain the APCD in accordance with the equipment 
manufacturer's specifications; and
    (ii) Monitor the APCD according to the applicable requirements in 
Sec. 63.11440.
    (2) Alternatively, use wet glazes containing less than 0.1 (weight) 
percent clay ceramics metal HAP.

[[Page 425]]

    (d) For each atomized glaze spray booth located at a clay ceramics 
manufacturing facility that uses 227 Mg/yr (250 tpy) or less of wet 
glaze(s), you must comply with one of the management practices or 
equipment standards in paragraphs (d)(1) and (2) of this section.
    (1) Employ waste minimization practices, as defined in Sec. 
63.11444; or
    (2) Alternatively, comply with the equipment standard requirements 
described in paragraph (c)(1) of this section or the management practice 
described in paragraph (c)(2) of this section.
    (e) Surface applications (e.g., wet glazes) containing less than 0.1 
(weight) percent clay ceramics metal HAP do not have to be considered in 
determination of the 227 Mg/yr (250 tpy) threshold for wet glaze usage.



Sec. 63.11439  What are the initial compliance demonstration 
requirements for new and existing sources?

    (a) You must demonstrate initial compliance with the applicable 
management practices and equipment standards in Sec. 63.11438 by 
submitting a Notification of Compliance Status. For any wet spray glaze 
operation controlled with an APCD, you must conduct an initial 
inspection of the control equipment as described in Sec. 63.11440(b)(1) 
within 60 days of the compliance date and include the results of the 
inspection in the Notification of Compliance Status.
    (b) You must demonstrate initial compliance with the applicable 
management practices or equipment standards in Sec. 63.11438 by 
submitting the Notification of Compliance Status within 120 days after 
the applicable compliance date specified in Sec. 63.11437.



Sec. 63.11440  What are the monitoring requirements for new and 
existing sources?

    (a) For each kiln firing glazed ceramic ware, you must conduct a 
daily check of the peak firing temperature. If the peak temperature 
exceeds 1540 [deg]C (2800 [deg]F), you must take corrective action 
according to your standard operating procedures.
    (b) For each existing or new atomized glaze spray booth equipped 
with an APCD, you must demonstrate compliance by conducting the 
monitoring activities in paragraph (b)(1) and either paragraph (b)(2) or 
(3) of this section:
    (1) Initial control device inspection. You must conduct an initial 
inspection of each particulate matter (PM) control device according to 
the requirements in paragraphs (b)(1)(i) or (ii) of this section. You 
must conduct each inspection no later than 60 days after your applicable 
compliance date for each installed control device which has been 
operated within 60 days of the compliance date. For an installed control 
device which has not been operated within 60 days of the compliance 
date, you must conduct an initial inspection prior to startup of the 
control device.
    (i) For each wet control system, you must verify the presence of 
water flow to the control equipment. You must also visually inspect the 
system ductwork and control equipment for leaks and inspect the interior 
of the control equipment (if applicable) for structural integrity and 
the condition of the control system. An initial inspection of the 
internal components of a wet control system is not required if an 
inspection has been performed within the past 12 months.
    (ii) For each baghouse, you must visually inspect the system 
ductwork and baghouse unit for leaks. You must also inspect the inside 
of each baghouse for structural integrity and fabric filter condition. 
You must record the results of the inspection and any maintenance action 
as required in paragraph (d) of this section. An initial inspection of 
the internal components of a baghouse is not required if an inspection 
has been performed within the past 12 months.
    (2) Periodic inspections/maintenance. Except as provided in 
paragraph (b)(3) of this section, you must perform periodic inspections 
and maintenance of each PM control device following the initial 
inspection according to the requirements in paragraphs (b)(2)(i) or (ii) 
of this section.
    (i) You must inspect and maintain each wet control system according 
to the requirements in paragraphs (b)(2)(i)(A) through (C) of this 
section.

[[Page 426]]

    (A) You must conduct a daily inspection to verify the presence of 
water flow to the wet control system.
    (B) You must conduct weekly visual inspections of the system 
ductwork and control equipment for leaks.
    (C) You must conduct inspections of the interior of the wet control 
system (if applicable) to determine the structural integrity and 
condition of the control equipment every 12 months.
    (ii) You must inspect and maintain each baghouse according to the 
requirements in paragraphs (b)(2)(ii)(A) and (B) of this section.
    (A) You must conduct weekly visual inspections of the system 
ductwork for leaks.
    (B) You must conduct inspections of the interior of the baghouse for 
structural integrity and to determine the condition of the fabric filter 
every 12 months.
    (3) As an alternative to the monitoring activities in paragraph 
(b)(2) of this section, you may demonstrate compliance by:
    (i) Conducting a daily 30-minute visible emissions (VE) test (i.e., 
no visible emissions) using EPA Method 22 (40 CFR part 60, appendix A-
7); or
    (ii) Using an approved alternative monitoring technique under Sec. 
63.8(f).
    (c) If the results of the visual inspection, VE test, or alternative 
monitoring technique conducted under paragraph (b) of this section 
indicate an exceedance, you must take corrective action according to the 
equipment manufacturer's specifications or instructions.
    (d) You must maintain records of your monitoring activities 
described in paragraphs (a) through (c) of this section. You may use 
your existing operating permit documentation to meet the monitoring 
requirements if it includes, but is not limited to, the monitoring 
records listed in paragraphs (d)(1) through (5) of this section related 
to any kiln peak temperature checks, visual inspections, VE tests, or 
alternative monitoring:
    (1) The date, place, and time;
    (2) Person conducting the activity;
    (3) Technique or method used;
    (4) Operating conditions during the activity; and
    (5) Results.



Sec. 63.11441  What are the notification requirements?

    (a) You must submit an Initial Notification required by Sec. 
63.9(b)(2) no later than 120 days after the applicable compliance date 
specified in Sec. 63.11437. The Initial Notification must include the 
information specified in Sec. 63.9(b)(2)(i) through (iv) and may be 
combined with the Notification of Compliance Status required in 
paragraph (b) of this section.
    (b) You must submit a Notification of Compliance Status required by 
Sec. 63.9(h) no later than 120 days after the applicable compliance 
date specified in Sec. 63.11437. In addition to the information 
required in Sec. 63.9(h)(2), your notification(s) must include each 
compliance certification in paragraphs (b)(1) through (3) of this 
section that applies to you and may be combined with the Initial 
Notification required in paragraph (a) of this section.
    (1) For each kiln firing glazed ceramic ware, you must certify that 
you are maintaining the peak temperature below 1540 [deg]C (2800 [deg]F) 
according to Sec. 63.11438(a) and complying with one of the management 
practices in Sec. 63.11438(a)(1) or (2).
    (2) For atomized glaze spray booths, you must certify that your 
facility's annual wet glaze usage is above or below 227 Mg/yr (250 tpy).
    (3) For atomized glaze spray booths located at a clay ceramics 
manufacturing facility that uses more than 227 Mg/yr (250 tpy) of wet 
glaze(s), you must certify that:
    (i) You are operating and maintaining an APCD in accordance with 
Sec. 63.11438(c)(1), and you have conducted an initial control device 
inspection for each wet control system and baghouse associated with an 
atomized glaze spray booth; or
    (ii) Alternatively, you are using wet glazes containing less than 
0.1 (weight) percent clay ceramics metal HAP according to Sec. 
63.11438(c)(2).
    (4) For atomized glaze spray booths located at a clay ceramics 
manufacturing facility that uses 227 Mg/yr (250 tpy) or less of wet 
glaze(s), you must certify that:
    (i) You are employing waste minimization practices according to 
Sec. 63.11438(d)(1); or

[[Page 427]]

    (ii) You are complying with the requirements in Sec. 63.11438(c)(1) 
or (2).



Sec. 63.11442  What are the recordkeeping requirements?

    (a) You must keep the records specified in paragraphs (a)(1) and (2) 
of this section.
    (1) A copy of each notification that you submitted to comply with 
this subpart, including all documentation supporting any Initial 
Notification or Notification of Compliance Status that you submitted, 
according to the requirements in Sec. 63.10(b)(2)(xiv).
    (2) Records of all required measurements needed to document 
compliance with management practices as required in Sec. 
63.10(b)(2)(vii), including records of monitoring and inspection data 
required by Sec. 63.11440.
    (b) Your records must be in a form suitable and readily available 
for expeditious review, according to Sec. 63.10(b)(1).
    (c) As specified in Sec. 63.10(b)(1), you must keep each record for 
5 years following the date of each occurrence, measurement, maintenance, 
corrective action, report, or record.
    (d) You must keep each record onsite for at least 2 years after the 
date of each occurrence, measurement, maintenance, corrective action, 
report, or record, according to Sec. 63.10(b)(1). You may keep the 
records offsite for the remaining three years.

                   Other Requirements and Information



Sec. 63.11443  What General Provisions apply to this subpart?

    Table 1 to this subpart shows which parts of the General Provisions 
in Sec. Sec. 63.1 through 63.16 apply to you.



Sec. 63.11444  What definitions apply to this subpart?

    Terms used in this subpart are defined in the Clean Air Act, in 
Sec. 63.2, and in this section as follows:
    Air pollution control device (APCD) means any equipment that reduces 
the quantity of a pollutant that is emitted to the air. Examples of APCD 
currently used on glaze spray booths include, but are not limited to, 
wet scrubbers, fabric filters, water curtains, and water-wash systems.
    Atomization means the conversion of a liquid into a spray or mist 
(i.e., collection of drops), often by passing the liquid through a 
nozzle.
    Clay ceramics manufacturing facility means a plant site that 
manufactures pressed tile, sanitaryware, dinnerware, or pottery. For the 
purposes of this area source rule, the following types of facilities are 
not part of the regulated category: artisan potters, art studios, school 
and university ceramic arts programs, and any facility that uses less 
than 45 Mg/yr (50 tpy) of wet clay.
    Clay ceramics metal HAP means an oxide or other compound of 
chromium, lead, manganese, or nickel, which were listed for Clay 
Ceramics Manufacturing in the Revised Area Source Category List (67 FR 
70428, November 22, 2002).
    Glaze means a coating of colored, opaque, or transparent material 
applied to ceramic products before firing.
    Glaze spray booth means a type of equipment used for spraying glaze 
on ceramic products.
    High-volume, low-pressure (HVLP) spray equipment means a type of air 
atomized spray equipment that operates at low atomizing air pressure 
(0.1 to 10 pounds per square inch (psi) at the air nozzle) and uses 15 
to 30 cubic feet per minute (cfm) of air to minimize the amount of 
overspray and bounce back.
    Kiln means equipment used for the initial curing or firing of glaze 
on ceramic ware. A kiln may operate continuously or by batch process.
    Nonatomizing glaze application technique means the application of 
glaze in the form of a liquid stream without atomization. Such 
techniques include, but are not limited to, dipping, centrifugal disc, 
waterfall, flow coaters, curtain coaters, silk-screening, and any direct 
application by roller, brush, pad, or other means facilitating direct 
transfer of glaze.
    Plant site means all contiguous or adjoining property that is under 
common control, including properties that are separated only by a road 
or other public right-of-way. Common control includes properties that 
are owned, leased, or operated by the same entity, parent entity, 
subsidiary, or any combination thereof.

[[Page 428]]

    Waste minimization practices mean those procedures employed to 
minimize material losses and prevent unnecessary waste generation, for 
example, minimizing glaze overspray emissions using HVLP spray equipment 
(defined in this section) or similar spray equipment; minimizing HAP 
emissions during cleanup of spray glazing equipment; operating and 
maintaining spray glazing equipment according to manufacturer's 
instructions; and minimizing spills through careful handling of HAP-
containing glaze materials.
    Water curtain means an APCD that draws the exhaust stream through a 
continuous curtain of moving water to remove suspended particulate. A 
water curtain may also be called a drip curtain or waterfall.
    Water-wash system means an APCD that uses a series of baffles to 
redirect the upward exhaust stream through a water wash chamber with 
downward water flow to remove suspended particulate.



Sec. 63.11445  Who implements and enforces this subpart?

    (a) This subpart can be implemented and enforced by the U.S. EPA or 
a delegated authority such as your State, local, or tribal agency. If 
the U.S. EPA Administrator has delegated authority to your State, local, 
or tribal agency, then that agency has the authority to implement and 
enforce this subpart. You should contact your U.S. EPA Regional Office 
to find out if this subpart is delegated to your State, local, or tribal 
agency.
    (b) In delegating implementation and enforcement authority of this 
subpart to a State, local, or tribal agency under 40 CFR part 63, 
subpart E, the authorities contained in paragraph (c) of this section 
are retained by the Administrator of the U.S. EPA and are not 
transferred to the State, local, or tribal agency.
    (c) The authorities that will not be delegated to State, local, or 
tribal agencies are listed in paragraphs (c)(1) through (4) of this 
section.
    (1) Approval of alternatives to the applicability requirements in 
Sec. Sec. 63.11435 and 63.11436, the compliance date requirements in 
Sec. 63.11437, and the management practices and equipment standards in 
Sec. 63.11438.
    (2) Approval of a major change to a test method under Sec. 
63.7(e)(2)(ii) and (f). A ``major change to test method'' is defined in 
Sec. 63.90.
    (3) Approval of a major change to monitoring under Sec. 63.8(f). A 
``major change to monitoring'' is defined in Sec. 63.90.
    (4) Approval of a major change to recordkeeping/reporting under 
Sec. 63.10(f). A ``major change to recordkeeping/reporting'' is defined 
in Sec. 63.90.



Sec. Sec. 63.11446-63.11447  [Reserved]



  Sec. Table 1 to Subpart RRRRRR of Part 63--Applicability of General 
                      Provisions to Subpart RRRRRR

    As stated in Sec. 63.11443, you must comply with the requirements 
of the NESHAP General Provisions (40 CFR part 63, subpart A) shown in 
the following table:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Citation                              Subject
------------------------------------------------------------------------
63.1(a)(1)-(a)(4), (a)(6), (a)(10)-         Applicability.
 (a)(12), (b)(1), (b)(3), (c)(1),
 (c)(2),\1\ (c)(5), (e).
63.2......................................  Definitions.
63.3......................................  Units and Abbreviations.
63.4......................................  Prohibited Activities and
                                             Circumvention.
63.6(a), (b)(1)-(b)(5), (b)(7), (c)(1),     Compliance with Standards
 (c)(2), (c)(5), (e)(1), (f), (g), (i),      and Maintenance
 (j).                                        Requirements.
63.8(a)(1), (a)(2), (b), (c)(1)(i)-         Monitoring Requirements.
 (c)(1)(ii), (c)(2), (c)(3), (f).
63.9(a), (b)(1), (b)(2), (b)(5), (c), (d),  Notification Requirements.
 (h)(1)-(h)(3), (h)(5), (h)(6), (i), (j).
63.10(a), (b)(1), (b)(2)(vii),              Recordkeeping and Reporting
 (b)(2)(xiv), (b)(3), (c), (c)(1), (f).      Requirements.
63.12.....................................  State Authority and
                                             Delegations.
63.13.....................................  Addresses.
63.14.....................................  Incorporations by Reference.
63.15.....................................  Availability of Information
                                             and Confidentiality.
63.16.....................................  Performance Track
                                             Provisions.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Section 63.11435(b) of this subpart exempts area sources from the
  obligation to obtain title V operating permits.


[[Page 429]]



Subpart SSSSSS_National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants 
                  for Glass Manufacturing Area Sources

    Source: 72 FR 73201, Dec. 26, 2007, unless otherwise noted.

                   Applicability and Compliance Dates



Sec. 63.11448  Am I subject to this subpart?

    You are subject to this subpart if you own or operate a glass 
manufacturing facility that is an area source of hazardous air pollutant 
(HAP) emissions and meets all of the criteria specified in paragraphs 
(a) through (c) of this section.
    (a) A glass manufacturing facility is a plant site that manufactures 
flat glass, glass containers, or pressed and blown glass by melting a 
mixture of raw materials, as defined in Sec. 63.11459, to produce 
molten glass and form the molten glass into sheets, containers, or other 
shapes.
    (b) An area source of HAP emissions is any stationary source or 
group of stationary sources within a contiguous area under common 
control that does not have the potential to emit any single HAP at a 
rate of 9.07 megagrams per year (Mg/yr) (10 tons per year (tpy)) or more 
and any combination of HAP at a rate of 22.68 Mg/yr (25 tpy) or more.
    (c) Your glass manufacturing facility uses one or more continuous 
furnaces to produce glass that contains compounds of one or more glass 
manufacturing metal HAP, as defined in Sec. 63.11459, as raw materials 
in a glass manufacturing batch formulation.



Sec. 63.11449  What parts of my plant does this subpart cover?

    (a) This subpart applies to each existing or new affected glass 
melting furnace that is located at a glass manufacturing facility and 
satisfies the requirements specified in paragraphs (a)(1) through (3) of 
this section.
    (1) The furnace is a continuous furnace, as defined in Sec. 
63.11459.
    (2) The furnace is charged with compounds of one or more glass 
manufacturing metal HAP as raw materials.
    (3) The furnace is used to produce glass, which contains one or more 
of the glass manufacturing metal HAP as raw materials, at a rate of at 
least 45 Mg/yr (50 tpy).
    (b) A furnace that is a research and development process unit, as 
defined in Sec. 63.11459, is not an affected furnace under this 
subpart.
    (c) An affected source is an existing source if you commenced 
construction or reconstruction of the affected source on or before 
September 20, 2007.
    (d) An affected source is a new source if you commenced construction 
or reconstruction of the affected source after September 20, 2007.
    (e) If you own or operate an area source subject to this subpart, 
you must obtain a permit under 40 CFR part 70 or 40 CFR part 71.



Sec. 63.11450  What are my compliance dates?

    (a) If you have an existing affected source, you must comply with 
the applicable emission limits specified in Sec. 63.11451 of this 
subpart no later than December 28, 2009. As specified in section 
112(i)(3)(B) of the Clean Air Act and in Sec. 63.6(i)(4)(A), you may 
request that the Administrator or delegated authority grant an extension 
allowing up to 1 additional year to comply with the applicable emission 
limits if such additional period is necessary for the installation of 
emission controls.
    (b) If you have a new affected source, you must comply with this 
subpart according to paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section.
    (1) If you start up your affected source on or before December 26, 
2007, you must comply with the applicable emission limit specified in 
Sec. 63.11451 no later than December 26, 2007.
    (2) If you start up your affected source after December 26, 2007, 
you must comply with the applicable emission limit specified in Sec. 
63.11451 upon initial startup of your affected source.
    (c) If you own or operate a furnace that produces glass containing 
one or more glass manufacturing metal HAP as raw materials at an annual 
rate of less than 45 Mg/yr (50 tpy), and you increase glass production 
for that furnace to an annual rate of at least 45 Mg/yr (50 tpy), you 
must comply with the applicable emission limit specified in Sec. 
63.11451 within 2 years of the date

[[Page 430]]

on which you increased the glass production rate for the furnace to at 
least 45 Mg/yr (50 tpy).
    (d) If you own or operate a furnace that produces glass at an annual 
rate of at least 45 Mg/yr (50 tpy) and is not charged with glass 
manufacturing metal HAP, and you begin production of a glass product 
that includes one or more glass manufacturing metal HAP as raw 
materials, and you produce at least 45 Mg/yr (50 tpy) of this glass 
product, you must comply with the applicable emission limit specified in 
Sec. 63.11451 within 2 years of the date on which you introduced 
production of the glass product that contains glass manufacturing metal 
HAP.
    (e) You must meet the notification requirements in Sec. 63.11456 
according to the schedule in Sec. 63.11456 and in 40 CFR part 63, 
subpart A. Some of the notifications must be submitted before you are 
required to comply with emission limits specified in this subpart.

           Standards, Compliance, and Monitoring Requirements



Sec. 63.11451  What are the standards for new and existing sources?

    If you are an owner or operator of an affected furnace, as defined 
in Sec. 63.11449(a), you must meet the applicable emission limit 
specified in Table 1 to this subpart.



Sec. 63.11452  What are the performance test requirements for new
and existing sources?

    (a) If you own or operate an affected furnace that is subject to an 
emission limit specified in Table 1 to this subpart, you must conduct a 
performance test according to paragraphs (a)(1) through (3) and 
paragraph (b) of this section.
    (1) For each affected furnace, you must conduct a performance test 
within 180 days after your compliance date and report the results in 
your Notification of Compliance Status, except as specified in paragraph 
(a)(2) of this section.
    (2) You are not required to conduct a performance test on the 
affected furnace if you satisfy the conditions described in paragraphs 
(a)(2)(i) through (iii) of this section.
    (i) You conducted a performance test on the affected furnace within 
the past 5 years of the compliance date using the same test methods and 
procedures specified in paragraph (b) of this section.
    (ii) The performance test demonstrated that the affected furnace met 
the applicable emission limit specified in Table 1 to this subpart.
    (iii) Either no process changes have been made since the test, or 
you can demonstrate that the results of the performance test, with or 
without adjustments, reliably demonstrate compliance with the applicable 
emission limit.
    (3) If you operate multiple identical furnaces, as defined in Sec. 
63.11459, that are affected furnaces, you are required to test only one 
of the identical furnaces if you meet the conditions specified in 
paragraphs (a)(3)(i) through (iii) of this section.
    (i) You must conduct the performance test while the furnace is 
producing glass that has the greatest potential to emit the glass 
manufacturing metal HAP from among the glass formulations that are used 
in any of the identical furnaces.
    (ii) You certify in your Notification of Compliance Status that the 
identical furnaces meet the definition of identical furnaces specified 
in Sec. 63.11459.
    (iii) You provide in your Notification of Compliance Status 
documentation that demonstrates why the tested glass formulation has the 
greatest potential to emit the glass manufacturing metal HAP.
    (b) You must conduct each performance test according to the 
requirements in Sec. 63.7 and paragraphs (b)(1) through (12) and either 
paragraph (b)(13) or (b)(14) of this section.
    (1) Install and validate all monitoring equipment required by this 
subpart before conducting the performance test.
    (2) You may not conduct performance tests during periods of startup, 
shutdown, or malfunction, as specified in Sec. 63.7(e)(1).
    (3) Conduct the test while the source is operating at the maximum 
production rate.
    (4) Conduct at least three separate test runs with a minimum 
duration of

[[Page 431]]

1 hour for each test run, as specified in Sec. 63.7(e)(3).
    (5) Record the test date.
    (6) Identify the emission source tested.
    (7) Collect and record the emission test data listed in this section 
for each run of the performance test.
    (8) Locate all sampling sites at the outlet of the furnace control 
device or at the furnace stack prior to any releases to the atmosphere.
    (9) Select the locations of sampling ports and the number of 
traverse points using Method 1 or 1A of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A-1.
    (10) Measure the gas velocity and volumetric flow rate using Method 
2, 2A, 2C, 2F, or 2G of 40 CFR part 60, appendices A-1 and A-2, during 
each test run.
    (11) Conduct gas molecular weight analysis using Methods 3, 3A, or 
3B of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A-2, during each test run. You may use 
ANSI/ASME PTC 19.10-1981, Flue and Exhaust Gas Analyses (incorporated by 
reference--see Sec. 63.14) as an alternative to EPA Method 3B.
    (12) Measure gas moisture content using Method 4 of 40 CFR part 60, 
appendix A-3, during each test run.
    (13) To meet the particulate matter (PM) emission limit specified in 
Table 1 to this subpart, you must conduct the procedures specified in 
paragraphs (b)(13)(i) through (v) of this section.
    (i) Measure the PM mass emission rate at the outlet of the control 
device or at the stack using Method 5 or 17 of 40 CFR part 60, 
appendices A-3 or A-6, for each test run.
    (ii) Calculate the PM mass emission rate in the exhaust stream for 
each test run.
    (iii) Measure and record the glass production rate (kilograms (tons) 
per hour of product) for each test run.
    (iv) Calculate the production-based PM mass emission rate (g/kg (lb/
ton)) for each test run using Equation 1 of this section.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR26DE07.041

Where:

MP = Production-based PM mass emission rate, grams of PM per kilogram 
          (pounds of PM per ton) of glass produced.
ER = PM mass emission rate measured using Methods 5 or 17 during each 
          performance test run, grams (pounds) per hour.
P = Average glass production rate for the performance test, kilograms 
          (tons) of glass produced per hour.

    (v) Calculate the 3-hour block average production-based PM mass 
emission rate as the average of the production-based PM mass emission 
rates for each test run.
    (14) To meet the metal HAP emission limit specified in Table 1 to 
this subpart, you must conduct the procedures specified in paragraphs 
(b)(14)(i) through (v) of this section.
    (i) Measure the metal HAP mass emission rate at the outlet of the 
control device or at the stack using Method 29 of 40 CFR part 60, 
appendix A-8, for each test run.
    (ii) Calculate the metal HAP mass emission rate in the exhaust 
stream for the glass manufacturing metal HAP that are added as raw 
materials to the glass manufacturing formulation for each test run.
    (iii) Measure and record the glass production rate (kilograms (tons) 
per hour of product) for each test run.
    (iv) Calculate the production-based metal HAP mass emission rate (g/
kg (lb/ton)) for each test run using Equation 2 of this section.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR26DE07.042

Where:

MPM = Production-based metal HAP mass emission rate, grams of metal HAP 
          per kilogram (pounds of metal HAP per ton) of glass produced.
ERM = Sum of the metal HAP mass emission rates for the glass 
          manufacturing metal HAP that are added as raw materials to the 
          glass manufacturing formulation and are measured using Method 
          29 during each performance test run, grams (pounds) per hour.
P = Average glass production rate for the performance test, kilograms 
          (tons) of glass produced per hour.

    (v) Calculate the 3-hour block average production-based metal HAP 
mass emission rate as the average of the production-based metal HAP mass 
emission rates for each test run.

[[Page 432]]



Sec. 63.11453  What are the initial compliance demonstration 
requirements for new and existing sources?

    (a) If you own or operate an affected source, you must submit a 
Notification of Compliance Status in accordance with Sec. Sec. 63.9(h) 
and 63.11456(b).
    (b) For each existing affected furnace that is subject to the 
emission limits specified in Table 1 to this subpart, you must 
demonstrate initial compliance according to the requirements in 
paragraphs (b)(1) through (4) of this section.
    (1) For each fabric filter that is used to meet the emission limit 
specified in Table 1 to this subpart, you must visually inspect the 
system ductwork and fabric filter unit for leaks. You must also inspect 
the inside of each fabric filter for structural integrity and fabric 
filter condition. You must record the results of the inspection and any 
maintenance action as required in Sec. 63.11457(a)(6).
    (2) For each electrostatic precipitator (ESP) that is used to meet 
the emission limit specified in Table 1 to this subpart, you must verify 
the proper functioning of the electronic controls for corona power and 
rapper operation, that the corona wires are energized, and that adequate 
air pressure is present on the rapper manifold. You must also visually 
inspect the system ductwork and ESP housing unit and hopper for leaks 
and inspect the interior of the ESP to determine the condition and 
integrity of corona wires, collection plates, hopper, and air diffuser 
plates. You must record the results of the inspection and any 
maintenance action as required in Sec. 63.11457(a)(6).
    (3) You must conduct each inspection specified in paragraphs (b)(1) 
and (2) of this section no later than 60 days after your applicable 
compliance date specified in Sec. 63.11450, except as specified in 
paragraphs (b)(3)(i) and (ii) of this section.
    (i) An initial inspection of the internal components of a fabric 
filter is not required if an inspection has been performed within the 
past 12 months.
    (ii) An initial inspection of the internal components of an ESP is 
not required if an inspection has been performed within the past 24 
months.
    (4) You must satisfy the applicable requirements for performance 
tests specified in Sec. 63.11452.
    (c) For each new affected furnace that is subject to the emission 
limit specified in Table 1 to this subpart and is controlled with a 
fabric filter, you must install, operate, and maintain a bag leak 
detection system according to paragraphs (c)(1) through (3) of this 
section.
    (1) Each bag leak detection system must meet the specifications and 
requirements in paragraphs (c)(1)(i) through (viii) of this section.
    (i) The bag leak detection system must be certified by the 
manufacturer to be capable of detecting PM emissions at concentrations 
of 1 milligram per dry standard cubic meter (0.00044 grains per actual 
cubic foot) or less.
    (ii) The bag leak detection system sensor must provide output of 
relative PM loadings. The owner or operator shall continuously record 
the output from the bag leak detection system using electronic or other 
means (e.g., using a strip chart recorder or a data logger).
    (iii) The bag leak detection system must be equipped with an alarm 
system that will sound when the system detects an increase in relative 
particulate loading over the alarm set point established according to 
paragraph (c)(1)(iv) of this section, and the alarm must be located such 
that it can be heard by the appropriate plant personnel.
    (iv) In the initial adjustment of the bag leak detection system, you 
must establish, at a minimum, the baseline output by adjusting the 
sensitivity (range) and the averaging period of the device, the alarm 
set points, and the alarm delay time.
    (v) Following initial adjustment, you shall not adjust the averaging 
period, alarm set point, or alarm delay time without approval from the 
Administrator or delegated authority except as provided in paragraph 
(c)(1)(vi) of this section.
    (vi) Once per quarter, you may adjust the sensitivity of the bag 
leak detection system to account for seasonal effects, including 
temperature and humidity, according to the procedures

[[Page 433]]

identified in the site-specific monitoring plan required by paragraph 
(c)(2) of this section.
    (vii) You must install the bag leak detection sensor downstream of 
the fabric filter.
    (viii) Where multiple detectors are required, the system's 
instrumentation and alarm may be shared among detectors.
    (2) You must develop and submit to the Administrator or delegated 
authority for approval a site-specific monitoring plan for each bag leak 
detection system. You must operate and maintain the bag leak detection 
system according to the site-specific monitoring plan at all times. Each 
monitoring plan must describe the items in paragraphs (c)(2)(i) through 
(vi) of this section.
    (i) Installation of the bag leak detection system;
    (ii) Initial and periodic adjustment of the bag leak detection 
system, including how the alarm set-point will be established;
    (iii) Operation of the bag leak detection system, including quality 
assurance procedures;
    (iv) How the bag leak detection system will be maintained, including 
a routine maintenance schedule and spare parts inventory list;
    (v) How the bag leak detection system output will be recorded and 
stored; and
    (vi) Corrective action procedures as specified in paragraph (c)(3) 
of this section. In approving the site-specific monitoring plan, the 
Administrator or delegated authority may allow owners and operators more 
than 3 hours to alleviate a specific condition that causes an alarm if 
the owner or operator identifies in the monitoring plan this specific 
condition as one that could lead to an alarm, adequately explains why it 
is not feasible to alleviate this condition within 3 hours of the time 
the alarm occurs, and demonstrates that the requested time will ensure 
alleviation of this condition as expeditiously as practicable.
    (3) For each bag leak detection system, you must initiate procedures 
to determine the cause of every alarm within 1 hour of the alarm. Except 
as provided in paragraph (c)(2)(vi) of this section, you must alleviate 
the cause of the alarm within 3 hours of the alarm by taking whatever 
corrective action(s) are necessary. Corrective actions may include, but 
are not limited to the following:
    (i) Inspecting the fabric filter for air leaks, torn or broken bags 
or filter media, or any other condition that may cause an increase in PM 
emissions;
    (ii) Sealing off defective bags or filter media;
    (iii) Replacing defective bags or filter media or otherwise 
repairing the control device;
    (iv) Sealing off a defective fabric filter compartment;
    (v) Cleaning the bag leak detection system probe or otherwise 
repairing the bag leak detection system; or
    (vi) Shutting down the process producing the PM emissions.
    (d) For each new affected furnace that is subject to the emission 
limit specified in Table 1 to this subpart and is controlled with an 
ESP, you must install, operate, and maintain according to the 
manufacturer's specifications, one or more continuous parameter 
monitoring systems (CPMS) for measuring and recording the secondary 
voltage and secondary electrical current to each field of the ESP 
according to paragraphs (d)(1) through (13) of this section.
    (1) The CPMS must have an accuracy of 1 percent of the secondary 
voltage and secondary electrical current, or better.
    (2) Your CPMS must be capable of measuring the secondary voltage and 
secondary electrical current over a range that extends from a value that 
is at least 20 percent less than the lowest value that you expect your 
CPMS to measure, to a value that is at least 20 percent greater than the 
highest value that you expect your CPMS to measure.
    (3) The signal conditioner, wiring, power supply, and data 
acquisition and recording system of your CPMS must be compatible with 
the output signal of the sensors used in your CPMS.
    (4) The data acquisition and recording system of your CPMS must be 
able to record values over the entire range specified in paragraph 
(d)(2) of this section.

[[Page 434]]

    (5) The data recording system associated with your CPMS must have a 
resolution of one-half of the required overall accuracy of your CPMS, as 
specified in paragraph (d)(1) of this section, or better.
    (6) Your CPMS must be equipped with an alarm system that will sound 
when the system detects a decrease in secondary voltage or secondary 
electrical current below the alarm set point established according to 
paragraph (d)(7) of this section, and the alarm must be located such 
that it can be heard by the appropriate plant personnel.
    (7) In the initial adjustment of the CPMS, you must establish, at a 
minimum, the baseline output by adjusting the sensitivity (range) and 
the averaging period of the device, the alarm set points, and the alarm 
delay time.
    (8) You must install each sensor of the CPMS in a location that 
provides representative measurement of the appropriate parameter over 
all operating conditions, taking into account the manufacturer's 
guidelines.
    (9) You must perform an initial calibration of your CPMS based on 
the procedures specified in the manufacturer's owner's manual.
    (10) Your CPMS must be designed to complete a minimum of one cycle 
of operation for each successive 15-minute period. To have a valid hour 
of data, you must have at least three of four equally-spaced data values 
(or at least 75 percent of the total number of values if you collect 
more than four data values per hour) for that hour (not including 
startup, shutdown, malfunction, or out of control periods).
    (11) You must record valid data from at least 90 percent of the 
hours during which the affected source or process operates.
    (12) You must record the results of each inspection, calibration, 
initial validation, and accuracy audit.
    (13) At all times, you must maintain your CPMS including, but not 
limited to, maintaining necessary parts for routine repairs of the CPMS.
    (e) For each new affected furnace that is subject to the emission 
limit specified in Table 1 to this subpart and is controlled by a device 
other than a fabric filter or an ESP, you must prepare and submit a 
monitoring plan to EPA or the delegated authority for approval. Each 
plan must contain the information in paragraphs (e)(1) through (5) of 
this section.
    (1) A description of the device;
    (2) Test results collected in accordance with Sec. 63.11452 
verifying the performance of the device for reducing PM or metal HAP to 
the levels required by this subpart;
    (3) Operation and maintenance plan for the control device (including 
a preventative maintenance schedule consistent with the manufacturer's 
instructions for routine and long-term maintenance) and continuous 
monitoring system;
    (4) A list of operating parameters that will be monitored to 
maintain continuous compliance with the applicable emission limits; and
    (5) Operating parameter limits based on monitoring data collected 
during the performance test.



Sec. 63.11454  What are the monitoring requirements for new and
existing sources?

    (a) For each monitoring system required by this subpart, you must 
install, calibrate, operate, and maintain the monitoring system 
according to the manufacturer's specifications and the requirements 
specified in paragraphs (a)(1) through (7) of this section.
    (1) You must install each sensor of your monitoring system in a 
location that provides representative measurement of the appropriate 
parameter over all operating conditions, taking into account the 
manufacturer's guidelines.
    (2) You must perform an initial calibration of your monitoring 
system based on the manufacturer's recommendations.
    (3) You must use a monitoring system that is designed to complete a 
minimum of one cycle of operation for each successive 15-minute period.
    (4) For each existing affected furnace, you must record the value of 
the monitored parameter at least every 8 hours. The value can be 
recorded electronically or manually.

[[Page 435]]

    (5) You must record the results of each inspection, calibration, 
monitoring system maintenance, and corrective action taken to return the 
monitoring system to normal operation.
    (6) At all times, you must maintain your monitoring system 
including, but not limited to, maintaining necessary parts for routine 
repairs of the system.
    (7) You must perform the required monitoring whenever the affected 
furnace meets the conditions specified in paragraph (a)(7)(i) or (ii) of 
this section.
    (i) The furnace is being charged with one or more of the glass 
manufacturing metal HAP as raw materials.
    (ii) The furnace is in transition between producing glass that 
contains one or more of the glass metal HAP as raw materials and glass 
that does not contain any of the glass manufacturing metal HAP as raw 
materials. The transition period begins when the furnace is charged with 
raw materials that do not contain any of the glass manufacturing metal 
HAP as raw materials and ends when the furnace begins producing a 
saleable glass product that does not contain any of the glass 
manufacturing metal HAP as raw materials.
    (b) For each existing furnace that is subject to the emission limit 
specified in Table 1 to this subpart and is controlled with an ESP, you 
must meet the requirements specified in paragraphs (b)(1) or (2) of this 
section.
    (1) You must monitor the secondary voltage and secondary electrical 
current to each field of the ESP according to the requirements of 
paragraph (a) of this section, or
    (2) You must submit a request for alternative monitoring, as 
described in paragraph (g) of this section.
    (c) For each existing furnace that is subject to the emission limit 
specified in Table 1 to this subpart and is controlled with a fabric 
filter, you must meet the requirements specified in paragraphs (c)(1) or 
(2) of this section.
    (1) You must monitor the inlet temperature to the fabric filter 
according to the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section, or
    (2) You must submit a request for alternative monitoring, as 
described in paragraph (g) of this section.
    (d) For each new furnace that is subject to the emission limit 
specified in Table 1 to this subpart and is controlled with an ESP, you 
must monitor the voltage and electrical current to each field of the ESP 
on a continuous basis using one or more CPMS according to the 
requirements for CPMS specified in Sec. 63.11453(d).
    (e) For each new furnace that is subject to the emission limit 
specified in Table 1 to this subpart and is controlled with a fabric 
filter, you must install and operate a bag leak detection system 
according to the requirements specified in Sec. 63.11453(c).
    (f) For each new or existing furnace that is subject to the emission 
limit specified in Table 1 to this subpart and is equipped with a 
control device other than an ESP or fabric filter, you must meet the 
requirements in Sec. 63.8(f) and submit a request for approval of 
alternative monitoring methods to the Administrator no later than the 
submittal date for the Notification of Compliance Status, as specified 
in Sec. 63.11456(b). The request must contain the information specified 
in paragraphs (f)(1) through (5) of this section.
    (1) Description of the alternative add-on air pollution control 
device (APCD).
    (2) Type of monitoring device or method that will be used, including 
the sensor type, location, inspection procedures, quality assurance and 
quality control (QA/QC) measures, and data recording device.
    (3) Operating parameters that will be monitored.
    (4) Frequency that the operating parameter values will be measured 
and recorded.
    (5) Procedures for inspecting the condition and operation of the 
control device and monitoring system.
    (g) If you wish to use a monitoring method other than those 
specified in paragraph (b)(1) or (c)(1) of this section, you must meet 
the requirements in Sec. 63.8(f) and submit a request for approval of 
alternative monitoring methods to the Administrator no later than the 
submittal date for the Notification of Compliance Status, as specified 
in Sec. 63.11456(b). The request must contain

[[Page 436]]

the information specified in paragraphs (g)(1) through (5) of this 
section.
    (1) Type of monitoring device or method that will be used, including 
the sensor type, location, inspection procedures, QA/QC measures, and 
data recording device.
    (2) Operating parameters that will be monitored.
    (3) Frequency that the operating parameter values will be measured 
and recorded.
    (4) Procedures for inspecting the condition and operation of the 
monitoring system.
    (5) Explanation for how the alternative monitoring method will 
provide assurance that the emission control device is operating 
properly.



Sec. 63.11455  What are the continuous compliance requirements for
new and existing sources?

    (a) You must be in compliance with the applicable emission limits in 
this subpart at all times, except during periods of startup, shutdown, 
and malfunction.
    (b) You must always operate and maintain your affected source, 
including air pollution control and monitoring equipment, according to 
the provisions in Sec. 63.6(e)(1)(i).
    (c) For each affected furnace that is subject to the emission limit 
specified in Table 1 to this subpart, you must monitor the performance 
of the furnace emission control device under the conditions specified in 
Sec. 63.11454(a)(7) and according to the requirements in Sec. Sec. 
63.6(e)(1) and 63.8(c) and paragraphs (c)(1) through (6) of this 
section.
    (1) For each existing affected furnace that is controlled with an 
ESP, you must monitor the parameters specified in Sec. 63.11454(b) in 
accordance with the requirements of Sec. 63.11454(a) or as specified in 
your approved alternative monitoring plan.
    (2) For each new affected furnace that is controlled with an ESP, 
you must comply with the monitoring requirements specified in Sec. 
63.11454(d) in accordance with the requirements of Sec. 63.11454(a) or 
as specified in your approved alternative monitoring plan.
    (3) For each existing affected furnace that is controlled with a 
fabric filter, you must monitor the parameter specified in Sec. 
63.11454(c) in accordance with the requirements of Sec. 63.11454(a) or 
as specified in your approved alternative monitoring plan.
    (4) For each new affected furnace that is controlled with a fabric 
filter, you must comply with the monitoring requirements specified in 
Sec. 63.11454(e) in accordance with the requirements of Sec. 
63.11454(a) or as specified in your approved alternative monitoring 
plan.
    (5) For each affected furnace that is controlled with a device other 
than a fabric filter or ESP, you must comply with the requirements of 
your approved alternative monitoring plan, as required in Sec. 
63.11454(g).
    (6) For each monitoring system that is required under this subpart, 
you must keep the records specified in Sec. 63.11457.
    (d) Following the initial inspections, you must perform periodic 
inspections and maintenance of each affected furnace control device 
according to the requirements in paragraphs (d)(1) through (4) of this 
section.
    (1) For each fabric filter, you must conduct inspections at least 
every 12 months according to paragraphs (d)(1)(i) through (iii) of this 
section.
    (i) You must inspect the ductwork and fabric filter unit for 
leakage.
    (ii) You must inspect the interior of the fabric filter for 
structural integrity and to determine the condition of the fabric 
filter.
    (iii) If an initial inspection is not required, as specified in 
Sec. 63.11453(b)(3)(i), the first inspection must not be more than 12 
months from the last inspection.
    (2) For each ESP, you must conduct inspections according to the 
requirements in paragraphs (d)(2)(i) through (iii) of this section.
    (i) You must conduct visual inspections of the system ductwork, 
housing unit, and hopper for leaks at least every 12 months.
    (ii) You must conduct inspections of the interior of the ESP to 
determine the condition and integrity of corona wires, collection 
plates, plate rappers, hopper, and air diffuser plates every 24 months.
    (iii) If an initial inspection is not required, as specified in 
Sec. 63.11453(b)(3)(ii), the first inspection must not be more

[[Page 437]]

than 24 months from the last inspection.
    (3) You must record the results of each periodic inspection 
specified in this section in a logbook (written or electronic format), 
as specified in Sec. 63.11457(c).
    (4) If the results of a required inspection indicate a problem with 
the operation of the emission control system, you must take immediate 
corrective action to return the control device to normal operation 
according to the equipment manufacturer's specifications or 
instructions.
    (e) For each affected furnace that is subject to the emission limit 
specified in Table 1 to this subpart and can meet the applicable 
emission limit without the use of a control device, you must demonstrate 
continuous compliance by satisfying the applicable recordkeeping 
requirements specified in Sec. 63.11457.

                        Notifications and Records



Sec. 63.11456  What are the notification requirements?

    (a) If you own or operate an affected furnace, as defined in Sec. 
63.11449(a), you must submit an Initial Notification in accordance with 
Sec. 63.9(b) and paragraphs (a)(1) and (2) of this section by the dates 
specified.
    (1) As specified in Sec. 63.9(b)(2), if you start up your affected 
source before December 26, 2007, you must submit an Initial Notification 
not later than April 24, 2008 or within 120 days after your affected 
source becomes subject to the standard.
    (2) The Initial Notification must include the information specified 
in Sec. 63.9(b)(2)(i) through (iv).
    (b) You must submit a Notification of Compliance Status in 
accordance with Sec. 63.9(h) and the requirements in paragraphs (b)(1) 
and (2) of this section.
    (1) If you own or operate an affected furnace and are required to 
conduct a performance test, you must submit a Notification of Compliance 
Status, including the performance test results, before the close of 
business on the 60th day following the completion of the performance 
test, according to Sec. 60.8 or Sec. 63.10(d)(2).
    (2) If you own or operate an affected furnace and satisfy the 
conditions specified in Sec. 63.11452(a)(2) and are not required to 
conduct a performance test, you must submit a Notification of Compliance 
Status, including the results of the previous performance test, before 
the close of business on the compliance date specified in Sec. 
63.11450.



Sec. 63.11457  What are the recordkeeping requirements?

    (a) You must keep the records specified in paragraphs (a)(1) through 
(8) of this section.
    (1) A copy of any Initial Notification and Notification of 
Compliance Status that you submitted and all documentation supporting 
those notifications, according to the requirements in Sec. 
63.10(b)(2)(xiv).
    (2) The records specified in Sec. 63.10(b)(2) and (c)(1) through 
(13).
    (3) The records required to show continuous compliance with each 
emission limit that applies to you, as specified in Sec. 63.11455.
    (4) For each affected source, records of production rate on a 
process throughput basis (either feed rate to the process unit or 
discharge rate from the process unit). The production data must include 
the amount (weight or weight percent) of each ingredient in the batch 
formulation, including all glass manufacturing metal HAP compounds.
    (5) Records of maintenance activities and inspections performed on 
control devices as specified in Sec. Sec. 63.11453(b) and 63.11455(d), 
according to paragraphs (a)(5)(i) through (v) of this section.
    (i) The date, place, and time of inspections of control device 
ductwork, interior, and operation.
    (ii) Person conducting the inspection.
    (iii) Technique or method used to conduct the inspection.
    (iv) Control device operating conditions during the time of the 
inspection.
    (v) Results of the inspection and description of any corrective 
action taken.
    (6) Records of all required monitoring data and supporting 
information including all calibration and maintenance records.
    (7) For each bag leak detection system, the records specified in 
paragraphs (a)(7)(i) through (iii) of this section.

[[Page 438]]

    (i) Records of the bag leak detection system output;
    (ii) Records of bag leak detection system adjustments, including the 
date and time of the adjustment, the initial bag leak detection system 
settings, and the final bag leak detection system settings; and
    (iii) The date and time of all bag leak detection system alarms, the 
time that procedures to determine the cause of the alarm were initiated, 
the cause of the alarm, an explanation of the actions taken, the date 
and time the cause of the alarm was alleviated, and whether the alarm 
was alleviated within 3 hours of the alarm.
    (8) Records of any approved alternative monitoring method(s) or test 
procedure(s).
    (b) Your records must be in a form suitable and readily available 
for expeditious review, according to Sec. 63.10(b)(1).
    (c) You must record the results of each inspection and maintenance 
action in a logbook (written or electronic format). You must keep the 
logbook onsite and make the logbook available to the permitting 
authority upon request.
    (d) As specified in Sec. 63.10(b)(1), you must keep each record for 
a minimum of 5 years following the date of each occurrence, measurement, 
maintenance, corrective action, report, or record.
    You must keep each record onsite for at least 2 years after the date 
of each occurrence, measurement, maintenance, corrective action, report, 
or record, according to Sec. 63.10(b)(1). You may keep the records 
offsite for the remaining three years.

                   Other Requirements and Information



Sec. 63.11458  What General Provisions apply to this subpart?

    You must satisfy the requirements of the General Provisions in 40 
CFR part 63, subpart A, as specified in Table 2 to this subpart.



Sec. 63.11459  What definitions apply to this subpart?

    Terms used in this subpart are defined in the Clean Air Act, in 
Sec. 63.2, and in this section as follows:
    Air pollution control device (APCD) means any equipment that reduces 
the quantity of a pollutant that is emitted to the air.
    Continuous furnace means a glass manufacturing furnace that operates 
continuously except during periods of maintenance, malfunction, control 
device installation, reconstruction, or rebuilding.
    Cullet means recycled glass that is mixed with raw materials and 
charged to a glass melting furnace to produce glass. Cullet is not 
considered to be a raw material for the purposes of this subpart.
    Electrostatic precipitator (ESP) means an APCD that removes PM from 
an exhaust gas stream by applying an electrical charge to particles in 
the gas stream and collecting the charged particles on plates carrying 
the opposite electrical charge.
    Fabric filter means an APCD used to capture PM by filtering a gas 
stream through filter media.
    Furnace stack means a conduit or conveyance through which emissions 
from the furnace melter are released to the atmosphere.
    Glass manufacturing metal HAP means an oxide or other compound of 
any of the following metals included in the list of urban HAP for the 
Integrated Urban Air Toxics Strategy and for which Glass Manufacturing 
was listed as an area source category: arsenic, cadmium, chromium, lead, 
manganese, and nickel.
    Glass melting furnace means a unit comprising a refractory-lined 
vessel in which raw materials are charged and melted at high temperature 
to produce molten glass.
    Identical furnaces means two or more furnaces that are identical in 
design, including manufacturer, dimensions, production capacity, 
charging method, operating temperature, fuel type, burner configuration, 
and exhaust system configuration and design.
    Particulate matter (PM) means, for purposes of this subpart, 
emissions of PM that serve as a measure of filterable particulate 
emissions, as measured by Methods 5 or 17 (40 CFR part 60, appendices A-
3 and A-6), and as a surrogate for glass manufacturing metal HAP 
compounds contained in the PM

[[Page 439]]

including, but not limited to, arsenic, cadmium, chromium, lead, 
manganese, and nickel.
    Plant site means all contiguous or adjoining property that is under 
common control, including properties that are separated only by a road 
or other public right-of-way. Common control includes properties that 
are owned, leased, or operated by the same entity, parent entity, 
subsidiary, or any combination thereof.
    Raw material means minerals, such as silica sand, limestone, and 
dolomite; inorganic chemical compounds, such as soda ash (sodium 
carbonate), salt cake (sodium sulfate), and potash (potassium 
carbonate); metal oxides and other metal-based compounds, such as lead 
oxide, chromium oxide, and sodium antimonate; metal ores, such as 
chromite and pyrolusite; and other substances that are intentionally 
added to a glass manufacturing batch and melted in a glass melting 
furnace to produce glass. Metals that are naturally-occurring trace 
constituents or contaminants of other substances are not considered to 
be raw materials. Cullet and material that is recovered from a furnace 
control device for recycling into the glass formulation are not 
considered to be raw materials for the purposes of this subpart.
    Research and development process unit means a process unit whose 
purpose is to conduct research and development for new processes and 
products and is not engaged in the manufacture of products for 
commercial sale, except in a de minimis manner.



Sec. 63.11460  Who implements and enforces this subpart?

    (a) This subpart can be implemented and enforced by the U.S. EPA, or 
a delegated authority such as your State, local, or tribal agency. If 
the U.S. EPA Administrator has delegated authority to your State, local, 
or tribal agency, then that agency has the authority to implement and 
enforce this subpart. You should contact your U.S. EPA Regional Office 
to find out if this subpart is delegated to your State, local, or tribal 
agency.
    (b) In delegating implementation and enforcement authority of this 
subpart to a State, local, or tribal agency under 40 CFR part 63, 
subpart E, the authorities contained in paragraphs (b)(1) through (4) of 
this section are retained by the Administrator of the U.S. EPA and are 
not transferred to the State, local, or tribal agency.
    (1) Approval of alternatives to the applicability requirements in 
Sec. Sec. 63.11448 and 63.11449, the compliance date requirements in 
Sec. 63.11450, and the emission limits specified in Sec. 63.11451.
    (2) Approval of a major change to test methods under Sec. 
63.7(e)(2)(ii) and (f) and as defined in Sec. 63.90.
    (3) Approval of major alternatives to monitoring under Sec. 63.8(f) 
and as defined in Sec. 63.90.
    (4) Approval of major alternatives to recordkeeping under Sec. 
63.10(f) and as defined in Sec. 63.90.



Sec. 63.11461  [Reserved]



       Sec. Table 1 to Subpart SSSSSS of Part 63--Emission Limits

    As required in Sec. 63.11451, you must comply with each emission 
limit that applies to you according to the following table:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                             You must meet one of the
             For each. . .                following emission limits. . .
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. New or existing glass melting         a. The 3-hour block average
 furnace that produces glass at an        production-based PM mass
 annual rate of at least 45 Mg/yr (50     emission rate must not exceed
 tpy) AND is charged with compounds of    0.1 gram per kilogram (g/kg)
 arsenic, cadmium, chromium, manganese,   (0.2 pound per ton (lb/ton))
 lead, or nickel as raw materials.        of glass produced; OR
                                         b. The 3-hour block average
                                          production-based metal HAP
                                          mass emission rate must not
                                          exceed 0.01 g/kg (0.02 lb/ton)
                                          of glass produced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------



  Sec. Table 2 to Subpart SSSSSS of Part 63--Applicability of General 
                      Provisions to Subpart SSSSSS

    As stated in Sec. 63.11458, you must comply with the requirements 
of the NESHAP General Provisions (40 CFR part 63, subpart A), as shown 
in the following table:

[[Page 440]]



------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Citation                              Subject
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sec. 63.1(a), (b), (c)(1), (c)(2),        Applicability.
 (c)(5), (e).
Sec. 63.2...............................  Definitions.
Sec. 63.3...............................  Units and Abbreviations.
Sec. 63.4...............................  Prohibited Activities.
Sec. 63.5...............................  Construction/Reconstruction.
Sec. 63.6(a), (b)(1)-(b)(5), (b)(7),      Compliance with Standards
 (c)(1), (c)(2), (c)(5), (e)(1), (f), (g),   and Maintenance
 (i), (j).                                   Requirements.
Sec. 63.7...............................  Performance Testing
                                             Requirements.
Sec. 63.8(a)(1), (a)(2), (b), (c)(1)-     Monitoring Requirements.
 (c)(4), (c)(7)(i)(B), (c)(7)(ii), (c)(8),
 (d), (e)(1), (e)(4), (f).
Sec. 63.9(a), (b)(1)(i)-(b)(2)(v),        Notification Requirements.
 (b)(5), (c), (d), (h)-(j).
Sec. 63.10(a), (b)(1), (b)(2)(i)-         Recordkeeping and Reporting
 (b)(2)(xii).                                Requirements.
Sec. 63.10(b)(2)(xiv), (c), (f).........  Documentation for Initial
                                             Notification and
                                             Notification of Compliance
                                             Status.
Sec. 63.12..............................  State Authority and
                                             Delegations.
Sec. 63.13..............................  Addresses.
Sec. 63.14..............................  Incorporations by Reference.
Sec. 63.15..............................  Availability of Information.
Sec. 63.16..............................  Performance Track
                                             Provisions.
------------------------------------------------------------------------



Subpart TTTTTT_National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants 
         for Secondary Nonferrous Metals Processing Area Sources

    Source: 72 FR 73207, Dec. 26, 2007, unless otherwise noted.

                   Applicability and Compliance Dates



Sec. 63.11462  Am I subject to this subpart?

    (a) You are subject to this subpart if you own or operate a 
secondary nonferrous metals processing facility (as defined in Sec. 
63.11472) that is an area source of hazardous air pollutant (HAP) 
emissions.
    (b) If you are an owner or operator of an area source subject to 
this subpart, you are exempt from the obligation to obtain a permit 
under 40 CFR part 70 or 71, provided you are not required to obtain a 
permit under 40 CFR 70.3(a) or 71.3(a) for a reason other than your 
status as an area source under this subpart. Notwithstanding the 
previous sentence, you must continue to comply with the provisions of 
this subpart applicable to area sources.



Sec. 63.11463  What parts of my plant does this subpart cover?

    (a) This subpart applies to any existing or new affected source 
located at a secondary nonferrous metals processing facility.
    (b) The affected source includes all crushing and screening 
operations at a secondary zinc processing facility and all furnace 
melting operations located at any secondary nonferrous metals processing 
facilities.
    (c) An affected source is existing if you commenced construction or 
reconstruction of the affected source on or before September 20, 2007.
    (d) An affected source is new if you commenced construction or 
reconstruction of the affected source after September 20, 2007.



Sec. 63.11464  What are my compliance dates?

    (a) If you have an existing affected source, you must comply with 
the standards no later than December 26, 2007.
    (b) If you have a new affected source, you must comply with this 
subpart according to paragraphs (b)(1) and (b)(2) of this section.
    (1) If you start up your affected source on or before December 26, 
2007, you must comply with this subpart no later than December 26, 2007.
    (2) If you start up your affected source after December 26, 2007, 
you must comply with this subpart upon initial startup of your affected 
source.

           Standards, Compliance, and Monitoring Requirements



Sec. 63.11465  What are the standards for new and existing sources?

    (a) You must route the emissions from each existing affected source 
through a fabric filter or baghouse that

[[Page 441]]

achieves a particulate matter (PM) control efficiency of at least 99.0 
percent or an outlet PM concentration limit of 0.034 grams per dry 
standard cubic meter (g/dscm)(0.015 grains per dry standard cubic feet 
(gr/dscf)).
    (b) You must route the emissions from each new affected source 
through a fabric filter or baghouse that achieves a PM control 
efficiency of at least 99.5 percent or an outlet PM concentration limit 
of 0.023 g/dscm (0.010 gr/dscf).



Sec. 63.11466  What are the performance test requirements for new and
existing sources?

    (a) Except as specified in paragraph (b) of this section, if you own 
or operate an existing or new affected source, you must conduct a 
performance test for each affected source within 180 days of your 
compliance date and report the results in your notification of 
compliance status.
    (b) If you own or operate an existing affected source, you are not 
required to conduct a performance test if a prior performance test was 
conducted within the past 5 years of the compliance date using the same 
methods specified in paragraph (c) of this section and you meet either 
of the following two conditions:
    (1) No process changes have been made since the test; or
    (2) You demonstrate that the results of the performance test, with 
or without adjustments, reliably demonstrate compliance despite process 
changes.
    (c) You must conduct each performance test according to the 
requirements in Sec. 63.7 and paragraphs (c)(1) and (2) of this 
section.
    (1) Determine the concentration of PM according to the following 
test methods in 40 CFR part 60, appendices:
    (i) Method 1 or 1A (Appendix A-1) to select sampling port locations 
and the number of traverse points in each stack or duct. Sampling sites 
must be located at the outlet of the control device and prior to any 
releases to the atmosphere.
    (ii) Method 2, 2A, 2C, 2F, or 2G (Appendices A-1 and A-2) to 
determine the volumetric flow rate of the stack gas.
    (iii) Method 3, 3A, or 3B (Appendix A-2) to determine the dry 
molecular weight of the stack gas. You may use ANSI/ASME PTC 19.10-1981, 
``Flue and Exhaust Gas Analyses'' (incorporated by reference-see Sec. 
63.14) as an alternative to EPA Method 3B.
    (iv) Method 4 (Appendix A-3) to determine the moisture content of 
the stack gas.
    (v) Method 5 or 17 (Appendix A-3) to determine the concentration of 
particulate matter (front half filterable catch only). Three valid test 
runs are needed to comprise a performance test.
    (2) During the test, you must operate each emissions source within 
10 percent of its normal process rate. You must 
monitor and record the process rate during the test.



Sec. 63.11467  What are the initial compliance demonstration 
requirements for new and existing sources?

    (a) You must demonstrate initial compliance with the applicable 
standards in Sec. 63.11465 by submitting a Notification of Compliance 
Status in accordance with Sec. 63.11469(b).
    (b) You must conduct the inspection specified in paragraph (c) of 
this section and include the results of the inspection in the 
Notification of Compliance Status.
    (c) For each existing and new affected source, you must conduct an 
initial inspection of each baghouse. You must visually inspect the 
system ductwork and baghouse unit for leaks. Except as specified in 
paragraph (e) of this section, you must also inspect the inside of each 
baghouse for structural integrity and fabric filter condition. You must 
record the results of the inspection and any maintenance action as 
required in Sec. 63.11470.
    (d) For each installed baghouse that is in operation during the 60 
days after the applicable compliance date, you must conduct the 
inspection specified in paragraph (c) of this section no later than 60 
days after your applicable compliance date. For an installed baghouse 
that is not in operation during the 60 days after the applicable 
compliance date, you must conduct an initial inspection prior to startup 
of the baghouse.

[[Page 442]]

    (e) An initial inspection of the internal components of a baghouse 
is not required if an inspection has been performed within the past 12 
months.
    (f) If you own or operate an existing affected source and are not 
required to conduct a performance test under Sec. 63.11466, you must 
submit the Notification of Compliance Status within 120 days after the 
applicable compliance date specified in Sec. 63.11464.
    (g) If you own or operate an existing affected source and are 
required to conduct a performance test under Sec. 63.11466, you must 
submit the Notification of Compliance Status within 60 days after 
completing the performance test.



Sec. 63.11468  What are the monitoring requirements for new and 
existing sources?

    (a) For an existing affected source, you must demonstrate compliance 
by conducting the monitoring activities in paragraph (a)(1) or (a)(2) of 
this section:
    (1) You must perform periodic inspections and maintenance of each 
baghouse according to the requirements in paragraphs (a)(1)(i) and (ii) 
of this section.
    (i) You must conduct weekly visual inspections of the system 
ductwork for leaks.
    (ii) You must conduct inspections of the interior of the baghouse 
for structural integrity and to determine the condition of the fabric 
filter every 12 months.
    (2) As an alternative to the monitoring requirements in paragraph 
(a)(1) of this section, you may demonstrate compliance by conducting a 
daily 30-minute visible emissions (VE) test (i.e., no visible emissions) 
using EPA Method 22 (40 CFR part 60, appendix A-7).
    (b) If the results of the visual inspection or VE test conducted 
under paragraph (a) of this section indicate a problem with the 
operation of the baghouse, including but not limited to air leaks, torn 
or broken bags or filter media, or any other condition that may cause an 
increase in PM emissions, you must take immediate corrective action to 
return the baghouse to normal operation according to the equipment 
manufacturer's specifications or instructions and record the corrective 
action taken.
    (c) For each new affected source, you must install, operate, and 
maintain a bag leak detection system according to paragraphs (c)(1) 
through (3) of this section.
    (1) Each bag leak detection system must meet the specifications and 
requirements in paragraphs (c)(1)(i) through (viii) of this section.
    (i) The bag leak detection system must be certified by the 
manufacturer to be capable of detecting PM emissions at concentrations 
of 1 milligram per dry standard cubic meter (0.00044 grains per actual 
cubic foot) or less.
    (ii) The bag leak detection system sensor must provide output of 
relative PM loadings. The owner or operator shall continuously record 
the output from the bag leak detection system using electronic or other 
means (e.g., using a strip chart recorder or a data logger).
    (iii) The bag leak detection system must be equipped with an alarm 
system that will sound when the system detects an increase in relative 
particulate loading over the alarm set point established according to 
paragraph (c)(1)(iv) of this section, and the alarm must be located such 
that it can be heard by the appropriate plant personnel.
    (iv) In the initial adjustment of the bag leak detection system, you 
must establish, at a minimum, the baseline output by adjusting the 
sensitivity (range) and the averaging period of the device, the alarm 
set points, and the alarm delay time.
    (v) Following initial adjustment, you shall not adjust the averaging 
period, alarm set point, or alarm delay time without approval from the 
Administrator or delegated authority except as provided in paragraph 
(c)(1)(vi) of this section.
    (vi) Once per quarter, you may adjust the sensitivity of the bag 
leak detection system to account for seasonal effects, including 
temperature and humidity, according to the procedures identified in the 
site-specific monitoring plan required by paragraph (c)(2) of this 
section.

[[Page 443]]

    (vii) You must install the bag leak detection sensor downstream of 
the fabric filter.
    (viii) Where multiple detectors are required, the system's 
instrumentation and alarm may be shared among detectors.
    (2) You must develop and submit to the Administrator or delegated 
authority for approval a site-specific monitoring plan for each bag leak 
detection system. You must operate and maintain the bag leak detection 
system according to the site-specific monitoring plan at all times. Each 
monitoring plan must describe the items in paragraphs (c)(2)(i) through 
(vi) of this section.
    (i) Installation of the bag leak detection system;
    (ii) Initial and periodic adjustment of the bag leak detection 
system, including how the alarm set-point will be established;
    (iii) Operation of the bag leak detection system, including quality 
assurance procedures;
    (iv) How the bag leak detection system will be maintained, including 
a routine maintenance schedule and spare parts inventory list;
    (v) How the bag leak detection system output will be recorded and 
stored; and
    (vi) Corrective action procedures as specified in paragraph (c)(3) 
of this section. In approving the site-specific monitoring plan, the 
Administrator or delegated authority may allow owners and operators more 
than 3 hours to alleviate a specific condition that causes an alarm if 
the owner or operator identifies in the monitoring plan this specific 
condition as one that could lead to an alarm, adequately explains why it 
is not feasible to alleviate this condition within 3 hours of the time 
the alarm occurs, and demonstrates that the requested time will ensure 
alleviation of this condition as expeditiously as practicable.
    (3) For each bag leak detection system, you must initiate procedures 
to determine the cause of every alarm within 1 hour of the alarm. Except 
as provided in paragraph (c)(2)(vi) of this section, you must alleviate 
the cause of the alarm within 3 hours of the alarm by taking whatever 
corrective action(s) are necessary. Corrective actions may include, but 
are not limited to the following:
    (i) Inspecting the fabric filter for air leaks, torn or broken bags 
or filter media, or any other condition that may cause an increase in PM 
emissions;
    (ii) Sealing off defective bags or filter media;
    (iii) Replacing defective bags or filter media or otherwise 
repairing the control device;
    (iv) Sealing off a defective fabric filter compartment;
    (v) Cleaning the bag leak detection system probe or otherwise 
repairing the bag leak detection system; or
    (vi) Shutting down the process producing the PM emissions.



Sec. 63.11469  What are the notification requirements?

    (a) You must submit the Initial Notification required by Sec. 
63.9(b)(2) no later than 120 days after the applicable compliance date 
specified in Sec. 63.11464. The Initial Notification must include the 
information specified in Sec. 63.9(b)(2)(i) through (iv) and may be 
combined with the Notification of Compliance Status required in Sec. 
63.11467 and paragraph (b) of this section if you choose to submit both 
notifications within 120 days.
    (b) You must submit a Notification of Compliance Status in 
accordance with Sec. 63.9(h) and the requirements in paragraphs (c) and 
(d) of this section. In addition to the information required in 
Sec. Sec. 63.9(h)(2), 63.11466, and 63.11467, your notification must 
include the following certification(s) of compliance, as applicable, and 
signature of a responsible official:
    (1) This certification of compliance by the owner or operator of an 
existing affected source who is relying on a previous performance test: 
``This facility complies with the control efficiency requirement [or the 
outlet concentration limit] in Sec. 63.11465 based on a previous 
performance test in accordance with Sec. 63.11466.''
    (2) This certification of compliance by the owner or operator of any 
new or existing affected source: ``This facility has conducted an 
initial inspection of each control device according to the requirements 
in Sec. 63.11467, will conduct periodic inspections and maintenance

[[Page 444]]

of control devices in accordance with Sec. 63.11468, and will maintain 
records of each inspection and maintenance action required by Sec. 
63.11470.''
    (3) This certification of compliance by the owner or operator of a 
new affected source: ``This facility has an approved bag leak detection 
system monitoring plan in accordance with Sec. 63.11468(c)(2).''
    (c) If you own or operate an affected source and are required to 
conduct a performance test under Sec. 63.11466, you must submit a 
Notification of Compliance Status, including the performance test 
results, before the close of business on the 60th day following the 
completion of the performance test.
    (d) If you own or operate an affected source and are not required to 
conduct a performance test under Sec. 63.11466, you must submit a 
Notification of Compliance Status, including the results of the previous 
performance test, no later than 120 days after the applicable compliance 
date specified in Sec. 63.11464.



Sec. 63.11470  What are the recordkeeping requirements?

    (a) You must keep the records specified in paragraphs (a)(1) and (2) 
of this section.
    (1) As required in Sec. 63.10(b)(2)(xiv), you must keep a copy of 
each notification that you submitted to comply with this subpart and all 
documentation supporting any Initial Notification or Notification of 
Compliance Status that you submitted.
    (2) You must keep the records of all inspection and monitoring data 
required by Sec. Sec. 63.11467 and 63.11468, and the information 
identified in paragraphs (a)(2)(i) through (a)(2)(v) for each required 
inspection or monitoring.
    (i) The date, place, and time;
    (ii) Person conducting the activity;
    (iii) Technique or method used;
    (iv) Operating conditions during the activity; and
    (v) Results.
    (b) Your records must be in a form suitable and readily available 
for expeditious review, according to Sec. 63.10(b)(1).
    (c) As specified in Sec. 63.10(b)(1), you must keep each record for 
5 years following the date of each recorded action.
    (d) You must keep each record onsite for at least 2 years after the 
date of each recorded action according to Sec. 63.10(b)(1). You may 
keep the records offsite for the remaining three years.

                   Other Requirements and Information



Sec. 63.11471  What General Provisions apply to this subpart?

    Table 1 to this subpart shows which parts of the General Provisions 
in Sec. Sec. 63.1 through 63.16 apply to you.



Sec. 63.11472  What definitions apply to this subpart?

    Terms used in this subpart are defined in the Clean Air Act, in 
Sec. 63.2, and in this section as follows:
    Bag leak detection system means a system that is capable of 
continuously monitoring relative particulate matter (dust loadings) in 
the exhaust of a baghouse to detect bag leaks and other upset 
conditions. A bag leak detection system includes, but is not limited to, 
an instrument that operates on triboelectric, light scattering, light 
transmittance, or other effect to continuously monitor relative 
particulate matter loadings.
    Furnace melting operation means the collection of processes used to 
charge post-consumer nonferrous scrap material to a furnace, melt the 
material, and transfer the molten material to a forming medium.
    Secondary nonferrous metals processing facility means a brass and 
bronze ingot making, secondary magnesium processing, or secondary zinc 
processing plant that uses furnace melting operations to melt post-
consumer nonferrous metal scrap to make products including bars, ingots, 
blocks, or metal powders.



Sec. 63.11473  Who implements and enforces this subpart?

    (a) This subpart can be implemented and enforced by the U.S. EPA or 
a delegated authority such as your State, local, or tribal agency. If 
the U.S. EPA Administrator has delegated authority to your State, local, 
or tribal agency, then that agency has the authority to implement and 
enforce this subpart.

[[Page 445]]

You should contact your U.S. EPA Regional Office to find out if this 
subpart is delegated to your State, local, or tribal agency.
    (b) In delegating implementation and enforcement authority of this 
subpart to a State, local, or tribal agency under 40 CFR part 63, 
subpart E, the authorities contained in paragraph (c) of this section 
are retained by the Administrator of the U.S. EPA and are not 
transferred to the State, local, or tribal agency.
    (c) The authorities that will not be delegated to State, local, or 
tribal agencies are listed in paragraphs (c)(1) through (4) of this 
section.
    (1) Approval of alternatives to the applicability requirements in 
Sec. Sec. 63.11462 and 63.11463, the compliance date requirements in 
Sec. 63.11464, and the applicable standards in Sec. 63.11465.
    (2) Approval of a major change to a test method under Sec. 
63.7(e)(2)(ii) and (f). A ``major change to test method'' is defined in 
Sec. 63.90.
    (3) Approval of a major change to monitoring under Sec. 63.8(f). A 
``major change to monitoring'' is defined in Sec. 63.90.
    (4) Approval of a major change to recordkeeping/reporting under 
Sec. 63.10(f). A ``major change to recordkeeping/reporting'' is defined 
in Sec. 63.90.



Sec. 63.11474  [Reserved]



  Sec. Table 1 to Subpart TTTTTT of Part 63--Applicability of General 
                      Provisions to Subpart TTTTTT

    As stated in Sec. 63.11471, you must comply with the requirements 
of the NESHAP General Provisions (40 CFR part 63, subpart A) shown in 
the following table:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Citation                              Subject
------------------------------------------------------------------------
63.1(a)(1)-(a)(4), (a)(6), (a)(10)-         Applicability.
 (a)(12), (b)(1), (b)(3), (c)(1),\1\
 (c)(2), (c)(5), (e).
63.2......................................  Definitions.
63.3......................................  Units and Abbreviations.
63.4......................................  Prohibited Activities and
                                             Circumvention.
63.6(a), (b)(1)-(b)(5), (b)(7), (c)(1),     Compliance With Standards
 (c)(2), (c)(5), (e)(1), (f), (g), (i),      and Maintenance
 (j).                                        Requirements.
63.7......................................  Performance Testing
                                             Requirements
63.8(a)(1), (a)(2), (b), (c)(1)(i)-         Monitoring Requirements.
 (c)(1)(ii), (c)(2), (c)(3), (f).
63.9(a), (b)(1), (b)(2), (b)(5), (c), (d),  Notification Requirements.
 (h)(1)-(h)(3), (h)(5), (h)(6), (i), (j).
63.10(a), (b)(1), (b)(2)(vii),              Recordkeeping and Reporting
 (b)(2)(xiv), (b)(3), (c), (f).              Requirements.
63.12.....................................  State Authority and
                                             Delegations.
63.13.....................................  Addresses.
63.14.....................................  Incorporations by Reference.
63.15.....................................  Availability of Information
                                             and Confidentiality.
63.16.....................................  Performance Track
                                             Provisions.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Section 63.11462(b) of this subpart exempts area sources from the
  obligation to obtain title V operating permits.

Subpart UUUUUU [Reserved]



Subpart VVVVVV_National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants 
                 for Chemical Manufacturing Area Sources

    Source: 74 FR 56041, Oct. 29, 2009, unless otherwise noted.

                   Applicability and Compliance Dates



Sec. 63.11494  What are the applicability requirements and compliance
dates?

    (a) Except as specified in paragraph (c) of this section, you are 
subject to this subpart if you own or operate a chemical manufacturing 
process unit (CMPU) that meets the conditions specified in paragraphs 
(a)(1) and (2) of this section.
    (1) The CMPU is located at an area source of hazardous air pollutant 
(HAP) emissions.

[[Page 446]]

    (2) HAP listed in Table 1 to this subpart (Table 1 HAP) are present 
in the CMPU, as specified in paragraph (a)(2)(i), (ii), (iii), or (iv) 
of this section.
    (i) The CMPU uses as feedstock, any material that contains 
quinoline, manganese, and/or trivalent chromium at an individual 
concentration greater than 1.0 percent by weight, or any other Table 1 
HAP at an individual concentration greater than 0.1 percent by weight. 
To determine the Table 1 HAP content of feedstocks, you may rely on 
formulation data provided by the manufacturer or supplier, such as the 
Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) for the material. If the concentration 
in an MSDS is presented as a range, use the upper bound of the range.
    (ii) Quinoline is generated as byproduct and is present in the CMPU 
in any liquid stream (process or waste) at a concentration greater than 
1.0 percent by weight.
    (iii) Hydrazine and/or Table 1 organic HAP other than quinoline are 
generated as byproduct and are present in the CMPU in any liquid stream 
(process or waste), continuous process vent, or batch process vent at an 
individual concentration greater than 0.1 percent by weight.
    (iv) Hydrazine or any Table 1 HAP is produced as a product of the 
CMPU.
    (b) A CMPU includes all process vessels, equipment, and activities 
necessary to operate a chemical manufacturing process that produces a 
material or a family of materials described by North American Industry 
Classification System (NAICS) code 325. A CMPU consists of one or more 
unit operations and any associated recovery devices. A CMPU also 
includes each storage tank, transfer operation, surge control vessel, 
and bottoms receiver associated with the production of such NAICS code 
325 materials.
    (c) This subpart does not apply to the operations specified in 
paragraphs (c)(1) through (6) of this section.
    (1) Affected sources under the following chemical manufacturing area 
source categories listed pursuant to Clean Air Act (CAA) section 
112(c)(3) and 112(k)(3)(B)(ii) that are subject to area source standards 
under this part:
    (i) Manufacture of Paint and Allied Products, subject to subpart 
CCCCCCC of this part.
    (ii) Mercury Emissions from Mercury Cell Chlor-Alkali Plants, 
subject to subpart IIIII of this part.
    (iii) Polyvinyl Chloride and Copolymers Production, subject to 
subpart DDDDDD of this part.
    (iv) Acrylic and Modacrylic Fibers Production, subject to subpart 
LLLLLL of this part.
    (v) Carbon Black Production, subject to subpart MMMMMM of this part.
    (vi) Chemical Manufacturing Area Sources: Chromium Compounds, 
subject to subpart NNNNNN of this part.
    (vii) Lead oxide production at Lead Acid Battery Manufacturing 
Facilities, subject to subpart PPPPPP of this part.
    (2) Production of the following chemical manufacturing materials 
described in NAICS code 325:
    (i) Manufacture of radioactive elements or isotopes, radium 
chloride, radium luminous compounds, strontium, uranium.
    (ii) Manufacture of photographic film, paper, and plate where the 
material is coated with or contains chemicals. This subpart does apply 
to the manufacture of photographic chemicals.
    (iii) Fabricating operations (such as spinning or compressing a 
solid polymer into its end use); compounding operations (in which 
blending, melting, and resolidification of a solid polymer product 
occurs for the purpose of incorporating additives, colorants, or 
stabilizers); and extrusion and drawing operations (converting an 
already produced solid polymer into a different shape by melting or 
mixing the polymer and then forcing it or pulling it through an orifice 
to create an extruded product). An operation is subject if it involves 
processing with Table 1 HAP solvent or if an intended purpose of the 
operation is to remove residual Table 1 HAP monomer.
    (iv) Manufacture of chemicals classified in NAICS code 325222, 
325314, 325413, or 325998.
    (3) Research and development facilities, as defined in CAA section 
112(c)(7).
    (4) Quality assurance/quality control laboratories.

[[Page 447]]

    (5) Ancillary activities, as defined in Sec. 63.11502(b).
    (6) Metal HAP in structures or existing as articles as defined in 40 
CFR 372.3.
    (d) This subpart applies to each new or existing affected source. 
The affected source is the facility-wide collection of CMPUs and each 
heat exchange system and wastewater system associated with a CMPU that 
meets the criteria specified in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section. 
A CMPU using only Table 1 organic HAP is required to control only total 
CAA section 112(b) organic HAP. A CMPU using only Table 1 metal HAP is 
required to control only total CAA section 112(b) metal HAP in 
accordance with Sec. 63.11495 and, if applicable, Sec. 63.11496(f).
    (1) An affected source is an existing source if you commenced 
construction or reconstruction of the affected source before October 6, 
2008.
    (2) An affected source is a new source if you commenced construction 
or reconstruction of the affected source on or after October 6, 2008.
    (e) Any area source that installed a federally-enforceable control 
device on an affected CMPU is required to obtain a permit under 40 CFR 
part 70 or 40 CFR part 71 if the control device on the affected CMPU is 
necessary to maintain the source's emissions at area source levels. For 
new and existing sources subject to this rule on December 21, 2012 and 
subject to title V as a result of this rule, a complete title V permit 
application must be submitted no later than December 21, 2013. New and 
existing sources that become subject to this rule after December 21, 
2012 must submit a complete title V permit application no later than 12 
months after becoming subject to this rule if the source is subject to 
title V as a result of this rule. Otherwise, you are exempt from the 
obligation to obtain a permit under 40 CFR part 70 or 40 CFR part 71, 
provided you are not otherwise required by law to obtain a permit under 
40 CFR 70.3(a) or 40 CFR 71.3(a). Notwithstanding the previous sentence, 
you must continue to comply with the provisions of this subpart.
    (f) If you own or operate an existing affected source, you must 
achieve compliance with the applicable provisions in this subpart no 
later than March 21, 2013.
    (g) If you start up a new affected source on or before October 29, 
2009, you must achieve compliance with the applicable provisions of this 
subpart no later than October 29, 2009.
    (h) If you start up a new affected source after October 29, 2009, 
you must achieve compliance with the provisions in this subpart upon 
startup of your affected source.

[74 FR 56041, Oct. 29, 2009, as amended at 77 FR 75756, Dec. 21, 2012]

                  Standards and Compliance Requirements



Sec. 63.11495  What are the management practices and other
requirements?

    (a) Management practices. If you have a CMPU subject to this 
subpart, you must comply with paragraphs (a)(1) through (5) of this 
section.
    (1) Each process vessel must be equipped with a cover or lid that 
must be closed at all times when it is in organic HAP service or metal 
HAP service, except for manual operations that require access, such as 
material addition and removal, inspection, sampling and cleaning. This 
requirement does not apply to process vessels containing only metal HAP 
that are in a liquid solution or other form that will not result in 
particulate emissions of metal HAP (e.g., metal HAP that is in ingot, 
paste, slurry, or moist pellet form or other form).
    (2) You must use any of the methods listed in paragraphs (a)(2)(i) 
through (iv) of this section to control total organic HAP emissions from 
transfer of liquids containing Table 1 organic HAP to tank trucks or 
railcars. You are not required to comply with this paragraph (a)(2) if 
you have notified the Administrator in your initial notification that a 
material is reactive or resinous, and you will not be able to comply 
with any of the methods in paragraphs (a)(2)(i) through (iv) of this 
section for the transfer of such material.
    (i) Use submerged loading or bottom loading.
    (ii) Route emissions to a fuel gas system or process in accordance 
with Sec. 63.982(d) of subpart SS.

[[Page 448]]

    (iii) Vapor balance back to the storage tank or another storage tank 
connected by a common header.
    (iv) Vent through a closed-vent system to a control device.
    (3) You must conduct inspections of process vessels and equipment 
for each CMPU in organic HAP service or metal HAP service, as specified 
in paragraphs (a)(3)(i) through (v) of this section, to demonstrate 
compliance with paragraph (a)(1) of this section and to determine that 
the process vessels and equipment are sound and free of leaks. 
Alternatively, except when the subject CMPU contains metal HAP as 
particulate, inspections may be conducted while the subject process 
vessels and equipment are in VOC service, provided that leaks can be 
detected when in VOC service.
    (i) Inspections must be conducted at least quarterly.
    (ii) For these inspections, detection methods incorporating sight, 
sound, or smell are acceptable. Indications of a leak identified using 
such methods constitute a leak unless you demonstrate that the 
indications of a leak are due to a condition other than loss of HAP. If 
indications of a leak are determined not to be HAP in one quarterly 
monitoring period, you must still perform the inspection and 
demonstration in the next quarterly monitoring period.
    (iii) As an alternative to conducting inspections, as specified in 
paragraph (a)(3)(ii) of this section, you may use Method 21 of 40 CFR 
part 60, appendix A-7, with a leak definition of 500 ppmv to detect 
leaks. You may also use Method 21 with a leak definition of 500 ppmv to 
determine if indications of a leak identified during an inspection 
conducted in accordance with paragraph (a)(3)(ii) of this section are 
due to a condition other than loss of HAP. The procedures in this 
paragraph (a)(3)(iii) may not be used as an alternative to the 
inspection required by paragraph (a)(3)(ii) of this section for process 
vessels that contain metal HAP as particulate.
    (iv) Inspections must be conducted while the subject CMPU is 
operating.
    (v) No inspection is required in a calendar quarter during which the 
subject CMPU does not operate for the entire calendar quarter and is not 
in organic HAP service or metal HAP service. If the CMPU operates at all 
during a calendar quarter, an inspection is required.
    (4) You must repair any leak within 15 calendar days after detection 
of the leak, or document the reason for any delay of repair. For the 
purposes of this paragraph (a)(4), a leak will be considered 
``repaired'' if a condition specified in paragraph (a)(4)(i), (ii), or 
(iii) of this section is met.
    (i) The visual, audible, olfactory, or other indications of a leak 
to the atmosphere have been eliminated, or
    (ii) No bubbles are observed at potential leak sites during a leak 
check using soap solution, or
    (iii) The system will hold a test pressure.
    (5) You must keep records of the dates and results of each 
inspection event, the dates of equipment repairs, and, if applicable, 
the reasons for any delay in repair.
    (b) Small heat exchange systems. For each heat exchange system 
subject to this subpart with a cooling water flow rate less than 8,000 
gallons per minute (gal/min) and not meeting one or more of the 
conditions in Sec. 63.104(a), you must comply with paragraphs (b)(1) 
through (3) of this section, or as an alternative, you may comply with 
any one of the requirements in Item 1.a or 1.b of Table 8 to this 
subpart.
    (1) You must develop and operate in accordance with a heat exchange 
system inspection plan. The plan must describe the inspections to be 
performed that will provide evidence of hydrocarbons in the cooling 
water. Among other things, inspections may include checks for visible 
floating hydrocarbon on the water, hydrocarbon odor, discolored water, 
and/or chemical addition rates. You must conduct inspections at least 
once per quarter, even if the previous inspection determined that the 
indications of a leak did not constitute a leak as defined by Sec. 
63.104(b)(6).
    (2) You must perform repairs to eliminate the leak and any 
indications of a leak or demonstrate that the HAP concentration in the 
cooling water does not constitute a leak, as defined by Sec. 
63.104(b)(6), within 45 calendar days

[[Page 449]]

after indications of the leak are identified, or you must document the 
reason for any delay of repair in your next semiannual compliance 
report.
    (3) You must keep records of the dates and results of each 
inspection, documentation of any demonstrations that indications of a 
leak do not constitute a leak, the dates of leak repairs, and, if 
applicable, the reasons for any delay in repair.
    (c) Startup, shutdown and malfunction. Startup, shutdown, and 
malfunction (SSM) provisions in subparts that are referenced in 
paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section do not apply.
    (d) General duty. At all times, you must operate and maintain any 
affected CMPU, including associated air pollution control equipment and 
monitoring equipment, in a manner consistent with safety and good air 
pollution control practices for minimizing emissions. Determination of 
whether such operation and maintenance procedures are being used will be 
based on information available to the Administrator, which may include, 
but is not limited to, monitoring results, review of operation and 
maintenance procedures, review of operation and maintenance records, and 
inspection of the CMPU.

[74 FR 56041, Oct. 29, 2009, as amended at 77 FR 75756, Dec. 21, 2012]




Sec. 63.11496  What are the standards and compliance requirements
for process vents?

    (a) Organic HAP emissions from batch process vents. You must comply 
with the requirements in paragraphs (a)(1) through (4) of this section 
for organic HAP emissions from your batch process vents for each CMPU 
using Table 1 organic HAP. If uncontrolled organic HAP emissions from 
all batch process vents from a CMPU subject to this subpart are equal to 
or greater than 10,000 pounds per year (lb/yr), you must also comply 
with the emission limits and other requirements in Table 2 to this 
subpart.
    (1) You must determine the sum of actual organic HAP emissions from 
all of your batch process vents within a CMPU subject to this subpart 
using process knowledge, engineering assessment, or test data. Emissions 
for a standard batch in a process may be used to represent actual 
emissions from each batch in that process. You must maintain records of 
the calculations. Calculations of annual emissions are not required if 
you meet the emission standards for batch process vents in Table 2 to 
this subpart.
    (2) As an alternative to calculating actual emissions for each 
affected CMPU at your facility, you may elect to estimate emissions for 
each CMPU based on the emissions for the worst-case CMPU. The worst-case 
CMPU means the CMPU at the affected source with the highest organic HAP 
emissions per batch. The worst-case emissions per batch are used with 
the number of batches run for other affected CMPU. Process knowledge, 
engineering assessment, or test data may be used to identify the worst-
case process. You must keep records of the information and procedures 
used to identify the worst-case process.
    (3) If your current estimate is that emissions from batch process 
vents from a CMPU are less than 10,000 pounds per year (lb/yr), then you 
must keep a record of the number of batches of each process operated per 
month. Also, you must reevaluate your total emissions from batch process 
vents prior to making any process changes that affect emission 
calculations in paragraphs (a)(1) and (2) of this section. If projected 
emissions increase to 10,000 lb/yr or more, you must be in compliance 
options for batch process vents in Table 2 to this subpart upon 
initiating operation under the new operating conditions. You must 
maintain records documenting the results of all updated emissions 
calculations.
    (4) As an alternative to determining the HAP emissions, you may 
elect to demonstrate that the amount of organic HAP used in the process 
is less than 10,000 lb/yr. You must keep monthly records of the organic 
HAP usage.
    (b) Organic HAP emissions from continuous process vents. You must 
comply with the requirements in paragraphs

[[Page 450]]

(b)(1) through (3) of this section for organic HAP emissions from your 
continuous process vents for each CMPU subject to this subpart using 
Table 1 organic HAP. If the total resource-effectiveness (TRE) index 
value for a continuous process vent is less than or equal to 1.0, you 
must also comply with the emission limits and other requirements in 
Table 3 to this subpart.
    (1) You must determine the TRE index value according to the 
procedures in Sec. 63.115(d), except as specified in paragraphs 
(b)(1)(i) through (iii) of this section.
    (i) You are not required to calculate the TRE index value if you 
control emissions in accordance with Table 3 to this subpart.
    (ii) Sections 63.115(d)(1)(i) and (ii) are not applicable for the 
purposes of this paragraph (b)(1)(ii).
    (iii) You may assume the TRE for a vent stream is 1.0 if 
the amount of organic HAP emitted in the vent stream is less than 0.1 
pound per hour.
    (2) If the current TRE index value is greater than 1, you must 
recalculate the TRE index value before you make any process or 
operational change that affects parameters in the calculation. If the 
recalculated TRE is less than or equal to 1.0, then you must comply with 
one of the compliance options for continuous process vents in Table 3 to 
this subpart before operating under the new operating conditions. You 
must maintain records of all TRE calculations.
    (3) If a recovery device as defined in Sec. 63.11502 is used to 
maintain the TRE index value at a level greater than 1.0 and less than 
or equal to 4.0, you must comply with Sec. 63.982(e) and the 
requirements specified therein.
    (c) Combined streams. If you combine organic HAP emissions from 
batch process vents and continuous process vents, you must comply with 
the more stringent standard in Table 2 or Table 3 to this subpart that 
applies to any portion of the combined stream, or you must comply with 
Table 2 for the batch process vents and Table 3 for the continuous 
process vents. The TRE index value for continuous process vents and the 
annual emissions from batch process vents shall be determined for the 
individual streams before they are combined, and prior to any control 
(e.g., by subtracting any emission contributions from storage tanks, 
continuous process vents or batch process vents, as applicable), in 
order to determine the most stringent applicable requirements.
    (d) Halogenated streams. You must determine if an emission stream is 
a halogenated vent stream by calculating the mass emission rate of 
halogen atoms in accordance with Sec. 63.115(d)(2)(v). Alternatively, 
you may elect to designate the emission stream as halogenated. If you 
use a combustion device to comply with the emission limits for organic 
HAP from a halogenated batch process vent or a halogenated continuous 
process vent, you must use a halogen reduction device to meet the 
emission limit in either paragraph (d)(1) or (d)(2) of this section and 
in accordance with Sec. 63.994 and the requirements referenced therein.
    (1) Reduce overall emissions of hydrogen halide and halogen HAP 
after the combustion device by greater than or equal to 95 percent, to 
less than or equal to 0.45 kilograms per hour (kg/hr), or to a 
concentration less than or equal to 20 parts per million by volume 
(ppmv).
    (2) Reduce the halogen atom mass emission rate before the combustion 
device to less than or equal to 0.45 kg/hr or to a concentration less 
than or equal to 20 ppmv.
    (e) Alternative standard for organic HAP. Exceptions to the 
requirements for the alternative standard requirements specified in 
Tables 2 and 3 to this subpart and Sec. 63.2505 are specified in 
paragraphs (e)(1) through (6) of this section.
    (1) When Sec. 63.2505 of subpart FFFF refers to Tables 1 and 2 to 
subpart FFFF and Sec. Sec. 63.2455 and 63.2460, it means Tables 2 and 3 
to this subpart and Sec. 63.11496(a) and (b).
    (2) Sections 63.2505(a)(2) and (b)(9) do not apply.
    (3) When Sec. 63.2505(b) references Sec. 63.2445 it means Sec. 
63.11494(f) through (h).
    (4) The requirements for hydrogen halide and halogen HAP apply only 
to hydrogen halide and halogen HAP generated in a combustion device that 
is

[[Page 451]]

used to comply with the alternative standard.
    (5) When Sec. 63.1258(b)(5)(ii)(B)(2) refers to a ``notification of 
process change'' report, it means the semi-annual compliance report 
required by Sec. 63.11501(d) for the purposes of this subpart.
    (6) CEMS requirements and data reduction requirements for CEMS 
specified in Sec. 63.2450(j) apply.
    (f) Emissions from metal HAP process vents. You must comply with the 
requirements in paragraphs (f)(1) and (2) of this section for metal HAP 
emissions from each CMPU using Table 1 metal HAP. If the collective 
uncontrolled metal HAP emissions from all metal HAP process vents from a 
CMPU are equal to or greater than 400 lb/yr, then you must also comply 
with the emission limits and other requirements in Table 4 to this 
subpart and in paragraph (f)(3), (4), or (5) of this section. The 
requirements of this paragraph (f) do not apply to metal HAP process 
vents from CMPU containing only metal HAP that are in a liquid solution 
or other form that will not result in particulate emissions of metal HAP 
(e.g., metal HAP that is in ingot, paste, slurry, or moist pellet form 
or other form).
    (1) You must determine the sum of metal HAP emissions from all metal 
HAP process vents within a CMPU subject to this subpart, except you are 
not required to determine the annual emissions if you control the metal 
HAP process vents within a CMPU in accordance with Table 4 to this 
subpart or if you determine your total metal HAP usage in the process 
unit is less than 400 lb/yr. To determine the mass emission rate you may 
use process knowledge, engineering assessment, or test data. You must 
keep records of the emissions calculations.
    (2) If your current estimate is that total uncontrolled metal HAP 
emissions from a CMPU subject to this subpart are less than 400 lb/yr, 
then you must keep records of either the number of batches operated per 
month (batch vents) or the process operating hours (continuous vents). 
Also, you must reevaluate your total emissions before you make any 
process or operational change that affects emissions of metal HAP. If 
projected emissions increase to 400 lb/yr or more, then you must be in 
compliance with one of the options for metal HAP process vents in Table 
4 to this subpart upon initiating operation under the new operating 
conditions. You must keep records of all recalculated emissions 
determinations.
    (3) If you have an existing source subject to the HAP metals 
emission limits specified in Table 4 to this subpart, you must comply 
with the initial compliance and monitoring requirements in paragraphs 
(f)(3)(i) through (iii) of this section. You must keep records of 
monitoring results to demonstrate continuous compliance.
    (i) You must prepare a monitoring plan containing the information in 
paragraphs (f)(3)(i)(A) through (E) of this section. The plan must be 
maintained on-site and be available on request. You must operate and 
maintain the control device according to a site-specific monitoring plan 
at all times.
    (A) A description of the device;
    (B) Results of a performance test or engineering assessment 
conducted in accordance with paragraph (f)(3)(ii) of this section 
verifying the performance of the device for reducing HAP metals or 
particulate matter (PM) to the levels required by this subpart;
    (C) Operation and maintenance plan for the control device (including 
a preventative maintenance schedule consistent with the manufacturer's 
instructions for routine and long-term maintenance) and continuous 
monitoring system (CMS).
    (D) A list of operating parameters that will be monitored to 
maintain continuous compliance with the applicable emissions limits; and
    (E) Operating parameter limits based on either monitoring data 
collected during the performance test or established in the engineering 
assessment.
    (ii) You must conduct a performance test or an engineering 
assessment for each CMPU subject to a HAP metals emissions limit in 
Table 4 to this subpart and report the results in your Notification of 
Compliance Status (NOCS). Each performance test or engineering 
assessment must be conducted under representative operating conditions, 
and sampling for each performance test must be conducted at both

[[Page 452]]

the inlet and outlet of the control device. Upon request, you shall make 
available to the Administrator such records as may be necessary to 
determine the conditions of performance tests. If you own or operate an 
existing affected source, you are not required to conduct a performance 
test if a prior performance test was conducted within the 5 years prior 
to the effective date using the same methods specified in paragraph 
(f)(3)(iii) of this section, and, either no process changes have been 
made since the test, or, if you can demonstrate that the results of the 
performance test, with or without adjustments, reliably demonstrate 
compliance despite process changes.
    (iii) If you elect to conduct a performance test, it must be 
conducted according to requirements in Sec. 63.11410(j)(1). As an 
alternative to conducting a performance test using Method 5 or 5D to 
determine the concentration of PM, you may use Method 29 in 40 CFR part 
60, appendix A-8 to determine the concentration of HAP metals. You have 
demonstrated initial compliance if the overall reduction of either HAP 
metals or total PM is equal to or greater than 95 percent.
    (4) If you have a new source using a baghouse as a control device, 
you must install, operate, and maintain a bag leak detection system on 
all baghouses used to comply with the HAP metals emissions limit in 
Table 4 to this subpart. You must comply with the testing, monitoring, 
and recordkeeping requirements in Sec. 63.11410(g), (i), and (j)(1), 
except you are not required to submit the monitoring plan required by 
Sec. 63.11410(g)(2) for approval.
    (5) If you have a new source using a control device other than a 
baghouse to comply with the HAP metals emission limits in Table 4 to 
this subpart, you must comply with the initial compliance and monitoring 
requirements in paragraphs (f)(3)(i) through (iii) of this section.
    (g) Exceptions and alternatives to 40 CFR part 63, subpart SS. If 
you are complying with the emission limits and other requirements for 
continuous process vents in Table 3 to this subpart, the provisions in 
paragraphs (g)(1) through (7) and (9) of this section apply in addition 
to the provisions in 40 CFR part 63, subpart SS. If you are complying 
with the emission limits and other requirements for batch process vents 
in Table 2 to this subpart, the provisions in paragraphs (g)(1) through 
(8) of this section apply in addition to the provisions in subpart SS.
    (1) Requirements for performance tests. (i) The requirements 
specified in Sec. 63.2450(g)(1) through (4) apply instead of, or in 
addition to, the requirements specified in 40 CFR part 63, subpart SS.
    (ii) Upon request, you shall make available to the Administrator, 
such records as may be necessary to determine the conditions of 
performance tests.
    (2) Design evaluation. To determine initial compliance with a 
percent reduction or outlet concentration emission limit, you may elect 
to conduct a design evaluation as specified in Sec. 63.1257(a)(1) 
instead of a performance test as specified in subpart SS of this part 
63. You must establish the value(s) and basis for the operating limits 
as part of the design evaluation. For continuous process vents, the 
design evaluation must be conducted at maximum representative operating 
conditions for the process, unless the Administrator specifies or 
approves alternate operating conditions. For batch process vents, the 
design evaluation must be conducted under worst-case conditions, as 
specified in Sec. 63.2460(c)(2).
    (3) Outlet concentration correction for combustion devices. When 
Sec. 63.997(e)(2)(iii)(C) requires you to correct the measured 
concentration at the outlet of a combustion device to 3 percent oxygen 
if you add supplemental combustion air, the requirements in either 
paragraph (g)(3)(i) or (g)(3)(ii) of this section apply for the purposes 
of this subpart.
    (i) You must correct the concentration in the gas stream at the 
outlet of the combustion device to 3 percent oxygen if you add 
supplemental gases, as defined in Sec. 63.2550, to the vent stream, or;
    (ii) You must correct the measured concentration for supplemental 
gases using Equation 1 of Sec. 63.2460; you may use process knowledge 
and representative operating data to determine the fraction of the total 
flow due to supplemental gas.

[[Page 453]]

    (4) Continuous parameter monitoring. The provisions in Sec. 
63.2450(k)(1) through (6) apply in addition to the requirements for 
continuous parameter monitoring systems (CPMS) in subpart SS of this 
part 63, except as specified in paragraphs (g)(4)(i) and (ii) of this 
section.
    (i) You may measure pH or caustic strength of the scrubber effluent 
at least once per day for any halogen scrubber within a CMPU subject to 
this rule.
    (ii) The requirements in Sec. 63.2450(k)(6) to request approval of 
a procedure to monitor operating parameters does not apply for the 
purposes of this subpart. You must provide the required information in 
your NOCS report required by Sec. 63.11501(b).
    (5) Startup, shutdown, malfunction (SSM). Sections 63.996(c)(2)(ii) 
and 63.998(b)(2)(iii), (b)(6)(i)(A), (c)(1)(ii)(E) and (d)(3) do not 
apply for the purposes of this subpart.
    (6) Excused excursions. Excused excursions, as defined in subpart SS 
of this part 63, are not allowed.
    (7) Energetics and organic peroxides. If an emission stream contains 
energetics or organic peroxides that, for safety reasons, cannot meet an 
applicable emission limit specified in this subpart, then you must 
submit an application to the Administrator explaining why an undue 
safety hazard would be created if the air emission controls were 
installed, and you must describe the procedures that you will implement 
to minimize HAP emissions from these vent streams in lieu of the 
emission limitations in this section.
    (8) Additional requirements for batch process vents. The provisions 
specified in Sec. 63.2460(c) apply in addition to the provisions in 
subpart SS of this part 63, except as specified in paragraphs (g)(8)(i) 
through (iii) of this section.
    (i) References to emission limits in Table 2 to subpart FFFF mean 
the emission limits in Table 2 to this subpart.
    (ii) References to MCPU mean CMPU for purposes of this subpart.
    (iii) Section 63.2460(c)(8) does not apply for the purposes of this 
subpart.
    (9) Parameter monitoring averaging periods. Daily averages required 
in Sec. 63.998(b)(3) apply at all times except during startup and 
shutdown. Separate averages shall be determined for each period of 
startup and period of shutdown.
    (h) Surge control vessels and bottoms receivers. For each surge 
control vessel and bottoms receiver that meets the applicability 
criteria for storage tanks specified in Table 5 to this subpart, you 
must meet the emission limits and control requirements specified in 
Table 5 to this subpart.
    (i) Startup, shutdown, and malfunction (SSM). References to SSM 
provisions in subparts that are referenced in paragraphs (a) through (h) 
of this section or Tables 2 through 5 to this subpart do not apply.

[74 FR 56041, Oct. 29, 2009, as amended at 77 FR 75757, Dec. 21, 2012]



Sec. 63.11497  What are the standards and compliance requirements 
for storage tanks?

    (a) You must comply with the emission limits and other requirements 
in Table 5 to this subpart and in paragraph (b) of this section for 
organic HAP emissions from each of your storage tanks that meet the 
applicability criteria in Table 5 to this subpart.
    (b) Planned routine maintenance for a control device. Operate in 
accordance with paragraphs (b)(1) through (3) of this section for 
periods of planned routine maintenance of a control device for storage 
tanks.
    (1) Add no material to the storage tank during periods of planned 
routine maintenance.
    (2) Limit periods of planned routine maintenance for each control 
device (or series of control devices) to no more than 240 hours per year 
(hr/yr), or submit an application to the Administrator requesting an 
extension of this time limit to a total of 360 hr/yr. The application 
must explain why the extension is needed and it must be submitted at 
least 60 days before the 240-hour limit will be exceeded.
    (3) Keep records of the day and time at which planned routine 
maintenance periods begin and end, and keep a record of the type of 
maintenance performed.

[[Page 454]]

    (c) References to SSM provisions in subparts that are referenced in 
paragraphs (a) or (b) of this section or Table 5 to this subpart do not 
apply.
    (d) Combustion of halogenated streams. If you use a combustion 
device to comply with the emission limits for organic HAP from a 
halogenated vent stream from a storage tank, you must reduce emissions 
in accordance with Sec. 63.11496(d) and the requirements referenced 
therein.

[74 FR 56041, Oct. 29, 2009, as amended at 77 FR 75757, Dec. 21, 2012]



Sec. 63.11498  What are the standards and compliance requirements for
wastewater systems?

    (a) You must comply with the requirements in paragraph (a)(1) and 
(2) of this section and in Table 6, Item 1 to this subpart for all 
wastewater streams from a CMPU subject to this subpart. If the partially 
soluble HAP concentration in a wastewater stream is equal to or greater 
than 10,000 parts per million by weight (ppmw) and the wastewater stream 
contains a separate organic phase, then you must also comply with Table 
6, Item 2 to this subpart for that wastewater stream. Partially soluble 
HAP are listed in Table 7 to this subpart.
    (1) Except as specified in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, you 
must determine the total concentration of partially soluble HAP in each 
wastewater stream using process knowledge, engineering assessment, or 
test data. Also, you must reevaluate the concentration of partially 
soluble HAP if you make any process or operational change that affects 
the concentration of partially soluble HAP in a wastewater stream.
    (2) You are not required to determine the partially soluble 
concentration in wastewater that is hard piped to a combustion unit or 
hazardous waste treatment unit, as specified in Table 6, Item 2.b to 
this subpart.
    (3) Separated organic material that is recycled to a process is no 
longer wastewater and no longer subject to the wastewater requirements 
after it has been recycled.
    (b) The requirements in Item 2 of Table 6 to this subpart do not 
apply during periods of startup or shutdown. References to SSM 
provisions in subparts that are referenced in paragraph (a) of this 
section or Table 6 to this subpart do not apply.

[74 FR 56041, Oct. 29, 2009, as amended at 77 FR 75757, Dec. 21, 2012]



Sec. 63.11499  What are the standards and compliance requirements for
heat exchange systems?

    (a) If the cooling water flow rate in your heat exchange system is 
equal to or greater than 8,000 gal/min and is not meeting one or more of 
the conditions in Sec. 63.104(a), then you must comply with one of the 
requirements specified in Table 8 to this subpart.
    (b) For equipment that meets Current Good Manufacturing Practice 
(CGMP) requirements of 21 CFR part 211, you may use the physical 
integrity of the reactor as the surrogate indicator of heat exchanger 
system leaks when complying with Item 1.a in Table 8 to this subpart.
    (c) Any reference to SSM provisions in other subparts that are 
referenced in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section or Table 8 to this 
subpart do not apply.



Sec. 63.11500  What compliance options do I have if part of my plant 
is subject to both this subpart and another Federal standard?

    For any CMPU, heat exchange system, or wastewater system subject to 
the provisions of both this subpart and another rule, you may elect to 
comply only with the more stringent provisions as specified in 
paragraphs (a) through (d) of this section. You must consider all 
provisions of the rules, including monitoring, recordkeeping, and 
reporting. You must identify the subject CMPU, heat exchange system, 
and/or wastewater system, and the provisions with which you will comply 
in your NOCS report required by Sec. 63.11501(b). You also must 
demonstrate in your NOCS report that each provision with which you will 
comply is at least as stringent as the otherwise applicable requirement 
in this subpart VVVVVV. You are responsible for making accurate 
determinations concerning the more stringent standards and noncompliance 
with this rule is not excused if it is later determined that your 
determination was in error and, as a result, you are violating this

[[Page 455]]

subpart. Compliance with this rule is your responsibility and the NOCS 
report does not alter or affect that responsibility.
    (a) Compliance with other subparts of this part 63. (1) If any part 
of a CMPU that is subject to the provisions of this subpart is also 
subject to the provisions of another subpart of 40 CFR part 63, then 
compliance with any of the requirements in the other subpart of this 
part 63 that are at least as stringent as the corresponding requirements 
in this subpart VVVVVV constitutes compliance with this subpart VVVVVV.
    (2) After the compliance dates specified in Sec. 63.11494, at an 
offsite reloading or cleaning facility subject to Sec. 63.1253(f), as 
referenced from Sec. 63.2470(e) and Table 4 to subpart VVVVVV, 
compliance with the monitoring, recordkeeping, and reporting provisions 
of any other subpart of this part 63 constitutes compliance with the 
monitoring, recordkeeping, and reporting provisions of Sec. 
63.1253(f)(7)(ii) or (iii). You must identify in your notification of 
compliance status report required by Sec. 63.11501(b) the subpart of 
this part 63 with which the owner or operator of the offsite reloading 
or cleaning facility complies.
    (b) Compliance with subparts of 40 CFR part 60. If any part of a 
CMPU that is subject to the provisions of this subpart is also subject 
to the provisions of subpart VV, DDD, III, NNN, RRR, or YYY in 40 CFR 
part 60, then compliance with any of the requirements in 40 CFR part 60, 
subpart VV, DDD, III, NNN, RRR, or YYY that are at least as stringent as 
the corresponding requirements in this subpart VVVVVV constitutes 
compliance with this subpart VVVVVV.
    (c) Compliance with subparts of 40 CFR part 61. If any part of a 
CMPU that is subject to the provisions of this subpart is also subject 
to the provisions of subpart V, Y, BB, or FF of 40 CFR part 61, then 
compliance with any of the requirements in 40 CFR part 61, subpart V, Y, 
BB, or FF that are at least as stringent as the corresponding 
requirements in this subpart VVVVVV constitutes compliance with this 
subpart VVVVVV.
    (d) Compliance with 40 CFR parts 260 through 272. If any part of a 
CMPU that is subject to the provisions of this subpart is also subject 
to the provisions of 40 CFR parts 260 through 272, then compliance with 
any of the requirements in 40 CFR part 260 through 272 rule that are at 
least as stringent as the corresponding requirements in this subpart 
VVVVVV constitutes compliance with this subpart VVVVVV.

[74 FR 56041, Oct. 29, 2009, as amended at 77 FR 75757, Dec. 21, 2012]



Sec. 63.11501  What are the notification, recordkeeping, and reporting
requirements, and how may I assert an affirmative defense for violation
of emission standards during malfunction?
          

    (a) General provisions. You must meet the requirements of the 
General Provisions in 40 CFR part 63, subpart A, as shown in Table 9 to 
this subpart. The General Provisions in other parts do not apply except 
when a requirement in an overlapping standard, which you determined is 
at least as stringent as subpart VVVVVV and with which you have opted to 
comply, requires compliance with general provisions in another part.
    (b) Notification of compliance status (NOCS). Your NOCS required by 
Sec. 63.9(h) must include the following additional information as 
applicable:
    (1) This certification of compliance, signed by a responsible 
official:
    (i) ``This facility complies with the management practices in Sec. 
63.11495.''
    (ii) ``This facility complies with the requirements in Sec. 
63.11496 for HAP emissions from process vents.''
    (iii) ``This facility complies with the requirements in Sec. 
63.11496 and Sec. 63.11497 for surge control vessels, bottoms 
receivers, and storage tanks.''
    (iv) ``This facility complies with the requirements in Sec. 
63.11498 to treat wastewater streams.''
    (v) ``This facility complies with the requirements in Sec. 63.11499 
for heat exchange systems.''
    (2) If you comply with the alternative standard as specified in 
Table 2 to this subpart or Table 3 to this subpart, include the 
information specified in Sec. 63.1258(b)(5), as applicable.
    (3) If you establish an operating limit for a parameter that will 
not be monitored continuously in accordance with

[[Page 456]]

Sec. Sec. 63.11496(g)(4) and 63.2450(k)(6), provide the information as 
specified in Sec. Sec. 63.11496(g)(4) and 63.2450(k)(6).
    (4) A list of all transferred liquids that are reactive or resinous 
materials, as defined in Sec. 63.11502(b).
    (5) If you comply with provisions in an overlapping rule in 
accordance with Sec. 63.11500, identify the affected CMPU, heat 
exchange system, and/or wastewater system; provide a list of the 
specific provisions with which you will comply; and demonstrate that the 
provisions with which you will comply are at least as stringent as the 
otherwise applicable requirements, including monitoring, recordkeeping, 
and reporting requirements, in this subpart VVVVVV.
    (c) Recordkeeping. You must maintain files of all information 
required by this subpart for at least 5 years following the date of each 
occurrence according to the requirements in Sec. 63.10(b)(1). If you 
are subject, you must comply with the recordkeeping and reporting 
requirements of Sec. 63.10(b)(2)(iii) and (vi) through (xiv), and the 
applicable requirements specified in paragraphs (c)(1) through (8) of 
this section.
    (1) For each CMPU subject to this subpart, you must keep the records 
specified in paragraphs (c)(1)(i) through (viii) of this section.
    (i) Records of management practice inspections, repairs, and reasons 
for any delay of repair, as specified in Sec. 63.11495(a)(5).
    (ii) Records of small heat exchange system inspections, 
demonstrations of indications of leaks that do not constitute leaks, 
repairs, and reasons for any delay in repair as specified in Sec. 
63.11495(b).
    (iii) If batch process vent emissions are less than 10,000 lb/yr for 
a CMPU, records of batch process vent emission calculations, as 
specified in Sec. 63.11496(a)(1), the number of batches operated each 
month, as specified in Sec. 63.11496(a)(3), and any updated emissions 
calculations, as specified in Sec. 63.11496(a)(3). Alternatively, keep 
records of the worst-case processes or organic HAP usage, as specified 
in Sec. 63.11496(a)(2) and (4), respectively.
    (iv) Records of all TRE calculations for continuous process vents as 
specified in Sec. 63.11496(b)(2).
    (v) Records of metal HAP emission calculations as specified in Sec. 
63.11496(f)(1) and (2). If total uncontrolled metal HAP process vent 
emissions from a CMPU subject to this subpart are estimated to be less 
than 400 lb/yr, also keep records of either the number of batches per 
month or operating hours, as specified in Sec. 63.11496(f)(2).
    (vi) Records identifying wastewater streams and the type of 
treatment they receive, as specified in Table 6 to this subpart.
    (vii) Records of the date, time, and duration of each malfunction of 
operation of process equipment, control devices, recovery devices, or 
continuous monitoring systems used to comply with this subpart that 
causes a failure to meet a standard. The record must include a list of 
the affected sources or equipment, an estimate of the volume of each 
regulated pollutant emitted over the standard, and a description of the 
method used to estimate the emissions.
    (viii) Records of actions taken during periods of malfunction to 
minimize emissions in accordance with Sec. 63.11495(d), including 
corrective actions to restore malfunctioning process and air pollution 
control and monitoring equipment to its normal or usual manner of 
operation.
    (2) For batch process vents subject to Table 2 to this subpart and 
continuous process vents subject to Table 3 to this subpart, you must 
keep records specified in paragraphs (c)(2)(i) or (ii) of this section, 
as applicable.
    (i) If you route emissions to a control device other than a flare, 
keep records of performance tests, if applicable, as specified in Sec. 
63.998(a)(2)(ii) and (4), keep records of the monitoring system and the 
monitored parameters, as specified in Sec. 63.998(b) and (c), and keep 
records of the closed-vent system, as specified in Sec. 63.998(d)(1). 
If you use a recovery device to maintain the TRE above 1.0 for a 
continuous process vent, keep records of monitoring parameters during 
the TRE index value determination, as specified in Sec. 63.998(a)(3).
    (ii) If you route emissions to a flare, keep records of the flare 
compliance assessment, as specified in Sec. 63.998(a)(1)(i), keep 
records of the pilot

[[Page 457]]

flame monitoring, as specified in Sec. 63.998(a)(1)(ii) and (iii), and 
keep records of the closed-vent system, as specified in Sec. 
63.998(d)(1).
    (3) For metal HAP process vents subject to Table 4 to this subpart, 
you must keep records specified in paragraphs (c)(3)(i) or (ii) of this 
section, as applicable.
    (i) For a new source using a control device other than a baghouse 
and for any existing source, maintain a monitoring plan, as specified in 
Sec. 63.11496(f)(3)(i), and keep records of monitoring results, as 
specified in Sec. 63.11496(f)(3).
    (ii) For a new source using a baghouse to control metal HAP 
emissions, keep a site-specific monitoring plan, as specified in 
Sec. Sec. 63.11496(f)(4) and 63.11410(g), and keep records of bag leak 
detection systems, as specified in Sec. Sec. 63.11496(f)(4) and 
63.11410(g)(4).
    (4) For each storage tank subject to Table 5 to this subpart, you 
must keep records specified in paragraphs (c)(4)(i) through (vi) of this 
section, as applicable.
    (i) Keep records of the vessel dimensions, capacity, and liquid 
stored, as specified in Sec. 63.1065(a).
    (ii) Keep records of each inspection of an internal floating roof, 
as specified in Sec. 63.1065(b)(1).
    (iii) Keep records of each seal gap measurement for external 
floating roofs, as specified in Sec. 63.1065(b)(2), and keep records of 
inspections of external floating roofs, as specified in Sec. 
63.1065(b)(1).
    (iv) If you vent emissions to a control device other than a flare, 
keep records of the operating plan and measured parameter values, as 
specified in Sec. Sec. 63.985(c) and 63.998(d)(2).
    (v) If you vent emissions to a flare, keep records of all periods of 
operation during which the flare pilot flame is absent, as specified in 
Sec. Sec. 63.987(c) and 63.998(a)(1), and keep records of closed-vent 
systems, as specified in Sec. 63.998(d)(1).
    (vi) For periods of planned routine maintenance of a control device, 
keep records of the day and time at which each maintenance period begins 
and ends, and keep records of the type of maintenance performed, as 
specified in Sec. 63.11497(b)(3).
    (5) For each wastewater stream subject to Item 2 in Table 6 to this 
subpart, keep records of the wastewater stream identification and the 
disposition of the organic phase(s), as specified in Item 2 to Table 6 
to this subpart.
    (6) For each large heat exchange system subject to Table 8 to this 
subpart, you must keep records of detected leaks; the date the leak was 
detected; if demonstrated not to be a leak, the basis for that 
determination; the date of efforts to repair the leak; and the date the 
leak is repaired, as specified in Table 8 to this subpart.
    (7) You must keep a record of all transferred liquids that are 
reactive or resinous materials, as defined in Sec. 63.11502(b), and not 
included in the NOCS.
    (8) For continuous process vents subject to Table 3 to this subpart, 
keep records of the occurrence and duration of each startup and shutdown 
of operation of process equipment, or of air pollution control and 
monitoring equipment.
    (d) Semiannual Compliance Reports. You must submit semiannual 
compliance reports that contain the information specified in paragraphs 
(d)(1) through (7) of this section, as applicable. Reports are required 
only for semiannual periods during which you experienced any of the 
events described in paragraphs (d)(1) through (8) of this section.
    (1) Deviations. You must clearly identify any deviation from the 
requirements of this subpart.
    (2) Delay of repair for a large heat exchange system. You must 
include the information specified in Sec. 63.104(f)(2) each time you 
invoke the delay of repair provisions for a heat exchange system with a 
cooling water flow rate equal to or greater than 8,000 gal/min.
    (3) Delay of leak repair. You must provide the following information 
for each delay of leak repair beyond 15 days for any process equipment, 
storage tank, surge control vessel, bottoms receiver, and each delay of 
leak repair beyond 45 days for any heat exchange system with a cooling 
water flow rate less than 8,000 gal/min: information on the date the 
leak was identified, the reason

[[Page 458]]

for the delay in repair, and the date the leak was repaired.
    (4) Process change. You must report each process change that affects 
a compliance determination and submit a new certification of compliance 
with the applicable requirements in accordance with the procedures 
specified in paragraph (b) of this section.
    (5) Data for the alternative standard. If you comply with the 
alternative standard, as specified in Table 2 to this subpart or Table 3 
to this subpart, report the information required in Sec. 63.1258(b)(5).
    (6) Overlapping rule requirements. Report any changes in the 
overlapping provisions with which you comply.
    (7) Reactive and resinous materials. Report any transfer of liquids 
that are reactive or resinous materials, as defined in Sec. 
63.11502(b), and not included in the NOCS.
    (8) Malfunctions. If a malfunction occurred during the reporting 
period, the report must include the number of instances of malfunctions 
that caused emissions in excess of a standard. For each malfunction that 
caused emissions in excess of a standard, the report must include a list 
of the affected sources or equipment, an estimate of the volume of each 
regulated pollutant emitted over the standard, and a description of the 
method used to estimate the emissions. The report must also include a 
description of actions you took during a malfunction of an affected 
source to minimize emissions in accordance with Sec. 63.11495(d), 
including actions taken to correct a malfunction.
    (e) Affirmative defense for violation of emission standards during 
malfunction. In response to an action to enforce the standards set forth 
in Sec. Sec. 63.11495 through 63.11499, you may assert an affirmative 
defense to a claim for civil penalties for violations of such standards 
that are caused by malfunction, as defined at 40 CFR 63.2. Appropriate 
penalties may be assessed if you fail to meet your burden of proving all 
of the requirements in the affirmative defense. The affirmative defense 
shall not available for claims for injunctive relief.
    (1) To establish the affirmative defense in any action to enforce 
such a standard, you must timely meet the notification requirements in 
paragraph (e)(2) of this section, and must prove by a preponderance of 
evidence that:
    (i) The violation:
    (A) Was caused by a sudden, infrequent, and unavoidable failure of 
air pollution control equipment, process equipment, or a process to 
operate in a normal or usual manner; and
    (B) Could not have been prevented through careful planning, proper 
design, or better operation and maintenance practices; and
    (C) Did not stem from any activity or event that could have been 
foreseen and avoided, or planned for; and
    (D) Was not part of a recurring pattern indicative of inadequate 
design, operation, or maintenance; and
    (ii) Repairs were made as expeditiously as possible when a violation 
occurred. Off-shift and overtime labor were used, to the extent 
practicable to make these repairs; and
    (iii) The frequency, amount, and duration of the violation 
(including any bypass) were minimized to the maximum extent practicable; 
and
    (iv) If the violation resulted from a bypass of control equipment or 
a process, then the bypass was unavoidable to prevent loss of life, 
personal injury, or severe property damage; and
    (v) All possible steps were taken to minimize the impact of the 
violation on ambient air quality, the environment and human health; and
    (vi) All emissions monitoring and control systems were kept in 
operation if at all possible, consistent with safety and good air 
pollution control practices; and
    (vii) All of the actions in response to the violation were 
documented by properly signed, contemporaneous operating logs; and
    (viii) At all times, the affected CMPU was operated in a manner 
consistent with good practices for minimizing emissions; and
    (ix) A written root cause analysis has been prepared, the purpose of 
which is to determine, correct, and eliminate the primary causes of the 
malfunction and the violation resulting from the malfunction event at 
issue. The analysis must also specify, using best monitoring methods and 
engineering judgment, the amount of any emissions

[[Page 459]]

that were the result of the malfunction.
    (2) Report. If you seek to assert an affirmative defense, you must 
submit a written report to the Administrator, with all necessary 
supporting documentation, that you have met the requirements set forth 
in paragraph (e)(1) of this section. This affirmative defense report 
must be included in the first periodic compliance report, deviation 
report, or excess emission report otherwise required after the initial 
occurrence of the violation of the relevant standard (which may be the 
end of any applicable averaging period). If such compliance report, 
deviation report, or excess emission report is due less than 45 days 
after the initial occurrence of the violation, the affirmative defense 
report may be included in the second compliance report, deviation 
report, or excess emission report due after the initial occurrence of 
the violation of the relevant standard.

[74 FR 56041, Oct. 29, 2009, as amended at 77 FR 75758, Dec. 21, 2012]

                   Other Requirements and Information



Sec. 63.11502  What definitions apply to this subpart?

    (a) The following terms used in this subpart have the meaning given 
them in the CAA, Sec. 63.2, subpart SS (Sec. 63.981), subpart WW 
(Sec. 63.1061), 40 CFR 60.111b, subpart F (Sec. 63.101), subpart G 
(Sec. 63.111), subpart FFFF (Sec. 63.2550), as specified after each 
term:

Administrator (Sec. 63.2)
Article (40 CFR 372.3)
Batch operation (Sec. 63.2550)
Boiler (Sec. 63.111)
Bottoms receiver (Sec. 63.2550)
CAA (Sec. 63.2)
Closed-vent system (Sec. 63.981)
Combustion device (Sec. 63.111)
Commenced (Sec. 63.2)
Compliance date (Sec. 63.2)
Container (Sec. 63.111)
Continuous monitoring system (Sec. 63.2)
Continuous operation (Sec. 63.2550)
Control device (Sec. 63.111)
Distillation unit (Sec. 63.111)
Emission standard (Sec. 63.2)
EPA (Sec. 63.2)
Fill or filling (Sec. 63.111)
Floating roof (Sec. 63.1061)
Fuel gas system (Sec. 63.981)
Halogen atoms (Sec. 63.2550)
Halogenated vent stream (Sec. 63.2550)
Halogens and hydrogen halides (Sec. 63.2550)
Hazardous air pollutant (Sec. 63.2)
Heat exchange system (Sec. 63.101)
Incinerator (Sec. 63.111)
Isolated intermediate (Sec. 63.2550)
Maintenance wastewater (Sec. 63.2550)
Major source (Sec. 63.2)
Maximum true vapor pressure (Sec. 63.111)
Oil-water separator or organic-water separator (Sec. 63.111)
Operating permit (Sec. 63.101)
Owner or operator (Sec. 63.2)
Performance test (Sec. 63.2)
Permitting authority (Sec. 63.2)
Process condenser (Sec. 63.2550)
Process heater (Sec. 63.111)
Process tank (Sec. 63.2550)
Process wastewater (Sec. 63.101)
Reactor (Sec. 63.111)
Responsible official (Sec. 63.2)
State (Sec. 63.2)
Supplemental gases (Sec. 63.2550)
Surge control vessel (Sec. 63.2550)
Test method (Sec. 63.2)
Unit operation (Sec. 63.101)

    (b) All other terms used in this subpart shall have the meaning 
given them in this section. If a term is defined in the CAA, Sec. 63.2, 
subpart SS (Sec. 63.981), subpart WW (Sec. 63.1061), 40 CFR 60.111b, 
subpart F (Sec. 63.101), subpart G (Sec. 63.111), or subpart FFFF 
(Sec. 63.2550), and in this section, it shall have the meaning given in 
this section for purposes of this subpart.
    Affirmative defense means, in the context of an enforcement 
proceeding, a response or defense put forward by a defendant, regarding 
which the defendant has the burden of proof, and the merits of which are 
independently and objectively evaluated in a judicial or administrative 
proceeding.
    Ancillary activities means boilers, incinerators, and process 
heaters not used to comply with the emission standards in Sec. Sec. 
63.11495 through 63.11500, chillers and other refrigeration systems, and 
other equipment and activities that are not directly involved (i.e., 
they operate within a closed system and materials are not combined with 
process fluids) in the processing of raw materials or the manufacturing 
of a product or intermediates used in the production of the product.
    Batch process vent means a vent from a CMPU or vents from multiple 
CMPUs within a process that are manifolded together into a common 
header, through which a HAP-containing gas stream is, or has the 
potential to be,

[[Page 460]]

released to the atmosphere. Batch process vents include vents from batch 
operations and vents with intermittent flow from continuous operations 
that are not combined with any stream that originated as a continuous 
gas stream from the same continuousprocess. Examples of batch process 
vents include, but are not limited to, vents on condensers used for 
product recovery, reactors, filters, centrifuges, and process tanks. The 
following are not batch process vents for the purposes of this subpart:
    (1) Continuous process vents;
    (2) Bottoms receivers;
    (3) Surge control vessels;
    (4) Gaseous streams routed to a fuel gas system(s);
    (5) A gas stream routed to other processes for reaction or other use 
in another process (i.e., for chemical value as a product, isolated 
intermediate, byproduct, or coproduct, or for heat value).
    (6) Vents on storage tanks or wastewater systems;
    (7) Drums, pails, and totes; and
    (8) Emission streams from emission episodes that are undiluted and 
uncontrolled containing less than 50 ppmv HAP are not part of any batch 
process vent. The HAP concentration may be determined using any of the 
following: process knowledge, an engineering assessment, or test data.
    Byproduct means a chemical (liquid, gas, or solid) that is produced 
coincidentally during the production of the product.
    Chemical manufacturing process means all equipment which 
collectively functions to produce a product or isolated intermediate. A 
process includes, but is not limited to any, all, or a combination of 
reaction, recovery, separation, purification, or other activity, 
operation, manufacture, or treatment which are used to produce a product 
or isolated intermediate. A process is also defined by the following:
    (1) All cleaning operations;
    (2) Each nondedicated solvent recovery operation is considered a 
single process;
    (3) Each nondedicated formulation operation is considered a single 
process;
    (4) Quality assurance/quality control laboratories are not 
considered part of any process;
    (5) Ancillary activities are not considered a process or part of any 
process; and
    (6) The end of a process that produces a solid material is either up 
to and including the dryer or extruder, or for a polymer production 
process without a dryer or extruder, it is up to and including the die 
plate or solid-state reactor, except in two cases. If the dryer, 
extruder, die plate, or solid-state reactor is followed by an operation 
that is designed and operated to remove HAP solvent or residual monomer 
from the solid, then the solvent removal operation is the last step in 
the process. If the dried solid is diluted or mixed with a HAP-based 
solvent, then the solvent removal operation is the last step in the 
process.
    Continuous process vent means a ``process vent'' as defined in Sec. 
63.101 in subpart F of this part, except:
    (1) The reference in Sec. 63.107(e) to a chemical manufacturing 
process unit that meets the criteria of Sec. 63.100(b) means a CMPU 
that meets the criteria of Sec. 63.11494(a) and (b);
    (2) The reference in Sec. 63.107(h)(2) to subpart H means Sec. 
63.11495(a) for the purposes of this subpart;
    (3) The reference in Sec. 63.107(h)(4) to Sec. 63.113 means Tables 
2 and 3 to this subpart;
    (4) The reference in Sec. 63.107(h)(7) to Sec. 63.119 means Table 
5 to this subpart, and the reference to Sec. 63.126 does not apply for 
the purposes of this subpart;
    (5) The second sentence in the definition of ``process vent'' in 
Sec. 63.101 does not apply for the purposes of this subpart;
    (6) The references to an ``air oxidation reactor, distillation unit, 
or reactor'' in Sec. 63.107 means any continuous operation for the 
purposes of this subpart;
    (7) Section Sec. 63.107(h)(8) does not apply for the purposes of 
this subpart; and
    (8) A separate determination is required for the emissions from each 
CMPU, even if emission streams from two or more CMPU are combined prior 
to discharge to the atmosphere or to a control device.

[[Page 461]]

    Co-Product means a chemical that is produced during the production 
of another chemical, both for their intended production.
    Deviation means any instance in which an affected source subject to 
this subpart, or an owner or operator of such a source fails to meet any 
requirement or obligation established by this subpart, including, but 
not limited to any emissions limitation or management practice; or fails 
to meet any term or condition that is adopted to implement an applicable 
requirement in this subpart and that is included in the operating permit 
for any affected source required to obtain such a permit.
    Engineering assessment means, but is not limited to, the following:
    (1) Previous test results provided the tests are representative of 
current operating practices at the process unit.
    (2) Bench-scale or pilot-scale test data representative of the 
process under representative operating conditions.
    (3) Maximum flow rate, TOC emission rate, organic HAP emission rate, 
metal HAP emission rate, or net heating value limit specified or implied 
within a permit limit applicable to the process vent.
    (4) Design analysis based on accepted chemical engineering 
principles, measurable process parameters, or physical or chemical laws 
or properties. Examples of analytical methods include, but are not 
limited to:
    (i) Use of material balances based on process stoichiometry to 
estimate maximum organic HAP or metal HAP concentrations;
    (ii) Estimation of maximum flow rate based on physical equipment 
design such as pump or blower capacities;
    (iii) Estimation of TOC, organic HAP, or metal HAP concentrations 
based on saturation conditions; or
    (iv) Estimation of maximum expected net heating value based on the 
vent stream concentration of each organic compound or, alternatively, as 
if all TOC in the vent stream were the compound with the highest heating 
value.
    (5) All data, assumptions, and procedures used in the engineering 
assessment shall be documented.
    Equipment means each pump, compressor, agitator, pressure relief 
device, sampling connection system, open-ended valve or line, valve, 
connector, and instrumentation system in or associated with a CMPU.
    Family of materials means a grouping of materials that have the same 
basic composition or the same basic end use or functionality; are 
produced using the same basic feedstocks, the same manufacturing 
equipment configuration and in the same sequence of steps; and whose 
production results in emissions of the same Table 1 HAP at approximately 
the same rate per pound of product produced. Examples of families of 
materials include multiple grades of same product or different 
variations of a product (e.g., blue, black and red resins).
    Feedstock means any raw material, reactant, solvent, additive, or 
other material introduced to a CMPU.
    Hazardous waste treatment, as used in the wastewater requirements, 
means treatment in any of the following units:
    (1) A hazardous waste incinerator for which you have been issued a 
final permit under 40 CFR part 270 and comply with the requirements of 
40 CFR part 264, subpart O, for which you have certified compliance with 
the interim status requirements of 40 CFR part 265, subpart O, or for 
which you have submitted a Notification of Compliance under 40 CFR 
63.1207(j) and comply with the requirements of 40 CFR part 63, subpart 
EEE at all times (including times when non-hazardous waste is being 
burned);
    (2) A process heater or boiler for which you have been issued a 
final permit under 40 CFR part 270 and comply with the requirements of 
40 CFR part 266, subpart H, for which you have certified compliance with 
the interim status requirements of 40 CFR part 266, subpart H, or for 
which you have submitted a Notification of Compliance under 40 CFR 
63.1207(j) and comply with the requirements of 40 CFR part 63, subpart 
EEE at all times (including times when non-hazardous waste is being 
burned); or
    (3) An underground injection well for which you have been issued a 
final permit under 40 CFR part 270 or 40 CFR

[[Page 462]]

part 144 and comply with the requirements of 40 CFR part 122.
    In metal HAP service means that a process vessel or piece of 
equipment either contains or contacts a feedstock, byproduct, or product 
that contains metal HAP. A process vessel is no longer in metal HAP 
service after the vessel has been emptied to the extent practicable 
(i.e., a vessel with liquid left on process vessel walls or as bottom 
clingage, but not in pools, due to floor irregularity, is considered 
completely empty) and any cleaning has been completed.
    In organic HAP service means that a process vessel or piece of 
equipment either contains or contacts a feedstock, byproduct, or product 
that contains an organic HAP, excluding any organic HAP used in manual 
cleaning activities. A process vessel is no longer in organic HAP 
service after the vessel has been emptied to the extent practicable 
(i.e., a vessel with liquid left on process vessel walls or as bottom 
clingage, but not in pools, due to floor irregularity, is considered 
completely empty) and any cleaning has been completed.
    In VOC service means that a process vessel or piece of equipment 
either contains or contacts a fluid that contains VOC.
    Metal HAP means the compounds containing metals listed as HAP in 
section 112(b) of the CAA.
    Metal HAP process vent means the point of discharge to the 
atmosphere (or inlet to a control device, if any) of a metal HAP-
containing gas stream from any CMPU at an affected source containing at 
least 50 ppmv metal HAP. The metal HAP concentration may be determined 
using any of the following: process knowledge, an engineering 
assessment, or test data.
    Organic HAP means any organic HAP listed in section 112(b) of the 
CAA. For the purposes of requirements in this subpart VVVVVV, hydrazine 
is to be considered an organic HAP.
    Point of determination means ``point of determination'' as defined 
in Sec. 63.111 in subpart G of this part, except:
    (1) The reference to Table 8 or Table 9 compounds means Table 9 
(subpart G) or Table 7 (subpart VVVVVV) compounds;
    (2) The reference to ``as determined in Sec. 63.144 of this 
subpart'' does not apply for the purposes of this subpart; and
    (3) The point of determination is made at the point where the stream 
exits the CMPU. If a recovery device is used, the point of determination 
is after the last recovery device.
    Process vessel means each vessel, except hand-held containers, used 
in the processing of raw materials to chemical products. Examples 
include, but are not limited to reactors, distillation units, 
centrifuges, mixing vessels, and process tanks.
    Product means a compound or chemical which is manufactured as the 
intended product of the CMPU. Products include co-products. By-products, 
impurities, wastes, and trace contaminants are not considered products.
    Reactive material means energetics, organic peroxides, and unstable 
chemicals such as chemicals that react violently with water and 
chemicals that vigorously polymerize, decompose, or become self-reactive 
under conditions of pressure or temperature.
    Recovery device means an individual unit of equipment capable of and 
normally used for the purpose of recovering organic chemicals or metal-
containing chemicals for fuel value (i.e., net positive heating value), 
use, reuse, or for sale for fuel value, use, or reuse. Examples of 
equipment that may be recovery devices include absorbers, carbon 
adsorbers, condensers, oil-water separators or organic-water separators, 
or organic removal devices such as decanters, strippers, or thin-film 
evaporation units.
    Resinous material means a viscous, high-boiling point material 
resembling pitch or tar, such as plastic resin, that sticks to or 
hardens in the fill pipe under normal transfer conditions.
    Shutdown, for a unit operation with a continuous process vent, means 
the cessation of the unit operation for any purpose. Shutdown begins 
with the initiation of steps as described in a written standard 
operating procedures (SOP) or shutdown plan to cease normal/stable 
operation (e.g., reducing or immediately stopping feed).
    Startup, for a unit operation with a continuous process vent, means 
the

[[Page 463]]

setting in operation of the unit for any purpose. The period of startup 
ends upon completion of the transient, non-equilibrium step at the time 
operating conditions reach steady state for operating parameters such as 
temperature, pressure, composition, feed rate, and production rate. 
Periods of startup described by SOP manuals at the affected source may 
be used to determine the period of startup.
    Storage tank means a tank or other vessel that is used to store 
liquids that contain organic HAP and that are part of a CMPU subject to 
this subpart VVVVVV. The following are not considered storage tanks for 
the purposes of this subpart:
    (1) Vessels permanently attached to motor vehicles such as trucks, 
railcars, barges, or ships;
    (2) Pressure vessels designed to operate in excess of 204.9 
kilopascals (kPa) and without emissions to the atmosphere;
    (3) Process tanks;
    (4) Tanks storing organic liquids containing HAP only as impurities;
    (5) Surge control vessels;
    (6) Bottoms receivers; and
    (7) Wastewater storage tanks.
    Transfer operations means all product loading into tank trucks and 
rail cars of liquid containing organic HAP from a transfer rack. 
Transfer operations do not include the loading to other types of 
containers such as cans, drums, and totes.
    Transfer rack means the system used to load organic liquids into 
tank trucks and railcars at a single geographic site. It includes all 
loading arms, pumps, meters, shutoff valves, relief valves, and other 
piping and equipment necessary for the transfer operation. Transfer 
equipment that are physically separate (i.e., do not share common 
piping, valves, and other equipment) are considered to be separate 
transfer racks.
    Uncontrolled emissions means organic HAP process vent emissions or 
metal HAP process vent emissions, as applicable, at the outlet of the 
last recovery device, if any, and prior to any control device. In the 
absence of both recovery devices and control devices, uncontrolled 
emissions are the emissions discharged to the atmosphere.
    Wastewater means water that is discarded from a CMPU or control 
device and that contains at least 5 ppmw of any HAP listed in Table 9 to 
40 CFR part 63, subpart G and has an annual average flow rate of 0.02 
liters per minute. Wastewater means both process wastewater and 
maintenance wastewater that is discarded from a CMPU or control device. 
The following are not considered wastewater for the purposes of this 
subpart:
    (1) Stormwater from segregated sewers;
    (2) Water from fire-fighting and deluge systems, including testing 
of such systems;
    (3) Spills;
    (4) Water from safety showers;
    (5) Samples of a size not greater than reasonably necessary for the 
method of analysis that is used;
    (6) Equipment leaks;
    (7) Wastewater drips from procedures such as disconnecting hoses 
after cleaning lines; and
    (8) Noncontact cooling water.
    Wastewater stream means a single point discharge of wastewater from 
a CMPU or control device.
    Wastewater treatment means chemical, biological, and mechanical 
procedures applied to wastewater to remove or reduce HAP or other 
chemical constituents.

[74 FR 56041, Oct. 29, 2009, as amended at 77 FR 75759, Dec. 21, 2012]



Sec. 63.11503  Who implements and enforces this subpart?

    (a) This subpart can be implemented and enforced by the U.S. EPA or 
a delegated authority such as a State, local, or tribal agency. If the 
U.S. EPA Administrator has delegated authority to a State, local, or 
tribal agency pursuant to 40 CFR part 63, subpart E, then that Agency 
has the authority to implement and enforce this subpart. You should 
contact your U.S. EPA Regional Office to find out if this subpart is 
delegated to a State, local, or tribal agency within your State.
    (b) In delegating implementation and enforcement authority of this 
subpart to a State, local, or tribal agency under 40 CFR part 63, 
subpart E, the approval authorities contained in paragraphs (b)(1) 
through (4) of this section

[[Page 464]]

are retained by the Administrator of the U.S. EPA and are not 
transferred to the State, local, or tribal agency.
    (1) Approval of an alternative non-opacity emissions standard under 
Sec. 63.6(g).
    (2) Approval of a major change to a test method. A ``major change to 
test method'' is defined in Sec. 63.90.
    (3) Approval of a major change to monitoring under Sec. 63.8(f). A 
``major change to monitoring'' is defined in Sec. 63.90.
    (4) Approval of a major change to recordkeeping/reporting under 
Sec. 63.10(f). A ``major change to recordkeeping/reporting'' is defined 
in Sec. 63.90.



Sec. Table 1 to Subpart VVVVVV of Part 63--Hazardous Air Pollutants Used 
     To Determine Applicability of Chemical Manufacturing Operations

    As required in Sec. 63.11494(a), chemical manufacturing operations 
that process, use, or produce the HAP shown in the following table are 
subject to subpart VVVVVV.

------------------------------------------------------------------------
          Type of HAP                 Chemical name           CAS No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Organic compounds...........  a. 1,3-butadiene.......          106990
                                 b. 1,3-dichloropropene.          542756
                                 c. Acetaldehyde........           75070
                                 d. Chloroform..........           67663
                                 e. Ethylene dichloride.          107062
                                 f. Hexachlorobenzene...          118741
                                 g. Methylene chloride..           75092
                                 h. Quinoline...........           91225
2. Metal compounds.............  a. Arsenic compounds...
                                 b. Cadmium compounds...
                                 c. Chromium compounds..
                                 d. Lead compounds......
                                 e. Manganese compounds.
                                 f. Nickel compounds....
3. Others......................  a. Hydrazine...........          302012
------------------------------------------------------------------------



     Sec. Table 2 to Subpart VVVVVV of Part 63--Emission Limits and 
             Compliance Requirements for Batch Process Vents

    As required in Sec. 63.11496, you must comply with the requirements 
for batch process vents as shown in the following table.

------------------------------------------------------------------------
          For * * *              You must * * *         Except * * *
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Batch process vents in a   a. Reduce collective  i. Compliance may be
 CMPU at an existing source    uncontrolled total    based on either
 for which the total organic   organic HAP           total organic HAP
 HAP emissions are equal to    emissions from the    or total organic
 or greater than 10,000 lb/    sum of all batch      carbon (TOC); and
 yr.                           process vents by     ii. As specified in
                               =85        Sec. 63.11496(g).
                               percent by weight
                               or to <=20 ppmv by
                               routing emissions
                               from a sufficient
                               number of the batch
                               process vents
                               through a closed
                               vent system to any
                               combination of
                               control devices
                               (except a flare) in
                               accordance with the
                               requirements of
                               Sec. 63.982(c)
                               and the
                               requirements
                               referenced therein;
                               or
                              b. Route emissions    i. Not applicable.
                               from batch process
                               vents containing at
                               least 85 percent of
                               the uncontrolled
                               total organic HAP
                               through a closed-
                               vent system to a
                               flare (except that
                               a flare may not be
                               used to control
                               halogenated vent
                               streams) in
                               accordance with the
                               requirements of
                               Sec. 63.982(b)
                               and the
                               requirements
                               referenced therein;
                               or
                              c. Comply with the    i. As specified in
                               alternative           Sec. 63.11496(e)
                               standard specified    of this subpart.
                               in Sec. 63.2505
                               and the
                               requirements
                               referenced therein;
                               or
                              d. Comply with        i. The information
                               combinations of the   specified above for
                               requirements in       Items a., b., and
                               Items a., b., and     c., as applicable.
                               c. of this Table
                               for different
                               groups of batch
                               process vents.

[[Page 465]]

 
2. Batch process vents in a   a. Comply with any    i. The information
 CMPU at a new source for      of the emission       specified above for
 which the total organic HAP   limits in Items 1.a   Items 1.a., 1.b.,
 emissions are equal to or     through 1.d of this   1.c., and 1.d, as
 greater than 10,000 lb/yr.    Table, except 90      applicable.
                               percent reduction
                               applies instead of
                               85 percent
                               reduction in Item
                               1.a, and 90 percent
                               of the emissions
                               must be routed to a
                               flare instead of 85
                               percent in Item 1.b.
3. Halogenated batch process  a. Comply with the
 vent stream at a new or       requirements for
 existing source that is       halogen scrubbers
 controlled through            in Sec.
 combustion.                   63.11496(d).
------------------------------------------------------------------------



     Sec. Table 3 to Subpart VVVVVV of Part 63--Emission Limits and 
          Compliance Requirements for Continuous Process Vents

 [As required in Sec. 63.11496, you must comply with the requirements for continuous process vents as shown in
                                              the following table]
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                For . . .                               You must . . .                       Except . . .
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Each continuous process vent with a     a. Reduce emissions of total organic HAP  i. Compliance may be based
 TRE <=1.0                                  by =95 percent by weight       on either total organic
                                            (=85 percent by weight for     HAP or TOC; and
                                            periods of startup or shutdown) or to    ii. As specified in Sec.
                                            <=20 ppmv by routing emissions through    63.11496(g).
                                            a closed vent system to any combination
                                            of control devices (except a flare) in
                                            accordance with the requirements of
                                            Sec. 63.982(c) and the requirements
                                            referenced therein; or
                                           b. Reduce emissions of total organic by   i. Not applicable.
                                            HAP by routing all emissions through a
                                            closed-vent system to a flare (except
                                            that a flare may not be used to control
                                            halogenated vent streams) in accordance
                                            with the requirements of Sec.
                                            63.982(b) and the requirements
                                            referenced therein, or
                                           c. Comply with the alternative standard   i. As specified in Sec.
                                            specified in Sec. 63.2505 and the       63.11496(e).
                                            requirements referenced therein
2. Halogenated vent stream that is         a. Comply with the requirements for
 controlled through combustion              halogen scrubbers in Sec.
                                            63.11496(d).
3. Each continuous process vent with a     a. Comply with the requirements of Sec. ...........................
 TRE 1.0 but <=4.0                63.982(e) and the requirements
                                            specified therein if a recovery device,
                                            as defined in Sec. 63.11502, is used
                                            to maintain a TRE 1.0 but
                                            <=4.0.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


[77 FR 75760, Dec. 21, 2012]



     Sec. Table 4 to Subpart VVVVVV of Part 63--Emission Limits and 
           Compliance Requirements for Metal HAP Process Vents

    As required in Sec. 63.11496(f), you must comply with the 
requirements for metal HAP process vents as shown in the following 
table.

------------------------------------------------------------------------
          For * * *              You must * * *         Except * * *
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Each CMPU with total metal    Reduce collective     Not applicable.
 HAP emissions =400 lb/yr.                emissions of total
                               metal HAP emissions
                               by =95
                               percent by weight
                               by routing
                               emissions from a
                               sufficient number
                               of the metal
                               process vents
                               through a closed-
                               vent system to any
                               combination of
                               control devices,
                               according to the
                               requirements of
                               Sec.
                               63.11496(f)(3),
                               (4), or (5).
------------------------------------------------------------------------


[[Page 466]]



     Sec. Table 5 to Subpart VVVVVV of Part 63--Emission Limits and 
                Compliance Requirements for Storage Tanks

    As required in Sec. 63.11497, you must comply with the requirements 
for storage tanks as shown in the following table.

------------------------------------------------------------------------
       For each * * *            You must * * *         Except * * *
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Storage tank with a        a. Comply with the    i. All required
 design capacity =40,000 gallons, storing   subpart WW of this    installed by the
 liquid that contains          part;                 compliance date in
 organic HAP listed in Table                         Sec. 63.11494.
 1 to this subpart, and for
 which the maximum true
 vapor pressure (MTVP) of
 total organic HAP at the
 storage temperature is =5.2 kPa and <76.6
 kPa..
                              b. Reduce total       i. Compliance may be
                               organic HAP           based on either
                               emissions by =95 percent    or TOC;
                               by weight by         ii. When the term
                               operating and         storage vessel is
                               maintaining a         used in subpart SS
                               closed-vent system    of this part, the
                               and control device    term storage tank,
                               (other than a         surge control
                               flare) in             vessel, or bottoms
                               accordance with       receiver, as
                               Sec. 63.982(c);     defined in Sec.
                               or                    63.11502 of this
                                                     subpart, applies;
                                                     and
                                                    iii. The
                                                     requirements do not
                                                     apply during
                                                     periods of planned
                                                     routine maintenance
                                                     of the control
                                                     device, as
                                                     specified in Sec.
                                                     63.11497(b).
                              c. Reduce total HAP   i. The requirements
                               emissions by          do not apply during
                               operating and         periods of planned
                               maintaining a         routine maintenance
                               closed-vent system    of the flare, as
                               and a flare in        specified in Sec.
                               accordance with       63.11497(b); and
                               Sec. 63.982(b);    ii. When the term
                               or                    storage vessel is
                                                     used in subpart SS
                                                     of this part, it
                                                     means storage tank,
                                                     surge control
                                                     vessel, or bottoms
                                                     receiver, as
                                                     defined in Sec.
                                                     63.11502 of this
                                                     subpart.
                              d. Vapor balance in   i. To comply with
                               accordance with       Sec.
                               Sec. 63.2470(e);    63.1253(f)(6)(i),
                               or                    the owner or
                                                     operator of an
                                                     offsite cleaning or
                                                     reloading facility
                                                     must comply with
                                                     Sec. 63.11494 and
                                                     Sec. 63.11502
                                                     instead of
                                                     complying with Sec.
 
                                                     63.1253(f)(7)(ii),
                                                     except as specified
                                                     in item 1.d.ii and
                                                     1.2.iii of this
                                                     table.
                                                    ii. The reporting
                                                     requirements in
                                                     Sec. 63.11501 do
                                                     not apply to the
                                                     owner or operator
                                                     of the offsite
                                                     cleaning or
                                                     reloading facility.
                                                    iii. As an
                                                     alternative to
                                                     complying with the
                                                     monitoring,
                                                     recordkeeping, and
                                                     reporting
                                                     provisions in Sec.
                                                     Sec. 63.11494
                                                     through 63.11502,
                                                     the owner or
                                                     operator of an
                                                     offsite cleaning or
                                                     reloading facility
                                                     may comply as
                                                     specified in Sec.
                                                     63.11500 with any
                                                     other subpart of
                                                     this part 63 which
                                                     has monitoring,
                                                     recordkeeping, and
                                                     reporting
                                                     provisions as
                                                     specified in Sec.
                                                     63.11500.
                              e. Route emissions    i. When the term
                               to a fuel gas         storage vessel is
                               system or process     used in subpart SS
                               in accordance with    of this part, it
                               the requirements in   means storage tank,
                               Sec. 63.982(d)      surge control
                               and the               vessel, or bottoms
                               requirements          receiver, as
                               referenced therein.   defined in Sec.
                                                     63.11502.
2. Storage tank with a        a. Comply with one    i. The information
 design capacity =20,000 gallons and        Item 1 of this        Items 1.a., 1.b.,
 <40,000 gallons, storing      table.                1.c., 1.d, and 1.e,
 liquid that contains                                as applicable.
 organic HAP listed in Table
 1 to this subpart, and for
 which the MTVP of total
 organic HAP at the storage
 temperature is =27.6 kPa and <76.6 kPa.
3. Storage tank with a        a. Comply with        i. The information
 design capacity =20,000 gallons, storing   e in Item 1 of this   Items 1.b., 1.c.,
 liquid that contains          table.                1.d, and 1.e, as
 organic HAP listed in Table                         applicable.
 1 to this subpart, and for
 which the MTVP of total
 organic HAP at the storage
 temperature is =76.6 kPa.

[[Page 467]]

 
4. Storage tank described by  a. Reduce emissions
 Item 1, 2, or 3 in this       of hydrogen halide
 table and emitting a          and halogen HAP by
 halogenated vent stream       =95
 that is controlled with a     percent by weight,
 combustion device.            or to <=0.45 kg/hr,
                               or to <=20 ppmv by
                               using a halogen
                               reduction device
                               after the
                               combustion device
                               according to the
                               requirements in
                               Sec. 63.11496(d);
                               or
                              b. Reduce the
                               halogen atom mass
                               emission rate to
                               <=0.45 kg/hr or to
                               <=20 ppmv by using
                               a halogen reduction
                               device before the
                               combustion device
                               according to the
                               requirements in
                               Sec. 63.11496(d).
------------------------------------------------------------------------


[74 FR 56041, Oct. 29, 2009, as amended at 77 FR 75760, Dec. 21, 2012]



     Sec. Table 6 to Subpart VVVVVV of Part 63--Emission Limits and 
             Compliance Requirements for Wastewater Systems

  [As required in Sec. 63.11498, you must comply with the requirements for wastewater systems as shown in the
                                                following table]
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
            For each . . .                           You must . . .                      And you must . . .
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Wastewater stream.................  a. Discharge to onsite or offsite           i. Maintain records
                                        wastewater treatment or hazardous waste     identifying each wastewater
                                        treatment                                   stream and documenting the
                                                                                    type of treatment that it
                                                                                    receives. Multiple
                                                                                    wastewater streams with
                                                                                    similar characteristics and
                                                                                    from the same type of
                                                                                    activity in a CMPU may be
                                                                                    grouped together for
                                                                                    recordkeeping purposes.
2. Wastewater stream containing        a. Use a decanter, steam stripper, thin     i. For the water phase,
 partially soluble HAP at a             film evaporator, or distillation unit       comply with the requirements
 concentration =10,000       to separate the water phase from the        in Item 1 of this table, and
 ppmw and separate organic and water    organic phase(s); or                       ii. For the organic phase(s),
 phases.                                                                            recycle to a process, use as
                                                                                    fuel, or dispose as
                                                                                    hazardous waste either
                                                                                    onsite or offsite, and
                                                                                   iii. Keep records of the
                                                                                    wastewater streams subject
                                                                                    to this requirement and the
                                                                                    disposition of the organic
                                                                                    phase(s).
                                       b. Hard pipe the entire wastewater stream   i. Keep records of the
                                        to onsite treatment as a hazardous waste,   wastewater streams subject
                                        or hard pipe the entire wastewater stream   to this requirement and the
                                        to a point of transfer to onsite or         disposition of the
                                        offsite hazardous waste treatment.          wastewater streams.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


[77 FR 75761, Dec. 21, 2012]



    Sec. Table 7 to Subpart VVVVVV of Part 63--Partially Soluble HAP

    As required in Sec. 63.11498(a), you must comply with emission 
limits for wastewater streams that contain the partially soluble HAP 
listed in the following table.

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  Partially soluble HAP name                    CAS No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. 1,1,1-Trichloroethane (methyl chloroform).................      71556
2. 1,1,2,2-Tetrachloroethane.................................      79345
3. 1,1,2-Trichloroethane.....................................      79005
4. 1,1-Dichloroethylene (vinylidene chloride)................      75354
5. 1,2-Dibromoethane.........................................     106934
6. 1,2-Dichloroethane (ethylene dichloride)..................     107062
7. 1,2-Dichloropropane.......................................      78875
8. 1,3-Dichloropropene.......................................     542756
9. 2,4,5-Trichlorophenol.....................................      95954
10. 1,4-Dichlorobenzene......................................     106467
11. 2-Nitropropane...........................................      79469
12. 4-Methyl-2-pentanone (MIBK)..............................     108101
13. Acetaldehyde.............................................      75070
14. Acrolein.................................................     107028
15. Acrylonitrile............................................     107131
16. Allyl chloride...........................................     107051
17. Benzene..................................................      71432
18. Benzyl chloride..........................................     100447
19. Biphenyl.................................................      92524
20. Bromoform (tribromomethane)..............................      75252
21. Bromomethane.............................................      74839
22. Butadiene................................................     106990
23. Carbon disulfide.........................................      75150
24. Chlorobenzene............................................     108907
25. Chloroethane (ethyl chloride)............................      75003
26. Chloroform...............................................      67663
27. Chloromethane............................................      74873

[[Page 468]]

 
28. Chloroprene..............................................     126998
29. Cumene...................................................      98828
30. Dichloroethyl ether......................................     111444
31. Dinitrophenol............................................      51285
32. Epichlorohydrin..........................................     106898
33. Ethyl acrylate...........................................     140885
34. Ethylbenzene.............................................     100414
35. Ethylene oxide...........................................      75218
36. Ethylidene dichloride....................................      75343
37. Hexachlorobenzene........................................     118741
38. Hexachlorobutadiene......................................      87683
39. Hexachloroethane.........................................      67721
40. Methyl methacrylate......................................      80626
41. Methyl-t-butyl ether.....................................    1634044
42. Methylene chloride.......................................      75092
43. N-hexane.................................................     110543
44. N,N-dimethylaniline......................................     121697
45. Naphthalene..............................................      91203
46. Phosgene.................................................      75445
47. Propionaldehyde..........................................     123386
48. Propylene oxide..........................................      75569
49. Styrene..................................................     100425
50. Tetrachloroethylene (per- chloroethylene)................     127184
51. Tetrachloromethane (carbon tetrachloride)................      56235
52. Toluene..................................................     108883
53. Trichlorobenzene (1,2,4-)................................     120821
54. Trichloroethylene........................................      79016
55. Trimethylpentane.........................................     540841
56. Vinyl acetate............................................     108054
57. Vinyl chloride...........................................      75014
58. Xylene (m)...............................................     108383
59. Xylene (o)...............................................      95476
60. Xylene (p)...............................................     106423
------------------------------------------------------------------------



     Sec. Table 8 to Subpart VVVVVV of Part 63--Emission Limits and 
            Compliance Requirements for Heat Exchange Systems

[As required in Sec. 63.11499, you must comply with the requirements for heat exchange systems as shown in the
                                                following table]
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
              For . . .                              You must . . .                         Except . . .
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Each heat exchange system with a    a. Comply with the monitoring requirements  i. The reference to monthly
 cooling water flow rate =8,000 gal/min and not meeting      requirements in Sec. 63.104(d) and (e),   months in Sec.
 one or more of the conditions in       and the recordkeeping and reporting         63.104(b)(1) and (c)(1)(iii)
 Sec. 63.104(a).                      requirements in Sec. 63.104(f); or        does not apply. Monitoring
                                                                                    shall be no less frequent
                                                                                    than quarterly;
                                                                                   ii. The reference in Sec.
                                                                                    63.104(f)(1) to record
                                                                                    retention requirements in
                                                                                    Sec. 63.103(c)(1) does not
                                                                                    apply. Records must be
                                                                                    retained as specified in
                                                                                    Sec. Sec. 63.10(b)(1) and
                                                                                    63.11501(c); and
                                                                                   iii. The reference in Sec.
                                                                                    63.104(f)(2) to ``the next
                                                                                    semi-annual periodic report
                                                                                    required by Sec.
                                                                                    63.152(c)'' means the next
                                                                                    semi-annual compliance
                                                                                    report required by Sec.
                                                                                    63.11501(f).
                                       b. Comply with the heat exchange system     i. Not applicable.
                                        requirements in Sec. 63.104(b) and the
                                        requirements referenced therein.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


[77 FR 75762, Dec. 21, 2012]



  Sec. Table 9 to Subpart VVVVVV of Part 63--Applicability of General 
                      Provisions to Subpart VVVVVV

    As required in Sec. 63.11501(a), you must comply with the 
requirements of the NESHAP General Provisions (40 CFR part 63, subpart 
A) as shown in the following table.

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               Applies to Subpart
              Citation                       Subject                 VVVVVV?                 Explanation
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
63.1(a)(1), (a)(2), (a)(3), (a)(4),  Applicability.........  Yes...................
 (a)(6), (a)(10)-(a)(12) (b)(1),
 (b)(3), (c)(1), (c)(2), (c)(5),
 (e).
63.1(a)(5), (a)(7)-(a)(9), (b)(2),   Reserved..............  No....................
 (c)(3), (c)(4), (d).
63.2...............................  Definitions...........  Yes...................
63.3...............................  Units and               Yes...................
                                      Abbreviations.
63.4...............................  Prohibited Activities   Yes...................
                                      and Circumvention.
63.5...............................  Preconstruction Review  Yes...................
                                      and Notification
                                      Requirements.
63.6(a), (b)(1)-(b)(5), (b)(7),      Compliance with         Yes...................
 (c)(1), (c)(2), (c)(5),              Standards and
 (e)(1)(iii), (g), (i), (j).          Maintenance
                                      Requirements.

[[Page 469]]

 
63.6(b)(6), (c)(3), (c)(4), (d),     Reserved..............  No....................
 (h)(3), (h)(5)(iv).
63.6(e)(1)(i) and (ii), (e)(3), and  SSM Requirements......  No....................  See Sec. 63.11495(d) for
 (f)(1).                                                                              general duty requirement.
63.6(h)(1)-(h)(4), (h)(5)(i)-        ......................  No....................  Subpart VVVVVV does not
 (h)(5)(iii), (h)(6)-(h)(9).                                                          include opacity or visible
                                                                                      emissions (VE) standards
                                                                                      or require a continuous
                                                                                      opacity monitoring system
                                                                                      (COMS).
63.7(a)(1), (a)(3), (a)(4), (c),     Performance Testing     Yes...................
 (e)(4), and (f)-(h).                 Requirements.
63.7(a)(2), (b), (d), (e)(2)-(e)(3)  Performance Testing     Yes/No................  Requirements apply if
                                      Schedule,                                       conducting test for metal
                                      Notification of                                 HAP control; requirements
                                      Performance Test,                               in Sec. Sec.
                                      Performance Testing                             63.997(c)(1), (d), (e),
                                      Facilities, and                                 and 63.999(a)(1) apply, as
                                      Conduct of                                      referenced in Sec.
                                      Performance Tests.                              63.11496(g), if conducting
                                                                                      test for organic HAP or
                                                                                      hydrogen halide and
                                                                                      halogen HAP control
                                                                                      device.
63.7(e)(1).........................  Performance Testing...  No....................  See Sec.
                                                                                      63.11496(f)(3)(ii) if
                                                                                      conducting a test for
                                                                                      metal HAP emissions. See
                                                                                      Sec. Sec. 63.11496(g)
                                                                                      and 63.997(e)(1) if
                                                                                      conducting a test for
                                                                                      continuous process vents
                                                                                      or for hydrogen halide and
                                                                                      halogen emissions. See
                                                                                      Sec. Sec. 63.11496(g)
                                                                                      and 63.2460(c) if
                                                                                      conducting a test for
                                                                                      batch process vents.
63.8(a)(1), (a)(4), (b),             Monitoring              Yes...................
 (c)(1)(ii), (c)(2)-(c)(3), (f)(1)-   Requirements.
 (5).
63.8(a)(2).........................  Monitoring              No....................
                                      Requirements.
63.8(a)(3).........................  Reserved..............  No....................
63.8(c)(1)(i)......................  General Duty to         No....................
                                      Minimize Emissions
                                      and CMS Operation.
63.8(c)(1)(iii)....................  Requirement to Develop  No....................
                                      SSM Plan for CMS.
63.8(c)(4).........................  ......................  Yes...................  Only for CEMS. CPMS
                                                                                      requirements in 40 CFR
                                                                                      part 63, subpart SS are
                                                                                      referenced from Sec.
                                                                                      63.11496. Requirements for
                                                                                      COMS do not apply because
                                                                                      subpart VVVVVV does not
                                                                                      require COMS.
63.8(c)(5).........................  ......................  No....................  Subpart VVVVVV does not
                                                                                      require COMS.
63.8(c)(6)-(c)(8), (d)(1)-(d)(2),    ......................  Yes...................  Requirements apply only if
 (e), (f)(6).                                                                         you use a continuous
                                                                                      emission monitoring system
                                                                                      (CEMS) to demonstrate
                                                                                      compliance with the
                                                                                      alternative standard in
                                                                                      Sec. 63.11496(e).
63.8(d)(3).........................  Written Procedures for  Yes...................  Requirement applies except
                                      CMS.                                            for last sentence, which
                                                                                      refers to an SSM plan. SSM
                                                                                      plans are not required.
63.8(g)(1)-(g)(4)..................  ......................  Yes...................  Data reduction requirements
                                                                                      apply only if you use CEMS
                                                                                      to demonstrate compliance
                                                                                      with alternative standard
                                                                                      in Sec. 63.11496(e).
                                                                                      COMS requirements do not
                                                                                      apply. Requirement in Sec.
                                                                                        63.8(g)(2) does not
                                                                                      apply because data
                                                                                      reduction for CEMS are
                                                                                      specified in 40 CFR part
                                                                                      63, subpart FFFF.
63.8(g)(5).........................  ......................  No....................  Data reduction requirements
                                                                                      for CEMS are specified in
                                                                                      Sec. 63.2450(j)(4), as
                                                                                      referenced from Sec.
                                                                                      63.11496. CPMS
                                                                                      requirements are specified
                                                                                      in 40 CFR part 63, subpart
                                                                                      SS, as referenced from
                                                                                      Sec. 63.11496.
63.9(a), (b)(1), (b)(2), (b)(4),     Notification            Yes...................
 (b)(5), (c), (d), (e), (i).          Requirements.
63.9(b)(3), (h)(4).................  Reserved..............  No....................
63.9(f)............................  ......................  No....................  Subpart VVVVVV does not
                                                                                      contain opacity or VE
                                                                                      limits.
63.9(g)............................  ......................  Yes...................  Additional notification
                                                                                      requirement applies only
                                                                                      if you use CEMS to
                                                                                      demonstrate compliance
                                                                                      with alternative standard
                                                                                      in Sec. 63.11496(e).

[[Page 470]]

 
63.9(h)(1)-(h)(3), (h)(5)-(h)(6)...  ......................  Yes...................  Except subpart VVVVVV does
                                                                                      not contain opacity or VE
                                                                                      limits.
63.9(i)............................  ......................  Yes...................
63.9(j)............................  Change in Information   No....................  Notification of process
                                      Already Provided.                               changes that affect a
                                                                                      compliance determination
                                                                                      are required in Sec.
                                                                                      63.11501(d)(4).
63.10(a)...........................  Recordkeeping           Yes...................
                                      Requirements.
63.10(b)(1)........................  ......................  Yes...................
63.10(b)(2)(i).....................  Recordkeeping of        No....................  See Sec. 63.11501(c)(8)
                                      Occurrence and                                  for recordkeeping of
                                      Duration of Startups                            occurrence and duration of
                                      and Shutdowns.                                  each startup and shutdown
                                                                                      for continuous process
                                                                                      vents that are subpart to
                                                                                      Table 3 to this subpart.
63.10(b)(2)(ii)....................  Recordkeeping of        No....................  See Sec.
                                      Malfunctions.                                   63.11501(c)(1)(vii) and
                                                                                      (viii) for recordkeeping
                                                                                      of (1) date, time,
                                                                                      duration, and volume of
                                                                                      excess emissions and (2)
                                                                                      actions taken during
                                                                                      malfunction.
63.10(b)(2)(iii)...................  Maintenance Records...  Yes...................
63.10(b)(2)(iv) and (v)............  Actions Taken to        No....................
                                      Minimize Emissions
                                      During SSM.
63.10(b)(2)(vi), (x), (xi), (xiii).  ......................  Yes...................  Apply only if you use CEMS
                                                                                      to demonstrate compliance
                                                                                      with alternative standard
                                                                                      in Sec. 63.11496(e).
63.10(b)(2)(vii)-(b)(2)(ix),         ......................  Yes...................
 (b)(2)(xii), (b)(2)(xiv).
63.10(b)(3)........................  ......................  Yes...................
63.10(c)(1), (c)(5)-(c)(6), (c)(13)- ......................  Yes...................  Apply only if you use CEMS
 (c)(14).                                                                             to demonstrate compliance
                                                                                      with alternative standard
                                                                                      in Sec. 63.11496(e).
63.10(c)(7)-(8)....................  Additional              Yes...................
                                      Recordkeeping
                                      Requirements for CMS--
                                      Identifying
                                      Exceedances and
                                      Excess Emissions.
63.10(c)(10).......................  Recordkeeping Nature    No....................  See Sec.
                                      and Cause of                                    63.11501(c)(1)(vii) and
                                      Malfunctions.                                   (viii) for malfunctions
                                                                                      recordkeeping
                                                                                      requirements.
63.10(c)(11).......................  Recording Corrective    No....................  See Sec.
                                      Actions.                                        63.11501(c)(1)(vii) and
                                                                                      (viii) for malfunctions
                                                                                      recordkeeping
                                                                                      requirements.
63.10(c)(12).......................  ......................  Yes...................
63.10(c)(15).......................  Use of SSM Plan.......  No....................
63.10(c)(2)-(c)(4), (c)(9).........  Reserved..............  No....................
63.10(d)(1), (d)(2), (d)(4),         Reporting Requirements  Yes...................
 (e)(1), (e)(2), (f).
63.10(d)(3)........................  ......................  No....................  Subpart VVVVVV does not
                                                                                      include opacity or VE
                                                                                      limits.
63.10(d)(5)........................  SSM Reports...........  No....................  See Sec. 63.11501(d)(8)
                                                                                      for reporting requirements
                                                                                      for malfunctions.
63.10(e)(1)-(e)(2).................  ......................  Yes...................  Apply only if you use CEMS
                                                                                      to demonstrate compliance
                                                                                      with alternative standard
                                                                                      in Sec. 63.11496(e).
63.10(e)(3)........................  ......................  Yes...................
63.10(e)(4)........................  ......................  No....................  Subpart VVVVVV does not
                                                                                      include opacity or VE
                                                                                      limits.
63.11..............................  Control Device          Yes...................
                                      Requirements.
63.12..............................  State Authorities and   Yes...................
                                      Delegations.
63.13..............................  Addresses.............  Yes...................
63.14..............................  Incorporations by       Yes...................
                                      Reference.
63.15..............................  Availability of         Yes...................
                                      Information and
                                      Confidentiality.
63.16..............................  Performance Track       Yes...................
                                      Provisions.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


[[Page 471]]


[74 FR 56041, Oct. 29, 2009, as amended at 77 FR 75762, Dec. 21, 2012]



Subpart WWWWWW_National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants: 
       Area Source Standards for Plating and Polishing Operations

    Source: 73 FR 37741, July 1, 2008, unless otherwise noted.

                   Applicability and Compliance Dates



Sec. 63.11504  Am I subject to this subpart?

    (a) You are subject to this subpart if you own or operate a plating 
and polishing facility that is an area source of hazardous air pollutant 
(HAP) emissions and meets the criteria specified in paragraphs (a)(1) 
through (3) of this section.
    (1) A plating and polishing facility is a plant site that is engaged 
in one or more of the processes listed in paragraphs (a)(1)(i) through 
(vi) of this section.
    (i) Electroplating other than chromium electroplating (i.e., non-
chromium electroplating).
    (ii) Electroless or non-eletrolytic plating.
    (iii) Other non-electrolytic metal coating processes, such as 
chromate conversion coating, nickel acetate sealing, sodium dichromate 
sealing, and manganese phosphate coating; and thermal spraying.
    (iv) Dry mechanical polishing of finished metals and formed products 
after plating or thermal spraying.
    (v) Electroforming.
    (vi) Electropolishing.
    (2) A plating or polishing facility is an area source of HAP 
emissions, where an area source is any stationary source or group of 
stationary sources within a contiguous area under common control that 
does not have the potential to emit any single HAP at a rate of 9.07 
megagrams per year (Mg/yr) (10 tons per year (tpy)) or more and any 
combination of HAP at a rate of 22.68 Mg/yr (25 tpy) or more.
    (3) Your plating and polishing facility uses or has emissions of 
compounds of one or more plating and polishing metal HAP, which means 
any compound of any of the following metals: cadmium, chromium, lead, 
manganese, and nickel, as defined in Sec. 63.11511, ``What definitions 
apply to this subpart?'' With the exception of lead, plating and 
polishing metal HAP also include any of these metals in the elemental 
form.
    (b) [Reserved]

[73 FR 37741, July 1, 2008, as amended at 76 FR 57919, Sept. 19, 2011]



Sec. 63.11505  What parts of my plant does this subpart cover?

    (a) This subpart applies to each new or existing affected source, as 
specified in paragraphs (a)(1) through (3) of this section, at all 
times. A new source is defined in Sec. 63.11511, ``What definitions 
apply to this subpart?''
    (1) Each tank that contains one or more of the plating and polishing 
metal HAP, as defined in Sec. 63.11511, ``What definitions apply to 
this subpart?'', and is used for non-chromium electroplating; 
electroforming; electropolishing; electroless plating or other non-
electrolytic metal coating operations, such as chromate conversion 
coating, nickel acetate sealing, sodium dichromate sealing, and 
manganese phosphate coating.
    (2) Each thermal spraying operation that applies one or more of the 
plating and polishing metal HAP, as defined in Sec. 63.11511, ``What 
definitions apply to this subpart?''
    (3) Each dry mechanical polishing operation that emits one or more 
of the plating and polishing metal HAP, as defined in Sec. 63.11511, 
``What definitions apply to this subpart?''
    (b) An affected source is existing if you commenced construction or 
reconstruction of the affected source on or before March 14, 2008.
    (c) An affected source is new if you commenced construction or 
reconstruction of the affected source after March 14, 2008.
    (d) This subpart does not apply to any of the process units or 
operations described in paragraphs (d)(1) through (6) of this section.
    (1) Process units that are subject to the requirements of 40 CFR 
part 63, subpart N (National Emission Standards for Chromium Emissions 
from

[[Page 472]]

Hard and Decorative Chromium Electroplating and Chromium Anodizing 
Tanks).
    (2) Research and development process units, as defined in Sec. 
63.11511, ``What definitions apply to this subpart?''
    (3) Process units that are used strictly for educational purposes.
    (4) Plating, polishing, coating, or thermal spraying conducted to 
repair surfaces or equipment.
    (5) Dry mechanical polishing conducted to restore the original 
finish to a surface.
    (6) Any plating or polishing process that uses process materials 
that contain cadmium, chromium, lead, or nickel (as the metal) in 
amounts less than 0.1 percent by weight, or that contain manganese in 
amounts less than 1.0 percent by weight (as the metal), as used. 
Information used to determine the amount of plating and polishing metal 
HAP in materials used in the plating or polishing process may include 
information reported on the Material Safety Data Sheet for the material, 
but is not required. For plating or polishing tanks, the HAP content may 
be determined from the final bath contents ``as used'' to plate or to 
polish.
    (e) You are exempt from the obligation to obtain a permit under 40 
CFR part 70 or 40 CFR part 71, ``Title V,'' provided you are not 
otherwise required to obtain a permit under 40 CFR 70.3(a) or 40 CFR 
71.3(a) for a reason other than your status as an area source under this 
subpart. Notwithstanding the previous sentence, you must continue to 
comply with the provisions of this subpart applicable to area sources.

[73 FR 37741, July 1, 2008, as amended at 76 FR 57919, Sept. 19, 2011]



Sec. 63.11506  What are my compliance dates?

    (a) If you own or operate an existing affected source, you must 
achieve compliance with the applicable provisions of this subpart no 
later than July 1, 2010.
    (b) If you own or operate a new affected source for which the 
initial startup date is on or before July 1, 2008, you must achieve 
compliance with the provisions of this subpart no later than July 1, 
2008.
    (c) If you own or operate a new affected source for which the 
initial startup date is after July 1, 2008, you must achieve compliance 
with the provisions of this subpart upon initial startup of your 
affected source.

                  Standards and Compliance Requirements



Sec. 63.11507  What are my standards and management practices?

    (a) If you own or operate an affected new or existing non-cyanide 
electroplating, electroforming, or electropolishing tank (hereafter 
referred to as an ``electrolytic'' process tank, as defined in Sec. 
63.11511, ``What definitions apply to this subpart?'') that contains one 
or more of the plating and polishing metal HAP and operates at a pH of 
less than 12, you must comply with the requirements in paragraph (a)(1), 
(2), or (3) of this section, and implement the applicable management 
practices in paragraph (g) of this section, as practicable.
    (1) You must use a wetting agent/fume suppressant in the bath of the 
affected tank, as defined in Sec. 63.11511, ``What definitions apply to 
this subpart?'' and according to paragraphs (a)(1)(i) through (iii) of 
this section.
    (i) You must initially add the wetting agent/fume suppressant in the 
amounts recommended by the manufacturer for the specific type of 
electrolytic process.
    (ii) You must add wetting agent/fume suppressant in proportion to 
the other bath chemistry ingredients that are added to replenish the 
bath, as in the original make-up of the bath, or in proportions such 
that the bath contents are returned to that of the original make-up of 
the bath.
    (iii) If a wetting agent/fume suppressant is included in the 
electrolytic process bath chemicals used in the affected tank according 
to the manufacturer's instructions, it is not necessary to add 
additional wetting agent/fume suppressants to the tank to comply with 
this rule.
    (2) You must capture and exhaust emissions from the affected tank to 
any one of the following emission control devices: composite mesh pad, 
packed bed scrubber, or mesh pad mist

[[Page 473]]

eliminator, according to paragraphs (a)(2)(i) and (ii) of this section.
    (i) You must operate all capture and control devices according to 
the manufacturer's specifications and operating instructions.
    (ii) You must keep the manufacturer's specifications and operating 
instructions at the facility at all times in a location where they can 
be easily accessed by the operators.
    (3) You must cover the tank surface according to paragraph (a)(3)(i) 
or (ii) of this section.
    (i) For batch electrolytic process tanks, as defined in Sec. 
63.11511, ``What definitions apply to this subpart?'', you must use a 
tank cover, as defined in Sec. 63.11511, over all of the effective 
surface area of the tank for at least 95 percent of the electrolytic 
process operating time.
    (ii) For continuous electrolytic process tanks, as defined in Sec. 
63.11511, ``What definitions apply to this subpart?'', you must cover at 
least 75 percent of the surface of the tank, as defined in Sec. 
63.11511, whenever the electrolytic process tank is in operation.
    (b) If you own or operate an affected new or existing ``flash'' or 
short-term electroplating tank, as defined in Sec. 63.11511, ``What 
definitions apply to this subpart?'', that uses or emits one or more of 
the plating and polishing metal HAP, you must comply with the 
requirements specified in paragraph (b)(1) or (b)(2), and implement the 
applicable management practices in paragraph (g) of this section, as 
practicable.
    (1) You must limit short-term or ``flash'' electroplating to no more 
than 1 cumulative hour per day or 3 cumulative minutes per hour of 
plating time.
    (2) You must use a tank cover, as defined in Sec. 63.11511, ``What 
definitions apply to this subpart?'', for at least 95 percent of the 
plating time.
    (c) If you own or operate an affected new or existing process tank 
that is used both for short-term electroplating and for electrolytic 
processing of longer duration (i.e., processing that does not meet the 
definition of short-term or flash electroplating) and contains one or 
more of the plating and polishing metal HAP, you must meet the 
requirements specified in paragraph (a) or (b) of this section, 
whichever apply to the process operation, and implement the applicable 
management practices in paragraph (g) of this section, as practicable.
    (d) If you own or operate an affected new or existing electroplating 
tank that uses cyanide in the plating bath, operates at pH greater than 
or equal to 12, and contains one or more of the plating and polishing 
metal HAP, you must comply with the requirements in paragraphs (d)(1) 
and (2) of this section:
    (1) You must measure and record the pH of the bath upon startup of 
the bath, as defined in Sec. 63.11511, ``What definitions apply to this 
subpart?'' No additional pH measurements are required.
    (2) You must implement the applicable management practices in 
paragraph (g) of this section, as practicable.
    (e) If you own or operate an affected new or existing dry mechanical 
polishing machine that emits one or more of the plating and polishing 
metal HAP, you must operate a capture system that captures particulate 
matter (PM) emissions from the dry mechanical polishing process and 
transports the emissions to a cartridge, fabric, or high efficiency 
particulate air (HEPA) filter, according to paragraphs (e)(1) and (2) of 
this section.
    (1) You must operate all capture and control devices according to 
the manufacturer's specifications and operating instructions.
    (2) You must keep the manufacturer's specifications and operating 
instructions at the facility at all times in a location where they can 
be easily accessed by the operators.
    (f) If you own or operate an affected thermal spraying operation 
that applies one or more of the plating and polishing metal HAP, you 
must meet the applicable requirements specified in paragraphs (f)(1) 
through (3) of this section, and the applicable management practices in 
paragraph (g) of this section.
    (1) For existing permanent thermal spraying operations, you must 
operate a capture system that collects PM emissions from the thermal 
spraying process and transports the emissions to a water curtain, fabric 
filter, cartridge,

[[Page 474]]

or HEPA filter, according to paragraphs (f)(1)(i) and (ii) of this 
section.
    (2) For new permanent thermal spraying operations, you must operate 
a capture system that collects PM emissions from the thermal spraying 
process and transports the emissions to a fabric, cartridge, or HEPA 
filter, according to paragraphs (f)(2)(i) and (ii) of this section.
    (3) For temporary thermal spraying operations, as defined in Sec. 
63.11511 ``What definitions apply to this subpart?'', you must meet the 
applicable requirements specified in paragraphs (f)(3)(i) and (ii) of 
this section.
    (i) You must document the amount of time the thermal spraying occurs 
each day, and where it is conducted.
    (ii) You must implement the applicable management practices 
specified in paragraph (g) of this section, as practicable.
    (g) If you own or operate an affected new or existing plating and 
polishing process unit that contains, applies, or emits one or more of 
the plating and polishing metal HAP, you must implement the applicable 
management practices in paragraphs (g)(1) through (12) of this section, 
as practicable.
    (1) Minimize bath agitation when removing any parts processed in the 
tank, as practicable except when necessary to meet part quality 
requirements.
    (2) Maximize the draining of bath solution back into the tank, as 
practicable, by extending drip time when removing parts from the tank; 
using drain boards (also known as drip shields); or withdrawing parts 
slowly from the tank, as practicable.
    (3) Optimize the design of barrels, racks, and parts to minimize 
dragout of bath solution (such as by using slotted barrels and tilted 
racks, or by designing parts with flow-through holes to allow the tank 
solution to drip back into the tank), as practicable.
    (4) Use tank covers, if already owned and available at the facility, 
whenever practicable.
    (5) Minimize or reduce heating of process tanks, as practicable 
(e.g., when doing so would not interrupt production or adversely affect 
part quality).
    (6) Perform regular repair, maintenance, and preventive maintenance 
of racks, barrels, and other equipment associated with affected sources, 
as practicable.
    (7) Minimize bath contamination, such as through the prevention or 
quick recovery of dropped parts, use of distilled/de-ionized water, 
water filtration, pre-cleaning of parts to be plated, and thorough 
rinsing of pre-treated parts to be plated, as practicable.
    (8) Maintain quality control of chemicals, and chemical and other 
bath ingredient concentrations in the tanks, as practicable.
    (9) Perform general good housekeeping, such as regular sweeping or 
vacuuming, if needed, and periodic washdowns, as practicable.
    (10) Minimize spills and overflow of tanks, as practicable.
    (11) Use squeegee rolls in continuous or reel-to-reel plating tanks, 
as practicable.
    (12) Perform regular inspections to identify leaks and other 
opportunities for pollution prevention.

[73 FR 37741, July 1, 2008, as amended at 76 FR 57920, Sept. 19, 2011]



Sec. 63.11508  What are my compliance requirements?

    (a) If you own or operate an affected source, you must submit a 
Notification of Compliance Status in accordance with Sec. 63.11509(b) 
of ``What are my notification, reporting, and recordkeeping 
requirements?''
    (b) You must be in compliance with the applicable management 
practices and equipment standards in this subpart at all times.
    (c) To demonstrate initial compliance, you must satisfy the 
requirements specified in paragraphs (c)(1) through (11) of this 
section.
    (1) If you own or operate an affected electroplating, 
electroforming, or electropolishing tank that contains one or more of 
the plating and polishing metal HAP and is subject to the requirements 
in Sec. 63.11507(a), ``What are my standards and management 
practices?'', and you use a wetting agent/fume suppressant to comply 
with this subpart, you must demonstrate

[[Page 475]]

initial compliance according to paragraphs (c)(1)(i) through (iv) of 
this section.
    (i) You must add wetting agent/fume suppressant to the bath of each 
affected tank according to manufacturer's specifications and 
instructions.
    (ii) You must state in your Notification of Compliance Status that 
you add wetting agent/fume suppressant to the bath according to 
manufacturer's specifications and instructions.
    (iii) You must implement the applicable management practices 
specified in Sec. 63.11507(g), ``What are my standards and management 
practices?'', as practicable.
    (iv) You must state in your Notification of Compliance Status that 
you have implemented the applicable management practices specified in 
Sec. 63.11507(g), ``What are my standards and management practices?'', 
as practicable.
    (2) If you own or operate an affected electroplating, 
electroforming, or electropolishing tank that contains one or more of 
the plating and polishing metal HAP and is subject to the requirements 
in Sec. 63.11507(a), ``What are my standards and management 
practices?'', and you use a control system, as defined in Sec. 
63.11511, ``What definitions apply to this subpart?'', to comply with 
this subpart, you must demonstrate initial compliance according to 
paragraphs (c)(2)(i) through (v) of this section.
    (i) You must install a control system designed to capture emissions 
from the affected tank and exhaust them to a composite mesh pad, packed 
bed scrubber, or mesh pad mist eliminator.
    (ii) You must state in your Notification of Compliance Status that 
you have installed the control system according to the manufacturer's 
specifications and instructions.
    (iii) You must implement the applicable management practices 
specified in Sec. 63.11507(g), ``What are my standards and management 
practices?'', as practicable.
    (iv) You must state in your Notification of Compliance Status that 
you have implemented the applicable management practices specified in 
Sec. 63.11507(g), ``What are my standards and management practices?'', 
as practicable.
    (v) You must follow the manufacturer's specifications and operating 
instructions for the control systems at all times.
    (3) If you own or operate an affected batch electrolytic process 
tank, as defined in Sec. 63.11511, ``What definitions apply to this 
subpart?'' that contains one or more of the plating and polishing metal 
HAP and which is subject to the requirements in Sec. 63.11507(a), 
``What are my standards and management practices?'' and you use a tank 
cover, as defined in Sec. 63.11511, to comply with Sec. 11507(a), (b) 
or (c) of this subpart, you must demonstrate initial compliance 
according to paragraphs (c)(3)(i) through (iv) of this section.
    (i) You must install a tank cover on the affected tank.
    (ii) You must state in your Notification of Compliance Status that 
you operate the tank with the cover in place at least 95 percent of the 
electrolytic process operating time.
    (iii) You must implement the applicable management practices 
specified in Sec. 63.11507(g), ``What are my standards and management 
practices?'', as practicable.
    (iv) You must state in your Notification of Compliance Status that 
you have implemented the applicable management practices specified in 
Sec. 63.11507(g), ``What are my standards and management practices?'', 
as practicable.
    (4) If you own or operate an affected continuous electrolytic 
process tank, as defined in Sec. 63.11511, ``What definitions apply to 
this subpart?'' that contains one or more of the plating and polishing 
metal HAP and is subject to the requirements in Sec. 63.11507(a), 
``What are my standards and management practices?'' and you cover the 
tank surface to comply with Sec. 11507(a), (b) or (c) of this subpart, 
you must demonstrate initial compliance according to paragraphs 
(c)(4)(i) through (iv) of this section.
    (i) You must cover at least 75 percent of the surface area of the 
affected tank.
    (ii) You must state in your Notification of Compliance Status that 
you operate the tank with the surface cover

[[Page 476]]

in place whenever the continuous electrolytic process is in operation.
    (iii) You must implement the applicable management practices 
specified in Sec. 63.11507(g), ``What are my standards and management 
practices?'', as practicable.
    (iv) You must state in your Notification of Compliance Status that 
you have implemented the applicable management practices specified in 
Sec. 63.11507(g), ``What are my standards and management practices?'', 
as practicable.
    (5) If you own or operate an affected flash or short-term 
electroplating tank that contains one or more of the plating and 
polishing metal HAP and is subject to the requirements in Sec. 
63.11507(b), ``What are my standards and management practices?'' and you 
comply with Sec. 11507(a), (b) or (c) of this subpart by limiting the 
plating time of the affected tank, you must demonstrate initial 
compliance according to paragraphs (c)(5)(i) through (iii) of this 
section.
    (i) You must state in your Notification of Compliance Status that 
you limit short-term or flash electroplating to no more than 1 
cumulative hour per day, or 3 cumulative minutes per hour of plating 
time.
    (ii) You must implement the applicable management practices 
specified in Sec. 63.11507(g), ``What are my standards and management 
practices?'', as practicable.
    (iii) You must state in your Notification of Compliance Status that 
you have implemented the applicable management practices specified in 
Sec. 63.11507(g), ``What are my standards and management practices?'', 
as practicable.
    (6) If you own or operate an affected flash or short-term 
electroplating tank that contains one or more of the plating and 
polishing metal HAP and is subject to the requirements in Sec. 
63.11507(b), ``What are my standards and management practices?'' and you 
comply with Sec. 11507(a), (b) or (c) of this subpart by operating the 
affected tank with a cover, you must demonstrate initial compliance 
according to paragraphs (c)(6)(i) through (iv) of this section.
    (i) You must install a tank cover on the affected tank.
    (ii) You must state in your Notification of Compliance Status that 
you operate the tank with the cover in place at least 95 percent of the 
plating time.
    (iii) You must implement the applicable management practices 
specified in Sec. 63.11507(g), ``What are my standards and management 
practices?'', as practicable.
    (iv) You must state in your Notification of Compliance Status that 
you have implemented the applicable management practices specified in 
Sec. 63.11507(g), ``What are my standards and management practices?'', 
as practicable.
    (7) If you own or operate an affected tank that contains one or more 
of the plating and polishing metal HAP, uses cyanide in the bath, and is 
subject to the management practices specified in Sec. 63.11507(d), 
``What are my standards and management practices?'', you must 
demonstrate initial compliance according to paragraphs (c)(7)(i) through 
(iii) of this section.
    (i) You must report in your Notification of Compliance Status the pH 
of the bath solution that was measured at startup, as defined in Sec. 
63.11511, according to the requirements of Sec. 63.11507(d)(1).
    (ii) You must implement the applicable management practices 
specified in Sec. 63.11507(g), ``What are my standards and management 
practices?'', as practicable.
    (iii) You must state in your Notification of Compliance Status that 
you have implemented the applicable management practices specified in 
Sec. 63.11490(g), ``What are my standards and management practices?'', 
as practicable.
    (8) If you own or operate an affected dry mechanical polishing 
operation that emits one or more of the plating and polishing metal HAP 
and is subject to the requirements in Sec. 63.11507(e), ``What are my 
standards and management practices?'', you must demonstrate initial 
compliance according to paragraphs (c)(8)(i) through (iii) of this 
section.
    (i) You must install a control system that is designed to capture PM 
emissions from the polishing operation and

[[Page 477]]

exhaust them to a cartridge, fabric, or HEPA filter.
    (ii) You must state in your Notification of Compliance Status that 
you have installed the control system according to the manufacturer's 
specifications and instructions.
    (iii) You must keep the manufacturer's operating instructions at the 
facility at all times in a location where they can be easily accessed by 
the operators.
    (9) If you own or operate an existing affected permanent thermal 
spraying operation that applies one or more of the plating and polishing 
metal HAP and is subject to the requirements in Sec. 63.11507(f)(1), 
``What are my standards and management practices?'', you must 
demonstrate initial compliance according to paragraphs (c)(9)(i) through 
(iii) of this section.
    (i) You must install a control system that is designed to capture PM 
emissions from the thermal spraying operation and exhaust them to a 
water curtain, or a cartridge, fabric, or HEPA filter.
    (ii) You must state in your Notification of Compliance Status that 
you have installed and are operating the control system according to the 
manufacturer's specifications and instructions.
    (iii) You must keep the manufacturer's operating instructions at the 
facility at all times in a location where they can be easily accessed by 
the operators.
    (10) If you own or operate a new affected permanent thermal spraying 
operation that applies one or more of the plating and polishing metal 
HAP and is subject to the requirements in Sec. 63.11507(f)(2), ``What 
are my standards and management practices?'', you must demonstrate 
initial compliance according to paragraphs (c)(10)(i) through (iii) of 
this section.
    (i) You must install and operate a control system that is designed 
to capture PM emissions from the thermal spraying operation and exhaust 
them to a cartridge, fabric, or HEPA filter.
    (ii) You must state in your Notification of Compliance Status that 
you have installed and operate the control system according to the 
manufacturer's specifications and instructions.
    (iii) You must keep the manufacturer's operating instructions at the 
facility at all times in a location where they can be easily accessed by 
the operators.
    (11) If you own or operate an affected temporary thermal spraying 
operation that applies one or more of the plating and polishing metal 
HAP and is subject to the requirements in Sec. 63.11507(f)(3), ``What 
are my standards and management practices?'', you must demonstrate 
initial compliance according to paragraphs (c)(11)(i) and (ii) of this 
section.
    (i) You must implement the applicable management practices specified 
in Sec. 63.11507(g), ``What are my standards and management 
practices?'', as practicable.
    (ii) You must state in your Notification of Compliance Status that 
you have implemented the applicable management practices specified in 
Sec. 63.11507(g), ``What are my standards and management practices?'', 
as practicable.
    (d) To demonstrate continuous compliance with the applicable 
management practices and equipment standards specified in this subpart, 
you must satisfy the requirements specified in paragraphs (d)(1) through 
(8) of this section.
    (1) You must always operate and maintain your affected source, 
including air pollution control equipment.
    (2) You must prepare an annual compliance certification according to 
the requirements specified in Sec. 63.11509(c), ``Notification, 
Reporting, and Recordkeeping,'' and keep it in a readily-accessible 
location for inspector review.
    (3) If you own or operate an affected electroplating, 
electroforming, or electropolishing tank that contains one or more of 
the plating and polishing metal HAP and is subject to the requirements 
in Sec. 63.11507(a), ``What are my standards and management 
practices?'', and you use a wetting agent/fume suppressant to comply 
with this subpart, you must demonstrate continuous compliance according 
to paragraphs (d)(3)(i) through (iii) of this section.

[[Page 478]]

    (i) You must record that you have added the wetting agent/fume 
suppressant to the tank bath in the original make-up of the tank.
    (ii) For tanks where the wetting agent/fume suppressant is a 
separate ingredient from the other tank additives, you must demonstrate 
continuous compliance according to paragraphs (d)(3)(ii) (A) and (B) 
this section.
    (A) You must add wetting agent/fume suppressant in proportion to the 
other bath chemistry ingredients that are added to replenish the tank 
bath, as in the original make-up of the tank; or in proportion such that 
the bath is brought back to the original make-up of the tank.
    (B) You must record each addition of wetting agent/fume suppressant 
to the tank bath.
    (iii) You must state in your annual compliance certification that 
you have added wetting agent/fume suppressant to the bath according to 
the manufacturer's specifications and instructions.
    (4) If you own or operate an affected electroplating, 
electroforming, or electropolishing tank that contains one or more of 
the plating and polishing metal HAP and is subject to the requirements 
in Sec. 63.11507(a), ``What are my standards and management 
practices?'', and you use a control system to comply with this subpart; 
an affected dry mechanical polishing operation that is subject to Sec. 
63.11507(e); or an affected thermal spraying operation that is subject 
to Sec. 63.11507(f)(1) or (2), you must demonstrate continuous 
compliance according to paragraphs (d)(4)(i) through (v) of this 
section.
    (i) You must operate and maintain the control system according to 
the manufacturer's specifications and instructions.
    (ii) Following any malfunction or failure of the capture or control 
devices to operate properly, you must take immediate corrective action 
to return the equipment to normal operation according to the 
manufacturer's specifications and operating instructions.
    (iii) You must state in your annual certification that you have 
operated and maintained the control system according to the 
manufacturer's specifications and instructions.
    (iv) You must record the results of all control system inspections, 
deviations from proper operation, and any corrective action taken.
    (v) You must keep the manufacturer's operating instructions at the 
facility at all times in a location where they can be easily accessed by 
the operators.
    (5) If you own or operate an affected flash or short-term 
electroplating tank that contains one or more of the plating and 
polishing metal HAP and is subject to the requirements in Sec. 
63.11507(b), ``What are my standards and management practices?'' and you 
comply with Sec. 11507(a), (b) or (c) of this subpart by limiting the 
plating time for the affected tank, you must demonstrate continuous 
compliance according to paragraphs (d)(5)(i) through (iii) of this 
section.
    (i) You must limit short-term or flash electroplating to no more 
than 1 cumulative hour per day or 3 cumulative minutes per hour of 
plating time.
    (ii) You must record the times that the affected tank is operated 
each day.
    (iii) You must state in your annual compliance certification that 
you have limited short-term or flash electroplating to no more than 1 
cumulative hour per day or 3 cumulative minutes per hour of plating 
time.
    (6) If you own or operate an affected batch electrolytic process 
tank that contains one or more of the plating and polishing metal HAP 
and is subject to the requirements of Sec. 63.11507(a), ``What are my 
standards and management practices?'' or a flash or short-term 
electroplating tank that contains one or more of the plating and 
polishing metal HAP and is subject to the requirements in Sec. 
63.11507(b), and you comply with Sec. 11507(a), (b) or (c) of this 
section by operating the affected tank with a cover, you must 
demonstrate continuous compliance according to paragraphs (d)(6)(i) 
through (iii) of this section.
    (i) You must operate the tank with the cover in place at least 95 
percent of the electrolytic process operating time.

[[Page 479]]

    (ii) You must record the times that the tank is operated and the 
times that the tank is covered on a daily basis.
    (iii) You must state in your annual certification that you have 
operated the tank with the cover in place at least 95 percent of the 
electrolytic process time.
    (7) If you own or operate an affected continuous electrolytic 
process tank that contains one or more of the plating and polishing 
metal HAP and is subject to the requirements in Sec. 63.11507(a), 
``What are my standards and management practices?'' and you comply with 
Sec. 11507(a), (b) or (c) of this subpart by operating the affected 
tank with a cover, you must demonstrate continuous compliance according 
to paragraphs (d)(7)(i) and (ii) of this section.
    (i) You must operate the tank with at least 75 percent of the 
surface covered during all periods of electrolytic process operation.
    (ii) You must state in your annual certification that you have 
operated the tank with 75 percent of the surface covered during all 
periods of electrolytic process operation.
    (8) If you own or operate an affected tank or other operation that 
is subject to the management practices specified in Sec. 63.11507(g), 
``What are my standards and management practices?'', you must 
demonstrate continuous compliance according to paragraphs (d)(8)(i) and 
(ii) of this section.
    (i) You must implement the applicable management practices during 
all times that the affected tank or process is in operation.
    (ii) You must state in your annual compliance certification that you 
have implemented the applicable management practices, as practicable.

[73 FR 37741, July 1, 2008, as amended at 76 FR 57920, Sept. 19, 2011]



Sec. 63.11509  What are my notification, reporting, and recordkeeping
requirements?

    (a) If you own or operate an affected source, as defined in Sec. 
63.11505(a), ``What parts of my plant does this subpart cover?'', you 
must submit an Initial Notification in accordance with paragraphs (a)(1) 
through (4) of this section by the dates specified.
    (1) The Initial Notification must include the information specified 
in Sec. 63.9(b)(2)(i) through (iv) of the General Provisions of this 
part.
    (2) The Initial Notification must include a description of the 
compliance method (e.g., use of wetting agent/fume suppressant) for each 
affected source.
    (3) If you start up your affected source on or before July 1, 2008, 
you must submit an Initial Notification not later than 120 calendar days 
after July 1, 2008.
    (4) If you startup your new affected source after July 1, 2008, you 
must submit an Initial Notification when you become subject to this 
subpart.
    (b) If you own or operate an affected source, you must submit a 
Notification of Compliance Status in accordance with paragraphs (b)(1) 
through (3) of this section.
    (1) The Notification of Compliance Status must be submitted before 
the close of business on the compliance date specified in Sec. 
63.11506, ``What are my compliance dates?''
    (2) The Notification of Compliance Status must include the items 
specified in paragraphs (b)(2)(i) through (iv) of this section.
    (i) List of affected sources and the plating and polishing metal HAP 
used in, or emitted by, those sources.
    (ii) Methods used to comply with the applicable management practices 
and equipment standards.
    (iii) Description of the capture and emission control systems used 
to comply with the applicable equipment standards.
    (iv) Statement by the owner or operator of the affected source as to 
whether the source is in compliance with the applicable standards or 
other requirements.
    (3) If a facility makes a change to any items in (b)(2)(i), iii, and 
(iv) of this section that does not result in a deviation, an amended 
Notification of Compliance Status should be submitted within 30 days of 
the change.
    (c) If you own or operate an affected source, you must prepare an 
annual certification of compliance report according to paragraphs (c)(1) 
through (7) of this section. These reports do not need to be submitted 
unless a deviation from the requirements of this subpart

[[Page 480]]

has occurred during the reporting year, in which case, the annual 
compliance report must be submitted along with the deviation report.
    (1) If you own or operate an affected electroplating, 
electroforming, or electropolishing tank that is subject to the 
requirements in Sec. 63.11507(a)(1), ``What are my standards and 
management practices?'', you must state in your annual compliance 
certification that you have added wetting agent/fume suppressant to the 
bath according to the manufacturer's specifications and instructions.
    (2) If you own or operate any one of the affected sources listed in 
paragraphs (c)(2)(i) through (iii) of this section, you must state in 
your annual certification that you have operated and maintained the 
control system according to the manufacturer's specifications and 
instructions.
    (i) Electroplating, electroforming, or electropolishing tank that is 
subject to the requirements in Sec. 63.11507(a), ``What are my 
standards and management practices?'', and you use a control system to 
comply with this subpart;
    (ii) Dry mechanical polishing operation that is subject to Sec. 
63.11507(e); or
    (iii) Permanent thermal spraying operation that is subject to Sec. 
63.11507(f)(1) or (2).
    (3) If you own or operate an affected flash or short-term 
electroplating tank that is subject to the requirements in Sec. 
63.11507(b), ``What are my standards and management practices?'' and you 
comply with Sec. 11507(a), (b) or (c) of this subpart by limiting the 
plating time of the affected tank, you must state in your annual 
compliance certification that you have limited short-term or flash 
electroplating to no more than 1 cumulative hour per day or 3 cumulative 
minutes per hour of plating time.
    (4) If you own or operate an affected batch electrolytic process 
tank that is subject to the requirements of Sec. 63.11507(a) or a flash 
or short-term electroplating tank that is subject to the requirements in 
Sec. 63.11507(b), ``What are my standards and management practices?'' 
and you comply with Sec. 11507(a), (b) or (c) of this subpart by 
operating the affected tank with a cover, you must state in your annual 
certification that you have operated the tank with the cover in place at 
least 95 percent of the electrolytic process time.
    (5) If you own or operate an affected continuous electrolytic 
process tank that is subject to the requirements of Sec. 63.11507(a), 
``What are my standards and management practices?'' and you comply with 
Sec. 11507(a), (b) or (c) of this subpart by operating the affected 
tank with a cover, you must state in your annual certification that you 
have covered at least 75 percent of the surface area of the tank during 
all periods of electrolytic process operation.
    (6) If you own or operate an affected tank or other affected plating 
and polishing operation that is subject to the management practices 
specified in Sec. 63.11507(g), ``What are my standards and management 
practices?'' you must state in your annual compliance certification that 
you have implemented the applicable management practices, as 
practicable.
    (7) Each annual compliance report must be prepared no later than 
January 31 of the year immediately following the reporting period and 
kept in a readily-accessible location for inspector review. If a 
deviation has occurred during the year, each annual compliance report 
must be submitted along with the deviation report, and postmarked or 
delivered no later than January 31 of the year immediately following the 
reporting period.
    (d) If you own or operate an affected source, and any deviations 
from the compliance requirements specified in this subpart occurred 
during the year, you must report the deviations, along with the 
corrective action taken, and submit this report to the delegated 
authority.
    (e) You must keep the records specified in paragraphs (e)(1) through 
(3) of this section.
    (1) A copy of any Initial Notification and Notification of 
Compliance Status that you submitted and all documentation supporting 
those notifications.
    (2) The records specified in Sec. 63.10(b)(2)(i) through (iii) and 
(xiv) of the General Provisions of this part.
    (3) The records required to show continuous compliance with each 
management practice and equipment standard

[[Page 481]]

that applies to you, as specified in Sec. 63.11508(d), ``What are my 
compliance requirements?''
    (f) You must keep each record for a minimum of 5 years following the 
date of each occurrence, measurement, maintenance, corrective action, 
report, or record. You must keep each record onsite for at least 2 years 
after the date of each occurrence, measurement, maintenance, corrective 
action, report, or record, according to Sec. 63.10(b)(1) of the General 
Provisions to part 63. You may keep the records offsite for the 
remaining 3 years.

[73 FR 37741, July 1, 2008, as amended at 76 FR 57920, Sept. 19, 2011]

                   Other Requirements and Information



Sec. 63.11510  What General Provisions apply to this subpart?

    If you own or operate a new or existing affected source, you must 
comply with the requirements of the General Provisions (40 CFR part 63, 
subpart A) according to Table 1 of this subpart.



Sec. 63.11511  What definitions apply to this subpart?

    Terms used in this subpart are defined in this section.
    Batch electrolytic process tank means a tank used for an 
electrolytic process in which a part or group of parts, typically 
mounted on racks or placed in barrels, is placed in the tank and 
immersed in an electrolytic process solution as a single unit (i.e., as 
a batch) for a predetermined period of time, during which none of the 
parts are removed from the tank and no other parts are added to the 
tank, and after which the part or parts are removed from the tank as a 
unit.
    Bath means the liquid contents of a tank, as defined in this 
section, which is used for electroplating, electroforming, 
electropolishing, or other metal coating processes at a plating and 
polishing facility.
    Bench-scale means any operation that is small enough to be performed 
on a bench, table, or similar structure so that the equipment is not 
directly contacting the floor.
    Capture system means the collection of components used to capture 
gases and fumes released from one or more emissions points and then 
convey the captured gas stream to a control device, as part of a 
complete control system. A capture system may include, but is not 
limited to, the following components as applicable to a given capture 
system design: duct intake devices, hoods, enclosures, ductwork, 
dampers, manifolds, plenums, and fans.
    Cartridge filter means a type of control device that uses perforated 
metal cartridges containing a pleated paper or non-woven fibrous filter 
media to remove PM from a gas stream by sieving and other mechanisms. 
Cartridge filters can be designed with single use cartridges, which are 
removed and disposed after reaching capacity, or continuous use 
cartridges, which typically are cleaned by means of a pulse-jet 
mechanism.
    Composite mesh pad means a type of control device similar to a mesh 
pad mist eliminator except that the device is designed with multiple 
pads in series that are woven with layers of material with varying fiber 
diameters, which produce a coalescing effect on the droplets or PM that 
impinge upon the pads.
    Continuous electrolytic process tank means a tank that uses an 
electrolytic process and in which a continuous metal strip or other type 
of continuous substrate is fed into and removed from the tank 
continuously. This process is also called reel-to-reel electrolytic 
plating.
    Control device means equipment that is part of a control system that 
collects and/or reduces the quantity of a pollutant that is emitted to 
the air. The control device receives emissions that are transported from 
the process by the capture system.
    Control system means the combination of a capture system and a 
control device. The capture system is designed to collect and transport 
air emissions from the affected source to the control device. The 
overall control efficiency of any control system is a combination of the 
ability of the system to capture the air emissions (i.e., the capture 
efficiency) and the control device efficiency. Consequently, it is 
important to achieve good capture to ensure good overall control 
efficiency. Capture devices that are known to provide high

[[Page 482]]

capture efficiencies include hoods, enclosures, or any other duct intake 
devices with ductwork, dampers, manifolds, plenums, or fans.
    Conversion coatings are coatings that form a hard metal finish on an 
object when the object is submerged in a tank bath or solution that 
contains the conversion coatings. Conversion coatings for the purposes 
of this rule include coatings composed of chromium, as well as the other 
plating and polishing metal HAP, where no electrical current is used.
    Cyanide plating means plating processes performed in tanks that use 
cyanide as a major bath ingredient and that operate at pH of 12 or more, 
and use or emit any of the plating and polishing metal HAP, as defined 
in this section. Electroplating and electroforming are performed with or 
without cyanide. The cyanide in the bath works to dissolve the HAP metal 
added as a cyanide compound (e.g., cadmium cyanide) and creates free 
cyanide in solution, which helps to corrode the anode. These tanks are 
self-regulating to a pH of 12 due to the caustic nature of the cyanide 
bath chemistry. The cyanide in the bath is a major bath constituent and 
not an additive; however, the self-regulating chemistry of the bath 
causes the bath to act as if wetting agents/fume suppressants are being 
used and to ensure an optimum plating process. All cyanide plating baths 
at pH greater than or equal to 12 have cyanide-metal complexes in 
solution. The metal HAP to be plated is not emitted because it is either 
bound in the metal-cyanide complex or reduced at the cathode to 
elemental metal, and plated onto the immersed parts. Cyanide baths are 
not intentionally operated at pH less 12 since unfavorable plating 
conditions would occur in the tank, among other negative effects.
    Deviation means any instance in which an affected source or an owner 
or operator of such an affected source:
    (1) Fails to meet any requirement or obligation established by this 
rule including, but not limited to, any equipment standard (including 
emissions and operating limits), management practice, or operation and 
maintenance requirement;
    (2) Fails to meet any term or condition that is adopted to implement 
an applicable requirement in this rule and that is included in the 
operating permit for any affected facility required to obtain such a 
permit; or
    (3) Fails to meet any equipment standard (including emission and 
operating limits), management standard, or operation and maintenance 
requirement in this rule during startup, shutdown, or malfunction.
    Dry mechanical polishing means a process used for removing defects 
from and smoothing the surface of finished metals and formed products 
after plating or thermal spraying with any of the plating and polishing 
metal HAP, as defined in this section, using automatic or manually-
operated machines that have hard-faced abrasive wheels or belts and 
where no liquids or fluids are used to trap the removed metal particles. 
The affected process does not include polishing with use of pastes, 
liquids, lubricants, or any other added materials.
    Electroforming means an electrolytic process using or emitting any 
of the plating and polishing metal HAP, as defined in this section, that 
is used for fabricating metal parts. This process is essentially the 
same as electroplating except that the plated substrate (mandrel) is 
removed, leaving only the metal plate. In electroforming, the metal 
plate is self-supporting and generally thicker than in electroplating.
    Electroless plating means a non-electrolytic process that uses or 
emits any of the plating and polishing metal HAP, as defined in this 
section, in which metallic ions in a plating bath or solution are 
reduced to form a metal coating at the surface of a catalytic substrate 
without the use of external electrical energy. Electroless plating is 
also called non-electrolytic plating. Examples include, but are not 
limited to, chromate conversion coating, nickel acetate sealing, sodium 
dichromate sealing, and manganese phosphate coating.
    Electrolytic plating processes means electroplating and 
electroforming that use or emit any of the plating and polishing metal 
HAP, as defined in this section, where metallic ions in a plating bath 
or solution are reduced to

[[Page 483]]

form a metal coating on the surface of parts and products using 
electrical energy.
    Electroplating means an electrolytic process that uses or emits any 
of the plating and polishing metal HAP, as defined in this section, in 
which metal ions in solution are reduced onto the surface of the work 
piece (the cathode) via an electrical current. The metal ions in the 
solution are usually replenished by the dissolution of metal from solid 
metal anodes fabricated of the same metal being plated, or by direct 
replenishment of the solution with metal salts or oxides; electroplating 
is also called electrolytic plating.
    Electropolishing means an electrolytic process performed in a tank 
after plating that uses or emits any of the plating and polishing metal 
HAP, as defined in this section, in which a work piece is attached to an 
anode immersed in a bath, and the metal substrate is dissolved 
electrolytically, thereby removing the surface contaminant; 
electropolishing is also called electrolytic polishing. For the purposes 
of this subpart, electropolishing does not include bench-scale 
operations.
    Fabric filter means a type of control device used for collecting PM 
by filtering a process exhaust stream through a filter or filter media. 
A fabric filter is also known as a baghouse.
    Filters, for the purposes of this part, include cartridge, fabric, 
or HEPA filters, as defined in this section.
    Flash electroplating means an electrolytic process performed in a 
tank that uses or emits any of the plating and polishing metal HAP, as 
defined in this section, and that is used no more than 3 cumulative 
minutes per hour or no more than 1 cumulative hour per day.
    General Provisions of this part (40 CFR part 63, subpart A) means 
the section of the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) that addresses air 
pollution rules that apply to all HAP sources addressed in part 63, 
which includes the National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air 
Pollutants (NESHAP).
    HAP means hazardous air pollutant as defined from the list of 188 
chemicals and compounds specified in the CAA Amendments of 1990; HAP are 
also called ``air toxics.'' The five plating and polishing metal HAP, as 
defined in this section, are on this list of 188 chemicals.
    High efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filter means a type of 
control device that uses a filter composed of a mat of randomly arranged 
fibers and is designed to remove at least 99.97 percent of airborne 
particles that are 0.3 micrometers or larger in diameter.
    Maintenance is any process at a plating and polishing facility that 
is performed to keep the process equipment or the facility operating 
properly and is not performed on items to be sold as products.
    Major facility for HAP is any facility that emits greater than 10 
tpy of any HAP, or that emits a combined total of all HAP of over 25 
tpy, where the HAP used to determine the total facility emissions are 
not restricted to only plating and polishing metal HAP or from only 
plating and polishing operations.
    Mesh pad mist eliminator means a type of control device, consisting 
of layers of interlocked filaments densely packed between two supporting 
grids that remove liquid droplets and PM from the gas stream through 
inertial impaction and direct interception.
    Metal coating operation means any process performed either in a tank 
that contains liquids or as part of a thermal spraying operation, that 
applies one or more plating and polishing metal HAP, as defined in this 
section, to the surface of parts and products used in manufacturing. 
These processes include but are not limited to: non-chromium 
electroplating; electroforming; electropolishing; non-electrolytic metal 
coating processes, such as chromate conversion coating, electroless 
nickel plating, nickel acetate sealing, sodium dichromate sealing, and 
manganese phosphate coating; and thermal or flame spraying.
    Metal HAP content of material used in plating and polishing is the 
HAP content as determined from an analysis or engineering estimate of 
the HAP contents of the tank bath or solution, in the case of plating, 
metal coating, or electropolishing; or the HAP content of the metal 
coating being applied in the case of thermal spraying. Safety data sheet 
(SDS) information may be used

[[Page 484]]

in lieu of testing or engineering estimates but is not required to be 
used.
    New source means any affected source for which you commenced 
construction or reconstruction after March 14, 2008.
    Non-cyanide electrolytic plating and electropolishing processes 
means electroplating, electroforming, and electropolishing that uses or 
emits any of the plating and polishing metal HAP, as defined in this 
section, performed without cyanide in the tank. These processes do not 
use cyanide in the tank and operate at pH values less than 12. These 
processes use electricity and add or remove metals such as metal HAP 
from parts and products used in manufacturing. Both electroplating and 
electroforming can be performed with cyanide as well.
    Non-electrolytic plating means a process that uses or emits any of 
the plating and polishing metal HAP, as defined in this section, in 
which metallic ions in a plating bath or solution are reduced to form a 
metal coating at the surface of a catalytic substrate without the use of 
external electrical energy. Non-electrolytic plating is also called 
electroless plating. Examples include chromate conversion coating, 
nickel acetate sealing, electroless nickel plating, sodium dichromate 
sealing, and manganese phosphate coating.
    Packed-bed scrubber means a type of control device that includes a 
single or double packed bed that contains packing media on which PM and 
droplets impinge and are removed from the gas stream. The packed-bed 
section of the scrubber is followed by a mist eliminator to remove any 
water entrained from the packed-bed section.
    Plating and polishing facility means a facility engaged in one or 
more of the following processes that uses or emits any of the plating 
and polishing metal HAP, as defined in this section: electroplating 
processes other than chromium electroplating (i.e., non-chromium 
electroplating); electroless plating; other non-electrolytic metal 
coating processes performed in a tank, such as chromate conversion 
coating, nickel acetate sealing, sodium dichromate sealing, and 
manganese phosphate coating; thermal spraying; and the dry mechanical 
polishing of finished metals and formed products after plating or 
thermal spraying. Plating is performed in a tank or thermally sprayed so 
that a metal coating is irreversibly applied to an object. Plating and 
polishing does not include any bench-scale processes.
    Plating and polishing metal HAP means any compound of any of the 
following metals: cadmium, chromium, lead, manganese, and nickel, or any 
of these metals in the elemental form, with the exception of lead. Any 
material that does not contain cadmium, chromium, lead, or nickel in 
amounts greater than or equal to 0.1 percent by weight (as the metal), 
and does not contain manganese in amounts greater than or equal to 1.0 
percent by weight (as the metal), as reported on the Material Safety 
Data Sheet for the material, is not considered to be a plating and 
polishing metal HAP.
    Plating and polishing process tanks means any tank in which a 
process is performed at an affected plating and polishing facility that 
uses or has the potential to emit any of the plating and polishing metal 
HAP, as defined in this section. The processes performed in plating and 
polishing tanks include the following: electroplating processes other 
than chromium electroplating (i.e., non-chromium electroplating) 
performed in a tank; electroless plating; and non-electrolytic metal 
coating processes, such as chromate conversion coating, nickel acetate 
sealing, sodium dichromate sealing, and manganese phosphate coating; and 
electropolishing. This term does not include tanks containing solutions 
that are used to clean, rinse or wash parts prior to placing the parts 
in a plating and polishing process tank, or subsequent to removing the 
parts from a plating and polishing process tank. This term also does not 
include any bench-scale operations.
    PM means solid or particulate matter that is emitted into the air.
    Repair means any process used to return a finished object or tool 
back to its original function or shape.
    Research and development process unit means any process unit that is 
used for conducting research and development for new processes and 
products and is not used to manufacture products for

[[Page 485]]

commercial sale, except in a de minimis manner.
    Short-term plating means an electroplating process that uses or 
emits any of the plating and polishing metal HAP, as defined in this 
section, and that is used no more than 3 cumulative minutes per hour or 
1 hour cumulative per day.
    Startup of the tank bath is when the components or relative 
proportions of the various components in the bath have been altered from 
the most recent operating period. Startup of the bath does not include 
events where only the tank's heating or agitation and other mechanical 
operations are turned back on after being turned off for a period of 
time.
    Tank cover for batch process units means a solid structure made of 
an impervious material that is designed to cover the entire open surface 
of a tank or process unit that is used for plating or other metal 
coating processes.
    Tank cover for continuous process units, means a solid structure or 
combination of structures, made of an impervious material that is 
designed to cover at least 75 percent of the open surface of the tank or 
process unit that is used for continuous plating or other continuous 
metal coating processes.
    Temporary thermal spraying means a thermal spraying operation that 
uses or emits any of the plating and polishing metal HAP, as defined in 
this section, and that lasts no more than 1 hour in duration during any 
one day and is conducted in situ. Thermal spraying that is conducted in 
a dedicated thermal spray booth or structure is not considered to be 
temporary thermal spraying.
    Thermal spraying (also referred to as metal spraying or flame 
spraying) is a process that uses or emits any of the plating and 
polishing metal HAP, as defined in this section, in which a metallic 
coating is applied by projecting heated, molten, or semi-molten metal 
particles onto a substrate. Commonly-used thermal spraying methods 
include high velocity oxy-fuel (HVOF) spraying, flame spraying, electric 
arc spraying, plasma arc spraying, and detonation gun spraying. This 
operation does not include spray painting at ambient temperatures.
    Water curtain means a type of control device that draws the exhaust 
stream through a continuous curtain of moving water to scrub out 
suspended PM.
    Wetting agent/fume suppressant means any chemical agent that reduces 
or suppresses fumes or mists from a plating and polishing tank by 
reducing the surface tension of the tank bath.

[73 FR 37741, July 1, 2008, as amended at 76 FR 57921, Sept. 19, 2011]



Sec. 63.11512  Who implements and enforces this subpart?

    (a) This subpart can be implemented and enforced by EPA or a 
delegated authority such as your State, local, or tribal agency. If the 
EPA Administrator has delegated authority to your State, local, or 
tribal agency, then that agency, in addition to EPA, has the authority 
to implement and enforce this subpart. You should contact your EPA 
Regional Office to find out if implementation and enforcement of this 
subpart is delegated to your State, local, or tribal agency.
    (b) In delegating implementation and enforcement authority of this 
subpart to a State, local, or tribal agency under 40 CFR part 63, 
subpart E, the authorities contained in paragraph (c) of this section 
are retained by the EPA Administrator and are not transferred to the 
State, local, or tribal agency.
    (c) The authorities that cannot be delegated to State, local, or 
tribal agencies are specified in paragraphs (c)(1) through (5) of this 
section.
    (1) Approval of an alternative non-opacity emissions standard under 
40 CFR 63.6(g), of the General Provisions of this part.
    (2) Approval of an alternative opacity emissions standard under 
Sec. 63.6(h)(9), of the General Provisions of this part.
    (3) Approval of a major change to test methods under Sec. 
63.7(e)(2)(ii) and (f), of the General Provisions of this part. A 
``major change to test method'' is defined in Sec. 63.90.
    (4) Approval of a major change to monitoring under Sec. 63.8(f), of 
the General Provisions of this part. A ``major change to monitoring'' is 
defined in Sec. 63.90.
    (5) Approval of a major change to recordkeeping and reporting under 
Sec. 63.10(f), of the General Provisions of

[[Page 486]]

this part. A ``major change to recordkeeping/reporting'' is defined in 
Sec. 63.90.



Sec. 63.11513  [Reserved]



  Sec. Table 1 to Subpart WWWWWW of Part 63--Applicability of General 
            Provisions to Plating and Polishing Area Sources

    As required in Sec. 63.11510, ``What General Provisions apply to 
this subpart?'', you must meet each requirement in the following table 
that applies to you.

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                Citation                             Subject
------------------------------------------------------------------------
63.1\1\................................  Applicability.
63.2...................................  Definitions.
63.3...................................  Units and abbreviations.
63.4...................................  Prohibited activities.
63.6(a), (b)(1)-(b)(5), (c)(1), (c)(2),  Compliance with standards and
 (c)(5), and (j).                         maintenance requirements.
63.10(a), (b)(1), (b)(2)(i)-(iii),       Recordkeeping and reporting.
 (xiv), (b)(3), (d)(1), (f).
63.12..................................  State authority and
                                          delegations.
63.13..................................  Addresses of State air
                                          pollution control agencies and
                                          EPA regional offices.
63.14..................................  Incorporation by reference.
63.15..................................  Availability of information and
                                          confidentiality.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Section 63.11505(e), ``What parts of my plant does this subpart
  cover?'', exempts affected sources from the obligation to obtain title
  V operating permits.


[73 FR 37741, July 1, 2008, as amended at 76 FR 57922, Sept. 19, 2011]



Subpart XXXXXX_National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants 
 Area Source Standards for Nine Metal Fabrication and Finishing Source 
                               Categories

    Source: 73 FR 43000, July 23, 2008, unless otherwise noted.

                   Applicability and Compliance Dates



Sec. 63.11514  Am I subject to this subpart?

    (a) You are subject to this subpart if you own or operate an area 
source that is primarily engaged in the operations in one of the nine 
source categories listed in paragraphs (a)(1) through (9) of this 
section. Descriptions of these source categories are shown in Table 1 of 
this subpart. ``Primarily engaged'' is defined in Sec. 63.11522, ``What 
definitions apply to this subpart?''
    (1) Electrical and Electronic Equipment Finishing Operations;
    (2) Fabricated Metal Products;
    (3) Fabricated Plate Work (Boiler Shops);
    (4) Fabricated Structural Metal Manufacturing;
    (5) Heating Equipment, except Electric;
    (6) Industrial Machinery and Equipment Finishing Operations;
    (7) Iron and Steel Forging;
    (8) Primary Metal Products Manufacturing; and
    (9) Valves and Pipe Fittings.
    (b) The provisions of this subpart apply to each new and existing 
affected source listed and defined in paragraphs (b)(1) through (5) of 
this section if you use materials that contain or have the potential to 
emit metal fabrication or finishing metal HAP (MFHAP), defined to be the 
compounds of cadmium, chromium, lead, manganese, and nickel, or any of 
these metals in the elemental form with the exception of lead. Materials 
that contain MFHAP are defined to be materials that contain greater than 
0.1 percent for carcinogens, as defined by OSHA at 29 CFR 
1910.1200(d)(4), and greater than 1.0 percent for noncarcinogens. For 
the MFHAP, this corresponds to materials that contain cadmium, chromium, 
lead, or nickel in amounts greater than or equal to 0.1 percent by 
weight (of the metal), and materials that contain manganese in amounts 
greater than or equal to 1.0 percent by weight (of the metal), as shown 
in formulation data provided by the manufacturer or supplier, such as 
the Material Safety Data Sheet for the material.

[[Page 487]]

    (1) A dry abrasive blasting affected source is the collection of all 
equipment and activities necessary to perform dry abrasive blasting 
operations which use materials that contain MFHAP or that have the 
potential to emit MFHAP.
    (2) A machining affected source is the collection of all equipment 
and activities necessary to perform machining operations which use 
materials that contain MFHAP, as defined in Sec. 63.11522, ``What 
definitions apply to this subpart?'', or that have the potential to emit 
MFHAP.
    (3) A dry grinding and dry polishing with machines affected source 
is the collection of all equipment and activities necessary to perform 
dry grinding and dry polishing with machines operations which use 
materials that contain MFHAP, as defined in Sec. 63.11522, ``What 
definitions apply to this subpart?'', or have the potential to emit 
MFHAP.
    (4) A spray painting affected source is the collection of all 
equipment and activities necessary to perform spray-applied painting 
operations using paints which contain MFHAP. A spray painting affected 
source includes all equipment used to apply cleaning materials to a 
substrate to prepare it for paint application (surface preparation) or 
to remove dried paint; to apply a paint to a substrate (paint 
application) and to dry or cure the paint after application; or to clean 
paint operation equipment (equipment cleaning). Affected source(s) 
subject to the requirements of this paragraph are not subject to the 
miscellaneous surface coating provisions of subpart HHHHHH of this part, 
``National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants: Paint 
Stripping and Miscellaneous Surface Coating Operations at Area 
Sources.''
    (5) A welding affected source is the collection of all equipment and 
activities necessary to perform welding operations which use materials 
that contain MFHAP, as defined in Sec. 63.11522, ``What definitions 
apply to this subpart?'', or have the potential to emit MFHAP.
    (c) An affected source is existing if you commenced construction or 
reconstruction of the affected source, as defined in Sec. 63.2, 
``General Provisions'' to part 63, before April 3, 2008.
    (d) An affected source is new if you commenced construction or 
reconstruction of the affected source, as defined in Sec. 63.2, 
``General Provisions'' to part 63, on or after April 3, 2008.
    (e) This subpart does not apply to research or laboratory 
facilities, as defined in section 112(c)(7) of the Clean Air Act (CAA).
    (f) This subpart does not apply to tool or equipment repair 
operations, facility maintenance, or quality control activities as 
defined in Sec. 63.11522, ``What definitions apply to this subpart?''
    (g) This subpart does not apply to operations performed on site at 
installations owned or operated by the Armed Forces of the United States 
(including the Coast Guard and the National Guard of any such state), 
the National Aeronautics and Space Administration, or the National 
Nuclear Security Administration.
    (h) This subpart does not apply to operations that produce military 
munitions, as defined in Sec. 63.11522, ``What definitions apply to 
this subpart?'', manufactured by or for the Armed Forces of the United 
States (including the Coast Guard and the National Guard of any such 
state), or equipment directly and exclusively used for the purposes of 
transporting military munitions.
    (i) You are exempt from the obligation to obtain a permit under 40 
CFR part 70 or 40 CFR part 71, provided you are not otherwise required 
by law to obtain a permit under 40 CFR 70.3(a) or 40 CFR 71.3(a). 
Notwithstanding the previous sentence, you must continue to comply with 
the provisions of this subpart.



Sec. 63.11515  What are my compliance dates?

    (a) If you own or operate an existing affected source, you must 
achieve compliance with the applicable provisions in this subpart by 
July 25, 2011.
    (b) If you own or operate a new affected source, you must achieve 
compliance with the applicable provisions in this subpart by July 23, 
2008, or upon startup of your affected source, whichever is later.

[[Page 488]]

                  Standards and Compliance Requirements



Sec. 63.11516  What are my standards and management practices?

    (a) Dry abrasive blasting standards. If you own or operate a new or 
existing dry abrasive blasting affected source, you must comply with the 
requirements in paragraphs (a)(1) through (3) of this section, as 
applicable, for each dry abrasive blasting operation that uses materials 
that contain MFHAP, as defined in Sec. 63.11522, ``What definitions 
apply to this subpart?'', or has the potential to emit MFHAP. These 
requirements do not apply when abrasive blasting operations are being 
performed that do not use any materials containing MFHAP or do not have 
the potential to emit MFHAP.
    (1) Standards for dry abrasive blasting of objects performed in 
totally enclosed and unvented blast chambers. If you own or operate a 
new or existing dry abrasive blasting affected source which consists of 
an abrasive blasting chamber that is totally enclosed and unvented, as 
defined in Sec. 63.11522, ``What definitions apply to this subpart?'', 
you must implement management practices to minimize emissions of MFHAP. 
These management practices are the practices specified in paragraph 
(a)(1)(i) and (ii) of this section.
    (i) You must minimize dust generation during emptying of abrasive 
blasting enclosures; and
    (ii) You must operate all equipment associated with dry abrasive 
blasting operations according to the manufacturer's instructions.
    (2) Standards for dry abrasive blasting of objects performed in 
vented enclosures. If you own or operate a new or existing dry abrasive 
blasting affected source which consists of a dry abrasive blasting 
operation which has a vent allowing any air or blast material to escape, 
you must comply with the requirements in paragraphs (a)(2)(i) and (ii) 
of this section. Dry abrasive blasting operations for which the items to 
be blasted exceed 8 feet (2.4 meters) in any dimension, may be performed 
subject to the requirements in paragraph (a)(3) of this section.
    (i) You must capture emissions and vent them to a filtration control 
device. You must operate the filtration control device according to 
manufacturer's instructions, and you must demonstrate compliance with 
this requirement by maintaining a record of the manufacturer's 
specifications for the filtration control devices, as specified by the 
requirements in Sec. 63.11519(c)(4), ``What are my notification, 
recordkeeping, and reporting requirements?''
    (ii) You must implement the management practices to minimize 
emissions of MFHAP as specified in paragraphs (a)(2)(ii)(A) through (C) 
of this section.
    (A) You must take measures necessary to minimize excess dust in the 
surrounding area to reduce MFHAP emissions, as practicable; and
    (B) You must enclose dusty abrasive material storage areas and 
holding bins, seal chutes and conveyors that transport abrasive 
materials; and
    (C) You must operate all equipment associated with dry abrasive 
blasting operations according to manufacturer's instructions.
    (3) Standards for dry abrasive blasting of objects greater than 8 
feet (2.4 meters) in any one dimension. If you own or operate a new or 
existing dry abrasive blasting affected source which consists of a dry 
abrasive blasting operation which is performed on objects greater than 8 
feet (2.4 meters) in any one dimension, you may implement management 
practices to minimize emissions of MFHAP as specified in paragraph 
(a)(3)(i) of this section instead of the practices required by paragraph 
(a)(2) of this section. You must demonstrate that management practices 
are being implemented by complying with the requirements in paragraphs 
(a)(3)(ii) through (iv) of this section.
    (i) Management practices for dry abrasive blasting of objects 
greater than 8 feet (2.4 meters) in any one dimension are specified in 
paragraphs (a)(3)(i)(A) through (E) of this section.
    (A) You must take measures necessary to minimize excess dust in the 
surrounding area to reduce MFHAP emissions, as practicable; and
    (B) You must enclose abrasive material storage areas and holding 
bins,

[[Page 489]]

seal chutes and conveyors that transport abrasive material; and
    (C) You must operate all equipment associated with dry abrasive 
blasting operations according to manufacturer's instructions; and
    (D) You must not re-use dry abrasive blasting media unless 
contaminants (i.e., any material other than the base metal, such as 
paint residue) have been removed by filtration or screening, and the 
abrasive material conforms to its original size; and
    (E) Whenever practicable, you must switch from high particulate 
matter (PM)-emitting blast media (e.g., sand) to low PM-emitting blast 
media (e.g., crushed glass, specular hematite, steel shot, aluminum 
oxide), where PM is a surrogate for MFHAP.
    (ii) You must perform visual determinations of fugitive emissions, 
as specified in Sec. 63.11517(b), ``What are my monitoring 
requirements?'', according to paragraphs (a)(3)(ii)(A) or (B) of this 
section, as applicable.
    (A) For abrasive blasting of objects greater than 8 feet (2.4 
meters) in any one dimension that is performed outdoors, you must 
perform visual determinations of fugitive emissions at the fenceline or 
property border nearest to the outdoor dry abrasive blasting operation.
    (B) For abrasive blasting of objects greater than 8 feet (2.4 
meters) in any one dimension that is performed indoors, you must perform 
visual determinations of fugitive emissions at the primary vent, stack, 
exit, or opening from the building containing the abrasive blasting 
operations.
    (iii) You must keep a record of all visual determinations of 
fugitive emissions along with any corrective action taken in accordance 
with the requirements in Sec. 63.11519(c)(2), ``What are my 
notification, recordkeeping, and reporting requirements?''
    (iv) If visible fugitive emissions are detected, you must perform 
corrective actions until the visible fugitive emissions are eliminated, 
at which time you must comply with the requirements in paragraphs 
(a)(3)(iv)(A) and (B) of this section.
    (A) You must perform a follow-up inspection for visible fugitive 
emissions in accordance with Sec. 63.11517(a), ``Monitoring 
Requirements.''
    (B) You must report all instances where visible emissions are 
detected, along with any corrective action taken and the results of 
subsequent follow-up inspections for visible emissions, with your annual 
certification and compliance report as required by Sec. 63.11519(b)(5), 
``Notification, recordkeeping, and reporting requirements.''
    (b) Standards for machining. If you own or operate a new or existing 
machining affected source, you must implement management practices to 
minimize emissions of MFHAP as specified in paragraph (b)(1) and (2) of 
this section for each machining operation that uses materials that 
contain MFHAP, as defined in Sec. 63.11522, ``What definitions apply to 
this subpart?'', or has the potential to emit MFHAP. These requirements 
do not apply when machining operations are being performed that do not 
use any materials containing MFHAP and do not have the potential to emit 
MFHAP.
    (1) You must take measures necessary to minimize excess dust in the 
surrounding area to reduce MFHAP emissions, as practicable; and
    (2) You must operate all equipment associated with machining 
according to manufacturer's instructions.
    (c) Standards for dry grinding and dry polishing with machines. If 
you own or operate a new or existing dry grinding and dry polishing with 
machines affected source, you must comply with the requirements of 
paragraphs (c)(1) and (2) of this section for each dry grinding and dry 
polishing with machines operation that uses materials that contain 
MFHAP, as defined in Sec. 63.11522, ``What definitions apply to this 
subpart?'', or has the potential to emit MFHAP. These requirements do 
not apply when dry grinding and dry polishing operations are being 
performed that do not use any materials containing MFHAP and do not have 
the potential to emit MFHAP.
    (1) You must capture emissions and vent them to a filtration control 
device. You must demonstrate compliance with this requirement by 
maintaining a record of the manufacturer's specifications for the 
filtration control

[[Page 490]]

devices, as specified by the requirements in Sec. 63.11519(c)(4), 
``Notification, recordkeeping, and reporting Requirements.''
    (2) You must implement management practices to minimize emissions of 
MFHAP as specified in paragraphs (c)(2)(i) and (ii) of this section.
    (i) You must take measures necessary to minimize excess dust in the 
surrounding area to reduce MFHAP emissions, as practicable;
    (ii) You must operate all equipment associated with the operation of 
dry grinding and dry polishing with machines, including the filtration 
control device, according to manufacturer's instructions.
    (d) Standards for control of MFHAP in spray painting. If you own or 
operate a new or existing spray painting affected source, as defined in 
Sec. 63.11514 (b)(4), ``Am I subject to this subpart?,'' you must 
implement the management practices in paragraphs (d)(1) through (9) of 
this section when a spray-applied paint that contains MFHAP is being 
applied. These requirements do not apply when spray-applied paints that 
do not contain MFHAP are being applied.
    (1) Standards for spray painting for MFHAP control. All spray-
applied painting of objects must meet the requirements of paragraphs 
(d)(1)(i) through (iii) of this section. These requirements do not apply 
to affected sources located at Fabricated Structural Metal Manufacturing 
facilities, as described in Table 1, ``Description of Source Categories 
Affected by this Subpart,'' or affected sources that spray paint objects 
greater than 15 feet (4.57 meters), that are not spray painted in spray 
booths or spray rooms.
    (i) Spray booths or spray rooms must have a full roof, at least two 
complete walls, and one or two complete side curtains or other barrier 
material so that all four sides are covered. The spray booths or spray 
rooms must be ventilated so that air is drawn into the booth and leaves 
only though the filter. The roof may contain narrow slots for connecting 
fabricated products to overhead cranes, and/or for cords or cables.
    (ii) All spray booths or spray rooms must be fitted with a type of 
filter technology that is demonstrated to achieve at least 98 percent 
capture of MFHAP. The procedure used to demonstrate filter efficiency 
must be consistent with the American Society of Heating, Refrigerating, 
and Air-Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE) Method 52.1, ``Gravimetric and 
Dust-Spot Procedures for Testing Air-Cleaning Devices Used in General 
Ventilation for Removing Particulate Matter, June 4, 1992'' 
(incorporated by reference, see Sec. 63.14). The test coating for 
measuring filter efficiency shall be a high-solids bake enamel delivered 
at a rate of at least 135 grams per minute from a conventional (non-High 
Volume Low Pressure) air-atomized spray gun operating at 40 psi air 
pressure; the air flow rate across the filter shall be 150 feet per 
minute. Owners and operators may use published filter efficiency data 
provided by filter vendors to demonstrate compliance with this 
requirement and are not required to perform this measurement.
    (iii) You must perform regular inspection and replacement of the 
filters in all spray booths or spray rooms according to manufacturer's 
instructions, and maintain documentation of these activities, as 
detailed in Sec. 63.11519(c)(5), ``Notification, recordkeeping, and 
reporting requirements.''
    (iv) As an alternative compliance requirement, spray booths or spray 
rooms equipped with a water curtain, called ``waterwash'' or 
``waterspray'' booths or spray rooms that are operated and maintained 
according to the manufacturer's specifications and that achieve at least 
98 percent control of MFHAP, may be used in lieu of the spray booths or 
spray rooms requirements of paragraphs (d)(1)(i) through (iii) of this 
section.
    (2) Standards for spray painting application equipment of all 
objects painted for MFHAP control. All paints applied via spray-applied 
painting must be applied with a high-volume, low-pressure (HVLP) spray 
gun, electrostatic application, airless spray gun, air-assisted airless 
spray gun, or an equivalent technology that is demonstrated to achieve 
transfer efficiency comparable to one of these spray gun technologies 
for a comparable operation, and for which written approval has been 
obtained from the Administrator. The

[[Page 491]]

procedure used to demonstrate that spray gun transfer efficiency is 
equivalent to that of an HVLP spray gun must be equivalent to the 
California South Coast Air Quality Management District's ``Spray 
Equipment Transfer Efficiency Test Procedure for Equipment User, May 24, 
1989'' and ``Guidelines for Demonstrating Equivalency with District 
Approved Transfer Efficient Spray Guns, September 26, 2002'', Revision 0 
(incorporated by reference, see Sec. 63.14).
    (3) Spray system recordkeeping. You must maintain documentation of 
the HVLP or other high transfer efficiency spray paint delivery methods, 
as detailed in Sec. 63.11519(c)(7), ``Notification, recordkeeping, and 
reporting requirements.''
    (4) Spray gun cleaning. All cleaning of paint spray guns must be 
done with either non-HAP gun cleaning solvents, or in such a manner that 
an atomized mist of spray of gun cleaning solvent and paint residue is 
not created outside of a container that collects the used gun cleaning 
solvent. Spray gun cleaning may be done with, for example, by hand 
cleaning of parts of the disassembled gun in a container of solvent, by 
flushing solvent through the gun without atomizing the solvent and paint 
residue, or by using a fully enclosed spray gun washer. A combination of 
these non-atomizing methods may also be used.
    (5) Spray painting worker certification. All workers performing 
painting must be certified that they have completed training in the 
proper spray application of paints and the proper setup and maintenance 
of spray equipment. The minimum requirements for training and 
certification are described in paragraph (d)(6) of this section. The 
spray application of paint is prohibited by persons who are not 
certified as having completed the training described in paragraph (d)(6) 
of this section. The requirements of this paragraph do not apply to the 
students of an accredited painting training program who are under the 
direct supervision of an instructor who meets the requirements of this 
paragraph. The requirements of this paragraph do not apply to operators 
of robotic or automated painting operations.
    (6) Spray painting training program content. Each owner or operator 
of an affected spray painting affected source must ensure and certify 
that all new and existing personnel, including contract personnel, who 
spray apply paints are trained in the proper application of paints as 
required by paragraph (d)(5) of this section. The training program must 
include, at a minimum, the items listed in paragraphs (d)(6)(i) through 
(iii) of this section.
    (i) A list of all current personnel by name and job description who 
are required to be trained;
    (ii) Hands-on, or in-house or external classroom instruction that 
addresses, at a minimum, initial and refresher training in the topics 
listed in paragraphs (d)(6)(ii)(A) through (D) of this section.
    (A) Spray gun equipment selection, set up, and operation, including 
measuring paint viscosity, selecting the proper fluid tip or nozzle, and 
achieving the proper spray pattern, air pressure and volume, and fluid 
delivery rate.
    (B) Spray technique for different types of paints to improve 
transfer efficiency and minimize paint usage and overspray, including 
maintaining the correct spray gun distance and angle to the part, using 
proper banding and overlap, and reducing lead and lag spraying at the 
beginning and end of each stroke.
    (C) Routine spray booth and filter maintenance, including filter 
selection and installation.
    (D) Environmental compliance with the requirements of this subpart.
    (iii) A description of the methods to be used at the completion of 
initial or refresher training to demonstrate, document, and provide 
certification of successful completion of the required training. 
Alternatively, owners and operators who can show by documentation or 
certification that a painter's work experience and/or training has 
resulted in training equivalent to the training required in paragraph 
(d)(6)(ii) of this section are not required to provide the initial 
training required by that paragraph to these painters.
    (7) Records of spray painting training. You must maintain records of 
employee training certification for use of

[[Page 492]]

HVLP or other high transfer efficiency spray paint delivery methods as 
detailed in Sec. 63.11519(c)(8), ``Notification, recordkeeping, and 
reporting requirements.''
    (8) Spray painting training dates. As required by paragraph (d)(5) 
of this section, all new and existing personnel at an affected spray 
painting affected source, including contract personnel, who spray apply 
paints must be trained by the dates specified in paragraphs (d)(8)(i) 
and (ii) of this section.
    (i) If your source is a new source, all personnel must be trained 
and certified no later than January 20, 2009, 180 days after startup, or 
180 days after hiring, whichever is later. Training that was completed 
within 5 years prior to the date training is required, and that meets 
the requirements specified in paragraph (d)(6)(ii) of this section 
satisfies this requirement and is valid for a period not to exceed 5 
years after the date the training is completed.
    (ii) If your source is an existing source, all personnel must be 
trained and certified no later than July 25, 2011, or 180 days after 
hiring, whichever is later. Worker training that was completed within 5 
years prior to the date training is required, and that meets the 
requirements specified in paragraph (d)(6)(ii) of this section, 
satisfies this requirement and is valid for a period not to exceed 5 
years after the date the training is completed.
    (9) Duration of training validity. Training and certification will 
be valid for a period not to exceed 5 years after the date the training 
is completed. All personnel must receive refresher training that meets 
the requirements of this section and be re-certified every 5 years.
    (e) [Reserved]
    (f) Standards for welding. If you own or operate a new or existing 
welding affected source, you must comply with the requirements in 
paragraphs (f)(1) and (2) of this section for each welding operation 
that uses materials that contain MFHAP, as defined in Sec. 63.11522, 
``What definitions apply to this subpart?'', or has the potential to 
emit MFHAP. If your welding affected source uses 2,000 pounds or more 
per year of welding rod containing one or more MFHAP (calculated on a 
rolling 12-month basis), you must demonstrate that management practices 
or fume control measures are being implemented by complying with the 
requirements in paragraphs (f)(3) through (8) of this section. The 
requirements in paragraphs (f)(1) through (8) of this section do not 
apply when welding operations are being performed that do not use any 
materials containing MFHAP or do not have the potential to emit MFHAP.
    (1) You must operate all equipment, capture, and control devices 
associated with welding operations according to manufacturer's 
instructions. You must demonstrate compliance with this requirement by 
maintaining a record of the manufacturer's specifications for the 
capture and control devices, as specified by the requirements in Sec. 
63.11519(c)(4), ``Notification, recordkeeping, and reporting 
requirements.''
    (2) You must implement one or more of the management practices 
specified in paragraphs (f)(2)(i) through (v) of this section to 
minimize emissions of MFHAP, as practicable, while maintaining the 
required welding quality through the application of sound engineering 
judgment.
    (i) Use welding processes with reduced fume generation capabilities 
(e.g., gas metal arc welding (GMAW)--also called metal inert gas welding 
(MIG));
    (ii) Use welding process variations (e.g., pulsed current GMAW), 
which can reduce fume generation rates;
    (iii) Use welding filler metals, shielding gases, carrier gases, or 
other process materials which are capable of reduced welding fume 
generation;
    (iv) Optimize welding process variables (e.g., electrode diameter, 
voltage, amperage, welding angle, shield gas flow rate, travel speed) to 
reduce the amount of welding fume generated; and
    (v) Use a welding fume capture and control system, operated 
according to the manufacturer's specifications.
    (3) Tier 1 compliance requirements for welding. You must perform 
visual determinations of welding fugitive emissions as specified in 
Sec. 63.11517(b), ``Monitoring requirements,'' at the primary vent, 
stack, exit, or opening from the building containing the welding 
operations. You must keep a record of all

[[Page 493]]

visual determinations of fugitive emissions along with any corrective 
action taken in accordance with the requirements in Sec. 
63.11519(c)(2), ``Notification, recordkeeping, and reporting 
requirements.''
    (4) Requirements upon initial detection of visible emissions from 
welding. If visible fugitive emissions are detected during any visual 
determination required in paragraph (f)(3) of this section, you must 
comply with the requirements in paragraphs (f)(4)(i) and (ii) of this 
section.
    (i) Perform corrective actions that include, but are not limited to, 
inspection of welding fume sources, and evaluation of the proper 
operation and effectiveness of the management practices or fume control 
measures implemented in accordance with paragraph (f)(2) of this 
section. After completing such corrective actions, you must perform a 
follow-up inspection for visible fugitive emissions in accordance with 
Sec. 63.11517(a), ``Monitoring Requirements,'' at the primary vent, 
stack, exit, or opening from the building containing the welding 
operations.
    (ii) Report all instances where visible emissions are detected, 
along with any corrective action taken and the results of subsequent 
follow-up inspections for visible emissions, and submit with your annual 
certification and compliance report as required by Sec. 63.11519(b)(5), 
``Notification, recordkeeping, and reporting requirements.''
    (5) Tier 2 requirements upon subsequent detection of visible 
emissions. If visible fugitive emissions are detected more than once 
during any consecutive 12 month period (notwithstanding the results of 
any follow-up inspections), you must comply with paragraphs (f)(5)(i) 
through (iv) of this section.
    (i) Within 24 hours of the end of the visual determination of 
fugitive emissions in which visible fugitive emissions were detected, 
you must conduct a visual determination of emissions opacity, as 
specified in Sec. 63.11517(c), ``Monitoring requirements,'' at the 
primary vent, stack, exit, or opening from the building containing the 
welding operations.
    (ii) In lieu of the requirement of paragraph (f)(3) of this section 
to perform visual determinations of fugitive emissions with EPA Method 
22, you must perform visual determinations of emissions opacity in 
accordance with Sec. 63.11517(d), ``Monitoring Requirements,'' using 
EPA Method 9, at the primary vent, stack, exit, or opening from the 
building containing the welding operations.
    (iii) You must keep a record of each visual determination of 
emissions opacity performed in accordance with paragraphs (f)(5)(i) or 
(ii) of this section, along with any subsequent corrective action taken, 
in accordance with the requirements in Sec. 63.11519(c)(3), 
``Notification, recordkeeping, and reporting requirements.''
    (iv) You must report the results of all visual determinations of 
emissions opacity performed in accordance with paragraphs (f)(5)(i) or 
(ii) of this section, along with any subsequent corrective action taken, 
and submit with your annual certification and compliance report as 
required by Sec. 63.11519(b)(6), ``Notification, recordkeeping, and 
reporting requirements.''
    (6) Requirements for opacities less than or equal to 20 percent but 
greater than zero. For each visual determination of emissions opacity 
performed in accordance with paragraph (f)(5) of this section for which 
the average of the six-minute average opacities recorded is 20 percent 
or less but greater than zero, you must perform corrective actions, 
including inspection of all welding fume sources, and evaluation of the 
proper operation and effectiveness of the management practices or fume 
control measures implemented in accordance with paragraph (f)(2) of this 
section.
    (7) Tier 3 requirements for opacities exceeding 20 percent. For each 
visual determination of emissions opacity performed in accordance with 
paragraph (f)(5) of this section for which the average of the six-minute 
average opacities recorded exceeds 20 percent, you must comply with the 
requirements in paragraphs (f)(7)(i) through (v) of this section.
    (i) You must submit a report of exceedence of 20 percent opacity, 
along with your annual certification and compliance report, as specified 
in Sec. 63.11519(b)(8), ``Notification, recordkeeping, and reporting 
requirements,''

[[Page 494]]

and according to the requirements of Sec. 63.11519(b)(1), 
``Notification, recordkeeping, and reporting requirements.''
    (ii) Within 30 days of the opacity exceedence, you must prepare and 
implement a Site-Specific Welding Emissions Management Plan, as 
specified in paragraph (f)(8) of this section. If you have already 
prepared a Site-Specific Welding Emissions Management Plan in accordance 
with this paragraph, you must prepare and implement a revised Site-
Specific Welding Emissions Management Plan within 30 days.
    (iii) During the preparation (or revision) of the Site-Specific 
Welding Emissions Management Plan, you must continue to perform visual 
determinations of emissions opacity, beginning on a daily schedule as 
specified in Sec. 63.11517(d), ``Monitoring Requirements,'' using EPA 
Method 9, at the primary vent, stack, exit, or opening from the building 
containing the welding operations.
    (iv) You must maintain records of daily visual determinations of 
emissions opacity performed in accordance with paragraph (f)(7)(iii) of 
this section, during preparation of the Site-Specific Welding Emissions 
Management Plan, in accordance with the requirements in Sec. 
63.11519(b)(9), ``Notification, recordkeeping, and reporting 
requirements.''
    (v) You must include these records in your annual certification and 
compliance report, according to the requirements of Sec. 
63.11519(b)(1), ``Notification, recordkeeping, and reporting 
requirements.''
    (8) Site-Specific Welding Emissions Management Plan. The Site-
Specific Welding Emissions Management Plan must comply with the 
requirements in paragraphs (f)(8)(i) through (iii) of this section.
    (i) Site-Specific Welding Emissions Management Plan must contain the 
information in paragraphs (f)(8)(i)(A) through (F) of this section.
    (A) Company name and address;
    (B) A list and description of all welding operations which currently 
comprise the welding affected source;
    (C) A description of all management practices and/or fume control 
methods in place at the time of the opacity exceedence;
    (D) A list and description of all management practices and/or fume 
control methods currently employed for the welding affected source;
    (E) A description of additional management practices and/or fume 
control methods to be implemented pursuant to paragraph (f)(7)(ii) of 
this section, and the projected date of implementation; and
    (F) Any revisions to a Site-Specific Welding Emissions Management 
Plan must contain copies of all previous plan entries, pursuant to 
paragraphs (f)(8)(i)(D) and (E) of this section.
    (ii) The Site-Specific Welding Emissions Management Plan must be 
updated annually to contain current information, as required by 
paragraphs (f)(8)(i)(A) through (C) of this section, and submitted with 
your annual certification and compliance report, according to the 
requirements of Sec. 63.11519(b)(1), ``Notification, recordkeeping, and 
reporting requirements.''
    (iii) You must maintain a copy of the current Site-Specific Welding 
Emissions Management Plan in your records in a readily-accessible 
location for inspector review, in accordance with the requirements in 
Sec. 63.11519(c)(12), ``Notification, recordkeeping, and reporting 
requirements.''



Sec. 63.11517  What are my monitoring requirements?

    (a) Visual determination of fugitive emissions, general. Visual 
determination of fugitive emissions must be performed according to the 
procedures of EPA Method 22, of 40 CFR part 60, Appendix A-7. You must 
conduct the EPA Method 22 test while the affected source is operating 
under normal conditions. The duration of each EPA Method 22 test must be 
at least 15 minutes, and visible emissions will be considered to be 
present if they are detected for more than six minutes of the fifteen 
minute period.
    (b) Visual determination of fugitive emissions, graduated schedule. 
Visual determinations of fugitive emissions must be performed in 
accordance with paragraph (a) of this section and according to the 
schedule in paragraphs (b)(1) through (4) of this section.

[[Page 495]]

    (1) Daily Method 22 Testing. Perform visual determination of 
fugitive emissions once per day, on each day the process is in 
operation, during operation of the process.
    (2) Weekly Method 22 Testing. If no visible fugitive emissions are 
detected in consecutive daily EPA Method 22 tests, performed in 
accordance with paragraph (b)(1) of this section for 10 days of work day 
operation of the process, you may decrease the frequency of EPA Method 
22 testing to once every five days of operation of the process (one 
calendar week). If visible fugitive emissions are detected during these 
tests, you must resume EPA Method 22 testing of that operation once per 
day during each day that the process is in operation, in accordance with 
paragraph (b)(1) of this section.
    (3) Monthly Method 22 Testing. If no visible fugitive emissions are 
detected in four consecutive weekly EPA Method 22 tests performed in 
accordance with paragraph (b)(2) of this section, you may decrease the 
frequency of EPA Method 22 testing to once per 21 days of operation of 
the process (one calendar month). If visible fugitive emissions are 
detected during these tests, you must resume weekly EPA Method 22 in 
accordance with paragraph (b)(2) of this section.
    (4) Quarterly Method 22 Testing. If no visible fugitive emissions 
are detected in three consecutive monthly EPA Method 22 tests performed 
in accordance with paragraph (b)(3) of this section, you may decrease 
the frequency of EPA Method 22 testing to once per 60 days of operation 
of the process (3 calendar months). If visible fugitive emissions are 
detected during these tests, you must resume monthly EPA Method 22 in 
accordance with paragraph (b)(3) of this section.
    (c) Visual determination of emissions opacity for welding Tier 2 or 
3, general. Visual determination of emissions opacity must be performed 
in accordance with the procedures of EPA Method 9, of 40 CFR part 60, 
Appendix A-4, and while the affected source is operating under normal 
conditions. The duration of the EPA Method 9 test shall be thirty 
minutes.
    (d) Visual determination of emissions opacity for welding Tier 2 or 
3, graduated schedule. You must perform visual determination of 
emissions opacity in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section and 
according to the schedule in paragraphs (d)(1) through (5) of this 
section.
    (1) Daily Method 9 testing for welding, Tier 2 or 3. Perform visual 
determination of emissions opacity once per day during each day that the 
process is in operation.
    (2) Weekly Method 9 testing for welding, Tier 2 or 3. If the average 
of the six minute opacities recorded during any of the daily consecutive 
EPA Method 9 tests performed in accordance with paragraph (d)(1) of this 
section does not exceed 20 percent for 10 days of operation of the 
process, you may decrease the frequency of EPA Method 9 testing to once 
per five days of consecutive work day operation. If opacity greater than 
20 percent is detected during any of these tests, you must resume 
testing every day of operation of the process according to the 
requirements of paragraph (d)(1) of this section.
    (3) Monthly Method 9 testing for welding Tier 2 or 3. If the average 
of the six minute opacities recorded during any of the consecutive 
weekly EPA Method 9 tests performed in accordance with paragraph (d)(2) 
of this section does not exceed 20 percent for four consecutive weekly 
tests, you may decrease the frequency of EPA Method 9 testing to once 
per every 21 days of operation of the process. If visible emissions 
opacity greater than 20 percent is detected during any monthly test, you 
must resume testing every five days of operation of the process 
according to the requirements of paragraph (d)(2) of this section.
    (4) Quarterly Method 9 testing for welding Tier 2 or 3. If the 
average of the six minute opacities recorded during any of the 
consecutive weekly EPA Method 9 tests performed in accordance with 
paragraph (d)(3) of this section does not exceed 20 percent for three 
consecutive monthly tests, you may decrease the frequency of EPA Method 
9 testing to once per every 120 days of operation of the process. If 
visible emissions opacity greater than 20 percent is detected during any 
quarterly test, you must resume testing every 21 days (month) of 
operation of the process according to

[[Page 496]]

the requirements of paragraph (d)(3) of this section.
    (5) Return to Method 22 testing for welding, Tier 2 or 3. If, after 
two consecutive months of testing, the average of the six minute 
opacities recorded during any of the monthly EPA Method 9 tests 
performed in accordance with paragraph (d)(3) of this section does not 
exceed 20 percent, you may resume EPA Method 22 testing as in paragraphs 
(b)(3) and (4) of this section. In lieu of this, you may elect to 
continue performing EPA Method 9 tests in accordance with paragraphs 
(d)(3)and (4) of this section.



Sec. 63.11518  [Reserved]



Sec. 63.11519  What are my notification, recordkeeping, and reporting
requirements?

    (a) What notifications must I submit?--(1) Initial notification. If 
you are the owner or operator of an area source in one of the nine metal 
fabrication and finishing source categories, as defined in Sec. 
63.11514 ``Am I subject to this subpart?,'' you must submit the Initial 
Notification required by Sec. 63.9(b) ``General Provisions,'' for a new 
affected source no later than 120 days after initial startup or November 
20, 2008, whichever is later. For an existing affected source, you must 
submit the Initial Notification no later than July 25, 2011. Your 
Initial Notification must provide the information specified in 
paragraphs (a)(1)(i) through (iv) of this section.
    (i) The name, address, phone number and e-mail address of the owner 
and operator;
    (ii) The address (physical location) of the affected source;
    (iii) An identification of the relevant standard (i.e., this 
subpart); and
    (iv) A brief description of the type of operation. For example, a 
brief characterization of the types of products (e.g., aerospace 
components, sports equipment, etc.), the number and type of processes, 
and the number of workers usually employed.
    (2) Notification of compliance status. If you are the owner or 
operator of an existing affected source, you must submit a notification 
of compliance status on or before November 22, 2011. If you are the 
owner or operator of a new affected source, you must submit a 
notification of compliance status within 120 days after initial startup, 
or by November 20, 2008, whichever is later. You are required to submit 
the information specified in paragraphs (a)(2)(i) through (iv) of this 
section with your notification of compliance status:
    (i) Your company's name and address;
    (ii) A statement by a responsible official with that official's 
name, title, phone number, e-mail address and signature, certifying the 
truth, accuracy, and completeness of the notification and a statement of 
whether the source has complied with all the relevant standards and 
other requirements of this subpart;
    (iii) If you operate any spray painting affected sources, the 
information required by Sec. 63.11516(e)(3)(vi)(C), ``Compliance 
demonstration,'' or Sec. 63.11516(e)(4)(ix)(C), ``Compliance 
demonstration,'' as applicable; and
    (iv) The date of the notification of compliance status.
    (b) What reports must I prepare or submit?--(1) Annual certification 
and compliance reports. You must prepare and submit annual certification 
and compliance reports for each affected source according to the 
requirements of paragraphs (b)(2) through (7) of this section. The 
annual certification and compliance reporting requirements may be 
satisfied by reports required under other parts of the CAA, as specified 
in paragraph (b)(3) of this section.
    (2) Dates. Unless the Administrator has approved or agreed to a 
different schedule for submission of reports under Sec. 63.10(a), 
``General Provisions,'' you must prepare and submit each annual 
certification and compliance report according to the dates specified in 
paragraphs (b)(2)(i) through (iii) of this section. Note that the 
information reported for each of the months in the reporting period will 
be based on the last 12 months of data prior to the date of each monthly 
calculation.
    (i) The first annual certification and compliance report must cover 
the first annual reporting period which begins the day after the 
compliance date and ends on December 31.
    (ii) Each subsequent annual certification and compliance report must

[[Page 497]]

cover the subsequent semiannual reporting period from January 1 through 
December 31.
    (iii) Each annual certification and compliance report must be 
prepared and submitted no later than January 31 and kept in a readily-
accessible location for inspector review. If an exceedence has occurred 
during the year, each annual certification and compliance report must be 
submitted along with the exceedence reports, and postmarked or delivered 
no later than January 31.
    (3) Alternate dates. For each affected source that is subject to 
permitting regulations pursuant to 40 CFR part 70 or 40 CFR part 71, 
``Title V.''
    (i) If the permitting authority has established dates for submitting 
annual reports pursuant to 40 CFR 70.6(a)(3)(iii)(A) or 40 CFR 
71.6(a)(3)(iii)(A), ``Title V,'' you may prepare or submit, if required, 
the first and subsequent compliance reports according to the dates the 
permitting authority has established instead of according to the date 
specified in paragraph (b)(2)(iii) of this section.
    (ii) If an affected source prepares or submits an annual 
certification and compliance report pursuant to this section along with, 
or as part of, the monitoring report required by 40 CFR 
70.6(a)(3)(iii)(A) or 40 CFR 71.6(a)(3)(iii)(A), ``Title V,'' and the 
compliance report includes all required information concerning 
exceedences of any limitation in this subpart, its submission will be 
deemed to satisfy any obligation to report the same exceedences in the 
annual monitoring report. However, submission of an annual certification 
and compliance report shall not otherwise affect any obligation the 
affected source may have to report deviations from permit requirements 
to the permitting authority.
    (4) General requirements. The annual certification and compliance 
report must contain the information specified in paragraphs (b)(4)(i) 
through (iii) of this section, and the information specified in 
paragraphs (b)(5) through (7) of this section that is applicable to each 
affected source.
    (i) Company name and address;
    (ii) Statement by a responsible official with that official's name, 
title, and signature, certifying the truth, accuracy, and completeness 
of the content of the report; and
    (iii) Date of report and beginning and ending dates of the reporting 
period. The reporting period is the 12-month period ending on December 
31. Note that the information reported for the 12 months in the 
reporting period will be based on the last 12 months of data prior to 
the date of each monthly calculation.
    (5) Visual determination of fugitive emissions requirements. The 
annual certification and compliance report must contain the information 
specified in paragraphs (b)(5)(i) through (iii) of this section for each 
affected source which performs visual determination of fugitive 
emissions in accordance with Sec. 63.11517(a), ``Monitoring 
requirements.''
    (i) The date of every visual determination of fugitive emissions 
which resulted in detection of visible emissions;
    (ii) A description of the corrective actions taken subsequent to the 
test; and
    (iii) The date and results of the follow-up visual determination of 
fugitive emissions performed after the corrective actions.
    (6) Visual determination of emissions opacity requirements. The 
annual certification and compliance report must contain the information 
specified in paragraphs (b)(6)(i) through (iii) of this section for each 
affected source which performs visual determination of emissions opacity 
in accordance with Sec. 63.11517(c), ``Monitoring requirements.''
    (i) The date of every visual determination of emissions opacity;
    (ii) The average of the six-minute opacities measured by the test; 
and
    (iii) A description of any corrective action taken subsequent to the 
test.
    (7) [Reserved]
    (8) Exceedences of 20 percent opacity for welding affected sources. 
As required by Sec. 63.11516(f)(7)(i), ``Requirements for opacities 
exceeding 20 percent,'' you must prepare an exceedence report whenever 
the average of the six-minute average opacities recorded during a

[[Page 498]]

visual determination of emissions opacity exceeds 20 percent. This 
report must be submitted along with your annual certification and 
compliance report according to the requirements in paragraph (b)(1) of 
this section, and must contain the information in paragraphs 
(b)(8)(iii)(A) and (B) of this section.
    (A) The date on which the exceedence occurred; and
    (B) The average of the six-minute average opacities recorded during 
the visual determination of emissions opacity.
    (9) Site-specific Welding Emissions Management Plan reporting. You 
must submit a copy of the records of daily visual determinations of 
emissions recorded in accordance with Sec. 63.11516(f)(7)(iv), ``Tier 3 
requirements for opacities exceeding 20 percent,'' and a copy of your 
Site-Specific Welding Emissions Management Plan and any subsequent 
revisions to the plan pursuant to Sec. 63.11516(f)(8), ``Site-specific 
Welding Emission Management Plan,'' along with your annual certification 
and compliance report, according to the requirements in paragraph (b)(1) 
of this section.
    (c) What records must I keep? You must collect and keep records of 
the data and information specified in paragraphs (c)(1) through (13) of 
this section, according to the requirements in paragraph (c)(14) of this 
section.
    (1) General compliance and applicability records. Maintain 
information specified in paragraphs (c)(1)(i) through (ii) of this 
section for each affected source.
    (i) Each notification and report that you submitted to comply with 
this subpart, and the documentation supporting each notification and 
report.
    (ii) Records of the applicability determinations as in Sec. 
63.11514(b)(1) through (5), ``Am I subject to this subpart,'' listing 
equipment included in its affected source, as well as any changes to 
that and on what date they occurred, must be maintained for 5 years and 
be made available for inspector review at any time.
    (2) Visual determination of fugitive emissions records. Maintain a 
record of the information specified in paragraphs (c)(2)(i) through 
(iii) of this section for each affected source which performs visual 
determination of fugitive emissions in accordance with Sec. 
63.11517(a), ``Monitoring requirements.''
    (i) The date and results of every visual determination of fugitive 
emissions;
    (ii) A description of any corrective action taken subsequent to the 
test; and
    (iii) The date and results of any follow-up visual determination of 
fugitive emissions performed after the corrective actions.
    (3) Visual determination of emissions opacity records. Maintain a 
record of the information specified in paragraphs (c)(3)(i) through 
(iii) of this section for each affected source which performs visual 
determination of emissions opacity in accordance with Sec. 63.11517(c), 
``Monitoring requirements.''
    (i) The date of every visual determination of emissions opacity; and
    (ii) The average of the six-minute opacities measured by the test; 
and
    (iii) A description of any corrective action taken subsequent to the 
test.
    (4) Maintain a record of the manufacturer's specifications for the 
control devices used to comply with Sec. 63.11516, ``What are my 
standards and management practices?''
    (5) Spray paint booth filter records. Maintain a record of the 
filter efficiency demonstrations and spray paint booth filter 
maintenance activities, performed in accordance with Sec. 
63.11516(d)(1)(ii) and (iii), ``Requirements for spray painting objects 
in spray booths or spray rooms.''
    (6) Waterspray booth or water curtain efficiency tests. Maintain a 
record of the water curtain efficiency demonstrations performed in 
accordance with Sec. 63.11516(d)(1)(ii), ``Requirements for spray 
painting objects in spray booths or spray rooms.''
    (7) HVLP or other high transfer efficiency spray delivery system 
documentation records. Maintain documentation of HVLP or other high 
transfer efficiency spray paint delivery systems, in compliance with 
Sec. 63.11516(d)(3), ``Requirements for spray painting of all 
objects.'' This documentation must include the manufacturer's 
specifications for the equipment and any manufacturer's operation 
instructions. If you have

[[Page 499]]

obtained written approval for an alternative spray application system in 
accordance with Sec. 63.11516(d)(2), ``Spray painting of all objects,'' 
you must maintain a record of that approval along with documentation of 
the demonstration of equivalency.
    (8) HVLP or other high transfer efficiency spray delivery system 
employee training documentation records. Maintain certification that 
each worker performing spray painting operations has completed the 
training specified in Sec. 63.11516(d)(6), ``Requirements for spray 
painting of all objects,'' with the date the initial training and the 
most recent refresher training was completed.
    (9)-(10) [Reserved]
    (11) Visual determination of emissions opacity performed during the 
preparation (or revision) of the Site-Specific Welding Emissions 
Management Plan. You must maintain a record of each visual determination 
of emissions opacity performed during the preparation (or revision) of a 
Site-Specific Welding Emissions Management Plan, in accordance with 
Sec. 63.11516(f)(7)(iii), ``Requirements for opacities exceeding 20 
percent.''
    (12) Site-Specific Welding Emissions Management Plan. If you have 
been required to prepare a plan in accordance with Sec. 
63.11516(f)(7)(iii), ``Site-Specific Welding Emissions Management 
Plan,'' you must maintain a copy of your current Site-Specific Welding 
Emissions Management Plan in your records and it must be readily 
available for inspector review.
    (13) Manufacturer's instructions. If you comply with this subpart by 
operating any equipment according to manufacturer's instruction, you 
must keep these instructions readily available for inspector review.
    (14) Welding Rod usage. If you operate a new or existing welding 
affected source which is not required to comply with the requirements of 
Sec. 63.11516(f)(3) through (8) because it uses less than 2,000 pounds 
per year of welding rod (on a rolling 12-month basis), you must maintain 
records demonstrating your welding rod usage on a rolling 12-month 
basis.
    (15) Your records must be maintained according to the requirements 
in paragraphs (c)(14)(i) through (iii) of this section.
    (i) Your records must be in a form suitable and readily available 
for expeditious review, according to Sec. 63.10(b)(1), ``General 
Provisions.'' Where appropriate, the records may be maintained as 
electronic spreadsheets or as a database.
    (ii) As specified in Sec. 63.10(b)(1), ``General Provisions,'' you 
must keep each record for 5 years following the date of each occurrence, 
measurement, corrective action, report, or record.
    (iii) You must keep each record on-site for at least 2 years after 
the date of each occurrence, measurement, corrective action, report, or 
record according to Sec. 63.10(b)(1), ``General Provisions.'' You may 
keep the records off-site for the remaining 3 years.



Sec. 63.11520  [Reserved]

                   Other Requirements and Information



Sec. 63.11521  Who implements and enforces this subpart?

    (a) This subpart can be implemented and enforced by EPA or a 
delegated authority such as your state, local, or tribal agency. If the 
EPA Administrator has delegated authority to your state, local, or 
tribal agency, then that agency, in addition to EPA, has the authority 
to implement and enforce this subpart. You should contact your EPA 
Regional Office to find out if implementation and enforcement of this 
subpart is delegated to your state, local, or tribal agency.
    (b) In delegating implementation and enforcement authority of this 
subpart to a state, local, or tribal agency under 40 CFR part 63, 
subpart E, the authorities contained in paragraph (c) of this section 
are retained by the EPA Administrator and are not transferred to the 
state, local, or tribal agency.
    (c) The authorities that cannot be delegated to state, local, or 
tribal agencies are specified in paragraphs (c)(1) through (5) of this 
section.
    (1) Approval of an alternative non-opacity emissions standard under 
Sec. 63.6(g), of the General Provisions of this part.
    (2) Approval of an alternative opacity emissions standard under 
Sec. 63.6(h)(9), of the General Provisions of this part.
    (3) Approval of a major change to test methods under Sec. 
63.7(e)(2)(ii) and

[[Page 500]]

(f), of the General Provisions of this part. A ``major change to test 
method'' is defined in Sec. 63.90.
    (4) Approval of a major change to monitoring under Sec. 63.8(f), of 
the General Provisions of this part. A ``major change to monitoring'' 
under is defined in Sec. 63.90.
    (5) Approval of a major change to recordkeeping and reporting under 
Sec. 63.10(f), of the General Provisions of this part. A ``major change 
to recordkeeping/reporting'' is defined in Sec. 63.90.



Sec. 63.11522  What definitions apply to this subpart?

    The terms used in this subpart are defined in the CAA; and in this 
section as follows:
    Adequate emission capture methods are hoods, enclosures, or any 
other duct intake devices with ductwork, dampers, manifolds, plenums, or 
fans designed to draw greater than 85 percent of the airborne dust 
generated from the process into the control device.
    Capture system means the collection of components used to capture 
gases and fumes released from one or more emissions points and then 
convey the captured gas stream to a control device or to the atmosphere. 
A capture system may include, but is not limited to, the following 
components as applicable to a given capture system design: duct intake 
devices, hoods, enclosures, ductwork, dampers, manifolds, plenums, and 
fans.
    Cartridge collector means a type of control device that uses 
perforated metal cartridges containing a pleated paper or non-woven 
fibrous filter media to remove PM from a gas stream by sieving and other 
mechanisms. Cartridge collectors can be designed with single use 
cartridges, which are removed and disposed after reaching capacity, or 
continuous use cartridges, which typically are cleaned by means of a 
pulse-jet mechanism.
    Confined abrasive blasting enclosure means an enclosure that 
includes a roof and at least two complete walls, with side curtains and 
ventilation as needed to insure that no air or PM exits the enclosure 
while dry abrasive blasting is performed. Apertures or slots may be 
present in the roof or walls to allow for mechanized transport of the 
blasted objects with overhead cranes, or cable and cord entry into the 
dry abrasive blasting chamber.
    Control device means equipment installed on a process vent or 
exhaust system that reduces the quantity of a pollutant that is emitted 
to the air.
    Dry abrasive blasting means cleaning, polishing, conditioning, 
removing or preparing a surface by propelling a stream of abrasive 
material with compressed air against the surface. Hydroblasting, wet 
abrasive blasting, or other abrasive blasting operations which employ 
liquids to reduce emissions are not dry abrasive blasting.
    Dry grinding and dry polishing with machines means grinding or 
polishing without the use of lubricating oils or fluids in fixed or 
stationary machines. Hand grinding, hand polishing, and bench top dry 
grinding and dry polishing are not included under this definition.
    Fabric filter means a type of control device used for collecting PM 
by filtering a process exhaust stream through a filter or filter media; 
a fabric filter is also known as a baghouse.
    Facility maintenance means operations performed as part of the 
routine repair or renovation of process equipment, machinery, control 
equipment, and structures that comprise the infrastructure of the 
affected facility and that are necessary for the facility to function in 
its intended capacity. Facility maintenance also includes operations 
associated with the installation of new equipment or structures, and any 
processes as part of janitorial activities. Facility maintenance 
includes operations on stationary structures or their appurtenances at 
the site of installation, to portable buildings at the site of 
installation, to pavements, or to curbs. Facility maintenance also 
includes operations performed on mobile equipment, such as fork trucks, 
that are used in a manufacturing facility and which are maintained in 
that same facility. Facility maintenance does not include spray-applied 
coating of motor vehicles, mobile equipment, or items that routinely 
leave and return to the facility, such as delivery trucks, rental 
equipment, or containers used to transport, deliver, distribute, or 
dispense

[[Page 501]]

commercial products to customers, such as compressed gas canisters.
    Filtration control device means a control device that utilizes a 
filter to reduce the emissions of MFHAP and other PM.
    Grinding means a process performed on a workpiece to remove 
undesirable material from the surface or to remove burrs or sharp edges. 
Grinding is done using belts, disks, or wheels consisting of or covered 
with various abrasives.
    Machining means dry metal turning, milling, drilling, boring, 
tapping, planing, broaching, sawing, cutting, shaving, shearing, 
threading, reaming, shaping, slotting, hobbing, and chamfering with 
machines. Shearing operations cut materials into a desired shape and 
size, while forming operations bend or conform materials into specific 
shapes. Cutting and shearing operations include punching, piercing, 
blanking, cutoff, parting, shearing and trimming. Forming operations 
include bending, forming, extruding, drawing, rolling, spinning, 
coining, and forging the metal. Processes specifically excluded are 
hand-held devices and any process employing fluids for lubrication or 
cooling.
    Material containing MFHAP means a material containing one or more 
MFHAP. Any material that contains cadmium, chromium, lead, or nickel in 
amounts greater than or equal to 0.1 percent by weight (as the metal), 
and contains manganese in amounts greater than or equal to 1.0 percent 
by weight (as the metal), as shown in formulation data provided by the 
manufacturer or supplier, such as the Material Safety Data Sheet for the 
material, is considered to be a material containing MFHAP.
    Metal fabrication and finishing HAP (MFHAP) means any compound of 
the following metals: Cadmium, chromium, lead, manganese, or nickel, or 
any of these metals in the elemental form, with the exception of lead.
    Metal fabrication and finishing source categories are limited to the 
nine metal fabrication and finishing source categories with the 
activities described in Table 1, ``Description of Source Categories 
Affected by this Subpart.'' Metal fabrication or finishing operations 
means dry abrasive blasting, machining, spray painting, or welding in 
any one of the nine metal fabrication and finishing area source 
categories listed in Table 1, ``Description of Source Categories 
Affected by this Subpart.''
    Military munitions means all ammunition products and components 
produced or used by or for the U.S. Department of Defense (DoD) or for 
the U.S. Armed Services for national defense and security, including 
military munitions under the control of the DoD, the U.S. Coast Guard, 
the National Nuclear Security Administration (NNSA), U.S. Department of 
Energy (DOE), and National Guard personnel. The term military munitions 
includes: Confined gaseous, liquid, and solid propellants, explosives, 
pyrotechnics, chemical and riot control agents, smokes, and incendiaries 
used by DoD components, including bulk explosives and chemical warfare 
agents, chemical munitions, biological weapons, rockets, guided and 
ballistic missiles, bombs, warheads, small arms ammunition, grenades, 
mines, torpedoes, depth charges, cluster munitions and dispensers, 
demolition charges, nonnuclear components of nuclear weapons, wholly 
inert ammunition products, and all devices and components of any items 
listed in this definition.
    Paint means a material applied to a substrate for decorative, 
protective, or functional purposes. Such materials include, but are not 
limited to, paints, coatings, sealants, liquid plastic coatings, caulks, 
inks, adhesives, and maskants. Decorative, protective, or functional 
materials that consist only of protective oils for metal, acids, bases, 
or any combination of these substances, or paper film or plastic film 
which may be pre-coated with an adhesive by the film manufacturer, are 
not considered paints for the purposes of this subpart.
    Polishing with machines means an operation which removes fine excess 
metal from a surface to prepare the surface for more refined finishing 
procedures prior to plating or other processes. Polishing may also be 
employed to remove burrs on castings or stampings. Polishing is 
performed using hard-faced wheels constructed of muslin, canvas, felt or 
leather, and

[[Page 502]]

typically employs natural or artificial abrasives. Polishing performed 
by hand without machines or in bench top operations are not considered 
polishing with machines for the purposes of this subpart.
    Primarily engaged means the manufacturing, fabricating, or forging 
of one or more products listed in one of the nine metal fabrication and 
finishing source category descriptions in Table 1, ``Description of 
Source Categories Affected by this Subpart,'' where this production 
represents at least 50 percent of the production at a facility, and 
where production quantities are established by the volume, linear foot, 
square foot, or other value suited to the specific industry. The period 
used to determine production should be the previous continuous 12 months 
of operation. Facilities must document and retain their rationale for 
the determination that their facility is not ``primarily engaged'' 
pursuant to Sec. 63.10(b)(3) of the General Provisions.
    Quality control activities means operations that meet all of the 
following criteria:
    (1) The activities are intended to detect and correct defects in the 
final product by selecting a limited number of samples from the 
operation, and comparing the samples against specific performance 
criteria.
    (2) The activities do not include the production of an intermediate 
or final product for sale or exchange for commercial profit; for 
example, parts that are not sold and do not leave the facility.
    (3) The activities are not a normal part of the operation;
    (4) The activities do not involve fabrication of tools, equipment, 
machinery, and structures that comprise the infrastructure of the 
facility and that are necessary for the facility to function in its 
intended capacity; that is, the activities are not facility maintenance.
    Responsible official means responsible official as defined in 40 CFR 
70.2.
    Spray-applied painting means application of paints using a hand-held 
device that creates an atomized mist of paint and deposits the paint on 
a substrate. For the purposes of this subpart, spray-applied painting 
does not include the following materials or activities:
    (1) Paints applied from a hand-held device with a paint cup capacity 
that is less than 3.0 fluid ounces (89 cubic centimeters).
    (2) Surface coating application using powder coating, hand-held, 
non-refillable aerosol containers, or non-atomizing application 
technology, including, but not limited to, paint brushes, rollers, hand 
wiping, flow coating, dip coating, electrodeposition coating, web 
coating, coil coating, touch-up markers, or marking pens.
    (3) Painting operations that normally require the use of an airbrush 
or an extension on the spray gun to properly reach limited access 
spaces; the application of paints that contain fillers that adversely 
affect atomization with HVLP spray guns, and the application of paints 
that normally have a dried film thickness of less than 0.0013 centimeter 
(0.0005 in.).
    (4) Thermal spray operations (also known as metallizing, flame 
spray, plasma arc spray, and electric arc spray, among other names) in 
which solid metallic or non-metallic material is heated to a molten or 
semi-molten state and propelled to the work piece or substrate by 
compressed air or other gas, where a bond is produced upon impact.
    Spray booth or spray room means an enclosure with four sides and a 
roof where spray paint is prevented from leaving the booth during 
spraying by the enclosure. The roof of the spray booth or spray room may 
contain narrow slots for connecting the parts and products to overhead 
cranes, or for cord or cable entry into the spray booth or spray room.
    Tool or equipment repair means equipment and devices used to repair 
or maintain process equipment or to prepare molds, dies, or other 
changeable elements of process equipment.
    Totally enclosed and unvented means enclosed so that no air enters 
or leaves during operation.
    Totally enclosed and unvented dry abrasive blasting chamber means a 
dry abrasive blasting enclosure which has no vents to the atmosphere, 
thus no emissions. A typical example of this sort of abrasive blasting 
enclosure is a small

[[Page 503]]

``glove box'' enclosure, where the worker places their hands in openings 
or gloves that extend into the box and enable the worker to hold the 
objects as they are being blasted without allowing air and blast 
material to escape the box.
    Vented dry abrasive blasting means dry abrasive blasting where the 
blast material is moved by air flow from within the chamber to outside 
the chamber into the atmosphere or into a control device.
    Welding means a process which joins two metal parts by melting the 
parts at the joint and filling the space with molten metal.
    Welding rod containing MFHAP means a welding rod that contains 
cadmium, chromium, lead, or nickel in amounts greater than or equal to 
0.1 percent by weight (as the metal), or that contains manganese in 
amounts greater than or equal to 1.0 percent by weight (as the metal), 
as shown in formulation data provided by the manufacturer or supplier, 
such as the Material Safety Data Sheet for the welding rod.



Sec. 63.11523  What General Provisions apply to this subpart?

    The provisions in 40 CFR part 63, subpart A, applicable to sources 
subject to Sec. 63.11514(a) are specified in Table 2 of this subpart.



    Sec. Table 1 to Subpart XXXXXX of Part 63--Description of Source 
                   Categories Affected by This Subpart

------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Metal fabrication and
  finishing source category                   Description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Electrical and Electronic      Establishments primarily engaged in
 Equipment Finishing            manufacturing motors and generators; and
 Operations.                    electrical machinery, equipment, and
                                supplies, not elsewhere classified. The
                                electrical machinery equipment and
                                supplies industry sector of this source
                                category includes establishments
                                primarily engaged in high energy
                                particle acceleration systems and
                                equipment, electronic simulators,
                                appliance and extension cords, bells and
                                chimes, insect traps, and other
                                electrical equipment and supplies not
                                elsewhere classified. The motors and
                                generators sector of this source
                                category includes establishments
                                primarily engaged in manufacturing
                                electric motors (except engine starting
                                motors) and power generators; motor
                                generator sets; railway motors and
                                control equipment; and motors,
                                generators and control equipment for
                                gasoline, electric, and oil-electric
                                buses and trucks.
Fabricated Metal Products....  Establishments primarily engaged in
                                manufacturing fabricated metal products,
                                such as fire or burglary resistive steel
                                safes and vaults and similar fire or
                                burglary resistive products; and
                                collapsible tubes of thin flexible
                                metal. Also, establishments primarily
                                engaged in manufacturing powder
                                metallurgy products, metal boxes; metal
                                ladders; metal household articles, such
                                as ice cream freezers and ironing
                                boards; and other fabricated metal
                                products not elsewhere classified.
Fabricated Plate Work (Boiler  Establishments primarily engaged in
 Shops).                        manufacturing power marine boilers,
                                pressure and nonpressure tanks,
                                processing and storage vessels, heat
                                exchangers, weldments and similar
                                products.
Fabricated Structural Metal    Establishments primarily engaged in
 Manufacturing.                 fabricating iron and steel or other
                                metal for structural purposes, such as
                                bridges, buildings, and sections for
                                ships, boats, and barges.
Heating Equipment, except      Establishments primarily engaged in
 Electric.                      manufacturing heating equipment, except
                                electric and warm air furnaces,
                                including gas, oil, and stoker coal
                                fired equipment for the automatic
                                utilization of gaseous, liquid, and
                                solid fuels. Products produced in this
                                source category include low-pressure
                                heating (steam or hot water) boilers,
                                fireplace inserts, domestic (steam or
                                hot water) furnaces, domestic gas
                                burners, gas room heaters, gas infrared
                                heating units, combination gas-oil
                                burners, oil or gas swimming pool
                                heaters, heating apparatus (except
                                electric or warm air), kerosene space
                                heaters, gas fireplace logs, domestic
                                and industrial oil burners, radiators
                                (except electric), galvanized iron
                                nonferrous metal range boilers, room
                                heaters (except electric), coke and gas
                                burning salamanders, liquid or gas solar
                                energy collectors, solar heaters, space
                                heaters (except electric), mechanical
                                (domestic and industrial) stokers, wood
                                and coal-burning stoves, domestic unit
                                heaters (except electric), and wall
                                heaters (except electric).

[[Page 504]]

 
Industrial Machinery and       Establishments primarily engaged in
 Equipment Finishing            construction machinery manufacturing;
 Operations.                    oil and gas field machinery
                                manufacturing; and pumps and pumping
                                equipment manufacturing. The
                                construction machinery manufacturing
                                industry sector of this source category
                                includes establishments primarily
                                engaged in manufacturing heavy machinery
                                and equipment of types used primarily by
                                the construction industries, such as
                                bulldozers; concrete mixers; cranes,
                                except industrial plant overhead and
                                truck-type cranes; dredging machinery;
                                pavers; and power shovels. Also
                                establishments primarily engaged in
                                manufacturing forestry equipment and
                                certain specialized equipment, not
                                elsewhere classified, similar to that
                                used by the construction industries,
                                such as elevating platforms, ship
                                cranes, and capstans, aerial work
                                platforms, and automobile wrecker
                                hoists. The oil and gas field machinery
                                manufacturing industry sector of this
                                source category includes establishments
                                primarily engaged in manufacturing
                                machinery and equipment for use in oil
                                and gas fields or for drilling water
                                wells, including portable drilling rigs.
                                The pumps and pumping equipment
                                manufacturing sector of this source
                                category includes establishments
                                primarily engaged in manufacturing pumps
                                and pumping equipment for general
                                industrial, commercial, or household
                                use, except fluid power pumps and
                                motors. This category includes
                                establishments primarily engaged in
                                manufacturing domestic water and sump
                                pumps.
Iron and Steel Forging.......  Establishments primarily engaged in the
                                forging manufacturing process, where
                                purchased iron and steel metal is
                                pressed, pounded or squeezed under great
                                pressure into high strength parts known
                                as forgings. The forging process is
                                different from the casting and foundry
                                processes, as metal used to make forged
                                parts is never melted and poured.
Primary Metals Products        Establishments primarily engaged in
 Manufacturing.                 manufacturing products such as
                                fabricated wire products (except
                                springs) made from purchased wire. These
                                facilities also manufacture steel balls;
                                nonferrous metal brads and nails;
                                nonferrous metal spikes, staples, and
                                tacks; and other primary metals products
                                not elsewhere classified.
Valves and Pipe Fittings.....  Establishments primarily engaged in
                                manufacturing metal valves and pipe
                                fittings; flanges; unions, with the
                                exception of purchased pipes; and other
                                valves and pipe fittings not elsewhere
                                classified.
------------------------------------------------------------------------



  Sec. Table 2 to Subpart XXXXXX of Part 63--Applicability of General 
        Provisions to Metal Fabrication or Finishing Area Sources

    Instructions for Table 2--As required in Sec. 63.11523, ``General 
Provisions Requirements,'' you must meet each requirement in the 
following table that applies to you.

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                Citation                             Subject
------------------------------------------------------------------------
63.1\1\................................  Applicability.
63.2...................................  Definitions.
63.3...................................  Units and abbreviations.
63.4...................................  Prohibited activities.
63.5...................................  Construction/reconstruction.
63.6(a), (b)(1)-(b)(5), (c)(1), (c)(2),  Compliance with standards and
 (c)(5), (g), (i), (j).                   maintenance requirements.
63.9(a)-(d)............................  Notification requirements.
63.10(a), (b) except for (b)(2),         Recordkeeping and reporting.
 (d)(1), (d)(4).
63.12..................................  State authority and
                                          delegations.
63.13..................................  Addresses of State air
                                          pollution control agencies and
                                          EPA regional offices.
63.14..................................  Incorporation by reference.
63.15..................................  Availability of information and
                                          confidentiality.
63.16..................................  Performance track provisions.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Sec. 63.11514(g), ``Am I subject to this subpart?'' exempts
  affected sources from the obligation to obtain title V operating
  permits.



Subpart YYYYYY_National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants 
           for Area Sources: Ferroalloys Production Facilities

    Source: 73 FR 78643, Dec. 23, 2008, unless otherwise noted.

                   Applicability and Compliance Dates



Sec. 63.11524  Am I subject to this subpart?

    (a) You are subject to this subpart if you own or operate a 
ferroalloys production facility that is an area source of hazardous air 
pollutant (HAP) emissions. A ferroalloys production facility

[[Page 505]]

manufactures silicon metal, ferrosilicon, ferrotitanium using the 
aluminum reduction process, ferrovanadium, ferromolybdenum, calcium 
silicon, silicomanganese zirconium, ferrochrome silicon, silvery iron, 
high-carbon ferrochrome, charge chrome, standard ferromanganese, 
silicomanganese, ferromanganese silicon, calcium carbide or other 
ferroalloy products using electrometallurgical operations including 
electric arc furnaces (EAFs) or other reaction vessels.
    (b) The provisions of this subpart apply to each existing and new 
electrometallurgical operation affected source as defined in paragraphs 
(b)(1) and (b)(2) of this section.
    (1) An electrometallurgical operation affected source is existing if 
you commenced construction or reconstruction of the EAF or other 
reaction vessel on or before September 15, 2008.
    (2) An electrometallurgical operation affected source is new if you 
commenced construction or reconstruction of the EAF or other reaction 
vessel after September 15, 2008.
    (c) This subpart does not apply to research or laboratory facilities 
as defined in section 112(c)(7) of the Clean Air Act (CAA).
    (d) You are exempt from the obligation to obtain a permit under 40 
CFR part 70 or 40 CFR part 71, provided you are not otherwise required 
by law to obtain a permit under 40 CFR 70.3(a) or 40 CFR 71.3. 
Notwithstanding the previous sentence, you must continue to comply with 
the provisions of this subpart.



Sec. 63.11525  What are my compliance dates?

    (a) If you own or operate an existing affected source, you must 
achieve compliance with the applicable provisions of this subpart by 
June 22, 2009.
    (b) If you start up a new affected source on or before December 23, 
2008, you must achieve compliance with the applicable provisions of this 
subpart by no later than December 23, 2008.
    (c) If you start up a new affected source after December 23, 2008, 
you must achieve compliance with the applicable provisions of this 
subpart upon startup of your affected source.

           Standards, Monitoring, and Compliance Requirements



Sec. 63.11526  What are the standards for new and existing ferroalloys
production facilities?

    (a) You must not discharge to the atmosphere visible emissions (VE) 
from the control device that exceed 5 percent of accumulated occurrences 
in a 60-minute observation period.
    (b) You must not discharge to the atmosphere fugitive PM emissions 
from the furnace building containing the electrometallurgical operations 
that exhibit opacity greater than 20 percent (6-minute average), except 
for one 6-minute average per hour that does not exceed 60 percent.



Sec. 63.11527  What are the monitoring requirements for new and 
existing sources?

    (a) EAF equipped with fabric filters--(1) Visual monitoring. You 
must conduct visual monitoring of the monovent or fabric filter outlet 
stack(s) for any VE according to the schedule specified in paragraphs 
(a)(1)(i) and (a)(1)(ii) of this section.
    (i) Daily visual monitoring. Perform visual determination of 
fugitive emissions once per day, on each day the process is in 
operation, during operation of the process.
    (ii) Weekly visual monitoring. If no visible fugitive emissions are 
detected in consecutive daily visual monitoring performed in accordance 
with paragraph (a)(1)(i) of this section for 90 days of operation of the 
process, you may decrease the frequency of visual monitoring to once per 
calendar week of time the process is in operation, during operation of 
the process. If visible fugitive emissions are detected during these 
inspections, you must resume daily visual monitoring of that operation 
during each day that the process is in operation, in accordance with 
paragraph (a)(1)(i) of this section until you satisfy the criteria of 
this section to resume conducting weekly visual monitoring.
    (2) If the visual monitoring reveals the presence of any VE, you 
must conduct a Method 22 (appendix A-7 of 40

[[Page 506]]

CFR part 60) test following the requirements of Sec. 63.11528(b)(1) 
within 24 hours of determining the presence of any VE.
    (3) If you own or operate an existing affected source, you may 
install, operate, and maintain a bag leak detection system for each 
fabric filter as an alternative to the monitoring requirements in 
paragraph (a)(1) of this section. If you own or operate a new affected 
source, you must install, operate, and maintain a bag leak detection 
system for each fabric filter according to the requirements in 
paragraphs (a)(3)(i) through (a)(3)(vii) of this section. Such source is 
not subject to the requirements in paragraphs (a)(1) and (a)(2) of this 
section.
    (i) The system must be certified by the manufacturer to be capable 
of detecting emissions of PM at concentrations of 10 milligrams per 
actual cubic meter (0.00044 grains per actual cubic foot) or less.
    (ii) The bag leak detection system sensor must provide output of 
relative PM loadings and the owner or operator shall continuously record 
the output from the bag leak detection system using a strip chart 
recorder, data logger, or other means.
    (iii) The system must be equipped with an alarm that will sound when 
an increase in relative PM loadings is detected over the alarm set point 
established in the operation and maintenance plan, and the alarm must be 
located such that it can be heard, seen, or otherwise detected by the 
appropriate plant personnel.
    (iv) The initial adjustment of the system must, at minimum, consist 
of establishing the baseline output by adjusting the sensitivity (range) 
and the averaging period of the device, and establishing the alarm set 
points. If the system is equipped with an alarm delay time feature, you 
also must establish a maximum reasonable alarm delay time.
    (v) Following the initial adjustment, do not adjust the sensitivity 
or range, averaging period, alarm set point, or alarm delay time, except 
that, once per quarter, you may adjust the sensitivity of the bag leak 
detection system to account for seasonal effects including temperature 
and humidity.
    (vi) For fabric filters that are discharged to the atmosphere 
through a stack, the bag leak detector sensor must be installed 
downstream of the fabric filter and upstream of any wet scrubber.
    (vii) Where multiple detectors are required, the system's 
instrumentation and alarm may be shared among detectors.
    (4) When operating a bag leak detection system, if an alarm sounds, 
conduct visual monitoring of the monovent or fabric filter outlet 
stack(s) as required in paragraph (a)(1) of this section within 1 hour. 
If the visual monitoring reveals the presence of any VE, you must 
conduct a Method 22 test following the requirements of Sec. 
63.11528(b)(1) within 24 hours of determining the presence of any VE.
    (5) You must prepare a site-specific monitoring plan for each bag 
leak detection system. You must operate and maintain each bag leak 
detection system according to the plan at all times. Each plan must 
address all of the items identified in paragraphs (a)(5)(i) through 
(a)(5)(v)of this section.
    (i) Installation of the bag leak detection system.
    (ii) Initial and periodic adjustment of the bag leak detection 
system including how the alarm set-point and alarm delay time will be 
established.
    (iii) Operation of the bag leak detection system including quality 
assurance procedures.
    (iv) Maintenance of the bag leak detection system including a 
routine maintenance schedule and spare parts inventory list.
    (v) How the bag leak detection system output will be recorded and 
stored.
    (b) EAF equipped with wet scrubbers--(1) Visual monitoring. You must 
conduct visual monitoring of the wet scrubber outlet stack(s) for any VE 
according to the schedule specified in paragraphs (b)(1)(i) and 
(b)(1)(ii) of this section.
    (i) Daily visual monitoring. Perform visual determination of 
fugitive emissions once per day, on each day the process is in 
operation, during operation of the process.
    (ii) Weekly visual monitoring. If no visible fugitive emissions are 
detected in consecutive daily visual monitoring

[[Page 507]]

performed in accordance with paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section for 90 
days of operation of the process, you may decrease the frequency of 
visual monitoring to once per calendar week of time the process is in 
operation, during operation of the process. If visible fugitive 
emissions are detected during these inspections, you must resume daily 
visual monitoring of that operation during each day that the process is 
in operation, in accordance with paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section 
until you satisfy the criteria of this section to resume conducting 
weekly visual monitoring.
    (2) If the visual monitoring reveals the presence of any VE, you 
must conduct a Method 22 (appendix A-7 of 40 CFR part 60) test following 
the requirements of Sec. 63.11528(b)(1) within 24 hours of determining 
the presence of any VE.
    (3) If you own or operate an existing affected source, you may 
install, operate and maintain a continuous parameter monitoring system 
(CPMS) to measure and record the 3-hour average pressure drop and 
scrubber water flow rate as an alternative to the monitoring 
requirements specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section. If you own 
or operate a new sealed EAF affected source, you must install, operate, 
and maintain a CPMS for each wet scrubber. Such source is not subject to 
the requirements in paragraph (b)(1) of this section.
    (4) When operating a CPMS, if the 3-hour average pressure drop or 
scrubber water flow rate is below the minimum levels that indicate 
normal operation of the control device, conduct visual monitoring of the 
outlet stack(s) as required by paragraph (b)(1) of this section within 1 
hour of determining that the 3-hour average parameter value is below the 
required minimum levels. Manufacturer's specifications for pressure drop 
and liquid flow rate will be used to determine normal operations. If the 
visual monitoring reveals the presence of any VE, you must conduct a 
Method 22 (appendix A-7 of 40 CFR part 60) test following the 
requirements of Sec. 63.11528(b)(1) within 24 hours of determining the 
presence of any VE.



Sec. 63.11528  What are the performance test and compliance 
requirements for new and existing sources?

    (a) Initial compliance demonstration deadlines. You must conduct an 
initial Method 22 (appendix A-7 of 40 CFR part 60) test following the 
requirements of paragraph (b)(1) of this section of each existing 
electrometallurgical operation control device and an initial Method 9 
observation following the requirements of paragraph (c)(1) of this 
section from the furnace building due to electrometallurgical operations 
no later than 60 days after your applicable compliance date. For any new 
electrometallurgical operation control device, you must conduct an 
initial Method 22 test following the requirements of paragraph (b)(1) of 
this section within 15 days of startup of the control device.
    (b) Visible emissions limit compliance demonstration. (1) You must 
conduct a Method 22 (appendix A-7 of 40 CFR part 60) test to determine 
that VE from the control device do not exceed the emission standard 
specified in Sec. 63.11526(a). For a fabric filter, conduct the test 
for at least 60 minutes at the fabric filter monovent or outlet 
stack(s), as applicable. For a wet scrubber, conduct the test for at 
least 60 minutes at the outlet stack(s).
    (2) You must conduct a semiannual Method 22 test using the 
procedures specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section.
    (c) Furnace building opacity. (1) You must conduct an opacity test 
for fugitive emissions from the furnace building according to the 
procedures in Sec. 63.6(h) and Method 9 (appendix A-4 of 40 CFR part 
60). The test must be conducted for at least 60 minutes and shall 
include tapping the furnace or reaction vessel. The observation must be 
focused on the part of the building where electrometallurgical operation 
fugitive emissions are most likely to be observed.
    (2) Conduct subsequent Method 9 tests no less frequently than every 
6 months and each time you make a process change likely to increase 
fugitive emissions.
    (3) After the initial Method 9 performance test, as an alternative 
to the Method 9 performance test, you may

[[Page 508]]

monitor VE using Method 22 (appendix A-7 of 40 CFR part 60) for 
subsequent semi-annual compliance demonstrations. The Method 22 test is 
successful if no VE are observed for 90 percent of the readings over the 
furnace cycle (tap to tap) or 60 minutes, whichever is longer. If VE are 
observed greater than 10 percent of the time over the furnace cycle or 
60 minutes, whichever is longer, then the facility must conduct another 
test as soon as possible, but no later than 15 calendar days after the 
Method 22 test using Method 9 (appendix A-4 of 40 CFR part 60) as 
specified in paragraph (c)(1) of this section.



Sec. 63.11529  What are the notification, reporting, and recordkeeping
requirements?

    (a) Initial notification. You must submit the Initial Notification 
required by Sec. 63.9(b)(2) of the General Provisions no later than 120 
days after the date of publication of this final rule in the Federal 
Register. The Initial Notification must include the information 
specified in Sec. 63.9(b)(2)(i) through (b)(2)(iv).
    (b) Notification of compliance status. You must submit a 
Notification of Compliance Status in accordance with Sec. 63.9(h) of 
the General Provisions before the close of business on the 30th day 
following the completion of the initial compliance demonstration. This 
notification must include the following:
    (1) The results of Method 22 (appendix A-7 of 40 CFR part 60) test 
for VE as required by Sec. 63.11528(a);
    (2) If you have installed a bag leak detection system, documentation 
that the system satisfies the design requirements specified in Sec. 
63.11527(a)(3) and that you have prepared a site-specific monitoring 
plan that meets the requirements specified in Sec. 63.11527(a)(5);
    (3) The results of the Method 9 (appendix A-4 of 40 CFR part 60) 
test for building opacity as required by Sec. 63.11528(a).
    (c) Annual compliance certification. If you own or operate an 
affected source, you must submit an annual certification of compliance 
according to paragraphs (c)(1) through (c)(4) of this section.
    (1) The results of any daily or weekly visual monitoring events 
required by Sec. 63.11527(a)(1) and (b)(1), alarm-based visual 
monitoring at sources equipped with bag leak detection systems as 
required by Sec. 63.11527(a)(4), or readings outside of the operating 
range at sources using CPMS on wet scrubbers required by Sec. 
63.11527(b)(4).
    (2) The results of the follow up Method 22 (appendix A-7 of 40 CFR 
part 60) tests that are required if VE are observed during the daily or 
weekly visual monitoring, alarm-based visual monitoring, or out-of-range 
operating readings as described in paragraph (c)(1) of this section.
    (3) The results of the Method 22 (appendix A-7 of 40 CFR part 60) or 
Method 9 (appendix A-4 of 40 CFR part 60) tests required by Sec. 
63.11528(b) and (c), respectively.
    (4) If you operate a bag leak detection system for a fabric filter 
or a CPMS for a wet scrubber, submit annual reports according to the 
requirements in Sec. 63.10(e) and include summary information on the 
number, duration, and cause (including unknown cause, if applicable) for 
monitor downtime incidents (other than downtime associated with zero and 
span or other calibration checks, if applicable).
    (d) You must keep the records specified in paragraphs (d)(1) through 
(d)(2) of this section.
    (1) As required in Sec. 63.10(b)(2)(xiv), you must keep a copy of 
each notification that you submitted to comply with this subpart and all 
documentation supporting any Initial Notification, Notification of 
Compliance Status, and annual compliance certifications that you 
submitted.
    (2) You must keep the records of all daily or weekly visual, Method 
22 (appendix A-7 of 40 CFR part 60), and Method 9 (appendix A-4 of 40 
CFR part 60) monitoring data required by Sec. 63.11527 and the 
information identified in paragraphs (d)(2)(i) through (d)(2)(v) of this 
section.
    (i) The date, place, and time of the monitoring event;
    (ii) Person conducting the monitoring;
    (iii) Technique or method used;
    (iv) Operating conditions during the activity; and

[[Page 509]]

    (v) Results, including the date, time, and duration of the period 
from the time the monitoring indicated a problem (e.g., VE) to the time 
that monitoring indicated proper operation.
    (e) Your records must be in a form suitable and readily available 
for expeditious review, according to Sec. 63.10(b)(1).
    (f) As specified in Sec. 63.10(b)(1), you must keep each record for 
5 years following the date of each recorded action.
    (g) You must keep each record onsite for at least 2 years after the 
date of each recorded action according to Sec. 63.10(b)(1). You may 
keep the records offsite for the remaining 3 years.

                   Other Requirements and Information



Sec. 63.11530  What parts of the General Provisions apply to my 
facility?

    Table 1 of this subpart shows which parts of the General Provisions 
in Sec. Sec. 63.1 through 63.16 apply to you.



Sec. 63.11531  Who implements and enforces this subpart?

    (a) This subpart can be implemented and enforced by EPA or a 
delegated authority such as your State, local, or tribal agency. If the 
EPA Administrator has delegated authority to your State, local, or 
tribal agency, then that agency has the authority to implement and 
enforce this subpart. You should contact your EPA Regional Office to 
find out if implementation and enforcement of this subpart is delegated 
to your State, local, or tribal agency.
    (b) In delegating implementation and enforcement authority of this 
subpart to a State, local, or tribal agency under 40 CFR part 63, 
subpart E, the authorities contained in paragraph (c) of this section 
are retained by the EPA Administrator and are not transferred to the 
State, local, or tribal agency.
    (c) The authorities that cannot be delegated to State, local, or 
tribal agencies are specified in paragraphs (c)(1) through (5) of this 
section.
    (1) Approval of an alternative nonopacity emissions standard under 
Sec. 63.6(g).
    (2) Approval of an alternative opacity emissions standard under 
Sec. 63.6(h)(9).
    (3) Approval of a major change to test methods under Sec. 
63.7(e)(2)(ii) and (f). A ``major change to test method'' is defined in 
Sec. 63.90.
    (4) Approval of a major change to monitoring under Sec. 63.8(f). A 
``major change to monitoring'' under is defined in Sec. 63.90.
    (5) Approval of a major change to recordkeeping and reporting under 
Sec. 63.10(f). A ``major change to recordkeeping/reporting'' is defined 
in Sec. 63.90.



Sec. 63.11532  What definitions apply to this subpart?

    Terms used in this subpart are defined in the CAA, in Sec. 63.2, 
and in this section.
    Bag leak detection system means a system that is capable of 
continuously monitoring relative PM (i.e., dust) loadings in the exhaust 
of a fabric filter to detect bag leaks and other upset conditions. A bag 
leak detection system includes, but is not limited to, an instrument 
that operates on triboelectric, electrodynamic, light scattering, or 
other effect to monitor relative PM loadings continuously.
    Capture system means the collection of components used to capture 
gases and fumes released from one or more emissions points and then 
convey the captured gas stream to a control device or to the atmosphere. 
A capture system may include, but is not limited to, the following 
components as applicable to a given capture system design: Duct intake 
devices, hoods, enclosures, ductwork, dampers, manifolds, plenums, and 
fans.
    Charging means introducing materials to an EAF or other reaction 
vessel, which may consist of, but are not limited to, ores, slag, 
carbonaceous material, and/or limestone.
    Control device means the air pollution control equipment used to 
remove PM from the effluent gas stream generated by an EAF furnace or 
other reaction vessel.
    Electric arc furnace means any furnace wherein electrical energy is 
converted to heat energy by transmission of current between electrodes 
partially submerged in the furnace charge.
    Electrometallurgical operations means the use of electric and 
electrolytic

[[Page 510]]

processes to purify metals or reduce metallic compounds to metals.
    Fugitive emissions means any pollutant released to the atmosphere 
that is not discharged through a ventilation system that is specifically 
designed to capture pollutants at the source, convey them through 
ductwork, and exhausts them from a control device. Fugitive emissions 
include pollutants released to the atmosphere through windows, doors, 
vents, or other building openings. Fugitive emissions also include 
pollutants released to the atmosphere through other general building 
ventilation or exhaust systems not specifically designed to capture 
pollutants at the source.
    Sealed EAF means a furnace equipped with the cover with seals around 
the electrodes and outer edges of the cover to eliminate air being drawn 
in under the cover.
    Tapping means the removal of product from the EAF or other reaction 
vessel under normal operating conditions, such as removal of metal under 
normal pressure and movement by gravity down the spout into the ladle.



Sec. Sec. 63.11533-63.11543  [Reserved]



  Sec. Table 1 to Subpart YYYYYY of Part 63--Applicability of General 
                               Provisions

    As required in Sec. 63.11530, you must meet each requirement in the 
following table that applies to you.

------------------------------------------------------------------------
               Citation                             Subject
------------------------------------------------------------------------
63.1\1\..............................  Applicability.
63.2.................................  Definitions.
63.3.................................  Units and abbreviations.
63.4.................................  Prohibited activities.
63.5.................................  Construction/reconstruction.
63.6.................................  Compliance with standards and
                                        maintenance.
63.8.................................  Monitoring.
63.9.................................  Notification.
63.10................................  Recordkeeping and reporting.
63.12................................  State authority and delegations.
63.13................................  Addresses of State air pollution
                                        control agencies and EPA
                                        regional offices.
63.14................................  Incorporation by reference.
63.15................................  Availability of information and
                                        confidentiality.
63.16................................  Performance track provisions.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Sec. 63.11524(d), ``Am I subject to this subpart?'' exempts
  affected sources from the obligation to obtain title V operating
  permits.



Subpart ZZZZZZ_National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants: 
    Area Source Standards for Aluminum, Copper, and Other Nonferrous 
                                Foundries

    Source: 74 FR 30393, June 25, 2009, unless otherwise noted.

                   Applicability and Compliance Dates



Sec. 63.11544  Am I subject to this subpart?

    (a) You are subject to this subpart if you own or operate an 
aluminum foundry, copper foundry, or other nonferrous foundry as defined 
in Sec. 63.11556, ``What definitions apply to this subpart?'' that is 
an area source of hazardous air pollutant (HAP) emissions as defined in 
Sec. 63.2 and meets the criteria specified in paragraphs (a)(1) through 
(4) of this section. Once you are subject to this subpart, you must 
remain subject to this subpart even if you subsequently do not meet the 
criteria in paragraphs (a)(1) through (4) of this section.
    (1) Your aluminum foundry uses material containing aluminum foundry 
HAP, as defined in Sec. 63.11556, ``What definitions apply to this 
subpart?''; or
    (2) Your copper foundry uses material containing copper foundry HAP, 
as defined in Sec. 63.11556, ``What definitions apply to this 
subpart?''; or
    (3) Your other nonferrous foundry uses material containing other 
nonferrous foundry HAP, as defined in Sec. 63.11556, ``What definitions 
apply to this subpart?''.
    (4) Your aluminum foundry, copper foundry, or other nonferrous 
foundry has an annual metal melt production (for existing affected 
sources) or an annual metal melt capacity (for new affected sources) of 
at least 600 tons per year (tpy) of aluminum, copper, and other 
nonferrous metals, including all associated alloys. You must determine 
the annual metal melt production and capacity for the time period as 
described in paragraphs (a)(4)(i) through (iv) of this section. The 
quantity of ferrous metals melted in iron or steel melting operations 
and the quantity of

[[Page 511]]

nonferrous metal melted in non-foundry melting operations are not 
included in determining the annual metal melt production for existing 
affected sources or the annual metal melt capacity for new affected 
sources.
    (i) If you own or operate a melting operation at an aluminum, copper 
or other nonferrous foundry as of February 9, 2009, you must determine 
if you are subject to this rule based on your facility's annual metal 
melt production for calendar year 2010.
    (ii) If you construct or reconstruct a melting operation at an 
aluminum, copper or other nonferrous foundry after February 9, 2009, you 
must determine if you are subject to this rule based on your facility's 
annual metal melt capacity at startup.
    (iii) If your foundry with an existing melting operation increases 
production after calendar year 2010 such that the annual metal melt 
production equals or exceeds 600 tpy, you must submit a written 
notification of applicability to the Administrator within 30 days after 
the end of the calendar year and comply within 2 years after the date of 
the notification.
    (iv) If your foundry with a new melting operation increases capacity 
after startup such that the annual metal melt capacity equals or exceeds 
600 tpy, you must submit a written notification of applicability to the 
Administrator within 30 days after the capacity increase year and comply 
at the time of the capacity increase.
    (b) This subpart applies to each new or existing affected source 
located at an aluminum, copper or other nonferrous foundry that is an 
area source as defined by Sec. 63.2. The affected source is the 
collection of all melting operations located at an aluminum, copper, or 
other nonferrous foundry.
    (c) An affected source is an existing source if you commenced 
construction or reconstruction of the affected source on or before 
February 9, 2009.
    (d) An affected source is a new source if you commenced construction 
or reconstruction of the affected source after February 9, 2009.
    (e) This subpart does not apply to research or laboratory 
facilities, as defined in section 112(c)(7) of the Clean Air Act.
    (f) You are exempt from the obligation to obtain a permit under 40 
CFR part 70 or 40 CFR part 71, provided you are not otherwise required 
to obtain a permit under 40 CFR 70.3(a) or 40 CFR 71.3(a) for a reason 
other than your status as an area source under this subpart. 
Notwithstanding the previous sentence, you must continue to comply with 
the provisions of this subpart applicable to area sources.

[74 FR 30393, June 25, 2009, as amended at 74 FR 46495, Sept. 10, 2009]



Sec. 63.11545  What are my compliance dates?

    (a) If you own or operate an existing affected source, you must 
achieve compliance with the applicable provisions of this subpart no 
later than June 27, 2011.
    (b) If you start up a new affected source on or before June 25, 
2009, you must achieve compliance with the provisions of this subpart no 
later than June 25, 2009.
    (c) If you start up a new affected source after June 25, 2009, you 
must achieve compliance with the provisions of this subpart upon startup 
of your affected source.

                  Standards and Compliance Requirements



Sec. 63.11550  What are my standards and management practices?

    (a) If you own or operate new or existing affected sources at an 
aluminum foundry, copper foundry, or other nonferrous foundry that is 
subject to this subpart, you must comply with the requirements in 
paragraphs (a)(1) through (3) of this section.
    (1) Cover or enclose each melting furnace that is equipped with a 
cover or enclosure during the melting operation to the extent 
practicable (e.g., except when access is needed; including, but not 
limited to charging, alloy addition, and tapping).
    (2) Purchase only metal scrap that has been depleted (to the extent 
practicable) of aluminum foundry HAP, copper foundry HAP, or other 
nonferrous foundry HAP (as applicable) in the materials charged to the 
melting furnace, except metal scrap that is purchased specifically for 
its HAP metal

[[Page 512]]

content for use in alloying or to meet specifications for the casting. 
This requirement does not apply to material that is not scrap (e.g., 
ingots, alloys, sows) or to materials that are not purchased (e.g., 
internal scrap, customer returns).
    (3) Prepare and operate pursuant to a written management practices 
plan. The management practices plan must include the required management 
practices in paragraphs (a)(1) and (2) of this section and may include 
any other management practices that are implemented at the facility to 
minimize emissions from melting furnaces. You must inform your 
appropriate employees of the management practices that they must follow. 
You may use your standard operating procedures as the management 
practices plan provided the standard operating procedures include the 
required management practices in paragraphs (a)(1) and (2) of this 
section.
    (b) If you own or operate a new or existing affected source that is 
located at a large foundry as defined in Sec. 63.11556, you must comply 
with the additional requirements in paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this 
section.
    (1) For existing affected sources located at a large foundry, you 
must achieve a particulate matter (PM) control efficiency of at least 
95.0 percent or emit no more than an outlet PM concentration limit of 
0.034 grams per dry standard cubic meter (g/dscm) (0.015 grains per dry 
standard cubic feet (gr/dscf)).
    (2) For new affected sources located at a large foundry, you must 
achieve a PM control efficiency of at least 99.0 percent or emit no more 
than an outlet PM concentration limit of at most 0.023 g/dscm (0.010 gr/
dscf).
    (c) If you own or operate an affected source at a small foundry that 
subsequently becomes a large foundry after the applicable compliance 
date, you must meet the requirements in paragraphs (c)(1) through (3) of 
this section.
    (1) You must notify the Administrator within 30 days after the 
capacity increase or the production increase, whichever is appropriate;
    (2) You must modify any applicable permit limits within 30 days 
after the capacity increase or the production increase to reflect the 
current production or capacity, if not done so prior to the increase;
    (3) You must comply with the PM control requirements in paragraph 
(b) of this section no later than 2 years from the date of issuance of 
the permit for the capacity increase or production increase, or in the 
case of no permit issuance, the date of the increase in capacity or 
production, whichever occurs first.
    (d) These standards apply at all times.



Sec. 63.11551  What are my initial compliance requirements?

    (a) Except as specified in paragraph (b) of this section, you must 
conduct a performance test for existing and new sources at a large 
copper or other nonferrous foundry that is subject to Sec. 63.11550(b). 
You must conduct the test within 180 days of your compliance date and 
report the results in your Notification of Compliance Status according 
to Sec. 63.9(h).
    (b) If you own or operate an existing affected source at a large 
copper or other nonferrous foundry that is subject to Sec. 63.11550(b), 
you are not required to conduct a performance test if a prior 
performance test was conducted within the past 5 years of the compliance 
date using the same methods specified in paragraph (c) of this section 
and you meet either of the following two conditions:
    (1) No process changes have been made since the test; or
    (2) You demonstrate to the satisfaction of the permitting authority 
that the results of the performance test, with or without adjustments, 
reliably demonstrate compliance despite process changes.
    (c) You must conduct each performance test according to the 
requirements in Sec. 63.7 and the requirements in paragraphs (c)(1) and 
(2) of this section.
    (1) You must determine the concentration of PM (for the 
concentration standard) or the mass rate of PM in pounds per hour at the 
inlet and outlet of the control device (for the percent reduction 
standard) according to the following test methods:

[[Page 513]]

    (i) Method 1 or 1A (40 CFR part 60, appendix A-1) to select sampling 
port locations and the number of traverse points in each stack or duct. 
If you are complying with the concentration provision in Sec. 
63.11550(b), sampling sites must be located at the outlet of the control 
device and prior to any releases to the atmosphere. If you are complying 
with the percent reduction provision in Sec. 63.11550(b), sampling 
sites must be located at the inlet and outlet of the control device and 
prior to any releases to the atmosphere.
    (ii) Method 2, 2A, 2C, 2D, 2F (40 CFR part 60, appendix A-1), or 
Method 2G (40 CFR part 60, appendix A-2) to determine the volumetric 
flow rate of the stack gas.
    (iii) Method 3, 3A, or 3B (40 CFR part 60, appendix A-2) to 
determine the dry molecular weight of the stack gas. You may use ANSI/
ASME PTC 19.10-1981, ``Flue and Exhaust Gas Analyses'' (incorporated by 
reference--see Sec. 63.14) as an alternative to EPA Method 3B.
    (iv) Method 4 (40 CFR part 60, appendix A-3) to determine the 
moisture content of the stack gas.
    (v) Method 5 or 5D (40 CFR part 60, appendix A-3) or Method 17 (40 
CFR part 60, appendix A-6) to determine the concentration of PM or mass 
rate of PM (front half filterable catch only). If you choose to comply 
with the percent reduction PM standard, you must determine the mass rate 
of PM at the inlet and outlet in pounds per hour and calculate the 
percent reduction in PM.
    (2) Three valid test runs are needed to comprise a performance test. 
Each run must cover at least one production cycle (charging, melting, 
and tapping).
    (3) For a source with a single control device exhausted through 
multiple stacks, you must ensure that three runs are performed by a 
representative sampling of the stacks satisfactory to the Administrator 
or his or her delegated representative. You must provide data or an 
adequate explanation why the stack(s) chosen for testing are 
representative.



Sec. 63.11552  What are my monitoring requirements?

    (a) You must record the information specified in Sec. 
63.11553(c)(2) to document conformance with the management practices 
plan required in Sec. 63.11550(a).
    (b) Except as specified in paragraph (b)(3) of this section, if you 
own or operate an existing affected source at a large foundry, you must 
conduct visible emissions monitoring according to the requirements in 
paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section.
    (1) You must conduct visual monitoring of the fabric filter 
discharge point(s) (outlets) for any VE according to the schedule 
specified in paragraphs (b)(1)(i) and (ii) of this section.
    (i) You must perform a visual determination of emissions once per 
day, on each day the process is in operation, during melting operations.
    (ii) If no VE are detected in consecutive daily visual monitoring 
performed in accordance with paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section for 30 
consecutive days or more of operation of the process, you may decrease 
the frequency of visual monitoring to once per calendar week of time the 
process is in operation, during melting operations. If VE are detected 
during these inspections, you must resume daily visual monitoring of 
that operation during each day that the process is in operation, in 
accordance with paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section until you satisfy 
the criteria of this section to resume conducting weekly visual 
monitoring.
    (2) If the visual monitoring reveals the presence of any VE, you 
must initiate procedures to determine the cause of the emissions within 
1 hour of the initial observation and alleviate the cause of the 
emissions within 3 hours of initial observation by taking whatever 
corrective action(s) are necessary. You may take more than 3 hours to 
alleviate a specific condition that causes VE if you identify in the 
monitoring plan this specific condition as one that could lead to VE in 
advance, you adequately explain why it is not feasible to alleviate this 
condition within 3 hours of the time the VE occurs, and you demonstrate 
that the requested time will ensure alleviation of this condition as 
expeditiously as practicable.
    (3) As an alternative to the monitoring requirements for an existing 
affected source in paragraphs (b)(1) and

[[Page 514]]

(2) of this section, you may install, operate, and maintain a bag leak 
detection system for each fabric filter according to the requirements in 
paragraph (c) of this section.
    (c) If you own or operate a new affected source located at a large 
foundry subject to the PM requirements in Sec. 63.11550(b)(2) that is 
equipped with a fabric filter, you must install, operate, and maintain a 
bag leak detection system for each fabric filter according to paragraphs 
(c)(1) through (4) of this section.
    (1) Each bag leak detection system must meet the specifications and 
requirements in paragraphs (c)(1)(i) through (viii) of this section.
    (i) The bag leak detection system must be certified by the 
manufacturer to be capable of detecting PM emissions at concentrations 
of 1 milligram per actual cubic meter (0.00044 grains per actual cubic 
foot) or less.
    (ii) The bag leak detection system sensor must provide output of 
relative PM loadings. You must continuously record the output from the 
bag leak detection system using electronic or other means (e.g., using a 
strip chart recorder or a data logger).
    (iii) The bag leak detection system must be equipped with an alarm 
system that will sound when the system detects an increase in relative 
particulate loading over the alarm set point established according to 
paragraph (c)(1)(iv) of this section, and the alarm must be located such 
that it can be heard by the appropriate plant personnel.
    (iv) In the initial adjustment of the bag leak detection system, you 
must establish, at a minimum, the baseline output by adjusting the 
sensitivity (range) and the averaging period of the device, the alarm 
set points, and the alarm delay time.
    (v) Following initial adjustment, you must not adjust the averaging 
period, alarm set point, or alarm delay time without approval from the 
Administrator or delegated authority, except as provided in paragraph 
(c)(1)(vi) of this section.
    (vi) Once per quarter, you may adjust the sensitivity of the bag 
leak detection system to account for seasonal effects, including 
temperature and humidity, according to the procedures identified in the 
site-specific monitoring plan required by paragraph (c)(2) of this 
section.
    (vii) You must install the bag leak detection sensor downstream of 
the fabric filter.
    (viii) Where multiple detectors are required, the system's 
instrumentation and alarm may be shared among detectors.
    (2) You must prepare a site-specific monitoring plan for each bag 
leak detection system. You must operate and maintain each bag leak 
detection system according to the plan at all times. Each monitoring 
plan must describe the items in paragraphs (c)(2)(i) through (vi) of 
this section.
    (i) Installation of the bag leak detection system;
    (ii) Initial and periodic adjustment of the bag leak detection 
system, including how the alarm set-point and alarm delay time will be 
established;
    (iii) Operation of the bag leak detection system, including quality 
assurance procedures;
    (iv) How the bag leak detection system will be maintained, including 
a routine maintenance schedule and spare parts inventory list;
    (v) How the bag leak detection system output will be recorded and 
stored; and
    (vi) Corrective action procedures as specified in paragraph (c)(3) 
of this section.
    (3) Except as provided in paragraph (c)(4) of this section, you must 
initiate procedures to determine the cause of every alarm from a bag 
leak detection system within 1 hour of the alarm and alleviate the cause 
of the alarm within 3 hours of the alarm by taking whatever corrective 
action(s) are necessary. Corrective actions may include, but are not 
limited to, the following:
    (i) Inspecting the fabric filter for air leaks, torn or broken bags 
or filter media, or any other condition that may cause an increase in PM 
emissions;
    (ii) Sealing off defective bags or filter media;
    (iii) Replacing defective bags or filter media, or otherwise 
repairing the control device;

[[Page 515]]

    (iv) Sealing off a defective fabric filter compartment;
    (v) Cleaning the bag leak detection system probe, or otherwise 
repairing the bag leak detection system; or
    (4) You may take more than 3 hours to alleviate a specific condition 
that causes an alarm if you identify in the monitoring plan this 
specific condition as one that could lead to an alarm, adequately 
explain why it is not feasible to alleviate this condition within 3 
hours of the time the alarm occurs, and demonstrate that the requested 
time will ensure alleviation of this condition as expeditiously as 
practicable.
    (d) If you use a control device other than a fabric filter for new 
or existing affected sources subject to Sec. 63.11550(b), you must 
submit a request to use an alternative monitoring procedure as required 
in Sec. 63.8(f)(4).



Sec. 63.11553  What are my notification, reporting, and recordkeeping
requirements?

    (a) You must submit the Initial Notification required by Sec. 
63.9(b)(2) no later than 120 calendar days after June 25, 2009 or within 
120 days after the source becomes subject to the standard. The Initial 
Notification must include the information specified in paragraphs (a)(1) 
through (3) of this section and may be combined with the Notification of 
Compliance Status required in paragraph (b) of this section.
    (1) The name and address of the owner or operator;
    (2) The address (i.e., physical location) of the affected source; 
and
    (3) An identification of the relevant standard, or other 
requirement, that is the basis of the notification and source's 
compliance date.
    (b) You must submit the Notification of Compliance Status required 
by Sec. 63.9(h) no later than 120 days after the applicable compliance 
date specified in Sec. 63.11545 unless you must conduct a performance 
test. If you must conduct a performance test, you must submit the 
Notification of Compliance Status within 60 days of completing the 
performance test. Your Notification of Compliance Status must indicate 
if you are a small or large foundry as defined in Sec. 63.11556, the 
production amounts as the basis for the determination, and if you are a 
large foundry, whether you elect to comply with the control efficiency 
requirement or PM concentration limit in Sec. 63.11550(b). In addition 
to the information required in Sec. 63.9(h)(2) and Sec. 63.11551, your 
notification must include the following certification(s) of compliance, 
as applicable, and signed by a responsible official:
    (1) ``This facility will operate in a manner that minimizes HAP 
emissions from the melting operations to the extent possible. This 
includes at a minimum that the owners and/or operators of the affected 
source will cover or enclose each melting furnace that is equipped with 
a cover or enclosure during melting operations to the extent practicable 
as required in 63.11550(a)(1).''
    (2) ``This facility agrees to purchase only metal scrap that has 
been depleted (to the extent practicable) of aluminum foundry HAP, 
copper foundry HAP, or other nonferrous foundries HAP (as applicable) in 
the materials charged to the melting furnace, except for metal scrap 
that is purchased specifically for its HAP metal content for use in 
alloying or to meet specifications for the casting as required by 
63.11550(a)(2).''
    (3) ``This facility has prepared and will operate by a written 
management practices plan according to Sec. 63.11550(a)(3).''
    (4) If the owner or operator of an existing affected source at a 
large foundry is certifying compliance based on the results of a 
previous performance test: ``This facility complies with Sec. 
63.11550(b) based on a previous performance test in accordance with 
Sec. 63.11551(b).''
    (5) This certification of compliance is required by the owner or 
operator that installs bag leak detection systems: ``This facility has 
installed a bag leak detection system in accordance with Sec. 
63.11552(b)(3) or (c), has prepared a bag leak detection system 
monitoring plan in accordance with Sec. 63.11552(c), and will operate 
each bag leak detection system according to the plan.''
    (c) You must keep the records specified in paragraphs (c)(1) through 
(5) of this section.

[[Page 516]]

    (1) As required in Sec. 63.10(b)(2)(xiv), you must keep a copy of 
each notification that you submitted to comply with this subpart and all 
documentation supporting any Initial Notification or Notification of 
Compliance Status that you submitted.
    (2) You must keep records to document conformance with the 
management practices plan required by Sec. 63.11550 as specified in 
paragraphs (c)(2)(i) and (ii) of this section.
    (i) For melting furnaces equipped with a cover or enclosure, records 
must identify each melting furnace equipped with a cover or enclosure 
and document that the procedures in the management practices plan were 
followed during the monthly inspections. These records may be in the 
form of a checklist.
    (ii) Records documenting that you purchased only metal scrap that 
has been depleted of HAP metals (to the extent practicable) charged to 
the melting furnace. If you purchase scrap metal specifically for the 
HAP metal content for use in alloying or to meet specifications for the 
casting, you must keep records to document that the HAP metal is 
included in the material specifications for the cast metal product.
    (3) You must keep the records of all performance tests, inspections 
and monitoring data required by Sec. Sec. 63.11551 and 63.11552, and 
the information identified in paragraphs (c)(3)(i) through (vi) of this 
section for each required inspection or monitoring.
    (i) The date, place, and time of the monitoring event;
    (ii) Person conducting the monitoring;
    (iii) Technique or method used;
    (iv) Operating conditions during the activity;
    (v) Results, including the date, time, and duration of the period 
from the time the monitoring indicated a problem (e.g., VE) to the time 
that monitoring indicated proper operation; and
    (vi) Maintenance or corrective action taken (if applicable).
    (4) If you own or operate a new or existing affected source at a 
small foundry that is not subject to Sec. 63.11550(b), you must 
maintain records to document that your facility melts less than 6,000 
tpy total of copper, other nonferrous metal, and all associated alloys 
(excluding aluminum) in each calendar year.
    (5) If you use a bag leak detection system, you must keep the 
records specified in paragraphs (c)(5)(i) through (iii) of this section.
    (i) Records of the bag leak detection system output.
    (ii) Records of bag leak detection system adjustments, including the 
date and time of the adjustment, the initial bag leak detection system 
settings, and the final bag leak detection system settings.
    (iii) The date and time of all bag leak detection system alarms, and 
for each valid alarm, the time you initiated corrective action, the 
corrective action taken, and the date on which corrective action was 
completed.
    (d) Your records must be in a form suitable and readily available 
for expeditious review, according to Sec. 63.10(b)(1). As specified in 
Sec. 63.10(b)(1), you must keep each record for 5 years following the 
date of each recorded action. For records of annual metal melt 
production, you must keep the records for 5 years from the end of the 
calendar year. You must keep each record onsite for at least 2 years 
after the date of each recorded action according to Sec. 63.10(b)(1). 
You may keep the records offsite for the remaining 3 years.
    (e) If a deviation occurs during a semiannual reporting period, you 
must submit a compliance report to your permitting authority according 
to the requirements in paragraphs (e)(1) and (2) of this section.
    (1) The first reporting period covers the period beginning on the 
compliance date specified in Sec. 63.11545 and ending on June 30 or 
December 31, whichever date comes first after your compliance date. Each 
subsequent reporting period covers the semiannual period from January 1 
through June 30 or from July 1 through December 31. Your compliance 
report must be postmarked or delivered no later than July 31 or January 
31, whichever date comes first after the end of the semiannual reporting 
period.
    (2) A compliance report must include the information in paragraphs 
(e)(2)(i) through (iv) of this section.
    (i) Company name and address.

[[Page 517]]

    (ii) Statement by a responsible official, with the official's name, 
title, and signature, certifying the truth, accuracy and completeness of 
the content of the report.
    (iii) Date of the report and beginning and ending dates of the 
reporting period.
    (iv) Identification of the affected source, the pollutant being 
monitored, applicable requirement, description of deviation, and 
corrective action taken.

[74 FR 30393, June 25, 2009, as amended at 74 FR 46495, Sept. 10, 2009]

                   Other Requirements and Information



Sec. 63.11555  What General Provisions apply to this subpart?

    Table 1 to this subpart shows which parts of the General Provisions 
in Sec. Sec. 63.1 through 63.16 apply to you.



Sec. 63.11556  What definitions apply to this subpart?

    Terms used in this subpart are defined in the Clean Air Act, in 
Sec. 63.2, and in this section as follows:
    Aluminum foundry means a facility that melts aluminum and pours 
molten aluminum into molds to manufacture aluminum castings (except die 
casting) that are complex shapes. For purposes of this subpart, this 
definition does not include primary or secondary metal producers that 
cast molten aluminum to produce simple shapes such as sows, ingots, 
bars, rods, or billets.
    Aluminum foundry HAP means any compound of the following metals: 
beryllium, cadmium, lead, manganese, or nickel, or any of these metals 
in the elemental form.
    Annual copper and other nonferrous foundry metal melt capacity 
means, for new affected sources, the lower of the copper and other 
nonferrous metal melting operation capacity, assuming 8,760 operating 
hours per year or, if applicable, the maximum permitted copper and other 
nonferrous metal melting operation production rate for the melting 
operation calculated on an annual basis. Unless otherwise specified in 
the permit, permitted copper and other nonferrous metal melting 
operation rates that are not specified on an annual basis must be 
annualized assuming 24 hours per day, 365 days per year of operation. If 
the permit limits the operating hours of the melting operation(s) or 
foundry, then the permitted operating hours are used to annualize the 
maximum permitted copper and other nonferrous metal melt production 
rate. The annual copper and other nonferrous metal melt capacity does 
not include the melt capacity for ferrous metal melted in iron or steel 
foundry melting operations that are co-located with copper or other 
nonferrous melting operations or the nonferrous metal melted in non-
foundry melting operations.
    Annual copper and other nonferrous foundry metal melt production 
means, for existing affected sources, the quantity of copper and other 
nonferrous metal melted in melting operations at the foundry in a given 
calendar year. For the purposes of this subpart, metal melt production 
is determined on the basis of the quantity of metal charged to the 
melting operations. The annual copper and nonferrous metal melt 
production does not include the melt production of ferrous metal melted 
in iron or steel foundry melting operations that are co-located with 
copper and other nonferrous melting operations or the nonferrous metal 
melted in non-foundry melting operations.
    Annual metal melt capacity, for new affected sources, means the 
lower of the aluminum, copper, and other nonferrous metal melting 
operation capacity, assuming 8,760 operating hours per year or, if 
applicable, the maximum permitted aluminum, copper, and other nonferrous 
metal melting operation production rate for the melting operation 
calculated on an annual basis. Unless otherwise specified in the permit, 
permitted aluminum, copper, and other nonferrous metal melting operation 
rates that are not specified on an annual basis must be annualized 
assuming 24 hours per day, 365 days per year of operation. If the permit 
limits the operating hours of the melting operation(s) or foundry, then 
the permitted operating hours are used to annualize the maximum 
permitted aluminum, copper, and other nonferrous metal melt production 
rate. The annual metal melt capacity does not include the melt capacity 
for ferrous metal melted in iron or steel foundry

[[Page 518]]

melting operations that are co-located with aluminum, copper, or other 
nonferrous melting operations or the nonferrous metal melted in non-
foundry melting operations.
    Annual metal melt production means, for existing affected sources, 
the quantity of aluminum, copper, and other nonferrous metal melted in 
melting operations at the foundry in a given calendar year. For the 
purposes of this subpart, annual metal melt production is determined on 
the basis of the quantity of metal charged to the melting operations. 
The annual metal melt production does not include the melt production of 
ferrous metal melted in iron or steel foundry melting operations that 
are co-located with aluminum, copper, or other nonferrous melting 
operations or the nonferrous metal melted in non-foundry melting 
operations.
    Bag leak detection system means a system that is capable of 
continuously monitoring relative PM (i.e., dust) loadings in the exhaust 
of a baghouse to detect bag leaks and other upset conditions. A bag leak 
detection system includes, but is not limited to, an instrument that 
operates on triboelectric, light scattering, light transmittance, or 
other effect to continuously monitor relative PM loadings.
    Copper foundry means a foundry that melts copper or copper-based 
alloys and pours molten copper or copper-based alloys into molds to 
manufacture copper or copper-based alloy castings (excluding die 
casting) that are complex shapes. For purposes of this subpart, this 
definition does not include primary or secondary metal producers that 
cast molten copper to produce simple shapes such as sows, ingots, 
billets, bars, anode copper, rods, or copper cake.
    Copper foundry HAP means any compound of any of the following 
metals: lead, manganese, or nickel, or any of these metals in the 
elemental form.
    Deviation means any instance where an affected source subject to 
this subpart, or an owner or operator of such a source:
    (1) Fails to meet any requirement or obligation established by this 
subpart, including but not limited to any emissions limitation or work 
practice standard;
    (2) Fails to meet any term or condition that is adopted to implement 
an applicable requirement in this subpart and that is included in the 
operating permit for any affected source required to obtain such a 
permit; or
    (3) Fails to meet any emissions limitation in this subpart during 
startup, shutdown, or malfunction, regardless of whether or not such 
failure is permitted by this subpart.
    Die casting means operations classified under the North American 
Industry Classification System codes 331521 (Aluminum Die-Casting 
Foundries) and 331522 (Nonferrous (except Aluminum) Die-Casting 
Foundries) and comprises establishments primarily engaged in introducing 
molten aluminum, copper, and other nonferrous metal, under high 
pressure, into molds or dies to make die-castings.
    Large foundry means, for an existing affected source, a copper or 
other nonferrous foundry with an annual metal melt production of copper, 
other nonferrous metals, and all associated alloys (excluding aluminum) 
of 6,000 tons or greater. For a new affected source, large foundry means 
a copper or other nonferrous foundry with an annual metal melt capacity 
of copper, other nonferrous metals, and all associated alloys (excluding 
aluminum) of 6,000 tons or greater.
    Material containing aluminum foundry HAP means a material containing 
one or more aluminum foundry HAP. Any material that contains beryllium, 
cadmium, lead, or nickel in amounts greater than or equal to 0.1 percent 
by weight (as the metal), or contains manganese in amounts greater than 
or equal to 1.0 percent by weight (as the metal), as shown in 
formulation data provided by the manufacturer or supplier, such as the 
Material Safety Data Sheet for the material, is considered to be a 
material containing aluminum foundry HAP.
    Material containing copper foundry HAP means a material containing 
one or more copper foundry HAP. Any material that contains lead or 
nickel in amounts greater than or equal to 0.1 percent by weight (as the 
metal), or

[[Page 519]]

contains manganese in amounts greater than or equal to 1.0 percent by 
weight (as the metal), as shown in formulation data provided by the 
manufacturer or supplier, such as the Material Safety Data Sheet for the 
material, is considered to be a material containing copper foundry HAP.
    Material containing other nonferrous foundry HAP means a material 
containing one or more other nonferrous foundry HAP. Any material that 
contains chromium, lead, or nickel in amounts greater than or equal to 
0.1 percent by weight (as the metal), as shown in formulation data 
provided by the manufacturer or supplier, such as the Material Safety 
Data Sheet for the material, is considered to be a material containing 
other nonferrous foundry HAP.
    Melting operations (the affected source) means the collection of 
furnaces (e.g., induction, reverberatory, crucible, tower, dry hearth) 
used to melt metal ingot, alloyed ingot and/or metal scrap to produce 
molten metal that is poured into molds to make castings. Melting 
operations dedicated to melting ferrous metal at an iron and steel 
foundry are not included in this definition and are not part of the 
affected source.
    Other nonferrous foundry means a facility that melts nonferrous 
metals other than aluminum, copper, or copper-based alloys and pours the 
nonferrous metals into molds to manufacture nonferrous metal castings 
(excluding die casting) that are complex shapes. For purposes of this 
subpart, this definition does not include primary or secondary metal 
producers that cast molten nonferrous metals to produce simple shapes 
such as sows, ingots, bars, rods, or billets.
    Other nonferrous foundry HAP means any compound of the following 
metals: chromium, lead, and nickel, or any of these metals in the 
elemental form.
    Small foundry means, for an existing affected source, a copper or 
other nonferrous foundry with an annual metal melt production of copper, 
other nonferrous metals, and all associated alloys (excluding aluminum) 
of less than 6,000 tons. For a new affected source, small foundry means 
a copper or other nonferrous foundry with an annual metal melt capacity 
of copper, other nonferrous metals, and all associated alloys (excluding 
aluminum) of less than 6,000 tons.



Sec. 63.11557  Who implements and enforces this subpart?

    (a) This subpart can be implemented and enforced by the U.S. EPA or 
a delegated authority, such as your State, local, or Tribal agency. If 
the U.S. EPA Administrator has delegated authority to your State, local, 
or Tribal agency, then that agency has the authority to implement and 
enforce this subpart. You should contact your U.S. EPA Regional Office 
to find out if this subpart is delegated to your State, local, or Tribal 
agency.
    (b) In delegating implementation and enforcement authority of this 
subpart to a State, local, or Tribal agency under 40 CFR part 63, 
subpart E, the authorities contained in paragraph (c) of this section 
are retained by the Administrator of the U.S. EPA and are not 
transferred to the State, local, or Tribal agency.
    (c) The authorities that will not be delegated to State, local, or 
Tribal agencies are listed in paragraphs (c)(1) through (4) of this 
section.
    (1) Approval of alternatives to the applicability requirements in 
Sec. 63.11544, the compliance date requirements in Sec. 63.11545, and 
the applicable standards in Sec. 63.11550.
    (2) Approval of an alternative nonopacity emissions standard under 
Sec. 63.6(g).
    (3) Approval of a major change to a test method under Sec. 
63.7(e)(2)(ii) and (f). A ``major change to test method'' is defined in 
Sec. 63.90(a).
    (4) Approval of a major change to monitoring under Sec. 63.8(f). A 
``major change to monitoring'' is defined in Sec. 63.90(a).
    (5) Approval of a waiver of recordkeeping or reporting requirements 
under Sec. 63.10(f), or another major change to recordkeeping/
reporting. A ``major change to recordkeeping/reporting'' is defined in 
Sec. 63.90(a).



Sec. 63.11558  [Reserved]

[[Page 520]]



  Sec. Table 1 to Subpart ZZZZZZ of Part 63--Applicability of General 
  Provisions to Aluminum, Copper, and Other Nonferrous Foundries Area 
                                 Sources

    As required in Sec. 63.11555, ``What General Provisions apply to 
this subpart?,'' you must comply with each requirement in the following 
table that applies to you.

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                  Applies to subpart
              Citation                        Subject                   ZZZZZZ?                Explanation
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sec. 63.1(a)(1), (a)(2), (a)(3),    Applicability..........  Yes.....................  Sec. 63.11544(f)
 (a)(4), (a)(6), (a)(10)-(a)(12),                                                         exempts affected
 (b)(1), (b)(3), (c)(1), (c)(2),                                                          sources from the
 (c)(5), (e).                                                                             obligation to obtain a
                                                                                          title V operating
                                                                                          permit.
Sec. 63.1(a)(5), (a)(7)-(a)(9),     Reserved...............  No......................
 (b)(2), (c)(3), (c)(4), (d).
Sec. 63.2.........................  Definitions............  Yes.....................
Sec. 63.3.........................  Units and Abbreviations  Yes.....................
Sec. 63.4.........................  Prohibited Activities    Yes.....................
                                       and Circumvention.
Sec. 63.5.........................  Preconstruction Review   Yes.....................
                                       and Notification
                                       Requirements.
Sec. 63.6(a), (b)(1)-(b)(5),        Compliance with          Yes.....................
 (b)(7), (c)(1), (c)(2), (c)(5),       Standards and
 (e)(1), (e)(3)(i), (e)(3)(iii)-       Maintenance
 (e)(3)(ix), (f)(2), (f)(3), (g),      Requirements.
 (i), (j).
Sec. 63.6(f)(1)...................  Compliance with          No......................  Subpart ZZZZZZ requires
                                       Nonopacity Emission                                continuous compliance
                                       Standards.                                         with all requirements
                                                                                          in this subpart.
Sec. 63.6(h)(1), (h)(2), (h)(5)-    Compliance with Opacity  No......................  Subpart ZZZZZZ does not
 (h)(9).                               and Visible Emission                               contain opacity or
                                       Limits.                                            visible emission
                                                                                          limits.
Sec. 63.6(b)(6), (c)(3), (c)(4),    Reserved...............  No......................
 (d), (e)(2), (e)(3)(ii), (h)(3),
 (h)(5)(iv).
Sec. 63.7.........................  Applicability and        Yes.....................
                                       Performance Test Dates.
Sec. 63.8(a)(1), (b)(1), (f)(1)-    Monitoring Requirements  Yes.....................
 (5), (g).
Sec. 63.8(a)(2), (a)(4), (b)(2)-    Continuous Monitoring    No......................  Subpart ZZZZZZ does not
 (3), (c), (d), (e), (f)(6), (g).      Systems.                                           require a flare or
                                                                                          CPMS, COMS or CEMS.
Sec. 63.8(a)(3)...................  [Reserved].............  No......................
Sec. 63.9(a), (b)(1), (b)(2)(i)-    Notification             Yes.....................  Subpart ZZZZZZ requires
 (iii), (b)(5), (c), (d), (e),         Requirements.                                      submission of
 (h)(1)-(h)(3), (h)(5), (h)(6), (j).                                                      Notification of
                                                                                          Compliance Status
                                                                                          within 120 days of
                                                                                          compliance date unless
                                                                                          a performance test is
                                                                                          required.
Sec. 63.9(b)(2)(iv)-(v), (b)(4),    No.....................
 (f), (g), (i).
Sec. 63.9(b)(3), (h)(4)...........  Reserved...............  No......................
Sec. 63.10(a), (b)(1), (b)(2)(i)-   Recordkeeping and        Yes.....................
 (v), (vii), (vii)(C), (viii), (ix),   Reporting Requirements.
 (b)(3), (d)(1)-(2), (d)(4), (d)(5),
 (f).
Sec. 63.10(b)(2)(vi),               No.....................  Subpart ZZZZZZ does not
 (b)(2)(vii)(A)-(B), (c), (d)(3),                               require a CPMS, COMS,
 (e).                                                           CEMS, or opacity or
                                                                visible emissions
                                                                limit..
Sec. 63.10(c)(2)-(c)(4), (c)(9)...  Reserved...............  No......................
Sec. 63.11........................  Control Device           No......................
                                       Requirements.
Sec. 63.12........................  State Authority and      Yes.....................
                                       Delegations.
Sec. Sec. 63.13-63.16............  Addresses,               Yes.....................
                                       Incorporations by
                                       Reference,
                                       Availability of
                                       Information,
                                       Performance Track
                                       Provisions.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


[[Page 521]]



Subpart AAAAAAA_National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants 
 for Area Sources: Asphalt Processing and Asphalt Roofing Manufacturing

    Source: 74 FR 63260, Dec. 2, 2009, unless otherwise noted.

                   Applicability and Compliance Dates



Sec. 63.11559  Am I subject to this subpart?

    (a) You are subject to this subpart if you own or operate an asphalt 
processing operation and/or asphalt roofing manufacturing operation that 
is an area source of hazardous air pollutant (HAP) emissions, as defined 
in Sec. 63.2.
    (b) This subpart applies to each new or existing affected source as 
defined in paragraphs (b)(1) and (b)(2) of this section.
    (1) Asphalt processing. The affected source for asphalt processing 
operations is the collection of all blowing stills, as defined in Sec. 
63.11566, at an asphalt processing operation.
    (2) Asphalt roofing manufacturing. The affected source for asphalt 
roofing manufacturing operations is the collection of all asphalt 
coating equipment, as defined in Sec. 63.11566, at an asphalt roofing 
manufacturing operation.
    (c) This subpart does not apply to hot mix asphalt plant operations 
that are used in the paving of roads or hardstand, or operations where 
asphalt may be used in the fabrication of a built-up roof.
    (d) An affected source is a new affected source if you commenced 
construction or reconstruction after July 9, 2009.
    (e) An affected source is reconstructed if it meets the criteria as 
defined in Sec. 63.2.
    (f) An affected source is an existing source if it is not new or 
reconstructed.
    (g) This subpart does not apply to research or laboratory 
facilities, as defined in section 112(c)(7) of the Clean Air Act.
    (h) You are exempt from the obligation to obtain a permit under 40 
CFR part 70 or 40 CFR part 71, provided you are not otherwise required 
to obtain a permit under 40 CFR 70.3(a) or 40 CFR 71.3(a). 
Notwithstanding the previous sentence, you must continue to comply with 
the provisions of this subpart.



Sec. 63.11560  What are my compliance dates?

    (a) If you own or operate an existing affected source, you must be 
in compliance with the applicable provisions in this subpart no later 
than December 2, 2010. As specified in Sec. 63.11562(f), you must 
demonstrate initial compliance within 180 calendar days after December 
2, 2010.
    (b) If you own or operate a new affected source, you must be in 
compliance with the provisions in this subpart on or before December 2, 
2009 or upon startup, whichever date is later. As specified in Sec. 
63.11562(g), you must demonstrate initial compliance with the applicable 
emission limits no later than 180 calendar days after December 2, 2009 
or within 180 calendar days after startup of the source, whichever is 
later.

                  Standards and Compliance Requirements



Sec. 63.11561  What are my standards and management practices?

    (a) For asphalt processing operations, you must meet the emission 
limits specified in Table 1 of this subpart.
    (b) For asphalt roofing manufacturing lines, you must meet the 
applicable emission limits specified in Table 2 of this subpart.
    (c) These standards apply at all times.



Sec. 63.11562  What are my initial compliance requirements?

    (a) For asphalt processing operations, you must:
    (1) Demonstrate initial compliance with the emission limits 
specified in Table 1 of this subpart by:
    (i) Conducting emission tests using the methods specified in Table 3 
of this subpart; or
    (ii) Using the results of a previously-conducted emission test as 
specified in paragraph (d) of this section.
    (2) Establish the value or range of values of the operating 
parameters specified in Table 4 of this subpart:

[[Page 522]]

    (i) Using the operating parameter data recorded during the 
compliance emission tests; or
    (ii) Using the operating parameter data recorded during a 
previously-conducted emission test.
    (b) For asphalt roofing manufacturing lines that use a control 
device to comply with the emission limits in Table 2 of this subpart, 
you must:
    (1) Demonstrate initial compliance by:
    (i) Conducting emission tests using the methods specified in Table 3 
of this subpart; or
    (ii) Using the results of a previously-conducted emission test as 
specified in paragraph (d) of this section.
    (2) Establish the value of the operating parameter specified in 
Table 4 of this subpart for thermal oxidizers:
    (i) Using the operating parameter data recorded during the 
compliance emission tests; or
    (ii) Using the operating parameter data recorded during a 
previously-conducted emission test.
    (3) Establish the value or range of values of the operating 
parameters specified in Table 4 of this subpart for control devices 
other than thermal oxidizers:
    (i) Using the operating parameter data recorded during the 
compliance emission tests;
    (ii) Using the operating parameter data recorded during a 
previously-conducted emission test; or
    (iii) Using manufacturer performance specifications.
    (c) For asphalt roofing manufacturing lines that do not require a 
control device to comply with the emission limits in Table 2 of this 
subpart, you must:
    (1) Demonstrate initial compliance by:
    (i) Conducting emission tests using the methods specified in Table 3 
of this subpart,
    (ii) Using the results of a previously-conducted emission test as 
specified in paragraph (d) of this section; or
    (iii) Using process knowledge and engineering calculations as 
specified in paragraph (e) of this section.
    (2) Establish the value or range of values of the operating 
parameters specified in Table 4 of this subpart:
    (i) Using the operating parameter data recorded during the 
compliance emission tests;
    (ii) Using the operating parameter data recorded during a 
previously-conducted emission test; or
    (iii) Using process knowledge and engineering calculations as 
specified in paragraph (f) of this section.
    (d) If you are using a previously-conducted emission test to 
demonstrate compliance with the emission limitations in this subpart for 
existing sources, as specified in paragraphs (a)(1)(ii), (b)(1)(ii), or 
(c)(1)(ii) of this section, the following conditions must be met:
    (1) The emission test was conducted within the last 5 years;
    (2) No changes have been made to the process since the time of the 
emission test;
    (3) The operating conditions and test methods used for the previous 
test conform to the requirements of this subpart; and
    (4) The data used to establish the value or range of values of the 
operating parameters, as specified in paragraphs (a)(2)(ii), (b)(2)(ii), 
or (c)(2)(ii) of this section, were recorded during the emission test.
    (e) If you are using process knowledge and engineering calculations 
to demonstrate initial compliance as specified in paragraph (c)(1)(iii) 
of this section, you must prepare written documentation that contains 
the data and any assumptions used to calculate the process emission rate 
that demonstrate compliance with the emission limits specified in Table 
2 of this subpart.
    (f) If you are using process knowledge and engineering calculations 
to establish the value or range of values of operating parameters as 
specified in paragraph (c)(2)(iii) of this section, you must prepare 
written documentation that contains the data and any assumptions used to 
show that the process parameters and corresponding parameter values 
correlate to the process emissions.
    (g) For existing sources, you must demonstrate initial compliance no 
later than 180 calendar days after December 2, 2010.
    (h) For new sources, you must demonstrate initial compliance no 
later

[[Page 523]]

than 180 calendar days after December 2, 2009 or within 180 calendar 
days after startup of the source, whichever is later.
    (i) For emission tests conducted to demonstrate initial compliance 
with the emission limits specified in Tables 1 and 2 of this subpart, 
you must follow the requirements specified in paragraphs (i)(1) through 
(i)(4) of this section.
    (1) You must conduct the tests while manufacturing the product that 
generates the greatest PAH and PM emissions to the control device inlet, 
or exiting the process if you are not using a control device to comply 
with the emissions limits specified in Tables 1 and 2 of this subpart.
    (2) You must conduct a minimum of three separate test runs for each 
compliance test specified in paragraphs (a)(1)(i), (b)(1)(i), and 
(c)(1)(i) of this section according to the requirements specified in 
Sec. 63.7(e)(3). The sampling time and sample volume of each test run 
must be as follows:
    (i) For asphalt processing operations, the sampling time and sample 
volume for each test run must be at least 90 minutes or the duration of 
the coating blow or non-coating blow, whichever is greater, and 2.25 
dscm (79.4 dscf).
    (ii) For asphalt coating operations, the sampling time and sample 
volume for each test run must be at least 120 minutes and 3.00 dscm (106 
dscf).
    (3) For asphalt processing operations, you must use the following 
equations to calculate the asphalt charging rate (P).
    (i) P = (Vd)/(K' [Theta])

Where:

P = asphalt charging rate to blowing still, Mg/hr (ton/hr).
V = volume of asphalt charged, m\3\ (ft\3\).
d = density of asphalt, kg/m\3\ (lb/ft\3\).
K' = conversion factor, 1000 kg/Mg (2000 lb/ton).
[Theta] = duration of test run, hr.

    (ii) d = K1-K2Ti

Where:

d = Density of the asphalt, kg/m\3\ (lb/ft\3\)
d = K1-K2Ti
K1 = 1056.1 kg/m\3\ (metric units)
 = 66.6147 lb/ft\3\ (English Units)
K2 = 0.6176 kg/(m\3\ [deg]C) (metric units)
 = 0.02149 lb/(ft\3\ [deg]F) (English Units)
Ti = temperature at the start of the blow, [deg]C ([deg]F)

    (4) You must use the following equation to demonstrate compliance 
with the emission limits specified in Table 2 of this subpart:
    E = [(C)*(Q)/(P)*(K)]

Where:

E = emission rate of particulate matter, kg/Mg (lb/ton).
C = concentration of particulate matter, g/dscm (gr/dscf).
Q = volumetric flow rate of effluent gas, dscm/hr (dscf/hr).
P = the average asphalt roofing production rate or asphalt charging rate 
          over the duration of the test, Mg/hr (ton/hr).
K = conversion factor, 1000 g/kg [7000 (gr/lb)].



Sec. 63.11563  What are my monitoring requirements?

    (a) You must maintain the operating parameters established under 
Sec. 63.11562(a)(2), (b)(2), (b)(3), and (c)(2) as specified in Table 4 
of this subpart.
    (b) If you are using a control device to comply with the emission 
limits specified in Tables 1 and 2 of this subpart, you must develop and 
make available for inspection by the delegated authority, upon request, 
a site-specific monitoring plan for each monitoring system that 
addresses the following:
    (1) Installation of the CPMS probe or other interface at a 
measurement location relative to each affected process unit such that 
the measurement is representative of control of the exhaust emissions 
(e.g., on or downstream of the last control device);
    (2) Performance and equipment specifications for the probe or 
interface, the pollutant concentration or parametric signal analyzer, 
and the data collection and reduction system; and
    (3) Performance evaluation procedures and acceptance criteria (e.g., 
calibrations).
    (i) In your site-specific monitoring plan, you must also address the 
following:
    (A) Ongoing operation and maintenance procedures in accordance with 
the general requirements of Sec. 63.8(c)(1), (c)(3), (c)(4)(ii), 
(c)(7), and (c)(8);
    (B) Ongoing data quality assurance procedures in accordance with the 
general requirements of Sec. 63.8(d); and
    (C) Ongoing recordkeeping and reporting procedures in accordance 
with

[[Page 524]]

the general requirements of Sec. 63.10(c), (e)(1), and (e)(2)(i).
    (c) If you are using a control device to comply with the emission 
limits specified in Tables 1 and 2 of this subpart, you must install, 
operate, and maintain a continuous parameter monitoring system (CPMS) as 
specified in paragraphs (c)(1) through (c)(3) of this section.
    (1) The CPMS must complete a minimum of one cycle of operation for 
each successive 15-minute period.
    (2) To determine the 3-hour average, you must:
    (i) Have a minimum of four successive cycles of operation to have a 
valid hour of data.
    (ii) Have valid data from at least three of four equally spaced data 
values for that hour from a CPMS that is not out-of-control according to 
your site-specific monitoring plan.
    (iii) Determine the 3-hour average of all recorded readings for each 
operating day, except as stated in paragraph (g) of this section. You 
must have at least two of the three hourly averages for that period 
using only hourly average values that are based on valid data (i.e., not 
from out-of-control periods).
    (3) You must record the results of each inspection, calibration, and 
validation check of the CPMS.
    (d) For each temperature monitoring device, you must meet the CPMS 
requirements in paragraphs (c)(1) through (c)(3) of this section and the 
following requirements:
    (1) Locate the temperature sensor in a position that provides a 
representative temperature.
    (2) For a noncryogenic temperature range, use a temperature sensor 
with a minimum measurement sensitivity of 2.8 [deg]C or 1.0 percent of 
the temperature value, whichever is larger.
    (3) If a chart recorder is used, the recorder sensitivity in the 
minor division must be at least 20 [deg]F.
    (4) Perform an accuracy check at least semiannually or following an 
operating parameter deviation:
    (i) According to the procedures in the manufacturer's documentation; 
or
    (ii) By comparing the sensor output to redundant sensor output; or
    (iii) By comparing the sensor output to the output from a calibrated 
temperature measurement device; or
    (iv) By comparing the sensor output to the output from a temperature 
simulator.
    (5) Conduct accuracy checks any time the sensor exceeds the 
manufacturer's specified maximum operating temperature range or install 
a new temperature sensor.
    (6) At least quarterly or following an operating parameter 
deviation, perform visual inspections of components if redundant sensors 
are not used.
    (e) For each pressure measurement device, you must meet the CPMS 
requirements of paragraphs (e)(1) through (e)(6) of this section and the 
following requirements:
    (1) Locate the pressure sensor(s) in, or as close as possible, to a 
position that provides a representative measurement of the pressure.
    (2) Use a gauge with a minimum measurement sensitivity of 0.12 
kiloPascals or a transducer with a minimum measurement sensitivity of 5 
percent of the pressure range.
    (3) Check pressure tap for blockage daily. Perform an accuracy check 
at least quarterly or following an operating parameter deviation:
    (i) According to the manufacturer's procedures; or
    (ii) By comparing the sensor output to redundant sensor output.
    (4) Conduct calibration checks any time the sensor exceeds the 
manufacturer's specified maximum operating pressure range or install a 
new pressure sensor.
    (5) At least monthly or following an operating parameter deviation, 
perform a leak check of all components for integrity, all electrical 
connections for continuity, and all mechanical connections for leakage.
    (6) At least quarterly or following an operating parameter 
deviation, perform visible inspections on all components if redundant 
sensors are not used.
    (f) For each electrostatic precipitator (ESP) used to control 
emissions, you must install and operate a CPMS that meets the 
requirements of paragraphs (c)(1) through (c)(3) of this section to

[[Page 525]]

provide representative measurements of the voltage supplied to the ESP.
    (g) If you are not using a control device to comply with the 
emission limits specified in Tables 1 and 2 of this subpart, you must 
develop and make available for inspection by the delegated authority, 
upon request, a site-specific monitoring plan. The plan must specify the 
process parameters established during the initial compliance assessment 
and how they are being monitored and maintained to demonstrate 
continuous compliance.
    (h) If you would like to use parameters or means other than those 
specified in Table 4 of this subpart to demonstrate continuous 
compliance with the emission limits specified in Tables 1 and 2 of this 
subpart, you must apply to the Administrator for approval of an 
alternative monitoring plan under Sec. 63.8(f). The plan must specify 
how process parameters established during the initial compliance 
assessment will be monitored and maintained to demonstrate continuous 
compliance.
    (i) At all times the owner or operator must operate and maintain any 
affected source, including associated air pollution control equipment 
and monitoring equipment, in a manner consistent with safety and good 
air pollution control practices for minimizing emissions. The general 
duty to minimize emissions does not require the owner or operator to 
make any further efforts to reduce emissions if levels required by this 
standard have been achieved. Determination of whether such operation and 
maintenance procedures are being used will be based on information 
available to the Administrator which may include, but is not limited to, 
monitoring results, review of operation and maintenance procedures, 
review of operation and maintenance records, and inspection of the 
source.
    (j) You must conduct a performance evaluation of each CPMS in 
accordance with your site-specific monitoring plan.
    (k) You must operate and maintain the CPMS in continuous operation 
according to the site-specific monitoring plan.

[74 FR 63260, Dec. 2, 2009, as amended at 75 FR 12989, Mar. 18, 2010]



Sec. 63.11564  What are my notification, recordkeeping, and reporting
requirements?

    (a) You must submit the notifications specified in paragraphs (a)(1) 
through (a)(6) of this section.
    (1) You must submit all of the notifications in Sec. Sec. 63.5(b), 
63.7(b); 63.8(e) and (f); 63.9(b) through (e); and 63.9(g) and (h) that 
apply to you by the dates specified in those sections.
    (2) As specified in Sec. 63.9(b)(2), if you have an existing 
affected source, you must submit an Initial Notification not later than 
120 calendar days after December 2, 2009.
    (3) As specified in Sec. 63.9(b)(4) and (5), if you have a new 
affected source, you must submit an Initial Notification not later than 
120 calendar days after you become subject to this subpart.
    (4) You must submit a notification of intent to conduct a compliance 
test at least 60 calendar days before the compliance test is scheduled 
to begin, as required in Sec. 63.7(b)(1).
    (5) You must submit a Notification of Compliance Status according to 
Sec. 63.9(h)(2)(ii). You must submit the Notification of Compliance 
Status, including the compliance test results, before the close of 
business on the 60th calendar day following the completion of the 
compliance test according to Sec. 63.10(d)(2).
    (6) If you are using data from a previously-conducted emission test 
to serve as documentation of compliance with the emission standards and 
operating limits of this subpart, you must submit the test data in lieu 
of the initial compliance test results with the Notification of 
Compliance Status required under paragraph (a)(5) of this section.
    (b) You must submit a compliance report as specified in paragraphs 
(b)(1) through (b)(4) of this section.
    (1) If you are using a control device to comply with the emission 
limits, the compliance report must identify the controlled units (e.g., 
blowing stills, saturators, coating mixers, coaters). If you are not 
using a control device to comply with the emission limits, the 
compliance report must identify the site-specific process operating 
parameters monitored to determine compliance with the emission limits.

[[Page 526]]

    (2) During periods for which there are no deviations from any 
emission limitations (emission limit or operating limit) that apply to 
you, the compliance report must contain the information specified in 
paragraphs (b)(2)(i) through (b)(2)(v) of this section.
    (i) Company name and address.
    (ii) Statement by a responsible official with that official's name, 
title, and signature, certifying the truth, accuracy, and completeness 
of the content of the report.
    (iii) Date of report and beginning and ending dates of the reporting 
period.
    (iv) A statement that there were no deviations from the emission 
limitations during the reporting period.
    (v) If there were no periods during which the CPMS was out-of-
control as specified in Sec. 63.8(c)(7), a statement that there were no 
periods during which the CPMS was out-of-control during the reporting 
period.
    (3) For each deviation from an emission limitation (emission limit 
and operating limit), you must include the information in paragraphs 
(b)(3)(i) through (b)(3)(xii) of this section.
    (i) The date and time that each deviation started and stopped.
    (ii) The date and time that each CPMS was inoperative, except for 
zero (low-level) and high-level checks.
    (iii) The date, time and duration that each CPMS was out-of-control, 
including the information in Sec. 63.8(c)(8).
    (iv) The date and time that each deviation started and stopped, and 
whether each deviation occurred during a period of startup, shutdown, or 
malfunction or during another period.
    (v) A summary of the total duration of the deviation during the 
reporting period and the total duration as a percent of the total source 
operating time during that reporting period.
    (vi) A breakdown of the total duration of the deviations during the 
reporting period into those that are due to startup, shutdown, control 
equipment problems, process problems, other known causes, and other 
unknown causes.
    (vii) A summary of the total duration of CPMS downtime during the 
reporting period and the total duration of CPMS downtime as a percent of 
the total source operating time during that reporting period.
    (viii) An identification of each air pollutant that was monitored at 
the affected source.
    (ix) A brief description of the process units.
    (x) A brief description of the CPMS.
    (xi) The date of the latest CPMS certification or audit.
    (xii) A description of any changes in CPMS or controls since the 
last reporting period.
    (4) Unless the Administrator has approved a different schedule for 
submission of reports under Sec. 63.10(a), you must submit each report 
specified in paragraph (b) of this section according to the following 
dates:
    (i) The first compliance report must cover the period beginning on 
the compliance date that is specified for your affected source in Sec. 
63.11560 and ending on June 30 or December 31, whichever date is the 
first date following the end of the first calendar half after the 
compliance date that is specified for your source in Sec. 63.11560.
    (ii) The first compliance report must be postmarked or delivered no 
later than July 31 or January 31, whichever date follows the end of the 
first calendar half after the compliance date that is specified for your 
affected source in Sec. 63.11560.
    (iii) Each subsequent compliance report must cover the semiannual 
reporting period from January 1 through June 30 or the semiannual 
reporting period from July 1 through December 31.
    (iv) Each subsequent compliance report must be postmarked or 
delivered no later than July 31 or January 31, whichever date is the 
first date following the end of the semiannual reporting period.
    (c) You must maintain the records specified in paragraphs (c)(1) 
through (c)(10) of this section.
    (1) A copy of each notification and report that you submitted to 
comply with this subpart, including all documentation supporting any 
Initial Notification or Notification of Compliance Status that you 
submitted, according to the requirements in Sec. 63.10(b)(2)(xiv).

[[Page 527]]

    (2) Copies of emission tests used to demonstrate compliance and 
performance evaluations as required in Sec. 63.10(b)(2)(viii).
    (3) Documentation that shows that the following conditions are true 
if you use a previously-conducted emission test to demonstrate initial 
compliance as specified in Sec. 63.11562(a)(1)(ii), (b)(1)(ii), and 
(c)(1)(ii):
    (i) The test was conducted within the last 5 years;
    (ii) No changes have been made to the process since the time of the 
emission test;
    (iii) The operating conditions and test methods used for the 
previous test conform to the requirements of this subpart; and
    (iv) The data used to establish the value or range of values of the 
operating parameters, as specified in Sec. 63.11562(a)(2)(ii), 
(b)(2)(ii), or (c)(2)(ii), were recorded during the emission test.
    (4) Documentation that identifies the operating parameters and 
values specified in Table 4 of this subpart and that contains the data 
used to establish the parameter values as specified in Sec. 
63.11562(a)(2), (b)(2), (b)(3), or (c)(2).
    (5) Copies of the written manufacturers performance specifications 
used to establish operating parameter values as specified in Sec. 
63.11562(b)(3)(iii).
    (6) Documentation of the process knowledge and engineering 
calculations used to demonstrate initial compliance as specified in 
Sec. 63.11562(e).
    (7) Documentation of the process knowledge and engineering 
calculations used to establish the value or range of values of operating 
parameters as specified in Sec. 63.11562(f).
    (8) A copy of the site-specific monitoring plan required under Sec. 
63.11563(b) or (g).
    (9) A copy of the approved alternative monitoring plan required 
under Sec. 63.11563(h), if applicable.
    (10) Records of the operating parameter values required in Table 4 
of this subpart to show continuous compliance with each operating limit 
that applies to you.

[74 FR 63260, Dec. 2, 2009, as amended at 75 FR 12989, Mar. 18, 2010]

                   Other Requirements and Information



Sec. 63.11565  What general provisions sections apply to this subpart?

    You must comply with the requirements of the General Provisions (40 
CFR part 63, subpart A) according to Table 5 of this subpart.



Sec. 63.11566  What definitions apply to this subpart?

    Asphalt coating equipment means the saturators, coating mixers, and 
coaters used to apply asphalt to substrate to manufacture roofing 
products (e.g., shingles, roll roofing).
    Asphalt flux means the organic residual material from distillation 
of crude oil that is generally used in asphalt roofing manufacturing and 
paving and non-paving asphalt products.
    Asphalt processing operation means any operation engaged in the 
preparation of asphalt flux at stand-alone asphalt processing 
facilities, petroleum refineries, and asphalt roofing facilities. 
Asphalt preparation, called ``blowing,'' is the oxidation of asphalt 
flux, achieved by bubbling air through the heated asphalt, to raise the 
softening point and to reduce penetration of the oxidized asphalt. An 
asphalt processing facility includes one or more asphalt flux blowing 
stills.
    Asphalt roofing manufacturing operation means the collection of 
equipment used to manufacture asphalt roofing products through a series 
of sequential process steps. The equipment configuration of an asphalt 
roofing manufacturing process varies depending upon the type of 
substrate used (i.e., organic or inorganic). For example, an asphalt 
roofing manufacturing line that uses organic substrate (e.g., felt) 
typically would consist of a saturator (and wet looper), coating mixer, 
and coater (although the saturator could be bypassed if the line 
manufacturers multiple types of products). An asphalt roofing 
manufacturing line that uses inorganic (fiberglass mat) substrate 
typically would consist of a coating mixer and coater.
    Blowing still means the equipment in which air is blown through 
asphalt flux to change the softening point and penetration rate of the 
asphalt flux, creating oxidized asphalt.

[[Page 528]]

    Built-up roofing operations means operations involved in the on-site 
(e.g., at a commercial building) assembly of roofing system components 
(e.g., asphalt, substrate, surface granules).
    Coater means the equipment used to apply amended (filled or 
modified) asphalt to the top and bottom of the substrate (typically 
fiberglass mat) used to manufacture shingles and rolled roofing 
products.
    Coating mixer means the equipment used to mix coating asphalt and a 
mineral stabilizer, prior to applying the stabilized coating asphalt to 
the substrate.
    Hot-mix asphalt operation means operations involved in mixing 
asphalt cement and aggregates to produce materials for paving roadways 
and hardstand (e.g., vehicle parking lots, prepared surfaces for 
materiel storage).
    Particulate matter (PM) means, for the purposes of this subpart, 
includes any material determined gravimetrically using EPA Method 5A--
Determination of Particulate Matter Emissions From the Asphalt 
Processing And Asphalt Roofing Industry (40 CFR part 60, appendix A-3).
    Responsible official is defined in Sec. 63.2.
    Saturator means the equipment used to impregnate a substrate 
(predominantly organic felt) with asphalt. Saturators are predominantly 
used for the manufacture of rolled-roofing products (e.g., saturated 
felt). For the purposes of this subpart, the term saturator includes 
impregnation vat and wet looper.
    Wet looper means the series of rollers typically following the 
saturator used to provide additional absorption time for asphalt to 
penetrate the roofing substrate.



Sec. 63.11567  Who implements and enforces this subpart?

    (a) This subpart can be implemented and enforced by us, the U.S. 
Environmental Protection Agency (U.S. EPA), or a delegated authority 
such as your State, local, or Tribal agency. If the U.S. EPA 
Administrator has delegated authority to your State, local, or Tribal 
agency, then that agency, in addition to the U.S. EPA, has the authority 
to implement and enforce this subpart. You should contact your U.S. EPA 
Regional Office to find out if implementation and enforcement of this 
subpart is delegated.
    (b) In delegating implementation and enforcement authority of this 
subpart to a State, local, or Tribal agency under 40 CFR part 63, 
subpart E, the following authorities are retained by the Administrator 
of U.S. EPA:
    (1) Approval of alternatives to the requirements in Sec. Sec. 
63.11559, 63.11560, 63.11561, 63.11562, and 63.11563.
    (2) Approval of major changes to test methods under Sec. 
63.7(e)(2)(ii) and (f) and as defined in Sec. 63.90.
    (3) Approval of major changes to monitoring under Sec. 63.8(f) and 
as defined in Sec. 63.90.
    (4) Approval of major changes to recordkeeping and reporting under 
Sec. 63.10(f) and as defined in Sec. 63.90.



Sec. Table 1 to Subpart AAAAAAA of Part 63--Emission Limits for Asphalt 
                    Processing (Refining) Operations

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                  You must meet the following emission
          For * * *                           limits * * *
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Blowing stills............  a. Limit PAH emissions to 0.003 lb/ton of
                                asphalt charged to the blowing stills;
                               or
                               .........................................
                               b. Limit PM emissions to 1.2 lb/ton of
                                asphalt charged to the blowing stills.
------------------------------------------------------------------------



Sec. Table 2 to Subpart AAAAAAA of Part 63--Emission Limits for Asphalt 
               Roofing Manufacturing (Coating) Operations

------------------------------------------------------------------------
          For * * *
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Coater-only production      a. Limit PAH emissions to 0.0002 lb/ton
 lines.                         of asphalt roofing product manufactured;
                                or
                               b. Limit PM emissions to 0.06 lb/ton of
                                asphalt roofing product manufactured.
2. Saturator-only production   a. Limit PAH emissions to 0.0007 lb/ton
 lines.                         of asphalt roofing product manufactured;
                                or

[[Page 529]]

 
                               b. Limit PM emissions to 0.30 lb/ton of
                                asphalt roofing product manufactured.
3. Combined saturator/coater   a. Limit PAH emissions to 0.0009 lb/ton
 production lines.              of asphalt roofing product manufactured;
                                or
                               b. Limit PM emissions to 0.36 lb/ton of
                                asphalt roofing product manufactured.
------------------------------------------------------------------------



        Sec. Table 3 to Subpart AAAAAAA of Part 63--Test Methods

------------------------------------------------------------------------
          For * * *                        You must use * * *
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Selecting the sampling      EPA test method 1 or 1A in appendix A to
 locations \a\ and the number   part 60.
 of traverse points.
2. Determining the velocity    EPA test method 2, 2A, 2C, 2D, 2F, or 2G,
 and volumetric flow rate.      as appropriate, in appendix A to part
                                60.
3. Determining the gas         EPA test method 3, 3A, 3B, as
 molecular weight used for      appropriate, in appendix A to part 60.
 flow rate determination.
4. Measuring the moisture      EPA test method 4 in appendix A to part
 content of the stack gas.      60.
5. Measuring the PM emissions  EPA test method 5A in appendix A to part
                                60.
6. Measuring the PAH           EPA test method 23 \b\ with analysis by
 emissions.                     SW-846 Method 8270D.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\a\ The sampling locations must be located at the outlet of the process
  equipment (or control device, if applicable), prior to any releases to
  the atmosphere.
\b\ When using EPA Method 23, the toluene extraction step specified in
  section 3.1.2.1 of the method should be omitted.



      Sec. Table 4 to Subpart AAAAAAA of Part 63--Operating Limits

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   You must
    If you comply with the       establish an
 emission limits using * * *   operating value   And maintain \a\ * * *
                                  for * * *
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. A thermal oxidizer........  Combustion zone  The 3-hour average
                                temperature.     combustion zone
                                                 temperature at or above
                                                 the operating value
                                                 established as
                                                 specified in Sec.
                                                 63.11562(a)(2) and
                                                 (b)(2).
2. A high-efficiency air       a. Inlet gas     The 3-hour average inlet
 filter or fiber bed filter.    temperature      gas temperature within
                                \b\, and.        the operating range
                               b. Pressure       established as
                                drop across      specified in Sec.
                                device \b\.      63.11562(a)(2) and
                                                 (b)(3).
                                                The 3-hour average
                                                 pressure drop across
                                                 the device within the
                                                 approved operating
                                                 range established as
                                                 specified in Sec.
                                                 63.11562(a)(2) and
                                                 (b)(3).
3. An electrostatic            Voltage \c\ to   The 3-hour average ESP
 precipitator (ESP).            the ESP.         voltage \c\ at or above
                                                 the approved operating
                                                 value established as
                                                 specified in Sec.
                                                 63.11562(a)(2) and
                                                 (b)(3).
4. Process modifications       Appropriate      The monitoring
 (i.e., a control device is     process          parameters within the
 not required).                 monitoring       operating values
                                parameters.\d\   established as
                                                 specified in Sec.
                                                 63.11562(c)(2).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\a\ The 3-hour averaging period applies at all times other than startup
  and shutdown, as defined in Sec. 63.2. Within 24 hours of a startup
  event, or 24 hours prior to a shutdown event, you must normalize the
  emissions that occur during the startup or shutdown, when there is no
  production rate available to assess compliance with the lb/ton of
  product emission limits, with emissions that occur when the process is
  operational. The emissions that occur during the startup or shutdown
  event must be included with the process emissions when assessing
  compliance with the emission limits specified in Tables 1 and 2 of
  this subpart.
\b\ As an alternative to monitoring the inlet gas temperature and
  pressure drop, you can use a leak detection system that identifies
  when the filter media has been comprised.
\c\ As an alternative to monitoring the ESP voltage, you can monitor the
  ESP instrumentation (e.g. light, alarm) that indicates when the ESP
  must be cleaned and maintain a record of the instrumentation on an
  hourly basis. Failure to service the ESP within one hour of the
  indication is an exceedance of the applicable monitoring requirements
  specified in Sec. 63.11563(a).
\d\ If you are not using a control device to comply with the emission
  limits specified in Table 2 of this subpart, the process parameters
  and corresponding parameter values that you select to demonstrate
  continuous compliance must correlate to the process emissions.



  Sec. Table 5 to Subpart AAAAAAA of Part 63--Applicability of General 
                      Provisions to Subpart AAAAAAA

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
               Citation                                  Subject                    Applies to subpart AAAAAAA
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sec. 63.1...........................  Applicability...........................  Yes.
Sec. 63.2...........................  Definitions.............................  Yes.
Sec. 63.3...........................  Units and Abbreviations.................  Yes.
Sec. 63.4...........................  Prohibited Activities...................  Yes.
Sec. 63.5...........................  Construction/Reconstruction.............  Yes.
Sec. 63.6(a)-(d)....................  Compliance With Standards and             Yes.
                                         Maintenance Requirements.
Sec. 63.6(e)(1)(i)..................  Operation and Maintenance Requirements..  No.
Sec. 63.6(e)(1)(ii).................  Operation and Maintenance Requirements..  No.
Sec. 63.6(e)(1)(iii)................  Operation and Maintenance Requirements..  Yes.
Sec. 63.6(e)(2).....................  [Reserved]..............................

[[Page 530]]

 
Sec. 63.6(e)(3).....................  Startup, Shutdown, and Malfunction Plan.  No. Subpart AAAAAAA does not
                                                                                   require startup, shutdown,
                                                                                   and malfunction plans.
Sec. 63.6(f)(1).....................  Compliance with Nonopacity Emission       No. The emission limits apply
                                         Standards.                                at all times.
Sec. 63.6(f)(2)-(3).................  Methods for Determining Compliance and    Yes.
                                         Finding of Compliance.
Sec. 63.6(h)........................  Opacity/Visible Emission (VE) Standards.  No. Subpart AAAAAAA does not
                                                                                   contain opacity or VE
                                                                                   standards.
Sec. 63.6(i)........................  Compliance Extension....................  Yes.
Sec. 63.6(j)........................  Presidential Compliance Exemption.......  Yes.
Sec. 63.7(a)-(d)....................  Performance Testing Requirements........  Yes.
Sec. 63.7(e)(1).....................  Performance Testing Requirements........  No. Subpart AAAAAAA specifies
                                                                                   the conditions under which
                                                                                   performance tests must be
                                                                                   conducted.
Sec. 63.7(e)(2)-(4).................  Conduct of Performance Tests and Data     Yes.
                                         Reduction.
Sec. 63.7(f)-(h)....................  Use of Alternative Test Method; Data      Yes.
                                         Analysis, Recordkeeping, and Reporting;
                                         and Waiver of Performance Tests.
Sec. 63.8(a)(1).....................  Applicability of Monitoring Requirements  Yes.
Sec. 63.8(a)(2).....................  Performance Specifications..............  No. Subpart AAAAAAA does not
                                                                                   allow CEMS.
Sec. 63.8(a)(3).....................  [Reserved]..............................
Sec. 63.8(a)(4).....................  Monitoring with Flares..................  Yes.
Sec. 63.8(b)(1).....................  Conduct of Monitoring...................  Yes.
Sec. 63.8(b)(2)-(3).................  Multiple Effluents and Multiple           Yes.
                                         Monitoring Systems.
Sec. 63.8(c)(1).....................  Monitoring System Operation and           Yes.
                                         Maintenance.
Sec. 63.8(c)(1)(i)..................  CMS maintenance.........................  Yes.
Sec. 63.8(c)(1)(ii).................  Spare Parts for CMS Malfunction.........  Yes.
Sec. 63.8(c)(1)(iii)................  Compliance with Operation and             No. Subpart AAAAAAA does not
                                         Maintenance Requirements.                 require startup, shutdown,
                                                                                   and malfunction plans.
Sec. 63.8(c)(2)-(3).................  Monitoring System Installation..........  Yes.
Sec. 63.8(c)(4).....................  CMS Requirements........................  No; Sec. 63.11563 specifies
                                                                                   the CMS requirements.
Sec. 63.8(c)(5).....................  COMS Minimum Procedures.................  No. Subpart AAAAAAA does not
                                                                                   contain opacity or VE
                                                                                   standards.
Sec. 63.8(c)(6).....................  CMS Requirements........................  No; Sec. 63.11563 specifies
                                                                                   the CMS requirements.
Sec. 63.8(c)(7)-(8).................  CMS Requirements........................  Yes.
Sec. 63.8(d)........................  CMS Quality Control.....................  No; Sec. 63.11563 specifies
                                                                                   the CMS requirements.
Sec. 63.8(e)-(f)....................  CMS Performance Evaluation..............  Yes.
Sec. 63.8(g)(1)-(4).................  Data Reduction Requirements.............  Yes.
Sec. 63.8(g)(5).....................  Data to Exclude from Averaging..........  No. All monitoring data must
                                                                                   be included when calculating
                                                                                   averages.
Sec. 63.9...........................  Notification Requirements...............  Yes.
Sec. 63.10(a).......................  Recordkeeping and Reporting               Yes.
                                         Requirements--Applicability.
Sec. 63.10(b)(1)....................  General Recordkeeping Requirements......  Yes.
Sec. 63.10(b)(2)(i)-(iii)...........  General Recordkeeping Requirements......  Yes.
Sec. 63.10(b)(2)(iv)-(v)............  Records of Actions Taken During Startup,  No. Subpart AAAAAAA does not
                                         Shutdown, and Malfunction Plans.          require startup, shutdown,
                                                                                   and malfunction plans.
Sec. 63.10(b)(2)(vi)-(xiv)..........  General Recordkeeping Requirements......  Yes.
Sec. 63.10(c)(1)-(14)...............  Additional Recordkeeping Requirements     Yes.
                                         for Sources with Continuous Monitoring
                                         Systems.
Sec. 63.10(c)(15)...................  Additional Recordkeeping Requirements     No. Subpart AAAAAAA does not
                                         for Sources with Continuous Monitoring    require startup, shutdown,
                                         Systems.                                  and malfunction plans.
Sec. 63.10(d)(1)-(4)................  General Reporting Requirements..........  Yes.
Sec. 63.10(d)(5)....................  Periodic Startup, Shutdown, and           No. Subpart AAAAAAA does not
                                         Malfunction Reports.                      require startup, shutdown,
                                                                                   and malfunction plans.
Sec. 63.10(e).......................  Additional Reporting Requirements for     Yes.
                                         Sources with Continuous Monitoring
                                         Systems.
Sec. 63.10(f).......................  Waiver of Recordkeeping or Reporting      Yes.
                                         Requirements.
Sec. 63.11..........................  Control Device and Work Practice          Yes.
                                         Requirements.
Sec. 63.12..........................  State Authority and Delegations.........  Yes.
Sec. 63.13..........................  Addresses of State Air Pollution Control  Yes.
                                         Agencies and EPA Regional Offices.
Sec. 63.14..........................  Incorporations by Reference.............  Yes.
Sec. 63.15..........................  Availability of Information and           Yes.
                                         Confidentiality.
Sec. 63.16..........................  Performance Track Provisions............  No.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


[[Page 531]]



Subpart BBBBBBB_National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants 
            for Area Sources: Chemical Preparations Industry

    Source: 74 FR 69208, Dec. 30, 2009, unless otherwise noted.

                   Applicability and Compliance Dates



Sec. 63.11579  Am I subject to this subpart?

    (a) You are subject to this subpart if you meet all of the following 
conditions:
    (1) You own or operate a chemical preparations facility (as defined 
in Sec. 63.11588, ``What definitions apply to this subpart?''),
    (2) The chemical preparations facility is a stationary area source 
of hazardous air pollutants (HAP) (as defined in Sec. 63.2), and
    (3) The chemical preparations facility has at least one chemical 
preparations operation in target HAP service (as defined in Sec. 
63.11588, ``What definitions apply to this subpart?'').
    (b) The affected source is all chemical preparations operations (as 
defined in Sec. 63.11588, ``What definitions apply to this subpart?'') 
located at a facility that meets the criteria specified in paragraph (a) 
of this section.
    (1) An affected source is existing if you commenced construction, as 
defined in Sec. 63.2, of the affected source before August 5, 2009.
    (2) An affected source is new if you commenced construction or 
reconstruction, as defined in Sec. 63.2, of the affected source on or 
after August 5, 2009.
    (c) On and after December 30, 2009, if your chemical preparations 
operation becomes a major source, as defined in Sec. 63.2, you must 
continue to meet the requirements of this subpart in addition to any 
maximum achievable control technology standards which may apply at that 
time.
    (d) This subpart does not apply to research and development 
facilities, as defined in section 112(c)(7) of the Clean Air Act.
    (e) You are exempt from the obligation to obtain a permit under 40 
CFR part 70 or 40 CFR part 71, provided you are not otherwise required 
by law to obtain a permit under 40 CFR 70.3(a) or 40 CFR 71.3(a). 
Notwithstanding the previous sentence, you must continuously comply with 
the provisions of this subpart.
    (f) You are exempt from the requirements specified in this subpart 
if the chemical preparations operations at your facility are subject to 
the requirements specified in subpart VVVVVV or subpart CCCCCCC of this 
part.



Sec. 63.11580  What are my compliance dates?

    (a) If you own or operate an existing affected source, you must 
achieve compliance with the applicable provisions in this subpart no 
later than December 30, 2010.
    (b) If you start up a new affected source on or before December 30, 
2009, you must achieve compliance with this subpart no later than 
December 30, 2009.
    (c) If you start up a new affected source after December 30, 2009, 
you must achieve compliance with this subpart upon startup of your 
affected source.

                  Standards and Compliance Requirements



Sec. 63.11581  What are my standards?

    You must meet one of the requirements in paragraph (a) or (b) of 
this section that apply to you. These standards apply at all times.
    (a) You must meet one of the emission standards in Table 1 of this 
subpart and the management practices in Sec. 63.11584(a) through (c) of 
this subpart, or
    (b) You must demonstrate that the particulate matter concentration 
of each of the process vent streams from equipment in target HAP service 
within a chemical preparation operation will not exceed 0.03 gr/dscf and 
meet the management practices in Sec. 63.11584(d).



Sec. 63.11582  What are my compliance requirements?

    (a) You must demonstrate initial compliance with the emission 
reduction or 0.03 gr/dscf particulate matter

[[Page 532]]

(PM) concentration requirements specified in Table 1 of this subpart as 
follows:
    (1) Using the methods specified in Table 2 of this subpart, or
    (2) For existing sources only, using the results of an emissions 
test conducted in the past 5 years, provided the test meets the 
following requirements.
    (i) The test was conducted under conditions that represent normal 
operation.
    (ii) The test was performed using the methods specified in Table 3 
of this subpart.
    (iii) The test was conducted with a minimum of three separate test 
runs, as specified in Sec. 63.7(e)(3).
    (b) If you choose to demonstrate compliance with the emission 
reduction or 0.03 gr/dscf PM concentration requirements in Table 1 of 
this subpart by conducting an emissions test, you must follow the 
requirements specified in paragraphs (b)(1) through (b)(4) of this 
section and include the results in your Notification of Compliance 
Status Report (NOCSR) in accordance with Sec. 63.11585(b)(3).
    (1) You must conduct the tests under conditions that represent 
normal operation.
    (2) You must perform the test using the methods specified in Table 3 
of this subpart.
    (3) You must conduct a minimum of three separate test runs for each 
performance test required in this section, as specified in Sec. 
63.7(e)(3).
    (4) You must use the following equation to demonstrate compliance 
with the emission reduction requirements specified in Table 1 of this 
subpart:

RE = [1 - (Ci - Co)/Ci]*100

Where:

RE = PM removal efficiency, percent.
Ci = Concentration of PM at inlet of control device, gr/dscf.
Co = Concentration of PM at outlet of control device, gr/dscf.

    (c) If you choose to demonstrate compliance with the emission 
reduction or 0.03 gr/dscf PM concentration requirements specified in 
Table 1 of this subpart by providing control device manufacturer's 
performance guarantee information, then you must include the following 
information in your NOCSR (in accordance with Sec. 63.11585(b)(3)).
    (1) Control device make, model, and installation date.
    (2) Performance guarantee certificate provided by the control device 
manufacturer.
    (3) If a filter is used to control PM, performance guarantee 
information for the fabric or fiber filters used in the control device.
    (d) If you choose to demonstrate compliance with the emission 
reduction or 0.03 gr/dscf PM concentration requirements specified in 
Table 1 of this subpart by providing engineering calculations, then the 
calculations and supporting documentation must contain the items 
specified in paragraphs (d)(1) through (d)(5) of this section. These 
calculations and supporting documentation must be included in your NOCSR 
(in accordance with Sec. 63.11585(b)(3)).
    (1) Calculations and supporting documentation, such as delivery 
receipts, production logs and raw material safety data sheets that 
quantify the amount of raw materials used in the manufacture of chemical 
preparations (as defined in Sec. 63.11588) in the prior calendar year.
    (2) Calculations and supporting documentation, such as sales 
receipts, production logs and product material safety data sheets (MSDS) 
for chemical preparations (as defined in Sec. 63.11588) products that 
quantify the amount of products produced by the chemical preparations 
operations in the prior calendar year.
    (3) Calculations and supporting documentation of raw material losses 
to the atmosphere from the chemical preparations operations. This 
quantity (Qi in the equations in paragraph (5) of this section) is the 
amount of target HAP-containing PM in the uncontrolled air emissions 
from the chemical preparations operation, and does not include 
quantified and documented losses to solid or liquid waste streams, or 
material that is recycled back into the chemical preparations operation.
    (4) Calculation and supporting documentation of quantities of target 
HAP-containing PM captured by the vent collection system and PM control 
device for the calendar year prior to the compliance date (Qo in the 
equations in paragraph (5) of this section).

[[Page 533]]

    (5) Use one of the following calculation methods to demonstrate 
compliance with the requirements specified in Table 1 of this subpart:
    (i) For emission reduction, use the results of the calculations from 
paragraphs (d)(3) and (d)(4) of this section in the following equation:

RE = [1 - (Qi - Qo)/Qi]*100

Where:

RE = Annual average PM removal efficiency, percent.
Qi = Annual amount of PM in uncontrolled emissions, pounds per year.
Qo = Annual amount of PM captured by control device, pounds per year.

    (ii) For the 0.03 gr/dscf PM concentration, use the results of 
calculations from paragraphs (d)(3) and (d)(4) of this section in the 
following equation:

PC = [Qi - Qo]*7000/DCFM*MPY

Where:

PC = Annual average PM concentration, grains per dry standard cubic foot 
          (gr/dscf).
Qi = Annual amount of PM in uncontrolled emissions, pounds per year.
Qo = Annual amount of PM captured by control device, pounds per year. 
          (Qo is equal to zero if the process vent stream is not routed 
          to a control device.)
DCFM = Process vent stream flowrate, dscf per minute (dscfm).
MPY = Minutes per year equipment are in target HAP service.

    (e) If you are certifying that the particulate matter concentration 
of each of the process vent streams from equipment in target HAP service 
within a chemical preparation operation will not exceed 0.03 gr/dscf, 
then you must:
    (1) Include the following information in your NOCSR (in accordance 
with Sec. 63.11585(b)(6)).
    (i) A certification statement by the responsible official that 
certifies that the particulate matter concentration of each of the 
process vent streams from equipment in target HAP service within a 
chemical preparation operation will not exceed 0.03 gr/dscf. The 
statement shall contain that official's name, title, and signature, 
certifying the truth, accuracy, and completeness of the certification 
statement.
    (ii) Engineering calculations and supporting documentation 
containing:
    (A) The annual raw material losses to the atmosphere from paragraph 
(d)(3) of this section; and
    (B) The calculation of the PM concentration of process vent streams 
from equipment in target HAP service from paragraph (d)(5)(ii) of this 
section, using zero for the parameter Qo since there is no control 
device, given in gr/dscf.
    (2) For each subsequent calendar quarter (i.e., three months), 
maintain the following records to ensure that your certification 
statement is valid on a continual basis:
    (A) The quarterly raw material losses to the atmosphere from 
paragraph (d)(3) of this section; and
    (B) The calculation of the PM concentration of process vent streams 
from equipment in target HAP service from paragraph (d)(5)(ii) of this 
section, but on a quarterly basis instead of an annual basis, given in 
gr/dscf. Use zero for the parameter Qo since there is no control device.



Sec. 63.11583  What are my monitoring requirements?

    To demonstrate continuous compliance with the emissions standard in 
Table 1, you must use one of the monitoring methods described in 
paragraphs (a), (b) or (c) of this section while equipment within a 
chemical preparation operation are in target HAP service:
    (a) Operate a bag leak detection system with alarm that will alert 
operators of a leak in the control device filter material. If a bag leak 
detection system with alarm is used to demonstrate compliance, then the 
following steps must be performed:
    (1) You must install, calibrate, operate, and maintain each bag leak 
detection system and alarm according to manufacturer's specifications, 
and as specified in paragraph (a)(2) of this section.
    (2) The bag leak detection system and alarm must be maintained and 
operated in a manner consistent with good air pollution control 
practices at all times.
    (b) Operate a control device parameter (such as pressure drop or 
water flow, as appropriate) monitor and alarm system that will alert 
operators

[[Page 534]]

that the control device is operating outside the upper or lower 
threshold or range established by the control device manufacturer that 
indicate proper operation of the control device to meet the emissions 
reduction or PM concentration requirements.
    (1) You must install, calibrate, operate, and maintain each control 
device parameter monitor and alarm system according to manufacturer's 
specifications, and as specified in paragraph (b)(2) of this section.
    (2) The control device parameter monitor and alarm system must be 
maintained and operated in a manner consistent with good air pollution 
control practices at all times.
    (c) Operate a continuous parameter monitoring system (CPMS) to 
monitor control device operation. If a CPMS is used to demonstrate 
compliance, then the following steps must be performed:
    (1) Establish and maintain site-specific control device parameter 
values that indicate proper operation of the control device to meet the 
emissions reduction or PM concentration requirements.
    (2) You must operate the continuous parameter monitoring system 
(CPMS) during all periods when the process equipment is in target HAP 
service and use all the data collected during these periods in assessing 
the operation of the process vent collection system and control device.
    (d) You must install, calibrate, operate, and maintain each control 
device CPMS according to manufacturer's specifications, and as specified 
in paragraphs (d)(1) through (d)(5) of this section.
    (1) The CPMS must be maintained and operated in a manner consistent 
with good air pollution control practices at all times.
    (2) The CPMS must complete a minimum of one cycle of operation for 
each successive 15-minute period.
    (3) To determine the 24-hour rolling average for the monitored 
parameter(s), you must:
    (i) Have data from at least three of four equally spaced data values 
for that hour from a CPMS, except as stated in paragraph (c)(2) of this 
section.
    (ii) Determine each successive 24-hour rolling average from all 
recorded readings for each 24-hour period, except as stated in paragraph 
(c)(2) of this section.
    (4) For averaging periods of monitoring data from production in 
target HAP service less than 24 hours, you must:
    (i) Have valid data from at least three of four equally spaced data 
values for each hour from a CPMS that is not out-of-control according to 
your manufacturer's recommendations.
    (ii) Determine the average from all recorded readings for the 
production period, except as stated in Sec. 63.11583(c)(2).
    (5) You must record the results of each calibration and validation 
check of the CPMS.
    (e) For each pressure measurement device, you must meet the 
requirements of paragraph (b) or (c) of this section, as applicable, and 
the following:
    (1) Locate the pressure sensor(s) in, or as close as possible to, a 
position that provides a representative measurement of the pressure.
    (2) Use a gauge with a minimum measurement sensitivity of 0.12 
kiloPascals or a transducer with a minimum measurement sensitivity of 5 
percent of the pressure range.
    (3) Check pressure tap for plugging daily. Perform an accuracy check 
at least quarterly or following an operating parameter deviation:
    (i) According to the manufacturer's procedures; or
    (ii) By comparing the sensor output to redundant sensor output.
    (4) Conduct calibration checks any time the sensor exceeds the 
manufacturer's specified maximum operating pressure range or install a 
new pressure sensor.
    (5) At least monthly or following an operating parameter deviation, 
perform a leak check of all components for integrity, all electrical 
connections for continuity, and all mechanical connections for leakage, 
if redundant sensors are not used.
    (6) You must record the results of the plugging, accuracy and 
calibration checks specified in paragraphs (e)(3) through (e)(5) of this 
section in accordance with Sec. 63.11585.

[[Page 535]]

    (f) For each monitoring system required in this section, you must 
develop and make available for inspection by the delegated authority, 
upon request, a site-specific monitoring plan that addresses the 
following:
    (1) Selection and justification of the monitored parameter that 
indicates proper operation of the control device to meet the emissions 
limitation, if the parameter measured is something other than pressure 
drop.
    (2) Installation of the bag leak detector, parameter monitoring 
device, or CPMS at a measurement location relative to each affected 
process unit such that the measurement is representative of control of 
PM emissions (e.g., on the last control device);
    (3) Performance and equipment specifications for the parametric 
signal analyzer, alarm, and the data collection and reduction system, as 
appropriate; and
    (4) Performance evaluation procedures and acceptance criteria 
according to the manufacturer (e.g., calibrations).
    (5) Ongoing operation and maintenance procedures in accordance with 
the manufacturer's recommendations or the general requirements of Sec. 
63.8(c)(1) and (c)(3);
    (6) Ongoing data quality assurance procedures in accordance with the 
manufacturer's recommendations; and
    (7) Ongoing recordkeeping and reporting procedures in accordance 
with the general requirements of Sec. 63.10(c), (e)(1), and (e)(2)(i) 
and the requirements of Sec. 63.11585.
    (g) You must conduct a performance evaluation of each bag leak 
detection system, control device parameter monitor and alarm system, or 
CPMS in accordance with your site-specific monitoring plan.
    (h) You must operate and maintain each bag leak detection system, 
control device parameter monitor and alarm system, or CPMS in continuous 
operation, and collect parametric data at all times that emissions are 
routed to the monitored control device.



Sec. 63.11584  What are my initial and continuous compliance
management practice requirements?

    (a) For each new and existing affected source, you must demonstrate 
initial compliance by conducting the inspection activities in paragraph 
(a)(1) of this section and demonstrate ongoing compliance by conducting 
the inspection activities in paragraph (a)(2) of this section.
    (1) Initial vent collection system and particulate control device 
inspections. You must conduct an initial inspection of each vent 
collection system and particulate control device according to the 
requirements in paragraphs (a)(1)(i) through (iv) of this section. You 
must record the results of each inspection according to paragraph (b) of 
this section and perform corrective action where necessary. You must 
conduct each inspection no later than 180 days after your applicable 
compliance date for each control device which has been operated within 
180 days following the compliance date. For a control device which has 
not been installed or operated within 180 days following the compliance 
date, you must conduct an initial inspection prior to startup of the 
control device.
    (i) For each wet particulate control system, you must verify the 
presence of water flow to the control equipment. You must also visually 
inspect the vent collection system ductwork and control equipment for 
leaks (as defined in Sec. 63.11588, ``What definitions apply to this 
subpart?'') and inspect the interior of the control equipment (if 
applicable) for structural integrity and the condition of the control 
system.
    (ii) For each dry particulate control system, you must visually 
inspect the vent collection system ductwork and dry particulate control 
unit for leaks (as defined in Sec. 63.11588, ``What definitions apply 
to this subpart?''). You must also inspect the inside of each dry 
particulate control unit for structural integrity and condition.
    (iii) An initial inspection of the internal components of a wet or 
dry particulate control system is not required if there is a record that 
an inspection has been performed within the past 12 months and any 
maintenance actions have been resolved.

[[Page 536]]

    (iv) An initial inspection of ductwork that is unsafe or difficult 
to inspect is not required.
    (2) Ongoing vent collection system and particulate control device 
inspections. Following the initial inspections, you must perform 
periodic inspections of each vent collection system and PM control 
device according to the requirements in paragraphs (a)(2)(i) or (ii) of 
this section. You must record the results of each inspection according 
to paragraph (b) of this section and perform corrective action where 
necessary.
    (i) You must inspect and maintain each wet control system according 
to the requirements in paragraphs (a)(2)(i)(A) through (D) of this 
section.
    (A) You must conduct a daily inspection to verify the presence of 
water flow to the wet particulate control system.
    (B) You must conduct monthly visual inspections of the vent 
collection system ductwork and wet particulate control equipment for 
leaks (as defined in Sec. 63.11588, ``What definitions apply to this 
subpart?'').
    (C) You must conduct inspections of the interior of the wet control 
system (if applicable) to determine the structural integrity and 
condition of the control equipment every 12 months.
    (D) You are required to inspect ductwork that is unsafe or difficult 
to inspect only during periods when it is safe or physically possible to 
do so.
    (ii) You must inspect and maintain each dry particulate control unit 
according to the requirements in paragraphs (a)(2)(ii)(A) through (C) of 
this section.
    (A) You must conduct monthly visual inspections of the vent 
collection system ductwork for leaks (as defined in Sec. 63.11588, 
``What definitions apply to this subpart?'').
    (B) You must conduct inspections of the interior of the dry 
particulate control unit for structural integrity and to determine the 
condition of the fabric filter (if applicable) every 12 months.
    (C) You are required to inspect ductwork that is unsafe or difficult 
to inspect only during periods when it is safe or physically possible to 
do so.
    (b) You must record the information specified in paragraphs (b)(1) 
through (6) of this section for each inspection activity.
    (1) The date, place, and time;
    (2) Person conducting the activity;
    (3) Method of inspection;
    (4) Operating conditions during the activity;
    (5) Results; and
    (6) Description of any correction actions taken.
    (c) At all times the owner or operator must operate and maintain any 
affected source, including associated air pollution control equipment 
and monitoring equipment, in a manner consistent with safety and good 
air pollution control practices for minimizing emissions. The general 
duty to minimize emissions does not require the owner or operator to 
make any further efforts to reduce emissions if levels required by this 
standard have been achieved. Determination of whether such operation and 
maintenance procedures are being used will be based on information 
available to the Administrator which may include, but is not limited to, 
monitoring results, review of operation and maintenance procedures, 
review of operation and maintenance records, and inspection of the 
source.
    (d) If you have provided certification that each process vent stream 
from equipment in target HAP service will not contain a PM concentration 
greater than 0.03 gr/dscf, the management practice requirements are as 
follows:
    (1) You must conduct an initial visual inspection of the vent 
collection system ductwork for leaks (as defined in Sec. 63.11588, 
``What definitions apply to this subpart?'').
    (2) You must conduct monthly visual inspections of the vent 
collection system ductwork for leaks (as defined in Sec. 63.11588, 
``What definitions apply to this subpart?'').
    (3) You are required to inspect ductwork that is unsafe or difficult 
to inspect only during periods when it is safe or physically possible to 
do so.
    (4) You must record the information specified in paragraphs 
(d)(4)(i) through (iv) of this section for each inspection.
    (i) The date, place, and time;
    (ii) Person conducting the activity;
    (iii) Results; and

[[Page 537]]

    (iv) Description of any correction actions taken.



Sec. 63.11585  What are my notification, recordkeeping, and reporting
requirements?

    (a) What General Provision notification, recordkeeping and reporting 
requirements must I meet? You must meet the requirements of 40 CFR part 
63 subpart A according to Table 6.
    (b) What notifications must I submit and when?
    (1) Initial Notification of Applicability. If you own or operate an 
existing affected source, you must submit an initial notification of 
applicability as required by Sec. 63.9(b)(2) no later than April 29, 
2010. If you own or operate a new affected source, you must submit an 
initial notification of applicability required by Sec. 63.9(b)(2) no 
later than 120 days after initial start-up of operation or April 29, 
2010, whichever is later. The initial notification of applicability must 
include the information specified in Sec. 63.9(b)(2)(i) through (iii).
    (2) Notification of Intent to conduct a Performance Test. If you 
elect to conduct a performance test, you must submit a notification of 
intent to conduct a performance test at least 60 calendar days before 
the performance test is scheduled to begin, as required in Sec. 
63.7(b)(1).
    (3) Notification of Compliance Status Report (NOCSR). You must 
submit a NOCSR according to Sec. 63.9(h)(2)(ii). You must submit the 
NOCSR, including the performance test results, if applicable, before the 
close of business on the 60th calendar day following the applicable 
compliance date specified in Sec. 63.11580 or completion of the 
performance test, whichever is sooner. The NOCSR must include the 
information in Sec. 63.9(h)(2)(i)(A) through (G) necessary to 
demonstrate compliance with the emission standard as of the applicable 
compliance date.
    (4) If you have an existing source and are using data from a 
previously conducted performance test to serve as documentation of 
compliance with the emission reduction or 0.03 gr/dscf PM concentration 
requirements of this subpart, you must submit the test data in lieu of 
the initial performance test results with the NOCSR required under 
paragraph (b)(3) of this section.
    (5) You must provide the results of the initial management practices 
required by Sec. 63.11584(a)(1) and (d)(1).
    (6) If you are providing certification that the particulate matter 
concentration of each of the process vent streams from equipment in 
target HAP service within a chemical preparation operation will not 
exceed 0.03 gr/dscf, you must submit this certification in the NOCSR 
required in paragraph (b)(3) of this section. You must submit the 
certification statement, including the supporting calculations or 
performance test results, if applicable. The certification statement and 
supporting documentation must include the information in Sec. 
63.11582(e)(1) necessary to demonstrate compliance with the emission 
standard as of the compliance date.
    (c) What reports must I submit and when?
    (1) You must submit compliance reports as specified in Table 5 of 
this subpart that applies to you.
    (2) Unless the Administrator has approved a different schedule for 
submission of reports under Sec. 63.10(a), you must submit each 
compliance report specified in Table 5 of this subpart according to the 
following dates:
    (i) If deviations occur, then:
    (A) The first compliance report must cover the period beginning on 
the compliance date that is specified for your affected source in Sec. 
63.11580 and ending on June 30 or December 31, whichever date is the 
first date following the end of the first calendar half after the 
compliance date that is specified for your source in Sec. 63.11580 
(i.e., December 31 for a source that is existing with a compliance date 
of December 30, 2010).
    (B) The first compliance report must be postmarked or delivered no 
later than July 31 or January 31, whichever date follows the end of the 
first calendar half after the compliance date that is specified for your 
affected source in Sec. 63.11580 (i.e., January 31 for a source that is 
existing with a compliance date of December 30, 2010).
    (C) Each subsequent compliance report for a period in which 
deviations occur must cover the semiannual reporting period from January 
1 through June 30 or the semiannual reporting

[[Page 538]]

period from July 1 through December 31.
    (D) Each subsequent compliance report for a period in which 
deviations occur must be postmarked or delivered no later than July 31 
or January 31, whichever date is the first date following the end of the 
semiannual reporting period.
    (ii) If no deviations occur, then:
    (A) The first compliance report must cover the period beginning on 
the compliance date that is specified for your affected source in Sec. 
63.11580 and ending on December 31 following the end of the first 
calendar year after the compliance date that is specified for your 
source in Sec. 63.11580.
    (B) The first compliance report must be postmarked or delivered no 
later than January 31 following the end of the first calendar year after 
the compliance date that is specified for your affected source in Sec. 
63.11580.
    (C) Each subsequent compliance report for a period in which 
deviations occur must cover the annual reporting period from January 1 
through December 31.
    (D) Each subsequent compliance report for a period in which no 
deviations occur must be postmarked or delivered no later than January 
31 immediately following the previous calendar year.
    (3) The compliance report must contain the following information:
    (i) Company name and address.
    (ii) Statement by a responsible official with that official's name, 
title, and signature, certifying the truth, accuracy, and completeness 
of the content of the report.
    (iii) Date of report and beginning and ending dates of the reporting 
period.
    (iv) If there are no deviations from the emission reduction or 0.03 
gr/dscf PM concentration requirements as specified in Table 1, a 
statement that there were no deviations from the emission reduction or 
0.03 gr/dscf PM concentration requirements during the reporting period.
    (v) If there were no periods during which the CPMS (if a CPMS is 
used to demonstrate compliance) was out-of-control as defined by the 
manufacturer's recommendations, a statement that there were no periods 
during which the CPMS was out-of-control during the reporting period.
    (vi) A description of any changes in monitoring systems or CPMS, 
processes (including changes that establish the basis for certification 
that the PM concentration from process vents will not exceed 0.03 gr/
dscf or the addition of new processes), or controls since the last 
reporting period or for the first compliance report, since the 
notification of compliance status report.
    (4) For each deviation, as applicable and as defined in Sec. 
63.11588, you must include the information in paragraphs (c)(3)(i) 
through (c)(3)(iii) of this section, and the information in paragraphs 
(c)(4)(i) through (4)(ix) of this section that apply to you.
    (i) The date and time that each deviation started and stopped.
    (ii) The date and time that each bag leak detector, parameter 
monitor, or CPMS was inoperative, except for zero (low-level) and high-
level checks.
    (iii) If a CPMS is used, the date, time and duration that each CPMS 
was out-of-control.
    (iv) A summary of the total duration of the deviation during the 
reporting period and the total duration as a percent of the total source 
operating time during that reporting period.
    (v) A list of reasons for the deviations during the reporting 
period.
    (vi) If a CPMS is used, a summary of the total duration of CPMS 
downtime during the reporting period and the total duration of CPMS 
downtime as a percent of the total source operating time during that 
reporting period.
    (vii) A brief description of the process units.
    (viii) A brief description of the bag leak detector, parameter 
monitor, or CPMS.
    (ix) If a CPMS is used, the date of the latest CPMS certification or 
audit.
    (5) If acceptable to both the Administrator and you, you may submit 
reports and notifications electronically.
    (d) What records must I maintain?
    (1) You must maintain the following records:
    (i) A copy of each notification and report that you submitted to 
comply with this subpart, including all documentation supporting any 
Initial Notification of Applicability or NOCSR

[[Page 539]]

that you submitted, according to the requirements in Sec. 
63.10(b)(2)(xiv).
    (ii) Records identifying periods when the chemical preparations 
operation is in target HAP service using:
    (A) Production records showing the dates and times the chemical 
preparations operation is processing target HAP-containing materials; 
and
    (B) Material safety data sheets (MSDS) of target HAP-containing 
materials being processed.
    (iii) Records of performance tests and performance evaluations as 
required in Sec. 63.10(b)(2)(viii).
    (iv) Records of CPMS (if a CPMS is used to demonstrate compliance) 
calibration checks and adjustments and maintenance performed on CPMS as 
required by Sec. 63.10(b)(2)(x) and (xi).
    (v) Records of CPMS as required by Sec. 63.10(c) and Sec. 
63.11583(d)(5).
    (vi) Records of all inspections as required by Sec. 63.11584(b) and 
pressure measurement device checks (if applicable) as required by Sec. 
63.11583(e)(6).
    (vii) Records of the site-specific monitoring plan developed 
according to Sec. 63.11583(f).
    (viii) Records of particulate control device manufacturing 
specifications and recommendations.
    (2) You must maintain the records specified in paragraph (d)(1) of 
this section in accordance with paragraphs (d)(2)(i) through (d)(2)(iii) 
of this section.
    (i) Your records must be in a form suitable and readily available 
for expeditious review, according to Sec. 63.10(b)(1).
    (ii) As specified in Sec. 63.10(b)(1), you must keep each record 
for 5 years following the date of each recorded action.
    (iii) You must keep each record onsite for at least 2 years after 
the date of each recorded action according to Sec. 63.10(b)(1). You may 
keep the records offsite for the remaining 3 years.
    (3) If you are providing certification that the particulate matter 
concentration of each of the process vent streams from equipment in 
target HAP service within a chemical preparation operation will not 
exceed 0.03 gr/dscf, you must maintain the following records according 
to paragraphs (d)(2)(i) through (d)(2)(iii) of this section:
    (i) Records of the initial certification statement and supporting 
documentation specified in paragraph (b)(6) of this section.
    (ii) Records of ductwork inspections specified in Sec. 
63.11584(d)(4).
    (iii) Records of the quarterly raw material losses to the atmosphere 
and process vent stream PM concentration calculations specified in Sec. 
63.11582(e)(2).

                   Other Requirements and Information



Sec. 63.11586  Who implements and enforces this subpart?

    (a) This subpart can be implemented and enforced by the U.S. 
Environmental Protection Agency (U.S. EPA) or a delegated authority such 
as your State, local, or Tribal agency. If the U.S. EPA Administrator 
has delegated authority to your State, local, or Tribal agency, then 
that agency (the delegated authority), in addition to the U.S. EPA, has 
the authority to implement and enforce this subpart. You should contact 
your U.S. EPA Regional Office to find out if implementation and 
enforcement of this subpart has been delegated.
    (b) In delegating implementation and enforcement authority of this 
subpart to a State, local, or Tribal agency under 40 CFR part 63, 
subpart E, the following authorities are retained by the Administrator 
of U.S. EPA:
    (1) Approval of alternatives to the requirements in Sec. Sec. 
63.11579, 63.11580, 63.11581, 63.11582, 63.11583, and 63.11584.
    (2) Approval of major changes to test methods under Sec. 
63.7(e)(2)(ii) and (f) and as defined in Sec. 63.90.
    (3) Approval of major changes to monitoring under Sec. 63.8(f) and 
as defined in Sec. 63.90.
    (4) Approval of major changes to recordkeeping and reporting under 
Sec. 63.10(f) and as defined in Sec. 63.90.



Sec. 63.11587  What General Provisions sections apply to this subpart?

    You must comply with the requirements of the General Provisions (40 
CFR part 63, subpart A) according to Table 6 of this subpart.

[[Page 540]]



Sec. 63.11588  What definitions apply to this subpart?

    Chemical preparation means a target HAP-containing product, or 
intermediate used in the manufacture of other products, manufactured in 
a process operation described by the NAICS code 325998 if the operation 
manufactures target HAP-containing products or intermediates other than 
indelible ink, India ink, writing ink, and stamp pad ink. Indelible ink, 
India ink, writing ink, and stamp pad ink manufacturing operations are 
subject to regulation by the paints and allied products area source rule 
(40 CFR part 63, subpart CCCCCCC).
    Chemical preparations facility means any facility-wide collection of 
chemical preparation operations.
    Chemical preparations operation means the collection of mixing, 
blending, milling, and extruding equipment used to manufacture chemical 
preparations. A chemical preparation operation may include all, or only 
some, of the equipment listed above, depending on the chemical 
preparation being manufactured. Mixing and blending equipment may be 
used to process either wet or dry materials, or a combination of wet and 
dry materials. Milling equipment includes, but is not limited to, 
various types of rolling mills, rotary mills, and grinders. Extruding 
equipment, for the purposes of this subpart, includes direct and 
indirect extruders, spray driers, and prilling towers.
    Deviation means any instance in which an affected source subject to 
this subpart, or an owner or operator of such a source:
    (1) Fails to meet any requirement or management practice established 
by this subpart;
    (2) Fails to meet any term or condition that is adopted to implement 
a requirement in this subpart and that is included in the operating 
permit for any affected source required to obtain such a permit; or
    (3) Fails to meet any emissions limit.
    In target HAP service means that equipment in the chemical 
preparation operation either contains, contacts, or is processing target 
HAP-containing materials.
    Leak means a break in the integrity of the vent collection or 
control device system (i.e., in the duct work, piping, etc.) such that 
visual particulate emissions, liquids or residue form outside the vent 
collection system or control device.
    Process vent stream means a gas stream from any equipment in target 
HAP service at the point where that gas stream is discharged from a vent 
collection system to the atmosphere, or inlet of a control device, if 
any.
    Research and development equipment means any equipment whose primary 
purpose is to conduct research and development to develop new processes 
and products, where such equipment is operated under the close 
supervision of technically trained personnel and is not engaged in the 
manufacture of products for commercial sale in commerce, except in a de 
minimis manner.
    Responsible official means one of the following:
    (1) For a corporation: A president, secretary, treasurer, or vice 
president of the corporation in charge of a principal business function, 
or any other person who performs similar policy or decision-making 
functions for the corporation, or a duly authorized representative of 
such person if the representative is responsible for the overall 
operation of one or more chemical preparations facilities;
    (2) For a partnership: A general partner;
    (3) For a sole proprietorship: The owner; or
    (4) For a municipality, State, Federal, or other public agency: 
Either a principal executive officer or ranking official.
    Target HAP means metal compounds for chromium, lead, manganese, and 
nickel.
    Target HAP-containing means raw materials, intermediates, or 
products that contain one or more target HAP. Any material that contains 
compounds of chromium (VI), lead, or nickel in amounts greater than or 
equal to 0.1 percent by weight (as the metal), or manganese or chromium 
(III) compounds in amounts greater than or equal to 1.0 percent by 
weight (as the metal) is considered to be target HAP-containing. Target 
HAP content is shown in the formulation data provided by the 
manufacturer or supplier, such

[[Page 541]]

as the Material Safety Data Sheet for the material.
    Unsafe or difficult to inspect means the equipment cannot be 
inspected without elevating the inspection personnel more than two 
meters above a support surface or it is not accessible at anytime in a 
safe manner.
    Vent collection system means hoods, enclosures, ductwork and fans 
utilized to remove particulate emissions from chemical preparations 
operations work areas.



 Sec. Table 1 to Subpart BBBBBBB of Part 63--Emission Reduction and PM 
                       Concentration Requirements

------------------------------------------------------------------------
       For each * * *            You must * * *          Using * * *
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Process Vent Stream from   Route the process     Vent collection
 equipment in target HAP       vent stream to a PM   system and PM
 service.                      control device        control device,
                               with:                 such as a wet
                              a. A PM percent        scrubber or fabric
                               reduction             filter, that are
                               efficiency of 95      maintained and
                               percent (98 percent   operated per
                               for new sources),     manufacturer's
                               or.                   recommendations.
                              b. An outlet
                               concentration of
                               0.03 gr/dscf or
                               less.
------------------------------------------------------------------------



     Sec. Table 2 to Subpart BBBBBBB of Part 63--Initial Compliance 
 Demonstration Methods With the Emission Reduction and PM Concentration 
                              Requirements

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                        You must demonstrate initial
     If you are demonstrating        compliance by one of the following
     compliance with the * * *                  methods * * *
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Requirement to route all         a. Perform a PM emissions test using
 process vent streams from           the methods listed in Table 3 to
 equipment in target HAP service     this subpart; or
 to a PM control device with a PM   b. Provide performance guarantee
 percent reduction efficiency of     information from the control device
 95 percent (98 percent for new      manufacturer that certifies the
 sources) or an outlet               device is capable of reducing PM
 concentration of 0.03 gr/dscf or    concentrations by 95 percent (98
 less..                              percent for new sources) or
                                     achieves an outlet concentration of
                                     0.03 gr/dscf or less; or
                                    c. Provide engineering calculations,
                                     such as mass balance and flow rate
                                     calculations, that demonstrate that
                                     the control device is capable of
                                     reducing PM concentration from the
                                     chemical preparations operation
                                     process vent streams by 95 percent
                                     (98 percent for new sources) or
                                     achieving an outlet concentration
                                     of 0.03 gr/dscf or less.
2. Certification that all process   a. Perform a PM emissions test using
 vent streams from equipment in      the methods listed in Table 3 to
 target HAP service will not         this subpart; or
 contain a PM concentration         b. Provide engineering calculations,
 greater than 0.03 gr/dscf.          such as mass balance and flow rate
                                     calculations, that demonstrate that
                                     the PM concentration from the
                                     chemical preparations operation
                                     process vent streams will not be
                                     greater than 0.03 gr/dscf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------



        Sec. Table 3 to Subpart BBBBBBB of Part 63--Test Methods

------------------------------------------------------------------------
             For * * *                       You must use * * *
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Selecting the sampling           EPA test method 1 or 1A in appendix
 locations \a\ and the number of     A to part 60.
 traverse points.
2. Determining the velocity and     EPA test method 2, 2A, 2C, 2D, 2F,
 volumetric flow rate.               or 2G, as appropriate, in appendix
                                     A to part 60.
3. Determining the gas molecular    EPA test method 3, 3A, 3B, as
 weight used for flow rate           appropriate, in appendix A to part
 determination.                      60.
4. Measuring the moisture content   EPA test method 4 in appendix A to
 of the stack gas.                   part 60.
5. Measuring the PM emissions.....  EPA test method 5 in appendix A to
                                     part 60.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\a\ The sampling locations must be located at the outlet of the process
  equipment (or control device, if applicable), prior to any releases to
  the atmosphere.


[[Page 542]]



   Sec. Table 4 to Subpart BBBBBBB of Part 63--Continuous Compliance 
 Demonstration Methods With the Emission Reduction and PM Concentration 
                              Requirements

------------------------------------------------------------------------
     If you are demonstrating          You must demonstrate continuous
     compliance with the * * *               compliance by * * *
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Requirement to route all         Using one of the following
 process vent streams from           monitoring methods:
 equipment in target HAP service    a. A bag leak detector and alarm
 to a PM control device with a PM    system, that notifies operators
 percent reduction efficiency of     when a leak in the filter media is
 95 percent (98 percent for new      detected.
 sources) or an outlet              b. A control device parameter
 concentration of 0.03 gr/dscf or    monitor and alarm system, that
 less.                               notifies operators when the control
                                     device is operating outside of the
                                     upper or lower thresholds
                                     established by the control device
                                     manufacturer. Monitored parameters
                                     may include electricity supply to
                                     vent collection system fans,
                                     pressure drop across the control
                                     device, or scrubber liquor flow to
                                     the control device, as appropriate
                                     to the particulate matter control
                                     device being used.
                                    c. A CPMS, and maintaining records
                                     of data verifying that the vent
                                     collection system and control
                                     device were operated within the
                                     range of parameters established to
                                     comply with the emission reduction
                                     or 0.03 gr/dscf PM concentration
                                     requirements (i.e., according to
                                     manufacturer's recommendations or
                                     at the conditions used during the
                                     most recent performance test) while
                                     the chemical preparations operation
                                     was in target HAP service. The
                                     control device monitoring data are
                                     averaged over a 24-hour period or
                                     an overall average per batch,
                                     whichever is less, while the
                                     chemical preparations operation is
                                     in target HAP service. Monitored
                                     parameters may include electricity
                                     supply to vent collection system
                                     fans, pressure drop across the
                                     control device, or scrubber liquor
                                     flow to the control device, as
                                     appropriate to the particulate
                                     matter control device being used.
2. Certification that all process   a. Conducting monthly visual
 vent streams from equipment in      inspections of the vent collection
 target HAP service will not         system ductwork for leaks.
 contain a PM concentration
 greater than 0.03 gr/dscf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------



   Sec. Table 5 to Subpart BBBBBBB of Part 63--Reporting Requirements

------------------------------------------------------------------------
     If you are demonstrating        You must submit a compliance report
     compliance with the * * *                as follows * * *
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Requirement to route all         a. An initial notice of compliance
 process vent streams from           status report (NOCSR) as specified
 equipment in target HAP service     in Sec. 63.11585(b)(3), and then
 to a PM control device with a PM    as follows in (b) or (c) as
 percent reduction efficiency of     applicable to you:
 95 percent (98 percent for new     b. If there were no deviations
 sources) or an outlet               during the reporting period, you
 concentration of 0.03 gr/dscf or    must submit an annual report
 less.                               containing:
                                    1. A statement that there were no
                                     deviations from the requirement to
                                     route all process vent streams from
                                     equipment in target HAP service to
                                     a PM control device that achieves a
                                     PM percent reduction efficiency of
                                     95 percent (98 percent for new
                                     sources) or an outlet concentration
                                     of 0.03 gr/dscf or less during the
                                     reporting period.
                                    2. If there were no periods during
                                     which the process vent collection
                                     system and control device was not
                                     operating normally (i.e., according
                                     to manufacturer's recommendations
                                     or at the conditions used during
                                     the most recent performance test),
                                     a statement that the vent
                                     collection system and control
                                     device were operated normally at
                                     all times during the reporting
                                     period.
                                    c. If you have a deviation from the
                                     requirement to route all process
                                     vent streams from equipment in
                                     target HAP service to a PM control
                                     device that achieves a PM percent
                                     reduction efficiency of 95 percent
                                     (98 percent for new sources) or to
                                     an outlet concentration of 0.03 gr/
                                     dscf or less, or periods where the
                                     vent collection system or control
                                     device were not operated normally,
                                     then you must submit a semi-annual
                                     report for that reporting period.
                                     The report must contain the
                                     information specified in Sec.
                                     63.11585(c).
2. Certification that all process   a. An initial NOCSR as specified in
 vent streams from equipment in      Sec. 63.11585(b)(3) that contains
 target HAP service will not         the following items:
 contain a PM concentration         1. A statement certifying that all
 greater than 0.03 gr/dscf.          process vent streams from equipment
                                     in target HAP service will not
                                     contain a PM concentration greater
                                     than 0.03 gr/dscf. The statement
                                     shall contain that official's name,
                                     title, and signature, certifying
                                     the truth, accuracy, and
                                     completeness of the certification
                                     statement.
                                    2. Test results or engineering
                                     calculations that demonstrate
                                     process vent streams covered by the
                                     certification will not contain a PM
                                     concentration greater than 0.03 gr/
                                     dscf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------


[[Page 543]]



     Sec. Table 6 to Subpart BBBBBBB of Part 63--General Provisions

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                           Applies to
           Citation                     Subject          subpart BBBBBBB
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sec. 63.1...................  Applicability.........  Yes.
Sec. 63.2...................  Definitions...........  Yes.
Sec. 63.3...................  Units and               Yes.
                                 Abbreviations.
Sec. 63.4...................  Prohibited Activities.  Yes.
Sec. 63.5...................  Construction/           Yes.
                                 Reconstruction.
Sec. 63.6(a)-(d)............  Compliance with         Yes.
                                 Standards and
                                 Maintenance
                                 Requirements.
Sec. 63.6(e)(1)(i)-(ii).....  Operation and           No.
                                 Maintenance
                                 Requirements.
Sec. 63.6(e)(1)(iii)........  Operation and           Yes.
                                 Maintenance
                                 Requirements.
Sec. 63.6(e)(2).............  [Reserved]............
Sec. 63.6(e)(3).............  Startup, Shutdown, and  No. Subpart
                                 Malfunction Plan.       BBBBBBB does
                                                         not require
                                                         startup,
                                                         shutdown, and
                                                         malfunction
                                                         plans.
Sec. 63.6(f)(1).............  Compliance with Non-    No. The emission
                                 Opacity Emissions       limits apply at
                                 Standards--Applicabil   all times.
                                 ity.
Sec. 63.6(f)(2)-(3).........  Methods for             Yes.
                                 Determining
                                 Compliance and
                                 Finding of Compliance.
Sec. 63.6(g)................  Use of an Alternative   Yes.
                                 Non-Opacity Emission
                                 Standard.
Sec. 63.6(h)................  Opacity/Visible         No. Subpart
                                 Emission (VE)           BBBBBBB does
                                 Standards.              not contain
                                                         opacity or VE
                                                         standards.
Sec. 63.6(i)................  Compliance Extension..  Yes.
Sec. 63.6(j)................  Presidential            Yes.
                                 Compliance Exemption.
Sec. 63.7(a)-(d)............  Performance Testing     Yes.
                                 Requirements.
Sec. 63.7(e)(1).............  Performance Testing     No. Subpart
                                 Requirements.           BBBBBBB
                                                         specifies the
                                                         conditions
                                                         under which
                                                         performance
                                                         tests must be
                                                         conducted.
Sec. 63.7(e)(2)-(4).........  Conduct of Performance  Yes.
                                 Tests and Data
                                 Reduction.
Sec. 63.7(f)-(h)............  Use of Alternative      Yes.
                                 Test Method; Data
                                 Analysis,
                                 Recordkeeping, and
                                 Reporting; and Waiver
                                 of Performance Tests.
Sec. 63.8(a)(1).............  Applicability of        Yes.
                                 Monitoring
                                 Requirements.
Sec. 63.8(a)(2).............  Performance             No. Subpart
                                 Specifications.         BBBBBBB does
                                                         not require
                                                         CEMS to
                                                         demonstrate
                                                         compliance.
Sec. 63.8(a)(3).............  [Reserved]............
Sec. 63.8(a)(4).............  Monitoring with Flares  No.
Sec. 63.8(b)(1).............  Monitoring............  Yes.
Sec. 63.8(b)(2)-(3).........  Multiple Effluents and  Yes.
                                 Multiple Monitoring
                                 Systems.
Sec. 63.8(c)(1).............  Monitoring System       Yes.
                                 Operation and
                                 Maintenance.
Sec. 63.8(c)(1)(i)..........  CMS maintenance.......  Yes.
Sec. 63.8(c)(1)(ii).........  Spare Parts for CMS     Yes.
                                 Malfunction.
Sec. 63.8(c)(1)(iii)........  Compliance with         No. Subpart
                                 Operation and           BBBBBBB does
                                 Maintenance             not require
                                 Requirements.           startup,
                                                         shutdown, and
                                                         malfunction
                                                         plans.
Sec. 63.8(c)(2)-(3).........  Monitoring System       Yes.
                                 Installation.
Sec. 63.8(c)(4).............  CMS Requirements......  No. Subpart
                                                         BBBBBBB does
                                                         not require
                                                         CEMS to
                                                         demonstrate
                                                         compliance.
Sec. 63.8(c)(5).............  COMS Minimum            No. Subpart
                                 Procedures.             BBBBBBB does
                                                         not contain
                                                         opacity or VE
                                                         standards.
Sec. 63.8(c)(6).............  CMS Requirements......  Yes, for CPMS
                                                         provisions
                                                         only. Subpart
                                                         BBBBBBB does
                                                         not require
                                                         CEMS to
                                                         demonstrate
                                                         compliance.
Sec. 63.8(c)(7)-(8).........  CMS Requirements......  No. Subpart
                                                         BBBBBBB does
                                                         not require
                                                         CEMS to
                                                         demonstrate
                                                         compliance.
Sec. 63.8(d)................  CMS Quality Control...  No. Subpart
                                                         BBBBBBB does
                                                         not require
                                                         CEMS to
                                                         demonstrate
                                                         compliance.
Sec. 63.8(e)-(g)............  CMS Performance         No. Subpart
                                 Evaluation.             BBBBBBB does
                                                         not require
                                                         CEMS to
                                                         demonstrate
                                                         compliance.
Sec. 63.9...................  Notification            Yes. Except
                                 Requirements.           Initial
                                                         Notification
                                                         shall be
                                                         submitted in
                                                         accordance with
                                                         the schedule in
                                                         Sec.
                                                         63.11585.
Sec. 63.10(a),(b)(1),         Recordkeeping and       Yes.
 (b)(2)(viii)-(xi),(c),          Reporting
 (e)(1), (e)(2)(i), (f).         Requirements.
Sec. 63.11..................  Control Device and      Yes.
                                 Work Practice
                                 Requirements.
Sec. 63.12..................  State Authority and     Yes.
                                 Delegations.
Sec. 63.13..................  Addresses of State Air  Yes.
                                 Pollution Control
                                 Agencies and EPA
                                 Regional Offices.

[[Page 544]]

 
Sec. 63.14..................  Incorporations by       Yes.
                                 Reference.
Sec. 63.15..................  Availability of         Yes.
                                 Information and
                                 Confidentiality.
Sec. 63.16..................  Performance Track       No.
                                 Provisions.
------------------------------------------------------------------------



Subpart CCCCCCC_National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants 
       for Area Sources: Paints and Allied Products Manufacturing

    Source: 74 FR 63525, Dec. 3, 2009, unless otherwise noted.

                   Applicability and Compliance Dates



Sec. 63.11599  Am I subject to this subpart?

    (a) You are subject to this subpart if you own or operate a facility 
that performs paints and allied products manufacturing that is an area 
source of hazardous air pollutant (HAP) emissions and processes, uses, 
or generates materials containing HAP, as defined in Sec. 63.11607.
    (b) The affected source consists of all paints and allied products 
manufacturing processes that process, use, or generate materials 
containing HAP at the facility.
    (1) An affected source is existing if you commenced construction or 
reconstruction before June 1, 2009.
    (2) An affected source is new if you commenced construction or 
reconstruction of the affected source on or after June 1, 2009.
    (3) A facility becomes an affected source when you commence 
processing, using, or generating materials containing HAP, as defined in 
Sec. 63.11607.
    (c) You are exempt from the obligation to obtain a permit under 40 
CFR part 70 or 40 CFR part 71, provided you are not otherwise required 
by law to obtain a permit under 40 CFR 70.3(a) or 40 CFR 71.3(a). 
Whether you have a title V permit or not, you must continue to comply 
with the provisions of this subpart.
    (d) An affected source is no longer subject to this subpart if the 
facility no longer processes, uses, or generates materials containing 
HAP and does not plan to process, use or generate materials containing 
HAP in the future.
    (e) The standards of this subpart do not apply to research and 
development facilities, as defined in section 112(c)(7) of the CAA.

[74 FR 63525, Dec. 3, 2009, as amended at 75 FR 10186, Mar. 5, 2010]



Sec. 63.11600  What are my compliance dates?

    (a) If you own or operate an existing affected source, you must 
achieve compliance with the applicable provisions in this subpart by 
December 3, 2012.
    (b) If you own or operate a new affected source, you must achieve 
compliance with the applicable provisions of this subpart by December 3, 
2009, or upon startup of your affected source, whichever is later.
    (c) If you own or operate a facility that becomes an affected source 
in accordance with Sec. 63.11599(b)(3) after the applicable compliance 
date in paragraphs (a) or (b) of this section, you must achieve 
compliance with the applicable provisions of this subpart by the date 
that you commence processing, using, or generating materials containing 
HAP, as defined in Sec. 63.11607.

           Standards, Monitoring, and Compliance Requirements



Sec. 63.11601  What are the standards for new and existing paints
and allied products manufacturing facilities?

    (a) For each new and existing affected source, you must comply with 
the requirements in paragraphs (a)(1) through (5) of this section. These 
requirements apply at all times.
    (1) You must add the dry pigments and solids that contain compounds 
of cadmium, chromium, lead, or nickel and operate a capture system that 
minimizes fugitive particulate emissions during the addition of dry 
pigments and solids that contain compounds of cadmium, chromium, lead, 
or nickel to a process vessel or to the grinding and milling process.

[[Page 545]]

    (2) You must capture particulate emissions and route them to a 
particulate control device meeting the requirements of paragraph (a)(6) 
of this section during the addition of dry pigments and solids that 
contain compounds of cadmium, chromium, lead, or nickel to a process 
vessel. This requirement does not apply to pigments and other solids 
that are in paste, slurry, or liquid form.
    (3) You must:
    (i) Capture particulate emissions and route them to a particulate 
control device meeting the requirements of paragraph (a)(6) of this 
section during the addition of dry pigments and solids that contain 
compounds of cadmium, chromium, lead, or nickel to the grinding and 
milling process; or
    (ii) Add pigments and other solids that contain compounds of 
cadmium, chromium, lead, or nickel to the grinding and milling process 
only in paste, slurry, or liquid form.
    (4) You must:
    (i) Capture particulate emissions and route them to a particulate 
control device meeting the requirements of paragraph (a)(5) of this 
section during the grinding and milling of materials containing 
compounds of cadmium, chromium, lead, or nickel; or
    (ii) Fully enclose the grinding and milling equipment during the 
grinding and milling of materials containing compounds of cadmium, 
chromium, lead, or nickel; or
    (iii) Ensure that the pigments and solids are in the solution during 
the grinding and milling of materials containing compounds of cadmium, 
chromium, lead, or nickel.
    (5) The visible emissions from the particulate control device 
exhaust must not exceed 10-percent opacity for particulate control 
devices that vent to the atmosphere. This requirement does not apply to 
particulate control devices that do not vent to the atmosphere.
    (6) [Reserved]
    (b) For each new and existing affected source, you must comply with 
the requirements in paragraphs (b)(1) through (5) of this section.
    (1) Process and storage vessels that store or process materials 
containing benzene or methylene chloride, except for process vessels 
which are mixing vessels, must be equipped with covers or lids meeting 
the requirements of paragraphs (b)(1)(i) through (iii) of this section.
    (i) The covers or lids can be of solid or flexible construction, 
provided they do not warp or move around during the manufacturing 
process.
    (ii) The covers or lids must maintain contact along at least 90-
percent of the vessel rim. The 90-percent contact requirement is 
calculated by subtracting the length of any visible gaps from the 
circumference of the process vessel, and dividing this number by the 
circumference of the process vessel. The resulting ratio must not exceed 
90-percent.
    (iii) The covers or lids must be maintained in good condition.
    (2) Mixing vessels that store or process materials containing 
benzene or methylene chloride must be equipped with covers that 
completely cover the vessel, except as necessary to allow for safe 
clearance of the mixer shaft.
    (3) All vessels that store or process materials containing benzene 
or methylene chloride must be kept covered at all times, except for 
quality control testing and product sampling, addition of materials, 
material removal, or when the vessel is empty. The vessel is empty if:
    (i) All materials containing benzene or methylene chloride have been 
removed that can be removed using the practices commonly employed to 
remove materials from that type of vessel, e.g., pouring, pumping, and 
aspirating; and
    (ii) No more than 2.5 centimeters (one inch) depth of residue 
remains on the bottom of the vessel, or no more than 3 percent by weight 
of the total capacity of the vessel remains in the vessel.
    (4) Leaks and spills of materials containing benzene or methylene 
chloride must be minimized and cleaned up as soon as practical, but no 
longer than 1 hour from the time of detection.
    (5) Rags or other materials that use a solvent containing benzene or 
methylene chloride for cleaning must be kept in a closed container. The 
closed container may contain a device that allows pressure relief, but 
does not allow

[[Page 546]]

liquid solvent to drain from the container.

[74 FR 63525, Dec. 3, 2009, as amended at 75 FR 10186, Mar. 5, 2010]



Sec. 63.11602  What are the performance test and compliance 
requirements for new and existing sources?

    (a) For each new and existing affected source, you must demonstrate 
initial compliance by conducting the inspection and monitoring 
activities in paragraph (a)(1) of this section and ongoing compliance by 
conducting the inspection and testing activities in paragraph (a)(2) of 
this section.
    (1) Initial particulate control device inspections and tests. You 
must conduct an initial inspection of each particulate control device 
according to the requirements in paragraphs (a)(1)(i) through (iii) of 
this section and perform a visible emissions test according to the 
requirements of paragraph (a)(1)(iv) of this section. You must record 
the results of each inspection and test according to paragraph (b) of 
this section and perform corrective action where necessary.You must 
conduct each inspection no later than 180 days after your applicable 
compliance date for each control device which has been operated within 
60 days following the compliance date. For a control device which has 
not been installed or operated within 60 days following the compliance 
date, you must conduct an initial inspection prior to startup of the 
control device.
    (i) For each wet particulate control system, you must verify the 
presence of water flow to the control equipment. You must also visually 
inspect the system ductwork and control equipment for leaks and inspect 
the interior of the control equipment (if applicable) for structural 
integrity and the condition of the control system.
    (ii) For each dry particulate control system, you must visually 
inspect the system ductwork and dry particulate control unit for leaks. 
You must also inspect the inside of each dry particulate control unit 
for structural integrity and condition.
    (iii) An initial inspection of the internal components of a wet or 
dry particulate control system is not required if there is a record that 
an inspection meeting the requirements of this subsection has been 
performed within the past 12 months and any maintenance actions have 
been resolved.
    (iv) For each particulate control device, you must conduct a visible 
emission test consisting of three 1-minute test runs using Method 203C 
(40 CFR part 51, appendix M). The visible emission test runs must be 
performed during the addition of dry pigments and solids containing 
compounds of cadmium, chromium, lead, or nickel to a process vessel or 
to the grinding and milling equipment. If the average test results of 
the visible emissions test runs indicate an opacity greater than the 
applicable limitation in Sec. 63.11601(a), you must take corrective 
action and retest within 15 days.
    (2) Ongoing particulate control device inspections and tests. 
Following the initial inspections, you must perform periodic inspections 
of each PM control device according to the requirements in paragraphs 
(a)(2)(i) or (ii) of this section. You must record the results of each 
inspection according to paragraph (b) of this section and perform 
corrective action where necessary. You must also conduct tests according 
to the requirements in paragraph (a)(2)(iii) of this section and record 
the results according to paragraph (b) of this section.
    (i) You must inspect and maintain each wet particulate control 
system according to the requirements in paragraphs (a)(2)(i)(A) through 
(C) of this section.
    (A) You must conduct a daily inspection to verify the presence of 
water flow to the wet particulate control system.
    (B) You must conduct weekly visual inspections of any flexible 
ductwork for leaks.
    (C) You must conduct inspections of the rigid, stationary ductwork 
for leaks, and the interior of the wet control system (if applicable) to 
determine the structural integrity and condition of the control 
equipment every 12 months.
    (ii) You must inspect and maintain each dry particulate control unit 
according to the requirements in paragraphs (a)(2)(ii)(A) and (B) of 
this section.

[[Page 547]]

    (A) You must conduct weekly visual inspections of any flexible 
ductwork for leaks.
    (B) You must conduct inspections of the rigid, stationary ductwork 
for leaks, and the interior of the dry particulate control unit for 
structural integrity and to determine the condition of the fabric filter 
(if applicable) every 12 months.
    (iii) For each particulate control device, you must conduct a 5-
minute visual determination of emissions from the particulate control 
device every 3 months using Method 22 (40 CFR part 60, appendix A-7). 
The visible emission test must be performed during the addition of dry 
pigments and solids containing compounds of cadmium, chromium, lead, or 
nickel to a process vessel or to the grinding and milling equipment. If 
visible emissions are observed for two minutes of the required 5-minute 
observation period, you must conduct a Method 203C (40 CFR part 51, 
appendix M) test within 15 days of the time when visible emissions were 
observed. The Method 203C test will consist of three 1-minute test runs 
and must be performed during the addition of dry pigments and solids 
containing compounds of cadmium, chromium, lead, or nickel HAP to a 
process vessel or to the grinding and milling equipment. If the Method 
203C test runs indicates an opacity greater than the limitation in Sec. 
63.11601(a)(5), you must comply with the requirements in paragraphs 
(a)(2)(iii)(A) through (C) of this section.
    (A) You must take corrective action and retest using Method 203C 
within 15 days. The Method 203C test will consist of three 1-minute test 
runs and must be performed during the addition of dry pigments and 
solids containing compounds of cadmium, chromium, lead, or nickel to a 
process vessel or to the grinding and milling equipment. You must 
continue to take corrective action and retest each 15 days until a 
Method 203C test indicates an opacity equal to or less than the 
limitation in Sec. 63.11601(a)(5).
    (B) You must prepare a deviation report in accordance with Sec. 
63.11603(b)(3) for each instance in which the Method 203C opacity 
results were greater than the limitation in Sec. 63.11601(a)(5).
    (C) You must resume the visible determinations of emissions from the 
particulate control device in accordance with paragraph (a)(2)(iii) of 
this section 3 months after the previous visible determination.
    (b) You must record the information specified in paragraphs (b)(1) 
through (6) of this section for each inspection and testing activity.
    (1) The date, place, and time;
    (2) Person conducting the activity;
    (3) Technique or method used;
    (4) Operating conditions during the activity;
    (5) Results; and
    (6) Description of correction actions taken.

[74 FR 63525, Dec. 3, 2009, as amended at 75 FR 10186, Mar. 5, 2010]



Sec. 63.11603  What are the notification, reporting, and recordkeeping
requirements?

    (a) Notifications. You must submit the notifications identified in 
paragraphs (a)(1) and (2) of this section.
    (1) Initial Notification of Applicability. If you own or operate an 
existing affected source, you must submit an initial notification of 
applicability required by Sec. 63.9(b)(2) no later than June 1, 2010. 
If you own or operate a new affected source, you must submit an initial 
notification of applicability required by Sec. 63.9(b)(2) no later than 
180 days after initial start-up of the operations or June 1, 2010, 
whichever is later. The notification of applicability must include the 
information specified in paragraphs (a)(1)(i) through (iii) of this 
section.
    (i) The name and address of the owner or operator;
    (ii) The address (i.e., physical location) of the affected source; 
and
    (iii) An identification of the relevant standard, or other 
requirement, that is the basis of the notification and the source's 
compliance date.
    (2) Notification of Compliance Status. If you own or operate an 
existing affected source, you must submit a Notification of Compliance 
Status in accordance with Sec. 63.9(h) of the General Provisions by 
June 3, 2013. If you own or operate a new affected source, you must 
submit a Notification of Compliance Status within 180 days after initial 
start-up,

[[Page 548]]

or by June 1, 2010, whichever is later. If you own or operate an 
affected source that becomes an affected source in accordance with Sec. 
63.11599(b)(3) after the applicable compliance date in Sec. 63.11600 
(a) or (b), you must submit a Notification of Compliance Status within 
180 days of the date that you commence processing, using, or generating 
materials containing HAP, as defined in 63.11607. This Notification of 
Compliance Status must include the information specified in paragraphs 
(a)(2)(i) and (ii) of this section.
    (i) Your company's name and address;
    (ii) A statement by a responsible official with that official's 
name, title, phone number, e-mail address and signature, certifying the 
truth, accuracy, and completeness of the notification, a description of 
the method of compliance (i.e., compliance with management practices, 
installation of a wet or dry scrubber) and a statement of whether the 
source has complied with all the relevant standards and other 
requirements of this subpart.
    (b) Annual Compliance Certification Report. You must prepare an 
annual compliance certification report according to the requirements in 
paragraphs (b)(1) through (b)(3) of this section. This report does not 
need to be submitted unless a deviation from the requirements of this 
subpart has occurred. When a deviation from the requirements of this 
subpart has occurred, the annual compliance certification report must be 
submitted along with the deviation report.
    (1) Dates. You must prepare and, if applicable, submit each annual 
compliance certification report according to the dates specified in 
paragraphs (b)(1)(i) through (iii) of this section.
    (i) The first annual compliance certification report must cover the 
first annual reporting period which begins the day of the compliance 
date and ends on December 31.
    (ii) Each subsequent annual compliance certification report must 
cover the annual reporting period from January 1 through December 31.
    (iii) Each annual compliance certification report must be prepared 
no later than January 31 and kept in a readily-accessible location for 
inspector review. If a deviation has occurred during the year, each 
annual compliance certification report must be submitted along with the 
deviation report, and postmarked no later than February 15.
    (2) General Requirements. The annual compliance certification report 
must contain the information specified in paragraphs (b)(2)(i) through 
(iii) of this section.
    (i) Company name and address;
    (ii) A statement in accordance with Sec. 63.9(h) of the General 
Provisions that is signed by a responsible official with that official's 
name, title, phone number, e-mail address and signature, certifying the 
truth, accuracy, and completeness of the notification and a statement of 
whether the source has complied with all the relevant standards and 
other requirements of this subpart; and
    (iii) Date of report and beginning and ending dates of the reporting 
period. The reporting period is the 12-month period beginning on January 
1 and ending on December 31.
    (3) Deviation Report. If a deviation has occurred during the 
reporting period, you must include a description of deviations from the 
applicable requirements, the time periods during which the deviations 
occurred, and the corrective actions taken. This deviation report must 
be submitted along with your annual compliance certification report, as 
required by paragraph (b)(1)(iii) of this section.
    (c) Records. You must maintain the records specified I paragraphs 
(c)(1) through (4) of this section in accordance with paragraphs (c)(5) 
through (6) of this section, for five years after the date of each 
recorded action.
    (1) As required in Sec. 63.10(b)(2)(xiv), you must keep a copy of 
each notification that you submitted in accordance with paragraph (a) of 
this section, and all documentation supporting any Notification of 
Applicability and Notification of Compliance Status that you submitted.
    (2) You must keep a copy of each Annual Compliance Certification 
Report prepared in accordance with paragraph (b) of this section.
    (3) You must keep records of all inspections and tests as required 
by Sec. 63.11602(b).

[[Page 549]]

    (4) Your records must be in a form suitable and readily available 
for expeditious review, according to Sec. 63.10(b)(1).
    (5) As specified in Sec. 63.10(b)(1), you must keep each record for 
5 years following the date of each recorded action.
    (6) You must keep each record onsite for at least 2 years after the 
date of each recorded action according to Sec. 63.10(b)(1). You may 
keep the records offsite for the remaining 3 years.
    (d) If you no longer process, use, or generate materials containing 
HAP after December 3, 2009, you must submit a Notification in accordance 
with Sec. 63.11599(d), which must include the information specified in 
paragraphs (e)(1) and (2) of this section.
    (1) Your company's name and address;
    (2) A statement by a responsible official indicating that the 
facility no longer processes, uses, or generates materials containing 
HAP, as defined in Sec. 63.11607, and that there are no plans to 
process, use or generate such materials in the future. This statement 
should also include the date by which the company ceased using materials 
containing HAP, as defined in 63.11607, and the responsible official's 
name, title, phone number, e-mail address and signature.

[74 FR 63525, Dec. 3, 2009, as amended at 75 FR 10186, Mar. 5, 2010]



Sec. 63.11604  [Reserved]

                   Other Requirements and Information



Sec. 63.11605  What General Provisions apply to this subpart?

    Table 1 of this subpart shows which parts of the General Provisions 
in Sec. Sec. 63.1 through 63.16 apply to you.



Sec. 63.11606  Who implements and enforces this subpart?

    (a) This subpart can be implemented and enforced by the U.S. EPA or 
a delegated authority such as a state, local, or tribal agency. If the 
U.S. EPA Administrator has delegated authority to a State, local, or 
tribal agency pursuant to 40 CFR part 63, subpart E, then that Agency 
has the authority to implement and enforce this subpart. You should 
contact your U.S. EPA Regional Office to find out if this subpart is 
delegated to your state, local, or tribal agency.
    (b) In delegating implementation and enforcement authority of this 
subpart to a state, local, or tribal agency under 40 CFR part 63, 
subpart E, the authorities contained in paragraphs (b)(1) through (4) of 
this section are retained by the Administrator of the U.S. EPA and are 
not transferred to the State, local, or tribal agency.
    (1) Approval of an alternative nonopacity emissions standard under 
Sec. 63.6(g).
    (2) Approval of a major change to test methods under Sec. 
63.7(e)(2)(ii) and (f). A ``major change to test method'' is defined in 
Sec. 63.90
    (3) Approval of a major change to monitoring under Sec. 63.8(f). A 
``major change to monitoring'' is defined in Sec. 63.90.
    (4) Approval of a major change to recordkeeping/reporting under 
Sec. 63.10(f). A ``major change to recordkeeping/reporting'' is defined 
in Sec. 63.90. As required in Sec. 63.11432, you must comply with the 
requirements of the NESHAP General Provisions (40 CFR part 63, subpart 
A) as shown in the following table.



Sec. 63.11607  What definitions apply to this subpart?

    Terms used in this subpart are defined in the Clean Air Act, Sec. 
63.2, and in this section as follows:
    Construction means the onsite fabrication, erection, or installation 
of an affected source. Addition of new equipment to an affected source 
does not constitute construction, but it may constitute reconstruction 
of the affected source if it satisfies the definition of reconstruction 
in Sec. 63.2.
    Deviation means any instance in which an affected source subject to 
this subpart, or an owner or operator of such a source:
    (1) Fails to meet any requirement or management practices 
established by this subpart;
    (2) Fails to meet any term or condition that is adopted to implement 
a requirement in this subpart and that is included in the operating 
permit for

[[Page 550]]

any affected source required to obtain such a permit; or
    (3) Fails to meet any emissions limitation or management practice in 
this subpart.
    Dry particulate control system means an air pollution control device 
that uses filtration, impaction, or electrical forces to remove 
particulate matter in the exhaust stream.
    Fabric filter means an air collection and control system that 
utilizes a bag filter to reduce the emissions of metal HAP and other 
particulate matter.
    Material containing HAP means a material containing benzene, 
methylene chloride, or compounds of cadmium, chromium, lead, and/or 
nickel, in amounts greater than or equal to 0.1 percent by weight for 
carcinogens, as defined by the Occupational Safety and Health 
Administration at 29 CFR 1910.1200(d)(4), or 1.0 percent by weight for 
non-carcinogens, as shown in formulation data provided by the 
manufacturer or supplier, such as the Material Safety Data Sheet for the 
material. Benzene and methylene chloride are volatile HAP. Compounds of 
cadmium, chromium, lead and/or nickel are metal HAP.
    Paints and allied products means materials such as paints, inks, 
adhesives, stains, varnishes, shellacs, putties, sealers, caulks, and 
other coatings from raw materials that are intended to be applied to a 
substrate and consists of a mixture of resins, pigments, solvents, and/
or other additives.
    Paints and allied products manufacturing means the production of 
paints and allied products, the intended use of which is to leave a 
dried film of solid material on a substrate. Typically, the 
manufacturing processes that produce these materials are described by 
Standard Industry Classification (SIC) codes 285 or 289 and North 
American Industry Classification System (NAICS) codes 3255 and 3259 and 
are produced by physical means, such as blending and mixing, as opposed 
to chemical synthesis means, such as reactions and distillation. Paints 
and allied products manufacturing does not include:
    (1) The manufacture of products that do not leave a dried film of 
solid material on the substrate, such as thinners, paint removers, brush 
cleaners, and mold release agents;
    (2) The manufacture of electroplated and electroless metal films;
    (3) The manufacture of raw materials, such as resins, pigments, and 
solvents used in the production of paints and coatings; and
    (4) Activities by end users of paints or allied products to ready 
those materials for application.
    Paints and allied products manufacturing process means all the 
equipment which collectively function to produce a paint or allied 
product. A process may consist of one or more unit operations. For the 
purposes of this subpart, the manufacturing process includes any, all, 
or a combination of, weighing, blending, mixing, grinding, tinting, 
dilution or other formulation. Cleaning operations, material storage and 
transfer, and piping are considered part of the manufacturing process. 
This definition does not cover activities by end users of paints or 
allied products to ready those materials for application. Quality 
assurance and quality control laboratories are not considered part of a 
paints and allied products manufacturing process. Research and 
development facilities, as defined in section 112(c)(7) of the CAA are 
not considered part of a paints and allied products manufacturing 
process.
    Particulate matter control device means any equipment, device, or 
other article that is designed and/or installed for the purpose of 
reducing or preventing the discharge of metal HAP emissions to the 
atmosphere.
    Process vessel means any stationary or portable tank or other vessel 
of any capacity and in which mixing, blending, diluting, dissolving, 
temporary holding, and other processing steps occur in the manufacturing 
of a coating.
    Responsible official means one of the following:
    (1) For a corporation: A president, secretary, treasurer, or vice 
president of the corporation in charge of a principal business function, 
or any other person who performs similar policy or

[[Page 551]]

decision-making functions for the corporation, or a duly authorized 
representative of such person if the representative is responsible for 
the overall operation of one or more manufacturing, production, or 
operating facilities and either:
    (i) The facilities employ more than 250 persons or have gross annual 
sales or expenditures exceeding $25 million (in second quarter 1980 
dollars); or
    (ii) The delegation of authority to such representative is approved 
in advance by the Administrator.
    (2) For a partnership or sole proprietorship: A general partner or 
the proprietor, respectively.
    (3) For a municipality, State, Federal, or other public agency: 
Either a principal executive officer or ranking elected official. For 
the purposes of this part, a principal executive officer of a Federal 
agency includes the chief executive officer having responsibility for 
the overall operations of a principal geographic unit of the agency 
(e.g., a Regional Administrator of the EPA).
    (4) For affected sources (as defined in this part) applying for or 
subject to a title V permit: ``Responsible official'' shall have the 
same meaning as defined in part 70 or Federal title V regulations in 
this chapter (42 U.S.C. 7661), whichever is applicable.
    Storage vessel means a tank, container or other vessel that is used 
to store volatile liquids that contain one or more of the listed 
volatile HAP, benzene or methylene chloride, as raw material feedstocks 
or products. It also includes objects, such as rags or other containers 
which are stored in the vessel. The following are not considered storage 
vessels for the purposes of this subpart:
    (1) Vessels permanently attached to motor vehicles such as trucks, 
railcars, barges, or ships;
    (2) Pressure vessels designed to operate in excess of 204.9 
kilopascals and without emissions to the atmosphere;
    (3) Vessels storing volatile liquids that contain HAP only as 
impurities;
    (4) Wastewater storage tanks; and
    (5) Process vessels.
    Wet particulate control device means an air pollution control device 
that uses water or other liquid to contact and remove particulate matter 
in the exhaust stream.

[74 FR 63525, Dec. 3, 2009, as amended at 75 FR 31320, June 3, 2010]



Sec. Sec. 63.11608-63.11618  [Reserved]



  Sec. Table 1 to Subpart CCCCCCC of Part 63--Applicability of General 
   Provisions to Paints and Allied Products Manufacturing Area Sources

    As required in Sec. 63.11599, you must meet each requirement in the 
following table that applies to you. Part 63 General Provisions that 
apply for Paints and Allied Products Manufacturing Area Sources:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                           Applies to
           Citation                    Subject          subpart CCCCCCC
------------------------------------------------------------------------
63.1..........................  Applicability........  Yes.
63.2..........................  Definitions..........  Yes.
63.3..........................  Units and              Yes.
                                 abbreviations.
63.4..........................  Prohibited activities  Yes.
63.5..........................  Preconstruction        No.
                                 review and
                                 notification
                                 requirements.
63.6(a), (b)(1)-(b)(5), (c),    Compliance with        Yes.
 (e)(1), (f)(2), (f)(3), (g),    standards and
 (i), (j).                       maintenance
                                 requirements.
63.7(a), (e), and (f).........  Performance testing    Yes.
                                 requirements.
63.8..........................  Monitoring             No.
                                 requirements.
63.9(a)-(d), (i), and (j).....  Notification           Yes.
                                 Requirements.
63.10(a), (b)(1)..............  Recordkeeping and      Yes.
                                 Reporting.
63.10(d)(1)...................  Recordkeeping and      Yes.
                                 Reporting.
63.11.........................  Control device and     No.
                                 work practice
                                 requirements.
63.12.........................  State authority and    Yes.
                                 delegations.
63.13.........................  Addresses of state     Yes.
                                 air pollution
                                 control agencies and
                                 EPA regional offices.
63.14.........................  Incorporation by       No.
                                 reference.
63.15.........................  Availability of        Yes.
                                 information and
                                 confidentiality.
63.16.........................  Performance track      No.
                                 provisions.
------------------------------------------------------------------------


[[Page 552]]



Subpart DDDDDDD_National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants 
             for Area Sources: Prepared Feeds Manufacturing

    Source: 75 FR 546, Jan. 5, 2010, unless otherwise noted.

                   Applicability and Compliance Dates



Sec. 63.11619  Am I subject to this subpart?

    (a) You are subject to this subpart if you own or operate a prepared 
feeds manufacturing facility that uses a material containing chromium or 
a material containing manganese and is an area source of emissions of 
hazardous air pollutants (HAP).
    (b) The provisions of this subpart apply to each new and existing 
prepared feeds manufacturing affected source. A prepared feeds 
manufacturing affected source is the collection of all equipment and 
activities necessary to produce animal feed from the point in the 
process where a material containing chromium or a material containing 
manganese is added, to the point where the finished animal feed product 
leaves the facility. This includes, but is not limited to, areas where 
materials containing chromium and manganese are stored, areas where 
materials containing chromium and manganese are temporarily stored prior 
to addition to the feed at the mixer, mixing and grinding processes, 
pelleting and pellet cooling processes, packing and bagging processes, 
crumblers and screens, bulk loading operations, and all conveyors and 
other equipment that transfer the feed materials throughout the 
manufacturing facility.
    (1) A prepared feeds manufacturing affected source is existing if 
you commenced construction or reconstruction of the facility on or 
before July 27, 2009.
    (2) A prepared feeds manufacturing affected source is new if you 
commenced construction or reconstruction of the facility after July 27, 
2009.
    (3) A collection of equipment and activities necessary to produce 
animal feed at a prepared feeds manufacturing facility becomes an 
affected source when you commence using a material containing chromium 
or a material containing manganese.
    (c) An affected source is no longer subject to this subpart if the 
facility stops using materials containing chromium or manganese.
    (d) This subpart does not apply to the facilities identified in 
paragraphs (d)(1) and (2) of this section.
    (1) Prepared feeds manufacturing facilities that do not add any 
materials containing chromium or manganese to any product manufactured 
at the facility.
    (2) Research or laboratory facilities as defined in section 
112(c)(7) of the Clean Air Act (CAA).
    (e) You are exempt from the obligation to obtain a permit under 40 
CFR part 70 or 40 CFR part 71, provided you are not otherwise required 
by law to obtain a permit under 40 CFR 70.3(a) or 40 CFR 71.3. 
Notwithstanding the previous sentence, you must continue to comply with 
the provisions of this subpart.



Sec. 63.11620  What are my compliance dates?

    (a) If you own or operate an existing affected source, you must 
achieve compliance with the applicable provisions of this subpart by no 
later than January 5, 2012.
    (b) If you own or operate a new affected source, you must achieve 
compliance with the applicable provisions of this subpart by January 5, 
2010, or upon startup of your affected source, whichever is later.
    (c) If you own or operate a facility that becomes an affected source 
in accordance with Sec. 63.11619 after the applicable compliance date 
in paragraphs (a) or (b) of this section, you must achieve compliance 
with the applicable provisions of this subpart by the date that you 
commence using a material containing manganese or a material containing 
chromium.
    (d) If the average daily feed production level exceeds 50 tons per 
day for a calendar year for a facility not complying with the 
requirement in Sec. 63.11621(e) to install and operate a cyclone to 
control emissions from pelleting operations, you must comply

[[Page 553]]

with Sec. 63.11621(e) and all associated requirements by July 1 of the 
year following the one-year period.

           Standards, Monitoring, and Compliance Requirements



Sec. 63.11621  What are the standards for new and existing prepared
feeds manufacturing facilities?

    You must comply with the management practices and standards in 
paragraphs (a) through (d) of this section at all times. For pelleting 
operations at prepared feeds manufacturing facilities with an average 
daily feed production level exceeding 50 tons per day, you must also 
comply with the requirements in paragraph (e) of this section at all 
times if you are a new source, and if you are an existing source, you 
must also comply with the requirements in paragraph (f) of this section 
at all times.
    (a) In all areas of the affected source where materials containing 
chromium or manganese are stored, used, or handled, you must comply with 
the management practices in paragraphs (a)(1) and (2) of this section.
    (1) You must perform housekeeping measures to minimize excess dust. 
These measures must include, but not be limited to, the practices 
specified in paragraphs (a)(1)(i) through (iii) of this section.
    (i) You must use either an industrial vacuum system or manual 
sweeping to reduce the amount of dust;
    (ii) At least once per month, you must remove dust from walls, 
ledges, and equipment using low pressure air or by other means, and then 
sweep or vacuum the area;
    (iii) You must keep exterior doors in the immediate affected areas 
shut except during normal ingress and egress, as practicable. This 
paragraph (a)(1)(iii) does not apply to areas where finished product is 
stored in closed containers, and no other materials containing chromium 
or manganese are present.
    (2) You must maintain and operate all process equipment in 
accordance with manufacturer's specifications and in a manner to 
minimize dust creation.
    (b) You must store any raw materials containing chromium or 
manganese in closed containers.
    (c) The mixer where materials containing chromium or manganese are 
added must be covered at all times when mixing is occurring, except when 
the materials are being added to the mixer. Materials containing 
chromium or manganese must be added to the mixer in a manner that 
minimizes emissions.
    (d) For the bulk loading process where materials containing chromium 
or manganese are loaded into trucks or railcars, you must lessen 
fugitive emissions by reducing the distance between the loadout spout 
and the vehicle being loaded by either paragraph (d)(1) or (d)(2) of 
this section.
    (1) Use a device of any kind at the bulk loadout spout that 
minimizes the distance to the vehicle being loaded.
    (2) Use any other means to minimize the distance between the loadout 
spout and the vehicle being loaded.
    (e) For the pelleting operations at new prepared feeds manufacturing 
facilities with an average daily feed production level exceeding 50 tons 
per day, you must capture emissions and route them to a cyclone designed 
to reduce emissions of particulate matter by 95 percent or greater. You 
must also comply with the provisions in paragraphs (e)(1) through (3) of 
this section.
    (1) You must demonstrate that the cyclone is designed to reduce 
emissions of particulate matter by 95 percent or greater using one of 
the methods specified in paragraphs (e)(1)(i) through (iii) of this 
section.
    (i) Manufacturer specifications;
    (ii) Certification by a professional engineer or responsible 
official; or
    (iii) A performance test conducted in accordance with Sec. 63.11623 
of this section.
    (2) You must establish an inlet flow rate, inlet velocity, pressure 
drop, or fan amperage range that represents proper operation of the 
cyclone in accordance with the applicable requirement in paragraphs 
(e)(2)(i), (ii), or (iii) of this section.
    (i) If you demonstrate the cyclone design efficiency using 
manufacturer specifications in accordance with paragraph (e)(1)(i) of 
this section, the inlet flow rate, inlet velocity, pressure drop, or fan 
amperage range that represents

[[Page 554]]

proper operation of the cyclone must be provided by the manufacturer.
    (ii) If you demonstrate the cyclone design efficiency using 
certification by a professional engineer or responsible official in 
accordance with paragraph (e)(1)(ii) of this section, this certification 
must include calculations to establish an inlet flow rate, inlet 
velocity, pressure drop, or fan amperage range that represents proper 
operation of the cyclone.
    (iii) If you demonstrate the cyclone design efficiency using a 
performance test in accordance with paragraph (e)(1)(iii) of this 
section, you must monitor the inlet flow rate, inlet velocity, pressure 
drop, or fan amperage during the test and establish a range that 
represents proper operation of the cyclone based on the data obtained 
during the test.
    (3) You must maintain and operate the cyclone in accordance with 
manufacturer's specifications. If manufacturer's specifications are not 
available, you must develop and follow standard maintenance and 
operating procedures that ensure proper operation of the cyclone.
    (f) For the pelleting operations at existing prepared feeds 
manufacturing facilities with an average daily feed production level 
exceeding 50 tons per day, you must capture emissions and route them to 
a cyclone. The cyclone must be maintained in accordance with good air 
pollution control practices and manufacturer's specifications and 
operating instructions, if available. If manufacturer's specifications 
and operating instructions are not available, you must develop and 
follow standard operating procedures that ensure proper operation and 
maintenance of the cyclone.

[75 FR 546, Jan. 5, 2010, as amended at 76 FR 80265, Dec. 23, 2011]



Sec. 63.11622  What are the monitoring requirements for new and
existing sources?

    (a) If you own or operate an affected source required by Sec. 
63.11621(d) to use a device at the loadout end of a bulk loader that 
reduces fugitive emissions from a bulk loading process, you must perform 
monthly inspections of each device to ensure it is in proper working 
condition. You must record the results of these inspections in 
accordance with Sec. 63.11624(c)(4) of this subpart.
    (b) If you own or operate an affected source required by Sec. 
63.11621(e) or (f) to install and operate a cyclone to control emissions 
from pelleting operations, you must comply with the inspection and 
monitoring requirements in paragraphs (b)(1) and either (b)(2) or (b)(3) 
of this section, as applicable.
    (1) You must perform quarterly inspections of the cyclone for 
corrosion, erosion, or any other damage that could result in air in-
leakage, and record the results in accordance with Sec. 63.11624(c).
    (2) If you own or operate a new source, you must monitor inlet flow 
rate, inlet velocity, pressure drop, or fan amperage at least once per 
day when the pelleting process is in operation. You must also record the 
inlet flow rate, inlet velocity, pressure drop, or fan amperage in 
accordance with Sec. 63.11624(c)(4).
    (3) If you own or operate an existing source, you must perform a 
weekly visual inspection of the operating cyclone to ensure it is 
operating consistent with good air pollution control practices.

[75 FR 546, Jan. 5, 2010, as amended at 76 FR 80265, Dec. 23, 2011]



Sec. 63.11623  What are the testing requirements?

    (a) If you are demonstrating that the cyclone required by Sec. 
63.11621(e) is designed to reduce emissions of particulate matter by 95 
percent or greater by the performance test option in Sec. 
63.11621(e)(1)(iii), you must conduct a test in accordance with 
paragraph (b) of this section and calculate the percent reduction in 
accordance with paragraph (c) of this section.
    (b) You must use Method 5 in Appendix A to part 60 to determine the 
particulate matter mass rate at the inlet and outlet of the cyclone. You 
must conduct at least three runs at the cyclone inlet and three runs at 
the cyclone outlet. Each run must have a sampling time of at least 60 
minutes and a sample volume of at least 0.85 dscm (30 dscf).

[[Page 555]]

    (c) You must calculate the percent particulate matter reduction 
using Equation 1.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR05JA10.004

Where:

PM RED = particulate matter reduction, percent;
MINLET = Mass of particulate matter at the inlet of the 
          cyclone, dry basis, corrected to standard conditions, g/min;
MOUTLET = Mass of particulate matter at the outlet of the 
          cyclone, dry basis, corrected to standard conditions, g/min;



Sec. 63.11624  What are the notification, reporting, and recordkeeping
requirements?

    (a) Notifications. You must submit the notifications identified in 
paragraphs (a)(1) and (2) of this section.
    (1) Initial Notification. If you are the owner of an affected source 
you must submit an Initial Notification no later than May 5, 2010, or 
120 days after you become subject to this subpart, whichever is later. 
The Initial Notification must include the information specified in 
paragraphs (a)(1)(i) through (iv) of this section.
    (i) The name, address, phone number and e-mail address of the owner 
and operator;
    (ii) The address (physical location) of the affected source;
    (iii) An identification of the relevant standard (i.e., this 
subpart); and
    (iv) A brief description of the operation.
    (2) Notification of Compliance Status. If you are the owner of an 
existing affected source, you must submit a Notification of Compliance 
Status in accordance with Sec. 63.9(h) of the General Provisions on or 
before May 4, 2012. If you are the owner or operator of a new affected 
source, you must submit a Notification of Compliance Status within 120 
days of initial startup, or by October 18, 2010, whichever is later. If 
you own or operate an affected source that becomes an affected source in 
accordance with Sec. 63.11619(b)(3) after the applicable compliance 
date in Sec. 63.11620 (a) or (b), you must submit a Notification of 
Compliance Status within 120 days of the date that you commence using 
materials containing manganese or chromium. This Notification of 
Compliance Status must include the information specified in paragraphs 
(a)(2)(i) through (iv) of this section.
    (i) Your company's name and address;
    (ii) A statement by a responsible official with that official's 
name, title, phone number, e-mail address and signature, certifying the 
truth, accuracy, and completeness of the notification and a statement of 
whether the source has complied with all the relevant standards and 
other requirements of this subpart;
    (iii) If you own or operate a new source required by Sec. 
63.11621(e) to install and operate a cyclone to control emissions from 
pelleting operations, the inlet flow rate, inlet velocity, pressure 
drop, or fan amperage range than constitutes proper operation of the 
cyclone determined in accordance with Sec. 63.11621(e)(2).
    (iv) If you own or operate an existing source required by Sec. 
63.11621(f) to install and operate a cyclone to control emissions from 
pelleting operations, documentation of what constitutes proper operation 
of the cyclone determined in accordance with Sec. 63.11621(f).
    (v) If you own or operate an affected source that is not subject to 
a requirement in Sec. 63.11621(e) or (f) to install and operate a 
cyclone to control emissions from pelleting operations because your 
initial average daily feed production level was 50 tpd or less, 
documentation of your initial daily pelleting production level 
determination.
    (b) Annual compliance certification report. You must, by March 1 of 
each year, prepare an annual compliance certification report for the 
previous

[[Page 556]]

calendar year containing the information specified in paragraphs (b)(1) 
through (b)(6) of this section. You must submit the report if you had 
any instance described by paragraph (b)(3) or (b)(4) of this section.
    (1) Your company's name and address.
    (2) A statement by a responsible official with that official's name, 
title, phone number, e-mail address and signature, certifying the truth, 
accuracy, and completeness of the notification and a statement of 
whether the source has complied with all the relevant standards and 
other requirements of this subpart.
    (3) If the source is not in compliance, include a description of 
deviations from the applicable requirements, the time periods during 
which the deviations occurred, and the corrective actions taken.
    (4) If you own or operate a new source that is subject to Sec. 
63.11621(e), you must identify all instances when the daily inlet flow 
rate, inlet velocity, pressure drop, or fan amperage is outside the 
range that constitutes proper operation of the cyclone submitted as part 
of your Notification of Compliance Status. In these instances, include 
the time periods when this occurred and the corrective actions taken.
    (5) If you own or operate an existing source that is subject to 
Sec. 63.11621(f), you must identify all instances when the cyclone was 
not operating properly as determined in accordance with Sec. 
63.11621(f).
    (6) If you own or operate an affected source that is not subject to 
a requirement in Sec. 63.11621(e) or (f) to install and operate a 
cyclone to control emissions from pelleting operations because your 
average daily feed production level was 50 tpd or less, notification if 
your average daily feed production level for the previous year exceeded 
50 tpd.
    (7) If you own or operate an affected source that was subject to a 
requirement in Sec. 63.11621(e) or (f) to install and operate a cyclone 
to control emissions from pelleting operations, notification if your 
average daily feed production level for the previous year was 50 tpd or 
less and that you are no longer complying with Sec. 63.11621(e) or (f).
    (c) Records. You must maintain the records specified in paragraphs 
(c)(1) through (6) of this section in accordance with paragraphs (c)(7) 
through (9) of this section.
    (1) As required in Sec. 63.10(b)(2)(xiv), you must keep a copy of 
each notification that you submitted to comply with this subpart in 
accordance with paragraph (a) of this section, and all documentation 
supporting any Initial Notification or Notification of Compliance Status 
that you submitted.
    (2) You must keep a copy of each Annual Compliance Certification 
prepared in accordance with paragraph (b) of this section.
    (3) For each device used to comply with the requirements in Sec. 
63.11621(d), you must keep the records of all inspections including the 
information identified in paragraphs (c)(3)(i) through (iii) of this 
section.
    (i) The date, place, and time of each inspection;
    (ii) Person performing the inspection;
    (iii) Results of the inspection, including the date, time, and 
duration of the corrective action period from the time the inspection 
indicated a problem to the time of the indication that the device was 
replaced or restored to operation.
    (4) If you own or operate a new source that is subject to Sec. 
63.11621(e), you must keep the records in paragraphs (c)(4)(i) through 
(v) of this section.
    (i) If you demonstrate that the cyclone is designed to reduce 
emission of particulate matter by 95 percent or greater by 
manufacturer's specifications in accordance with Sec. 63.11621(e)(1(i), 
you must keep the records specified in paragraphs (c)(4)(i)(A) through 
(C) of this section.
    (A) Information from the manufacturer regarding the design 
efficiency of the cyclone,
    (B) The inlet flow rate, inlet velocity, pressure drop, or fan 
amperage range that represents proper operation of the cyclone,
    (C) The operation and maintenance procedures to ensure proper 
operation of the cyclone.
    (ii) If you demonstrate that the cyclone is designed to reduce 
emissions of particulate matter by 95 percent or

[[Page 557]]

greater by certification by a professional engineer in accordance with 
paragraph Sec. 63.11621(e)(1)(ii), you must keep the records specified 
in paragraphs (c)(4)(ii)(A) through (C) of this section.
    (A) Certification regarding the design efficiency of the cyclone, 
along with supporting information,
    (B) The inlet flow rate, inlet velocity, pressure drop, or fan 
amperage range that represents proper operation of the cyclone,
    (C) The standard maintenance and operating procedures that ensure 
proper operation of the cyclone.
    (iii) If you demonstrate that the cyclone is designed to reduce 
emissions of particulate matter by 95 percent or greater by a 
performance in accordance with paragraph Sec. 63.11621(e)(1)(iii), you 
must keep the records specified in paragraphs (c)(4)(iii)(A) through (C) 
of this section.
    (A) Results of the testing conducted in accordance with Sec. 
63.11623,
    (B) The inlet flow rate, inlet velocity, pressure drop, or fan 
amperage range that represents proper operation of the cyclone,
    (C) The standard maintenance and operating procedures that ensure 
proper operation of the cyclone.
    (iv) Records of all quarterly inspections including the information 
identified in paragraphs (c)(4)(iv)(A) through (C) of this section.
    (A) The date, place, and time of each inspection;
    (B) Person performing the inspection;
    (C) Results of the inspection, including the date, time, and 
duration of the corrective action period from the time the inspection 
indicated a problem to the time of the indication that the cyclone was 
restored to proper operation.
    (v) Records of the daily inlet flow rate, inlet velocity, pressure 
drop, or fan amperage measurements, along with the date, time, and 
duration of the correction action period from the time the monitoring 
indicated a problem to the time of the indication that the cyclone was 
restored to proper operation.
    (5) If you own or operate an existing source that is subject to 
Sec. 63.11621(f), you must keep the records in paragraphs (c)(5)(i) and 
(ii) of this section.
    (i) Records of all quarterly inspections including the information 
identified in paragraphs (c)(5)(i)(A) through (C) of this section.
    (A) The date, place, and time of each inspection;
    (B) Person performing the inspection;
    (C) Results of the inspection, including the date, time, and 
duration of the corrective action period from the time the inspection 
indicated a problem to the time of the indication that the cyclone was 
restored to proper operation.
    (ii) Records of weekly visual inspections of the operating cyclone, 
including a record of any corrective action taken as a result of the 
inspection.
    (6) If you own or operate an affected source that is not subject to 
a requirement in Sec. 63.11621(e) or (f) to install and operate a 
cyclone to control emissions from pelleting operations because your 
average daily feed production level is 50 tpd or less, feed production 
records to enable the determination of the average daily feed production 
level.
    (7) Your records must be in a form suitable and readily available 
for expeditious review, according to Sec. 63.10(b)(1).
    (8) As specified in Sec. 63.10(b)(1), you must keep each record for 
5 years following the date of each recorded action.
    (9) You must keep each record onsite for at least 2 years after the 
date of each recorded action according to Sec. 63.10(b)(1). You may 
keep the records offsite for the remaining 3 years.
    (d) If you no longer use materials that contain manganese or 
chromium after January 5, 2010, you must submit a Notification in 
accordance with Sec. 63.11619(c) which includes the information 
specified in paragraphs (d)(1) and (2) of this section.
    (1) Your company's name and address;
    (2) A statement by a responsible official indicating that the 
facility no longer uses materials that contain chromium or manganese. 
This statement should also include an effective date for the termination 
of use of materials that contain chromium or manganese, and the 
responsible official's

[[Page 558]]

name, title, phone number, e-mail address and signature.

[75 FR 546, Jan. 5, 2010, as amended at 75 FR 41994, July 20, 2010; 76 
FR 80266, Dec. 23, 2011]

                   Other Requirements and Information



Sec. 63.11625  What parts of the General Provisions apply to my
facility?

    Table 1 of this subpart shows which parts of the General Provisions 
in Sec. Sec. 63.1 through 63.16 apply to you.



Sec. 63.11626  Who implements and enforces this subpart?

    (a) This subpart can be implemented and enforced by EPA or a 
delegated authority such as your State, local, or Tribal agency. If the 
EPA Administrator has delegated authority to your State, local, or 
Tribal agency, then that agency has the authority to implement and 
enforce this subpart. You should contact your EPA Regional Office to 
find out if implementation and enforcement of this subpart is delegated 
to your State, local, or Tribal agency.
    (b) In delegating implementation and enforcement authority of this 
subpart to a State, local, or Tribal agency under 40 CFR part 63, 
subpart E, the authorities contained in paragraph (c) of this section 
are retained by the EPA Administrator and are not transferred to the 
State, local, or Tribal agency.
    (c) The authorities that cannot be delegated to State, local, or 
Tribal agencies are specified in paragraphs (c)(1) through (5) of this 
section.
    (1) Approval of an alternative nonopacity emissions standard under 
Sec. 63.6(g).
    (2) Approval of an alternative opacity emissions standard under 
Sec. 63.6(h)(9).
    (3) Approval of a major change to test methods under Sec. 
63.7(e)(2)(ii) and (f). A ``major change to test method'' is defined in 
Sec. 63.90.
    (4) Approval of a major change to monitoring under Sec. 63.8(f). A 
``major change to monitoring'' is defined in Sec. 63.90.
    (5) Approval of a major change to recordkeeping and reporting under 
Sec. 63.10(f). A ``major change to recordkeeping/reporting'' is defined 
in Sec. 63.90.



Sec. 63.11627  What definitions apply to this subpart?

    Terms used in this subpart are defined in the CAA, in Sec. 63.2, 
and in this section.
    Animal feed includes: Dehydrated alfalfa meal; alfalfa prepared as 
feed for animals; cubed alfalfa; prepared animal feed; chopped, crushed, 
or ground barley feed; prepared bird feed; blended animal feed; bone 
meal prepared as feed for animals and fowls; cattle feeds, supplements, 
concentrates, and premixes; prepared chicken feeds; cattle feed citrus 
pulp; complete livestock feed; custom milled animal feed; dairy cattle 
feeds supplements, concentrates, and premixes; earthworm food and 
bedding; animal feed concentrates; animal feed premixes; animal feed 
supplements; prepared animal feeds; specialty animal (e.g., guinea pig, 
mice, mink) feeds; fish food for feeding fish; custom ground grains for 
animal feed; cubed hay; kelp meal and pellets animal feed; laboratory 
animal feed; livestock feeds, supplements, concentrates and premixes; 
alfalfa meal; bone meal prepared as feed for animals and fowls; 
livestock micro and macro premixes; mineral feed supplements; animal 
mineral supplements; pet food; poultry feeds, supplements, and 
concentrates; rabbit food; shell crushed and ground animal feed; swine 
feed; swine feed supplements, concentrates, and premixes; and prepared 
turkey feeds. Feed products produced for dogs and cats are not 
considered animal feed for the purposes of this subpart.
    Average daily feed production level means the average amount of 
animal feed products produced each day over an annual period. The 
initial determination of the average daily feed production level is 
based on the one-year period prior to the compliance date for existing 
sources, or the design rate for new sources. The subsequent average 
daily feed production levels are determined annually and are based on 
the amount of animal feed products produced in a calendar year divided 
by the number of days in which the production processes were in 
operation.
    Cyclone means a mechanically aided collector that uses inertia to 
separate particulate matter from the gas stream as it spirals through 
the cyclone.

[[Page 559]]

    Material containing chromium means a material that contains chromium 
(Cr, atomic number 24) in amounts greater than or equal to 0.1 percent 
by weight.
    Material containing manganese means a material that contains 
manganese (Mn, atomic number 25) in amounts greater than or equal to 1.0 
percent by weight.
    Pelleting operations means all operations that make pelleted animal 
feed, including but not limited to, steam conditioning, die-casting, 
drying, cooling, and crumbling, and granulation.
    Prepared feeds manufacturing facility means a facility that is 
primarily engaged in manufacturing animal feed. A facility is primarily 
engaged in manufacturing animal feed if the production of animal feed 
comprises greater than 50 percent of the total production of the 
facility on an annual basis. Facilities primarily engaged in raising or 
feeding animals are not prepared feed manufacturing facilities. 
Facilities engaged in the growing of agricultural crops that are used in 
the manufacturing of feed are not considered prepared feeds 
manufacturing facilities.



Sec. Sec. 63.11628-63.11638  [Reserved]



  Sec. Table 1 to Subpart DDDDDDD of Part 63--Applicability of General 
         Provisions to Prepared Feeds Manufacturing Area Sources

    As required in Sec. 63.11619, you must meet each requirement in the 
following table that applies to you.

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     Applies to Subpart
          Citation                   Subject              DDDDDDD?
------------------------------------------------------------------------
63.1........................  Applicability.......  Yes.
63.2........................  Definitions.........  Yes.
63.3........................  Units and             Yes.
                               Abbreviations.
63.4........................  Prohibited            Yes.
                               Activities and
                               Circumvention.
63.5........................  Preconstruction       No.
                               Review and
                               Notification
                               Requirements.
63.6(a),(b)(1)-(b)(5),        Compliance with       Yes.
 (b)(7), (c), (f)(2)-(3),      Standards and
 (g), (i), and (j).            Maintenance
                               Requirements.
63.6(e)(1), (e)(3), (f)(1),   Startup, shutdown,    No. Standards apply
 and (h).                      and malfunction       at all times,
                               requirements and      including during
                               opacity/visible       startup, shutdown,
                               emission standards.   and malfunction
                                                     events.
63.7........................  Performance Testing   Yes.
                               Requirements.
63.8........................  Monitoring            Yes.
                               Requirements.
63.9(a), (b), (c), (d), (h),  Notification          Yes.
 (i), and (j).                 Requirements.
63.9(e), (f), (g)...........  ....................  No.
63.10(a),(b)(1), (b)(2)(i)-   Recordkeeping and     Yes.
 (iii), (b)(2)(vi)-(xiv),      Reporting
 (c), (d)(1), (e), and (f).    Requirements.
63.10(b)(2)(iv)-(v), (b)(3),  Recordkeeping and     No.
 and (d)(2)-(5).               Reporting
                               Requirements.
63.11.......................  Control Device        No.
                               Requirements.
63.12.......................  State Authorities     Yes.
                               and Delegations.
63.13.......................  Addresses...........  Yes.
63.14.......................  Incorporations by     Yes.
                               Reference.
63.15.......................  Availability of       Yes.
                               Information and
                               Confidentiality.
63.16.......................  Performance Track     Yes.
                               Provisions.
63.1(a)(5), (a)(7)-(9),       Reserved............  No.
 (b)(2), (c)(3)-(4), (d),
 63.6(b)(6), (c)(3), (c)(4),
 (d), (e)(2), (e)(3)(ii),
 (h)(3), (h)(5)(iv),
 63.8(a)(3), 63.9(b)(3),
 (h)(4), 63.10(c)(2)-(4),
 (c)(9).
------------------------------------------------------------------------



     Subpart EEEEEEE_National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air 
Pollutants: Gold Mine Ore Processing and Production Area Source Category

    Source: 76 FR 9480, Feb. 17, 2011, unless otherwise noted.

                   Applicability and Compliance Dates



Sec. 63.11640  Am I subject to this subpart?

    (a) You are subject to this subpart if you own or operate a gold 
mine ore processing and production facility as

[[Page 560]]

defined in Sec. 63.11651, that is an area source.
    (b) This subpart applies to each new or existing affected source. 
The affected sources are each collection of ``ore pretreatment 
processes'' at a gold mine ore processing and production facility, each 
collection of ``carbon processes with mercury retorts'' at a gold mine 
ore processing and production facility, each collection of ``carbon 
processes without mercury retorts'' at a gold mine ore processing and 
production facility, and each collection of ``non-carbon concentrate 
processes'' at a gold mine ore processing and production facility, as 
defined in Sec. 63.11651.
    (1) An affected source is existing if you commenced construction or 
reconstruction of the affected source on or before April 28, 2010.
    (2) An affected source is new if you commenced construction or 
reconstruction of the affected source after April 28, 2010.
    (c) This subpart does not apply to research and development 
facilities, as defined in section 112(c)(7) of the Clean Air Act (CAA).
    (d) If you own or operate a source subject to this subpart, you must 
have or you must obtain a permit under 40 CFR part 70 or 40 CFR part 71.



Sec. 63.11641  What are my compliance dates?

    (a) If you own or operate an existing affected source, you must 
comply with the applicable provisions of this subpart no later than 
February 17, 2014.
    (b) If you own or operate a new affected source, and the initial 
startup of your affected source is on or before February 17, 2011, you 
must comply with the provisions of this subpart no later than February 
17, 2011.
    (c) If you own or operate a new affected source, and the initial 
startup of your affected source is after February 17, 2011, you must 
comply with the provisions of this subpart upon startup of your affected 
source.

                  Standards and Compliance Requirements



Sec. 63.11645  What are my mercury emission standards?

    (a) For existing ore pretreatment processes, you must emit no more 
than 127 pounds of mercury per million tons of ore processed.
    (b) For existing carbon processes with mercury retorts, you must 
emit no more than 2.2 pounds of mercury per ton of concentrate 
processed.
    (c) For existing carbon processes without mercury retorts, you must 
emit no more than 0.17 pounds of mercury per ton of concentrate 
processed.
    (d) For existing non-carbon concentrate processes, you must emit no 
more than 0.2 pounds of mercury per ton of concentrate processed.
    (e) For new ore pretreatment processes, you must emit no more than 
84 pounds of mercury per million tons of ore processed.
    (f) For new carbon processes with mercury retorts, you must emit no 
more than 0.8 pounds of mercury per ton of concentrate processed.
    (g) For new carbon processes without mercury retorts, you must emit 
no more than 0.14 pounds of mercury per ton of concentrate processed.
    (h) For new non-carbon concentrate processes, you must emit no more 
than 0.1 pounds of mercury per ton of concentrate processed.
    (i) The standards set forth in this section apply at all times.



Sec. 63.11646  What are my compliance requirements?

    (a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, you must 
conduct a mercury compliance emission test within 180 days of the 
compliance date for all process units at new and existing affected 
sources according to the requirements in paragraphs (a)(1) through 
(a)(13) of this section. This compliance testing must be repeated 
annually thereafter, with no two consecutive annual compliance tests 
occurring less than 3 months apart or more than 15 months apart.

[[Page 561]]

    (1) You must determine the concentration of mercury and the 
volumetric flow rate of the stack gas according to the following test 
methods and procedures:
    (i) Method 1 or 1A (40 CFR part 60, appendix A-1) to select sampling 
port locations and the number of traverse points in each stack or duct. 
Sampling sites must be located at the outlet of the control device (or 
at the outlet of the emissions source if no control device is present) 
and prior to any releases to the atmosphere.
    (ii) Method 2, 2A, 2C, 2D, 2F (40 CFR part 60, appendix A-1), or 
Method 2G (40 CFR part 60, appendix A-2) to determine the volumetric 
flow rate of the stack gas.
    (iii) Method 3, 3A, or 3B (40 CFR part 60, appendix A-2) to 
determine the dry molecular weight of the stack gas. You may use ANSI/
ASME PTC 19.10, ``Flue and Exhaust Gas Analyses'' (incorporated by 
reference-see Sec. 63.14) as an alternative to EPA Method 3B.
    (iv) Method 4 (40 CFR part 60, appendix A-3) to determine the 
moisture content of the stack gas.
    (v) Method 29 (40 CFR part 60, appendix A-8) to determine the 
concentration of mercury, except as provided in paragraphs (a)(1)(vi) 
and (vii) of this section.
    (vi) Upon approval by the permitting authority, ASTM D6784; 
``Standard Test Method for Elemental, Oxidized, Particle-Bound and Total 
Mercury in Flue Gas Generated from Coal-Fired Stationary Sources 
(Ontario Hydro Method)'' (incorporated by reference--see Sec. 63.14) 
may be used as an alternative to Method 29 to determine the 
concentration of mercury.
    (vii) Upon approval by the permitting authority, Method 30B (40 CFR 
part 60, appendix A-8) may be used as an alternative to Method 29 to 
determine the concentration of mercury for those process units with 
relatively low particulate-bound mercury as specified in Section 1.2 of 
Method 30B.
    (2) A minimum of three test runs must be conducted for each 
performance test of each process unit. Each test run conducted with 
Method 29 must collect a minimum sample volume of 0.85 dry standard 
cubic meters (30 dry standard cubic feet). If conducted with Method 30B 
or ASTM D6784, determine sample time and volume according to the testing 
criteria set forth in the relevant method. If the emission testing 
results for any of the emission points yields a non-detect value, then 
the minimum detection limit (MDL) must be used to calculate the mass 
emissions rate (lb/hr) used to calculate the emissions factor (lb/ton) 
for that emission point and, in turn, for calculating the sum of the 
emissions (in units of pounds of mercury per ton of concentrate, or 
pounds of mercury per million tons of ore) for all emission points 
subject to the emission standard for determining compliance. If the 
resulting mercury emissions are greater than the MACT emission standard, 
the owner or operator may use procedures that produce lower MDL results 
and repeat the mercury emissions testing one additional time for any 
emission point for which the measured result was below the MDL. If this 
additional testing is performed, the results from that testing must be 
used to determine compliance (i.e., there are no additional 
opportunities allowed to lower the MDL).
    (3) Performance tests shall be conducted under such conditions as 
the Administrator specifies to the owner or operator based on 
representative performance of the affected source for the period being 
tested. Upon request, the owner or operator shall make available to the 
Administrator such records as may be necessary to determine the 
conditions of performance tests. Performance tests must be conducted 
under operating conditions (including process or production throughputs) 
that are based on representative performance. Record and report to the 
permit authority the process throughput for each test run. For sources 
with multiple emission units (e.g., two roasters, or a furnace, 
electrowinning circuit and a mercury retort) ducted to a common control 
device and stack, compliance testing must be performed either by 
conducting a single compliance test with all affected emissions units in 
operation or by conducting a separate compliance test on each emissions 
unit. Alternatively, the owner or operator may request approval from the 
permit authority for an alternative

[[Page 562]]

testing approach. If the units are tested separately, any emissions unit 
that is not tested initially must be tested as soon as is practicable. 
If the performance test is conducted when all affected units are 
operating, then the number of hours of operation used for calculating 
emissions pursuant to paragraphs (a)(6) and (7) of this section must be 
the total number of hours for the unit that has the greatest total 
operating hours for that period of time, or based on an appropriate 
alternative method approved by the permit authority to account for the 
hours of operation for each separate unit in these calculations.
    (4) Calculate the mercury emission rate (lb/hr), based on the 
average of 3 test run values, for each process unit (or combination of 
units that are ducted to a common stack and are tested when all affected 
sources are operating pursuant to paragraph (a)(3) of this section) 
using Equation (1) of this section:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17FE11.003

Where:

E = mercury emissions in lb/hr;
Cs = concentration of mercury in the stack gas, in grains per dry 
          standard cubic foot (gr/dscf);
Qs = volumetric flow rate of the stack gas, in dry standard cubic feet 
          per hour; and
K = conversion factor for grains (gr) to pounds (lb), 1.43 x 
          10-4.

    (5) Monitor and record the number of one-hour periods each process 
unit operates during each month.
    (6) For the initial compliance determination for both new and 
existing sources, determine the total mercury emissions for all the full 
calendar months between the compliance date and the date of the initial 
compliance test by multiplying the emission rate in lb/hr for each 
process unit (or combination of units ducted to a common stack that are 
tested together) by the number of one-hour periods each process unit (or 
the unit that had the greatest total operating hours among the 
combination of multiple units with one stack that are tested together, 
or an alternative method approved by the permit authority, pursuant to 
paragraph (a)(3) of this section) operated during those full calendar 
months prior to the initial compliance test. This initial period must 
include at least 1 full month of operations. After the initial 
compliance test, for subsequent compliance tests, determine the mercury 
mass emissions for the 12 full calendar months prior to the compliance 
test in accordance with the procedures in paragraph (a)(7) of this 
section. Existing sources may use a previous emission test for their 
initial compliance determination in lieu of conducting a new test if the 
test was conducted within one year of the compliance date using the 
methods specified in paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(4) of this section, 
and the tests were representative of current operating processes and 
conditions. If a previous test is used for their initial compliance 
determination, 3 to 12 full months of data on hours of operation and 
production (i.e., million tons of ore or tons of concentrate), including 
the month the test was conducted, must be used to calculate the 
emissions rate (in units of pounds of mercury per million tons of ore 
for the ore pretreatment affected sources, or in units of pounds of 
mercury per tons of concentrate for the other affected sources).
    (7) For compliance determinations following the initial compliance 
test for new and existing sources, determine the total mercury mass 
emissions for each process unit for the 12 full calendar months 
preceding the performance test by multiplying the emission rate in lb/hr 
for each process unit (or combination of units ducted to a common stack 
that are tested together) by the number of one-hour periods each process 
unit (or the unit that had the greatest total operating hours among the 
combination of multiple units with one stack that are tested together, 
or an alternative method approved by the permit authority, pursuant to 
paragraph (a)(3) of this section) operated

[[Page 563]]

during the 12 full calendar months preceding the completion of the 
performance tests.
    (8) You must install, calibrate, maintain and operate an appropriate 
weight measurement device, mass flow meter, or densitometer and 
volumetric flow meter to measure ore throughput for each roasting 
operation and autoclave and calculate hourly, daily and monthly totals 
in tons of ore according to paragraphs (a)(8)(i) and (a)(8)(ii) of this 
section.
    (i) Measure the weight or the density and volumetric flow rate of 
the oxidized ore slurry as it exits the roaster oxidation circuit(s) and 
before the carbon-in-leach tanks. Alternatively, the weight of the ore 
can be measured ``as fed'' if approved by the permit authority as an 
acceptable equivalent method to measure amount of ore processed.
    (ii) Measure the weight or the density and volumetric flow rate of 
the ore slurry as it is fed to the autoclave(s). Alternatively, the 
weight or the density and volumetric flow rate of the oxidized ore 
slurry can be measured as it exits the autoclave and before the carbon-
in-leach tanks if approved by the permit authority as an acceptable 
equivalent method to measure amount of ore processed.
    (9) Measure the weight of concentrate (produced by electrowinning, 
Merrill Crowe process, gravity feed, or other methods) using weigh 
scales for each batch prior to processing in mercury retorts or melt 
furnaces. For facilities with mercury retorts, the concentrate must be 
weighed in the same state and condition as it is when fed to the mercury 
retort. For facilities without mercury retorts, the concentrate must be 
weighed prior to being fed to the melt furnace before drying in any 
ovens. For facilities that ship concentrate offsite, measure the weight 
of concentrate as shipped offsite. You must keep accurate records of the 
weights of each batch of concentrate processed and calculate, and record 
the total weight of concentrate processed each month.
    (10) You must maintain the systems for measuring density, volumetric 
flow rate, and weight within 5 percent accuracy. 
You must describe the specific equipment used to make measurements at 
your facility and how that equipment is periodically calibrated. You 
must also explain, document, and maintain written procedures for 
determining the accuracy of the measurements and make these written 
procedures available to your permitting authority upon request. You must 
determine, record, and maintain a record of the accuracy of the 
measuring systems before the beginning of your initial compliance test 
and during each subsequent quarter of affected source operation.
    (11) Record the weight in tons of ore for ore pretreatment processes 
and concentrate for carbon processes with mercury retorts, carbon 
processes without mercury retorts, and for non-carbon concentrate 
processes on a daily and monthly basis.
    (12) Calculate the emissions from each new and existing affected 
source for the sum of all full months between the compliance date and 
the date of the initial compliance test in pounds of mercury per ton of 
process input using the procedures in paragraphs (a)(12)(i) through 
(a)(12)(iv) of this section to determine initial compliance with the 
emission standards in Sec. 63.11645. This must include at least 1 full 
month of data. Or, if a previous test is used pursuant to paragraph 
(a)(6) of this section for the initial compliance test, use a period of 
time pursuant to paragraph (a)(6) of this section to calculate the 
emissions for the affected source. After this initial compliance test 
period, determine annual compliance using the procedures in paragraph 
(a)(13) of this section for existing sources.
    (i) For ore pretreatment processes, divide the sum of mercury mass 
emissions (in pounds) from all roasting operations and autoclaves during 
the number of full months between the compliance date and the initial 
compliance test by the sum of the total amount of gold mine ore 
processed (in million tons) in these process units during those same 
full months following the compliance date. Or, if a previous test is 
used to determine initial compliance, pursuant to paragraph (a)(6) of 
this section, then the same 3 to 12 full months of production data 
(i.e., million tons of ore) and hours of operation referred to in 
paragraph (a)(6) of

[[Page 564]]

this section, must be used to determine the emissions in pounds of 
mercury per million tons of ore.
    (ii) For carbon processes with mercury retorts, divide the sum of 
mercury mass emissions (in pounds) from all carbon kilns, preg tanks, 
electrowinning, mercury retorts, and melt furnaces during the initial 
number of full months between the compliance date and the initial 
compliance tests by the total amount of concentrate (in tons) processed 
in these process units during those same full months following the 
compliance date. If a previous test is used to determine initial 
compliance, pursuant to paragraph (a)(6) of this section, then the same 
3 to 12 full months of production data (i.e., tons of concentrate) and 
hours of operation referred to in paragraph (a)(6) of this section, must 
be used to determine the emissions in pounds of mercury per tons of 
concentrate.
    (iii) For carbon processes without mercury retorts, divide the sum 
of mercury mass emissions (in pounds) from all carbon kilns, preg tanks, 
electrowinning, and melt furnaces during the initial number of full 
months between the compliance date and the initial compliance tests by 
the total amount of concentrate (in tons) processed in these process 
units during those same full months following the compliance date. If a 
previous test is used to determine initial compliance, pursuant to 
paragraph (a)(6) of this section, then the same 3 to 12 full months of 
production data (i.e., tons of concentrate) and hours of operation 
referred to in paragraph (a)(6) of this section, must be used to 
determine the emissions in pounds of mercury per tons of concentrate.
    (iv) For non-carbon concentrate processes, divide the sum of mercury 
mass emissions (in pounds) from mercury retorts and melt furnaces during 
the initial number of full months between the compliance date and the 
initial compliance tests by the total amount of concentrate (in tons) 
processed in these process units during those same full months following 
the compliance date. If a previous test is used to determine initial 
compliance, pursuant to paragraph (a)(6) of this section, then the same 
3 to 12 full months of production data (i.e., tons of concentrate) and 
hours of operation referred to in paragraph (a)(6) of this section, must 
be used to determine the emissions in pounds of mercury per tons of 
concentrate.
    (13) After the initial compliance test, calculate the emissions from 
each new and existing affected source for each 12-month period preceding 
each subsequent compliance test in pounds of mercury per ton of process 
input using the procedures in paragraphs (a)(13)(i) through (iv) of this 
section to determine compliance with the emission standards in Sec. 
63.11645.
    (i) For ore pretreatment processes, divide the sum of mercury mass 
emissions (in pounds) from all roasting operations and autoclaves in the 
12-month period preceding a compliance test by the sum of the total 
amount of gold mine ore processed (in million tons) in that 12-month 
period.
    (ii) For carbon processes with mercury retorts, divide the sum of 
mercury mass emissions (in pounds) from all carbon kilns, preg tanks, 
electrowinning, mercury retorts, and melt furnaces in the 12-month 
period preceding a compliance test by the total amount of concentrate 
(in tons) processed in these process units in that 12-month period.
    (iii) For carbon processes without mercury retorts, divide the sum 
of mercury mass emissions (in pounds) from all carbon kilns, preg tanks, 
electrowinning, and melt furnaces in the 12-month period preceding a 
compliance test by the total amount of concentrate (in tons) processed 
in these process units in that 12-month period.
    (iv) For non-carbon concentrate processes, divide the sum of mercury 
mass emissions (in pounds) from mercury retorts and melt furnaces in the 
12-month period preceding a compliance test by the total amount of 
concentrate (in tons) processed in these process units in that 12-month 
period.
    (b) At all times, you must operate and maintain any affected source, 
including associated air pollution control equipment and monitoring 
equipment, in a manner consistent with safety and good air pollution 
control practices for minimizing emissions. Determination

[[Page 565]]

of whether such operation and maintenance procedures are being used will 
be based on information available to the Administrator which may 
include, but is not limited to, monitoring results, review of operation 
and maintenance procedures, review of operation and maintenance records, 
and inspection of the source.



Sec. 63.11647  What are my monitoring requirements?

    (a) Except as provided in paragraph (a)(5) of this section, you must 
monitor each roaster for mercury emissions using one of the procedures 
in paragraphs (a)(1), (a)(2), or (a)(3) of this section and establish 
operating limits for mercury concentration as described in paragraph 
(a)(4) of this section.
    (1) Perform sampling and analysis of the roaster's exhaust for 
mercury concentration using EPA Performance Specification 12B (40 CFR 
part 60, appendix B and Procedure 5 of appendix F) or EPA Method 30B (40 
CFR part 60, appendix A-8) at least twice per month. A minimum of two 
measurements must be taken per month that are at least 11 days apart 
from other consecutive tests. The mercury concentration must be 
maintained below the operating limit established in paragraph (a)(4) of 
this section. The results of the sampling must be obtained within 72 
hours of the time the sample is taken.
    (i) To determine the appropriate sampling duration, you must review 
the available data from previous stack tests to determine the upper 99th 
percentile of the range of mercury concentrations in the exit stack gas. 
Based on this upper end of expected concentrations, select an 
appropriate sampling duration that is likely to provide a valid sample 
and not result in breakthrough of the sampling tubes. If breakthrough of 
the sampling tubes occurs, you must re-sample within 7 days using a 
shorter sampling duration.
    (ii) If any mercury concentration measurement from the twice per 
month sampling with PS 12B or Method 30B is higher than the operating 
limit, the exceedance must be reported to the permit authority as a 
deviation and corrective actions must be implemented within 48 hours 
upon receipt of the sampling results. Moreover, within 96 hours of the 
exceedance, the owner or operator must measure the concentration again 
(with PS 12B (40 CFR part 60, appendix B and Procedure 5 of appendix F), 
Method 30B or Method 29 (40 CFR part 60, appendix A-8), or ASTM 
D6784(incorporated by reference--see Sec. 63.14)) and demonstrate to 
the permit authority that the mercury concentration is no higher than 
the operating limit, or inform the permit authority that the limit 
continues to be exceeded. If the measured mercury concentration exceeds 
the operating limit for mercury concentration after these 96 hours, the 
exceedance must be reported as a deviation within 24 hours to the 
permitting authority. The owner or operator must conduct a full 
compliance test pursuant to Sec. 63.11646(a) for the roaster operations 
within 40 days to determine if the affected source is in compliance with 
the MACT emission standard. For facilities that have roasters and 
autoclaves, the owner or operator can use the results of the previous 
compliance test for the autoclaves to determine the emissions for those 
process units to be used in the calculations of the emissions for the 
affected source. If the source is determined to be in compliance, the 
compliance test may also be used to establish a new operating limit for 
mercury concentration (in accordance with paragraph (e) of this 
section).
    (2) Install, operate, calibrate, and maintain a continuous emissions 
monitoring system (CEMS) to continuously measure the mercury 
concentration in the final exhaust stream from each roaster according to 
the requirements of Performance Specification 12A (40 CFR part 60, 
appendix B) except that calibration standards traceable to the National 
Institute of Standards and Technology are not required. You must perform 
a data accuracy assessment of the CEMS according to section 5 of 
Appendix F in part 60 and follow the applicable monitoring requirements 
in Sec. 63.8 as provided in Table 1 to subpart EEEEEEE.
    (i) You must continuously monitor the daily average mercury 
concentration from the roaster and maintain the daily average 
concentration below the operating limit established in paragraph (a)(4) 
of this section.

[[Page 566]]

    (ii) If the daily average mercury concentration from the CEMs is 
higher than the operating limit, the exceedance must be reported to the 
permit authority as a deviation and corrective actions must be 
implemented within 48 hours upon receipt of the sampling results. 
Moreover, within 96 hours of the exceedance, the owner or operator must 
measure the concentration again (with the CEMs (40 CFR part 60, appendix 
B and Procedure 5 of appendix F) and demonstrate to the permit authority 
that the mercury concentration is no higher than the operating limit, or 
inform the permit authority that the limit continues to be exceeded. If 
the measured mercury concentration exceeds the operating limit for 
mercury concentration after these 96 hours, the exceedance must be 
reported as a deviation within 24 hours to the permitting authority, and 
the owner or operator must conduct a full compliance test pursuant to 
Sec. 63.11646(a) for the roaster operations within 40 days to determine 
if the affected source is in compliance with the MACT emission standard. 
For facilities that have roasters and autoclaves, the owner or operator 
can use the results of the previous compliance test for the autoclaves 
to determine the emissions for those process units to be used in the 
calculations of the emissions for the affected source. If the source is 
determined to be in compliance, the compliance test results may also be 
used to establish a new operating limit for mercury concentration (in 
accordance with paragraph (e) of this section).
    (iii) You must submit a monitoring plan that includes quality 
assurance and quality control (QA/QC) procedures sufficient to 
demonstrate the accuracy of the CEMS to your permitting authority for 
approval 180 days prior to your initial compliance test. At a minimum, 
the QA/QC procedures must include daily calibrations and an annual 
accuracy test for the CEMS.
    (3) Continuously measure the mercury concentration in the final 
exhaust stream from each roaster using EPA Performance Specification 12B 
(40 CFR part 60 appendix B and Procedure 5 of appendix F).
    (i) You must continuously measure the mercury concentration in the 
roaster exhaust and maintain the average daily mercury concentration 
below the operating limit established in paragraph (a)(4) of this 
section. To determine the appropriate sampling duration, you must review 
the available data from previous stack tests to determine the upper 99th 
percentile of the range of mercury concentrations in the exit stack gas. 
Based on this upper end of expected concentrations, select an 
appropriate sampling duration that is likely to provide a valid sample 
and not result in breakthrough of the sampling tubes. If breakthrough of 
the sampling tubes occurs, you must re-sample within 7 days using a 
shorter sampling duration.
    (ii) If the daily average mercury concentration is higher than the 
operating limit, the exceedance must be reported to the permit authority 
as a deviation and corrective actions must be implemented within 48 
hours upon receipt of the sampling results. Moreover, within 96 hours of 
the exceedance, the owner or operator must measure the concentration 
again with PS 12B (40 CFR part 60, appendix B and Procedure 5 of 
appendix F), Method 30B or Method 29 (40 CFR part 60, appendix A-8), or 
ASTM D6784(incorporated by reference--see Sec. 63.14) and demonstrate 
to the permit authority that the mercury concentration is no higher than 
the operating limit, or inform the permit authority that the limit 
continues to be exceeded. If the measured mercury concentration exceeds 
the operating limit for mercury concentration after these 96 hours, the 
exceedance must be reported as a deviation within 24 hours to the 
permitting authority and the owner or operator must conduct a full 
compliance test pursuant to Sec. 63.11646(a) for the roaster operations 
within 40 days to determine if the affected source is in compliance with 
the MACT emission standard. For facilities that have roasters and 
autoclaves, the owner or operator can use the results of the previous 
compliance test for the autoclaves to determine the emissions for those 
process units to be used in the calculations of the emissions for the 
affected source. If the source is determined to be in compliance, the 
compliance test results may also be used to establish a new operating 
limit for

[[Page 567]]

mercury concentration (in accordance with paragraph (e) of this 
section).
    (4) Use Equation (2) of this section to establish an upper operating 
limit for mercury concentration as determined by using the procedures in 
paragraphs (a)(1), (a)(2), or (a)(3) of this section concurrently while 
you are conducting your annual compliance performance stack tests 
according to the procedures in Sec. 63.11646(a).
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17FE11.004

Where:

OLR = mercury concentration operating limit for the roaster (or roasters 
          that share a common stack) (in micrograms per cubic meter);
Ctest = average mercury concentration measured by the 
          monitoring procedures (PS 12A or PS 12B or 30B) during the 
          compliance performance stack test (in micrograms per cubic 
          meter);
EL = emission standard for ore pretreatment processes (in lb/million 
          tons of ore);
CT = compliance test results for ore pretreatment processes (in lb/
          million tons of ore).

    (5) For roasters that utilize calomel-based mercury control systems 
for emissions controls, you are not required to perform the monitoring 
for mercury emissions in paragraphs (a)(1), (a)(2), or (a)(3) of this 
section if you demonstrate to the satisfaction of your permitting 
authority that mercury emissions from the roaster are less than 10 
pounds of mercury per million tons of ore throughput. If you make this 
demonstration, you must conduct the parametric monitoring as described 
below in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section.
    (i) The initial demonstration must include three or more consecutive 
independent stack tests for mercury at least one month apart on the 
roaster exhaust stacks. Subsequent demonstrations may be based upon the 
single stack test required in paragraph (a) of section Sec. 63.11646. 
The results of each of the tests must be less than 10 pounds of mercury 
per million tons of ore. The testing must be performed according to the 
procedures in Sec. 63.11646(a)(1) through (a)(4) to determine mercury 
emissions in pounds per hour.
    (ii) Divide the mercury emission rate in pounds per hour by the ore 
throughput rate during the test expressed in millions of tons per hour 
to determine the emissions in pounds per million tons of ore.
    (b) For facilities with roasters and a calomel-based mercury control 
system that choose to monitor for mercury emissions using the procedures 
in paragraph (a)(1) of this section or that qualify for and choose to 
follow the requirements in paragraph (a)(5) of this section, you must 
establish operating parameter limits for scrubber liquor flow (or line 
pressure) and scrubber inlet gas temperature and monitor these 
parameters. You may establish your operating parameter limits from the 
initial compliance test, according to the manufacturer's specifications, 
or based on limits established by the permitting authority. If you 
choose to establish your operating parameter limits from the initial 
compliance test, monitor the scrubber liquor flow (or line pressure) and 
scrubber inlet gas temperature during each run of your initial 
compliance test. The minimum operating limit for scrubber liquor flow 
rate (or line pressure) is either the lowest value during any run of the 
initial compliance test or 10 percent less than the average value 
measured during the compliance test, and your maximum scrubber inlet 
temperature limit is the highest temperature measured during any run of 
the initial compliance test or 10 percent higher than the average value 
measured during the compliance test. You must monitor the scrubber 
liquor flow rate (or line pressure) and scrubber inlet gas temperature 
hourly and maintain the scrubber liquor flow (or line pressure) at or 
above the established operating parameter and maintain the inlet gas 
temperature below the established operating parameter limit.
    (c) For facilities with roasters and a calomel-based mercury control 
system

[[Page 568]]

that choose to monitor for mercury emissions using the procedures in 
paragraph (a)(1) of this section or that qualify for and follow the 
requirements in paragraph (a)(5) of this section, you must establish 
operating parameter ranges for mercuric ion and chloride ion 
concentrations or for oxidation reduction potential and pH using the 
procedures in paragraph (c)(1) or (c)(2) of this section respectively.
    (1) Establish the mercuric ion concentration and chloride ion 
concentration ranges for each calomel-based mercury control system. The 
mercuric ion concentration and chloride ion concentration ranges for 
each calomel-based mercury control system must be based on the 
manufacturer's specifications, or based on approval by your permitting 
authority. Measure the mercuric ion concentration and chloride ion 
concentrations at least once during each run of your initial compliance 
test. The measurements must be within the established concentration 
range for mercuric ion concentration and chloride ion concentration. 
Subsequently, you must sample at least once daily and maintain the 
mercuric ion concentration and chloride ion concentrations within their 
established range.
    (2) Establish the oxidation reduction potential and pH range for 
each calomel-based mercury control system. The oxidation reduction 
potential and pH range for each calomel-based mercury control system 
must be based on the manufacturer's specifications, or based on approval 
by your permitting authority. Install monitoring equipment to 
continuously monitor the oxidation reduction potential and pH of the 
calomel-based mercury control system scrubber liquor. Measure the 
oxidation reduction potential and pH of the scrubber liquor during each 
run of your initial compliance test. The measurements must be within the 
established range for oxidation reduction potential and pH. 
Subsequently, you must monitor the oxidation reduction potential and pH 
of the scrubber liquor continuously and maintain it within the 
established operating range.
    (d) If you have an exceedance of a control device operating 
parameter range provided in paragraphs (b) or (c) of this section, you 
must take corrective action and bring the parameters back into the 
established parametric ranges. If the corrective actions taken following 
an exceedance do not result in the operating parameter value being 
returned within the established range within 48 hours, a mercury 
concentration measurement (with PS 12B or PS 12A CEMS (40 CFR part 60, 
appendix B and Procedure 5 of appendix F), Method 30B or Method 29 (40 
CFR part 60, appendix A-8), or ASTM D6784 (incorporated by reference--
see Sec. 63.14)) must be made to determine if the operating limit for 
mercury concentration is being exceeded. The measurement must be 
performed and the mercury concentration determined within 48 hours 
(after the initial 48 hours, or a total of 96 hours from the time the 
parameter range was exceeded). If the measured mercury concentration 
meets the operating limit for mercury concentration established under 
Sec. 63.11647(a)(4), the corrective actions are deemed successful, and 
the owner or operator can request the permit authority to establish a 
new limit or range for the parameter. If the measured mercury 
concentration exceeds the operating limit for mercury concentration 
after these 96 hours, the exceedance must be reported as a deviation 
within 24 hours to the permitting authority and the owner or operator 
must conduct a full compliance test pursuant to Sec. 63.11646(a) for 
the roaster operations within 40 days to determine if the affected 
source is in compliance with the MACT emission standard. For facilities 
that have roasters and autoclaves, the owner or operator can use the 
results of the previous compliance test for the autoclaves to determine 
the emissions for those process units to be used in the calculations of 
the emissions for the affected source. If the source is determined to be 
in compliance with the MACT emission standard, the compliance test may 
also be used to establish a new operating limit for mercury 
concentration (see paragraph (e) of this section).
    (e) You may submit a request to your permitting authority for 
approval to change the operating limits established under paragraph 
(a)(4) of this section

[[Page 569]]

for the monitoring required in paragraph (a)(1),(a)(2), or (a)(3) of 
this section. In the request, you must demonstrate that the proposed 
change to the operating limit detects changes in levels of mercury 
emission control. An approved change to the operating limit under this 
paragraph only applies until a new operating limit is established during 
the next annual compliance test.
    (f) You must monitor each process unit at each new and existing 
affected source that uses a carbon adsorber to control mercury emissions 
using the procedures in paragraphs (f)(1) or (f)(2) of this section. A 
carbon adsorber may include a fixed carbon bed, carbon filter packs or 
modules, carbon columns, and other variations.
    (1) Continuously sample and analyze the exhaust stream from the 
carbon adsorber for mercury using Method 30B (40 CFR part 60, appendix 
A-8) for a duration of at least the minimum sampling time specified in 
Method 30B and up to one week that includes the period of the annual 
performance test.
    (i) Establish an upper operating limit for the process as determined 
using the mercury concentration measurements from the sorbent trap 
(Method 30B) as calculated from Equation (3) of this section.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17FE11.005

Where:

OLC = mercury concentration operating limit for the carbon adsorber 
          control device on the process as measured using the sorbent 
          trap, (micrograms per cubic meter);
Ctrap = average mercury concentration measured using the 
          sorbent trap during the week that includes the compliance 
          performance test, (micrograms per cubic meter);
EL = emission standard for the affected sources (lb/ton of concentrate);
CT = compliance test results for the affected sources (lb/ton of 
          concentrate).

    (ii) Sample and analyze the exhaust stream from the carbon adsorber 
for mercury at least monthly using Method 30B (40 CFR part 60, appendix 
A-8). When the mercury concentration reaches 75 percent of the operating 
limit, begin weekly sampling and analysis. When the mercury 
concentration reaches 90 percent of the operating limit, replace the 
carbon in the carbon adsorber within 30 days. If mercury concentration 
exceeds the operating limit, change the carbon in the carbon adsorber 
within 30 days and report the deviation to your permitting authority.
    (2) Conduct an initial sampling of the carbon in the carbon bed for 
mercury 90 days after the replacement of the carbon. A representative 
sample must be collected from the inlet of the bed and the exit of the 
bed and analyzed using SW-846 Method 7471B (incorporated by reference--
see Sec. 63.14). The depth to which the sampler is inserted must be 
recorded. The design capacity is established by calculating the average 
carbon loading from the inlet and outlet measurements. Sampling and 
analysis of the carbon bed for mercury must be performed quarterly 
thereafter. When the carbon loading reaches 50 percent of the design 
capacity of the carbon, monthly sampling must be performed until 90 
percent of the carbon loading capacity is reached. The carbon must be 
removed and replaced with fresh carbon no later than 30 days after 
reaching 90 percent of capacity. For carbon designs where there may be 
multiple carbon columns or beds, a representative sample may be 
collected from the first and last column or bed instead of the inlet or 
outlet. If the carbon loading exceeds the design capacity of the carbon, 
change the carbon within 30 days and report the deviation to your 
permitting authority.
    (g) You must monitor gas stream temperature at the inlet to the 
carbon adsorber for each process unit (i.e., carbon kiln, melt furnace, 
etc.) equipped with a carbon adsorber. Establish a

[[Page 570]]

maximum value for the inlet temperature either during the annual 
performance test (required in Sec. 63.11646(a)), according to the 
manufacturer's specifications, or as approved by your permitting 
authority. If you choose to establish the temperature operating limit 
during the performance test, establish the temperature operating limit 
based on either the highest reading during the test or at 10 [deg]F 
higher than the average temperature measured during the performance 
test. Monitor the inlet temperature once per shift. If an inlet 
temperature exceeds the temperature operating limit, you must take 
corrective actions to get the temperature back within the parameter 
operating limit within 48 hours. If the exceedance persists, within 144 
hours of the exceedance, you must sample and analyze the exhaust stream 
from the carbon adsorber using Method 30B (40 CFR part 60, appendix A-8) 
and compare to an operating limit (calculated pursuant to (f)(1)(i)) or 
you must conduct carbon sampling pursuant to (f)(2) of this section. If 
the concentration measured with Method 30B is below 90 percent of the 
operating limit or the carbon sampling results are below 90 percent of 
the carbon loading capacity, you may set a new temperature operating 
limit 10 [deg]F above the previous operating limit or at an alternative 
level approved by your permit authority. If the concentration is above 
90 percent of the operating limit or above 90 percent of the carbon 
loading capacity you must change the carbon in the bed within 30 days 
and report the event to your permitting authority, and reestablish an 
appropriate maximum temperature limit based on approval of your permit 
authority.
    (h) For each wet scrubber at each new and existing affected source 
not followed by a mercury control system, you must monitor the water 
flow rate (or line pressure) and pressure drop. Establish a minimum 
value as the operating limit for water flow rate (or line pressure) and 
pressure drop either during the performance test required in Sec. 
63.11646(a), according to the manufacturer's specifications, or as 
approved by your permitting authority. If you choose to establish the 
operating limit based on the results of the performance test, the new 
operating limit must be established based on either the lowest value 
during any test run or 10 percent less than the average value measured 
during the test. For wet scrubbers on an autoclave, establish the 
pressure drop range according to manufacturer's specifications. You must 
monitor the water flow rate and pressure drop once per shift and take 
corrective action within 24 hours if any daily average is less than the 
operating limit. If the parameters are not in range within 72 hours, the 
owner or operator must report the deviation to the permitting authority 
and perform a compliance test for the process unit(s) controlled with 
the wet scrubber that has the parameter exceedance within 40 days to 
determine if the affected source is in compliance with the MACT limit. 
For the other process units included in the affected source, the owner 
or operator can use the results of the previous compliance test to 
determine the emissions for those process units to be used in the 
calculations of the emissions for the affected source.
    (i) You may conduct additional compliance tests according to the 
procedures in Sec. 63.11646 and re-establish the operating limits 
required in paragraphs (a) through (c) and (f) through (h) of this 
section at any time. You must submit a request to your permitting 
authority for approval to re-establish the operating limits. In the 
request, you must demonstrate that the proposed change to the operating 
limit detects changes in levels of mercury emission control. An approved 
change to the operating limit under this paragraph only applies until a 
new operating limit is established during the next annual compliance 
test.



Sec. 63.11648  What are my notification, reporting, and recordkeeping
requirements?

    (a) You must submit the Initial Notification required by Sec. 
63.9(b)(2) no later than 120 calendar days after the date of publication 
of the final rule in the Federal Register or within 120 days after the 
source becomes subject to the standard. The Initial Notification must 
include the information specified in Sec. 63.9(b)(2)(i) through 
(b)(2)(iv).

[[Page 571]]

    (b) You must submit an initial Notification of Compliance Status as 
required by Sec. 63.9(h).
    (c) If a deviation occurs during a semiannual reporting period, you 
must submit a deviation report to your permitting authority according to 
the requirements in paragraphs (c)(1) and (2) of this section.
    (1) The first reporting period covers the period beginning on the 
compliance date specified in Sec. 63.11641 and ending on June 30 or 
December 31, whichever date comes first after your compliance date. Each 
subsequent reporting period covers the semiannual period from January 1 
through June 30 or from July 1 through December 31. Your deviation 
report must be postmarked or delivered no later than July 31 or January 
31, whichever date comes first after the end of the semiannual reporting 
period.
    (2) A deviation report must include the information in paragraphs 
(c)(2)(i) through (c)(2)(iv) of this section.
    (i) Company name and address.
    (ii) Statement by a responsible official, with the official's name, 
title, and signature, certifying the truth, accuracy and completeness of 
the content of the report.
    (iii) Date of the report and beginning and ending dates of the 
reporting period.
    (iv) Identification of the affected source, the pollutant being 
monitored, applicable requirement, description of deviation, and 
corrective action taken.
    (d) If you had a malfunction during the reporting period, the 
compliance report required in Sec. 63.11648(b) must include the number, 
duration, and a brief description for each type of malfunction which 
occurred during the reporting period and which caused or may have caused 
any applicable emission limitation to be exceeded. The report must also 
include a description of actions taken by an owner or operator during a 
malfunction of an affected source to minimize emissions in accordance 
with Sec. 63.11646(b), including actions taken to correct a 
malfunction.
    (e) You must keep the records specified in paragraphs (e)(1) through 
(e)(3) of this section. The form and maintenance of records must be 
consistent with the requirements in section 63.10(b)(1) of the General 
Provisions.
    (1) As required in Sec. 63.10(b)(2)(xiv), you must keep a copy of 
each notification that you submitted to comply with this subpart and all 
documentation supporting any Initial Notification, Notification of 
Compliance Status, and semiannual compliance certifications that you 
submitted.
    (2) You must keep the records of all performance tests, 
measurements, monitoring data, and corrective actions required by 
Sec. Sec. 63.11646 and 63.11647, and the information identified in 
paragraphs (c)(2)(i) through (c)(2)(vi) of this section for each 
corrective action required by Sec. 63.11647.
    (i) The date, place, and time of the monitoring event requiring 
corrective action;
    (ii) Technique or method used for monitoring;
    (iv) Operating conditions during the activity;
    (v) Results, including the date, time, and duration of the period 
from the time the monitoring indicated a problem to the time that 
monitoring indicated proper operation; and
    (vi) Maintenance or corrective action taken (if applicable).
    (3) You must keep records of operating hours for each process as 
required by Sec. 63.11646(a)(5) and records of the monthly quantity of 
ore and concentrate processed or produced as required by Sec. 
63.11646(a)(10).
    (f) Your records must be in a form suitable and readily available 
for expeditious review, according to Sec. 63.10(b)(1). As specified in 
Sec. 63.10(b)(1), you must keep each record for 5 years following the 
date of each recorded action. You must keep each record onsite for at 
least 2 years after the date of each recorded action according to Sec. 
63.10(b)(1). You may keep the records offsite for the remaining 3 years.
    (g) After December 31, 2011, within 60 days after the date of 
completing each performance evaluation conducted to demonstrate 
compliance with this subpart, the owner or operator of the affected 
facility must submit the test data to EPA by entering the data 
electronically into EPA's WebFIRE data base through EPA's Central Data 
Exchange. The owner or operator of an affected facility shall enter the 
test data

[[Page 572]]

into EPA's data base using the Electronic Reporting Tool or other 
compatible electronic spreadsheet. Only performance evaluation data 
collected using methods compatible with ERT are subject to this 
requirement to be submitted electronically into EPA's WebFIRE database.

                   Other Requirements and Information



Sec. 63.11650  What General Provisions apply to this subpart?

    Table 1 to this subpart shows which parts of the General Provisions 
in Sec. Sec. 63.1 through 63.16 apply to you.



Sec. 63.11651  What definitions apply to this subpart?

    Terms used in this subpart are defined in the Clean Air Act, in 
Sec. 63.2, and in this section as follows:
    Autoclave means a pressure oxidation vessel that is used to treat 
gold ores (primarily sulfide refractory ore) and involves pumping a 
slurry of milled ore into the vessel which is highly pressurized with 
oxygen and heated to temperatures of approximately 350[deg] to 430 
[deg]F.
    Calomel-based mercury control system means a mercury emissions 
control system that uses scrubbers to remove mercury from the gas stream 
of a roaster or combination of roasters by complexing the mercury from 
the gas stream with mercuric chloride to form mercurous chloride 
(calomel). These scrubbers are also referred to as ``mercury 
scrubbers.''
    Carbon adsorber means a control device consisting of a single fixed 
carbon bed, multiple carbon beds or columns, carbon filter packs or 
modules, and other variations that uses activated carbon to remove 
pollutants from a gas stream.
    Carbon kiln means a kiln or furnace where carbon is regenerated by 
heating, usually in the presence of steam, after the gold has been 
stripped from the carbon.
    Carbon processes with mercury retorts means the affected source that 
includes carbon kilns, preg tanks, electrowinning cells, mercury 
retorts, and melt furnaces at gold mine ore processing and production 
facilities that use activated carbon, or resins that can be used as a 
substitute for activated carbon, to recover (adsorb) gold from the 
pregnant cyanide solution.
    Carbon processes without mercury retorts means the affected source 
that includes carbon kilns, preg tanks, electrowinning cells, and melt 
furnaces, but has no retorts, at gold mine ore processing and production 
facilities that use activated carbon, or resins that can be used as a 
substitute for activated carbon, to recover (adsorb) gold from the 
pregnant cyanide solution.
    Concentrate means the sludge-like material that is loaded with gold 
along with various other metals (such as silver, copper, and mercury) 
and various other substances, that is produced by electrowinning, the 
Merrill-Crowe process, flotation and gravity separation processes. 
Concentrate is measured as the input to mercury retorts, or for 
facilities without mercury retorts, as the input to melt furnaces before 
any drying takes place. For facilities without mercury retorts or melt 
furnaces, concentrate is measured as the quantity shipped.
    Deviation means any instance where an affected source subject to 
this subpart, or an owner or operator of such a source:
    (1) Fails to meet any requirement or obligation established by this 
subpart, including but not limited to any emissions limitation or work 
practice standard;
    (2) Fails to meet any term or condition that is adopted to implement 
an applicable requirement in this subpart and that is included in the 
operating permit for any affected source required to obtain such a 
permit; or
    (3) Exceeds any operating limit established under this subpart.
    Electrowinning means a process that uses induced voltage on anode 
and cathode plates to remove metals from the continuous flow of 
solution, where the gold in solution is plated onto the cathode. Steel 
wool is typically used as the plating surface.
    Electrowinning Cells means a tank in which the electrowinning takes 
place.
    Gold mine ore processing and production facility means any 
industrial facility engaged in the processing of gold mine ore that uses 
any of the following processes: Roasting operations,

[[Page 573]]

autoclaves, carbon kilns, preg tanks, electrowinning, mercury retorts, 
or melt furnaces. Laboratories (see CAA section 112(c)(7)), individual 
prospectors, and very small pilot scale mining operations that processes 
or produces less than 100 pounds of concentrate per year are not a gold 
mine ore processing and production facility. A facility that produces 
primarily metals other than gold, such as copper, lead, zinc, or nickel 
(where these metals other than gold comprise 95 percent or more of the 
total metal production) that may also recover some gold as a byproduct 
is not a gold mine ore processing and production facility. Those 
facilities whereby 95 percent or more of total mass of metals produced 
are metals other than gold, whether final metal production is onsite or 
offsite, are not part of the gold mine ore processing and production 
source category.
    Melt furnace means a furnace (typically a crucible furnace) that is 
used for smelting the gold-bearing material recovered from mercury 
retorting, or the gold-bearing material from electrowinning, the 
Merrill-Crowe process, or other processes for facilities without mercury 
retorts.
    Mercury retort means a vessel that is operated under a partial 
vacuum at approximately 1,100[deg] to 1,300 [deg]F to remove mercury and 
moisture from the gold bearing sludge material that is recovered from 
electrowinning, the Merrill-Crowe process, or other processes. Mercury 
retorts are usually equipped with condensers that recover liquid mercury 
during the processing.
    Merrill-Crowe process means a precipitation technique using zinc 
oxide for removing gold from a cyanide solution. Zinc dust is added to 
the solution, and gold is precipitated to produce a concentrate.
    Non-carbon concentrate processes means the affected source that 
includes mercury retorts and melt furnaces at gold mine ore processing 
and production facilities that use the Merrill-Crowe process or other 
processes and do not use carbon (or resins that substitute for carbon) 
to recover (adsorb) gold from the pregnant cyanide solution.
    Ore dry grinding means a process in which the gold ore is ground and 
heated (dried) prior to additional preheating or prior to entering the 
roaster.
    Ore preheating means a process in which ground gold ore is preheated 
prior to entering the roaster.
    Ore pretreatment processes means the affected source that includes 
roasting operations and autoclaves that are used to pre-treat gold mine 
ore at gold mine ore processing and production facilities prior to the 
cyanide leaching process.
    Pregnant solution tank (or preg tank) means a storage tank for 
pregnant solution, which is the cyanide solution that contains gold-
cyanide complexes that is generated from leaching gold ore with cyanide 
solution.
    Pregnant cyanide solution means the cyanide solution that contains 
gold-cyanide complexes that are generated from leaching gold ore with a 
dilute cyanide solution.
    Quenching means a process in which the hot calcined ore is cooled 
and quenched with water after it leaves the roaster.
    Roasting operation means a process that uses an industrial furnace 
in which milled ore is combusted across a fluidized bed to oxidize and 
remove organic carbon and sulfide mineral grains in refractory gold ore. 
The emissions points of the roasting operation subject to this subpart 
include ore dry grinding, ore preheating, the roaster stack, and 
quenching.



Sec. 63.11652  Who implements and enforces this subpart?

    (a) This subpart can be implemented and enforced by the U.S. EPA or 
a delegated authority, such as your state, local, or tribal agency. If 
the U.S. EPA Administrator has delegated authority to your state, local, 
or tribal agency, then that agency has the authority to implement and 
enforce this subpart. You should contact your U.S. EPA Regional Office 
to find out if this subpart is delegated to your state, local, or tribal 
agency.
    (b) In delegating implementation and enforcement authority of this 
subpart to a state, local, or tribal agency under 40 CFR part 63, 
subpart E, the authorities contained in paragraph (c) of this

[[Page 574]]

section are retained by the Administrator of the U.S. EPA and are not 
transferred to the state, local, or tribal agency.
    (c) The authorities that will not be delegated to state, local, or 
tribal agencies are listed in paragraphs (c)(1) through (4) of this 
section.
    (1) Approval of alternatives to the applicability requirements in 
Sec. 63.11640, the compliance date requirements in Sec. 63.11641, and 
the applicable standards in Sec. 63.11645.
    (2) Approval of an alternative nonopacity emissions standard under 
Sec. 63.6(g).
    (3) Approval of a major change to a test method under Sec. 
63.7(e)(2)(ii) and (f). A ``major change to test method'' is defined in 
Sec. 63.90(a).
    (4) Approval of a major change to monitoring under Sec. 63.8(f). A 
``major change to monitoring'' is defined in Sec. 63.90(a).
    (5) Approval of a waiver of recordkeeping or reporting requirements 
under Sec. 63.10(f), or another major change to recordkeeping/
reporting. A ``major change to recordkeeping/reporting'' is defined in 
Sec. 63.90(a).



Sec. 63.11653  [Reserved]



  Sec. Table 1 to Subpart EEEEEEE of Part 63--Applicability of General 
                      Provisions to Subpart EEEEEE

    As stated in Sec. 63.11650, you must comply with the applicable 
General Provisions requirements according to the following table

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
             Citation                      Subject            Applies to subpart EEEEEEE         Explanation
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sec. 63.1(a)(1), (a)(2), (a)(3),  Applicability........  Yes............................
 (a)(4), (a)(6), (a)(10)-(a)(12),
 (b)(1), (b)(3), (c)(1), (c)(2),
 (c)(5), (e).
Sec. 63.1(a)(5), (a)(7)-(a)(9),   Reserved.............  No.............................
 (b)(2), (c)(3), (c)(4), (d).
Sec. 63.2.......................  Definitions..........  Yes............................
Sec. 63.3.......................  Units and              Yes............................
                                     Abbreviations.
Sec. 63.4.......................  Prohibited Activities  Yes............................
                                     and Circumvention.
Sec. 63.5.......................  Preconstruction        Yes............................
                                     Review and
                                     Notification
                                     Requirements.
Sec. 63.6(a), (b)(1)-(b)(5),      Compliance with        Yes............................
 (b)(7), (c)(1), (c)(2), (c)(5),     Standards and
 (e)(1)(iii), (f)(2), (f)(3), (g),   Maintenance
 (i), (j).                           Requirements.
Sec. 63.6(e)(1)(i) and (ii),      Startup, Shutdown and  No.............................  Subpart EEEEEEE
 (e)(3), and (f)(1).                 Malfunction                                             standards apply at
                                     Requirements (SSM).                                     all times.
Sec. 63.6(h)(1), (h)(2),          Compliance with        No.............................  Subpart EEEEEEE does
 (h)(4),(h)(5)(i), (ii), (iii) and   Opacity and Visible                                     not contain opacity
 (v), (h)(6)-(h)(9).                 Emission Limits.                                        or visible emission
                                                                                             limits.
Sec. 63.6(b)(6), (c)(3), (c)(4),  Reserved.............  No.............................
 (d), (e)(2), (e)(3)(ii), (h)(3),
 (h)(5)(iv).
Sec. 63.7, except (e)(1)........  Applicability and      Yes............................
                                     Performance Test
                                     Dates.
Sec. 63.7(e)(1).................  Performance Testing    No.............................
                                     Requirements Related
                                     to SSM.
Sec. 63.8(a)(1), (b)(1), (f)(1)-  Monitoring             Yes............................
 (5), (g).                           Requirements.
Sec. 63.8(a)(2), (a)(4), (b)(2)-  Continuous Monitoring  Yes............................  Except cross
 (3), (c), (d), (e), (f)(6), (g).    Systems.                                                references to SSM
                                                                                             requirements in
                                                                                             Sec. 63.6(e)(1)
                                                                                             and (3) do not
                                                                                             apply.
Sec. 63.8(a)(3).................  [Reserved]...........  No.............................
Sec. 63.9(a), (b)(1), (b)(2)(i)-  Notification           Yes............................
 (v), (b)(4), (b)(5), (c), (d),      Requirements.
 (e), (g), (h)(1)-(h)(3), (h)(5),
 (h)(6), (i), (j).
Sec. 63.9(f)....................  .....................  No.............................
Sec. 63.9(b)(3), (h)(4).........  Reserved.............  No.............................
Sec. 63.10(a), (b)(1),            Recordkeeping and      Yes............................
 (b)(2)(vi)-(xiv), (b)(3), (c),      Reporting
 (d)(1)-(4), (e), (f).               Requirements.

[[Page 575]]

 
Sec. 63.10(b)(2)(i)-(v), (d)(5).  Recordkeeping/         No.............................
                                     Reporting Associated
                                     with SSM.
Sec. 63.10(c)(2)-(c)(4), (c)(9).  Reserved.............  No.............................
Sec. 63.11......................  Control Device         No.............................
                                     Requirements.
Sec. 63.12......................  State Authority and    Yes............................
                                     Delegations.
Sec. Sec. 63.13-63.16..........  Addresses,             Yes............................
                                     Incorporation by
                                     Reference,
                                     Availability of
                                     Information,
                                     Performance Track
                                     Provisions.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Subparts FFFFFFF and GGGGGGG [Reserved]



Subpart HHHHHHH_National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutant 
       Emissions for Polyvinyl Chloride and Copolymers Production

    Source: 77 FR 22906, Apr. 17, 2012, unless otherwise noted.

                        What This Subpart Covers



Sec. 63.11860  What is the purpose of this subpart?

    This subpart establishes national emission standards for hazardous 
air pollutants emitted from the production of polyvinyl chloride and 
copolymers at major sources. This subpart also establishes requirements 
to demonstrate initial and continuous compliance with the emission 
standards.



Sec. 63.11865  Am I subject to the requirements in this subpart?

    You are subject to the requirements in this subpart if you own or 
operate one or more polyvinyl chloride and copolymers production process 
units (PVCPU) as defined in Sec. 63.12005 that are located at, or are 
part of, a major source of hazardous air pollutants (HAP) emissions as 
defined in Sec. 63.2. The requirements of this subpart do not apply to 
research and development facilities, as defined in section 112(c)(7) of 
the Clean Air Act, or to chemical manufacturing process units, as 
defined in Sec. 63.101, that produce vinyl chloride monomer or other 
raw materials used in the production of polyvinyl chloride and 
copolymers.



Sec. 63.11870  What is the affected source of this subpart?

    (a) This subpart applies to each polyvinyl chloride and copolymers 
production affected source.
    (b) The polyvinyl chloride and copolymers production affected source 
is the facility wide collection of PVCPU, storage vessels, heat exchange 
systems, surge control vessels, wastewater and process wastewater 
treatment systems that are associated with producing polyvinyl chloride 
and copolymers.
    (c) An existing affected source is one for which construction was 
commenced on or before May 20, 2011, at a major source.
    (d) A new affected source is one for which construction is commenced 
after May 20, 2011, at a major source.
    (e) If components of an existing affected source are replaced such 
that the replacement meets the definition of reconstruction in Sec. 
63.2 and the reconstruction commenced after May 20, 2011, then the 
existing affected source becomes a reconstructed source and is subject 
to the relevant standards for a new affected source. The reconstructed 
source must comply with the requirements for a new affected source upon 
initial startup of the reconstructed source or by April 17, 2012, 
whichever is later.



Sec. 63.11871  What is the relationship to 40 CFR part 61, subpart F?

    After the applicable compliance date specified in Sec. 63.11875(a), 
(b) or (c), an affected source that is also subject to the provisions of 
40 CFR part 61, subpart F, is required to comply with the provisions of 
this subpart and no longer has to comply with 40 CFR part 61, subpart F.

[[Page 576]]



Sec. 63.11872  What is the relationship to other subparts in this part?

    After the applicable compliance date specified in Sec. 63.11875(a), 
(b) or (c), an affected source that is also subject to the provisions of 
other subparts in 40 CFR part 60 or this part is required to comply with 
this subpart and any other applicable subparts in 40 CFR part 60 or this 
part.



Sec. 63.11875  When must I comply with this subpart?

    (a) If you own or operate an existing affected source, you must 
achieve compliance with the applicable provisions in this subpart no 
later than April 17, 2015. On or after April 17, 2015, any such existing 
affected source is no longer subject to the provisions of 40 CFR part 
61, subpart F.
    (b) If you start up a new affected source on or before April 17, 
2012, you must achieve compliance with the provisions of this subpart no 
later than April 17, 2012. On or after April 17, 2012, any such new 
affected source is not subject to the provisions of 40 CFR part 61, 
subpart F.
    (c) If you start up a new affected source after April 17, 2012, you 
must achieve compliance with the provisions of this subpart upon startup 
of your affected source. Upon startup, any such new affected source is 
not subject to the provisions of 40 CFR part 61, subpart F.
    (d) You must meet the notification requirements in Sec. Sec. 63.9 
and 63.11985 according to the dates specified in those sections. Some of 
the notifications must be submitted before you are required to comply 
with the emission limits and standards in this subpart.

      Emission Limits, Operating Limits and Work Practice Standards



Sec. 63.11880  What emission limits, operating limits and standards
must I meet?

    (a) You must comply with each emission limit and standard specified 
in Table 1 to this subpart that applies to your existing affected 
source, and you must comply with each emission limit and standard 
specified in Table 2 to this subpart that applies to your new affected 
source.
    (b) You must establish an operating limit for each operating 
parameter required to be monitored in Sec. 63.11925, and you must 
establish each operating limit as an operating range, minimum operating 
level or maximum operating level. You must comply with each established 
operating limit.
    (c) You must comply with the emission limits and standards specified 
in Sec. Sec. 63.11910 through 63.11980 that apply to your affected 
source.

                     General Compliance Requirements



Sec. 63.11885  What parts of the General Provisions apply to me?

    Table 4 to this subpart specifies which parts of the General 
Provisions in subpart A of this part apply to you.



Sec. 63.11890  What are my additional general requirements for 
complying with this subpart?

    (a) The emission limits, operating limits and work practice 
standards specified in this subpart apply at all times, including 
periods of startup, shutdown or malfunction.
    (b) At all times, you must operate and maintain your affected 
source, including associated air pollution control components and 
monitoring system components, in a manner consistent with safety and 
good air pollution control practices for minimizing emissions. 
Determination of whether acceptable operation and maintenance procedures 
are being used will be based on information available to the 
Administrator, which may include, but is not limited to, monitoring 
results, review of operation and maintenance procedures, review of 
operation and maintenance records, and inspection of the source.
    (c) You must install, calibrate, maintain, and operate all 
monitoring system components according to Sec. Sec. 63.8, 63.11935(b) 
and (c), and paragraphs (c)(1) and (2) of this section.
    (1) Except for periods of monitoring system malfunctions, repairs 
associated with monitoring system malfunctions and required monitoring 
system quality assurance or quality control activities (including, as 
applicable, calibration checks and required zero and span adjustments), 
you must operate the continuous monitoring system

[[Page 577]]

at all times the affected source is operating. A monitoring system 
malfunction is any sudden, infrequent, not reasonably preventable 
failure of the monitoring system to provide data. Monitoring system 
failures that are caused in part by poor maintenance or careless 
operation are not malfunctions. You are required to complete monitoring 
system repairs in response to monitoring system malfunctions and to 
return the monitoring system to operation as expeditiously as 
practicable.
    (2) You may not use data recorded during monitoring system 
malfunctions, repairs associated with monitoring system malfunctions, or 
required monitoring system quality assurance or control activities in 
calculations used to report emissions or operating levels. You must use 
all the data collected during all other required data collection periods 
in assessing the operation of the control device and associated control 
system. You must report any periods for which the monitoring system 
failed to collect required data.
    (d) A deviation means any of the cases listed in paragraphs (d)(1) 
through (7) of this section.
    (1) Any instance in which an affected source subject to this 
subpart, or an owner or operator of such a source, fails to meet any 
requirement or obligation established by this subpart, including, but 
not limited to, any emission limit, operating limit or work practice 
standard.
    (2) When a performance test indicates that emissions of a pollutant 
in Table 1 or 2 to this subpart are exceeding the emission standard for 
the pollutant specified in Table 1 or 2 to this subpart.
    (3) When a 3-hour block average from a continuous emissions monitor, 
as required by Sec. 63.11925(c)(1) through (3), exceeds an emission 
limit in Table 1 or 2 to this subpart.
    (4) When the average value of a monitored operating parameter, based 
on the data averaging period for compliance specified in Table 5 to this 
subpart, does not meet the operating limit established in Sec. 
63.11880(b).
    (5) When an affected source discharges directly to the atmosphere 
from any of the sources specified in paragraphs (d)(5)(i) through (iv) 
of this section.
    (i) A pressure relief device, as defined in Sec. 63.12005.
    (ii) A bypass, as defined in Sec. 63.12005.
    (iii) A closed vent system in vacuum service.
    (iv) A closure device on a pressure vessel.
    (6) Any instance in which the affected source subject to this 
subpart, or an owner or operator of such a source, fails to meet any 
term or condition specified in paragraph (d)(6)(i) or (ii) of this 
section.
    (i) Any term or condition that is adopted to implement an applicable 
requirement in this subpart.
    (ii) Any term or condition relating to compliance with this subpart 
that is included in the operating permit for any affected source 
required to obtain such a permit.
    (7) Any failure to collect required data, except for periods of 
monitoring system malfunctions, repairs associated with monitoring 
system malfunctions, and required monitoring system quality assurance or 
quality control activities (including, as applicable, calibration checks 
and required zero and span adjustments).



Sec. 63.11895  How do I assert an affirmative defense for exceedance
of emission standard during malfunction?

    In response to an action to enforce the standards set forth in Sec. 
63.11880, you may assert an affirmative defense to a claim for civil 
penalties for violations of such standards that are caused by 
malfunction, as defined at 40 CFR 63.2. Appropriate penalties may be 
assessed, however, if you fail to meet your burden of proving all of the 
requirements in the affirmative defense. The affirmative defense shall 
not be available for claims for injunctive relief.
    (a) Evidence. To establish the affirmative defense in any action to 
enforce such a standard, you must timely meet the notification 
requirements in paragraph (b) of this section, and must prove by a 
preponderance of evidence that:
    (1) The violation:
    (i) Was caused by a sudden, infrequent, and unavoidable failure of 
air pollution control and monitoring

[[Page 578]]

equipment, process equipment, or a process to operate in a normal or 
usual manner.
    (ii) Could not have been prevented through careful planning, proper 
design or better operation and maintenance practices.
    (iii) Did not stem from any activity or event that could have been 
foreseen and avoided, or planned for.
    (iv) Were not part of a recurring pattern indicative of inadequate 
design, operation or maintenance.
    (2) Repairs were made as expeditiously as possible when violation 
occurred. Off-shift and overtime labor were used, to the extent 
practicable to make these repairs.
    (3) The frequency, amount and duration of the violation (including 
any bypass) were minimized to the maximum extent practicable.
    (4) If the violation resulted from a bypass of control equipment or 
a process, then the bypass was unavoidable to prevent loss of life, 
personal injury, or severe property damage.
    (5) All possible steps were taken to minimize the impact of the 
violations on ambient air quality, the environment and human health.
    (6) All emissions monitoring and control systems were kept in 
operation if at all possible, consistent with safety and good air 
pollution control practices.
    (7) All of the actions in response to the violations were documented 
by properly signed, contemporaneous operating logs.
    (8) At all times, the affected source was operated in a manner 
consistent with good practices for minimizing emissions.
    (9) A written root cause analysis has been prepared, the purpose of 
which is to determine, correct, and eliminate the primary causes of the 
malfunction and the violations resulting from the malfunction event at 
issue. The analysis shall also specify, using best monitoring methods 
and engineering judgment, the amount of excess emissions that were the 
result of the malfunction.
    (b) Report. The owner or operator seeking to assert an affirmative 
defense shall submit a written report to the Administrator in the 
compliance report required by Sec. 63.11985(b) with all necessary 
supporting documentation, that it has met the requirements set forth in 
this section.



Sec. 63.11896  What am I required to do if I make a process change 
at my affected source?

    If you make a process change to an existing affected source that 
does not meet the criteria to become a new affected source in Sec. 
63.11870(d), you must comply with the requirements in paragraph (a) of 
this section and the testing and reporting requirements in paragraphs 
(c) and (d) of this section. If you make a process change to a new 
affected source, you must comply with the requirements in paragraph (b) 
of this section and the testing and reporting requirements in paragraphs 
(c) and (d) of this section. Refer to Sec. 63.12005 for the definition 
of process changes.
    (a) You must demonstrate that the changed process unit or component 
of the affected facility is in compliance with the applicable 
requirements for an existing affected source. You must demonstrate 
initial compliance with the emission limits and establish any applicable 
operating limits in Sec. 63.11880 within 180 days of the date of start-
up of the changed process unit or component of the affected facility. 
You must demonstrate compliance with any applicable work practice 
standards upon startup of the changed process unit or component of the 
affected facility.
    (b) You must demonstrate that all changed emission points are in 
compliance with the applicable requirements for a new affected source. 
You must demonstrate initial compliance with the emission limits and 
establish any applicable operating limits in Sec. 63.11880 within 180 
days of the date of startup of the changed process unit or component of 
the affected facility. You must demonstrate compliance with any 
applicable work practice standards upon startup of the changed process 
unit or component of the affected facility.
    (c) For process changes, you must demonstrate continuous compliance 
with your emission limits and standards, operating limits, and work 
practice standards according to the procedures and frequency in 
Sec. Sec. 63.11910 through 63.11980.

[[Page 579]]

    (d) For process changes, you must submit the report specified in 
Sec. 63.11985(b)(4)(iii).

                   Testing and Compliance Requirements



Sec. 63.11900  By what date must I conduct initial performance testing
and monitoring, establish any applicable operating limits and 
demonstrate initial compliance with my emission limits and work
practice standards?
          
          

    (a) For existing affected sources, you must establish any applicable 
operating limits required in Sec. 63.11880 and demonstrate initial 
compliance with the emission limits and standards specified in Tables 1 
and 3 to this subpart, as applicable, no later than 180 days after the 
compliance date specified in Sec. 63.11875 and according to the 
applicable provisions in Sec. 63.7(a)(2).
    (b) For existing affected sources, you must demonstrate initial 
compliance with any applicable work practice standards required in Sec. 
63.11880 no later than the compliance date specified in Sec. 63.11875 
and according to the applicable provisions in Sec. 63.7(a)(2).
    (c) For new or reconstructed affected sources, you must establish 
any applicable operating limits required in Sec. 63.11880, and 
demonstrate initial compliance with the emission limits and standards 
specified in Tables 2 and 3 to this subpart, as applicable, no later 
than 180 days after the effective date of publication of the final rule 
in the Federal Register or within 180 days after startup of the source, 
whichever is later, according to Sec. 63.7(a)(2)(ix).
    (d) For new and reconstructed affected sources, you must demonstrate 
initial compliance with any applicable work practice standards required 
in Sec. 63.11880 no later than the startup date of the affected source 
or the effective date of publication of the final rule in the Federal 
Register, whichever is later, and according to the applicable provisions 
in Sec. 63.7(a)(2).
    (e) If you demonstrate initial compliance using a performance test 
and a force majeure is about to occur, occurs, or has occurred for which 
you intend to assert a claim of force majeure, then you must follow the 
procedures in Sec. 63.7(a)(4).



Sec. 63.11905  When must I conduct subsequent performance testing
and monitoring to demonstrate continuous compliance?

    Following the date of your initial demonstration of compliance in 
Sec. 63.11900, you must conduct subsequent performance testing and 
monitoring to demonstrate continuous compliance with your emission 
limits, operating limits, and work practice standards according to the 
procedures and frequency in Sec. Sec. 63.11910 through 63.11980. If you 
make a process change as specified in Sec. 63.11896, such that a 
different emission limit or operating parameter limit applies, you must 
conduct a performance test according to Sec. 63.11896.



Sec. 63.11910  What are my initial and continuous compliance 
requirements for storage vessels?

    You must comply with the requirements specified in Table 3 to this 
subpart for each storage vessel in HAP service.
    (a) For each fixed roof storage vessel used to comply with the 
requirements specified in Table 3 to this subpart, you must meet the 
requirements in paragraphs (a)(1) through (4) of this section. If you 
elect to use a fixed roof storage vessel vented to a closed vent system 
and control device, the closed vent system and control device must meet 
the requirements in Sec. Sec. 63.11925 through 63.11950.
    (1) Design requirements. (i) The fixed roof must be installed in a 
manner such that there are no visible cracks, holes, gaps, or other open 
spaces between roof section joints or between the interface of the roof 
edge and the tank wall.
    (ii) Each opening in the fixed roof must be equipped with a closure 
device designed to operate such that when the closure device is secured 
in the closed position there are no visible cracks, holes, gaps, or 
other open spaces in the closure device or between the perimeter of the 
opening and the closure device.
    (2) Operating requirements. (i) Except as specified in paragraph 
(a)(2)(ii) of this section, the fixed roof must be installed with each 
closure device secured in the closed position.

[[Page 580]]

    (ii) Opening of closure devices or removal of the fixed roof is 
allowed under conditions specified in paragraphs (a)(2)(ii)(A) and (B) 
of this section.
    (A) A closure device may be opened or the roof may be removed when 
needed to provide access.
    (B) A conservation vent that vents to the atmosphere is allowed 
during normal operations to maintain the tank internal operating 
pressure within tank design specifications. Normal operating conditions 
that may require these devices to open are during those times when the 
internal pressure of the storage vessel is outside the internal pressure 
operating range for the storage vessel as a result of loading or 
unloading operations or diurnal ambient temperature fluctuations.
    (iii) During periods of planned routine maintenance of a control 
device, operate the storage vessel in accordance with paragraphs 
(a)(2)(iii)(A) and (B) of this section. You must keep the records 
specified in Sec. 63.11990(b)(6).
    (A) Do not add material to the storage vessel during periods of 
planned routine maintenance.
    (B) Limit periods of planned routine maintenance for each control 
device to no more than 360 hours per year (hr/yr).
    (3) Inspection and monitoring requirements. (i) Visually inspect the 
fixed roof and its closure devices for defects initially and at least 
once per calendar year except as specified in paragraph (a)(3)(ii) of 
this section. Defects include, but are not limited to, visible cracks, 
holes, or gaps in the roof sections or between the roof and the wall of 
the storage vessel; broken, cracked or otherwise damaged seals, or 
gaskets on closure devices; and broken or missing hatches, access 
covers, caps or other closure devices.
    (ii) The inspection requirement specified in paragraph (a)(3)(i) of 
this section does not apply to parts of the fixed roof that you 
determine are unsafe to inspect because operating personnel would be 
exposed to an imminent or potential danger as a consequence of complying 
with paragraph (a)(3)(i) of this section, provided you comply with the 
requirements specified in paragraphs (a)(3)(ii)(A) and (B) of this 
section.
    (A) You prepare and maintain at the plant site written documentation 
that identifies all parts of the fixed roof that are unsafe to inspect 
and explains why such parts are unsafe to inspect.
    (B) You develop and implement a written plan and schedule to conduct 
inspections the next time alternative storage capacity becomes available 
and the storage vessel can be emptied or temporarily removed from 
service, as necessary, to complete the inspection. The required 
inspections must be performed as frequently as practicable but do not 
need to be performed more than once per calendar year. You must maintain 
a copy of the written plan and schedule at the plant site.
    (4) Repair requirements. (i) Complete repair of a defect as soon as 
possible, but no later than 45 days after detection. You must comply 
with the requirements in this paragraph (a)(4)(i) except as provided in 
paragraph (a)(4)(ii) of this section.
    (ii) Repair of a defect may be delayed beyond 45 days if you 
determine that repair of the defect requires emptying or temporary 
removal from service of the storage vessel and no alternative storage 
capacity is available at the site to accept the removed material. In 
this case, repair the defect the next time alternative storage capacity 
becomes available and the storage vessel can be emptied or temporarily 
removed from service.
    (b) If you elect to use an internal floating roof storage vessel or 
external floating roof storage vessel to comply with the requirements 
specified in Table 3 to this subpart, you must meet all requirements of 
Sec. Sec. 63.1060 through 63.1067 of subpart WW of this part for 
internal floating roof storage vessels or external floating roof storage 
vessels, as applicable.
    (c) For each pressure vessel used to comply with the requirements 
specified in Table 3 to this subpart, you must meet the requirements in 
paragraphs (c)(1) through (4) of this section.
    (1) Whenever the pressure vessel is in hazardous air pollutants 
(HAP) service, you must operate the pressure vessel as a closed system 
that does not vent to the atmosphere, e.g., during filling, emptying and 
purging. The vent stream during filling, emptying and

[[Page 581]]

purging must meet the requirements of Sec. 63.11925(a) and (b).
    (2) Each opening in the pressure vessel must be equipped with a 
closure device designed to operate such that when the closure device is 
secured in the closed position there are no visible cracks, holes, gaps 
or other open spaces in the closure device or between the perimeter of 
the opening and the closure device.
    (3) All potential leak interfaces must be monitored annually for 
leaks using the procedures specified in Sec. 63.11915 and you may 
adjust for background concentration. You must comply with the 
recordkeeping provisions specified in Sec. 63.11990(b)(4) and the 
reporting provisions specified in Sec. 63.11985(a)(1), (b)(1), and 
(b)(10).
    (4) Pressure vessel closure devices must not discharge to the 
atmosphere. Any such release (e.g., leak) constitutes a violation of 
this rule. You must submit to the Administrator as part of your 
compliance report the information specified in Sec. 63.11985(b)(10). 
This report is required even if you elect to follow the procedures 
specified in Sec. 63.11895 to establish an affirmative defense.



Sec. 63.11915  What are my compliance requirements for equipment
leaks?

    For equipment in HAP service (as defined in Sec. 63.12005), you 
must comply with the requirements in paragraphs (a) through (c) of this 
section.
    (a) Requirement for certain equipment in subpart UU of this part. 
You must comply with Sec. Sec. 63.1020 through 63.1025, 63.1027, 
63.1029 through 63.1032, and 63.1034 through 63.1039 of subpart UU of 
this part.
    (b) Requirements for pumps, compressors, and agitators. You must 
meet the requirements of paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section. For 
each type of equipment specified in paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this 
section, you must also meet the requirements of paragraph (a) of this 
section.
    (1) Rotating pumps. HAP emissions from seals on all rotating pumps 
in HAP service are to be minimized by either installing sealless pumps, 
pumps with double mechanical seals or equivalent equipment, or by 
complying with the requirements of 40 CFR part 63, subpart UU for 
rotating pumps. If double mechanical seals are used, emissions from the 
seals are to be minimized by maintaining the pressure between the two 
seals so that any leak that occurs is into the pump; by complying with 
Sec. 63.11925(a) and (b); or equivalent equipment or procedures 
approved by the Administrator.
    (2) Reciprocating pumps, rotating compressors, reciprocating 
compressors and agitators. HAP emissions from seals on all reciprocating 
pumps, rotating compressors, reciprocating compressors and agitators in 
HAP service are to be minimized by either installing double mechanical 
seals or equivalent equipment, or by complying with the requirements of 
40 CFR part 63, subpart UU for reciprocating pumps, rotating 
compressors, reciprocating compressors and/or agitators. If double 
mechanical seals are used, HAP emissions from the seals are to be 
minimized by maintaining the pressure between the two seals so that any 
leak that occurs is into the pump; by complying with Sec. 63.11925(a) 
and (b); or equivalent equipment or procedures approved by the 
Administrator.
    (c) Requirements for pressure relief devices. For pressure relief 
devices in HAP service, as defined in Sec. 63.12005, you must meet the 
requirements of this paragraph (c) and paragraph (a) of this section, 
you must comply with the recordkeeping provisions in Sec. 63.11990(c), 
and you must comply with the reporting provisions in Sec. Sec. 
63.11985(a)(2), (b)(2) and (c)(7).
    (1) For pressure relief devices in HAP service that discharge 
directly to the atmosphere without first meeting the process vent 
emission limits in Table 1 or 2 to this subpart by routing the discharge 
to a closed vent system and control device designed and operated in 
accordance with the requirements in Sec. Sec. 63.11925 through 
63.11950, you must install, maintain, and operate release indicators as 
specified in paragraphs (c)(1)(i) and (ii) of this section. Any release 
to the atmosphere without meeting the process vent emission limits in 
Table 1 or 2 to this subpart, constitutes a violation of this rule. You 
must submit the report specified in Sec. 63.11985(c)(7), as described 
in paragraph (c)(1)(iii) of this section.

[[Page 582]]

    (i) A release indicator must be properly installed on each pressure 
relief device in such a way that it will indicate when an emission 
release has occurred.
    (ii) Each indicator must be equipped with an alert system that will 
notify an operator immediately and automatically when the pressure 
relief device is open. The alert must be located such that the signal is 
detected and recognized easily by an operator.
    (iii) For any instance that the release indicator indicates that a 
pressure relief device is open, you must notify operators that a 
pressure release has occurred, and, within 10 days of the release, you 
must submit to the Administrator the report specified in Sec. 
63.11985(c)(7). This report is required even if you elect to follow the 
procedures specified in Sec. 63.11895 to establish an affirmative 
defense.
    (2) For pressure relief devices in HAP service that discharge 
directly to a closed vent system and control device designed and 
operated in accordance with the requirements in Sec. Sec. 63.11925 
through 63.11950, and are required to meet process vent emission limits 
in Table 1 or 2 to this subpart. Any release to the atmosphere without 
meeting the process vent emission limits in Table 1 or 2 to this 
subpart, constitutes a violation of this rule. You must notify operators 
that a pressure release has occurred, and, within 10 days of the 
release, you must submit to the Administrator the report specified in 
Sec. 63.11985(c)(7). This report is required even if you elect to 
follow the procedures specified in Sec. 63.11895(b) to establish an 
affirmative defense.



Sec. 63.11920  What are my initial and continuous compliance 
requirements for heat exchange systems?

    (a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, you must 
perform monitoring to identify leaks of volatile organic compounds from 
each heat exchange system in HAP service subject to the requirements of 
this subpart according to the procedures in paragraphs (a)(1) through 
(4) of this section.
    (1) Monitoring locations for closed-loop recirculation heat exchange 
systems. For each closed loop recirculating heat exchange system, you 
must collect and analyze a sample from the location(s) described in 
either paragraph (a)(1)(i) or (ii) of this section.
    (i) Each cooling tower return line prior to exposure to air for each 
heat exchange system in HAP service.
    (ii) Selected heat exchanger exit line(s) so that each heat 
exchanger or group of heat exchangers within a heat exchange system is 
covered by the selected monitoring location(s).
    (2) Monitoring locations for once-through heat exchange systems. For 
each once-through heat exchange system, you must collect and analyze a 
sample from the location(s) described in paragraph (a)(2)(i) of this 
section. You may also elect to collect and analyze an additional sample 
from the location(s) described in paragraph (a)(2)(ii) of this section.
    (i) Selected heat exchanger exit line(s) so that each heat exchanger 
or group of heat exchangers in HAP service within a heat exchange system 
is covered by the selected monitoring location(s).
    (ii) The inlet water feed line for a once-through heat exchange 
system prior to any heat exchanger. If multiple heat exchange systems 
use the same water feed (i.e., inlet water from the same primary water 
source), you may monitor at one representative location and use the 
monitoring results for that sampling location for all heat exchange 
systems that use that same water feed.
    (3) Monitoring method. You must determine the total strippable 
volatile organic compounds concentration or vinyl chloride concentration 
at each monitoring location using one of the analytical methods 
specified in paragraphs (a)(3)(i) through (iii) of this section.
    (i) Determine the total strippable volatile organic compounds 
concentration (in parts per million by volume) as methane from the air 
stripping testing system using Modified El Paso Method (incorporated by 
reference, see Sec. 63.14) using a flame ionization detector analyzer.
    (ii) Determine the total strippable volatile organic compounds 
concentration (in parts per billion by weight) in the cooling water 
using Method 624 at 40 CFR part 136, appendix A. The target

[[Page 583]]

list of compounds shall be generated based on a pre-survey sample and 
analysis by gas chromatography/mass spectrometry and process knowledge 
to include all compounds that can potentially leak into the cooling 
water. If Method 624 of part 136, appendix A is not applicable for all 
compounds that can potentially leak into the cooling water for a given 
heat exchange system, you cannot use this monitoring method for that 
heat exchange system.
    (iii) Determine the vinyl chloride concentration (in parts per 
billion by weight) in the cooling water using Method 107 at 40 CFR part 
61, appendix A.
    (4) Monitoring frequency. You must determine the total strippable 
volatile organic compounds or vinyl chloride concentration at each 
monitoring location at the frequencies specified in paragraphs (a)(4)(i) 
and (ii) of this section.
    (i) For heat exchange systems for which you have not delayed repair 
of any leaks, monitor at least monthly. You may elect to monitor more 
frequently than the minimum frequency specified in this paragraph.
    (ii) If you elect to monitor the inlet water feed line for a once-
through heat exchange system as provided in paragraph (a)(2)(ii) of this 
section, you must monitor the inlet water feed line at the same 
frequency used to monitor the heat exchange exit line(s), as required in 
paragraph (a)(2)(i) of this section.
    (b) A heat exchange system is not subject to the monitoring 
requirements in paragraph (a) of this section if it meets any one of the 
criteria in paragraphs (b)(1) through (3) of this section.
    (1) All heat exchangers that are in HAP service within the heat 
exchange system operate with the minimum pressure on the cooling water 
side at least 35 kilopascals greater than the maximum pressure on the 
process side.
    (2) The heat exchange system does not contain any heat exchangers 
that are in HAP service.
    (3) The heat exchange system has a maximum cooling water flow rate 
of 10 gallons per minute or less.
    (c) The leak action levels for both existing and new sources are 
specified in paragraphs (c)(1) through (3) of this section.
    (1) If you elect to monitor your heat exchange system by using the 
monitoring method specified in paragraph (a)(3)(i) of this section, then 
the leak action level is a total strippable volatile organic compounds 
concentration (as methane) in the stripping gas of 3.9 parts per million 
by volume.
    (2) If you elect to monitor your heat exchange system by using the 
monitoring method specified in paragraph (a)(3)(ii) of this section, 
then the leak action level is a total strippable volatile organic 
compounds concentration in the cooling water of 50 parts per billion by 
weight.
    (3) If you elect to monitor your heat exchange system by using the 
monitoring method specified in paragraph (a)(3)(iii) of this section, 
then the leak action level is a vinyl chloride concentration in the 
cooling water of 50 parts per billion by weight.
    (d) A leak is defined as specified in paragraph (d)(1) or (2) of 
this section, as applicable.
    (1) For once-through heat exchange systems for which you monitor the 
inlet water feed, as described in paragraph (a)(2)(ii) of this section, 
a leak is detected if the difference in the measurement value of the 
sample taken from a location specified in paragraph (a)(2)(i) of this 
section and the measurement value of the corresponding sample taken from 
the location specified in paragraph (a)(2)(ii) of this section equals or 
exceeds the leak action level.
    (2) For all other heat exchange systems, a leak is detected if a 
measurement value taken according to the requirements in paragraph (a) 
of this section equals or exceeds the leak action level.
    (e) If a leak is detected, you must repair the leak to reduce the 
measured concentration to below the applicable action level as soon as 
practicable, but no later than 45 days after identifying the leak, 
except as specified in paragraphs (f) and (g) of this section. Repair 
includes re-monitoring as specified in paragraph (a) of this section to 
verify that the measured concentration is below the applicable action 
level.

[[Page 584]]

Actions that you can take to achieve repair include but are not limited 
to:
    (1) Physical modifications to the leaking heat exchanger, such as 
welding the leak or replacing a tube;
    (2) Blocking the leaking tube within the heat exchanger;
    (3) Changing the pressure so that water flows into the process 
fluid;
    (4) Replacing the heat exchanger or heat exchanger bundle; or
    (5) Isolating, bypassing or otherwise removing the leaking heat 
exchanger from service until it is otherwise repaired.
    (f) If you detect a leak when monitoring a cooling tower return line 
or heat exchanger exit line under paragraph (a) of this section, you may 
conduct additional monitoring following the requirements in paragraph 
(a) of this section to further isolate each heat exchanger or group of 
heat exchangers in HAP service within the heat exchange system for which 
the leak was detected. If you do not detect any leaks when conducting 
additional monitoring for each heat exchanger or group of heat 
exchangers, the heat exchange system is excluded from repair 
requirements in paragraph (e) of this section.
    (g) The delay of repair action level is defined as either a total 
strippable volatile organic compounds concentration (as methane) in the 
stripping gas of 39 parts per million by volume or a total strippable 
volatile organic compounds concentration in the cooling water of 500 
parts per billion by weight or a vinyl chloride concentration in the 
cooling water of 500 parts per billion by weight. While you remain below 
the repair action level, you may delay the repair of a leaking heat 
exchanger only if one of the conditions in paragraphs (g)(1) or (2) of 
this section is met. If you exceed the repair action level you must 
repair according to paragraph (e) of this section. You must determine if 
a delay of repair is necessary as soon as practicable, but no later than 
45 days after first identifying the leak.
    (1) If the repair is technically infeasible without a shutdown and 
the total strippable volatile organic compounds or vinyl chloride 
concentration is initially and remains less than the delay of repair 
action level for all monitoring periods during the delay of repair, you 
may delay repair until the next scheduled shutdown of the heat exchange 
system. If, during subsequent monitoring, the total strippable volatile 
organic compounds or vinyl chloride concentration is equal to or greater 
than the delay of repair action level, you must repair the leak within 
30 days of the monitoring event in which the total strippable volatile 
organic compounds or vinyl chloride concentration was equal to or 
exceeded the delay of repair action level.
    (2) If the necessary equipment, parts, or personnel are not 
available and the total strippable volatile organic compounds or vinyl 
chloride concentration is initially and remains less than the delay of 
repair action level for all monitoring periods during the delay of 
repair, you may delay the repair for a maximum of 120 days from the day 
the leak was first identified. You must demonstrate that the necessary 
equipment, parts or personnel were not available. If, during subsequent 
monthly monitoring, the total strippable volatile organic compounds or 
vinyl chloride concentration is equal to or greater than the delay of 
repair action level, you must repair the leak within 30 days of the 
monitoring event in which the leak was equal to or exceeded the total 
strippable volatile organic compounds or vinyl chloride delay of repair 
action level.
    (h) To delay the repair under paragraph (g) of this section, you 
must record the information in paragraphs (h)(1) through (4) of this 
section.
    (1) The reason(s) for delaying repair.
    (2) A schedule for completing the repair as soon as practical.
    (3) The date and concentration of the leak as first identified and 
the results of all subsequent monitoring events during the delay of 
repair.
    (4) An estimate of the potential emissions from the leaking heat 
exchange system following the procedures in paragraphs (h)(4)(i) and 
(ii) of this section.
    (i) Determine the total strippable volatile organic compounds or 
vinyl chloride concentration in the cooling water, in parts per billion 
by weight. If the Modified El Paso Method is used, calculate the total 
strippable volatile

[[Page 585]]

organic compounds concentration in the cooling water using equation 7-1 
from Modified El Paso Method (incorporated by reference, see Sec. 
63.14) and the total strippable volatile organic compounds concentration 
measured in the stripped air.
    (ii) Calculate the emissions for the leaking heat exchange system by 
multiplying the volatile organic compounds or vinyl chloride 
concentration in the cooling water, ppbw, by the flow rate of the 
cooling water at the selected monitoring location and by the expected 
duration of the delay according to Equation 1 of this section. The flow 
rate may be based on direct measurement, pump curves, heat balance 
calculations or other engineering methods.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17AP12.000

Where:

EL = Emissions from leaking heat exchange system, pounds of 
          volatile organic compounds or vinyl chloride.
CVC = Actual measured concentration of total strippable 
          volatile organic compounds or vinyl chloride measured in the 
          cooling water, parts per billion by weight (ppbw).
VCW = Total volumetric flow rate of cooling water, gallons 
          per minute (gpm).
[rho]CW = Density of cooling water, pounds per gallon (lb/
          gal).
Ddelay = Expected duration of the repair delay, days.



Sec. 63.11925  What are my initial and continuous compliance 
requirements for process vents?

    Each process vent must meet the requirements of paragraphs (a) 
through (h) of this section.
    (a) Emission limits. Each process vent must meet the emission limits 
in Table 1 or 2 to this subpart prior to the vent stream being exposed 
to the atmosphere. The emission limits in Table 1 or 2 to this subpart 
apply at all times. The emission limits in Table 1 or 2 to this subpart 
must not be met through dilution.
    (b) Closed vent systems and control devices. Each batch process 
vent, continuous process vent and miscellaneous vent that is in HAP 
service must be routed through a closed vent system to a control device. 
All gas streams routed to the closed vent system and control device must 
be for a process purpose and not for the purpose of diluting the process 
vent to meet the emission limits in Table 1 or 2 to this subpart. Each 
control device used to comply with paragraph (a) of this section must 
meet the requirements of Sec. Sec. 63.11925 and 63.11940, and all 
closed vent systems must meet the requirements in Sec. 63.11930. You 
must not use a flare to comply with the emission limits in Table 1 or 2 
to this subpart.
    (c) General monitoring requirements. Except as provided in 
paragraphs (c)(1) through (3) of this section, for each control device 
used to comply with the process vent emission limit specified in Table 1 
or 2 to this subpart, you must install and operate a continuous 
parameter monitoring system (CPMS) to monitor each operating parameter 
specified in Sec. 63.11940(a) through (h) to comply with your operating 
limit(s) required in Sec. 63.11880(b).
    (1) Hydrogen chloride continuous emission monitoring system (CEMS). 
In lieu of establishing operating limits in Sec. 63.11880(b) and using 
CPMS to comply with the operating limits, as specified in Sec. 
63.11940(a) through (h), upon promulgation of a performance 
specification for hydrogen chloride CEMS, new and existing sources have 
the option to install a hydrogen chloride CEMS to demonstrate initial 
and continuous compliance with the hydrogen chloride emission limit for 
process vents, as specified in paragraphs (d) and (e) of this section.
    (2) Dioxin/furan CEMS. In lieu of establishing operating limits in 
Sec. 63.11880(b) and using CPMS to comply with the operating limits as 
specified in Sec. 63.11940(a) through (h), upon promulgation of a 
performance specification for dioxin/furan CEMS, new and

[[Page 586]]

existing sources have the option to install a dioxin/furan CEMS to 
demonstrate initial and continuous compliance with the dioxins/furan 
emission limit for process vents, as specified in paragraphs (d) and (e) 
of this section.
    (3) Total hydrocarbon CEMS. In lieu of establishing operating limits 
in Sec. 63.11880(b) and using CPMS to comply with the operating limits 
as specified in Sec. 63.11940(a) through (h), new and existing affected 
sources have the option to install a total hydrocarbon CEMS to 
demonstrate initial and continuous compliance with the total 
hydrocarbons or total organic HAP emission limit for process vents, as 
specified in paragraphs (d) and (e) of this section.
    (d) Initial compliance. To demonstrate initial compliance with the 
emission limits in Table 1 or 2 to this subpart, you must comply with 
paragraphs (d)(1) through (5) of this section.
    (1) You must conduct an initial inspection as specified in Sec. 
63.11930(d) for each closed vent system.
    (2) For each CEMS and CPMS required or that you elect to use as 
specified in paragraph (c) of this section, you must prepare the quality 
control program and site-specific performance evaluation test plan as 
specified in Sec. 63.11935(b) and site-specific monitoring plan 
specified in Sec. 63.11935(c), respectively.
    (3) For each CEMS and CPMS required or that you elect to use as 
specified in paragraph (c) of this section, you must install, operate, 
and maintain the CEMS and CPMS as specified in Sec. Sec. 63.11935(b) 
and (c), respectively, and you must conduct an initial site-specific 
performance evaluation test according to your site-specific monitoring 
plan and Sec. Sec. 63.11935(b)(3) and (c)(4), respectively.
    (4) For each emission limit for which you use a CEMS to demonstrate 
compliance, you must meet the requirements specified in Sec. 
63.11890(c), and you must demonstrate initial compliance with the 
emission limits in Table 1 or 2 to this subpart based on 3-hour block 
averages of CEMS data collected at the minimum frequency specified in 
Sec. 63.11935(b)(2) and calculated using the data reduction method 
specified in Sec. 63.11935(e). For a CEMS used on a batch operation, 
you may use a data averaging period based on an operating block in lieu 
of the 3-hour averaging period.
    (5) For each emission limit in Table 1 or 2 for which you do not use 
a CEMS to demonstrate compliance, you must meet the requirements of 
paragraphs (d)(5)(i) and (ii) of this section.
    (i) You must conduct an initial performance test according to the 
requirements in Sec. 63.11945 to demonstrate compliance with the total 
hydrocarbons or total organic HAP emission limit, vinyl chloride 
emission limit, hydrogen chloride emission limit, and dioxin/furan 
emission limit in Table 1 or 2 to this subpart.
    (ii) During the performance test specified in paragraph (d)(5)(i) of 
this section, for each CPMS installed and operated as specified in 
paragraph (c) of this section, you must establish an operating limit as 
the operating parameter range, minimum operating parameter level, or 
maximum operating parameter level specified in Sec. 63.11935(d). You 
must meet the requirements specified in Sec. 63.11890(c). Each 
operating limit must be based on the data averaging period for 
compliance specified in Table 5 to this subpart using data collected at 
the minimum frequency specified in Sec. 63.11935(c)(2) and calculated 
using the data reduction method specified in Sec. 63.11935(e). For a 
CPMS used on a batch operation, you may use a data averaging period 
based on an operating block in lieu of the averaging period specified in 
Table 5 to this subpart.
    (e) Continuous compliance. To demonstrate continuous compliance with 
the emission limits in Table 1 or 2 to this subpart for each process 
vent, you must comply with paragraphs (e)(1) through (5) of this 
section.
    (1) You must meet the requirements in Sec. 63.11930 for each closed 
vent system.
    (2) You must operate and maintain each CEMS and CPMS required in 
paragraph (c) of this section as specified in Sec. 63.11935(b) and (c), 
respectively.
    (3) For each emission limit for which you use a CEMS to demonstrate 
compliance, you must meet the requirements in paragraphs (e)(3)(i) and 
(ii) of this section.

[[Page 587]]

    (i) You must conduct a periodic site-specific CEMS performance 
evaluation test according to your quality control program and site-
specific performance evaluation test plan specified in Sec. 
63.11935(b)(1).
    (ii) You must demonstrate continuous compliance with the emission 
limits in Table 1 or 2 to this subpart based on 3-hour block averages of 
CEMS data collected at the minimum frequency specified in Sec. 
63.11935(b)(2), and calculated using the data reduction method specified 
in Sec. 63.11935(e). You must meet the requirements specified in Sec. 
63.11890(c). For a CEMS used on a batch operation, you may use a data 
averaging period based on an operating block in lieu of the 3-hour 
averaging period.
    (4) For each emission limit for which you do not use a CEMS to 
demonstrate compliance, you must meet the requirements of paragraphs 
(e)(4)(i) and (ii) of this section.
    (i) You must conduct a performance test once every 5 years according 
to the requirements in Sec. 63.11945 for each pollutant in Table 1 or 2 
to this subpart.
    (ii) For each CPMS operated and maintained as specified in paragraph 
(e)(2) of this section, you must meet the requirements specified in 
paragraphs (e)(4)(ii)(A) through (C) of this section.
    (A) You must conduct periodic site-specific CPMS performance 
evaluation tests according to your site-specific monitoring plan and 
Sec. 63.11935(c).
    (B) For each control device being monitored, you must continuously 
collect CPMS data consistent with Sec. 63.11890(c) and your site-
specific monitoring plan. You must continuously determine the average 
value of each monitored operating parameter based on the data collection 
and reduction methods specified in Sec. Sec. 63.11935(c)(2) and 
63.11935(e), and the applicable data averaging period for compliance 
specified in Table 5 to this subpart for all periods the process is 
operating. For a CPMS used on a batch operation, you may use a data 
averaging period based on an operating block in lieu of the averaging 
periods specified in Table 5 to this subpart.
    (C) You must demonstrate continuous compliance with each operating 
limit established in paragraph (d)(5)(ii) of this section using these 
average values calculated in paragraph (e)(4)(ii)(B) of this section.
    (5) Each closed vent system and control device used to comply with 
an emission limit in Table 1 or 2 to this subpart must be operated at 
all times when emissions are vented to, or collected by, these systems 
or devices.
    (f) To demonstrate compliance with the dioxin/furan toxic 
equivalency emission limit specified in Table 1 or 2 to this subpart, 
you must determine dioxin/furan toxic equivalency as specified in 
paragraphs (f)(1) through (3) of this section.
    (1) Measure the concentration of each dioxin/furan (tetra-through 
octachlorinated) congener emitted using Method 23 at 40 CFR part 60, 
appendix A-7.
    (2) For each dioxin/furan (tetra-through octachlorinated) congener 
measured in accordance with paragraph (f)(1) of this section, multiply 
the congener concentration by its corresponding toxic equivalency factor 
specified in Table 6 to this subpart.
    (3) Sum the products calculated in accordance with paragraph (f)(2) 
of this section to obtain the total concentration of dioxins/furans 
emitted in terms of toxic equivalency.
    (g) Emission profile. You must characterize each process vent by 
developing an emissions profile for each contributing continuous process 
vent, miscellaneous vent and batch process vent according to paragraphs 
(g)(1) through (3) of this section.
    (1) For batch process vents, the emissions profile must:
    (i) Describe the characteristics of the batch process vent under 
worst-case conditions.
    (ii) Determine emissions per episode and batch process vent 
emissions according to the procedures specified in Sec. 63.11950.
    (2) For continuous process vents, the flow rate and concentration 
must be determined according to paragraphs (g)(2)(i) through (iii) or 
according to paragraph (g)(2)(iv):
    (i)(A) Method 1 or 1A of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A-1, as 
appropriate, shall

[[Page 588]]

be used for selection of the sampling site. The sampling site shall be 
after the last recovery device (if any recovery devices are present) but 
prior to being combined with any other continuous process vent, batch 
process vent, or miscellaneous vent, prior to the inlet of any control 
device that is present and prior to release to the atmosphere.
    (B) No traverse site selection method is needed for vents smaller 
than 0.10 meter in diameter.
    (ii) The gas volumetric flow rate shall be determined using Method 
2, 2A, 2C or 2D of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A-1, as appropriate.
    (iii) (A) Method 18 of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A-6 or Method 25A of 
40 CFR part 60, appendix A-7 shall be used to measure concentration; 
alternatively, any other method or data that has been validated 
according to the protocol in Method 301 of appendix A of this part may 
be used.
    (B) Where Method 18 of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A-6 is used, the 
following procedures shall be used to calculate parts per million by 
volume concentration:
    (1) The minimum sampling time for each run shall be 1 hour in which 
either an integrated sample or four grab samples shall be taken. If grab 
sampling is used, then the samples shall be taken at approximately equal 
intervals in time, such as 15-minute intervals during the run.
    (2) The concentration of either total organic compounds (TOC) (minus 
methane and ethane) or organic HAP shall be calculated according to 
paragraph (g)(2)(iii)(B)(2)(i) or (g)(2)(iii)(B)(2)(ii) of this section 
as applicable.
    (i) The TOC concentration (CTOC) is the sum of the 
concentrations of the individual components and shall be computed for 
each run using Equation 1 of this section:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17AP12.001

Where:

CTOC = Concentration of TOC (minus methane and ethane), dry 
          basis, parts per million by volume.
Cji = Concentration of sample component j of the sample i, 
          dry basis, parts per million by volume.
n = Number of components in the sample.
x = Number of samples in the sample run.

    (ii) The total organic HAP concentration (CHAP) shall be computed 
according to Equation 1 of this section except that only the organic HAP 
species shall be summed. The list of organic HAP is provided in Table 2 
to subpart F of this part.
    (C) Where Method 25A of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A-7 is used, the 
following procedures shall be used to calculate parts per million by 
volume TOC concentration:
    (1) Method 25A of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A-7, shall be used only 
if a single organic HAP compound is greater than 50 percent of total 
organic HAP, by volume, in the vent stream.
    (2) The vent stream composition may be determined by either process 
knowledge, test data collected using an appropriate EPA method, or a 
method or data validated according to the protocol in Method 301 of 
appendix A of this part. Examples of information that could constitute 
process knowledge include calculations based on material balances, 
process stoichiometry, or previous test results provided the results are 
still relevant to the current vent stream conditions.
    (3) The organic HAP used as the calibration gas for Method 25A of 40 
CFR part 60, appendix A-7 shall be the single organic HAP compound 
present at greater than 50 percent of the total organic HAP by volume.

[[Page 589]]

    (4) The span value for Method 25A of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A-7 
shall be 50 parts per million by volume.
    (5) Use of Method 25A of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A-7 is acceptable 
if the response from the high-level calibration gas is at least 20 times 
the standard deviation of the response from the zero calibration gas 
when the instrument is zeroed on the most sensitive scale.
    (iv) Engineering assessment including, but not limited to, the 
following:
    (A) Previous test results provided the tests are representative of 
current operating practices at the process unit.
    (B) Bench-scale or pilot-scale test data representative of the 
process under representative operating conditions.
    (C) Maximum flow rate, TOC emission rate, organic HAP emission rate, 
or net heating value limit specified or implied within a permit limit 
applicable to the process vent.
    (D) Design analysis based on accepted chemical engineering 
principles, measurable process parameters, or physical or chemical laws 
or properties. Examples of analytical methods include, but are not 
limited to:
    (1) Use of material balances based on process stoichiometry to 
estimate maximum organic HAP concentrations,
    (2) Estimation of maximum flow rate based on physical equipment 
design such as pump or blower capacities,
    (3) Estimation of TOC or organic HAP concentrations based on 
saturation conditions,
    (4) Estimation of maximum expected net heating value based on the 
vent stream concentration of each organic compound or, alternatively, as 
if all TOC in the vent stream were the compound with the highest heating 
value.
    (E) All data, assumptions, and procedures used in the engineering 
assessment shall be documented.
    (3) For miscellaneous process vents the emissions profile must be 
determined according to paragraph (g)(2)(iv) of this section.
    (h) Process changes. Except for temporary shutdowns for maintenance 
activities, if you make a process change such that, as a result of that 
change, you are subject to a different process vent limit in Table 1 or 
2 to this subpart, then you must meet the requirements of Sec. 
63.11896.



Sec. 63.11930  What requirements must I meet for closed vent systems?

    (a) General. To route emissions from process vents subject to the 
emission limits in Table 1 or 2 to this subpart to a control device, you 
must use a closed vent system and meet the requirements of this section 
and all provisions referenced in this section. However, if you operate 
and maintain your closed vent system in vacuum service as defined in 
Sec. 63.12005, you must meet the requirements in paragraph (h) of this 
section and are not required to meet the requirements in paragraphs (a) 
through (g) of this section.
    (b) Collection of emissions. Each closed vent system must be 
designed and operated to collect the HAP vapors from each continuous 
process vent, miscellaneous process vent and batch process vent, and to 
route the collected vapors to a control device.
    (c) Bypass. For each closed vent system that contains a bypass as 
defined in Sec. 63.12005 (e.g., diverting a vent stream away from the 
control device), you must not discharge to the atmosphere through the 
bypass. Any such release constitutes a violation of this rule. The use 
of any bypass diverted to the atmosphere during a performance test 
invalidates the performance test. You must comply with the provisions of 
either paragraph (c)(1) or (2) of this section for each closed vent 
system that contains a bypass that could divert a vent stream to the 
atmosphere.
    (1) Bypass flow indicator. Install, maintain, and operate a flow 
indicator as specified in paragraphs (c)(1)(i) through (iv) of this 
section.
    (i) The flow indicator must be properly installed at the entrance to 
any bypass.
    (ii) The flow indicator must be equipped with an alarm system that 
will alert an operator immediately, and automatically when flow is 
detected in the bypass. The alarm must be located such that the alert is 
detected and recognized easily by an operator.
    (iii) If the alarm is triggered, you must immediately initiate 
procedures to identify the cause of the alarm. If

[[Page 590]]

any closed vent system has discharged to the atmosphere through a vent 
or bypass, you must initiate procedures to stop the bypass discharge.
    (iv) For any instances where the flow indicator alarm is triggered, 
you must submit to the Administrator as part of your compliance report, 
the information specified in Sec. 63.11985(b)(9) and (10). This report 
is required even if you elect to follow the procedures specified in 
Sec. 63.11895 to establish an affirmative defense and submit the 
reports specified in Sec. 63.11985(b)(11).
    (2) Bypass valve configuration. Secure the bypass valve in the non-
diverting position with a car-seal or a lock-and-key type configuration.
    (i) You must visually inspect the seal or closure mechanism at least 
once every month to verify that the valve is maintained in the non-
diverting position, and the vent stream is not diverted through the 
bypass. A broken seal or closure mechanism or a diverted valve 
constitutes a violation from the emission limits in Table 1 or 2 to this 
subpart. You must maintain the records specified in paragraph (g)(1)(ii) 
of this section.
    (ii) For each seal or closure mechanism, you must comply with either 
paragraph (c)(2)(ii)(A) or (B) of this section.
    (A) For each instance that you change the bypass valve to the 
diverting position, you must submit to the Administrator as part of your 
compliance report, the information specified in Sec. 63.11985(b)(9) and 
(10). This report is required even if you elect to follow the procedures 
specified in Sec. 63.11895 to establish an affirmative defense and 
submit the reports specified in Sec. 63.11985(b)(11).
    (B) You must install, maintain, and operate a bypass flow indicator 
as specified in paragraphs (c)(1)(i) and (ii) of this section and you 
must meet the requirements in paragraph (c)(1)(iii) and (iv) of this 
section for each instance that the flow indicator alarm is triggered.
    (d) Closed vent system inspection and monitoring requirements. 
Except as provided in paragraph (d)(3) of this section, you must inspect 
each closed vent system as specified in paragraph (d)(1) or (2) of this 
section.
    (1) Hard-piping inspection. If the closed vent system is constructed 
of hard-piping, you must comply with the requirements specified in 
paragraphs (d)(1)(i) and (ii) of this section.
    (i) Conduct an initial inspection according to the procedures in 
paragraph (e) of this section.
    (ii) Conduct annual inspections for visible, audible, or olfactory 
indications of leaks.
    (2) Ductwork inspection. If the closed vent system is constructed of 
ductwork, you must conduct initial and annual inspections according to 
the procedures in paragraph (e) of this section.
    (3) Equipment that is unsafe to inspect. You may designate any parts 
of the closed vent system as unsafe to inspect if you determine that 
personnel would be exposed to an immediate danger as a consequence of 
complying with the initial and annual closed vent system inspection 
requirements of this subpart.
    (e) Closed vent system inspection procedures. Except as provided in 
paragraph (e)(4) of this section, you must comply with all provisions of 
paragraphs (e)(1) through (3) of this section.
    (1) General. Inspections must be performed during periods when HAP 
is being collected by or vented through the closed vent system. A leak 
is indicated by an instrument reading greater than 500 parts per million 
by volume above background or by visual inspection.
    (2) Inspection procedures. Each closed vent system subject to this 
paragraph (e)(2) must be inspected according to the procedures specified 
in paragraphs (e)(2)(i) through (vii) of this section.
    (i) Inspections must be conducted in accordance with Method 21 at 40 
CFR part 60, appendix A-7, except as otherwise specified in this 
section.
    (ii) Except as provided in paragraph (e)(2)(iii) of this section, 
the detection instrument must meet the performance criteria of Method 21 
at 40 CFR part 60, appendix A-7, except the instrument response factor 
criteria in section 8.1.1.2 of Method 21 must be for the representative 
composition of the process fluid and not of each individual volatile 
organic compound in the stream. For process streams that contain 
nitrogen, air, water or other inerts that are not organic HAP or 
volatile organic

[[Page 591]]

compound, the representative stream response factor must be determined 
on an inert-free basis. You may determine the response factor at any 
concentration for which you will monitor for leaks.
    (iii) If no instrument is available at the plant site that will meet 
the performance criteria of Method 21 at 40 CFR part 60, appendix A-7 
specified in paragraph (e)(2)(ii) of this section, the instrument 
readings may be adjusted by multiplying by the representative response 
factor of the process fluid, calculated on an inert-free basis as 
described in paragraph (e)(2)(ii) of this section.
    (iv) The detection instrument must be calibrated before use on each 
day of its use by the procedures specified in Method 21 at 40 CFR part 
60, appendix A-7.
    (v) Calibration gases must be as specified in paragraphs 
(e)(2)(v)(A) through (D) of this section.
    (A) Zero air (less than 10 parts per million by volume hydrocarbon 
in air).
    (B) Mixtures of methane in air at a concentration less than 10,000 
parts per million by volume. A calibration gas other than methane in air 
may be used if the instrument does not respond to methane or if the 
instrument does not meet the performance criteria specified in paragraph 
(e)(2)(ii) of this section. In such cases, the calibration gas may be a 
mixture of one or more of the compounds to be measured in air.
    (C) If the detection instrument's design allows for multiple 
calibration scales, then the lower scale must be calibrated with a 
calibration gas that is no higher than 2,500 parts per million by 
volume.
    (D) Perform a calibration drift assessment, at a minimum, at the end 
of each monitoring day. Check the instrument using the same calibration 
gas(es) that were used to calibrate the instrument before use. Follow 
the procedures specified in Method 21 at 40 CFR part 60, appendix A-7, 
section 10.1, except do not adjust the meter readout to correspond to 
the calibration gas value. Record the instrument reading for each scale 
used as specified in paragraph (g)(4) of this section. Divide these 
readings by the initial calibration values for each scale and multiply 
by 100 to express the calibration drift as a percentage. If any 
calibration drift assessment shows a negative drift of more than 10 
percent from the initial calibration value, then all equipment monitored 
since the last calibration with instrument readings below the 
appropriate leak definition and above the leak definition multiplied by 
the value specified in paragraph (e)(2)(v)(D)(1) of this section must be 
re-monitored. If any calibration drift assessment shows a positive drift 
of more than 10 percent from the initial calibration value, then, at 
your discretion, all equipment since the last calibration with 
instrument readings above the appropriate leak definition and below the 
leak definition multiplied by the value specified in paragraph 
(e)(2)(v)(D)(2) of this section may be re-monitored.
    (1) 100 minus the percent of negative drift, divided by 100.
    (2) 100 plus the percent of positive drift, divided by 100.
    (vi) You may elect to adjust or not adjust instrument readings for 
background. If you elect not to adjust readings for background, all such 
instrument readings must be compared directly to 500 parts per million 
by volume to determine whether there is a leak. If you elect to adjust 
instrument readings for background, you must measure background 
concentration using the procedures in this section. You must subtract 
the background reading from the maximum concentration indicated by the 
instrument.
    (vii) If you elect to adjust for background, the arithmetic 
difference between the maximum concentration indicated by the instrument 
and the background level must be compared with 500 parts per million by 
volume for determining whether there is a leak.
    (3) Instrument probe. The instrument probe must be traversed around 
all potential leak interfaces as described in Method 21 at 40 CFR part 
60, appendix A-7.
    (4) Unsafe-to-inspect written plan requirements. For equipment 
designated as unsafe to inspect according to the provisions of paragraph 
(d)(3) of this section, you must maintain and follow a written plan that 
requires inspecting

[[Page 592]]

the equipment as frequently as practical during safe-to-inspect times, 
but not more frequently than the annual inspection schedule otherwise 
applicable. You must still repair unsafe-to-inspect equipment according 
to the procedures in paragraph (f) of this section if a leak is 
detected.
    (f) Closed vent system leak repair provisions. The provisions of 
this paragraph (f) apply to closed vent systems collecting HAP from an 
affected source.
    (1) Leak repair general for hard-piping. If there are visible, 
audible, or olfactory indications of leaks at the time of the annual 
visual inspections required by paragraph (d)(1)(ii) of this section, you 
must follow the procedure specified in either paragraph (f)(1)(i) or 
(ii) of this section.
    (i) You must eliminate the leak.
    (ii) You must monitor the equipment according to the procedures in 
paragraph (e) of this section and comply with the leak repair provisions 
in paragraph (f)(2) of this section.
    (2) Leak repair schedule. Leaks must be repaired as soon as 
practical, except as provided in paragraph (f)(3) of this section.
    (i) A first attempt at repair must be made no later than 5 days 
after the leak is detected.
    (ii) Except as provided in paragraph (f)(3) of this section, repairs 
must be completed no later than 15 days after the leak is detected or at 
the beginning of the next introduction of vapors to the system, 
whichever is later.
    (3) Delay of repair. Delay of repair of a closed vent system for 
which leaks have been detected is allowed if repair within 15 days after 
a leak is detected is technically infeasible or unsafe without a closed 
vent system shutdown or if you determine that emissions resulting from 
immediate repair would be greater than the emissions likely to result 
from delay of repair. Repair of such equipment must be completed as soon 
as practical, but not later than the end of the next closed vent system 
shutdown.
    (g) Closed vent system records. For closed vent systems, you must 
record the information specified in paragraphs (g)(1) through (5) of 
this section, as applicable.
    (1) Bypass records. For each closed vent system that contains a 
bypass that could divert a vent stream away from the control device and 
to the atmosphere, or cause air intrusion into the control device, you 
must keep a record of the information specified in either paragraph 
(g)(1)(i) or (ii) of this section, as applicable.
    (i) You must maintain records of any alarms triggered because flow 
was detected in the bypass, including the date and time the alarm was 
triggered, the duration of the flow in the bypass, as well as records of 
the times of all periods when the vent stream is diverted from the 
control device or the flow indicator is not operating.
    (ii) Where a seal mechanism is used to comply with paragraph (c)(2) 
of this section, hourly records of flow are not required. In such cases, 
you must record that the monthly visual inspection of the seals or 
closure mechanisms has been done, and must record the occurrence of all 
periods when the seal mechanism is broken, the bypass valve position has 
changed, or the key for a lock-and-key type lock has been checked out, 
and records of any car-seal that has been broken.
    (2) Inspection records. For each instrumental or visual inspection 
conducted in accordance with paragraph (d)(1) or (2) of this section for 
closed vent systems collecting HAP from an affected source during which 
no leaks are detected, you must record that the inspection was 
performed, the date of the inspection, and a statement that no leaks 
were detected.
    (3) Leak records. When a leak is detected from a closed vent system 
collecting HAP from an affected source, the information specified in 
paragraphs (g)(3)(i) through (vi) of this section must be recorded and 
kept for 5 years.
    (i) The instrument and the equipment identification number and the 
operator name, initials, or identification number.
    (ii) The date the leak was detected and the date of the first 
attempt to repair the leak.
    (iii) The date of successful repair of the leak.
    (iv) The maximum instrument reading measured by the procedures in

[[Page 593]]

paragraph (e) of this section after the leak is successfully repaired.
    (v) Repair delayed and the reason for the delay if a leak is not 
repaired within 15 days after discovery of the leak. You may develop a 
written procedure that identifies the conditions that justify a delay of 
repair. In such cases, reasons for delay of repair may be documented by 
citing the relevant sections of the written procedure.
    (vi) Copies of the compliance reports as specified in Sec. 
63.11985(b)(9), if records are not maintained on a computerized database 
capable of generating summary reports from the records.
    (4) Instrument calibration records. You must maintain records of the 
information specified in paragraphs (g)(4)(i) through (vi) of this 
section for monitoring instrument calibrations conducted according to 
sections 8.1.2 and 10 of Method 21 at 40 CFR part 60, appendix A-7, and 
paragraph (e) of this section.
    (i) Date of calibration and initials of operator performing the 
calibration.
    (ii) Calibration gas cylinder identification, certification date, 
and certified concentration.
    (iii) Instrument scale(s) used.
    (iv) A description of any corrective action taken if the meter 
readout could not be adjusted to correspond to the calibration gas value 
in accordance with section 10.1 of Method 21 at 40 CFR part 60, appendix 
A-7.
    (v) Results of each calibration drift assessment required by 
paragraph (e)(2)(v)(D) of this section (i.e., instrument reading for 
calibration at end of the monitoring day and the calculated percent 
difference from the initial calibration value).
    (vi) If you make your own calibration gas, a description of the 
procedure used.
    (5) Unsafe-to-inspect records. If you designate equipment as unsafe-
to-inspect as specified in paragraph (d)(3) of this section, you must 
keep the records specified in paragraph (g)(5)(i) and (ii) of this 
section.
    (i) You must maintain the identity of unsafe-to-inspect equipment as 
specified in paragraph (d)(3) of this section.
    (ii) You must keep a written plan for inspecting unsafe-to-inspect 
equipment as required by paragraph (e)(4) of this section and record all 
activities performed according to the written plan.
    (h) Closed vent systems in vacuum service. If you operate and 
maintain a closed vent system in vacuum service as defined in Sec. 
63.12005, you must comply with the requirements in paragraphs (h)(1) 
through (3) of this section, and you are not required to comply with any 
other provisions of this section. Any incidence where a closed vent 
system designed to be in vacuum service is operating and not in vacuum 
service constitutes a violation of this rule, unless the closed vent 
system is meeting the requirements in paragraphs (a) through (g) of this 
section for closed vent systems that are not in vacuum service. Any such 
incidence during a performance test invalidates the performance test.
    (1) In vacuum service alarm. You must install, maintain, and operate 
a pressure gauge and alarm system that will alert an operator 
immediately and automatically when the pressure is such that the closed 
vent system no longer meets the definition of in vacuum service as 
defined in Sec. 63.12005. The alarm must be located such that the alert 
is detected and recognized easily by an operator.
    (2) In vacuum service alarm procedures. If the alarm is triggered 
for a closed vent system operating in vacuum service as specified in 
paragraph (h)(1) of this section, you must immediately initiate 
procedures to identify the cause of the alarm. If the closed vent system 
is not in vacuum service, you must initiate procedures to get the closed 
vent system back in vacuum service as defined in Sec. 63.12005, or you 
must immediately comply with the requirements in paragraphs (a) through 
(g) of this section for closed vent systems that are not in vacuum 
service.
    (3) In vacuum service alarm records and reports. For any incidences 
where a closed vent system designed to be in vacuum service is not in 
vacuum service, you must submit to the Administrator as part of your 
compliance report, the information specified in Sec. 63.11985(b)(10). 
This report is required even if you elect to follow the procedures 
specified in Sec. 63.11895 to establish an affirmative defense and 
submit the reports specified in Sec. 63.11985(b)(11).

[[Page 594]]



Sec. 63.11935  What CEMS and CPMS requirements must I meet to 
demonstrate initial and continuous compliance with the emission 
standards for process vents?

    (a) General requirements for CEMS and CPMS. You must meet the 
requirements in paragraph (b) of this section for each CEMS specified in 
Sec. 63.11925(c) used to demonstrate compliance with the emission 
limits for process vents in Table 1 or 2 to this subpart. You must meet 
the CPMS requirements in paragraph (c) of this section and establish 
your operating limits in paragraph (d) of this section for each 
operating parameter specified in Table 5 to this subpart for each 
process vent control device specified in Sec. 63.11925(b) that is used 
to comply with the emission limits for process vents in Table 1 or 2 to 
this subpart, except that flow indicators specified in Sec. 63.11940(a) 
are not subject to the requirements of this section.
    (b) CEMS. You must install, operate, and maintain each CEMS 
according to paragraphs (b)(1) through (7) of this section and 
continuously monitor emissions.
    (1) You must prepare your quality control program and site-specific 
performance evaluation test plan, as specified in Sec. 63.8(d) and (e). 
You must submit your performance evaluation test plan to the 
Administrator for approval, as specified in Sec. 63.8(e)(3).
    (2) The monitoring equipment must be capable of providing a 
continuous record, recording data at least once every 15 minutes.
    (3) You must conduct initial and periodic site-specific performance 
evaluations and any required tests of each CEMS according to your 
quality control program and site-specific performance evaluation test 
plan prepared as specified in Sec. 63.8(d) and (e).
    (4) If supplemental gases are added to the control device, you must 
correct the measured concentrations in accordance with Sec. 
63.11945(d)(3).
    (5) You must operate and maintain the CEMS in continuous operation 
according to the quality control program and performance evaluation test 
plan. CEMS must record data at least once every 15 minutes.
    (6) CEMS must meet the minimum accuracy and calibration frequency 
requirements specified in the performance specifications specified in 
paragraphs (b)(6)(i) and (ii) of this section, as applicable.
    (i) A hydrogen chloride or dioxin/furan CEMS must meet the 
requirements of the promulgated performance specification for the CEMS.
    (ii) A total hydrocarbon CEMS must meet the requirements of 40 CFR 
Part 60, Appendix B, performance specification 8A.
    (7) Before commencing or ceasing use of a CEMS system, you must 
notify the Administrator as specified in paragraphs (b)(7)(i) and (ii) 
of this section.
    (i) You must notify the Administrator 1 month before starting use of 
the continuous emissions monitoring system.
    (ii) You must notify the Administrator 1 month before stopping use 
of the continuous emissions monitoring system, in which case you must 
also conduct a performance test within 60 days of ceasing operation of 
the system.
    (c) CPMS. You must install, maintain, and operate each CPMS as 
specified in paragraphs (c)(1) through (6) of this section and 
continuously monitor operating parameters.
    (1) As part of your quality control program and site-specific 
performance evaluation test plan prepared as specified in Sec. 63.8(d) 
and (e), you must prepare a site-specific monitoring plan that addresses 
the monitoring system design, data collection, and the quality assurance 
and quality control elements specified in paragraphs (c)(1)(i) through 
(v) of this section and Sec. 63.8(d). You are not required to submit 
the plan for approval unless requested by the Administrator. You may 
request approval of monitoring system quality assurance and quality 
control procedure alternatives to those specified in paragraphs 
(c)(1)(i) through (v) of this section in your site-specific monitoring 
plan.
    (i) The performance criteria and design specifications for the 
monitoring system equipment, including the sample interface, detector 
signal analyzer, and data acquisition and calculations.

[[Page 595]]

    (ii) Sampling interface (e.g., thermocouple) location such that the 
monitoring system will provide representative measurements.
    (iii) Equipment performance checks, calibrations, or other audit 
procedures.
    (iv) Ongoing operation and maintenance procedures in accordance with 
provisions in Sec. 63.8(c)(1) and (3).
    (v) Ongoing reporting and recordkeeping procedures in accordance 
with provisions in Sec. 63.10(c), (e)(1) and (e)(2)(i).
    (2) The monitoring equipment must be capable of providing a 
continuous record, recording data at least once every 15 minutes.
    (3) You must install, operate, and maintain each CPMS according to 
the procedures and requirements in your site-specific monitoring plan.
    (4) You must conduct an initial and periodic site-specific 
performance evaluation tests of each CPMS according to your site-
specific monitoring plan.
    (5) All CPMS must meet the specific parameter (e.g., minimum 
accuracy and calibration frequency) requirements specified in Sec. 
63.11940 and Table 7 to this subpart.
    (6) Monitoring equipment for temperature, pressure, volumetric flow 
rate, mass flow rate and conductivity must be capable of measuring the 
appropriate parameter over a range that extends at least 20 percent 
beyond the normal expected operating range of values for that parameter. 
The data recording system associated with affected CPMS must have a 
resolution that is equal to or better than one-half of the required 
system accuracy.
    (d) Establish operating limit. For each operating parameter that 
must be monitored in Sec. 63.11925(c) for process vent control devices, 
you must establish an operating limit as specified in paragraphs (d)(1) 
through (4) of this section. You must establish each operating limit as 
an operating parameter range, minimum operating parameter level, or 
maximum operating parameter level as specified in Table 7 to this 
subpart. Where this subpart does not specify which format to use for 
your operating limit (e.g., operating range or minimum operating level), 
you must determine which format is best to establish proper operation of 
the control device such that you are meeting the emission limits 
specified in Table 1 or 2 to this subpart.
    (1) For process vent control devices, the operating limit 
established for each monitored parameter specified in Sec. 63.11940 
must be based on the operating parameter values recorded during any 
performance test conducted to demonstrate compliance as required by 
Sec. 63.11925(d)(4) and (e)(4) and may be supplemented by engineering 
assessments and/or manufacturer's recommendations. You are not required 
to conduct performance tests over the entire range of allowed operating 
parameter values. The established operating limit must represent the 
conditions for which the control device is meeting the emission limits 
specified in Table 1 or 2 to this subpart.
    (2) You must include as part of the notification of compliance 
status or the operating permit application or amendment, the information 
in paragraphs (d)(2)(i) through (iv) of this section, as applicable, for 
each process vent control device requiring operating limits.
    (i) Descriptions of monitoring devices, monitoring frequencies and 
operating scenarios.
    (ii) The established operating limit of the monitored parameter(s).
    (iii) The rationale for the established operating limit, including 
any data and calculations used to develop the operating limit and a 
description of why the operating limit indicates proper operation of the 
control device.
    (iv) The rationale used to determine which format to use for your 
operating limit (e.g., operating range, minimum operating level or 
maximum operating level), where this subpart does not specify which 
format to use.
    (3) For batch processes, you may establish operating limits for 
individual batch emission episodes, including each distinct episode of 
process vent emissions or each individual type of batch process that 
generates wastewater, if applicable. You must provide rationale in a 
batch precompliance report as specified in Sec. 63.11985(c)(2) instead 
of the notification of compliance status for the established operating 
limit. You must include any data and

[[Page 596]]

calculations used to develop the operating limits and a description of 
why each operating limit indicates proper operation of the control 
device during the specific batch emission episode.
    (4) If you elect to establish separate operating limits for 
different batch emission episodes within a batch process as specified in 
paragraph (d)(3) of this section, you must maintain daily records 
indicating each point at which you change from one operating limit to 
another, even if the monitoring duration for an operating limit is less 
than 15 minutes. You must maintain a daily record according to Sec. 
63.11990(e)(4)(i).
    (e) Reduction of CPMS and CEMS data. You must reduce CEMS and CPMS 
data to 1-hour averages according to Sec. 63.8(g) to compute the 
average values for demonstrating compliance specified in Sec. Sec. 
63.11925(e)(3)(ii), 63.11925(e)(4)(ii)(B), and 63.11960(c)(2) for CEMS 
and CPMS, as applicable.



Sec. 63.11940  What continuous monitoring requirements must I meet
for control devices required to install CPMS to meet the emission
limits for process vents?

    As required in Sec. 63.11925(c), you must install and operate the 
applicable CPMS specified in paragraphs (a) through (g) of this section 
for each control device you use to comply with the emission limits for 
process vents in Table 1 or 2 to this subpart. You must monitor, record, 
and calculate CPMS data averages as specified in Table 7 to this 
subpart. Paragraph (h) of this section provides an option to propose 
alternative monitoring parameters or procedures.
    (a) Flow indicator. If flow to a control device could be 
intermittent, you must install, calibrate, and operate a flow indicator 
at the inlet or outlet of the control device to identify periods of no 
flow.
    (b) Thermal oxidizer monitoring. If you are using a thermal oxidizer 
to meet an emission limit in Table 1 or 2 to this subpart and you are 
required to use CPMS as specified in Sec. 63.11925(c), you must equip 
the thermal oxidizer with the monitoring equipment specified in 
paragraphs (b)(1) through (3) of this section, as applicable.
    (1) If a thermal oxidizer other than a catalytic thermal oxidizer is 
used, you must install a temperature monitoring device in the fire box 
or in the ductwork immediately downstream of the fire box in a position 
before any substantial heat exchange occurs.
    (2) Except as provided in paragraph (b)(3) of this section, where a 
catalytic thermal oxidizer is used, you must install temperature 
monitoring devices in the gas stream immediately before and after the 
catalyst bed. You must monitor the temperature differential across the 
catalyst bed.
    (3) Instead of complying with paragraph (b)(2) of this section, and 
if the temperature differential between the inlet and outlet of the 
catalytic thermal oxidizer during normal operating conditions is less 
than 10 degrees Celsius (18 degrees Fahrenheit), you may elect to 
monitor the inlet temperature and conduct catalyst checks as specified 
in paragraphs (b)(3)(i) and (ii) of this section.
    (i) You must conduct annual sampling and analysis of the catalyst 
activity (i.e., conversion efficiency) following the manufacturer's or 
catalyst supplier's recommended procedures. If problems are found during 
the catalyst activity test, you must replace the catalyst bed or take 
other corrective action consistent with the manufacturer's 
recommendations within 15 days or by the next time any process vent 
stream is collected by the control device, whichever is sooner.
    (ii) You must conduct annual internal inspections of the catalyst 
bed to check for fouling, plugging, or mechanical breakdown. You must 
also inspect the bed for channeling, abrasion, and settling. If problems 
are found during the annual internal inspection of the catalyst, you 
must replace the catalyst bed or take other corrective action consistent 
with the manufacturer's recommendations within 15 days or by the next 
time any process vent stream is collected by the control device, 
whichever is later. If the catalyst bed is replaced and is not of like 
or better kind and quality as the old catalyst then you must conduct a 
new performance test according to Sec. 63.11945 to determine 
destruction efficiency. If a catalyst bed is replaced and the 
replacement catalyst is of like or better kind and quality as the old 
catalyst, then a

[[Page 597]]

new performance test to determine destruction efficiency is not 
required.
    (c) Absorber and acid gas scrubber monitoring. If you are using an 
absorber or acid gas scrubber to meet an emission limit in Table 1 or 2 
to this subpart and you are required to use CPMS as specified in Sec. 
63.11925(c), you must install the monitoring equipment specified in 
paragraphs (c)(1) through (3) of this section.
    (1) Install and operate the monitoring equipment as specified in 
either paragraph (c)(1)(i) or (ii) of this section.
    (i) A flow meter to monitor the absorber or acid gas scrubber 
influent liquid flow.
    (ii) A flow meter to monitor the absorber or acid gas scrubber 
influent liquid flow and the gas stream flow using one of the procedures 
specified in paragraphs (c)(1)(ii)(A), (B), or (C) of this section. You 
must monitor the liquid-to-gas ratio determined by dividing the flow 
rate of the absorber or acid gas scrubber influent by the gas flow rate. 
The units of measure must be consistent with those used to calculate 
this ratio during the performance test.
    (A) Determine gas stream flow using the design blower capacity, with 
appropriate adjustments for pressure drop.
    (B) Measure the gas stream flow at the absorber or acid gas scrubber 
inlet.
    (C) If you have previously determined compliance for a scrubber that 
requires a determination of the liquid-to-gas ratio, you may use the 
results of that test provided the test conditions are representative of 
current operation.
    (2) Install and operate the monitoring equipment as specified in 
either paragraph (c)(2)(i), (ii), or (iii) of this section.
    (i) Install and operate pressure gauges at the inlet and outlet of 
the absorber or acid gas scrubber to monitor the pressure drop through 
the absorber or acid gas scrubber.
    (ii) If the difference in the inlet gas stream temperature and the 
inlet liquid stream temperature is greater than 38 degrees Celsius, you 
may install and operate a temperature monitoring device at the scrubber 
gas stream exit.
    (iii) If the difference between the specific gravity of the scrubber 
effluent scrubbing fluid and specific gravity of the scrubber inlet 
scrubbing fluid is greater than or equal to 0.02 specific gravity units, 
you may install and operate a specific gravity monitoring device on the 
inlet and outlet of the scrubber.
    (3) If the scrubbing liquid is a reactant (e.g., lime, ammonia 
hydroxide), you must install and operate one of the devices listed in 
either paragraph (c)(3)(i), (ii) or (iii) of this section.
    (i) A pH monitoring device to monitor the pH of the scrubber liquid 
effluent.
    (ii) A caustic strength monitoring device to monitor the caustic 
strength of the scrubber liquid effluent.
    (iii) A conductivity monitoring device to monitor the conductivity 
of the scrubber liquid effluent.
    (d) Regenerative adsorber monitoring. If you are using a 
regenerative adsorber to meet an emission limit in Table 1 or 2 to this 
subpart and you are required to use CPMS as specified in Sec. 
63.11925(c), you must install and operate the applicable monitoring 
equipment listed in paragraphs (d)(1) through (5) of this section, and 
comply with the requirements in paragraphs (d)(6) and (7) of this 
section. If the adsorption system water is wastewater as defined in 
Sec. 63.12005, then it is subject to the requirements of Sec. 
63.11965.
    (1) For non-vacuum regeneration systems, an integrating regeneration 
stream flow monitoring device having an accuracy of 10 percent, capable of recording the total regeneration 
stream mass for each regeneration cycle. For non-vacuum regeneration 
systems, an integrating regeneration stream flow monitoring device 
capable of continuously recording the total regeneration stream mass 
flow for each regeneration cycle.
    (2) For non-vacuum regeneration systems, an adsorber bed temperature 
monitoring device, capable of continuously recording the adsorber bed 
temperature after each regeneration and within 15 minutes of completing 
any temperature regulation (cooling or warming to bring bed temperature 
closer to vent gas temperature) portion of the regeneration cycle.
    (3) For non-vacuum and non-steam regeneration systems, an adsorber 
bed

[[Page 598]]

temperature monitoring device capable of continuously recording the bed 
temperature during regeneration, except during any temperature 
regulating (cooling or warming to bring bed temperature closer to vent 
gas temperature) portion of the regeneration cycle.
    (4) For a vacuum regeneration system, a pressure transmitter 
installed in the vacuum pump suction line capable of continuously 
recording the vacuum level for each minute during regeneration. You must 
establish a minimum target and a length of time at which the vacuum must 
be below the minimum target during regeneration.
    (5) A device capable of monitoring the regeneration frequency (i.e., 
operating time since last regeneration) and duration.
    (6) You must perform a verification of the adsorber during each day 
of operation. The verification must be through visual observation or 
through an automated alarm or shutdown system that monitors and records 
system operational parameters. The verification must verify that the 
adsorber is operating with proper valve sequencing and cycle time.
    (7) You must conduct weekly measurements of the carbon bed outlet 
volatile organic compounds concentration over the last 5 minutes of an 
adsorption cycle for each carbon bed. For regeneration cycles longer 
than 1 week, you must perform the measurement over the last 5 minutes of 
each adsorption cycle for each carbon bed. The outlet concentration of 
volatile organic compounds must be measured using a portable analyzer, 
in accordance with Method 21 at 40 CFR part 60, appendix A-7, for open-
ended lines. Alternatively, outlet concentration of HAP(s) may be 
measured using chromatographic analysis using Method 18 at 40 CFR part 
60, appendix A-6.
    (e) Non-regenerative adsorber monitoring. If you are using a non-
regenerative adsorber, or canister type system that is sent off site for 
regeneration or disposal, to meet an emission limit in Table 1 or 2 to 
this subpart and you are required to use CPMS as specified in Sec. 
63.11925(c), you must install a system of dual adsorber units in series 
and conduct the monitoring and bed replacement as specified in 
paragraphs (e)(1) through (4) of this section.
    (1) Establish the average adsorber bed life by conducting daily 
monitoring of the outlet volatile organic compound or HAP concentration, 
as specified in this paragraph (e)(1), of the first adsorber bed in 
series until breakthrough occurs for the first three adsorber bed 
change-outs. The outlet concentration of volatile organic compounds must 
be measured using a portable analyzer, in accordance with Method 21 at 
40 CFR part 60, appendix A-7, for open-ended lines. Alternatively, 
outlet concentration of HAP may be measured using chromatographic 
analysis using Method 18 at 40 CFR part 60, appendix A-6. Breakthrough 
of the bed is defined as the time when the level of HAP detected is at 
the highest concentration allowed to be discharged from the adsorber 
system.
    (2) Once the average life of the bed is determined, conduct ongoing 
monitoring as specified in paragraphs (e)(2)(i) through (iii) of this 
section.
    (i) Except as provided in paragraphs (e)(2)(ii) and (iii) of this 
section, conduct daily monitoring of the adsorber bed outlet volatile 
organic compound or HAP concentration, as specified in paragraph (e)(1) 
of this section.
    (ii) You may conduct monthly monitoring if the adsorbent has more 
than 2 months of life remaining, as determined by the average primary 
adsorber bed life, established in paragraph (e)(1) of this section, and 
the date the adsorbent was last replaced.
    (iii) You may conduct weekly monitoring if the adsorbent has more 
than 2 weeks of life remaining, as determined by the average primary 
adsorber bed life, established in paragraph (e)(1) of this section, and 
the date the adsorbent was last replaced.
    (3) The first adsorber in series must be replaced immediately when 
breakthrough is detected between the first and second adsorber. The 
original second adsorber (or a fresh canister) will become the new first 
adsorber and a fresh adsorber will become the second adsorber. For 
purposes of this paragraph (e)(3), ``immediately'' means within 8 hours 
of the detection of a

[[Page 599]]

breakthrough for adsorbers of 55 gallons or less, and within 24 hours of 
the detection of a breakthrough for adsorbers greater than 55 gallons.
    (4) In lieu of replacing the first adsorber immediately, you may 
elect to monitor the outlet of the second canister beginning on the day 
the breakthrough between the first and second canister is identified and 
each day thereafter. This daily monitoring must continue until the first 
canister is replaced. If the constituent being monitored is detected at 
the outlet of the second canister during this period of daily 
monitoring, both canisters must be replaced within 8 hours of the time 
of detection of volatile organic compounds or HAP at 90 percent of the 
allowed level (90 percent of breakthrough definition).
    (f) Condenser monitoring. If you are using a condenser to meet an 
emission limit in Table 1 or 2 to this subpart and you are required to 
use CPMS as specified in Sec. 63.11925(c), you must install and operate 
a condenser exit gas temperature monitoring device.
    (g) Other control devices. If you use a control device other than 
those listed in this subpart to comply with an emission limit in Table 1 
or 2 to this subpart and you are required to use CPMS as specified in 
Sec. 63.11925(c), you must comply with the requirements as specified in 
paragraphs (g)(1) and (2) of this section.
    (1) Submit a description of the planned monitoring, recordkeeping, 
and reporting procedures. The Administrator will approve, deny or modify 
the proposed monitoring, reporting and recordkeeping requirements as 
part of the review of the plan or through the review of the permit 
application or by other appropriate means.
    (2) You must establish operating limits for monitored parameters 
that are approved by the Administrator. To establish the operating 
limit, the information required in Sec. 63.11935(d) must be submitted 
in the notification of compliance status report specified in Sec. 
63.11985(a).
    (h) Alternatives to monitoring requirements. (1) You may request 
approval to use alternatives to the continuous operating parameter 
monitoring listed in this section, as specified in Sec. Sec. 
63.11985(c)(4) and 63.8.
    (2) You may request approval to monitor a different parameter than 
those established in Sec. 63.11935(d) or to set unique monitoring 
parameters, as specified in Sec. Sec. 63.11985(c)(5) and 63.8. Until 
permission to use an alternative monitoring parameter has been granted 
by the Administrator, you remain subject to the requirements of this 
subpart.



Sec. 63.11945  What performance testing requirements must I meet 
for process vents?

    (a) General. For each control device used to meet the emission 
limits for process vents in Table 1 or 2 to this subpart, you must 
conduct the initial and periodic performance tests required in Sec. 
63.11925(d) and (e) and as specified in Sec. 63.11896 using the 
applicable test methods and procedures specified in Table 8 to this 
subpart and paragraphs (b) through (d) of this section.
    (b) Process operating conditions. You must conduct performance tests 
under the conditions specified in paragraphs (b)(1) through (3) of this 
section, as applicable. Upon request, the owner or operator shall make 
available to the Administrator such records as may be necessary to 
determine the conditions of performance tests. In all cases, a site-
specific plan must be submitted to the Administrator for approval prior 
to testing in accordance with Sec. 63.7(c). The test plan must include 
the emission profiles described in Sec. 63.11925(g).
    (1) Continuous process vents. For continuous process vents, you must 
conduct all performance tests at maximum representative operating 
conditions for the process. For continuous compliance, you must conduct 
subsequent performance tests within the range of operating limit(s) that 
were established for the control device during the initial or subsequent 
performance tests specified in Sec. 63.11925(d) and (e). If an 
operating limit is a range, then you must conduct subsequent performance 
tests within the range of maximum or minimum operating limits for the 
control device, which result in highest emissions (i.e., lowest emission 
reduction).
    (2) Batch process operations. Testing must be conducted at absolute 
worst-

[[Page 600]]

case conditions or hypothetical worst-case conditions as specified in 
paragraph (c) of this section.
    (3) Combination of both continuous and batch unit operations. You 
must conduct performance tests when the batch process vents are 
operating at absolute worst-case conditions or hypothetical worst-case 
conditions, as specified in paragraphs (c)(1) and (2) of this section, 
and at maximum representative operating conditions for the process. For 
continuous compliance, you must operate the control device as close as 
possible to your operating limit(s) for the control device established 
during the initial or subsequent performance tests specified in Sec. 
63.11925 (d) and (e). If an operating limit is a range, then you must 
operate the control device as close as possible to the maximum or 
minimum operating limit for the control device, whichever results in 
higher emissions (i.e., lower emission reduction), unless the 
Administrator specifies or approves alternate operating conditions.
    (c) Batch worst-case conditions. The absolute worst-case conditions 
for batch process operations must be characterized by the criteria 
presented in paragraph (c)(1) of this section. The hypothetical worst-
case conditions for batch process operations must be characterized by 
the criteria presented in paragraph (c)(2) of this section.
    (1) Absolute worst-case conditions. For batch process operations, 
absolute worst-case conditions are defined by the criteria presented in 
paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section if the maximum load is the most 
challenging condition for the control device. Otherwise, absolute worst-
case conditions are defined by the conditions in paragraph (c)(1)(ii) of 
this section. You must consider all relevant factors, including load and 
compound-specific characteristics in defining absolute worst-case 
conditions.
    (i) A 1-hour period of time in which the inlet to the control device 
contains the highest HAP mass loading rate, in pounds per hour, capable 
of being vented to the control device. An emission profile as described 
in Sec. 63.11925(g) must be used to identify the 1-hour period of 
maximum HAP loading.
    (ii) The period of time when the HAP loading or stream composition 
(including non-HAP) is most challenging for the control device. These 
conditions include, but are not limited to the following:
    (A) Periods when the stream contains the highest combined organic 
load, in pounds per hour, described by the emission profiles in Sec. 
63.11925(g).
    (B) Periods when the streams contain HAP constituents that approach 
limits of solubility for scrubbing media.
    (C) Periods when the streams contain HAP constituents that approach 
limits of adsorptivity for adsorption systems.
    (2) Hypothetical worst-case conditions. For batch process 
operations, hypothetical worst-case conditions are simulated test 
conditions that, at a minimum, contain the highest hourly HAP load of 
emissions that would be predicted to be vented to the control device 
based on the emissions profiles described in paragraphs (c)(3)(ii) or 
(iii) of this section.
    (3) Emission profile. For batch process operations, you must develop 
an emission profile for the vent to the control device that describes 
the characteristics of the vent stream at the inlet to the control 
device under worst-case conditions. The emission profile must be 
developed based on any one of the procedures described in paragraphs 
(c)(3)(i) through (iii) of this section.
    (i) Emission profile by process. The emission profile must consider 
all batch emission episodes that could contribute to the vent stack for 
a period of time that is sufficient to include all processes venting to 
the stack and must consider production scheduling. The profile must 
describe the HAP load to the device that equals the highest sum of 
emissions from the episodes that can vent to the control device in any 
given hour. Emissions per episode must be calculated using the 
procedures specified in Sec. 63.11950. Emissions per episode must be 
divided by the duration of the episode only if the duration of the 
episode is longer than 1 hour.
    (ii) Emission profile by equipment. The emission profile must 
consist of emissions that meet or exceed the highest emissions, in 
pounds per hour that

[[Page 601]]

would be expected under actual processing conditions. The profile must 
describe equipment configurations used to generate the emission events, 
volatility of materials processed in the equipment, and the rationale 
used to identify and characterize the emission events. The emissions may 
be based on using a compound more volatile than compounds actually used 
in the process(es), and the emissions may be generated from all 
equipment in the process(es) or only selected equipment.
    (iii) Emission profile by capture and control device limitation. The 
emission profile must consider the capture and control system 
limitations and the highest emissions, in pounds per hour that can be 
routed to the control device, based on maximum flow rate and 
concentrations possible because of limitations on conveyance and control 
equipment (e.g., fans and lower explosive level alarms).
    (d) Concentration correction calculation. If a combustion device is 
the control device and supplemental combustion air is used to combust 
the emissions, the concentration of total hydrocarbons, total organic 
HAP, vinyl chloride, and hydrogen chloride must be corrected as 
specified in paragraph (d)(1) or (2) of this section. If a control 
device other than a combustion device is used to comply with an outlet 
concentration emission limit for batch process vents, you must correct 
the actual concentration for supplemental gases as specified in 
paragraph (d)(3) of this section.
    (1) Determine the concentration of total hydrocarbons, total organic 
HAP, vinyl chloride, or hydrogen chloride corrected to 3-percent oxygen 
(Cc) using Equation 1 of this section.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17AP12.002

Where:

Cc = Concentration of total hydrocarbons, total organic HAP, 
          vinyl chloride, or hydrogen chloride corrected to 3-percent 
          oxygen, dry basis, parts per million by volume.
Cm = Concentration of total hydrocarbons, total organic HAP, 
          vinyl chloride, or hydrogen chloride, dry basis, parts per 
          million by volume.
%O2d = Concentration of oxygen, dry basis, percentage by 
          volume.

    (2) To determine the oxygen concentration, you must use the emission 
rate correction factor (or excess air), integrated sampling and analysis 
procedures of Method 3, 3A, or 3B at 40 CFR part 60, appendix A-2, or 
ANSI/ASME PTC 19.10-1981 (incorporated by reference, see Sec. 63.14).
    (3) Correct the measured concentration for supplemental gases using 
Equation 2 of this section. Process knowledge and representative 
operating data may be used to determine the fraction of the total flow 
due to supplemental gas.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17AP12.003

Where:

Ca = Corrected outlet concentration of HAP, dry basis, parts 
          per million by volume (ppmv).
Cm = Actual concentration of HAP measured at control device 
          outlet, dry basis, ppmv.

[[Page 602]]

Qa = Total volumetric flow rate of all gas streams vented to 
          the control device, except supplemental gases.
Qs = total volumetric flow rate of supplemental gases.



Sec. 63.11950  What emissions calculations must I use for an emission
profile?

    When developing your emission profiles for batch process vents as 
required in Sec. 63.11925(g), except as specified in paragraph (i) of 
this section, you must calculate emissions from episodes caused by vapor 
displacement, purging a partially filled vessel, heating, 
depressurization, vacuum operations, gas evolution, air drying, or empty 
vessel purging, using the applicable procedures in paragraphs (a) 
through (h) of this section.
    (a) Vapor displacement. You must calculate emissions from vapor 
displacement due to transfer of material using Equation 1 of this 
section.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17AP12.004

    (Eq. 1)
Where:

E = Mass of HAP emitted.
V = Volume of gas displaced from the vessel.
R = Ideal gas law constant.
T = Temperature of the vessel vapor space; absolute.
Pi = Partial pressure of the individual HAP.
MWi = Molecular weight of the individual HAP.
n = Number of HAP compounds in the emission stream.
i = Identifier for a HAP compound.

    (b) Gas sweep of a partially filled vessel. You must calculate 
emissions from purging a partially filled vessel using Equation 2 of 
this section. The pressure of the vessel vapor space may be set equal to 
760 millimeters of mercury (mmHg). You must multiply the HAP partial 
pressure in Equation 2 of this section by a HAP-specific saturation 
factor determined in accordance with Equations 3 through 5 of this 
section. Solve Equation 3 of this section iteratively beginning with 
saturation factors (in the right-hand side of the equation) of 1.0 for 
each condensable compound. Stop iterating when the calculated saturation 
factors for all compounds are the same to two significant figures for 
subsequent iterations. Note that for multi-component emission streams, 
saturation factors must be calculated for all condensable compounds, not 
just the HAP.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17AP12.005

    (Eq. 2)
Where:

E = Mass of HAP emitted.
V = Purge flow rate of the noncondensable gas at the temperature and 
          pressure of the vessel vapor space.
R = Ideal gas law constant.
T = Temperature of the vessel vapor space; absolute.

[[Page 603]]

Pi = Partial pressure of the individual HAP at saturated 
          conditions.
Pj = Partial pressure of individual condensable compounds 
          (including HAP) at saturated conditions.
PT = Pressure of the vessel vapor space.
MWi = Molecular weight of the individual HAP.
t = Time of purge.
n = Number of HAP compounds in the emission stream.
i = Identifier for a HAP compound.
j = Identifier for a condensable compound.
m = Number of condensable compounds (including HAP) in the emission 
          stream.
          [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17AP12.006
          
Where:

Si = Saturation factor for individual condensable compounds.
Pi = Partial pressure of individual condensable compounds at 
          saturated conditions.
PT = Pressure of the vessel vapor space.
A = Surface area of liquid.
V = Purge flow rate of the noncondensable gas.
Vi\sat\ = Volumetric flow rate of individual condensable 
          compounds at saturated vapor pressure.
Ki = Mass transfer coefficient of individual condensable 
          compounds in the emission stream.
Ko = Mass transfer coefficient of reference compound (e.g., 
          0.83 cm/s for water).
Mo = Molecular weight of reference compound (e.g., 18.02 for 
          water).
Mi = Molecular weight of individual condensable compounds in 
          the emission stream.
n = Number of condensable compounds in the emission stream.

    (c) Heating. You must calculate emissions caused by the heating of a 
vessel to a temperature lower than the boiling point using the 
procedures in paragraph (c)(1) of this section. If the contents of a 
vessel are heated to the boiling point, you must calculate emissions 
using the procedures in paragraph (c)(2) of this section.

[[Page 604]]

    (1) If the final temperature to which the vessel contents are heated 
is lower than the boiling point of the HAP in the vessel, you must 
calculate the mass of HAP emitted per episode using Equation 6 of this 
section. The average gas space molar volume during the heating process 
is calculated using Equation 7 of this section. The difference in the 
number of moles of condensable in the vessel headspace between the 
initial and final temperatures is calculated using Equation 8 of this 
section.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17AP12.007

    (Eq. 6)
Where:

E = Mass of HAP vapor displaced from the vessel being heated.
Navg = Average gas space molar volume during the heating 
          process.
PT = Total pressure in the vessel.
Pi,1 = Partial pressure of the individual HAP compounds at 
          initial temperature (T1).
Pi,2 = Partial pressure of the individual HAP compounds at 
          final temperature (T2).
MWHAP = Average molecular weight of the HAP compounds 
          calculated using Equation 13 of this section.
ni,1 = Number of moles of condensable in the vessel headspace 
          at initial temperature (T1).
ni,2 = Number of moles of condensable in the vessel headspace 
          at final temperature (T2).
n = Number of HAP compounds in the emission stream.
ln = Natural logarithm.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17AP12.008

    (Eq. 7)
Where:

Navg = Average gas space molar volume during the heating 
          process.
V = Volume of free space in vessel.
PT = Total pressure in the vessel.
R = Ideal gas law constant.
T1 = Initial temperature of the vessel.
T2 = Final temperature of the vessel.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17AP12.009

Where:

V = Volume of free space in vessel.
R = Ideal gas law constant.
T1 = Initial temperature in the vessel.
T2 = Final temperature in the vessel.
Pi,1 = Partial pressure of the individual HAP compounds at 
          T1.
Pi,2 = Partial pressure of the individual HAP compounds at 
          T2.
n = Number of HAP compounds in the emission stream.

    (2) If the final temperature to which the vessel contents are heated 
is at the boiling point or higher, you must calculate emissions using 
the procedure in paragraphs (c)(2)(i) and (ii) of this section.

[[Page 605]]

    (i) To calculate the emissions from heating to the boiling point use 
Equations 9, 10 and 11 of this section. (Note that Pa2 = 0 in 
the calculation of [Delta][eta] in Equation 10 of this section.)
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17AP12.010

Where:

E = Mass of HAP emitted.
[Delta][eta] = The number of moles of noncondensable displaced from the 
          vessel, as calculated using Equation 10 of this section.
PT = Pressure in the receiver.
Pi = Partial pressure of the individual HAP determined at the 
          exit temperature of the condenser or at the conditions of the 
          dedicated receiver.
Pj = Partial pressure of the individual condensable 
          (including HAP) determined at the exit temperature of the 
          condenser or at the conditions of the dedicated receiver.
n = Number of HAP compounds in the emission stream.
i = Identifier for a HAP compound.
j = Identifier for a condensable compound.
MWHAP = The average molecular weight of HAP in vapor exiting 
          the dedicated receiver, as calculated using Equation 11 of 
          this section with partial pressures determined at the exit 
          temperature and exit pressure conditions of the condenser or 
          at the conditions of the dedicated receiver.
m = Number of condensable compounds (including HAP) in the emission 
          stream.
          [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17AP12.011
          
          [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17AP12.012
          
Where:

[Delta][eta] = Number of moles of noncondensable gas displaced from the 
          vessel.
V = Volume of free space in the vessel.
R = Ideal gas law constant.
T1 = Initial temperature of vessel contents, absolute.
T2 = Final temperature of vessel contents, absolute.
Pan = Partial pressure of noncondensable gas in the vessel headspace at 
          initial (n = 1) and final (n = 2) temperature.
MWHAP = The average molecular weight of HAP in vapor exiting 
          the dedicated receiver.
(Pi)Tn = Partial pressure of each HAP in the vessel headspace 
          at initial (T1) and final (T2) 
          temperature of the receiver.

[[Page 606]]

MWi = Molecular weight of the individual HAP.
n = Number of HAP compounds in the emission stream.
i = Identifier for a HAP compound.

    (ii) While boiling, the vessel must be operated with a properly 
operated process condenser. An initial demonstration that a process 
condenser is properly operated must be conducted during the boiling 
operation and documented in the notification of compliance status report 
described in Sec. 63.11985(a). You must either measure the liquid 
temperature in the receiver or the temperature of the gas stream exiting 
the condenser and show it is less than the boiling or bubble point of 
the HAP in the vessel; or perform a material balance around the vessel 
and condenser and show that at least 99 percent of the recovered HAP 
vaporized while boiling is condensed. This demonstration is not required 
if the process condenser is followed by a condenser acting as a control 
device or if the control device is monitored using a CEMS.
    (d) Depressurization. You must calculate emissions from 
depressurization using Equation 12 of this section.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17AP12.013

Where:

E = Emissions.
V = Free volume in vessel being depressurized.
R = Ideal gas law constant.
T = Temperature of the vessel, absolute.
P1 = Initial pressure in the vessel.
P2 = Final pressure in the vessel.
Pj = Partial pressure of the individual condensable compounds 
          (including HAP).
MWi = Molecular weight of the individual HAP compounds.
n = Number of HAP compounds in the emission stream.
m = Number of condensable compounds (including HAP) in the emission 
          stream.
i = Identifier for a HAP compound.
j = Identifier for a condensable compound.
ln = Natural logarithm.

    (e) Vacuum systems. You must calculate emissions from vacuum systems 
using Equation 13 of this section if the air leakage rate is known or 
can be approximated. The receiving vessel is part of the vacuum system 
for purposes of this subpart.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17AP12.014

Where:

E = Mass of HAP emitted.
PT = Absolute pressure of receiving vessel or ejector outlet 
          conditions, if there is no receiver.

[[Page 607]]

Pi = Partial pressure of the HAP at the receiver temperature 
          or the ejector outlet conditions.
Pj = Partial pressure of condensable (including HAP) at the 
          receiver temperature or the ejector outlet conditions.
La = Total air leak rate in the system, mass/time.
MWnc = Molecular weight of noncondensable gas.
t = Time of vacuum operation.
MWi = Molecular weight of the individual HAP in the emission stream, 
          with HAP partial pressures calculated at the temperature of 
          the receiver or ejector outlet, as appropriate.

(f) Gas evolution. You must calculate emissions from gas evolution using 
Equation 13 in paragraph (e) of this section with mass flow rate of gas 
evolution, Wg, substituted for La.
(g) Air drying. You must calculate emissions from air drying using 
Equation 14 of this section:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17AP12.015

Where:

E = Mass of HAP emitted.
B = Mass of dry solids.
PS1 = HAP in material entering dryer, weight percent.
PS2 = HAP in material exiting dryer, weight percent.

    (h) Empty vessel purging. You must calculate emissions from empty 
vessel purging using Equation 15 of this section (Note: The term e-Ft/v 
can be assumed to be 0):
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17AP12.016

Where:

V = Volume of empty vessel.
R = Ideal gas law constant.
T = Temperature of the vessel vapor space; absolute.
Pi = Partial pressure of the individual HAP at the beginning 
          of the purge.
MWi = Molecular weight of the individual HAP.
F = Flow rate of the purge gas.
t = Duration of the purge.
n = Number of HAP compounds in the emission stream.
i = Identifier for a HAP compound.

    (i) Engineering assessments. You must conduct an engineering 
assessment to calculate HAP emissions or emission episodes from each 
process vent that are not due to vapor displacement, partially filled 
vessel purging, heating, depressurization, vacuum operations, gas 
evolution, air drying or empty vessel purging. An engineering assessment 
may also be used to support a finding that the emissions estimation 
equations in this section are inappropriate. All data, assumptions and 
procedures used in the engineering assessment must be documented, are 
subject to preapproval by the Administrator, and must be reported in the 
batch precompliance report. An engineering assessment should include, 
but is not limited to, the items listed in paragraphs (i)(1) through (4) 
of this section.
    (1) Previous test results provided the tests are representative of 
current operating practices at the process unit.
    (2) Bench-scale or pilot-scale test data representative of the 
process under representative operating conditions.
    (3) Maximum flow rate, HAP emission rate, concentration, or other 
relevant parameter specified or implied within a permit limit applicable 
to the process vent.

[[Page 608]]

    (4) Design analysis based on accepted chemical engineering 
principles, measurable process parameters, or physical or chemical laws 
or properties. Examples of analytical methods include, but are not 
limited to the following:
    (i) Use of material balances based on process stoichiometry to 
estimate maximum organic HAP concentrations.
    (ii) Estimation of maximum flow rate based on physical equipment 
design such as pump or blower capacities.
    (iii) Estimation of HAP concentrations based on saturation 
conditions.



Sec. 63.11955  What are my initial and continuous compliance 
requirements for other emission sources?

    (a) Before opening any process component (including pre-
polymerization reactors used in the manufacture of bulk resins) for any 
reason, the quantity of vinyl chloride must be reduced to an amount that 
occupies a volume of no more than 2.0 percent of the component's or 
equipment's containment volume, or 25 gallons, whichever is larger, at 
standard temperature and pressure.
    (b) Before opening a polymerization reactor for any reason, the 
quantity of vinyl chloride is not to exceed 0.04 pounds per ton of PVC 
product, with the product determined on a dry solids basis.
    (c) Any gas or vapor HAP removed from a process component in 
accordance with paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section must be vented to 
a closed vent system and control device meeting the requirements of 
Sec. Sec. 63.11925 through 63.11950.
    (d) Each gasholder in vinyl chloride service must meet the 
requirements of paragraphs (d)(1) through (3) of this section.
    (1) Each gasholder must be vented to a closed vent system and 
control device meeting the requirements of Sec. Sec. 63.11925 through 
63.11950.
    (2) Each gasholder must operate with one or more of the following 
installed on the water seal to reduce emissions:
    (i) Floating balls;
    (ii) Hollow floating disks;
    (iii) Oil layer; and/or
    (iv) Floating mats.
    (3) Each gasholder must have established operating procedures that 
include provisions for ensuring that the requirements of paragraph 
(d)(2) of this section are met at all times except during periods of 
maintenance or repair. The standard operating procedures must be 
developed and implemented and made available to the Administrator upon 
request.



Sec. 63.11956  What are my compliance requirements for ambient
monitoring?

    You must operate a reliable and accurate vinyl chloride monitoring 
system for detection of major leaks and identification of the general 
area of the affected source where a leak is located. A vinyl chloride 
monitoring system means a device which obtains air samples from one or 
more points on a continuous sequential basis and analyzes the samples 
with gas chromatography or, if you assume that all hydrocarbons measured 
are vinyl chloride, analyzes the samples with infrared 
spectrophotometry, flame ion detection, or an equivalent or alternative 
method. You must operate the vinyl chloride monitoring system according 
to a program that you develop for your affected source. You must submit 
a description of the program to the Administrator within 45 days of your 
compliance date, unless a waiver of compliance is granted by the 
Administrator, or the program has been approved and the Administrator 
does not request a review of the program. Approval of a program will be 
granted by the Administrator provided the Administrator finds:
    (a) The location and number of points to be monitored and the 
frequency of monitoring provided for in the program are acceptable when 
they are compared with the number of pieces of equipment in vinyl 
chloride service and size and physical layout of the affected source.
    (b) It contains a definition of leak which is acceptable when 
compared with the background concentrations of vinyl chloride in the 
areas of the plant to be monitored by the vinyl chloride monitoring 
system. Measurements of background concentrations of vinyl chloride in 
the areas of the plant to be monitored by the vinyl chloride monitoring 
system are to be included with the description of the program. The

[[Page 609]]

definition of leak for a given plant may vary among the different areas 
within the plant and is also to change over time as background 
concentrations in the plant are reduced.
    (c) It contains an acceptable plan of action to be taken when a leak 
is detected.
    (d) It provides for an acceptable calibration and maintenance 
schedule for the vinyl chloride monitoring system and portable 
hydrocarbon detector. For the vinyl chloride monitoring system, a daily 
span check must be conducted with a concentration of vinyl chloride 
equal to the concentration defined as a leak according to paragraph (b) 
of this section. The calibration must be done with either:
    (1) A calibration gas mixture prepared from the gases specified in 
sections 7.2.1 and 7.2.2 of Method 106 at 40 CFR part 61, appendix B, 
and in accordance with section 10.1 of Method 106, or
    (2) A calibration gas cylinder standard containing the appropriate 
concentration of vinyl chloride. The gas composition of the calibration 
gas cylinder standard must have been certified by the manufacturer. The 
manufacturer must have recommended a maximum shelf life for each 
cylinder so that the concentration does not change greater than 5 percent from the certified value. The date of gas 
cylinder preparation, certified vinyl chloride concentration, and 
recommended maximum shelf life must have been affixed to the cylinder 
before shipment from the manufacturer to the buyer. If a gas 
chromatograph is used as the vinyl chloride monitoring system, these gas 
mixtures may be directly used to prepare a chromatograph calibration 
curve as described in Sections 8.1 and 9.2 of Method 106. The 
requirements in Sections 7.2.3.1 and 7.2.3.2 of Method 106 for 
certification of cylinder standards and for establishment and 
verification of calibration standards are to be followed.



Sec. 63.11960  What are my initial and continuous compliance
requirements for stripped resin?

    (a) Emission limits. You must meet the applicable vinyl chloride and 
total non-vinyl chloride organic HAP emission limits for stripped resin 
specified in Table 1 or 2 to this subpart.
    (b) Determination of total non-vinyl chloride organic HAP. You must 
develop a facility-specific list of HAP that are expected to be present 
in each grade of resin produced by your PVCPU. This list must be 
continuously updated and must be available for inspection by the 
Administrator. This list must include the identification of each grade 
of resin produced, each HAP expected to be present in that grade of 
resin, and the CAS number for each HAP.
    (1) For the purposes of demonstrating initial and continuous 
compliance as required in paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section, you 
must meet the requirements specified in paragraphs (b)(1)(i) and 
(b)(1)(ii) of this section.
    (i) You must analyze each resin sample for all Table 10 HAP using 
the test methods specified in paragraph (e) of this section.
    (ii) You must also analyze each resin sample for any HAP that are 
not a Table 10 HAP but are expected to be present in that resin sample 
based on your facility-specific list of HAP using the appropriate test 
method specified in paragraph (e) of this section.
    (2) [Reserved]
    (c) Demonstration of initial compliance. You must demonstrate 
initial compliance for each resin stripper or for each group of resin 
strippers used to process the same resin type.
    (1) You must conduct an initial performance test for the resin 
stripper, measuring the concentration of vinyl chloride and total non-
vinyl chloride organic HAP in the stripped resin at the outlet of each 
resin stripper as specified in paragraphs (c)(1)(i) through (iv) of this 
section.
    (i) Use the test method(s) and procedures specified in paragraph (e) 
of this section.
    (ii) Collect samples when the PVCPU is producing the resin grade of 
which you manufacture the most, based on the total mass per resin grade 
of a given resin type produced in the 12 months preceding the sampling 
event.
    (iii) For continuous processes, during a 24-hour sampling period, 
for each resin grade produced, collect 1 grab sample at intervals of 8 
hours or per grade of PVC produced, whichever is

[[Page 610]]

more frequent. Each sample must be taken as the resin flows out of the 
stripper.
    (iv) For batch processes, during a 24-hour sampling period, for each 
batch of each resin grade produced, collect 1 grab sample for each 
batch. Each sample must be taken immediately following the completion of 
the stripping operation.
    (2) Demonstrate initial compliance with the vinyl chloride and total 
non-vinyl chloride organic HAP emission limits in Table 1 or 2 to this 
subpart as specified in paragraphs (c)(2)(i) and (ii) of this section.
    (i) Calculate the 24-hour arithmetic average vinyl chloride and 
total non-vinyl chloride organic HAP concentrations for each stripper 
for each resin grade produced during the 24-hour sampling period, using 
the vinyl chloride and non vinyl-chloride HAP concentrations measured 
for the grab samples collected as specified in paragraph (c)(1)(iii) and 
(iv) of this section and using the calculation procedure specified in 
paragraph (f) of this section to determine the total non-vinyl chloride 
organic HAP concentration of each sample.
    (ii) Demonstrate compliance with the vinyl chloride and total non-
vinyl chloride organic HAP emission limits in Table 1 or 2 to this 
subpart based on the 24-hour arithmetic average concentrations 
calculated in either paragraph (c)(2)(ii)(A) or (B) of this section.
    (A) If more than one resin grade was produced during the 24-hour 
sampling period, use Equation 1 of this section to calculate the 24-hour 
grade weighted arithmetic average vinyl chloride and total non-vinyl 
chloride organic HAP concentrations for each stripper, or for each group 
of strippers used to process the same type of resin, using the 24-hour 
average vinyl chloride and total non-vinyl chloride organic HAP 
concentrations calculated in paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this section and the 
mass of each resin grade produced during the 24-hour sampling period.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17AP12.017

Where:

AT = 24-hour average concentration of resin type T, parts per 
          million by weight (dry basis).
PGi = Production of resin grade Gi, pounds.
CGi = 24-hour average concentration of vinyl chloride or 
          total non-vinyl chloride organic HAP in resin grade 
          Gi, ppmw.
QT = Total production of resin type T over the 24-hour 
          sampling period, pounds.

    (B) If only one resin grade was produced during the 24-hour sampling 
event, use the 24-hour arithmetic average vinyl chloride and total non-
vinyl chloride organic HAP concentrations for the one resin grade 
calculated as specified in paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this section for each 
stripper or calculate the 24-hour arithmetic average vinyl chloride and 
total non-vinyl chloride organic HAP concentrations for all strippers 
used to process the one grade of resin.
    (d) Demonstration of continuous compliance. You must demonstrate 
continuous compliance for each resin stripper or for each group of resin 
strippers used to process the same resin type.
    (1) On a daily basis, you must measure the concentration of vinyl 
chloride in stripped resin using the test method(s) and procedures 
specified in paragraph (e) of this section, and the procedures specified 
in paragraphs (c)(1)(iii) and (iv) of this section.
    (2) On a monthly basis, you must measure the concentration of total 
non-vinyl chloride organic HAP in stripped resin using the test 
method(s) and procedures specified in paragraph (e) of this section, and 
the procedures specified in paragraphs (c)(1)(iii) and (iv) of this 
section.
    (3) You must demonstrate continuous compliance with the vinyl 
chloride and total non-vinyl chloride organic HAP

[[Page 611]]

emission limit for stripped resin in Table 1 or 2 to this subpart as 
specified in paragraphs (c)(2)(i) and (ii) of this section.
    (e) Test methods and procedures for determining concentration of 
vinyl chloride and total non-vinyl chloride organic HAP. You must 
determine the concentration of vinyl chloride and total non-vinyl 
chloride organic HAP using the test methods and procedures specified in 
paragraphs (e)(1) through (3) of this section. Upon request, the owner 
or operator shall make available to the Administrator such records as 
may be necessary to determine the conditions of performance tests.
    (1) For measuring total non-vinyl chloride organic HAP, you must use 
the methods specified in paragraphs (e)(1)(i) through (iv) of this 
section.
    (i) SW-846-8260B (incorporated by reference, see Sec. 63.14) for 
analysis of volatile organic compounds listed in Table 10 of this 
subpart.
    (ii) SW-846-8270D (incorporated by reference, see Sec. 63.14) for 
analysis of semivolatile organic compounds listed in table 10 of this 
subpart.
    (iii) SW-846-8315A (incorporated by reference, see Sec. 63.14) for 
analysis of aldehyde compounds listed in table 10 of this subpart.
    (iv) SW-846-8015C (incorporated by reference, see Sec. 63.14) for 
analysis of alcohol compounds listed in table 10 of this subpart.
    (2) For measuring vinyl chloride, you must use Method 107 at 40 CFR 
part 61, appendix B.
    (3) When using the methods specified in paragraphs (e)(1) and (2) of 
this section, for sample collection, preservation, transport, and 
analysis, you must minimize loss of HAP and maintain sample integrity.
    (f) Method for calculating total non-vinyl chloride organic HAP 
concentration. For each stripped resin sample analyzed using the methods 
specified in paragraph (e) of this section, calculate the sum of the 
measured concentrations of each HAP analyzed as required in paragraphs 
(b)(1)(i) and (b)(1)(ii) of this section by using Equation 2 to this 
section.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17AP12.018

Where:
CTNVCH = Concentration of total non-vinyl chloride organic 
          HAP compounds in the stripped resin sample, in parts per 
          million by weight (ppmw).
Ci = Concentration of individual HAP present in the stripped 
          resin sample analyzed pursuant to paragraphs (b)(1)(i) and 
          (b)(1)(ii) of this section excluding vinyl chloride, in ppmw, 
          where a value of zero should be used for any HAP concentration 
          that is below the detection limit.



Sec. 63.11965  What are my general compliance requirements for 
wastewater?

    (a) The concentration of vinyl chloride and total non-vinyl chloride 
organic HAP in each process wastewater stream containing greater than 
the limits specified in Table 1 or 2 to this subpart, measured 
immediately as it leaves a piece of process equipment and before being 
mixed with any other process wastewater stream, must be reduced to the 
limits specified in Table 1 or 2 to this subpart. The applicable limits 
in Table 1 or 2 to this subpart must be met before the process 
wastewater stream is mixed with any other process wastewater stream 
containing vinyl chloride or total non-vinyl chloride organic HAP 
concentrations less than the applicable limits specified in Table 1 or 2 
to this subpart, before being exposed to the atmosphere, and before 
being discharged from the affected source.
    (b) Initial determination of process wastewater streams that need to 
be treated. You must determine which process wastewater streams require 
treatment as specified in paragraphs (b)(1) and (2)

[[Page 612]]

of this section and meet the requirements of paragraphs (c) and (d) of 
this section.
    (1) You must collect process wastewater samples as specified in 
paragraphs (b)(1)(i) and (ii) of this section.
    (i) For treated process wastewater streams, you must collect process 
wastewater samples at the outlet of the treatment process and before the 
process wastewater stream is mixed with any other process wastewater 
stream containing vinyl chloride or total non-vinyl chloride organic HAP 
concentrations less than the applicable limits specified in Table 1 or 2 
to this subpart, before being exposed to the atmosphere, and before 
being discharged from the affected source.
    (ii) For untreated process wastewater streams, you must collect 
process wastewater samples at the location immediately as the stream 
leaves a piece of process equipment, before being mixed with any other 
process stream or process wastewater stream, before being exposed to the 
atmosphere, and before being discharged from the affected source.
    (2) You must measure the concentration of vinyl chloride and total 
non-vinyl chloride organic HAP using the test methods and procedures 
specified in Sec. 63.11980.
    (c) Requirements for process wastewater streams that must be 
treated. Each process wastewater stream that has a vinyl chloride or 
total non-vinyl chloride organic HAP concentration equal to or greater 
than the limits specified in Table 1 or 2 to this subpart, determined 
pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section must be treated to reduce the 
concentration of vinyl chloride or total non-vinyl chloride organic HAP 
to below the applicable limits specified in Table 1 or 2 to this 
subpart. You must route wastewater streams through hard-piping to the 
treatment process and route the vent stream from the treatment process 
to a closed vent system and control device meeting the requirements of 
Sec. Sec. 63.11925 through 63.11950. You must also meet the initial and 
continuous compliance requirements specified in Sec. 63.11970(a) and 
Sec. 63.11975.
    (d) Requirements for process wastewater streams that do not need to 
be treated. For each process wastewater stream that has a vinyl chloride 
or total non-vinyl chloride organic HAP concentration less than the 
limits specified in Table 1 or 2 to this subpart, determined pursuant to 
paragraph (a) of this section, you must meet the initial and continuous 
compliance requirements specified in Sec. Sec. 63.11970(b) and 
63.11975(c).
    (e) Maintenance wastewater. You must comply with the requirements 
specified in Sec. 63.105 of subpart F of this part.
    (f) Determination of total non-vinyl chloride organic HAP. You must 
develop a facility-specific list of HAP that are expected to be present 
in each process wastewater stream at your PVCPU. This list must be 
continuously updated and must be available for inspection by the 
Administrator. This list must include the identification of each HAP 
expected to be present in each process wastewater stream, and the CAS 
number for each HAP.
    (1) For the purposes of demonstrating initial and continuous 
compliance as required in Sec. Sec. 63.11970 and 63.11975 of this 
subpart, you must meet the requirements specified in paragraphs 
(f)(1)(i) and (ii) of this section.
    (i) You must analyze each process wastewater sample for all HAP 
listed in Table 10 to this subpart using the test methods specified in 
Sec. 63.11980(a)(2) and (3).
    (ii) You must also analyze each process wastewater sample for any 
HAP that are not listed in Table 10 to this subpart but are expected to 
be present in that sample based on your facility-specific list of HAP 
using the appropriate test method specified in Sec. 63.11980(a)(2).
    (2) [Reserved]



Sec. 63.11970  What are my initial compliance requirements for
process wastewater?

    (a) Demonstration of initial compliance for process wastewater 
streams that must be treated. For each process wastewater stream that 
must be treated as specified in Sec. 63.11965(b) and (c), you must 
conduct an initial performance test for the wastewater treatment 
process, measuring the concentration of vinyl chloride and total non-
vinyl chloride organic HAP in the wastewater stream

[[Page 613]]

at the outlet of the wastewater treatment process before the wastewater 
is exposed to the atmosphere, mixed with any other process stream, and 
before being discharged from the affected facility, using the test 
method(s) and procedures specified in Sec. 63.11980(a).
    (b) Demonstration of initial compliance for process wastewater 
streams that are not required to be treated. For each process wastewater 
stream that has a vinyl chloride or total non-vinyl chloride organic HAP 
concentration less than the limits specified in Tables 1 or 2 to this 
subpart, you must use the measurement specified in Sec. 
63.11965(b)(1)(ii) to demonstrate initial compliance.



Sec. 63.11975  What are my continuous compliance requirements 
for process wastewater?

    (a) For each process wastewater stream that must be treated to 
reduce the concentration of vinyl chloride or total non-vinyl chloride 
organic HAP as specified in Sec. 63.11965(b) and (c), you must 
demonstrate continuous compliance as specified in paragraph (b) of this 
section. For each process wastewater stream for which you initially 
determine in Sec. 63.11970(b) that treatment is not required to reduce 
either vinyl chloride or total non-vinyl chloride organic HAP 
concentration, you must demonstrate continuous compliance as specified 
in paragraph (c) of this section.
    (b) For each process wastewater stream that must be treated 
according to Sec. 63.11965(b), you must demonstrate continuous 
compliance with the emission limits for vinyl chloride and total non-
vinyl chloride organic HAP specified in Table 1 or 2 to this subpart by 
following the procedures specified in paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this 
section.
    (1) Following your demonstration of initial compliance in Sec. 
63.11970(a), make monthly measurements of the vinyl chloride and total 
non-vinyl chloride organic HAP concentrations using the procedures and 
methods specified in Sec. 63.11965(b)(1) and (2).
    (2) You must demonstrate continuous compliance with the emission 
limits in Table 1 or 2 to this subpart on a monthly basis, using the 
monthly concentration measurement specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this 
section.
    (c) For each wastewater stream for which you initially determine in 
Sec. 63.11970(b) that treatment is not required to reduce the vinyl 
chloride or total non-vinyl chloride organic HAP concentration, you must 
demonstrate continuous compliance as specified in paragraphs (c)(1) and 
(2) of this section.
    (1) Conduct annual performance tests, measuring the vinyl chloride 
and total non-vinyl chloride organic HAP concentrations using the 
procedures and methods specified in Sec. 63.11965(b)(1) and (2).
    (2) If any annual performance test conducted as specified in 
paragraph (c)(1) of this section results in a concentration of vinyl 
chloride or total non-vinyl chloride organic HAP in the process 
wastewater stream that is greater than or equal to the emission limits 
in Table 1 or 2 to this subpart, then you must meet the requirements of 
Sec. 63.11965(c) and you must demonstrate initial and continuous 
compliance as specified in Sec. 63.11970 and this section.



Sec. 63.11980  What are the test methods and calculation procedures 
for process wastewater?

    (a) Performance test methods and procedures. You must determine the 
concentration of vinyl chloride and total non-vinyl chloride organic HAP 
using the test methods and procedures specified in paragraphs (a)(1) 
through (4) of this section. Upon request, the owner or operator shall 
make available to the Administrator such records as may be necessary to 
determine the conditions of performance tests.
    (1) You must conduct performance tests during worst-case operating 
conditions for the PVCPU when the process wastewater treatment process 
is operating as close as possible to maximum operating conditions. If 
the wastewater treatment process will be operating at several different 
sets of operating conditions, you must supplement the testing with 
additional testing, modeling or engineering assessments to demonstrate 
compliance with the emission limits.
    (2) For measuring total non-vinyl chloride organic HAP, you must 
conduct sampling and analysis using the

[[Page 614]]

methods specified in paragraphs (a)(2)(i) through (iv) of this section.
    (i) SW-846-8260B (incorporated by reference, see Sec. 63.14) for 
analysis of volatile organic compounds listed in Table 10 of this 
subpart.
    (ii) SW-846-8270D (incorporated by reference, see Sec. 63.14) for 
analysis of semivolatile organic compounds.
    (iii) SW-846-8315A (incorporated by reference, see Sec. 63.14) for 
analysis of aldehyde compounds.
    (iv) SW-846-8015C (incorporated by reference, see Sec. 63.14) for 
analysis of alcohol compounds.
    (3) For measuring vinyl chloride, you must use Method 107 at 40 CFR 
part 61, appendix B.
    (4) When using the methods in paragraphs (a)(2) and (3) of this 
section, you must meet the requirements in paragraphs (a)(4)(i) through 
(iii) of this section.
    (i) Sample collection may consist of grab or composite samples.
    (ii) Samples must be taken before the process wastewater stream is 
exposed to the atmosphere.
    (iii) You must ensure that sample collection, preservation, 
transport, and analysis minimizes loss of HAP and maintains sample 
integrity.
    (b) Method for calculating total non-vinyl chloride organic HAP 
concentration. For each process wastewater stream analyzed using the 
methods specified in paragraph (a) of this section, calculate the sum of 
the measured concentrations of each HAP analyzed as required in Sec. 
63.11965(f)(1) by using Equation 1 to this section.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17AP12.019

Where:
CTNVCH = Concentration of total non-vinyl chloride organic 
          HAP, in parts per million by weight (ppmw).
Ci = Concentration of individual HAP present in the sample 
          analyzed pursuant to Sec. 63.11965(f)(1) excluding vinyl 
          chloride, in ppmw, where a value of zero should be used for 
          any HAP concentration that is below the detection limit.

                   Notifications, Reports and Records



Sec. 63.11985  What notifications and reports must I submit and when?

    In addition to the notifications and reports required in subpart A 
of this part, as specified in Table 4 to this subpart, you must submit 
the additional information and reports specified in paragraphs (a) 
through (c) of this section, as applicable.
    (a) Notification of compliance status. When submitting the 
notification of compliance status required in Sec. 63.9(h), you must 
also include the information specified in paragraphs (a)(1) through (9) 
of this section, as applicable.
    (1) You must include an identification of the storage vessels 
subject to this subpart, including the capacity and liquid stored for 
each vessel. You must submit the information specified in paragraph 
(a)(2) of this section for each pressure vessel.
    (2) You must include the information specified in Sec. 63.1039(a) 
for equipment leaks.
    (3) You must include an identification of the heat exchange systems 
that are subject to the requirements of this subpart.
    (4) You must include the operating limit for each monitoring 
parameter identified for each control device used to meet the emission 
limits in Table 1 or 2 to this subpart, as determined pursuant to Sec. 
63.11935(d). This report must include the information in Sec. 
63.11935(d)(2), as applicable.
    (5) You must include the records specified in paragraphs (a)(5)(i) 
through (iii) of this section, as applicable, for process vents.
    (i) You must include the performance test records specified in Sec. 
63.11990(f)(1), as applicable. These reports must include one complete 
test report for each test method used for each process vent. A complete 
test report must include a brief process description, sampling site

[[Page 615]]

description, description of sampling and analysis procedures and any 
modifications to standard procedures, quality assurance procedures, 
record of operating conditions during the test, record of preparation of 
standards, record of calibrations, raw data sheets for field sampling, 
raw data sheets for field and laboratory analyses, documentation of 
calculations and any other information required by the test method. For 
additional tests performed for the same kind of emission point using the 
same method, the results and any other information required in 
applicable sections of this subpart must be submitted, but a complete 
test report is not required.
    (ii) You must include the information specified in paragraphs 
(a)(5)(ii)(A) through (C) of this section for batch process vent 
operations.
    (A) Descriptions of worst-case operating and/or testing conditions 
for control devices including results of emissions profiles.
    (B) Calculations used to demonstrate initial compliance according to 
Sec. Sec. 63.11945 and 63.11950, including documentation of the proper 
operation of a process condenser(s) as specified in Sec. 
63.11950(c)(2)(ii).
    (C) Data and rationale used to support an engineering assessment to 
calculate emissions in accordance with Sec. 63.11950(i).
    (iii) If you use a control device other than those listed in Sec. 
63.11940 for your process vent, then you must include a description of 
the parameters to be monitored to ensure the control device is operated 
in conformance with its design and achieves the specified emission 
limitation; an explanation of the criteria used to select the parameter; 
and a description of the methods and procedures that will be used to 
demonstrate that the parameter indicates proper operation of the control 
device, the schedule for this demonstration, and a statement that you 
will establish an operating limit for the monitored parameter as 
specified in paragraph (a)(4) of this section.
    (6) [Reserved]
    (7) You must include the records specified in paragraphs (a)(7)(i) 
and (ii) of this section, as applicable, for resin strippers.
    (i) You must include an identification of each resin stripper and 
resin type subject to the requirements of this subpart.
    (ii) You must include results of the initial testing used to 
determine initial compliance with the stripped resin limits in Table 1 
or 2 to this subpart.
    (8) You must include the records specified in paragraphs (a)(8)(i) 
and (ii) of this section, as applicable, for process wastewater.
    (i) You must include an identification of each process wastewater 
stream subject to the requirements of this subpart, and the results of 
your determination for each stream as to whether it must be treated to 
meet the limits of Table 1 or 2 to this subpart. You must also include a 
description of the treatment process to be used for each process 
wastewater stream that requires treatment.
    (ii) You must include results of the initial sampling used to 
determine initial compliance with the vinyl chloride and total non-vinyl 
chloride organic HAP limits in Table 1 or 2 to this subpart.
    (9) You must include a certification of compliance, signed by a 
responsible official, as applicable that states the following:
    (i) ``This facility complies with the requirements in this subpart 
for storage vessels.''
    (ii) ``This facility complies with the requirements in this subpart 
for equipment leaks.''
    (iii) ``This facility complies with the requirements in this subpart 
for heat exchange systems.''
    (iv) ``This facility complies with the requirements in this subpart 
for HAP emissions from process vents.''
    (v) ``This facility complies with the requirements in this subpart 
for other emission sources.''
    (vi) ``This facility complies with the requirements in this subpart 
for the stripped resin.''
    (vii) ``This facility complies with the requirements in this subpart 
for wastewater.''
    (b) Compliance reports. When submitting the excess emissions and 
continuous monitoring system performance report and summary report 
required in Sec. 63.10(e)(3), you must also include the

[[Page 616]]

information specified in paragraphs (b)(1) through (12) of this section, 
as applicable. This report is referred to in this subpart as your 
compliance report.
    (1) You must include a copy of the inspection record specified in 
Sec. 63.11990(b)(2) for each storage vessel when a defect, failure, or 
leak is detected. You must also include a copy of the applicable 
information specified in Sec. 63.1039(b)(5) through (8) of subpart UU 
of this part for each pressure vessel.
    (2) You must include the information specified in Sec. 63.1039(b) 
for equipment leaks, except for releases from pressure relief devices. 
For any releases from pressure relief devices, you must submit the 
report specified in paragraph (c)(7) of this section instead of the 
information specified in Sec. 63.1039(b)(4) of subpart UU of this part.
    (3) You must include the information specified in paragraphs 
(b)(3)(i) through (vi) of this section for heat exchange systems.
    (i) The number of heat exchange systems in HAP service.
    (ii) The number of heat exchange systems in HAP service found to be 
leaking.
    (iii) A summary of the monitoring data that indicate a leak, 
including the number of leaks determined to be equal to or greater than 
the leak definition.
    (iv) If applicable, the date a leak was identified, the date the 
source of the leak was identified and the date of repair.
    (v) If applicable, a summary of each delayed repair, including the 
original date and reason for the delay and the date of repair, if 
repaired during the reporting period.
    (vi) If applicable, an estimate of total VOC or vinyl chloride 
emissions for each delayed repair over the reporting period.
    (4) You must include the records specified in paragraphs (b)(4)(i) 
through (iii) of this section, as applicable, for process vents, resin 
strippers, and wastewater.
    (i) Deviations using CEMS or CPMS. For each deviation from an 
emission limit or operating limit where a CEMS or CPMS is being used to 
comply with the process vent emission limits in Table 1 or 2 to this 
subpart, you must include the information in paragraphs (b)(4)(i)(A) 
through (E) of this section.
    (A) For CEMS, the 3-hour block average value calculated for any 
period when the value is higher than an emission limit in Table 1 or 2 
to this subpart or when the value does not meet the data availability 
requirements defined in Sec. 63.11890(c).
    (B) For CPMS, the average value calculated for any day (based on the 
data averaging periods for compliance specified in Table 5 to this 
subpart) that does not meet your operating limit established according 
to Sec. 63.11935(d) or that does not meet the data availability 
requirements specified in Sec. 63.11890(c).
    (C) The cause for the calculated emission level or operating 
parameter level to not meet the established emission limit or operating 
limit.
    (D) For deviations caused by lack of monitoring data, the duration 
of periods when monitoring data were not collected.
    (E) Operating logs of batch process operations for each day during 
which the deviation occurred, including a description of the operating 
scenario(s) during the deviation.
    (ii) New operating scenario. Include each new operating scenario 
that has been operated since the time period covered by the last 
compliance report and has not been submitted in the notification of 
compliance status report or a previous compliance report. For each new 
operating scenario, you must provide verification that the operating 
conditions for any associated control or treatment device have not been 
exceeded and constitute proper operation for the new operating scenario. 
You must provide any required calculations and engineering analyses that 
have been performed for the new operating scenario. For the purposes of 
this paragraph (b)(4)(ii), a revised operating scenario for an existing 
process is considered to be a new operating scenario when one or more of 
the data elements listed in Sec. 63.11990(e)(4) have changed.
    (iii) Process changes. You must document process changes, or changes 
made to any of the information submitted in the notification of 
compliance status report or a previous compliance report,

[[Page 617]]

that is not within the scope of an existing operating scenario, in the 
compliance report. The notification must include all of the information 
in paragraphs (b)(4)(iii)(A) through (C) of this section.
    (A) A description of the process change.
    (B) Revisions to any of the information reported in the original 
notification of compliance status report as provided in paragraph (a) of 
this section.
    (C) Information required by the notification of compliance status 
report, as provided in paragraph (a) of this section, for changes 
involving the addition of processes, components, or equipment at the 
affected source.
    (5) You must submit the applicable information specified in 
paragraphs (b)(5)(i) through (iii) of this section for process vents.
    (i) For catalytic thermal oxidizers for which you have selected the 
alternative monitoring specified in Sec. 63.11940(b)(3), results of the 
annual catalyst sampling and inspections required by Sec. 
63.11940(b)(3)(i) and (ii) including any subsequent corrective actions 
taken.
    (ii) For regenerative adsorbers, results of the adsorber bed outlet 
volatile organic compounds concentration measurements specified in Sec. 
63.11940(d)(7).
    (iii) For non-regenerative adsorbers, results of the adsorber bed 
outlet volatile organic compounds concentration measurements specified 
in Sec. 63.11940(e)(2).
    (6) You must include the records specified in Sec. 63.11990(j) for 
other emission sources.
    (7) For resin stripper operations, you must include results of daily 
vinyl chloride and monthly total non-vinyl chloride organic HAP 
concentration results for each resin type produced within the PVCPU that 
did not meet the stripped resin emission limits in Table 1 or 2 to this 
subpart, as applicable.
    (8) You must include the information specified in paragraphs 
(b)(8)(i) and (ii) of this section for your wastewater streams.
    (i) Results of daily vinyl chloride and monthly total non-vinyl 
chloride organic HAP concentration results for each process wastewater 
stream discharged from the affected source that did not meet the process 
wastewater emission limits in Tables 1 or 2 to this subpart.
    (ii) If you must comply with Sec. 63.11965, then you must include 
any other applicable information that is required by the reporting 
requirements specified in Sec. 63.146.
    (9) For closed vent systems subject to the requirements of Sec. 
63.11930, you must include the information specified in paragraphs 
(b)(9)(i) through (iv) of this section, as applicable.
    (i) As applicable, records as specified in Sec. 63.11930(g)(1)(i) 
for all times when flow was detected in the bypass line, the vent stream 
was diverted from the control device, or the flow indicator was not 
operating.
    (ii) As applicable, records as specified in Sec. 63.11930(g)(1)(ii) 
for all occurrences of all periods when a bypass of the system was 
indicated (the seal mechanism is broken, the bypass line valve position 
has changed, or the key for a lock-and-key type lock has been checked 
out, and records of any car-seal that has been broken).
    (iii) Records of all times when monitoring of the system was not 
performed as specified in Sec. 63.11930(d) and (e), or repairs were not 
performed as specified in Sec. 63.11930(f), or records were not kept as 
specified in Sec. 63.11930(g)(2).
    (iv) Records of each time an alarm on a closed vent system operating 
in vacuum service is triggered as specified in Sec. 63.11930(h) 
including the cause for the alarm and the corrective action taken.
    (10) Closed vent system in vacuum service, bypass deviation, or 
pressure vessel closure device deviation report. If any pressure vessel 
closure device or closed vent system that contains a bypass has directly 
discharged to the atmosphere, or any closed vent system that is designed 
to be in vacuum service and is operating and but not in vacuum service, 
as specified in Sec. 63.11910(c)(4), Sec. 63.11930(c) or Sec. 
63.11930(h), you must submit to the Administrator the following 
information:
    (i) The source, nature and cause of the discharge.
    (ii) The date, time and duration of the discharge.

[[Page 618]]

    (iii) An estimate of the quantity of vinyl chloride and total HAP 
emitted during the discharge and the method used for determining this 
quantity.
    (iv) The actions taken to prevent this discharge.
    (v) The measures adopted to prevent future such discharges
    (11) Affirmative defense report. If you seek to assert an 
affirmative defense, as provided in Sec. 63.11895, then you must submit 
a written report as specified in Sec. 63.11895(b) to demonstrate, with 
all necessary supporting documentation, that you have met the 
requirements set forth in Sec. 63.11895(a).
    (12) Overlap with Title V reports. Information required by this 
subpart, which is submitted with a Title V periodic report, does not 
need to be included in a subsequent compliance report required by this 
subpart or subpart referenced by this subpart. The Title V report must 
be referenced in the compliance report required by this subpart.
    (c) Other notifications and reports. You must submit the other 
notification and reports, as specified in paragraphs (c)(1) through (9) 
of this section, as applicable.
    (1) Notification of inspection. To provide the Administrator the 
opportunity to have an observer present, you must notify the 
Administrator at least 30 days before an inspection required by Sec. 
63.11910(a)(3). If an inspection is unplanned and you could not have 
known about the inspection 30 days in advance, then you must notify the 
Administrator at least 7 days before the inspection. Notification must 
be made by telephone immediately followed by written documentation 
demonstrating why the inspection was unplanned. Alternatively, the 
notification including the written documentation may be made in writing 
and sent so that it is received by the Administrator at least 7 days 
before the inspection. If a delegated state or local agency is notified, 
you are not required to notify the Administrator. A delegated state or 
local agency may waive the requirement for notification of inspections.
    (2) Batch precompliance report. You must submit a batch 
precompliance report at least 6 months prior to the compliance date of 
this subpart that includes a description of the test conditions, data, 
calculations and other information used to establish operating limits 
according to Sec. 63.11935(d) for all batch operations. If you use an 
engineering assessment as specified in Sec. 63.11950(i), then you must 
also include data or other information supporting a finding that the 
emissions estimation equations in Sec. 63.11950(a) through (h) are 
inappropriate. If the EPA disapproves the report, then you must still be 
in compliance with the emission limitations and work practice standards 
of this subpart by your compliance date. To change any of the 
information submitted in the report, you must notify the EPA 60 days 
before you implement the planned change.
    (3) Other control device reporting provisions. If you are using a 
control device other than those listed in this subpart, then you must 
submit the information as specified in paragraphs (c)(3)(i) through 
(iii) of this section.
    (i) A description of the proposed control device.
    (ii) A description of the parameter(s) to be monitored to ensure the 
control device is operated in conformance with its design and achieves 
the performance level as specified in this subpart and an explanation of 
the criteria used to select the parameter(s).
    (iii) The frequency and content of monitoring, recording, and 
reporting if monitoring and recording is not continuous, or if the 
compliance report information, as specified in paragraph (b)(4)(i)(A) of 
this section, will not contain 3-hour block average values when the 
monitored parameter value does not meet the established operating limit. 
The rationale for the proposed monitoring, recording and reporting 
system must be included.
    (4) Request for approval to use alternative monitoring methods. 
Prior to your initial notification of compliance status, you may submit 
requests for approval to use alternatives to the continuous operating 
parameter monitoring specified in this rule, as provided for in Sec. 
63.11940(h), following the same procedure as specified in Sec. 63.8. 
The information specified in paragraphs (c)(4)(i) and (ii) of this 
section must be included.
    (i) A description of the proposed alternative system.

[[Page 619]]

    (ii) Information justifying your request for an alternative method, 
such as the technical or economic infeasibility, or the impracticality, 
of the affected source using the required method.
    (5) Request for approval to monitor alternative parameters. Prior to 
your initial notification of compliance status, you may submit requests 
for approval to monitor a different parameter than those established in 
Sec. 63.11935(d), following the same procedure as specified for 
alternative monitoring methods in Sec. 63.8. The information specified 
in paragraphs (c)(5)(i) through (iii) of this section must be included 
in the request.
    (i) A description of the parameter(s) to be monitored to ensure the 
control technology or pollution prevention measure is operated in 
conformance with its design and achieves the specified emission limit 
and an explanation of the criteria used to select the parameter(s).
    (ii) A description of the methods and procedures that will be used 
to demonstrate that the parameter indicates proper operation of the 
control device, the schedule for this demonstration, and a statement 
that you will establish an operating limit for the monitored 
parameter(s) as part of the notification of compliance status if 
required under this subpart, unless this information has already been 
submitted.
    (iii) The frequency and content of monitoring, recording, and 
reporting, if monitoring and recording is not continuous. The rationale 
for the proposed monitoring, recording, and reporting system must be 
included.
    (6) [Reserved]
    (7) Pressure relief device deviation report. If any pressure relief 
device in HAP service has discharged to the atmosphere as specified in 
Sec. 63.11915(c), then you must submit to the Administrator within 10 
days of the discharge the following information:
    (i) The source, nature, and cause of the discharge.
    (ii) The date, time, and duration of the discharge.
    (iii) An estimate of the quantity of vinyl chloride and total HAP 
emitted during the discharge and the method used for determining this 
quantity.
    (iv) The actions taken to prevent this discharge.
    (v) The measures adopted to prevent future such discharges.
    (8) Commencing and ceasing operation of continuous emissions 
monitoring systems. Before starting or stopping the use of CEMS you must 
notify the Administrator as specified in Sec. 63.11935(b)(7).
    (9) Data submittal. (i) Within 60 days after the date of completing 
each performance test (see Sec. 63.2) required by this subpart, you 
must submit the results of performance tests electronically to the EPA's 
WebFIRE database by using the Compliance and Emissions Data Reporting 
Interface (CEDRI) that is accessed through the EPA's Central Data 
Exchange (CDX) (http://www.epa.gov/cdx). Performance test data must be 
submitted in the file format generated through use of the EPA's 
Electronic Reporting Tool (ERT) (see http://www.epa.gov/ttn/chief/ert/
ert_tool.html). Only data collected using test methods compatible with 
ERT are subject to this requirement to be submitted electronically to 
WebFIRE. Owners or operators who claim that some of the information 
being submitted for performance tests is confidential business 
information (CBI) must submit a complete ERT file including information 
claimed to be CBI on a compact disk or other commonly used electronic 
storage media (including, but not limited to, flash drives) to the EPA. 
The electronic media must be clearly marked as CBI and mailed to U.S. 
EPA/OAPQS/CORE CBI Office, Attention: WebFIRE Administrator, MD C404-02, 
4930 Old Page Rd., Durham, NC 27703. The same ERT file with the CBI 
omitted must be submitted to the EPA via CDX as described earlier in 
this paragraph. At the discretion of the delegated authority, you must 
also submit these reports, including the confidential business 
information, to the delegated authority in the format specified by the 
delegated authority.
    (ii) Within 60 days after the date of completing each CEMS 
performance evaluation test (see Sec. 63.2), you must submit the 
relative accuracy test audit data electronically into the EPA's CDX by 
using the ERT, as mentioned in

[[Page 620]]

paragraph (c)(9)(i) of this section. Only data collected using test 
methods compatible with ERT are subject to this requirement to be 
submitted electronically to the EPA's CDX.
    (iii) All reports required by this subpart not subject to the 
requirements in paragraphs (c)(9)(i) and (ii) of this section must be 
sent to the Administrator at the appropriate address listed in Sec. 
63.13. The Administrator or the delegated authority may request a report 
in any form suitable for the specific case (e.g., by electronic media 
such as Excel spreadsheet, on CD or hard copy). The Administrator 
retains the right to require submittal of reports subject to paragraphs 
(c)(9)(i) and (ii) of this section in paper format.



Sec. 63.11990  What records must I keep?

    You must keep records as specified in paragraphs (a) through (j) of 
this section, as applicable.
    (a) Copies of reports. You must keep a copy of each notification and 
report that you submit to comply with this subpart, including all 
documentation supporting any notification or report. You must also keep 
copies of the current versions of the site-specific performance 
evaluation test plan, site-specific monitoring plan, and the equipment 
leak detection and repair plan.
    (b) Storage vessels. For storage vessels, you must maintain the 
records specified in paragraphs (b)(1) through (6) of this section.
    (1) You must keep a record of the dimensions of the storage vessel, 
an analysis of the capacity of the storage vessel and an identification 
of the liquid stored.
    (2) Inspection records for fixed roofs complying with Sec. 63.11910 
including the information specified in paragraphs (b)(2)(i) and (ii) of 
this section.
    (i) Record the date of each inspection required by Sec. 
63.11910(a)(3).
    (ii) For each defect detected during an inspection required by Sec. 
63.11910(a)(3), record the location of the defect, a description of the 
defect, the date of detection and corrective action taken to repair the 
defect. In the event that repair of the defect is delayed in accordance 
with Sec. 63.11910(a)(4)(ii), also record the reason for the delay and 
the date that completion of repair of the defect is expected.
    (3) [Reserved]
    (4) For pressure vessels, you must keep the records specified in 
paragraph (c) of this section for each pressure vessel.
    (5) For internal and external floating roof storage vessels, you 
must maintain the records required in Sec. 63.1065 of subpart WW of 
this part.
    (6) For fixed roof storage vessels that route emissions through a 
closed vent system to a control device, during periods of planned 
routine maintenance of a control device, record the day and time at 
which planned routine maintenance periods begin and end, and the type of 
maintenance performed on the control device. If you need more than 240 
hr/yr, keep a record that explains why additional time up to 360 hr/yr 
was needed and describes how you minimized the amount of additional time 
needed.
    (c) Equipment leaks. For equipment leaks, you must maintain the 
records specified in Sec. 63.1038 of subpart UU of this part for 
equipment leaks and a record of the information specified in Sec. 
63.11930(g)(4) for monitoring instrument calibrations conducted 
according to Sec. 63.11930(e)(2).
    (d) Heat exchange systems. For a heat exchange system subject to 
this subpart, you must keep the records specified in paragraphs (d)(1) 
through (6) of this section.
    (1) Identification of all heat exchangers at the facility and the 
measured or estimated average annual HAP concentration of process fluid 
or intervening cooling fluid processed in each heat exchanger.
    (2) Identification of all heat exchange systems that are in HAP 
service. For each heat exchange system that is subject to this subpart, 
you must include identification of all heat exchangers within each heat 
exchange system, identification of the individual heat exchangers in HAP 
service within each heat exchange system, and for closed-loop 
recirculation systems, the cooling tower included in each heat exchange 
system.

[[Page 621]]

    (3) Identification of all heat exchange systems that are exempt from 
the monitoring requirements according to the provisions in Sec. 
63.11920(b) and the provision under which the heat exchange system is 
exempt.
    (4) Results of the following monitoring data for each monitoring 
event:
    (i) Date/time of event.
    (ii) Heat exchange exit line flow or cooling tower return line flow 
at the sampling location, gallons/minute.
    (iii) Monitoring method employed.
    (iv) The measured cooling water concentration for each of target 
analyte (parts per billion by weight).
    (v) Calibration and recovery information identified in the test 
method used.
    (5) The date when a leak was identified and the date when the heat 
exchanger was repaired or taken out of service.
    (6) If a repair is delayed, the reason for the delay, the schedule 
for completing the repair, and the estimate of potential emissions for 
the delay of repair.
    (e) Process vent monitoring. You must include the records specified 
in paragraphs (e)(1) through (4) of this section, as applicable, for 
process vent monitoring.
    (1) Continuous records. Where this subpart requires a continuous 
record using CEMS or CPMS, you must maintain, at a minimum, the records 
specified in Sec. 63.10(b)(2)(vii)(A).
    (2) Excluded data. In any average computed to determine compliance, 
you must exclude monitoring data recorded during periods specified in 
paragraphs (e)(2)(i) through (iii) of this section.
    (i) Periods of non-operation of the process unit (or portion 
thereof), resulting in cessation of the emissions to which the 
monitoring applies.
    (ii) Periods of no flow to a control device.
    (iii) Monitoring system malfunctions, repairs associated with 
monitoring system malfunctions or required monitoring system quality 
assurance or control activities, as specified in Sec. 63.11890(c)(2).
    (3) Records of calculated emission and operating parameter values. 
You must retain for 5 years, a record of CEMS and CPMS data as specified 
in paragraphs (e)(3)(i) and (ii) of this section, unless an alternative 
recordkeeping system has been requested and approved.
    (i) Except as specified in paragraph (e)(3)(ii) of this section, 
retain for 5 years, the records of the average values for each 
continuously monitored operating parameter and pollutant specified in 
Sec. Sec. 63.11925(e)(3)(ii) and 63.11925(e)(4)(ii)(B) for CEMS and 
CPMS.
    (ii) In lieu of calculating and recording the average value 
specified in paragraphs (e)(3)(i) of this section, if all 1-hour 
averages specified in Sec. 63.11935(e) demonstrate compliance with your 
parameter operating limit or the applicable pollutant emission limit in 
Table 1 or 2 to this subpart for the block average period, you may 
record a statement that all recorded 1-hour averages met the operating 
limit or emission limit, as applicable, and retain for 5 years this 
statement and all recorded CPMS or CEMS data for the block average 
period.
    (4) Information to be included in records. You must keep records of 
each operating scenario as specified in paragraphs (e)(4)(i) through 
(viii) of this section, as applicable.
    (i) You must keep a schedule or log of operating scenarios, updated 
each time a different operating scenario is put into effect.
    (ii) A description of the process and the type of process components 
used.
    (iii) An identification of related process vents including their 
associated emissions episodes.
    (iv) The applicable control requirements of this subpart for process 
vents.
    (v) The control device, including a description of operating and 
testing conditions.
    (vi) Combined emissions that are routed to the same control device.
    (vii) The applicable monitoring requirements of this subpart and any 
operating limit that assures compliance for all emissions routed to the 
control device.
    (viii) Calculations and engineering analyses required to demonstrate 
compliance.
    (f) Process vents. You must include the records specified in 
paragraphs

[[Page 622]]

(f)(1) and (2) of this section, as applicable, for process vents.
    (1) Records of performance tests as required in Sec. 
63.10(b)(2)(viii). You must also collect the applicable control device 
operating parameters required in Sec. 63.11940 over the full period of 
the performance test.
    (2) If you use a control device to comply with this subpart and you 
are required to use CPMS, then you must keep up-to-date and readily 
accessible records for your process vents as specified in paragraphs 
(f)(2)(i) through (iv) of this section, as applicable.
    (i) If you use a flow indicator, then you must keep records of 
periods of no flow to the control device, including the start and stop 
time and dates of periods of flow and no flow.
    (ii) If you use a catalytic oxidizer for which you have selected the 
alternative monitoring specified in Sec. 63.11940(b)(3), then you must 
also maintain records of the results of the annual catalyst sampling and 
inspections required by Sec. 63.11940(b)(3)(i) and (ii) including any 
subsequent corrective actions taken.
    (iii) If you use a regenerative adsorber as specified in Sec. 
63.11940(d), then the records specified in paragraphs (f)(2)(iii)(A) 
through (H) of this section, as applicable, must be kept.
    (A) Records of total regeneration stream mass flow for each 
adsorber-bed regeneration cycle.
    (B) Records of the temperature of the adsorber bed after each 
regeneration and within 15 minutes of completing any cooling cycle.
    (C) For non-vacuum and non-steam regeneration systems, records of 
the temperature of the adsorber bed during each regeneration except 
during any temperature regulating (cooling or warming to bring bed 
temperature closer to vent gas temperature) portion of the regeneration 
cycle.
    (D) If adsorber regeneration vacuum is monitored pursuant to Sec. 
63.11940(d)(4), then you must keep records of the vacuum profile over 
time and the amount of time the vacuum level is below the minimum vacuum 
target for each adsorber-bed regeneration cycle.
    (E) Records of the regeneration frequency and duration.
    (F) Daily records of the verification inspections, including the 
visual observations and/or any activation of an automated alarm or 
shutdown system with a written entry into a log book or other permanent 
form of record.
    (G) Records of the maximum volatile organic compound or HAP outlet 
concentration observed over the last 5 minutes of the adsorption cycle 
for each adsorber bed. Records must be weekly or for every regeneration 
cycle if the regeneration cycle is greater than 1 week.
    (H) Records of the date and time the adsorbent had last been 
replaced.
    (iv) If you use a non-regenerative adsorber as specified in Sec. 
63.11940(e), then the records specified in paragraphs (f)(2)(iv)(A) 
through (C) of this section, as applicable, must be kept.
    (A) A record of the average life of the bed, as determined by Sec. 
63.11940(e)(1), including the date the average life was determined.
    (B) Daily, weekly, or monthly records of the maximum volatile 
organic compound or HAP outlet concentration, as specified by Sec. 
63.11940(e)(2).
    (C) Records of bed replacement including the date and time the 
adsorbent had last been replaced, and the date and time in which 
breakthrough is detected.
    (g) Closed vent systems. You must keep the records specified in 
paragraphs (g)(1) through (6) of this section, and you must record any 
additional information as specified in Sec. 63.11930, as applicable.
    (1) Each alarm triggered because flow was detected in a bypass as 
specified in Sec. 63.11930(g)(1)(i).
    (2) Inspections of seals or closure mechanisms as specified in Sec. 
63.11930(g)(1)(ii).
    (3) Copies of compliance reports for closed vent system leak 
inspections as specified in Sec. 63.11985(b)(9) and Sec. 
63.11930(g)(2) and (3).
    (4) Instrument calibration records as specified in Sec. 
63.11930(g)(4).
    (5) Unsafe-to-inspect equipment as specified in Sec. 
63.11930(g)(5).
    (6) Pressure alarms as specified by Sec. 63.11930(h)(2) and (3).

[[Page 623]]

    (h) Resin strippers. For resin strippers, you must maintain the 
records specified in paragraphs (h)(1) and (2) of this section.
    (1) All resin sampling data, including daily measurements of the 
concentration of vinyl chloride and monthly measurements of the total 
non-vinyl chloride organic HAP compounds in the stripped resin for each 
type and grade of resin produced. Each sample must be identified by the 
resin type and resin grade, the date and time the sample was taken, 
identification of the resin stripper from which the sample was taken, 
and the corresponding quantity (pounds) of resin processed by the 
stripper for the batch or over the time period represented by the 
sample.
    (2) The total quantity (pounds) of each resin grade produced per day 
and the total quantity of resin processed by each resin stripper, 
identified by resin type and resin grade, per day.
    (i) Process wastewater. For treatment processes, you must maintain 
the records specified in paragraphs (i)(1) through (5) of this section.
    (1) A description of the process wastewater generation activities 
and treatment process.
    (2) Records of the treatment determinations specified in Sec. 
63.11965(b) for each wastewater stream and the type of treatment applied 
if required in Sec. 63.11965(c).
    (3) Records of the initial performance test specified in Sec. 
63.11970(a) and (b).
    (4) All testing data, including monthly measurements of the 
concentrations of vinyl chloride and the concentration of total non-
vinyl chloride organic HAP in each process wastewater stream required to 
be measured, as specified in Sec. 63.11975.
    (5) You must keep any other applicable records that are required by 
the recordkeeping requirements specified in Sec. 63.147 of subpart G of 
this part.
    (j) Other emission sources. You must keep the records specified in 
paragraphs (j)(1) and (2) of this section.
    (1) All engineering calculations, testing, sampling, and monitoring 
results and data specified in Sec. 63.11955.
    (2) Each occurrence that you do not comply with the requirements in 
Sec. 63.11955.



Sec. 63.11995  In what form and how long must I keep my records?

    (a) You must keep records for 5 years in a form suitable and readily 
available for expeditious review, as specified in Sec. 63.10(b)(1).
    (b) You must keep each record on site for at least 2 years, as 
specified in Sec. 63.10(b)(1). You can keep the records off site for 
the remaining 3 years. Records may be maintained in hard copy or 
computer-readable format including, but not limited to, on paper, 
microfilm, hard disk drive, floppy disk, compact disk, magnetic tape or 
microfiche.



Sec. 63.12000  Who implements and enforces this subpart?

    (a) This subpart can be implemented and enforced by the 
Administrator, as defined in Sec. 63.2, or a delegated authority such 
as your state, local or tribal agency. If the Administrator has 
delegated authority to your state, local or tribal agency, then that 
agency (as well as the Administrator) has the authority to implement and 
enforce this subpart. You should contact your EPA Regional Office to 
find out if this subpart is delegated to your state, local or tribal 
agency.
    (b) In delegating implementation and enforcement authority of this 
subpart to a state, local or tribal agency, the authorities listed in 
paragraphs (b)(1) through (4) of this section are retained by the 
Administrator and are not transferred to the state, local or tribal 
agency, however, the EPA retains oversight of this subpart and can take 
enforcement actions, as appropriate.
    (1) Approval of alternatives to the emission limits, operating 
limits, and work practice standards specified in this subpart.
    (2) Approval of a major change to test methods, as defined in Sec. 
63.90, approval of any proposed analysis methods, and approval of any 
proposed test methods.
    (3) Approval of a major change to monitoring, as defined in Sec. 
63.90.
    (4) Approval of a major change to recordkeeping and reporting, as 
defined in Sec. 63.90.

[[Page 624]]

                               Definitions



Sec. 63.12005  What definitions apply to this subpart?

    Terms used in this subpart are defined in the Clean Air Act, in 
Sec. 63.2, and in this section, as follows:
    Affirmative defense means, in the context of an enforcement 
proceeding, a response or defense put forward by a defendant, regarding 
which the defendant has the burden of proof, and the merits of which are 
independently and objectively evaluated in a judicial or administrative 
proceeding.
    Batch emission episode means a discrete venting episode that is 
associated with a single unit operation. A unit operation may have more 
than one batch emission episode. For example, a displacement of vapor 
resulting from the charging of a vessel with HAP will result in a 
discrete emission episode that will last through the duration of the 
charge and will have an average flowrate equal to the rate of the 
charge. If the vessel is then heated, there will also be another 
discrete emission episode resulting from the expulsion of expanded 
vapor. Both emission episodes may occur in the same vessel or unit 
operation. There are possibly other emission episodes that may occur 
from the vessel or other process components, depending on process 
operations.
    Batch operation means a noncontinuous operation involving 
intermittent or discontinuous feed into process components, and, in 
general, involves the emptying of the process components after the 
operation ceases and prior to beginning a new operation. Addition of raw 
material and withdrawal of product do not occur simultaneously in a 
batch operation.
    Batch process vent means a vent from a batch operation from a PVCPU 
through which a HAP-containing gas stream has the potential to be 
released to the atmosphere except that it is required by this subpart to 
routed to a closed vent system and control device. Emissions for all 
emission episodes associated with the unit operation(s) are part of the 
batch process vent. Batch process vents also include vents with 
intermittent flow from continuous operations. Examples of batch process 
vents include, but are not limited to, vents on condensers used for 
product recovery, polymerization reactors, and process tanks.
    Bottoms receiver means a tank that collects bottoms from continuous 
distillation before the stream is sent for storage or for further 
downstream processing. A rundown tank is an example of a bottoms 
receiver.
    Bulk process means a process for producing polyvinyl chloride resin 
that is characterized by a two-step anhydrous polymerization process: 
the formation of small resin particles in a pre-polymerization reactor 
using small amounts of vinyl chloride monomer, an initiator, and 
agitation; and the growth of the resin particles in a post-
polymerization reactor using additional vinyl chloride monomer. Resins 
produced using the bulk process are referred to as bulk resins.
    Bypass means diverting a process vent or closed vent system stream 
to the atmosphere such that it does not first pass through an emission 
control device.
    Calendar year means the period between January 1 and December 31, 
inclusive for a given year.
    Capacity means the nominal figure or rating given by the 
manufacturer of the storage vessel, condenser, or other process 
component.
    Car-seal means a seal that is placed on a device that is used to 
change the position of a valve (e.g., from opened to closed) in such a 
way that the position of the valve cannot be changed without breaking 
the seal.
    Closed vent system means a system that is not open to the atmosphere 
and is composed of piping, ductwork, connections, and, if necessary, 
flow inducing devices that collect or transport gas or vapor from an 
emission point to a control device.
    Combustion device means an individual unit used for the combustion 
of organic emissions, such as a flare, incinerator, process heater, or 
boiler.
    Conservation vent means an automatically operated (e.g., weight-
loaded or spring-loaded) safety device used to prevent the operating 
pressure of a storage vessel from exceeding the maximum allowable 
working pressure of the process component. Conservation

[[Page 625]]

vents must be designed to open only when the operating pressure of the 
storage vessel exceeds the maximum allowable working pressure of the 
process component. Conservation vents open and close to permit only the 
intake or outlet relief necessary to keep the storage vessel within 
permissible working pressures, and reseal automatically.
    Container means a portable unit in which a material can be stored, 
transported, treated, disposed of or otherwise handled. Examples of 
containers include, but are not limited to, drums, pails, and portable 
cargo containers known as ``portable tanks'' or ``totes.'' Container 
does not include transport vehicles or barges.
    Continuous emission monitoring system (CEMS) means the total 
equipment that may be required to meet the data acquisition and 
availability requirements of this subpart, used to sample, condition (if 
applicable), analyze, and provide a record of emissions.
    Continuous operation means any operation that is not a batch 
operation.
    Continuous parameter monitoring system (CPMS) means the total 
equipment that may be required to meet the data acquisition and 
availability requirements of this part, used to sample, condition (if 
applicable), analyze, and provide a record of process or control system 
parameters.
    Continuous process vent means a vent from a continuous PVCPU 
operation through which a HAP-containing gas stream has the potential to 
be released to the atmosphere except that it is required by this subpart 
to routed to a closed vent system and control device and has the 
following characteristics:
    (1) The gas stream originates as a continuous flow from any 
continuous PVCPU operation during operation of the PVCPU.
    (2) The discharge into the closed vent system and control device 
meets at least one of the following conditions:
    (i) Is directly from any continuous operation.
    (ii) Is from any continuous operation after passing solely (i.e., 
without passing through any other unit operation for a process purpose) 
through one or more recovery devices within the PVCPU.
    (iii) Is from a device recovering only mechanical energy from a gas 
stream that comes either directly from any continuous operation, or from 
any continuous operation after passing solely (i.e., without passing 
through any other unit operation for a process purpose) through one or 
more recovery devices within the PVCPU.
    Continuous PVCPU operation means any operation that is not a batch 
operation or an operation that generates a miscellaneous process vent.
    Continuous record means documentation, either in hard copy or 
computer readable form, of data values measured at least once every 15 
minutes and recorded at the frequency specified in Sec. 63.11990(e)(1).
    Control device means, with the exceptions noted in this definition, 
a combustion device, recovery device, recapture device or any 
combination of these devices used to comply with this subpart. Process 
condensers are not control devices.
    Control system means the combination of the closed vent system and 
the control devices used to collect and control vapors or gases from a 
regulated emission source.
    Cooling tower means a heat removal device used to remove the heat 
absorbed in circulating cooling water systems by transferring the heat 
to the atmosphere using natural or mechanical draft.
    Cooling tower return line means the main water trunk lines at the 
inlet to the cooling tower before exposure to the atmosphere.
    Corrective action plan means a description of all reasonable interim 
and long-term measures, if any, that are available, and an explanation 
of why the selected corrective action is the best alternative, 
including, but not limited to, any consideration of cost-effectiveness.
    Day means a calendar day, unless otherwise specified in this 
subpart.
    Dioxin/furans means total tetra- through octachlorinated dibenzo-p-
dioxins and dibenzofurans.
    Dispersion process means a process for producing polyvinyl chloride 
resin that is characterized by the formation of the polymers in soap 
micelles that contain small amounts of vinyl chloride

[[Page 626]]

monomer. Emulsifiers are used to disperse vinyl chloride monomer in the 
water phase. Initiators used in the dispersion process are soluble in 
water. Resins produced using the dispersion process are referred to as 
latex or dispersion resins.
    Empty or emptying means the partial or complete removal of stored 
liquid from a storage vessel. Storage vessels that contain liquid only 
as a result of the liquid clinging to the walls or bottoms, or resting 
in pools due to bottom irregularities, are considered completely empty.
    Equipment means each pump, compressor, agitator, pressure relief 
device, sampling connection system, open-ended valve or line, valve, 
connector and instrumentation system in HAP service; and any control 
devices or systems used to comply with this subpart.
    Fill or filling means the introduction of liquid into a storage 
vessel, but not necessarily to capacity.
    First attempt at repair, for the purposes of this subpart, means to 
take action for the purpose of stopping or reducing leakage of organic 
material to the atmosphere, followed by monitoring as specified in Sec. 
63.11930(f) to verify whether the leak is repaired, unless the owner or 
operator determines by other means that the leak is not repaired.
    Fixed roof storage vessel means a vessel with roof that is mounted 
(i.e., permanently affixed) on a storage vessel and that does not move 
with fluctuations in stored liquid level.
    Flow indicator means a device that indicates whether gas flow is, or 
whether the valve position would allow gas flow to be, present in a 
line.
    Gasholder means a surge control vessel with a bell that is floating 
in a vessel filled with water that is used to store gases from the PVC 
production process prior to being recovered or sent to a process vent 
control device. The bell rises and falls as low-pressure gases enter and 
leave the space beneath the bell and the water provides a seal between 
the enclosed gas within the floating bell and the ambient air.
    Grade means the subdivision of PVC resin that describes it as a 
unique resin, i.e., the most exact description of a type of resin with 
no further subdivision. Examples include low molecular weight suspension 
resins and general purpose suspension resins.
    Hard-piping means pipes or tubing that are manufactured and properly 
installed using good engineering judgment and an appropriate standard 
method published by a consensus-based standards organization if such a 
method exists or you may use an industry standard practice. Consensus-
based standards organizations include, but are not limited to, American 
National Standards Institute (ANSI, 1819 L Street NW., 6th floor, 
Washington, DC 20036, (202) 293-8020, http://www.ansi.org).
    Heat exchange system means a device or collection of devices used to 
transfer heat from process fluids to water without intentional direct 
contact of the process fluid with the water (i.e., non-contact heat 
exchanger) and to transport and/or cool the water in a closed-loop 
recirculation system (cooling tower system) or a once-through system 
(e.g., river or pond water). For closed-loop recirculation systems, the 
heat exchange system consists of a cooling tower, all heat exchangers 
that are serviced by that cooling tower and all water lines to and from 
the heat exchanger(s). For once-through systems, the heat exchange 
system consists of one or more heat exchangers servicing an individual 
process unit and all water lines to and from the heat exchanger(s). 
Intentional direct contact with process fluids results in the formation 
of a wastewater.
    Heat exchanger exit line means the cooling water line from the exit 
of one or more heat exchangers (where cooling water leaves the heat 
exchangers) to either the entrance of the cooling tower return line or 
prior to exposure to the atmosphere or mixing with non-cooling water 
streams, in, as an example, a once-through cooling system, whichever 
occurs first.
    In HAP service means that a process component either contains or 
contacts a liquid that is at least 5-percent HAP by weight or a gas that 
is at least 5 percent by volume HAP as determined according to the 
provisions of Sec. 63.180(d). For the purposes of this definition, the 
term ``organic HAP'' as used in Sec. 63.180(d) means HAP. The 
provisions of Sec. 63.180(d) also specify how to

[[Page 627]]

determine that a process component is not in HAP service.
    In vacuum service means that the process component is operating at 
an internal pressure that is at least 5 kilopascals (kPa) (0.7 pounds 
per square inch absolute) below ambient pressure.
    Incinerator means an enclosed combustion device with an enclosed 
fire box that is used for destroying organic compounds. Auxiliary fuel 
may be used to heat waste gas to combustion temperatures. Any energy 
recovery section present is not physically formed into one manufactured 
or assembled unit with the combustion section; rather, the energy 
recovery section is a separate section following the combustion section 
and the two are joined by ducts or connections carrying flue gas. This 
energy recovery section limitation does not apply to an energy recovery 
section used solely to preheat the incoming vent stream or combustion 
air.
    Maintenance wastewater means wastewater generated by the draining of 
process fluid from components in the PVCPU into an individual drain 
system prior to or during maintenance activities. Maintenance wastewater 
can be generated during planned and unplanned shutdowns and during 
periods not associated with a shutdown. Examples of activities that can 
generate maintenance wastewaters include descaling of heat exchanger 
tubing bundles, hydroblasting PVCPU process components such as 
polymerization reactors, vessels and heat exchangers, draining of low 
legs and high point bleeds, draining of pumps into an individual drain 
system, draining of portions of the PVCPU for repair and water used to 
wash out process components or equipment after the process components or 
equipment has already been opened to the atmosphere and has met the 
requirements of Sec. 63.11955.
    Maximum representative operating conditions means process operating 
conditions that result in the most challenging condition for the control 
device. The most challenging condition for the control device may 
include, but is not limited to, the highest or lowest HAP mass loading 
rate to the control device, the highest or lowest HAP mass loading rate 
of constituents that approach the limits of solubility for scrubbing 
media, the highest or lowest HAP mass loading rate of constituents that 
approach limits of solubility for scrubbing media.
    Maximum true vapor pressure means the equilibrium partial pressure 
exerted by the total HAP in the stored or transferred liquid at the 
temperature equal to the highest calendar-month average of the liquid 
storage or transfer temperature for liquids stored or transferred above 
or below the ambient temperature or at the local maximum monthly average 
temperature as reported by the National Weather Service for liquids 
stored or transferred at the ambient temperature, as determined by any 
one of the following methods or references:
    (1) In accordance with methods described in API MPMS 19.2 
(incorporated by reference, see Sec. 63.14).
    (2) As obtained from standard reference texts.
    (3) As determined by ASTM D2879-83 or ASTM D2879-96 (incorporated by 
reference, see Sec. 63.14).
    (4) Any other method approved by the Administrator.
    Miscellaneous vent means gaseous emissions from samples, loading and 
unloading lines, slip gauges, process wastewater treatment systems and 
pressure relief devices that are routed through a closed vent system to 
a control device and that are not equipment leaks.
    Nonstandard batch means a batch process that is operated outside of 
the range of operating conditions that are documented in an existing 
operating scenario, but is still a reasonably anticipated event. For 
example, a nonstandard batch occurs when additional processing or 
processing at different operating conditions must be conducted to 
produce a product that is normally produced under the conditions 
described by the standard batch. A nonstandard batch may be necessary as 
a result of a malfunction, but it is not itself a malfunction.
    Operating block means a period of time that is equal to the time 
from the beginning to end of batch process operations within a process.
    Operating day means a 24-hour period between 12 midnight and the 
following

[[Page 628]]

midnight during which PVC is produced at any time in the PVCPU. It is 
not necessary for PVC to be produced for the entire 24-hour period.
    Operating scenario means, for the purposes of reporting and 
recordkeeping, any specific operation of a regulated process as 
described by reports specified in Sec. 63.11985(b)(4)(ii) and records 
specified in Sec. 63.11990(e)(4).
    Plant site means all contiguous or adjoining property that is under 
common control, including properties that are separated only by a road 
or other public right-of-way. Common control includes properties that 
are owned, leased or operated by the same entity, parent entity, 
subsidiary or any combination thereof.
    Polymerization reactor means any vessel in which vinyl chloride is 
partially or totally polymerized into polyvinyl chloride. For bulk 
processes, the polymerization reactor includes pre-polymerization 
reactors and post-polymerization reactors.
    Polyvinyl chloride means either polyvinyl chloride homopolymer or 
polyvinyl chloride copolymer.
    Polyvinyl chloride and copolymers production process unit or PVCPU 
means a collection of process components assembled and connected by 
hard-piping or duct work, used to process raw materials and to 
manufacture polyvinyl chloride and/or polyvinyl chloride copolymers. A 
PVCPU includes, but is not limited to, polymerization reactors; resin 
stripping operations; resin blend tanks; resin centrifuges; resin 
dryers; resin product separators; recovery devices; reactant and raw 
material charge vessels and tanks, holding tanks, mixing and weighing 
tanks; finished resin product storage tanks or storage silos; finished 
resin product loading operations; connected ducts and piping; equipment 
including pumps, compressors, agitators, pressure relief devices, 
sampling connection systems, open-ended valves or lines, valves and 
connectors and instrumentation systems. A PVCPU does not include 
chemical manufacturing process units, as defined in Sec. 63.101, that 
produce vinyl chloride monomer or other raw materials used in the PVC 
polymerization process.
    Polyvinyl chloride copolymer means a synthetic thermoplastic polymer 
that is derived from the simultaneous polymerization of vinyl chloride 
and another monomer such as vinyl acetate. Polyvinyl chloride copolymer 
is produced by different processes, including, but not limited to, 
suspension, dispersion/emulsion, suspension blending, and solution 
processes.
    Polyvinyl chloride homopolymer means a synthetic thermoplastic 
polymer that is derived from the polymerization of vinyl chloride and 
has the general chemical structure (-H2CCHCl-)n. Polyvinyl chloride 
homopolymer is typically a white powder or colorless granule. Polyvinyl 
chloride homopolymer is produced by different processes, including (but 
not limited to), suspension, dispersion/emulsion, blending, and bulk 
processes.
    Pressure relief device means a safety device used to prevent 
operating pressures from exceeding the maximum allowable working 
pressure of the process component. A common pressure relief device is a 
spring-loaded pressure relief valve.
    Pressure vessel means a vessel that is used to store liquids or 
gases and is designed not to vent to the atmosphere as a result of 
compression of the vapor headspace in the pressure vessel during filling 
of the pressure vessel to its design capacity.
    Process change means an addition to or change in a PVCPU and/or its 
associated process components that creates one or more emission points 
or changes the characteristics of an emission point such that a new or 
different emission limit, operating parameter limit, or work practice 
requirement applies to the added or changed emission points. Examples of 
process changes include, but are not limited to, changes in production 
capacity, production rate, or catalyst type, or whenever there is 
replacement, removal, or addition of recovery device components. For 
purposes of this definition, process changes do not include process 
upsets, changes that do not alter the process component configuration 
and operating conditions, and unintentional, temporary process changes. 
A process change does not include moving within a range of conditions 
identified in the

[[Page 629]]

standard batch, and a nonstandard batch does not constitute a process 
change.
    Process component means any unit operation or group of units 
operations or any part of a process or group of parts of a process that 
are assembled to perform a specific function (e.g., polymerization 
reactor, dryers, etc.). Process components include equipment, as defined 
in this section.
    Process condenser means a condenser whose primary purpose is to 
recover material as an integral part of a batch process. All condensers 
recovering condensate from a batch process at or above the boiling point 
or all condensers in line prior to a vacuum source are considered 
process condensers. Typically, a primary condenser or condensers in 
series are considered to be integral to the batch regulated process if 
they are capable of and normally used for the purpose of recovering 
chemicals for fuel value (i.e., net positive heating value), use, reuse 
or for sale for fuel value, use or reuse. This definition does not apply 
to a condenser that is used to remove materials that would hinder 
performance of a downstream recovery device as follows:
    (1) To remove water vapor that would cause icing in a downstream 
condenser.
    (2) To remove water vapor that would negatively affect the 
adsorption capacity of carbon in a downstream carbon adsorber.
    (3) To remove high molecular weight organic compounds or other 
organic compounds that would be difficult to remove during regeneration 
of a downstream adsorber.
    Process tank means a tank or other vessel (e.g., pressure vessel) 
that is used within an affected source to both: (1) Collect material 
discharged from a feedstock storage vessel, process tank, or other PVCPU 
process component, and (2) discharge the material to another process 
tank, process component, byproduct storage vessel, or product storage 
vessel.
    Process unit means the process components assembled and connected by 
pipes or ducts to process raw and/or intermediate materials and to 
manufacture an intended product. For the purpose of this subpart, 
process unit includes, but is not limited to, polyvinyl chloride 
production process.
    Process vent means a vent stream that is the result of the 
manifolding of each and all batch process vent, continuous process vent, 
or miscellaneous vent resulting from the affected facility into a closed 
vent system and into a common header that is routed to a control device. 
The process vent standards apply at the outlet of the control device. A 
process vent is either a PVC-only process vent or a PVC-combined process 
vent.
    Process wastewater means wastewater that comes into direct contact 
with HAP or results from the production or use of any raw material, 
intermediate product, finished product, by-product, or waste product 
containing HAP, but that has not been discharged untreated as 
wastewater. Examples are product tank drawdown or feed tank drawdown; 
water formed during a chemical reaction or used as a reactant; water 
used to wash impurities from organic products or reactants; water used 
to cool or quench organic vapor streams through direct contact; water 
discarded from a control device; and condensed steam from jet ejector 
systems pulling vacuum on vessels containing organics. Gasholder seal 
water is not process wastewater until it is removed from the gasholder.
    Process wastewater treatment system means a specific technique or 
collection of techniques that remove or destroy the organics in a 
process wastewater stream to comply with Sec. Sec. 63.11965, 63.11970, 
and 63.11975.
    Product means a polymer produced using the same monomers and varying 
in additives (e.g., initiators, terminators, etc.); catalysts; or in the 
relative proportions of monomers, that is manufactured by a process 
unit. With respect to polymers, more than one recipe may be used to 
produce the same product, and there can be more than one grade of a 
product. Product also means a chemical that is not a polymer, which is 
manufactured by a process unit. By-products, isolated intermediates, 
impurities, wastes, and trace contaminants are not considered products.
    PVC-combined process vent means a process vent that originates from 
a

[[Page 630]]

PVCPU and is combined with one or more process vents originating from 
another source category prior to being controlled or emitted to the 
atmosphere.
    PVC-only process vent means a process vent that originates from a 
PVCPU and is not combined with a process vent originating from another 
source category prior to being controlled or emitted to the atmosphere.
    Recipe means a specific composition from among the range of possible 
compositions that may occur within a product, as defined in this 
section. A recipe is determined by the proportions of monomers and, if 
present, other reactants and additives that are used to make the recipe.
    Recovery device means an individual process component capable of and 
normally used for the purpose of recovering chemicals for fuel value 
(i.e., net positive heating value), use, reuse, or for sale for fuel 
value, use, or reuse. Examples of process components that may be 
recovery devices include absorbers, adsorbers, condensers, oil-water 
separators or organic-water separators, or organic removal devices such 
as decanters, strippers (e.g., wastewater steam and vacuum strippers), 
or thin-film evaporation units. For purposes of this subpart, recovery 
devices are control devices.
    Repaired, for the purposes of this subpart, means equipment that is 
adjusted or otherwise altered to eliminate a leak as defined in the 
applicable sections of this subpart; and unless otherwise specified in 
applicable provisions of this subpart, is inspected as specified in 
Sec. 63.11930(f) to verify that emissions from the equipment are below 
the applicable leak definition.
    Resin stripper means a unit that removes organic compounds from a 
raw polyvinyl chloride and copolymer product. In the production of a 
polymer, stripping is a discrete step that occurs after the 
polymerization reaction and before drying or other finishing operations. 
Examples of types of stripping include steam stripping, vacuum 
stripping, or other methods of devolatilization. For the purposes of 
this subpart, devolatilization that occurs in dryers or other finishing 
operations is not resin stripping. Resin stripping may occur in a 
polymerization reactor or in a batch or continuous stripper separate 
from the polymerization reactor where resin stripping occurs.
    Root cause analysis means an assessment conducted through a process 
of investigation to determine the primary cause, and any other 
significant contributing cause(s), of a discharge of gases in excess of 
specified thresholds.
    Sensor means a device that measures a physical quantity or the 
change in a physical quantity, such as temperature, pressure, flow rate, 
pH, or liquid level.
    Slip gauge means a gauge that has a probe that moves through the 
gas/liquid interface in a storage vessel and indicates the level of 
product in the vessel by the physical state of the material the gauge 
discharges.
    Solution process means a process for producing polyvinyl chloride 
copolymer resin that is characterized by the anhydrous formation of the 
polymer through precipitation. Polymerization occurs in an organic 
solvent in the presence of an initiator where vinyl chloride monomer and 
co-monomers are soluble in the solvent, but the polymer is not. The PVC 
copolymer is a granule suspended in the solvent, which then precipitates 
out of solution. Emulsifiers and suspending agents are not used in the 
solution process. PVC copolymer resins produced using the solution 
process are referred to as solution resins.
    Specific gravity monitoring device means a unit of equipment used to 
monitor specific gravity and having a minimum accuracy of 0.02 specific gravity units.
    Standard procedure means a formal written procedure officially 
adopted by the plant owner or operator and available on a routine basis 
to those persons responsible for carrying out the procedure.
    Storage vessel means a tank or other vessel (e.g., pressure vessel) 
that is part of an affected source and is used to store a gaseous, 
liquid, or solid feedstock, byproduct, or product that contains organic 
HAP. Storage vessel does not include:

[[Page 631]]

    (1) Vessels permanently attached to motor vehicles such as trucks, 
railcars, barges, or ships;
    (2) Process tanks;
    (3) Vessels with capacities smaller than 10,040 gallons;
    (4) Vessels storing organic liquids that contain organic HAP only as 
impurities;
    (5) Bottoms receiver tanks;
    (6) Surge control vessels; and
    (7) Wastewater storage tanks. Wastewater storage tanks are covered 
under the wastewater provisions.
    Stripped resin means the material exiting the resin stripper that 
contains polymerized vinyl chloride.
    Supplemental combustion air means the air that is added to a vent 
stream after the vent stream leaves the unit operation. Air that is part 
of the vent stream as a result of the nature of the unit operation is 
not considered supplemental combustion air. Air required to operate 
combustion device burner(s) is not considered supplemental combustion 
air. Air required to ensure the proper operation of catalytic oxidizers, 
to include the intermittent addition of air upstream of the catalyst bed 
to maintain a minimum threshold flow rate through the catalyst bed or to 
avoid excessive temperatures in the catalyst bed, is not considered to 
be supplemental combustion air.
    Surge control vessel means feed drums, recycle drums, and 
intermediate vessels used as a part of any continuous operation. Surge 
control vessels are used within an affected source when in-process 
storage, mixing, or management of flow rates or volumes is needed to 
introduce material into continuous operations. Surge control vessels 
also include gasholders.
    Suspension blending process means a process for producing polyvinyl 
chloride resin that is similar to the suspension polymerization process, 
but employs a rate of agitation that is significantly higher than the 
highest range for non-blending suspension resins. The suspension 
blending process uses a recipe that creates extremely small resin 
particles, generally equal to or less than 100 microns in size, with a 
glassy surface and very little porosity. The suspension blending process 
concentrates the resins using a centrifuge that is specifically designed 
to handle these small particles. Polyvinyl chloride resins produced 
using the suspension blending process are referred to as suspension 
blending resins and are typically blended with dispersion resins.
    Suspension process means a process for producing polyvinyl chloride 
resin that is characterized by the formation of the polymers in droplets 
of liquid vinyl chloride monomer or other co-monomers suspended in 
water. The droplets are formed by agitation and the use of protective 
colloids or suspending agents. Initiators used in the suspension process 
are soluble in vinyl chloride monomer. Polyvinyl chloride resins 
produced using the suspension process are referred to as suspension 
resins.
    Table 10 HAP means a HAP compound listed in table 10 of this 
subpart.
    Total non-vinyl chloride organic HAP means, for the purposes of this 
subpart, the sum of the measured concentrations of each HAP, as 
calculated according to the procedures specified in Sec. Sec. 
63.11960(f) and 63.11980(b).
    Type of resin means the broad classification of PVC homopolymer and 
copolymer resin referring to the basic manufacturing process for 
producing that resin, including, but not limited to, suspension, 
dispersion/emulsion, suspension blending, bulk, and solution processes.
    Unloading operations means the transfer of organic liquids from a 
transport vehicle, container, or storage vessel to process components 
within the affected source.
    Wastewater means process wastewater and maintenance wastewater. The 
following are not considered wastewater for the purposes of this 
subpart:
    (1) Stormwater from segregated sewers;
    (2) Water from fire-fighting and deluge systems, including testing 
of such systems;
    (3) Spills;
    (4) Water from safety showers;
    (5) Samples of a size not greater than reasonably necessary for the 
method of analysis that is used;
    (6) Equipment leaks;

[[Page 632]]

    (7) Wastewater drips from procedures such as disconnecting hoses 
after cleaning lines; and
    (8) Noncontact cooling water.
    Wastewater stream means a stream that contains only wastewater as 
defined in this section.
    Work practice standard means any design, equipment, work practice or 
operational standard, or combination thereof, that is promulgated 
pursuant to section 112(h) of the Clean Air Act.



Sec. Sec. 63.12006-63.12099  [Reserved]



    Sec. Table 1 to Subpart HHHHHHH of Part 63--Emission Limits and 
                 Standards for Existing Affected Sources

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                  And for an affected
For this type of emission point . . .      And for this air      source producing this      You must meet this
                                           pollutant . . .      type of PVC resin . . .    emission limit . . .
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. PVC-only process vents \a\........  a. Vinyl chloride......  All resin types........  6.0 parts per million
                                                                                          by volume (ppmv).
                                       b. Total hydrocarbons..  All resin types........  9.7 ppmv measured as
                                                                                          propane.
                                       c. Total organic HAP     All resin types........  56 ppmv.
                                        \b\.
                                       d. Hydrogen chloride...  All resin types........  78 ppmv.
                                       e. Dioxins/furans        All resin types........  0.038 nanograms per dry
                                        (toxic equivalency                                standard cubic meter
                                        basis).                                           (ng/dscm).
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2. PVC-combined process vents \a\....  a. Vinyl chloride......  All resin types........  1.1 ppmv.
                                       b. Total hydrocarbons..  All resin types........  4.2 ppmv measured as
                                                                                          propane.
                                       c. Total organic HAP     All resin types........  9.8 ppmv.
                                        \b\.
                                       d. Hydrogen chloride...  All resin types........  380 ppmv.
                                       e. Dioxins/furans        All resin types........  0.051 ng/dscm.
                                        (toxic equivalency
                                        basis).
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. Stripped resin....................  a. Vinyl chloride......  i. Bulk resin..........  7.1 parts per million
                                                                                          by weight (ppmw).
                                                                ii. Dispersion resin...  1300 ppmw.
                                                                iii. Suspension resin..  37 ppmw.
                                                                iv. Suspension blending  140 ppmw.
                                                                 resin.
                                                                v. Copolymer resin.....  790 ppmw.
                                       b. Total non-vinyl       i. Bulk resin..........  170 ppmw.
                                        chloride organic HAP.
                                                                ii. Dispersion resin...  240 ppmw.
                                                                iii. Suspension resin..  670 ppmw.
                                                                iv. Suspension blending  500 ppmw.
                                                                 resin.
                                                                v. Copolymer resin.....  1900 ppmw.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Process Wastewater................  a. Vinyl chloride......  All resin types........  6.8 ppmw.
                                       b. Total non-vinyl       All resin types........  110 ppmw.
                                        chloride organic HAP.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\a\ Emission limits at 3 percent oxygen, dry basis.
\b\ Total organic HAP is alternative compliance limit for THC.



    Sec. Table 2 to Subpart HHHHHHH of Part 63--Emission Limits and 
                   Standards for New Affected Sources

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                  And for an affected
For this type of emission point . . .      And for this air      source producing this      You must meet this
                                           pollutant . . .      type of PVC resin . . .    emission limit . . .
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. PVC-only process vents \a\........  a. Vinyl chloride......  All resin types........  0.56 ppmv.
                                       b. Total hydrocarbons..  All resin types........  7.0 ppmv measured as
                                                                                          propane.
                                       c. Total organic HAP     All resin types........  5.5 ppmv.
                                        \b\.
                                       d. Hydrogen chloride...  All resin types........  0.17 ppmv.
                                       e. Dioxins/furans        All resin types........  0.038 ng/dscm.
                                        (toxic equivalency
                                        basis).
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2. PVC-combined process vents \a\....  a. Vinyl chloride......  All resin types........  0.56 ppmv.
                                       b. Total hydrocarbons..  All resin types........  2.3 ppmv measured as
                                                                                          propane.

[[Page 633]]

 
                                       c. Total organic HAP     All resin types........  5.5 ppmv.
                                        \b\.
                                       d. Hydrogen chloride...  All resin types........  1.4 ppmv.
                                       e. Dioxins/furans        All resin types........  0.034 nanograms per dry
                                        (toxic equivalency                                standard cubic meter
                                        basis).                                           (ng/dscm).
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. Stripped resin....................  a. Vinyl chloride......  i. Bulk resin..........  7.1 parts per million
                                                                                          by weight (ppmw).
                                                                ii. Dispersion resin...  480 ppmw.
                                                                iii. Suspension resin..  7.3 ppmw.
                                                                iv. Suspension blending  140 ppmw.
                                                                 resin.
                                                                v. Copolymer--all resin  790 ppmw.
                                                                 types.
                                       b. Total non-vinyl       i. Bulk resin..........  170 ppmw.
                                        chloride organic HAP.
                                                                ii. Dispersion resin...  66 ppmw.
                                                                iii. Suspension resin..  15 ppmw.
                                                                iv. Suspension blending  500 ppmw.
                                                                 resin.
                                                                v. Copolymer resin.....  1900 ppmw.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Process Wastewater................  a. Vinyl chloride......  All resin types........  0.28 ppmw.
                                       b. Total non-vinyl       All resin types........  0.018 ppmw.
                                        chloride organic HAP.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\a\ Emission limits at 3 percent oxygen, dry basis.
\b\ Total organic HAP is alternative compliance limit for THC.



     Sec. Table 3 to Subpart HHHHHHH of Part 63--Summary of Control 
      Requirements for Storage Vessels at New and Existing Sources

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                  And the vapor      Then, you must use
If the storage vessel capacity     pressure \a\    the following type of
      (gallons) is . . .         (psia) is . . .    storage vessel . . .
------------------------------------------------------------------------
=20,000 but <40,000  =4....  Internal floating
                                                    roof, external
                                                    floating roof, or
                                                    fixed roof vented to
                                                    a closed vent system
                                                    and control device
                                                    achieving 95 percent
                                                    reduction.\b\
=40,000............  =0.75.  Internal floating
                                                    roof, external
                                                    floating roof, or
                                                    fixed roof vented to
                                                    a closed vent system
                                                    and control device
                                                    achieving 95 percent
                                                    reduction.\b\
Any capacity..................  11.1..  Pressure vessel.\c\
All other capacity and vapor pressure              Fixed roof.\d\
 combinations
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\a\ Maximum true vapor pressure of total HAP at storage temperature.
\b\ If using a fixed roof storage vessel vented to a closed vent system
  and control device, you must meet the requirements in Sec.
  63.11910(a) for fixed roof storage vessels. If using an internal
  floating roof storage vessel or external floating roof storage
  vessels, you must meet the requirements in Sec. 63.11910(b) for
  internal floating roof storage vessels or external floating roof
  storage vessels, as applicable.
\c\ Meeting the requirements of Sec. 63.11910(c) for pressure vessels.
\d\ Meeting the requirements in Sec. 63.11910(a) for fixed roof
  storage vessels.



Sec. Table 4 to Subpart HHHHHHH of Part 63--Applicability of the General 
                          Provisions to Part 63

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   Applies to subpart
               Citation                        Subject                  HHHHHHH                  Comment
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sec. 63.1(a)(1)-(a)(4), (a)(6),      Applicability..........  Yes.
 (a)(10)-(a)(12), (b)(1), (b)(3),
 (c)(1), (c)(2), (c)(5), (e).
Sec. 63.1(a)(5), (a)(7)-(a)(9),      [Reserved].............  No.
 (b)(2), (c)(3), (c)(4), (d).
Sec. 63.2..........................  Definitions............  Yes....................  Additional definitions
                                                                                          are found in Sec.
                                                                                          63.12005.
Sec. 63.3..........................  Units and abbreviations  Yes.
Sec. 63.4(a)(1), (a)(2), (b), (c)..  Prohibited activities    Yes.
                                        and circumvention.
Sec. 63.4(a)(3)-(a)(5).............  [Reserved].............  No.
Sec. 63.5(a), (b)(1), (b)(3),        Preconstruction review   Yes.
 (b)(4), (b)(6), (d)-(f).               and notification
                                        requirements.
Sec. 63.5(b)(2), (b)(5), (c).......  [Reserved].............  No.
Sec. 63.6(a), (b)(1)-(b)(5),         Compliance with          Yes....................  Sec. 63.11875
 (b)(7), (c)(1), (c)(2), (c)(5),        standards and                                     specifies compliance
 (e)(1)(iii), (f)(2), (f)(3), (g),      maintenance                                       dates.
 (i), (j).                              requirements.

[[Page 634]]

 
Sec. 63.6(b)(6), (c)(3), (c)(4),     [Reserved]               No.....................
 (d), (e)(2), (e)(3)(ii), (h)(2)(ii),
 (h)(3), (h)(5)(iv).
Sec. 63.6(e)(1)(i), (e)(1)(ii),      Startup, shutdown, and   No. See Sec.
 (e)(3), (f)(1).                        malfunction provisions.  63.11890(b) for
                                                                 general duty
                                                                 requirement.
Sec. 63.6(h)(1), (h)(2)(i),          Compliance with opacity  No.....................  Subpart HHHHHHH does
 (h)(2)(iii), (h)(4), (h)(5)(i)-        and visible emission                              not specify opacity or
 (h)(5)(iii), (h)(5)(v), (h)(6)-        standards.                                        visible emission
 (h)(9).                                                                                  standards.
Sec. 63.7(a)(1), (a)(2), (a)(3),     Performance testing      Yes.
 (a)(4), (b)-(d), (e)(2)-(e)(4), (f),   requirements.
 (g)(1), (g)(3), (h).
Sec. 63.7(a)(2)(i)-(viii)..........  [Reserved].............  No.
Sec. 63.7(a)(2)(ix)................  Performance testing      Yes.
                                        requirements.
Sec. 63.7(e)(1)....................  Performance testing....  No. See especially Sec.
                                                                   63.11945,
                                                                 63.11960(d),
                                                                 63.11980(a).
Sec. 63.7(g)(2)....................  [Reserved].............  No.....................
Sec. 63.8(a)(1), (a)(2), (a)(4),     Monitoring requirements  Yes....................  Except cross reference
 (b), (c)(1)(i), (c)(1)(ii), (c)(2)-                                                      in Sec.
 (c)(4), (c)(6)-(c)(8).                                                                   63.8(c)(1)(i) to Sec.
                                                                                           63.6(e)(1) is
                                                                                          replaced with a cross-
                                                                                          reference to Sec.
                                                                                          63.11890(b).
Sec. 63.8(a)(3)....................  [Reserved].............  No.
Sec. 63.8(c)(1)(iii)...............  Requirement to develop   No.
                                        SSM plan for
                                        continuous monitoring
                                        systems.
Sec. 63.8(c)(5)....................  Continuous opacity       No.....................  Subpart HHHHHHH does
                                        monitoring system                                 not have opacity or
                                        minimum procedures.                               visible emission
                                                                                          standards.
Sec. 63.8(d).......................  Written procedures for   Yes, except for last
                                        continuous monitoring    sentence, which refers
                                        systems.                 to an SSM plan. SSM
                                                                 plans are not required.
Sec. 63.8(e).......................  Continuous monitoring    Yes.
                                        systems performance
                                        evaluation.
Sec. 63.8(f).......................  Use of an alternative    Yes.
                                        monitoring method.
Sec. 63.8(g).......................  Reduction of monitoring  Yes....................  Except that the minimum
                                        data.                                             data collection
                                                                                          requirements are
                                                                                          specified in Sec.
                                                                                          63.11935(e).
Sec. 63.9(a), (b)(1), (b)(2),        Notification             Yes.
 (b)(4)(i), (b)(4)(v), (b)(5), (c)-     requirements.
 (e), (g)(1), (g)(3), (h)(1)-(h)(3),
 (h)(5), (h)(6), (i), (j).
Sec. 63.9(f).......................  Notification of opacity  No.....................  Subpart HHHHHHH does
                                        and visible emission                              not have opacity or
                                        observations.                                     visible emission
                                                                                          standards.
Sec. 63.9(g)(2)....................  Use of continuous        No.....................  Subpart HHHHHHH does
                                        opacity monitoring                                not require the use of
                                        system data.                                      continuous opacity
                                                                                          monitoring system.
Sec. 63.9(b)(3), (b)(4)(ii)-(iv),    [Reserved].............  No.
 (h)(4).
Sec. 63.10(a), (b)(1)..............  Recordkeeping and        Yes.
                                        reporting requirements.
Sec. 63.10(b)(2)(i)................  Recordkeeping of         No.
                                        occurrence and
                                        duration of startups
                                        and shutdowns.
Sec. 63.10(b)(2)(ii)...............  Recordkeeping of         No. See Sec. Sec.
                                        malfunctions.            63.11895(b),
                                                                 63.11985(b)(4)(i),
                                                                 63.11985(b)(9) through
                                                                 (11), and
                                                                 63.11985(c)(7).
Sec. 63.10(b)(2)(iii)..............  Maintenance records....  Yes.
Sec. 63.10(b)(2)(iv), (b)(2)(v)....  Actions taken to         No.
                                        minimize emissions
                                        during SSM.
Sec. 63.10(b)(2)(vi)...............  Recordkeeping for CMS    Yes.
                                        malfunctions.
Sec. 63.10(b)(2)(vii)-(x)..........  Other CMS requirements.  Yes.
Sec. 63.10(b)(2)(xi)-(xiv).........  Other recordkeeping      Yes.
                                        requirements.
Sec. 63.10(b)(3)...................  Recordkeeping            Yes.
                                        requirement for
                                        applicability
                                        determinations.

[[Page 635]]

 
Sec. 63.10(c)(1), (c)(5), (c)(6)...  Additional               Yes.
                                        recordkeeping
                                        requirements for
                                        sources with
                                        continuous monitoring
                                        systems.
Sec. 63.10(c)(2)-(4), (c)(9).......  [Reserved].............  No.
Sec. 63.10(c)(7)...................  Additional               Yes.
                                        recordkeeping
                                        requirements for CMS--
                                        identifying
                                        exceedances and excess
                                        emissions during SSM.
Sec. 63.10(c)(8)...................  Additional               Yes.
                                        recordkeeping
                                        requirements for CMS--
                                        identifying
                                        exceedances and excess
                                        emissions.
Sec. 63.10(c)(10)..................  Recording nature and     No. See Sec. Sec.
                                        cause of malfunctions.   63.11895(b),
                                                                 63.11985(b)(4)(i),
                                                                 63.11985(b)(9) through
                                                                 (11), and
                                                                 63.11985(c)(7).
63.10(c)(11), (c)(12)................  Recording corrective     No. See Sec. Sec.
                                        actions.                 63.11895(b),
                                                                 63.11985(b)(4)(i),
                                                                 63.11985(b)(9) through
                                                                 (11), and
                                                                 63.11985(c)(7).
Sec. 63.10(c)(13)-(14).............  Records of the total     Yes.
                                        process operating time
                                        during the reporting
                                        period and procedures
                                        that are part of the
                                        continuous monitoring
                                        system quality control
                                        program.
Sec. 63.10(c)(15)..................  Use SSM plan...........  No.
Sec. 63.10(d)(1)...................  General reporting        Yes.
                                        requirements.
Sec. 63.10(d)(2)...................  Performance test         Yes.
                                        results.
Sec. 63.10(d)(3)...................  Opacity or visible       No.....................  Subpart HHHHHHH does
                                        emissions observations.                           not specify opacity or
                                                                                          visible emission
                                                                                          standards.
Sec. 63.10(d)(4)...................  Progress reports.......  Yes.
Sec. 63.10(d)(5)...................  SSM reports............  No. See Sec. Sec.
                                                                 63.11895(b),
                                                                 63.11985(b)(4)(i),
                                                                 63.11985(b)(9) through
                                                                 (11), and
                                                                 63.11985(c)(7).
Sec. 63.10(e)(1)...................  Additional continuous    Yes.
                                        monitoring system
                                        reports--general.
Sec. 63.10(e)(2)(i)................  Results of continuous    Yes.
                                        monitoring system
                                        performance
                                        evaluations.
Sec. 63.10(e)(2)(ii)...............  Results of continuous    No.....................  Subpart HHHHHHH does
                                        opacity monitoring                                not require the use of
                                        system performance                                continuous opacity
                                        evaluations.                                      monitoring system.
Sec. 63.10(e)(3)...................  Excess emissions/        Yes.
                                        continuous monitoring
                                        system performance
                                        reports.
Sec. 63.10(e)(4)...................  Continuous opacity       No.....................  Subpart HHHHHHH does
                                        monitoring system data                            not require the use of
                                        reports.                                          continuous opacity
                                                                                          monitoring system.
Sec. 63.10(f)......................  Recordkeeping/reporting  Yes.
                                        waiver.
63.11(a).............................  Control device and work  Yes.
                                        practice requirements--
                                        applicability.
Sec. 63.11(b)......................  Flares.................  No.....................  Facilities subject to
                                                                                          subpart HHHHHHH do not
                                                                                          use flares as control
                                                                                          devices, as specified
                                                                                          in Sec. 63.11925(b).
Sec. 63.11(c)-(e)..................  Alternative work         Yes.
                                        practice for
                                        monitoring equipment
                                        for leaks.
Sec. 63.12.........................  State authority and      Yes....................  Sec. 63.12000
                                        delegations.                                      identifies types of
                                                                                          approval authority
                                                                                          that are not
                                                                                          delegated.
Sec. 63.13.........................  Addresses..............  Yes.

[[Page 636]]

 
Sec. 63.14.........................  Incorporations by        Yes....................  Subpart HHHHHHH
                                        reference.                                        incorporates material
                                                                                          by reference.
Sec. 63.15.........................  Availability of          Yes.
                                        information and
                                        confidentiality.
Sec. 63.16.........................  Performance track        Yes.                     .......................
                                        provisions.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



   Sec. Table 5 to Subpart HHHHHHH of Part 63--Operating Parameters, 
     Operating Limits and Data Monitoring, Recording and Compliance 
                      Frequencies for Process Vents

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                     Establish the      Monitor, record, and demonstrate continuous compliance
                                       following                    using these minimum frequencies
 For these control devices, you     operating limit  -----------------------------------------------------------
  must monitor these operating        during your
        parameters . . .                initial                                                 Data averaging
                                  performance test .   Data measurement     Data recording        period for
                                          . .                                                     compliance
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                  Process Vents
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Any Control device
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Flow to/from the control device.  N/A...............  Continuous........  N/A...............  Date and time of
                                                                                               flow start and
                                                                                               stop.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Thermal Oxidizers
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Temperature (in fire box or       Minimum             Continuous........  Every 15 minutes..  3-hour block
 downstream ductwork prior to      temperature.                                                average.
 heat exchange).
Temperature differential across   Minimum             Continuous........  Every 15 minutes..  3-hour block
 catalyst bed.                     temperature                                                 average.
                                   differential.
Inlet temperature to catalyst     Minimum inlet       Continuous for      Every 15 minutes    3-hour block
 bed and catalyst condition.       temperature and     temperature,        for temperature,    average for
                                   catalyst            annual for          annual for          temperature,
                                   condition as        catalyst            catalyst            annual for
                                   specified in        condition.          condition.          catalyst
                                   63.11940 (b)(3).                                            condition.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Absorbers and Acid Gas Scrubbers
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Influent liquid flow............  Minimum inlet       Continuous........  Every 15 minutes..  3-hour block
                                   liquid flow.                                                average.
Influent liquid flow and gas      Minimum influent    Continuous........  Every 15 minutes..  3-hour block
 stream flow.                      liquid flow to                                              average.
                                   gas stream flow
                                   ratio.
Pressure drop...................  Minimum pressure    Continuous........  Every 15 minutes..  3-hour block
                                   drop.                                                       average.
Exhaust gas temperature.........  Maximum exhaust     Continuous........  Every 15 minutes..  3-hour block
                                   gas temperature.                                            average.
Change in specific gravity of     Minimum change in   Continuous........  Every 15 minutes..  3-hour block
 scrubber liquid.                  specific gravity.                                           average.
pH of effluent liquid...........  Minimum pH........  Continuous........  Every 15 minutes..  3-hour block
                                                                                               average.
Causticity of effluent liquid...  Minimum causticity  Continuous........  Every 15 minutes..  3-hour block
                                                                                               average.
Conductivity of effluent liquid.  Minimum             Continuous........  Every 15 minutes..  3-hour block
                                   conductivity.                                               average.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Regenerative Adsorber
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Regeneration stream flow.         Minimum total flow  Continuous........  N/A...............  Total flow for
                                   per regeneration                                            each regeneration
                                   cycle.                                                      cycle.
Adsorber bed temperature.         Maximum             Continuously after  Every 15 minutes    3-hour block
                                   temperature.        regeneration and    after               average.
                                                       within 15 minutes   regeneration and
                                                       of completing any   within 15 minutes
                                                       temperature         of completing any
                                                       regulation.         temperature
                                                                           regulation.
Adsorber bed temperature.         Minimum             Continuously        N/A...............  Average of
                                   temperature.        during                                  regeneration
                                                       regeneration                            cycle.
                                                       except during any
                                                       temperature
                                                       regulating
                                                       portion of the
                                                       regeneration
                                                       cycle.

[[Page 637]]

 
Vacuum and duratio of             Minimum vacuum and  Continuous........  N/A...............  Average vacuum and
 regeneration.                     period of time                                              duration of
                                   for regeneration.                                           regeneration.
Regeneration frequency..........  Minimum             Continuous........  N/A...............  Date and time of
                                   regeneration                                                regeneration
                                   frequency and                                               start and stop.
                                   duration.
Adsorber operation valve          Correct valve       Daily.............  Daily.............  N/A.
 sequencing and cycle time.        sequencing and
                                   minimum cycle
                                   time.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Non-Regenerative Adsorber
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Average adsorber bed life.        N/A...............  Daily until         N/A...............  N/A.
                                                       breakthrough for
                                                       3 adsorber bed
                                                       change-outs.
Outlet VOC concentration of the   Limits in Table 1   Daily, except       N/A...............  Daily, weekly, or
 first adsorber bed in series.     or 2 of this        monthly (if more                        monthly.
                                   subpart.            than 2 months bed
                                                       life remaining)
                                                       or weekly (if
                                                       more than 2 weeks
                                                       bed life
                                                       remaining).
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Condenser
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Temperature.....................  Maximum outlet      Continuous........  Every 15 minutes..  3-hour block
                                   temperature.                                                average.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



  Sec. Table 6 to Subpart HHHHHHH of Part 63--Toxic Equivalency Factors

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               Toxic
                  Dioxin/furan congener                     equivalency
                                                              factor
------------------------------------------------------------------------
2,3,7,8-tetrachlorodibenzo-p-dioxin.....................               1
1,2,3,7,8-pentachlorodibenzo-p-dioxin...................               1
1,2,3,4,7,8-hexachlorodibenzo-p-dioxin..................             0.1
1,2,3,7,8,9-hexachlorodibenzo-p-dioxin..................             0.1
1,2,3,6,7,8-hexachlorodibenzo-p-dioxin..................             0.1
1,2,3,4,6,7,8-heptachlorodibenzo-p-dioxin...............            0.01
octachlorodibenzo-p-dioxin..............................          0.0003
2,3,7,8-tetrachlorodibenzofuran.........................             0.1
2,3,4,7,8-pentachlorodibenzofuran.......................             0.3
1,2,3,7,8-pentachlorodibenzofuran.......................            0.03
1,2,3,4,7,8-hexachlorodibenzofuran......................             0.1
1,2,3,6,7,8-hexachlorodibenzofuran......................             0.1
1,2,3,7,8,9-hexachlorodibenzofuran......................             0.1
2,3,4,6,7,8-hexachlorodibenzofuran......................             0.1
1,2,3,4,6,7,8-heptachlorodibenzofuran...................            0.01
1,2,3,4,7,8,9-heptachlorodibenzofuran...................            0.01
Octachlorodibenzofuran..................................          0.0003
------------------------------------------------------------------------



  Sec. Table 7 to Subpart HHHHHHH of Part 63--Calibration and Accuracy 
        Requirements for Continuous Parameter Monitoring Systems

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    And your inspection/
                               Then your accuracy        calibration
     If you monitor this      requirements are . .        frequency
       parameter . . .                  .           requirements are . .
                                                              .
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Temperature (non-          1 percent of
 ranges).                      temperature
                               measured or 2.8
                               degrees Celsius (5
                               degrees Fahrenheit)
                               whichever is
                               greater.
2. Temperature (cryogenic     2.5 percent of
                               temperature
                               measured or 2.8
                               degrees Celsius (5
                               degrees Fahrenheit)
                               whichever is
                               greater.

[[Page 638]]

 
3. Liquid flow rate.........  2 percent of the  b. You must select a
                               normal range of       measurement
                               flow.                 location where
                                                     swirling flow or
                                                     abnormal velocity
                                                     distributions due
                                                     to upstream and
                                                     downstream
                                                     disturbances at the
                                                     point of
                                                     measurement do not
                                                     exist.
4. Gas flow rate............  5 percent of the  b. Check all
                               flow rate or 10       mechanical
                               cubic feet per        connections for
                               minute, whichever     leakage at least
                               is greater.           annually.
                                                    c. At least
                                                     annually, conduct a
                                                     visual inspection
                                                     of all components
                                                     of the flow CPMS
                                                     for physical and
                                                     operational
                                                     integrity and all
                                                     electrical
                                                     connections for
                                                     oxidation and
                                                     galvanic corrosion
                                                     if your flow CPMS
                                                     is not equipped
                                                     with a redundant
                                                     flow sensor.
5. pH or caustic strength...  0.2 pH units.      process operation
                                                     check the pH or
                                                     caustic strength
                                                     meter's calibration
                                                     on at least two
                                                     points.
6. Conductivity.............  5 percent of
                               normal range.
7. Mass flow rate...........  5 percent of
                               normal range.
8. Pressure.................  5 percent or       required every 12
                               0.12 kilopascals      months.
                               (0.5 inches of       b. Check all
                               water column)         mechanical
                               whichever is          connections for
                               greater.              leakage at least
                                                     annually.
                                                    c. At least annually
                                                     perform a visual
                                                     inspection of all
                                                     components for
                                                     integrity,
                                                     oxidation and
                                                     galvanic corrosion
                                                     if CPMS is not
                                                     equipped with a
                                                     redundant pressure
                                                     sensor.
------------------------------------------------------------------------



 Sec. Table 8 to Subpart HHHHHHH of Part 63--Methods and Procedures for 
             Conducting Performance Tests for Process Vents

------------------------------------------------------------------------
 For each control device used to
meet the emission limit in Table
 1 or 2 to this subpart for the     You must . . .        Using . . .
    following pollutant . . .
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Total hydrocarbons...........  a. Measure the      Method 25A at 40
                                   total hydrocarbon   CFR part 60,
                                   concentration at    appendix A-7.
                                   the outlet of the   Conduct each test
                                   final control       run for a minimum
                                   device or in the    of 1 hour.
                                   stack.
2. Total organic HAP............  a. Measure the      i. Method 18 at 40
                                   total organic HAP   CFR part 60,
                                   concentration at    appendix A-6 and
                                   the outlet of the   ASTM D6420-99.\a\
                                   final control       Conduct each test
                                   device or in the    run for a minimum
                                   stack.              of 1 hour.
                                                      ii. Method 320 at
                                                       40 CFR part 63,
                                                       appendix A and
                                                       ASTM D6348-03.\a\
                                                       Conduct each test
                                                       run for a minimum
                                                       of 1 hour.
3. Vinyl chloride...............  a. Measure the      Method 18 at 40
                                   vinyl chloride      CFR part 60,
                                   concentration at    appendix A-6.
                                   the outlet of the   Conduct each test
                                   final control       run for a minimum
                                   device or in the    of 1 hour.
                                   stack.
4. Hydrogen chloride............  a. Measure          i. Method 26 at 40
                                   hydrogen chloride   CFR part 60,
                                   concentrations at   appendix A-8,
                                   the outlet of the   collect 60 dry
                                   final control       standard liters
                                   device or in the    of gas per test
                                   stack.              run; or
                                                      ii. Method 26A at
                                                       40 CFR part 60,
                                                       appendix A-8,
                                                       collect 1 dry
                                                       standard cubic
                                                       meter of gas per
                                                       test run.

[[Page 639]]

 
5. Dioxin/furan.................  a. Measure dioxin/  Method 23 at 40
                                   furan               CFR part 60,
                                   concentrations on   appendix A-7 and
                                   a toxic             collect 5 dry
                                   equivalency basis   standard cubic
                                   (and report total   meters of gas per
                                   mass per isomer)    test run.
                                   at the outlet of
                                   the final control
                                   device or in the
                                   stack.
6. Any pollutant from a           a. Select sampling  Method 1 or 1A at
 continuous, batch, or             port locations      40 CFR part 60,
 combination of continuous and     and the number of   appendix A-1.
 batch process vent(s).            traverse points.
                                  b. Determine gas    Method 2, 2A, 2C,
                                   velocity and        2D, 2F, or 2G at
                                   volumetric flow     40 CFR part 60,
                                   rate.               appendix A-1 and
                                                       A-2.
                                  c. Conduct gas      Method 3, 3A, or
                                   molecular weight    3B at 40 CFR part
                                   analysis and        60, appendix A-2
                                   correct             using the same
                                   concentrations      sampling site and
                                   the specified       time as HAP
                                   percent oxygen in   samples.
                                   Table 1 or 2 to
                                   this subpart.
                                  d. Measure gas      Method 4 at 40 CFR
                                   moisture content.   part 60, appendix
                                                       A-3.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\a\ Incorporated by reference, see Sec. 63.14.



 Sec. Table 9 to Subpart HHHHHHH of Part 63--Procedures for Conducting 
            Sampling of Stripped Resin and Process Wastewater

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   Collect samples according to the following
                                          For the following                      schedule . . .
                                         emission points and   -------------------------------------------------
       For demonstrating . . .          types of processes . .                               Total non-vinyl
                                                  .               Vinyl chloride . . .    chloride organic HAP .
                                                                                                   . .
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                           Each stripped resin stream
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Initial compliance................  a. Continuous..........  Every 8 hours or for     Every 8 hours or for
                                                                 each grade, whichever    each grade, whichever
                                                                 is more frequent         is more frequent
                                                                 during a 24 hour         during a 24 hour
                                                                 period.                  period.
                                       b. Batch...............  1 grab sample for each   1 grab sample for each
                                                                 batch produced during    batch produced during
                                                                 a 24 hour period.        a 24 hour period.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2. Continuous compliance.............  a. Continuous..........  On a daily basis, 1      On a monthly basis, 1
                                                                 grab sample every 8      grab sample every 8
                                                                 hours or for each        hours or for each
                                                                 grade, whichever is      grade, whichever is
                                                                 more frequent during a   more frequent during a
                                                                 24 hour period.          24 hour period.
                                       b. Batch...............  On a daily basis, 1      On a monthly basis, 1
                                                                 grab sample for each     grab sample for each
                                                                 batch produced during    batch produced during
                                                                 a 24 hour period.        a 24 hour period.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                         Each process wastewater stream
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. Initial compliance................  N/A....................  1 grab sample..........  1 grab sample.
4. Continuous compliance.............  N/A....................  1 grab sample per month  1 grab sample per
                                                                                          month.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



 Sec. Table 10 to Subpart HHHHHHH of Part 63--HAP Subject to the Resin 
      and Process Wastewater Provisions at New and Existing Sources

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
            CAS No.                        HAP              Analyte category               Test method
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
107211.........................  Ethylene glycol.......  Alcohol..............  SW-846-8015C.\a\
67561..........................  Methanol..............  Alcohol..............  SW-846-8015C.\a\
75070..........................  Acetaldehyde..........  Aldehyde.............  SW-846-8315A.\a\
50000..........................  Formaldehyde..........  Aldehyde.............  SW-846-8315A.\a\
51285..........................  2,4-dinitrophenol.....  SVOC.................  SW-846-8270D.\a\
98862..........................  Acetophenone..........  SVOC.................  SW-846-8270D.\a\
117817.........................  Bis(2-ethylhexyl)       SVOC.................  SW-846-8270D.\a\
                                  phthalate (DEHP).

[[Page 640]]

 
123319.........................  Hydroquinone..........  SVOC.................  SW-846-8270D.\a\
108952.........................  Phenol................  SVOC.................  SW-846-8270D.\a\
79345..........................  1,1,2,2-                VOC..................  SW-846-8260B.\a\
                                  tetrachloroethane.
106990.........................  1,3-butadiene.........  VOC..................  SW-846-8260B.\a\
540841.........................  2,2,4-trimethylpentane  VOC..................  SW-846-8260B.\a\
71432..........................  Benzene...............  VOC..................  SW-846-8260B.\a\
108907.........................  Chlorobenzene.........  VOC..................  SW-846-8260B.\a\
67663..........................  Chloroform............  VOC..................  SW-846-8260B.\a\
126998.........................  Chloroprene...........  VOC..................  SW-846-8260B.\a\
98828..........................  Cumene................  VOC..................  SW-846-8260B.\a\
75003..........................  Ethyl chloride          VOC..................  SW-846-8260B.\a\
                                  (Chloroethane).
100414.........................  Ethylbenzene..........  VOC..................  SW-846-8260B.\a\
107062.........................  Ethylene dichloride     VOC..................  SW-846-8260B.\a\
                                  (1,2-Dichloroethane).
75343..........................  Ethylidene dichloride   VOC..................  SW-846-8260B.\a\
                                  (1,1-Dichloroethane).
74873..........................  Methyl chloride         VOC..................  SW-846-8260B.\a\
                                  (Chloromethane).
75092..........................  Methylene chloride....  VOC..................  SW-846-8260B.\a\
110543.........................  n-Hexane..............  VOC..................  SW-846-8260B.\a\
108883.........................  Toluene...............  VOC..................  SW-846-8260B.\a\
71556/79005....................  Trichloroethane.......  VOC..................  SW-846-8260B.\a\
108054.........................  Vinyl acetate.........  VOC..................  SW-846-8260B.\a\
593602.........................  Vinyl bromide.........  VOC..................  SW-846-8260B.\a\
75014..........................  Vinyl chloride........  VOC..................  Method 107 at 40 CFR part 61,
                                                                                 appendix B.
75354..........................  Vinylidene chloride     VOC..................  SW-846-8260B.\a\
                                  (1,1-
                                  Dichloroethylene).
1330207........................  Xylenes (isomers and    VOC..................  SW-846-8260B.\a\
                                  mixtures).
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\a\ Incorporated by reference, see Sec. 63.14.


[[Page 641]]



                Sec. Appendix A to Part 63--Test Methods

   Method 301--Field Validation of Pollutant Measurement Methods From 
                           Various Waste Media

                            Using Method 301

                 1.0 What is the purpose of Method 301?

            2.0 What approval must I have to use Method 301?

                    3.0 What does Method 301 include?

                    4.0 How do I perform Method 301?

                           Reference Materials

                5.0 What reference materials must I use?

                           Sampling Procedures

                6.0 What sampling procedures must I use?

                  7.0 How do I ensure sample stability?

                   Determination of Bias and Precision

                 8.0 What are the requirements for bias?

              9.0 What are the requirements for precision?

       10.0 What calculations must I perform for isotopic spiking?

 11.0 What calculations must I perform for comparison with a validated 
                                 method?

       12.0 What calculations must I perform for analyte spiking?

             13.0 How do I conduct tests at similar sources?

                          Optional Requirements

            14.0 How do I use and conduct ruggedness testing?

 15.0 How do I determine the Limit of Detection for the candidate test 
                                 method?

                   Other Requirements and Information

    16.0 How do I apply for approval to use a candidate test method?

                     17.0 How do I request a waiver?

              18.0 Where can I find additional information?

                              19.0 Tables.

                            Using Method 301

                 1.0 What is the purpose of Method 301?

    Method 301 provides a set of procedures for the owner or operator of 
an affected source to validate a candidate test method as an alternative 
to a required test method based on established precision and bias 
criteria. These validation procedures are applicable under 40 CFR part 
63 or 65 when a test method is proposed as an alternative test method to 
meet an applicable requirement or in the absence of a validated method. 
Additionally, the validation procedures of Method 301 are appropriate 
for demonstration of the suitability of alternative test methods under 
40 CFR parts 59, 60, and 61. If, under 40 CFR part 63 or 60, you choose 
to propose a validation method other than Method 301, you must submit 
and obtain the Administrator's approval for the candidate validation 
method.

            2.0 What approval must I have to use Method 301?

    If you want to use a candidate test method to meet requirements in a 
subpart of 40 CFR part 59, 60, 61, 63, or 65, you must also request 
approval to use the candidate test method according to the procedures in 
Section 16 of this method and the appropriate section of the part (Sec. 
59.104, Sec. 59.406, Sec. 60.8(b), Sec. 61.13(h)(1)(ii), Sec. 
63.7(f), or Sec. 65.158(a)(2)(iii)). You must receive the 
Administrator's written approval to use the candidate test method before 
you use the candidate test method to meet the applicable federal 
requirements. In some cases, the Administrator may decide to waive the 
requirement to use Method 301 for a candidate test method to be used to 
meet a requirement under 40 CFR part 59, 60, 61, 63, or 65 in absence of 
a validated test method. Section 17 of this method describes the 
requirements for obtaining a waiver.

                    3.0 What does Method 301 include?

    3.1 Procedures. Method 301 includes minimum procedures to determine 
and document systematic error (bias) and random error (precision) of 
measured concentrations from exhaust gases, wastewater, sludge, and 
other media. Bias is established by comparing the results of sampling 
and analysis against a reference value. Bias may be adjusted on a 
source-specific basis using a correction factor and data obtained during 
the validation test. Precision may be determined using a paired sampling 
system or quadruplicate sampling system for isotopic spiking. A 
quadruplicate sampling system is required when establishing precision 
for analyte spiking or when comparing a candidate test method to a 
validated method. If such procedures have not been established and 
verified for the candidate test method, Method 301 contains procedures 
for ensuring sample stability by developing sample storage procedures 
and limitations and then testing them. Method 301 also includes 
procedures for ruggedness testing and determining detection limits. The 
procedures for ruggedness testing and determining detection limits are 
required for candidate test methods that are to be applied to multiple 
sources and optional for candidate test methods that are to be applied 
at a single source.
    3.2 Definitions.

[[Page 642]]

    Affected source means an affected source as defined in the relevant 
part and subpart under Title 40 (e.g., 40 CFR parts 59, 60, 61, 63, and 
65).
    Candidate test method means the sampling and analytical methodology 
selected for field validation using the procedures described in Method 
301. The candidate test method may be an alternative test method under 
40 CFR part 59, 60, 61, 63, or 65.
    Paired sampling system means a sampling system capable of obtaining 
two replicate samples that are collected as closely as possible in 
sampling time and sampling location (collocated).
    Quadruplicate sampling system means a sampling system capable of 
obtaining four replicate samples (e.g., two pairs of measured data, one 
pair from each method when comparing a candidate test method against a 
validated test method, or analyte spiking with two spiked and two 
unspiked samples) that are collected as close as possible in sampling 
time and sampling location.
    Surrogate compound means a compound that serves as a model for the 
target compound(s) being measured (i.e., similar chemical structure, 
properties, behavior). The surrogate compound can be distinguished by 
the candidate test method from the compounds being analyzed.

                    4.0 How do I perform Method 301?

    First, you use a known concentration of an analyte or compare the 
candidate test method against a validated test method to determine the 
bias of the candidate test method. Then, you collect multiple, 
collocated simultaneous samples to determine the precision of the 
candidate test method. Additional procedures, including validation 
testing over a broad range of concentrations over an extended time 
period are used to expand the applicability of a candidate test method 
to multiple sources. Sections 5.0 through 17.0 of this method describe 
the procedures in detail.

                           Reference Materials

                5.0 What reference materials must I use?

    You must use reference materials (a material or substance with one 
or more properties that are sufficiently homogenous to the analyte) that 
are traceable to a national standards body (e.g., National Institute of 
Standards and Technology (NIST)) at the level of the applicable emission 
limitation or standard that the subpart in 40 CFR part 59, 60, 61, 63, 
or 65 requires. If you want to expand the applicable range of the 
candidate test method, you must conduct additional test runs using 
analyte concentrations higher and lower than the applicable emission 
limitation or the anticipated level of the target analyte. You must 
obtain information about your analyte according to the procedures in 
Sections 5.1 through 5.4 of this method.
    5.1 Exhaust Gas Test Concentration. You must obtain a known 
concentration of each analyte from an independent source such as a 
specialty gas manufacturer, specialty chemical company, or chemical 
laboratory. You must also obtain the manufacturer's certification of 
traceability, uncertainty, and stability for the analyte concentration.
    5.2 Tests for Other Waste Media. You must obtain the pure liquid 
components of each analyte from an independent manufacturer. The 
manufacturer must certify the purity, traceability, uncertainty, and 
shelf life of the pure liquid components. You must dilute the pure 
liquid components in the same type medium or matrix as the waste from 
the affected source.
    5.3 Surrogate Analytes. If you demonstrate to the Administrator's 
satisfaction that a surrogate compound behaves as the analyte does, then 
you may use surrogate compounds for highly toxic or reactive compounds. 
A surrogate may be an isotope or compound that contains a unique element 
(e.g., chlorine) that is not present in the source or a derivation of 
the toxic or reactive compound if the derivative formation is part of 
the method's procedure. You may use laboratory experiments or literature 
data to show behavioral acceptability.
    5.4 Isotopically-Labeled Materials. Isotope mixtures may contain the 
isotope and the natural analyte. The concentration of the isotopically-
labeled analyte must be more than five times the concentration of the 
naturally-occurring analyte.

                           Sampling Procedures

                6.0 What sampling procedures must I use?

    You must determine bias and precision by comparison against a 
validated test method using isotopic spiking or using analyte spiking 
(or the equivalent). Isotopic spiking can only be used with candidate 
test methods capable of measuring multiple isotopes simultaneously such 
as test methods using mass spectrometry or radiological procedures. You 
must collect samples according to the requirements specified in Table 
301-1 of this method. You must perform the sampling according to the 
procedures in Sections 6.1 through 6.4 of this method.
    6.1 Isotopic Spiking. Spike all 12 samples with isotopically-
labelled analyte at an analyte mass or concentration level equivalent to 
the emission limitation or standard specified in the applicable 
regulation. If there is no applicable emission limitation or standard, 
spike the analyte at the expected level of the samples. Follow the 
applicable spiking procedures in Section 6.3 of this method.
    6.2 Analyte Spiking. In each quadruplicate set, spike half of the 
samples (two out of the

[[Page 643]]

four samples) with the analyte according to the applicable procedure in 
Section 6.3 of this method. You should spike at an analyte mass or 
concentration level equivalent to the emission limitation or standard 
specified in the applicable regulation. If there is no applicable 
emission limitation or standard, spike the analyte at the expected level 
of the samples. Follow the applicable spiking procedures in Section 6.3 
of this method.
    6.3 Spiking Procedure.
    6.3.1 Gaseous Analyte with Sorbent or Impinger Sampling Train. 
Sample the analyte being spiked (in the laboratory or preferably in the 
field) at a mass or concentration that is approximately equivalent to 
the applicable emission limitation or standard (or the expected sample 
concentration or mass where there is no standard) for the time required 
by the candidate test method, and then sample the stack gas stream for 
an equal amount of time. The time for sampling both the analyte and 
stack gas stream should be equal; however, you must adjust the sampling 
time to avoid sorbent breakthrough. You may sample the stack gas and the 
gaseous analyte at the same time. You must introduce the analyte as 
close to the tip of the sampling probe as possible.
    6.3.2 Gaseous Analyte with Sample Container (Bag or Canister). Spike 
the sample containers after completion of each test run with an analyte 
mass or concentration to yield a concentration approximately equivalent 
to the applicable emission limitation or standard (or the expected 
sample concentration or mass where there is no standard). Thus, the 
final concentration of the analyte in the sample container would be 
approximately equal to the analyte concentration in the stack gas plus 
the equivalent of the applicable emission standard (corrected for spike 
volume). The volume amount of spiked gas must be less than 10 percent of 
the sample volume of the container.
    6.3.3 Liquid or Solid Analyte with Sorbent or Impinger Trains. Spike 
the sampling trains with an amount approximately equivalent to the mass 
or concentration in the applicable emission limitation or standard (or 
the expected sample concentration or mass where there is no standard) 
before sampling the stack gas. If possible, do the spiking in the field. 
If it is not possible to do the spiking in the field, you must spike the 
sampling trains in the laboratory.
    6.3.4 Liquid and Solid Analyte with Sample Container (Bag or 
Canister). Spike the containers at the completion of each test run with 
an analyte mass or concentration approximately equivalent to the 
applicable emission limitation or standard in the subpart (or the 
expected sample concentration or mass where there is no standard).
    6.4 Probe Placement and Arrangement for Stationary Source Stack or 
Duct Sampling. To sample a stationary source, you must place the paired 
or quadruplicate probes according to the procedures in this subsection. 
You must place the probe tips in the same horizontal plane. Section 17.1 
of Method 301 describes conditions for waivers. For example, the 
Administrator may approve a validation request where other paired 
arrangements for the probe tips or pitot tubes (where required) are 
used.
    6.4.1 Paired Sampling Probes. For paired sampling probes, the first 
probe tip should be 2.5 centimeters (cm) from the outside edge of the 
second probe tip, with a pitot tube on the outside of each probe.
    6.4.2 Quadruplicate Sampling Probes. For quadruplicate sampling 
probes, the tips should be in a 6.0 cm x 6.0 cm square area measured 
from the center line of the opening of the probe tip with a single pitot 
tube, where required, in the center of the probe tips or two pitot 
tubes, where required, with their location on either side of the probe 
tip configuration. Section 17.1 of Method 301 describes conditions for 
waivers. For example, you must propose an alternative arrangement 
whenever the cross-sectional area of the probe tip configuration is 
approximately five percent or more of the stack or duct cross-sectional 
area.

                  7.0 How do I ensure sample stability?

    7.1 Developing Sample Storage and Threshold Procedures. If the 
candidate test method includes well-established procedures supported by 
experimental data for sample storage and the time within which the 
collected samples must be analyzed, you must store the samples according 
to the procedures in the candidate test method and you are not required 
to conduct the procedures specified in Section 7.2 or 7.3 of this 
method. If the candidate test method does not include such procedures, 
your candidate method must include procedures for storing and analyzing 
samples to ensure sample stability. At a minimum, your proposed 
procedures must meet the requirements in Section 7.2 or 7.3 of this 
method. The minimum duration between sample collection and storage must 
be as soon as possible, but no longer than 72 hours after collection of 
the sample. The maximum storage duration must not be longer than 2 
weeks.
    7.2 Storage and Sampling Procedures for Stack Test Emissions. You 
must store and analyze samples of stack test emissions according to 
Table 301-2 of this method. You may reanalyze the same sample at both 
the minimum and maximum storage durations for: (1) Samples collected in 
containers such as bags or canisters that are not subject to dilution or 
other preparation steps, or (2) impinger samples not subjected to 
preparation steps that would affect stability of the sample such as 
extraction or digestion. For candidate test method samples that do not 
meet either of these criteria, you must analyze

[[Page 644]]

one of a pair of replicate samples at the minimum storage duration and 
the other replicate at the proposed storage duration but no later than 2 
weeks of the initial analysis to identify the effect of storage duration 
on analyte samples. If you are using the isotopic spiking procedure, 
then you must analyze each sample for the spiked analyte and the native 
analyte.
    7.3 Storage and Sampling Procedures for Testing Other Waste Media 
(e.g., Soil/Sediment, Solid Waste, Water/Liquid). You must analyze one 
of each pair of replicate samples (half the total samples) at the 
minimum storage duration and the other replicate (other half of samples) 
at the maximum storage duration or within 2 weeks of the initial 
analysis to identify the effect of storage duration on analyte samples. 
The minimum time period between collection and storage should be as soon 
as possible, but no longer than 72 hours after collection of the sample.
    7.4 Sample Stability. After you have conducted sampling and analysis 
according to Section 7.2 or 7.3 of this method, compare the results at 
the minimum and maximum storage durations. Calculate the difference in 
the results using Equation 301-1.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20MR18.000

Where:

di = Difference between the results of the i\th\ replicate 
          pair of samples.
Rmini = Results from the i\th\ replicate sample pair at the 
          minimum storage duration.
Rmaxi = Results from the i\th\ replicate sample pair at the 
          maximum storage duration.

    For single samples that can be reanalyzed for sample stability 
assessment (e.g., bag or canister samples and impinger samples that do 
not require digestion or extraction), the values for Rmini 
and Rmaxi will be obtained from the same sample rather than 
replicate samples.
    7.4.1 Standard Deviation. Determine the standard deviation of the 
paired samples using Equation 301-2.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20MR18.001

Where:

SDd = Standard deviation of the differences of the paired 
          samples.
di = Difference between the results of the i\th\ replicate 
          pair of samples.
dm = Mean of the paired sample differences.
n = Total number of paired samples.

    7.4.2 T Test. Test the difference in the results for statistical 
significance by calculating the t-statistic and determining if the mean 
of the differences between the results at the minimum storage duration 
and the results after the maximum storage duration is significant at the 
95 percent confidence level and n-1 degrees of freedom. Calculate the 
value of the t-statistic using Equation 301-3.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20MR18.002

Where:

t = t-statistic.
dm = The mean of the paired sample differences.

[[Page 645]]

SDd = Standard deviation of the differences of the paired 
          samples.
n = Total number of paired samples.

    Compare the calculated t-statistic with the critical value of the t-
statistic from Table 301-3 of this method. If the calculated t-value is 
less than the critical value, the difference is not statistically 
significant. Therefore, the sampling, analysis, and sample storage 
procedures ensure stability, and you may submit a request for validation 
of the candidate test method. If the calculated t-value is greater than 
the critical value, the difference is statistically significant, and you 
must repeat the procedures in Section 7.2 or 7.3 of this method with new 
samples using a shorter proposed maximum storage duration or improved 
handling and storage procedures.

                   Determination of Bias and Precision

                 8.0 What are the requirements for bias?

    You must determine bias by comparing the results of sampling and 
analysis using the candidate test method against a reference value. The 
bias must be no more than 10 percent for the 
candidate test method to be considered for application to multiple 
sources. A candidate test method with a bias greater than 10 percent and less than or equal to 30 percent can only be applied on a source-specific 
basis at the facility at which the validation testing was conducted. In 
this case, you must use a correction factor for all data collected in 
the future using the candidate test method. If the bias is more than 
30 percent, the candidate test method is 
unacceptable.

              9.0 What are the requirements for precision?

    You may use a paired sampling system or a quadruplicate sampling 
system to establish precision for isotopic spiking. You must use a 
quadruplicate sampling system to establish precision for analyte spiking 
or when comparing a candidate test method to a validated method. If you 
are using analyte spiking or isotopic spiking, the precision, expressed 
as the relative standard deviation (RSD) of the candidate test method, 
must be less than or equal to 20 percent. If you are comparing the 
candidate test method to a validated test method, the candidate test 
method must be at least as precise as the validated method as determined 
by an F test (see Section 11.2.2 of this method).

       10.0 What calculations must I perform for isotopic spiking?

    You must analyze the bias, RSD, precision, and data acceptance for 
isotopic spiking tests according to the provisions in Sections 10.1 
through 10.4 of this method.
    10.1 Numerical Bias. Calculate the numerical value of the bias using 
the results from the analysis of the isotopic spike in the field samples 
and the calculated value of the spike according to Equation 301-4.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20MR18.003

Where:

B = Bias at the spike level.
Sm = Mean of the measured values of the isotopically-labeled 
          analyte in the samples.
CS = Calculated value of the isotopically-labeled spike level.

    10.2 Standard Deviation. Calculate the standard deviation of the 
Si values according to Equation 301-5.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20MR18.004

Where:

SD = Standard deviation of the candidate test method.
Si = Measured value of the isotopically-labeled analyte in 
          the i\th\ field sample.
Sm = Mean of the measured values of the isotopically-labeled 
          analyte in the samples.
n = Number of isotopically-spiked samples.


[[Page 646]]


    10.3 T Test. Test the bias for statistical significance by 
calculating the t-statistic using Equation 301-6. Use the standard 
deviation determined in Section 10.2 of this method and the numerical 
bias determined in Section 10.1 of this method.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20MR18.005

Where:

t = Calculated t-statistic.
B = Bias at the spike level.
SD = Standard deviation of the candidate test method.
n = Number of isotopically spike samples.

    Compare the calculated t-value with the critical value of the two-
sided t-distribution at the 95 percent confidence level and n-1 degrees 
of freedom (see Table 301-3 of this method). When you conduct isotopic 
spiking according to the procedures specified in Sections 6.1 and 6.3 of 
this method as required, this critical value is 2.201 for 11 degrees of 
freedom. If the calculated t-value is less than or equal to the critical 
value, the bias is not statistically significant, and the bias of the 
candidate test method is acceptable. If the calculated t-value is 
greater than the critical value, the bias is statistically significant, 
and you must evaluate the relative magnitude of the bias using Equation 
301-7.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20MR18.006

Where:

BR = Relative bias.
B = Bias at the spike level.
CS = Calculated value of the spike level.

    If the relative bias is less than or equal to 10 percent, the bias 
of the candidate test method is acceptable for use at multiple sources. 
If the relative bias is greater than 10 percent but less than or equal 
to 30 percent, and if you correct all data collected with the candidate 
test method in the future for bias using the source-specific correction 
factor determined in Equation 301-8, the candidate test method is 
acceptable only for application to the source at which the validation 
testing was conducted and may not be applied to any other sites. If 
either of the preceding two cases applies, you may continue to evaluate 
the candidate test method by calculating its precision. If not, the 
candidate test method does not meet the requirements of Method 301.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20MR18.007

Where:

CF = Source-specific bias correction factor.
B = Bias at the spike level.
CS = Calculated value of the spike level.

    If the CF is outside the range of 0.70 to 1.30, the data and method 
are considered unacceptable.
    10.4 Precision. Calculate the RSD according to Equation 301-9.

[[Page 647]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20MR18.008

Where:

RSD = Relative standard deviation of the candidate test method.
SD = Standard deviation of the candidate test method calculated in 
          Equation 301-5.
Sm = Mean of the measured values of the spike samples.

    The data and candidate test method are unacceptable if the RSD is 
greater than 20 percent.

 11.0 What calculations must I perform for comparison with a validated 
                                 method?

    If you are comparing a candidate test method to a validated method, 
then you must analyze the data according to the provisions in this 
section. If the data from the candidate test method fail either the bias 
or precision test, the data and the candidate test method are 
unacceptable. If the Administrator determines that the affected source 
has highly variable emission rates, the Administrator may require 
additional precision checks.
    11.1 Bias Analysis. Test the bias for statistical significance at 
the 95 percent confidence level by calculating the t-statistic.
    11.1.1 Bias. Determine the bias, which is defined as the mean of the 
differences between the candidate test method and the validated method 
(dm). Calculate di according to Equation 301-10.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20MR18.009

Where:

di = Difference in measured value between the candidate test 
method and the validated method for each quadruplicate sampling train.
V1i = First measured value with the validated method in the 
ith quadruplicate sampling train.
V2i = Second measured value with the validated method in the 
ith quadruplicate sampling train.
P1i = First measured value with the candidate test method in 
the ith quadruplicate sampling train.
P2i = Second measured value with the candidate test method in 
the ith quadruplicate sampling train.


    Calculate the numerical value of the bias using Equation 301-11.
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20MR18.010
    
Where:

B = Numerical bias.
di = Difference between the candidate test method and the 
validated method for the ith quadruplicate sampling train.
n = Number of quadruplicate sampling trains.


    11.1.2 Standard Deviation of the Differences. Calculate the standard 
deviation of the differences, SDd, using Equation 301-12.

[[Page 648]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20MR18.011

Where:

SDd = Standard deviation of the differences between the 
          candidate test method and the validated method.
di = Difference in measured value between the candidate test 
          method and the validated method for each quadruplicate 
          sampling train.
dm = Mean of the differences, di, between the 
          candidate test method and the validated method.
n = Number of quadruplicate sampling trains.


    11.1.3 T Test. Calculate the t-statistic using Equation 301-13.
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20MR18.012
    
Where:

t = Calculated t-statistic.
dm = The mean of the differences, di, between the 
          candidate test method and the validated method.
SDd = Standard deviation of the differences between the 
          candidate test method and the validated method.
n = Number of quadruplicate sampling trains.


    For the procedure comparing a candidate test method to a validated 
test method listed in Table 301-1 of this method, n equals six. Compare 
the calculated t-statistic with the critical value of the t-statistic, 
and determine if the bias is significant at the 95 percent confidence 
level (see Table 301-3 of this method). When six runs are conducted, as 
specified in Table 301-1 of this method, the critical value of the t-
statistic is 2.571 for five degrees of freedom. If the calculated t-
value is less than or equal to the critical value, the bias is not 
statistically significant and the data are acceptable. If the calculated 
t-value is greater than the critical value, the bias is statistically 
significant, and you must evaluate the magnitude of the relative bias 
using Equation 301-14.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20MR18.013

Where:

BR = Relative bias.
B = Bias as calculated in Equation 301-11.
VS = Mean of measured values from the validated method.


    If the relative bias is less than or equal to 10 percent, the bias 
of the candidate test method is acceptable. On a source-specific basis, 
if the relative bias is greater than 10 percent but less than or equal 
to 30 percent, and if you correct all data collected in the future with 
the candidate test method for the bias using the correction factor, CF, 
determined in Equation 301-8 (using VS for CS), the bias of the 
candidate test method is acceptable for application to the source at 
which the validation testing was conducted. If either of the preceding 
two cases applies, you may continue to evaluate the candidate test 
method by calculating its precision. If not, the candidate test method 
does not meet the requirements of Method 301.
    11.2 Precision. Compare the estimated variance (or standard 
deviation) of the candidate test method to that of the validated test 
method according to Sections 11.2.1 and

[[Page 649]]

11.2.2 of this method. If a significant difference is determined using 
the F test, the candidate test method and the results are rejected. If 
the F test does not show a significant difference, then the candidate 
test method has acceptable precision.
    11.2.1 Candidate Test Method Variance. Calculate the estimated 
variance of the candidate test method according to Equation 301-15.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20MR18.014

Where:

p = Estimated variance of the candidate test method.
di = The difference between the i\th\ pair of samples 
          collected with the candidate test method in a single 
          quadruplicate train.
n = Total number of paired samples (quadruplicate trains).

    Calculate the estimated variance of the validated test method 
according to Equation 301-16.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20MR18.015

Where:

v = Estimated variance of the validated test method.
di = The difference between the i\th\ pair of samples 
          collected with the validated test method in a single 
          quadruplicate train.
n = Total number of paired samples (quadruplicate trains).

    11.2.2 The F test. Determine if the estimated variance of the 
candidate test method is greater than that of the validated method by 
calculating the F-value using Equation 301-17.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20MR18.016

Where:

F = Calculated F value.
p = The estimated variance of the candidate test method.
v = The estimated variance of the validated method.

    Compare the calculated F value with the one-sided confidence level 
for F from Table 301-4 of this method. The upper one-sided confidence 
level of 95 percent for F(6,6) is 4.28 when the procedure 
specified in Table 301-1 of this method for quadruplicate sampling 
trains is followed. If the calculated F value is greater than the 
critical F value, the difference in precision is significant, and the 
data and the candidate test method are unacceptable.

       12.0 What calculations must I perform for analyte spiking?

    You must analyze the data for analyte spike testing according to 
this section.
    12.1 Bias Analysis. Test the bias for statistical significance at 
the 95 percent confidence level by calculating the t-statistic.
    12.1.1 Bias. Determine the bias, which is defined as the mean of the 
differences between the spiked samples and the unspiked samples in each 
quadruplicate sampling train minus the spiked amount, using Equation 
301-18.

[[Page 650]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20MR18.017

Where:

di = Difference between the spiked samples and unspiked 
          samples in each quadruplicate sampling train minus the spiked 
          amount.
S1i = Measured value of the first spiked sample in the i\th\ 
          quadruplicate sampling train.
S2i = Measured value of the second spiked sample in the i\th\ 
          quadruplicate sampling train.
M1i = Measured value of the first unspiked sample in the 
          i\th\ quadruplicate sampling train.
M2i = Measured value of the second unspiked sample in the 
          i\th\ quadruplicate sampling train.
CS = Calculated value of the spike level.

    Calculate the numerical value of the bias using Equation 301-19.

    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20MR18.018
    
Where:

B = Numerical value of the bias.
di = Difference between the spiked samples and unspiked 
          samples in each quadruplicate sampling train minus the spiked 
          amount.
n = Number of quadruplicate sampling trains.

    12.1.2 Standard Deviation of the Differences. Calculate the standard 
deviation of the differences using Equation 301-20.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20MR18.019

Where:

SDd = Standard deviation of the differences of paired 
          samples.
di = Difference between the spiked samples and unspiked 
          samples in each quadruplicate sampling train minus the spiked 
          amount.
dm = The mean of the differences, di, between the 
          spiked samples and unspiked samples.
n = Total number of quadruplicate sampling trains.

    12.1.3 T Test. Calculate the t-statistic using Equation 301-21, 
where n is the total number of test sample differences (di). 
For the quadruplicate sampling system procedure in Table 301-1 of this 
method, n equals six.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20MR18.020


[[Page 651]]


Where:

t = Calculated t-statistic.
dm = Mean of the difference, di, between the spiked samples 
          and unspiked samples.
SDd = Standard deviation of the differences of paired 
          samples.
n = Number of quadruplicate sampling trains.

    Compare the calculated t-statistic with the critical value of the t-
statistic, and determine if the bias is significant at the 95 percent 
confidence level. When six quadruplicate runs are conducted, as 
specified in Table 301-1 of this method, the 2-sided confidence level 
critical value is 2.571 for the five degrees of freedom. If the 
calculated t-value is less than the critical value, the bias is not 
statistically significant and the data are acceptable. If the calculated 
t-value is greater than the critical value, the bias is statistically 
significant and you must evaluate the magnitude of the relative bias 
using Equation 301-22.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20MR18.021

Where:

BR = Relative bias.
B = Bias at the spike level from Equation 301-19.
CS = Calculated value at the spike level.

    If the relative bias is less than or equal to 10 percent, the bias 
of the candidate test method is acceptable. On a source-specific basis, 
if the relative bias is greater than 10 percent but less than or equal 
to 30 percent, and if you correct all data collected with the candidate 
test method in the future for the magnitude of the bias using Equation 
301-8, the bias of the candidate test method is acceptable for 
application to the tested source at which the validation testing was 
conducted. Proceed to evaluate precision of the candidate test method.
    12.2 Precision. Calculate the standard deviation using Equation 301-
23.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20MR18.022

Where:

SD = Standard deviation of the candidate test method.
Si = Measured value of the analyte in the i\th\ spiked 
          sample.
Sm = Mean of the measured values of the analyte in all the 
          spiked samples.
n = Number of spiked samples.

    Calculate the RSD of the candidate test method using Equation 301-9, 
where SD and Sm are the values from Equation 301-23. The data 
and candidate test method are unacceptable if the RSD is greater than 20 
percent.

             13.0 How do I conduct tests at similar sources?

    If the Administrator has approved the use of an alternative test 
method to a test method required in 40 CFR part 59, 60, 61, 63, or 65 
for an affected source, and you would like to apply the alternative test 
method to a similar source, then you must petition the Administrator as 
described in Section 17.1.1 of this method.

                          Optional Requirements

            14.0 How do I use and conduct ruggedness testing?

    Ruggedness testing is an optional requirement for validation of a 
candidate test method that is intended for the source where the 
validation testing was conducted. Ruggedness testing is required for 
validation of a candidate test method intended to be used at multiple 
sources. If you want to use a validated test method at a concentration 
that is different from the concentration in the applicable emission 
limitation under 40 CFR part 59, 60, 61, 63, or 65, or for a source 
category that is different from the source category that the test method 
specifies, then you must conduct ruggedness testing according to the 
procedures in Reference 18.16 of

[[Page 652]]

Section 18.0 of this method and submit a request for a waiver for 
conducting Method 301 at that different source category according to 
Section 17.1.1 of this method.
    Ruggedness testing is a study that can be conducted in the 
laboratory or the field to determine the sensitivity of a method to 
parameters such as analyte concentration, sample collection rate, 
interferent concentration, collection medium temperature, and sample 
recovery temperature. You conduct ruggedness testing by changing several 
variables simultaneously instead of changing one variable at a time. For 
example, you can determine the effect of seven variables in only eight 
experiments. (W.J. Youden, Statistical Manual of the Association of 
Official Analytical Chemists, Association of Official Analytical 
Chemists, Washington, DC, 1975, pp. 33-36).

 15.0 How do I determine the Limit of Detection for the candidate test 
                                 method?

    Determination of the Limit of Detection (LOD) as specified in 
Sections 15.1 and 15.2 of this method is required for source-specific 
method validation and validation of a candidate test method intended to 
be used for multiple sources.
    15.1 Limit of Detection. The LOD is the minimum concentration of a 
substance that can be measured and reported with 99 percent confidence 
that the analyte concentration is greater than zero. For this protocol, 
the LOD is defined as three times the standard deviation, So, 
at the blank level.
    15.2 Purpose. The LOD establishes the lower detection limit of the 
candidate test method. You must calculate the LOD using the applicable 
procedures found in Table 301-5 of this method. For candidate test 
methods that collect the analyte in a sample matrix prior to an 
analytical measurement, you must determine the LOD using Procedure I in 
Table 301-5 of this method by calculating a method detection limit (MDL) 
as described in 40 CFR part 136, appendix B. For the purposes of this 
section, the LOD is equivalent to the calculated MDL. For radiochemical 
methods, use the Multi-Agency Radiological Laboratory Analytical 
Protocols (MARLAP) Manual (i.e., use the minimum detectable 
concentration (MDC) and not the LOD) available at https://www.epa.gov/
radiation/marlap-manual-and-supporting-documents.

                   Other Requirements and Information

    16.0 How do I apply for approval to use a candidate test method?

    16.1 Submitting Requests. You must request to use a candidate test 
method according to the procedures in Sec. 63.7(f) or similar sections 
of 40 CFR parts 59, 60, 61, and 65 (Sec. 59.104, Sec. 59.406, Sec. 
60.8(b), Sec. 61.13(h)(1)(ii), or Sec. 65.158(a)(2)(iii)). You cannot 
use a candidate test method to meet any requirement under these parts 
until the Administrator has approved your request. The request must 
include a field validation report containing the information in Section 
16.2 of this method. You must submit the request to the Group Leader, 
Measurement Technology Group, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 
E143-02, Research Triangle Park, NC 27711.
    16.2 Field Validation Report. The field validation report must 
contain the information in Sections 16.2.1 through 16.2.8 of this 
method.
    16.2.1 Regulatory objectives for the testing, including a 
description of the reasons for the test, applicable emission limits, and 
a description of the source.
    16.2.2 Summary of the results and calculations shown in Sections 6.0 
through 16.0 of this method, as applicable.
    16.2.3 Reference material certification and value(s).
    16.2.4 Discussion of laboratory evaluations.
    16.2.5 Discussion of field sampling.
    16.2.6 Discussion of sample preparation and analysis.
    16.2.7 Storage times of samples (and extracts, if applicable).
    16.2.8 Reasons for eliminating any results.

                     17.0 How do I request a waiver?

    17.1 Conditions for Waivers. If you meet one of the criteria in 
Section 17.1.1 or 17.1.2 of this method, the Administrator may waive the 
requirement to use the procedures in this method to validate an 
alternative or other candidate test method. In addition, if the EPA 
currently recognizes an appropriate test method or considers the 
candidate test method to be satisfactory for a particular source, the 
Administrator may waive the use of this protocol or may specify a less 
rigorous validation procedure.
    17.1.1 Similar Sources. If the alternative or other candidate test 
method that you want to use was validated for source-specific 
application at another source and you can demonstrate to the 
Administrator's satisfaction that your affected source is similar to 
that validated source, then the Administrator may waive the requirement 
for you to validate the alternative or other candidate test method. One 
procedure you may use to demonstrate the applicability of the method to 
your affected source is to conduct a ruggedness test as described in 
Section 14.0 of this method.
    17.1.2 Documented Methods. If the bias, precision, LOD, or 
ruggedness of the alternative or other candidate test method that you 
are proposing have been demonstrated through laboratory tests or 
protocols different from this method, and you can demonstrate to the 
Administrator's satisfaction that the bias, precision, LOD, or 
ruggedness apply to your application, then the Administrator may waive 
the requirement to use this method or to use part of this method.

[[Page 653]]

    17.2 Submitting Applications for Waivers. You must sign and submit 
each request for a waiver from the requirements in this method in 
writing. The request must be submitted to the Group Leader, Measurement 
Technology Group, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, E143-02, 
Research Triangle Park, NC 27711.
    17.3 Information Application for Waiver. The request for a waiver 
must contain a thorough description of the candidate test method, the 
intended application, and results of any validation or other supporting 
documents. The request for a waiver must contain, at a minimum, the 
information in Sections 17.3.1 through 17.3.4 of this method. The 
Administrator may request additional information if necessary to 
determine whether this method can be waived for a particular 
application.
    17.3.1 A Clearly Written Test Method. The candidate test method 
should be written preferably in the format of 40 CFR part 60, appendix 
A, Test Methods. Additionally, the candidate test must include an 
applicability statement, concentration range, precision, bias 
(accuracy), and minimum and maximum storage durations in which samples 
must be analyzed.
    17.3.2 Summaries of Previous Validation Tests or Other Supporting 
Documents. If you use a different procedure from that described in this 
method, you must submit documents substantiating the bias and precision 
values to the Administrator's satisfaction.
    17.3.3 Ruggedness Testing Results. You must submit results of 
ruggedness testing conducted according to Section 14.0 of this method, 
sample stability conducted according to Section 7.0 of this method, and 
detection limits conducted according to Section 15.0 of this method, as 
applicable. For example, you would not need to submit ruggedness testing 
results if you will be using the method at the same affected source and 
level at which it was validated.
    17.3.4 Applicability Statement and Basis for Waiver Approval. 
Discussion of the applicability statement and basis for approval of the 
waiver. This discussion should address as applicable the following: 
applicable regulation, emission standards, effluent characteristics, and 
process operations.

              18.0 Where can I find additional information?

    You can find additional information in the references in Sections 
18.1 through 18.18 of this method.

18.1 Albritton, J.R., G.B. Howe, S.B. Tompkins, R.K.M. Jayanty, and C.E. 
          Decker. 1989. Stability of Parts-Per-Million Organic Cylinder 
          Gases and Results of Source Test Analysis Audits, Status 
          Report No. 11. Environmental Protection Agency Contract 68-02-
          4125. Research Triangle Institute, Research Triangle Park, NC. 
          September.
18.2 ASTM Standard E 1169-89 (current version), ``Standard Guide for 
          Conducting Ruggedness Tests,'' available from ASTM, 100 Barr 
          Harbor Drive, West Conshohoken, PA 19428.
18.3 DeWees, W.G., P.M. Grohse, K.K. Luk, and F.E. Butler. 1989. 
          Laboratory and Field Evaluation of a Methodology for 
          Speciating Nickel Emissions from Stationary Sources. EPA 
          Contract 68-02-4442. Prepared for Atmospheric Research and 
          Environmental Assessment Laboratory, Office of Research and 
          Development, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research 
          Triangle Park, NC 27711. January.
18.4 International Conference on Harmonization of Technical Requirements 
          for the Registration of Pharmaceuticals for Human Use, ICH-
          Q2A, ``Text on Validation of Analytical Procedures,'' 60 FR 
          11260 (March 1995).
18.5 International Conference on Harmonization of Technical Requirements 
          for the Registration of Pharmaceuticals for Human Use, ICH-
          Q2b, ``Validation of Analytical Procedures: Methodology,'' 62 
          FR 27464 (May 1997).
18.6 Keith, L.H., W. Crummer, J. Deegan Jr., R.A. Libby, J.K. Taylor, 
          and G. Wentler. 1983. Principles of Environmental Analysis. 
          American Chemical Society, Washington, DC.
18.7 Maxwell, E.A. 1974. Estimating variances from one or two 
          measurements on each sample. Amer. Statistician 28:96-97.
18.8 Midgett, M.R. 1977. How EPA Validates NSPS Methodology. Environ. 
          Sci. & Technol. 11(7):655-659.
18.9 Mitchell, W.J., and M.R. Midgett. 1976. Means to evaluate 
          performance of stationary source test methods. Environ. Sci. & 
          Technol. 10:85-88.
18.10 Plackett, R.L., and J.P. Burman. 1946. The design of optimum 
          multifactorial experiments. Biometrika, 33:305.
18.11 Taylor, J.K. 1987. Quality Assurance of Chemical Measurements. 
          Lewis Publishers, Inc., pp. 79-81.
18.12 U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. 1978. Quality Assurance 
          Handbook for Air Pollution Measurement Systems: Volume III. 
          Stationary Source Specific Methods. Publication No. EPA-600/4-
          77-027b. Office of Research and Development Publications, 26 
          West St. Clair St., Cincinnati, OH 45268.
18.13 U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. 1981. A Procedure for 
          Establishing Traceability of Gas Mixtures to Certain National 
          Bureau of Standards Standard Reference Materials. Publication 
          No. EPA-600/7-81-010. Available from the U.S.

[[Page 654]]

          EPA, Quality Assurance Division (MD-77), Research Triangle 
          Park, NC 27711.
18.14 U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. 1991. Protocol for The Field 
          Validation of Emission Concentrations from Stationary Sources. 
          Publication No. 450/4-90-015. Available from the U.S. EPA, 
          Emission Measurement Technical Information Center, Technical 
          Support Division (MD-14), Research Triangle Park, NC 27711.
18.15 Wernimont, G.T., ``Use of Statistics to Develop and Evaluate 
          Analytical Methods,'' AOAC, 1111 North 19th Street, Suite 210, 
          Arlington, VA 22209, USA, 78-82 (1987).
18.16 Youden, W.J. Statistical techniques for collaborative tests. In: 
          Statistical Manual of the Association of Official Analytical 
          Chemists, Association of Official Analytical Chemists, 
          Washington, DC, 1975, pp. 33-36.
18.17 NIST/SEMATECH (current version), ``e-Handbook of Statistical 
          Methods,'' available from NIST, http://www.itl.nist.gov/
          div898/handbook/.
18.18 Statistical Table, http://www.math.usask.ca/szafron/Stats244/
          f_table_0_05.pdf.

                              19.0 Tables.

                    Table 301-1--Sampling Procedures
------------------------------------------------------------------------
            If you are . . .                  You must collect . . .
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Comparing the candidate test method      A total of 24 samples using a
 against a validated method.              quadruplicate sampling system
                                          (a total of six sets of
                                          replicate samples). In each
                                          quadruplicate sample set, you
                                          must use the validated test
                                          method to collect and analyze
                                          half of the samples.
Using isotopic spiking (can only be      A total of 12 samples, all of
 used with methods capable of             which are spiked with
 measurement of multiple isotopes         isotopically-labeled analyte.
 simultaneously).                         You may collect the samples
                                          either by obtaining six sets
                                          of paired samples or three
                                          sets of quadruplicate samples.
Using analyte spiking..................  A total of 24 samples using the
                                          quadruplicate sampling system
                                          (a total of six sets of
                                          replicate samples--two spiked
                                          and two unspiked).
------------------------------------------------------------------------


  Table 301-2--Storage and Sampling Procedures for Stack Test Emissions
------------------------------------------------------------------------
        If you are . . .            With . . .       Then you must . . .
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Using isotopic or analyte       Sample container   Analyze six of the
 spiking procedures.             (bag or            samples within 7
                                 canister) or       days and then
                                 impinger           analyze the same six
                                 sampling systems   samples at the
                                 that are not       proposed maximum
                                 subject to         storage duration or
                                 dilution or        2 weeks after the
                                 other              initial analysis.
                                 preparation
                                 steps.
                                Sorbent and        Extract or digest six
                                 impinger           of the samples
                                 sampling systems   within 7 days and
                                 that require       extract or digest
                                 extraction or      six other samples at
                                 digestion.         the proposed maximum
                                                    storage duration or
                                                    2 weeks after the
                                                    first extraction or
                                                    digestion. Analyze
                                                    an aliquot of the
                                                    first six extracts
                                                    (digestates) within
                                                    7 days and proposed
                                                    maximum storage
                                                    duration or 2 weeks
                                                    after the initial
                                                    analysis. This will
                                                    allow analysis of
                                                    extract storage
                                                    impacts.
                                Sorbent sampling   Analyze six samples
                                 systems that       within 7 days.
                                 require thermal    Analyze another set
                                 desorption.        of six samples at
                                                    the proposed maximum
                                                    storage time or
                                                    within 2 weeks of
                                                    the initial
                                                    analysis.
Comparing a candidate test      Sample container   Analyze at least six
 method against a validated      (bag or            of the candidate
 test method.                    canister) or       test method samples
                                 impinger           within 7 days and
                                 sampling systems   then analyze the
                                 that are not       same six samples at
                                 subject to         the proposed maximum
                                 dilution or        storage duration or
                                 other              within 2 weeks of
                                 preparation        the initial
                                 steps.             analysis.
                                Sorbent and        Extract or digest six
                                 impinger           of the candidate
                                 sampling systems   test method samples
                                 that require       within 7 days and
                                 extraction or      extract or digest
                                 digestion.         six other samples at
                                                    the proposed maximum
                                                    storage duration or
                                                    within 2 weeks of
                                                    the first extraction
                                                    or digestion.
                                                    Analyze an aliquot
                                                    of the first six
                                                    extracts
                                                    (digestates) within
                                                    7 days and an
                                                    aliquot at the
                                                    proposed maximum
                                                    storage durations or
                                                    within 2 weeks of
                                                    the initial
                                                    analysis. This will
                                                    allow analysis of
                                                    extract storage
                                                    impacts.
                                Sorbent systems    Analyze six samples
                                 that require       within 7 days.
                                 thermal            Analyze another set
                                 desorption.        of six samples at
                                                    the proposed maximum
                                                    storage duration or
                                                    within 2 weeks of
                                                    the initial
                                                    analysis.
------------------------------------------------------------------------


[[Page 655]]


     Table 301-3--Critical Values of t for the Two-Tailed 95 Percent
                          Confidence Limit \1\
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  Degrees of freedom                          t95
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1....................................................             12.706
2....................................................              4.303
3....................................................              3.182
4....................................................              2.776
5....................................................              2.571
6....................................................              2.447
7....................................................              2.365
8....................................................              2.306
9....................................................              2.262
10...................................................              2.228
11...................................................              2.201
12...................................................              2.179
13...................................................              2.160
14...................................................              2.145
15...................................................              2.131
16...................................................              2.120
17...................................................              2.110
18...................................................              2.101
19...................................................              2.093
20...................................................              2.086
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Adapted from Reference 18.17 in section 18.0.


        Table 301-4--Upper Critical Values of the F Distribution for the 95 Percent Confidence Limit \1\
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Numerator (k1) and denominator (k2) degrees of freedom              F{FF.05(k1,k2){time}
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1,1...............................................................                           161.40
2,2...............................................................                            19.00
3,3...............................................................                             9.28
4,4...............................................................                             6.39
5,5...............................................................                             5.05
6,6...............................................................                             4.28
7,7...............................................................                             3.79
8,8...............................................................                             3.44
9,9...............................................................                             3.18
10,10.............................................................                             2.98
11,11.............................................................                             2.82
12,12.............................................................                             2.69
13,13.............................................................                             2.58
14,14.............................................................                             2.48
15,15.............................................................                             2.40
16,16.............................................................                             2.33
17,17.............................................................                             2.27
18,18.............................................................                             2.22
19,19.............................................................                             2.17
20,20.............................................................                             2.12
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Adapted from References 18.17 and 18.18 in section 18.0.


                Table 301-5--Procedures for Estimating So
------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
------------------------------------------------------------------------
If the estimated LOD (LOD1, expected     If the estimated LOD (LOD1,
 approximate LOD concentration level)     expected approximate LOD
 is no more than twice the calculated     concentration level) is
 LOD or an analyte in a sample matrix     greater than twice the
 was collected prior to an analytical     calculated LOD, use Procedure
 measurement, use Procedure I as          II as follows.
 follows.
Procedure I:                             Procedure II:
    Determine the LOD by calculating a      Prepare two additional
     method detection limit (MDL) as         standards (LOD2 and LOD3)
     described in 40 CFR part 136,           at concentration levels
     appendix B.                             lower than the standard
                                             used in Procedure I (LOD1).
                                            Sample and analyze each of
                                             these standards (LOD2 and
                                             LOD3) at least seven times.

[[Page 656]]

 
                                            Calculate the standard
                                             deviation (S2 and S3) for
                                             each concentration level.
                                            Plot the standard deviations
                                             of the three test standards
                                             (S1, S2 and S3) as a
                                             function of concentration.
                                            Draw a best-fit straight
                                             line through the data
                                             points and extrapolate to
                                             zero concentration. The
                                             standard deviation at zero
                                             concentration is So.
                                            Calculate the LOD0 (referred
                                             to as the calculated LOD)
                                             as 3 times So.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

Method 303--Determination of Visible Emissions From By-Product Coke Oven 
                                Batteries

    Note: This method is not inclusive with respect to observer 
certification. Some material is incorporated by reference from other 
methods in appendix A to 40 CFR part 60. Therefore, to obtain reliable 
results, persons using this method should have a thorough knowledge of 
Method 9.

                        1.0 Scope and Application

    1.1 Applicability. This method is applicable for the determination 
of visible emissions (VE) from the following by-product coke oven 
battery sources: charging systems during charging; doors, topside port 
lids, and offtake systems on operating coke ovens; and collecting mains. 
This method is also applicable for qualifying observers for visually 
determining the presence of VE. In order for the test method results to 
be indicative of plant performance, the time of day of the run should 
vary.

                          2.0 Summary of Method

    2.1 A certified observer visually determines the VE from coke oven 
battery sources. Certification procedures are presented. This method 
does not require that opacity of emissions be determined or that 
magnitude be differentiated.

                             3.0 Definitions

    3.1 Bench means the platform structure in front of the oven doors.
    3.2 By-product Coke Oven Battery means a source consisting of a 
group of ovens connected by common walls, where coal undergoes 
destructive distillation under positive pressure to produce coke and 
coke oven gas, from which by-products are recovered.
    3.3 Charge or charging period means the period of time that 
commences when coal begins to flow into an oven through a topside port 
and ends when the last charging port is recapped.
    3.4 Charging system means an apparatus used to charge coal to a coke 
oven (e.g., a larry car for wet coal charging systems).
    3.5 Coke oven door means each end enclosure on the push side and the 
coking side of an oven. The chuck, or leveler-bar, door is considered 
part of the push side door. The coke oven door area includes the entire 
area on the vertical face of a coke oven between the bench and the top 
of the battery between two adjacent buck stays.
    3.6 Coke side means the side of a battery from which the coke is 
discharged from ovens at the end of the coking cycle.
    3.7 Collecting main means any apparatus that is connected to one or 
more offtake systems and that provides a passage for conveying gases 
under positive pressure from the by-product coke oven battery to the by-
product recovery system.
    3.8 Consecutive charges means charges observed successively, 
excluding any charge during which the observer's view of the charging 
system or topside ports is obscured.
    3.9 Damper-off means to close off the gas passage between the coke 
oven and the collecting main, with no flow of raw coke oven gas from the 
collecting main into the oven or into the oven's offtake system(s).
    3.10 Decarbonization period means the period of time for combusting 
oven carbon that commences when the oven lids are removed from an empty 
oven or when standpipe caps of an oven are opened. The period ends with 
the initiation of the next charging period for that oven.
    3.11 Larry car means an apparatus used to charge coal to a coke oven 
with a wet coal charging system.
    3.12 Log average means logarithmic average as calculated in Section 
12.4.
    3.13 Offtake system means any individual oven apparatus that is 
stationary and provides a passage for gases from an oven to a coke oven 
battery collecting main or to another oven. Offtake system components 
include the standpipe and standpipe caps, goosenecks, stationary jumper 
pipes, mini-

[[Page 657]]

standpipes, and standpipe and gooseneck connections.
    3.14 Operating oven means any oven not out of operation for rebuild 
or maintenance work extensive enough to require the oven to be skipped 
in the charging sequence.
    3.15 Oven means a chamber in the coke oven battery in which coal 
undergoes destructive distillation to produce coke.
    3.16 Push side means the side of the battery from which the coke is 
pushed from ovens at the end of the coking cycle.
    3.17 Run means the observation of visible emissions from topside 
port lids, offtake systems, coke oven doors, or the charging of a single 
oven in accordance with this method.
    3.18 Shed means an enclosure that covers the side of the coke oven 
battery, captures emissions from pushing operations and from leaking 
coke oven doors on the coke side or push side of the coke oven battery, 
and routes the emissions to a control device or system.
    3.19 Standpipe cap means An apparatus used to cover the opening in 
the gooseneck of an offtake system.
    3.20 Topside port lid means a cover, removed during charging or 
decarbonizing, that is placed over the opening through which coal can be 
charged into the oven of a by-product coke oven battery.
    3.21 Traverse time means accumulated time for a traverse as measured 
by a stopwatch. Traverse time includes time to stop and write down oven 
numbers but excludes time waiting for obstructions of view to clear or 
for time to walk around obstacles.
    3.22 Visible Emissions or VE means any emission seen by the unaided 
(except for corrective lenses) eye, excluding steam or condensing water.

                      4.0 Interferences [Reserved]

                               5.0 Safety

    5.1 Disclaimer. This method may involve hazardous materials, 
operations, and equipment. This test method may not address all of the 
safety problems associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the 
user of this test method to establish appropriate safety and health 
practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations 
prior to performing this test method.
    5.2 Safety Training. Because coke oven batteries have hazardous 
environments, the training materials and the field training (section 
10.0) shall cover the precautions required to address health and safety 
hazards.

                  6.0 Equipment and Supplies [Reserved]

                  7.0 Reagents and Standards [Reserved]

 8.0 Sample Collection, Preservation, Transport, and Storage [Reserved]

                     9.0 Quality Control [Reserved]

                  10.0 Calibration and Standardization

    Observer certification and training requirements are as follows:
    10.1 Certification Procedures. This method requires only the 
determination of whether VE occur and does not require the determination 
of opacity levels; therefore, observer certification according to Method 
9 in appendix A to part 60 of this chapter is not required to obtain 
certification under this method. However, in order to receive Method 303 
observer certification, the first-time observer (trainee) shall have 
attended the lecture portion of the Method 9 certification course. In 
addition, the trainee shall successfully complete the Method 303 
training course, satisfy the field observation requirement, and 
demonstrate adequate performance and sufficient knowledge of Method 303. 
The Method 303 training provider and course shall be approved by the 
Administrator and shall consist of classroom instruction, field 
training, and a proficiency test. In order to apply for approval as a 
Method 303 training provider, an applicant must submit their credentials 
and the details of their Method 303 training course to Group Leader, 
Measurement Technology Group (E143-02), Office of Air Quality Planning 
and Standards, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle 
Park, NC 27711. Those details should include, at a minimum:
    (a) A detailed list of the provider's credentials.
    (b) An outline of the classroom and the field portions of the class.
    (c) Copies of the written training and lecture materials, to 
include:
    (1) The classroom audio-visual presentation(s).
    (2) A classroom course manual with instructional text, practice 
questions and problems for each of the elements of the Method 303 
inspection (i.e., charging, doors, lids and offtakes, and collecting 
mains). A copy of Method 303 and any related guidance documents should 
be included as appendices.
    (3) A copy of the Method 303 demonstration video, if not using the 
one available at: http://www3.epa.gov/ttn/emc/methods/
method303trainingvideo.mp4.
    (4) Multiple-choice certification tests, with questions sufficient 
to demonstrate knowledge of the method, as follows: One (1) Initial 
certification test and three (3) third-year recertification tests (the 
questions on any one

[[Page 658]]

recertification test must be at least 25 percent different from those on 
the other recertification tests).
    (5) A field certification checklist and inspection forms for each of 
the elements of the Method 303 inspection (i.e., charging, doors, lids 
and offtakes, and collecting mains).
    (6) The criteria used to determine proficiency.
    (7) The panel members to be utilized (see Section 10.1.3) along with 
their qualifications.
    (8) An example certificate of successful course completion.
    10.1.1 A trainee must verify completion of at least 12 hours of 
field observation prior to attending the Method 303 certification 
course. Trainees shall observe the operation of a coke oven battery as 
it pertains to Method 303, including topside operations, and shall also 
practice conducting Method 303 or similar methods. During the field 
observations, trainees unfamiliar with coke battery operations shall 
receive instruction from an experienced coke oven observer who is 
familiar with Method 303 or similar methods and with the operation of 
coke batteries.
    10.1.2 The classroom instruction shall familiarize the trainees with 
Method 303 through lecture, written training materials, and a Method 303 
demonstration video. Successful completion of the classroom portion of 
the Method 303 training course shall be demonstrated by a perfect score 
on the initial certification test. Those attending the course for third-
year recertification must complete one of the recertification tests 
selected at random.
    10.1.3 All trainees must demonstrate proficiency in the application 
of Method 303 to a panel of three certified Method 303 observers, 
including an ability to differentiate coke oven emissions from 
condensing water vapor and smoldering coal. The composition of the panel 
must be approved by the Administrator as part of the training course 
approval process. The panel members will be EPA, state or local agency 
personnel, or industry contractors listed in 59 FR 11960 (March 15, 
1994) or qualified as part of the training provider approval process of 
section 10.1 of this method.
    Each panel member shall have at least 120 days experience in reading 
visible emissions from coke ovens. The visible emissions inspections 
that will satisfy the experience requirement must be inspections of coke 
oven battery fugitive emissions from the emission points subject to 
emission standards under subpart L of this part (i.e., coke oven doors, 
topside port lids, offtake system(s), and charging operations), using 
either Method 303 or predecessor state or local test methods. A ``day's 
experience'' for a particular inspection is a day on which one complete 
inspection was performed for that emission point under Method 303 or a 
predecessor state or local method. A ``day's experience'' does not mean 
8 or 10 hours performing inspections, or any particular time expressed 
in minutes or hours that may have been spent performing them. Thus, it 
would be possible for an individual to qualify as a Method 303 panel 
member for some emission points, but not others (e.g., an individual 
might satisfy the experience requirement for coke oven doors, but not 
topside port lids). Until November 15, 1994, the EPA may waive the 
certification requirement (but not the experience requirement) for panel 
members. The composition of the panel shall be approved by the EPA.
    The panel shall observe the trainee in a series of training runs and 
a series of certification runs. There shall be a minimum of 1 training 
run for doors, topside port lids, and offtake systems, and a minimum of 
5 training runs (i.e., 5 charges) for charging. During training runs, 
the panel can advise the trainee on proper procedures. There shall be a 
minimum of 3 certification runs for doors, topside port lids, and 
offtake systems, and a minimum of 15 certification runs for charging 
(i.e., 15 charges). The certification runs shall be unassisted. 
Following the certification test runs, the panel shall approve or 
disapprove certification based on the trainee's performance during the 
certification runs. To obtain certification, the trainee shall 
demonstrate, to the satisfaction of the panel, a high degree of 
proficiency in performing Method 303. To aid in evaluating the trainee's 
performance, a checklist, approved by the EPA, will be used by the panel 
members.
    10.1.4 Those successfully completing the initial certification or 
third-year recertification requirements shall receive a certificate 
showing certification as a Method 303 observer and the beginning and 
ending dates of the certification period.
    10.1.5 The training provider will submit to the EPA or its designee 
the following information for each trainee successfully completing 
initial certification or third-year recertification training: Name, 
employer, address, telephone, cell and/or fax numbers, email address, 
beginning and ending dates of certification, and whether training was 
for 3-year certification or 1-year recertification. This information 
must be submitted within 30 days of the course completion.
    10.1.6 The training provider will maintain the following records, to 
be made available to EPA or its designee on request (within 30 days of a 
request):
    (a) A file for each Method 303 observer containing the signed 
certification checklists, certification forms and test results for their 
initial certification, and any subsequent third-year recertifications. 
Initial certification records must also include documentation showing 
successful completion of the

[[Page 659]]

training prerequisites. Testing results from any interim 
recertifications must also be included, along with any relevant 
communications.
    (b) A searchable master electronic database of all persons for whom 
initial certification, third-year recertification or interim 
recertification. Information contained therein must include: The 
observer's name, employer, address, telephone, cell and fax numbers and 
email address, along with the beginning and ending dates for each 
successfully completed initial, third-year and interim recertification.
    10.1.7 Failure by the training provider to submit example training 
course materials and/or requested training records to the Administrator 
may result in suspension of the approval of the provider and course.
    10.2 Observer Certification/Recertification. The coke oven observer 
certification is valid for 1 year. The observer shall recertify annually 
by reviewing the training material, viewing the training video and 
answering all of the questions on the recertification test correctly. 
Every 3 years, an observer shall be required to pass the proficiency 
test in section 10.1.3 in order to be certified. The years between 
proficiency tests are referred to as interim years.
    10.3 The EPA (or applicable enforcement agency) shall maintain 
records reflecting a certified observer's successful completion of the 
proficiency test, which shall include the completed proficiency test 
checklists for the certification runs.
    10.4 An owner or operator of a coke oven battery subject to subpart 
L of this part may observe a training and certification program under 
this section.

                             11.0 Procedure

    11.1 Procedure for Determining VE from Charging Systems During 
Charging.
    11.1.1 Number of Oven Charges. Refer to Sec. 63.309(c)(1) of this 
part for the number of oven charges to observe. The observer shall 
observe consecutive charges. Charges that are nonconsecutive can only be 
observed when necessary to replace observations terminated prior to the 
completion of a charge because of visual interferences. (See Section 
11.1.5).
    11.1.2 Data Records. Record all the information requested at the top 
of the charging system inspection sheet (Figure 303-1). For each charge, 
record the identification number of the oven being charged, the 
approximate beginning time of the charge, and the identification of the 
larry car used for the charge.
    11.1.3 Observer Position. Stand in an area or move to positions on 
the topside of the coke oven battery with an unobstructed view of the 
entire charging system. For wet coal charging systems or non-pipeline 
coal charging systems, the observer should have an unobstructed view of 
the emission points of the charging system, including larry car hoppers, 
drop sleeves, and the topside ports of the oven being charged. Some 
charging systems are configured so that all emission points can only be 
seen from a distance of five ovens. For other batteries, distances of 8 
to 12 ovens are adequate.
    11.1.4 Observation. The charging period begins when coal begins to 
flow into the oven and ends when the last charging port is recapped. 
During the charging period, observe all of the potential sources of VE 
from the entire charging system. For wet coal charging systems or non-
pipeline coal charging systems, sources of VE typically include the 
larry car hoppers, drop sleeves, slide gates, and topside ports on the 
oven being charged. Any VE from an open standpipe cap on the oven being 
charged is included as charging VE.
    11.1.4.1 Using an accumulative-type stopwatch with unit divisions of 
at least 0.5 seconds, determine the total time VE are observed as 
follows. Upon observing any VE emerging from any part of the charging 
system, start the stopwatch. Stop the watch when VE are no longer 
observed emerging, and restart the watch when VE reemerges.
    11.1.4.2 When VE occur simultaneously from several points during a 
charge, consider the sources as one. Time overlapping VE as continuous 
VE. Time single puffs of VE only for the time it takes for the puff to 
emerge from the charging system. Continue to time VE in this manner for 
the entire charging period. Record the accumulated time to the nearest 
0.5 second under ``Visible emissions, seconds'' on Figure 303-1.
    11.1.5 Visual Interference. If fugitive VE from other sources at the 
coke oven battery site (e.g., door leaks or condensing water vapor from 
the coke oven wharf) prevent a clear view of the charging system during 
a charge, stop the stopwatch and make an appropriate notation under 
``Comments'' on Figure 303-1. Label the observation an observation of an 
incomplete charge, and observe another charge to fulfill the 
requirements of Section 11.1.1.
    11.1.6 VE Exemptions. Do not time the following VE:
    11.1.6.1 The VE from burning or smoldering coal spilled on top of 
the oven, topside port lid, or larry car surfaces;

    Note: The VE from smoldering coal are generally white or gray. These 
VE generally have a plume of less than 1 meter long. If the observer 
cannot safely and with reasonable confidence determine that VE are from 
charging, do not count them as charging emissions.

    11.1.6.2 The VE from the coke oven doors or from the leveler bar; or

[[Page 660]]

    11.1.6.3 The VE that drift from the top of a larry car hopper if the 
emissions had already been timed as VE from the drop sleeve.

    Note: When the slide gate on a larry car hopper closes after the 
coal has been added to the oven, the seal may not be airtight. On 
occasions, a puff of smoke observed at the drop sleeves is forced past 
the slide gate up into the larry car hopper and may drift from the top; 
time these VE either at the drop sleeves or the hopper. If the larry car 
hopper does not have a slide gate or the slide gate is left open or 
partially closed, VE may quickly pass through the larry car hopper 
without being observed at the drop sleeves and will appear as a strong 
surge of smoke; time these as charging VE.

    11.1.7 Total Time Record. Record the total time that VE were 
observed for each charging operation in the appropriate column on the 
charging system inspection sheet.
    11.1.8 Determination of Validity of a Set of Observations. Five 
charging observations (runs) obtained in accordance with this method 
shall be considered a valid set of observations for that day. No 
observation of an incomplete charge shall be included in a daily set of 
observations that is lower than the lowest reading for a complete 
charge. If both complete and incomplete charges have been observed, the 
daily set of observations shall include the five highest values 
observed. Four or three charging observations (runs) obtained in 
accordance with this method shall be considered a valid set of charging 
observations only where it is not possible to obtain five charging 
observations, because visual interferences (see Section 11.1.5) or 
inclement weather prevent a clear view of the charging system during 
charging. However, observations from three or four charges that satisfy 
these requirements shall not be considered a valid set of charging 
observations if use of such set of observations in a calculation under 
Section 12.4 would cause the value of A to be less than 145.
    11.1.9 Log Average. For each day on which a valid daily set of 
observations is obtained, calculate the daily 30-day rolling log average 
of seconds of visible emissions from the charging operation for each 
battery using these data and the 29 previous valid daily sets of 
observations, in accordance with Section 12.4.
    11.2. Procedure for Determining VE from Coke Oven Door Areas. The 
intent of this procedure is to determine VE from coke oven door areas by 
carefully observing the door area from a standard distance while walking 
at a normal pace.
    11.2.1 Number of Runs. Refer to Sec. 63.309(c)(1) of this part for 
the appropriate number of runs.
    11.2.2 Battery Traverse. To conduct a battery traverse, walk the 
length of the battery on the outside of the pusher machine and quench 
car tracks at a steady, normal walking pace, pausing to make appropriate 
entries on the door area inspection sheet (Figure 303-2). A single test 
run consists of two timed traverses, one for the coke side and one for 
the push side. The walking pace shall be such that the duration of the 
traverse does not exceed an average of 4 seconds per oven door, 
excluding time spent moving around stationary obstructions or waiting 
for other obstructions to move from positions blocking the view of a 
series of doors. Extra time is allowed for each leak (a maximum of 10 
additional seconds for each leaking door) for the observer to make the 
proper notation. A walking pace of 3 seconds per oven door has been 
found to be typical. Record the actual traverse time with a stopwatch.
    11.2.2.1 Include in the traverse time only the time spent observing 
the doors and recording door leaks. To measure actual traverse time, use 
an accumulative-type stopwatch with unit divisions of 0.5 seconds or 
less. Exclude interruptions to the traverse and time required for the 
observer to move to positions where the view of the battery is 
unobstructed, or for obstructions, such as the door machine, to move 
from positions blocking the view of a series of doors.
    11.2.2.2 Various situations may arise that will prevent the observer 
from viewing a door or a series of doors. Prior to the door inspection, 
the owner or operator may elect to temporarily suspend charging 
operations for the duration of the inspection, so that all of the doors 
can be viewed by the observer. The observer has two options for dealing 
with obstructions to view: (a) Stop the stopwatch and wait for the 
equipment to move or the fugitive emissions to dissipate before 
completing the traverse; or (b) stop the stopwatch, skip the affected 
ovens, and move to an unobstructed position to continue the traverse. 
Restart the stopwatch and continue the traverse. After the completion of 
the traverse, if the equipment has moved or the fugitive emissions have 
dissipated, inspect the affected doors. If the equipment is still 
preventing the observer from viewing the doors, then the affected doors 
may be counted as not observed. If option (b) is used because of doors 
blocked by machines during charging operations, then, of the affected 
doors, exclude the door from the most recently charged oven from the 
inspection. Record the oven numbers and make an appropriate notation 
under ``Comments'' on the door area inspection sheet (Figure 303-2).
    11.2.2.3 When batteries have sheds to control emissions, conduct the 
inspection from outside the shed unless the doors cannot be adequately 
viewed. In this case, conduct the inspection from the bench. Be aware of 
special safety considerations pertinent to walking on the bench and 
follow the instructions

[[Page 661]]

of company personnel on the required equipment and procedures. If 
possible, conduct the bench traverse whenever the bench is clear of the 
door machine and hot coke guide.
    11.2.3 Observations. Record all the information requested at the top 
of the door area inspection sheet (Figure 303-2), including the number 
of non-operating ovens. Record the clock time at the start of the 
traverse on each side of the battery. Record which side is being 
inspected (i.e., coke side or push side). Other information may be 
recorded at the discretion of the observer, such as the location of the 
leak (e.g., top of the door, chuck door, etc.), the reason for any 
interruption of the traverse, or the position of the sun relative to the 
battery and sky conditions (e.g., overcast, partly sunny, etc.).
    11.2.3.1 Begin the test run by starting the stopwatch and traversing 
either the coke side or the push side of the battery. After completing 
one side, stop the watch. Complete this procedure on the other side. If 
inspecting more than one battery, the observer may view the push sides 
and the coke sides sequentially.
    11.2.3.2 During the traverse, look around the entire perimeter of 
each oven door. The door is considered leaking if VE are detected in the 
coke oven door area. The coke oven door area includes the entire area on 
the vertical face of a coke oven between the bench and the top of the 
battery between two adjacent buck stays (e.g., the oven door, chuck 
door, between the masonry brick, buck stay or jamb, or other sources). 
Record the oven number and make the appropriate notation on the door 
area inspection sheet (Figure 303-2).

    Note: Multiple VE from the same door area (e.g., VE from both the 
chuck door and the push side door) are counted as only one emitting 
door, not as multiple emitting doors.

    11.2.3.3 Do not record the following sources as door area VE:
    11.2.3.3.1 VE from ovens with doors removed. Record the oven number 
and make an appropriate notation under ``Comments;''
    11.2.3.3.2 VE from ovens taken out of service. The owner or operator 
shall notify the observer as to which ovens are out of service. Record 
the oven number and make an appropriate notation under ``Comments;'' or
    11.2.3.3.3 VE from hot coke that has been spilled on the bench as a 
result of pushing.
    11.2.4 Criteria for Acceptance. After completing the run, calculate 
the maximum time allowed to observe the ovens using the equation in 
Section 12.2. If the total traverse time exceeds T, void the run, and 
conduct another run to satisfy the requirements of Sec. 63.309(c)(1) of 
this part.
    11.2.5 Percent Leaking Doors. For each day on which a valid 
observation is obtained, calculate the daily 30-day rolling average for 
each battery using these data and the 29 previous valid daily 
observations, in accordance with Section 12.5.
    11.3 Procedure for Determining VE from Topside Port Lids and Offtake 
Systems.
    11.3.1 Number of Runs. Refer to Sec. 63.309(c)(1) of this part for 
the number of runs to be conducted. Simultaneous runs or separate runs 
for the topside port lids and offtake systems may be conducted.
    11.3.2 Battery Traverse. To conduct a topside traverse of the 
battery, walk the length of the battery at a steady, normal walking 
pace, pausing only to make appropriate entries on the topside inspection 
sheet (Figure 303-3). The walking pace shall not exceed an average rate 
of 4 seconds per oven, excluding time spent moving around stationary 
obstructions or waiting for other obstructions to move from positions 
blocking the view. Extra time is allowed for each leak for the observer 
to make the proper notation. A walking pace of 3 seconds per oven is 
typical. Record the actual traverse time with a stopwatch.
    11.3.3 Topside Port Lid Observations. To observe lids of the ovens 
involved in the charging operation, the observer shall wait to view the 
lids until approximately 5 minutes after the completion of the charge. 
Record all the information requested on the topside inspection sheet 
(Figure 303-3). Record the clock time when traverses begin and end. If 
the observer's view is obstructed during the traverse (e.g., steam from 
the coke wharf, larry car, etc.), follow the guidelines given in Section 
11.2.2.2.
    11.3.3.1 To perform a test run, conduct a single traverse on the 
topside of the battery. The observer shall walk near the center of the 
battery but may deviate from this path to avoid safety hazards (such as 
open or closed charging ports, luting buckets, lid removal bars, and 
topside port lids that have been removed) and any other obstacles. Upon 
noting VE from the topside port lid(s) of an oven, record the oven 
number and port number, then resume the traverse. If any oven is 
dampered-off from the collecting main for decarbonization, note this 
under ``Comments'' for that particular oven.

    Note: Count the number of topside ports, not the number of points, 
exhibiting VE, i.e., if a topside port has several points of VE, count 
this as one port exhibiting VE.

    11.3.3.2 Do not count the following as topside port lid VE:
    11.3.3.2.1 VE from between the brickwork and oven lid casing or VE 
from cracks in the oven brickwork. Note these VE under ``Comments;''
    11.3.3.2.2 VE from topside ports involved in a charging operation. 
Record the oven number, and make an appropriate notation (e.g., not 
observed because ports open for charging) under ``Comments;''

[[Page 662]]

    11.3.3.2.3 Topside ports having maintenance work done. Record the 
oven number and make an appropriate notation under ``Comments;'' or
    11.3.3.2.4 Condensing water from wet-sealing material. Ports with 
only visible condensing water from wet-sealing material are counted as 
observed but not as having VE.
    11.3.3.2.5 Visible emissions from the flue inspection ports and 
caps.
    11.3.4 Offtake Systems Observations. To perform a test run, traverse 
the battery as in Section 11.3.3.1. Look ahead and back two to four 
ovens to get a clear view of the entire offtake system for each oven. 
Consider visible emissions from the following points as offtake system 
VE: (a) the flange between the gooseneck and collecting main 
(``saddle''), (b) the junction point of the standpipe and oven 
(``standpipe base''), (c) the other parts of the offtake system (e.g., 
the standpipe cap), and (d) the junction points with ovens and flanges 
of jumper pipes.
    11.3.4.1 Do not stray from the traverse line in order to get a 
``closer look'' at any part of the offtake system unless it is to 
distinguish leaks from interferences from other sources or to avoid 
obstacles.
    11.3.4.2 If the centerline does not provide a clear view of the 
entire offtake system for each oven (e.g., when standpipes are longer 
than 15 feet), the observer may conduct the traverse farther from 
(rather than closer to) the offtake systems.
    11.3.4.3 Upon noting a leak from an offtake system during a 
traverse, record the oven number. Resume the traverse. If the oven is 
dampered-off from the collecting main for decarbonization and VE are 
observed, note this under ``Comments'' for that particular oven.
    11.3.4.4 If any part or parts of an offtake system have VE, count it 
as one emitting offtake system. Each stationary jumper pipe is 
considered a single offtake system.
    11.3.4.5 Do not count standpipe caps open for a decarbonization 
period or standpipes of an oven being charged as source of offtake 
system VE. Record the oven number and write ``Not observed'' and the 
reason (i.e., decarb or charging) under ``Comments.''

    Note: VE from open standpipes of an oven being charged count as 
charging emissions. All VE from closed standpipe caps count as offtake 
leaks.

    11.3.5 Criteria for Acceptance. After completing the run (allow 2 
traverses for batteries with double mains), calculate the maximum time 
allowed to observe the topside port lids and/or offtake systems using 
the equation in Section 12.3. If the total traverse time exceeds T, void 
the run and conduct another run to satisfy the requirements of Sec. 
63.309(c)(1) of this part.
    11.3.6 In determining the percent leaking topside port lids and 
percent leaking offtake systems, do not include topside port lids or 
offtake systems with VE from the following ovens:
    11.3.6.1 Empty ovens, including ovens undergoing maintenance, which 
are properly dampered off from the main.
    11.3.6.2 Ovens being charged or being pushed.
    11.3.6.3 Up to 3 full ovens that have been dampered off from the 
main prior to pushing.
    11.3.6.4 Up to 3 additional full ovens in the pushing sequence that 
have been dampered off from the main for offtake system cleaning, for 
decarbonization, for safety reasons, or when a charging/pushing schedule 
involves widely separated ovens (e.g., a Marquard system); or that have 
been dampered off from the main for maintenance near the end of the 
coking cycle. Examples of reasons that ovens are dampered off for safety 
reasons are to avoid exposing workers in areas with insufficient 
clearance between standpipes and the larry car, or in areas where 
workers could be exposed to flames or hot gases from open standpipes, 
and to avoid the potential for removing a door on an oven that is not 
dampered off from the main.
    11.3.7 Percent Leaking Topside Port Lids and Offtake Systems. For 
each day on which a valid observation is obtained, calculate the daily 
30-day rolling average for each battery using these data and the 29 
previous valid daily observations, in accordance with Sections 12.6 and 
12.7.
    11.4 Procedure for Determining VE from Collecting Mains.
    11.4.1 Traverse. To perform a test run, traverse both the collecting 
main catwalk and the battery topside along the side closest to the 
collecting main. If the battery has a double main, conduct two sets of 
traverses for each run, i.e., one set for each main.
    11.4.2 Data Recording. Upon noting VE from any portion of a 
collection main, identify the source and approximate location of the 
source of VE and record the time under ``Collecting main'' on Figure 
303-3; then resume the traverse.
    11.4.3 Collecting Main Pressure Check. After the completion of the 
door traverse, the topside port lids, and offtake systems, compare the 
collecting main pressure during the inspection to the collecting main 
pressure during the previous 8 to 24 hours. Record the following: (a) 
the pressure during inspection, (b) presence of pressure deviation from 
normal operations, and (c) the explanation for any pressure deviation 
from normal operations, if any, offered by the operators. The owner or 
operator of the coke battery shall maintain the pressure recording 
equipment and conduct the quality assurance/quality control (QA/QC) 
necessary to ensure reliable pressure readings and shall keep the QA/QC 
records for at least 6 months. The observer may periodically check the 
QA/QC records to determine their

[[Page 663]]

completeness. The owner or operator shall provide access to the records 
within 1 hour of an observer's request.

                   12.0 Data Analysis and Calculations

    12.1 Nomenclature.

A = 150 or the number of valid observations (runs). The value of A shall 
not be less than 145, except for purposes of determinations under Sec. 
63.306(c) (work practice plan implementation) or Sec. 63.306(d) (work 
practice plan revisions) of this part. No set of observations shall be 
considered valid for such a recalculation that otherwise would not be 
considered a valid set of observations for a calculation under this 
paragraph.
Di = Number of doors on non-operating ovens.
Dno = Number of doors not observed.
Dob = Total number of doors observed on operating ovens.
Dt = Total number of oven doors on the battery.
e = 2.72
J = Number of stationary jumper pipes.
L = Number of doors with VE.
Lb = Yard-equivalent reading.
Ls = Number of doors with VE observed from the bench under 
sheds.
Ly = Number of doors with VE observed from the yard.
Ly = Number of doors with VE observed from the yard on the 
push side.
ln = Natural logarithm.
N = Total number of ovens in the battery.
Ni = Total number of inoperable ovens.
PNO = Number of ports not observed.
Povn = Number of ports per oven.
PVE = Number of topside port lids with VE.
PLD = Percent leaking coke oven doors for the test run.
PLL = Percent leaking topside port lids for the run.
PLO = Percent leaking offtake systems.
T = Total time allowed for traverse, seconds.
Tovn = Number of offtake systems (excluding jumper pipes) per 
oven.
TNO = Number of offtake systems not observed.
TVE = Number of offtake systems with VE.
Xi = Seconds of VE during the ith charge.
Z = Number of topside port lids or offtake systems with VE.

    12.2 Criteria for Acceptance for VE Determinations from Coke Oven 
Door Areas. After completing the run, calculate the maximum time allowed 
to observe the ovens using the following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.535

    12.3 Criteria for Acceptance for VE Determinations from Topside Port 
Lids and Offtake Systems. After completing the run (allow 2 traverses 
for batteries with double mains), calculate the maximum time allowed to 
observe the topside port lids and/or offtake systems by the following 
equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.536

    12.4 Average Duration of VE from Charging Operations. Use Equation 
303-3 to calculate the daily 30-day rolling log average of seconds of 
visible emissions from the charging operation for each battery using 
these current day's observations and the 29 previous valid daily sets of 
observations.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR14NO18.063

    12.5 Percent Leaking Doors (PLD). Determine the total number of 
doors for which observations were made on the coke oven battery as 
follows:

[[Page 664]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.538

    12.5.1 For each test run (one run includes both the coke side and 
the push side traverses), sum the number of doors with door area VE. For 
batteries subject to an approved alternative standard under Sec. 63.305 
of this part, calculate the push side and the coke side PLD separately.
    12.5.2 Calculate percent leaking doors by using Equation 303-5:
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.539
    
    12.5.3 When traverses are conducted from the bench under sheds, 
calculate the coke side and the push side separately. Use Equation 303-6 
to calculate a yard-equivalent reading:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.540

If Lb is less than zero, use zero for Lb in 
Equation 303-7 in the calculation of PLD.
    12.5.3.1 Use Equation 303-7 to calculate PLD:
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.541
    
Round off PLD to the nearest hundredth of 1 percent and record as the 
percent leaking coke oven doors for the run.
    12.5.3.2 Average Percent Leaking Doors. Use Equation 303-8 to 
calculate the daily 30-day rolling average percent leaking doors for 
each battery using these current day's observations and the 29 previous 
valid daily sets of observations.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.542

    12.6 Topside Port Lids. Determine the percent leaking topside port 
lids for each run as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.543

    12.6.1 Round off this percentage to the nearest hundredth of 1 
percent and record this percentage as the percent leaking topside port 
lids for the run.

[[Page 665]]

    12.6.2 Average Percent Leaking Topside Port Lids. Use Equation 303-
10 to calculate the daily 30-day rolling average percent leaking topside 
port lids for each battery using these current day's observations and 
the 29 previous valid daily sets of observations.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.544

    12.7 Offtake Systems. Determine the percent leaking offtake systems 
for the run as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.545

    12.7.1 Round off this percentage to the nearest hundredth of 1 
percent and record this percentage as the percent leaking offtake 
systems for the run.
    12.7.2 Average Percent Leaking Offtake Systems. Use Equation 303-12 
to calculate the daily 30-day rolling average percent leaking offtake 
systems for each battery using these current day's observations and the 
29 previous valid daily sets of observations.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.546

                   13.0 Method Performance [Reserved]

                  14.0 Pollution Prevention [Reserved]

                    15.0 Waste Management [Reserved]

                            16.0 References.

    1. Missan, R., and A. Stein. Guidelines for Evaluation of Visible 
Emissions Certification, Field Procedures, Legal Aspects, and Background 
Material. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. EPA Publication No. EPA-
340/1-75-007. April 1975.
    2. Wohlschlegel, P., and D. E. Wagoner. Guideline for Development of 
a Quality Assurance Program: Volume IX--Visual Determination of Opacity 
Emission from Stationary Sources. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. 
EPA Publication No. EPA-650/4-74-005i. November 1975.
    3. U.S. Occupational Safety and Health Administration. Code of 
Federal Regulations. Title 29, Chapter XVII, Section 1910.1029(g). 
Washington, D.C. Government Printing Office. July 1, 1990.
    4. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. National Emission Standards 
for Hazardous Air Pollutants; Coke Oven Emissions from Wet-Coal Charged 
By-Product Coke Oven Batteries; Proposed Rule and Notice of Public 
Hearing. Washington, D.C. Federal Register. Vol. 52, No. 78 (13586). 
April 23, 1987.

         17.0 Tables, Diagrams, Flowcharts, and Validation Data

Company name:___________________________________________________________
Battery no.: ___ Date: ___ Run no.: ___
City, State:____________________________________________________________
Observer name:__________________________________________________________
Company representative(s):______________________________________________

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                     Visible emissions,
           Charge No.                 Oven No.         Clock time          seconds               Comments
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

[[Page 666]]

 
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                Figure 303-1. Charging System Inspection

Company name:___________________________________________________________
Battery no.:____________________________________________________________
Date:___________________________________________________________________
City, State:____________________________________________________________
Total no. of ovens in battery:__________________________________________
Observer name:__________________________________________________________
Certification expiration date:__________________________________________
Inoperable ovens:_______________________________________________________
Company representative(s):______________________________________________
Traverse time CS:_______________________________________________________
Traverse time PS:_______________________________________________________
Valid run (Y or N):_____________________________________________________

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                           Comments (No. of blocked doors,
      Time traverse started/completed         PS/CS      Door No.         interruptions to traverse, etc.)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

[[Page 667]]

 
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                   Figure 303-2. Door Area Inspection.

Company name:___________________________________________________________
Battery no.:____________________________________________________________
Date:___________________________________________________________________
City, State:____________________________________________________________
Total no. of ovens in battery:__________________________________________
Observer name:__________________________________________________________
Certification expiration date:__________________________________________
Inoperable ovens:_______________________________________________________
Company representative(s):______________________________________________
Total no. of lids:______________________________________________________
Total no. of offtakes:__________________________________________________
Total no. of jumper pipes:______________________________________________
Ovens not observed:_____________________________________________________
Total traverse time:____________________________________________________
Valid run (Y or N):_____________________________________________________

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                    Type of Inspection
 Time traverse started/completed     (lids, offtakes,      Location of VE (Oven /Port )         Comments
                                     collecting main)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


[[Page 668]]

                    Figure 303-3. Topside Inspection

 Method 303A--Determination of Visible Emissions From Nonrecovery Coke 
                             Oven Batteries

    Note: This method does not include all of the specifications 
pertaining to observer certification. Some material is incorporated by 
reference from other methods in this part and in appendix A to 40 CFR 
Part 60. Therefore, to obtain reliable results, persons using this 
method should have a thorough knowledge of Method 9 and Method 303.

                        1.0 Scope and Application

    1.1 Applicability. This method is applicable for the determination 
of visible emissions (VE) from leaking doors at nonrecovery coke oven 
batteries.

                          2.0 Summary of Method

    2.1 A certified observer visually determines the VE from coke oven 
battery sources while walking at a normal pace. This method does not 
require that opacity of emissions be determined or that magnitude be 
differentiated.

                             3.0 Definitions

    3.1 Bench means the platform structure in front of the oven doors.
    3.2 Coke oven door means each end enclosure on the push side and the 
coking side of an oven.
    3.3 Coke side means the side of a battery from which the coke is 
discharged from ovens at the end of the coking cycle.
    3.4 Nonrecovery coke oven battery means a source consisting of a 
group of ovens connected by common walls and operated as a unit, where 
coal undergoes destructive distillation under negative pressure to 
produce coke, and which is designed for the combustion of coke oven gas 
from which by-products are not recovered.
    3.5 Operating oven means any oven not out of operation for rebuild 
or maintenance work extensive enough to require the oven to be skipped 
in the charging sequence.
    3.6 Oven means a chamber in the coke oven battery in which coal 
undergoes destructive distillation to produce coke.
    3.7 Push side means the side of the battery from which the coke is 
pushed from ovens at the end of the coking cycle.
    3.8 Run means the observation of visible emissions from coke oven 
doors in accordance with this method.
    3.9 Shed means an enclosure that covers the side of the coke oven 
battery, captures emissions from pushing operations and from leaking 
coke oven doors on the coke side or push side of the coke oven battery, 
and routes the emissions to a control device or system.
    3.10 Traverse time means accumulated time for a traverse as measured 
by a stopwatch. Traverse time includes time to stop and write down oven 
numbers but excludes time waiting for obstructions of view to clear or 
for time to walk around obstacles.
    3.11 Visible Emissions or VE means any emission seen by the unaided 
(except for corrective lenses) eye, excluding steam or condensing water.

                      4.0 Interferences [Reserved]

                               5.0 Safety

    5.1 Disclaimer. This method may involve hazardous materials, 
operations, and equipment. This test method may not address all of the 
safety problems associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the 
user of this test method to establish appropriate safety and health 
practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations 
prior to performing this test method.
    5.2 Safety Training. Because coke oven batteries have hazardous 
environments, the training materials and the field training (Section 
10.0) shall cover the precautions required by the company to address 
health and safety hazards. Special emphasis shall be given to the 
Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) regulations 
pertaining to exposure of coke oven workers (see Reference 3 in Section 
16.0). In general, the regulation requires that special fire-retardant 
clothing and respirators be worn in certain restricted areas of the coke 
oven battery. The OSHA regulation also prohibits certain activities, 
such as chewing gum, smoking, and eating in these areas.

                  6.0 Equipment and Supplies [Reserved]

                  7.0 Reagents and Standards [Reserved]

 8.0 Sample Collection, Preservation, Transport, and Storage [Reserved]

                     9.0 Quality Control [Reserved]

                  10.0 Calibration and Standardization.

    10.1 Training. This method requires only the determination of 
whether VE occur and does not require the determination of opacity 
levels; therefore, observer certification according to Method 9 in 
Appendix A to Part 60 is not required. However, the first-time observer 
(trainee) shall have attended the lecture portion of the Method 9 
certification course. Furthermore, before conducting any VE 
observations, an observer shall become familiar with nonrecovery coke 
oven battery operations and with this test method by observing for a 
minimum of 4 hours the operation of a nonrecovery coke oven battery in 
the presence of personnel experienced in performing Method 303 
assessments.

[[Page 669]]

                             11.0 Procedure

    The intent of this procedure is to determine VE from coke oven door 
areas by carefully observing the door area while walking at a normal 
pace.
    11.1 Number of Runs. Refer to Sec. 63.309(c)(1) of this part for 
the appropriate number of runs.
    11.2 Battery Traverse. To conduct a battery traverse, walk the 
length of the battery on the outside of the pusher machine and quench 
car tracks at a steady, normal walking pace, pausing to make appropriate 
entries on the door area inspection sheet (Figure 303A-1). The walking 
pace shall be such that the duration of the traverse does not exceed an 
average of 4 seconds per oven door, excluding time spent moving around 
stationary obstructions or waiting for other obstructions to move from 
positions blocking the view of a series of doors. Extra time is allowed 
for each leak (a maximum of 10 additional seconds for each leaking door) 
for the observer to make the proper notation. A walking pace of 3 
seconds per oven door has been found to be typical. Record the actual 
traverse time with a stopwatch. A single test run consists of two timed 
traverses, one for the coke side and one for the push side.
    11.2.1 Various situations may arise that will prevent the observer 
from viewing a door or a series of doors. The observer has two options 
for dealing with obstructions to view: (a) Wait for the equipment to 
move or the fugitive emissions to dissipate before completing the 
traverse; or (b) skip the affected ovens and move to an unobstructed 
position to continue the traverse. Continue the traverse. After the 
completion of the traverse, if the equipment has moved or the fugitive 
emissions have dissipated, complete the traverse by inspecting the 
affected doors. Record the oven numbers and make an appropriate notation 
under ``Comments'' on the door area inspection sheet (Figure 303A-1).

    Note: Extra time incurred for handling obstructions is not counted 
in the traverse time.

    11.2.2 When batteries have sheds to control pushing emissions, 
conduct the inspection from outside the shed, if the shed allows such 
observations, or from the bench. Be aware of special safety 
considerations pertinent to walking on the bench and follow the 
instructions of company personnel on the required equipment and 
operations procedures. If possible, conduct the bench traverse whenever 
the bench is clear of the door machine and hot coke guide.
    11.3 Observations. Record all the information requested at the top 
of the door area inspection sheet (Figure 303A-1), including the number 
of non-operating ovens. Record which side is being inspected, i.e., coke 
side or push side. Other information may be recorded at the discretion 
of the observer, such as the location of the leak (e.g., top of the 
door), the reason for any interruption of the traverse, or the position 
of the sun relative to the battery and sky conditions (e.g., overcast, 
partly sunny, etc.).
    11.3.1 Begin the test run by traversing either the coke side or the 
push side of the battery. After completing one side, traverse the other 
side.
    11.3.2 During the traverse, look around the entire perimeter of each 
oven door. The door is considered leaking if VE are detected in the coke 
oven door area. The coke oven door area includes the entire area on the 
vertical face of a coke oven between the bench and the top of the 
battery and the adjacent doors on both sides. Record the oven number and 
make the appropriate notation on the door area inspection sheet (Figure 
303A-1).
    11.3.3 Do not record the following sources as door area VE:
    11.3.3.1 VE from ovens with doors removed. Record the oven number 
and make an appropriate notation under ``Comments'';
    11.3.3.2 VE from ovens where maintenance work is being conducted. 
Record the oven number and make an appropriate notation under 
``Comments''; or
    11.3.3.3 VE from hot coke that has been spilled on the bench as a 
result of pushing.

                   12.0 Data Analysis and Calculations

    Same as Method 303, Section 12.1, 12.2, 12.3, 12.4, and 12.5.

                   13.0 Method Performance [Reserved]

                  14.0 Pollution Prevention [Reserved]

                    15.0 Waste Management [Reserved]

                             16.0 References

    Same as Method 303, Section 16.0.

         17.0 Tables, Diagrams, Flowcharts, and Validation Data

Company name:___________________________________________________________
Battery no.:____________________________________________________________
Date:___________________________________________________________________
City, State:____________________________________________________________
Total no. of ovens in battery:__________________________________________
Observer name:__________________________________________________________
Certification expiration date:__________________________________________

[[Page 670]]

Inoperable ovens:_______________________________________________________
Company representative(s):______________________________________________
Traverse time CS:_______________________________________________________
Traverse time PS:_______________________________________________________
Valid run (Y or N):_____________________________________________________

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                           Comments (No. of blocked doors,
      Time traverse started/completed         PS/CS      Door No.         interruptions to traverse, etc.)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                   Figure 303A-1. Door Area Inspection

Method 304A: Determination of Biodegradation Rates of Organic Compounds 
                              (Vent Option)

                        1.0 Scope and Application

    1.1 Applicability. This method is applicable for the determination 
of biodegradation rates of organic compounds in an activated sludge 
process. The test method is designed to evaluate the ability of an 
aerobic biological reaction system to degrade or destroy specific 
components in waste streams. The method may also be used to determine 
the effects of changes in wastewater composition on operation. The 
biodegradation rates determined by utilizing this method are not 
representative of a full-scale system. The rates measured by this method 
shall be used in conjunction with the procedures listed in appendix C of 
this part to calculate the fraction emitted to the air versus the 
fraction biodegraded.

                          2.0 Summary of Method

    2.1 A self-contained benchtop bioreactor system is assembled in the 
laboratory. A sample of mixed liquor is added and the waste stream is 
then fed continuously. The benchtop bioreactor is operated under 
conditions nearly identical to the target full-scale activated sludge 
process. Bioreactor temperature, dissolved oxygen concentration, average 
residence time in the reactor, waste composition, biomass concentration, 
and biomass composition of the full-scale process are the parameters 
which are duplicated in the benchtop bioreactor. Biomass shall be 
removed from the target full-scale activated sludge unit and held for no 
more than 4 hours prior to use in the benchtop bioreactor. If 
antifoaming agents are used in the full-scale system, they shall also be 
used in the benchtop bioreactor. The feed flowing into and the effluent 
exiting the benchtop bioreactor are analyzed to determine the

[[Page 671]]

biodegradation rates of the target compounds. The flow rate of the exit 
vent is used to calculate the concentration of target compounds 
(utilizing Henry's law) in the exit gas stream. If Henry's law constants 
for the compounds of interest are not known, this method cannot be used 
in the determination of the biodegradation rate and Method 304B is the 
suggested method. The choice of analytical methodology for measuring the 
compounds of interest at the inlet and outlet to the benchtop bioreactor 
are left to the discretion of the source, except where validated methods 
are available.

                       3.0 Definitions [Reserved]

                      4.0 Interferences [Reserved]

                               5.0 Safety

    5.1 If explosive gases are produced as a byproduct of biodegradation 
and could realistically pose a hazard, closely monitor headspace 
concentration of these gases to ensure laboratory safety. Placement of 
the benchtop bioreactor system inside a laboratory hood is recommended 
regardless of byproducts produced.

                       6.0. Equipment and Supplies

    Note: Figure 304A-1 illustrates a typical laboratory apparatus used 
to measure biodegradation rates. While the following description refers 
to Figure 304A-1, the EPA recognizes that alternative reactor 
configurations, such as alternative reactor shapes and locations of 
probes and the feed inlet, will also meet the intent of this method. 
Ensure that the benchtop bioreactor system is self-contained and 
isolated from the atmosphere (except for the exit vent stream) by leak-
checking fittings, tubing, etc.

    6.1 Benchtop Bioreactor. The biological reaction is conducted in a 
biological oxidation reactor of at least 6 liters capacity. The benchtop 
bioreactor is sealed and equipped with internal probes for controlling 
and monitoring dissolved oxygen and internal temperature. The top of the 
reactor is equipped for aerators, gas flow ports, and instrumentation 
(while ensuring that no leaks to the atmosphere exist around the 
fittings).
    6.2 Aeration gas. Aeration gas is added to the benchtop bioreactor 
through three diffusers, which are glass tubes that extend to the bottom 
fifth of the reactor depth. A pure oxygen pressurized cylinder is 
recommended in order to maintain the specified oxygen concentration. 
Install a blower (e.g., Diaphragm Type, 15 SCFH capacity) to blow the 
aeration gas into the reactor diffusers. Measure the aeration gas flow 
rate with a rotameter (e.g., 0-15 SCFH recommended). The aeration gas 
will rise through the benchtop bioreactor, dissolving oxygen into the 
mixture in the process. The aeration gas must provide sufficient 
agitation to keep the solids in suspension. Provide an exit for the 
aeration gas from the top flange of the benchtop bioreactor through a 
water-cooled (e.g., Allihn-type) vertical condenser. Install the 
condenser through a gas-tight fitting in the benchtop bioreactor 
closure. Install a splitter which directs a portion of the gas to an 
exit vent and the rest of the gas through an air recycle pump back to 
the benchtop bioreactor. Monitor and record the flow rate through the 
exit vent at least 3 times per day throughout the day.
    6.3 Wastewater Feed. Supply the wastewater feed to the benchtop 
bioreactor in a collapsible low-density polyethylene container or 
collapsible liner in a container (e.g., 20 L) equipped with a spigot cap 
(collapsible containers or liners of other material may be required due 
to the permeability of some volatile compounds through polyethylene). 
Obtain the wastewater feed by sampling the wastewater feed in the target 
process. A representative sample of wastewater shall be obtained from 
the piping leading to the aeration tank. This sample may be obtained 
from existing sampling valves at the discharge of the wastewater feed 
pump, or collected from a pipe discharging to the aeration tank, or by 
pumping from a well-mixed equalization tank upstream from the aeration 
tank. Alternatively, wastewater can be pumped continuously to the 
laboratory apparatus from a bleed stream taken from the equalization 
tank of the full-scale treatment system.
    6.3.1 Refrigeration System. Keep the wastewater feed cool by ice or 
by refrigeration to 4 [deg]C. If using a bleed stream from the 
equalization tank, refrigeration is not required if the residence time 
in the bleed stream is less than five minutes.
    6.3.2 Wastewater Feed Pump. The wastewater is pumped from the 
refrigerated container using a variable-speed peristaltic pump drive 
equipped with a peristaltic pump head. Add the feed solution to the 
benchtop bioreactor through a fitting on the top flange. Determine the 
rate of feed addition to provide a retention time in the benchtop 
bioreactor that is numerically equivalent to the retention time in the 
full-scale system. The wastewater shall be fed at a rate sufficient to 
achieve 90 to 100 percent of the full-scale system residence time.
    6.3.3 Treated wastewater feed. The benchtop bioreactor effluent 
exits at the bottom of the reactor through a tube and proceeds to the 
clarifier.
    6.4 Clarifier. The effluent flows to a separate closed clarifier 
that allows separation of biomass and effluent (e.g., 2-liter pear-
shaped glass separatory funnel, modified by removing the stopcock and 
adding a 25-mm OD glass tube at the bottom). Benchtop bioreactor 
effluent enters the clarifier through a tube inserted to a depth of 0.08 
m (3 in.) through a stopper at the top of the clarifier.

[[Page 672]]

System effluent flows from a tube inserted through the stopper at the 
top of the clarifier to a drain (or sample bottle when sampling). The 
underflow from the clarifier leaves from the glass tube at the bottom of 
the clarifier. Flexible tubing connects this fitting to the sludge 
recycle pump. This pump is coupled to a variable speed pump drive. The 
discharge from this pump is returned through a tube inserted in a port 
on the side of the benchtop bioreactor. An additional port is provided 
near the bottom of the benchtop bioreactor for sampling the reactor 
contents. The mixed liquor from the benchtop bioreactor flows into the 
center of the clarifier. The clarified system effluent separates from 
the biomass and flows through an exit near the top of the clarifier. 
There shall be no headspace in the clarifier.
    6.5 Temperature Control Apparatus. Capable of maintaining the system 
at a temperature equal to the temperature of the full-scale system. The 
average temperature should be maintained within 2 
[deg]C of the set point.
    6.5.1 Temperature Monitoring Device. A resistance type temperature 
probe or a thermocouple connected to a temperature readout with a 
resolution of 0.1 [deg]C or better.
    6.5.2 Benchtop Bioreactor Heater. The heater is connected to the 
temperature control device.
    6.6 Oxygen Control System. Maintain the dissolved oxygen 
concentration at the levels present in the full-scale system. Target 
full-scale activated sludge systems with dissolved oxygen concentration 
below 2 mg/L are required to maintain the dissolved oxygen concentration 
in the benchtop ioreactor within 0.5 mg/L of the target dissolved oxygen 
level. Target full-scale activated sludge systems with dissolved oxygen 
concentration above 2 mg/L are required to maintain the dissolved oxygen 
concentration in the benchtop bioreactor within 1.5 mg/L of the target 
dissolved oxygen concentration; however, for target full-scale activated 
sludge systems with dissolved oxygen concentrations above 2 mg/L, the 
dissolved oxygen concentration in the benchtop bioreactor may not drop 
below 1.5 mg/L. If the benchtop bioreactor is outside the control range, 
the dissolved oxygen is noted and the reactor operation is adjusted.
    6.6.1 Dissolved Oxygen Monitor. Dissolved oxygen is monitored with a 
polarographic probe (gas permeable membrane) connected to a dissolved 
oxygen meter (e.g., 0 to 15 mg/L, 0 to 50 [deg]C).
    6.6.2 Benchtop Bioreactor Pressure Monitor. The benchtop bioreactor 
pressure is monitored through a port in the top flange of the reactor. 
This is connected to a gauge control with a span of 13-cm water vacuum 
to 13-cm water pressure or better. A relay is activated when the vacuum 
exceeds an adjustable setpoint which opens a solenoid valve (normally 
closed), admitting oxygen to the system. The vacuum setpoint controlling 
oxygen addition to the system shall be set at approximately 2.5 0.5 cm water and maintained at this setting except 
during brief periods when the dissolved oxygen concentration is 
adjusted.
    6.7 Connecting Tubing. All connecting tubing shall be Teflon or 
equivalent in impermeability. The only exception to this specification 
is the tubing directly inside the pump head of the wastewater feed pump, 
which may be Viton, Silicone or another type of flexible tubing.

    Note: Mention of trade names or products does not constitute 
endorsement by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.

                       7.0 Reagents and Standards

    7.1 Wastewater. Obtain a representative sample of wastewater at the 
inlet to the full-scale treatment plant if there is an existing full-
scale treatment plant (see section 6.3). If there is no existing full-
scale treatment plant, obtain the wastewater sample as close to the 
point of determination as possible. Collect the sample by pumping the 
wastewater into the 20-L collapsible container. The loss of volatiles 
shall be minimized from the wastewater by collapsing the container 
before filling, by minimizing the time of filling, and by avoiding a 
headspace in the container after filling. If the wastewater requires the 
addition of nutrients to support the biomass growth and maintain biomass 
characteristics, those nutrients are added and mixed with the container 
contents after the container is filled.
    7.2 Biomass. Obtain the biomass or activated sludge used for rate 
constant determination in the bench-scale process from the existing 
full-scale process or from a representative biomass culture (e.g., 
biomass that has been developed for a future full-scale process). This 
biomass is preferentially obtained from a thickened acclimated mixed 
liquor sample. Collect the sample either by bailing from the mixed 
liquor in the aeration tank with a weighted container, or by collecting 
aeration tank effluent at the effluent overflow weir. Transport the 
sample to the laboratory within no more than 4 hours of collection. 
Maintain the biomass concentration in the benchtop bioreactor at the 
level of the full-scale system + 10 percent throughout the sampling 
period of the test method.

       8.0 Sample Collection, Preservation, Storage, and Transport

    8.1 Benchtop Bioreactor Operation. Charge the mixed liquor to the 
benchtop bioreactor, minimizing headspace over the liquid surface to 
minimize entrainment of mixed liquor in the circulating gas. Fasten the 
benchtop bioreactor headplate to the reactor over the liquid surface. 
Maintain the

[[Page 673]]

temperature of the contents of the benchtop bioreactor system at the 
temperature of the target full-scale system, 2 
[deg]C, throughout the testing period. Monitor and record the 
temperature of the benchtop bioreactor contents at least to the nearest 
0.1 [deg]C.
    8.1.1 Wastewater Storage. Collect the wastewater sample in the 20-L 
collapsible container. Store the container at 4 [deg]C throughout the 
testing period. Connect the container to the benchtop bioreactor feed 
pump.
    8.1.2 Wastewater Flow Rate.
    8.1.2.1 The hydraulic residence time of the aeration tank is 
calculated as the ratio of the volume of the tank (L) to the flow rate 
(L/min). At the beginning of a test, the container shall be connected to 
the feed pump and solution shall be pumped to the benchtop bioreactor at 
the required flow rate to achieve the calculated hydraulic residence 
time of wastewater in the aeration tank.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.547

Where:

Qtest = wastewater flow rate (L/min)
Qfs = average flow rate of full-scale process (L/min)
Vfs = volume of full-scale aeration tank (L)

    8.1.2.2 The target flow rate in the test apparatus is the same as 
the flow rate in the target full-scale process multiplied by the ratio 
of benchtop bioreactor volume (e.g., 6 L) to the volume of the full-
scale aeration tank. The hydraulic residence time shall be maintained at 
90 to 100 percent of the residence time maintained in the full-scale 
unit. A nominal flow rate is set on the pump based on a pump 
calibration. Changes in the elasticity of the tubing in the pump head 
and the accumulation of material in the tubing affect this calibration. 
The nominal pumping rate shall be changed as necessary based on 
volumetric flow measurements. Discharge the benchtop bioreactor effluent 
to a wastewater storage, treatment, or disposal facility, except during 
sampling or flow measurement periods.
    8.1.3 Sludge Recycle Rate. Set the sludge recycle rate at a rate 
sufficient to prevent accumulation in the bottom of the clarifier. Set 
the air circulation rate sufficient to maintain the biomass in 
suspension.
    8.1.4 Benchtop Bioreactor Operation and Maintenance. Temperature, 
dissolved oxygen concentration, exit vent flow rate, benchtop bioreactor 
effluent flow rate, and air circulation rate shall be measured and 
recorded three times throughout each day of benchtop bioreactor 
operation. If other parameters (such as pH) are measured and maintained 
in the target full-scale unit, these parameters, where appropriate, 
shall be monitored and maintained to target full-scale specifications in 
the benchtop bioreactor. At the beginning of each sampling period 
(Section 8.2), sample the benchtop bioreactor contents for suspended 
solids analysis. Take this sample by loosening a clamp on a length of 
tubing attached to the lower side port. Determine the suspended solids 
gravimetrically by the Gooch crucible/glass fiber filter method for 
total suspended solids, in accordance with Standard Methods\3\ or 
equivalent. When necessary, sludge shall be wasted from the lower side 
port of the benchtop bioreactor, and the volume that is wasted shall be 
replaced with an equal volume of the reactor effluent. Add thickened 
activated sludge mixed liquor as necessary to the benchtop bioreactor to 
increase the suspended solids concentration to the desired level. Pump 
this mixed liquor to the benchtop bioreactor through the upper side port 
(Item 24 in Figure 304A-1). Change the membrane on the dissolved oxygen 
probe before starting the test. Calibrate the oxygen probe immediately 
before the start of the test and each time the membrane is changed.
    8.1.5 Inspection and Correction Procedures. If the feed line tubing 
becomes clogged, replace with new tubing. If the feed flow rate is not 
within 5 percent of target flow any time the flow rate is measured, 
reset pump or check the flow measuring device and measure flow rate 
again until target flow rate is achieved.
    8.2 Test Sampling. At least two and one half hydraulic residence 
times after the system has reached the targeted specifications shall be 
permitted to elapse before the first sample is taken. Effluent samples 
of the clarifier discharge (Item 20 in Figure 304A-1) and the influent 
wastewater feed are collected in 40-mL septum vials to which two drops 
of 1:10 hydrochloric acid (HCl) in water have been added. Sample the 
clarifier discharge directly from the drain line. These samples will be 
composed of the entire flow from the system for a period of several 
minutes. Feed samples shall be taken from the feed pump suction line 
after temporarily stopping the benchtop bioreactor feed, removing a 
connector, and squeezing the collapsible feed container. Store both 
influent and effluent samples at 4 [deg]C immediately

[[Page 674]]

after collection and analyze within 8 hours of collection.
    8.2.1 Frequency of Sampling. During the test, sample and analyze the 
wastewater feed and the clarifier effluent at least six times. The 
sampling intervals shall be separated by at least 8 hours. During any 
individual sampling interval, sample the wastewater feed simultaneously 
with or immediately after the effluent sample. Calculate the relative 
standard deviation (RSD) of the amount removed (i.e., effluent 
concentration--wastewater feed concentration). The RSD values shall be 
<15 percent. If an RSD value is 15 percent, continue sampling 
and analyzing influent and effluent sets of samples until the RSD values 
are within specifications.
    8.2.2 Sampling After Exposure of System to Atmosphere. If, after 
starting sampling procedures, the benchtop bioreactor system is exposed 
to the atmosphere (due to leaks, maintenance, etc.), allow at least one 
hydraulic residence time to elapse before resuming sampling.

                           9.0 Quality Control

    9.1 Dissolved Oxygen. Fluctuation in dissolved oxygen concentration 
may occur for numerous reasons, including undetected gas leaks, 
increases and decreases in mixed liquor suspended solids resulting from 
cell growth and solids loss in the effluent stream, changes in diffuser 
performance, cycling of effluent flow rate, and overcorrection due to 
faulty or sluggish dissolved oxygen probe response. Control the 
dissolved oxygen concentration in the benchtop bioreactor by changing 
the proportion of oxygen in the circulating aeration gas. Should the 
dissolved oxygen concentration drift below the designated experimental 
condition, bleed a small amount of aeration gas from the system on the 
pressure side (i.e., immediately upstream of one of the diffusers). This 
will create a vacuum in the system, triggering the pressure sensitive 
relay to open the solenoid valve and admit oxygen to the system. Should 
the dissolved oxygen concentration drift above the designated 
experimental condition, slow or stop the oxygen input to the system 
until the dissolved oxygen concentration approaches the correct level.
    9.2 Sludge Wasting.
    9.2.1 Determine the suspended solids concentration (section 8.1.4) 
at the beginning of a test, and once per day thereafter during the test. 
If the test is completed within a two day period, determine the 
suspended solids concentration after the final sample set is taken. If 
the suspended solids concentration exceeds the specified concentration, 
remove a fraction of the sludge from the benchtop bioreactor. The 
required volume of mixed liquor to remove is determined as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.548

Where:

Vw is the wasted volume (Liters),
Vr is the volume of the benchtop bioreactor (Liters),
Sm is the measured solids (g/L), and
Ss is the specified solids (g/L).

    9.2.2 Remove the mixed liquor from the benchtop bioreactor by 
loosening a clamp on the mixed liquor sampling tube and allowing the 
required volume to drain to a graduated flask. Clamp the tube when the 
correct volume has been wasted. Replace the volume of the liquid wasted 
by pouring the same volume of effluent back into the benchtop 
bioreactor. Dispose of the waste sludge properly.
    9.3 Sludge Makeup. In the event that the suspended solids 
concentration is lower than the specifications, add makeup sludge back 
into the benchtop bioreactor. Determine the amount of sludge added by 
the following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.549

Where:

Vw is the volume of sludge to add (Liters),
Vr is the volume of the benchtop bioreactor (Liters),
Sw is the solids in the makeup sludge (g/L),
Sm is the measured solids (g/L), and Ss is the 
          specified solids (g/L).

[[Page 675]]

                  10.0 Calibration and Standardization

    10.1 Wastewater Pump Calibration. Determine the wastewater flow rate 
by collecting the system effluent for a time period of at least one 
hour, and measuring the volume with a graduated cylinder. Record the 
collection time period and volume collected. Determine flow rate. Adjust 
the pump speed to deliver the specified flow rate.
    10.2 Calibration Standards. Prepare calibration standards from pure 
certified standards in an aqueous medium. Prepare and analyze three 
concentrations of calibration standards for each target component (or 
for a mixture of components) in triplicate daily throughout the analyses 
of the test samples. At each concentration level, a single calibration 
shall be within 5 percent of the average of the three calibration 
results. The low and medium calibration standards shall bracket the 
expected concentration of the effluent (treated) wastewater. The medium 
and high standards shall bracket the expected influent concentration.

                       11.0 Analytical Procedures

    11.1 Analysis. If the identity of the compounds of interest in the 
wastewater is not known, a representative sample of the wastewater shall 
be analyzed in order to identify all of the compounds of interest 
present. A gas chromatography/mass spectrometry screening method is 
recommended.
    11.1.1 After identifying the compounds of interest in the 
wastewater, develop and/or use one or more analytical techniques capable 
of measuring each of those compounds (more than one analytical technique 
may be required, depending on the characteristics of the wastewater). 
Test Method 18, found in appendix A of 40 CFR 60, may be used as a 
guideline in developing the analytical technique. Purge and trap 
techniques may be used for analysis providing the target components are 
sufficiently volatile to make this technique appropriate. The limit of 
quantitation for each compound shall be determined (see reference 1). If 
the effluent concentration of any target compound is below the limit of 
quantitation determined for that compound, the operation of the Method 
304 unit may be altered to attempt to increase the effluent 
concentration above the limit of quantitation. Modifications to the 
method shall be approved prior to the test. The request should be 
addressed to Method 304 contact, Emissions Measurement Center, Mail Drop 
19, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC 
27711.

                   12.0 Data Analysis and Calculations

    12.1 Nomenclature. The following symbols are used in the 
calculations.

Ci = Average inlet feed concentration for a compound of 
          interest, as analyzed (mg/L)
Co = Average outlet (effluent) concentration for a compound 
          of interest, as analyzed (mg/L)
X = Biomass concentration, mixed liquor suspended solids (g/L)
t = Hydraulic residence time in the benchtop bioreactor (hours)
V = Volume of the benchtop bioreactor (L)
Q = Flow rate of wastewater into the benchtop bioreactor, average (L/
          hour)

    12.2 Residence Time. The hydraulic residence time of the benchtop 
bioreactor is equal to the ratio of the volume of the benchtop 
bioreactor (L) to the flow rate (L/h):
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.550

    12.3 Rate of Biodegradation. Calculate the rate of biodegradation 
for each component with the following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.551

    12.4 First-Order Biorate Constant. Calculate the first-order biorate 
constant (K1) for each component with the following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.552

    12.5 Relative Standard Deviation (RSD). Determine the standard 
deviation of both the influent and effluent sample concentrations (S) 
using the following equation:

[[Page 676]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.553

    12.6 Determination of Percent Air Emissions and Percent Biodegraded. 
Use the results from this test method and follow the applicable 
procedures in appendix C of 40 CFR part 63, entitled, ``Determination of 
the Fraction Biodegraded (Fbio) in a Biological Treatment 
Unit'' to determine Fbio.

                   13.0 Method Performance [Reserved]

                  14.0 Pollution Prevention [Reserved]

                    15.0 Waste Management [Reserved]

                             16.0 References

    1. ``Guidelines for data acquisition and data quality evaluation in 
Environmental Chemistry,'' Daniel MacDoughal, Analytical Chemistry, 
Volume 52, p. 2242, 1980.
    2. Test Method 18, 40 CFR 60, appendix A.
    3. Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, 
16th Edition, Method 209C, Total Suspended Solids Dried at 103-105 
[deg]C, APHA, 1985.
    4. Water7, Hazardous Waste Treatment, Storage, and Disposal 
Facilities (TSDF)--Air Emission Models, U.S. Environmental Protection 
Agency, EPA-450/3-87-026, Review Draft, November 1989.
    5. Chemdat7, Hazardous Waste Treatment, Storage, and Disposal 
Facilities (TSDF)--Air Emission Models, U.S. Environmental Protection 
Agency, EPA-450/3-87-026, Review Draft, November 1989.

         17.0 Tables, Diagrams, Flowcharts, and Validation Data

[[Page 677]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.554

Method 304B: Determination of Biodegradation Rates of Organic Compounds 
                            (Scrubber Option)

                        1.0 Scope and Application

    1.1 Applicability. This method is applicable for the determination 
of biodegradation rates of organic compounds in an activated sludge 
process. The test method is designed to evaluate the ability of an 
aerobic biological reaction system to degrade or destroy specific 
components in waste streams. The method may also be used to determine 
the effects of changes in wastewater composition on operation. The 
biodegradation rates determined by utilizing this method are not 
representative of a full-scale system. Full-scale systems embody 
biodegradation and air

[[Page 678]]

emissions in competing reactions. This method measures biodegradation in 
absence of air emissions. The rates measured by this method shall be 
used in conjunction with the procedures listed in appendix C of this 
part to calculate the fraction emitted to the air versus the fraction 
biodegraded.

                          2.0 Summary of Method

    2.1 A self-contained benchtop bioreactor system is assembled in the 
laboratory. A sample of mixed liquor is added and the waste stream is 
then fed continuously. The benchtop bioreactor is operated under 
conditions nearly identical to the target full-scale activated sludge 
process, except that air emissions are not a factor. The benchtop 
bioreactor temperature, dissolved oxygen concentration, average 
residence time in the reactor, waste composition, biomass concentration, 
and biomass composition of the target full-scale process are the 
parameters which are duplicated in the laboratory system. Biomass shall 
be removed from the target full-scale activated sludge unit and held for 
no more than 4 hours prior to use in the benchtop bioreactor. If 
antifoaming agents are used in the full-scale system, they shall also be 
used in the benchtop bioreactor. The feed flowing into and the effluent 
exiting the benchtop bioreactor are analyzed to determine the 
biodegradation rates of the target compounds. The choice of analytical 
methodology for measuring the compounds of interest at the inlet and 
outlet to the benchtop bioreactor are left to the discretion of the 
source, except where validated methods are available.

                       3.0 Definitions [Reserved]

                      4.0 Interferences [Reserved]

                               5.0 Safety

    5.1 If explosive gases are produced as a byproduct of biodegradation 
and could realistically pose a hazard, closely monitor headspace 
concentration of these gases to ensure laboratory safety. Placement of 
the benchtop bioreactor system inside a laboratory hood is recommended 
regardless of byproducts produced.

                       6.0 Equipment and Supplies

    Note: Figure 304B-1 illustrates a typical laboratory apparatus used 
to measure biodegradation rates. While the following description refers 
to Figure 304B-1, the EPA recognizes that alternative reactor 
configurations, such as alternative reactor shapes and locations of 
probes and the feed inlet, will also meet the intent of this method. 
Ensure that the benchtop bioreactor system is self-contained and 
isolated from the atmosphere by leak-checking fittings, tubing, etc.
    6.1 Benchtop Bioreactor. The biological reaction is conducted in a 
biological oxidation reactor of at least 6-liters capacity. The benchtop 
bioreactor is sealed and equipped with internal probes for controlling 
and monitoring dissolved oxygen and internal temperature. The top of the 
benchtop bioreactor is equipped for aerators, gas flow ports, and 
instrumentation (while ensuring that no leaks to the atmosphere exist 
around the fittings).
    6.2 Aeration gas. Aeration gas is added to the benchtop bioreactor 
through three diffusers, which are glass tubes that extend to the bottom 
fifth of the reactor depth. A pure oxygen pressurized cylinder is 
recommended in order to maintain the specified oxygen concentration. 
Install a blower (e.g., Diaphragm Type, 15 SCFH capacity) to blow the 
aeration gas into the benchtop bioreactor diffusers. Measure the 
aeration gas flow rate with a rotameter (e.g., 0-15 SCFH recommended). 
The aeration gas will rise through the benchtop bioreactor, dissolving 
oxygen into the mixture in the process. The aeration gas must provide 
sufficient agitation to keep the solids in suspension. Provide an exit 
for the aeration gas from the top flange of the benchtop bioreactor 
through a water-cooled (e.g., Allihn-type) vertical condenser. Install 
the condenser through a gas-tight fitting in the benchtop bioreactor 
closure. Design the system so that at least 10 percent of the gas flows 
through an alkaline scrubber containing 175 mL of 45 percent by weight 
solution of potassium hydroxide (KOH) and 5 drops of 0.2 percent 
alizarin yellow dye. Route the balance of the gas through an adjustable 
scrubber bypass. Route all of the gas through a 1-L knock-out flask to 
remove entrained moisture and then to the intake of the blower. The 
blower recirculates the gas to the benchtop bioreactor.
    6.3 Wastewater Feed. Supply the wastewater feed to the benchtop 
bioreactor in a collapsible low-density polyethylene container or 
collapsible liner in a container (e.g., 20 L) equipped with a spigot cap 
(collapsible containers or liners of other material may be required due 
to the permeability of some volatile compounds through polyethylene). 
Obtain the wastewater feed by sampling the wastewater feed in the target 
process. A representative sample of wastewater shall be obtained from 
the piping leading to the aeration tank. This sample may be obtained 
from existing sampling valves at the discharge of the wastewater feed 
pump, or collected from a pipe discharging to the aeration tank, or by 
pumping from a well-mixed equalization tank upstream from the aeration 
tank. Alternatively, wastewater can be pumped continuously to the 
laboratory apparatus from a bleed stream taken from the equalization 
tank of the full-scale treatment system.
    6.3.1 Refrigeration System. Keep the wastewater feed cool by ice or 
by refrigeration to 4 [deg]C. If using a bleed stream from the

[[Page 679]]

equalization tank, refrigeration is not required if the residence time 
in the bleed stream is less than five minutes.
    6.3.2 Wastewater Feed Pump. The wastewater is pumped from the 
refrigerated container using a variable-speed peristaltic pump drive 
equipped with a peristaltic pump head. Add the feed solution to the 
benchtop bioreactor through a fitting on the top flange. Determine the 
rate of feed addition to provide a retention time in the benchtop 
bioreactor that is numerically equivalent to the retention time in the 
target full-scale system. The wastewater shall be fed at a rate 
sufficient to achieve 90 to 100 percent of the target full-scale system 
residence time.
    6.3.3 Treated wastewater feed. The benchtop bioreactor effluent 
exits at the bottom of the reactor through a tube and proceeds to the 
clarifier.
    6.4 Clarifier. The effluent flows to a separate closed clarifier 
that allows separation of biomass and effluent (e.g., 2-liter pear-
shaped glass separatory funnel, modified by removing the stopcock and 
adding a 25-mm OD glass tube at the bottom). Benchtop bioreactor 
effluent enters the clarifier through a tube inserted to a depth of 0.08 
m (3 in.) through a stopper at the top of the clarifier. System effluent 
flows from a tube inserted through the stopper at the top of the 
clarifier to a drain (or sample bottle when sampling). The underflow 
from the clarifier leaves from the glass tube at the bottom of the 
clarifier. Flexible tubing connects this fitting to the sludge recycle 
pump. This pump is coupled to a variable speed pump drive. The discharge 
from this pump is returned through a tube inserted in a port on the side 
of the benchtop bioreactor. An additional port is provided near the 
bottom of the benchtop bioreactor for sampling the reactor contents. The 
mixed liquor from the benchtop bioreactor flows into the center of the 
clarifier. The clarified system effluent separates from the biomass and 
flows through an exit near the top of the clarifier. There shall be no 
headspace in the clarifier.
    6.5 Temperature Control Apparatus. Capable of maintaining the system 
at a temperature equal to the temperature of the full-scale system. The 
average temperature should be maintained within 2 
[deg]C of the set point.
    6.5.1 Temperature Monitoring Device. A resistance type temperature 
probe or a thermocouple connected to a temperature readout with a 
resolution of 0.1 [deg]C or better.
    6.5.2 Benchtop Bioreactor Heater. The heater is connected to the 
temperature control device.
    6.6 Oxygen Control System. Maintain the dissolved oxygen 
concentration at the levels present in the full-scale system. Target 
full-scale activated sludge systems with dissolved oxygen concentration 
below 2 mg/L are required to maintain the dissolved oxygen concentration 
in the benchtop bioreactor within 0.5 mg/L of the target dissolved 
oxygen level. Target full-scale activated sludge systems with dissolved 
oxygen concentration above 2 mg/L are required to maintain the dissolved 
oxygen concentration in the benchtop bioreactor within 1.5 mg/L of the 
target dissolved oxygen concentration; however, for target full-scale 
activated sludge systems with dissolved oxygen concentrations above 2 
mg/L, the dissolved oxygen concentration in the benchtop bioreactor may 
not drop below 1.5 mg/L. If the benchtop bioreactor is outside the 
control range, the dissolved oxygen is noted and the reactor operation 
is adjusted.
    6.6.1 Dissolved Oxygen Monitor. Dissolved oxygen is monitored with a 
polarographic probe (gas permeable membrane) connected to a dissolved 
oxygen meter (e.g., 0 to 15 mg/L, 0 to 50 [deg]C).
    6.6.2 Benchtop Bioreactor Pressure Monitor. The benchtop bioreactor 
pressure is monitored through a port in the top flange of the reactor. 
This is connected to a gauge control with a span of 13-cm water vacuum 
to 13-cm water pressure or better. A relay is activated when the vacuum 
exceeds an adjustable setpoint which opens a solenoid valve (normally 
closed), admitting oxygen to the system. The vacuum setpoint controlling 
oxygen addition to the system shall be set at approximately 2.5 0.5 cm water and maintained at this setting except 
during brief periods when the dissolved oxygen concentration is 
adjusted.
    6.7 Connecting Tubing. All connecting tubing shall be Teflon or 
equivalent in impermeability. The only exception to this specification 
is the tubing directly inside the pump head of the wastewater feed pump, 
which may be Viton, Silicone or another type of flexible tubing.

    Note: Mention of trade names or products does not constitute 
endorsement by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.

                       7.0. Reagents and Standards

    7.1 Wastewater. Obtain a representative sample of wastewater at the 
inlet to the full-scale treatment plant if there is an existing full-
scale treatment plant (See Section 6.3). If there is no existing full-
scale treatment plant, obtain the wastewater sample as close to the 
point of determination as possible. Collect the sample by pumping the 
wastewater into the 20-L collapsible container. The loss of volatiles 
shall be minimized from the wastewater by collapsing the container 
before filling, by minimizing the time of filling, and by avoiding a 
headspace in the container after filling. If the wastewater requires the 
addition of nutrients to support the biomass growth and maintain biomass 
characteristics, those nutrients are added

[[Page 680]]

and mixed with the container contents after the container is filled.
    7.2 Biomass. Obtain the biomass or activated sludge used for rate 
constant determination in the bench-scale process from the existing 
full-scale process or from a representative biomass culture (e.g., 
biomass that has been developed for a future full-scale process). This 
biomass is preferentially obtained from a thickened acclimated mixed 
liquor sample. Collect the sample either by bailing from the mixed 
liquor in the aeration tank with a weighted container, or by collecting 
aeration tank effluent at the effluent overflow weir. Transport the 
sample to the laboratory within no more than 4 hours of collection. 
Maintain the biomass concentration in the benchtop bioreactor at the 
level of the target full-scale system + 10 percent throughout the 
sampling period of the test method.

       8.0 Sample Collection, Preservation, Storage, and Transport

    8.1 Benchtop Bioreactor Operation. Charge the mixed liquor to the 
benchtop bioreactor, minimizing headspace over the liquid surface to 
minimize entrainment of mixed liquor in the circulating gas. Fasten the 
benchtop bioreactor headplate to the reactor over the liquid surface. 
Maintain the temperature of the contents of the benchtop bioreactor 
system at the temperature of the target full-scale system, 2 [deg]C, throughout the testing period. Monitor and 
record the temperature of the reactor contents at least to the nearest 
0.1 [deg]C.
    8.1.1 Wastewater Storage. Collect the wastewater sample in the 20-L 
collapsible container. Store the container at 4 [deg]C throughout the 
testing period. Connect the container to the benchtop bioreactor feed 
pump.
    8.1.2 Wastewater Flow Rate.
    8.1.2.1 The hydraulic residence time of the aeration tank is 
calculated as the ratio of the volume of the tank (L) to the flow rate 
(L/min). At the beginning of a test, the container shall be connected to 
the feed pump and solution shall be pumped to the benchtop bioreactor at 
the required flow rate to achieve the calculated hydraulic residence 
time of wastewater in the aeration tank.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.555

Where:

Qtest = wastewater flow rate (L/min)
Qfs = average flow rate of full-scale process (L/min)
Vfs = volume of full-scale aeration tank (L)

    8.1.2.2 The target flow rate in the test apparatus is the same as 
the flow rate in the target full-scale process multiplied by the ratio 
of benchtop bioreactor volume (e.g., 6 L) to the volume of the full-
scale aeration tank. The hydraulic residence time shall be maintained at 
90 to 100 percent of the residence time maintained in the target full-
scale unit. A nominal flow rate is set on the pump based on a pump 
calibration. Changes in the elasticity of the tubing in the pump head 
and the accumulation of material in the tubing affect this calibration. 
The nominal pumping rate shall be changed as necessary based on 
volumetric flow measurements. Discharge the benchtop bioreactor effluent 
to a wastewater storage, treatment, or disposal facility, except during 
sampling or flow measurement periods.
    8.1.3 Sludge Recycle Rate. Set the sludge recycle rate at a rate 
sufficient to prevent accumulation in the bottom of the clarifier. Set 
the air circulation rate sufficient to maintain the biomass in 
suspension.
    8.1.4 Benchtop Bioreactor Operation and Maintenance. Temperature, 
dissolved oxygen concentration, flow rate, and air circulation rate 
shall be measured and recorded three times throughout each day of 
testing. If other parameters (such as pH) are measured and maintained in 
the target full-scale unit, these parameters shall, where appropriate, 
be monitored and maintained to full-scale specifications in the benchtop 
bioreactor. At the beginning of each sampling period (section 8.2), 
sample the benchtop bioreactor contents for suspended solids analysis. 
Take this sample by loosening a clamp on a length of tubing attached to 
the lower side port. Determine the suspended solids gravimetrically by 
the Gooch crucible/glass fiber filter method for total suspended solids, 
in accordance with Standard Methods \3\ or equivalent. When necessary, 
sludge shall be wasted from the lower side port of the benchtop 
bioreactor, and the volume that is wasted shall be replaced with an 
equal volume of the benchtop bioreactor effluent. Add thickened 
activated sludge mixed liquor as necessary to the benchtop bioreactor to 
increase the suspended solids concentration to the desired level. Pump 
this mixed liquor to the benchtop bioreactor through the upper side port 
(Item 24 in Figure 304B-1). Change the

[[Page 681]]

membrane on the dissolved oxygen probe before starting the test. 
Calibrate the oxygen probe immediately before the start of the test and 
each time the membrane is changed. The scrubber solution shall be 
replaced each weekday with 175 mL 45 percent W/W KOH solution to which 
five drops of 0.2 percent alizarin yellow indicator in water have been 
added. The potassium hydroxide solution in the alkaline scrubber shall 
be changed if the alizarin yellow dye color changes.
    8.1.5 Inspection and Correction Procedures. If the feed line tubing 
becomes clogged, replace with new tubing. If the feed flow rate is not 
within 5 percent of target flow any time the flow rate is measured, 
reset pump or check the flow measuring device and measure flow rate 
again until target flow rate is achieved.
    8.2 Test Sampling. At least two and one half hydraulic residence 
times after the system has reached the targeted specifications shall be 
permitted to elapse before the first sample is taken. Effluent samples 
of the clarifier discharge (Item 20 in Figure 304B-1) and the influent 
wastewater feed are collected in 40-mL septum vials to which two drops 
of 1:10 hydrochloric acid (HCl) in water have been added. Sample the 
clarifier discharge directly from the drain line. These samples will be 
composed of the entire flow from the system for a period of several 
minutes. Feed samples shall be taken from the feed pump suction line 
after temporarily stopping the benchtop bioreactor feed, removing a 
connector, and squeezing the collapsible feed container. Store both 
influent and effluent samples at 4 [deg]C immediately after collection 
and analyze within 8 hours of collection.
    8.2.1 Frequency of Sampling. During the test, sample and analyze the 
wastewater feed and the clarifier effluent at least six times. The 
sampling intervals shall be separated by at least 8 hours. During any 
individual sampling interval, sample the wastewater feed simultaneously 
with or immediately after the effluent sample. Calculate the RSD of the 
amount removed (i.e., effluent concentration--wastewater feed 
concentration). The RSD values shall be <15 percent. If an RSD value is 
15 percent, continue sampling and analyzing influent and 
effluent sets of samples until the RSD values are within specifications.
    8.2.2 Sampling After Exposure of System to Atmosphere. If, after 
starting sampling procedures, the benchtop bioreactor system is exposed 
to the atmosphere (due to leaks, maintenance, etc.), allow at least one 
hydraulic residence time to elapse before resuming sampling.

                           9.0 Quality Control

    9.1 Dissolved Oxygen. Fluctuation in dissolved oxygen concentration 
may occur for numerous reasons, including undetected gas leaks, 
increases and decreases in mixed liquor suspended solids resulting from 
cell growth and solids loss in the effluent stream, changes in diffuser 
performance, cycling of effluent flow rate, and overcorrection due to 
faulty or sluggish dissolved oxygen probe response. Control the 
dissolved oxygen concentration in the benchtop bioreactor by changing 
the proportion of oxygen in the circulating aeration gas. Should the 
dissolved oxygen concentration drift below the designated experimental 
condition, bleed a small amount of aeration gas from the system on the 
pressure side (i.e., immediately upstream of one of the diffusers). This 
will create a vacuum in the system, triggering the pressure sensitive 
relay to open the solenoid valve and admit oxygen to the system. Should 
the dissolved oxygen concentration drift above the designated 
experimental condition, slow or stop the oxygen input to the system 
until the dissolved oxygen concentration approaches the correct level.
    9.2 Sludge Wasting.
    9.2.1 Determine the suspended solids concentration (section 8.1.4) 
at the beginning of a test, and once per day thereafter during the test. 
If the test is completed within a two day period, determine the 
suspended solids concentration after the final sample set is taken. If 
the suspended solids concentration exceeds the specified concentration, 
remove a fraction of the sludge from the benchtop bioreactor. The 
required volume of mixed liquor to remove is determined as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.556

Where:

Vw is the wasted volume (Liters),
Vr is the volume of the benchtop bioreactor (Liters),
Sm is the measured solids (g/L), and
Ss is the specified solids (g/L).

    9.2.2 Remove the mixed liquor from the benchtop bioreactor by 
loosening a clamp on the mixed liquor sampling tube and allowing the 
required volume to drain to a graduated

[[Page 682]]

flask. Clamp the tube when the correct volume has been wasted. Replace 
the volume of the liquid wasted by pouring the same volume of effluent 
back into the benchtop bioreactor. Dispose of the waste sludge properly.
    9.3 Sludge Makeup. In the event that the suspended solids 
concentration is lower than the specifications, add makeup sludge back 
into the benchtop bioreactor. Determine the amount of sludge added by 
the following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.557

Where:

Vw is the volume of sludge to add (Liters),
Vr is the volume of the benchtop bioreactor (Liters),
Sw is the solids in the makeup sludge (g/L),
Sm is the measured solids (g/L), and
Ss is the specified solids (g/L).

                  10.0 Calibration and Standardizations

    10.1 Wastewater Pump Calibration. Determine the wastewater flow rate 
by collecting the system effluent for a time period of at least one 
hour, and measuring the volume with a graduated cylinder. Record the 
collection time period and volume collected. Determine flow rate. Adjust 
the pump speed to deliver the specified flow rate.
    10.2 Calibration Standards. Prepare calibration standards from pure 
certified standards in an aqueous medium. Prepare and analyze three 
concentrations of calibration standards for each target component (or 
for a mixture of components) in triplicate daily throughout the analyses 
of the test samples. At each concentration level, a single calibration 
shall be within 5 percent of the average of the three calibration 
results. The low and medium calibration standards shall bracket the 
expected concentration of the effluent (treated) wastewater. The medium 
and high standards shall bracket the expected influent concentration.

                     11.0 Analytical Test Procedures

    11.1 Analysis. If the identity of the compounds of interest in the 
wastewater is not known, a representative sample of the wastewater shall 
be analyzed in order to identify all of the compounds of interest 
present. A gas chromatography/mass spectrometry screening method is 
recommended.
    11.1.1 After identifying the compounds of interest in the 
wastewater, develop and/or use one or more analytical technique capable 
of measuring each of those compounds (more than one analytical technique 
may be required, depending on the characteristics of the wastewater). 
Method 18, found in appendix A of 40 CFR 60, may be used as a guideline 
in developing the analytical technique. Purge and trap techniques may be 
used for analysis providing the target components are sufficiently 
volatile to make this technique appropriate. The limit of quantitation 
for each compound shall be determined.\1\ If the effluent concentration 
of any target compound is below the limit of quantitation determined for 
that compound, the operation of the Method 304 unit may be altered to 
attempt to increase the effluent concentration above the limit of 
quantitation. Modifications to the method shall be approved prior to the 
test. The request should be addressed to Method 304 contact, Emissions 
Measurement Center, Mail Drop 19, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 
Research Triangle Park, NC 27711.

                   12.0 Data Analysis and Calculations

    12.1 Nomenclature. The following symbols are used in the 
calculations.

Ci = Average inlet feed concentration for a compound of 
          interest, as analyzed (mg/L)
Co = Average outlet (effluent) concentration for a compound 
          of interest, as analyzed (mg/L)
X = Biomass concentration, mixed liquor suspended solids (g/L)
t = Hydraulic residence time in the benchtop bioreactor (hours)
V = Volume of the benchtop bioreactor (L)
Q = Flow rate of wastewater into the benchtop bioreactor, average (L/
          hour)

    12.2 Residence Time. The hydraulic residence time of the benchtop 
bioreactor is equal to the ratio of the volume of the benchtop 
bioreactor (L) to the flow rate (L/h)
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.558


[[Page 683]]


    12.3 Rate of Biodegradation. Calculate the rate of biodegradation 
for each component with the following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.559

    12.4 First-Order Biorate Constant. Calculate the first-order biorate 
constant (K1) for each component with the following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.560

    12.5 Relative Standard Deviation (RSD). Determine the standard 
deviation of both the influent and effluent sample concentrations (S) 
using the following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.561

    12.6 Determination of Percent Air Emissions and Percent Biodegraded. 
Use the results from this test method and follow the applicable 
procedures in appendix C of 40 CFR Part 63, entitled, ``Determination of 
the Fraction Biodegraded (Fbio) in a Biological Treatment 
Unit'' to determine Fbio.

                   13.0 Method Performance [Reserved]

                  14.0 Pollution Prevention [Reserved]

                    15.0 Waste Management [Reserved]

                             16.0 References

    1. ``Guidelines for data acquisition and data quality evaluation in 
Environmental Chemistry'', Daniel MacDoughal, Analytical Chemistry, 
Volume 52, p. 2242, 1980.
    2. Test Method 18, 40 CFR 60, Appendix A.
    3. Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, 
16th Edition, Method 209C, Total Suspended Solids Dried at 103-105 
[deg]C, APHA, 1985.
    4. Water--7, Hazardous Waste Treatment, Storage, and Disposal 
Facilities (TSDF)--Air Emission Models, U.S. Environmental Protection 
Agency, EPA-450/3-87-026, Review Draft, November 1989.
    5. Chemdat7, Hazardous Waste Treatment, Storage, and Disposal 
Facilities (TSDF)--Air Emission Models, U.S. Environmental Protection 
Agency, EPA-450/3-87-026, Review Draft, November 1989.

         17.0 Tables, Diagrams, Flowcharts, and Validation Data

[[Page 684]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.562

  Method 305: Measurement of Emission Potential of Individual Volatile 
                       Organic Compounds in Waste

    Note: This method does not include all of the specifications (e.g., 
equipment and supplies) and procedures (e.g., sampling and analytical) 
essential to its performance. Some material is incorporated by reference 
from other methods in 40 CFR Part 60, Appendix A. Therefore, to obtain 
reliable results, persons using this method should have a thorough 
knowledge of at least Method 25D.

                        1.0 Scope and Application

    1.1 Analyte. Volatile Organics. No CAS No. assigned.

[[Page 685]]

    1.2 Applicability. This procedure is used to determine the emission 
potential of individual volatile organics (VOs) in waste.
    1.3 Data Quality Objectives. Adherence to the requirements of this 
method will enhance the quality of the data obtained from air pollutant 
sampling methods.

                          2.0 Summary of Method

    2.1 The heated purge conditions established by Method 25D (40 CFR 
Part 60, Appendix A) are used to remove VOs from a 10 gram sample of 
waste suspended in a 50/50 solution of polyethylene glycol (PEG) and 
water. The purged VOs are quantified by using the sample collection and 
analytical techniques (e.g. gas chromatography) appropriate for the VOs 
present in the waste. The recovery efficiency of the sample collection 
and analytical technique is determined for each waste matrix. A 
correction factor is determined for each compound (if acceptable 
recovery criteria requirements are met of 70 to 130 percent recovery for 
every target compound), and the measured waste concentration is 
corrected with the correction factor for each compound. A minimum of 
three replicate waste samples shall be analyzed.

                       3.0 Definitions [Reserved]

                      4.0 Interferences [Reserved]

                               5.0 Safety

    5.1 Disclaimer. This method may involve hazardous materials, 
operations, and equipment. This test method may not address all of the 
safety problems associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the 
user of this test method to establish appropriate safety and health 
practices and to determine the applicability of regulatory limitations 
prior to performing this test method.

                       6.0 Equipment and Supplies

    6.1 Method 25D Purge Apparatus.
    6.1.1 Purge Chamber. The purge chamber shall accommodate the 10 gram 
sample of waste suspended in a matrix of 50 mL of PEG and 50 mL of 
deionized, hydrocarbon-free water. Three fittings are used on the glass 
chamber top. Two 7 Ace-threads are used for the purge gas inlet and 
outlet connections. A 50 Ace-thread is used to connect the top of the 
chamber to the base (see Figure 305-1). The base of the chamber has a 
side-arm equipped with a 22 Sovirel fitting to allow for easy sample 
introductions into the chamber. The dimensions of the chamber are shown 
in Figure 305-1.
    6.1.2 Flow Distribution Device (FDD). The FDD enhances the gas-to-
liquid contact for improved purging efficiency. The FDD is a 6 mm OD 
(0.2 in) by 30 cm (12 in) long glass tube equipped with four arm 
bubblers as shown in Figure 305-1. Each arm shall have an opening of 1 
mm (0.04 in) in diameter.
    6.1.3 Coalescing Filter. The coalescing filter serves to discourage 
aerosol formation of sample gas once it leaves the purge chamber. The 
glass filter has a fritted disc mounted 10 cm (3.9 in) from the bottom. 
Two 7 Ace-threads are used for the inlet and outlet connections. The 
dimensions of the chamber are shown in Figure 305-2.
    6.1.4 Oven. A forced convection airflow oven capable of maintaining 
the purge chamber and coalescing filter at 75 2 
[deg]C (167 3.6 [deg]F).
    6.1.5 Toggle Valve. An on/off valve constructed from brass or 
stainless steel rated to 100 psig. This valve is placed in line between 
the purge nitrogen source and the flow controller.
    6.1.6 Flow Controller. High-quality stainless steel flow controller 
capable of restricting a flow of nitrogen to 6 0.06 L/min (0.2 0.002 ft\3\/min) 
at 40 psig.
    6.1.7 Polyethylene Glycol Cleaning System.
    6.1.7.1 Round-Bottom Flask. One liter, three-neck glass round-bottom 
flask for cleaning PEG. Standard taper 24/40 joints are mounted on each 
neck.
    6.1.7.2 Heating Mantle. Capable of heating contents of the 1-L flask 
to 120 [deg]C (248 [deg]F).
    6.1.7.3 Nitrogen Bubbler. Teflon [supreg] or glass tube, 0.25 in OD 
(6.35 mm).
    6.1.7.4 Temperature Sensor. Partial immersion glass thermometer.
    6.1.7.5 Hose Adapter. Glass with 24/40 standard tapered joint.
    6.2 Volatile Organic Recovery System.
    6.2.1 Splitter Valve (Optional). Stainless steel cross-pattern valve 
capable of splitting nominal flow rates from the purge flow of 6 L/min 
(0.2 ft\3\/min). The valve shall be maintained at 75 + 2 [deg]C (167 
3.6 [deg]F) in the heated zone and shall be placed 
downstream of the coalescing filter. It is recommended that 0.125 in OD 
(3.175 mm) tubing be used to direct the split vent flow from the heated 
zone. The back pressure caused by the 0.125 in OD (3.175 mm) tubing is 
critical for maintaining proper split valve operation.

    Note: The splitter valve design is optional; it may be used in cases 
where the concentration of a pollutant would saturate the adsorbents.

    6.2.2 Injection Port. Stainless steel \1/4\ in OD (6.35 mm) 
compression fitting tee with a 6 mm (0.2 in) septum fixed on the top 
port. The injection port is the point of entry for the recovery study 
solution. If using a gaseous standard to determine recovery efficiency, 
connect the gaseous standard to the injection port of the tee.
    6.2.3 Knockout Trap (Optional but Recommended). A 25 mL capacity 
glass reservoir body with a full-stem impinger (to avoid leaks, a 
modified midget glass impinger with a screw cap and ball/socket clamps 
on the inlet and outlet is recommended). The empty

[[Page 686]]

impinger is placed in an ice water bath between the injection port and 
the sorbent cartridge. Its purpose is to reduce the water content of the 
purge gas (saturated at 75 [deg]C (167 [deg]F)) before the sorbent 
cartridge.
    6.2.4 Insulated Ice Bath. A 350 mL dewar or other type of insulated 
bath is used to maintain ice water around the knockout trap.
    6.2.5 Sorbent Cartridges. Commercially available glass or stainless 
steel cartridge packed with one or more appropriate sorbents. The amount 
of adsorbent packed in the cartridge depends on the breakthrough volume 
of the test compounds but is limited by back pressure caused by the 
packing (not to exceed 7 psig). More than one sorbent cartridge placed 
in series may be necessary depending upon the mixture of the measured 
components.
    6.2.6 Volumetric Glassware. Type A glass 10 mL volumetric flasks for 
measuring a final volume from the water catch in the knockout trap.
    6.2.7 Thermal Desorption Unit. A clam-shell type oven, used for the 
desorption of direct thermal desorption sorbent tubes. The oven shall be 
capable of increasing the temperature of the desorption tubes rapidly to 
recommended desorption temperature.
    6.2.8 Ultrasonic Bath. Small bath used to agitate sorbent material 
and desorption solvent. Ice water shall be used in the bath because of 
heat transfer caused by operation of the bath.
    6.2.9 Desorption Vials. Four-dram (15 mL) capacity borosilicate 
glass vials with Teflon-lined caps.
    6.3 Analytical System. A gas chromatograph (GC) is commonly used to 
separate and quantify compounds from the sample collection and recovery 
procedure. Method 18 (40 CFR Part 60, Appendix A) may be used as a 
guideline for determining the appropriate GC column and GC detector 
based on the test compounds to be determined. Other types of analytical 
instrumentation may be used (HPLC) in lieu of GC systems as long as the 
recovery efficiency criteria of this method are met.
    6.3.1 Gas Chromatograph (GC). The GC shall be equipped with a 
constant-temperature liquid injection port or a heated sampling loop/
valve system, as appropriate. The GC oven shall be temperature-
programmable over the useful range of the GC column. The choice of 
detectors is based on the test compounds to be determined.
    6.3.2 GC Column. Select the appropriate GC column based on (1) 
literature review or previous experience, (2) polarity of the analytes, 
(3) capacity of the column, or (4) resolving power (e.g., length, 
diameter, film thickness) required.
    6.3.3 Data System. A programmable electronic integrator for 
recording, analyzing, and storing the signal generated by the detector.

                       7.0 Reagents and Standards

    7.1 Method 25D Purge Apparatus.
    7.1.1 Polyethylene Glycol (PEG). Ninety-eight percent pure organic 
polymer with an average molecular weight of 400 g/mol. Volatile organics 
are removed from the PEG prior to use by heating to 120 5 [deg]C (248 9 [deg]F) and 
purging with pure nitrogen at 1 L/min (0.04 ft\3\/min) for 2 hours. 
After purging and heating, the PEG is maintained at room temperature 
under a nitrogen purge maintained at 1 L/min (0.04 ft\3\/min) until 
used. A typical apparatus used to clean the PEG is shown in Figure 305-
3.
    7.1.2 Water. Organic-free deionized water is required.
    7.1.3 Nitrogen. High-purity nitrogen (less than 0.5 ppm total 
hydrocarbons) is used to remove test compounds from the purge matrix. 
The source of nitrogen shall be regulated continuously to 40 psig before 
the on/off toggle valve.
    7.2 Volatile Organic Recovery System.
    7.2.1 Water. Organic-free deionized water is required.
    7.2.2 Desorption Solvent (when used). Appropriate high-purity (99.99 
percent) solvent for desorption shall be used. Analysis shall be 
performed (utilizing the same analytical technique as that used in the 
analysis of the waste samples) on each lot to determine purity.
    7.3 Analytical System. The gases required for GC operation shall be 
of the highest obtainable purity (hydrocarbon free). Consult the 
operating manual for recommended settings.

       8.0 Sample Collection, Preservation, Storage, and Transport

    8.1 Assemble the glassware and associated fittings (see Figures 305-
3 and 305-4, as appropriate) and leak-check the system (approximately 7 
psig is the target pressure). After an initial leak check, mark the 
pressure gauge and use the initial checkpoint to monitor for leaks 
throughout subsequent analyses. If the pressure in the system drops 
below the target pressure at any time during analysis, that analysis 
shall be considered invalid.
    8.2 Recovery Efficiency Determination. Determine the individual 
recovery efficiency (RE) for each of the target compounds in duplicate 
before the waste samples are analyzed. To determine the RE, generate a 
water blank (Section 11.1) and use the injection port to introduce a 
known volume of spike solution (or certified gaseous standard) 
containing all of the target compounds at the levels expected in the 
waste sample. Introduce the spike solution immediately after the 
nitrogen purge has been started (Section

[[Page 687]]

8.3.2). Follow the procedures outlined in Section 8.3.3. Analyze the 
recovery efficiency samples using the techniques described in Section 
11.2. Determine the recovery efficiency (Equation 305-1, Section 12.2) 
by comparing the amount of compound recovered to the theoretical amount 
spiked. Determine the RE twice for each compound; the relative standard 
deviation, (RSD) shall be <=10 percent for each compound. If the RSD for 
any compound is not <=10 percent, modify the sampling/analytical 
procedure and complete an RE study in duplicate, or continue determining 
RE until the RSD meets the acceptable criteria. The average RE shall be 
0.70 <=RE <=1.30 for each compound. If the average RE does not meet 
these criteria, an alternative sample collection and/or analysis 
technique shall be developed and the recovery efficiency determination 
shall be repeated for that compound until the criteria are met for every 
target compound. Example modifications of the sampling/analytical system 
include changing the adsorbent material, changing the desorption 
solvent, utilizing direct thermal desorption of test compounds from the 
sorbent tubes, utilizing another analytical technique.
    8.3 Sample Collection and Recovery.
    8.3.1 The sample collection procedure in Method 25D shall be used to 
collect (into a preweighed vial) 10 g of waste into PEG, cool, and ship 
to the laboratory. Remove the sample container from the cooler and wipe 
the exterior to remove any ice or water. Weigh the container and sample 
to the nearest 0.01 g and record the weight. Pour the sample from the 
container into the purge flask. Rinse the sample container three times 
with approximately 6 mL of PEG (or the volume needed to total 50 mL of 
PEG in the purge flask), transferring the rinses to the purge flask. Add 
50 mL of organic-free deionized water to the purge flask. Cap the purge 
flask tightly in between each rinse and after adding all the components 
into the flask.
    8.3.2 Allow the oven to equilibrate to 75 2 
[deg]C (167 3.6 [deg]F). Begin the sample recovery 
process by turning the toggle valve on, thus allowing a 6 L/min flow of 
pure nitrogen through the purge chamber.
    8.3.3 Stop the purge after 30 min. Immediately remove the sorbent 
tube(s) from the apparatus and cap both ends. Remove the knockout trap 
and transfer the water catch to a 10 mL volumetric flask. Rinse the trap 
with organic-free deionized water and transfer the rinse to the 
volumetric flask. Dilute to the 10 mL mark with water. Transfer the 
water sample to a sample vial and store at 4 [deg]C (39.2 [deg]F) with 
zero headspace. The analysis of the contents of the water knockout trap 
is optional for this method. If the target compounds are water soluble, 
analysis of the water is recommended; meeting the recovery efficiency 
criteria in these cases would be difficult without adding the amount 
captured in the knockout trap.

                           9.0 Quality Control

    9.1 Miscellaneous Quality Control Measures.

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 Quality control
            Section                  measure               Effect
------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.1...........................  Sampling           Ensures accurate
                                 equipment leak-    measurement of
                                 check.             sample volume.
8.2...........................  Recovery           Ensures accurate
                                 efficiency (RE)    sample collection
                                 determination      and analysis.
                                 for each
                                 measured
                                 compound..
8.3...........................  Calibration of     Ensures linear
                                 analytical         measurement of
                                 instrument with    compounds over the
                                 at least 3         instrument span.
                                 calibration
                                 standards..
------------------------------------------------------------------------

                  10.0 Calibration and Standardization

    10.1 The analytical instrument shall be calibrated with a minimum of 
three levels of standards for each compound whose concentrations bracket 
the concentration of test compounds from the sorbent tubes. Liquid 
calibration standards shall be used for calibration in the analysis of 
the solvent extracts. The liquid calibration standards shall be prepared 
in the desorption solvent matrix. The calibration standards may be 
prepared and injected individually or as a mixture. If thermal 
desorption and focusing (onto another sorbent or cryogen focusing) are 
used, a certified gaseous mixture or a series of gaseous standards shall 
be used for calibration of the instrument. The gaseous standards shall 
be focused and analyzed in the same manner as the samples.
    10.2 The analytical system shall be certified free from contaminants 
before a calibration is performed (see Section 11.1). The calibration 
standards are used to determine the linearity of the analytical system. 
Perform an initial calibration and linearity check by analyzing the 
three calibration standards for each target compound in triplicate 
starting with the lowest level and continuing to the highest level. If 
the triplicate analyses do not agree within 5 percent of their average, 
additional analyses will be needed until the 5 percent criteria is met. 
Calculate the response factor (Equation 305-3, Section 12.4) from the 
average area counts of the injections for each concentration level. 
Average the response factors of the standards for each compound. The 
linearity of the detector is acceptable if the response

[[Page 688]]

factor of each compound at a particular concentration is within 10 
percent of the overall mean response factor for that compound. Analyze 
daily a mid-level calibration standard in duplicate and calculate a new 
response factor. Compare the daily response factor average to the 
average response factor calculated for the mid-level calibration during 
the initial linearity check; repeat the three-level calibration 
procedure if the daily average response factor differs from the initial 
linearity check mid-level response factor by more than 10 percent. 
Otherwise, proceed with the sample analysis.

                        11.0 Analytical Procedure

    11.1 Water Blank Analysis. A water blank shall be analyzed daily to 
determine the cleanliness of the purge and recovery system. A water 
blank is generated by adding 60 mL of organic-free deionized water to 50 
mL of PEG in the purge chamber. Treat the blank as described in Sections 
8.3.2 and 8.3.3. The purpose of the water blank is to insure that no 
contaminants exist in the sampling and analytical apparatus which would 
interfere with the quantitation of the target compounds. If contaminants 
are present, locate the source of contamination, remove it, and repeat 
the water blank analysis.
    11.2 Sample Analysis. Sample analysis in the context of this method 
refers to techniques to remove the target compounds from the sorbent 
tubes, separate them using a chromatography technique, and quantify them 
with an appropriate detector. Two types of sample extraction techniques 
typically used for sorbents include solvent desorption or direct thermal 
desorption of test compounds to a secondary focusing unit (either 
sorbent or cryogen based). The test compounds are then typically 
transferred to a GC system for analysis. Other analytical systems may be 
used (e.g., HPLC) in lieu of GC systems as long as the recovery 
efficiency criteria of this method are met.
    11.2.1 Recover the test compounds from the sorbent tubes that 
require solvent desorption by transferring the adsorbent material to a 
sample vial containing the desorption solvent. The desorption solvent 
shall be the same as the solvent used to prepare calibration standards. 
The volume of solvent depends on the amount of adsorbed material to be 
desorbed (1.0 mL per 100 mg of adsorbent material) and also on the 
amount of test compounds present. Final volume adjustment and or 
dilution can be made so that the concentration of test compounds in the 
desorption solvent is bracketed by the concentration of the calibration 
solutions. Ultrasonicate the desorption solvent for 15 min in an ice 
bath. Allow the sample to sit for a period of time so that the adsorbent 
material can settle to the bottom of the vial. Transfer the solvent with 
a pasteur pipet (minimizing the amount of adsorbent material taken) to 
another vial and store at 4 [deg]C (39.2 [deg]F).
    11.2.2 Analyze the desorption solvent or direct thermal desorption 
tubes from each sample using the same analytical parameters used for the 
calibration standard. Calculate the total weight detected for each 
compound (Equation 305-4, Section 12.5). The slope (area/amount) and y-
intercept are calculated from the line bracketed between the two closest 
calibration points. Correct the concentration of each waste sample with 
the appropriate recovery efficiency factor and the split flow ratio (if 
used). The final concentration of each individual test compound is 
calculated by dividing the corrected measured weight for that compound 
by the weight of the original sample determined in Section 8.3.1 
(Equation 305-5, Section 12.6).
    11.2.3 Repeat the analysis for the three samples collected in 
Section 8.3. Report the corrected concentration of each of the waste 
samples, average waste concentration, and relative standard deviation 
(Equation 305-6, Section 12.7).

                  12.0 Data Analysis and Calculations.

    12.1 Nomenclature.

AS = Mean area counts of test compound in standard.
AU = Mean area counts of test compound in sample desorption 
          solvent.
b = Y-intercept of the line formed between the two closest calibration 
          standards that bracket the concentration of the sample.
CT = Amount of test compound ([micro]g) in calibration 
          standard.
CF = Correction for adjusting final amount of sample detected 
          for losses during individual sample runs.
FP = Nitrogen flow through the purge chamber (6 L/min).
FS = Nitrogen split flow directed to the sample recovery 
          system (use 6 L/min if split flow design was not used).
PPM = Final concentration of test compound in waste sample [[micro]g/g 
          (which is equivalent to parts per million by weight (ppmw))].
RE = Recovery efficiency for adjusting final amount of sample detected 
          for losses due to inefficient trapping and desorption 
          techniques.
R.F. = Response factor for test compound, calculated from a calibration 
          standard.
S = Slope of the line (area counts/CT) formed between two 
          closest calibration points that bracket the concentration of 
          the sample.
WC = Weight of test compound expected to be recovered in 
          spike solution based on theoretical amount ([micro]g).
WE = Weight of vial and PEG (g).

[[Page 689]]

WF = Weight of vial, PEG and waste sample (g).
WS = Weight of original waste sample (g).
WT = Corrected weight of test compound measured ([micro]g) in 
          sample.
WX = Weight of test compound measured during analysis of 
          recovery efficiency spike samples ([micro]g).

    12.2 Recovery efficiency for determining trapping/desorption 
efficiency of individual test compounds in the spike solution, decimal 
value.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.563

    12.3 Weight of waste sample (g).
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.564
    
    12.4 Response factor for individual test compounds.
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.565
    
    12.5 Corrected weight of a test compound in the sample, in [micro]g.
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.566
    
    12.6 Final concentration of a test compound in the sample in ppmw.
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.567
    
    12.7 Relative standard deviation (RSD) calculation.
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.568
    

[[Page 690]]



                   13.0 Method Performance [Reserved]

                  14.0 Pollution Prevention [Reserved]

                    15.0 Waste Management [Reserved]

                       16.0 References [Reserved]

         17.0 Tables, Diagrams, Flowcharts, and Validation Data
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.569


[[Page 691]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.570


[[Page 692]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.571


[[Page 693]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.572

Method 306--Determination of Chromium Emissions From Decorative and Hard 
 Chromium Electroplating and Chromium Anodizing Operations--Isokinetic 
                                 Method

    Note: This method does not include all of the specifications (e.g., 
equipment and supplies) and procedures (e.g., sampling and analytical) 
essential to its performance. Some material is incorporated by reference 
from other methods in 40 CFR Part 60, Appendix A. Therefore, to obtain 
reliable results, persons using this method should have a thorough 
knowledge of at least Method 5.

                        1.0 Scope and Application

    1.1 Analytes.

------------------------------------------------------------------------
            Analyte                  CAS No.            Sensitivity
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Chromium......................  7440-47-3........  See Sec. 13.2.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    1.2 Applicability. This method applies to the determination of 
chromium (Cr) in emissions from decorative and hard chrome 
electroplating facilities, chromium anodizing operations, and continuous 
chromium plating operations at iron and steel facilities.
    1.3 Data Quality Objectives. [Reserved]

                          2.0 Summary of Method

    2.1 Sampling. An emission sample is extracted isokinetically from 
the source using an unheated Method 5 sampling train (40 CFR Part 60, 
Appendix A), with a glass nozzle and probe liner, but with the filter 
omitted. The sample time shall be at least two hours. The Cr emissions 
are collected in an alkaline solution containing 0.1 N sodium hydroxide 
(NaOH) or 0.1 N sodium bicarbonate (NaHCO3). The collected 
samples are recovered using an alkaline solution and are then 
transported to the laboratory for analysis.
    2.2 Analysis.
    2.2.1 Total chromium samples with high chromium concentrations 
(=35 [micro]g/L) may be analyzed using inductively coupled 
plasma emission spectrometry (ICP) at 267.72 nm.

    Note: The ICP analysis is applicable for this method only when the 
solution analyzed has a Cr concentration greater than or equal to 35 
[micro]g/L or five times the method detection limit as determined 
according to appendix B in 40 CFR part 136. Similarly, inductively 
coupled plasma-mass spectroscopy (ICP-MS)

[[Page 694]]

may be used for total chromium analysis provided the procedures for ICP-
MS analysis described in Method 6020 or 6020A (EPA Office of Solid 
Waste, publication SW-846) are followed.

    2.2.2 Alternatively, when lower total chromium concentrations (<35 
[micro]g/L) are encountered, a portion of the alkaline sample solution 
may be digested with nitric acid and analyzed by graphite furnace atomic 
absorption spectroscopy (GFAAS) at 357.9 nm.
    2.2.3 If it is desirable to determine hexavalent chromium 
(Cr+6) emissions, the samples may be analyzed using an ion 
chromatograph equipped with a post-column reactor (IC/PCR) and a visible 
wavelength detector. To increase sensitivity for trace levels of 
Cr+6, a preconcentration system may be used in conjunction 
with the IC/PCR.

                             3.0 Definitions

    3.1 Total Chromium--measured chromium content that includes both 
major chromium oxidation states (Cr+3, Cr+3).
    3.2 May--Implies an optional operation.
    3.3 Digestion--The analytical operation involving the complete (or 
nearly complete) dissolution of the sample in order to ensure the 
complete solubilization of the element (analyte) to be measured.
    3.4 Interferences--Physical, chemical, or spectral phenomena that 
may produce a high or low bias in the analytical result.
    3.5 Analytical System--All components of the analytical process 
including the sample digestion and measurement apparatus.
    3.6 Sample Recovery--The quantitative transfer of sample from the 
collection apparatus to the sample preparation (digestion, etc.) 
apparatus. This term should not be confused with analytical recovery.
    3.7 Matrix Modifier--A chemical modification to the sample during 
GFAAS determinations to ensure that the analyte is not lost during the 
measurement process (prior to the atomization stage)
    3.8 Calibration Reference Standards--Quality control standards used 
to check the accuracy of the instrument calibration curve prior to 
sample analysis.
    3.9 Continuing Check Standard--Quality control standards used to 
verify that unacceptable drift in the measurement system has not 
occurred.
    3.10 Calibration Blank--A blank used to verify that there has been 
no unacceptable shift in the baseline either immediately following 
calibration or during the course of the analytical measurement.
    3.11 Interference Check--An analytical/measurement operation that 
ascertains whether a measurable interference in the sample exists.
    3.12 Interelement Correction Factors--Factors used to correct for 
interfering elements that produce a false signal (high bias).
    3.13 Duplicate Sample Analysis--Either the repeat measurement of a 
single solution or the measurement of duplicate preparations of the same 
sample. It is important to be aware of which approach is required for a 
particular type of measurement. For example, no digestion is required 
for the ICP determination and the duplicate instrument measurement is 
therefore adequate whereas duplicate digestion/instrument measurements 
are required for GFAAS.
    3.14 Matrix Spiking--Analytical spikes that have been added to the 
actual sample matrix either before (Section 9.2.5.2) or after (Section 
9.1.6). Spikes added to the sample prior to a preparation technique 
(e.g., digestion) allow for the assessment of an overall method accuracy 
while those added after only provide for the measurement accuracy 
determination.

                            4.0 Interferences

    4.1 ICP Interferences.
    4.1.1 ICP Spectral Interferences. Spectral interferences are caused 
by: overlap of a spectral line from another element; unresolved overlap 
of molecular band spectra; background contribution from continuous or 
recombination phenomena; and, stray light from the line emission of 
high-concentrated elements. Spectral overlap may be compensated for by 
correcting the raw data with a computer and measuring the interfering 
element. At the 267.72 nm Cr analytical wavelength, iron, manganese, and 
uranium are potential interfering elements. Background and stray light 
interferences can usually be compensated for by a background correction 
adjacent to the analytical line. Unresolved overlap requires the 
selection of an alternative chromium wavelength. Consult the instrument 
manufacturer's operation manual for interference correction procedures.
    4.1.2 ICP Physical Interferences. High levels of dissolved solids in 
the samples may cause significant inaccuracies due to salt buildup at 
the nebulizer and torch tips. This problem can be controlled by diluting 
the sample or by extending the rinse times between sample analyses. 
Standards shall be prepared in the same solution matrix as the samples 
(i.e., 0.1 N NaOH or 0.1 N NaHCO3).
    4.1.3 ICP Chemical Interferences. These include molecular compound 
formation, ionization effects and solute vaporization effects, and are 
usually not significant in the ICP procedure, especially if the 
standards and samples are matrix matched.
    4.2 GFAAS Interferences.
    4.2.1 GFAAS Chemical Interferences. Low concentrations of calcium 
and/or phosphate may cause interferences; at concentrations above 200 
[micro]g/L, calcium's effect is constant

[[Page 695]]

and eliminates the effect of phosphate. Calcium nitrate is therefore 
added to the concentrated analyte to ensure a known constant effect. 
Other matrix modifiers recommended by the instrument manufacturer may 
also be considered.
    4.2.2 GFAAS Cyanide Band Interferences. Nitrogen should not be used 
as the purge gas due to cyanide band interference.
    4.2.3 GFAAS Spectral Interferences. Background correction may be 
required because of possible significant levels of nonspecific 
absorption and scattering at the 357.9 nm analytical wavelength.
    4.2.4 GFAAS Background Interferences. Zeeman or Smith-Hieftje 
background correction is recommended for interferences resulting from 
high levels of dissolved solids in the alkaline impinger solutions.
    4.3 IC/PCR Interferences.
    4.3.1 IC/PCR Chemical Interferences. Components in the sample matrix 
may cause Cr+6 to convert to trivalent chromium 
(Cr+3) or cause Cr+3 to convert to 
Cr+6. The chromatographic separation of Cr+6 using 
ion chromatography reduces the potential for other metals to interfere 
with the post column reaction. For the IC/PCR analysis, only compounds 
that coelute with Cr+6 and affect the diphenylcarbazide 
reaction will cause interference.
    4.3.2 IC/PCR Background Interferences. Periodic analyses of reagent 
water blanks are used to demonstrate that the analytical system is 
essentially free of contamination. Sample cross-contamination can occur 
when high-level and low-level samples or standards are analyzed 
alternately and can be eliminated by thorough purging of the sample 
loop. Purging of the sample can easily be achieved by increasing the 
injection volume to ten times the size of the sample loop.

                               5.0 Safety

    5.1 Disclaimer. This method may involve hazardous materials, 
operations, and equipment. This test method may not address all of the 
safety problems associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the 
user to establish appropriate safety and health practices and to 
determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to 
performing this test method.
    5.2 Hexavalent chromium compounds have been listed as carcinogens 
although chromium (III) compounds show little or no toxicity. Chromium 
can be a skin and respiratory irritant.

                       6.0 Equipment and Supplies

    6.1 Sampling Train.
    6.1.1 A schematic of the sampling train used in this method is shown 
in Figure 306-1. The train is the same as shown in Method 5, Section 6.0 
(40 CFR part 60, appendix A) except that the probe liner is unheated, 
the particulate filter is omitted, and quartz or borosilicate glass must 
be used for the probe nozzle and liner in place of stainless steel.
    6.1.2 Probe fittings of plastic such as Teflon, polypropylene, etc. 
are recommended over metal fittings to prevent contamination. If 
desired, a single combined probe nozzle and liner may be used, but such 
a single glass assembly is not a requirement of this methodology.
    6.1.3 Use 0.1 N NaOH or 0.1 N NaHCO3 in the impingers in 
place of water.
    6.1.4 Operating and maintenance procedures for the sampling train 
are described in APTD-0576 of Method 5. Users should read the APTD-0576 
document and adopt the outlined procedures. Alternative mercury-free 
thermometers may be used if the thermometers are, at a minimum, 
equivalent in terms of performance or suitably effective for the 
specific temperature measurement application.
    6.1.5 Similar collection systems which have been approved by the 
Administrator may be used.
    6.2 Sample Recovery. Same as Method 5, [40 CFR Part 60, Appendix A], 
with the following exceptions:
    6.2.1 Probe-Liner and Probe-Nozzle Brushes. Brushes are not 
necessary for sample recovery. If a probe brush is used, it must be non-
metallic.
    6.2.2 Sample Recovery Solution. Use 0.1 N NaOH or 0.1 N 
NaHCO3, whichever is used as the impinger absorbing solution, 
in place of acetone to recover the sample.
    6.2.3 Sample Storage Containers. Polyethylene, with leak-free screw 
cap, 250 mL, 500 mL or 1,000 mL.
    6.3 Analysis.
    6.3.1 General. For analysis, the following equipment is needed.
    6.3.1.1 Phillips Beakers. (Phillips beakers are preferred, but 
regular beakers may also be used.)
    6.3.1.2 Hot Plate.
    6.3.1.3 Volumetric Flasks. Class A, various sizes as appropriate.
    6.3.1.4 Assorted Pipettes.
    6.3.2 Analysis by ICP.
    6.3.2.1 ICP Spectrometer. Computer-controlled emission spectrometer 
with background correction and radio frequency generator.
    6.3.2.2 Argon Gas Supply. Welding grade or better.
    6.3.3 Analysis by GFAAS.
    6.3.3.1 Chromium Hollow Cathode Lamp or Electrodeless Discharge 
Lamp.
    6.3.3.2 Graphite Furnace Atomic Absorption Spectrophotometer.
    6.3.3.3 Furnace Autosampler.
    6.3.4 Analysis by IC/PCR.
    6.3.4.1 IC/PCR System. High performance liquid chromatograph pump, 
sample injection valve, post-column reagent delivery and

[[Page 696]]

mixing system, and a visible detector, capable of operating at 520 nm-
540 nm, all with a non-metallic (or inert) flow path. An electronic peak 
area mode is recommended, but other recording devices and integration 
techniques are acceptable provided the repeatability criteria and the 
linearity criteria for the calibration curve described in Section 10.4 
can be satisfied. A sample loading system is required if 
preconcentration is employed.
    6.3.4.2 Analytical Column. A high performance ion chromatograph 
(HPIC) non-metallic column with anion separation characteristics and a 
high loading capacity designed for separation of metal chelating 
compounds to prevent metal interference. Resolution described in Section 
11.6 must be obtained. A non-metallic guard column with the same ion-
exchange material is recommended.
    6.3.4.3 Preconcentration Column (for older instruments). An HPIC 
non-metallic column with acceptable anion retention characteristics and 
sample loading rates must be used as described in Section 11.6.
    6.3.4.4 Filtration Apparatus for IC/PCR.
    6.3.4.4.1 Teflon, or equivalent, filter holder to accommodate 0.45-
[micro]m acetate, or equivalent, filter, if needed to remove insoluble 
particulate matter.
    6.3.4.4.2 0.45-[micro]m Filter Cartridge. For the removal of 
insoluble material. To be used just prior to sample injection/analysis.

                       7.0 Reagents and Standards

    Note: Unless otherwise indicated, all reagents should conform to the 
specifications established by the Committee on Analytical Reagents of 
the American Chemical Society (ACS reagent grade). Where such 
specifications are not available, use the best available grade. Reagents 
should be checked by the appropriate analysis prior to field use to 
assure that contamination is below the analytical detection limit for 
the ICP or GFAAS total chromium analysis; and that contamination is 
below the analytical detection limit for Cr+6 using IC/PCR 
for direct injection or, if selected, preconcentration.

    7.1 Sampling.
    7.1.1 Water. Reagent water that conforms to ASTM Specification 
D1193-77 or 91 Type II (incorporated by reference see Sec. 63.14). All 
references to water in the method refer to reagent water unless 
otherwise specified. It is recommended that water blanks be checked 
prior to preparing the sampling reagents to ensure that the Cr content 
is less than three (3) times the anticipated detection limit of the 
analytical method.
    7.1.2 Sodium Hydroxide (NaOH) Absorbing Solution, 0.1 N. Dissolve 
4.0 g of sodium hydroxide in 1 liter of water to obtain a pH of 
approximately 8.5.
    7.1.3 Sodium Bicarbonate (NaHCO3) Absorbing Solution, 0.1 
N. Dissolve approximately 8.5 g of sodium bicarbonate in 1 liter of 
water to obtain a pH of approximately 8.3.
    7.1.4 Chromium Contamination.
    7.1.4.1 The absorbing solution shall not exceed the QC criteria 
noted in Section 7.1.1 (<=3 times the instrument detection limit).
    7.1.4.2 When the Cr+6 content in the field samples 
exceeds the blank concentration by at least a factor of ten (10), 
Cr+6 blank concentrations =10 times the detection 
limit will be allowed.

    Note: At sources with high concentrations of acids and/or 
SO2, the concentration of NaOH or NaHCO3 should be 
=0.5 N to insure that the pH of the solution remains at or 
above 8.5 for NaOH and 8.0 for NaHCO3 during and after 
sampling.

    7.1.5 Silica Gel. Same as in Method 5.
    7.2 Sample Recovery.
    7.2.1 0.1 N NaOH or 0.1 N NaHCO3. Use the same solution 
for the sample recovery that is used for the impinger absorbing 
solution.
    7.2.2 pH Indicator Strip, for IC/PCR. pH indicator capable of 
determining the pH of solutions between the pH range of 7 and 12, at 0.5 
pH increments.
    7.3 Sample Preparation and Analysis.
    7.3.1 Nitric Acid (HNO3), Concentrated, for GFAAS. Trace 
metals grade or better HNO3 must be used for reagent 
preparation. The ACS reagent grade HNO3 is acceptable for 
cleaning glassware.
    7.3.2 HNO3, 1.0% (v/v), for GFAAS. Prepare, by slowly 
stirring, 10 mL of concentrated HNO3) into 800 mL of reagent 
water. Dilute to 1,000 mL with reagent water. The solution shall contain 
less than 0.001 mg Cr/L.
    7.3.3 Calcium Nitrate Ca(NO3)2 Solution (10 
[micro]g Ca/mL) for GFAAS analysis. Prepare the solution by weighing 
40.9 mg of Ca(NO3)2 into a 1 liter volumetric 
flask. Dilute with reagent water to 1 liter.
    7.3.4 Matrix Modifier, for GFAAS. See instrument manufacturer's 
manual for suggested matrix modifier.
    7.3.5 Chromatographic Eluent, for IC/PCR. The eluent used in the 
analytical system is ammonium sulfate based.
    7.3.5.1 Prepare by adding 6.5 mL of 29 percent ammonium hydroxide 
(NH4OH) and 33 g of ammonium sulfate 
((NH4)2SO4) to 500 mL of reagent water. 
Dilute to 1 liter with reagent water and mix well.
    7.3.5.2 Other combinations of eluents and/or columns may be employed 
provided peak resolution, repeatability, linearity, and analytical 
sensitivity as described in Sections 9.3 and 11.6 are acceptable.
    7.3.6 Post-Column Reagent, for IC/PCR. An effective post-column 
reagent for use with the chromatographic eluent described in Section 
7.3.5 is a diphenylcarbazide (DPC)-based system. Dissolve 0.5 g of 1,5-

[[Page 697]]

diphenylcarbazide in 100 mL of ACS grade methanol. Add 500 mL of reagent 
water containing 50 mL of 96 percent spectrophotometric grade sulfuric 
acid. Dilute to 1 liter with reagent water.
    7.3.7 Chromium Standard Stock Solution (1000 mg/L). Procure a 
certified aqueous standard or dissolve 2.829 g of potassium dichromate 
(K2Cr2O7), in reagent water and dilute 
to 1 liter.
    7.3.8 Calibration Standards for ICP or IC/PCR. Prepare calibration 
standards for ICP or IC/PCR by diluting the Cr standard stock solution 
(Section 7.3.7) with 0.1 N NaOH or 0.1 N NaHCO3, whichever is 
used as the impinger absorbing solution, to achieve a matrix similar to 
the actual field samples. Suggested levels are 0, 50, 100, and 200 
[micro]g Cr/L for ICP, and 0, 1, 5, and 10 [micro]g Cr+6/L 
for IC/PCR.
    7.3.9 Calibration Standards for GFAAS. Chromium solutions for GFAAS 
calibration shall contain 1.0 percent (v/v) HNO3. The zero 
standard shall be 1.0 percent (v/v) HNO3. Calibration 
standards should be prepared daily by diluting the Cr standard stock 
solution (Section 7.3.7) with 1.0 percent HNO3. Use at least 
four standards to make the calibration curve. Suggested levels are 0, 
10, 50, and 100 [micro]g Cr/L.
    7.4 Glassware Cleaning Reagents.
    7.4.1 HNO3, Concentrated. ACS reagent grade or 
equivalent.
    7.4.2 Water. Reagent water that conforms to ASTM Specification 
D1193-77 or 91 Type II.
    7.4.3 HNO3, 10 percent (v/v). Add by stirring 500 mL of 
concentrated HNO3 into a flask containing approximately 4,000 
mL of reagent water. Dilute to 5,000 mL with reagent water. Mix well. 
The reagent shall contain less than 2 [micro]g Cr/L.

    8.0 Sample Collection, Preservation, Holding Times, Storage, and 
                                Transport

    Note: Prior to sample collection, consideration should be given to 
the type of analysis (Cr+6 or total Cr) that will be 
performed. Which analysis option(s) will be performed will determine 
which sample recovery and storage procedures will be required to process 
the sample.

    8.1 Sample Collection. Same as Method 5 (40 CFR part 60, appendix 
A), with the following exceptions.
    8.1.1 Omit the particulate filter and filter holder from the 
sampling train. Use a glass nozzle and probe liner instead of stainless 
steel. Do not heat the probe. Place 100 mL of 0.1 N NaOH or 0.1 N 
NaHCO3 in each of the first two impingers, and record the 
data for each run on a data sheet such as shown in Figure 306-2.
    8.1.2 Clean all glassware prior to sampling in hot soapy water 
designed for laboratory cleaning of glassware. Next, rinse the glassware 
three times with tap water, followed by three additional rinses with 
reagent water. Then soak the glassware in 10% (v/v) HNO3 
solution for a minimum of 4 hours, rinse three times with reagent water, 
and allow to air dry. Cover all glassware openings where contamination 
can occur with Parafilm, or equivalent, until the sampling train is 
assembled for sampling.
    8.1.3 Train Operation. Follow the basic procedures outlined in 
Method 5 in conjunction with the following instructions. Train sampling 
rate shall not exceed 0.030 m\3\/min (1.0 cfm) during a run.
    8.2 Sample Recovery. Follow the basic procedures of Method 5, with 
the exceptions noted.
    8.2.1 A particulate filter is not recovered from this train.
    8.2.2 Tester shall select either the total Cr or Cr+6 
sample recovery option.
    8.2.3 Samples to be analyzed for both total Cr and Cr+6, 
shall be recovered using the Cr+6 sample option (Section 
8.2.6).
    8.2.4 A field reagent blank shall be collected for either of the Cr 
or the Cr+6 analysis. If both analyses (Cr and 
Cr+6) are to be conducted on the samples, collect separate 
reagent blanks for each analysis.

    Note: Since particulate matter is not usually present at chromium 
electroplating and/or chromium anodizing operations, it is not necessary 
to filter the Cr+6 samples unless there is observed sediment 
in the collected solutions. If it is necessary to filter the 
Cr+6 solutions, please refer to Method 0061, Determination of 
Hexavalent Chromium Emissions From Stationary Sources, Section 7.4, 
Sample Preparation in SW-846 (see Reference 1).

    8.2.5 Total Cr Sample Option.
    8.2.5.1 Container No. 1. Measure the volume of the liquid in the 
first, second, and third impingers and quantitatively transfer into a 
labeled sample container.
    8.2.5.2 Use approximately 200 to 300 mL of the 0.1 N NaOH or 0.1 N 
NaHCO3 absorbing solution to rinse the probe nozzle, probe 
liner, three impingers, and connecting glassware; add this rinse to 
Container No. 1.
    8.2.6 Cr+6 Sample Option.
    8.2.6.1 Container No. 1. Measure and record the pH of the absorbing 
solution contained in the first impinger at the end of the sampling run 
using a pH indicator strip. The pH of the solution must be 
=8.5 for NaOH and =8.0 for NaHCO3. If 
it is not, discard the collected sample, increase the normality of the 
NaOH or NaHCO3 impinger absorbing solution to 0.5 N or to a 
solution normality approved by the Administrator and collect another air 
emission sample.
    8.2.6.2 After determining the pH of the first impinger solution, 
combine and measure the volume of the liquid in the first, second, and 
third impingers and quantitatively transfer into the labeled sample 
container.

[[Page 698]]

Use approximately 200 to 300 mL of the 0.1 N NaOH or 0.1 N 
NaHCO3 absorbing solution to rinse the probe nozzle, probe 
liner, three impingers, and connecting glassware; add this rinse to 
Container No. 1.
    8.2.7 Field Reagent Blank.
    8.2.7.1 Container No. 2.
    8.2.7.2 Place approximately 500 mL of the 0.1 N NaOH or 0.1 N 
NaHCO3 absorbing solution into a labeled sample container.
    8.3 Sample Preservation, Storage, and Transport.
    8.3.1 Total Cr Sample Option. Samples to be analyzed for total Cr 
need not be refrigerated.
    8.3.2 Cr+6 Sample Option. Samples to be analyzed for 
Cr+6 must be shipped and stored at 4 [deg]C. Allow 
Cr+6 samples to return to ambient temperature prior to 
analysis.
    8.4 Sample Holding Times.
    8.4.1 Total Cr Sample Option. Samples to be analyzed for total Cr 
shall be analyzed within 60 days of collection.
    8.4.2 Cr+6 Sample Option. Samples to be analyzed for 
Cr+6 shall be analyzed within 14 days of collection.

                           9.0 Quality Control

    9.1 ICP Quality Control.
    9.1.1 ICP Calibration Reference Standards. Prepare a calibration 
reference standard using the same alkaline matrix as the calibration 
standards; it should be at least 10 times the instrumental detection 
limit.
    9.1.1.1 This reference standard must be prepared from a different Cr 
stock solution source than that used for preparation of the calibration 
curve standards.
    9.1.1.2 Prior to sample analysis, analyze at least one reference 
standard.
    9.1.1.3 The calibration reference standard must be measured within 
10 percent of it's true value for the curve to be considered valid.
    9.1.1.4 The curve must be validated before sample analyses are 
performed.
    9.1.2 ICP Continuing Check Standard.
    9.1.2.1 Perform analysis of the check standard with the field 
samples as described in Section 11.2 (at least after every 10 samples, 
and at the end of the analytical run).
    9.1.2.2 The check standard can either be the mid-range calibration 
standard or the reference standard. The results of the check standard 
shall agree within 10 percent of the expected value; if not, terminate 
the analyses, correct the problem, recalibrate the instrument, and rerun 
all samples analyzed subsequent to the last acceptable check standard 
analysis.
    9.1.3 ICP Calibration Blank.
    9.1.3.1 Perform analysis of the calibration blank with the field 
samples as described in Section 11.2 (at least after every 10 samples, 
and at the end of the analytical run).
    9.1.3.2 The results of the calibration blank shall agree within 
three standard deviations of the mean blank value. If not, analyze the 
calibration blank two more times and average the results. If the average 
is not within three standard deviations of the background mean, 
terminate the analyses, correct the problem, recalibrate, and reanalyze 
all samples analyzed subsequent to the last acceptable calibration blank 
analysis.
    9.1.4 ICP Interference Check. Prepare an interference check solution 
that contains known concentrations of interfering elements that will 
provide an adequate test of the correction factors in the event of 
potential spectral interferences.
    9.1.4.1 Two potential interferences, iron and manganese, may be 
prepared as 1000 [micro]g/mL and 200 [micro]g/mL solutions, 
respectively. The solutions should be prepared in dilute HNO3 
(1-5 percent). Particular care must be used to ensure that the solutions 
and/or salts used to prepare the solutions are of ICP grade purity 
(i.e., that no measurable Cr contamination exists in the salts/
solutions). Commercially prepared interfering element check standards 
are available.
    9.1.4.2 Verify the interelement correction factors every three 
months by analyzing the interference check solution. The correction 
factors are calculated according to the instrument manufacturer's 
directions. If the interelement correction factors are used properly, no 
false Cr should be detected.
    9.1.4.3 Negative results with an absolute value greater than three 
(3) times the detection limit are usually the results of the background 
correction position being set incorrectly. Scan the spectral region to 
ensure that the correction position has not been placed on an 
interfering peak.
    9.1.5 ICP Duplicate Sample Analysis. Perform one duplicate sample 
analysis for each compliance sample batch (3 runs).
    9.1.5.1 As there is no sample preparation required for the ICP 
analysis, a duplicate analysis is defined as a repeat analysis of one of 
the field samples. The selected sample shall be analyzed using the same 
procedures that were used to analyze the original sample.
    9.1.5.2 Duplicate sample analyses shall agree within 10 percent of 
the original measurement value.
    9.1.5.3 Report the original analysis value for the sample and report 
the duplicate analysis value as the QC check value. If agreement is not 
achieved, perform the duplicate analysis again. If agreement is not 
achieved the second time, perform corrective action to identify and 
correct the problem before analyzing the sample for a third time.
    9.1.6 ICP Matrix Spiking. Spiked samples shall be prepared and 
analyzed daily to ensure that there are no matrix effects, that samples 
and standards have been matrix-matched, and that the laboratory 
equipment is operating properly.

[[Page 699]]

    9.1.6.1 Spiked sample recovery analyses should indicate a recovery 
for the Cr spike of between 75 and 125 percent.
    9.1.6.2 Cr levels in the spiked sample should provide final solution 
concentrations that are within the linear portion of the calibration 
curve, as well as, at a concentration level at least: equal to that of 
the original sample; and, ten (10) times the detection limit.
    9.1.6.3 If the spiked sample concentration meets the stated criteria 
but exceeds the linear calibration range, the spiked sample must be 
diluted with the field absorbing solution.
    9.1.6.4 If the recoveries for the Cr spiked samples do not meet the 
specified criteria, perform corrective action to identify and correct 
the problem prior to reanalyzing the samples.
    9.1.7 ICP Field Reagent Blank.
    9.1.7.1 Analyze a minimum of one matrix-matched field reagent blank 
(Section 8.2.4) per sample batch to determine if contamination or memory 
effects are occurring.
    9.1.7.2 If contamination or memory effects are observed, perform 
corrective action to identify and correct the problem before reanalyzing 
the samples.
    9.2 GFAAS Quality Control.
    9.2.1 GFAAS Calibration Reference Standards. The calibration curve 
must be verified by using at least one calibration reference standard 
(made from a reference material or other independent standard material) 
at or near the mid-range of the calibration curve.
    9.2.1.1 The calibration curve must be validated before sample 
analyses are performed.
    9.2.1.2 The calibration reference standard must be measured within 
10 percent of its true value for the curve to be considered valid.
    9.2.2 GFAAS Continuing Check Standard.
    9.2.2.1 Perform analysis of the check standard with the field 
samples as described in Section 11.4 (at least after every 10 samples, 
and at the end of the analytical run).
    9.2.2.2 These standards are analyzed, in part, to monitor the life 
and performance of the graphite tube. Lack of reproducibility or a 
significant change in the signal for the check standard may indicate 
that the graphite tube should be replaced.
    9.2.2.3 The check standard may be either the mid-range calibration 
standard or the reference standard.
    9.2.2.4 The results of the check standard shall agree within 10 
percent of the expected value.
    9.2.2.5 If not, terminate the analyses, correct the problem, 
recalibrate the instrument, and reanalyze all samples analyzed 
subsequent to the last acceptable check standard analysis.
    9.2.3 GFAAS Calibration Blank.
    9.2.3.1 Perform analysis of the calibration blank with the field 
samples as described in Section 11.4 (at least after every 10 samples, 
and at the end of the analytical run).
    9.2.3.2 The calibration blank is analyzed to monitor the life and 
performance of the graphite tube as well as the existence of any memory 
effects. Lack of reproducibility or a significant change in the signal, 
may indicate that the graphite tube should be replaced.
    9.2.3.3 The results of the calibration blank shall agree within 
three standard deviations of the mean blank value.
    9.2.3.4 If not, analyze the calibration blank two more times and 
average the results. If the average is not within three standard 
deviations of the background mean, terminate the analyses, correct the 
problem, recalibrate, and reanalyze all samples analyzed subsequent to 
the last acceptable calibration blank analysis.
    9.2.4 GFAAS Duplicate Sample Analysis. Perform one duplicate sample 
analysis for each compliance sample batch (3 runs).
    9.2.4.1 A digested aliquot of the selected sample is processed and 
analyzed using the identical procedures that were used for the whole 
sample preparation and analytical efforts.
    9.2.4.2 Duplicate sample analyses results incorporating duplicate 
digestions shall agree within 20 percent for sample results exceeding 
ten (10) times the detection limit.
    9.2.4.3 Report the original analysis value for the sample and report 
the duplicate analysis value as the QC check value.
    9.2.4.4 If agreement is not achieved, perform the duplicate analysis 
again. If agreement is not achieved the second time, perform corrective 
action to identify and correct the problem before analyzing the sample 
for a third time.
    9.2.5 GFAAS Matrix Spiking.
    9.2.5.1 Spiked samples shall be prepared and analyzed daily to 
ensure that (1) correct procedures are being followed, (2) there are no 
matrix effects and (3) all equipment is operating properly.
    9.2.5.2 Cr spikes are added prior to any sample preparation.
    9.2.5.3 Cr levels in the spiked sample should provide final solution 
concentrations that are within the linear portion of the calibration 
curve, as well as, at a concentration level at least: equal to that of 
the original sample; and, ten (10) times the detection limit.
    9.2.5.4 Spiked sample recovery analyses should indicate a recovery 
for the Cr spike of between 75 and 125 percent.
    9.2.5.5 If the recoveries for the Cr spiked samples do not meet the 
specified criteria, perform corrective action to identify and correct 
the problem prior to reanalyzing the samples.
    9.2.6 GFAAS Method of Standard Additions.

[[Page 700]]

    9.2.6.1 Method of Standard Additions. Perform procedures in Section 
5.4 of Method 12 (40 CFR Part 60, Appendix A)
    9.2.6.2 Whenever sample matrix problems are suspected and standard/
sample matrix matching is not possible or whenever a new sample matrix 
is being analyzed, perform referenced procedures to determine if the 
method of standard additions is necessary.
    9.2.7 GFAAS Field Reagent Blank.
    9.2.7.1 Analyze a minimum of one matrix-matched field reagent blank 
(Section 8.2.4) per sample batch to determine if contamination or memory 
effects are occurring.
    9.2.7.2 If contamination or memory effects are observed, perform 
corrective action to identify and correct the problem before reanalyzing 
the samples.
    9.3 IC/PCR Quality Control.
    9.3.1 IC/PCR Calibration Reference Standards.
    9.3.1.1 Prepare a calibration reference standard at a concentration 
that is at or near the mid-point of the calibration curve using the same 
alkaline matrix as the calibration standards. This reference standard 
should be prepared from a different Cr stock solution than that used to 
prepare the calibration curve standards. The reference standard is used 
to verify the accuracy of the calibration curve.
    9.3.1.2 The curve must be validated before sample analyses are 
performed. Prior to sample analysis, analyze at least one reference 
standard with an expected value within the calibration range.
    9.3.1.3 The results of this reference standard analysis must be 
within 10 percent of the true value of the reference standard for the 
calibration curve to be considered valid.
    9.3.2 IC/PCR Continuing Check Standard and Calibration Blank.
    9.3.2.1 Perform analysis of the check standard and the calibration 
blank with the field samples as described in Section 11.6 (at least 
after every 10 samples, and at the end of the analytical run).
    9.3.2.2 The result from the check standard must be within 10 percent 
of the expected value.
    9.3.2.3 If the 10 percent criteria is exceeded, excessive drift and/
or instrument degradation may have occurred, and must be corrected 
before further analyses can be performed.
    9.3.2.4 The results of the calibration blank analyses must agree 
within three standard deviations of the mean blank value.
    9.3.2.5 If not, analyze the calibration blank two more times and 
average the results.
    9.3.2.6 If the average is not within three standard deviations of 
the background mean, terminate the analyses, correct the problem, 
recalibrate, and reanalyze all samples analyzed subsequent to the last 
acceptable calibration blank analysis.
    9.3.3 IC/PCR Duplicate Sample Analysis.
    9.3.3.1 Perform one duplicate sample analysis for each compliance 
sample batch (3 runs).
    9.3.3.2 An aliquot of the selected sample is prepared and analyzed 
using procedures identical to those used for the emission samples (for 
example, filtration and/or, if necessary, preconcentration).
    9.3.3.3 Duplicate sample injection results shall agree within 10 
percent for sample results exceeding ten (10) times the detection limit.
    9.3.3.4 Report the original analysis value for the sample and report 
the duplicate analysis value as the QC check value.
    9.3.3.5 If agreement is not achieved, perform the duplicate analysis 
again.
    9.3.3.6 If agreement is not achieved the second time, perform 
corrective action to identify and correct the problem prior to analyzing 
the sample for a third time.
    9.3.4 ICP/PCR Matrix Spiking. Spiked samples shall be prepared and 
analyzed with each sample set to ensure that there are no matrix 
effects, that samples and standards have been matrix-matched, and that 
the equipment is operating properly.
    9.3.4.1 Spiked sample recovery analysis should indicate a recovery 
of the Cr+6 spike between 75 and 125 percent.
    9.3.4.2 The spiked sample concentration should be within the linear 
portion of the calibration curve and should be equal to or greater than 
the concentration of the original sample. In addition, the spiked sample 
concentration should be at least ten (10) times the detection limit.
    9.3.4.3 If the recoveries for the Cr+6 spiked samples do 
not meet the specified criteria, perform corrective action to identify 
and correct the problem prior to reanalyzing the samples.
    9.3.5 IC/PCR Field Reagent Blank.
    9.3.5.1 Analyze a minimum of one matrix-matched field reagent blank 
(Section 8.2.4) per sample batch to determine if contamination or memory 
effects are occurring.
    9.3.5.2 If contamination or memory effects are observed, perform 
corrective action to identify and correct the problem before reanalyzing 
the samples.

                  10.0 Calibration and Standardization

    10.1 Sampling Train Calibration. Perform calibrations described in 
Method 5, (40 CFR part 60, appendix A). The alternate calibration 
procedures described in Method 5, may also be used.
    10.2 ICP Calibration.
    10.2.1 Calibrate the instrument according to the instrument 
manufacturer's recommended procedures, using a calibration blank and 
three standards for the initial calibration.
    10.2.2 Calibration standards should be prepared fresh daily, as 
described in Section

[[Page 701]]

7.3.8. Be sure that samples and calibration standards are matrix 
matched. Flush the system with the calibration blank between each 
standard.
    10.2.3 Use the average intensity of multiple exposures (3 or more) 
for both standardization and sample analysis to reduce random error.
    10.2.4 Employing linear regression, calculate the correlation 
coefficient .
    10.2.5 The correlation coefficient must equal or exceed 0.995.
    10.2.6 If linearity is not acceptable, prepare and rerun another set 
of calibration standards or reduce the range of the calibration 
standards, as necessary.
    10.3 GFAAS Calibration.
    10.3.1 For instruments that measure directly in concentration, set 
the instrument software to display the correct concentration, if 
applicable.
    10.3.2 Curve must be linear in order to correctly perform the method 
of standard additions which is customarily performed automatically with 
most instrument computer-based data systems.
    10.3.3 The calibration curve (direct calibration or standard 
additions) must be prepared daily with a minimum of a calibration blank 
and three standards that are prepared fresh daily.
    10.3.4 The calibration curve acceptance criteria must equal or 
exceed 0.995.
    10.3.5 If linearity is not acceptable, prepare and rerun another set 
of calibration standards or reduce the range of calibration standards, 
as necessary.
    10.4 IC/PCR Calibration.
    10.4.1 Prepare a calibration curve using the calibration blank and 
three calibration standards prepared fresh daily as described in Section 
7.3.8.
    10.4.2 The calibration curve acceptance criteria must equal or 
exceed 0.995.
    10.4.3 If linearity is not acceptable, remake and/or rerun the 
calibration standards. If the calibration curve is still unacceptable, 
reduce the range of the curve.
    10.4.4 Analyze the standards with the field samples as described in 
Section 11.6.

                       11.0 Analytical Procedures

    Note: The method determines the chromium concentration in [micro]g 
Cr/mL. It is important that the analyst measure the field sample volume 
prior to analyzing the sample. This will allow for conversion of 
[micro]g Cr/mL to [micro]g Cr/sample.

    11.1 ICP Sample Preparation.
    11.1.1 The ICP analysis is performed directly on the alkaline 
impinger solution; acid digestion is not necessary, provided the samples 
and standards are matrix matched.
    11.1.2 The ICP analysis should only be employed when the solution 
analyzed has a Cr concentration greater than 35 [micro]g/L or five times 
the method detection limit as determined according to Appendix B in 40 
CFR Part 136 or by other commonly accepted analytical procedures.
    11.2 ICP Sample Analysis.
    11.2.1 The ICP analysis is applicable for the determination of total 
chromium only.
    11.2.2 ICP Blanks. Two types of blanks are required for the ICP 
analysis.
    11.2.2.1 Calibration Blank. The calibration blank is used in 
establishing the calibration curve. For the calibration blank, use 
either 0.1 N NaOH or 0.1 N NaHCO3, whichever is used for the 
impinger absorbing solution. The calibration blank can be prepared fresh 
in the laboratory; it does not have to be prepared from the same batch 
of solution that was used in the field. A sufficient quantity should be 
prepared to flush the system between standards and samples.
    11.2.2.2 Field Reagent Blank. The field reagent blank is collected 
in the field during the testing program. The field reagent blank 
(Section 8.2.4) is an aliquot of the absorbing solution prepared in 
Section 7.1.2. The reagent blank is used to assess possible 
contamination resulting from sample processing.
    11.2.3 ICP Instrument Adjustment.
    11.2.3.1 Adjust the ICP instrument for proper operating parameters 
including wavelength, background correction settings (if necessary), and 
interfering element correction settings (if necessary).
    11.2.3.2 The instrument must be allowed to become thermally stable 
before beginning measurements (usually requiring at least 30 min of 
operation prior to calibration). During this warmup period, the optical 
calibration and torch position optimization may be performed (consult 
the operator's manual).
    11.2.4 ICP Instrument Calibration.
    11.2.4.1 Calibrate the instrument according to the instrument 
manufacturer's recommended procedures, and the procedures specified in 
Section 10.2.
    11.2.4.2 Prior to analyzing the field samples, reanalyze the highest 
calibration standard as if it were a sample.
    11.2.4.3 Concentration values obtained should not deviate from the 
actual values or from the established control limits by more than 5 
percent, whichever is lower (see Sections 9.1 and 10.2).
    11.2.4.4 If they do, follow the recommendations of the instrument 
manufacturer to correct the problem.
    11.2.5 ICP Operational Quality Control Procedures.
    11.2.5.1 Flush the system with the calibration blank solution for at 
least 1 min before the analysis of each sample or standard.
    11.2.5.2 Analyze the continuing check standard and the calibration 
blank after each batch of 10 samples.

[[Page 702]]

    11.2.5.3 Use the average intensity of multiple exposures for both 
standardization and sample analysis to reduce random error.
    11.2.6 ICP Sample Dilution.
    11.2.6.1 Dilute and reanalyze samples that are more concentrated 
than the linear calibration limit or use an alternate, less sensitive Cr 
wavelength for which quality control data have already been established.
    11.2.6.2 When dilutions are performed, the appropriate factors must 
be applied to sample measurement results.
    11.2.7 Reporting Analytical Results. All analytical results should 
be reported in [micro]g Cr/mL using three significant figures. Field 
sample volumes (mL) must be reported also.
    11.3 GFAAS Sample Preparation.
    11.3.1 GFAAS Acid Digestion. An acid digestion of the alkaline 
impinger solution is required for the GFAAS analysis.
    11.3.1.1 In a beaker, add 10 mL of concentrated HNO3 to a 
100 mL sample aliquot that has been well mixed. Cover the beaker with a 
watch glass. Place the beaker on a hot plate and reflux the sample to 
near dryness. Add another 5 mL of concentrated HNO3 to 
complete the digestion. Again, carefully reflux the sample volume to 
near dryness. Rinse the beaker walls and watch glass with reagent water.
    11.3.1.2 The final concentration of HNO3 in the solution 
should be 1 percent (v/v).
    11.3.1.3 Transfer the digested sample to a 50-mL volumetric flask. 
Add 0.5 mL of concentrated HNO3 and 1 mL of the 10 [micro]g/
mL of Ca(NO3)2. Dilute to 50 mL with reagent 
water.
    11.3.2 HNO3 Concentration. A different final volume may 
be used based on the expected Cr concentration, but the HNO3 
concentration must be maintained at 1 percent (v/v).
    11.4 GFAAS Sample Analysis.
    11.4.1 The GFAAS analysis is applicable for the determination of 
total chromium only.
    11.4.2 GFAAS Blanks. Two types of blanks are required for the GFAAS 
analysis.
    11.4.2.1 Calibration Blank. The 1.0 percent HNO3 is the 
calibration blank which is used in establishing the calibration curve.
    11.4.2.2 Field Reagent Blank. An aliquot of the 0.1 N NaOH solution 
or the 0.1 N NaHCO3 prepared in Section 7.1.2 is collected 
for the field reagent blank. The field reagent blank is used to assess 
possible contamination resulting from processing the sample.
    11.4.2.2.1 The reagent blank must be subjected to the entire series 
of sample preparation and analytical procedures, including the acid 
digestion.
    11.4.2.2.2 The reagent blank's final solution must contain the same 
acid concentration as the sample solutions.
    11.4.3 GFAAS Instrument Adjustment.
    11.4.3.1 The 357.9 nm wavelength line shall be used.
    11.4.3.2 Follow the manufacturer's instructions for all other 
spectrophotometer operating parameters.
    11.4.4 Furnace Operational Parameters. Parameters suggested by the 
manufacturer should be employed as guidelines.
    11.4.4.1 Temperature-sensing mechanisms and temperature controllers 
can vary between instruments and/or with time; the validity of the 
furnace operating parameters must be periodically confirmed by 
systematically altering the furnace parameters while analyzing a 
standard. In this manner, losses of analyte due to higher-than-necessary 
temperature settings or losses in sensitivity due to less than optimum 
settings can be minimized.
    11.4.4.2 Similar verification of furnace operating parameters may be 
required for complex sample matrices (consult instrument manual for 
additional information). Calibrate the GFAAS system following the 
procedures specified in Section 10.3.
    11.4.5 GFAAS Operational Quality Control Procedures.
    11.4.5.1 Introduce a measured aliquot of digested sample into the 
furnace and atomize.
    11.4.5.2 If the measured concentration exceeds the calibration 
range, the sample should be diluted with the calibration blank solution 
(1.0 percent HNO3) and reanalyzed.
    11.4.5.3 Consult the operator's manual for suggested injection 
volumes. The use of multiple injections can improve accuracy and assist 
in detecting furnace pipetting errors.
    11.4.5.4 Analyze a minimum of one matrix-matched reagent blank per 
sample batch to determine if contamination or any memory effects are 
occurring.
    11.4.5.5 Analyze a calibration blank and a continuing check standard 
after approximately every batch of 10 sample injections.
    11.4.6 GFAAS Sample Dilution.
    11.4.6.1 Dilute and reanalyze samples that are more concentrated 
than the instrument calibration range.
    11.4.6.2 If dilutions are performed, the appropriate factors must be 
applied to sample measurement results.
    11.4.7 Reporting Analytical Results.
    11.4.7.1 Calculate the Cr concentrations by the method of standard 
additions (see operator's manual) or, from direct calibration. All 
dilution and/or concentration factors must be used when calculating the 
results.
    11.4.7.2 Analytical results should be reported in [micro]g Cr/mL 
using three significant figures. Field sample volumes (mL) must be 
reported also.
    11.5 IC/PCR Sample Preparation.
    11.5.1 Sample pH. Measure and record the sample pH prior to 
analysis.
    11.5.2 Sample Filtration. Prior to preconcentration and/or analysis, 
filter all field samples through a 0.45-[micro]m filter. The

[[Page 703]]

filtration step should be conducted just prior to sample injection/
analysis.
    11.5.2.1 Use a portion of the sample to rinse the syringe filtration 
unit and acetate filter and then collect the required volume of 
filtrate.
    11.5.2.2 Retain the filter if total Cr is to be determined also.
    11.5.3 Sample Preconcentration (older instruments).
    11.5.3.1 For older instruments, a preconcentration system may be 
used in conjunction with the IC/PCR to increase sensitivity for trace 
levels of Cr+6.
    11.5.3.2 The preconcentration is accomplished by selectively 
retaining the analyte on a solid absorbent, followed by removal of the 
analyte from the absorbent (consult instrument manual).
    11.5.3.3 For a manual system, position the injection valve so that 
the eluent displaces the concentrated Cr+6 sample, 
transferring it from the preconcentration column and onto the IC anion 
separation column.
    11.6 IC/PCR Sample Analyses.
    11.6.1 The IC/PCR analysis is applicable for hexavalent chromium 
measurements only.
    11.6.2 IC/PCR Blanks. Two types of blanks are required for the IC/
PCR analysis.
    11.6.2.1 Calibration Blank. The calibration blank is used in 
establishing the analytical curve. For the calibration blank, use either 
0.1 N NaOH or 0.1 N NaHCO3, whichever is used for the 
impinger solution. The calibration blank can be prepared fresh in the 
laboratory; it does not have to be prepared from the same batch of 
absorbing solution that is used in the field.
    11.6.2.2 Field Reagent Blank. An aliquot of the 0.1 N NaOH solution 
or the 0.1 N NaHCO3 solution prepared in Section 7.1.2 is 
collected for the field reagent blank. The field reagent blank is used 
to assess possible contamination resulting from processing the sample.
    11.6.3 Stabilized Baseline. Prior to sample analysis, establish a 
stable baseline with the detector set at the required attenuation by 
setting the eluent and post-column reagent flow rates according to the 
manufacturers recommendations.

    Note: As long as the ratio of eluent flow rate to PCR flow rate 
remains constant, the standard curve should remain linear. Inject a 
sample of reagent water to ensure that no Cr+6 appears in the 
water blank.

    11.6.4 Sample Injection Loop. Size of injection loop is based on 
standard/sample concentrations and the selected attenuator setting.
    11.6.4.1 A 50-[micro]L loop is normally sufficient for most higher 
concentrations.
    11.6.4.2 The sample volume used to load the injection loop should be 
at least 10 times the loop size so that all tubing in contact with the 
sample is thoroughly flushed with the new sample to prevent cross 
contamination.
    11.6.5 IC/PCR Instrument Calibration.
    11.6.5.1 First, inject the calibration standards prepared, as 
described in Section 7.3.8 to correspond to the appropriate 
concentration range, starting with the lowest standard first.
    11.6.5.2 Check the performance of the instrument and verify the 
calibration using data gathered from analyses of laboratory blanks, 
calibration standards, and a quality control sample.
    11.6.5.3 Verify the calibration by analyzing a calibration reference 
standard. If the measured concentration exceeds the established value by 
more than 10 percent, perform a second analysis. If the measured 
concentration still exceeds the established value by more than 10 
percent, terminate the analysis until the problem can be identified and 
corrected.
    11.6.6 IC/PCR Instrument Operation.
    11.6.6.1 Inject the calibration reference standard (as described in 
Section 9.3.1), followed by the field reagent blank (Section 8.2.4), and 
the field samples.
    11.6.6.1.1 Standards (and QC standards) and samples are injected 
into the sample loop of the desired size (use a larger size loop for 
greater sensitivity). The Cr+6 is collected on the resin bed 
of the column.
    11.6.6.1.2 After separation from other sample components, the 
Cr+6 forms a specific complex in the post-column reactor with 
the DPC reaction solution, and the complex is detected by visible 
absorbance at a maximum wavelength of 540 nm.
    11.6.6.1.3 The amount of absorbance measured is proportional to the 
concentration of the Cr+6 complex formed.
    11.6.6.1.4 The IC retention time and the absorbance of the 
Cr+6 complex with known Cr+6 standards analyzed 
under identical conditions must be compared to provide both qualitative 
and quantitative analyses.
    11.6.6.1.5 If a sample peak appears near the expected retention time 
of the Cr+6 ion, spike the sample according to Section 9.3.4 
to verify peak identity.
    11.6.7 IC/PCR Operational Quality Control Procedures.
    11.6.7.1 Samples should be at a pH =8.5 for NaOH and 
=8.0 if using NaHCO3; document any discrepancies.
    11.6.7.2 Refrigerated samples should be allowed to equilibrate to 
ambient temperature prior to preparation and analysis.
    11.6.7.3 Repeat the injection of the calibration standards at the 
end of the analytical run to assess instrument drift. Measure areas or 
heights of the Cr+6/DPC complex chromatogram peaks.
    11.6.7.4 To ensure the precision of the sample injection (manual or 
autosampler), the response for the second set of injected

[[Page 704]]

standards must be within 10 percent of the average response.
    11.6.7.5 If the 10 percent criteria duplicate injection cannot be 
achieved, identify the source of the problem and rerun the calibration 
standards.
    11.6.7.6 Use peak areas or peak heights from the injections of 
calibration standards to generate a linear calibration curve. From the 
calibration curve, determine the concentrations of the field samples.
    11.6.8 IC/PCR Sample Dilution.
    11.6.8.1 Samples having concentrations higher than the established 
calibration range must be diluted into the calibration range and re-
analyzed.
    11.6.8.2 If dilutions are performed, the appropriate factors must be 
applied to sample measurement results.
    11.6.9 Reporting Analytical Results. Results should be reported in 
[micro]g Cr+6/mL using three significant figures. Field 
sample volumes (mL) must be reported also.

                   12.0 Data Analysis and Calculations

    12.1 Pretest Calculations.
    12.1.1 Pretest Protocol (Site Test Plan).
    12.1.1.1 The pretest protocol should define and address the test 
data quality objectives (DQOs), with all assumptions, that will be 
required by the end user (enforcement authority); what data are needed? 
why are the data needed? how will the data be used? what are method 
detection limits? and what are estimated target analyte levels for the 
following test parameters.
    12.1.1.1.1 Estimated source concentration for total chromium and/or 
Cr+6.
    12.1.1.1.2 Estimated minimum sampling time and/or volume required to 
meet method detection limit requirements (Appendix B 40 CFR Part 136) 
for measurement of total chromium and/or Cr+6.
    12.1.1.1.3 Demonstrate that planned sampling parameters will meet 
DQOs. The protocol must demonstrate that the planned sampling parameters 
calculated by the tester will meet the needs of the source and the 
enforcement authority.
    12.1.1.2 The pre-test protocol should include information on 
equipment, logistics, personnel, process operation, and other resources 
necessary for an efficient and coordinated test.
    12.1.1.3 At a minimum, the pre-test protocol should identify and be 
approved by the source, the tester, the analytical laboratory, and the 
regulatory enforcement authority. The tester should not proceed with the 
compliance testing before obtaining approval from the enforcement 
authority.
    12.1.2 Post Test Calculations.
    12.1.2.1 Perform the calculations, retaining one extra decimal 
figure beyond that of the acquired data. Round off figures after final 
calculations.
    12.1.2.2 Nomenclature.

CS = Concentration of Cr in sample solution, [micro]g Cr/mL.
Ccr = Concentration of Cr in stack gas, dry basis, corrected 
          to standard conditions, mg/dscm.
D = Digestion factor, dimension less.
F = Dilution factor, dimension less.
MCr = Total Cr in each sample, [micro]g.
Vad = Volume of sample aliquot after digestion, mL.
Vaf = Volume of sample aliquot after dilution, mL.
Vbd = Volume of sample aliquot submitted to digestion, mL.
Vbf = Volume of sample aliquot before dilution, mL.
VmL = Volume of impinger contents plus rinses, mL.
Vm(std) = Volume of gas sample measured by the dry gas meter, 
          corrected to standard conditions, dscm.

    12.1.2.3 Dilution Factor. The dilution factor is the ratio of the 
volume of sample aliquot after dilution to the volume before dilution. 
This ratio is given by the following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.573

    12.1.2.4 Digestion Factor. The digestion factor is the ratio of the 
volume of sample aliquot after digestion to the volume before digestion. 
This ratio is given by Equation 306-2.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.574


[[Page 705]]


    12.1.2.5 Total Cr in Sample. Calculate MCr, the total [micro]g Cr in 
each sample, using the following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.575

    12.1.2.6 Average Dry Gas Meter Temperature and Average Orifice 
Pressure Drop. Same as Method 5.
    12.1.2.7 Dry Gas Volume, Volume of Water Vapor, Moisture Content. 
Same as Method 5.
    12.1.2.8 Cr Emission Concentration (CCr). Calculate 
CCr, the Cr concentration in the stack gas, in mg/dscm on a 
dry basis, corrected to standard conditions using the following 
equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.576

    12.1.2.9 Isokinetic Variation, Acceptable Results. Same as Method 5.

                         13.0 Method Performance

    13.1 Range. The recommended working range for all of the three 
analytical techniques starts at five times the analytical detection 
limit (see also Section 13.2.2). The upper limit of all three techniques 
can be extended indefinitely by appropriate dilution.
    13.2 Sensitivity.
    13.2.1 Analytical Sensitivity. The estimated instrumental detection 
limits listed are provided as a guide for an instrumental limit. The 
actual method detection limits are sample and instrument dependent and 
may vary as the sample matrix varies.
    13.2.1.2 ICP Analytical Sensitivity. The minimum estimated detection 
limits for ICP, as reported in Method 6010A and the recently revised 
Method 6010B of SW-846 (Reference 1), are 7.0 [micro]g Cr/L and 4.7 
[micro]g Cr/L, respectively.
    13.2.1.3 GFAAS Analytical Sensitivity. The minimum estimated 
detection limit for GFAAS, as reported in Methods 7000A and 7191 of SW-
846 (Reference 1), is 1 [micro]g Cr/L.
    13.2.1.4 IC/PCR Analytical Sensitivity. The minimum detection limit 
for IC/PCR with a preconcentrator, as reported in Methods 0061 and 7199 
of SW-846 (Reference 1), is 0.05 [micro]g Cr+6/L.
    1.3.2.1.5 Determination of Detection Limits. The laboratory 
performing the Cr+6 measurements must determine the method 
detection limit on a quarterly basis using a suitable procedure such as 
that found in 40 CFR, Part 136, Appendix B. The determination should be 
made on samples in the appropriate alkaline matrix. Normally this 
involves the preparation (if applicable) and consecutive measurement of 
seven (7) separate aliquots of a sample with a concentration <5 times 
the expected detection limit. The detection limit is 3.14 times the 
standard deviation of these results.
    13.2.2 In-stack Sensitivity. The in-stack sensitivity depends upon 
the analytical detection limit, the volume of stack gas sampled, the 
total volume of the impinger absorbing solution plus the rinses, and, in 
some cases, dilution or concentration factors from sample preparation. 
Using the analytical detection limits given in Sections 13.2.1.1, 
13.2.1.2, and 13.2.1.3; a stack gas sample volume of 1.7 dscm; a total 
liquid sample volume of 500 mL; and the digestion concentration factor 
of \1/2\ for the GFAAS analysis; the corresponding in-stack detection 
limits are 0.0014 mg Cr/dscm to 0.0021 mg Cr/dscm for ICP, 0.00015 mg 
Cr/dscm for GFAAS, and 0.000015 mg Cr+6/dscm for IC/PCR with 
preconcentration.

    Note: It is recommended that the concentration of Cr in the 
analytical solutions be at least five times the analytical detection 
limit to optimize sensitivity in the analyses. Using this guideline and 
the same assumptions for impinger sample volume, stack gas sample 
volume, and the digestion concentration factor for the GFAAS analysis 
(500 mL,1.7 dscm, and 1/2, respectively), the recommended minimum stack 
concentrations for optimum sensitivity are 0.0068 mg Cr/dscm to 0.0103 
mg Cr/dscm for ICP, 0.00074 mg Cr/dscm for GFAAS, and 0.000074 mg 
Cr+6/dscm for IC/PCR with preconcentration. If required, the 
in-stack detection limits can be improved by either increasing the stack 
gas sample volume, further reducing the volume of the digested sample 
for GFAAS, improving the analytical detection limits, or any combination 
of the three.

    13.3 Precision.

[[Page 706]]

    13.3.1 The following precision data have been reported for the three 
analytical methods. In each case, when the sampling precision is 
combined with the reported analytical precision, the resulting overall 
precision may decrease.
    13.3.2 Bias data is also reported for GFAAS.
    13.4 ICP Precision.
    13.4.1 As reported in Method 6010B of SW-846 (Reference 1), in an 
EPA round-robin Phase 1 study, seven laboratories applied the ICP 
technique to acid/distilled water matrices that had been spiked with 
various metal concentrates. For true values of 10, 50, and 150 [micro]g 
Cr/L; the mean reported values were 10, 50, and 149 [micro]g Cr/L; and 
the mean percent relative standard deviations were 18, 3.3, and 3.8 
percent, respectively.
    13.4.2 In another multi laboratory study cited in Method 6010B, a 
mean relative standard of 8.2 percent was reported for an aqueous sample 
concentration of approximately 3750 [micro]g Cr/L.
    13.5 GFAAS Precision. As reported in Method 7191 of SW-846 
(Reference 1), in a single laboratory (EMSL), using Cincinnati, Ohio tap 
water spiked at concentrations of 19, 48, and 77 [micro]g Cr/L, the 
standard deviations were 0.1, 0.2, and 0.8, respectively. 
Recoveries at these levels were 97 percent, 101 percent, and 102 
percent, respectively.
    13.6 IC/PCR Precision. As reported in Methods 0061 and 7199 of SW-
846 (Reference 1), the precision of IC/PCR with sample preconcentration 
is 5 to 10 percent. The overall precision for sewage sludge incinerators 
emitting 120 ng/dscm of Cr+6 and 3.5 [micro]g/dscm of total 
Cr was 25 percent and 9 percent, respectively; and for hazardous waste 
incinerators emitting 300 ng/dscm of C+6 the precision was 20 
percent.

                        14.0 Pollution Prevention

    14.1 The only materials used in this method that could be considered 
pollutants are the chromium standards used for instrument calibration 
and acids used in the cleaning of the collection and measurement 
containers/labware, in the preparation of standards, and in the acid 
digestion of samples. Both reagents can be stored in the same waste 
container.
    14.2 Cleaning solutions containing acids should be prepared in 
volumes consistent with use to minimize the disposal of excessive 
volumes of acid.
    14.3 To the extent possible, the containers/vessels used to collect 
and prepare samples should be cleaned and reused to minimize the 
generation of solid waste.

                          15.0 Waste Management

    15.1 It is the responsibility of the laboratory and the sampling 
team to comply with all federal, state, and local regulations governing 
waste management, particularly the discharge regulations, hazardous 
waste identification rules, and land disposal restrictions; and to 
protect the air, water, and land by minimizing and controlling all 
releases from field operations.
    15.2 For further information on waste management, consult The Waste 
Management Manual for Laboratory Personnel and Less is Better--
Laboratory Chemical Management for Waste Reduction, available from the 
American Chemical Society's Department of Government Relations and 
Science Policy, 1155 16th Street NW, Washington, DC 20036.

                             16.0 References

    1. ``Test Methods for Evaluating Solid Waste, Physical/Chemical 
Methods, SW-846, Third Edition,'' as amended by Updates I, II, IIA, IIB, 
and III. Document No. 955-001-000001. Available from Superintendent of 
Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, DC, November 
1986.
    2. Cox, X.B., R.W. Linton, and F.E. Butler. Determination of 
Chromium Speciation in Environmental Particles--A Multi-technique Study 
of Ferrochrome Smelter Dust. Accepted for publication in Environmental 
Science and Technology.
    3. Same as Section 17.0 of Method 5, References 2, 3, 4, 5, and 7.
    4. California Air Resources Board, ``Determination of Total Chromium 
and Hexavalent Chromium Emissions from Stationary Sources.'' Method 425, 
September 12, 1990.
    5. The Merck Index. Eleventh Edition. Merck & Co., Inc., 1989.
    6. Walpole, R.E., and R.H. Myers. ``Probability and Statistics for 
Scientists and Engineering.'' 3rd Edition. MacMillan Publishing Co., 
NewYork, N.Y., 1985.

         17.0 Tables, Diagrams, Flowcharts, and Validation Data

[[Page 707]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.577


[[Page 708]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.578

  Method 306A--Determination of Chromium Emissions From Decorative and 
     Hard Chromium Electroplating and Chromium Anodizing Operations

    Note: This method does not include all of the specifications (e.g., 
equipment and supplies) and procedures (e.g., sampling and analytical) 
essential to its performance. Some material is incorporated by reference 
from other methods in 40 CFR Part 60, Appendix A and in this part. 
Therefore, to obtain reliable results, persons using this method should 
have a thorough knowledge of at least Methods 5 and 306.

                        1.0 Scope and Application

    1.1 Analyte. Chromium. CAS Number (7440-47-3).
    1.2 Applicability.

[[Page 709]]

    1.2.1 This method applies to the determination of chromium (Cr) in 
emissions from decorative and hard chromium electroplating facilities, 
chromium anodizing operations, and continuous chromium plating at iron 
and steel facilities. The method is less expensive and less complex to 
conduct than Method 306. Correctly applied, the precision and bias of 
the sample results should be comparable to those obtained with the 
isokinetic Method 306. This method is applicable for the determination 
of air emissions under nominal ambient moisture, temperature, and 
pressure conditions.
    1.2.2 The method is also applicable to electroplating and anodizing 
sources controlled by wet scrubbers.
    1.3 Data Quality Objectives.
    1.3.1 Pretest Protocol.
    1.3.1.1 The pretest protocol should define and address the test data 
quality objectives (DQOs), with all assumptions, that will be required 
by the end user (enforcement authority); what data are needed? why are 
the data needed? how will data be used? what are method detection 
limits? and what are estimated target analyte levels for the following 
test parameters.
    1.3.1.1.1 Estimated source concentration for total chromium and/or 
Cr+6.
    1.3.1.1.2 Estimated minimum sampling time and/or volume required to 
meet method detection limit requirements (Appendix B 40 CFR Part 136) 
for measurement of total chromium and/or Cr+6.
    1.3.1.1.3 Demonstrate that planned sampling parameters will meet 
DQOs. The protocol must demonstrate that the planned sampling parameters 
calculated by the tester will meet the needs of the source and the 
enforcement authority.
    1.3.1.2 The pre-test protocol should include information on 
equipment, logistics, personnel, process operation, and other resources 
necessary for an efficient and coordinated performance test.
    1.3.1.3 At a minimum, the pre-test protocol should identify and be 
approved by the source, the tester, the analytical laboratory, and the 
regulatory enforcement authority. The tester should not proceed with the 
compliance testing before obtaining approval from the enforcement 
authority.

                          2.0 Summary of Method

    2.1 Sampling.
    2.1.1 An emission sample is extracted from the source at a constant 
sampling rate determined by a critical orifice and collected in a 
sampling train composed of a probe and impingers. The proportional 
sampling time at the cross sectional traverse points is varied according 
to the stack gas velocity at each point. The total sample time must be 
at least two hours.
    2.1.2 The chromium emission concentration is determined by the same 
analytical procedures described in Method 306: inductively-coupled 
plasma emission spectrometry (ICP), graphite furnace atomic absorption 
spectrometry (GFAAS), or ion chromatography with a post-column reactor 
(IC/PCR).
    2.1.2.1 Total chromium samples with high chromium concentrations 
(=35 [micro]g/L) may be analyzed using inductively coupled 
plasma emission spectrometry (ICP) at 267.72 nm.

    Note: The ICP analysis is applicable for this method only when the 
solution analyzed has a Cr concentration greater than or equal to 35 
[micro]g/L or five times the method detection limit as determined 
according to Appendix B in 40 CFR Part 136.

    2.1.2.2 Alternatively, when lower total chromium concentrations (<35 
[micro]g/L) are encountered, a portion of the alkaline sample solution 
may be digested with nitric acid and analyzed by graphite furnace atomic 
absorption spectroscopy (GFAAS) at 357.9 nm.
    2.1.2.3 If it is desirable to determine hexavalent chromium 
(Cr+6) emissions, the samples may be analyzed using an ion 
chromatograph equipped with a post-column reactor (IC/PCR) and a visible 
wavelength detector. To increase sensitivity for trace levels of 
Cr+6, a preconcentration system may be used in conjunction 
with the IC/PCR.

                             3.0 Definitions

    3.1 Total Chromium--measured chromium content that includes both 
major chromium oxidation states (Cr + 3, Cr + 6).
    3.2 May--Implies an optional operation.
    3.3 Digestion--The analytical operation involving the complete (or 
nearly complete) dissolution of the sample in order to ensure the 
complete solubilization of the element (analyte) to be measured.
    3.4 Interferences--Physical, chemical, or spectral phenomena that 
may produce a high or low bias in the analytical result.
    3.5 Analytical System--All components of the analytical process 
including the sample digestion and measurement apparatus.
    3.6 Sample Recovery--The quantitative transfer of sample from the 
collection apparatus to the sample preparation (digestion, etc.) 
apparatus. This term should not be confused with analytical recovery.

                            4.0 Interferences

    4.1 Same as in Method 306, Section 4.0.

                               5.0 Safety

    5.1 Disclaimer. This method may involve hazardous materials, 
operations, and equipment. This test method does not purport to address 
all of the safety issues associated with its use. It is the 
responsibility of the user to establish appropriate safety and health 
practices and to determine the applicability of regulatory limitations 
prior to performing this test method.

[[Page 710]]

    5.2 Chromium and some chromium compounds have been listed as 
carcinogens although Chromium (III) compounds show little or no 
toxicity. Chromium is a skin and respiratory irritant.

                       6.0 Equipment and Supplies

    Note: Mention of trade names or specific products does not 
constitute endorsement by the Environmental Protection Agency.

    6.1 Sampling Train. A schematic of the sampling train is shown in 
Figure 306A-1. The individual components of the train are available 
commercially, however, some fabrication and assembly are required.
    6.1.1 Probe Nozzle/Tubing and Sheath.
    6.1.1.1 Use approximately 6.4-mm (\1/4\-in.) inside diameter (ID) 
glass or rigid plastic tubing approximately 20 cm (8 in.) in length with 
a short 90 degree bend at one end to form the sampling nozzle. Grind a 
slight taper on the nozzle end before making the bend. Attach the nozzle 
to flexible tubing of sufficient length to enable collection of a sample 
from the stack.
    6.1.1.2 Use a straight piece of larger diameter rigid tubing (such 
as metal conduit or plastic water pipe) to form a sheath that begins 
about 2.5 cm (1 in.) from the 90 [deg] bend on the nozzle and encases 
and supports the flexible tubing.
    6.1.2 Type S Pitot Tube. Same as Method 2, Section 6.1 (40 CFR Part 
60, Appendix A).
    6.1.3 Temperature Sensor.
    6.1.3.1 A thermocouple, liquid-filled bulb thermometer, bimetallic 
thermometer, mercury-in-glass thermometer, or other sensor capable of 
measuring temperature to within 1.5 percent of the minimum absolute 
stack temperature.
    6.1.3.2 The temperature sensor shall either be positioned near the 
center of the stack, or be attached to the pitot tube as directed in 
Section 6.3 of Method 2.
    6.1.4 Sample Train Connectors.
    6.1.4.1 Use thick wall flexible plastic tubing (polyethylene, 
polypropylene, or polyvinyl chloride)  6.4-mm (\1/4\-in.) to 9.5-mm (\3/
8\-in.) ID to connect the train components.
    6.1.4.2 A combination of rigid plastic tubing and thin wall flexible 
tubing may be used as long as tubing walls do not collapse when leak-
checking the train. Metal tubing cannot be used.
    6.1.5 Impingers. Three, one-quart capacity, glass canning jars with 
vacuum seal lids, or three Greenburg-Smith (GS) design impingers 
connected in series, or equivalent, may be used.
    6.1.5.1 One-quart glass canning jar. Three separate jar containers 
are required: (1) the first jar contains the absorbing solution; (2) the 
second is empty and is used to collect any reagent carried over from the 
first container; and (3) the third contains the desiccant drying agent.
    6.1.5.2 Canning Jar Connectors. The jar containers are connected by 
leak-tight inlet and outlet tubes installed in the lids of each 
container for assembly with the train. The tubes may be made of  6.4 mm 
(\1/4\-in.) ID glass or rigid plastic tubing. For the inlet tube of the 
first impinger, heat the glass or plastic tubing and draw until the 
tubing separates. Fabricate the necked tip to form an orifice tip that 
is approximately 2.4 mm (\3/32\-in.) ID.
    6.1.5.2.1 When assembling the first container, place the orifice tip 
end of the tube approximately 4.8 mm (\3/16\-in.) above the inside 
bottom of the jar.
    6.1.5.2.2 For the second container, the inlet tube need not be drawn 
and sized, but the tip should be approximately 25 mm (1 in.) above the 
bottom of the jar.
    6.1.5.2.3 The inlet tube of the third container should extend to 
approximately 12.7 mm (\1/2\-in.) above the bottom of the jar.
    6.1.5.2.4 Extend the outlet tube for each container approximately 50 
mm (2 in.) above the jar lid and downward through the lid, approximately 
12.7 mm (\1/2\-in.) beneath the bottom of the lid.
    6.1.5.3 Greenburg-Smith Impingers. Three separate impingers of the 
Greenburg-Smith (GS) design as described in Section 6.0 of Method 5 are 
required. The first GS impinger shall have a standard tip (orifice/
plate), and the second and third GS impingers shall be modified by 
replacing the orifice/plate tube with a 13 mm (\1/2\-in.) ID glass tube, 
having an unrestricted opening located 13 mm (\1/2\-in.) from the bottom 
of the outer flask.
    6.1.5.4 Greenburg-Smith Connectors. The GS impingers shall be 
connected by leak-free ground glass ``U'' tube connectors or by leak-
free non-contaminating flexible tubing. The first impinger shall contain 
the absorbing solution, the second is empty and the third contains the 
desiccant drying agent.
    6.1.6 Manometer. Inclined/vertical type, or equivalent device, as 
described in Section 6.2 of Method 2 (40 CFR Part 60, Appendix A).
    6.1.7 Critical Orifice. The critical orifice is a small restriction 
in the sample line that is located upstream of the vacuum pump. The 
orifice produces a constant sampling flow rate that is approximately 
0.021 cubic meters per minute (m3/min) or 0.75 cubic feet per minute 
(cfm).
    6.1.7.1 The critical orifice can be constructed by sealing a 2.4-mm 
(\3/32\-in.) ID brass tube approximately 14.3 mm (\9/16\-in.) in length 
inside a second brass tube that is approximately 8 mm (\5/16\-in.) ID 
and 14.3-mm (\9/16\-in.) in length .
    6.1.7.2 Materials other than brass can be used to construct the 
critical orifice as long as the flow through the sampling train can be 
maintained at approximately 0.021 cubic meter per minute (0.75) cfm.
    6.1.8 Connecting Hardware. Standard pipe and fittings, 9.5-mm (\3/
8\-in.), 6.4-mm (\1/4\-in.)

[[Page 711]]

or 3.2-mm (\1/8\-in.) ID, may be used to assemble the vacuum pump, dry 
gas meter and other sampling train components.
    6.1.9 Vacuum Gauge. Capable of measuring approximately 760 mm 
Hg (30 in. Hg) vacuum in 25.4 mm HG (1 
in. Hg) increments. Locate vacuum gauge between the critical 
orifice and the vacuum pump.
    6.1.10 Pump Oiler. A glass oil reservoir with a wick mounted at the 
vacuum pump inlet that lubricates the pump vanes. The oiler should be an 
in-line type and not vented to the atmosphere. See EMTIC Guideline 
Document No. GD-041.WPD for additional information.
    6.1.11 Vacuum Pump. Gast Model 0522-V103-G18DX, or equivalent, 
capable of delivering at least 1.5 cfm at 15 in. Hg vacuum.
    6.1.12 Oil Trap/Muffler. An empty glass oil reservoir without wick 
mounted at the pump outlet to control the pump noise and prevent oil 
from reaching the dry gas meter.
    6.1.13 By-pass Fine Adjust Valve (Optional). Needle valve assembly 
6.4-mm (\1/4\-in.), Whitey 1 RF 4-A, or equivalent, that allows for 
adjustment of the train vacuum.
    6.1.13.1 A fine-adjustment valve is positioned in the optional pump 
by-pass system that allows the gas flow to recirculate through the pump. 
This by-pass system allows the tester to control/reduce the maximum 
leak-check vacuum pressure produced by the pump.
    6.1.13.1.1 The tester must conduct the post test leak check at a 
vacuum equal to or greater than the maximum vacuum encountered during 
the sampling run.
    6.1.13.1.2 The pump by-pass assembly is not required, but is 
recommended if the tester intends to leak-check the 306A train at the 
vacuum experienced during a run.
    6.1.14 Dry Gas Meter. An Equimeter Model 110 test meter or, 
equivalent with temperature sensor(s) installed (inlet/outlet) to 
monitor the meter temperature. If only one temperature sensor is 
installed, locate the sensor at the outlet side of the meter. The dry 
gas meter must be capable of measuring the gaseous volume to within 
2% of the true volume.

    Note: The Method 306 sampling train is also commercially available 
and may be used to perform the Method 306A tests. The sampling train may 
be assembled as specified in Method 306A with the sampling rate being 
operated at the delta H@ specified for the calibrated orifice 
located in the meter box. The Method 306 train is then operated as 
described in Method 306A.

    6.2 Barometer. Mercury aneroid barometer, or other barometer 
equivalent, capable of measuring atmospheric pressure to within 2.5 mm Hg (0.1 in. Hg).
    6.2.1 A preliminary check of the barometer shall be made against a 
mercury-in-glass reference barometer or its equivalent.
    6.2.2 Tester may elect to obtain the absolute barometric pressure 
from a nearby National Weather Service station.
    6.2.2.1 The station value (which is the absolute barometric 
pressure) must be adjusted for elevation differences between the weather 
station and the sampling location. Either subtract 2.5 mm Hg 
(0.1 in. Hg) from the station value per 30 m (100 ft) of 
elevation increase or add the same for an elevation decrease.
    6.2.2.2 If the field barometer cannot be adjusted to agree within 
0.1 in. Hg of the reference barometric, repair or discard the 
unit. The barometer pressure measurement shall be recorded on the 
sampling data sheet.
    6.3 Sample Recovery. Same as Method 5, Section 6.2 (40 CFR Part 60, 
Appendix A), with the following exceptions:
    6.3.1 Probe-Liner and Probe-Nozzle Brushes. Brushes are not 
necessary for sample recovery. If a probe brush is used, it must be non-
metallic.
    6.3.2 Wash Bottles. Polyethylene wash bottle, for sample recovery 
absorbing solution.
    6.3.3 Sample Recovery Solution. Use 0.1 N NaOH or 0.1 N 
NaHCO3, whichever is used as the impinger absorbing solution, 
to replace the acetone.
    6.3.4 Sample Storage Containers.
    6.3.4.1 Glass Canning Jar. The first canning jar container of the 
sampling train may serve as the sample shipping container. A new lid and 
sealing plastic wrap shall be substituted for the container lid 
assembly.
    6.3.4.2 Polyethylene or Glass Containers. Transfer the Greenburg-
Smith impinger contents to precleaned polyethylene or glass containers. 
The samples shall be stored and shipped in 250-mL, 500-mL or 1000-mL 
polyethylene or glass containers with leak-free, non metal screw caps.
    6.3.5 pH Indicator Strip, for Cr +6 Samples. pH indicator 
strips, or equivalent, capable of determining the pH of solutions 
between the range of 7 and 12, at 0.5 pH increments.
    6.3.6 Plastic Storage Containers. Air tight containers to store 
silica gel.
    6.4 Analysis. Same as Method 306, Section 6.3.

                       7.0 Reagents and Standards.

    Note: Unless otherwise indicated, all reagents shall conform to the 
specifications established by the Committee on Analytical Reagents of 
the American Chemical Society (ACS reagent grade). Where such 
specifications are not available, use the best available grade. It is 
recommended, but not required, that reagents be checked by the 
appropriate analysis prior to field use to assure that contamination is 
below the analytical detection limit for the ICP or GFAAS total chromium 
analysis; and that contamination is below the analytical detection limit 
for

[[Page 712]]

Cr+6 using IC/PCR for direct injection or, if selected, 
preconcentration.

    7.1 Sampling.
    7.1.1 Water. Reagent water that conforms to ASTM Specification D1193 
Type II (incorporated by reference see Sec. 63.14). All references to 
water in the method refer to reagent water unless otherwise specified. 
It is recommended that water blanks be checked prior to preparing the 
sampling reagents to ensure that the Cr content is less than three (3) 
times the anticipated detection limit of the analytical method.
    7.1.2 Sodium Hydroxide (NaOH) Absorbing Solution, 0.1 N. Dissolve 
4.0 g of sodium hydroxide in 1 liter of water to obtain a pH of 
approximately 8.5.
    7.1.3 Sodium Bicarbonate (NaHCO3) Absorbing Solution, 0.1 
N. Dissolve approximately 8.5 g of sodium bicarbonate in 1 liter of 
water to obtain a pH of approximately 8.3.
    7.1.4 Chromium Contamination.
    7.1.4.1 The absorbing solution shall not exceed the QC criteria 
noted in Method 306, Section 7.1.1 (<=3 times the instrument detection 
limit).
    7.1.4.2 When the Cr+6 content in the field samples 
exceeds the blank concentration by at least a factor of ten (10), 
Cr+6 blank levels <=10 times the detection limit will be 
allowed.

    Note: At sources with high concentrations of acids and/or 
SO2, the concentration of NaOH or NaHCO3 should be 
=0.5 N to insure that the pH of the solution remains at or 
above 8.5 for NaOH and 8.0 for NaHCO3 during and after 
sampling.

    7.1.3 Desiccant. Silica Gel, 6-16 mesh, indicating type. 
Alternatively, other types of desiccants may be used, subject to the 
approval of the Administrator.
    7.2 Sample Recovery. Same as Method 306, Section 7.2.
    7.3 Sample Preparation and Analysis. Same as Method 306, Section 
7.3.
    7.4 Glassware Cleaning Reagents. Same as Method 306, Section 7.4.

 8.0 Sample Collection, Recovery, Preservation, Holding Times, Storage, 
                              and Transport

    Note: Prior to sample collection, consideration should be given as 
to the type of analysis (Cr+6 or total Cr) that will be 
performed. Deciding which analysis will be performed will enable the 
tester to determine which appropriate sample recovery and storage 
procedures will be required to process the sample.

    8.1 Sample Collection.
    8.1.1 Pretest Preparation.
    8.1.1.1 Selection of Measurement Site. Locate the sampling ports as 
specified in Section 11.0 of Method 1 (40 CFR Part 60, Appendix A).
    8.1.1.2 Location of Traverse Points.
    8.1.1.2.1 Locate the traverse points as specified in Section 11.0 of 
Method 1 (40 CFR Part 60, Appendix A). Use a total of 24 sampling points 
for round ducts and 24 or 25 points for rectangular ducts. Mark the 
pitot and sampling probe to identify the sample traversing points.
    8.1.1.2.2 For round ducts less than 12 inches in diameter, use a 
total of 16 points.
    8.1.1.3 Velocity Pressure Traverse. Perform an initial velocity 
traverse before obtaining samples. The Figure 306A-2 data sheet may be 
used to record velocity traverse data.
    8.1.1.3.1 To demonstrate that the flow rate is constant over several 
days of testing, perform complete traverses at the beginning and end of 
each day's test effort, and calculate the deviation of the flow rate for 
each daily period. The beginning and end flow rates are considered 
constant if the deviation does not exceed 10 percent. If the flow rate 
exceeds the 10 percent criteria, either correct the inconsistent flow 
rate problem, or obtain the Administrator's approval for the test 
results.
    8.1.1.3.2 Perform traverses as specified in Section 8.0 of Method 2, 
but record only the [Delta]p (velocity pressure) values for each 
sampling point. If a mass emission rate is desired, stack velocity 
pressures shall be recorded before and after each test, and an average 
stack velocity pressure determined for the testing period.
    8.1.1.4 Verification of Absence of Cyclonic Flow. Check for cyclonic 
flow during the initial traverse to verify that it does not exist. 
Perform the cyclonic flow check as specified in Section 11.4 of Method 1 
(40 CFR Part 60, Appendix A).
    8.1.1.4.1 If cyclonic flow is present, verify that the absolute 
average angle of the tangential flow does not exceed 20 degrees. If the 
average value exceeds 20 degrees at the sampling location, the flow 
condition in the stack is unacceptable for testing.
    8.1.1.4.2 Alternative procedures, subject to approval of the 
Administrator, e.g., installing straightening vanes to eliminate the 
cyclonic flow, must be implemented prior to conducting the testing.
    8.1.1.5 Stack Gas Moisture Measurements. Not required. Measuring the 
moisture content is optional when a mass emission rate is to be 
calculated.
    8.1.1.5.1 The tester may elect to either measure the actual stack 
gas moisture during the sampling run or utilize a nominal moisture value 
of 2 percent.
    8.1.1.5.2 For additional information on determining sampling train 
moisture, please refer to Method 4 (40 CFR Part 60, Appendix A).
    8.1.1.6 Stack Temperature Measurements. If a mass emission rate is 
to be calculated, a temperature sensor must be placed either near the 
center of the stack, or attached to the pitot tube as described in 
Section 8.3 of Method 2. Stack temperature measurements,

[[Page 713]]

shall be recorded before and after each test, and an average stack 
temperature determined for the testing period.
    8.1.1.7 Point Sampling Times. Since the sampling rate of the train 
(0.75 cfm) is maintained constant by the critical orifice, it is 
necessary to calculate specific sampling times for each traverse point 
in order to obtain a proportional sample.
    8.1.1.7.1 If the sampling period (3 runs) is to be completed in a 
single day, the point sampling times shall be calculated only once.
    8.1.1.7.2 If the sampling period is to occur over several days, the 
sampling times must be calculated daily using the initial velocity 
pressure data recorded for that day. Determine the average of the 
[Delta]p values obtained during the velocity traverse (Figure 306A-2).
    8.1.1.7.3 If the stack diameter is less than 12 inches, use 7.5 
minutes in place of 5 minutes in the equation and 16 sampling points 
instead of 24 or 25 points. Calculate the sampling times for each 
traverse point using the following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.579

Where:
n = Sampling point number.
[Delta]p = Average pressure differential across pitot tube, mm 
          H2O (in. H2O).
[Delta]Pavg = Average of [Delta]p values, mm H2O 
          (in. H2O).

    Note: Convert the decimal fractions for minutes to seconds.

    8.1.1.8 Pretest Preparation. It is recommended, but not required, 
that all items which will be in contact with the sample be cleaned prior 
to performing the testing to avoid possible sample contamination 
(positive chromium bias). These items include, but are not limited to: 
Sampling probe, connecting tubing, impingers, and jar containers.
    8.1.1.8.1 Sample train components should be: (1) Rinsed with hot tap 
water; (2) washed with hot soapy water; (3) rinsed with tap water; (4) 
rinsed with reagent water; (5) soaked in a 10 percent (v/v) nitric acid 
solution for at least four hours; and (6) rinsed throughly with reagent 
water before use.
    8.1.1.8.2 At a minimum, the tester should, rinse the probe, 
connecting tubing, and first and second impingers twice with either 0.1 
N sodium hydroxide (NaOH) or 0.1 N sodium bicarbonate 
(NaHCO3) and discard the rinse solution.
    8.1.1.8.3 If separate sample shipping containers are to be used, 
these also should be precleaned using the specified cleaning procedures.
    8.1.1.9 Preparation of Sampling Train. Assemble the sampling train 
as shown in Figure 306A-1. Secure the nozzle-liner assembly to the outer 
sheath to prevent movement when sampling.
    8.1.1.9.1 Place 250 mL of 0.1 N NaOH or 0.1 N NaHCO3 
absorbing solution into the first jar container or impinger. The second 
jar/impinger is to remain empty. Place 6 to 16 mesh indicating silica 
gel, or equivalent desiccant into the third jar/impinger until the 
container is half full ( 300 to 400 g).
    8.1.1.9.2 Place a small cotton ball in the outlet exit tube of the 
third jar to collect small silica gel particles that may dislodge and 
impair the pump and/or gas meter.
    8.1.1.10 Pretest Leak-Check. A pretest leak-check is recommended, 
but not required. If the tester opts to conduct the pretest leak-check, 
the following procedures shall be performed: (1) Place the jar/impinger 
containers into an ice bath and wait 10 minutes for the ice to cool the 
containers before performing the leak check and/or start sampling; (2) 
to perform the leak check, seal the nozzle using a piece of clear 
plastic wrap placed over the end of a finger and switch on the pump; and 
(3) the train system leak rate should not exceed 0.02 cfm at a vacuum of 
380 mm Hg (15 in. Hg) or greater. If the leak rate does exceed the 0.02 
cfm requirement, identify and repair the leak area and perform the leak 
check again.

    Note: Use caution when releasing the vacuum following the leak 
check. Always allow air to slowly flow through the nozzle end of the 
train system while the pump is still operating. Switching off the pump 
with vacuum on the system may result in the silica gel being pulled into 
the second jar container.

    8.1.1.11 Leak-Checks During Sample Run. If, during the sampling run, 
a component (e.g., jar container) exchange becomes necessary, a leak-
check shall be conducted immediately before the component exchange is 
made. The leak-check shall be performed according to the procedure 
outlined in Section 8.1.1.10 of this method. If the leakage rate is 
found to be <=0.02 cfm at the maximum operating vacuum, the results are 
acceptable. If,

[[Page 714]]

however, a higher leak rate is obtained, either record the leakage rate 
and correct the sample volume as shown in Section 12.3 of Method 5 or 
void the sample and initiate a replacement run. Following the component 
change, leak-checks are optional, but are recommended as are the pretest 
leak-checks.
    8.1.1.12 Post Test Leak Check. Remove the probe assembly and 
flexible tubing from the first jar/impinger container. Seal the inlet 
tube of the first container using clear plastic wrap and switch on the 
pump. The vacuum in the line between the pump and the critical orifice 
must be =15 in. Hg. Record the vacuum gauge measurement along 
with the leak rate observed on the train system.
    8.1.1.12.1 If the leak rate does not exceed 0.02 cfm, the results 
are acceptable and no sample volume correction is necessary.
    8.1.1.12.2 If, however, a higher leak rate is obtained 
(0.02 cfm), the tester shall either record the leakage rate 
and correct the sample volume as shown in Section 12.3 of Method 5, or 
void the sampling run and initiate a replacement run. After completing 
the leak-check, slowly release the vacuum at the first container while 
the pump is still operating. Afterwards, switch-off the pump.
    8.1.2 Sample Train Operation.
    8.1.2.1 Data Recording. Record all pertinent process and sampling 
data on the data sheet (see Figure 306A-3). Ensure that the process 
operation is suitable for sample collection.
    8.1.2.2 Starting the Test. Place the probe/nozzle into the duct at 
the first sampling point and switch on the pump. Start the sampling 
using the time interval calculated for the first point. When the first 
point sampling time has been completed, move to the second point and 
continue to sample for the time interval calculated for that point; 
sample each point on the traverse in this manner. Maintain ice around 
the sample containers during the run.
    8.1.2.3 Critical Flow. The sample line between the critical orifice 
and the pump must operate at a vacuum of =380 mm Hg 
(=15 in. Hg) in order for critical flow to be maintained. 
This vacuum must be monitored and documented using the vacuum gauge 
located between the critical orifice and the pump.

    Note: Theoretically, critical flow for air occurs when the ratio of 
the orifice outlet absolute pressure to the orifice inlet absolute 
pressure is less than a factor of 0.53. This means that the system 
vacuum should be at least =356 mm Hg (=14 in. Hg) 
at sea level and  305 mm Hg ( 12 in. Hg) at higher elevations.

    8.1.2.4 Completion of Test.
    8.1.2.4.1 Circular Stacks. Complete the first port traverse and 
switch off the pump. Testers may opt to perform a leak-check between the 
port changes to verify the leak rate however, this is not mandatory. 
Move the sampling train to the next sampling port and repeat the 
sequence. Be sure to record the final dry gas meter reading after 
completing the test run. After performing the post test leak check, 
disconnect the jar/impinger containers from the pump and meter assembly 
and transport the probe, connecting tubing, and containers to the sample 
recovery area.
    8.1.2.4.2 Rectangle Stacks. Complete each port traverse as per the 
instructions provided in 8.1.2.4.1.

    Note: If an approximate mass emission rate is to be calculated, 
measure and record the stack velocity pressure and temperature before 
and after the test run.

    8.2 Sample Recovery. After the train has been transferred to the 
sample recovery area, disconnect the tubing that connects the jar/
impingers. The tester shall select either the total Cr or 
Cr+6 sample recovery option. Samples to be analyzed for both 
total Cr and Cr+6 shall be recovered using the 
Cr+6 sample option (Section 8.2.2).

    Note: Collect a reagent blank sample for each of the total Cr or the 
Cr+6 analytical options. If both analyses (Cr and 
Cr+6) are to be conducted on the samples, collect separate 
reagent blanks for each analysis. Also, since particulate matter is not 
usually present at chromium electroplating and/or chromium anodizing 
operations, it is not necessary to filter the Cr+6 samples 
unless there is observed sediment in the collected solutions. If it is 
necessary to filter the Cr+6 solutions, please refer to 
Method 0061, Determination of Hexavalent Chromium Emissions from 
Stationary Sources, Section 7.4, Sample Preparation in SW-846 (see 
Reference 1).

    8.2.1 Total Cr Sample Option.
    8.2.1.1 Shipping Container No. 1. The first jar container may either 
be used to store and transport the sample, or if GS impingers are used, 
samples may be stored and shipped in precleaned 250-mL, 500-mL or 1000-
mL polyethylene or glass bottles with leak-free, non-metal screw caps.
    8.2.1.1.1 Unscrew the lid from the first jar/impinger container.
    8.2.1.1.2 Lift the inner tube assembly almost out of the container, 
and using the wash bottle containing fresh absorbing solution, rinse the 
outside of the tube that was immersed in the container solution; rinse 
the inside of the tube as well, by rinsing twice from the top of the 
tube down through the inner tube into the container.
    8.2.1.2 Recover the contents of the second jar/impinger container by 
removing the lid and pouring any contents into the first shipping 
container.
    8.2.1.2.1 Rinse twice, using fresh absorbing solution, the inner 
walls of the second container including the inside and outside of the 
inner tube.

[[Page 715]]

    8.2.1.2.2 Rinse the connecting tubing between the first and second 
sample containers with absorbing solution and place the rinses into the 
first container.
    8.2.1.3 Position the nozzle, probe and connecting plastic tubing in 
a vertical position so that the tubing forms a ``U''.
    8.2.1.3.1 Using the wash bottle, partially fill the tubing with 
fresh absorbing solution. Raise and lower the end of the plastic tubing 
several times to allow the solution to contact the internal surfaces. Do 
not allow the solution to overflow or part of the sample will be lost. 
Place the nozzle end of the probe over the mouth of the first container 
and elevate the plastic tubing so that the solution flows into the 
sample container.
    8.2.1.3.2 Repeat the probe/tubing sample recovery procedure but 
allow the solution to flow out the opposite end of the plastic tubing 
into the sample container. Repeat the entire sample recovery procedure 
once again.
    8.2.1.4 Use approximately 200 to 300 mL of the 0.1 N NaOH or 0.1 N 
NaHCO3 absorbing solution during the rinsing of the probe 
nozzle, probe liner, sample containers, and connecting tubing.
    8.2.1.5 Place a piece of clear plastic wrap over the mouth of the 
sample jar to seal the shipping container. Use a standard lid and band 
assembly to seal and secure the sample in the jar.
    8.2.1.5.1 Label the jar clearly to identify its contents, sample 
number and date.
    8.2.1.5.2 Mark the height of the liquid level on the container to 
identify any losses during shipping and handling.
    8.2.1.5.3 Prepare a chain-of-custody sheet to accompany the sample 
to the laboratory.
    8.2.2 Cr+6 Sample Option.
    8.2.2.1 Shipping Container No. 1. The first jar container may either 
be used to store and transport the sample, or if GS impingers are used, 
samples may be stored and shipped in precleaned 250-mL, 500-mL or 1000-
mL polyethylene or glass bottles with leak-free non-metal screw caps.
    8.2.2.1.1 Unscrew and remove the lid from the first jar container.
    8.2.2.1.2 Measure and record the pH of the solution in the first 
container by using a pH indicator strip. The pH of the solution must be 
=8.5 for NaOH and =8.0 for NaHCO3. If 
not, discard the collected sample, increase the concentration of the 
NaOH or NaHCO3 absorbing solution to 0.5 M and collect another air 
emission sample.
    8.2.2.2 After measuring the pH of the first container, follow sample 
recovery procedures described in Sections 8.2.1.1 through 8.2.1.5.

    Note: Since particulate matter is not usually present at chromium 
electroplating and/or chromium anodizing facilities, it is not necessary 
to filter the Cr+6 samples unless there is observed sediment 
in the collected solutions. If it is necessary to filter the 
Cr+6 solutions, please refer to the EPA Method 0061, 
Determination of Hexavalent Chromium Emissions from Stationary Sources, 
Section 7.4, Sample Preparation in SW-846 (see Reference 5) for 
procedure.

    8.2.3 Silica Gel Container. Observe the color of the indicating 
silica gel to determine if it has been completely spent and make a 
notation of its condition/color on the field data sheet. Do not use 
water or other liquids to remove and transfer the silica gel.
    8.2.4 Total Cr and/or Cr+6 Reagent Blank.
    8.2.4.1 Shipping Container No. 2. Place approximately 500 mL of the 
0.1 N NaOH or 0.1 N NaHCO3 absorbing solution in a 
precleaned, labeled sample container and include with the field samples 
for analysis.
    8.3 Sample Preservation, Storage, and Transport.
    8.3.1 Total Cr Option. Samples that are to be analyzed for total Cr 
need not be refrigerated.
    8.3.2 Cr+6 Option. Samples that are to be analyzed for 
Cr+6 must be shipped and stored at 4 [deg]C (40 [deg]F).

    Note: Allow Cr+6 samples to return to ambient temperature 
prior to analysis.

    8.4 Sample Holding Times.
    8.4.1 Total Cr Option. Samples that are to be analyzed for total 
chromium must be analyzed within 60 days of collection.
    8.4.2 Cr+6 Option. Samples that are to be analyzed for 
Cr+6 must be analyzed within 14 days of collection.

                           9.0 Quality Control

    9.1 Same as Method 306, Section 9.0.

                  10.0 Calibration and Standardization

    Note: Tester shall maintain a performance log of all calibration 
results.

    10.1 Pitot Tube. The Type S pitot tube assembly shall be calibrated 
according to the procedures outlined in Section 10.1 of Method 2.
    10.2 Temperature Sensor. Use the procedure in Section 10.3 of Method 
2 to calibrate the in-stack temperature sensor.
    10.3 Metering System.
    10.3.1 Sample Train Dry Gas Meter Calibration. Calibrations may be 
performed as described in Section 16.2 of Method 5 by either the 
manufacturer, a firm who provides calibration services, or the tester.
    10.3.2 Dry Gas Meter Calibration Coefficient (Ym). The 
meter calibration coefficient (Ym) must be determined prior 
to the initial use of the meter, and following each field test program. 
If the dry gas meter is new, the manufacturer will have specified the 
Ym value for the meter. This Ym value can be used 
as the pretest value for the first test. For subsequent tests, the 
tester must use the Ym value established during the pretest 
calibration.

[[Page 716]]

    10.3.3 Calibration Orifice. The manufacturer may have included a 
calibration orifice and a summary spreadsheet with the meter that may be 
used for calibration purposes. The spreadsheet will provide data 
necessary to determine the calibration for the orifice and meter 
(standard cubic feet volume, sample time, etc.). These data were 
produced when the initial Ym value was determined for the 
meter.
    10.3.4 Ym Meter Value Verification or Meter Calibration.
    10.3.4.1 The Ym meter value may be determined by 
replacing the sampling train critical orifice with the calibration 
orifice. Replace the critical orifice assembly by installing the 
calibration orifice in the same location. The inlet side of the 
calibration orifice is to be left open to the atmosphere and is not to 
be reconnected to the sample train during the calibration procedure.
    10.3.4.2 If the vacuum pump is cold, switch on the pump and allow it 
to operate (become warm) for several minutes prior to starting the 
calibration. After stopping the pump, record the initial dry gas meter 
volume and meter temperature.
    10.3.4.3 Perform the calibration for the number of minutes specified 
by the manufacturer's data sheet (usually 5 minutes). Stop the pump and 
record the final dry gas meter volume and temperature. Subtract the 
start volume from the stop volume to obtain the Vm and 
average the meter temperatures (tm).
    10.3.5 Ym Value Calculation. Ym is the 
calculated value for the dry gas meter. Calculate Ym using 
the following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.580

Where:

Pbar = Barometric pressure at meter, mm Hg, (in. Hg).
Pstd = Standard absolute pressure,
Metric = 760 mm Hg.
English = 29.92 in. Hg.
tm = Average dry gas meter temperature, [deg]C, ([deg]F).
Tm = Absolute average dry gas meter temperature,
Metric [deg]K = 273 + tm ([deg]C).
English [deg]R = 460 + tm ([deg]F).
Tstd = Standard absolute temperature,
Metric = 293 [deg]K.
English = 528 [deg]R.
Vm = Volume of gas sample as measured (actual) by dry gas 
          meter, dcm,(dcf).
Vm(std),mfg = Volume of gas sample measured by manufacture's 
          calibrated orifice and dry gas meter, corrected to standard 
          conditions (pressure/temperature) dscm (dscf).
Ym = Dry gas meter calibration factor, (dimensionless).

    10.3.6 Ym Comparison. Compare the Ym value 
provided by the manufacturer (Section 10.3.3) or the pretest 
Ym value to the post test Ym value using the 
following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.581

    10.3.6.1 If this ratio is between 0.95 and 1.05, the designated 
Ym value for the meter is acceptable for use in later 
calculations.
    10.3.6.1.1 If the value is outside the specified range, the test 
series shall either be: 1) voided and the samples discarded; or 2) 
calculations for the test series shall be conducted using whichever 
meter coefficient value (i.e., manufacturers's/pretest Ym 
value or post test Ym value) produces the lowest sample 
volume.
    10.3.6.1.2 If the post test dry gas meter Ym value 
differs by more than 5% as compared to the pretest value, either perform 
the calibration again to determine acceptability or return the meter to 
the manufacturer for recalibration.

[[Page 717]]

    10.3.6.1.3 The calibration may also be conducted as specified in 
Section 10.3 or Section 16.0 of Method 5 (40 CFR Part 60, Appendix A), 
except that it is only necessary to check the calibration at one flow 
rate of  0.75 cfm.
    10.3.6.1.4 The calibration of the dry gas meter must be verified 
after each field test program using the same procedures.

    Note: The tester may elect to use the Ym post test value 
for the next pretest Ym value; e.g., Test 1 post test 
Ym value and Test 2 pretest Ym value would be the 
same.

    10.4 Barometer. Calibrate against a mercury barometer that has been 
corrected for temperature and elevation.
    10.5 ICP Spectrometer Calibration. Same as Method 306, Section 10.2.
    10.6 GFAA Spectrometer Calibration. Same as Method 306, Section 
10.3.
    10.7 IC/PCR Calibration. Same as Method 306, Section 10.4.

                       11.0 Analytical Procedures

    Note: The method determines the chromium concentration in [micro]g 
Cr/mL. It is important that the analyst measure the volume of the field 
sample prior to analyzing the sample. This will allow for conversion of 
[micro]g Cr/mL to [micro]g Cr/sample.

    11.1 Analysis. Refer to Method 306 for sample preparation and 
analysis procedures.

                   12.0 Data Analysis and Calculations

    12.1 Calculations. Perform the calculations, retaining one extra 
decimal point beyond that of the acquired data. When reporting final 
results, round number of figures consistent with the original data.
    12.2 Nomenclature.

A = Cross-sectional area of stack, m2 (ft2).
Bws = Water vapor in gas stream, proportion by volume, 
          dimensionless (assume 2 percent moisture = 0.02).
Cp = Pitot tube coefficient; ``S'' type pitot coefficient 
          usually 0.840, dimensionless.
CS = Concentration of Cr in sample solution, [micro]g Cr/mL.
CCr = Concentration of Cr in stack gas, dry basis, corrected 
          to standard conditions [micro]g/dscm (gr/dscf).
d = Diameter of stack, m (ft).
D = Digestion factor, dimensionless.
ER = Approximate mass emission rate, mg/hr (lb/hr).
F = Dilution factor, dimensionless.
L = Length of a square or rectangular duct, m (ft).
MCr = Total Cr in each sample, [micro]g (gr).
Ms = Molecular weight of wet stack gas, wet basis, g/g-mole, 
          (lb/lb-mole); in a nominal gas stream at 2% moisture the value 
          is 28.62.
Pbar = Barometric pressure at sampling site, mm Hg (in. Hg).
Ps = Absolute stack gas pressure; in this case, usually the 
          same value as the barometric pressure, mm Hg (in. Hg).
Pstd = Standard absolute pressure:
Metric = 760 mm Hg.
English = 29.92 in. Hg.
Qstd = Average stack gas volumetric flow, dry, corrected to 
          standard conditions, dscm/hr (dscf/hr).
tm = Average dry gas meter temperature, [deg]C ([deg]F).
Tm = Absolute average dry gas meter temperature:
Metric [deg]K = 273 + tm ([deg]C).
English [deg]R = 460 + tm ([deg]F).
ts = Average stack temperature, [deg]C ([deg]F).
Ts = Absolute average stack gas temperature: Metric [deg]K = 
          273 + ts ([deg]C). English [deg]R = 460 + 
          ts ([deg]F).
Tstd = Standard absolute temperature: Metric = 293 [deg]K. 
          English = 528 [deg]R.
Vad = Volume of sample aliquot after digestion (mL).
Vaf = Volume of sample aliquot after dilution (mL).
Vbd = Volume of sample aliquot submitted to digestion (mL).
Vbf = Volume of sample aliquot before dilution (mL).
Vm = Volume of gas sample as measured (actual, dry) by dry 
          gas meter, dcm (dcf).
VmL = Volume of impinger contents plus rinses (mL).
Vm(std) = Volume of gas sample measured by the dry gas meter, 
          corrected to standard conditions (temperature/pressure), dscm 
          (dscf).
vs = Stack gas average velocity, calculated by Method 2, 
          Equation 2-9, m/sec (ft/sec).
W = Width of a square or rectangular duct, m (ft).
Ym = Dry gas meter calibration factor, (dimensionless).
[Delta]p = Velocity head measured by the Type S pitot tube, cm 
          H2O (in. H2O).
[Delta]pavg = Average of [Delta]p values, mm H2O 
          (in. H2O).

    12.3 Dilution Factor. The dilution factor is the ratio of the volume 
of sample aliquot after dilution to the volume before dilution. The 
dilution factor is usually calculated by the laboratory. This ratio is 
derived by the following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.582


[[Page 718]]


    12.4 Digestion Factor. The digestion factor is the ratio of the 
volume of sample aliquot after digestion to the volume before digestion. 
The digestion factor is usually calculated by the laboratory. This ratio 
is derived by the following equation.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.583

    12.5 Total Cr in Sample. Calculate MCr, the total 
[micro]g Cr in each sample, using the following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.584

    12.6 Dry Gas Volume. Correct the sample volume measured by the dry 
gas meter to standard conditions (20 [deg]C, 760 mm Hg or 68 [deg]F, 
29.92 in. Hg) using the following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.585

Where:

K1 = Metric units--0.3855 [deg]K/mm Hg.
English units--17.64 [deg]R/in. Hg.

    12.7 Cr Emission Concentration (CCr). Calculate 
CCr, the Cr concentration in the stack gas, in [micro]g/dscm 
([micro]g/dscf) on a dry basis, corrected to standard conditions, using 
the following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.586

    Note: To convert [micro]g/dscm ([micro]g/dscf) to mg/dscm (mg/dscf), 
divide by 1000.

    12.8 Stack Gas Velocity.
12.8.1 Kp = Velocity equation constant:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.587

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.588

    12.8.2 Average Stack Gas Velocity.

[[Page 719]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.589

    12.9 Cross sectional area of stack.
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.591
    
    12.10 Average Stack Gas Dry Volumetric Flow Rate.
    Note: The emission rate may be based on a nominal stack moisture 
content of 2 percent (0.02). To calculate an emission rate, the tester 
may elect to use either the nominal stack gas moisture value or the 
actual stack gas moisture collected during the sampling run.

    Volumetric Flow Rate Equation:
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.592
    
Where:
3600 = Conversion factor, sec/hr.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.593

    Note: To convert Qstd from dscm/hr (dscf/hr) to dscm/min 
(dscf/min), divide Qstd by 60.

    12.11 Mass emission rate, mg/hr (lb/hr):
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.594
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.595
    
                         13.0 Method Performance

    13.1 Range. The recommended working range for all of the three 
analytical techniques starts at five times the analytical detection 
limit (see also Method 306, Section 13.2.2). The upper limit of all 
three techniques can be extended indefinitely by appropriate dilution.
    13.2 Sensitivity.
    13.2.1 Analytical Sensitivity. The estimated instrumental detection 
limits listed are provided as a guide for an instrumental limit. The 
actual method detection limits

[[Page 720]]

are sample and instrument dependent and may vary as the sample matrix 
varies.
    13.2.1.1 ICP Analytical Sensitivity. The minimum estimated detection 
limits for ICP, as reported in Method 6010A and the recently revised 
Method 6010B of SW-846 (Reference 1), are 7.0 [micro]g Cr/L and 4.7 
[micro]g Cr/L, respectively.
    13.2.1.2 GFAAS Analytical Sensitivity. The minimum estimated 
detection limit for GFAAS, as reported in Methods 7000A and 7191 of SW-
846 (Reference 1), is 1.0 [micro]g Cr/L.
    13.2.1.3 IC/PCR Analytical Sensitivity. The minimum detection limit 
for IC/PCR with a preconcentrator, as reported in Methods 0061 and 7199 
of SW-846 (Reference 1), is 0.05 [micro]g Cr+6/L.
    13.2.2 In-stack Sensitivity. The in-stack sensitivity depends upon 
the analytical detection limit, the volume of stack gas sampled, and the 
total volume of the impinger absorbing solution plus the rinses. Using 
the analytical detection limits given in Sections 13.2.1.1, 13.2.1.2, 
and 13.2.1.3; a stack gas sample volume of 1.7 dscm; and a total liquid 
sample volume of 500 mL; the corresponding in-stack detection limits are 
0.0014 mg Cr/dscm to 0.0021 mg Cr/dscm for ICP, 0.00029 mg Cr/dscm for 
GFAAS, and 0.000015 mg Cr+36/dscm for IC/PCR with 
preconcentration.

    Note: It is recommended that the concentration of Cr in the 
analytical solutions be at least five times the analytical detection 
limit to optimize sensitivity in the analyses. Using this guideline and 
the same assumptions for impinger sample volume and stack gas sample 
volume (500 mL and 1.7 dscm, respectively), the recommended minimum 
stack concentrations for optimum sensitivity are 0.0068 mg Cr/dscm to 
0.0103 mg Cr/dscm for ICP, 0.0015 mg Cr/dscm for GFAAS, and 0.000074 mg 
Cr+6 dscm for IC/PCR with preconcentration. If required, the 
in-stack detection limits can be improved by either increasing the 
sampling time, the stack gas sample volume, reducing the volume of the 
digested sample for GFAAS, improving the analytical detection limits, or 
any combination of the three.

    13.3 Precision.
    13.3.1 The following precision data have been reported for the three 
analytical methods. In each case, when the sampling precision is 
combined with the reported analytical precision, the resulting overall 
precision may decrease.
    13.3.2 Bias data is also reported for GFAAS.
    13.4 ICP Precision.
    13.4.1 As reported in Method 6010B of SW-846 (Reference 1), in an 
EPA round-robin Phase 1 study, seven laboratories applied the ICP 
technique to acid/distilled water matrices that had been spiked with 
various metal concentrates. For true values of 10, 50, and 150 [micro]g 
Cr/L; the mean reported values were 10, 50, and 149 [micro]g Cr/L; and 
the mean percent relative standard deviations were 18, 3.3, and 3.8 
percent, respectively.
    13.4.2 In another multilaboratory study cited in Method 6010B, a 
mean relative standard of 8.2 percent was reported for an aqueous sample 
concentration of approximately 3750 [micro]g Cr/L.
    13.5 GFAAS Precision. As reported in Method 7191 of SW-846 
(Reference 1), in a single laboratory (EMSL), using Cincinnati, Ohio tap 
water spiked at concentrations of 19, 48, and 77 [micro]g Cr/L, the 
standard deviations were 0.1, 0.2, and 0.8, respectively. 
Recoveries at these levels were 97 percent, 101 percent, and 102 
percent, respectively.
    13.6 IC/PCR Precision. As reported in Methods 0061 and 7199 of SW-
846 (Reference 1), the precision of IC/PCR with sample preconcentration 
is 5 to 10 percent; the overall precision for sewage sludge incinerators 
emitting 120 ng/dscm of Cr+6 and 3.5 [micro]g/dscm of total 
Cr is 25 percent and 9 percent, respectively; and for hazardous waste 
incinerators emitting 300 ng/dscm of Cr+6 the precision is 20 
percent.

                        14.0 Pollution Prevention

    14.1 The only materials used in this method that could be considered 
pollutants are the chromium standards used for instrument calibration 
and acids used in the cleaning of the collection and measurement 
containers/labware, in the preparation of standards, and in the acid 
digestion of samples. Both reagents can be stored in the same waste 
container.
    14.2 Cleaning solutions containing acids should be prepared in 
volumes consistent with use to minimize the disposal of excessive 
volumes of acid.
    14.3 To the extent possible, the containers/vessels used to collect 
and prepare samples should be cleaned and reused to minimize the 
generation of solid waste.

                          15.0 Waste Management

    15.1 It is the responsibility of the laboratory and the sampling 
team to comply with all federal, state, and local regulations governing 
waste management, particularly the discharge regulations, hazardous 
waste identification rules, and land disposal restrictions; and to 
protect the air, water, and land by minimizing and controlling all 
releases from field operations.
    15.2 For further information on waste management, consult The Waste 
Management Manual for Laboratory Personnel and Less is Better-Laboratory 
Chemical Management for Waste Reduction, available from the American 
Chemical Society's Department of Government Relations and Science 
Policy, 1155 16th Street NW, Washington, DC 20036.

[[Page 721]]

                             16.0 References

    1. F.R. Clay, Memo, Impinger Collection Efficiency--Mason Jars vs. 
Greenburg-Smith Impingers, Dec. 1989.
    2. Segall, R.R., W.G. DeWees, F.R. Clay, and J.W. Brown. Development 
of Screening Methods for Use in Chromium Emissions Measurement and 
Regulations Enforcement. In: Proceedings of the 1989 EPA/A&WMA 
International Symposium-Measurement of Toxic and Related Air Pollutants, 
A&WMA Publication VIP-13, EPA Report No. 600/9-89-060, p. 785.
    3. Clay, F.R., Chromium Sampling Method. In: Proceedings of the 1990 
EPA/A&WMA International Symposium-Measurement of Toxic and Related Air 
Pollutants, A&WMA Publication VIP-17, EPA Report No. 600/9-90-026, p. 
576.
    4. Clay, F.R., Proposed Sampling Method 306A for the Determination 
of Hexavalent Chromium Emissions from Electroplating and Anodizing 
Facilities. In: Proceedings of the 1992 EPA/A&WMA International 
Symposium-Measurement of Toxic and Related Air Pollutants, A&WMA 
Publication VIP-25, EPA Report No. 600/R-92/131, p. 209.
    5. Test Methods for Evaluating Solid Waste, Physical/Chemical 
Methods, SW-846, Third Edition as amended by Updates I, II, IIA, IIB, 
and III. Document No. 955-001-000001. Available from Superintendent of 
Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, DC, November 
1986.

         17.0 Tables, Diagrams, Flowcharts, and Validation Data

[[Page 722]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.596


[[Page 723]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.597


[[Page 724]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.598

 Method 306B--Surface Tension Measurement for Tanks Used at Decorative 
        Chromium Electroplating and Chromium Anodizing Facilities

    Note: This method does not include all of the specifications (e.g., 
equipment and supplies) and procedures (e.g., sampling and analytical) 
essential to its performance. Some material is incorporated by reference 
from other methods in 40 CFR Part 60, Appendix A and in this part. 
Therefore, to obtain reliable results, persons using this method should 
have a thorough knowledge of at least Methods 5 and 306.

                        1.0 Scope and Application

    1.1 Analyte. Not applicable.

[[Page 725]]

    1.2 Applicability. This method is applicable to all chromium 
electroplating and chromium anodizing operations, and continuous 
chromium plating at iron and steel facilities where a wetting agent is 
used in the tank as the primary mechanism for reducing emissions from 
the surface of the plating solution.

                          2.0 Summary of Method

    2.1 During an electroplating or anodizing operation, gas bubbles 
generated during the process rise to the surface of the liquid and 
burst. Upon bursting, tiny droplets of chromic acid become entrained in 
ambient air. The addition of a wetting agent to the tank bath reduces 
the surface tension of the liquid and diminishes the formation of these 
droplets.
    2.2 This method determines the surface tension of the bath using a 
stalagmometer or a tensiometer to confirm that there is sufficient 
wetting agent present.

                       3.0 Definitions [Reserved]

                      4.0 Interferences [Reserved]

                               5.0 Safety

    5.1 Disclaimer. This method may involve hazardous materials, 
operations, and equipment. This test method may not address all of the 
safety problems associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the 
user to establish appropriate safety and health practices and to 
determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to 
performing this test method.

                       6.0 Equipment and Supplies

    6.1 Stalagmometer. Any commercially available stalagmometer or 
equivalent surface tension measuring device may be used to measure the 
surface tension of the plating or anodizing tank liquid provided the 
procedures specified in Section 11.1.2 are followed.
    6.2 Tensiometer. A tensiometer may be used to measure the surface 
tension of the tank liquid provided the procedures specified in ASTM 
Method D 1331-89, Standard Test Methods for Surface and Interfacial 
Tension of Solutions of Surface Active Agents (incorporated by 
reference--see Sec. 63.14) are followed.

                  7.0 Reagents and Standards [Reserved]

  8.0 Sample Collection, Sample Recovery, Sample Preservation, Sample 
            Holding Times, Storage, and Transport [Reserved]

                     9.0 Quality Control [Reserved]

             10.0 Calibration and Standardization [Reserved]

                        11.0 Analytical Procedure

    11.1 Procedure. The surface tension of the tank bath may be measured 
using a tensiometer, stalagmometer, or any other equivalent surface 
tension measuring device for measuring surface tension in dynes per 
centimeter.
    11.1.1 If a tensiometer is used, the procedures specified in ASTM 
Method D 1331-89 must be followed.
    11.1.2 If a stalagmometer is used, the procedures specified in 
Sections 11.1.2.1 through 11.1.2.3 must be followed.
    11.1.2.1 Check the stalagmometer for visual signs of damage. If the 
stalagmometer appears to be chipped, cracked, or otherwise in disrepair, 
the instrument shall not be used.
    11.1.2.2 Using distilled or deionized water and following the 
procedures provided by the manufacturer, count the number of drops 
corresponding to the distilled/deionized water liquid volume between the 
upper and lower etched marks on the stalagmometer. If the number of 
drops for the distilled/deionized water is not within 1 drop of the number indicated on the instrument, the 
stalagmometer must be cleaned, using the procedures specified in Section 
11.1.3 of this method, before using the instrument to measure the 
surface tension of the tank liquid.
    11.1.2.2.1 If the stalagmometer must be cleaned, as indicated in 
Section 11.1.2.2, repeat the procedure specified in Section 11.1.2.2 
before proceeding.
    11.1.2.2.2 If, after cleaning and performing the procedure in 
Section 11.1.2.2, the number of drops indicated for the distilled/
deionized water is not within 1 drop of the number 
indicated on the instrument, either use the number of drops 
corresponding to the distilled/deionized water volume as the reference 
number of drops, or replace the instrument.
    11.1.2.3 Determine the surface tension of the tank liquid using the 
procedures specified by the manufacturer of the stalagmometer.
    11.1.3 Stalagmometer cleaning procedures. The procedures specified 
in Sections 11.1.3.1 through 11.1.3.10 shall be used for cleaning a 
stalagmometer, as required by Section 11.1.2.2.
    11.1.3.1 Set up the stalagmometer on its stand in a fume hood.

[[Page 726]]

    11.1.3.2 Place a clean 150 (mL) beaker underneath the stalagmometer 
and fill the beaker with reagent grade concentrated nitric acid.
    11.1.3.3 Immerse the bottom tip of the stalagmometer (approximately 
1 centimeter (0.5 inches)) into the beaker.
    11.1.3.4 Squeeze the rubber bulb and pinch at the arrow up (1) 
position to collapse.
    11.1.3.5 Place the bulb end securely on top end of stalagmometer and 
carefully draw the nitric acid by pinching the arrow up (1) position 
until the level is above the top etched line.
    11.1.3.6 Allow the nitric acid to remain in stalagmometer for 5 
minutes, then carefully remove the bulb, allowing the acid to completely 
drain.
    11.1.3.7 Fill a clean 150 mL beaker with distilled or deionized 
water.
    11.1.3.8 Using the rubber bulb per the instructions in Sections 
11.1.3.4 and 11.1.3.5, rinse and drain stalagmometer with deionized or 
distilled water.
    11.1.3.9 Fill a clean 150 mL beaker with isopropyl alcohol.
    11.1.3.10 Again using the rubber bulb per the instructions in 
Sections 11.1.3.4 and 11.1.3.5, rinse and drain stalagmometer twice with 
isopropyl alcohol and allow the stalagmometer to dry completely.
    11.2 Frequency of Measurements.
    11.2.1 Measurements of the bath surface tension are performed using 
a progressive system which decreases the frequency of surface tension 
measurements required when the proper surface tension is maintained.
    11.2.1.1 Initially, following the compliance date, surface tension 
measurements must be conducted once every 4 hours of tank operation for 
the first 40 hours of tank operation.
    11.2.1.2 Once there are no exceedances during a period of 40 hours 
of tank operation, measurements may be conducted once every 8 hours of 
tank operation.
    11.2.1.3 Once there are no exceedances during a second period of 40 
consecutive hours of tank operation, measurements may be conducted once 
every 40 hours of tank operation on an on-going basis, until an 
exceedance occurs. The maximum time interval for measurements is once 
every 40 hours of tank operation.
    11.2.2 If a measurement of the surface tension of the solution is 
above the 40 dynes per centimeter limit when measured using a 
stalagmometer, above 33 dynes per centimeter when measured using a 
tensiometer, or above an alternate surface tension limit established 
during the performance test, the time interval shall revert back to the 
original monitoring schedule of once every 4 hours. A subsequent 
decrease in frequency would then be allowed according to Section 11.2.1.

                   12.0 Data Analysis and Calculations

    12.1 Log Book of Surface Tension Measurements and Fume Suppressant 
Additions.
    12.1.1 The surface tension of the plating or anodizing tank bath 
must be measured as specified in Section 11.2.
    12.1.2 The measurements must be recorded in the log book. In 
addition to the record of surface tension measurements, the frequency of 
fume suppressant maintenance additions and the amount of fume 
suppressant added during each maintenance addition must be recorded in 
the log book.
    12.1.3 The log book will be readily available for inspection by 
regulatory personnel.
    12.2 Instructions for Apparatus Used in Measuring Surface Tension.
    12.2.1 Included with the log book must be a copy of the instructions 
for the apparatus used for measuring the surface tension of the plating 
or anodizing bath.
    12.2.2 If a tensiometer is used, a copy of ASTM Method D 1331-89 
must be included with the log book.

                   13.0 Method Performance [Reserved]

                  14.0 Pollution Prevention [Reserved]

                    15.0 Waste Management [Reserved]

                       16.0 References [Reserved]

    17.0 Tables, Diagrams, Flowcharts, and Validation Data [Reserved]

 Method 307--Determination of Emissions From Halogenated Solvent Vapor 
            Cleaning Machines Using a Liquid Level Procedure

                     1. Applicability and Principle

    1.1 Applicability. This method is applicable to the determination of 
the halogenated solvent emissions from solvent vapor cleaners in the 
idling mode.
    1.2 Principle. The solvent level in the solvent cleaning machine is 
measured using inclined liquid level indicators. The change in liquid 
level corresponds directly to the amount of solvent lost from the 
solvent cleaning machine.

                              2. Apparatus

    Note: Mention of trade names or specific products does not 
constitute endorsement by the Environmental Protection Agency.

    2.1 Inclined Liquid Level Indicator. A schematic of the inclined 
liquid level indicators used in this method is shown in figure 307-1; 
two inclined liquid level indicators having 0.05 centimeters divisions 
or smaller shall be used. The liquid level indicators shall be made of 
glass, Teflon, or any similar material that will not react with the 
solvent

[[Page 727]]

being used. A 6-inch by 1-inch slope is recommended; however the slope 
may vary depending on the size and design of the solvent cleaning 
machine.

    Note: It is important that the inclined liquid level indicators be 
constructed with ease of reading in mind. The inclined liquid level 
indicators should also be mounted so that they can be raised or lowered 
if necessary to suit the solvent cleaning machine size.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01MY92.075

    2.2 Horizontal Indicator. Device to check the inclined liquid level 
indicators orientation relative to horizontal.
    2.3 Velocity Meter. Hotwire and vane anemometers, or other devices 
capable of measuring the flow rates ranging from 0 to 15.2 meters per 
minute across the solvent cleaning machine.

                              3. Procedure

    3.1 Connection of the Inclined Liquid Level Indicator. Connect one 
of the inclined liquid level indicators to the boiling sump drain and 
the other inclined liquid level indicator to the immersion sump drain 
using Teflon tubing and the appropriate fittings. A schematic diagram is 
shown in figure 307-2.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01MY92.076

    3.2 Positioning of Velocity Meter. Position the velocity meter so 
that it measures the flow rate of the air passing directly across the 
solvent cleaning machine.
    3.3 Level the Inclined Liquid Level Indicators.
    3.4 Initial Inclined Liquid Level Indicator Readings. Open the sump 
drainage valves. Allow the solvent cleaning machine to operate long 
enough for the vapor zone to form and the system to stabilize (check 
with manufacturer). Record the inclined liquid level indicators readings 
and the starting time on the data sheet. A sample data sheet is provided 
in figure 307-3.

Date____________________________________________________________________

Run_____________________________________________________________________

Solvent type____________________________________________________________

Solvent density, g/m \3\ (lb/ft \3\)____________________________________

Length of boiling sump (SB), m (ft)__________________________

Width of boiling sump (WB), m (ft)___________________________

Length of immersion sump (SI), m (ft)________________________

Width of immersion sump (WI), m (ft)_________________________

Length of solvent vapor/air interface (SV), m (ft) ______

Width of solvent vapor/air interface (WV), m (ft) ______

[[Page 728]]


------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                          Boiling   Immersion
               Clock time                   sump       sump    Flow rate
                                          reading    reading    reading
------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 
 
 
 
 
------------------------------------------------------------------------

                        Figure 307-3. Data sheet.

    3.5 Final Inclined Liquid Level Indicator Readings. At the end of 
the 16-hour test run, check to make sure the inclined liquid level 
indicators are level; if not, make the necessary adjustments. Record the 
final inclined liquid level indicators readings and time.
    3.6 Determination of Solvent Vapor/Air Interface Area for Each Sump. 
Determine the area of the solvent/air interface of the individual sumps. 
Whenever possible, physically measure these dimensions, rather than 
using factory specifications. A schematic of the dimensions of a solvent 
cleaning machine is provided in figure 307-4.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01MY92.077

                             4. Calculations

    4.1 Nomenclature.
AB = area of boiling sump interface, m\2\ (ft\2\).
AI = area of immersion sump interface, m\2\ (ft\2\).
AV = area of solvent/air interface, m\2\ (ft\2\).
E = emission rate, kg/m\2\-hr (lb/ft\2\-hr).
K = 100,000 cm . g/m . kg for metric units.
 = 12 in./ft for English units.
LBF = final boiling sump inclined liquid level indicators 
          reading, cm (in.).
LBi = initial boiling sump inclined liquid level indicators 
          reading, cm (in.).
LIf = final immersion sump inclined liquid level indicators 
          reading, cm (in.).
LIi = initial immersion sump inclined liquid level indicators 
          reading, cm (in.).
SB = length of the boiling sump, m (ft).
SI = length of the immersion sump, m (ft).
SV = length of the solvent vapor/air interface, m (ft).
WB = width of the boiling sump, m (ft).
WI = width of the immersion sump, m (ft).
WV = width of the solvent vapor/air interface, m (ft).
[rho] = density of solvent, g/m3 (lb/ft3).
[thetas] = test time, hr.
    4.2 Area of Sump Interfaces. Calculate the areas of the boiling and 
immersion sump interfaces as follows:

AB = SB WB Eq. 307-1
AI = SI WI Eq. 307-2

    4.3 Area of Solvent/Air Interface. Calculate the area of the solvent 
vapor/air interface as follows:

AV = SV WV Eq. 307-3
    4.4 Emission Rate. Calculate the emission rate as follows:
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR02DE94.007
    
   Method 308--Procedure for Determination of Methanol Emission From 
                           Stationary Sources

                        1.0 Scope and Application

    1.1 Analyte. Methanol. Chemical Abstract Service (CAS) No. 67-56-1.
    1.2 Applicability. This method applies to the measurement of 
methanol emissions from specified stationary sources.

                          2.0 Summary of Method

    A gas sample is extracted from the sampling point in the stack. The 
methanol is collected in deionized distilled water and adsorbed on 
silica gel. The sample is returned to the laboratory where the methanol 
in the water fraction is separated from other organic compounds with a 
gas chromatograph

[[Page 729]]

(GC) and is then measured by a flame ionization detector (FID). The 
fraction adsorbed on silica gel is extracted with deionized distilled 
water and is then separated and measured by GC/FID.

                       3.0 Definitions [Reserved]

                      4.0 Interferences [Reserved]

                               5.0 Safety

    5.1 Disclaimer. This method may involve hazardous materials, 
operations, and equipment. This test method does not purport to address 
all of the safety problems associated with its use. It is the 
responsibility of the user of this test method to establish appropriate 
safety and health practices and to determine the applicability of 
regulatory limitations before performing this test method.
    5.2 Methanol Characteristics. Methanol is flammable and a dangerous 
fire and explosion risk. It is moderately toxic by ingestion and 
inhalation.

                       6.0 Equipment and Supplies

    6.1 Sample Collection. The following items are required for sample 
collection:
    6.1.1 Sampling Train. The sampling train is shown in Figure 308-1 
and component parts are discussed below.
    6.1.1.1 Probe. Teflon [supreg], approximately 6-millimeter (mm) 
(0.24 inch) outside diameter.
    6.1.1.2 Impinger. A 30-milliliter (ml) midget impinger. The impinger 
must be connected with leak-free glass connectors. Silicone grease may 
not be used to lubricate the connectors.
    6.1.1.3 Adsorbent Tube. Glass tubes packed with the required amount 
of the specified adsorbent.
    6.1.1.4 Valve. Needle valve, to regulate sample gas flow rate.
    6.1.1.5 Pump. Leak-free diaphragm pump, or equivalent, to pull gas 
through the sampling train. Install a small surge tank between the pump 
and rate meter to eliminate the pulsation effect of the diaphragm pump 
on the rotameter.
    6.1.1.6 Rate Meter. Rotameter, or equivalent, capable of measuring 
flow rate to within 2 percent of the selected flow rate of up to 1000 
milliliter per minute (ml/min). Alternatively, the tester may use a 
critical orifice to set the flow rate.
    6.1.1.7 Volume Meter. Dry gas meter (DGM), sufficiently accurate to 
measure the sample volume to within 2 percent, calibrated at the 
selected flow rate and conditions actually encountered during sampling, 
and equipped with a temperature sensor (dial thermometer, or equivalent) 
capable of measuring temperature accurately to within 3 [deg]C (5.4 
[deg]F).
    6.1.1.8 Barometer. Mercury (Hg), aneroid, or other barometer capable 
of measuring atmospheric pressure to within 2.5 mm (0.1 inch) Hg. See 
the NOTE in Method 5 (40 CFR part 60, appendix A), section 6.1.2.
    6.1.1.9 Vacuum Gauge and Rotameter. At least 760-mm (30-inch) Hg 
gauge and 0- to 40-ml/min rotameter, to be used for leak-check of the 
sampling train.
    6.2 Sample Recovery. The following items are required for sample 
recovery:
    6.2.1 Wash Bottles. Polyethylene or glass, 500-ml, two.
    6.2.2 Sample Vials. Glass, 40-ml, with Teflon [supreg]-lined septa, 
to store impinger samples (one per sample).
    6.2.3 Graduated Cylinder. 100-ml size.
    6.3 Analysis. The following are required for analysis:
    6.3.1 Gas Chromatograph. GC with an FID, programmable temperature 
control, and heated liquid injection port.
    6.3.2 Pump. Capable of pumping 100 ml/min. For flushing sample loop.
    6.3.3 Flow Meter. To monitor accurately sample loop flow rate of 100 
ml/min.
    6.3.4 Regulators. Two-stage regulators used on gas cylinders for GC 
and for cylinder standards.
    6.3.5 Recorder. To record, integrate, and store chromatograms.
    6.3.6 Syringes. 1.0- and 10-microliter (l) size, calibrated, for 
injecting samples.
    6.3.7 Tubing Fittings. Stainless steel, to plumb GC and gas 
cylinders.
    6.3.8 Vials. Two 5.0-ml glass vials with screw caps fitted with 
Teflon [supreg]-lined septa for each sample.
    6.3.9 Pipettes. Volumetric type, assorted sizes for preparing 
calibration standards.
    6.3.10 Volumetric Flasks. Assorted sizes for preparing calibration 
standards.
    6.3.11 Vials. Glass 40-ml with Teflon [supreg]-lined septa, to store 
calibration standards (one per standard).

                       7.0 Reagents and Standards

    Note: Unless otherwise indicated, all reagents must conform to the 
specifications established by the Committee on Analytical Reagents of 
the American Chemical Society. Where such specifications are not 
available, use the best available grade.

    7.1 Sampling. The following are required for sampling:
    7.1.1 Water. Deionized distilled to conform to the American Society 
for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Specification D 1193-77, Type 3. At the 
option of the analyst, the potassium permanganate (KMnO4) 
test for oxidizable organic matter may be omitted when high 
concentrations of organic matter are not expected to be present.
    7.1.2 Silica Gel. Deactivated chromatographic grade 20/40 mesh 
silica gel packed in glass adsorbent tubes. The silica

[[Page 730]]

gel is packed in two sections. The front section contains 520 milligrams 
(mg) of silica gel, and the back section contains 260 mg.
    7.2 Analysis. The following are required for analysis:
    7.2.1 Water. Same as specified in section 7.1.1.
    7.2.2 [Reserved]
    7.2.3 Methanol Stock Standard. Prepare a methanol stock standard by 
weighing 1 gram of methanol into a 100-ml volumetric flask. Dilute to 
100 ml with water.
    7.2.3.1 Methanol Working Standard. Prepare a methanol working 
standard by pipetting 1 ml of the methanol stock standard into a 100-ml 
volumetric flask. Dilute the solution to 100 ml with water.
    7.2.3.2 Methanol Standards For Impinger Samples. Prepare a series of 
methanol standards by pipetting 1, 2, 5, 10, and 25 ml of methanol 
working standard solution respectively into five 50-ml volumetric 
flasks. Dilute the solutions to 50 ml with water. These standards will 
have 2, 4, 10, 20, and 50 [micro]g/ml of methanol, respectively. After 
preparation, transfer the solutions to 40-ml glass vials capped with 
Teflon [supreg] septa and store the vials under refrigeration. Discard 
any excess solution.
    7.2.3.3 Methanol Standards for Adsorbent Tube Samples. Prepare a 
series of methanol standards by first pipetting 10 ml of the methanol 
working standard into a 100-ml volumetric flask and diluting the 
contents to exactly 100 ml with deionized distilled water. This standard 
will contain 10 [micro]g/ml of methanol. Pipette 5, 15, and 25 ml of 
this standard, respectively, into three 50-ml volumetric flasks. Dilute 
each solution to 50 ml with deionized distilled water. These standards 
will have 1, 3, and 5 [micro]g/ml of methanol, respectively. Transfer 
all four standards into 40-ml glass vials capped with Teflon[supreg]-
lined septa and store under refrigeration. Discard any excess solution.
    7.2.4 GC Column. Capillary column, 30 meters (100 feet) long with an 
inside diameter (ID) of 0.53 mm (0.02 inch), coated with DB 624 to a 
film thickness of 3.0 micrometers, ([micro]m) or an equivalent column. 
Alternatively, a 30-meter capillary column coated with polyethylene 
glycol to a film thickness of 1 [micro]m such as AT-WAX or its 
equivalent.
    7.2.5 Helium. Ultra high purity.
    7.2.6 Hydrogen. Zero grade.
    7.2.7 Oxygen. Zero grade.

                              8.0 Procedure

    8.1 Sampling. The following items are required for sampling:
    8.1.1 Preparation of Collection Train. Measure 20 ml of water into 
the midget impinger. The adsorbent tube must contain 520 mg of silica 
gel in the front section and 260 mg of silica gel in the backup section. 
Assemble the train as shown in Figure 308-1. An optional, second 
impinger that is left empty may be placed in front of the water-
containing impinger to act as a condensate trap. Place crushed ice and 
water around the impinger.

[[Page 731]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR15AP98.014

    8.1.2 Leak Check. A leak check before and after the sampling run is 
mandatory. The leak-check procedure is as follows:
    Temporarily attach a suitable (e.g., 0- to 40-ml/min) rotameter to 
the outlet of the DGM, and place a vacuum gauge at or near the probe 
inlet. Plug the probe inlet, pull a vacuum of at least 250 mm (10 inch) 
Hg or the highest vacuum experienced during the sampling run, and note 
the flow rate as indicated by the rotameter. A leakage rate in excess of 
2 percent of the average sampling rate is acceptable.

    Note: Carefully release the probe inlet plug before turning off the 
pump.

    8.1.3 Sample Collection. Record the initial DGM reading and 
barometric pressure. To begin sampling, position the tip of the Teflon 
[supreg] tubing at the sampling point, connect the tubing to the 
impinger, and start the pump. Adjust the sample flow to a constant rate 
between 200 and 1000 ml/min as indicated by the rotameter. Maintain this 
constant rate (10 percent) during the entire 
sampling run. Take readings (DGM, temperatures at DGM and at impinger 
outlet, and rate meter) at least every 5 minutes. Add more ice during 
the run to keep the temperature of the gases leaving the last impinger 
at 20 [deg]C (68 [deg]F) or less. At the conclusion of each run,

[[Page 732]]

turn off the pump, remove the Teflon [supreg] tubing from the stack, and 
record the final readings. Conduct a leak check as in section 8.1.2. 
(This leak check is mandatory.) If a leak is found, void the test run or 
use procedures acceptable to the Administrator to adjust the sample 
volume for the leakage.
    8.2 Sample Recovery. The following items are required for sample 
recovery:
    8.2.1 Impinger. Disconnect the impinger. Pour the contents of the 
midget impinger into a graduated cylinder. Rinse the midget impinger and 
the connecting tubes with water, and add the rinses to the graduated 
cylinder. Record the sample volume. Transfer the sample to a glass vial 
and cap with a Teflon [supreg] septum. Discard any excess sample. Place 
the samples in an ice chest for shipment to the laboratory.
    8.2.2. Adsorbent Tubes. Seal the silica gel adsorbent tubes and 
place them in an ice chest for shipment to the laboratory.

                           9.0 Quality Control

    9.1 Miscellaneous Quality Control Measures. The following quality 
control measures are required:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 Quality control
           Section                   measure               Effect
------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.1.2, 8.1.3, 10.1..........  Sampling equipment    Ensures accurate
                               leak check and        measurement of
                               calibration.          sample volume.
10.2........................  GC calibration......  Ensures precision of
                                                     GC analysis.
13.0........................  Methanol spike        Verifies all
                               recovery check.       methanol in stack
                                                     gas is being
                                                     captured in impinge/
                                                     adsorbent tube
                                                     setup.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

                  10.0 Calibration and Standardization

    10.1 Metering System. The following items are required for the 
metering system:
    10.1.1 Initial Calibration.
    10.1.1.1 Before its initial use in the field, first leak-check the 
metering system (drying tube, needle valve, pump, rotameter, and DGM) as 
follows: Place a vacuum gauge at the inlet to the drying tube, and pull 
a vacuum of 250 mm (10 inch) Hg; plug or pinch off the outlet of the 
flow meter, and then turn off the pump. The vacuum shall remain stable 
for at least 30 seconds. Carefully release the vacuum gauge before 
releasing the flow meter end.
    10.1.1.2 Next, remove the drying tube, and calibrate the metering 
system (at the sampling flow rate specified by the method) as follows: 
Connect an appropriately sized wet test meter (e.g., 1 liter per 
revolution (0.035 cubic feet per revolution)) to the inlet of the drying 
tube. Make three independent calibrations runs, using at least five 
revolutions of the DGM per run. Calculate the calibration factor, Y (wet 
test meter calibration volume divided by the DGM volume, both volumes 
adjusted to the same reference temperature and pressure), for each run, 
and average the results. If any Y-value deviates by more than 2 percent 
from the average, the metering system is unacceptable for use. 
Otherwise, use the average as the calibration factor for subsequent test 
runs.
    10.1.2 Posttest Calibration Check. After each field test series, 
conduct a calibration check as in section 10.1.1 above, except for the 
following variations: (a) The leak check is not to be conducted, (b) 
three, or more revolutions of the DGM may be used, and (c) only two 
independent runs need be made. If the calibration factor does not 
deviate by more than 5 percent from the initial calibration factor 
(determined in section 10.1.1), then the DGM volumes obtained during the 
test series are acceptable. If the calibration factor deviates by more 
than 5 percent, recalibrate the metering system as in section 10.1.1, 
and for the calculations, use the calibration factor (initial or 
recalibration) that yields the lower gas volume for each test run.
    10.1.3 Temperature Sensors. Calibrate against mercury-in-glass 
thermometers. An alternative mercury-free thermometer may be used if the 
thermometer is, at a minimum, equivalent in terms of performance or 
suitably effective for the specific temperature measurement application.
    10.1.4 Rotameter. The rotameter need not be calibrated, but should 
be cleaned and maintained according to the manufacturer's instruction.
    10.1.5 Barometer. Calibrate against a mercury barometer.
    10.2 Gas Chromatograph. The following procedures are required for 
the gas chromatograph:
    10.2.1 Initial Calibration. Inject 1 [micro]l of each of the 
standards prepared in sections 7.2.3.3 and 7.2.3.4 into the GC and 
record the response. Repeat the injections for each standard until two 
successive injections agree within 5 percent. Using the mean response 
for each calibration standard, prepare a linear least squares equation 
relating the response to the mass of methanol in the sample. Perform the 
calibration before analyzing each set of samples.
    10.2.2 Continuing Calibration. At the beginning of each day, analyze 
the mid level calibration standard as described in section 10.5.1. The 
response from the daily analysis must agree with the response from the 
initial calibration within 10 percent. If it does not, the initial 
calibration must be repeated.

[[Page 733]]

                        11.0 Analytical Procedure

    11.1 Gas Chromatograph Operating Conditions. The following operating 
conditions are required for the GC:
    11.1.1 Injector. Configured for capillary column, splitless, 200 
[deg]C (392 [deg]F).
    11.1.2 Carrier. Helium at 10 ml/min.
    11.1.3 Oven. Initially at 45 [deg]C for 3 minutes; then raise by 10 
[deg]C to 70 [deg]C; then raise by 70 [deg]C/min to 200 [deg]C.
    11.2 Impinger Sample. Inject 1 [micro]l of the stored sample into 
the GC. Repeat the injection and average the results. If the sample 
response is above that of the highest calibration standard, either 
dilute the sample until it is in the measurement range of the 
calibration line or prepare additional calibration standards. If the 
sample response is below that of the lowest calibration standard, 
prepare additional calibration standards. If additional calibration 
standards are prepared, there shall be at least two that bracket the 
response of the sample. These standards should produce approximately 50 
percent and 150 percent of the response of the sample.
    11.3 Silica Gel Adsorbent Sample. The following items are required 
for the silica gel adsorbent samples:
    11.3.1 Preparation of Samples. Extract the front and backup sections 
of the adsorbent tube separately. With a file, score the glass adsorbent 
tube in front of the first section of silica gel. Break the tube open. 
Remove and discard the glass wool. Transfer the first section of the 
silica gel to a 5-ml glass vial and stopper the vial. Remove the spacer 
between the first and second section of the adsorbent tube and discard 
it. Transfer the second section of silica gel to a separate 5-ml glass 
vial and stopper the vial.
    11.3.2 Desorption of Samples. Add 3 ml of deionized distilled water 
to each of the stoppered vials and shake or vibrate the vials for 30 
minutes.
    11.3.3 Inject a 1-[micro]l aliquot of the diluted sample from each 
vial into the GC. Repeat the injection and average the results. If the 
sample response is above that of the highest calibration standard, 
either dilute the sample until it is in the measurement range of the 
calibration line or prepare additional calibration standards. If the 
sample response is below that of the lowest calibration standard, 
prepare additional calibration standards. If additional calibration 
standards are prepared, there shall be at least two that bracket the 
response of the sample. These standards should produce approximately 50 
percent and 150 percent of the response of the sample.

                   12.0 Data Analysis and Calculations

    12.1 Nomenclature.

Caf = Concentration of methanol in the front of the adsorbent 
tube, [micro]g/ml.
Cab = Concentration of methanol in the back of the adsorbent 
tube, [micro]g/ml.
Ci = Concentration of methanol in the impinger portion of the 
sample train,[micro]g/ml.
E = Mass emission rate of methanol, [micro]g/hr (lb/hr).
ms = Total mass of compound measured in impinger and on 
adsorbent with spiked train (mg).
mu = Total mass of compound measured in impinger and on 
adsorbent with unspiked train (mg).
mv = Mass per volume of spiked compound measured (mg/L).
Mtot = Total mass of methanol collected in the sample train, 
[micro]g.
Pbar = Barometric pressure at the exit orifice of the DGM, mm 
Hg (in. Hg).
Pstd = Standard absolute pressure, 760 mm Hg (29.92 in. Hg).
Qstd = Dry volumetric stack gas flow rate corrected to 
standard conditions, dscm/hr (dscf/hr).
R = fraction of spiked compound recovered
s = theoretical concentration (ppm) of spiked target compound
Tm = Average DGM absolute temperature, degrees K ([deg]R).
Tstd = Standard absolute temperature, 293 degrees K (528 
[deg]R).
Vaf = Volume of front half adsorbent sample, ml.
Vab = Volume of back half adsorbent sample, ml.
Vi = Volume of impinger sample, ml.
Vm = Dry gas volume as measured by the DGM, dry cubic meters 
(dcm), dry cubic feet (dcf).
Vm(std) = Dry gas volume measured by the DGM, corrected to 
standard conditions, dry standard cubic meters (dscm), dry standard 
cubic feet (dscf).

    12.2 Mass of Methanol. Calculate the total mass of methanol 
collected in the sampling train using Equation 308-1.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR15AP98.015

    12.3 Dry Sample Gas Volume, Corrected to Standard Conditions. 
Calculate the volume of gas sampled at standard conditions using 
Equation 308-2.

[[Page 734]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR15AP98.016

    12.4 Mass Emission Rate of Methanol. Calculate the mass emission 
rate of methanol using Equation 308-3.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR15AP98.017

    12.5 Recovery Fraction (R)
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR14NO18.064
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR14NO18.065
    
                         13.0 Method Performance

    Since a potential sample may contain a variety of compounds from 
various sources, a specific precision limit for the analysis of field 
samples is impractical. Precision in the range of 5 to 10 percent 
relative standard deviation (RSD) is typical for gas chromatographic 
techniques, but an experienced GC operator with a reliable instrument 
can readily achieve 5 percent RSD. For this method, the following 
combined GC/operator values are required.
    (a) Precision. Calibration standards must meet the requirements in 
section 10.2.1 or 10.2.2 as applicable.
    (b) Recovery. After developing an appropriate sampling and 
analytical system for the pollutants of interest, conduct the following 
spike recovery procedure at each sampling point where the method is 
being applied.
    i. Methanol Spike. Set up two identical sampling trains. Collocate 
the two sampling probes in the stack. The probes shall be placed in the 
same horizontal plane, where the first probe tip is 2.5 cm from the 
outside edge of the other. One of the sampling trains shall be 
designated the spiked train and the other the unspiked train. Spike 
methanol into the impinger, and onto the adsorbent tube in the spiked 
train prior to sampling. The total mass of methanol shall be 40 to 60 
percent of the mass expected to be collected with the unspiked train. 
Sample the stack gas into the two trains simultaneously. Analyze the 
impingers and adsorbents from the two trains utilizing identical 
analytical procedures and instrumentation. Determine the fraction of 
spiked methanol recovered (R) by combining the amount recovered in the 
impinger and in the adsorbent tube, using the equations in section 12.5. 
Recovery values must fall in the range: 0.70 <= R <= 1.30. Report the R 
value in the test report.
    ii. [Reserved]

                  14.0 Pollution Prevention [Reserved]

                    15.0 Waste Management [Reserved]

                            16.0 Bibliography

    1. Rom, J.J. ``Maintenance, Calibration, and Operation of Isokinetic 
Source Sampling Equipment.'' Office of Air Programs, Environmental 
Protection Agency. Research Triangle Park, NC. APTD-0576 March 1972.
    2. Annual Book of ASTM Standards. Part 31; Water, Atmospheric 
Analysis. American Society for Testing and Materials. Philadelphia, PA. 
1974. pp. 40-42.
    3. Westlin, P.R. and R.T. Shigehara. ``Procedure for Calibrating and 
Using Dry Gas Volume Meters as Calibration Standards.'' Source 
Evaluation Society Newsletter. 3 (1) :17-30. February 1978.
    4. Yu, K.K. ``Evaluation of Moisture Effect on Dry Gas Meter 
Calibration.'' Source Evaluation Society Newsletter. 5 (1) :24-28. 
February 1980.
    5. NIOSH Manual of Analytical Methods, Volume 2. U.S. Department of 
Health and

[[Page 735]]

Human Services National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health. 
Center for Disease Control. 4676 Columbia Parkway, Cincinnati, OH 45226. 
(available from the Superintendent of Documents, Government Printing 
Office, Washington, DC 20402.)
    6. Pinkerton, J.E. ``Method for Measuring Methanol in Pulp Mill Vent 
Gases.'' National Council of the Pulp and Paper Industry for Air and 
Stream Improvement, Inc., New York, NY.

    17.0 Tables, Diagrams, Flowcharts, and Validation Data [Reserved]

Method 310A--Determination of Residual Hexane Through Gas Chromatography

                        1.0 Scope and Application

    1.1 This method is used to analyze any crumb rubber or water samples 
for residual hexane content.
    1.2 The sample is heated in a sealed bottle with an internal 
standard and the vapor is analyzed by gas chromatography.

                          2.0 Summary of Method

    2.1 This method, utilizing a capillary column gas chromatograph with 
a flame ionization detector, determines the concentration of residual 
hexane in rubber crumb samples.

                             3.0 Definitions

    3.1 The definitions are included in the text as needed.

                            4.0 Interferences

    4.1 There are no known interferences.

                               5.0 Safety

    5.1 It is the responsibility of the user of this procedure to 
establish safety and health practices applicable to their specific 
operation.

                       6.0 Equipment and Supplies

    6.1 Gas Chromatograph with a flame ionization detector and data 
handling station equipped with a capillary column 30 meters long.
    6.2 Chromatograph conditions for Sigma 1:
    6.2.1 Helium pressure: 50 inlet A, 14 aux
    6.2.2 Carrier flow: 25 cc/min
    6.2.3 Range switch: 100x
    6.2.4 DB: 1 capillary column
    6.3 Chromatograph conditions for Hewlett-Packard GC:
    6.3.1 Initial temperature: 40 [deg]C
    6.3.2 Initial time: 8 min
    6.3.3 Rate: 0
    6.3.4 Range: 2
    6.3.5 DB: 1705 capillary column
    6.4 Septum bottles and stoppers
    6.5 Gas Syringe--0.5 cc

                       7.0 Reagents and Standards

    7.1 Chloroform, 99.9 + %, A.S.C. HPLC grade

            8.0 Sample Collection, Preservation, and Storage

    8.1 A representative sample should be caught in a clean 8 oz. 
container with a secure lid.
    8.2 The container should be labeled with sample identification, date 
and time.

                           9.0 Quality Control

    9.1 The instrument is calibrated by injecting calibration solution 
(Section 10.2 of this method) five times.
    9.2 The retention time for components of interest and relative 
response of monomer to the internal standard is determined.
    9.3 Recovery efficiency must be determined once for each sample type 
and whenever modifications are made to the method.
    9.3.1 Determine the percent hexane in three separate dried rubber 
crumb samples.
    9.3.2 Weigh a portion of each crumb sample into separate sample 
bottles and add a known amount of hexane (10 microliters) by microliter 
syringe and 20 microliters of internal standard. Analyze each by the 
described procedure and calculate the percent recovery of the known 
added hexane.
    9.3.3 Repeat the previous step using twice the hexane level (20 
microliters), analyze and calculate the percent recovery of the known 
added hexane.
    9.3.4 Set up two additional sets of samples using 10 microliters and 
20 microliters of hexane as before, but add an amount of water equal to 
the dry crumb used. Analyze and calculate percent recovery to show the 
effect of free water on the results obtained.
    9.3.5 A value of R between 0.70 and 1.30 is acceptable.
    9.3.6 R shall be used to correct all reported results for each 
compound by dividing the measured results of each compound by the R for 
that compound for the same sample type.

                10.0 Calibration and Instrument Settings

    10.1 Calibrate the chromatograph using a standard made by injecting 
10 [micro]l of fresh hexane and 20 [micro]l of chloroform into a sealed 
septum bottle. This standard will be 0.6 wt.% total hexane based on 1 
gram of dry rubber.
    10.2 Analyze the hexane used and calculate the percentage of each 
hexane isomer (2-methylpentane, 3-methylpentane, n-hexane, and 
methylcyclo-pentane). Enter these percentages into the method 
calibration table.
    10.3 Heat the standard bottle for 30 minutes in a 105 [deg]C oven.
    10.4 Inject about 0.25 cc of vapor into the gas chromatograph and 
after the analysis is

[[Page 736]]

finished, calibrate according to the procedures described by the 
instrument manufacturer.

                             11.0 Procedure

    11.1 Using a cold mill set at a wide roller gap (125-150 mm), mill 
about 250 grams of crumb two times to homogenize the sample.
    11.2 Weigh about 2 grams of wet crumb into a septum bottle and cap 
with a septum ring. Add 20 [micro]l of chloroform with a syringe and 
place in a 105 [deg]C oven for 45 minutes.
    11.3 Run the moisture content on a separate portion of the sample 
and calculate the grams of dry rubber put into the septum bottle.
    11.4 Set up the data station on the required method and enter the 
dry rubber weight in the sample weight field.
    11.5 Inject a 0.25 cc vapor sample into the chromatograph and push 
the start button.
    11.6 At the end of the analysis, the data station will print a 
report listing the concentration of each identified component.
    11.7 To analyze water samples, pipet 5 ml of sample into the septum 
bottle, cap and add 20 [micro]l of chloroform. Place in a 105 [deg]C 
oven for 30 minutes.
    11.8 Enter 5 grams into the sample weight field.
    11.9 Inject a 0.25 cc vapor sample into the chromatograph and push 
the start button.
    11.10 At the end of the analysis, the data station will print a 
report listing the concentration of each identified component.

                   12.0 Data Analysis and Calculation

    12.1 For samples that are prepared as in section 11 of this method, 
ppm n-hexane is read directly from the computer.
    12.2 The formulas for calculation of the results are as follows:

ppmhexane = (Ahexane x Rhexane)/
          (Ais x Ris)

Where:
Ahexane = area of hexane
Rhexane = response of hexane
Ais = area of the internal standard
Ris = response of the internal standard
% hexane in crumb = (ppmhexane/sample amount)100
    12.3 Correct the results by the value of R (as determined in 
sections 9.3.4, 9.3.5, and 9.3.6 of this method).

                         13.0 Method Performance

    13.1 The test has a standard deviation of 0.14 wt% at 0.66 wt% 
hexane. Spike recovery of 12 samples at two levels of hexane averaged 
102.3%. Note: Recovery must be determined for each type of sample. The 
values given here are meant to be examples of method performance.

                        14.0 Pollution Prevention

    14.1 Waste generation should be minimized where possible. Sample 
size should be an amount necessary to adequately run the analysis.

                          15.0 Waste Management

    15.1 All waste shall be handled in accordance with federal and state 
environmental regulations.

                    16.0 References and Publications

    16.1 DSM Copolymer Test Method T-3380.

Method 310B--Determination of Residual Hexane Through Gas Chromatography

                        1.0 Scope and Application

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                       Method sensitivity (5.5g
                 Analyte                       CAS No.               Matrix                  sample size)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Hexane...................................        110-54-3  Rubber crumb.............  .01 wt%.
Applicable Termonomer....................  ..............  Rubber crumb.............  .001 wt%.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    1.1 Data Quality Objectives:
    In the production of ethylene-propylene terpolymer crumb rubber, the 
polymer is recovered from solution by flashing off the solvent with 
steam and hot water. The resulting water-crumb slurry is then pumped to 
the finishing units. Certain amounts of solvent (hexane being the most 
commonly used solvent) and diene monomer remain in the crumb. The 
analyst uses the following procedure to determine those amounts.

                          2.0 Summary of Method

    2.1 The crumb rubber sample is dissolved in toluene to which heptane 
has been added as an internal standard. Acetone is then added to this 
solution to precipitate the crumb, and the supernatant is analyzed for 
hexane and diene by a gas chromatograph equipped with a flame ionization 
detector (FID).

                             3.0 Definitions

    3.1 Included in text as needed.

                            4.0 Interferences

    4.1 None known.
    4.2 Benzene, introduced as a contaminant in the toluene solvent, 
elutes between methyl cyclopentane and cyclohexane. However, the benzene 
peak is completely resolved.

[[Page 737]]

    4.3 2,2-dimethyl pentane, a minor component of the hexane used in 
our process, elutes just prior to methyl cyclopentane. It is included as 
``hexane'' in the analysis whether it is integrated separately or 
included in the methyl cyclopentane peak.

                               5.0 Safety

    5.1 This procedure does not purport to address all of the safety 
concerns associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user 
of this procedure to establish appropriate safety and health practices 
and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.
    5.2 Chemicals used in this analysis are flammable and hazardous (see 
specific toxicity information below). Avoid contact with sources of 
ignition during sample prep. All handling should be done beneath a hood. 
Playtex or nitrile gloves recommended.
    5.3 Hexane is toxic by ingestion and inhalation. Vapor inhalation 
causes irritation of nasal and respiratory passages, headache, 
dizziness, nausea, central nervous system depression. Chronic 
overexposure can cause severe nerve damage. May cause irritation on 
contact with skin or eyes. May cause damage to kidneys.
    5.4 Termonomer may be harmful by inhalation, ingestion, or skin 
absorption. Vapor or mist is irritating to the eyes, mucous membranes, 
and upper respiratory tract. Causes skin irritation.
    5.5 Toluene is harmful or fatal if swallowed. Vapor harmful if 
inhaled. Symptoms: headache, dizziness, hallucinations, distorted 
perceptions, changes in motor activity, nausea, diarrhea, respiratory 
irritation, central nervous system depression, unconsciousness, liver, 
kidney and lung damage. Contact can cause severe eye irritation. May 
cause skin irritation. Causes irritation of eyes, nose, and throat.
    5.6 Acetone, at high concentrations or prolonged overexposure, may 
cause headache, dizziness, irritation of eyes and respiratory tract, 
loss of strength, and narcosis. Eye contact causes severe irritation; 
skin contact may cause mild irritation. Concentrations of 20,000 ppm are 
immediately dangerous to life and health.
    5.7 Heptane is harmful if inhaled or swallowed. May be harmful if 
absorbed through the skin. Vapor or mist is irritating to the eyes, 
mucous membranes, and upper respiratory tract. Prolonged or repeated 
exposure to skin causes defatting and dermatitis.
    5.8 The steam oven used to dry the polymer in this procedure is set 
at 110 [deg]C. Wear leather gloves when removing bottles from the oven.

                       6.0 Equipment and Supplies

    6.1 4000-ml volumetric flask
    6.2 100-ml volumetric pipette
    6.3 1000-ml volumetric flask
    6.4 8-oz. French Square sample bottles with plastic-lined caps
    6.5 Top-loading balance
    6.6 Laboratory shaker
    6.7 Laboratory oven set at 110 [deg]C (steam oven)
    6.8 Gas chromatograph, Hewlett-Packard 5890A, or equivalent, 
interfaced with HP 7673A (or equivalent) autosampler (equipped with 
nanoliter adapter and robotic arm), and HP 3396 series II or 3392A (or 
equivalent) integrator/controller.
    6.9 GC column, capillary type, 50m x 0.53mm, methyl silicone, 5 
micron film thickness, Quadrex, or equivalent.
    6.10 Computerized data acquisition system, such as CIS/CALS
    6.11 Crimp-top sample vials and HP p/n 5181-1211 crimp caps, or 
screw-top autosampler vials and screw tops.
    6.12 Glass syringes, 5-ml, with ``Luer-lock'' fitting
    6.13 Filters, PTFE, .45 [micro]m pore size, Gelman Acrodisc or 
equivalent, to fit on Luer-lock syringes (in 6.12, above).

                       7.0 Reagents and Standards

    7.1 Reagent toluene, EM Science Omnisolv (or equivalent)
    Purity Check: Prior to using any bottle of reagent toluene, analyze 
it according to section 11.2 of this method. Use the bottle only if 
hexane, heptane, and termonomer peak areas are less than 15 each (note 
that an area of 15 is equivalent to less than 0.01 wt% in a 10g sample).
    7.2 Reagent acetone, EM Science Omnisolv HR-GC (or equivalent)
    Purity Check: Prior to using any bottle of reagent acetone, analyze 
it according to section 11.2 of this method. Use the bottle only if 
hexane, heptane, and termonomer peak areas are less than 15 each.
    7.3 Reagent heptane, Aldrich Chemical Gold Label, Cat 15,487-3 (or 
equivalent)
    Purity Check: Prior to using any bottle of reagent heptane, analyze 
it according to section 11.2 of this method. Use the bottle only if 
hexane and termonomer peak areas are less than 5 each.
    7.4 Internal standard solution--used as a concentrate for 
preparation of the more dilute Polymer Dissolving Solution. It contains 
12.00g heptane/100ml of solution which is 120.0g per liter.
    Preparation of internal standard solution (polymer dissolving stock 
solution):

[[Page 738]]



------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Action                               Notes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.4.1 Tare a clean, dry 1-liter          If the 1-liter volumetric flask
 volumetric flask on the balance.         is too tall to fit in the
 Record the weight to three places.       balance case, you can shield
                                          the flask from drafts by
                                          inverting a paint bucket with
                                          a hole cut in the bottom over
                                          the balance cover. Allow the
                                          neck of the flask to project
                                          through the hole in the
                                          bucket.
7.4.2 Weigh 120.00 g of n-heptane into   Use 99 + % n-heptane from
 the flask. Record the total weight of    Aldrich or Janssen Chimica.
 the flask and heptane as well as the
 weight of heptane added.
7.4.3 Fill the flask close to the mark   Use EM Science Omnisolve
 with toluene, about 1 to 2    toluene, Grade TX0737-1, or
 below the mark.                          equivalent.
7.4.4 Shake the flask vigorously to mix  Allow any bubbles to clear
 the contents.                            before proceeding to the next
                                          step.
7.4.5 Top off the flask to the mark
 with toluene. Shake vigorously, as in
 section 7.4.4 of this method, to mix
 well.
7.4.6 Weigh the flask containing the
 solution on the three place balance
 record the weight
7.4.7 Transfer the contents of the       Discard any excess solution
 flask to a 1 qt Boston round bottle.
7.4.8 Label the bottle with the          Be sure to include the words
 identity of the contents, the weights    ``Hexane in Crumb Polymer
 of heptane and toluene used, the date    Dissolving Stock Solution'' on
 of preparation and the preparer's name.  the label.
7.4.9 Refrigerate the completed blend
 for the use of the routine Technicians.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    7.5 Polymer Dissolving Solution (``PDS'')--Heptane (as internal 
standard) in toluene. This solution contains 0.3g of heptane internal 
standard per 100 ml of solution.
    7.5.1 Preparation of Polymer Dissolving Solution. Fill a 4,000-ml 
volumetric flask about \3/4\ full with toluene.
    7.5.2 Add 100 ml of the internal standard solution (section 7.4 of 
this method) to the flask using the 100ml pipette.
    7.5.3 Fill the flask to the mark with toluene. Discard any excess.
    7.5.4 Add a large magnetic stirring bar to the flask and mix by 
stirring.
    7.5.5 Transfer the polymer solvent solution to the one-gallon 
labeled container with 50ml volumetric dispenser attached.
    7.5.6 Purity Check: Analyze according to section 11.2. NOTE: You 
must ``precipitate'' the sample with an equal part of acetone (thus 
duplicating actual test conditions--see section 11.1 of this method, 
sample prep) before analyzing. Analyze the reagent 3 times to quantify 
the C6 and termonomer interferences. Inspect the results to 
ensure good agreement among the three runs (within 10%).
    7.5.7 Tag the bottle with the following information:

     POLYMER DISSOLVING SOLUTION FOR C6 IN CRUMB ANALYSIS
     PREPARER'S NAME
     DATE
     CALS FILE ID'S OF THE THREE ANALYSES FOR PURITY (from section 7.5.6 
of this method)

    7.6 Quality Control Solution: the quality control solution is 
prepared by adding specific amounts of mixed hexanes (barge hexane), n-
nonane and termonomer to some polymer dissolving solution. Nonane elutes 
in the same approximate time region as termonomer and is used to 
quantify in that region because it has a longer shelf life. Termonomer, 
having a high tendency to polymerize, is used in the QC solution only to 
ensure that both termonomer isomers elute at the proper time.
    First, a concentrated stock solution is prepared; the final QC 
solution can then be prepared by diluting the stock solution.
    7.6.1 In preparation of stock solution, fill a 1-liter volumetric 
flask partially with polymer dissolving solution (PDS)--see section 7.5 
of this method. Add 20.0 ml barge hexane, 5.0 ml n-nonane, and 3 ml 
termonomer. Finish filling the volumetric to the mark with PDS.
    7.6.2 In preparation of quality control solution, dilute the quality 
control stock solution (above) precisely 1:10 with PDS, i.e. 10 ml of 
stock solution made up to 100 ml (volumetric flask) with PDS. Pour the 
solution into a 4 oz. Boston round bottle and store in the refrigerator.

             8.0 Sample Collection, Preservation and Storage

    8.1 Line up facility to catch crumb samples. The facility is a 
special facility where the sample is drawn.
    8.1.1 Ensure that the cock valve beneath facility is closed.
    8.1.2 Line up the system from the slurry line cock valve to the cock 
valve at the nozzle on the stripper.
    8.1.3 Allow the system to flush through facility for a period of 30 
seconds.
    8.2 Catch a slurry crumb sample.
    8.2.1 Simultaneously close the cock valves upstream and downstream 
of facility.
    8.2.2 Close the cock valve beneath the slurry line in service.

[[Page 739]]

    8.2.3 Line up the cooling tower water through the sample bomb water 
jacket to the sewer for a minimum of 30 minutes.
    8.2.4 Place the sample catching basket beneath facility and open the 
cock valve underneath the bomb to retrieve the rubber crumb.
    8.2.5 If no rubber falls by gravity into the basket, line up 
nitrogen to the bleeder upstream of the sample bomb and force the rubber 
into the basket.
    8.2.6 Close the cock valve underneath the sample bomb.
    8.3 Fill a plastic ``Whirl-pak'' sample bag with slurry crumb and 
send it to the lab immediately.
    8.4 Once the sample reaches the lab, it should be prepped as soon as 
possible to avoid hexane loss through evaporation. Samples which have 
lain untouched for more than 30 minutes should be discarded.

                           9.0 Quality Control

    Quality control is monitored via a computer program that tracks 
analyses of a prepared QC sample (from section 7.6.2 of this method). 
The QC sample result is entered daily into the program, which plots the 
result as a data point on a statistical chart. If the data point does 
not satisfy the ``in-control'' criteria (as defined by the lab quality 
facilitator), an ``out-of-control'' flag appears, mandating corrective 
action.
    In addition, the area of the n-heptane peak is monitored so that any 
errors in making up the polymer dissolving solution will be caught and 
corrected. Refer to section 12.4 of this method.

    9.1 Fill an autosampler vial with the quality control solution (from 
section 7.6.2 of this method) and analyze on the GC as normal (per 
section 11 of this method).
    9.2 Add the concentrations of the 5 hexane isomers as they appear on 
the CALS printout. Also include the 2,2-dimethyl-pentane peak just ahead 
of the methyl cyclopentane (the fourth major isomer) peak in the event 
that the peak integration split this peak out. Do not include the 
benzene peak in the sum. Note the nonane concentration. Record both 
results (total hexane and nonane) in the QC computer program. If out of 
control, and GC appears to be functioning within normal parameters, 
reanalyze a fresh control sample. If the fresh QC is not in control, 
check stock solution for contaminants or make up a new QC sample with 
the toluene currently in use. If instrument remains out-of-control, more 
thorough GC troubleshooting may be needed.
    Also, verify that the instrument has detected both isomers of 
termonomer (quantification not necessary--see section 7.0 of this 
method).
    9.3 Recovery efficiency must be determined for high ethylene 
concentration, low ethylene concentration, E-P terpolymer, or oil 
extended samples and whenever modifications are made to the method. 
Recovery shall be between 70 and 130 percent. All test results must be 
corrected by the recovery efficiency value (R).
    9.3.1 Approximately 10 grams of wet EPDM crumb (equivalent to about 
5 grams of dry rubber) shall be added to six sample bottles containing 
100 ml of hexane in crumb polymer dissolving solution (toluene 
containing 0.3 gram n-heptane/100 ml solution). The polymer shall be 
dissolved by agitating the bottles on a shaker for 4 hours. The polymer 
shall be precipitated using 100 ml acetone.
    9.3.2 The supernatant liquid shall be decanted from the polymer. 
Care shall be taken to remove as much of the liquid phase from the 
sample as possible to minimize the effect of retained liquid phase upon 
the next cycle of the analysis. The supernatant liquid shall be analyzed 
by gas chromatography using an internal standard quantitation method 
with heptane as the internal standard.
    9.3.3 The precipitated polymer from the steps described above shall 
be redissolved using toluene as the solvent. No heptane shall be added 
to the sample in the second dissolving step. The toluene solvent and 
acetone precipitant shall be determined to be free of interfering 
compounds.
    9.3.4 The rubber which was dissolved in the toluene shall be 
precipitated with acetone as before, and the supernatant liquid decanted 
from the precipitated polymer. The liquid shall be analyzed by gas 
chromatography and the rubber phase dried in a steam-oven to determine 
the final polymer weight.
    9.3.5 The ratios of the areas of the hexane peaks and of the heptane 
internal standard peak shall be calculated for each of the six samples 
in the two analysis cycles outlined above. The area ratios of the total 
hexane to heptane (R1) shall be determined for the two analysis cycles 
of the sample set. The ratio of the values of R1 from the second 
analysis cycle to the first cycle shall be determined to give a second 
ratio (R2).

                  10.0 Calibration and Standardization

    The procedure for preparing a Quality Control sample with the 
internal standard in it is outlined in section 7.6 of this method.

    10.1 The relative FID response factors for n-heptane, the internal 
standard, versus the various hexane isomers and termonomer are 
relatively constant and should seldom need to be altered. However 
Baseline construction is a most critical factor in the production of 
good data. For this reason, close attention should be paid to peak 
integration. Procedures for handling peak integration will depend upon 
the data system used.
    10.2 If recalibration of the analysis is needed, make up a 
calibration blend of the

[[Page 740]]

internal standard and the analytes as detailed below and analyze it 
using the analytical method used for the samples.
    10.2.1 Weigh 5 g heptane into a tared scintillation vial to five 
places.
    10.2.2 Add 0.2 ml termonomer to the vial and reweigh.
    10.2.3 Add 0.5 ml hexane to the vial and reweigh.
    10.2.4 Cap, and shake vigorously to mix.
    10.2.5 Calculate the weights of termonomer and of hexane added and 
divide their weights by the weight of the n-heptane added. The result is 
the known of given value for the calibration.
    10.2.6 Add 0.4 ml of this mixture to a mixture of 100 ml toluene and 
100 ml of acetone. Cap and shake vigorously to mix.
    10.2.7 Analyze the sample.
    10.2.8 Divide the termonomer area and the total areas of the hexane 
peaks by the n-heptane area. This result is the ``found'' value for the 
calibration.
    10.2.9 Divide the appropriate ``known'' value from 10.2.5 by the 
found value from 10.2.8. The result is the response factor for the 
analyte in question. Previous work has shown that the standard deviation 
of the calibration method is about 1% relative.

                             11.0 Procedure

    11.1 SAMPLE PREPARATION
    11.1.1 Tare an 8oz sample bottle--Tag attached, cap off; record 
weight and sample ID on tag in pencil.
    11.1.2 Place crumb sample in bottle: RLA-3: 10 g (gives a dry wt. of 
5.5 g).
    11.1.3 Dispense 100ml of PDS into each bottle. SAMPLE SHOULD BE 
PLACED INTO SOLUTION ASAP TO AVOID HEXANE LOSS--Using ``Dispensette'' 
pipettor. Before dispensing, ``purge'' the dispensette (25% of its 
volume) into a waste bottle to eliminate any voids.
    11.1.4 Tightly cap bottles and load samples into shaker.
    11.1.5 Insure that ``ON-OFF'' switch on the shaker itself is ``ON.''
    11.1.6 Locate shaker timer. Insure that toggle switch atop timer 
control box is in the middle (``off'') position. If display reads 
``04:00'' (4 hours), move toggle switch to the left position. Shaker 
should begin operating.
    11.1.7 After shaker stops, add 100 ml acetone to each sample to 
precipitate polymer. Shake minimum of 5 minutes on shaker--Vistalon 
sample may not have fully dissolved; nevertheless, for purposes of 
consistency, 4 hours is the agreed-upon dissolving time.
    11.1.8 Using a 5-ml glass Luer-lock syringe and Acrodisc filter, 
filter some of the supernatant liquid into an autosampler vial; crimp 
the vial and load it into the GC autosampler for analysis (section 11.2 
of this method)--The samples are filtered to prevent polymer buildup in 
the GC. Clean the syringes in toluene.
    11.1.9 Decant remaining supernatant into a hydrocarbon waste sink, 
being careful not to discard any of the polymer. Place bottle of 
precipitate into the steam oven and dry for six hours--Some grades of 
Vistalon produce very small particles in the precipitate, thus making 
complete decanting impossible without discarding some polymer. In this 
case, decant as much as possible and put into the oven as is, allowing 
the oven to drive off remaining supernatant (this practice is avoided 
for environmental reasons). WARNING: OVEN IS HOT--110 [deg]C (230 
[deg]F).
    11.1.10 Cool, weigh and record final weight of bottle.
    11.2 GC ANALYSIS
    11.2.1 Initiate the CALS computer channel.
    11.2.2 Enter the correct instrument method into the GC's integrator.
    11.2.3 Load sample vial(s) into autosampler.
    11.2.4 Start the integrator.
    11.2.5 When analysis is complete, plot CALS run to check baseline 
skim.

                   12.0 Data Analysis and Calculations

    12.1 Add the concentrations of the hexane peaks as they appear on 
the CALS printout. Do not include the benzene peak in the sum.
    12.2 Subtract any hexane interferences found in the PDS (see section 
7.5.6 of this method); record the result.
    12.3 Note the termonomer concentration on the CALS printout. 
Subtract any termonomer interference found in the PDS and record this 
result in a ``% termonomer by GC'' column in a logbook.
    12.4 Record the area (from CALS printout) of the heptane internal 
standard peak in a ``C7 area'' column in the logbook. This helps track 
instrument performance over the long term.
    12.5 After obtaining the final dry weight of polymer used (Section 
11.1.10 of this method), record that result in a ``dry wt.'' column of 
the logbook (for oil extended polymer, the amount of oil extracted is 
added to the dry rubber weight).
    12.6 Divide the %C6 by the dry weight to obtain the total PHR hexane 
in crumb. Similarly, divide the % termonomer by the dry weight to obtain 
the total PHR termonomer in crumb. Note that PHR is an abbreviation for 
``parts per hundred''. Record both the hexane and termonomer results in 
the logbook.
    12.7 Correct all results by the recovery efficiency value (R).

                         13.0 Method Performance

    13.1 The method has been shown to provide 100% recovery of the 
hexane analyte. The method was found to give a 6% relative

[[Page 741]]

standard deviation when the same six portions of the same sample were 
carried through the procedure. Note: These values are examples; each 
sample type, as specified in Section 9.3, must be tested for sample 
recovery.

                        14.0 Pollution Prevention

    14.1 Dispose of all hydrocarbon liquids in the appropriate disposal 
sink system; never pour hydrocarbons down a water sink.
    14.2 As discussed in section 11.1.9 of this method, the analyst can 
minimize venting hydrocarbon vapor to the atmosphere by decanting as 
much hydrocarbon liquid as possible before oven drying.

                          15.0 Waste Management

    15.1 The Technician conducting the analysis should follow the proper 
waste management practices for their laboratory location.

                             16.0 References

    16.1 Baton Rouge Chemical Plant Analytical Procedure no. BRCP 1302
    16.2 Material Safety Data Sheets (from chemical vendors) for hexane, 
ENB, toluene, acetone, and heptane

 Method 310C--Determination of Residual N-Hexane in EPDM Rubber Through 
                           Gas Chromatography

                        1.0 Scope and Application

    1.1 This method describes a procedure for the determination of 
residual hexane in EPDM wet crumb rubber in the 0.01--2% range by 
solvent extraction of the hexane followed by gas chromatographic 
analysis where the hexane is detected by flame ionization and quantified 
via an internal standard.
    1.2 This method may involve hazardous materials operations and 
equipment. This method does not purport to address all the safety 
problems associated with it use, if any. It is the responsibility of the 
user to consult and establish appropriate safety and health practices 
and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.

                               2.0 Summary

    2.1 Residual hexane contained in wet pieces of EPDM polymer is 
extracted with MIBK. A known amount of an internal standard (IS) is 
added to the extract which is subsequently analyzed via gas 
chromatography where the hexane and IS are separated and detected 
utilizing a megabore column and flame ionization detection (FID). From 
the response to the hexane and the IS, the amount of hexane in the EPDM 
polymer is calculated.

                             3.0 Definitions

    3.1 Hexane--refers to n-hexane
    3.2 Heptane--refers to n-heptane
    3.3 MIBK--methyl isobutyl ketone (4 methyl 2--Pentanone)

                            4.0 Interferences

    4.1 Material eluting at or near the hexane and/or the IS will cause 
erroneous results. Prior to extraction, solvent blanks must be analyzed 
to confirm the absence of interfering peaks.

                               5.0 Safety

    5.1 Review Material Safety Data Sheets of the chemicals used in this 
method.

                       6.0 Equipment and Supplies

    6.1 4 oz round glass jar with a wide mouth screw cap lid.
    6.2 Vacuum oven.
    6.3 50 ml pipettes.
    6.4 A gas chromatograph with an auto sampler and a 50 meter, 0.53 
ID, methyl silicone column with 5 micron phase thickness.
    6.5 Shaker, large enough to hold 10, 4 oz. jars.
    6.6 1000 and 4000 ml volumetric flasks.
    6.7 Electronic integrator or equivalent data system.
    6.8 GC autosampler vials.
    6.9 50 uL syringe.

                       7.0 Reagents and Standards

    7.1 Reagent grade Methyl-Iso-Butyl-Ketone (MIBK)
    7.2 n-heptane, 99% + purity
    7.3 n-hexane, 99% + purity

                          8.0 Sample Collection

    8.1 Trap a sample of the EPDM crumb slurry in the sampling 
apparatus. Allow the crumb slurry to circulate through the sampling 
apparatus for 5 minutes; then close off the values at the bottom and top 
of the sampling apparatus, trapping the crumb slurry. Run cooling water 
through the water jacket for a minimum of 30 minutes. Expel the cooled 
crumb slurry into a sample catching basket. If the crumb does not fall 
by gravity, force it out with demineralized water or nitrogen. Send the 
crumb slurry to the lab for analysis.

                           9.0 Quality Control

    9.1 The Royalene crumb sample is extracted three times with MIBK 
containing an internal standard. The hexane from each extraction is 
added together to obtain a total hexane content. The percent hexane in 
the first extraction is then calculated and used as the recovery factor 
for the analysis.
    9.2 Follow this test method through section 11.4 of the method. 
After removing the sample of the first extraction to be run on the gas 
chromatograph, drain off the remainder of the extraction solvent, 
retaining the

[[Page 742]]

crumb sample in the sample jar. Rinse the crumb with demineralized water 
to remove any MIBK left on the surface of the crumb. Repeat the 
extraction procedure with fresh MIBK with internal standard two more 
times.
    9.3 After the third extraction, proceed to section 11.5 of this 
method and obtain the percent hexane in each extraction. Use the sample 
weight obtained in section 12.1 of this method to calculate the percent 
hexane in each of the extracts.
    9.4 Add the percent hexane obtained from the three extractions for a 
total percent hexane in the sample.
    9.5 Use the following equations to determine the recovery factor 
(R):
    % Recovery of the first extraction = (% hexane in the first extract/
total % hexane) x 100
    Recovery Factor (R) = (% Hexane Recovered in the first extract)/100

                            10.0 Calibration

    10.1 Preparation of Internal Standard (IS) solution:
    Accuracy weigh 30 grams of n-heptane into a 1000 ml volumetric 
flask. Dilute to the mark with reagent grade MIBK. Label this Solution 
``A''. Pipette 100 mls. of Solution A into a 4 liter volumetric flask. 
Fill the flask to the mark with reagent MIBK. Label this Solution ``B''. 
Solution ``B'' will have a concentration of 0.75 mg/ml of heptane.
    10.2 Preparation of Hexane Standard Solution (HS):
    Using a 50 uL syringe, weigh by difference, 20 mg of n-hexane into a 
50 ml volumetric flask containing approximately 40 ml of Solution B. 
Fill the flask to the mark with Solution B and mix well.
    10.3 Conditions for GC analysis of standards and samples:
    Temperature:
    Initial = 40 [deg]C
    Final = 150 [deg]C
    Injector = 160 [deg]C
    Detector = 280 [deg]C
    Program Rate = 5.0 [deg]C/min

    Initial Time = 5 minutes Final Time = 6 minutes
    Flow Rate = 5.0 ml/min
    Sensitivity = detector response must be adjusted to keep the hexane 
and IS on scale.
    10.4 Fill an autosampler vial with the HS, analyze it three times 
and calculate a Hexane Relative Response Factor (RF) as follows:

RF = (AIS x CHS x PHS)/(AHS 
          x CIS x PIS) (1)

Where:
AIS = Area of IS peak (Heptane)
AHS = Area of peak (Hexane Standard)
CHS = Mg of Hexane/50 ml HS
CIS = Mg of Heptane/50 ml IS Solution B
PIS = Purity of the IS n-heptane
PHS = Purity of the HS n-hexane

                             11.0 Procedure

    11.1 Weight 10 grams of wet crumb into a tared (W1), wide mouth 4 
oz. jar.
    11.2 Pipette 50 ml of Solution B into the jar with the wet crumb 
rubber.
    11.3 Screw the cap on tightly and place it on a shaker for 4 hours.
    11.4 Remove the sample from the shaker and fill an autosampler vial 
with the MIBK extract.
    11.5 Analyze the sample two times.
    11.6 Analyze the HS twice, followed by the samples. Inject the HS 
twice at the end of each 10 samples or at the end of the run.

                            12.0 Calculations

    12.1 Drain off the remainder of the MIBK extract from the polymer in 
the 4 oz. jar. Retain all the polymer in the jar. Place the uncovered 
jar and polymer in a heated vacuum oven until the polymer is dry. 
Reweigh the jar and polymer (W2) and calculate the dried sample weight 
of the polymer as follows:

    Dried SW = W2--W1 (2)

    12.2 Should the polymer be oil extended, pipette 10 ml of the MIBK 
extract into a tared evaporating dish (W1) and evaporate to dryness on a 
steam plate.
    Reweigh the evaporating dish containing the extracted oil (W2). 
Calculate the oil content of the polymer as follows:

    Gram of oil extracted = 5 (W2--W1) (3)

% Hexane in polymer = (As x RF x CIS x 
          PIS)/(AIS x SW) (4)

Where:

As = Area of sample hexane sample peak.
AIS = Area of IS peak in sample.
CIS = Concentration of IS in 50 ml.
PIS = Purity of IS.
SW = Weight of dried rubber after extraction. (For oil extended polymer, 
          the amount of oil extracted is added to the dry rubber 
          weight).
% Corrected Hexane = (% Hexane in Polymer)/R (5)
R = Recovery factor determined in section 9 of this method.

                         13.0 Method Performance

    13.1 Performance must be determined for each sample type by 
following the procedures in section 9 of this method.

                          14.0 Waste Generation

    14.1 Waste generation should be minimized where possible.

                          15.0 Waste Management

    15.1 All waste shall be handled in accordance with Federal and State 
environmental regulations.

[[Page 743]]

                       16.0 References [Reserved]

Method 311--Analysis of Hazardous Air Pollutant Compounds in Paints and 
          Coatings by Direct Injection Into a Gas Chromatograph

                        1. Scope and Application

    1.1 Applicability. This method is applicable for determination of 
most compounds designated by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency as 
volatile hazardous air pollutants (HAP's) (See Reference 1) that are 
contained in paints and coatings. Styrene, ethyl acrylate, and methyl 
methacrylate can be measured by ASTM D 4827-93 or ASTM D 4747-87. 
Formaldehyde can be measured by ASTM PS 9-94 or ASTM D 1979-91. Toluene 
diisocyanate can be measured in urethane prepolymers by ASTM D 3432-89. 
Method 311 applies only to those volatile HAP's which are added to the 
coating when it is manufactured, not to those which may form as the 
coating cures (reaction products or cure volatiles). A separate or 
modified test procedure must be used to measure these reaction products 
or cure volatiles in order to determine the total volatile HAP emissions 
from a coating. Cure volatiles are a significant component of the total 
HAP content of some coatings. The term ``coating'' used in this method 
shall be understood to mean paints and coatings.
    1.2 Principle. The method uses the principle of gas chromatographic 
separation and quantification using a detector that responds to 
concentration differences. Because there are many potential analytical 
systems or sets of operating conditions that may represent useable 
methods for determining the concentrations of the compounds cited in 
Section 1.1 in the applicable matrices, all systems that employ this 
principle, but differ only in details of equipment and operation, may be 
used as alternative methods, provided that the prescribed quality 
control, calibration, and method performance requirements are met. 
Certified product data sheets (CPDS) may also include information 
relevant to the analysis of the coating sample including, but not 
limited to, separation column, oven temperature, carrier gas, injection 
port temperature, extraction solvent, and internal standard.

                          2. Summary of Method

    Whole coating is added to dimethylformamide and a suitable internal 
standard compound is added. An aliquot of the sample mixture is injected 
onto a chromatographic column containing a stationary phase that 
separates the analytes from each other and from other volatile compounds 
contained in the sample. The concentrations of the analytes are 
determined by comparing the detector responses for the sample to the 
responses obtained using known concentrations of the analytes.

                        3. Definitions [Reserved]

                            4. Interferences

    4.1 Coating samples of unknown composition may contain the compound 
used as the internal standard. Whether or not this is the case may be 
determined by following the procedures of Section 11 and deleting the 
addition of the internal standard specified in Section 11.5.3. If 
necessary, a different internal standard may be used.
    4.2 The GC column and operating conditions developed for one coating 
formulation may not ensure adequate resolution of target analytes for 
other coating formulations. Some formulations may contain nontarget 
analytes that coelute with target analytes. If there is any doubt about 
the identification or resolution of any gas chromatograph (GC) peak, it 
may be necessary to analyze the sample using a different GC column or 
different GC operating conditions.
    4.3 Cross-contamination may occur whenever high-level and low-level 
samples are analyzed sequentially. The order of sample analyses 
specified in Section 11.7 is designed to minimize this problem.
    4.4 Cross-contamination may also occur if the devices used to 
transfer coating during the sample preparation process or for injecting 
the sample into the GC are not adequately cleaned between uses. All such 
devices should be cleaned with acetone or other suitable solvent and 
checked for plugs or cracks before and after each use.

                                5. Safety

    5.1 Many solvents used in coatings are hazardous. Precautions should 
be taken to avoid unnecessary inhalation and skin or eye contact. This 
method may involve hazardous materials, operations, and equipment. This 
test method does not purport to address all of the safety problems 
associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this 
test method to establish appropriate safety and health practices and to 
determine the applicability of regulatory limitations in regards to the 
performance of this test method.
    5.2 Dimethylformamide is harmful if inhaled or absorbed through the 
skin. The user should obtain relevant health and safety information from 
the manufacturer. Dimethylformamide should be used only with adequate 
ventilation. Avoid contact with skin, eyes, and clothing. In case of 
contact, immediately flush skin or eyes with plenty of water for at 
least 15 minutes. If eyes are affected, consult a physician. Remove and 
wash contaminated clothing before reuse.
    5.3 User's manuals for the gas chromatograph and other related 
equipment

[[Page 744]]

should be consulted for specific precautions to be taken related to 
their use.

                        6. Equipment and Supplies

    Note: Certified product data sheets (CPDS) may also include 
information relevant to the analysis of the coating sample including, 
but not limited to, separation column, oven temperature, carrier gas, 
injection port temperature, extraction solvent, and internal standard.

    6.1 Sample Collection.
    6.1.1 Sampling Containers. Dual-seal sampling containers, four to 
eight fluid ounce capacity, should be used to collect the samples. Glass 
sample bottles or plastic containers with volatile organic compound 
(VOC) impermeable walls must be used for corrosive substances (e.g., 
etch primers and certain coating catalysts such as methyl ethyl ketone 
(MEK) peroxide). Sample containers, caps, and inner seal liners must be 
inert to the compounds in the sample and must be selected on a case-by-
case basis.
    6.1.1.1 Other routine sampling supplies needed include waterproof 
marking pens, tubing, scrappers/spatulas, clean rags, paper towels, 
cooler/ice, long handle tongs, and mixing/stirring paddles.
    6.1.2 Personal safety equipment needed includes eye protection, 
respiratory protection, a hard hat, gloves, steel toe shoes, etc.
    6.1.3 Shipping supplies needed include shipping boxes, packing 
material, shipping labels, strapping tape, etc.
    6.1.4 Data recording forms and labels needed include coating data 
sheets and sample can labels.

    Note: The actual requirements will depend upon the conditions 
existing at the source sampled.

    6.2 Laboratory Equipment and Supplies.
    6.2.1 Gas Chromatograph (GC). Any instrument equipped with a flame 
ionization detector and capable of being temperature programmed may be 
used. Optionally, other types of detectors (e.g., a mass spectrometer), 
and any necessary interfaces, may be used provided that the detector 
system yields an appropriate and reproducible response to the analytes 
in the injected sample. Autosampler injection may be used, if available.
    6.2.2 Recorder. If available, an electronic data station or 
integrator may be used to record the gas chromatogram and associated 
data. If a strip chart recorder is used, it must meet the following 
criteria: A 1 to 10 millivolt (mV) linear response with a full scale 
response time of 2 seconds or less and a maximum noise level of 0.03 percent of full scale. Other types of recorders may 
be used as appropriate to the specific detector installed provided that 
the recorder has a full scale response time of 2 seconds or less and a 
maximum noise level of 0.03 percent of full scale.
    6.2.3 Column. The column must be constructed of materials that do 
not react with components of the sample (e.g., fused silica, stainless 
steel, glass). The column should be of appropriate physical dimensions 
(e.g., length, internal diameter) and contain sufficient suitable 
stationary phase to allow separation of the analytes. DB-5, DB-Wax, and 
FFAP columns are commonly used for paint analysis; however, it is the 
responsibility of each analyst to select appropriate columns and 
stationary phases.
    6.2.4 Tube and Tube Fittings. Supplies to connect the GC and gas 
cylinders.
    6.2.5 Pressure Regulators. Devices used to regulate the pressure 
between gas cylinders and the GC.
    6.2.6 Flow Meter. A device used to determine the carrier gas flow 
rate through the GC. Either a digital flow meter or a soap film bubble 
meter may be used to measure gas flow rates.
    6.2.7 Septa. Seals on the GC injection port through which liquid or 
gas samples can be injected using a syringe.
    6.2.8 Liquid Charging Devices. Devices used to inject samples into 
the GC such as clean and graduated 1, 5, and 10 microliter ([micro]l) 
capacity syringes.
    6.2.9 Vials. Containers that can be sealed with a septum in which 
samples may be prepared or stored. The recommended size is 25 ml 
capacity. Mininert [supreg] valves have been found satisfactory and are 
available from Pierce Chemical Company, Rockford, Illinois.
    6.2.10 Balance. Device used to determine the weights of standards 
and samples. An analytical balance capable of accurately weighing to 
0.0001 g is required.

                        7. Reagents and Standards

    7.1 Purity of Reagents. Reagent grade chemicals shall be used in all 
tests. Unless otherwise specified, all reagents shall conform to the 
specifications of the Committee on Analytical Reagents of the American 
Chemical Society, where such specifications are available. Other grades 
may be used provided it is first ascertained that the reagent is of 
sufficient purity to permit its use without lessening the accuracy of 
determination.
    7.2 Carrier Gas. Helium carrier gas shall have a purity of 99.995 
percent or higher. High purity nitrogen may also be used. Other carrier 
gases that are appropriate for the column system and analyte may also be 
used. Ultra-high purity grade hydrogen gas and zero-grade air shall be 
used for the flame ionization detector.
    7.3 Dimethylformamide (DMF). Solvent for all standards and samples. 
Some other suitable solvent may be used if DMF is not compatible with 
the sample or coelutes with a target analyte.


[[Page 745]]


    Note: DMF may coelute with ethylbenzene or p-xylene under the 
conditions described in the note under Section 6.2.3.

    7.4 Internal Standard Materials. The internal standard material is 
used in the quantitation of the analytes for this method. It shall be 
gas chromatography spectrophotometric quality or, if this grade is not 
available, the highest quality available. Obtain the assay for the 
internal standard material and maintain at that purity during use. The 
recommended internal standard material is 1-propanol; however, selection 
of an appropriate internal standard material for the particular coating 
and GC conditions used is the responsibility of each analyst.
    7.5 Reference Standard Materials. The reference standard materials 
are the chemicals cited in Section 1.1 which are of known identity and 
purity and which are used to assist in the identification and 
quantification of the analytes of this method. They shall be the highest 
quality available. Obtain the assays for the reference standard 
materials and maintain at those purities during use.
    7.6 Stock Reference Standards. Stock reference standards are 
dilutions of the reference standard materials that may be used on a 
daily basis to prepare calibration standards, calibration check 
standards, and quality control check standards. Stock reference 
standards may be prepared from the reference standard materials or 
purchased as certified solutions.
    7.6.1 Stock reference standards should be prepared in 
dimethylformamide for each analyte expected in the coating samples to be 
analyzed. The concentrations of analytes in the stock reference 
standards are not specified but must be adequate to prepare the 
calibration standards required in the method. A stock reference standard 
may contain more than one analyte provided all analytes are chemically 
compatible and no analytes coelute. The actual concentrations prepared 
must be known to within 0.1 percent (e.g., 0.1000 0.0001 g/g solution). The following procedure is 
suggested. Place about 35 ml of dimethylformamide into a tared ground-
glass stoppered 50 ml volumetric flask. Weigh the flask to the nearest 
0.1 mg. Add 12.5 g of the reference standard material and reweigh the 
flask. Dilute to volume with dimethylformamide and reweigh. Stopper the 
flask and mix the contents by inverting the flask several times. 
Calculate the concentration in grams per gram of solution from the net 
gain in weights, correcting for the assayed purity of the reference 
standard material.

    Note: Although a glass-stoppered volumetric flask is convenient, any 
suitable glass container may be used because stock reference standards 
are prepared by weight.

    7.6.2 Transfer the stock reference standard solution into one or 
more Teflon-sealed screw-cap bottles. Store, with minimal headspace, at 
-10 [deg]C to 0 [deg]C and protect from light.
    7.6.3 Prepare fresh stock reference standards every six months, or 
sooner if analysis results from daily calibration check standards 
indicate a problem. Fresh stock reference standards for very volatile 
HAP's may have to be prepared more frequently.
    7.7 Calibration Standards. Calibration standards are used to 
determine the response of the detector to known amounts of reference 
material. Calibration standards must be prepared at a minimum of three 
concentration levels from the stock reference standards (see Section 
7.6). Prepare the calibration standards in dimethylformamide (see 
Section 7.3). The lowest concentration standard should contain a 
concentration of analyte equivalent either to a concentration of no more 
than 0.01% of the analyte in a coating or to a concentration that is 
lower than the actual concentration of the analyte in the coating, 
whichever concentration is higher. The highest concentration standard 
should contain a concentration of analyte equivalent to slightly more 
than the highest concentration expected for the analyte in a coating. 
The remaining calibration standard should contain a concentration of 
analyte roughly at the midpoint of the range defined by the lowest and 
highest concentration calibration standards. The concentration range of 
the standards should thus correspond to the expected range of analyte 
concentrations in the prepared coating samples (see Section 11.5). Each 
calibration standard should contain each analyte for detection by this 
method expected in the actual coating samples (e.g., some or all of the 
compounds listed in Section 1.1 may be included). Each calibration 
standard should also contain an appropriate amount of internal standard 
material (response for the internal standard material is within 25 to 75 
percent of full scale on the attenuation setting for the particular 
reference standard concentration level). Calibration Standards should be 
stored for 1 week only in sealed vials with minimal headspace. If the 
stock reference standards were prepared as specified in Section 7.6, the 
calibration standards may be prepared by either weighing each addition 
of the stock reference standard or by adding known volumes of the stock 
reference standard and calculating the mass of the standard reference 
material added. Alternative 1 (Section 7.7.1) specifies the procedure to 
be followed when the stock reference standard is added by volume. 
Alternative 2 (Section 7.7.2) specifies the procedure to be followed 
when the stock reference standard is added by weight.

    Note: To assist with determining the appropriate amount of internal 
standard to

[[Page 746]]

add, as required here and in other sections of this method, the analyst 
may find it advantageous to prepare a curve showing the area response 
versus the amount of internal standard injected into the GC.

    7.7.1 Preparation Alternative 1. Determine the amount of each stock 
reference standard and dimethylformamide solvent needed to prepare 
approximately 25 ml of the specific calibration concentration level 
desired. To a tared 25 ml vial that can be sealed with a crimp-on or 
Mininert [supreg] valve, add the total amount of dimethylformamide 
calculated to be needed. As quickly as practical, add the calculated 
amount of each stock reference standard using new pipets (or pipet tips) 
for each stock reference standard. Reweigh the vial and seal it. Using 
the known weights of the standard reference materials per ml in the 
stock reference standards, the volumes added, and the total weight of 
all reagents added to the vial, calculate the weight percent of each 
standard reference material in the calibration standard prepared. Repeat 
this process for each calibration standard to be prepared.
    7.7.2 Preparation Alternative 2. Determine the amount of each stock 
reference standard and dimethylformamide solvent needed to prepare 
approximately 25 ml of the specific calibration concentration level 
desired. To a tared 25 ml vial that can be sealed with a crimp-on or 
Mininert [supreg] valve, add the total amount of dimethylformamide 
calculated to be needed. As quickly as practical, add the calculated 
amount of a stock reference standard using a new pipet (or pipet tip) 
and reweigh the vial. Repeat this process for each stock reference 
standard to be added. Seal the vial after obtaining the final weight. 
Using the known weight percents of the standard reference materials in 
the stock reference standards, the weights of the stock reference 
standards added, and the total weight of all reagents added to the vial, 
calculate the weight percent of each standard reference material in the 
calibration standard prepared. Repeat this process for each calibration 
standard to be prepared.

       8. Sample Collection, Preservation, Transport, and Storage

    8.1 Copies of material safety data sheets (MSDS's) for each sample 
should be obtained prior to sampling. The MSDS's contain information on 
the ingredients, and physical and chemical properties data. The MSDS's 
also contain recommendations for proper handling or required safety 
precautions. Certified product data sheets (CPDS) may also include 
information relevant to the analysis of the coating sample including, 
but not limited to, separation column, oven temperature, carrier gas, 
injection port temperature, extraction solvent, and internal standard.
    8.2 A copy of the blender's worksheet can be requested to obtain 
data on the exact coating being sampled. A blank coating data sheet form 
(see Section 18) may also be used. The manufacturer's formulation 
information from the product data sheet should also be obtained.
    8.3 Prior to sample collection, thoroughly mix the coating to ensure 
that a representative, homogeneous sample is obtained. It is preferred 
that this be accomplished using a coating can shaker or similar device; 
however, when necessary, this may be accomplished using mechanical 
agitation or circulation systems.
    8.3.1 Water-thinned coatings tend to incorporate or entrain air 
bubbles if stirred too vigorously; mix these types of coatings slowly 
and only as long as necessary to homogenize.
    8.3.2 Each component of multicomponent coatings that harden when 
mixed must be sampled separately. The component mix ratios must be 
obtained at the facility at the time of sampling and submitted to the 
analytical laboratory.
    8.4 Sample Collection. Samples must be collected in a manner that 
prevents or minimizes loss of volatile components and that does not 
contaminate the coating reservoir. A suggested procedure is as follows. 
Select a sample collection container which has a capacity at least 25 
percent greater than the container in which the sample is to be 
transported. Make sure both sample containers are clean and dry. Using 
clean, long-handled tongs, turn the sample collection container upside 
down and lower it into the coating reservoir. The mouth of the sample 
collection container should be at approximately the midpoint of the 
reservoir (do not take the sample from the top surface). Turn the sample 
collection container over and slowly bring it to the top of the coating 
reservoir. Rapidly pour the collected coating into the sample container, 
filling it completely. It is important to fill the sample container 
completely to avoid any loss of volatiles due to volatilization into the 
headspace. Return any unused coating to the reservoir or dispose as 
appropriate.

    Note: If a company requests a set of samples for its own analysis, a 
separate set of samples, using new sample containers, should be taken at 
the same time.

    8.5 Once the sample is collected, place the sample container on a 
firm surface and insert the inner seal in the container by placing the 
seal inside the rim of the container, inverting a screw cap, and 
pressing down on the screw cap which will evenly force the inner seal 
into the container for a tight fit. Using clean towels or rags, remove 
all residual coating material from the outside of the sample container 
after inserting the inner seal. Screw the cap onto the container.

[[Page 747]]

    8.5.1 Affix a sample label (see Section 18) clearly identifying the 
sample, date collected, and person collecting the sample.
    8.5.2 Prepare the sample for transportation to the laboratory. The 
sample should be maintained at the coating's recommended storage 
temperature specified on the Material Safety Data Sheet, or, if no 
temperature is specified, the sample should be maintained within the 
range of 5 [deg]C to 38 [deg]C.
    8.9 The shipping container should adhere to U.S. Department of 
Transportation specification DOT 12-B. Coating samples are considered 
hazardous materials; appropriate shipping procedures should be followed.

                           9. Quality Control

    9.1 Laboratories using this method should operate a formal quality 
control program. The minimum requirements of the program should consist 
of an initial demonstration of laboratory capability and an ongoing 
analysis of blanks and quality control samples to evaluate and document 
quality data. The laboratory must maintain records to document the 
quality of the data generated. When results indicate atypical method 
performance, a quality control check standard (see Section 9.4) must be 
analyzed to confirm that the measurements were performed in an in-
control mode of operation.
    9.2 Before processing any samples, the analyst must demonstrate, 
through analysis of a reagent blank, that there are no interferences 
from the analytical system, glassware, and reagents that would bias the 
sample analysis results. Each time a set of analytical samples is 
processed or there is a change in reagents, a reagent blank should be 
processed as a safeguard against chronic laboratory contamination. The 
blank samples should be carried through all stages of the sample 
preparation and measurement steps.
    9.3 Required instrument quality control parameters are found in the 
following sections:
    9.3.1 Baseline stability must be demonstrated to be <=5 percent of 
full scale using the procedures given in Section 10.1.
    9.3.2 The GC calibration is not valid unless the retention time (RT) 
for each analyte at each concentration is within 0.05 min of the retention time measured for that analyte 
in the stock standard.
    9.3.3 The retention time (RT) of any sample analyte must be within 
0.05 min of the average RT of the analyte in the 
calibration standards for the analyte to be considered tentatively 
identified.
    9.3.4 The GC system must be calibrated as specified in Section 10.2.
    9.3.5 A one-point daily calibration check must be performed as 
specified in Section 10.3.
    9.4 To establish the ability to generate results having acceptable 
accuracy and precision, the analyst must perform the following 
operations.
    9.4.1 Prepare a quality control check standard (QCCS) containing 
each analyte expected in the coating samples at a concentration expected 
to result in a response between 25 percent and 75 percent of the limits 
of the calibration curve when the sample is prepared as described in 
Section 11.5. The QCCS may be prepared from reference standard materials 
or purchased as certified solutions. If prepared in the laboratory, the 
QCCS must be prepared independently from the calibration standards.
    9.4.2 Analyze three aliquots of the QCCS according to the method 
beginning in Section 11.5.3 and calculate the weight percent of each 
analyte using Equation 1, Section 12.
    9.4.3 Calculate the mean weight percent (X) for each analyte from 
the three results obtained in Section 9.4.2.
    9.4.4 Calculate the percent accuracy for each analyte using the 
known concentrations (Ti) in the QCCS using Equation 3, Section 12.
    9.4.5 Calculate the percent relative standard deviation (percent 
RSD) for each analyte using Equation 7, Section 12, substituting the 
appropriate values for the relative response factors (RRF's) in said 
equation.
    9.4.6 If the percent accuracy (Section 9.4.4) for all analytes is 
within the range 90 percent to 110 percent and the percent RSD (Section 
9.4.5) for all analytes is <=20 percent, system performance is 
acceptable and sample analysis may begin. If these criteria are not met 
for any analyte, then system performance is not acceptable for that 
analyte and the test must be repeated for those analytes only. Repeated 
failures indicate a general problem with the measurement system that 
must be located and corrected. In this case, the entire test, beginning 
at Section 9.4.1, must be repeated after the problem is corrected.
    9.5 Great care must be exercised to maintain the integrity of all 
standards. It is recommended that all standards be stored at -10 [deg]C 
to 0 [deg]C in screw-cap amber glass bottles with Teflon liners.
    9.6 Unless otherwise specified, all weights are to be recorded 
within 0.1 mg.

                  10. Calibration and Standardization.

    10.1 Column Baseline Drift. Before each calibration and series of 
determinations and before the daily calibration check, condition the 
column using procedures developed by the laboratory or as specified by 
the column supplier. Operate the GC at initial (i.e., before sample 
injection) conditions on the lowest attenuation to be used during sample 
analysis. Adjust the recorder pen to zero on the chart and obtain a 
baseline for at least one minute. Initiate the GC operating cycle that 
would be used for sample analysis. On the recorder chart, mark the pen 
position at

[[Page 748]]

the end of the simulated sample analysis cycle. Baseline drift is 
defined as the absolute difference in the pen positions at the beginning 
and end of the cycle in the direction perpendicular to the chart 
movement. Calculate the percent baseline drift by dividing the baseline 
drift by the chart width representing full-scale deflection and multiply 
the result by 100.
    10.2 Calibration of GC. Bring all stock standards and calibration 
standards to room temperature while establishing the GC at the 
determined operating conditions.
    10.2.1 Retention Times (RT's) for Individual Compounds.

    Note: The procedures of this subsection are required only for the 
initial calibration. However, it is good laboratory practice to follow 
these procedures for some or all analytes before each calibration. The 
procedures were written for chromatograms output to a strip chart 
recorder. More modern instruments (e.g., integrators and electronic data 
stations) determine and print out or display retention times 
automatically.

    The RT for each analyte should be determined before calibration. 
This provides a positive identification for each peak observed from the 
calibration standards. Inject an appropriate volume (see note in Section 
11.5.2) of one of the stock reference standards into the gas 
chromatograph and record on the chart the pen position at the time of 
the injection (see Section 7.6.1). Dilute an aliquot of the stock 
reference standard as required in dimethylformamide to achieve a 
concentration that will result in an on-scale response. Operate the gas 
chromatograph according to the determined procedures. Select the peak(s) 
that correspond to the analyte(s) [and internal standard, if used] and 
measure the retention time(s). If a chart recorder is used, measure the 
distance(s) on the chart from the injection point to the peak maxima. 
These distances, divided by the chart speed, are defined as the RT's of 
the analytes in question. Repeat this process for each of the stock 
reference standard solutions.

    Note: If gas chromatography with mass spectrometer detection (GC-MS) 
is used, a stock reference standard may contain a group of analytes, 
provided all analytes are adequately separated during the analysis. Mass 
spectral library matching can be used to identify the analyte associated 
with each peak in the gas chromatogram. The retention time for the 
analyte then becomes the retention time of its peak in the chromatogram.

    10.2.2 Calibration. The GC must be calibrated using a minimum of 
three concentration levels of each potential analyte. (See Section 7.7 
for instructions on preparation of the calibration standards.) Beginning 
with the lowest concentration level calibration standard, carry out the 
analysis procedure as described beginning in Section 11.7. Repeat the 
procedure for each progressively higher concentration level until all 
calibration standards have been analyzed.
    10.2.2.1 Calculate the RT's for the internal standard and for each 
analyte in the calibration standards at each concentration level as 
described in Section 10.2.1. The RT's for the internal standard must not 
vary by more than 0.10 minutes. Identify each analyte by comparison of 
the RT's for peak maxima to the RT's determined in Section 10.2.1.
    10.2.2.2 Compare the retention times (RT's) for each potential 
analyte in the calibration standards for each concentration level to the 
retention times determined in Section 10.2.1. The calibration is not 
valid unless all RT's for all analytes meet the criteria given in 
Section 9.3.2.
    10.2.2.3 Tabulate the area responses and the concentrations for the 
internal standard and each analyte in the calibration standards. 
Calculate the response factor for the internal standard 
(RFis) and the response factor for each compound relative to 
the internal standard (RRF) for each concentration level using Equations 
5 and 6, Section 12.
    10.2.2.4 Using the RRF's from the calibration, calculate the percent 
relative standard deviation (percent RSD) for each analyte in the 
calibration standard using Equation 7, Section 12. The percent RSD for 
each individual calibration analyte must be less than 15 percent. This 
criterion must be met in order for the calibration to be valid. If the 
criterion is met, the mean RRF's determined above are to be used until 
the next calibration.
    10.3 Daily Calibration Checks. The calibration curve (Section 
10.2.2) must be checked and verified at least once each day that samples 
are analyzed. This is accomplished by analyzing a calibration standard 
that is at a concentration near the midpoint of the working range and 
performing the checks in Sections 10.3.1, 10.3.2, and 10.3.3.
    10.3.1 For each analyte in the calibration standard, calculate the 
percent difference in the RRF from the last calibration using Equation 
8, Section 12. If the percent difference for each calibration analyte is 
less than 10 percent, the last calibration curve is assumed to be valid. 
If the percent difference for any analyte is greater than 5 percent, the 
analyst should consider this a warning limit. If the percent difference 
for any one calibration analyte exceeds 10 percent, corrective action 
must be taken. If no source of the problem can be determined after 
corrective action has been taken, a new three-point (minimum) 
calibration must be generated. This criterion must be met before 
quantitative analysis begins.
    10.3.2 If the RFis for the internal standard changes by 
more than 20 percent from the last daily 
calibration check, the system

[[Page 749]]

must be inspected for malfunctions and corrections made as appropriate.
    10.3.3 The retention times for the internal standard and all 
calibration check analytes must be evaluated. If the retention time for 
the internal standard or for any calibration check analyte changes by 
more than 0.10 min from the last calibration, the system must be 
inspected for malfunctions and corrections made as required.

                              11. Procedure

    11.1 All samples and standards must be allowed to warm to room 
temperature before analysis. Observe the given order of ingredient 
addition to minimize loss of volatiles.
    11.2 Bring the GC system to the determined operating conditions and 
condition the column as described in Section 10.1.

    Note: The temperature of the injection port may be an especially 
critical parameter. Information about the proper temperature may be 
found on the CPDS.

    11.3 Perform the daily calibration checks as described in Section 
10.3. Samples are not to be analyzed until the criteria in Section 10.3 
are met.
    11.4 Place the as-received coating sample on a paint shaker, or 
similar device, and shake the sample for a minimum of 5 minutes to 
achieve homogenization.
    11.5 Note: The steps in this section must be performed rapidly and 
without interruption to avoid loss of volatile organics. These steps 
must be performed in a laboratory hood free from solvent vapors. All 
weights must be recorded to the nearest 0.1 mg.
    11.5.1 Add 16 g of dimethylformamide to each of two tared vials (A 
and B) capable of being septum sealed.
    11.5.2 To each vial add a weight of coating that will result in the 
response for the major constituent being in the upper half of the linear 
range of the calibration curve.

    Note: The magnitude of the response obviously depends on the amount 
of sample injected into the GC as specified in Section 11.8. This volume 
must be the same as used for preparation of the calibration curve, 
otherwise shifts in compound retention times may occur. If a sample is 
prepared that results in a response outside the limits of the 
calibration curve, new samples must be prepared; changing the volume 
injected to bring the response within the calibration curve limits is 
not permitted.

    11.5.3 Add a weight of internal standard to each vial (A and B) that 
will result in the response for the internal standard being between 25 
percent and 75 percent of the linear range of the calibration curve.
    11.5.4 Seal the vials with crimp-on or Mininert [supreg] septum 
seals.
    11.6 Shake the vials containing the prepared coating samples for 60 
seconds. Allow the vials to stand undisturbed for ten minutes. If solids 
have not settled out on the bottom after 10 minutes, then centrifuge at 
1,000 rpm for 5 minutes. The analyst also has the option of injecting 
the sample without allowing the solids to settle.
    11.7 Analyses should be conducted in the following order: daily 
calibration check sample, method blank, up to 10 injections from sample 
vials (i.e., one injection each from up to five pairs of vials, which 
corresponds to analysis of 5 coating samples).
    11.8 Inject the prescribed volume of supernatant from the 
calibration check sample, the method blank, and the sample vials onto 
the chromatographic column and record the chromatograms while operating 
the system under the specified operating conditions.

    Note: The analyst has the option of injecting the unseparated 
sample.

                   12. Data Analysis and Calculations

    12.1 Qualitative Analysis. An analyte (e.g., those cited in Section 
1.1) is considered tentatively identified if two criteria are satisfied: 
(1) elution of the sample analyte within 0.05 min 
of the average GC retention time of the same analyte in the calibration 
standard; and (2) either (a) confirmation of the identity of the 
compound by spectral matching on a gas chromatograph equipped with a 
mass selective detector or (b) elution of the sample analyte within 
0.05 min of the average GC retention time of the 
same analyte in the calibration standard analyzed on a dissimilar GC 
column.
    12.1.1 The RT of the sample analyte must meet the criteria specified 
in Section 9.3.3.
    12.1.2 When doubt exists as to the identification of a peak or the 
resolution of two or more components possibly comprising one peak, 
additional confirmatory techniques (listed in Section 12.1) must be 
used.
    12.2 Quantitative Analysis. When an analyte has been identified, the 
quantification of that compound will be based on the internal standard 
technique.
    12.2.1 A single analysis consists of one injection from each of two 
sample vials (A and B) prepared using the same coating. Calculate the 
concentration of each identified analyte in the sample as follows:

[[Page 750]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07DE95.003

    12.2.2 Report results for duplicate analysis (sample vials A and B) 
without correction.
    12.3 Precision Data. Calculate the percent difference between the 
measured concentrations of each analyte in vials A and B as follows.
    12.3.1 Calculate the weight percent of the analyte in each of the 
two sample vials as described in Section 12.2.1.
    12.3.2 Calculate the percent difference for each analyte as:
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07DE95.004
    
where Ai and Bi are the measured concentrations of 
the analyte in vials A and B.
    12.4 Calculate the percent accuracy for analytes in the QCCS (See 
Section 9.4) as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07DE95.005

where Xx is the mean measured value and Tx is the 
known true value of the analyte in the QCCS.
    12.5 Obtain retention times (RT's) from data station or integrator 
or, for chromatograms from a chart recorder, calculate the RT's for 
analytes in the calibration standards (See Section 10.2.2.2) as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07DE95.006

    12.6 Calculate the response factor for the internal standard (See 
Section 10.2.2.3) as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07DE95.007

where:
    Ais = Area response of the internal standard.
    Cis = Weight percent of the internal standard.
    12.7 Calculate the relative response factors for analytes in the 
calibration standards (See Section 10.2.2.3) as follows:
where:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07DE95.008

    RRFx = Relative response factor for an individual 
analyte.
    Ax = Area response of the analyte being measured.
    Cx = Weight percent of the analyte being measured.
    12.8 Calculate the percent relative standard deviation of the 
relative response factors for analytes in the calibration standards (See 
Section 10.2.2.4) as follows:

[[Page 751]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07DE95.009

    12.9 Calculate the percent difference in the relative response 
factors between the calibration curve and the daily calibration checks 
(See Section 10.3) as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07DE95.010

     13. Measurement of Reaction Byproducts That are HAP [Reserved]

                    14. Method Performance [Reserved]

                   15. Pollution Prevention [Reserved]

                          16. Waste Management

    16.1 The coating samples and laboratory standards and reagents may 
contain compounds which require management as hazardous waste. It is the 
laboratory's responsibility to ensure all wastes are managed in 
accordance with all applicable laws and regulations.
    16.2 To avoid excessive laboratory waste, obtain only enough sample 
for laboratory analysis.
    16.3 It is recommended that discarded waste coating solids, used 
rags, used paper towels, and other nonglass or nonsharp waste materials 
be placed in a plastic bag before disposal. A separate container, 
designated ``For Sharp Objects Only,'' is recommended for collection of 
discarded glassware and other sharp-edge items used in the laboratory. 
It is recommended that unused or excess samples and reagents be placed 
in a solvent-resistant plastic or metal container with a lid or cover 
designed for flammable liquids. This container should not be stored in 
the area where analytical work is performed. It is recommended that a 
record be kept of all compounds placed in the container for 
identification of the contents upon disposal.

                             17. References

    1. Clean Air Act Amendments, Public Law 101-549, Titles I-XI, 
November, 1990.
    2. Standard Test Method for Water Content of Water-Reducible Paints 
by Direct Injection into a Gas Chromatograph. ASTM Designation D3792-79.
    3. Standard Practice for Sampling Liquid Paints and Related Pigment 
Coatings. ASTM Designation D3925-81.
    4. Standard Test Method for Determination of Dichloromethane and 
1,1,1-Trichloroethane in Paints and Coatings by Direct Injection into a 
Gas Chromatograph. ASTM Designation D4457-85.

[[Page 752]]

    5. Standard Test Method for Determining the Unreacted Monomer 
Content of Latexes Using Capillary Column Gas Chromatography. ASTM 
Designation D4827-93.
    6. Standard Test Method for Determining Unreacted Monomer Content of 
Latexes Using Gas-Liquid Chromatography. ASTM Designation D 4747-87.
    7. Method 301--``Field Validation of Pollutant Measurement Methods 
from Various Waste Media,'' 40 CFR 63, Appendix A.
    8. ``Reagent Chemicals, American Chemical Society Specifications,'' 
American Chemical Society, Washington, DC. For suggestions on the 
testing of reagents not listed by the American Chemical Society, see 
``Reagent Chemicals and Standards'' by Joseph Rosin, D. Van Nostrand 
Co., Inc., New York, NY and the ``United States Pharmacopeia.''

          18. Tables, Diagrams, Flowcharts, and Validation Data

Agency:_________________________________________________________________
Inspector:______________________________________________________________
Date/Time:______________________________________________________________
Sample ID:_____________________________________________________________
Source ID:______________________________________________________________
Coating Name/Type:______________________________________________________
Plant Witness:__________________________________________________________
Type Analysis Required:_________________________________________________
Special Handling:_______________________________________________________

                         Sample Container Label

                              Coating Data

Date:___________________________________________________________________

Source:_________________________________________________________________

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  Data                     Sample ID No.   Sample ID No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Coating:
    Supplier Name.......................  ..............  ..............
    Name and Color of Coating...........  ..............  ..............
    Type of Coating (primer, clearcoat,   ..............  ..............
     etc.)..............................
    Identification Number for Coating...  ..............  ..............
    Coating Density (lbs/gal)...........  ..............  ..............
    Total Volatiles Content (wt percent)  ..............  ..............
    Water Content (wt percent)..........  ..............  ..............
    Exempt Solvents Content (wt percent)  ..............  ..............
    VOC Content (wt percent)............  ..............  ..............
    Solids Content (vol percent)........  ..............  ..............
Diluent Properties:
    Name................................
    Identification Number...............  ..............  ..............
    Diluent Solvent Density (lbs/gal)...  ..............  ..............
    VOC Content (wt percent)............  ..............  ..............
    Water Content (wt percent)..........  ..............  ..............
    Exempt Solvent Content (wt percent).  ..............  ..............
    Diluent/Solvent Ratio (gal diluent    ..............  ..............
     solvent/gal coating)...............
------------------------------------------------------------------------

                        Stock Reference Standard

Name of Reference Material:_____________________________________________

Supplier Name:__________________________________________________________

Lot Number:_____________________________________________________________

Purity:_________________________________________________________________

Name of Solvent Material: Dimethylformamide_____________________________

Supplier Name:__________________________________________________________

Lot Number:_____________________________________________________________

Purity:_________________________________________________________________

Date Prepared:__________________________________________________________

Prepared By:____________________________________________________________

Notebook/page no.:______________________________________________________

                         Preparation Information
1. Weight Empty Flask..................  ____,g
2. Weight Plus DMF.....................  ____,g
3. Weight Plus Reference Material......  ____,g
4. Weight After Made to Volume.........  ____,g
5. Weight DMF (lines 2-1 + 3-4)........  ____,g
6. Weight Ref. Material (lines 3-2)....  ____,g
7. Corrected Weight of Reference         ____,g
 Material (line 6 times purity).
8. Fraction Reference Material in        ____,g/g
 Standard (Line 7 / Line 5) soln.
9. Total Volume of Standard Solution...  ____, ml
10. Weight Reference Material per ml of  ____,g/ml
 Solution (Line 7 / Line 9).
Laboratory ID No. for this Standard....  ____
Expiration Date for this Standard......  ____
 

                          CALIBRATION STANDARD

Date Prepared:__________________________________________________________


[[Page 753]]

________________________________________________________________________
Date Expires:___________________________________________________________

Prepared By:____________________________________________________________

Notebook/page:__________________________________________________________
Calibration Standard Identification No.:
________________________________________________________________________

                         Preparation Information
Final Weight Flask Plus Reagents.......  ____, g
Weight Empty Flask.....................  ____, g
Total Weight Of Reagents...............  ____, g
 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                               Amount of stock reference standard added (by                     Weight
                                                                  Stock                    volume or by weight)                  Calculated    percent
                                                                reference  ----------------------------------------------------    weight     analyte in
                       Analyte name \a\                        standard ID                Amount in                 Amount in     analyte    calibration
                                                                   No.         Volume    standard, g/    Weight    standard, g/   added, g     standard
                                                                             added, ml        ml        added, g      g soln                     \b\
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 \a\ Include internal standard(s).
\b\ Weight percent = weight analyte added / total weight of reagents.

                     Quality Control Check Standard

Date Prepared:__________________________________________________________

Date Expires:___________________________________________________________

Prepared By:____________________________________________________________

Notebook/page:__________________________________________________________

Quality Control Check Standard Identification No.:
________________________________________________________________________

                         Preparation Information
Final Weight Flask Plus Reagents.......  ____,g
Weight Empty Flask.....................  ____,g
Total Weight Of Reagents...............  ____,g
------------------------------------------------------------------------


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                               Amount of stock reference standard added (by                     Weight
                                                                  Stock                    volume or by weight)                  Calculated    percent
                                                                reference  ----------------------------------------------------    weight     analyte in
                       Analyte name \a\                        standard ID                Amount in                 Amount in     analyte        QCC
                                                                   No.         Volume    standard, g/    Weight    standard, g/   added, g     standard
                                                                             added, ml        ml        added, g      g soln                     \b\
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 \a\ Include internal Standard(s).
\b\ Weight percent = weight analyte added / total weight of reagents.

                 Quality Control Check Standard Analysis

Date OCCS Analyzed:_____________________________________________________

OCCS Identification No._________________________________________________

Analyst:________________________________________________________________

QCC Expiration Date:____________________________________________________

                                                                    Analysis Results
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                     Weight percent determined                                        Meets criteria in
                                                                 ---------------------------------                                      Section 9.4.6
                             Analyte                                                                Mean Wt    Percent    Percent  ---------------------
                                                                    Run 1      Run 2      Run 3     percent    accuracx     RSD      Percent    Percent
                                                                                                                                     accuracy     RSD
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 
 

[[Page 754]]

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                    Calibration of Gas Chromatograph

Calibration Date:_______________________________________________________

Calibrated By:__________________________________________________________

                                                     Part 1--Retention Times for Individual Analytes
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                               Recorder chart speed        Distance from injection point
                                                               Stock     --------------------------------         to peak maximum            Retention
                         Analyte                           standard. ID                                  --------------------------------  time, minutes
                                                                No.         Inches/min.       cm/min.         Inches        Centimeters         \a\
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 \a\ Retention time = distance to peak maxima / chart speed.

                    CALIBRATION OF GAS CHROMATOGRAPH

Calibration Date:_______________________________________________________

Calibrated By:__________________________________________________________

                                    Part 2--Analysis of Calibration Standards
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   Calib. STD ID   Calib. STD ID   Calib. STD ID
                             Analyte                                    No.             No.             No.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Name:
    Conc. in STD................................................  ..............  ..............  ..............
    Area Response...............................................  ..............  ..............  ..............
    RT..........................................................  ..............  ..............  ..............
Name:
    Conc. in STD................................................  ..............  ..............  ..............
    Area Response...............................................  ..............  ..............  ..............
    RT..........................................................  ..............  ..............  ..............
Name:
    Conc. in STD................................................  ..............  ..............  ..............
    Area Response...............................................  ..............  ..............  ..............
    RT..........................................................  ..............  ..............  ..............
Name:
    Conc. in STD................................................  ..............  ..............  ..............
    Area Response...............................................  ..............  ..............  ..............
    RT..........................................................  ..............  ..............  ..............
Name:
    Conc. in STD................................................  ..............  ..............  ..............
    Area Response...............................................  ..............  ..............  ..............
    RT..........................................................  ..............  ..............  ..............
Name:
    Conc. in STD................................................  ..............  ..............  ..............
    Area Response...............................................  ..............  ..............  ..............
    RT..........................................................  ..............  ..............  ..............

[[Page 755]]

 
Name:
    Conc. in STD................................................  ..............  ..............  ..............
    Area Response...............................................  ..............  ..............  ..............
    RT..........................................................  ..............  ..............  ..............
Name:
    Conc. in STD................................................  ..............  ..............  ..............
    Area Response...............................................  ..............  ..............  ..............
    RT..........................................................  ..............  ..............  ..............
Internal Standard Name:
    Conc. in STD................................................  ..............  ..............  ..............
    Area Response...............................................  ..............  ..............  ..............
    RT..........................................................  ..............  ..............  ..............
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                    Calibration of Gas Chromatograph

Calibration Date:_______________________________________________________

Calibrated By:__________________________________________________________

                                                     Part 3--Data Analysis for Calibration Standards
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                        Is RT within 0.05   Is percent
                       Analyte                             ID           ID           ID          Mean        of RF     min of RT for stock?  RSD <30% (Y/
                                                                                                                               (Y/N)              N)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Name:
    RT..............................................  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ....................  ...........
    RF..............................................  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ....................  ...........
Name:
    RT..............................................  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ....................  ...........
    RF..............................................  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ....................  ...........
Name:
    RT..............................................  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ....................  ...........
    RF..............................................  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ....................  ...........
Name:
    RT..............................................  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ....................  ...........
    RF..............................................  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ....................  ...........
Name:
    RT..............................................  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ....................  ...........
    RF..............................................  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ....................  ...........
Name:
    RT..............................................  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ....................  ...........
    RF..............................................  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ....................  ...........
Name:
    RT..............................................  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ....................  ...........
    RF..............................................  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ....................  ...........
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                         Daily Calibration Check

Date:___________________________________________________________________

Analyst:________________________________________________________________
Calibration Check Standard ID No.:

Expiration Date:________________________________________________________

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        Retention Time (RT)                            Response Factor (RF)
                         Analyte                         -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               Last            This       Difference \a\       Last            This       Difference \b\
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 \a\ Retention time (RT) change (difference) must be less than 0.10 minutes.

[[Page 756]]

 
\b\ Response factor (RF) change (difference) must be less than 20 percent for each analyte and for the internal standard.

                             Sample Analysis

Vial A ID No.:__________________________________________________________

Vial B ID No.:__________________________________________________________

Analyzed By:____________________________________________________________

Date:___________________________________________________________________


----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                      Sample preparation information                            Vial A (g)         Vial B (g)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Measured:
    wt empty via..........................................................
    wt plus DMF...........................................................
    wt plus sample........................................................
    wt plus internal......................................................
    standard..............................................................
Calculated:
    wt DMF................................................................
    wt sample.............................................................
    wt internal standard..................................................
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                                           Analysis Results: Duplicate Samples
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   Area response                                       Wt percent in sample
                         Analyte                         --------------------------------       RF       -----------------------------------------------
                                                              Vial A          Vial B                          Vial A          Vial B          Average
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Internal Standard.......................................
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Method 312A--Determination of Styrene in Latex Styrene-Butadiene Rubber, 
                       Through Gas Chromatography

                        1. Scope and Application

    1.1 This method describes a procedure for determining parts per 
million (ppm) styrene monomer (CAS No. 100-42-5) in aqueous samples, 
including latex samples and styrene stripper water.
    1.2 The sample is separated in a gas chromatograph equipped with a 
packed column and a flame ionization detector.

                          2.0 Summary of Method

    2.1 This method utilizes a packed column gas chromatograph with a 
flame ionization detector to determine the concentration of residual 
styrene in styrene butadiene rubber (SBR) latex samples.

                             3.0 Definitions

    3.1 The definitions are included in the text as needed.

                            4.0 Interferences

    4.1 In order to reduce matrix effects and emulsify the styrene, 
similar styrene free latex is added to the internal standard. There are 
no known interferences.
    4.2 The operating parameters are selected to obtain resolution 
necessary to determine styrene monomer concentrations in latex.

                               5.0 Safety

    5.1 It is the responsibility of the user of this procedure to 
establish appropriate safety and health practices.

                       6.0 Equipment and Supplies

    6.1 Adjustable bottle-top dispenser, set to deliver 3 ml. (for 
internal standard), Brinkmann Dispensette, or equivalent.
    6.2 Pipettor, set to 10 ml., Oxford Macro-set, or equivalent.
    6.3 Volumetric flask, 100-ml, with stopper.
    6.4 Hewlett Packard Model 5710A dual channel gas chromatograph 
equipped with flame ionization detector.

[[Page 757]]

    6.4.1 11 ft. x \1/8\ in. stainless steel column packed with 10% TCEP 
on 100/120 mesh Chromosorb P, or equivalent.
    6.4.2 Perkin Elmer Model 023 strip chart recorder, or equivalent.
    6.5 Helium carrier gas, zero grade.
    6.6 Liquid syringe, 25-[micro]l.
    6.7 Digital MicroVAX 3100 computer with VG Multichrom software, or 
equivalent data handling system.
    6.6 Wire Screens, circular, 70-mm, 80-mesh diamond weave.
    6.7 DEHA--(N,N-Diethyl hydroxylamine), 97 + % purity, CAS No. 3710-
84-7
    6.8 p-Dioxane, CAS No. 123-91-1

                       7.0 Reagents and Standards

    7.1 Internal standard preparation.
    7.1.1 Pipette 5 ml p-dioxane into a 1000-ml volumetric flask and 
fill to the mark with distilled water and mix thoroughly.
    7.2 Calibration solution preparation.
    7.2.1 Pipette 10 ml styrene-free latex (eg: NBR latex) into a 100-ml 
volumetric flask.
    7.2.2 Add 3 ml internal standard (section 7.1.1 of this method).
    7.2.3 Weigh exactly 10 [micro]l fresh styrene and record the weight.
    7.2.4 Inject the styrene into the flask and mix well.
    7.2.5 Add 2 drops of DEHA, fill to the mark with water and mix well 
again.
    7.2.6 Calculate concentration of the calibration solution as 
follows:

mg/l styrene = (mg styrene added)/0.1 L

            8.0 Sample Collection, Preservation, and Storage

    8.1 A representative SBR emulsion sample should be caught in a 
clean, dry 6-oz. teflon lined glass container. Close it properly to 
assure no sample leakage.
    8.2 The container should be labeled with sample identification, date 
and time.

                           9.0 Quality Control

    9.1 The instrument is calibrated by injecting calibration solution 
(Section 7.2 of this method) five times.
    9.2 The retention time for components of interest and relative 
response of monomer to the internal standard is determined.
    9.3 Recovery efficiency must be determined once for each sample type 
and whenever modifications are made to the method.
    9.3.1 A set of six latex samples shall be collected. Two samples 
shall be prepared for analysis from each sample. Each sample shall be 
analyzed in duplicate.
    9.3.2 The second set of six latex samples shall be analyzed in 
duplicate before spiking each sample with approximately 1000 ppm 
styrene. The spiked samples shall be analyzed in duplicate.
    9.3.3 For each hydrocarbon, calculate the average recovery 
efficiency (R) using the following equations:

where:
R=[Sigma](Rn)/6

where:
Rn = (cns-cv)/Sn

n = sample number
cns = concentration of compound measured in spiked sample 
          number n.
cnu = concentration of compound measured in unspiked sample 
          number n.
Sn = theoretical concentration of compound spiked into sample 
          n.
    9.3.4 A value of R between 0.70 and 1.30 is acceptable.
    9.3.5 R is used to correct all reported results for each compound by 
dividing the measured results of each compound by the R for that 
compound for the same sample type.

                10.0 Calibration and Instrument Settings

    10.1 Injection port temperature, 250 [deg]C.
    10.2 Oven temperature, 110 [deg]C, isothermal.
    10.3 Carrier gas flow, 25 cc/min.
    10.4 Detector temperature, 250 [deg]C.
    10.5 Range, 1X.

                             11.0 Procedure

    11.1 Turn on recorder and adjust baseline to zero.
    11.2 Prepare sample.
    11.2.1 For latex samples, add 3 ml Internal Standard (section 7.1 of 
this method) to a 100-ml volumetric flask. Pipet 10 ml sample into the 
flask using the Oxford pipettor, dilute to the 100-ml mark with water, 
and shake well.
    11.2.2 For water samples, add 3 ml Internal Standard (section 7.1 of 
this method) to a 100-ml volumetric flask and fill to the mark with 
sample. Shake well.
    11.3 Flush syringe with sample.
    11.4 Carefully inject 2 [micro]l of sample into the gas 
chromatograph column injection port and press the start button.
    11.5 When the run is complete the computer will print a report of 
the analysis.

                   12.0 Data Analysis and Calculation

    12.1 For samples that are prepared as in section 11.2.1 of this 
method:

ppm styrene = A x D

Where:
A = ``ppm'' readout from computer
D = dilution factor (10 for latex samples)

    12.2 For samples that are prepared as in section 11.2.2 of this 
method, ppm styrene is read directly from the computer.

                         13.0 Method Performance

    13.1 This test has a standard deviation (1) of 3.3 ppm at 100 ppm 
styrene. The average Spike Recovery from six samples at 1000 ppm Styrene 
was 96.7 percent. The test method was validated using 926 ppm styrene 
standard. Six analysis of the same standard provided average 97.7 
percent recovery. Note:

[[Page 758]]

These are example recoveries and do not replace quality assurance 
procedures in this method.

                        14.0 Pollution Prevention

    14.1 Waste generation should be minimized where possible. Sample 
size should be an amount necessary to adequately run the analysis.

                          15.0 Waste Management

    15.1 All waste shall be handled in accordance with Federal and State 
environmental regulations.

                    16.0 References and Publications

    16.1 40 CFR 63 Appendix A--Method 301 Test Methods Field Validation 
of Pollutant Measurement
    16.2 DSM Copolymer Test Method T-3060, dated October 19, 1995, 
entitled: Determination of Residual Styrene in Latex, Leonard, C.D., 
Vora, N.M.et al

  Method 312B--Determination of Residual Styrene in Styrene-Butadiene 
           (SBR) Rubber Latex by Capillary Gas Chromatography

                                1.0 Scope

    1.1 This method is applicable to SBR latex solutions.
    1.2 This method quantitatively determines residual styrene 
concentrations in SBR latex solutions at levels from 80 to 1200 ppm.

                         2.0 Principle of Method

    2.1 A weighed sample of a latex solution is coagulated with an ethyl 
alcohol (EtOH) solution containing a specific amount of alpha-methyl 
styrene (AMS) as the internal standard. The extract of this coagulation 
is then injected into a gas chromatograph and separated into individual 
components. Quantification is achieved by the method of internal 
standardization.

                             3.0 Definitions

    3.1 The definitions are included in the text as needed.

                      4.0 Interferences [Reserved]

                               5.0 Safety

    5.1 This method may involve hazardous materials, operations, and 
equipment. This method does not purport to address all of the safety 
problems associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user 
of this method to establish appropriate safety and health practices and 
determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.

                       6.0 Equipment and Supplies

    6.1 Analytical balance, 160 g capacity, and 0.1 mg resolution
    6.2 Bottles, 2-oz capacity, with poly-cap screw lids
    6.3 Mechanical shaker
    6.4 Syringe, 10-ul capacity
    6.5 Gas chromatograph, Hewlett Packard model 5890A, or equivalent, 
configured with FID with a megabore jet, splitless injector packed with 
silanized glass wool.
    6.5.1 Establish the following gas chromatographic conditions, and 
allow the system to thoroughly equilibrate before use.

Injection technique = Splitless
Injector temperature = 225 deg C
Oven temperature = 70 deg C (isothermal)
Detector: temperature = 300 deg C
range = 5
attenuation = 0
Carrier gas: helium = 47 ml/min
Detector gases: hydrogen = 30 ml/min
air = 270 ml/min
make-up = 0 ml/min
Analysis time: = 3.2 min at the specified carrier gas flow rate and 
          column temperature.
    6.6 Gas chromatographic column, DB-1, 30 M X 0.53 ID, or equivalent, 
with a 1.5 micron film thickness.
    6.7 Data collection system, Perkin-Elmer/Nelson Series Turbochrom 4 
Series 900 Interface, or equivalent.
    6.8 Pipet, automatic dispensing, 50-ml capacity, and 2-liter 
reservoir.
    6.9 Flasks, volumetric, class A, 100-ml and 1000-ml capacity.
    6.10 Pipet, volumetric delivery, 10-ml capacity, class A.

                       7.0 Chemicals and Reagents

    CHEMICALS:
7.1 Styrene, C8H8, 99 + %, CAS 100-42-5
7.2 Alpha methyl styrene, C9H10, 99%, CAS 98-83-9
7.3 Ethyl alcohol, C2H5OH, denatured formula 2B, CAS 64-17-5

    REAGENTS:
    7.4 Internal Standard Stock Solution: 5.0 mg/ml AMS in ethyl 
alcohol.
    7.4.1 Into a 100-ml volumetric flask, weigh 0.50 g of AMS to the 
nearest 0.1 mg.
    7.4.2 Dilute to the mark with ethyl alcohol. This solution will 
contain 5.0 mg/ml AMS in ethyl alcohol and will be labeled the AMS STOCK 
SOLUTION.
    7.5 Internal Standard Working Solution: 2500 ug/50 ml of AMS in 
ethyl alcohol.
    7.5.1 Using a 10 ml volumetric pipet, quantitatively transfer 10.0 
ml of the AMS STOCK SOLUTION into a 1000-ml volumetric flask.
    7.5.2 Dilute to the mark with ethyl alcohol. This solution will 
contain 2500 ug/50ml of AMS in ethyl alcohol and will be labeled the AMS 
WORKING SOLUTION.

[[Page 759]]

    7.5.3 Transfer the AMS WORKING SOLUTION to the automatic dispensing 
pipet reservoir.
    7.6 Styrene Stock Solution: 5.0 mg/ml styrene in ethyl alcohol.
    7.6.1 Into a 100-ml volumetric flask, weigh 0.50 g of styrene to the 
nearest 0.1 mg.
    7.6.2 Dilute to the mark with ethyl alcohol. This solution will 
contain 5.0 mg/ml styrene in ethyl alcohol and will be labeled the 
STYRENE STOCK SOLUTION.
    7.7 Styrene Working Solution: 5000 ug/10 ml of styrene in ethyl 
alcohol.
    7.7.1 Using a 10-ml volumetric pipet, quantitatively transfer 10.0 
ml of the STYRENE STOCK SOLUTION into a 100-ml volumetric flask.
    7.7.2 Dilute to the mark with ethyl alcohol. This solution will 
contain 5000 ug/10 ml of styrene in ethyl alcohol and will be labeled 
the STYRENE WORKING SOLUTION.

             8.0 Sample Collection, Preservation and Storage

    8.1 Label a 2-oz sample poly-cap lid with the identity, date and 
time of the sample to be obtained.
    8.2 At the sample location, open sample valve for at least 15 
seconds to ensure that the sampling pipe has been properly flushed with 
fresh sample.
    8.3 Fill the sample jar to the top (no headspace) with sample, then 
cap it tightly.
    8.4 Deliver sample to the Laboratory for testing within one hour of 
sampling.
    8.5 Laboratory testing will be done within two hours of the sampling 
time.
    8.6 No special storage conditions are required unless the storage 
time exceeds 2 hours in which case refrigeration of the sample is 
recommended.

                           9.0 Quality Control

    9.1 For each sample type, 12 samples of SBR latex shall be obtained 
from the process for the recovery study. Half the vials and caps shall 
be tared, labeled ``spiked'', and numbered 1 through 6. The other vials 
are labeled ``unspiked'' and need not be tared, but are also numbered 1 
through 6.
    9.2 The six vials labeled ``spiked'' shall be spiked with an amount 
of styrene to approximate 50% of the solution's expected residual 
styrene level.
    9.3 The spiked samples shall be shaken for several hours and allowed 
to cool to room temperature before analysis.
    9.4 The six samples of unspiked solution shall be coagulated and a 
mean styrene value shall be determined, along with the standard 
deviation, and the percent relative standard deviation.
    9.5 The six samples of the spiked solution shall be coagulated and 
the results of the analyses shall be determined using the following 
equations:

Mr = Ms-Mu
R = Mr/S

where:
Mu = Mean value of styrene in the unspiked sample
Ms = Measured amount of styrene in the spiked sample
Mr = Measured amount of the spiked compound
S = Amount of styrene added to the spiked sample
R = Fraction of spiked styrene recovered

    9.6 A value of R between 0.70 and 1.30 is acceptable.
    9.7 R is used to correct all reported results for each compound by 
dividing the measured results of each compound by the R for that 
compound for the same sample type.

                            10.0 Calibration

    10.1 Using a 10-ml volumetric pipet, quantitatively transfer 10.0 ml 
of the STYRENE WORKING SOLUTION (section 7.7.2 of this method) into a 2-
oz bottle.
    10.2 Using the AMS WORKING SOLUTION equipped with the automatic 
dispensing pipet (section 7.5.3 of this method), transfer 50.0 ml of the 
internal standard solution into the 2-oz bottle.
    10.3 Cap the 2-oz bottle and swirl. This is the calibration 
standard, which contains 5000 [micro]g of styrene and 2500 [micro]g of 
AMS.
    10.4 Using the conditions prescribed (section 6.5 of this method), 
chromatograph 1 [micro]l of the calibration standard.
    10.5 Obtain the peak areas and calculate the relative response 
factor as described in the calculations section (section 12.1 of this 
method).

                             11.0 Procedure

    11.1 Into a tared 2-oz bottle, weigh 10.0 g of latex to the nearest 
0.1 g.
    11.2 Using the AMS WORKING SOLUTION equipped with the automatic 
dispensing pipet (section 7.5.3 of this method), transfer 50.0 ml of the 
internal standard solution into the 2-oz bottle.
    11.3 Cap the bottle. Using a mechanical shaker, shake the bottle for 
at least one minute or until coagulation of the latex is complete as 
indicated by a clear solvent.
    11.4 Using the conditions prescribed (section 6.5 of this method), 
chromatograph 1 ul of the liquor.
    11.5 Obtain the peak areas and calculate the concentration of 
styrene in the latex as described in the calculations section (Section 
12.2 of this method).

                            12.0 Calculations

    12.1 Calibration:

RF = (Wx x Ais) / (Wis x Ax)

where:
RF = the relative response factor for styrene
Wx = the weight (ug) of styrene

[[Page 760]]

Ais = the area of AMS
Wis = the weight (ug) of AMS
Ax = the area of styrene
12.2 Procedure:

ppmstyrene = (Ax RF x Wis) / 
          (Ais x Ws)

where:
ppmstyrene = parts per million of styrene in the latex
Ax = the area of styrene
RF = the response factor for styrene
Wis = the weight (ug) of AMS
Ais = the area of AMS
Ws = the weight (g) of the latex sample
12.3 Correct for recovery (R) as determined by section 9.0 of this 
          method.

                             13.0 Precision

    13.1 Precision for the method was determined at the 80, 144, 590, 
and 1160 ppm levels. The standard deviations were 0.8, 1.5, 5 and 9 ppm 
respectively. The percent relative standard deviations (%RSD) were 1% or 
less at all levels. Five degrees of freedom were used for all precision 
data except at the 80 ppm level, where nine degrees of freedom were 
used. Note: These are example results and do not replace quality 
assurance procedures in this method.

                        14.0 Pollution Prevention

    14.1 Waste generation should be minimized where possible. Sample 
size should be an amount necessary to adequately run the analysis.

                          15.0 Waste Management

    15.1 Discard liquid chemical waste into the chemical waste drum.
    15.2 Discard latex sample waste into the latex waste drum.
    15.3 Discard polymer waste into the polymer waste container.

                             16.0 References

    16.1 This method is based on Goodyear Chemical Division Test Method 
E-889.

Method 312C--Determination of Residual Styrene in SBR Latex Produced by 
                         Emulsion Polymerization

                                1.0 Scope

    1.1 This method is applicable for determining the amount of residual 
styrene in SBR latex as produced in the emulsion polymerization process.

                         2.0 Principle of Method

    2.1 A weighed sample of latex is coagulated in 2-propanol which 
contains alpha-methyl styrene as an Internal Standard. The extract from 
the coagulation will contain the alpha-methyl styrene as the Internal 
Standard and the residual styrene from the latex. The extract is 
analyzed by a Gas Chromatograph. Percent styrene is calculated by 
relating the area of the styrene peak to the area of the Internal 
Standard peak of known concentration.

                             3.0 Definitions

    3.1 The definitions are included in the text as needed.

                      4.0 Interferences [Reserved]

                               5.0 Safety

    5.1 When using solvents, avoid contact with skin and eyes. Wear hand 
and eye protection. Wash thoroughly after use.
    5.2 Avoid overexposure to solvent vapors. Handle only in well 
ventilated areas.

                       6.0 Equipment and Supplies

    6.1 Gas Chromatograph--Hewlett Packard 5890, Series II with flame 
ionization detector, or equivalent.
    Column--HP 19095F-123, 30m x 0.53mm, or equivalent. Substrate HP 
FFAP (cross-linked) film thickness 1 micrometer. Glass injector port 
liners with silanized glass wool plug.
    Integrator--HP 3396, Series II, or equivalent.
    6.2 Wrist action shaker
    6.3 Automatic dispenser
    6.4 Automatic pipet, calibrated to deliver 5.0 0.01 grams of latex
    6.5 Four-ounce wide-mouth bottles with foil lined lids
    6.6 Crimp cap vials, 2ml, teflon lined septa
    6.7 Disposable pipets
    6.8 Qualitative filter paper
    6.9 Cap crimper
    6.10 Analytical balance
    6.11 10ml pipette
    6.12 Two-inch funnel

                       7.0 Reagents and Standards

    7.1 2-Propanol (HP2C grade)
    7.2 Alpha methyl styrene (99 + % purity)
    7.3 Styrene (99 + % purity)
    7.4 Zero air
    7.5 Hydrogen (chromatographic grade)
    7.6 Helium
    7.7 Internal Standard preparation
    7.7.1 Weigh 5.000-5.005 grams of alpha-methyl styrene into a 100ml 
volumetric flask and bring to mark with 2-propanol to make Stock ``A'' 
Solution.

    Note: Shelf life--6 months.

    7.7.2 Pipette 10ml of Stock ``A'' Solution into a 100ml volumetric 
flask and bring to mark with 2-propanol to prepare Stock ``B'' Solution.
    7.7.3 Pipette 10ml of the Stock ``B'' solution to a 1000ml 
volumetric flask and bring to the mark with 2-propanol. This will be the 
Internal Standard Solution (0.00005 grams/ml).

[[Page 761]]

    7.8 Certification of Internal Standard--Each batch of Stock ``B'' 
Solution will be certified to confirm concentration.
    7.8.1 Prepare a Standard Styrene Control Solution in 2-propanol by 
the following method:
    7.8.1.1 Weigh 5.000 .005g of styrene to a 
100ml volumetric flask and fill to mark with 2-propanol to make Styrene 
Stock ``A'' Solution.
    7.8.1.2 Pipette 10ml of Styrene Stock ``A'' Solution to a 100ml 
volumetric flask and fill to mark with 2-propanol to make Styrene Stock 
``B'' Solution.
    7.8.1.3 Pipette 10ml of Styrene Stock ``B'' soluion to a 250ml 
volumtric flask and fill to mark wtih 2-propanol to make the 
Certification Solution.
    7.8.2 Certify Alpha-Methyl Styrene Stock ``B'' Solution.
    7.8.2.1 Pipette 5ml of the Certification Solution and 25ml of the 
Alpha Methyl Styrene Internal Standard Solution to a 4-oz. bottle, cap 
and shake well.
    7.8.2.2 Analyze the resulting mixture by GC using the residual 
styrene method. (11.4-11.6 of this method)
    7.8.2.3 Calculate the weight of alpha methyl styrene present in the 
25ml aliquat of the new Alpha Methyl Styrene Standard by the following 
equation:

Wx = Fx xWis(Ax/
          Ais)

Where
Ax = Peak area of alpha methyl styrene
Ais = Peak area of styrene
Wx = Weight of alpha methyl styrene
Wis = Weight of styrene (.00100)
Fx = Analyzed response factor = 1

    The Alpha Methyl Styrene Stock Solution used to prepare the Internal 
Standard Solution may be considered certified if the weight of alpha 
methyl styrene analyzed by this method is within the range of .00121g to 
.00129g.

                              8.0 Sampling

    8.1 Collect a latex sample in a capped container. Cap the bottle and 
identify the sample as to location and time.
    8.2 Deliver sample to Laboratory for testing within one hour.
    8.3 Laboratory will test within two hours.
    8.4 No special storage conditions are required.

                           9.0 Quality Control

    9.1 The laboratory is required to operate a formal quality control 
program. This consists of an initial demonstration of the capability of 
the method as well as ongoing analysis of standards, blanks, and spiked 
samples to demonstrate continued performance.
    9.1.1 When the method is first set up, a calibration is run and the 
recovery efficiency for each type of sample must be determined.
    9.1.2 If new types of samples are being analyzed, then recovery 
efficiency for each new type of sample must be determined. New type 
includes any change, such as polymer type, physical form or a 
significant change in the composition of the matrix.
    9.2 Recovery efficiency must be determined once for each sample type 
and whenever modifications are made to the method.
    9.2.1 In determining the recovery efficiency, the quadruplet 
sampling system shall be used. Six sets of samples (for a total of 24) 
shall be taken. In each quadruplet set, half of the samples (two out of 
the four) shall be spiked with styrene.
    9.2.2 Prepare the samples as described in section 8 of this method. 
To the vials labeled ``spiked'', add a known amount of styrene that is 
expected to be present in the latex.
    9.2.3 Run the spiked and unspiked samples in the normal manner. 
Record the concentrations of styrene reported for each pair of spiked 
and unspiked samples with the same vial number.
    9.2.4 For each hydrocarbon, calculate the average recovery 
efficiency (R) using the following equation:

R=[Sigma](Rn)/12

Where: n = sample number
Rn = (Ms-Mu)/S
Ms = total mass of compound (styrene) measured in spiked 
          sample ([micro]g)
Mu = total mass of compound (styrene) measured in unspiked 
          sample ([micro]g)
S = theoretical mass of compound (styrene) spiked into sample ([micro]g)
R = fraction of spiked compound (styrene) recovered

    9.2.5 A different R value should be obtained for each sample type. A 
value of R between 0.70 and 1.30 is acceptable.
    9.2.6 R is used to correct all reported results for each compound by 
dividing the measured results of each compound by the R for that 
compound for the same sample type.

                            10.0 Calibration

    A styrene control sample will be tested weekly to confirm the FID 
response and calibration.

    10.1 Using the Styrene Certification Solution prepared in 7.8.1, 
perform test analysis as described in 7.8.2 using the equation in 
7.8.2.3 to calculate results.
    10.2 Calculate the weight of styrene in the styrene control sample 
using the following equation:

Wsty = (Fx xAsty 
          xWis)Ais

    The instrument can be considered calibrated if the weight of the 
styrene analyzed is within range of 0.00097-0.00103gms.

[[Page 762]]

                             11.0 Procedure

    11.1 Using an auto pipet, add 25ml of Internal Standard Solution to 
a 4 oz. wide-mouth bottle.
    11.2 Using a calibrated auto pipet, add 5.0 0.01g latex to the bottle containing the 25ml of 
Internal Standard Solution.
    11.3 Cap the bottle and place on the wrist action shaker. Shake the 
sample for a minimum of five minutes using the timer on the shaker. 
Remove from shaker.
    11.4 Using a disposable pipet, fill the 2ml sample vial with the 
clear alcohol extract. (If the extract is not clear, it should be 
filtered using a funnel and filter paper.) Cap and seal the vial.
    11.5 Place the sample in the autosampler tray and start the GC and 
Integrator. The sample will be injected into the GC by the auto-
injector, and the Integrator will print the results.
    11.6 Gas Chromatograph Conditions

Oven Temp--70 [deg]C
Injector Temp--225 [deg]C
Detector Temp--275 [deg]C
Helium Pressure--500 KPA
Column Head Pressure--70 KPA
Makeup Gas--30 ml/min.
Column--HP 19095F--123, 30m x 0.53mm Substrate: HP--FFAP (cross-linked) 
1 micrometer film thickness

                            12.0 Calculations

    12.1 The integrator is programmed to do the following calculation at 
the end of the analysis:

%ResidualStyrene = (Ax XWis)/(Ais 
          XWx)XFx X100

Where:
Ax = Peak area of styrene
Ais = Peak area of internal standard
Wx = Weight of sample = 5g
Wis = Weight of internal std. = 0.00125g
Fx = Analyzed response factor = 1.0

    12.2 The response factor is determined by analyzing a solution of 
0.02g of styrene and 0.02g of alpha methyl styrene in 100ml of 2-
propanol. Calculate the factor by the following equation:

Fx = (Wx xAis)/(Wis 
          xAx)

Where:
Wx = Weight of styrene
Ax = Peak area of styrene
Wis = Weight of alpha methyl styrene
Ais = Peak area of alpha methyl styrene

                         13.0 Method Performance

    13.1 Performance must be determined for each sample type by 
following the procedures in section 9 of this method.

                          14.0 Waste Generation

    14.1 Waste generation should be minimized where possible.

                          15.0 Waste Management

    15.1 All waste shall be handled in accordance with Federal and State 
environmental regulations.

                       16.0 References [Reserved]

   Method 313A--Determination of Residual Hydrocarbons in Rubber Crumb

                        1.0 Scope and Application

    1.1 This method determines residual toluene and styrene in stripper 
crumb of the of the following types of rubber: polybutadiene (PBR) and 
styrene/butadiene rubber (SBR), both derived from solution 
polymerization processes that utilize toluene as the polymerization 
solvent.
    1.2 The method is applicable to a wide range of concentrations of 
toluene and styrene provided that calibration standards cover the 
desired range. It is applicable at least over the range of 0.01 to 10.0 
% residual toluene and from 0.1 to 3.0 % residual styrene. It is 
probably applicable over a wider range, but this must be verified prior 
to use.
    1.3 The method may also be applicable to other process samples as 
long as they are of a similar composition to stripper crumb. See section 
3.1 of this method for a description of stripper crumb.

                          2.0 Summary of Method

    2.1 The wet crumb is placed in a sealed vial and run on a headspace 
sampler which heats the vial to a specified temperature for a specific 
time and then injects a known volume of vapor into a capillary GC. The 
concentration of each component in the vapor is proportional to the 
level of that component in the crumb sample and does not depend on water 
content of the crumb.
    2.2 Identification of each component is performed by comparing the 
retention times to those of known standards.
    2.3 Results are calculated by the external standard method since 
injections are all performed in an identical manner. The response for 
each component is compared with that obtained from dosed samples of 
crumb.
    2.4 Measured results of each compound are corrected by dividing each 
by the average recovery efficiency determined for the same compound in 
the same sample type.

                             3.0 Definitions

    3.1 Stripper crumb refers to pieces of rubber resulting from the 
steam stripping of a toluene solution of the same polymer in a water 
slurry. The primary component of this will be polymer with lesser 
amounts of entrained water and residual toluene and other hydrocarbons. 
The amounts of hydrocarbons present must be such that the crumb is a 
solid material, generally less that 10 % of the dry rubber weight.

[[Page 763]]

                            4.0 Interferences

    4.1 Contamination is not normally a problem since samples are sealed 
into vials immediately on sampling.
    4.2 Cross contamination in the headspace sampler should not be a 
problem if the correct sampler settings are used. This should be 
verified by running a blank sample immediately following a normal or 
high sample. Settings may be modified if necessary if this proves to be 
a problem, or a blank sample may be inserted between samples.
    4.3 Interferences may occur if volatile hydrocarbons are present 
which have retention times close to that of the components of interest. 
Since the solvent makeup of the processes involved are normally fairly 
well defined this should not be a problem. If it is found to be the 
case, switching to a different chromatographic column will probably 
resolve the situation.

                               5.0 Safety

    5.1 The chemicals specified in this method should all be handled 
according to standard laboratory practices as well as any special 
precautions that may be listed in the MSDS for that compound.
    5.2 Sampling of strippers or other process streams may involve high 
pressures and temperatures or may have the potential for exposure to 
chemical fumes. Only personnel who have been trained in the specific 
sampling procedures required for that process should perform this 
operation. An understanding of the process involved is necessary. Proper 
personal protective equipment should be worn. Any sampling devices 
should be inspected prior to use. A detailed sampling procedure which 
specifies exactly how to obtain the sample must be written and followed.

                       6.0 Equipment and Supplies

    6.1 Hewlett Packard (HP) 7694 Headspace sampler, or equivalent, with 
the following conditions:

Times (min.): GC cycle time 6.0 , vial equilibration 30.0 , 
pressurization 0.25 , loop fill 0.25, loop equilibration 0.05 , inject 
0.25
Temperatures (deg C): oven 70, loop 80, transfer line 90
Pressurization gas: He @ 16 psi

    6.2 HP 5890 Series II capillary gas chromatograph, or equivalent, 
with the following conditions:

Column: Supelco SPB-1, or equivalent, 15m x .25mm x .25 [micro] film
Carrier: He @ 6 psi
Run time: 4 minutes
Oven: 70 deg C isothermal
Injector: 200 deg C split ratio 50:1
Detector: FID @ 220 deg C

    6.3 HP Chemstation consisting of computer, printer and Chemstation 
software, or an equivalent chromatographic data system.
    6.4 20 ml headspace vials with caps and septa.
    6.5 Headspace vial crimper.
    6.6 Microliter pipetting syringes.
    6.7 Drying oven at 100 deg C vented into cold trap or other means of 
trapping hydrocarbons released.
    6.8 Laboratory shaker or tumbler suitable for the headspace vials.
    6.9 Personal protective equipment required for sampling the process 
such as rubber gloves and face and eye protection.

                       7.0 Reagents and Standards

    7.1 Toluene, 99.9 + % purity, HPLC grade.
    7.2 Styrene, 99.9 + % purity, HPLC grade.
    7.3 Dry rubber of same type as the stripper crumb samples.

             8.0 Sample Collection, Preservation and Storage

    8.1 Collect a sample of crumb in a manner appropriate for the 
process equipment being sampled.
    8.1.1 If conditions permit, this may be done by passing a stream of 
the crumb slurry through a strainer, thus separating the crumb from the 
water. Allow the water to drain freely, do not attempt to squeeze any 
water from the crumb. Results will not depend on the exact water content 
of the samples. Immediately place several pieces of crumb directly into 
a headspace vial. This should be done with rubber gloves to protect the 
hands from both the heat and from contact with residual hydrocarbons. 
The vial should be between \1/4\ and \1/3\ full. Results do not depend 
on sample size as long as there is sufficient sample to reach an 
equilibrium vapor pressure in the headspace of the vial. Cap and seal 
the vial. Prepare each sample at least in duplicate. This is to minimize 
the effect of the variation that naturally occurs in the composition of 
non homogeneous crumb. The free water is not analyzed by this method and 
should be disposed of appropriately along with any unused rubber crumb.
    8.1.2 Alternatively the process can be sampled in a specially 
constructed sealed bomb which can then be transported to the laboratory. 
The bomb is then cooled to ambient temperature by applying a stream of 
running water. The bomb can then be opened and the crumb separated from 
the water and the vials filled as described in section 8.1.1 of this 
method. The bomb may be stored up to 8 hours prior to transferring the 
crumb into vials.
    8.2 The sealed headspace vials may be run immediately or may be 
stored up to 72 hours prior to running. It is possible that even longer 
storage times may be acceptable, but this must be verified for the 
particular type of sample being analyzed (see section 9.2.3 of

[[Page 764]]

this method). The main concern here is that some types of rubber 
eventually may flow, thus compacting the crumb so that the surface area 
is reduced. This may have some effect on the headspace equilibration.

                           9.0 Quality Control

    9.1 The laboratory is required to operate a formal quality control 
program. This consists of an initial demonstration of the capability of 
the method as well as ongoing analysis of standards, blanks and spiked 
samples to demonstrate continued performance.
    9.1.1 When the method is first set up a calibration is run 
(described in section 10 of this method) and an initial demonstration of 
method capability is performed (described in section 9.2 of this 
method). Also recovery efficiency for each type of sample must be 
determined (see section 9.4 of this method).
    9.1.2 It is permissible to modify this method in order to improve 
separations or make other improvements, provided that all performance 
specifications are met. Each time a modification to the method is made 
it is necessary to repeat the calibration (section 10 of this method), 
the demonstration of method performance (section 9.2 of this method) and 
the recovery efficiency for each type of sample (section 9.4 of this 
method).
    9.1.3 Ongoing performance should be monitored by running a spiked 
rubber standard. If this test fails to demonstrate that the analysis is 
in control, then corrective action must be taken. This method is 
described in section 9.3 of this method.
    9.1.4 If new types of samples are being analyzed then recovery 
efficiency for each new type of sample must be determined. New type 
includes any change, such as polymer type, physical form or a 
significant change in the composition of the matrix.
    9.2 Initial demonstration of method capability to establish the 
accuracy and precision of the method. This is to be run following the 
calibration described in section 10 of this method.
    9.2.1 Prepare a series of identical spiked rubber standards as 
described in section 9.3 of this method. A sufficient number to 
determine statistical information on the test should be run. Ten may be 
a suitable number, depending on the quality control methodology used at 
the laboratory running the tests. These are run in the same manner as 
unknown samples (see section 11 of this method).
    9.2.2 Determine mean and standard deviation for the results. Use 
these to determine the capability of the method and to calculate 
suitable control limits for the ongoing performance check which will 
utilize the same standards.
    9.2.3 Prepare several additional spiked rubber standards and run 2 
each day to determine the suitability of storage of the samples for 24, 
48 and 72 hours or longer if longer storage times are desired.
    9.3 A spiked rubber standard should be run on a regular basis to 
verify system performance. This would probably be done daily if samples 
are run daily. This is prepared in the same manner as the calibration 
standards (section 10.1 of this method), except that only one 
concentration of toluene and styrene is prepared. Choose concentrations 
of toluene and styrene that fall in the middle of the range expected in 
the stripper crumb and then do not change these unless there is a major 
change in the composition of the unknowns. If it becomes necessary to 
change the composition of this standard the initial performance 
demonstration must be repeated with the new standard (section 9.2 of 
this method).
    9.3.1 Each day prepare one spiked rubber standard to be run the 
following day. The dry rubber may be prepared in bulk and stored for any 
length of time consistent with the shelf life of the product. The 
addition of water and hydrocarbons must be performed daily and all the 
steps described under section 10.1 of this method must be followed.
    9.3.2 Run the spiked rubber standard prepared the previous day. 
Record the results and plot on an appropriate control chart or other 
means of determining statistical control.
    9.3.3 If the results for the standard indicate that the test is out 
of control then corrective action must be taken. This may include a 
check on procedures, instrument settings, maintenance or recalibration. 
Samples may be stored (see section 8.2 of this method) until compliance 
is demonstrated.
    9.4 Recovery efficiency must be determined once for each sample type 
and whenever modifications are made to the method.
    9.4.1 For each sample type collect 12 samples from the process 
(section 8.1 of this method). This should be done when the process is 
operating in a normal manner and residual hydrocarbon levels are in the 
normal range. Half the vials and caps should be tared, labeled 
``spiked'' and numbered 1 through 6. The other vials are labeled 
``unspiked'' and need not be tared but are also numbered 1 through 6. 
Immediately on sampling, the vials should be capped to prevent loss of 
volatiles. Allow all the samples to cool completely to ambient 
temperature. Reweigh each of the vials labeled ``spiked'' to determine 
the weight of wet crumb inside.
    9.4.2 The dry weight of rubber present in the wet crumb is estimated 
by multiplying the weight of wet crumb by the fraction of nonvolatiles 
typical for the sample. If this is not known, an additional quantity of 
crumb may be sampled, weighed, dried in an oven and reweighed to 
determine the fraction of volatiles and nonvolatiles prior to starting 
this procedure.

[[Page 765]]

    9.4.3 To the vials labeled ``spiked'' add an amount of a mixture of 
toluene and styrene that is between 40 and 60 % of the amount expected 
in the crumb. This is done by removing the cap, adding the mixture by 
syringe, touching the tip of the needle to the sample in order to remove 
the drop and then immediately recapping the vials. The mixture is not 
added through the septum, because a punctured septum may leak and vent 
vapors as the vial is heated. The weights of toluene and styrene added 
may be calculated from the volumes of the mixture added, its composition 
and density, or may be determined by the weight of the vials and caps 
prior to and after addition. The exact dry weight of rubber present and 
the concentration of residual toluene and styrene are not known at this 
time so an exact calculation of the concentration of hydrocarbons is not 
possible until the test is completed.
    9.4.4 Place all the vials onto a shaker or tumbler for 24 2 hours. This is essential in order for the hydrocarbons 
to be evenly distributed and completely absorbed into the rubber. If 
this is not followed the toluene and styrene will be mostly at the 
surface of the rubber and high results will be obtained.
    9.4.5 Remove the vials from the shaker and tap them so that all the 
crumb settles to the bottom of the vials. Allow them to stand for 1 hour 
prior to analysis to allow any liquid to drain fully to the bottom.
    9.4.6 Run the spiked and unspiked samples in the normal manner. 
Record the concentrations of toluene and styrene reported for each pair 
of spiked and unspiked samples with the same vial number.
    9.4.7 Open each of the vials labeled ``spiked'', remove all the 
rubber crumb and place it into a tarred drying pan. Place in a 100 deg C 
oven for two hours, cool and reweigh. Subtract the weight of the tare to 
give the dry weight of rubber in each spiked vial. Calculate the 
concentration of toluene and styrene spiked into each vial as percent of 
dry rubber weight. This will be slightly different for each vial since 
the weights of dry rubber will be different.
    9.4.8 For each hydrocarbon calculate the average recovery efficiency 
(R) using the following equations:

R = R_[Sigma](Pn)/6 (average of the 6 individual 
          Rn values)

Where:
Rn = (Cns--Cnu) / Sn

Where:
n = vial number
Cns = concentration of compound measured in spiked sample number n.
Cnu = concentration of compound measured in unspiked sample number n.
Sn = theoretical concentration of compound spiked into sample n 
          calculated in step 9.4.7

    9.4.9 A different R value should be obtained for each compound 
(styrene and toluene) and for each sample type.
    9.4.10 A value of R between 0.70 and 1.30 is acceptable.
    9.4.11 R is used to correct all reported results for each compound 
by dividing the measured results of each compound by the R for that 
compound for the same sample type (see section 12.2 of this method.)

                            10.0 Calibration

    10.1 Calibration standards are prepared by dosing known amounts of 
the hydrocarbons of interest into vials containing known amounts of 
rubber and water.
    10.1.1 Cut a sufficient quantity of dry rubber of the same type as 
will be analyzed into pieces about the same size as that of the crumb. 
Place these in a single layer on a piece of aluminum foil or other 
suitable surface and place into a forced air oven at 100 [deg]C for four 
hours. This is to remove any residual hydrocarbons that may be present. 
This step may be performed in advance.
    10.1.2 Into each of a series of vials add 3.0 g of the dry rubber.
    10.1.3 Into each vial add 1.0 ml distilled water or an amount that 
is close to the amount that will be present in the unknowns. The exact 
amount of water present does not have much effect on the analysis, but 
it is necessary to have a saturated environment. The water will also aid 
in the uniform distribution of the spiked hydrocarbons over the surface 
of the rubber after the vials are placed on the shaker (in step 10.1.5 
of this method).
    10.1.4 Into each vial add varying amounts of toluene and styrene by 
microliter syringe and cap the vials immediately to prevent loss. The 
tip of the needle should be carefully touched to the rubber in order to 
transfer the last drop to the rubber. Toluene and styrene may first be 
mixed together in suitable proportions and added together if desired. 
The weights of toluene and styrene added may be calculated from the 
volumes of the mixture added, its composition and density, or may be 
determined by the weight of the vials and caps prior to and after 
addition. Concentrations of added hydrocarbons are calculated as percent 
of the dry rubber weight. At least 5 standards should be prepared with 
the amounts of hydrocarbons added being calculated to cover the entire 
range possible in the unknowns. Retain two samples with no added 
hydrocarbons as blanks.
    10.1.5 Place all the vials onto a shaker or tumbler for 24 2 hours. This is essential in order for the hydrocarbons 
to be evenly distributed and completely absorbed into the rubber. If 
this is not followed the toluene and styrene will be mostly at the 
surface of the rubber and high results will be obtained.

[[Page 766]]

    10.1.6 Remove the vials from the shaker and tap them so that all the 
crumb settles to the bottom of the vials. Allow them to stand for 1 hour 
prior to analysis to allow any liquid to drain fully to the bottom.
    10.2 Run the standards and blanks in the same manner as described 
for unknowns (section 11 of this method), starting with a blank, then in 
order of increasing hydrocarbon content and ending with the other blank.
    10.3 Verify that the blanks are sufficiently free from toluene and 
styrene or any interfering hydrocarbons.
    10.3.1 It is possible that trace levels may be present even in dry 
product. If levels are high enough that they will interfere with the 
calibration then the drying procedure in section 10.1.1 of this method 
should be reviewed and modified as needed to ensure that suitable 
standards can be prepared.
    10.3.2 It is possible that the final blank is contaminated by the 
previous standard. If this is the case review and modify the sampler 
parameters as needed to eliminate this problem. If necessary it is 
possible to run blank samples between regular samples in order to reduce 
this problem, though it should not be necessary if the sampler is 
properly set up.
    10.4 Enter the amounts of toluene and styrene added to each of the 
samples (as calculated in section 10.1.4 of this method) into the 
calibration table and perform a calibration utilizing the external 
standard method of analysis.
    10.5 At low concentrations the calibration should be close to 
linear. If a wide range of levels are to be determined it may be 
desirable to apply a nonlinear calibration to get the best fit.

                             11.0 Procedure

    11.1 Place the vials in the tray of the headspace sampler. Enter the 
starting and ending positions through the console of the sampler. For 
unknown samples each is run in duplicate to minimize the effect of 
variations in crumb composition. If excessive variation is noted it may 
be desirable to run more than two of each sample.
    11.2 Make sure the correct method is loaded on the Chemstation. Turn 
on the gas flows and light the FID flame.
    11.3 Start the sequence on the Chemstation. Press the START button 
on the headspace unit. The samples will be automatically injected after 
equilibrating for 30 minutes in the oven. As each sample is completed 
the Chemstation will calculate and print out the results as percent 
toluene and styrene in the crumb based on the dry weight of rubber.

                   12.0 Data Analysis and Calculations

    12.1 For each set of duplicate samples calculate the average of the 
measured concentration of toluene and styrene. If more than two 
replicates of each sample are run calculate the average over all 
replicates.
    12.2 For each sample correct the measured amounts of toluene and 
styrene using the following equation:

Corrected Result = Cm/R

Where:
Cm = Average measured concentration for that compound.
R = Recovery efficiency for that compound in the same sample type (see 
          section 9.4 of this method)

    12.3 Report the recovery efficiency (R) and the corrected results of 
toluene and styrene for each sample.

                         13.0 Method Performance

    13.1 This method can be very sensitive and reproducible. The actual 
performance depends largely on the exact nature of the samples being 
analyzed. Actual performance must be determined by each laboratory for 
each sample type.
    13.2 The main source of variation is the actual variation in the 
composition of non homogeneous crumb in a stripping system and the small 
sample sizes employed here. It therefore is the responsibility of each 
laboratory to determine the optimum number of replicates of each sample 
required to obtain accurate results.

                        14.0 Pollution Prevention

    14.1 Samples should be kept sealed when possible in order to prevent 
evaporation of hydrocarbons.
    14.2 When drying of samples is required it should be done in an oven 
which vents into a suitable device that can trap the hydrocarbons 
released.
    14.3 Dispose of samples as described in section 15.

                          15.0 Waste Management

    15.1 Excess stripper crumb and water as well as the contents of the 
used sample vials should be properly disposed of in accordance with 
local and federal regulations.
    15.2 Preferably this will be accomplished by having a system of 
returning unused and spent samples to the process.

                             16.0 References

    16.1 ``HP 7694 Headspace Sampler--Operating and Service Manual'', 
Hewlett-Packard Company, publication number G1290-90310, June 1993.

[[Page 767]]

   Method 313B--The Determination of Residual Hydrocarbon in Solution 
                Polymers by Capillary Gas Chromatography

                                1.0 Scope

    1.1 This method is applicable to solution polymerized polybutadiene 
(PBD).
    1.2 This method quantitatively determines n-hexane in wet crumb 
polymer at levels from 0.08 to 0.15% by weight.
    1.3 This method may be extended to the determination of other 
hydrocarbons in solution produced polymers with proper experimentation 
and documentation.

                         2.0 Principle of Method

    2.1 A weighed sample of polymer is dissolved in chloroform and the 
cement is coagulated with an isopropyl alcohol solution containing a 
specific amount of alpha-methyl styrene (AMS) as the internal standard. 
The extract of this coagulation is then injected into a gas 
chromatograph and separated into individual components. Quantification 
is achieved by the method of internal standardization.

                             3.0 Definitions

    3.1 The definitions are included in the text as needed.

                      4.0 Interferences [Reserved]

                               5.0 Safety

    5.1 This method may involve hazardous materials, operations, and 
equipment. This method does not purport to address all of the safety 
problems associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user 
of this method to establish appropriate safety and health practices and 
determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.

                       6.0 Equipment and Supplies

    6.1 Analytical balance, 160 g capacity, 0.1 mg resolution
    6.2 Bottles, 2-oz capacity with poly-cap screw lids
    6.3 Mechanical shaker
    6.4 Syringe, 10-ul capacity
    6.5 Syringe, 2.5-ml capacity, with 22 gauge 1.25 inch needle, PP/PE 
material, disposable
    6.6 Gas chromatograph, Hewlett-Packard model 5890, or equivalent, 
configured with FID, split injector packed with silanized glass wool.
    6.6.1 Establish the following gas chromatographic conditions, and 
allow the system to thoroughly equilibrate before use.
    6.6.2 Injector parameters:

Injection technique = Split
Injector split flow = 86 ml/min
Injector temperature = 225 deg C

    6.6.3 Oven temperature program:
Initial temperature = 40 deg C
Initial time = 6 min
Program rate = 10 deg C/min
Upper limit temperature = 175 deg C
Upper limit interval = 10 min

    6.6.4 Detector parameters:
Detector temperature = 300 deg C
Hydrogen flow = 30 ml/min
Air flow = 350 ml/min
Nitrogen make up = 26 ml/min

    6.7 Gas chromatographic columns: SE-54 (5%-phenyl) (1%-vinyl)-
methylpolysiloxane, 15 M x 0.53 mm ID with a 1.2 micron film thickness, 
and a Carbowax 20M (polyethylene glycol), 15 M x 0.53 mm ID with a 1.2 
micron film thickness.
    6.7.1 Column assembly: using a 0.53 mm ID butt connector union, join 
the 15 M x 0.53 mm SE-54 column to the 15 M x 0.53 mm Carbowax 20M. The 
SE-54 column will be inserted into the injector and the Carbowax 20M 
inserted into the detector after they have been joined.
    6.7.2 Column parameters:

Helium flow = 2.8 ml/min
Helium headpressure = 2 psig

    6.8 Centrifuge
    6.9 Data collection system, Hewlett-Packard Model 3396, or 
equivalent
    6.10 Pipet, 25-ml capacity, automatic dispensing, and 2 liter 
reservoir
    6.11 Pipet, 2-ml capacity, volumetric delivery, class A
    6.12 Flasks, 100 and 1000-ml capacity, volumetric, class A
    6.13 Vial, serum, 50-ml capacity, red rubber septa and crimp ring 
seals
    6.14 Sample collection basket fabricated out of wire mesh to allow 
for drainage

                       7.0 Chemicals and Reagents

    CHEMICALS:
    7.1 alpha-Methyl Styrene, C9H10, 99 + % purity, CAS 98-83-9
    7.2 n-Hexane, C6H14, 99 + % purity, CAS 110-54-3
    7.3 Isopropyl alcohol, C3H8O 99.5 + % purity, reagent grade, CAS 67-
63-0
    7.4 Chloroform, CHCl3, 99% min., CAS 67-66-3
    REAGENTS:
    7.5 Internal Standard Stock Solution: 10 mg/25 ml AMS in isopropyl 
alcohol.
    7.5.1 Into a 25-ml beaker, weigh 0.4 g of AMS to the nearest 0.1 mg.
    7.5.2 Quantitatively transfer this AMS into a 1-L volumetric flask. 
Dilute to the mark with isopropyl alcohol.
    7.5.3 Transfer this solution to the automatic dispensing pipet 
reservoir. This will be labeled the AMS STOCK SOLUTION.
    7.6 n-Hexane Stock Solution: 13mg/2ml hexane in isopropyl alcohol.
    7.6.1 Into a 100-ml volumetric flask, weigh 0.65 g of n-hexane to 
the nearest 0.1 mg.

[[Page 768]]

    7.6.2 Dilute to the mark with isopropyl alcohol. This solution will 
be labeled the n-HEXANE STOCK SOLUTION.

             8.0 Sample Collection, Preservation and Storage

    8.1 A sampling device similar to Figure 1 is used to collect a non-
vented crumb rubber sample at a location that is after the stripping 
operation but before the sample is exposed to the atmosphere.
    8.2 The crumb rubber is allowed to cool before opening the sampling 
device and removing the sample.
    8.3 The sampling device is opened and the crumb rubber sample is 
collected in the sampling basket.
    8.4 One pound of crumb rubber sample is placed into a polyethylene 
bag. The bag is labeled with the time, date and sample location.
    8.5 The sample should be delivered to the laboratory for testing 
within one hour of sampling.
    8.6 Laboratory testing will be done within 3 hours of the sampling 
time.
    8.7 No special storage conditions are required unless the storage 
time exceeds 3 hours in which case refrigeration of the samples is 
recommended.

                           9.0 Quality Control

    9.1 For each sample type, 12 samples shall be obtained from the 
process for the recovery study. Half of the vials and caps shall be 
tared, labeled ``spiked'', and numbered 1 through 6. The other vials 
shall be labeled ``unspiked'' and need not be tared, but are also 
numbered 1 through 6.
    9.2 Determine the % moisture content of the crumb sample. After 
determining the % moisture content, the correction factor for 
calculating the dry crumb weight can be determined by using the equation 
in section 12.2 of this method.
    9.3 Run the spiked and unspiked samples in the normal manner. Record 
the concentrations of the n-hexane content of the mixed hexane reported 
for each pair of spiked and unspiked samples.
    9.4 For the recovery study, each sample of crumb shall be dissolved 
in chloroform containing a known amount of mixed hexane solvent.
    9.5 For each hydrocarbon, calculate the recovery efficiency (R) 
using the following equations:

Mr = Ms-Mu
R = Mr/S

Where:
Mu = Measured amount of compound in the unspiked sample
Ms = Measured amount of compound in the spiked sample
Mr = Measured amount of the spiked compound
S = Amount of compound added to the spiked sample
R = Fraction of spiked compound recovered

    9.6 Normally a value of R between 0.70 and 1.30 is acceptable.
    9.7 R is used to correct all reported results for each compound by 
dividing the measured results of each compound by the R for that 
compound for the same sample type.

                            10.0 Calibration

    10.1 Using the AMS STOCK SOLUTION equipped with the automatic 
dispensing pipet (7.5.3 of this method), transfer 25.0 ml of the 
internal standard solution into an uncapped 50-ml serum vial.
    10.2 Using a 2.0 ml volumetric pipet, quantitatively transfer 2.0 ml 
of the n-HEXANE STOCK SOLUTION (7.6.2 of this method) into the 50-ml 
serum vial and cap. This solution will be labeled the CALIBRATION 
SOLUTION.
    10.3 Using the conditions prescribed (6.6 of this method), inject 1 
[micro]l of the supernate.
    10.4 Obtain the peak areas and calculate the response factor as 
described in the calculations section (12.1 of this method).

                             11.0 Procedure

    11.1 Determination of Dry Polymer Weight
    11.1.1 Remove wet crumb from the polyethylene bag and place on paper 
towels to absorb excess surface moisture.
    11.1.2 Cut small slices or cubes from the center of the crumb sample 
to improve sample uniformity and further eliminate surface moisture.
    11.1.3 A suitable gravimetric measurement should be made on a sample 
of this wet crumb to determine the correction factor needed to calculate 
the dry polymer weight.
    11.2 Determination of n-Hexane in Wet Crumb
    11.2.1 Remove wet crumb from the polyethylene bag and place on paper 
towels to absorb excess surface moisture.
    11.2.2 Cut small slices or cubes from the center of the crumb sample 
to improve sample uniformity and further eliminate surface moisture.
    11.2.3 Into a tared 2 oz bottle, weigh 1.5 g of wet polymer to the 
nearest 0.1 mg.
    11.2.4 Add 25 ml of chloroform to the 2 oz bottle and cap.
    11.2.5 Using a mechanical shaker, shake the bottle until the polymer 
dissolves.
    11.2.6 Using the autodispensing pipet, add 25.0 ml of the AMS STOCK 
SOLUTION (7.5.3 of this method) to the dissolved polymer solution and 
cap.
    11.2.7 Using a mechanical shaker, shake the bottle for 10 minutes to 
coagulate the dissolved polymer.
    11.2.8 Centrifuge the sample for 3 minutes at 2000 rpm.

[[Page 769]]

    11.2.9 Using the conditions prescribed (6.6 of this method), 
chromatograph 1 [micro]l of the supernate.
    11.2.10 Obtain the peak areas and calculate the concentration of the 
component of interest as described in the calculations (12.2 of this 
method).

                            12.0 Calculations

    12.1 Calibration:

RFx = (Wx x Ais) / (Wis x 
          Ax)

Where:
RFx = the relative response factor for n-hexane
Wx = the weight (g) of n-hexane in the CALIBRATION
SOLUTION
Ais = the area of AMS
Wis = the weight (g) of AMS in the CALIBRATION SOLUTION
Ax = the area of n-hexane

    12.2 Procedure:
    12.2.1 Correction Factor for calculating dry crumb weight.

F = 1--(% moisture / 100)

Where:
F = Correction factor for calculating dry crumb weight
% moisture determined by appropriate method

    12.2.2 Moisture adjustment for chromatographic determination.

Ws = F x Wc

Where:
Ws = the weight (g) of the dry polymer corrected for moisture
F = Correction factor for calculating dry crumb weight
Wc = the weight (g) of the wet crumb in section 9.6

    12.2.3 Concentration (ppm) of hexane in the wet crumb.

ppmx = (Ax * RFx * Wis * 
          10000) / (Ais * Ws)

Where:
ppmx = parts per million of n-hexane in the polymer
Ax = the area of n-hexane
RFx = the relative response factor for n-hexane
Wis = the weight (g) of AMS in the sample solution
Ais = the area of AMS
Ws = the weight (g) of the dry polymer corrected for moisture

                         13.0 Method Performance

    13.1 Precision for the method was determined at the 0.08% level.

    The standard deviation was 0.01 and the percent relative standard 
deviation (RSD) was 16.3 % with five degrees of freedom.

                          14.0 Waste Generation

    14.1 Waste generation should be minimized where possible.

                          15.0 Waste Management

    15.1 Discard liquid chemical waste into the chemical waste drum.
    15.2 Discard polymer waste into the polymer waste container.

                             16.0 References

    16.1 This method is based on Goodyear Chemical Division Test Method 
E-964.

    Method 315--Determination of Particulate and Methylene Chloride 
  Extractable Matter (MCEM) From Selected Sources at Primary Aluminum 
                          Production Facilities

    Note: This method does not include all of the specifications (e.g., 
equipment and supplies) and procedures (e.g., sampling and analytical) 
essential to its performance. Some material is incorporated by reference 
from other methods in this part. Therefore, to obtain reliable results, 
persons using this method should have a thorough knowledge of at least 
the following additional test methods: Method 1, Method 2, Method 3, and 
Method 5 of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A.

                        1.0 Scope and Application

    1.1 Analytes. Particulate matter (PM). No CAS number assigned. 
Methylene chloride extractable matter (MCEM). No CAS number assigned.
    1.2 Applicability. This method is applicable for the simultaneous 
determination of PM and MCEM when specified in an applicable regulation. 
This method was developed by consensus with the Aluminum Association and 
the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) and has limited precision 
estimates for MCEM; it should have similar precision to Method 5 for PM 
in 40 CFR part 60, appendix A since the procedures are similar for PM.
    1.3 Data quality objectives. Adherence to the requirements of this 
method will enhance the quality of the data obtained from air pollutant 
sampling methods.

                          2.0 Summary of Method

    Particulate matter and MCEM are withdrawn isokinetically from the 
source. PM is collected on a glass fiber filter maintained at a 
temperature in the range of 120 14 [deg]C (248 
25 [deg]F) or such other temperature as specified 
by an applicable subpart of the standards or approved by the 
Administrator for a particular application. The PM mass, which includes 
any material that condenses on the

[[Page 770]]

probe and is subsequently removed in an acetone rinse or on the filter 
at or above the filtration temperature, is determined gravimetrically 
after removal of uncombined water. MCEM is then determined by adding a 
methylene chloride rinse of the probe and filter holder, extracting the 
condensable hydrocarbons collected in the impinger water, adding an 
acetone rinse followed by a methylene chloride rinse of the sampling 
train components after the filter and before the silica gel impinger, 
and determining residue gravimetrically after evaporating the solvents.

                       3.0 Definitions [Reserved]

                      4.0 Interferences [Reserved]

                               5.0 Safety

    This method may involve hazardous materials, operations, and 
equipment. This method does not purport to address all of the safety 
problems associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user 
of this method to establish appropriate safety and health practices and 
determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to 
performing this test method.

                       6.0 Equipment and Supplies

    Note: Mention of trade names or specific products does not 
constitute endorsement by the EPA.

    6.1 Sample collection. The following items are required for sample 
collection:
    6.1.1 Sampling train. A schematic of the sampling train used in this 
method is shown in Figure 5-1, Method 5, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A-3. 
Complete construction details are given in APTD-0581 (Reference 2 in 
section 17.0 of this method); commercial models of this train are also 
available. For changes from APTD-0581 and for allowable modifications of 
the train shown in Figure 5-1, Method 5, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A-3, 
see the following subsections.
    Note: The operating and maintenance procedures for the sampling 
train are described in APTD-0576 (Reference 3 in section 17.0 of this 
method). Since correct usage is important in obtaining valid results, 
all users should read APTD-0576 and adopt the operating and maintenance 
procedures outlined in it, unless otherwise specified herein. 
Alternative mercury-free thermometers may be used if the thermometers 
are, at a minimum, equivalent in terms of performance or suitably 
effective for the specific temperature measurement application. The use 
of grease for sealing sampling train components is not recommended 
because many greases are soluble in methylene chloride. The sampling 
train consists of the following components:

    6.1.1.1 Probe nozzle. Glass or glass lined with sharp, tapered 
leading edge. The angle of taper shall be <=30 [deg], and the taper 
shall be on the outside to preserve a constant internal diameter. The 
probe nozzle shall be of the button-hook or elbow design, unless 
otherwise specified by the Administrator. Other materials of 
construction may be used, subject to the approval of the Administrator. 
A range of nozzle sizes suitable for isokinetic sampling should be 
available. Typical nozzle sizes range from 0.32 to 1.27 cm (\1/8\ to \1/
2\ in.) inside diameter (ID) in increments of 0.16 cm (\1/16\ in.). 
Larger nozzle sizes are also available if higher volume sampling trains 
are used. Each nozzle shall be calibrated according to the procedures 
outlined in section 10.0 of this method.
    6.1.1.2 Probe liner. Borosilicate or quartz glass tubing with a 
heating system capable of maintaining a probe gas temperature at the 
exit end during sampling of 120 14 [deg]C (248 
25 [deg]F), or such other temperature as specified 
by an applicable subpart of the standards or approved by the 
Administrator for a particular application. Because the actual 
temperature at the outlet of the probe is not usually monitored during 
sampling, probes constructed according to APTD-0581 and using the 
calibration curves of APTD-0576 (or calibrated according to the 
procedure outlined in APTD-0576) will be considered acceptable. Either 
borosilicate or quartz glass probe liners may be used for stack 
temperatures up to about 480 [deg]C (900 [deg]F); quartz liners shall be 
used for temperatures between 480 and 900 [deg]C (900 and 1,650 [deg]F). 
Both types of liners may be used at higher temperatures than specified 
for short periods of time, subject to the approval of the Administrator. 
The softening temperature for borosilicate glass is 820 [deg]C (1,500 
[deg]F) and for quartz glass it is 1,500 [deg]C (2,700 [deg]F).
    6.1.1.3 Pitot tube. Type S, as described in section 6.1 of Method 2, 
40 CFR part 60, appendix A, or other device approved by the 
Administrator. The pitot tube shall be attached to the probe (as shown 
in Figure 5-1 of Method 5, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A) to allow constant 
monitoring of the stack gas velocity. The impact (high pressure) opening 
plane of the pitot tube shall be even with or above the nozzle entry 
plane (see Method 2, Figure 2-6b, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A) during 
sampling. The Type S pitot tube assembly shall have a known coefficient, 
determined as outlined in section 10.0 of Method 2, 40 CFR part 60, 
appendix A.
    6.1.1.4 Differential pressure gauge. Inclined manometer or 
equivalent device (two), as described in section 6.2 of Method 2, 40 CFR 
part 60, appendix A. One manometer shall be used for velocity head (Dp) 
readings, and the other, for orifice differential pressure readings.
    6.1.1.5 Filter holder. Borosilicate glass, with a glass frit filter 
support and a silicone rubber gasket. The holder design shall provide a 
positive seal against leakage from the

[[Page 771]]

outside or around the filter. The holder shall be attached immediately 
at the outlet of the probe (or cyclone, if used).
    6.1.1.6 Filter heating system. Any heating system capable of 
maintaining a temperature around the filter holder of 120 14 [deg]C (248 25 [deg]F) during 
sampling, or such other temperature as specified by an applicable 
subpart of the standards or approved by the Administrator for a 
particular application. Alternatively, the tester may opt to operate the 
equipment at a temperature lower than that specified. A temperature 
gauge capable of measuring temperature to within 3 [deg]C (5.4 [deg]F) 
shall be installed so that the temperature around the filter holder can 
be regulated and monitored during sampling. Heating systems other than 
the one shown in APTD-0581 may be used.
    6.1.1.7 Temperature sensor. A temperature sensor capable of 
measuring temperature to within 3 [deg]C (5.4 
[deg]F) shall be installed so that the sensing tip of the temperature 
sensor is in direct contact with the sample gas, and the temperature 
around the filter holder can be regulated and monitored during sampling.
    6.1.1.8 Condenser. The following system shall be used to determine 
the stack gas moisture content: four glass impingers connected in series 
with leak-free ground glass fittings. The first, third, and fourth 
impingers shall be of the Greenburg-Smith design, modified by replacing 
the tip with a 1.3 cm (1/2 in.) ID glass tube extending to about 1.3 cm 
(1/2 in.) from the bottom of the flask. The second impinger shall be of 
the Greenburg-Smith design with the standard tip. The first and second 
impingers shall contain known quantities of water (section 8.3.1 of this 
method), the third shall be empty, and the fourth shall contain a known 
weight of silica gel or equivalent desiccant. A temperature sensor 
capable of measuring temperature to within 1 [deg]C (2 [deg]F) shall be 
placed at the outlet of the fourth impinger for monitoring.
    6.1.1.9 Metering system. Vacuum gauge, leak-free pump, temperature 
sensors capable of measuring temperature to within 3 [deg]C (5.4 
[deg]F), dry gas meter (DGM) capable of measuring volume to within 2 
percent, and related equipment, as shown in Figure 5-1 of Method 5, 40 
CFR part 60, appendix A. Other metering systems capable of maintaining 
sampling rates within 10 percent of isokinetic and of determining sample 
volumes to within 2 percent may be used, subject to the approval of the 
Administrator. When the metering system is used in conjunction with a 
pitot tube, the system shall allow periodic checks of isokinetic rates.
    6.1.1.10 Sampling trains using metering systems designed for higher 
flow rates than that described in APTD-0581 or APTD-0576 may be used 
provided that the specifications of this method are met.
    6.1.2 Barometer. Mercury, aneroid, or other barometer capable of 
measuring atmospheric pressure to within 2.5 mm (0.1 in.) Hg.

    Note: The barometric reading may be obtained from a nearby National 
Weather Service station. In this case, the station value (which is the 
absolute barometric pressure) shall be requested and an adjustment for 
elevation differences between the weather station and sampling point 
shall be made at a rate of minus 2.5 mm (0.1 in) Hg per 30 m (100 ft) 
elevation increase or plus 2.5 mm (0.1 in) Hg per 30 m (100 ft) 
elevation decrease.

    6.1.3 Gas density determination equipment. Temperature sensor and 
pressure gauge, as described in sections 6.3 and 6.4 of Method 2, 40 CFR 
part 60, appendix A, and gas analyzer, if necessary, as described in 
Method 3, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A. The temperature sensor shall, 
preferably, be permanently attached to the pitot tube or sampling probe 
in a fixed configuration, such that the tip of the sensor extends beyond 
the leading edge of the probe sheath and does not touch any metal. 
Alternatively, the sensor may be attached just prior to use in the 
field. Note, however, that if the temperature sensor is attached in the 
field, the sensor must be placed in an interference-free arrangement 
with respect to the Type S pitot tube openings (see Method 2, Figure 2-
4, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A). As a second alternative, if a difference 
of not more than 1 percent in the average velocity measurement is to be 
introduced, the temperature sensor need not be attached to the probe or 
pitot tube. (This alternative is subject to the approval of the 
Administrator.)
    6.2 Sample recovery. The following items are required for sample 
recovery:
    6.2.1 Probe-liner and probe-nozzle brushes. Nylon or Teflon [supreg] 
bristle brushes with stainless steel wire handles. The probe brush shall 
have extensions (at least as long as the probe) constructed of stainless 
steel, nylon, Teflon [supreg], or similarly inert material. The brushes 
shall be properly sized and shaped to brush out the probe liner and 
nozzle.
    6.2.2 Wash bottles. Glass wash bottles are recommended. Polyethylene 
or tetrafluoroethylene (TFE) wash bottles may be used, but they may 
introduce a positive bias due to contamination from the bottle. It is 
recommended that acetone not be stored in polyethylene or TFE bottles 
for longer than a month.
    6.2.3 Glass sample storage containers. Chemically resistant, 
borosilicate glass bottles, for acetone and methylene chloride washes 
and impinger water, 500 ml or 1,000 ml. Screw-cap liners shall either be 
rubber-backed Teflon [supreg] or shall be constructed so as to be leak-
free and resistant to chemical attack by acetone or methylene chloride. 
(Narrow-mouth glass bottles have been found to

[[Page 772]]

be less prone to leakage.) Alternatively, polyethylene bottles may be 
used.
    6.2.4 Petri dishes. For filter samples, glass, unless otherwise 
specified by the Administrator.
    6.2.5 Graduated cylinder and/or balance. To measure condensed water, 
acetone wash and methylene chloride wash used during field recovery of 
the samples, to within 1 ml or 1 g. Graduated cylinders shall have 
subdivisions no greater than 2 ml. Most laboratory balances are capable 
of weighing to the nearest 0.5 g or less. Any such balance is suitable 
for use here and in section 6.3.4 of this method.
    6.2.6 Plastic storage containers. Air-tight containers to store 
silica gel.
    6.2.7 Funnel and rubber policeman. To aid in transfer of silica gel 
to container; not necessary if silica gel is weighed in the field.
    6.2.8 Funnel. Glass or polyethylene, to aid in sample recovery.
    6.3 Sample analysis. The following equipment is required for sample 
analysis:
    6.3.1 Glass or Teflon [supreg] weighing dishes.
    6.3.2 Desiccator. It is recommended that fresh desiccant be used to 
minimize the chance for positive bias due to absorption of organic 
material during drying.
    6.3.3 Analytical balance. To measure to within 0.l mg.
    6.3.4 Balance. To measure to within 0.5 g.
    6.3.5 Beakers. 250 ml.
    6.3.6 Hygrometer. To measure the relative humidity of the laboratory 
environment.
    6.3.7 Temperature sensor. To measure the temperature of the 
laboratory environment.
    6.3.8 Buchner fritted funnel. 30 ml size, fine (<50 micron)-porosity 
fritted glass.
    6.3.9 Pressure filtration apparatus.
    6.3.10 Aluminum dish. Flat bottom, smooth sides, and flanged top, 18 
mm deep and with an inside diameter of approximately 60 mm.

                       7.0 Reagents and Standards

    7.l Sample collection. The following reagents are required for 
sample collection:
    7.1.1 Filters. Glass fiber filters, without organic binder, 
exhibiting at least 99.95 percent efficiency (<0.05 percent penetration) 
on 0.3 micron dioctyl phthalate smoke particles. The filter efficiency 
test shall be conducted in accordance with ASTM Method D 2986-95A 
(incorporated by reference in Sec. 63.841 of this part). Test data from 
the supplier's quality control program are sufficient for this purpose. 
In sources containing S02 or S03, the filter 
material must be of a type that is unreactive to S02 or 
S03. Reference 10 in section 17.0 of this method may be used 
to select the appropriate filter.
    7.1.2 Silica gel. Indicating type, 6 to l6 mesh. If previously used, 
dry at l75 [deg]C (350 [deg]F) for 2 hours. New silica gel may be used 
as received. Alternatively, other types of desiccants (equivalent or 
better) may be used, subject to the approval of the Administrator.
    7.1.3 Water. When analysis of the material caught in the impingers 
is required, deionized distilled water shall be used. Run blanks prior 
to field use to eliminate a high blank on test samples.
    7.1.4 Crushed ice.
    7.1.5 Stopcock grease. Acetone-insoluble, heat-stable silicone 
grease. This is not necessary if screw-on connectors with Teflon'' 
sleeves, or similar, are used. Alternatively, other types of stopcock 
grease may be used, subject to the approval of the Administrator. 
[Caution: Many stopcock greases are methylene chloride-soluble. Use 
sparingly and carefully remove prior to recovery to prevent 
contamination of the MCEM analysis.]
    7.2 Sample recovery. The following reagents are required for sample 
recovery:
    7.2.1 Acetone. Acetone with blank values <1 ppm, by weight residue, 
is required. Acetone blanks may be run prior to field use, and only 
acetone with low blank values may be used. In no case shall a blank 
value of greater than 1E-06 of the weight of acetone used be subtracted 
from the sample weight.

    Note: This is more restrictive than Method 5, 40 CFR part 60, 
appendix A. At least one vendor (Supelco Incorporated located in 
Bellefonte, Pennsylvania) lists <1 mg/l as residue for its Environmental 
Analysis Solvents.

    7.2.2 Methylene chloride. Methylene chloride with a blank value <1.5 
ppm, by weight, residue. Methylene chloride blanks may be run prior to 
field use, and only methylene chloride with low blank values may be 
used. In no case shall a blank value of greater than 1.6E-06 of the 
weight of methylene chloride used be subtracted from the sample weight.

    Note: A least one vendor quotes <1 mg/l for Environmental Analysis 
Solvents-grade methylene chloride.

    7.3 Sample analysis. The following reagents are required for sample 
analysis:
    7.3.l Acetone. Same as in section 7.2.1 of this method.
    7.3.2 Desiccant. Anhydrous calcium sulfate, indicating type. 
Alternatively, other types of desiccants may be used, subject to the 
approval of the Administrator.
    7.3.3 Methylene chloride. Same as in section 7.2.2 of this method.

       8.0 Sample Collection, Preservation, Storage, and Transport

    Note: The complexity of this method is such that, in order to obtain 
reliable results, testers should be trained and experienced with the 
test procedures.

    8.1 Pretest preparation. It is suggested that sampling equipment be 
maintained according to the procedures described in

[[Page 773]]

APTD-0576. Alternative mercury-free thermometers may be used if the 
thermometers are at a minimum equivalent in terms of performance or 
suitably effective for the specific temperature measurement application.
    8.1.1 Weigh several 200 g to 300 g portions of silica gel in 
airtight containers to the nearest 0.5 g. Record on each container the 
total weight of the silica gel plus container. As an alternative, the 
silica gel need not be preweighed but may be weighed directly in its 
impinger or sampling holder just prior to train assembly.
    8.1.2 A batch of glass fiber filters, no more than 50 at a time, 
should placed in a soxhlet extraction apparatus and extracted using 
methylene chloride for at least 16 hours. After extraction, check 
filters visually against light for irregularities, flaws, or pinhole 
leaks. Label the shipping containers (glass or plastic petri dishes), 
and keep the filters in these containers at all times except during 
sampling and weighing.
    8.1.3 Desiccate the filters at 20 5.6 [deg]C 
(68 10 [deg]F) and ambient pressure for at least 
24 hours and weigh at intervals of at least 6 hours to a constant 
weight, i.e., <0.5 mg change from previous weighing; record results to 
the nearest 0.1 mg. During each weighing the filter must not be exposed 
to the laboratory atmosphere for longer than 2 minutes and a relative 
humidity above 50 percent. Alternatively (unless otherwise specified by 
the Administrator), the filters may be oven-dried at 104 [deg]C (220 
[deg]F) for 2 to 3 hours, desiccated for 2 hours, and weighed. 
Procedures other than those described, which account for relative 
humidity effects, may be used, subject to the approval of the 
Administrator.
    8.2 Preliminary determinations.
    8.2.1 Select the sampling site and the minimum number of sampling 
points according to Method 1, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A or as specified 
by the Administrator. Determine the stack pressure, temperature, and the 
range of velocity heads using Method 2, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A; it 
is recommended that a leak check of the pitot lines (see section 8.1 of 
Method 2, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A) be performed. Determine the 
moisture content using Approximation Method 4 (section 1.2 of Method 4, 
40 CFR part 60, appendix A) or its alternatives to make isokinetic 
sampling rate settings. Determine the stack gas dry molecular weight, as 
described in section 8.6 of Method 2, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A; if 
integrated Method 3 sampling is used for molecular weight determination, 
the integrated bag sample shall be taken simultaneously with, and for 
the same total length of time as, the particulate sample run.
    8.2.2 Select a nozzle size based on the range of velocity heads such 
that it is not necessary to change the nozzle size in order to maintain 
isokinetic sampling rates. During the run, do not change the nozzle 
size. Ensure that the proper differential pressure gauge is chosen for 
the range of velocity heads encountered (see section 8.2 of Method 2, 40 
CFR part 60, appendix A).
    8.2.3 Select a suitable probe liner and probe length such that all 
traverse points can be sampled. For large stacks, consider sampling from 
opposite sides of the stack to reduce the required probe length.
    8.2.4 Select a total sampling time greater than or equal to the 
minimum total sampling time specified in the test procedures for the 
specific industry such that: (1) The sampling time per point is not less 
than 2 minutes (or some greater time interval as specified by the 
Administrator); and (2) the sample volume taken (corrected to standard 
conditions) will exceed the required minimum total gas sample volume. 
The latter is based on an approximate average sampling rate.
    8.2.5 The sampling time at each point shall be the same. It is 
recommended that the number of minutes sampled at each point be an 
integer or an integer plus one-half minute, in order to eliminate 
timekeeping errors.
    8.2.6 In some circumstances (e.g., batch cycles), it may be 
necessary to sample for shorter times at the traverse points and to 
obtain smaller gas sample volumes. In these cases, the Administrator's 
approval must first be obtained.
    8.3 Preparation of sampling train.
    8.3.1 During preparation and assembly of the sampling train, keep 
all openings where contamination can occur covered until just prior to 
assembly or until sampling is about to begin. Place l00 ml of water in 
each of the first two impingers, leave the third impinger empty, and 
transfer approximately 200 to 300 g of preweighed silica gel from its 
container to the fourth impinger. More silica gel may be used, but care 
should be taken to ensure that it is not entrained and carried out from 
the impinger during sampling. Place the container in a clean place for 
later use in the sample recovery. Alternatively, the weight of the 
silica gel plus impinger may be determined to the nearest 0.5 g and 
recorded.
    8.3.2 Using a tweezer or clean disposable surgical gloves, place a 
labeled (identified) and weighed filter in the filter holder. Be sure 
that the filter is properly centered and the gasket properly placed so 
as to prevent the sample gas stream from circumventing the filter. Check 
the filter for tears after assembly is completed.
    8.3.3 When glass liners are used, install the selected nozzle using 
a Viton A 0-ring when stack temperatures are less than 260 [deg]C (500 
[deg]F) and an asbestos string gasket when temperatures are higher. See 
APTD-0576 for details. Mark the probe with heat-resistant tape or by 
some other method to denote the

[[Page 774]]

proper distance into the stack or duct for each sampling point.
    8.3.4 Set up the train as in Figure 5-1 of Method 5, 40 CFR part 60, 
appendix A, using (if necessary) a very light coat of silicone grease on 
all ground glass joints, greasing only the outer portion (see APTD-0576) 
to avoid possibility of contamination by the silicone grease. Subject to 
the approval of the Administrator, a glass cyclone may be used between 
the probe and filter holder when the total particulate catch is expected 
to exceed 100 mg or when water droplets are present in the stack gas.
    8.3.5 Place crushed ice around the impingers.
    8.4 Leak-check procedures.
    8.4.1 Leak check of metering system shown in Figure 5-1 of Method 5, 
40 CFR part 60, appendix A. That portion of the sampling train from the 
pump to the orifice meter should be leak-checked prior to initial use 
and after each shipment. Leakage after the pump will result in less 
volume being recorded than is actually sampled. The following procedure 
is suggested (see Figure 5-2 of Method 5, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A): 
Close the main valve on the meter box. Insert a one-hole rubber stopper 
with rubber tubing attached into the orifice exhaust pipe. Disconnect 
and vent the low side of the orifice manometer. Close off the low side 
orifice tap. Pressurize the system to 13 to 18 cm (5 to 7 in.) water 
column by blowing into the rubber tubing. Pinch off the tubing, and 
observe the manometer for 1 minute. A loss of pressure on the manometer 
indicates a leak in the meter box; leaks, if present, must be corrected.
    8.4.2 Pretest leak check. A pretest leak-check is recommended but 
not required. If the pretest leak-check is conducted, the following 
procedure should be used.
    8.4.2.1 After the sampling train has been assembled, turn on and set 
the filter and probe heating systems to the desired operating 
temperatures. Allow time for the temperatures to stabilize. If a Viton A 
0-ring or other leak-free connection is used in assembling the probe 
nozzle to the probe liner, leak-check the train at the sampling site by 
plugging the nozzle and pulling a 380 mm (15 in.) Hg vacuum.

    Note: A lower vacuum may be used, provided that it is not exceeded 
during the test.

    8.4.2.2 If an asbestos string is used, do not connect the probe to 
the train during the leak check. Instead, leak-check the train by first 
plugging the inlet to the filter holder (cyclone, if applicable) and 
pulling a 380 mm (15 in.) Hg vacuum. (See NOTE in section 8.4.2.1 of 
this method). Then connect the probe to the train and perform the leak 
check at approximately 25 mm (1 in.) Hg vacuum; alternatively, the probe 
may be leak-checked with the rest of the sampling train, in one step, at 
380 mm (15 in.) Hg vacuum. Leakage rates in excess of 4 percent of the 
average sampling rate or 0.00057 m\3\/min (0.02 cfm), whichever is less, 
are unacceptable.
    8.4.2.3 The following leak check instructions for the sampling train 
described in APTD-0576 and APTD-058l may be helpful. Start the pump with 
the bypass valve fully open and the coarse adjust valve completely 
closed. Partially open the coarse adjust valve and slowly close the 
bypass valve until the desired vacuum is reached. Do not reverse the 
direction of the bypass valve, as this will cause water to back up into 
the filter holder. If the desired vacuum is exceeded, either leak-check 
at this higher vacuum or end the leak check as shown below and start 
over.
    8.4.2.4 When the leak check is completed, first slowly remove the 
plug from the inlet to the probe, filter holder, or cyclone (if 
applicable) and immediately turn off the vacuum pump. This prevents the 
water in the impingers from being forced backward into the filter holder 
and the silica gel from being entrained backward into the third 
impinger.
    8.4.3 Leak checks during sample run. If, during the sampling run, a 
component (e.g., filter assembly or impinger) change becomes necessary, 
a leak check shall be conducted immediately before the change is made. 
The leak check shall be done according to the procedure outlined in 
section 8.4.2 of this method, except that it shall be done at a vacuum 
equal to or greater than the maximum value recorded up to that point in 
the test. If the leakage rate is found to be no greater than 0.00057 
m\3\/min (0.02 cfm) or 4 percent of the average sampling rate (whichever 
is less), the results are acceptable, and no correction will need to be 
applied to the total volume of dry gas metered; if, however, a higher 
leakage rate is obtained, either record the leakage rate and plan to 
correct the sample volume as shown in section 12.3 of this method or 
void the sample run.

    Note: Immediately after component changes, leak checks are optional; 
if such leak checks are done, the procedure outlined in section 8.4.2 of 
this method should be used.

    8.4.4 Post-test leak check. A leak check is mandatory at the 
conclusion of each sampling run. The leak check shall be performed in 
accordance with the procedures outlined in section 8.4.2 of this method, 
except that it shall be conducted at a vacuum equal to or greater than 
the maximum value reached during the sampling run. If the leakage rate 
is found to be no greater than 0.00057 m\3\/min (0.02 cfm) or 4 percent 
of the average sampling rate (whichever is less), the results are 
acceptable, and no correction need be applied to the total volume of dry 
gas metered. If, however, a higher leakage rate is obtained, either 
record the leakage rate and correct

[[Page 775]]

the sample volume, as shown in section 12.4 of this method, or void the 
sampling run.
    8.5 Sampling train operation. During the sampling run, maintain an 
isokinetic sampling rate (within l0 percent of true isokinetic unless 
otherwise specified by the Administrator) and a temperature around the 
filter of 120 14 [deg]C (248 25 [deg]F), or such other temperature as 
specified by an applicable subpart of the standards or approved by the 
Administrator.
    8.5.1 For each run, record the data required on a data sheet such as 
the one shown in Figure 5-2 of Method 5, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A. Be 
sure to record the initial reading. Record the DGM readings at the 
beginning and end of each sampling time increment, when changes in flow 
rates are made, before and after each leak-check, and when sampling is 
halted. Take other readings indicated by Figure 5-2 of Method 5, 40 CFR 
part 60, appendix A at least once at each sample point during each time 
increment and additional readings when significant changes (20 percent 
variation in velocity head readings) necessitate additional adjustments 
in flow rate. Level and zero the manometer. Because the manometer level 
and zero may drift due to vibrations and temperature changes, make 
periodic checks during the traverse.
    8.5.2 Clean the portholes prior to the test run to minimize the 
chance of sampling deposited material. To begin sampling, remove the 
nozzle cap and verify that the filter and probe heating systems are up 
to temperature and that the pitot tube and probe are properly 
positioned. Position the nozzle at the first traverse point with the tip 
pointing directly into the gas stream. Immediately start the pump and 
adjust the flow to isokinetic conditions. Nomographs are available, 
which aid in the rapid adjustment of the isokinetic sampling rate 
without excessive computations. These nomographs are designed for use 
when the Type S pitot tube coefficient (Cp) is 0.85  0.02 
and the stack gas equivalent density (dry molecular weight) is 29 4. APTD-0576 details the procedure for using the 
nomographs. If Cp and Md are outside the above-
stated ranges, do not use the nomographs unless appropriate steps (see 
Reference 7 in section 17.0 of this method) are taken to compensate for 
the deviations.
    8.5.3 When the stack is under significant negative pressure (height 
of impinger stem), close the coarse adjust valve before inserting the 
probe into the stack to prevent water from backing into the filter 
holder. If necessary, the pump may be turned on with the coarse adjust 
valve closed.
    8.5.4 When the probe is in position, block off the openings around 
the probe and porthole to prevent unrepresentative dilution of the gas 
stream.
    8.5.5 Traverse the stack cross-section, as required by Method 1, 40 
CFR part 60, appendix A or as specified by the Administrator, being 
careful not to bump the probe nozzle into the stack walls when sampling 
near the walls or when removing or inserting the probe through the 
portholes; this minimizes the chance of extracting deposited material.
    8.5.6 During the test run, make periodic adjustments to keep the 
temperature around the filter holder at the proper level; add more ice 
and, if necessary, salt to maintain a temperature of less than 20 [deg]C 
(68 [deg]F) at the condenser/silica gel outlet. Also, periodically check 
the level and zero of the manometer.
    8.5.7 If the pressure drop across the filter becomes too high, 
making isokinetic sampling difficult to maintain, the filter may be 
replaced in the midst of the sample run. It is recommended that another 
complete filter assembly be used rather than attempting to change the 
filter itself. Before a new filter assembly is installed, conduct a leak 
check (see section 8.4.3 of this method). The total PM weight shall 
include the summation of the filter assembly catches.
    8.5.8 A single train shall be used for the entire sample run, except 
in cases where simultaneous sampling is required in two or more separate 
ducts or at two or more different locations within the same duct, or in 
cases where equipment failure necessitates a change of trains. In all 
other situations, the use of two or more trains will be subject to the 
approval of the Administrator.

    Note: When two or more trains are used, separate analyses of the 
front-half and (if applicable) impinger catches from each train shall be 
performed, unless identical nozzle sizes were used in all trains, in 
which case the front-half catches from the individual trains may be 
combined (as may the impinger catches) and one analysis of the front-
half catch and one analysis of the impinger catch may be performed.

    8.5.9 At the end of the sample run, turn off the coarse adjust 
valve, remove the probe and nozzle from the stack, turn off the pump, 
record the final DGM reading, and then conduct a post-test leak check, 
as outlined in section 8.4.4 of this method. Also leak-check the pitot 
lines as described in section 8.1 of Method 2, 40 CFR part 60, appendix 
A. The lines must pass this leak check in order to validate the velocity 
head data.
    8.6 Calculation of percent isokinetic. Calculate percent isokinetic 
(see Calculations, section 12.12 of this method) to determine whether a 
run was valid or another test run should be made. If there was 
difficulty in maintaining isokinetic rates because of source conditions, 
consult the Administrator for possible variance on the isokinetic rates.
    8.7 Sample recovery.
    8.7.1 Proper cleanup procedure begins as soon as the probe is 
removed from the stack at the end of the sampling period. Allow the 
probe to cool.

[[Page 776]]

    8.7.2 When the probe can be safely handled, wipe off all external PM 
near the tip of the probe nozzle and place a cap over it to prevent 
losing or gaining PM. Do not cap off the probe tip tightly while the 
sampling train is cooling down. This would create a vacuum in the filter 
holder, thus drawing water from the impingers into the filter holder.
    8.7.3 Before moving the sample train to the cleanup site, remove the 
probe from the sample train, wipe off the silicone grease, and cap the 
open outlet of the probe. Be careful not to lose any condensate that 
might be present. Wipe off the silicone grease from the filter inlet 
where the probe was fastened and cap it. Remove the umbilical cord from 
the last impinger and cap the impinger. If a flexible line is used 
between the first impinger or condenser and the filter holder, 
disconnect the line at the filter holder and let any condensed water or 
liquid drain into the impingers or condenser. After wiping off the 
silicone grease, cap off the filter holder outlet and impinger inlet. 
Ground-glass stoppers, plastic caps, or serum caps may be used to close 
these openings.
    8.7.4 Transfer the probe and filter-impinger assembly to the cleanup 
area. This area should be clean and protected from the wind so that the 
chances of contaminating or losing the sample will be minimized.
    8.7.5 Save a portion of the acetone and methylene chloride used for 
cleanup as blanks. Take 200 ml of each solvent directly from the wash 
bottle being used and place it in glass sample containers labeled 
``acetone blank'' and ``methylene chloride blank,'' respectively.
    8.7.6 Inspect the train prior to and during disassembly and note any 
abnormal conditions. Treat the samples as follows:
    8.7.6.1 Container No. 1. Carefully remove the filter from the filter 
holder, and place it in its identified petri dish container. Use a pair 
of tweezers and/or clean disposable surgical gloves to handle the 
filter. If it is necessary to fold the filter, do so such that the PM 
cake is inside the fold. Using a dry nylon bristle brush and/or a sharp-
edged blade, carefully transfer to the petri dish any PM and/or filter 
fibers that adhere to the filter holder gasket. Seal the container.
    8.7.6.2 Container No. 2. Taking care to see that dust on the outside 
of the probe or other exterior surfaces does not get into the sample, 
quantitatively recover PM or any condensate from the probe nozzle, probe 
fitting, probe liner, and front half of the filter holder by washing 
these components with acetone and placing the wash in a glass container. 
Perform the acetone rinse as follows:
    8.7.6.2.1 Carefully remove the probe nozzle and clean the inside 
surface by rinsing with acetone from a wash bottle and brushing with a 
nylon bristle brush. Brush until the acetone rinse shows no visible 
particles, after which make a final rinse of the inside surface with 
acetone.
    8.7.6.2.2 Brush and rinse the inside parts of the Swagelok fitting 
with acetone in a similar way until no visible particles remain.
    8.7.6.2.3 Rinse the probe liner with acetone by tilting and rotating 
the probe while squirting acetone into its upper end so that all inside 
surfaces are wetted with acetone. Let the acetone drain from the lower 
end into the sample container. A funnel (glass or polyethylene) may be 
used to aid in transferring liquid washes to the container. Follow the 
acetone rinse with a probe brush. Hold the probe in an inclined 
position, squirt acetone into the upper end as the probe brush is being 
pushed with a twisting action through the probe, hold a sample container 
under the lower end of the probe, and catch any acetone and PM that is 
brushed from the probe. Run the brush through the probe three times or 
more until no visible PM is carried out with the acetone or until none 
remains in the probe liner on visual inspection. With stainless steel or 
other metal probes, run the brush through in the above-described manner 
at least six times, since metal probes have small crevices in which PM 
can be entrapped. Rinse the brush with acetone and quantitatively 
collect these washings in the sample container. After the brushing, make 
a final acetone rinse of the probe as described above.
    8.7.6.2.4 It is recommended that two people clean the probe to 
minimize sample losses. Between sampling runs, keep brushes clean and 
protected from contamination.
    8.7.6.2.5 After ensuring that all joints have been wiped clean of 
silicone grease, clean the inside of the front half of the filter holder 
by rubbing the surfaces with a nylon bristle brush and rinsing with 
acetone. Rinse each surface three times or more if needed to remove 
visible particulate. Make a final rinse of the brush and filter holder. 
Carefully rinse out the glass cyclone also (if applicable).
    8.7.6.2.6 After rinsing the nozzle, probe, and front half of the 
filter holder with acetone, repeat the entire procedure with methylene 
chloride and save in a separate No. 2M container.
    8.7.6.2.7 After acetone and methylene chloride washings and PM have 
been collected in the proper sample containers, tighten the lid on the 
sample containers so that acetone and methylene chloride will not leak 
out when it is shipped to the laboratory. Mark the height of the fluid 
level to determine whether leakage occurs during transport. Label each 
container to identify clearly its contents.
    8.7.6.3 Container No. 3. Note the color of the indicating silica gel 
to determine whether it has been completely spent, and make a notation 
of its condition. Transfer the silica gel from the fourth impinger to 
its original container and seal the container. A funnel may make it 
easier to pour the silica gel

[[Page 777]]

without spilling. A rubber policeman may be used as an aid in removing 
the silica gel from the impinger. It is not necessary to remove the 
small amount of dust particles that may adhere to the impinger wall and 
are difficult to remove. Since the gain in weight is to be used for 
moisture calculations, do not use any water or other liquids to transfer 
the silica gel. If a balance is available in the field, follow the 
procedure for Container No. 3 in section 11.2.3 of this method.
    8.7.6.4 Impinger water. Treat the impingers as follows:
    8.7.6.4.1 Make a notation of any color or film in the liquid catch. 
Measure the liquid that is in the first three impingers to within 1 ml 
by using a graduated cylinder or by weighing it to within 0.5 g by using 
a balance (if one is available). Record the volume or weight of liquid 
present. This information is required to calculate the moisture content 
of the effluent gas.
    8.7.6.4.2 Following the determination of the volume of liquid 
present, rinse the back half of the train with water, add it to the 
impinger catch, and store it in a container labeled 3W (water).
    8.7.6.4.3 Following the water rinse, rinse the back half of the 
train with acetone to remove the excess water to enhance subsequent 
organic recovery with methylene chloride and quantitatively recover to a 
container labeled 3S (solvent) followed by at least three sequential 
rinsings with aliquots of methylene chloride. Quantitatively recover to 
the same container labeled 3S. Record separately the amount of both 
acetone and methylene chloride used to the nearest 1 ml or 0.5g.

    Note: Because the subsequent analytical finish is gravimetric, it is 
okay to recover both solvents to the same container. This would not be 
recommended if other analytical finishes were required.

    8.8 Sample transport. Whenever possible, containers should be 
shipped in such a way that they remain upright at all times.

                           9.0 Quality Control

    9.1 Miscellaneous quality control measures.

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                    Quality control
             Section                    measure             Effect
------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.4, 10.1-10.6..................  Sampling and        Ensure accurate
                                   equipment leak      measurement of
                                   check and           stack gas flow
                                   calibration.        rate, sample
                                                       volume.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    9.2 Volume metering system checks. The following quality control 
procedures are suggested to check the volume metering system calibration 
values at the field test site prior to sample collection. These 
procedures are optional.
    9.2.1 Meter orifice check. Using the calibration data obtained 
during the calibration procedure described in section 10.3 of this 
method, determine the [Delta]Ha for the metering system 
orifice. The [Delta]Ha is the orifice pressure differential 
in units of in. H20 that correlates to 0.75 cfm of air at 528 
[deg]R and 29.92 in. Hg. The [Delta]Ha is calculated as 
follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07OC97.008

Where

0.0319 = (0.0567 in. Hg/ [deg]R)(0.75 cfm)\2\;
[Delta]H = Average pressure differential across the orifice meter, in. 
          H20;
Tm = Absolute average DGM temperature, [deg]R;
[Theta] = Total sampling time, min;
Pbar = Barometric pressure, in. Hg;
Y = DGM calibration factor, dimensionless;
Vm = Volume of gas sample as measured by DGM, dcf.

    9.2.1.1 Before beginning the field test (a set of three runs usually 
constitutes a field test), operate the metering system (i.e., pump, 
volume meter, and orifice) at the [Delta]Ha pressure 
differential for 10 minutes. Record the volume collected, the DGM 
temperature, and the barometric pressure. Calculate a DGM calibration 
check value, Yc, as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07OC97.009

Where

Yc = DGM calibration check value, dimensionless;
10 = Run time, min.

    9.2.1.2 Compare the Yc value with the dry gas meter 
calibration factor Y to determine that: 0.97 Y c <1.03Y. If 
the Yc value is not within this range, the volume metering 
system should be investigated before beginning the test.
    9.2.2 Calibrated critical orifice. A calibrated critical orifice, 
calibrated against a wet test meter or spirometer and designed to

[[Page 778]]

be inserted at the inlet of the sampling meter box, may be used as a 
quality control check by following the procedure of section 16.2 of this 
method.

                  10.0 Calibration and Standardization

    Note: Maintain a laboratory log of all calibrations.

    10.1 Probe nozzle. Probe nozzles shall be calibrated before their 
initial use in the field. Using a micrometer, measure the ID of the 
nozzle to the nearest 0.025 mm (0.001 in.). Make three separate 
measurements using different diameters each time, and obtain the average 
of the measurements. The difference between the high and low numbers 
shall not exceed 0.1 mm (0.004 in.). When nozzles become nicked, dented, 
or corroded, they shall be reshaped, sharpened, and recalibrated before 
use. Each nozzle shall be permanently and uniquely identified.
    10.2 Pitot tube assembly. The Type S pitot tube assembly shall be 
calibrated according to the procedure outlined in section 10.1 of Method 
2, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A.
    10.3 Metering system.
    10.3.1 Calibration prior to use. Before its initial use in the 
field, the metering system shall be calibrated as follows: Connect the 
metering system inlet to the outlet of a wet test meter that is accurate 
to within 1 percent. Refer to Figure 5-5 of Method 5, 40 CFR part 60, 
appendix A. The wet test meter should have a capacity of 30 liters/
revolution (1 ft\3\/rev). A spirometer of 400 liters (14 ft\3\) or more 
capacity, or equivalent, may be used for this calibration, although a 
wet test meter is usually more practical. The wet test meter should be 
periodically calibrated with a spirometer or a liquid displacement meter 
to ensure the accuracy of the wet test meter. Spirometers or wet test 
meters of other sizes may be used, provided that the specified 
accuracies of the procedure are maintained. Run the metering system pump 
for about 15 minutes with the orifice manometer indicating a median 
reading, as expected in field use, to allow the pump to warm up and to 
permit the interior surface of the wet test meter to be thoroughly 
wetted. Then, at each of a minimum of three orifice manometer settings, 
pass an exact quantity of gas through the wet test meter and note the 
gas volume indicated by the DGM. Also note the barometric pressure and 
the temperatures of the wet test meter, the inlet of the DGM, and the 
outlet of the DGM. Select the highest and lowest orifice settings to 
bracket the expected field operating range of the orifice. Use a minimum 
volume of 0.15 m\3\ (5 cf) at all orifice settings. Record all the data 
on a form similar to Figure 5-6 of Method 5, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, 
and calculate Y (the DGM calibration factor) and [Delta]Ha 
(the orifice calibration factor) at each orifice setting, as shown on 
Figure 5-6 of Method 5, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A. Allowable tolerances 
for individual Y and [Delta]Ha values are given in Figure 5-6 
of Method 5, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A. Use the average of the Y values 
in the calculations in section 12 of this method.
    10.3.1.1 Before calibrating the metering system, it is suggested 
that a leak check be conducted. For metering systems having diaphragm 
pumps, the normal leak check procedure will not detect leakages within 
the pump. For these cases the following leak check procedure is 
suggested: make a 10-minute calibration run at 0.00057 m\3\/min (0.02 
cfm); at the end of the run, take the difference of the measured wet 
test meter and DGM volumes; divide the difference by 10 to get the leak 
rate. The leak rate should not exceed 0.00057 m\3\/min (0.02 cfm).
    10.3.2 Calibration after use. After each field use, the calibration 
of the metering system shall be checked by performing three calibration 
runs at a single, intermediate orifice setting (based on the previous 
field test) with the vacuum set at the maximum value reached during the 
test series. To adjust the vacuum, insert a valve between the wet test 
meter and the inlet of the metering system. Calculate the average value 
of the DGM calibration factor. If the value has changed by more than 5 
percent, recalibrate the meter over the full range of orifice settings, 
as previously detailed.

    Note: Alternative procedures, e.g., rechecking the orifice meter 
coefficient, may be used, subject to the approval of the Administrator.

    10.3.3 Acceptable variation in calibration. If the DGM coefficient 
values obtained before and after a test series differ by more than 5 
percent, either the test series shall be voided or calculations for the 
test series shall be performed using whichever meter coefficient value 
(i.e., before or after) gives the lower value of total sample volume.
    10.4 Probe heater calibration. Use a heat source to generate air 
heated to selected temperatures that approximate those expected to occur 
in the sources to be sampled. Pass this air through the probe at a 
typical sample flow rate while measuring the probe inlet and outlet 
temperatures at various probe heater settings. For each air temperature 
generated, construct a graph of probe heating system setting versus 
probe outlet temperature. The procedure outlined in APTD-0576 can also 
be used. Probes constructed according to APTD-0581 need not be 
calibrated if the calibration curves in APTD-0576 are used. Also, probes 
with outlet temperature monitoring capabilities do not require 
calibration.

    Note: The probe heating system shall be calibrated before its 
initial use in the field.

    10.5 Temperature sensors. Use the procedure in Section 10.3 of 
Method 2, 40 CFR part

[[Page 779]]

60, appendix A-1 to calibrate in-stack temperature sensors. Dial 
thermometers, such as are used for the DGM and condenser outlet, shall 
be calibrated against mercury-in-glass thermometers. An alternative 
mercury-free thermometer may be used if the thermometer is, at a 
minimum, equivalent in terms of performance or suitably effective for 
the specific temperature measurement application.
    10.6 Barometer. Calibrate against a mercury barometer.

                        11.0 Analytical Procedure

    11.1 Record the data required on a sheet such as the one shown in 
Figure 315-1 of this method.
    11.2 Handle each sample container as follows:
    11.2.1 Container No. 1.
    11.2.1.1 PM analysis. Leave the contents in the shipping container 
or transfer the filter and any loose PM from the sample container to a 
tared glass weighing dish. Desiccate for 24 hours in a desiccator 
containing anhydrous calcium sulfate. Weigh to a constant weight and 
report the results to the nearest 0.1 mg. For purposes of this section, 
the term ``constant weight'' means a difference of no more than 0.5 mg 
or 1 percent of total weight less tare weight, whichever is greater, 
between two consecutive weighings, with no less than 6 hours of 
desiccation time between weighings (overnight desiccation is a common 
practice). If a third weighing is required and it agrees within 0.5 mg, then the results of the second weighing should 
be used. For quality assurance purposes, record and report each 
individual weighing; if more than three weighings are required, note 
this in the results for the subsequent MCEM results.
    11.2.1.2 MCEM analysis. Transfer the filter and contents 
quantitatively into a beaker. Add 100 ml of methylene chloride and cover 
with aluminum foil. Sonicate for 3 minutes then allow to stand for 20 
minutes. Set up the filtration apparatus. Decant the solution into a 
clean Buchner fritted funnel. Immediately pressure filter the solution 
through the tube into another clean, dry beaker. Continue decanting and 
pressure filtration until all the solvent is transferred. Rinse the 
beaker and filter with 10 to 20 ml methylene chloride, decant into the 
Buchner fritted funnel and pressure filter. Place the beaker on a low-
temperature hot plate (maximum 40 [deg]C) and slowly evaporate almost to 
dryness. Transfer the remaining last few milliliters of solution 
quantitatively from the beaker (using at least three aliquots of 
methylene chloride rinse) to a tared clean dry aluminum dish and 
evaporate to complete dryness. Remove from heat once solvent is 
evaporated. Reweigh the dish after a 30-minute equilibrium in the 
balance room and determine the weight to the nearest 0.1 mg. Conduct a 
methylene chloride blank run in an identical fashion.
    11.2.2 Container No. 2.
    11.2.2.1 PM analysis. Note the level of liquid in the container, and 
confirm on the analysis sheet whether leakage occurred during transport. 
If a noticeable amount of leakage has occurred, either void the sample 
or use methods, subject to the approval of the Administrator, to correct 
the final results. Measure the liquid in this container either 
volumetrically to 1 ml or gravimetrically to 1 
0.5 g. Transfer the contents to a tared 250 ml 
beaker and evaporate to dryness at ambient temperature and pressure. 
Desiccate for 24 hours, and weigh to a constant weight. Report the 
results to the nearest 0.1 mg.
    11.2.2.2 MCEM analysis. Add 25 ml methylene chloride to the beaker 
and cover with aluminum foil. Sonicate for 3 minutes then allow to stand 
for 20 minutes; combine with contents of Container No. 2M and pressure 
filter and evaporate as described for Container 1 in section 11.2.1.2 of 
this method.

                         Notes for MCEM Analysis

    1. Light finger pressure only is necessary on 24/40 adaptor. A 
Chemplast adapter 15055-240 has been found satisfactory.
    2. Avoid aluminum dishes made with fluted sides, as these may 
promote solvent ``creep,'' resulting in possible sample loss.
    3. If multiple samples are being run, rinse the Buchner fritted 
funnel twice between samples with 5 ml solvent using pressure 
filtration. After the second rinse, continue the flow of air until the 
glass frit is completely dry. Clean the Buchner fritted funnels 
thoroughly after filtering five or six samples.

    11.2.3 Container No. 3. Weigh the spent silica gel (or silica gel 
plus impinger) to the nearest 0.5 g using a balance. This step may be 
conducted in the field.
    11.2.4 Container 3W (impinger water).
    11.2.4.1 MCEM analysis. Transfer the solution into a 1,000 ml 
separatory funnel quantitatively with methylene chloride washes. Add 
enough solvent to total approximately 50 ml, if necessary. Shake the 
funnel for 1 minute, allow the phases to separate, and drain the solvent 
layer into a 250 ml beaker. Repeat the extraction twice. Evaporate with 
low heat (less than 40 [deg]C) until near dryness. Transfer the 
remaining few milliliters of solvent quantitatively with small solvent 
washes into a clean, dry, tared aluminum dish and evaporate to dryness. 
Remove from heat once solvent is evaporated. Reweigh the dish after a 
30-minute equilibration in the balance room and determine the weight to 
the nearest 0.1 mg.

    11.2.5 Container 3S (solvent).
    11.2.5.1 MCEM analysis. Transfer the mixed solvent to 250 ml 
beaker(s). Evaporate and weigh following the procedures detailed for 
container 3W in section 11.2.4 of this method.

[[Page 780]]

    11.2.6 Blank containers. Measure the distilled water, acetone, or 
methylene chloride in each container either volumetrically or 
gravimetrically. Transfer the ``solvent'' to a tared 250 ml beaker, and 
evaporate to dryness at ambient temperature and pressure. (Conduct a 
solvent blank on the distilled deionized water blank in an identical 
fashion to that described in section 11.2.4.1 of this method.) Desiccate 
for 24 hours, and weigh to a constant weight. Report the results to the 
nearest 0.l mg.

    Note: The contents of Containers No. 2, 3W, and 3M as well as the 
blank containers may be evaporated at temperatures higher than ambient. 
If evaporation is done at an elevated temperature, the temperature must 
be below the boiling point of the solvent; also, to prevent ``bumping,'' 
the evaporation process must be closely supervised, and the contents of 
the beaker must be swirled occasionally to maintain an even temperature. 
Use extreme care, as acetone and methylene chloride are highly flammable 
and have a low flash point.

                   12.0 Data Analysis and Calculations

    12.1 Carry out calculations, retaining at least one extra decimal 
figure beyond that of the acquired data. Round off figures after the 
final calculation. Other forms of the equations may be used as long as 
they give equivalent results.
    12.2 Nomenclature.

An = Cross-sectional area of nozzle, m\3\ (ft\3\).
Bws = Water vapor in the gas stream, proportion by volume.
Ca = Acetone blank residue concentration, mg/g.
Cs = Concentration of particulate matter in stack gas, dry 
          basis, corrected to standard conditions, g/dscm (g/dscf).
I = Percent of isokinetic sampling.
La = Maximum acceptable leakage rate for either a pretest 
          leak check or for a leak check following a component change; 
          equal to 0.00057 m\3\/min (0.02 cfm) or 4 percent of the 
          average sampling rate, whichever is less.
Li = Individual leakage rate observed during the leak check 
          conducted prior to the ``i\th\'' component change (I = l, 2, 
          3...n), m\3\/min (cfm).
Lp = Leakage rate observed during the post-test leak check, 
          m\3\/min (cfm).
ma = Mass of residue of acetone after evaporation, mg.
mn = Total amount of particulate matter collected, mg.
Mw = Molecular weight of water, 18.0 g/g-mole (18.0 lb/lb-
          mole).
Pbar = Barometric pressure at the sampling site, mm Hg (in 
          Hg).
Ps = Absolute stack gas pressure, mm Hg (in. Hg).
Pstd = Standard absolute pressure, 760 mm Hg (29.92 in. Hg).
R = Ideal gas constant, 0.06236 [(mm Hg)(m\3\)]/[([deg]K) (g-mole)] '61' 
          21.85 [(in. Hg)(ft\3\)]/[([deg]R)(lb-mole)'61' ].
Tm = Absolute average dry gas meter (DGM) temperature (see 
          Figure 5-2 of Method 5, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A), [deg]K 
          ([deg]R).
Ts = Absolute average stack gas temperature (see Figure 5-2 
          of Method 5, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A), [deg]K([deg]R).
Tstd = Standard absolute temperature, 293 [deg]K (528 
          [deg]R).
Va = Volume of acetone blank, ml.
Vaw = Volume of acetone used in wash, ml.
Vt = Volume of methylene chloride blank, ml.
Vtw = Volume of methylene chloride used in wash, ml.
Vlc = Total volume liquid collected in impingers and silica 
          gel (see Figure 5-3 of Method 5, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A), 
          ml.
Vm = Volume of gas sample as measured by dry gas meter, dcm 
          (dcf).
Vm(std) = Volume of gas sample measured by the dry gas meter, 
          corrected to standard conditions, dscm (dscf).
Vw(std) = Volume of water vapor in the gas sample, corrected 
          to standard conditions, scm (scf).
Vs = Stack gas velocity, calculated by Equation 2-9 in Method 
          2, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, using data obtained from Method 
          5, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, m/sec (ft/sec).
Wa = Weight of residue in acetone wash, mg.
Y = Dry gas meter calibration factor.
[Delta]H = Average pressure differential across the orifice meter (see 
          Figure 5-2 of Method 5, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A), mm 
          H2O (in H2O).
[rho]a = Density of acetone, 785.1 mg/ml (or see label on 
          bottle).
[rho]w = Density of water, 0.9982 g/ml (0.00220l lb/ml).
[rho]t = Density of methylene chloride, 1316.8 mg/ml (or see 
          label on bottle).
[Theta] = Total sampling time, min.
[Theta]1 = Sampling time interval, from the beginning of a 
          run until the first component change, min.
[Theta]1 = Sampling time interval, between two successive 
          component changes, beginning with the interval between the 
          first and second changes, min.
[Theta]p = Sampling time interval, from the final (n\th\) 
          component change until the end of the sampling run, min.
13.6 = Specific gravity of mercury.
60 = Sec/min.
100 = Conversion to percent.

    12.3 Average dry gas meter temperature and average orifice pressure 
drop. See data sheet (Figure 5-2 of Method 5, 40 CFR part 60, appendix 
A).

[[Page 781]]

    12.4 Dry gas volume. Correct the sample volume measured by the dry 
gas meter to standard conditions (20 [deg]C, 760 mm Hg or 68 [deg]F, 
29.92 in Hg) by using Equation 315-1.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07OC97.010

Where

Kl = 0.3858 [deg]K/mm Hg for metric units,
 = 17.64 [deg]R/in Hg for English units.

    Note: Equation 315-1 can be used as written unless the leakage rate 
observed during any of the mandatory leak checks (i.e., the post-test 
leak check or leak checks conducted prior to component changes) exceeds 
La. If Lp or Li exceeds La, 
Equation 315-1 must be modified as follows:
    (a) Case I. No component changes made during sampling run. In this 
case, replace Vm in Equation 315-1 with the expression:

[Vm--(Lp--La) [Theta]]

    (b) Case II. One or more component changes made during the sampling 
run. In this case, replace Vm in Equation 315-1 by the 
expression:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07OC97.011

and substitute only for those leakage rates (Li or 
Lp) which exceed La.
    12.5 Volume of water vapor condensed.
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07OC97.012
    
Where

K2 = 0.001333 m\3\/ml for metric units;
 = 0.04706 ft\3\/ml for English units.

12.6 Moisture content.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07OC97.013

    Note: In saturated or water droplet-laden gas streams, two 
calculations of the moisture content of the stack gas shall be made, one 
from the impinger analysis (Equation 315-3), and a second from the 
assumption of saturated conditions. The lower of the two values of 
Bws shall be considered correct. The procedure for 
determining the moisture content based upon assumption of saturated 
conditions is given in section 4.0 of Method 4, 40 CFR part 60, appendix 
A. For the purposes of this method, the average stack gas temperature 
from Figure 5-2 of Method 5, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A may be used to 
make this determination, provided that the accuracy of the in-stack 
temperature sensor is 1 [deg]C (2 [deg]F).

    12.7 Acetone blank concentration.
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07OC97.014
    
    12.8 Acetone wash blank.

Wa = Ca Vaw [rho]a Eq. 315-5

    12.9 Total particulate weight. Determine the total PM catch from the 
sum of the weights obtained from Containers l and 2 less the acetone 
blank associated with these two containers (see Figure 315-1).

    Note: Refer to section 8.5.8 of this method to assist in calculation 
of results involving two or more filter assemblies or two or more 
sampling trains.

    12.10 Particulate concentration.

cs = K3 mn/Vm(std) Eq. 315-6

where

K = 0.001 g/mg for metric units;

[[Page 782]]

 = 0.0154 gr/mg for English units.

    12.11 Conversion factors.

------------------------------------------------------------------------
              From                       To              Multiply by
------------------------------------------------------------------------
ft \3\.........................  m \3\............  0.02832
gr.............................  mg...............  64.80004
gr/ft\3\.......................  mg/m\3\..........  2288.4
mg.............................  g................  0.001
gr.............................  lb...............  1.429 x 10-4
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    12.12 Isokinetic variation.
    12.12.1 Calculation from raw data.
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07OC97.015
    
where

K4 = 0.003454 [(mm Hg)(m\3\)]/[(m1)([deg]K)] for metric 
          units;
 = 0.002669 [(in Hg)(ft\3\)]/[(m1)([deg]R)] for English units.

    12.12.2 Calculation from intermediate values.
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07OC97.016
    
where

K5 = 4.320 for metric units;
 = 0.09450 for English units.

    12.12.3 Acceptable results. If 90 percent <=I <=110 percent, the 
results are acceptable. If the PM or MCEM results are low in comparison 
to the standard, and ``I'' is over 110 percent or less than 90 percent, 
the Administrator may opt to accept the results. Reference 4 in the 
Bibliography may be used to make acceptability judgments. If ``I'' is 
judged to be unacceptable, reject the results, and repeat the test.
    12.13 Stack gas velocity and volumetric flow rate. Calculate the 
average stack gas velocity and volumetric flow rate, if needed, using 
data obtained in this method and the equations in sections 5.2 and 5.3 
of Method 2, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A.
    12.14 MCEM results. Determine the MCEM concentration from the 
results from Containers 1, 2, 2M, 3W, and 3S less the acetone, methylene 
chloride, and filter blanks value as determined in the following 
equation:

mmcem = Smtotal - wa - wt - fb

                   13.0 Method Performance [Reserved]

                  14.0 Pollution Prevention [Reserved]

                    15.0 Waste Management [Reserved]

                       16.0 Alternative Procedures

    16.1 Dry gas meter as a calibration standard. A DGM may be used as a 
calibration standard for volume measurements in place of the wet test 
meter specified in section 16.1 of this method, provided that it is 
calibrated initially and recalibrated periodically as follows:
    16.1.1 Standard dry gas meter calibration.
    16.1.1.1. The DGM to be calibrated and used as a secondary reference 
meter should be of high quality and have an appropriately sized 
capacity, e.g., 3 liters/rev (0.1 ft \3\/rev). A spirometer (400 liters 
or more capacity), or equivalent, may be used for this calibration, 
although a wet test meter is usually more practical. The wet test meter 
should have a capacity of 30 liters/rev (1 ft \3\/rev) and be capable of 
measuring volume to within 1.0 percent; wet test meters should be 
checked against a spirometer or a liquid displacement meter to ensure 
the accuracy of the wet test meter. Spirometers or wet test meters of 
other sizes may be used, provided that the specified accuracies of the 
procedure are maintained.
    16.1.1.2 Set up the components as shown in Figure 5-7 of Method 5, 
40 CFR part 60, appendix A. A spirometer, or equivalent, may be used in 
place of the wet test meter in the system. Run the pump for at least 5 
minutes at a flow rate of about 10 liters/min (0.35 cfm) to condition 
the interior surface of the wet test meter. The pressure drop indicated 
by the manometer at the inlet side of the DGM should be minimized (no 
greater than 100 mm H2O [4 in. H2O] at a flow rate 
of 30 liters/min [1 cfm]). This can be accomplished by using

[[Page 783]]

large-diameter tubing connections and straight pipe fittings.
    16.1.1.3 Collect the data as shown in the example data sheet (see 
Figure 5-8 of Method 5, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A). Make triplicate 
runs at each of the flow rates and at no less than five different flow 
rates. The range of flow rates should be between 10 and 34 liters/min 
(0.35 and 1.2 cfm) or over the expected operating range.
    16.1.1.4 Calculate flow rate, Q, for each run using the wet test 
meter volume, Vw, and the run time, q. Calculate the DGM 
coefficient, Yds, for each run. These calculations are as 
follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07OC97.017

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07OC97.018

Where

K1 = 0.3858 for international system of units (SI); 17.64 for 
          English units;
Pbar = Barometric pressure, mm Hg (in Hg);
Vw = Wet test meter volume, liter (ft\3\);
tw = Average wet test meter temperature, [deg]C ([deg]F);
tstd = 273 [deg]C for SI units; 460 [deg]F for English units;
[Theta] = Run time, min;
tds = Average dry gas meter temperature, [deg]C ([deg]F);
Vds = Dry gas meter volume, liter (ft\3\);
[Delta]p = Dry gas meter inlet differential pressure, mm H2O 
          (in H2O).

    16.1.1.5 Compare the three Yds values at each of the flow 
rates and determine the maximum and minimum values. The difference 
between the maximum and minimum values at each flow rate should be no 
greater than 0.030. Extra sets of triplicate runs may be made in order 
to complete this requirement. In addition, the meter coefficients should 
be between 0.95 and 1.05. If these specifications cannot be met in three 
sets of successive triplicate runs, the meter is not suitable as a 
calibration standard and should not be used as such. If these 
specifications are met, average the three Yds values at each 
flow rate resulting in five average meter coefficients, Yds.
    16.1.1.6 Prepare a curve of meter coefficient, Yds, 
versus flow rate, Q, for the DGM. This curve shall be used as a 
reference when the meter is used to calibrate other DGMs and to 
determine whether recalibration is required.
    16.1.2 Standard dry gas meter recalibration.
    16.1.2.1 Recalibrate the standard DGM against a wet test meter or 
spirometer annually or after every 200 hours of operation, whichever 
comes first. This requirement is valid provided the standard DGM is kept 
in a laboratory and, if transported, cared for as any other laboratory 
instrument. Abuse to the standard meter may cause a change in the 
calibration and will require more frequent recalibrations.
    16.1.2.2 As an alternative to full recalibration, a two-point 
calibration check may be made. Follow the same procedure and equipment 
arrangement as for a full recalibration, but run the meter at only two 
flow rates (suggested rates are 14 and 28 liters/min [0.5 and 1.0 cfm]). 
Calculate the meter coefficients for these two points, and compare the 
values with the meter calibration curve. If the two coefficients are 
within 1.5 percent of the calibration curve values at the same flow 
rates, the meter need not be recalibrated until the next date for a 
recalibration check.
    6.2 Critical orifices as calibration standards. Critical orifices 
may be used as calibration standards in place of the wet test meter 
specified in section 10.3 of this method, provided that they are 
selected, calibrated, and used as follows:
    16.2.1 Selection of critical orifices.
    16.2.1.1 The procedure that follows describes the use of hypodermic 
needles or stainless steel needle tubing that has been found suitable 
for use as critical orifices. Other materials and critical orifice 
designs may be used provided the orifices act as true critical orifices; 
i.e., a critical vacuum can be obtained, as described in section 
7.2.2.2.3 of Method 5, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A. Select five critical 
orifices that are appropriately sized to cover the range of flow rates 
between 10 and 34 liters/min or the expected operating range. Two of the 
critical orifices should bracket the expected operating range. A minimum 
of three critical orifices will be needed to calibrate a Method 5 DGM; 
the other two critical orifices can serve as spares and provide better 
selection for bracketing the range of operating flow

[[Page 784]]

rates. The needle sizes and tubing lengths shown in Table 315-1 give the 
approximate flow rates indicated in the table.
    16.2.1.2 These needles can be adapted to a Method 5 type sampling 
train as follows: Insert a serum bottle stopper, 13 x 20 mm sleeve type, 
into a 0.5 in Swagelok quick connect. Insert the needle into the stopper 
as shown in Figure 5-9 of Method 5, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A.
    16.2.2 Critical orifice calibration. The procedure described in this 
section uses the Method 5 meter box configuration with a DGM as 
described in section 6.1.1.9 of this method to calibrate the critical 
orifices. Other schemes may be used, subject to the approval of the 
Administrator.
    16.2.2.1 Calibration of meter box. The critical orifices must be 
calibrated in the same configuration as they will be used; i.e., there 
should be no connections to the inlet of the orifice.
    16.2.2.1.1 Before calibrating the meter box, leak-check the system 
as follows: Fully open the coarse adjust valve and completely close the 
bypass valve. Plug the inlet. Then turn on the pump and determine 
whether there is any leakage. The leakage rate shall be zero; i.e., no 
detectable movement of the DGM dial shall be seen for 1 minute.
    16.2.2.1.2 Check also for leakages in that portion of the sampling 
train between the pump and the orifice meter. See section 5.6 of Method 
5, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A for the procedure; make any corrections, 
if necessary. If leakage is detected, check for cracked gaskets, loose 
fittings, worn 0-rings, etc. and make the necessary repairs.
    16.2.2.1.3 After determining that the meter box is leakless, 
calibrate the meter box according to the procedure given in section 5.3 
of Method 5, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A. Make sure that the wet test 
meter meets the requirements stated in section 7.1.1.1 of Method 5, 40 
CFR part 60, appendix A. Check the water level in the wet test meter. 
Record the DGM calibration factor, Y.
    16.2.2.2 Calibration of critical orifices. Set up the apparatus as 
shown in Figure 5-10 of Method 5, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A.
    16.2.2.2.1 Allow a warm-up time of 15 minutes. This step is 
important to equilibrate the temperature conditions through the DGM.
    16.2.2.2.2 Leak-check the system as in section 7.2.2.1.1 of Method 
5, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A. The leakage rate shall be zero.
    16.2.2.2.3 Before calibrating the critical orifice, determine its 
suitability and the appropriate operating vacuum as follows: turn on the 
pump, fully open the coarse adjust valve, and adjust the bypass valve to 
give a vacuum reading corresponding to about half of atmospheric 
pressure. Observe the meter box orifice manometer reading, DH. Slowly 
increase the vacuum reading until a stable reading is obtained on the 
meter box orifice manometer. Record the critical vacuum for each 
orifice. Orifices that do not reach a critical value shall not be used.
    16.2.2.2.4 Obtain the barometric pressure using a barometer as 
described in section 6.1.2 of this method. Record the barometric 
pressure, Pbar, in mm Hg (in. Hg).
    16.2.2.2.5 Conduct duplicate runs at a vacuum of 25 to 50 mm Hg (1 
to 2 in. Hg) above the critical vacuum. The runs shall be at least 5 
minutes each. The DGM volume readings shall be in increments of complete 
revolutions of the DGM. As a guideline, the times should not differ by 
more than 3.0 seconds (this includes allowance for changes in the DGM 
temperatures) to achieve 0.5 percent in K'. Record 
the information listed in Figure 5-11 of Method 5, 40 CFR part 60, 
appendix A.
    16.2.2.2.6 Calculate K' using Equation 315-11.
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07OC97.019
    
where

K' = Critical orifice coefficient, [m\3\)([deg]K)\1/2\]/[(mm Hg)(min)] 
          [(ft\3\)([deg]R)\1/2\)]/[(in. Hg)(min)]
Tamb = Absolute ambient temperature, [deg]K ([deg]R).

    16.2.2.2.7 Average the K' values. The individual K' values should 
not differ by more than 0.5 percent from the 
average.
    16.2.3 Using the critical orifices as calibration standards.
    16.2.3.1 Record the barometric pressure.
    16.2.3.2 Calibrate the metering system according to the procedure 
outlined in sections 7.2.2.2.1 to 7.2.2.2.5 of Method 5, 40 CFR part 60, 
appendix A. Record the information listed in Figure 5-12 of Method 5, 40 
CFR part 60, appendix A.
    16.2.3.3 Calculate the standard volumes of air passed through the 
DGM and the critical orifices, and calculate the DGM calibration factor, 
Y, using the equations below:


[[Page 785]]


Vm(std) = K1 Vm [Pbar + 
          ([Delta]H/13.6)]/Tm Eq. 315-12
Vcr(std) = K' (Pbar [Theta])/Tamb\1/2\ 
          Eq. 315-13
Y = Vcr(std)/Vm(std) Eq. 315-14
where

Vcr(std) = Volume of gas sample passed through the critical 
          orifice, corrected to standard conditions, dscm (dscf).
K' = 0.3858 [deg]K/mm Hg for metric units
 = 17.64 [deg]R/in Hg for English units.

    16.2.3.4 Average the DGM calibration values for each of the flow 
rates. The calibration factor, Y, at each of the flow rates should not 
differ by more than 2 percent from the average.
    16.2.3.5 To determine the need for recalibrating the critical 
orifices, compare the DGM Y factors obtained from two adjacent orifices 
each time a DGM is calibrated; for example, when checking orifice 13/
2.5, use orifices 12/10.2 and 13/5.1. If any critical orifice yields a 
DGM Y factor differing by more than 2 percent from the others, 
recalibrate the critical orifice according to section 7.2.2.2 of Method 
5, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A.

                             17.0 References

    1. Addendum to Specifications for Incinerator Testing at Federal 
Facilities. PHS, NCAPC. December 6, 1967.
    2. Martin, Robert M. Construction Details of Isokinetic Source-
Sampling Equipment. Environmental Protection Agency. Research Triangle 
Park, NC. APTD-0581. April 1971.
    3. Rom, Jerome J. Maintenance, Calibration, and Operation of 
Isokinetic Source Sampling Equipment. Environmental Protection Agency. 
Research Triangle Park, NC. APTD-0576. March 1972.
    4. Smith, W.S., R.T. Shigehara, and W.F. Todd. A Method of 
Interpreting Stack Sampling Data. Paper Presented at the 63rd Annual 
Meeting of the Air Pollution Control Association, St. Louis, MO. June 
14-19, 1970.
    5. Smith, W.S., et al. Stack Gas Sampling Improved and Simplified 
With New Equipment. APCA Paper No. 67-119. 1967.
    6. Specifications for Incinerator Testing at Federal Facilities. 
PHS, NCAPC. 1967.
    7. Shigehara, R.T. Adjustment in the EPA Nomograph for Different 
Pitot Tube Coefficients and Dry Molecular Weights. Stack Sampling News 
2:4-11. October 1974.
    8. Vollaro, R.F. A Survey of Commercially Available Instrumentation 
for the Measurement of Low-Range Gas Velocities. U.S. Environmental 
Protection Agency, Emission Measurement Branch. Research Triangle Park, 
NC. November 1976 (unpublished paper).
    9. Annual Book of ASTM Standards. Part 26. Gaseous Fuels; Coal and 
Coke; Atmospheric Analysis. American Society for Testing and Materials. 
Philadelphia, PA. 1974. pp. 617-622.
    10. Felix, L.G., G.I. Clinard, G.E. Lacy, and J.D. McCain. Inertial 
Cascade Impactor Substrate Media for Flue Gas Sampling. U.S. 
Environmental Protection Agency. Research Triangle Park, NC 27711. 
Publication No. EPA-600/7-77-060. June 1977. 83 p.
    11. Westlin, P.R., and R.T. Shigehara. Procedure for Calibrating and 
Using Dry Gas Volume Meters as Calibration Standards. Source Evaluation 
Society Newsletter. 3 (1):17-30. February 1978.
    12. Lodge, J.P., Jr., J.B. Pate, B.E. Ammons, and G.A. Swanson. The 
Use of Hypodermic Needles as Critical Orifices in Air Sampling. J. Air 
Pollution Control Association. 16:197-200. 1966.
    18.0 Tables, Diagrams, Flowcharts, and Validation Data

                       Table 315-1. Flow Rates for Various Needle Sizes and Tube Lengths.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                 Flow rate                                            Flow rate
               Gauge/length (cm)                  (liters/              Gauge/length (cm)              (liters/
                                                    min)                                                 min)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12/7.6........................................        32.56  14/2.5................................        19.54
12/10.2.......................................        30.02  14/5.1................................        17.27
13/2.5........................................        25.77  14/7.6................................        16.14
13/5.1........................................        23.50  15/3.2................................        14.16
13/7.6........................................        22.37  15/7.6................................        11.61
13/10.2.......................................        20.67  115/10.2..............................        10.48
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


               Figure 315-1. Particulate and MCEM Analyses
------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                          Particulate Analysis
rrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrr
Plant............................  .....................................
Date.............................  .....................................
Run No...........................  .....................................
Filter No........................  .....................................
Amount liquid lost during          .....................................
 transport.
Acetone blank volume (ml)........  .....................................
Acetone blank concentration (Eq.   .....................................
 315-4) (mg/mg).

[[Page 786]]

 
Acetone wash blank (Eq. 315-5)     .....................................
 (mg).
------------------------------------------------------------------------


 
                                Final weight   Tare weight   Weight gain
                                    (mg)           (mg)          (mg)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Container No. 1..............  .............
Container No. 2..............  .............
rrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrr
    Total....................  .............
Less Acetone blank...........  .............
Weight of particulate matter.  .............
rrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrr
                                Final volume     Initial        Liquid
                                    (mg)        volume (mg)   collected
                                                                 (mg)
      Moisture Analysis
rrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrr
Impingers....................  Note 1         Note 1
Silica gel...................  .............
rrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrr
    Total....................  .............
 Note 1: Convert volume of
 water to weight by
 multiplying by the density
 of water (1 g/ml).
------------------------------------------------------------------------


 
                                                 Tare of                                            Methylene
          Container No.              Final       aluminum      Weight gain      Acetone wash      chloride wash
                                  weight (mg)   dish (mg)                        volume (ml)       volume (ml)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                  MCEM Analysis
rrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrr
1...............................
2 + 2M..........................
3W..............................
3S..............................
rrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrr
    Total.......................  ...........  ...........  [sum3]mtotal      <3-ln-grk-S>Vaw   [sum3]Vtw
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Less acetone wash blank (mg) (not to exceed 1 mg/l of   wa = capa [sum3]Vaw
 acetone used).
 
Less methylene chloride wash blank (mg) (not to exceed  wt = ctpt [sum3]Vtw
 1.5 mg/l of methylene chloride used).
 
Less filter blank (mg) (not to exceed . . . (mg/        Fb
 filter).
 
MCEM weight (mg)......................................  mMCEOM = [sum3]mtotal - wa - wt- fb
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

   Method 316--Sampling and Analysis for Formaldehyde Emissions From 
  Stationary Sources in the Mineral Wool and Wool Fiberglass Industries

                            1.0 Introduction

    This method is applicable to the determination of formaldehyde, CAS 
Registry number 50-00-0, from stationary sources in the mineral wool and 
wool fiber glass industries. High purity water is used to collect the 
formaldehyde. The formaldehyde concentrations in the stack samples are 
determined using the modified pararosaniline method. Formaldehyde can be 
detected as low as 8.8 x 10\10\ lbs/cu ft (11.3 ppbv) or as high as 1.8 
x 10\3\ lbs/cu ft (23,000,000 ppbv), at standard conditions over a 1 
hour sampling period, sampling approximately 30 cu ft.

                          2.0 Summary of Method

    Gaseous and particulate pollutants are withdrawn isokinetically from 
an emission source and are collected in high purity water. Formaldehyde 
present in the emissions is highly soluble in high purity water. The 
high purity water containing formaldehyde is then analyzed using the 
modified pararosaniline method. Formaldehyde in the sample reacts with 
acidic pararosaniline,

[[Page 787]]

and the sodium sulfite, forming a purple chromophore. The intensity of 
the purple color, measured spectrophotometrically, provides an accurate 
and precise measure of the formaldehyde concentration in the sample.

                             3.0 Definitions

    See the definitions in the General Provisions of this Subpart.

                            4.0 Interferences

    Sulfite and cyanide in solution interfere with the pararosaniline 
method. A procedure to overcome the interference by each compound has 
been described by Miksch, et al.

                          5.0 Safety [Reserved]

                       6.0 Apparatus and Materials

    6.1 A schematic of the sampling train is shown in Figure 1. This 
sampling train configuration is adapted from EPA Method 5, 40 CFR part 
60, appendix A, procedures.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR14JN99.050

    The sampling train consists of the following components: probe 
nozzle, probe liner, pitot tube, differential pressure gauge, impingers, 
metering system, barometer, and gas density determination equipment.
    6.1.1 Probe Nozzle: Quartz, glass, or stainless steel with sharp, 
tapered (30 [deg] angle) leading edge. The taper shall be on the outside 
to preserve a constant inner diameter. The nozzle shall be buttonhook or 
elbow design. A range of nozzle sizes suitable for isokinetic sampling 
should be available in increments of 0.15 cm (\1/16\ in), e.g., 0.32 to 
1.27 cm (\1/8\ to \1/2\ in), or larger if higher volume sampling trains 
are used. Each nozzle shall be calibrated according to the procedure 
outlined in Section 10.1.
    6.1.2 Probe Liner: Borosilicate glass or quartz shall be used for 
the probe liner. The probe shall be maintained at a temperature of 120 
[deg]C 14 [deg]C (248 [deg]F 25 [deg]F).

[[Page 788]]

    6.1.3 Pitot Tube: The pitot tube shall be Type S, as described in 
Section 2.1 of EPA Method 2, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, or any other 
appropriate device. The pitot tube shall be attached to the probe to 
allow constant monitoring of the stack gas velocity. The impact (high 
pressure) opening plane of the pitot tube shall be even with or above 
the nozzle entry plane (see Figure 2-6b, EPA Method 2, 40 CFR part 60, 
appendix A) during sampling. The Type S pitot tube assembly shall have a 
known coefficient, determined as outlined in Section 4 of EPA Method 2, 
40 CFR part 60, appendix A.
    6.1.4 Differential Pressure Gauge: The differential pressure gauge 
shall be an inclined manometer or equivalent device as described in 
Section 2.2 of EPA Method 2, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A. One manometer 
shall be used for velocity-head reading and the other for orifice 
differential pressure readings.
    6.1.5 Impingers: The sampling train requires a minimum of four 
impingers, connected as shown in Figure 1, with ground glass (or 
equivalent) vacuum-tight fittings. For the first, third, and fourth 
impingers, use the Greenburg-Smith design, modified by replacing the tip 
with a 1.3 cm inside diameters (\1/2\ in) glass tube extending to 1.3 cm 
(\1/2\ in) from the bottom of the flask. For the second impinger, use a 
Greenburg-Smith impinger with the standard tip. Place a thermometer 
capable of measuring temperature to within 1 [deg]C (2 [deg]F) at the 
outlet of the fourth impinger for monitoring purposes.
    6.1.6 Metering System: The necessary components are a vacuum gauge, 
leak-free pump, thermometers capable of measuring temperatures within 3 
[deg]C (5.4 [deg]F), dry-gas meter capable of measuring volume to within 
1 percent, and related equipment as shown in Figure 1. At a minimum, the 
pump should be capable of 4 cfm free flow, and the dry gas meter should 
have a recording capacity of 0-999.9 cu ft with a resolution of 0.005 cu 
ft. Other metering systems may be used which are capable of maintaining 
sample volumes to within 2 percent. The metering system may be used in 
conjunction with a pitot tube to enable checks of isokinetic sampling 
rates.
    6.1.7 Barometer: The barometer may be mercury, aneroid, or other 
barometer capable of measuring atmospheric pressure to within 2.5 mm Hg 
(0.1 in Hg). In many cases, the barometric reading may be obtained from 
a nearby National Weather Service Station, in which case the station 
value (which is the absolute barometric pressure) is requested and an 
adjustment for elevation differences between the weather station and 
sampling point is applied at a rate of minus 2.5 mm Hg (0.1 in Hg) per 
30 m (100 ft) elevation increase (rate is plus 2.5 mm Hg per 30 m (100 
ft) of elevation decrease).
    6.1.8 Gas Density Determination Equipment: Temperature sensor and 
pressure gauge (as described in Sections 2.3 and 2.3 of EPA Method 2, 40 
CFR part 60, appendix A), and gas analyzer, if necessary (as described 
in EPA Method 3, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A). The temperature sensor 
ideally should be permanently attached to the pitot tube or sampling 
probe in a fixed configuration such that the top of the sensor extends 
beyond the leading edge of the probe sheath and does not touch any 
metal. Alternatively, the sensor may be attached just prior to use in 
the field. Note, however, that if the temperature sensor is attached in 
the field, the sensor must be placed in an interference-free arrangement 
with respect to the Type S pitot openings (see Figure 2-7, EPA Method 2, 
40 CFR part 60, appendix A). As a second alternative, if a difference of 
no more than 1 percent in the average velocity measurement is to be 
introduced, the temperature gauge need not be attached to the probe or 
pitot tube.
    6.2 Sample Recovery
    6.2.1 Probe Liner: Probe nozzle and brushes; bristle brushes with 
stainless steel wire handles are required. The probe brush shall have 
extensions of stainless steel, Teflon \TM\, or inert material at least 
as long as the probe. The brushes shall be properly sized and shaped to 
brush out the probe liner, the probe nozzle, and the impingers.
    6.2.2 Wash Bottles: One wash bottle is required. Polyethylene, 
Teflon \TM\, or glass wash bottles may be used for sample recovery.
    6.2.3 Graduated Cylinder and/or Balance: A graduated cylinder or 
balance is required to measure condensed water to the nearest 1 ml or 1 
g. Graduated cylinders shall have division not 2 ml. 
Laboratory balances capable of weighing to 0.5 g 
are required.
    6.2.4 Polyethylene Storage Containers: 500 ml wide-mouth 
polyethylene bottles are required to store impinger water samples.
    6.2.5 Rubber Policeman and Funnel: A rubber policeman and funnel are 
required to aid the transfer of material into and out of containers in 
the field.
    6.3 Sample Analysis
    6.3.1 Spectrophotometer--B&L 70, 710, 2000, etc., or equivalent; 1 
cm pathlength cuvette holder.
    6.3.2 Disposable polystyrene cuvettes, pathlengh 1 cm, volume of 
about 4.5 ml.
    6.3.3 Pipettors--Fixed-volume Oxford pipet (250 [micro]l; 500 
[micro]l; 1000 [micro]l); adjustable volume Oxford or equivalent 
pipettor 1-5 ml model, set to 2.50 ml.
    6.3.4 Pipet tips for pipettors above.
    6.3.5 Parafilm, 2 [deg] wide; cut into about 1'' squares.

                              7.0 Reagents

    7.1 High purity water: All references to water in this method refer 
to high purity water (ASTM Type I water or equivalent).

[[Page 789]]

The water purity will dictate the lower limits of formaldehyde 
quantification.
    7.2 Silica Gel: Silica gel shall be indicting type, 6-16 mesh. If 
the silica gel has been used previously, dry at 175 [deg]C (350 [deg]F) 
for 2 hours before using. New silica gel may be used as received. 
Alternatively, other types of desiccants (equivalent or better) may be 
used.
    7.3 Crushed Ice: Quantities ranging from 10-50 lbs may be necessary 
during a sampling run, depending upon ambient temperature. Samples which 
have been taken must be stored and shipped cold; sufficient ice for this 
purpose must be allowed.
    7.4 Quaternary ammonium compound stock solution: Prepare a stock 
solution of dodecyltrimethylammonium chloride (98 percent minimum assay, 
reagent grade) by dissolving 1.0 gram in 1000 ml water. This solution 
contains nominally 1000 [micro]g/ml quaternary ammonium compound, and is 
used as a biocide for some sources which are prone to microbial 
contamination.
    7.5 Pararosaniline: Weigh 0.16 grams pararosaniline (free base; 
assay of 95 percent or greater, C.I. 42500; Sigma P7632 has been found 
to be acceptable) into a 100 ml flask. Exercise care, since 
pararosaniline is a dye and will stain. Using a wash bottle with high-
purity water, rinse the walls of the flask. Add no more than 25 ml 
water. Then, carefully add 20 ml of concentrated hydrochloric acid to 
the flask. The flask will become warm after the addition of acid. Add a 
magnetic stir bar to the flask, cap, and place on a magnetic stirrer for 
approximately 4 hours. Then, add additional water so the total volume is 
100 ml. This solution is stable for several months when stored tightly 
capped at room temperature.
    7.6 Sodium sulfite: Weigh 0.10 grams anhydrous sodium sulfite into a 
100 ml flask. Dilute to the mark with high purity water. Invert 15-20 
times to mix and dissolve the sodium sulfite. This solution must be 
prepared fresh every day.
    7.7 Formaldehyde standard solution: Pipet exactly 2.70 ml of 37 
percent formaldehyde solution into a 1000 ml volumetric flask which 
contains about 500 ml of high-purity water. Dilute to the mark with 
high-purity water. This solution contains nominally 1000 [micro]g/ml of 
formaldehyde, and is used to prepare the working formaldehyde standards. 
The exact formaldehyde concentration may be determined if needed by 
suitable modification of the sodium sulfite method (Reference: J.F. 
Walker, Formaldehyde (Third Edition), 1964.). The 1000 [micro]g/ml 
formaldehyde stock solution is stable for at least a year if kept 
tightly closed, with the neck of the flask sealed with Parafilm. Store 
at room temperature.
    7.8 Working formaldehyde standards: Pipet exactly 10.0 ml of the 
1000 [micro]g/ml formaldehyde stock solution into a 100 ml volumetric 
flask which is about half full of high-purity water. Dilute to the mark 
with high-purity water, and invert 15-20 times to mix thoroughly. This 
solution contains nominally 100 [micro]g/ml formaldehyde. Prepare the 
working standards from this 100 [micro]g/ml standard solution and using 
the Oxford pipets:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              Volumetric
                                                [micro]L or     flask
                                                    100         volume
         Working standard, [micro]/mL           [micro]g/mL   (dilute to
                                                  solution    mark with
                                                                water)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
0.250.........................................          250          100
0.500.........................................          500          100
1.00..........................................         1000          100
2.00..........................................         2000          100
3.00..........................................         1500           50
------------------------------------------------------------------------

The 100 [micro]g/ml stock solution is stable for 4 weeks if kept 
refrigerated between analyses. The working standards (0.25-3.00 
[micro]g/ml) should be prepared fresh every day, consistent with good 
laboratory practice for trace analysis. If the laboratory water is not 
of sufficient purity, it may be necessary to prepare the working 
standards every day. The laboratory must establish that the working 
standards are stable--DO NOT assume that your working standards are 
stable for more than a day unless you have verified this by actual 
testing for several series of working standards.

                          8.0 Sample Collection

    8.1 Because of the complexity of this method, field personnel should 
be trained in and experienced with the test procedures in order to 
obtain reliable results.

                       8.2 Laboratory Preparation

    8.2.1 All the components shall be maintained and calibrated 
according to the procedure described in APTD-0576, unless otherwise 
specified.
    8.2.2 Weigh several 200 to 300 g portions of silica gel in airtight 
containers to the nearest 0.5 g. Record on each container the total 
weight of the silica gel plus containers. As an alternative to 
preweighing the silica gel, it may instead be weighed directly in the 
impinger or sampling holder just prior to train assembly.
    8.3 Preliminary Field Determinations
    8.3.1 Select the sampling site and the minimum number of sampling 
points according to EPA Method 1, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, or other 
relevant criteria. Determine the stack pressure, temperature, and range 
of velocity heads using EPA Method 2, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A. A 
leak-check of the pitot lines according to Section 3.1 of EPA Method 2, 
40 CFR part 60, appendix A, must be performed. Determine the stack gas 
moisture content using EPA Approximation Method 4,40 CFR part 60, 
appendix A, or its alternatives to establish estimates of

[[Page 790]]

isokinetic sampling rate settings. Determine the stack gas dry molecular 
weight, as described in EPA Method 2, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, 
Section 3.6. If integrated EPA Method 3, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, 
sampling is used for molecular weight determination, the integrated bag 
sample shall be taken simultaneously with, and for the same total length 
of time as, the sample run.
    8.3.2 Select a nozzle size based on the range of velocity heads so 
that it is not necessary to change the nozzle size in order to maintain 
isokinetic sampling rates below 28 l/min (1.0 cfm). During the run do 
not change the nozzle. Ensure that the proper differential pressure 
gauge is chosen for the range of velocity heads encountered (see Section 
2.2 of EPA Method 2, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A).
    8.3.3 Select a suitable probe liner and probe length so that all 
traverse points can be sampled. For large stacks, to reduce the length 
of the probe, consider sampling from opposite sides of the stack.
    8.3.4 A minimum of 30 cu ft of sample volume is suggested for 
emission sources with stack concentrations not greater than 23,000,000 
ppbv. Additional sample volume shall be collected as necessitated by the 
capacity of the water reagent and analytical detection limit constraint. 
Reduced sample volume may be collected as long as the final 
concentration of formaldehyde in the stack sample is greater than 10 
(ten) times the detection limit.
    8.3.5 Determine the total length of sampling time needed to obtain 
the identified minimum volume by comparing the anticipated average 
sampling rate with the volume requirement. Allocate the same time to all 
traverse points defined by EPA Method 1, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A. To 
avoid timekeeping errors, the length of time sampled at each traverse 
point should be an integer or an integer plus 0.5 min.
    8.3.6 In some circumstances (e.g., batch cycles) it may be necessary 
to sample for shorter times at the traverse points and to obtain smaller 
gas-volume samples. In these cases, careful documentation must be 
maintained in order to allow accurate calculations of concentrations.
    8.4 Preparation of Collection Train
    8.4.1 During preparation and assembly of the sampling train, keep 
all openings where contamination can occur covered with Teflon \TM\ film 
or aluminum foil until just prior to assembly or until sampling is about 
to begin.
    8.4.2 Place 100 ml of water in each of the first two impingers, and 
leave the third impinger empty. If additional capacity is required for 
high expected concentrations of formaldehyde in the stack gas, 200 ml of 
water per impinger may be used or additional impingers may be used for 
sampling. Transfer approximately 200 to 300 g of pre-weighed silica gel 
from its container to the fourth impinger. Care should be taken to 
ensure that the silica gel is not entrained and carried out from the 
impinger during sampling. Place the silica gel container in a clean 
place for later use in the sample recovery. Alternatively, the weight of 
the silica gel plus impinger may be determined to the nearest 0.5 g and 
recorded.
    8.4.3 With a glass or quartz liner, install the selected nozzle 
using a Viton-A O-ring when stack temperatures are <260 [deg]C (500 
[deg]F) and a woven glass-fiber gasket when temperatures are higher. See 
APTD-0576 for details. Other connection systems utilizing either 316 
stainless steel or Teflon \TM\ ferrules may be used. Mark the probe with 
heat-resistant tape or by some other method to denote the proper 
distance into the stack or duct for each sampling point.
    8.4.4 Assemble the train as shown in Figure 1. During assembly, a 
very light coating of silicone grease may be used on ground-glass joints 
of the impingers, but the silicone grease should be limited to the outer 
portion (see APTD-0576) of the ground-glass joints to minimize silicone 
grease contamination. If necessary, Teflon \TM\ tape may be used to seal 
leaks. Connect all temperature sensors to an appropriate potentiometer/
display unit. Check all temperature sensors at ambient temperatures.
    8.4.5 Place crushed ice all around the impingers.
    8.4.6 Turn on and set the probe heating system at the desired 
operating temperature. Allow time for the temperature to stabilize.
    8.5 Leak-Check Procedures
    8.5.1 Pre-test Leak-check: Recommended, but not required. If the 
tester elects to conduct the pre-test leak-check, the following 
procedure shall be used.
    8.5.1.1 After the sampling train has been assembled, turn on and set 
probe heating system at the desired operating temperature. Allow time 
for the temperature to stabilize. If a Viton-a O-ring or other leak-free 
connection is used in assembling the probe nozzle to the probe liner, 
leak-check the train at the sampling site by plugging the nozzle and 
pulling a 381 mm Hg (15 in Hg) vacuum.

    Note: A lower vacuum may be used, provided that the lower vacuum is 
not exceeded during the test.

    If a woven glass fiber gasket is used, do not connect the probe to 
the train during the leak-check. Instead, leak-check the train by first 
attaching a carbon-filled leak-check impinger to the inlet and then 
plugging the inlet and pulling a 381 mm Hg (15 in Hg) vacuum. (A lower 
vacuum may be used if this lower vacuum is not exceeded during the 
test.) Next connect the probe to the train and leak-check at about 25 mm 
Hg (1 in Hg) vacuum. Alternatively, leak-check the probe with the rest 
of the sampling train in one

[[Page 791]]

step at 381 mm Hg (15 in Hg) vacuum. Leakage rates in excess of (a) 4 
percent of the average sampling rate or (b) 0.00057 m\3\/min (0.02 cfm), 
whichever is less, are unacceptable.
    8.5.1.2 The following leak-check instructions for the sampling train 
described in APTD-0576 and APTD-0581 may be helpful. Start the pump with 
the fine-adjust valve fully open and coarse-valve completely closed. 
Partially open the coarse-adjust valve and slowly close the fine-adjust 
valve until the desired vacuum is reached. Do not reverse direction of 
the fine-adjust valve, as liquid will back up into the train. If the 
desired vacuum is exceeded, either perform the leak-check at this higher 
vacuum or end the leak-check, as described below, and start over.
    8.5.1.3 When the leak-check is completed, first slowly remove the 
plug from the inlet to the probe. When the vacuum drops to 127 mm (5 in) 
Hg or less, immediately close the coarse-adjust valve. Switch off the 
pumping system and reopen the fine-adjust valve. Do not reopen the fine-
adjust valve until the coarse-adjust valve has been closed to prevent 
the liquid in the impingers from being forced backward in the sampling 
line and silica gel from being entrained backward into the third 
impinger.
    8.5.2 Leak-checks During Sampling Run:
    8.5.2.1 If, during the sampling run, a component change (e.g., 
impinger) becomes necessary, a leak-check shall be conducted immediately 
after the interruption of sampling and before the change is made. The 
leak-check shall be done according to the procedure described in Section 
10.3.3, except that it shall be done at a vacuum greater than or equal 
to the maximum value recorded up to that point in the test. If the 
leakage rate is found to be no greater than 0.0057 m\3\/min (0.02 cfm) 
or 4 percent of the average sampling rate (whichever is less), the 
results are acceptable. If a higher leakage rate is obtained, the tester 
must void the sampling run.

    Note: Any correction of the sample volume by calculation reduces the 
integrity of the pollutant concentration data generated and must be 
avoided.

    8.5.2.2 Immediately after component changes, leak-checks are 
optional. If performed, the procedure described in section 8.5.1.1 shall 
be used.
    8.5.3 Post-test Leak-check:
    8.5.3.1 A leak-check is mandatory at the conclusion of each sampling 
run. The leak-check shall be done with the same procedures as the pre-
test leak-check, except that the post-test leak-check shall be conducted 
at a vacuum greater than or equal to the maximum value reached during 
the sampling run. If the leakage rate is found to be no greater than 
0.00057 m\3\/min (0.02 cfm) or 4 percent of the average sampling rate 
(whichever is less), the results are acceptable. If, however, a higher 
leakage rate is obtained, the tester shall record the leakage rate and 
void the sampling run.
    8.6 Sampling Train Operation
    8.6.1 During the sampling run, maintain an isokinetic sampling rate 
to within 10 percent of true isokinetic, below 28 l/min (1.0 cfm). 
Maintain a temperature around the probe of 120 [deg]C 14 [deg]C (248 [deg] 25 [deg]F).
    8.6.2 For each run, record the data on a data sheet such as the one 
shown in Figure 2. Be sure to record the initial dry-gas meter reading. 
Record the dry-gas meter readings at the beginning and end of each 
sampling time increment, when changes in flow rates are made, before and 
after each leak-check, and when sampling is halted. Take other readings 
required by Figure 2 at least once at each sample point during each time 
increment and additional readings when significant adjustments (20 
percent variation in velocity head readings) necessitate additional 
adjustments in flow rate. Level and zero the manometer. Because the 
manometer level and zero may drift due to vibrations and temperature 
changes, make periodic checks during the traverse.

[[Page 792]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR14JN99.051


[[Page 793]]



--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                Gas sample                   Temperature
                                                                                      Pressure              temperature at dry                  of gas
                                                              Stack      Velocity   differential     Gas         gas meter         Filter      leaving
                                       Sampling   Vacuum   temperature     head        across      sample  --------------------    holder     condenser
        Traverse point number          time (e)    mm Hg    (T) [deg]C  ([Delta]P)     orifice     volume                       temperature    or last
                                         min.    (in. Hg)    ([deg]F)     mm (in)   meter mm H2O    m\3\      Inlet    Outlet      [deg]C      impinger
                                                                            H2O       (in. H2O)    (ft\3\)   [deg]C    [deg]C     ([deg]F)      [deg]C
                                                                                                            ([deg]F)  ([deg]F)                 ([deg]F)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                       ........  ........  ...........  ..........  ............  ........  ........  ........  ...........  ...........
                                       ........  ........  ...........  ..........  ............  ........  ........  ........  ...........  ...........
                                       ........  ........  ...........  ..........  ............  ........  ........  ........  ...........  ...........
                                       ........  ........  ...........  ..........  ............  ........  ........  ........  ...........  ...........
                                       ........  ........  ...........  ..........  ............  ........  ........  ........  ...........  ...........
    Total............................  ........  ........  ...........  ..........  ............  ........      Avg.      Avg.  ...........  ...........
                                                                                                           --------------------
Average..............................  ........  ........  ...........  ..........  ............  ........      Avg.  ........  ...........  ...........
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    8.6.3 Clean the stack access ports prior to the test run to 
eliminate the chance of sampling deposited material. To begin sampling, 
remove the nozzle cap, verify that the probe heating system are at the 
specified temperature, and verify that the pitot tube and probe are 
properly positioned. Position the nozzle at the first traverse point, 
with the tip pointing directly into the gas stream. Immediately start 
the pump and adjust the flow to isokinetic conditions. Nomographs, which 
aid in the rapid adjustment of the isokinetic sampling rate without 
excessive computations, are available. These nomographs are designed for 
use when the Type S pitot tube coefficient is 0.84 0.02 and the stack gas equivalent density (dry molecular 
weight) is equal to 29 4. APTD-0576 details the 
procedure for using the nomographs. If the stack gas molecular weight 
and the pitot tube coefficient are outside the above ranges, do not use 
the nomographs unless appropriate steps are taken to compensate for the 
deviations.
    8.6.4 When the stack is under significant negative pressure 
(equivalent to the height of the impinger stem), take care to close the 
coarse-adjust valve before inserting the probe into the stack in order 
to prevent liquid from backing up through the train. If necessary, a low 
vacuum on the train may have to be started prior to entering the stack.
    8.6.5 When the probe is in position, block off the openings around 
the probe and stack access port to prevent unrepresentative dilution of 
the gas stream.
    8.6.6 Traverse the stack cross section, as required by EPA Method 1, 
40 CFR part 60, appendix A, being careful not to bump the probe nozzle 
into the stack walls when sampling near the walls or when removing or 
inserting the probe through the access port, in order to minimize the 
chance of extracting deposited material.
    8.6.7 During the test run, make periodic adjustments to keep the 
temperature around the probe at the proper levels. Add more ice and, if 
necessary, salt, to maintain a temperature of <20 [deg]C (68 [deg]F) at 
the silica gel outlet.
    8.6.8 A single train shall be used for the entire sampling run, 
except in cases where simultaneous sampling is required in two or more 
separate ducts or at two or more different locations within the same 
duct, or in cases where equipment failure necessitates a change of 
trains. An additional train or trains may also be used for sampling when 
the capacity of a single train is exceeded.
    8.6.9 When two or more trains are used, separate analyses of 
components from each train shall be performed. If multiple trains have 
been used because the capacity of a single train would be exceeded, 
first impingers from each train may be combined, and second impingers 
from each train may be combined.
    8.6.10 At the end of the sampling run, turn off the coarse-adjust 
valve, remove the probe and nozzle from the stack, turn off the pump, 
record the final dry gas meter reading, and conduct a post-test leak-
check. Also, check the pitot lines as described in EPA Method 2, 40 CFR 
part 60, appendix A. The lines must pass this leak-check in order to 
validate the velocity-head data.
    8.6.11 Calculate percent isokineticity (see Method 2) to determine 
whether the run was valid or another test should be made.
    8.7 Sample Preservation and Handling
    8.7.1 Samples from most sources applicable to this method have 
acceptable holding times using normal handling practices (shipping 
samples iced, storing in refrigerator at 2 [deg]C until analysis). 
However, forming section stacks and other sources using waste water 
sprays may be subject to microbial contamination. For these sources, a 
biocide (quaternary ammonium compound solution) may be added to 
collected samples to improve sample stability and method ruggedness.
    8.7.2 Sample holding time: Samples should be analyzed within 14 days 
of collection. Samples must be refrigerated/kept cold for the entire 
period preceding analysis. After

[[Page 794]]

the samples have been brought to room temperature for analysis, any 
analyses needed should be performed on the same day. Repeated cycles of 
warming the samples to room temperature/refrigerating/rewarming, then 
analyzing again, etc., have not been investigated in depth to evaluate 
if analyte levels remain stable for all sources.
    8.7.3 Additional studies will be performed to evaluate whether 
longer sample holding times are feasible for this method.
    8.8 Sample Recovery
    8.8.1 Preparation:
    8.8.1.1 Proper cleanup procedure begins as soon as the probe is 
removed from the stack at the end of the sampling period. Allow the 
probe to cool. When the probe can be handled safely, wipe off all 
external particulate matter near the tip of the probe nozzle and place a 
cap over the tip to prevent losing or gaining particulate matter. Do not 
cap the probe tightly while the sampling train is cooling because a 
vacuum will be created, drawing liquid from the impingers back through 
the sampling train.
    8.8.1.2 Before moving the sampling train to the cleanup site, remove 
the probe from the sampling train and cap the open outlet, being careful 
not to lose any condensate that might be present. Remove the umbilical 
cord from the last impinger and cap the impinger. If a flexible line is 
used, let any condensed water or liquid drain into the impingers. Cap 
off any open impinger inlets and outlets. Ground glass stoppers, Teflon 
\TM\ caps, or caps of other inert materials may be used to seal all 
openings.
    8.8.1.3 Transfer the probe and impinger assembly to an area that is 
clean and protected from wind so that the chances of contaminating or 
losing the sample are minimized.
    8.8.1.4 Inspect the train before and during disassembly, and note 
any abnormal conditions.
    8.8.1.5 Save a portion of the washing solution (high purity water) 
used for cleanup as a blank.
    8.8.2 Sample Containers:
    8.8.2.1 Container 1: Probe and Impinger Catches. Using a graduated 
cylinder, measure to the nearest ml, and record the volume of the 
solution in the first three impingers. Alternatively, the solution may 
be weighed to the nearest 0.5 g. Include any condensate in the probe in 
this determination. Transfer the combined impinger solution from the 
graduated cylinder into the polyethylene bottle. Taking care that dust 
on the outside of the probe or other exterior surfaces does not get into 
the sample, clean all surfaces to which the sample is exposed (including 
the probe nozzle, probe fitting, probe liner, first three impingers, and 
impinger connectors) with water. Use less than 400 ml for the entire 
waste (250 ml would be better, if possible). Add the rinse water to the 
sample container.
    8.8.2.1.1 Carefully remove the probe nozzle and rinse the inside 
surface with water from a wash bottle. Brush with a bristle brush and 
rinse until the rinse shows no visible particles, after which make a 
final rinse of the inside surface. Brush and rinse the inside parts of 
the Swagelok (or equivalent) fitting with water in a similar way.
    8.8.2.1.2 Rinse the probe liner with water. While squirting the 
water into the upper end of the probe, tilt and rotate the probe so that 
all inside surfaces will be wetted with water. Let the water drain from 
the lower end into the sample container. The tester may use a funnel 
(glass or polyethylene) to aid in transferring the liquid washes to the 
container. Follow the rinse with a bristle brush. Hold the probe in an 
inclined position, and squirt water into the upper end as the probe 
brush is being pushed with a twisting action through the probe. Hold the 
sample container underneath the lower end of the probe, and catch any 
water and particulate matter that is brushed from the probe. Run the 
brush through the probe three times or more. Rinse the brush with water 
and quantitatively collect these washings in the sample container. After 
the brushing, make a final rinse of the probe as describe above.

    Note: Two people should clean the probe in order to minimize sample 
losses. Between sampling runs, brushes must be kept clean and free from 
contamination.

    8.8.2.1.3 Rinse the inside surface of each of the first three 
impingers (and connecting tubing) three separate times. Use a small 
portion of water for each rinse, and brush each surface to which the 
sample is exposed with a bristle brush to ensure recovery of fine 
particulate matter. Make a final rinse of each surface and of the brush, 
using water.
    8.8.2.1.4 After all water washing and particulate matter have been 
collected in the sample container, tighten the lid so the sample will 
not leak out when the container is shipped to the laboratory. Mark the 
height of the fluid level to determine whether leakage occurs during 
transport. Label the container clearly to identify its contents.
    8.8.2.1.5 If the first two impingers are to be analyzed separately 
to check for breakthrough, separate the contents and rinses of the two 
impingers into individual containers. Care must be taken to avoid 
physical carryover from the first impinger to the second. Any physical 
carryover of collected moisture into the second impinger will invalidate 
a breakthrough assessment.
    8.8.2.2 Container 2: Sample Blank. Prepare a blank by using a 
polyethylene container and adding a volume of water equal to the total 
volume in Container 1. Process the blank in the same manner as Container 
1.
    8.8.2.3 Container 3: Silica Gel. Note the color of the indicating 
silica gel to determine whether it has been completely spent

[[Page 795]]

and make a notation of its condition. The impinger containing the silica 
gel may be used as a sample transport container with both ends sealed 
with tightly fitting caps or plugs. Ground-glass stoppers or Teflon \TM\ 
caps maybe used. The silica gel impinger should then be labeled, covered 
with aluminum foil, and packaged on ice for transport to the laboratory. 
If the silica gel is removed from the impinger, the tester may use a 
funnel to pour the silica gel and a rubber policeman to remove the 
silica gel from the impinger. It is not necessary to remove the small 
amount of dust particles that may adhere to the impinger wall and are 
difficult to remove. Since the gain in weight is to be used for moisture 
calculations, do not use water or other liquids to transfer the silica 
gel. If a balance is available in the field, the spent silica gel (or 
silica gel plus impinger) may be weighed to the nearest 0.5 g.
    8.8.2.4 Sample containers should be placed in a cooler, cooled by 
(although not in contact with) ice. Putting sample bottles in Zip-Lock 
\TM\ bags can aid in maintaining the integrity of the sample labels. 
Sample containers should be placed vertically to avoid leakage during 
shipment. Samples should be cooled during shipment so they will be 
received cold at the laboratory. It is critical that samples be chilled 
immediately after recovery. If the source is susceptible to microbial 
contamination from wash water (e.g. forming section stack), add biocide 
as directed in section 8.2.5.
    8.8.2.5 A quaternary ammonium compound can be used as a biocide to 
stabilize samples against microbial degradation following collection. 
Using the stock quaternary ammonium compound (QAC) solution; add 2.5 ml 
QAC solution for every 100 ml of recovered sample volume (estimate of 
volume is satisfactory) immediately after collection. The total volume 
of QAC solution must be accurately known and recorded, to correct for 
any dilution caused by the QAC solution addition.
    8.8.3 Sample Preparation for Analysis 8.8.3.1 The sample should be 
refrigerated if the analysis will not be performed on the day of 
sampling. Allow the sample to warm at room temperature for about two 
hours (if it has been refrigerated) prior to analyzing.
    8.8.3.2 Analyze the sample by the pararosaniline method, as 
described in Section 11. If the color-developed sample has an absorbance 
above the highest standard, a suitable dilution in high purity water 
should be prepared and analyzed.

                           9.0 Quality Control

    9.1 Sampling: See EPA Manual 600/4-77-02b for Method 5 quality 
control.
    9.2 Analysis: The quality assurance program required for this method 
includes the analysis of the field and method blanks, and procedure 
validations. The positive identification and quantitation of 
formaldehyde are dependent on the integrity of the samples received and 
the precision and accuracy of the analytical methodology. Quality 
assurance procedures for this method are designed to monitor the 
performance of the analytical methodology and to provide the required 
information to take corrective action if problems are observed in 
laboratory operations or in field sampling activities.
    9.2.1 Field Blanks: Field blanks must be submitted with the samples 
collected at each sampling site. The field blanks include the sample 
bottles containing aliquots of sample recover water, and water reagent. 
At a minimum, one complete sampling train will be assembled in the field 
staging area, taken to the sampling area, and leak-checked at the 
beginning and end of the testing (or for the same total number of times 
as the actual sampling train). The probe of the blank train must be 
heated during the sample test. The train will be recovered as if it were 
an actual test sample. No gaseous sample will be passed through the 
blank sampling train.
    9.2.2 Blank Correction: The field blank formaldehyde concentrations 
will be subtracted from the appropriate sample formaldehyde 
concentrations. Blank formaldehyde concentrations above 0.25 [micro]g/ml 
should be considered suspect, and subtraction from the sample 
formaldehyde concentrations should be performed in a manner acceptable 
to the Administrator.
    9.2.3 Method Blanks: A method blank must be prepared for each set of 
analytical operations, to evaluate contamination and artifacts that can 
be derived from glassware, reagents, and sample handling in the 
laboratory.

                             10 Calibration

    10.1 Probe Nozzle: Probe nozzles shall be calibrated before their 
initial use in the field. Using a micrometer, measure the inside 
diameter of the nozzle to the nearest 0.025 mm (0.001 in). Make 
measurements at three separate places across the diameter and obtain the 
average of the measurements. The difference between the high and low 
numbers shall not exceed 0.1 mm (0.004 in). When the nozzle becomes 
nicked or corroded, it shall be repaired and calibrated, or replaced 
with a calibrated nozzle before use. Each nozzle must be permanently and 
uniquely identified.
    10.2 Pitot Tube: The Type S pitot tube assembly shall be calibrated 
according to the procedure outlined in Section 4 of EPA Method 2, or 
assigned a nominal coefficient of 0.84 if it is not visibly nicked or 
corroded and if it meets design and intercomponent spacing 
specifications.
    10.3 Metering System
    10.3.1 Before its initial use in the field, the metering system 
shall be calibrated according to the procedure outlined in APTD-0576.

[[Page 796]]

Instead of physically adjusting the dry-gas meter dial readings to 
correspond to the wet-test meter readings, calibration factors may be 
used to correct the gas meter dial readings mathematically to the proper 
values. Before calibrating the metering system, it is suggested that a 
leak-check be conducted. For metering systems having diaphragm pumps, 
the normal leak-check procedure will not delete leakages with the pump. 
For these cases, the following leak-check procedure will apply: Make a 
ten-minute calibration run at 0.00057 m\3\/min (0.02 cfm). At the end of 
the run, take the difference of the measured wet-test and dry-gas meter 
volumes and divide the difference by 10 to get the leak rate. The leak 
rate should not exceed 0.00057 m\3\/min (0.02 cfm).
    10.3.2 After each field use, check the calibration of the metering 
system by performing three calibration runs at a single intermediate 
orifice setting (based on the previous field test). Set the vacuum at 
the maximum value reached during the test series. To adjust the vacuum, 
insert a valve between the wet-test meter and the inlet of the metering 
system. Calculate the average value of the calibration factor. If the 
calibration has changed by more than 5 percent, recalibrate the meter 
over the full range of orifice settings, as outlined in APTD-0576.
    10.3.3 Leak-check of metering system: The portion of the sampling 
train from the pump to the orifice meter (see Figure 1) should be leak-
checked prior to initial use and after each shipment. Leakage after the 
pump will result in less volume being recorded than is actually sampled. 
Use the following procedure: Close the main valve on the meter box. 
Insert a one-hole rubber stopper with rubber tubing attached into the 
orifice exhaust pipe. Disconnect and vent the low side of the orifice 
manometer. Close off the low side orifice tap. Pressurize the system to 
13-18 cm (5-7 in) water column by blowing into the rubber tubing. Pinch 
off the tubing and observe the manometer for 1 min. A loss of pressure 
on the manometer indicates a leak in the meter box. Leaks must be 
corrected.

    Note: If the dry-gas meter coefficient values obtained before and 
after a test series differ by 5 percent, either the test 
series must be voided or calculations for test series must be performed 
using whichever meter coefficient value (i.e., before or after) gives 
the lower value of total sample volume.

    10.4 Probe Heater: The probe heating system must be calibrated 
before its initial use in the field according to the procedure outlined 
in APTD-0576. Probes constructed according to APTD-0581 need not be 
calibrated if the calibration curves in APTD-0576 are used.
    10.5 Temperature gauges: Use the procedure in Section 4.3 of EPA 
Method 2 to calibrate in-stack temperature gauges. Dial thermometers, 
such as are used for the dry gas meter and condenser outlet, shall be 
calibrated against mercury-in-glass thermometers. An alternative 
mercury-free thermometer may be used if the thermometer is, at a 
minimum, equivalent in terms of performance or suitably effective for 
the specific temperature measurement application.
    10.6 Barometer: Adjust the barometer initially and before each test 
series to agree to within 2.5 mm Hg (0.1 in Hg) of 
the mercury barometer. Alternately, if a National Weather Service 
Station (NWSS) is located at the same altitude above sea level as the 
test site, the barometric pressure reported by the NWSS may be used.
    10.7 Balance: Calibrate the balance before each test series, using 
Class S standard weights. The weights must be within 0.5 percent of the standards, or the balance must be 
adjusted to meet these limits.

                       11.0 Procedure for Analysis

    The working formaldehyde standards (0.25, 0.50, 1.0, 2.0, and 3.0 
[micro]g/ml) are analyzed and a calibration curve is calculated for each 
day's analysis. The standards should be analyzed first to ensure that 
the method is working properly prior to analyzing the samples. In 
addition, a sample of the high-purity water should also be analyzed and 
used as a ``0'' formaldehyde standard.
    The procedure for analysis of samples and standards is identical: 
Using the pipet set to 2.50 ml, pipet 2.50 ml of the solution to be 
analyzed into a polystyrene cuvette. Using the 250 [micro]l pipet, pipet 
250 [micro]l of the pararosaniline reagent solution into the cuvette. 
Seal the top of the cuvette with a Parafilm square and shake at least 30 
seconds to ensure the solution in the cuvette is well-mixed. Peel back a 
corner of the Parafilm so the next reagent can be added. Using the 250 
[micro]l pipet, pipet 250 [micro]l of the sodium sulfite reagent 
solution into the cuvette. Reseal the cuvette with the Parafilm, and 
again shake for about 30 seconds to mix the solution in the cuvette. 
Record the time of addition of the sodium sulfite and let the color 
develop at room temperature for 60 minutes. Set the spectrophotometer to 
570 nm and set to read in Absorbance Units. The spectrophotometer should 
be equipped with a holder for the 1-cm pathlength cuvettes. Place 
cuvette(s) containing high-purity water in the spectrophotometer and 
adjust to read 0.000 AU.
    After the 60 minutes color development period, read the standard and 
samples in the spectrophotometer. Record the absorbance reading for each 
cuvette. The calibration curve is calculated by linear regression, with 
the formaldehyde concentration as the ``x'' coordinate of the pair, and 
the absorbance reading as the ``y'' coordinate. The procedure is very 
reproducible, and typically will yield

[[Page 797]]

values similar to these for the calibration curve:

Correlation Coefficient: 0.9999
Slope: 0.50
Y-Intercept: 0.090

The formaldehyde concentration of the samples can be found by using the 
trend-line feature of the calculator or computer program used for the 
linear regression. For example, the TI-55 calculators use the ``X'' key 
(this gives the predicted formaldehyde concentration for the value of 
the absorbance you key in for the sample). Multiply the formaldehyde 
concentration from the sample by the dilution factor, if any, for the 
sample to give the formaldehyde concentration of the original, 
undiluted, sample (units will be micrograms/ml).
    11.1 Notes on the Pararosaniline Procedure
    11.1.1 The pararosaniline method is temperature-sensitive. However, 
the small fluctuations typical of a laboratory will not significantly 
affect the results.
    11.1.2 The calibration curve is linear to beyond 4 ``[micro]g/ml'' 
formaldehyde, however, a research-grade spectrophotometer is required to 
reproducibly read the high absorbance values. Consult your instrument 
manual to evaluate the capability of the spectrophotometer.
    11.1.3 The quality of the laboratory water used to prepare standards 
and make dilutions is critical. It is important that the cautions given 
in the Reagents section be observed. This procedure allows quantitation 
of formaldehyde at very low levels, and thus it is imperative to avoid 
contamination from other sources of formaldehyde and to exercise the 
degree of care required for trace analyses.
    11.1.4 The analyst should become familiar with the operation of the 
Oxford or equivalent pipettors before using them for an analysis. Follow 
the instructions of the manufacturer; one can pipet water into a tared 
container on any analytical balance to check pipet accuracy and 
precision. This will also establish if the proper technique is being 
used. Always use a new tip for each pipetting operation.
    11.1.5 This procedure follows the recommendations of ASTM Standard 
Guide D 3614, reading all solutions versus water in the reference cell. 
This allows the absorbance of the blank to be tracked on a daily basis. 
Refer to ASTM D 3614 for more information.

                            12.0 Calculations

    Carry out calculations, retaining at least one extra decimal figure 
beyond that of the acquired data. Round off figures after final 
calculations.
    12.1 Calculations of Total Formaldehyde
    12.1.1 To determine the total formaldehyde in mg, use the following 
equation if biocide was not used:
    Total mg formaldehyde=
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR14JN99.043
    
Where:

Cd = measured conc. formaldehyde, [micro]g/ml
V = total volume of stack sample, ml
DF = dilution factor

    12.1.2 To determine the total formaldehyde in mg, use the following 
equation if biocide was used:
    Total mg formaldehyde=
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR14JN99.044
    
Where:

Cd = measured conc. formaldehyde, [micro]g/ml
V = total volume of stack sample, ml
B = total volume of biocide added to sample, ml
DF = dilution factor

    12.2 Formaldehyde concentration (mg/m\3\) in stack gas. Determine 
the formaldehyde concentration (mg/m\3\) in the stack gas using the 
following equation: Formaldehyde concentration (mg/m\3\) =
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR14JN99.045

Where:

K = 35.31 cu ft/m\3\ for Vm (std) in English units, or
K = 1.00 m\3\/m\3\ for Vm (std) in metric units
Vm (std) = volume of gas sample measured by a dry gas meter, 
          corrected to standard conditions, dscm (dscf)

    12.3 Average dry gas meter temperature and average orifice pressure 
drop are obtained from the data sheet.
    12.4 Dry Gas Volume: Calculate Vm (std) and adjust for 
leakage, if necessary, using the equation in Section 6.3 of EPA Method 
5, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A.
    12.5 Volume of Water Vapor and Moisture Content: Calculated the 
volume of water vapor and moisture content from equations 5-2 and 5-3 of 
EPA Method 5.

                         13.0 Method Performance

    The precision of this method is estimated to be better than 5 percent, expressed as the 
percent relative standard deviation.

                  14.0 Pollution Prevention [Reserved]

                    15.0 Waste Management [Reserved]

                             16.0 References

R.R. Miksch, et al., Analytical Chemistry, November 1981, 53 pp. 2118-
2123.
J.F. Walker, Formaldehyde, Third Edition, 1964.

[[Page 798]]

US EPA 40 CFR, part 60, Appendix A, Test Methods 1-5

Method 318--Extractive FTIR Method for the Measurement of Emissions From 
             the Mineral Wool and Wool Fiberglass Industries

                        1.0 Scope and Application

    This method has been validated and approved for mineral wool and 
wool fiberglass sources. This method may not be applied to other source 
categories without validation and approval by the Administrator 
according to the procedures in Test Method 301, 40 CFR part 63, appendix 
A. For sources seeking to apply FTIR to other source categories, Test 
Method 320 (40 CFR part 63, appendix A) may be utilized.
    1.1 Scope. The analytes measured by this method and their CAS 
numbers are:

Carbon Monoxide 630-08-0
Carbonyl Sulfide 463-58-1
Formaldehyde 50-00-0
Methanol 1455-13-6
Phenol 108-95-2
    1.2 Applicability

    1.2.1 This method is applicable for the determination of 
formaldehyde, phenol, methanol, carbonyl sulfide (COS) and carbon 
monoxide (CO) concentrations in controlled and uncontrolled emissions 
from manufacturing processes using phenolic resins. The compounds are 
analyzed in the mid-infrared spectral region (about 400 to 4000 cm-1 or 
25 to 2.5 [micro]m). Suggested analytical regions are given below (Table 
1). Slight deviations from these recommended regions may be necessary 
due to variations in moisture content and ammonia concentration from 
source to source.

                                       Table 1--Example Analytical Regions
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
             Compound                Analytical region (cm-1) FLm - FUm            Potential interferants
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Formaldehyde.....................  2840.93-2679.83.......................  Water, Methane.
Phenol...........................  1231.32-1131.47.......................  Water, Ammonia, Methane.
Methanol.........................  1041.56-1019.95.......................  Water, Ammonia.
COS \a\..........................  2028.4-2091.9.........................  Water, CO2 CO.
CO \a\...........................  2092.1-2191.8.........................  Water, CO2, COS.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\a\ Suggested analytical regions assume about 15 percent moisture and CO2, and that COS and CO have about the
  same absorbance (in the range of 10 to 50 ppm). If CO and COS are hundreds of ppm or higher, then CO2 and
  moisture interference is reduced. If CO or COS is present at high concentration and the other at low
  concentration, then a shorter cell pathlength may be necessary to measure the high concentration component.

1.2.2 This method does not apply when: (a) Polymerization of 
formaldehyde occurs, (b) moisture condenses in either the sampling 
system or the instrumentation, and (c) when moisture content of the gas 
stream is so high relative to the analyte concentrations that it causes 
severe spectral interference.
    1.3 Method Range and Sensitivity
    1.3.1 The analytical range is a function of instrumental design and 
composition of the gas stream. Theoretical detection limits depend, in 
part, on (a) the absorption coefficient of the compound in the 
analytical frequency region, (b) the spectral resolution, (c) 
interferometer sampling time, (d) detector sensitivity and response, and 
(e) absorption pathlength.
    1.3.2 Practically, there is no upper limit to the range. The 
practical lower detection limit is usually higher than the theoretical 
value, and depends on (a) moisture content of the flue gas, (b) presence 
of interferants, and (c) losses in the sampling system. In general, a 22 
meter pathlength cell in a suitable sampling system can achieve 
practical detection limits of 1.5 ppm for three compounds (formaldehyde, 
phenol, and methanol) at moisture levels up to 15 percent by volume. 
Sources with uncontrolled emissions of CO and COS may require a 4 meter 
pathlength cell due to high concentration levels. For these two 
compounds, make sure absorbance of highest concentration component is 
<1.0.
    1.4 Data Quality Objectives
1.4.1 In designing or configuring the system, the analyst first sets the 
data quality objectives, i.e., the desired lower detection limit 
(DLi) and the desired analytical uncertainty (AUi) 
for each compound. The instrumental parameters (factors b, c, d, and e 
in Section 1.3.1) are then chosen to meet these requirements, using 
Appendix D of the FTIR Protocol.
1.4.2 Data quality for each application is determined, in part, by 
measuring the RMS (Root Mean Square) noise level in each analytical 
spectral region (Appendix C of the FTIR Protocol). The RMS noise is 
defined as the RMSD (Root Mean Square Deviation) of the absorbance 
values in an analytical region from the mean absorbance value of the 
region. Appendix D of the FTIR Protocol defines the MAUim 
(minimum analyte uncertainty of the i\th\ analyte in the m\th\ 
analytical region). The MAU is the minimum analyte concentration for 
which the analytical uncertainty limit (AUi) can be 
maintained: if the measured analyte concentration is less than 
MAUi, then data quality is unacceptable. Table 2 gives some 
example

[[Page 799]]

DL and AU values along with calculated areas and MAU values using the 
protocol procedures.

                                 Table 2--Example Pre-Test Protocol Calculations
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          Protocol value                  Form               Phenol             Methanol       Protocol appendix
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Reference concentration \a\ (ppm-  3.016               3.017               5.064               .................
 meters)/K.
Reference Band Area..............  8.2544              16.6417             4.9416              B
DL (ppm-meters)/K................  0.1117              0.1117              0.1117              B
AU...............................  0.2                 0.2                 0.2                 B
CL...............................  0.02234             0.02234             0.02234             B
FL...............................  2679.83             1131.47             1019.95             B
FU...............................  2840.93             1231.32             1041.56             B
FC...............................  2760.38             1181.395            1030.755            B
AAI (ppm-meters)/K...............  0.18440             0.01201             0.00132             B
RMSD.............................  2.28E-03            1.21E-03            1.07E-03            C
MAU (ppm-meters)/K...............  4.45E-02            7.26E-03            4.68E-03            D
MAU (ppm at 22)..................  0.0797              0.0130              0.0084              D
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\a\ Concentration units are: ppm concentration of the reference sample (ASC), times the path length of the FTIR
  cell used when the reference spectrum was measured (meters), divided by the absolute temperature of the
  reference sample in Kelvin (K), or (ppm-meters)/K.

                          2.0 Summary of Method

    2.1 Principle
    2.1.1 Molecules are composed of chemically bonded atoms, which are 
in constant motion. The atomic motions result in bond deformations (bond 
stretching and bond-angle bending). The number of fundamental (or 
independent) vibrational motions depends on the number of atoms (N) in 
the molecule. At typical testing temperatures, most molecules are in the 
ground-state vibrational state for most of their fundamental vibrational 
motions. A molecule can undergo a transition from its ground state (for 
a particular vibration) to the first excited state by absorbing a 
quantum of light at a frequency characteristic of the molecule and the 
molecular motion. Molecules also undergo rotational transitions by 
absorbing energies in the far-infrared or microwave spectral regions. 
Rotational transition absorbencies are superimposed on the vibrational 
absorbencies to give a characteristic shape to each rotational-
vibrational absorbance ``band.''
    2.1.2 Most molecules exhibit more than one absorbance band in 
several frequency regions to produce an infrared spectrum (a 
characteristic pattern of bands or a ``fingerprint'') that is unique to 
each molecule. The infrared spectrum of a molecule depends on its 
structure (bond lengths, bond angles, bond strengths, and atomic 
masses). Even small differences in structure can produce significantly 
different spectra.
    2.1.3 Spectral band intensities vary with the concentration of the 
absorbing compound. Within constraints, the relationship between 
absorbance and sample concentration is linear. Sample spectra are 
compared to reference spectra to determine the species and their 
concentrations.
    2.2 Sampling and Analysis
    2.2.1 Flue gas is continuously extracted from the source, and the 
gas or a portion of the gas is conveyed to the FTIR gas cell, where a 
spectrum of the flue gas is recorded. Absorbance band intensities are 
related to sample concentrations by Beer's Law.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR14JN99.046

Where:

An = absorbance of the i\th\ component at the given 
          frequency, [nu].
a = absorption coefficient of the i\th\ component at the frequency, 
          [nu].
b = path length of the cell.
c = concentration of the i\th\ compound in the sample at frequency [nu].

    2.2.2 After identifying a compound from the infrared spectrum, its 
concentration is determined by comparing band intensities in the sample 
spectrum to band intensities in ``reference spectra'' of the 
formaldehyde, phenol, methanol, COS and CO. These reference spectra are 
available in a permanent soft copy from the EPA spectral library on the 
EMTIC bulletin board. The source may also prepare reference spectra 
according to Section 4.5 of the FTIR Protocol.

    Note: Reference spectra not prepared according to the FTIR Protocol 
are not acceptable for use in this test method. Documentation detailing 
the FTIR Protocol steps used in preparing any non-EPA reference spectra 
shall be included in each test report submitted by the source.

    2.3 Operator Requirements. The analyst must have some knowledge of 
source sampling and of infrared spectral patterns to operate the 
sampling system and to choose a

[[Page 800]]

suitable instrument configuration. The analyst should also understand 
FTIR instrument operation well enough to choose an instrument 
configuration consistent with the data quality objectives.

                             3.0 Definitions

    See Appendix A of the FTIR Protocol.

                            4.0 Interferences

    4.1 Analytical (or Spectral) Interferences. Water vapor. High 
concentrations of ammonia (hundreds of ppm) may interfere with the 
analysis of low concentrations of methanol (1 to 5 ppm). For CO, carbon 
dioxide and water may be interferants. In cases where COS levels are low 
relative to CO levels, CO and water may be interferants.
    4.2 Sampling System Interferences. Water, if it condenses, and 
ammonia, which reacts with formaldehyde.

                               5.0 Safety

    5.1 Formaldehyde is a suspected carcinogen; therefore, exposure to 
this compound must be limited. Proper monitoring and safety precautions 
must be practiced in any atmosphere with potentially high concentrations 
of CO.
    5.2 This method may involve sampling at locations having high 
positive or negative pressures, high temperatures, elevated heights, 
high concentrations of hazardous or toxic pollutants, or other diverse 
sampling conditions. It is the responsibility of the tester(s) to ensure 
proper safety and health practices, and to determine the applicability 
of regulatory limitations before performing this test method.

                       6.0 Equipment and Supplies

    The equipment and supplies are based on the schematic of a sampling 
train shown in Figure 1. Either the evacuated or purged sampling 
technique may be used with this sampling train. Alternatives may be 
used, provided that the data quality objectives of this method are met.
    6.1 Sampling Probe. Glass, stainless steel, or other appropriate 
material of sufficient length and physical integrity to sustain heating, 
prevent adsorption of analytes, and to reach gas sampling point.
    6.2 Particulate Filters. A glass wool plug (optional) inserted at 
the probe tip (for large particulate removal) and a filter rated at 1-
micron (e.g., Balston \TM\) for fine particulate removal, placed 
immediately after the heated probe.
    6.3 Sampling Line/Heating System. Heated (maintained at 250 25 degrees F) stainless steel, Teflon \TM\, or other 
inert material that does not adsorb the analytes, to transport the 
sample to analytical system.
    6.4 Stainless Steel Tubing. Type 316, e.g., \3/8\ in. diameter, and 
appropriate length for heated connections.
    6.5 Gas Regulators. Appropriate for individual gas cylinders.

[[Page 801]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR14JN99.052

    6.6 Teflon \TM\ Tubing. Diameter (e.g., \3/8\ in.) and length 
suitable to connect cylinder regulators.
    6.7 Sample Pump. A leak-free pump (e.g., KNF \TM\), with by-pass 
valve, capable of pulling sample through entire sampling system at a 
rate of about 10 to 20 L/min. If placed before the analytical system, 
heat the pump and use a pump fabricated from materials non-reactive to 
the target pollutants. If the pump is located after the instrument, 
systematically record the sample pressure in the gas cell.
    6.8 Gas Sample Manifold. A heated manifold that diverts part of the 
sample stream to the analyzer, and the rest to the by-pass discharge 
vent or other analytical instrumentation.
    6.9 Rotameter. A calibrated 0 to 20 L/min range rotameter.
    6.10 FTIR Analytical System. Spectrometer and detector, capable of 
measuring formaldehyde, phenol, methanol, COS and CO to the 
predetermined minimum detectable level. The system shall include a 
personal computer with compatible software that provides real-time 
updates of the spectral profile during sample collection and spectral 
collection.
    6.11 FTIR Cell Pump. Required for the evacuated sampling technique, 
capable of evacuating the FTIR cell volume within 2 minutes. The FTIR 
cell pump should allow the operator to obtain at least 8 sample spectra 
in 1 hour.
    6.12 Absolute Pressure Gauge. Heatable and capable of measuring 
pressure from 0 to 1000 mmHg to within 2.5 mmHg 
(e.g., Baratron \TM\).
    6.13 Temperature Gauge. Capable of measuring the cell temperature to 
within 2 [deg]C.

[[Page 802]]

                       7.0 Reagents and Standards

    7.1 Ethylene (Calibration Transfer Standard). Obtain NIST traceable 
(or Protocol) cylinder gas.
    7.2 Nitrogen. Ultra high purity (UHP) grade.
    7.3 Reference Spectra. Obtain reference spectra for the target 
pollutants at concentrations that bracket (in ppm-meter/K) the emission 
source levels. Also, obtain reference spectra for SF6 and 
ethylene. Suitable concentrations are 0.0112 to 0.112 (ppm-meter)/K for 
SF6 and 5.61 (ppm-meter)/K or less for ethylene. The 
reference spectra shall meet the criteria for acceptance outlined in 
Section 2.2.2. The optical density (ppm-meters/K) of the reference 
spectrum must match the optical density of the sample spectrum within 
(less than) 25 percent.

            8.0 Sample Collection, Preservation, and Storage

    Sampling should be performed in the following sequence: Collect 
background, collect CTS spectrum, collect samples, collect post-test CTS 
spectrum, verify that two copies of all data were stored on separate 
computer media.
    8.1 Pretest Preparations and Evaluations. Using the procedure in 
Section 4.0 of the FTIR Protocol, determine the optimum sampling system 
configuration for sampling the target pollutants. Table 2 gives some 
example values for AU, DL, and MAU. Based on a study (Reference 1), an 
FTIR system using 1 cm-1 resolution, 22 meter path length, 
and a broad band MCT detector was suitable for meeting the requirements 
in Table 2. Other factors that must be determined are:
    a. Test requirements: AUi, CMAXi, 
DLi, OFUi, and tAN for each.
    b. Interferants: See Table 1.
    c. Sampling system: LS', Pmin, PS', 
TS', tSS, VSS; fractional error, MIL.
    d. Analytical regions: 1 through Nm, FLm, 
FCm, and FUm, plus interferants, FFUm, 
FFLm, wavenumber range FNU to FNL. See Tables 1 and 2.
    8.1.1 If necessary, sample and acquire an initial spectrum. Then 
determine the proper operational pathlength of the instrument to obtain 
non-saturated absorbances of the target analytes.
    8.1.2 Set up the sampling train as shown in Figure 1.
    8.2 Sampling System Leak-check. Leak-check from the probe tip to 
pump outlet as follows: Connect a 0- to 250-mL/min rate meter (rotameter 
or bubble meter) to the outlet of the pump. Close off the inlet to the 
probe, and note the leakage rate. The leakage rate shall be <=200 mL/
min.
    8.3 Analytical System Leak-check.
    8.3.1 For the evacuated sample technique, close the valve to the 
FTIR cell, and evacuate the absorption cell to the minimum absolute 
pressure Pmin. Close the valve to the pump, and determine the 
change in pressure [Delta]Pv after 2 minutes.
    8.3.2 For both the evacuated sample and purging techniques, 
pressurize the system to about 100 mmHg above atmospheric pressure. 
Isolate the pump and determine the change in pressure 
[Delta]Pp after 2 minutes.
    8.3.3 Measure the barometric pressure, Pb in mmHg.
    8.3.4 Determine the percent leak volume %VL for the 
signal integration time tSS and for [Delta]Pmax, 
i.e., the larger of [Delta]Pv or [Delta]Pp, as 
follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR14JN99.047

Where:

50 = 100% divided by the leak-check time of 2 minutes.

    8.3.5 Leak volumes in excess of 4 percent of the sample system 
volume VSS are unacceptable.
    8.4 Background Spectrum. Evacuate the gas cell to <=5 mmHg, and fill 
with dry nitrogen gas to ambient pressure. Verify that no significant 
amounts of absorbing species (for example water vapor and 
CO2) are present. Collect a background spectrum, using a 
signal averaging period equal to or greater than the averaging period 
for the sample spectra. Assign a unique file name to the background 
spectrum. Store the spectra of the background interferogram and 
processed single-beam background spectrum on two separate computer media 
(one is used as the back-up). If continuous sampling will be used during 
sample collection, collect the background spectrum with nitrogen gas 
flowing through the cell at the same pressure and temperature as will be 
used during sampling.
    8.5 Pre-Test Calibration Transfer Standard. Evacuate the gas cell to 
<=5 mmHg absolute pressure, and fill the FTIR cell to atmospheric 
pressure with the CTS gas. Or, purge the cell with 10 cell volumes of 
CTS gas. Record the spectrum. If continuous sampling will be used during 
sample collection, collect the CTS spectrum with CTS gas flowing through 
the cell at the same pressure and temperature as will be used during 
sampling.
    8.6 Samples
    8.6.1 Evacuated Samples. Evacuate the absorbance cell to <=5 mmHg 
absolute pressure. Fill the cell with flue gas to ambient pressure and 
record the spectrum. Before taking the next sample, evacuate the cell 
until no further evidence of absorption exists. Repeat this procedure to 
collect at least 8 separate spectra (samples) in 1 hour.
    8.6.2 Purge Sampling. Purge the FTIR cell with 10 cell volumes of 
flue gas and at least for about 10 minutes. Discontinue the gas cell 
purge, isolate the cell, and record the sample spectrum and the 
pressure. Before

[[Page 803]]

taking the next sample, purge the cell with 10 cell volumes of flue gas.
    8.6.3 Continuous Sampling. Spectra can be collected continuously 
while the FTIR cell is being purged. The sample integration time, 
tss, the sample flow rate through the FTIR gas cell, and the 
total run time must be chosen so that the collected data consist of at 
least 10 spectra with each spectrum being of a separate cell volume of 
flue gas. More spectra can be collected over the run time and the total 
run time (and number of spectra) can be extended as well.
    8.7 Sampling QA, Data Storage and Reporting
    8.7.1 Sample integration times should be sufficient to achieve the 
required signal-to-noise ratios. Obtain an absorbance spectrum by 
filling the cell with nitrogen. Measure the RMSD in each analytical 
region in this absorbance spectrum. Verify that the number of scans is 
sufficient to achieve the target MAU (Table 2).
    8.7.2 Identify all sample spectra with unique file names.
    8.7.3 Store on two separate computer media a copy of sample 
interferograms and processed spectra. The data shall be available to the 
Administrator on request for the length of time specified in the 
applicable regulation.
    8.7.4 For each sample spectrum, document the sampling conditions, 
the sampling time (while the cell was being filled), the time the 
spectrum was recorded, the instrumental conditions (path length, 
temperature, pressure, resolution, integration time), and the spectral 
file name. Keep a hard copy of these data sheets.
    8.8 Signal Transmittance. While sampling, monitor the signal 
transmittance through the instrumental system. If signal transmittance 
(relative to the background) drops below 95 percent in any spectral 
region where the sample does not absorb infrared energy, obtain a new 
background spectrum.
    8.9 Post-run CTS. After each sampling run, record another CTS 
spectrum.
    8.10 Post-test QA
    8.10.1 Inspect the sample spectra immediately after the run to 
verify that the gas matrix composition was close to the expected 
(assumed) gas matrix.
    8.10.2 Verify that the sampling and instrumental parameters were 
appropriate for the conditions encountered. For example, if the moisture 
is much greater than anticipated, it will be necessary to use a shorter 
path length or dilute the sample.
    8.10.3 Compare the pre and post-run CTS spectra. They shall agree to 
within -5 percent. See FTIR Protocol, Appendix E.

                           9.0 Quality Control

    Follow the quality assurance procedures in the method, including the 
analysis of pre and post-run calibration transfer standards (Sections 
8.5 and 8.9) and the post-test quality assurance procedures in Section 
8.10.

                  10.0 Calibration and Standardization

    10.1 Signal-to-Noise Ratio (S/N). The S/N shall be sufficient to 
meet the MAU in each analytical region.
    10.2 Absorbance Pathlength. Verify the absorbance path length by 
comparing CTS spectra to reference spectra of the calibration gas(es). 
See FTIR Protocol, Appendix E.
    10.3 Instrument Resolution. Measure the line width of appropriate 
CTS band(s) and compare to reference CTS spectra to verify instrumental 
resolution.
    10.4 Apodization Function. Choose appropriate apodization function. 
Determine any appropriate mathematical transformations that are required 
to correct instrumental errors by measuring the CTS. Any mathematical 
transformations must be documented and reproducible.
    10.5 FTIR Cell Volume. Evacuate the cell to <=5 mmHg. Measure the 
initial absolute temperature (Ti) and absolute pressure 
(Pi). Connect a wet test meter (or a calibrated dry gas 
meter), and slowly draw room air into the cell. Measure the meter volume 
(Vm), meter absolute temperature (Tm), and meter 
absolute pressure (Pm), and the cell final absolute 
temperature (Tf) and absolute pressure (Pf). 
Calculate the FTIR cell volume Vss, including that of the 
connecting tubing, as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR14JN99.048

As an alternative to the wet test meter/calibrated dry gas meter 
procedure, measure the inside dimensions of the cell cylinder and 
calculate its volume.

                             11.0 Procedure

    Refer to Sections 4.6-4.11, Sections 5, 6, and 7, and the appendices 
of the FTIR Protocol.

                   12.0 Data Analysis and Calculations

    a. Data analysis is performed using appropriate reference spectra 
whose concentrations can be verified using CTS spectra. Various 
analytical programs are available to relate sample absorbance to a 
concentration standard. Calculated concentrations should be verified by 
analyzing spectral baselines after mathematically subtracting scaled 
reference spectra from the sample spectra. A full description of the 
data analysis and calculations may be found in the FTIR Protocol 
(Sections 4.0, 5.0, 6.0 and appendices).
    b. Correct the calculated concentrations in sample spectra for 
differences in absorption

[[Page 804]]

pathlength between the reference and sample spectra by:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR14JN99.049

Where:

Ccorr = The pathlength corrected concentration.
Ccalc = The initial calculated concentration (output of the 
          Multicomp program designed for the compound).
Lr = The pathlength associated with the reference spectra.
Ls = The pathlength associated with the sample spectra.
Ts = The absolute temperature (K) of the sample gas.
Tr = The absolute gas temperature (K) at which reference 
          spectra were recorded.

                    13.0 Reporting and Recordkeeping

    All interferograms used in determining source concentration shall be 
stored for the period of time required in the applicable regulation. The 
Administrator has the option of requesting the interferograms recorded 
during the test in electronic form as part of the test report.

                         14.0 Method Performance

    Refer to the FTIR Protocol.

                  15.0 Pollution Prevention [Reserved]

                          16.0 Waste Management

    Laboratory standards prepared from the formaldehyde and phenol are 
handled according to the instructions in the materials safety data 
sheets (MSDS).

                             17.0 References

    (1) ``Field Validation Test Using Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) 
Spectrometry To Measure Formaldehyde, Phenol and Methanol at a Wool 
Fiberglass Production Facility.'' Draft. U.S. Environmental Protection 
Agency Report, Entropy, Inc., EPA Contract No. 68D20163, Work Assignment 
I-32, December 1994 (docket item II-A-13).
    (2) ``Method 301--Field Validation of Pollutant Measurement Methods 
from Various Waste Media,'' 40 CFR part 63, appendix A.

 Method 319--Determination of Filtration Efficiency for Paint Overspray 
                                Arrestors

                        1.0 Scope and Application

    1.1 This method applies to the determination of the initial, 
particle size dependent, filtration efficiency for paint arrestors over 
the particle diameter range from 0.3 to 10 [micro]m. The method applies 
to single and multiple stage paint arrestors or paint arrestor media. 
The method is applicable to efficiency determinations from 0 to 99 
percent. Two test aerosols are used--one liquid phase and one solid 
phase. Oleic acid, a low-volatility liquid (CAS Number 112-80-1), is 
used to simulate the behavior of wet paint overspray. The solid-phase 
aerosol is potassium chloride salt (KCl, CAS Number 7447-40-7) and is 
used to simulate the behavior of a dry overspray. The method is limited 
to determination of the initial, clean filtration efficiency of the 
arrestor. Changes in efficiency (either increase or decrease) due to the 
accumulation of paint overspray on and within the arrestor are not 
evaluated.
    1.2 Efficiency is defined as 1--Penetration (e.g., 70 percent 
efficiency is equal to 0.30 penetration). Penetration is based on the 
ratio of the downstream particle concentration to the upstream 
concentration. It is often more useful, from a mathematical or 
statistical point of view, to discuss the upstream and downstream counts 
in terms of penetration rather than the derived efficiency value. Thus, 
this document uses both penetration and efficiency as appropriate.
    1.3 For a paint arrestor system or subsystem which has been tested 
by this method, adding additional filtration devices to the system or 
subsystem shall be assumed to result in an efficiency of at least that 
of the original system without the requirement for additional testing. 
(For example, if the final stage of a three-stage paint arrestor system 
has been tested by itself, then the addition of the other two stages 
shall be assumed to maintain, as a minimum, the filtration efficiency 
provided by the final stage alone. Thus, in this example, if the final 
stage has been shown to meet the filtration requirements of Table 1 of 
Sec. 63.745 of subpart GG, then the final stage in combination with any 
additional paint arrestor stages also passes the filtration 
requirements.)

                          2.0 Summary of Method

    2.1 This method applies to the determination of the fractional 
(i.e., particle-size dependent) aerosol penetration of several types of 
paint arrestors. Fractional penetration is computed from aerosol 
concentrations measured upstream and downstream of an arrestor installed 
in a laboratory test rig. The aerosol concentrations upstream and 
downstream of the arrestors are measured with an aerosol analyzer that 
simultaneously counts and sizes the particles in the aerosol stream. The 
aerosol analyzer covers the particle diameter size range from 0.3 to 10 
[micro]m in a minimum of 12 contiguous sizing channels. Each sizing 
channel covers a narrow range of particle diameters. For example, 
Channel 1 may cover from 0.3 to 0.4 [micro]m, Channel 2 from 0.4 to 0.5 
[micro]m, * * * By taking the ratio of the

[[Page 805]]

downstream to upstream counts on a channel by channel basis, the 
penetration is computed for each of the sizing channels.
    2.2 The upstream and downstream aerosol measurements are made while 
injecting the test aerosol into the air stream upstream of the arrestor 
(ambient aerosol is removed with HEPA filters on the inlet of the test 
rig). This test aerosol spans the particle size range from 0.3 to 10 
[micro]m and provides sufficient upstream concentration in each of the 
optical particle counter (OPC) sizing channels to allow accurate 
calculation of penetration, down to penetrations of approximately 0.01 
(i.e., 1 percent penetration; 99 percent efficiency). Results are 
presented as a graph and a data table showing the aerodynamic particle 
diameter and the corresponding fractional efficiency.

                             3.0 Definitions

    Aerodynamic Diameter--diameter of a unit density sphere having the 
same aerodynamic properties as the particle in question.
    Efficiency is defined as equal to 1--Penetration.
    Optical Particle Counter (OPC)--an instrument that counts particles 
by size using light scattering. An OPC gives particle diameters based on 
size, index of refraction, and shape.
    Penetration--the fraction of the aerosol that penetrates the filter 
at a given particle diameter. Penetration equals the downstream 
concentration divided by the upstream concentration.

                            4.0 Interferences

    4.1 The influence of the known interferences (particle losses) are 
negated by correction of the data using blanks.

                               5.0 Safety

    5.1 There are no specific safety precautions for this method above 
those of good laboratory practice. This standard does not purport to 
address all of the safety problems, if any, associated with its use. It 
is the responsibility of the user of this method to establish 
appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability 
of regulatory limitations prior to use.

                       6.0 Equipment and Supplies

    6.1 Test Facility. A schematic diagram of a test duct used in the 
development of the method is shown in Figure 319-1.

[[Page 806]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR27MR98.008

    6.1.1 The test section, paint spray section, and attached 
transitions are constructed of stainless and galvanized steel. The 
upstream and downstream ducting is 20 cm diameter polyvinyl chloride 
(PVC). The upstream transition provides a 7 [deg] angle of expansion to 
provide a uniform air flow distribution to the paint arrestors. Aerosol 
concentration is

[[Page 807]]

measured upstream and downstream of the test section to obtain the 
challenge and penetrating aerosol concentrations, respectively. Because 
the downstream ducting runs back under the test section, the challenge 
and penetrating aerosol taps are located physically near each other, 
thereby facilitating aerosol sampling and reducing sample-line length. 
The inlet nozzles of the upstream and downstream aerosol probes are 
designed to yield isokinetic sampling conditions.
    6.1.2 The configuration and dimensions of the test duct can deviate 
from those of Figure 319-1 provided that the following key elements are 
maintained: the test duct must meet the criteria specified in Table 319-
1; the inlet air is HEPA filtered; the blower is on the upstream side of 
the duct thereby creating a positive pressure in the duct relative to 
the surrounding room; the challenge air has a temperature between 50 
[deg] and 100 [deg]F and a relative humidity of less than 65 percent; 
the angle of the upstream transition (if used) to the paint arrestor 
must not exceed 7 [deg]; the angle of the downstream transition (if 
used) from the paint arrestor must not exceed 30 [deg]; the test duct 
must provide a means for mixing the challenge aerosol with the upstream 
flow (in lieu of any mixing device, a duct length of 15 duct diameters 
fulfills this requirement); the test duct must provide a means for 
mixing any penetrating aerosol with the downstream flow (in lieu of any 
mixing device, a duct length of 15 duct diameters fulfills this 
requirement); the test section must provide a secure and leak-free 
mounting for single and multiple stage arrestors; and the test duct may 
utilize a 180 [deg] bend in the downstream duct.

                     Table 319-1--QC Control Limits
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                  Frequency and
                                   description         Control limits
------------------------------------------------------------------------
OPC zero count..............  Each Test. OPC        <50 counts per
                               samples HEPA-         minute.
                               filtered air.
OPC sizing accuracy check...  Daily. Sample         Peak of distribution
                               aerosolized PSL       should be in
                               spheres.              correct OPC
                                                     channel.
Minimum counts per channel    Each Test...........  Minimum total of 500
 for challenge aerosol.                              particle counts per
                                                     channel.
Maximum particle              Each Test. Needed to  <10% of
 concentration.                ensure OPC is not     manufacturer's
                               overloaded.           claimed upper limit
                                                     corresponding to a
                                                     10% count error.
Standard Deviation of         Computed for each     <0.10 for 0.3 to 3
 Penetration.                  test based on the     [micro]m diameter.
                               CV of the upstream   <0.30 for 3 [micro]m
                               counts.               diameter.
0% Penetration..............  Monthly.............  <0.01.
100% Penetration--KCl.......  Triplicate tests      0.3 to 1 [micro]m:
                               performed             0.90 to 1.10.
                               immediately before,  1 to 3 [micro]m:
                               during, or after      0.75 to 1.25.
                               triplicate arrestor  3 to 10 [micro]m:
                               tests.                0.50 to 1.50.
100% Penetration--Oleic Acid  Triplicate tests      0.3 to 1 [micro]m:
                               performed             0.90 to 1.10.
                               immediately before,  1 to 3 [micro]m:
                               during, or after      0.75 to 1.25.
                               triplicate arrestor  3 to 10 [micro]m:
                               tests.                0.50 to 1.50.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    6.2 Aerosol Generator. The aerosol generator is used to produce a 
stable aerosol covering the particle size range from 0.3 to 10 [micro]m 
diameter. The generator used in the development of this method consists 
of an air atomizing nozzle positioned at the top of a 0.30-m (12-in.) 
diameter, 1.3-m (51-in.) tall, acrylic, transparent, spray tower. This 
tower allows larger sized particles, which would otherwise foul the test 
duct and sample lines, to fall out of the aerosol. It also adds drying 
air to ensure that the KCl droplets dry to solid salt particles. After 
generation, the aerosol passes through an aerosol neutralizer (Kr85 
radioactive source) to neutralize any electrostatic charge on the 
aerosol (electrostatic charge is an unavoidable consequence of most 
aerosol generation methods). To improve the mixing of the aerosol with 
the air stream, the aerosol is injected counter to the airflow. 
Generators of other designs may be used, but they must produce a stable 
aerosol concentration over the 0.3 to 10 [micro]m diameter size range; 
provide a means of ensuring the complete drying of the KCl aerosol; and 
utilize a charge neutralizer to neutralize any electrostatic charge on 
the aerosol. The resultant challenge aerosol must meet the minimum count 
per channel and maximum concentration criteria of Table 319-1.
    6.3 Installation of Paint Arrestor. The paint arrestor is to be 
installed in the test duct in a manner that precludes air bypassing the 
arrestor. Since arrestor media are often sold unmounted, a mounting 
frame may be used to provide back support for the media in addition to 
sealing it into the duct. The mounting frame for 20 in. x 20 in. 
arrestors will have minimum open internal dimensions of 18 in. square. 
Mounting frames for 24 in. x 24 in. arrestors will have minimum open 
internal dimensions of 22 in. square. The open internal dimensions of 
the mounting frame shall not be less than 75 percent of the approach 
duct dimensions.

[[Page 808]]

    6.4 Optical Particle Counter. The upstream and downstream aerosol 
concentrations are measured with a high-resolution optical particle 
counter (OPC). To ensure comparability of test results, the OPC shall 
utilize an optical design based on wide-angle light scattering and 
provided a minimum of 12 contiguous particle sizing channels from 0.3 to 
10 [micro]m diameter (based on response to PSL) where, for each channel, 
the ratio of the diameter corresponding to the upper channel bound to 
the lower channel bound must not exceed 1.5.
    6.5 Aerosol Sampling System. The upstream and downstream sample 
lines must be made of rigid electrically-grounded metallic tubing having 
a smooth inside surface, and they must be rigidly secured to prevent 
movement during testing. The upstream and downstream sample lines are to 
be nominally identical in geometry. The use of a short length (100 mm 
maximum) of straight flexible tubing to make the final connection to the 
OPC is acceptable. The inlet nozzles of the upstream and downstream 
probes must be sharp-edged and of appropriate entrance diameter to 
maintain isokinetic sampling within 20 percent of the air velocity.
    6.5.1 The sampling system may be designed to acquire the upstream 
and downstream samples using (a) sequential upstream-downstream sampling 
with a single OPC, (b) simultaneous upstream and downstream sampling 
with two OPC's, or (c) sequential upstream-downstream sampling with two 
OPC's.
    6.5.2 When two particle counters are used to acquire the upstream 
and downstream counts, they must be closely matched in flowrate and 
optical design.
    6.6 Airflow Monitor. The volumetric airflow through the system shall 
be measured with a calibrated orifice plate, flow nozzle, or laminar 
flow element. The measurement device must have an accuracy of 5 percent 
or better.

                       7.0 Reagents and Standards

    7.1 The liquid test aerosol is reagent grade, 98 percent pure, oleic 
acid (Table 319-2). The solid test aerosol is KCl aerosolized from a 
solution of KCl in water. In addition to the test aerosol, a calibration 
aerosol of monodisperse polystyrene latex (PSL) spheres is used to 
verify the calibration of the OPC.

                          Table 319-2--Properties of the Test and Calibration Aerosols
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                  Density, g/
                                        Refractive index             cm \3\                  Shape
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Oleic Acid (liquid-phase       1.46 nonabsorbing................         0.89  Spherical.
 challenge aerosol).
KCl (solid-phase challenge     1.49.............................         1.98  Cubic or agglomerated cubes.
 aerosol).
PSL (calibration aerosol)....  1.59 nonabsorbing................         1.05  Spherical.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

            8.0 Sample Collection, Preservation, and Storage

    8.1 In this test, all sampling occurs in real-time, thus no samples 
are collected that require preservation or storage during the test. The 
paint arrestors are shipped and stored to avoid structural damage or 
soiling. Each arrestor may be shipped in its original box from the 
manufacturer or similar cardboard box. Arrestors are stored at the test 
site in a location that keeps them clean and dry. Each arrestor is 
clearly labeled for tracking purposes.

                           9.0 Quality Control

    9.1 Table 319-1 lists the QC control limits.
    9.2 The standard deviation ([sigma]) of the penetration (P) for a 
given test at each of the 15 OPC sizing channels is computed from the 
coefficient of variation (CV, the standard deviation divided by the 
mean) of the upstream and downstream measurements as:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR27MR98.009

For a properly operating system, the standard deviation of the 
penetration is <0.10 at particle diameters from 0.3 to 3 [micro]m and 
less than 0.30 at diameters 3 [micro]m.
    9.3 Data Quality Objectives (DQO).
    9.3.1 Fractional Penetration. From the triplicate tests of each 
paint arrestor model, the standard deviation for the penetration 
measurements at each particle size (i.e., for each sizing channel of the 
OPC) is computed as:

[[Page 809]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR27MR98.010

where Pi represents an individual penetration measurement, 
and P the average of the 3 (n = 3) individual measurements.

    9.3.2 Bias of the fractional penetration values is determined from 
triplicate no-filter and HEPA filter tests. These tests determine the 
measurement bias at 100 percent penetration and 0 percent penetration, 
respectively.
    9.3.3 PSL-Equivalent Light Scattering Diameter. The precision and 
bias of the OPC sizing determination are based on sampling a known 
diameter of PSL and noting whether the particle counts peak in the 
correct channel of the OPC. This is a pass/fail measurement with no 
calculations involved.
    9.3.4 Airflow. The precision of the measurement must be within 5 
percent of the set point.

                  10.0 Calibration and Standardization

    10.1 Optical Particle Counter. The OPC must have an up-to-date 
factory calibration. Check the OPC zero at the beginning and end of each 
test by sampling HEPA-filtered air. Verify the sizing accuracy on a 
daily basis (for days when tests are performed) with 1-size PSL spheres.
    10.2 Airflow Measurement. Airflow measurement devices must have an 
accuracy of 5 percent or better. Manometers used in conjunction with the 
orifice plate must be inspected prior to use for proper level, zero, and 
mechanical integrity. Tubing connections to the manometer must be free 
from kinks and have secure connections.
    10.3 Pressure Drop. Measure pressure drop across the paint arrestor 
with an inclined manometer readable to within 0.01 in. H2O. 
Prior to use, the level and zero of the manometer, and all tubing 
connections, must be inspected and adjusted as needed.

                             11.0 Procedure

    11.1 Filtration Efficiency. For both the oleic acid and KCl 
challenges, this procedure is performed in triplicate using a new 
arrestor for each test.
    11.1.1 General Information and Test Duct Preparation
    11.1.1.1 Use the ``Test Run Sheet'' form (Figure 319-2) to record 
the test information.

                                Run Sheet

                       Part 1. General Information

Date and Time:__________________________________________________________

Test Operator:__________________________________________________________

Test :_________________________________________________________________

Paint Arrestor:
 Brand/Model____________________________________________________________

 Arrestor Assigned ID _________________________________________________
    Condition of arrestor (i.e., is there any damage? Must be new 
condition to proceed):

________________________________________________________________________
    Manometer zero and level confirmed?

________________________________________________________________________

                      Part 2. Clean Efficiency Test

Date and Time:__________________________________________________________
Optical Particle Counter:
 20 min. warm up________________________________________________________

 Zero count (<50 counts/min)____________________________________________

 Daily PSL check________________________________________________________

PSL Diam: ___ [micro]m

 File name for OPC data:________________________________________________

Test Conditions:
Air Flow: ___

Temp & RH: Temp ___ [deg]F RH ___ %

Atm. Pressure: ___in. Hg
(From mercury barometer)

Aerosol Generator: (record all operating parameters)

________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________

Test Aerosol:
 (Oleic acid or KCl)____________________________________________________
Arrestor:
Pressure drop: at start ___ in. H2O

at end ___ in. H2O

    Condition of arrestor at end of test (note any physical 
deterioration):

________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________

                      Figure 319-2. Test Run Sheet

    Other report formats which contain the same information are 
acceptable.
    11.1.1.2 Record the date, time, test operator, Test , paint 
arrestor brand/model and its assigned ID number. For tests with no 
arrestor, record none.
    11.1.1.3 Ensure that the arrestor is undamaged and is in ``new'' 
condition.
    11.1.1.4 Mount the arrestor in the appropriate frame. Inspect for 
any airflow leak paths.
    11.1.1.5 Install frame-mounted arrestor in the test duct. Examine 
the installed arrestor to verify that it is sealed in the duct. For 
tests with no arrestor, install the empty frame.

[[Page 810]]

    11.1.1.6 Visually confirm the manometer zero and level. Adjust as 
needed.
    11.1.2 Clean Efficiency Test.
    11.1.2.1 Record the date and time upon beginning this section.
    11.1.2.2 Optical Particle Counter.
    11.1.2.2.1 General: Operate the OPC per the manufacturer's 
instructions allowing a minimum of 20 minutes warm up before making any 
measurements.
    11.1.2.2.2 Overload: The OPC will yield inaccurate data if the 
aerosol concentration it is attempting to measure exceeds its operating 
limit. To ensure reliable measurements, the maximum aerosol 
concentration will not exceed 10 percent of the manufacturer's claimed 
upper concentration limit corresponding to a 10 percent count error. If 
this value is exceeded, reduce the aerosol concentration until the 
acceptable conditions are met.
    11.1.2.2.3 Zero Count: Connect a HEPA capsule to the inlet of the 
OPC and obtain printouts for three samples (each a minimum of 1-minute 
each). Record maximum cumulative zero count. If the count rate exceeds 
50 counts per minute, the OPC requires servicing before continuing.
    11.1.2.2.4 PSL Check of OPC Calibration: Confirm the calibration of 
the OPC by sampling a known size PSL aerosol. Aerosolize the PSL using 
an appropriate nebulizer. Record whether the peak count is observed in 
the proper channel. If the peak is not seen in the appropriate channel, 
have the OPC recalibrated.
    11.1.2.3 Test Conditions:
    11.1.2.3.1 Airflow: The test airflow corresponds to a nominal face 
velocity of 120 FPM through the arrestor. For arrestors having nominal 
20 in. x 20 in. face dimensions, this measurement corresponds to an 
airflow of 333 cfm. For arrestors having nominal face dimensions of 24 
in. x 24 in., this measurement corresponds to an airflow of 480 cfm.
    11.1.2.3.2 Temperature and Relative Humidity: The temperature and 
relative humidity of the challenge air stream will be measured to within 
an accuracy of 2 [deg]F and 10 percent RH. To protect the probe from fouling, it may 
be removed during periods of aerosol generation.
    11.1.2.3.3 Barometric Pressure: Use a mercury barometer. Record the 
atmospheric pressure.
    11.1.2.4 Upstream and Downstream Background Counts.
    11.1.2.4.1 With the arrestor installed in the test duct and the 
airflow set at the proper value, turn on the data acquisition computer 
and bring up the data acquisition program.
    11.1.2.4.2 Set the OPC settings for the appropriate test sample 
duration with output for both printer and computer data collection.
    11.1.2.4.3 Obtain one set of upstream-downstream background 
measurements.
    11.1.2.4.4 After obtaining the upstream-downstream measurements, 
stop data acquisition.
    11.1.2.5 Efficiency Measurements:
    11.1.2.5.1 Record the arrestor pressure drop.
    11.1.2.5.2 Turn on the Aerosol Generator. Begin aerosol generation 
and record the operating parameters.
    11.1.2.5.3 Monitor the particle counts. Allow a minimum of 5 minutes 
for the generator to stabilize.
    11.1.2.5.4 Confirm that the total particle count does not exceed the 
predetermined upper limit. Adjust generator as needed.
    11.1.2.5.5 Confirm that a minimum of 50 particle counts are measured 
in the upstream sample in each of the OPC channels per sample. (A 
minimum of 50 counts per channel per sample will yield the required 
minimum 500 counts per channel total for the 10 upstream samples as 
specified in Table 319-1.) Adjust generator or sample time as needed.
    11.1.2.5.6 If you are unable to obtain a stable concentration within 
the concentration limit and with the 50 count minimum per channel, 
adjust the aerosol generator.
    11.1.2.5.7 When the counts are stable, perform repeated upstream-
downstream sampling until 10 upstream-downstream measurements are 
obtained.
    11.1.2.5.8 After collection of the 10 upstream-downstream samples, 
stop data acquisition and allow 2 more minutes for final purging of 
generator.
    11.1.2.5.9 Obtain one additional set of upstream-downstream 
background samples.
    11.1.2.5.10 After obtaining the upstream-downstream background 
samples, stop data acquisition.
    11.1.2.5.11 Record the arrestor pressure drop.
    11.1.2.5.12 Turn off blower.
    11.1.2.5.13 Remove the paint arrestor assembly from the test duct. 
Note any signs of physical deterioration.
    11.1.2.5.14 Remove the arrestor from the frame and place the 
arrestor in an appropriate storage bag.
    11.2 Control Test: 100 Percent Penetration Test. A 100 percent 
penetration test must be performed immediately before each individual 
paint arrestor test using the same challenge aerosol substance (i.e., 
oleic acid or KCl) as to be used in the arrestor test. These tests are 
performed with no arrestor installed in the test housing. This test is a 
relatively stringent test of the adequacy of the overall duct, sampling, 
measurement, and aerosol generation system. The test is performed as a 
normal penetration test except the paint arrestor is not used. A perfect 
system would yield a measured penetration of 1 at all particle sizes. 
Deviations from 1 can occur due to particle losses in the duct,

[[Page 811]]

differences in the degree of aerosol uniformity (i.e., mixing) at the 
upstream and downstream probes, and differences in particle transport 
efficiency in the upstream and downstream sampling lines.
    11.3 Control Test: 0 Percent Penetration. One 0 percent penetration 
test must be performed at least monthly during testing. The test is 
performed by using a HEPA filter rather than a paint arrestor. This test 
assesses the adequacy of the instrument response time and sample line 
lag.

                   12.0 Data Analysis and Calculations

    12.1 Analysis. The analytical procedures for the fractional 
penetration and flow velocity measurements are described in Section 11. 
Note that the primary measurements, those of the upstream and downstream 
aerosol concentrations, are performed with the OPC which acquires the 
sample and analyzes it in real time. Because all the test data are 
collected in real time, there are no analytical procedures performed 
subsequent to the actual test, only data analysis.
    12.2 Calculations.
    12.2.1 Penetration.

                              Nomenclature

U = Upstream particle count
D = Downstream particle count
Ub = Upstream background count
Db = Downstream background count
P100 = 100 percent penetration value determined immediately 
          prior to the arrestor test computed for each channel as:
          [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR27MR98.011
          
P = Penetration of the arrestor corrected for P100
[rho]= sample standard deviation
CV = coefficient of variation = [rho]/mean
E = Efficiency.

    Overbar denotes arithmetic mean of quantity.
    Analysis of each test involves the following quantities:
     P100 value for each sizing channel 
from the 100 percent penetration control test,
     2 upstream background values,
     2 downstream background values,
     10 upstream values with aerosol generator on, and
     10 downstream values with aerosol generator on.
    Using the values associated with each sizing channel, the 
penetration associated with each particle-sizing channel is calculated 
as:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR27MR98.012

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR27MR98.013

    Most often, the background levels are small compared to the values 
when the aerosol generator is on.
    12.3 The relationship between the physical diameter 
(DPhysical) as measured by the OPC to the aerodynamic 
diameter (DAero) is given by:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR27MR98.014

Where:

pO = unit density of 1 g/cm\3\.
pParticle = the density of the particle, 0.89 g/cm\3\ for 
          oleic acid.
CCFPhysical = the Cunningham Correction Factor at 
          DPhysical.
CCFAero = the Cunningham Correction Factor at D\Aero\.

    12.4 Presentation of Results. For a given arrestor, results will be 
presented for:
     Triplicate arrestor tests with the liquid-phase 
challenge aerosol,
     Triplicate arrestor tests with the solid-phase 
challenge aerosol,
     Triplicate 100 percent penetration tests with the 
liquid-phase challenge aerosol,
     Triplicate 100 percent penetration tests with the 
solid-phase challenge aerosol, and
     One 0 percent filter test (using either the 
liquid-phase or solid-phase aerosol and performed at least monthly).
    12.4.1 Results for the paint arrestor test must be presented in both 
graphical and tabular form. The X-axis of the graph will be a 
logarithmic scale of aerodynamic diameter from 0.1 to 100 [micro]m. The 
Y-axis will be efficiency (%) on a linear scale from 0 to 100. Plots for 
each individual run and a plot of the average of triplicate solid-phase 
and of the average triplicate liquid-phase tests must be prepared. All 
plots are to be based

[[Page 812]]

on point-to-point plotting (i.e., no curve fitting is to be used). The 
data are to be plotted based on the geometric mean diameter of each of 
the OPC's sizing channels.
    12.4.2 Tabulated data from each test must be provided. The data must 
include the upper and lower diameter bound and geometric mean diameter 
of each of the OPC sizing channels, the background particle counts for 
each channel for each sample, the upstream particle counts for each 
channel for each sample, the downstream particle counts for each channel 
for each sample, the 100 percent penetration values computed for each 
channel, and the 0 percent penetration values computed for each channel.

                        13.0 Pollution Prevention

    13.1 The quantities of materials to be aerosolized should be 
prepared in accord with the amount needed for the current tests so as to 
prevent wasteful excess.

                          14.0 Waste Management

    14.1 Paint arrestors may be returned to originator, if requested, or 
disposed of with regular laboratory waste.

                             15.0 References

    1. Hanley, J.T., D.D. Smith and L. Cox. ``Fractional Penetration of 
Paint Overspray Arrestors, Draft Final Report,'' EPA Cooperative 
Agreement CR-817083-01-0, January 1994.
    2. Hanley, J.T., D.D. Smith, and D.S. Ensor. ``Define a Fractional 
Efficiency Test Method that is Compatible with Particulate Removal Air 
Cleaners Used in General Ventilation,'' Final Report, 671-RP, American 
Society of Heating, Refrigerating, and Air-Conditioning Engineers, Inc., 
December 1993.
    3. ``Project Work and Quality Assurance Plan: Fractional Penetration 
of Paint Overspray Arrestors, Category II,'' EPA Cooperative Agreement 
No. CR-817083, July 1994.

   Test Method 320--Measurement of Vapor Phase Organic and Inorganic 
 Emissions by Extractive Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) Spectroscopy

                            1.0 Introduction

    Persons unfamiliar with basic elements of FTIR spectroscopy should 
not attempt to use this method. This method describes sampling and 
analytical procedures for extractive emission measurements using Fourier 
transform infrared (FTIR) spectroscopy. Detailed analytical procedures 
for interpreting infrared spectra are described in the ``Protocol for 
the Use of Extractive Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) Spectrometry in 
Analyses of Gaseous Emissions from Stationary Sources,'' hereafter 
referred to as the ``Protocol.'' Definitions not given in this method 
are given in appendix A of the Protocol. References to specific sections 
in the Protocol are made throughout this Method. For additional 
information refer to references 1 and 2, and other EPA reports, which 
describe the use of FTIR spectrometry in specific field measurement 
applications and validation tests. The sampling procedure described here 
is extractive. Flue gas is extracted through a heated gas transport and 
handling system. For some sources, sample conditioning systems may be 
applicable. Some examples are given in this method.

    Note: Sample conditioning systems may be used providing the method 
validation requirements in Sections 9.2 and 13.0 of this method are met.

    1.1 Scope and Applicability.
    1.1.1 Analytes. Analytes include hazardous air pollutants (HAPs) for 
which EPA reference spectra have been developed. Other compounds can 
also be measured with this method if reference spectra are prepared 
according to section 4.6 of the protocol.
    1.1.2 Applicability. This method applies to the analysis of vapor 
phase organic or inorganic compounds which absorb energy in the mid-
infrared spectral region, about 400 to 4000 cm-1 (25 to 2.5 
[micro]m). This method is used to determine compound-specific 
concentrations in a multi-component vapor phase sample, which is 
contained in a closed-path gas cell. Spectra of samples are collected 
using double beam infrared absorption spectroscopy. A computer program 
is used to analyze spectra and report compound concentrations.
    1.2 Method Range and Sensitivity. Analytical range and sensitivity 
depend on the frequency-dependent analyte absorptivity, instrument 
configuration, data collection parameters, and gas stream composition. 
Instrument factors include: (a) spectral resolution, (b) interferometer 
signal averaging time, (c) detector sensitivity and response, and (d) 
absorption path length.
    1.2.1 For any optical configuration the analytical range is between 
the absorbance values of about .01 (infrared transmittance relative to 
the background = 0.98) and 1.0
(T = 0.1). (For absorbance 1.0 the relation between 
absorbance and concentration may not be linear.)
    1.2.2 The concentrations associated with this absorbance range 
depend primarily on the cell path length and the sample temperature. An 
analyte absorbance greater than 1.0, can be lowered by decreasing the 
optical path length. Analyte absorbance increases with a longer path 
length. Analyte detection also depends on the presence of other species 
exhibiting absorbance in the same analytical region. Additionally, the 
estimated lower absorbance (A) limit
(A = 0.01) depends on the root mean square deviation (RMSD) noise in the 
analytical region.

[[Page 813]]

    1.2.3 The concentration range of this method is determined by the 
choice of optical configuration.
    1.2.3.1 The absorbance for a given concentration can be decreased by 
decreasing the path length or by diluting the sample. There is no 
practical upper limit to the measurement range.
    1.2.3.2 The analyte absorbance for a given concentration may be 
increased by increasing the cell path length or (to some extent) using a 
higher resolution. Both modifications also cause a corresponding 
increased absorbance for all compounds in the sample, and a decrease in 
the signal throughput. For this reason the practical lower detection 
range (quantitation limit) usually depends on sample characteristics 
such as moisture content of the gas, the presence of other interferants, 
and losses in the sampling system.
    1.3 Sensitivity. The limit of sensitivity for an optical 
configuration and integration time is determined using appendix D of the 
Protocol: Minimum Analyte Uncertainty, (MAU). The MAU depends on the 
RMSD noise in an analytical region, and on the absorptivity of the 
analyte in the same region.
    1.4 Data Quality. Data quality shall be determined by executing 
Protocol pre-test procedures in appendices B to H of the protocol and 
post-test procedures in appendices I and J of the protocol.
    1.4.1 Measurement objectives shall be established by the choice of 
detection limit (DLi) and analytical uncertainty 
(AUi) for each analyte.
    1.4.2 An instrumental configuration shall be selected. An estimate 
of gas composition shall be made based on previous test data, data from 
a similar source or information gathered in a pre-test site survey. 
Spectral interferants shall be identified using the selected 
DLi and AUi and band areas from reference spectra 
and interferant spectra. The baseline noise of the system shall be 
measured in each analytical region to determine the MAU of the 
instrument configuration for each analyte and interferant 
(MIUi).
    1.4.3 Data quality for the application shall be determined, in part, 
by measuring the RMS (root mean square) noise level in each analytical 
spectral region (appendix C of the Protocol). The RMS noise is defined 
as the RMSD of the absorbance values in an analytical region from the 
mean absorbance value in the region.
    1.4.4 The MAU is the minimum analyte concentration for which the 
AUi can be maintained; if the measured analyte concentration 
is less than MAUi then data quality are unacceptable.

                          2.0 Summary of Method

    2.1 Principle. References 4 through 7 provide background material on 
infrared spectroscopy and quantitative analysis. A summary is given in 
this section.
    2.1.1 Infrared absorption spectroscopy is performed by directing an 
infrared beam through a sample to a detector. The frequency-dependent 
infrared absorbance of the sample is measured by comparing this detector 
signal (single beam spectrum) to a signal obtained without a sample in 
the beam path (background).
    2.1.2 Most molecules absorb infrared radiation and the absorbance 
occurs in a characteristic and reproducible pattern. The infrared 
spectrum measures fundamental molecular properties and a compound can be 
identified from its infrared spectrum alone.
    2.1.3 Within constraints, there is a linear relationship between 
infrared absorption and compound concentration. If this frequency 
dependent relationship (absorptivity) is known (measured), it can be 
used to determine compound concentration in a sample mixture.
    2.1.4 Absorptivity is measured by preparing, in the laboratory, 
standard samples of compounds at known concentrations and measuring the 
FTIR ``reference spectra'' of these standard samples. These ``reference 
spectra'' are then used in sample analysis: (1) Compounds are detected 
by matching sample absorbance bands with bands in reference spectra, and 
(2) concentrations are measured by comparing sample band intensities 
with reference band intensities.
    2.1.5 This method is self-validating provided that the results meet 
the performance requirement of the QA spike in sections 8.6.2 and 9.0 of 
this method, and results from a previous method validation study support 
the use of this method in the application.
    2.2 Sampling and Analysis. In extractive sampling a probe assembly 
and pump are used to extract gas from the exhaust of the affected source 
and transport the sample to the FTIR gas cell. Typically, the sampling 
apparatus is similar to that used for single-component continuous 
emission monitor (CEM) measurements.
    2.2.1 The digitized infrared spectrum of the sample in the FTIR gas 
cell is measured and stored on a computer. Absorbance band intensities 
in the spectrum are related to sample concentrations by what is commonly 
referred to as Beer's Law.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR14JN99.003

Where:

Ai = absorbance at a given frequency of the ith sample 
          component.
ai = absorption coefficient (absorptivity) of the ith sample 
          component.
b = path length of the cell.
ci = concentration of the ith sample component.

    2.2.2 Analyte spiking is used for quality assurance (QA). In this 
procedure (section 8.6.2

[[Page 814]]

of this method) an analyte is spiked into the gas stream at the back end 
of the sample probe. Analyte concentrations in the spiked samples are 
compared to analyte concentrations in unspiked samples. Since the 
concentration of the spike is known, this procedure can be used to 
determine if the sampling system is removing the spiked analyte(s) from 
the sample stream.
    2.3 Reference Spectra Availability. Reference spectra of over 100 
HAPs are available in the EPA FTIR spectral library on the EMTIC 
(Emission Measurement Technical Information Center) computer bulletin 
board service and at internet address http://info.arnold.af.mil/epa/
welcome.htm. Reference spectra for HAPs, or other analytes, may also be 
prepared according to section 4.6 of the Protocol.
    2.4 Operator Requirements. The FTIR analyst shall be trained in 
setting up the instrumentation, verifying the instrument is functioning 
properly, and performing routine maintenance. The analyst must evaluate 
the initial sample spectra to determine if the sample matrix is 
consistent with pre-test assumptions and if the instrument configuration 
is suitable. The analyst must be able to modify the instrument 
configuration, if necessary.
    2.4.1 The spectral analysis shall be supervised by someone familiar 
with EPA FTIR Protocol procedures.
    2.4.2 A technician trained in instrumental test methods is qualified 
to install and operate the sampling system. This includes installing the 
probe and heated line assembly, operating the analyte spike system, and 
performing moisture and flow measurements.

                             3.0 Definitions

    See appendix A of the Protocol for definitions relating to infrared 
spectroscopy. Additional definitions are given in sections 3.1 through 
3.29.
    3.1 Analyte. A compound that this method is used to measure. The 
term ``target analyte'' is also used. This method is multi-component and 
a number of analytes can be targeted for a test.
    3.2 Reference Spectrum. Infrared spectrum of an analyte prepared 
under controlled, documented, and reproducible laboratory conditions 
according to procedures in section 4.6 of the Protocol. A library of 
reference spectra is used to measure analytes in gas samples.
    3.3 Standard Spectrum. A spectrum that has been prepared from a 
reference spectrum through a (documented) mathematical operation. A 
common example is de-resolving of reference spectra to lower-resolution 
standard spectra (Protocol, appendix K to the addendum of this method). 
Standard spectra, prepared by approved, and documented, procedures can 
be used as reference spectra for analysis.
    3.4 Concentration. In this method concentration is expressed as a 
molar concentration, in ppm-meters, or in (ppm-meters)/K, where K is the 
absolute temperature (Kelvin). The latter units allow the direct 
comparison of concentrations from systems using different optical 
configurations or sampling temperatures.
    3.5 Interferant. A compound in the sample matrix whose infrared 
spectrum overlaps with part of an analyte spectrum. The most accurate 
analyte measurements are achieved when reference spectra of interferants 
are used in the quantitative analysis with the analyte reference 
spectra. The presence of an interferant can increase the analytical 
uncertainty in the measured analyte concentration.
    3.6 Gas Cell. A gas containment cell that can be evacuated. It is 
equipped with the optical components to pass the infrared beam through 
the sample to the detector. Important cell features include: path length 
(or range if variable), temperature range, materials of construction, 
and total gas volume.
    3.7 Sampling System. Equipment used to extract the sample from the 
test location and transport the sample gas to the FTIR analyzer. This 
includes sample conditioning systems.
    3.8 Sample Analysis. The process of interpreting the infrared 
spectra to obtain sample analyte concentrations. This process is usually 
automated using a software routine employing a classical least squares 
(cls), partial least squares (pls), or K- or P-matrix method.
    3.9 One hundred percent line. A double beam transmittance spectrum 
obtained by combining two background single beam spectra. Ideally, this 
line is equal to 100 percent transmittance (or zero absorbance) at every 
frequency in the spectrum. Practically, a zero absorbance line is used 
to measure the baseline noise in the spectrum.
    3.10 Background Deviation. A deviation from 100 percent 
transmittance in any region of the 100 percent line. Deviations greater 
than 5 percent in an analytical region are 
unacceptable (absorbance of 0.021 to -0.022). Such deviations indicate a 
change in the instrument throughput relative to the background single 
beam.
    3.11 Batch Sampling. A procedure where spectra of discreet, static 
samples are collected. The gas cell is filled with sample and the cell 
is isolated. The spectrum is collected. Finally, the cell is evacuated 
to prepare for the next sample.
    3.12 Continuous Sampling. A procedure where spectra are collected 
while sample gas is flowing through the cell at a measured rate.
    3.13 Sampling resolution. The spectral resolution used to collect 
sample spectra.
    3.14 Truncation. Limiting the number of interferogram data points by 
deleting points

[[Page 815]]

farthest from the center burst (zero path difference, ZPD).
    3.15 Zero filling. The addition of points to the interferogram. The 
position of each added point is interpolated from neighboring real data 
points. Zero filling adds no information to the interferogram, but 
affects line shapes in the absorbance spectrum (and possibly analytical 
results).
    3.16 Reference CTS. Calibration Transfer Standard spectra that were 
collected with reference spectra.
    3.17 CTS Standard. CTS spectrum produced by applying a de-resolution 
procedure to a reference CTS.
    3.18 Test CTS. CTS spectra collected at the sampling resolution 
using the same optical configuration as for sample spectra. Test spectra 
help verify the resolution, temperature and path length of the FTIR 
system.
    3.19 RMSD. Root Mean Square Difference, defined in EPA FTIR 
Protocol, appendix A.
    3.20 Sensitivity. The noise-limited compound-dependent detection 
limit for the FTIR system configuration. This is estimated by the MAU. 
It depends on the RMSD in an analytical region of a zero absorbance 
line.
    3.21 Quantitation Limit. The lower limit of detection for the FTIR 
system configuration in the sample spectra. This is estimated by 
mathematically subtracting scaled reference spectra of analytes and 
interferences from sample spectra, then measuring the RMSD in an 
analytical region of the subtracted spectrum. Since the noise in 
subtracted sample spectra may be much greater than in a zero absorbance 
spectrum, the quantitation limit is generally much higher than the 
sensitivity. Removing spectral interferences from the sample or 
improving the spectral subtraction can lower the quantitation limit 
toward (but not below) the sensitivity.
    3.22 Independent Sample. A unique volume of sample gas; there is no 
mixing of gas between two consecutive independent samples. In continuous 
sampling two independent samples are separated by at least 5 cell 
volumes. The interval between independent measurements depends on the 
cell volume and the sample flow rate (through the cell).
    3.23 Measurement. A single spectrum of flue gas contained in the 
FTIR cell.
    3.24 Run. A run consists of a series of measurements. At a minimum a 
run includes 8 independent measurements spaced over 1 hour.
    3.25 Validation. Validation of FTIR measurements is described in 
sections 13.0 through 13.4 of this method. Validation is used to verify 
the test procedures for measuring specific analytes at a source. 
Validation provides proof that the method works under certain test 
conditions.
    3.26 Validation Run. A validation run consists of at least 24 
measurements of independent samples. Half of the samples are spiked and 
half are not spiked. The length of the run is determined by the interval 
between independent samples.
    3.27 Screening. Screening is used when there is little or no 
available information about a source. The purpose of screening is to 
determine what analytes are emitted and to obtain information about 
important sample characteristics such as moisture, temperature, and 
interferences. Screening results are semi-quantitative (estimated 
concentrations) or qualitative (identification only). Various optical 
and sampling configurations may be used. Sample conditioning systems may 
be evaluated for their effectiveness in removing interferences. It is 
unnecessary to perform a complete run under any set of sampling 
conditions. Spiking is not necessary, but spiking can be a useful 
screening tool for evaluating the sampling system, especially if a 
reactive or soluble analyte is used for the spike.
    3.28 Emissions Test. An FTIR emissions test is performed according 
specific sampling and analytical procedures. These procedures, for the 
target analytes and the source, are based on previous screening and 
validation results. Emission results are quantitative. A QA spike 
(sections 8.6.2 and 9.2 of this method) is performed under each set of 
sampling conditions using a representative analyte. Flow, gas 
temperature and diluent data are recorded concurrently with the FTIR 
measurements to provide mass emission rates for detected compounds.
    3.29 Surrogate. A surrogate is a compound that is used in a QA spike 
procedure (section 8.6.2 of this method) to represent other compounds. 
The chemical and physical properties of a surrogate shall be similar to 
the compounds it is chosen to represent. Under given sampling 
conditions, usually a single sampling factor is of primary concern for 
measuring the target analytes: for example, the surrogate spike results 
can be representative for analytes that are more reactive, more soluble, 
have a lower absorptivity, or have a lower vapor pressure than the 
surrogate itself.

                            4.0 Interferences

    Interferences are divided into two classifications: analytical and 
sampling.
    4.1 Analytical Interferences. An analytical interference is a 
spectral feature that complicates (in extreme cases may prevent) the 
analysis of an analyte. Analytical interferences are classified as 
background or spectral interference.
    4.1.1 Background Interference. This results from a change in 
throughput relative to the single beam background. It is corrected by 
collecting a new background and proceeding with the test. In severe 
instances the cause must be identified and corrected. Potential causes 
include: (1) Deposits on reflective surfaces or transmitting windows, 
(2) changes in

[[Page 816]]

detector sensitivity, (3) a change in the infrared source output, or (4) 
failure in the instrument electronics. In routine sampling throughput 
may degrade over several hours. Periodically a new background must be 
collected, but no other corrective action will be required.
    4.1.2 Spectral Interference. This results from the presence of 
interfering compound(s) (interferant) in the sample. Interferant 
spectral features overlap analyte spectral features. Any compound with 
an infrared spectrum, including analytes, can potentially be an 
interferant. The Protocol measures absorbance band overlap in each 
analytical region to determine if potential interferants shall be 
classified as known interferants (FTIR Protocol, section 4.9 and 
appendix B). Water vapor and CO2 are common spectral 
interferants. Both of these compounds have strong infrared spectra and 
are present in many sample matrices at high concentrations relative to 
analytes. The extent of interference depends on the (1) interferant 
concentration, (2) analyte concentration, and (3) the degree of band 
overlap. Choosing an alternate analytical region can minimize or avoid 
the spectral interference. For example, CO2 interferes with 
the analysis of the 670 cm-1 benzene band. However, benzene 
can also be measured near 3000 cm-1 (with less sensitivity).
    4.2 Sampling System Interferences. These prevent analytes from 
reaching the instrument. The analyte spike procedure is designed to 
measure sampling system interference, if any.
    4.2.1 Temperature. A temperature that is too low causes condensation 
of analytes or water vapor. The materials of the sampling system and the 
FTIR gas cell usually set the upper limit of temperature.
    4.2.2 Reactive Species. Anything that reacts with analytes. Some 
analytes, like formaldehyde, polymerize at lower temperatures.
    4.2.3 Materials. Poor choice of material for probe, or sampling line 
may remove some analytes. For example, HF reacts with glass components.
    4.2.4 Moisture. In addition to being a spectral interferant, 
condensed moisture removes soluble compounds.

                               5.0 Safety

    The hazards of performing this method are those associated with any 
stack sampling method and the same precautions shall be followed. Many 
HAPs are suspected carcinogens or present other serious health risks. 
Exposure to these compounds should be avoided in all circumstances. For 
instructions on the safe handling of any particular compound, refer to 
its material safety data sheet. When using analyte standards, always 
ensure that gases are properly vented and that the gas handling system 
is leak free. (Always perform a leak check with the system under maximum 
vacuum and, again, with the system at greater than ambient pressure.) 
Refer to section 8.2 of this method for leak check procedures. This 
method does not address all of the potential safety risks associated 
with its use. Anyone performing this method must follow safety and 
health practices consistent with applicable legal requirements and with 
prudent practice for each application.

                       6.0 Equipment and Supplies

    Note: Mention of trade names or specific products does not 
constitute endorsement by the Environmental Protection Agency.

    The equipment and supplies are based on the schematic of a sampling 
system shown in Figure 1. Either the batch or continuous sampling 
procedures may be used with this sampling system. Alternative sampling 
configurations may also be used, provided that the data quality 
objectives are met as determined in the post-analysis evaluation. Other 
equipment or supplies may be necessary, depending on the design of the 
sampling system or the specific target analytes.
    6.1 Sampling Probe. Glass, stainless steel, or other appropriate 
material of sufficient length and physical integrity to sustain heating, 
prevent adsorption of analytes, and to transport analytes to the 
infrared gas cell. Special materials or configurations may be required 
in some applications. For instance, high stack sample temperatures may 
require special steel or cooling the probe. For very high moisture 
sources it may be desirable to use a dilution probe.
    6.2 Particulate Filters. A glass wool plug (optional) inserted at 
the probe tip (for large particulate removal) and a filter (required) 
rated for 99 percent removal efficiency at 1-micron (e.g., Balston'') 
connected at the outlet of the heated probe.
    6.3 Sampling Line/Heating System. Heated (sufficient to prevent 
condensation) stainless steel, polytetrafluoroethane, or other material 
inert to the analytes.
    6.4 Gas Distribution Manifold. A heated manifold allowing the 
operator to control flows of gas standards and samples directly to the 
FTIR system or through sample conditioning systems. Usually includes 
heated flow meter, heated valve for selecting and sending sample to the 
analyzer, and a by-pass vent. This is typically constructed of stainless 
steel tubing and fittings, and high-temperature valves.
    6.5 Stainless Steel Tubing. Type 316, appropriate diameter (e.g., 
\3/8\ in.) and length for heated connections. Higher grade stainless may 
be desirable in some applications.
    6.6 Calibration/Analyte Spike Assembly. A three way valve assembly 
(or equivalent) to introduce analyte or surrogate spikes into the 
sampling system at the outlet of the

[[Page 817]]

probe upstream of the out-of-stack particulate filter and the FTIR 
analytical system.
    6.7 Mass Flow Meter (MFM). These are used for measuring analyte 
spike flow. The MFM shall be calibrated in the range of 0 to 5 L/min and 
be accurate to 2 percent (or better) of the flow 
meter span.
    6.8 Gas Regulators. Appropriate for individual gas standards.
    6.9 Polytetrafluoroethane Tubing. Diameter (e.g., \3/8\ in.) and 
length suitable to connect cylinder regulators to gas standard manifold.
    6.10 Sample Pump. A leak-free pump (e.g., KNF \TM\), with by-pass 
valve, capable of producing a sample flow rate of at least 10 L/min 
through 100 ft of sample line. If the pump is positioned upstream of the 
distribution manifold and FTIR system, use a heated pump that is 
constructed from materials non-reactive to the analytes. If the pump is 
located downstream of the FTIR system, the gas cell sample pressure will 
be lower than ambient pressure and it must be recorded at regular 
intervals.
    6.11 Gas Sample Manifold. Secondary manifold to control sample flow 
at the inlet to the FTIR manifold. This is optional, but includes a by-
pass vent and heated rotameter.
    6.12 Rotameter. A 0 to 20 L/min rotameter. This meter need not be 
calibrated.
    6.13 FTIR Analytical System. Spectrometer and detector, capable of 
measuring the analytes to the chosen detection limit. The system shall 
include a personal computer with compatible software allowing automated 
collection of spectra.
    6.14 FTIR Cell Pump. Required for the batch sampling technique, 
capable of evacuating the FTIR cell volume within 2 minutes. The pumping 
speed shall allow the operator to obtain 8 sample spectra in 1 hour.
    6.15 Absolute Pressure Gauge. Capable of measuring pressure from 0 
to 1000 mmHg to within 2.5 mmHg (e.g., Baratron 
\TM\).
    6.16 Temperature Gauge. Capable of measuring the cell temperature to 
within 2 [deg]C.
    6.17 Sample Conditioning. One option is a condenser system, which is 
used for moisture removal. This can be helpful in the measurement of 
some analytes. Other sample conditioning procedures may be devised for 
the removal of moisture or other interfering species.
    6.17.1 The analyte spike procedure of section 9.2 of this method, 
the QA spike procedure of section 8.6.2 of this method, and the 
validation procedure of section 13 of this method demonstrate whether 
the sample conditioning affects analyte concentrations. Alternatively, 
measurements can be made with two parallel FTIR systems; one measuring 
conditioned sample, the other measuring unconditioned sample.
    6.17.2 Another option is sample dilution. The dilution factor 
measurement must be documented and accounted for in the reported 
concentrations. An alternative to dilution is to lower the sensitivity 
of the FTIR system by decreasing the cell path length, or to use a 
short-path cell in conjunction with a long path cell to measure more 
than one concentration range.

                       7.0 Reagents and Standards

    7.1 Analyte(s) and Tracer Gas. Obtain a certified gas cylinder 
mixture containing all of the analyte(s) at concentrations within 2 percent of the emission source levels (expressed in 
ppm-meter/K). If practical, the analyte standard cylinder shall also 
contain the tracer gas at a concentration which gives a measurable 
absorbance at a dilution factor of at least 10:1. Two ppm SF6 
is sufficient for a path length of 22 meters at 250 [deg]F.
    7.2 Calibration Transfer Standard(s). Select the calibration 
transfer standards (CTS) according to section 4.5 of the FTIR Protocol. 
Obtain a National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) traceable 
gravimetric standard of the CTS (2 percent).
    7.3 Reference Spectra. Obtain reference spectra for each analyte, 
interferant, surrogate, CTS, and tracer. If EPA reference spectra are 
not available, use reference spectra prepared according to procedures in 
section 4.6 of the EPA FTIR Protocol.

                   8.0 Sampling and Analysis Procedure

    Three types of testing can be performed: (1) Screening, (2) 
emissions test, and (3) validation. Each is defined in section 3 of this 
method. Determine the purpose(s) of the FTIR test. Test requirements 
include: (a) AUi, DLi, overall fractional 
uncertainty, OFUi, maximum expected concentration 
(CMAXi), and tAN for each, (b) potential 
interferants, (c) sampling system factors, e.g., minimum absolute cell 
pressure, (Pmin), FTIR cell volume (VSS), 
estimated sample absorption pathlength, LS', estimated sample 
pressure, PS', TS', signal integration time 
(tSS), minimum instrumental linewidth, MIL, fractional error, 
and (d) analytical regions, e.g., m = 1 to M, lower wavenumber position, 
FLm, center wavenumber position, FCm, and upper wavenumber 
position, FUm, plus interferants, upper wavenumber position 
of the CTS absorption band, FFUm, lower wavenumber position 
of the CTS absorption band, FFLm, wavenumber range FNU to 
FNL. If necessary, sample and acquire an initial spectrum. From analysis 
of this preliminary spectrum determine a suitable operational path 
length. Set up the sampling train as shown in Figure 1 or use an 
appropriate alternative configuration. Sections 8.1 through 8.11 of this 
method provide guidance on pre-test calculations in the EPA protocol, 
sampling and analytical procedures, and post-test protocol calculations.
    8.1 Pretest Preparations and Evaluations. Using the procedure in 
section 4.0 of the

[[Page 818]]

FTIR Protocol, determine the optimum sampling system configuration for 
measuring the target analytes. Use available information to make 
reasonable assumptions about moisture content and other interferences.
    8.1.1 Analytes. Select the required detection limit (DLi) 
and the maximum permissible analytical uncertainty (AUi) for 
each analyte (labeled from 1 to i). Estimate, if possible, the maximum 
expected concentration for each analyte, CMAXi. The expected 
measurement range is fixed by DLi and CMAXi for 
each analyte (i).
    8.1.2 Potential Interferants. List the potential interferants. This 
usually includes water vapor and CO2, but may also include 
some analytes and other compounds.
    8.1.3. Optical Configuration. Choose an optical configuration that 
can measure all of the analytes within the absorbance range of .01 to 
1.0 (this may require more than one path length). Use Protocol sections 
4.3 to 4.8 for guidance in choosing a configuration and measuring CTS.
    8.1.4 Fractional Reproducibility Uncertainty (FRUi). The 
FRU is determined for each analyte by comparing CTS spectra taken before 
and after the reference spectra were measured. The EPA para-xylene 
reference spectra were collected on 10/31/91 and 11/01/91 with 
corresponding CTS spectra ``cts1031a,'' and ``cts1101b.'' The CTS 
spectra are used to estimate the reproducibility (FRU) in the system 
that was used to collect the references. The FRU must be -1 CTS spectra in EPA reference 
library: S3 (cts1101b-cts1031a), and S4 [(cts1101b 
+ cts1031a)/2]. The RMSD (SRMS) is calculated in the subtracted 
baseline, S3, in the corresponding CTS region from 850 to 
1065 cm-1. The area (BAV) is calculated in the same region of 
the averaged CTS spectrum, S4.
    8.1.5 Known Interferants. Use appendix B of the EPA FTIR Protocol.
    8.1.6 Calculate the Minimum Analyte Uncertainty, MAU (section 1.3 of 
this method discusses MAU and protocol appendix D gives the MAU 
procedure). The MAU for each analyte, i, and each analytical region, m, 
depends on the RMS noise.
    8.1.7 Analytical Program. See FTIR Protocol, section 4.10. Prepare 
computer program based on the chosen analytical technique. Use as input 
reference spectra of all target analytes and expected interferants. 
Reference spectra of additional compounds shall also be included in the 
program if their presence (even if transient) in the samples is 
considered possible. The program output shall be in ppm (or ppb) and 
shall be corrected for differences between the reference path length, 
LR, temperature, TR, and pressure, PR, 
and the conditions used for collecting the sample spectra. If sampling 
is performed at ambient pressure, then any pressure correction is 
usually small relative to corrections for path length and temperature, 
and may be neglected.
    8.2 Leak-Check
    8.2.1 Sampling System. A typical FTIR extractive sampling train is 
shown in Figure 1. Leak check from the probe tip to pump outlet as 
follows: Connect a 0-to 250-mL/min rate meter (rotameter or bubble 
meter) to the outlet of the pump. Close off the inlet to the probe, and 
record the leak rate. The leak rate shall be <=200 mL/min.
    8.2.2 Analytical System Leak check. Leak check the FTIR cell under 
vacuum and under pressure (greater than ambient). Leak check connecting 
tubing and inlet manifold under pressure.
    8.2.2.1 For the evacuated sample technique, close the valve to the 
FTIR cell, and evacuate the absorption cell to the minimum absolute 
pressure Pmin. Close the valve to the pump, and determine the 
change in pressure [Delta]Pv after 2 minutes.
    8.2.2.2 For both the evacuated sample and purging techniques, 
pressurize the system to about 100 mmHg above atmospheric pressure. 
Isolate the pump and determine the change in pressure 
[Delta]Pp after 2 minutes.
    8.2.2.3 Measure the barometric pressure, Pb in mmHg.
    8.2.2.4 Determine the percent leak volume %VL for the 
signal integration time tSS and for [Delta]Pmax, 
i.e., the larger of [Delta]Pv or [Delta]Pp, as 
follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR14NO18.066

Where:

50 = 100% divided by the leak-check time of 2 minutes.
    8.2.2.5 Leak volumes in excess of 4 percent of the FTIR system 
volume VSS are unacceptable.
    8.3 Detector Linearity. Once an optical configuration is chosen, use 
one of the procedures of sections 8.3.1 through 8.3.3 to verify that the 
detector response is linear. If the detector response is not linear, 
decrease the aperture, or attenuate the infrared beam.

[[Page 819]]

After a change in the instrument configuration perform a linearity check 
until it is demonstrated that the detector response is linear.
    8.3.1 Vary the power incident on the detector by modifying the 
aperture setting. Measure the background and CTS at three instrument 
aperture settings: (1) at the aperture setting to be used in the 
testing, (2) at one half this aperture and (3) at twice the proposed 
testing aperture. Compare the three CTS spectra. CTS band areas shall 
agree to within the uncertainty of the cylinder standard and the RMSD 
noise in the system. If test aperture is the maximum aperture, collect 
CTS spectrum at maximum aperture, then close the aperture to reduce the 
IR throughput by half. Collect a second background and CTS at the 
smaller aperture setting and compare the spectra again.
    8.3.2 Use neutral density filters to attenuate the infrared beam. 
Set up the FTIR system as it will be used in the test measurements. 
Collect a CTS spectrum. Use a neutral density filter to attenuate the 
infrared beam (either immediately after the source or the 
interferometer) to approximately \1/2\ its original intensity. Collect a 
second CTS spectrum. Use another filter to attenuate the infrared beam 
to approximately \1/4\ its original intensity. Collect a third 
background and CTS spectrum. Compare the CTS spectra. CTS band areas 
shall agree to within the uncertainty of the cylinder standard and the 
RMSD noise in the system.
    8.3.3 Observe the single beam instrument response in a frequency 
region where the detector response is known to be zero. Verify that the 
detector response is ``flat'' and equal to zero in these regions.
    8.4 Data Storage Requirements. All field test spectra shall be 
stored on a computer disk and a second backup copy must stored on a 
separate disk. The stored information includes sample interferograms, 
processed absorbance spectra, background interferograms, CTS sample 
interferograms and CTS absorbance spectra. Additionally, documentation 
of all sample conditions, instrument settings, and test records must be 
recorded on hard copy or on computer medium. Table 1 gives a sample 
presentation of documentation.
    8.5 Background Spectrum. Evacuate the gas cell to <=5 mmHg, and fill 
with dry nitrogen gas to ambient pressure (or purge the cell with 10 
volumes of dry nitrogen). Verify that no significant amounts of 
absorbing species (for example water vapor and CO2) are 
present. Collect a background spectrum, using a signal averaging period 
equal to or greater than the averaging period for the sample spectra. 
Assign a unique file name to the background spectrum. Store two copies 
of the background interferogram and processed single-beam spectrum on 
separate computer disks (one copy is the back-up).
    8.5.1 Interference Spectra. If possible, collect spectra of known 
and suspected major interferences using the same optical system that 
will be used in the field measurements. This can be done on-site or 
earlier. A number of gases, e.g. CO2, SO2, CO, 
NH3, are readily available from cylinder gas suppliers.
    8.5.2 Water vapor spectra can be prepared by the following 
procedure. Fill a sample tube with distilled water. Evacuate above the 
sample and remove dissolved gasses by alternately freezing and thawing 
the water while evacuating. Allow water vapor into the FTIR cell, then 
dilute to atmospheric pressure with nitrogen or dry air. If quantitative 
water spectra are required, follow the reference spectrum procedure for 
neat samples (protocol, section 4.6). Often, interference spectra need 
not be quantitative, but for best results the absorbance must be 
comparable to the interference absorbance in the sample spectra.
    8.6 Pre-Test Calibrations
    8.6.1 Calibration Transfer Standard. Evacuate the gas cell to <=5 
mmHg absolute pressure, and fill the FTIR cell to atmospheric pressure 
with the CTS gas. Alternatively, purge the cell with 10 cell volumes of 
CTS gas. (If purge is used, verify that the CTS concentration in the 
cell is stable by collecting two spectra 2 minutes apart as the CTS gas 
continues to flow. If the absorbance in the second spectrum is no 
greater than in the first, within the uncertainty of the gas standard, 
then this can be used as the CTS spectrum.) Record the spectrum.
    8.6.2 QA Spike. This procedure assumes that the method has been 
validated for at least some of the target analytes at the source. For 
emissions testing perform a QA spike. Use a certified standard, if 
possible, of an analyte, which has been validated at the source. One 
analyte standard can serve as a QA surrogate for other analytes which 
are less reactive or less soluble than the standard. Perform the spike 
procedure of section 9.2 of this method. Record spectra of at least 
three independent (section 3.22 of this method) spiked samples. 
Calculate the spiked component of the analyte concentration. If the 
average spiked concentration is within 0.7 to 1.3 times the expected 
concentration, then proceed with the testing. If applicable, apply the 
correction factor from the Method 301 of this appendix validation test 
(not the result from the QA spike).
    8.7 Sampling. If analyte concentrations vary rapidly with time, 
continuous sampling is preferable using the smallest cell volume, 
fastest sampling rate and fastest spectra collection rate possible. 
Continuous sampling requires the least operator intervention even 
without an automated sampling system. For continuous monitoring at one 
location over long periods, Continuous sampling is preferred. Batch 
sampling and continuous static

[[Page 820]]

sampling are used for screening and performing test runs of finite 
duration. Either technique is preferred for sampling several locations 
in a matter of days. Batch sampling gives reasonably good time 
resolution and ensures that each spectrum measures a discreet (and 
unique) sample volume. Continuous static (and continuous) sampling 
provide a very stable background over long periods. Like batch sampling, 
continuous static sampling also ensures that each spectrum measures a 
unique sample volume. It is essential that the leak check procedure 
under vacuum (section 8.2 of this method) is passed if the batch 
sampling procedure is used. It is essential that the leak check 
procedure under positive pressure is passed if the continuous static or 
continuous sampling procedures are used. The sampling techniques are 
described in sections 8.7.1 through 8.7.2 of this method.
    8.7.1 Batch Sampling. Evacuate the absorbance cell to <=5 mmHg 
absolute pressure. Fill the cell with exhaust gas to ambient pressure, 
isolate the cell, and record the spectrum. Before taking the next 
sample, evacuate the cell until no spectral evidence of sample 
absorption remains. Repeat this procedure to collect eight spectra of 
separate samples in 1 hour.
    8.7.2 Continuous Static Sampling. Purge the FTIR cell with 10 cell 
volumes of sample gas. Isolate the cell, collect the spectrum of the 
static sample and record the pressure. Before measuring the next sample, 
purge the cell with 10 more cell volumes of sample gas.
    8.8 Sampling QA and Reporting
    8.8.1 Sample integration times shall be sufficient to achieve the 
required signal-to-noise ratio. Obtain an absorbance spectrum by filling 
the cell with N2. Measure the RMSD in each analytical region in this 
absorbance spectrum. Verify that the number of scans used is sufficient 
to achieve the target MAU.
    8.8.2 Assign a unique file name to each spectrum.
    8.8.3 Store two copies of sample interferograms and processed 
spectra on separate computer disks.
    8.8.4 For each sample spectrum, document the sampling conditions, 
the sampling time (while the cell was being filled), the time the 
spectrum was recorded, the instrumental conditions (path length, 
temperature, pressure, resolution, signal integration time), and the 
spectral file name. Keep a hard copy of these data sheets.
    8.9 Signal Transmittance. While sampling, monitor the signal 
transmittance. If signal transmittance (relative to the background) 
changes by 5 percent or more (absorbance = -.02 to .02) in any 
analytical spectral region, obtain a new background spectrum.
    8.10 Post-test CTS. After the sampling run, record another CTS 
spectrum.
    8.11 Post-test QA
    8.11.1 Inspect the sample spectra immediately after the run to 
verify that the gas matrix composition was close to the expected 
(assumed) gas matrix.
    8.11.2 Verify that the sampling and instrumental parameters were 
appropriate for the conditions encountered. For example, if the moisture 
is much greater than anticipated, it may be necessary to use a shorter 
path length or dilute the sample.
    8.11.3 Compare the pre- and post-test CTS spectra. The peak 
absorbance in pre- and post-test CTS must be 5 
percent of the mean value. See appendix E of the FTIR Protocol.

                           9.0 Quality Control

    Use analyte spiking (sections 8.6.2, 9.2 and 13.0 of this method) to 
verify that the sampling system can transport the analytes from the 
probe to the FTIR system.
    9.1 Spike Materials. Use a certified standard (accurate to 2 percent) of the target analyte, if one can be 
obtained. If a certified standard cannot be obtained, follow the 
procedures in section 4.6.2.2 of the FTIR Protocol.
    9.2 Spiking Procedure. QA spiking (section 8.6.2 of this method) is 
a calibration procedure used before testing. QA spiking involves 
following the spike procedure of sections 9.2.1 through 9.2.3 of this 
method to obtain at least three spiked samples. The analyte 
concentrations in the spiked samples shall be compared to the expected 
spike concentration to verify that the sampling/analytical system is 
working properly. Usually, when QA spiking is used, the method has 
already been validated at a similar source for the analyte in question. 
The QA spike demonstrates that the validated sampling/analytical 
conditions are being duplicated. If the QA spike fails then the 
sampling/analytical system shall be repaired before testing proceeds. 
The method validation procedure (section 13.0 of this method) involves a 
more extensive use of the analyte spike procedure of sections 9.2.1 
through 9.2.3 of this method. Spectra of at least 12 independent spiked 
and 12 independent unspiked samples are recorded. The concentration 
results are analyzed statistically to determine if there is a systematic 
bias in the method for measuring a particular analyte. If there is a 
systematic bias, within the limits allowed by Method 301 of this 
appendix, then a correction factor shall be applied to the analytical 
results. If the systematic bias is greater than the allowed limits, this 
method is not valid and cannot be used.
    9.2.1 Introduce the spike/tracer gas at a constant flow rate of <=10 
percent of the total sample flow, when possible.

    Note: Use the rotameter at the end of the sampling train to estimate 
the required spike/tracer gas flow rate.


[[Page 821]]


    Use a flow device, e.g., mass flow meter ( 2 percent), to monitor 
the spike flow rate. Record the spike flow rate every 10 minutes.
    9.2.2 Determine the response time (RT) of the system by continuously 
collecting spectra of the spiked effluent until the spectrum of the 
spiked component is constant for 5 minutes. The RT is the interval from 
the first measurement until the spike becomes constant. Wait for twice 
the duration of the RT, then collect spectra of two independent spiked 
gas samples. Duplicate analyses of the spiked concentration shall be 
within 5 percent of the mean of the two measurements.
    9.2.3 Calculate the dilution ratio using the tracer gas as follows:
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR14NO18.067
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR14NO18.068
    
DF = Dilution factor of the spike gas; this value shall be 
          =10.
SF6(dir) = SF6 (or tracer gas) concentration 
          measured directly in undiluted spike gas.
SF6(spk) = Diluted SF6 (or tracer gas) 
          concentration measured in a spiked sample.
Spikedir = Concentration of the analyte in the spike standard 
          measured by filling the FTIR cell directly.
CS = Expected concentration of the spiked samples.
Unspike = Native concentration of analytes in unspiked samples.

                  10.0 Calibration and Standardization

    10.1 Signal-to-Noise Ratio (S/N). The RMSD in the noise must be less 
than one tenth of the minimum analyte peak absorbance in each analytical 
region. For example if the minimum peak absorbance is 0.01 at the 
required DL, then RMSD measured over the entire analytical region must 
be <=0.001.
    10.2 Absorbance Path length. Verify the absorbance path length by 
comparing reference CTS spectra to test CTS spectra. See appendix E of 
the FTIR Protocol.
    10.3 Instrument Resolution. Measure the line width of appropriate 
test CTS band(s) to verify instrument resolution. Alternatively, compare 
CTS spectra to a reference CTS spectrum, if available, measured at the 
nominal resolution.
    10.4 Apodization Function.In transforming the sample interferograms 
to absorbance spectra use the same apodization function that was used in 
transforming the reference spectra.
    10.5 FTIR Cell Volume. Evacuate the cell to <=5 mmHg. Measure the 
initial absolute temperature (Ti) and absolute pressure 
(Pi). Connect a wet test meter (or a calibrated dry gas 
meter), and slowly draw room air into the cell. Measure the meter volume 
(Vm), meter absolute temperature (Tm), and meter 
absolute pressure (Pm); and the cell final absolute 
temperature (Tf) and absolute pressure (Pf). 
Calculate the FTIR cell volume VSS, including that of the connecting 
tubing, as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR14JN99.007

                   11.0 Data Analysis and Calculations

    Analyte concentrations shall be measured using reference spectra 
from the EPA FTIR spectral library. When EPA library spectra are not 
available, the procedures in section 4.6 of the Protocol shall be 
followed to prepare reference spectra of all the target analytes.
    11.1 Spectral De-resolution. Reference spectra can be converted to 
lower resolution standard spectra (section 3.3 of this method) by 
truncating the original reference sample and background interferograms. 
Appendix K of the FTIR Protocol gives specific deresolution procedures. 
Deresolved spectra shall be transformed using the same apodization 
function and level of zero filling as the sample spectra. Additionally, 
pre-test FTIR protocol calculations (e.g., FRU, MAU, FCU) shall be 
performed using the de-resolved standard spectra.
    11.2 Data Analysis. Various analytical programs are available for 
relating sample absorbance to a concentration standard. Calculated 
concentrations shall be verified by analyzing residual baselines after 
mathematically subtracting scaled reference spectra from the sample 
spectra. A full description of the data analysis and calculations is

[[Page 822]]

contained in the FTIR Protocol (sections 4.0, 5.0, 6.0 and appendices). 
Correct the calculated concentrations in the sample spectra for 
differences in absorption path length and temperature between the 
reference and sample spectra using equation 6,
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR14JN99.008

Where:

Ccorr = Concentration, corrected for path length.
Ccalc = Concentration, initial calculation (output of the 
          analytical program designed for the compound).
Lr = Reference spectra path length.
Ls = Sample spectra path length.
Ts = Absolute temperature of the sample gas, K.
Tr = Absolute gas temperature of reference spectra, K.
Ps = Sample cell pressure.
Pr = Reference spectrum sample pressure.

                         12.0 Method Performance

    12.1 Spectral Quality. Refer to the FTIR Protocol appendices for 
analytical requirements, evaluation of data quality, and analysis of 
uncertainty.
    12.2 Sampling QA/QC. The analyte spike procedure of section 9 of 
this method, the QA spike of section 8.6.2 of this method, and the 
validation procedure of section 13 of this method are used to evaluate 
the performance of the sampling system and to quantify sampling system 
effects, if any, on the measured concentrations. This method is self-
validating provided that the results meet the performance requirement of 
the QA spike in sections 9.0 and 8.6.2 of this method and results from a 
previous method validation study support the use of this method in the 
application. Several factors can contribute to uncertainty in the 
measurement of spiked samples. Factors which can be controlled to 
provide better accuracy in the spiking procedure are listed in sections 
12.2.1 through 12.2.4 of this method.
    12.2.1 Flow meter. An accurate mass flow meter is accurate to 1 percent of its span. If a flow of 1 L/min is monitored 
with such a MFM, which is calibrated in the range of 0-5 L/min, the flow 
measurement has an uncertainty of 5 percent. This may be improved by re-
calibrating the meter at the specific flow rate to be used.
    12.2.2 Calibration gas. Usually the calibration standard is 
certified to within 2 percent. With reactive 
analytes, such as HCl, the certified accuracy in a commercially 
available standard may be no better than 5 
percent.
    12.2.3 Temperature. Temperature measurements of the cell shall be 
quite accurate. If practical, it is preferable to measure sample 
temperature directly, by inserting a thermocouple into the cell chamber 
instead of monitoring the cell outer wall temperature.
    12.2.4 Pressure. Accuracy depends on the accuracy of the barometer, 
but fluctuations in pressure throughout a day may be as much as 2.5 
percent due to weather variations.

                    13.0 Method Validation Procedure

    This validation procedure, which is based on EPA Method 301 (40 CFR 
part 63, appendix (A), may be used to validate this method for the 
analytes in a gas matrix. Validation at one source may also apply to 
another type of source, if it can be shown that the exhaust gas 
characteristics are similar at both sources.
    13.1 Section 6.0 of Method 301 (40 CFR part 63, appendix A), the 
Analyte Spike procedure, is used with these modifications. The 
statistical analysis of the results follows section 12.0 of EPA Method 
301. Section 3 of this method defines terms that are not defined in 
Method 301.
    13.1.1 The analyte spike is performed dynamically. This means the 
spike flow is continuous and constant as spiked samples are measured.
    13.1.2 The spike gas is introduced at the back of the sample probe.
    13.1.3 Spiked effluent is carried through all sampling components 
downstream of the probe.
    13.1.4 A single FTIR system (or more) may be used to collect and 
analyze spectra (not quadruplicate integrated sampling trains).
    13.1.5 All of the validation measurements are performed sequentially 
in a single ``run'' (section 3.26 of this method).
    13.1.6 The measurements analyzed statistically are each independent 
(section 3.22 of this method).
    13.1.7 A validation data set can consist of more than 12 spiked and 
12 unspiked measurements.
    13.2 Batch Sampling. The procedure in sections 13.2.1 through 13.2.2 
may be used for stable processes. If process emissions are highly 
variable, the procedure in section 13.2.3 shall be used.
    13.2.1 With a single FTIR instrument and sampling system, begin by 
collecting spectra of two unspiked samples. Introduce the spike flow 
into the sampling system and allow 10 cell volumes to purge the sampling 
system and FTIR cell. Collect spectra of two spiked samples. Turn off 
the spike and allow 10 cell volumes of unspiked sample to purge the FTIR 
cell. Repeat this procedure until the 24 (or more) samples are 
collected.
    13.2.2 In batch sampling, collect spectra of 24 distinct samples. 
(Each distinct sample consists of filling the cell to ambient pressure 
after the cell has been evacuated.)

[[Page 823]]

    13.2.3 Alternatively, a separate probe assembly, line, and sample 
pump can be used for spiked sample. Verify and document that sampling 
conditions are the same in both the spiked and the unspiked sampling 
systems. This can be done by wrapping both sample lines in the same 
heated bundle. Keep the same flow rate in both sample lines. Measure 
samples in sequence in pairs. After two spiked samples are measured, 
evacuate the FTIR cell, and turn the manifold valve so that spiked 
sample flows to the FTIR cell. Allow the connecting line from the 
manifold to the FTIR cell to purge thoroughly (the time depends on the 
line length and flow rate). Collect a pair of spiked samples. Repeat the 
procedure until at least 24 measurements are completed.
    13.3 Simultaneous Measurements With Two FTIR Systems. If unspiked 
effluent concentrations of the target analyte(s) vary significantly with 
time, it may be desirable to perform synchronized measurements of spiked 
and unspiked sample. Use two FTIR systems, each with its own cell and 
sampling system to perform simultaneous spiked and unspiked 
measurements. The optical configurations shall be similar, if possible. 
The sampling configurations shall be the same. One sampling system and 
FTIR analyzer shall be used to measure spiked effluent. The other 
sampling system and FTIR analyzer shall be used to measure unspiked flue 
gas. Both systems shall use the same sampling procedure (i.e., batch or 
continuous).
    13.3.1 If batch sampling is used, synchronize the cell evacuation, 
cell filling, and collection of spectra. Fill both cells at the same 
rate (in cell volumes per unit time).
    13.3.2 If continuous sampling is used, adjust the sample flow 
through each gas cell so that the same number of cell volumes pass 
through each cell in a given time (i.e. TC1 = 
TC2).
    13.4 Statistical Treatment. The statistical procedure of EPA Method 
301 of this appendix, section 12.0 is used to evaluate the bias and 
precision. For FTIR testing a validation ``run'' is defined as spectra 
of 24 independent samples, 12 of which are spiked with the analyte(s) 
and 12 of which are not spiked.
    13.4.1 Bias. Determine the bias (defined by EPA Method 301 of this 
appendix, section 12.1.1) using equation 7:

B=Sm - CS

Where:

B = Bias at spike level.
Sm = Mean concentration of the analyte spiked samples.
CS = Expected concentration of the spiked samples.

    13.4.2 Correction Factor. Use section 6.3.2.2 of Method 301 of this 
appendix to evaluate the statistical significance of the bias. If it is 
determined that the bias is significant, then use section 6.3.3 of 
Method 301 to calculate a correction factor (CF). Analytical results of 
the test method are multiplied by the correction factor, if 0.7 <=CF 
<=1.3. If is determined that the bias is significant and CF 
30 percent, then the test method is 
considered to ``not valid.''
    13.4.3 If measurements do not pass validation, evaluate the sampling 
system, instrument configuration, and analytical system to determine if 
improper set-up or a malfunction was the cause. If so, repair the system 
and repeat the validation.

                        14.0 Pollution Prevention

    The extracted sample gas is vented outside the enclosure containing 
the FTIR system and gas manifold after the analysis. In typical method 
applications the vented sample volume is a small fraction of the source 
volumetric flow and its composition is identical to that emitted from 
the source. When analyte spiking is used, spiked pollutants are vented 
with the extracted sample gas. Approximately 1.6 x 10-4 to 
3.2 x 10-4 lbs of a single HAP may be vented to the 
atmosphere in a typical validation run of 3 hours. (This assumes a molar 
mass of 50 to 100 g, spike rate of 1.0 L/min, and a standard 
concentration of 100 ppm). Minimize emissions by keeping the spike flow 
off when not in use.

                          15.0 Waste Management

    Small volumes of laboratory gas standards can be vented through a 
laboratory hood. Neat samples must be packed and disposed according to 
applicable regulations. Surplus materials may be returned to supplier 
for disposal.

                             16.0 References

    1. ``Field Validation Test Using Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) 
Spectrometry To Measure Formaldehyde, Phenol and Methanol at a Wool 
Fiberglass Production Facility.'' Draft. U.S. Environmental Protection 
Agency Report, EPA Contract No. 68D20163, Work Assignment I-32, 
September 1994.
    2. ``FTIR Method Validation at a Coal-Fired Boiler''. Prepared for 
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC. 
Publication No.: EPA-454/R95-004, NTIS No.: PB95-193199. July, 1993.
    3. ``Method 301--Field Validation of Pollutant Measurement Methods 
from Various Waste Media,'' 40 CFR part 63, appendix A.
    4. ``Molecular Vibrations; The Theory of Infrared and Raman 
Vibrational Spectra,'' E. Bright Wilson, J.C. Decius, and P.C. Cross, 
Dover Publications, Inc., 1980. For a less intensive treatment of 
molecular rotational-vibrational spectra see, for example, ``Physical 
Chemistry,'' G.M. Barrow, chapters 12, 13, and 14, McGraw Hill, Inc., 
1979.
    5. ``Fourier Transform Infrared Spectrometry,'' Peter R. Griffiths 
and James de

[[Page 824]]

Haseth, Chemical Analysis, 83, 16-25,(1986), P.J. Elving, J.;D. 
Winefordner and I.M. Kolthoff (ed.), John Wiley and Sons.
    6. ``Computer-Assisted Quantitative Infrared Spectroscopy,'' Gregory 
L. McClure (ed.), ASTM Special Publication 934 (ASTM), 1987.
    7. ``Multivariate Least-Squares Methods Applied to the Quantitative 
Spectral Analysis of Multicomponent Mixtures,'' Applied Spectroscopy, 
39(10), 73-84, 1985.

                             Table 1--Example Presentation of Sampling Documentation
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                        Background file         Sample
           Sample time            Spectrum file name         name            conditioning      Process condition
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 
 
 
 
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


 
          Sample time               Spectrum file       Interferogram        Resolution        Scans        Apodization        Gain       CTS Spectrum
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 
 
 
 
 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR14JN99.010


[[Page 825]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR14JN99.011

Addendum to Test Method 320--Protocol for the Use of Extractive Fourier 
   Transform Infrared (FTIR) Spectrometry for the Analyses of Gaseous 
                    Emissions from Stationary Sources

                            1.0 Introduction

    The purpose of this addendum is to set general guidelines for the 
use of modern FTIR spectroscopic methods for the analysis of gas samples 
extracted from the effluent of stationary emission sources. This 
addendum outlines techniques for developing and evaluating such methods 
and sets basic requirements for reporting and quality assurance 
procedures.
    1.1 Nomenclature
    1.1.1 Appendix A to this addendum lists definitions of the symbols 
and terms used in this Protocol, many of which have been taken directly 
from American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) publication E 
131-90a, entitled ``Terminology Relating to Molecular Spectroscopy.''
    1.1.2 Except in the case of background spectra or where otherwise 
noted, the term ``spectrum'' refers to a double-beam spectrum in units 
of absorbance vs. wavenumber (cm-1).
    1.1.3 The term ``Study'' in this addendum refers to a publication 
that has been subjected to EPA- or peer-review.

               2.0 Applicability and Analytical Principle

    2.1 Applicability. This Protocol applies to the determination of 
compound-specific concentrations in single- and multiple-component gas 
phase samples using double-beam absorption spectroscopy in the mid-
infrared band. It does not specifically address other FTIR applications, 
such as single-beam spectroscopy, analysis of open-path (non-enclosed) 
samples, and continuous measurement techniques. If multiple 
spectrometers, absorption cells, or instrumental linewidths are used in 
such analyses, each distinct operational configuration of the system 
must be evaluated separately according to this Protocol.
    2.2 Analytical Principle
    2.2.1 In the mid-infrared band, most molecules exhibit 
characteristic gas phase absorption spectra that may be recorded by FTIR 
systems. Such systems consist of a source of mid-infrared radiation, an 
interferometer, an enclosed sample cell of known absorption pathlength, 
an infrared detector, optical elements for the transfer of infrared 
radiation between components, and gas flow control and measurement 
components. Adjunct and integral computer systems are used for 
controlling the instrument, processing the signal, and for performing 
both Fourier transforms and quantitative analyses of spectral data.

[[Page 826]]

    2.2.2 The absorption spectra of pure gases and of mixtures of gases 
are described by a linear absorbance theory referred to as Beer's Law. 
Using this law, modern FTIR systems use computerized analytical programs 
to quantify compounds by comparing the absorption spectra of known 
(reference) gas samples to the absorption spectrum of the sample gas. 
Some standard mathematical techniques used for comparisons are classical 
least squares, inverse least squares, cross-correlation, factor 
analysis, and partial least squares. Reference A describes several of 
these techniques, as well as additional techniques, such as 
differentiation methods, linear baseline corrections, and non-linear 
absorbance corrections.

             3.0 General Principles of Protocol Requirements

    The characteristics that distinguish FTIR systems from gas analyzers 
used in instrumental gas analysis methods (e.g., Methods 6C and 7E of 
appendix A to part 60 of this chapter) are: (1) Computers are necessary 
to obtain and analyze data; (2) chemical concentrations can be 
quantified using previously recorded infrared reference spectra; and (3) 
analytical assumptions and results, including possible effects of 
interfering compounds, can be evaluated after the quantitative analysis. 
The following general principles and requirements of this Protocol are 
based on these characteristics.
    3.1 Verifiability and Reproducibility of Results. Store all data and 
document data analysis techniques sufficient to allow an independent 
agent to reproduce the analytical results from the raw interferometric 
data.
    3.2 Transfer of Reference Spectra. To determine whether reference 
spectra recorded under one set of conditions (e.g., optical bench, 
instrumental linewidth, absorption pathlength, detector performance, 
pressure, and temperature) can be used to analyze sample spectra taken 
under a different set of conditions, quantitatively compare 
``calibration transfer standards'' (CTS) and reference spectra as 
described in this Protocol.

    Note: The CTS may, but need not, include analytes of interest). To 
effect this, record the absorption spectra of the CTS (a) immediately 
before and immediately after recording reference spectra and (b) 
immediately after recording sample spectra.

    3.3 Evaluation of FTIR Analyses. The applicability, accuracy, and 
precision of FTIR measurements are influenced by a number of 
interrelated factors, which may be divided into two classes:
    3.3.1 Sample-Independent Factors. Examples are system configuration 
and performance (e.g., detector sensitivity and infrared source output), 
quality and applicability of reference absorption spectra, and type of 
mathematical analyses of the spectra. These factors define the 
fundamental limitations of FTIR measurements for a given system 
configuration. These limitations may be estimated from evaluations of 
the system before samples are available. For example, the detection 
limit for the absorbing compound under a given set of conditions may be 
estimated from the system noise level and the strength of a particular 
absorption band. Similarly, the accuracy of measurements may be 
estimated from the analysis of the reference spectra.
    3.3.2 Sample-Dependent Factors. Examples are spectral interferants 
(e.g., water vapor and CO2) or the overlap of spectral 
features of different compounds and contamination deposits on reflective 
surfaces or transmitting windows. To maximize the effectiveness of the 
mathematical techniques used in spectral analysis, identification of 
interferants (a standard initial step) and analysis of samples (includes 
effect of other analytical errors) are necessary. Thus, the Protocol 
requires post-analysis calculation of measurement concentration 
uncertainties for the detection of these potential sources of 
measurement error.

                4.0 Pre-Test Preparations and Evaluations

    Before testing, demonstrate the suitability of FTIR spectrometry for 
the desired application according to the procedures of this section.
    4.1 Identify Test Requirements. Identify and record the test 
requirements described in sections 4.1.1 through 4.1.4 of this addendum. 
These values set the desired or required goals of the proposed analysis; 
the description of methods for determining whether these goals are 
actually met during the analysis comprises the majority of this 
Protocol.
    4.1.1 Analytes (specific chemical species) of interest. Label the 
analytes from i = 1 to I.
    4.1.2 Analytical uncertainty limit (AUi). The 
AUi is the maximum permissible fractional uncertainty of 
analysis for the i\th\ analyte concentration, expressed as a fraction of 
the analyte concentration in the sample.
    4.1.3 Required detection limit for each analyte (DLi, 
ppm). The detection limit is the lowest concentration of an analyte for 
which its overall fractional uncertainty (OFUi) is required 
to be less than its analytical uncertainty limit (AUi).
    4.1.4 Maximum expected concentration of each analyte 
(CMAXi, ppm).
    4.2 Identify Potential Interferants. Considering the chemistry of 
the process or results of previous studies, identify potential 
interferants, i.e., the major effluent constituents and any relatively 
minor effluent constituents that possess either strong absorption 
characteristics or strong structural similarities to any analyte of 
interest. Label them 1 through Nj, where the subscript ``j''

[[Page 827]]

pertains to potential interferants. Estimate the concentrations of these 
compounds in the effluent (CPOTj, ppm).
    4.3 Select and Evaluate the Sampling System. Considering the source, 
e.g., temperature and pressure profiles, moisture content, analyte 
characteristics, and particulate concentration), select the equipment 
for extracting gas samples. Recommended are a particulate filter, 
heating system to maintain sample temperature above the dew point for 
all sample constituents at all points within the sampling system 
(including the filter), and sample conditioning system (e.g., coolers, 
water-permeable membranes that remove water or other compounds from the 
sample, and dilution devices) to remove spectral interferants or to 
protect the sampling and analytical components. Determine the minimum 
absolute sample system pressure (Pmin, mmHg) and the infrared 
absorption cell volume (VSS, liter). Select the techniques 
and/or equipment for the measurement of sample pressures and 
temperatures.
    4.4 Select Spectroscopic System. Select a spectroscopic 
configuration for the application. Approximate the absorption pathlength 
(LS', meter), sample pressure (PS', kPa), absolute 
sample temperature TS', and signal integration period 
(tSS, seconds) for the analysis. Specify the nominal minimum 
instrumental linewidth (MIL) of the system. Verify that the fractional 
error at the approximate values PS' and TS' is 
less than one half the smallest value AUi (see section 4.1.2 
of this addendum).
    4.5 Select Calibration Transfer Standards (CTS's). Select CTS's that 
meet the criteria listed in sections 4.5.1, 4.5.2, and 4.5.3 of this 
addendum.

    Note: It may be necessary to choose preliminary analytical regions 
(see section 4.7 of this addendum), identify the minimum analyte 
linewidths, or estimate the system noise level (see section 4.12 of this 
addendum) before selecting the CTS. More than one compound may be needed 
to meet the criteria; if so, obtain separate cylinders for each 
compound.

    4.5.1 The central wavenumber position of each analytical region 
shall lie within 25 percent of the wavenumber position of at least one 
CTS absorption band.
    4.5.2 The absorption bands in section 4.5.1 of this addendum shall 
exhibit peak absorbances greater than ten times the value 
RMSEST (see section 4.12 of this addendum) but less than 1.5 
absorbance units.
    4.5.3 At least one absorption CTS band within the operating range of 
the FTIR instrument shall have an instrument-independent linewidth no 
greater than the narrowest analyte absorption band. Perform and document 
measurements or cite Studies to determine analyte and CTS compound 
linewidths.
    4.5.4 For each analytical region, specify the upper and lower 
wavenumber positions (FFUm and FFLm, respectively) 
that bracket the CTS absorption band or bands for the associated 
analytical region. Specify the wavenumber range, FNU to FNL, containing 
the absorption band that meets the criterion of section 4.5.3 of this 
addendum.
    4.5.5 Associate, whenever possible, a single set of CTS gas 
cylinders with a set of reference spectra. Replacement CTS gas cylinders 
shall contain the same compounds at concentrations within 5 percent of 
that of the original CTS cylinders; the entire absorption spectra (not 
individual spectral segments) of the replacement gas shall be scaled by 
a factor between 0.95 and 1.05 to match the original CTS spectra.
    4.6 Prepare Reference Spectra

    Note: Reference spectra are available in a permanent soft copy from 
the EPA spectral library on the EMTIC (Emission Measurement Technical 
Information Center) computer bulletin board; they may be used if 
applicable.

    4.6.1 Select the reference absorption pathlength (LR) of 
the cell.
    4.6.2 Obtain or prepare a set of chemical standards for each 
analyte, potential and known spectral interferants, and CTS. Select the 
concentrations of the chemical standards to correspond to the top of the 
desired range.
    4.6.2.1 Commercially-Prepared Chemical Standards. Chemical standards 
for many compounds may be obtained from independent sources, such as a 
specialty gas manufacturer, chemical company, or commercial laboratory. 
These standards (accurate to within 2 percent) 
shall be prepared according to EPA Traceability Protocol (see Reference 
D) or shall be traceable to NIST standards. Obtain from the supplier an 
estimate of the stability of the analyte concentration. Obtain and 
follow all of the supplier's recommendations for recertifying the 
analyte concentration.
    4.6.2.2 Self-Prepared Chemical Standards. Chemical standards may be 
prepared by diluting certified commercially prepared chemical gases or 
pure analytes with ultra-pure carrier (UPC) grade nitrogen according to 
the barometric and volumetric techniques generally described in 
Reference A, section A4.6.
    4.6.3 Record a set of the absorption spectra of the CTS {R1{time} , 
then a set of the reference spectra at two or more concentrations in 
duplicate over the desired range (the top of the range must be less than 
10 times that of the bottom), followed by a second set of CTS spectra 
{R2{time} . (If self-prepared standards are used, see section 4.6.5 of 
this addendum before disposing of any of the standards.) The maximum 
accepted standard concentration-pathlength product (ASCPP) for each 
compound shall be higher than the

[[Page 828]]

maximum estimated concentration-pathlength products for both analytes 
and known interferants in the effluent gas. For each analyte, the 
minimum ASCPP shall be no greater than ten times the concentration-
pathlength product of that analyte at its required detection limit.
    4.6.4 Permanently store the background and interferograms in 
digitized form. Document details of the mathematical process for 
generating the spectra from these interferograms. Record the sample 
pressure (PR), sample temperature (TR), reference 
absorption pathlength (LR), and interferogram signal 
integration period (tSR). Signal integration periods for the 
background interferograms shall be =tSR. Values of 
PR, LR, and tSR shall not deviate by 
more than 1 percent from the time of recording 
[R1] to that of recording [R2].
    4.6.5 If self-prepared chemical standards are employed and spectra 
of only two concentrations are recorded for one or more compounds, 
verify the accuracy of the dilution technique by analyzing the prepared 
standards for those compounds with a secondary (non-FTIR) technique in 
accordance with sections 4.6.5.1 through 4.6.5.4 of this addendum.
    4.6.5.1 Record the response of the secondary technique to each of 
the four standards prepared.
    4.6.5.2 Perform a linear regression of the response values 
(dependant variable) versus the accepted standard concentration (ASC) 
values (independent variable), with the regression constrained to pass 
through the zero-response, zero ASC point.
    4.6.5.3 Calculate the average fractional difference between the 
actual response values and the regression-predicted values (those 
calculated from the regression line using the four ASC values as the 
independent variable).
    4.6.5.4 If the average fractional difference value calculated in 
section 4.6.5.3 of this addendum is larger for any compound than the 
corresponding AUi, the dilution technique is not sufficiently 
accurate and the reference spectra prepared are not valid for the 
analysis.
    4.7 Select Analytical Regions. Using the general considerations in 
section 7 of Reference A and the spectral characteristics of the 
analytes and interferants, select the analytical regions for the 
application. Label them m = 1 to M. Specify the lower, center and upper 
wavenumber positions of each analytical region (FLm, 
FCm, and FUm, respectively). Specify the analytes 
and interferants which exhibit absorption in each region.
    4.8 Determine Fractional Reproducibility Uncertainties. Using 
appendix E of this addendum, calculate the fractional reproducibility 
uncertainty for each analyte (FRUi) from a comparison of [R1] 
and [R2]. If FRUi AUi for any analyte, 
the reference spectra generated in accordance with section 4.6 of this 
addendum are not valid for the application.
    4.9 Identify Known Interferants. Using appendix B of this addendum, 
determine which potential interferants affect the analyte concentration 
determinations. Relabel these potential interferant as ``known'' 
interferants, and designate these compounds from k = 1 to K. Appendix B 
to this addendum also provides criteria for determining whether the 
selected analytical regions are suitable.
    4.10 Prepare Computerized Analytical Programs
    4.10.1 Choose or devise mathematical techniques (e.g, classical 
least squares, inverse least squares, cross-correlation, and factor 
analysis) based on equation 4 of Reference A that are appropriate for 
analyzing spectral data by comparison with reference spectra.
    4.10.2 Following the general recommendations of Reference A, prepare 
a computer program or set of programs that analyzes all of the analytes 
and known interferants, based on the selected analytical regions 
(section 4.7 of this addendum) and the prepared reference spectra 
(section 4.6 of this addendum). Specify the baseline correction 
technique (e.g., determining the slope and intercept of a linear 
baseline contribution in each analytical region) for each analytical 
region, including all relevant wavenumber positions.
    4.10.3 Use programs that provide as output [at the reference 
absorption pathlength (LR), reference gas temperature 
(TR), and reference gas pressure (PR)] the analyte 
concentrations, the known interferant concentrations, and the baseline 
slope and intercept values. If the sample absorption pathlength 
(LS), sample gas temperature (TS), or sample gas 
pressure (PS) during the actual sample analyses differ from 
LR, TR, and PR, use a program or set of 
programs that applies multiplicative corrections to the derived 
concentrations to account for these variations, and that provides as 
output both the corrected and uncorrected values. Include in the report 
of the analysis (see section 7.0 of this addendum) the details of any 
transformations applied to the original reference spectra (e.g., 
differentiation), in such a fashion that all analytical results may be 
verified by an independent agent from the reference spectra and data 
spectra alone.
    4.11 Determine the Fractional Calibration Uncertainty. Calculate the 
fractional calibration uncertainty for each analyte (FCUi) according to 
appendix F of this addendum, and compare these values to the fractional 
uncertainty limits (AUi; see section 4.1.2 of this addendum). 
If FCUi AUi, either the reference 
spectra or analytical programs for that analyte are unsuitable.
    4.12 Verify System Configuration Suitability. Using appendix C of 
this addendum, measure or obtain estimates of the noise level 
(RMSEST, absorbance) of the FTIR system.

[[Page 829]]

Alternatively, construct the complete spectrometer system and determine 
the values RMSSm using appendix G of this addendum. Estimate 
the minimum measurement uncertainty for each analyte (MAUi, 
ppm) and known interferant (MIUk, ppm) using appendix D of 
this addendum. Verify that (a) MAUi 
<(AUi)(DLi), FRUi i, and FCUi 
i for each analyte and that (b) the CTS chosen meets the 
requirements listed in sections 4.5.1 through 4.5.5 of this addendum.

                   5.0 Sampling and Analysis Procedure

    5.1 Analysis System Assembly and Leak-Test. Assemble the analysis 
system. Allow sufficient time for all system components to reach the 
desired temperature. Then, determine the leak-rate (LR) and 
leak volume (VL), where VL = LR 
tSS. Leak volumes shall be <=4 percent of VSS.
    5.2 Verify Instrumental Performance. Measure the noise level of the 
system in each analytical region using the procedure of appendix G of 
this addendum. If any noise level is higher than that estimated for the 
system in section 4.12 of this addendum, repeat the calculations of 
appendix D of this addendum and verify that the requirements of section 
4.12 of this addendum are met; if they are not, adjust or repair the 
instrument and repeat this section.
    5.3 Determine the Sample Absorption Pathlength
    Record a background spectrum. Then, fill the absorption cell with 
CTS at the pressure PR and record a set of CTS spectra [R3]. 
Store the background and unscaled CTS single beam interferograms and 
spectra. Using appendix H of this addendum, calculate the sample 
absorption pathlength (LS) for each analytical region. The 
values LS shall not differ from the approximated sample 
pathlength LS' (see section 4.4 of this addendum) by more 
than 5 percent.
    5.4 Record Sample Spectrum. Connect the sample line to the source. 
Either evacuate the absorption cell to an absolute pressure below 5 mmHg 
before extracting a sample from the effluent stream into the absorption 
cell, or pump at least ten cell volumes of sample through the cell 
before obtaining a sample. Record the sample pressure PS. 
Generate the absorbance spectrum of the sample. Store the background and 
sample single beam interferograms, and document the process by which the 
absorbance spectra are generated from these data. (If necessary, apply 
the spectral transformations developed in section 5.6.2 of this 
addendum). The resulting sample spectrum is referred to below as 
SS.

    Note: Multiple sample spectra may be recorded according to the 
procedures of section 5.4 of this addendum before performing sections 
5.5 and 5.6 of this addendum.

    5.5 Quantify Analyte Concentrations. Calculate the unscaled analyte 
concentrations RUAi and unscaled interferant concentrations 
RUIK using the programs developed in section 4 of this 
addendum. To correct for pathlength and pressure variations between the 
reference and sample spectra, calculate the scaling factor, 
RLPS using equation A.1,
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR14JN99.012

Calculate the final analyte and interferant concentrations 
RSAi and RSIk using equations A.2 and A.3,
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR14JN99.013

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR14JN99.014

    5.6 Determine Fractional Analysis Uncertainty. Fill the absorption 
cell with CTS at the pressure PS. Record a set of CTS spectra 
[R4]. Store the background and CTS single beam interferograms. Using 
appendix H of this addendum, calculate the fractional analysis 
uncertainty (FAU) for each analytical region. If the FAU indicated for 
any analytical region is greater than the required accuracy requirements 
determined in sections 4.1.1 through 4.1.4 of this addendum, then 
comparisons to previously recorded reference spectra are invalid in that 
analytical region, and the analyst shall perform one or both of the 
procedures of sections 5.6.1 through 5.6.2 of this addendum.
    5.6.1 Perform instrumental checks and adjust the instrument to 
restore its performance to acceptable levels. If adjustments are made, 
repeat sections 5.3, 5.4 (except for the recording of a sample 
spectrum), and 5.5 of this addendum to demonstrate that acceptable 
uncertainties are obtained in all analytical regions.
    5.6.2 Apply appropriate mathematical transformations (e.g., 
frequency shifting, zero-filling, apodization, smoothing) to the spectra 
(or to the interferograms upon which the spectra are based) generated 
during the performance of the procedures of section 5.3 of this 
addendum. Document these transformations and their reproducibility. Do 
not apply multiplicative scaling of the spectra, or any set of 
transformations that is mathematically equivalent to multiplicative 
scaling. Different transformations may be applied to different 
analytical regions. Frequency shifts shall be less than one-half the 
minimum instrumental linewidth, and must be applied to all spectral data 
points in an analytical region. The mathematical transformations may be 
retained for the analysis if they are also applied to the appropriate 
analytical regions of all sample spectra recorded, and if all original 
sample spectra are digitally stored. Repeat sections 5.3, 5.4 (except 
the recording of a sample spectrum), and 5.5 of this addendum to 
demonstrate

[[Page 830]]

that these transformations lead to acceptable calculated concentration 
uncertainties in all analytical regions.

                      6.0 Post-Analysis Evaluations

    Estimate the overall accuracy of the analyses performed in 
accordance with sections 5.1 through 5.6 of this addendum using the 
procedures of sections 6.1 through 6.3 of this addendum.
    6.1 Qualitatively Confirm the Assumed Matrix. Examine each 
analytical region of the sample spectrum for spectral evidence of 
unexpected or unidentified interferants. If found, identify the 
interfering compounds (see Reference C for guidance) and add them to the 
list of known interferants. Repeat the procedures of section 4 of this 
addendum to include the interferants in the uncertainty calculations and 
analysis procedures. Verify that the MAU and FCU values do not increase 
beyond acceptable levels for the application requirements. Re-calculate 
the analyte concentrations (section 5.5 of this addendum) in the 
affected analytical regions.
    6.2 Quantitatively Evaluate Fractional Model Uncertainty (FMU). 
Perform the procedures of either section 6.2.1 or 6.2.2 of this 
addendum:
    6.2.1 Using appendix I of this addendum, determine the fractional 
model error (FMU) for each analyte.
    6.2.2 Provide statistically determined uncertainties FMU for each 
analyte which are equivalent to two standard deviations at the 95 
percent confidence level. Such determinations, if employed, must be 
based on mathematical examinations of the pertinent sample spectra (not 
the reference spectra alone). Include in the report of the analysis (see 
section 7.0 of this addendum) a complete description of the 
determination of the concentration uncertainties.
    6.3 Estimate Overall Concentration Uncertainty (OCU). Using appendix 
J of this addendum, determine the overall concentration uncertainty 
(OCU) for each analyte. If the OCU is larger than the required accuracy 
for any analyte, repeat sections 4 and 6 of this addendum.

                       7.0 Reporting Requirements

[Documentation pertaining to virtually all the procedures of sections 4, 
5, and 6 will be required. Software copies of reference spectra and 
sample spectra will be retained for some minimum time following the 
actual testing.]

                             8.0 References

    (A) Standard Practices for General Techniques of Infrared 
Quantitative Analysis (American Society for Testing and Materials, 
Designation E 168-88).
    (B) The Coblentz Society Specifications for Evaluation of Research 
Quality Analytical Infrared Reference Spectra (Class II); Anal. 
Chemistry 47, 945A (1975); Appl. Spectroscopy 444, pp. 211-215, 1990.
    (C) Standard Practices for General Techniques for Qualitative 
Infrared Analysis, American Society for Testing and Materials, 
Designation E 1252-88.
    (D) ``EPA Traceability Protocol for Assay and Certification of 
Gaseous Calibration Standards,'' U.S. Environmental Protection Agency 
Publication No. EPA/600/R-93/224, December 1993.

 Appendix A to Addendum to Method 320--Definitions of Terms and Symbols

    A.1 Definitions of Terms. All terms used in this method that are not 
defined below have the meaning given to them in the CAA and in subpart A 
of this part.
    Absorption band means a contiguous wavenumber region of a spectrum 
(equivalently, a contiguous set of absorbance spectrum data points) in 
which the absorbance passes through a maximum or a series of maxima.
    Absorption pathlength means the distance in a spectrophotometer, 
measured in the direction of propagation of the beam of radiant energy, 
between the surface of the specimen on which the radiant energy is 
incident and the surface of the specimen from which it is emergent.
    Analytical region means a contiguous wavenumber region 
(equivalently, a contiguous set of absorbance spectrum data points) used 
in the quantitative analysis for one or more analytes.

    Note: The quantitative result for a single analyte may be based on 
data from more than one analytical region.

    Apodization means modification of the ILS function by multiplying 
the interferogram by a weighing function whose magnitude varies with 
retardation.
    Background spectrum means the single beam spectrum obtained with all 
system components without sample present.
    Baseline means any line drawn on an absorption spectrum to establish 
a reference point that represents a function of the radiant power 
incident on a sample at a given wavelength.
    Beers's law means the direct proportionality of the absorbance of a 
compound in a homogeneous sample to its concentration.
    Calibration transfer standard (CTS) gas means a gas standard of a 
compound used to achieve and/or demonstrate suitable quantitative 
agreement between sample spectra and the reference spectra; see section 
4.5.1 of this addendum.
    Compound means a substance possessing a distinct, unique molecular 
structure.

[[Page 831]]

    Concentration (c) means the quantity of a compound contained in a 
unit quantity of sample. The unit ``ppm'' (number, or mole, basis) is 
recommended.
    Concentration-pathlength product means the mathematical product of 
concentration of the species and absorption pathlength. For reference 
spectra, this is a known quantity; for sample spectra, it is the 
quantity directly determined from Beer's law. The units ``centimeters-
ppm'' or ``meters-ppm'' are recommended.
    Derivative absorption spectrum means a plot of rate of change of 
absorbance or of any function of absorbance with respect to wavelength 
or any function of wavelength.
    Double beam spectrum means a transmission or absorbance spectrum 
derived by dividing the sample single beam spectrum by the background 
spectrum.

    Note: The term ``double-beam'' is used elsewhere to denote a 
spectrum in which the sample and background interferograms are collected 
simultaneously along physically distinct absorption paths. Here, the 
term denotes a spectrum in which the sample and background 
interferograms are collected at different times along the same 
absorption path.

    Fast Fourier transform (FFT) means a method of speeding up the 
computation of a discrete FT by factoring the data into sparse matrices 
containing mostly zeros.
    Flyback means interferometer motion during which no data are 
recorded.
    Fourier transform (FT) means the mathematical process for converting 
an amplitude-time spectrum to an amplitude-frequency spectrum, or vice 
versa.
    Fourier transform infrared (FTIR) spectrometer means an analytical 
system that employs a source of mid-infrared radiation, an 
interferometer, an enclosed sample cell of known absorption pathlength, 
an infrared detector, optical elements that transfer infrared radiation 
between components, and a computer system. The time-domain detector 
response (interferogram) is processed by a Fourier transform to yield a 
representation of the detector response vs. infrared frequency.

    Note: When FTIR spectrometers are interfaced with other instruments, 
a slash should be used to denote the interface; e.g., GC/FTIR; HPCL/
FTIR, and the use of FTIR should be explicit; i.e., FTIR not IR.

    Frequency, v means the number of cycles per unit time.
    Infrared means the portion of the electromagnetic spectrum 
containing wavelengths from approximately 0.78 to 800 microns.
    Interferogram, I([sigma]) means record of the modulated component of 
the interference signal measured as a function of retardation by the 
detector.
    Interferometer means device that divides a beam of radiant energy 
into two or more paths, generates an optical path difference between the 
beams, and recombines them in order to produce repetitive interference 
maxima and minima as the optical retardation is varied.
    Linewidth means the full width at half maximum of an absorption band 
in units of wavenumbers (cm-1).
    Mid-infrared means the region of the electromagnetic spectrum from 
approximately 400 to 5000 cm-1.
    Reference spectra means absorption spectra of gases with known 
chemical compositions, recorded at a known absorption pathlength, which 
are used in the quantitative analysis of gas samples.
    Retardation, [sigma] means optical path difference between two beams 
in an interferometer; also known as ``optical path difference'' or 
``optical retardation.''
    Scan means digital representation of the detector output obtained 
during one complete motion of the interferometer's moving assembly or 
assemblies.
    Scaling means application of a multiplicative factor to the 
absorbance values in a spectrum.
    Single beam spectrum means Fourier-transformed interferogram, 
representing the detector response vs. wavenumber.

    Note: The term ``single-beam'' is used elsewhere to denote any 
spectrum in which the sample and background interferograms are recorded 
on the same physical absorption path; such usage differentiates such 
spectra from those generated using interferograms recorded along two 
physically distinct absorption paths (see ``double-beam spectrum'' 
above). Here, the term applies (for example) to the two spectra used 
directly in the calculation of transmission and absorbance spectra of a 
sample.

    Standard reference material means a reference material, the 
composition or properties of which are certified by a recognized 
standardizing agency or group.

    Note: The equivalent ISO term is ``certified reference material.''

    Transmittance, T means the ratio of radiant power transmitted by the 
sample to the radiant power incident on the sample. Estimated in FTIR 
spectroscopy by forming the ratio of the single-beam sample and 
background spectra.
    Wavenumber, v means the number of waves per unit length.

    Note: The usual unit of wavenumber is the reciprocal centimeter, 
cm-1. The wavenumber is the reciprocal of the wavelength, 
[lambda], when [lambda] is expressed in centimeters.

    Zero-filling means the addition of zero-valued points to the end of 
a measured interferogram.


[[Page 832]]


    Note: Performing the FT of a zero-filled interferogram results in 
correctly interpolated points in the computed spectrum.

    A.2 Definitions of Mathematical Symbols. The symbols used in 
equations in this protocol are defined as follows:
    (1) A, absorbance = the logarithm to the base 10 of the reciprocal 
of the transmittance (T).
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR14JN99.015

    (2) AAIim = band area of the i\th\ analyte in the m\th\ 
analytical region, at the concentration (CLi) corresponding 
to the product of its required detection limit (DLi) and 
analytical uncertainty limit (AUi) .
    (3) AAVim = average absorbance of the i\th\ analyte in 
the m\th\ analytical region, at the concentration (CLi) 
corresponding to the product of its required detection limit 
(DLi) and analytical uncertainty limit (AUi).
    (4) ASC, accepted standard concentration = the concentration value 
assigned to a chemical standard.
    (5) ASCPP, accepted standard concentration-pathlength product = for 
a chemical standard, the product of the ASC and the sample absorption 
pathlength. The units ``centimeters-ppm'' or ``meters-ppm'' are 
recommended.
    (6) AUi, analytical uncertainty limit = the maximum 
permissible fractional uncertainty of analysis for the i\th\ analyte 
concentration, expressed as a fraction of the analyte concentration 
determined in the analysis.
    (7) AVTm = average estimated total absorbance in the 
m\th\ analytical region.
    (8) CKWNk = estimated concentration of the k\th\ known 
interferant.
    (9) CMAXi = estimated maximum concentration of the i\th\ 
analyte.
    (10) CPOTj = estimated concentration of the j\th\ 
potential interferant.
    (11) DLi, required detection limit = for the i\th\ 
analyte, the lowest concentration of the analyte for which its overall 
fractional uncertainty (OFUi) is required to be less than the 
analytical uncertainty limit (AUi).
    (12) FCm = center wavenumber position of the m\th\ 
analytical region.
    (13) FAUi, fractional analytical uncertainty = calculated 
uncertainty in the measured concentration of the i\th\ analyte because 
of errors in the mathematical comparison of reference and sample 
spectra.
    (14) FCUi, fractional calibration uncertainty = 
calculated uncertainty in the measured concentration of the i\th\ 
analyte because of errors in Beer's law modeling of the reference 
spectra concentrations.
    (15) FFLm = lower wavenumber position of the CTS 
absorption band associated with the m\th\ analytical region.
    (16) FFUm = upper wavenumber position of the CTS 
absorption band associated with the m\th\ analytical region.
    (17) FLm = lower wavenumber position of the m\th\ 
analytical region.
    (18) FMUi, fractional model uncertainty = calculated 
uncertainty in the measured concentration of the i\th\ analyte because 
of errors in the absorption model employed.
    (19) FNL = lower wavenumber position of the CTS spectrum 
containing an absorption band at least as narrow as the analyte 
absorption bands.
    (20) FNU = upper wavenumber position of the CTS spectrum 
containing an absorption band at least as narrow as the analyte 
absorption bands.
    (21) FRUi, fractional reproducibility uncertainty = 
calculated uncertainty in the measured concentration of the i\th\ 
analyte because of errors in the reproducibility of spectra from the 
FTIR system.
    (22) FUm = upper wavenumber position of the m\th\ 
analytical region.
    (23) IAIjm = band area of the j\th\ potential interferant 
in the m\th\ analytical region, at its expected concentration 
(CPOTj).
    (24) IAVim = average absorbance of the i\th\ analyte in 
the m\th\ analytical region, at its expected concentration 
(CPOTj).
    (25) ISCi or k, indicated standard concentration = the 
concentration from the computerized analytical program for a single-
compound reference spectrum for the i\th\ analyte or k\th\ known 
interferant.
    (26) kPa = kilo-Pascal (see Pascal).
    (27) LS' = estimated sample absorption pathlength.
    (28) LR = reference absorption pathlength.
    (29) LS = actual sample absorption pathlength.
    (30) MAUi = mean of the MAUim over the 
appropriate analytical regions.
    (31) MAUim, minimum analyte uncertainty = the calculated 
minimum concentration for which the analytical uncertainty limit 
(AUi) in the measurement of the i\th\ analyte, based on 
spectral data in the m\th\ analytical region, can be maintained.
    (32) MIUj = mean of the MIUjm over the 
appropriate analytical regions.
    (33) MIUjm, minimum interferant uncertainty = the 
calculated minimum concentration for which the analytical uncertainty 
limit CPOTj/20 in the measurement of the j\th\ interferant, 
based on spectral data in the m\th\ analytical region, can be 
maintained.
    (34) MIL, minimum instrumental linewidth = the minimum linewidth 
from the FTIR system, in wavenumbers.

    Note: The MIL of a system may be determined by observing an 
absorption band known (through higher resolution examinations) to be 
narrower than indicated by the system. The MIL is fundamentally limited 
by the retardation of the interferometer, but

[[Page 833]]

is also affected by other operational parameters (e.g., the choice of 
apodization).

    (35) Ni = number of analytes.
    (36) Nj = number of potential interferants.
    (37) Nk = number of known interferants.
    (38) Nscan = the number of scans averaged to obtain an 
interferogram.
    (39) OFUi = the overall fractional uncertainty in an 
analyte concentration determined in the analysis (OFUi = 
MAX[FRUi, FCUi, FAUi, 
FMUi]).
    (40) Pascal (Pa) = metric unit of static pressure, equal to one 
Newton per square meter; one atmosphere is equal to 101,325 Pa; 1/760 
atmosphere (one Torr, or one millimeter Hg) is equal to 133.322 Pa.
    (41) Pmin = minimum pressure of the sampling system 
during the sampling procedure.
    (42) PS' = estimated sample pressure.
    (43) PR = reference pressure.
    (44) PS = actual sample pressure.
    (45) RMSSm = measured noise level of the FTIR system in 
the m\th\ analytical region.
    (46) RMSD, root mean square difference = a measure of accuracy 
determined by the following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR14JN99.016

Where:

n = the number of observations for which the accuracy is determined.
ei = the difference between a measured value of a property 
          and its mean value over the n observations.

    Note: The RMSD value ``between a set of n contiguous absorbance 
values (Ai) and the mean of the values'' (AM) is 
defined as
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR14JN99.017

    (47) RSAi = the (calculated) final concentration of the 
i\th\ analyte.
    (48) RSIk = the (calculated) final concentration of the 
k\th\ known interferant.
    (49) tscan, scan time = time used to acquire a single 
scan, not including flyback.
    (50) tS, signal integration period = the period of time 
over which an interferogram is averaged by addition and scaling of 
individual scans. In terms of the number of scans Nscan and 
scan time tscan, tS = 
Nscantscan.
    (51) tSR = signal integration period used in recording 
reference spectra.
    (52) tSS = signal integration period used in recording 
sample spectra.
    (53) TR = absolute temperature of gases used in recording 
reference spectra.
    (54) TS = absolute temperature of sample gas as sample 
spectra are recorded.
    (55) TP, Throughput = manufacturer's estimate of the fraction of the 
total infrared power transmitted by the absorption cell and transfer 
optics from the interferometer to the detector.
    (56) VSS = volume of the infrared absorption cell, 
including parts of attached tubing.
    (57) Wik = weight used to average over analytical regions 
k for quantities related to the analyte i; see appendix D of this 
addendum.

 Appendix B to Addendum to Method 320--Identifying Spectral Interferants

                               B.1 General

    B.1.1 Assume a fixed absorption pathlength equal to the value 
LS'.
    B.1.2 Use band area calculations to compare the relative absorption 
strengths of the analytes and potential interferants. In the m\th\ 
analytical region (FLm to FUm), use either 
rectangular or trapezoidal approximations to determine the band areas 
described below (see Reference A, sections A.3.1 through A.3.3). 
Document any baseline corrections applied to the spectra.
    B.1.3 Use the average total absorbance of the analytes and potential 
interferants in each analytical region to determine whether the 
analytical region is suitable for analyte concentration determinations.

    Note: The average absorbance in an analytical region is the band 
area divided by the width of the analytical region in wavenumbers. The 
average total absorbance in an analytical region is the sum of the 
average absorbances of all analytes and potential interferants.

                            B.2 Calculations

    B.2.1 Prepare spectral representations of each analyte at the 
concentration CLi = (DLi)(AUi), where 
DLi is the required detection limit and AUi is the 
maximum permissible analytical uncertainty. For the m\th\ analytical 
region, calculate the band area (AAIim) and average 
absorbance (AAVim) from these scaled analyte spectra.
    B.2.2 Prepare spectral representations of each potential interferant 
at its expected concentration (CPOTj). For the m\th\ 
analytical region, calculate the band area (IAIjm) and 
average absorbance (IAVjm) from these scaled potential 
interferant spectra.
    B.2.3 Repeat the calculation for each analytical region, and record 
the band area results in matrix form as indicated in Figure B.1.
    B.2.4 If the band area of any potential interferant in an analytical 
region is greater than the one-half the band area of any analyte (i.e., 
IAIjm 0.5 AAIim for any pair ij and any 
m), classify the potential interferant as a known interferant. Label the 
known interferants k = 1 to K. Record the results in matrix form as 
indicated in Figure B.2.

[[Page 834]]

    B.2.5 Calculate the average total absorbance (AVTm) for 
each analytical region and record the values in the last row of the 
matrix described in Figure B.2. Any analytical region where 
AVTm 2.0 is unsuitable.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR14JN99.018


[[Page 835]]



      Appendix C to Addendum to Method 320--Estimating Noise Levels

                               C.1 General

    C.1.1 The root-mean-square (RMS) noise level is the standard measure 
of noise in this addendum. The RMS noise level of a contiguous segment 
of a spectrum is defined as the RMS difference (RMSD) between the 
absorbance values which form the segment and the mean value of that 
segment (see appendix A of this addendum).
    C.1.2 The RMS noise value in double-beam absorbance spectra is 
assumed to be inversely proportional to: (a) the square root of the 
signal integration period of the sample single beam spectra from which 
it is formed, and (b) the total infrared power transmitted through the 
interferometer and absorption cell.
    C.1.3 Practically, the assumption of C.1.2 allows the RMS noise 
level of a complete system to be estimated from the quantities described 
in sections C.1.3.1 through C.1.3.4:
    C.1.3.1 RMSMAN, the noise level of the system (in 
absorbance units), without the absorption cell and transfer optics, 
under those conditions necessary to yield the specified minimum 
instrumental linewidth, e.g., Jacquinot stop size.
    C.1.3.2 tMAN, the manufacturer's signal integration time 
used to determine RMSMAN.
    C.1.3.3 tSS, the signal integration time for the 
analyses.
    C.1.3.4 TP, the manufacturer's estimate of the fraction of the total 
infrared power transmitted by the absorption cell and transfer optics 
from the interferometer to the detector.

                            C.2 Calculations

    C.2.1 Obtain the values of RMSMAN, tMAN, and 
TP from the manufacturers of the equipment, or determine the noise level 
by direct measurements with the completely constructed system proposed 
in section 4 of this addendum.
    C.2.2 Calculate the noise value of the system (RMSEST) 
using equation C.1.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR14JN99.019

 Appendix D to Addendum to Method 320--Estimating Minimum Concentration 
                 Measurement Uncertainties (MAU and MIU)

                               D.1 General

    Estimate the minimum concentration measurement uncertainties for the 
i\th\ analyte (MAUi) and j\th\ interferant (MIUj) 
based on the spectral data in the m\th\ analytical region by comparing 
the analyte band area in the analytical region (AAIim) and 
estimating or measuring the noise level of the system (RMSEST 
or RMSSM).

    Note: For a single analytical region, the MAU or MIU value is the 
concentration of the analyte or interferant for which the band area is 
equal to the product of the analytical region width (in wavenumbers) and 
the noise level of the system (in absorbance units). If data from more 
than one analytical region are used in the determination of an analyte 
concentration, the MAU or MIU is the mean of the separate MAU or MIU 
values calculated for each analytical region.

                            D.2 Calculations

    D.2.1 For each analytical region, set RMS = RMSSM if 
measured (appendix G of this addendum), or set RMS = RMSEST 
if estimated (appendix C of this addendum).
    D.2.2 For each analyte associated with the analytical region, 
calculate MAUim using equation D.1,
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR14JN99.020

    D.2.3 If only the m\th\ analytical region is used to calculate the 
concentration of the i\th\ analyte, set MAUi = 
MAUim.
    D.2.4 If more than one analytical region is used to calculate the 
concentration of the i\th\ analyte, set MAUi equal to the 
weighted mean of the appropriate MAUim values calculated 
above; the weight for each term in the mean is equal to the fraction of 
the total wavenumber range used for the calculation

[[Page 836]]

represented by each analytical region. Mathematically, if the set of 
analytical regions employed is [m'], then the MAU for each analytical 
region is given by equation D.2.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR14JN99.021

where the weight Wik is defined for each term in the sum as
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR14JN99.022

    D.2.5 Repeat sections D.2.1 through D.2.4 of this appendix to 
calculate the analogous values MIUj for the interferants j = 
1 to J. Replace the value (AUi) (DLi) in equation 
D.1 with CPOTj/20; replace the value AAIim in 
equation D.1 with IAIjm.

      Appendix E to Addendum to Method 320--Determining Fractional 
                   Reproducibility Uncertainties (FRU)

                               E.1 General

    To estimate the reproducibility of the spectroscopic results of the 
system, compare the CTS spectra recorded before and after preparing the 
reference spectra. Compare the difference between the spectra to their 
average band area. Perform the calculation for each analytical region on 
the portions of the CTS spectra associated with that analytical region.

                            E.2 Calculations

    E.2.1 The CTS spectra {R1{time}  consist of N spectra, denoted by 
S1i, i = 1, N. Similarly, the CTS spectra {R2{time}  consist 
of N spectra, denoted by S2i, i = 1, N. Each Ski 
is the spectrum of a single compound, where i denotes the compound and k 
denotes the set {{time}  of which Ski is a member. Form the 
spectra S3 according to S3i = S2i-
S1i for each i. Form the spectra S4 according to 
S4i = [S2i + S1i]/2 for each i.
    E.2.2 Each analytical region m is associated with a portion of the 
CTS spectra S2i and S1i, for a particular i, with 
lower and upper wavenumber limits FFLm and FFUm, 
respectively.
    E.2.3 For each m and the associated i, calculate the band area of 
S4i in the wavenumber range FFUm to 
FFLm. Follow the guidelines of section B.1.2 of this addendum 
for this band area calculation. Denote the result by BAVm.
    E.2.4 For each m and the associated i, calculate the RMSD of 
S3i between the absorbance values and their mean in the 
wavenumber range FFUm to FFLm. Denote the result 
by SRMSm.
    E.2.5 For each analytical region m, calculate FMm using 
equation E.1,
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR14JN99.023

    E.2.6 If only the m\th\ analytical region is used to calculate the 
concentration of the i\th\ analyte, set FRUi = 
FMm.
    E.2.7 If a number pi of analytical regions are used to 
calculate the concentration of the i\th\ analyte, set FRUi 
equal to the weighted mean of the appropriate FMm values 
calculated according to section E.2.5. Mathematically, if the set of 
analytical regions employed is {m'{time} , then FRUi is given 
by equation E.2,
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR14JN99.024

where the Wik are calculated as described in appendix D of 
this addendum.

Appendix F of Addendum to Method 320--Determining Fractional Calibration 
                           Uncertainties (FCU)

                               F.1 General

    F.1.1 The concentrations yielded by the computerized analytical 
program applied to each single-compound reference spectrum are defined 
as the indicated standard concentrations (ISC's). The ISC values for a 
single compound spectrum should ideally equal the accepted standard 
concentration (ASC) for one analyte or interferant, and should ideally 
be zero for all other compounds. Variations from these results are 
caused by errors in the ASC values, variations from the Beer's law (or 
modified Beer's law) model

[[Page 837]]

used to determine the concentrations, and noise in the spectra. When the 
first two effects dominate, the systematic nature of the errors is often 
apparent and the analyst shall take steps to correct them.
    F.1.2 When the calibration error appears non-systematic, apply the 
procedures of sections F.2.1 through F.2.3 of this appendix to estimate 
the fractional calibration uncertainty (FCU) for each compound. The FCU 
is defined as the mean fractional error between the ASC and the ISC for 
all reference spectra with non-zero ASC for that compound. The FCU for 
each compound shall be less than the required fractional uncertainty 
specified in section 4.1 of this addendum.
    F.1.3 The computerized analytical programs shall also be required to 
yield acceptably low concentrations for compounds with ISC = 0 when 
applied to the reference spectra. The ISC of each reference spectrum for 
each analyte or interferant shall not exceed that compound's minimum 
measurement uncertainty (MAU or MIU).

                            F.2 Calculations

    F.2.1 Apply each analytical program to each reference spectrum. 
Prepare a similar table to that in Figure F.1 to present the ISC and ASC 
values for each analyte and interferant in each reference spectrum. 
Maintain the order of reference file names and compounds employed in 
preparing Figure F.1.
    F.2.2 For all reference spectra in Figure F.1, verify that the 
absolute values of the ISC's are less than the compound's MAU (for 
analytes) or MIU (for interferants).
    F.2.3 For each analyte reference spectrum, calculate the quantity 
(ASC-ISC)/ASC. For each analyte, calculate the mean of these values (the 
FCUi for the i\th\ analyte) over all reference spectra. 
Prepare a similar table to that in Figure F.2 to present the 
FCUi and analytical uncertainty limit (AUi) for 
each analyte.

                                       Figure F.1--Presentation of Accepted Standard Concentrations (ASC's) and Indicated Standard Concentrations (ISC's)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          Compound name           Reference spectrum       ASC (ppm)                                                             ISC (ppm)
                                       file name
                                                                                                                           Analytes Interferants
                                                                                                                                  i = 1 I
                                                                                                                                  j = 1 J
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 
 
 
 
 
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


  Figure F.2--Presentation of Fractional Calibration Uncertainties (FCU's) and Analytical Uncertainties (AU's)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  Analyte name                                FCU (%)                         AU (%)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 
 
 
 
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      Appendix G to Addendum to Method 320--Measuring Noise Levels

                               G.1 General

    The root-mean-square (RMS) noise level is the standard measure of 
noise. The RMS noise level of a contiguous segment of a spectrum is the 
RMSD between the absorbance values that form the segment and the mean 
value of the segment (see appendix A of this addendum).

                            G.2 Calculations

    G.2.1 Evacuate the absorption cell or fill it with UPC grade 
nitrogen at approximately one atmosphere total pressure.
    G.2.2 Record two single beam spectra of signal integration period 
tSS.
    G.2.3 Form the double beam absorption spectrum from these two single 
beam spectra, and calculate the noise level RMSSm in the M 
analytical regions.

[[Page 838]]

  Appendix H of Addendum to Method 320--Determining Sample Absorption 
 Pathlength (LS) and Fractional Analytical Uncertainty (FAU)

                               H.1 General

    Reference spectra recorded at absorption pathlength (LR), 
gas pressure (PR), and gas absolute temperature 
(TR) may be used to determine analyte concentrations in 
samples whose spectra are recorded at conditions different from that of 
the reference spectra, i.e., at absorption pathlength (LS), 
absolute temperature (TS), and pressure (PS). This 
appendix describes the calculations for estimating the fractional 
uncertainty (FAU) of this practice. It also describes the calculations 
for determining the sample absorption pathlength from comparison of CTS 
spectra, and for preparing spectra for further instrumental and 
procedural checks.
    H.1.1 Before sampling, determine the sample absorption pathlength 
using least squares analysis. Determine the ratio LS/
LR by comparing the spectral sets {R1{time}  and {R3{time} , 
which are recorded using the same CTS at LS and 
LR, and TS and TR, but both at 
PR.
    H.1.2 Determine the fractional analysis uncertainty (FAU) for each 
analyte by comparing a scaled CTS spectral set, recorded at 
LS, TS, and PS, to the CTS reference 
spectra of the same gas, recorded at LR, TR, and 
PR. Perform the quantitative comparison after recording the 
sample spectra, based on band areas of the spectra in the CTS absorbance 
band associated with each analyte.

                            H.2 Calculations

    H.2.1 Absorption Pathlength Determination. Perform and document 
separate linear baseline corrections to each analytical region in the 
spectral sets {R1{time}  and {R3{time} . Form a one-dimensional array 
AR containing the absorbance values from all segments of 
{R1{time}  that are associated with the analytical regions; the members 
of the array are ARi, i = 1, n. Form a similar one-
dimensional array AS from the absorbance values in the 
spectral set {R3{time} ; the members of the array are ASi, i 
= 1, n. Based on the model AS = rAR + E, determine 
the least-squares estimate of r, the value of r which minimizes the 
square error E\2\. Calculate the sample absorption pathlength, 
LS, using equation H.1,
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR14JN99.025

    H.2.2 Fractional Analysis Uncertainty. Perform and document separate 
linear baseline corrections to each analytical region in the spectral 
sets {R1{time}  and {R4{time} . Form the arrays AS and 
AR as described in section H.2.1 of this appendix, using 
values from {R1{time}  to form AR, and values from {R4{time}  
to form AS. Calculate NRMSE and IAAV 
using equations H.2 and H.3,
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR14JN99.026

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR14JN99.027

    The fractional analytical uncertainty, FAU, is given by equation 
H.4,
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR14JN99.028

   Appendix I to Addendum to Method 320--Determining Fractional Model 
                           Uncertainties (FMU)

                               I.1 General

    To prepare analytical programs for FTIR analyses, the sample 
constituents must first be assumed. The calculations in this appendix, 
based upon a simulation of the sample spectrum, shall be used to verify 
the appropriateness of these assumptions. The simulated spectra consist 
of the sum of single compound reference spectra scaled to represent 
their contributions to the sample absorbance spectrum; scaling factors 
are based on the indicated standard concentrations (ISC) and measured 
(sample) analyte and interferant concentrations, the sample and 
reference absorption pathlengths, and the sample and reference gas 
pressures. No band-shape correction for differences in the temperature 
of the sample and reference spectra gases is made; such errors are 
included in the FMU estimate. The actual and simulated sample spectra 
are quantitatively compared to determine the fractional model 
uncertainty; this comparison uses the reference

[[Page 839]]

spectra band areas and residuals in the difference spectrum formed from 
the actual and simulated sample spectra.

                            I.2 Calculations

    I.2.1 For each analyte (with scaled concentration RSAi), 
select a reference spectrum SAi with indicated standard 
concentration ISCi. Calculate the scaling factors, 
RAi, using equation I.1,
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR14JN99.029

Form the spectra SACi by scaling each SAi by the 
factor RAi.
    I.2.2 For each interferant, select a reference spectrum 
SIk with indicated standard concentration ISCk. 
Calculate the scaling factors, RIk, using equation I.2,
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR14JN99.030

Form the spectra SICk by scaling each SIk by the 
factor RIk.
    I.2.3 For each analytical region, determine by visual inspection 
which of the spectra SACi and SICk exhibit 
absorbance bands within the analytical region. Subtract each spectrum 
SACi and SICk exhibiting absorbance from the 
sample spectrum SS to form the spectrum SUBS. To 
save analysis time and to avoid the introduction of unwanted noise into 
the subtracted spectrum, it is recommended that the calculation be made 
(1) only for those spectral data points within the analytical regions, 
and (2) for each analytical region separately using the original 
spectrum SS.
    I.2.4 For each analytical region m, calculate the RMSD of 
SUBS between the absorbance values and their mean in the 
region FFUm to FFLm. Denote the result by 
RMSSm.
    I.2.5 For each analyte i, calculate FMm, using equation 
I.3,
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR14JN99.031

for each analytical region associated with the analyte.
    I.2.6 If only the m\th\ analytical region is used to calculate the 
concentration of the i\th\ analyte, set FMUi = 
FMm.
    I.2.7 If a number of analytical regions are used to calculate the 
concentration of the i\th\ analyte, set FMi equal to the 
weighted mean of the appropriate FMm values calculated using 
equation I-3. Mathematically, if the set of analytical regions employed 
is {m'{time} , then the fractional model uncertainty, FMU, is given by 
equation I.4,
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR14JN99.032

where Wik is calculated as described in appendix D of this 
addendum.

Appendix J of Addendum to Method 320--Determining Overall Concentration 
                           Uncertainties (OCU)

    The calculations in this addendum estimate the measurement 
uncertainties for various FTIR measurements. The lowest possible overall 
concentration uncertainty (OCU) for an analyte is its MAU value, which 
is an estimate of the absolute concentration uncertainty when spectral 
noise dominates the measurement error. However, if the product of the 
largest fractional concentration uncertainty (FRU, FCU, FAU, or FMU) and 
the measured concentration of an analyte exceeds the MAU for the 
analyte, then the OCU is this product. In mathematical terms, set 
OFUi = MAX{FRUi, FCUi, FAUi, 
FMUi{time}  and OCUi = 
MAX{RSAi*OFUi, MAUi{time} .

 Test Method 321--Measurement of Gaseous Hydrogen Chloride Emissions At 
 Portland Cement Kilns by Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) Spectroscopy

                            1.0 Introduction

    This method should be performed by those persons familiar with the 
operation of Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) instrumentation in the 
application to source sampling. This document describes the sampling 
procedures for use in the application of FTIR spectrometry for the 
determination of vapor phase hydrogen chloride (HCl) concentrations both 
before and after particulate matter control devices installed at 
portland cement kilns. A procedure for analyte spiking is included for 
quality assurance. This method is considered to be self validating 
provided that the requirements listed in section 9 of this method are 
followed. The analytical procedures for interpreting infrared spectra 
from emission measurements are described in the ``Protocol For The Use 
of Extractive

[[Page 840]]

Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) Spectrometry in Analyses of Gaseous 
Emissions From Stationary Industrial Sources'', included as an addendum 
to proposed Method 320 of this appendix (hereafter referred to as the 
``FTIR Protocol)''. References 1 and 2 describe the use of FTIR 
spectrometry in field measurements. Sample transport presents the 
principal difficulty in directly measuring HCl emissions. This identical 
problem must be overcome by any extractive measurement method. HCl is 
reactive and water soluble. The sampling system must be adequately 
designed to prevent sample condensation in the system.
    1.1 Scope and Application
    This method is specifically designed for the application of FTIR 
Spectrometry in extractive measurements of gaseous HCl concentrations in 
portland cement kiln emissions.

                            1.2 Applicability

    This method applies to the measurement of HCl [CAS No. 7647-01-0]. 
This method can be applied to the determination of HCl concentrations 
both before and after particulate matter control devices installed at 
portland cement manufacturing facilities. This method applies to either 
continuous flow through measurement (with isolated sample analysis) or 
grab sampling (batch analysis). HCl is measured using the mid-infrared 
spectral region for analysis (about 400 to 4000 cm-1 or 25 to 
2.5 [micro]m). Table 1 lists the suggested analytical region for 
quantification of HCl taking the interference from water vapor into 
consideration.

               Table 1--Example Analytical Region for HCl
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                Analytical region        Potential
           Compound                   (cm-1)            interferants
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Hydrogen chloride.............          2679-2840  Water.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    1.3 Method Range and Sensitivity
    1.3.1 The analytical range is determined by the instrumental design 
and the composition of the gas stream. For practical purposes there is 
no upper limit to the range because the pathlength may be reduced or the 
sample may be diluted. The lower detection range depends on (1) the 
absorption coefficient of the compound in the analytical frequency 
region, (2) the spectral resolution, (3) the interferometer sampling 
time, (4) the detector sensitivity and response, and (5) the absorption 
pathlength.
    1.3.2 The practical lower quantification range is usually higher 
than that indicated by the instrument performance in the laboratory, and 
is dependent upon (1) the presence of interfering species in the exhaust 
gas (notably H2O), (2) the optical alignment of the gas cell 
and transfer optics, and (3) the quality of the reflective surfaces in 
the cell (cell throughput). Under typical test conditions (moisture 
content of up to 30 percent, 10 meter absorption path length, liquid 
nitrogen-cooled IR detector, 0.5 cm-1 resolution, and an 
interferometer sampling time of 60 seconds) a typical lower 
quantification range for HCl is 0.1 to 1.0 ppm.
    1.4 Data Quality Objectives
    1.4.1 In designing or configuring the analytical system, data 
quality is determined by measuring of the root mean square deviation 
(RMSD) of the absorbance values within a chosen spectral (analytical) 
region. The RMSD provides an indication of the signal-to-noise ratio (S/
N) of the spectral baseline. Appendix D of the FTIR Protocol (the 
addendum to Method 320 of this appendix) presents a discussion of the 
relationship between the RMSD, lower detection limit, DLi, 
and analytical uncertainty, AUi. It is important to consider 
the target analyte quantification limit when performing testing with 
FTIR instrumentation, and to optimize the system to achieve the desired 
detection limit.
    1.4.2 Data quality is determined by measuring the root mean square 
(RMS) noise level in each analytical spectral region (appendix C of the 
FTIR Protocol). The RMS noise is defined as the root mean square 
deviation (RMSD) of the absorbance values in an analytical region from 
the mean absorbance value in the same region. Appendix D of the FTIR 
Protocol defines the minimum analyte uncertainty (MAU), and how the RMSD 
is used to calculate the MAU. The MAUim is the minimum 
concentration of the ith analyte in the mth analytical region for which 
the analytical uncertainty limit can be maintained. Table 2 presents 
example values of AU and MAU using the analytical region presented in 
Table 1.

  Table 2--Example Pre-Test Protocol Calculations for Hydrogen Chloride
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                 HCl
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Reference concentration (ppm-meters)/K.....................         11.2
Reference Band area........................................        2.881
DL (ppm-meters)/K..........................................       0.1117
AU.........................................................          0.2
CL (DL x AU)...............................................      0.02234
FL (cm-1)..................................................      2679.83
FU (cm-1)..................................................      2840.93
FC (cm-1)..................................................      2760.38
AAI (ppm-meters)/K.........................................      0.06435

[[Page 841]]

 
RMSD.......................................................     2.28E-03
MAU (ppm-meters)/K.........................................     1.28E-01
MAU ppm at 22 meters and 250 [deg]F........................      .0.2284
------------------------------------------------------------------------

                          2.0 Summary of Method

    2.1 Principle
    See Method 320 of this appendix. HCl can also undergo rotation 
transitions by absorbing energy in the far-infrared spectral region. The 
rotational transitions are superimposed on the vibrational fundamental 
to give a series of lines centered at the fundamental vibrational 
frequency, 2885 cm-\1\. The frequencies of absorbance and the pattern of 
rotational/vibrational lines are unique to HCl. When this distinct 
pattern is observed in an infrared spectrum of an unknown sample, it 
unequivocally identifies HCl as a component of the mixture. The infrared 
spectrum of HCl is very distinctive and cannot be confused with the 
spectrum of any other compound. See Reference 6.
    2.2 Sampling and Analysis. See Method 320 of this appendix.
    2.3 Operator Requirements. The analyst must have knowledge of 
spectral patterns to choose an appropriate absorption path length or 
determine if sample dilution is necessary. The analyst should also 
understand FTIR instrument operation well enough to choose instrument 
settings that are consistent with the objectives of the analysis.

                             3.0 Definitions

    See appendix A of the FTIR Protocol.

                            4.0 Interferences

    This method will not measure HCl under conditions: (1) where the 
sample gas stream can condense in the sampling system or the 
instrumentation, or (2) where a high moisture content sample relative to 
the analyte concentrations imparts spectral interference due to the 
water vapor absorbance bands. For measuring HCl the first (sampling) 
consideration is more critical. Spectral interference from water vapor 
is not a significant problem except at very high moisture levels and low 
HCl concentrations.
    4.1 Analytical Interferences. See Method 320 of this appendix.
    4.1.1 Background Interferences. See Method 320 of this appendix.
    4.1.2 Spectral interferences. Water vapor can present spectral 
interference for FTIR gas analysis of HCl. Therefore, the water vapor in 
the spectra of kiln gas samples must be accounted for. This means 
preparing at least one spectrum of a water vapor sample where the 
moisture concentration is close to that in the kiln gas.
    4.2 Sampling System Interferences. The principal sampling system 
interferant for measuring HCl is water vapor. Steps must be taken to 
ensure that no condensation forms anywhere in the probe assembly, sample 
lines, or analytical instrumentation. Cold spots anywhere in the 
sampling system must be avoided. The extent of sampling system bias in 
the FTIR analysis of HCl depends on concentrations of potential 
interferants, moisture content of the gas stream, temperature of the gas 
stream, temperature of sampling system components, sample flow rate, and 
reactivity of HCl with other species in the gas stream (e.g., ammonia). 
For measuring HCl in a wet gas stream the temperatures of the gas 
stream, sampling components, and the sample flow rate are of primary 
importance. Analyte spiking with HCl is performed to demonstrate the 
integrity of the sampling system for transporting HCl vapor in the flue 
gas to the FTIR instrument. See section 9 of this method for a complete 
description of analyte spiking.

                               5.0 Safety

    5.1 Hydrogen chloride vapor is corrosive and can cause irritation or 
severe damage to respiratory system, eyes and skin. Exposure to this 
compound should be avoided.
    5.2 This method may involve sampling at locations having high 
positive or negative pressures, or high concentrations of hazardous or 
toxic pollutants, and can not address all safety problems encountered 
under these diverse sampling conditions. It is the responsibility of the 
tester(s) to ensure proper safety and health practices, and to determine 
the applicability of regulatory limitations before performing this test 
method. Leak-check procedures are outlined in section 8.2 of Method 320 
of this appendix.

                       6.0 Equipment and Supplies

    Note: Mention of trade names or specific products does not 
constitute endorsement by the Environmental Protection Agency.

    6.1 FTIR Spectrometer and Detector. An FTIR Spectrometer system 
(interferometer, transfer optics, gas cell and detector) having the 
capability of measuring HCl to the predetermined minimum detectable 
level required (see section 4.1.3 of the FTIR Protocol). The system must 
also include an accurate means to control and/or measure the temperature 
of the FTIR gas analysis cell, and a personal computer with compatible 
software that provides real-time updates of the spectral profile during 
sample and spectral collection.
    6.2 Pump. Capable of evacuating the FTIR cell volume to 1 Torr 
(133.3 Pascals) within two minutes (for batch sample analysis).

[[Page 842]]

    6.3 Mass Flow Meters/Controllers. To accurately measure analyte 
spike flow rate, having the appropriate calibrated range and a stated 
accuracy of 2 percent of the absolute measurement 
value. This device must be calibrated with the major component of the 
calibration/spike gas (e.g., nitrogen) using an NIST traceable bubble 
meter or equivalent. Single point calibration checks should be performed 
daily in the field. When spiking HCl, the mass flow meter/controller 
should be thoroughly purged before and after introduction of the gas to 
prevent corrosion of the interior parts.
    6.4 Polytetrafluoroethane tubing. Diameter and length suitable to 
connect cylinder regulators.
    6.5 Stainless Steel tubing. Type 316 of appropriate length and 
diameter for heated connections.
    6.6 Gas Regulators. Purgeable HCl regulator.
    6.7 Pressure Gauge. Capable of measuring pressure from 0 to 1000 
Torr (133.3 Pa = 1 Torr) within 5 percent.
    6.8 Sampling Probe. Glass, stainless steel or other appropriate 
material of sufficient length and physical integrity to sustain heating, 
prevent adsorption of analytes and capable of reaching gas sampling 
point.
    6.9 Sampling Line. Heated 180 [deg]C (360 [deg]F) and fabricated of 
either stainless steel, polytetrafluoroethane or other material that 
prevents adsorption of HCl and transports effluent to analytical 
instrumentation. The extractive sample line must have the capability to 
transport sample gas to the analytical components as well as direct 
heated calibration spike gas to the calibration assembly located at the 
sample probe. It is important to minimize the length of heated sample 
line.
    6.10 Particulate Filters. A sintered stainless steel filter rated at 
20 microns or greater may be placed at the inlet of the probe (for 
removal of large particulate matter). A heated filter (Balston or 
equivalent) rated at 1 micron is necessary for primary particulate 
matter removal, and shall be placed immediately after the heated probe. 
The filter/filter holder temperature should be maintained at 180 [deg]C 
(360 [deg]F).
    6.11 Calibration/Analyte Spike Assembly. A heated three-way valve 
assembly (or equivalent) to introduce surrogate spikes into the sampling 
system at the outlet of the probe before the primary particulate filter.
    6.12 Sample Extraction Pump. A leak-free heated head pump (KNF 
Neuberger or equivalent) capable of extracting sample effluent through 
entire sampling system at a rate which prevents analyte losses and 
minimizes analyzer response time. The pump should have a heated by-pass 
and may be placed either before the FTIR instrument or after. If the 
sample pump is located upstream of the FTIR instrument, it must be 
fabricated from materials non-reactive to HCl. The sampling system and 
FTIR measurement system shall allow the operator to obtain at least six 
sample spectra during a one-hour period.
    6.13 Barometer. For measurement of barometric pressure.
    6.14 Gas Sample Manifold. A distribution manifold having the 
capabilities listed in sections 6.14.1 through 6.14.4;
    6.14.1 Delivery of calibration gas directly to the analytical 
instrumentation;
    6.14.2 Delivery of calibration gas to the sample probe (system 
calibration or analyte spike) via a heated traced sample line;
    6.14.3 Delivery of sample gas (kiln gas, spiked kiln gas, or system 
calibrations) to the analytical instrumentation;
    6.14.4 Delivery (optional) of a humidified nitrogen sample stream.
    6.15 Flow Measurement Device. Type S Pitot tube (or equivalent) and 
Magnahelic set for measurement of volumetric flow rate.

                       7.0 Reagents and Standards

    HCl can be purchased in a standard compressed gas cylinder. The most 
stable HCl cylinder mixture available has a concentration certified at 
5 percent. Such a cylinder is suitable for 
performing analyte spiking because it will provide reproducible samples. 
The stability of the cylinder can be monitored over time by periodically 
performing direct FTIR analysis of cylinder samples. It is recommended 
that a 10-50 ppm cylinder of HCl be prepared having from 2-5 ppm SF6 as 
a tracer compound. (See sections 7.1 through 7.3 of Method 320 of this 
appendix for a complete description of the use of existing HCl reference 
spectra. See section 9.1 of Method 320 of this appendix for a complete 
discussion of standard concentration selection.)

             8.0 Sample Collection, Preservation and Storage

    See also Method 320 of this appendix.
    8.1 Pretest. A screening test is ideal for obtaining proper data 
that can be used for preparing analytical program files. Information 
from literature surveys and source personnel is also acceptable. 
Information about the sampling location and gas stream composition is 
required to determine the optimum sampling system configuration for 
measuring HCl. Determine the percent moisture of the kiln gas by Method 
4 of appendix A to part 60 of this chapter or by performing a wet bulb/
dry bulb measurement. Perform a preliminary traverse of the sample duct 
or stack and select the sampling point(s). Acquire an initial spectrum 
and determine the optimum operational pathlength of the instrument.
    8.2 Leak-Check. See Method 320 of this appendix, section 8.2 for 
direction on performing leak-checks.

[[Page 843]]

    8.3 Background Spectrum. See Method 320 of this appendix, section 
8.5 for direction in background spectral acquisition.
    8.4 Pre-Test Calibration Transfer Standard (Direct Instrument 
Calibration). See Method 320 of this appendix, section 8.3 for direction 
in CTS spectral acquisition.
    8.5 Pre-Test System Calibration. See Method 320 of this appendix, 
sections 8.6.1 through 8.6.2 for direction in performing system 
calibration.
    8.6 Sampling
    8.6.1 Extractive System. An extractive system maintained at 180 
[deg]C (360 [deg]F) or higher which is capable of directing a total flow 
of at least 12 L/min to the sample cell is required (References 1 and 
2). Insert the probe into the duct or stack at a point representing the 
average volumetric flow rate and 25 percent of the cross sectional area. 
Co-locate an appropriate flow monitoring device with the sample probe so 
that the flow rate is recorded at specified time intervals during 
emission testing (e.g., differential pressure measurements taken every 
10 minutes during each run).
    8.6.2 Batch Samples. Evacuate the absorbance cell to 5 Torr (or 
less) absolute pressure before taking first sample. Fill the cell with 
kiln gas to ambient pressure and record the infrared spectrum, then 
evacuate the cell until there is no further evidence of infrared 
absorption. Repeat this procedure, collecting a total of six separate 
sample spectra within a 1-hour period.
    8.6.3 Continuous Flow Through Sampling. Purge the FTIR cell with 
kiln gas for a time period sufficient to equilibrate the entire sampling 
system and FTIR gas cell. The time required is a function of the 
mechanical response time of the system (determined by performing the 
system calibration with the CTS gas or equivalent), and by the chemical 
reactivity of the target analytes. If the effluent target analyte 
concentration is not variable, observation of the spectral up-date of 
the flowing gas sample should be performed until equilibration of the 
sample is achieved. Isolate the gas cell from the sample flow by 
directing the purge flow to vent. Record the spectrum and pressure of 
the sample gas. After spectral acquisition, allow the sample gas to 
purge the cell with at least three volumes of kiln gas. The time 
required to adequately purge the cell with the required volume of gas is 
a function of (1) cell volume, (2) flow rate through the cell, and (3) 
cell design. It is important that the gas introduction and vent for the 
FTIR cell provides a complete purge through the cell.
    8.6.4 Continuous Sampling. In some cases it is possible to collect 
spectra continuously while the FTIR cell is purged with sample gas. The 
sample integration time, tss, the sample flow rate through 
the gas cell, and the sample integration time must be chosen so that the 
collected data consist of at least 10 spectra with each spectrum being 
of a separate cell volume of flue gas. Sampling in this manner may only 
be performed if the native source analyte concentrations do not affect 
the test results.
    8.7 Sample Conditioning
    8.7.1 High Moisture Sampling. Kiln gas emitted from wet process 
cement kilns may contain 3- to 40 percent moisture. Zinc selenide 
windows or the equivalent should be used when attempting to analyze hot/
wet kiln gas under these conditions to prevent dissolution of water 
soluble window materials (e.g., KBr).
    8.7.2 Sample Dilution. The sample may be diluted using an in-stack 
dilution probe, or an external dilution device provided that the sample 
is not diluted below the instrument's quantification range. As an 
alternative to using a dilution probe, nitrogen may be dynamically 
spiked into the effluent stream in the same manner as analyte spiking. A 
constant dilution rate shall be maintained throughout the measurement 
process. It is critical to measure and verify the exact dilution ratio 
when using a dilution probe or the nitrogen spiking approach. 
Calibrating the system with a calibration gas containing an appropriate 
tracer compound will allow determination of the dilution ratio for most 
measurement systems. The tester shall specify the procedures used to 
determine the dilution ratio, and include these calibration results in 
the report.
    8.8 Sampling QA, Data Storage and Reporting. See the FTIR Protocol. 
Sample integration times shall be sufficient to achieve the required 
signal-to-noise ratio, and all sample spectra should have unique file 
names. Two copies of sample interferograms and processed spectra will be 
stored on separate computer media. For each sample spectrum the analyst 
must document the sampling conditions, the sampling time (while the cell 
was being filled), the time the spectrum was recorded, the instrumental 
conditions (path length, temperature, pressure, resolution, integration 
time), and the spectral file name. A hard copy of these data must be 
maintained until the test results are accepted.
    8.9 Signal Transmittance. Monitor the signal transmittance through 
the instrumental system. If signal transmittance (relative to the 
background) drops below 95 percent in any spectral region where the 
sample does not absorb infrared energy, then a new background spectrum 
must be obtained.
    8.10 Post-test CTS. After the sampling run completion, record the 
CTS spectrum. Analysis of the spectral band area used for quantification 
from pre- and post-test CTS spectra should agree to within 5 percent or corrective action must be taken.
    8.11 Post-test QA. The sample spectra shall be inspected immediately 
after the run to verify that the gas matrix composition was

[[Page 844]]

close to the assumed gas matrix, (this is necessary to account for the 
concentrations of the interferants for use in the analytical analysis 
programs), and to confirm that the sampling and instrumental parameters 
were appropriate for the conditions encountered.

                           9.0 Quality Control

    Use analyte spiking to verify the effectiveness of the sampling 
system for the target compounds in the actual kiln gas matrix. QA 
spiking shall be performed before and after each sample run. QA spiking 
shall be performed after the pre- and post-test CTS direct and system 
calibrations. The system biases calculated from the pre- and post-test 
dynamic analyte spiking shall be within 30 percent 
for the spiked surrogate analytes for the measurements to be considered 
valid. See sections 9.3.1 through 9.3.2 for the requisite calculations. 
Measurement of the undiluted spike (direct-to-cell measurement) involves 
sending dry, spike gas to the FTIR cell, filling the cell to 1 
atmosphere and obtaining the spectrum of this sample. The direct-to-cell 
measurement should be performed before each analyte spike so that the 
recovery of the dynamically spiked analytes may be calculated. Analyte 
spiking is only effective for assessing the integrity of the sampling 
system when the concentration of HCl in the source does not vary 
substantially. Any attempt to quantify an analyte recovery in a variable 
concentration matrix will result in errors in the expected concentration 
of the spiked sample. If the kiln gas target analyte concentrations vary 
by more than 5 percent (or 5 ppm, whichever is 
greater) in the time required to acquire a sample spectrum, it may be 
necessary to: (1) Use a dual sample probe approach, (2) use two 
independent FTIR measurement systems, (3) use alternate QA/QC 
procedures, or (4) postpone testing until stable emission concentrations 
are achieved. (See section 9.2.3 of this method). It is recommended that 
a laboratory evaluation be performed before attempting to employ this 
method under actual field conditions. The laboratory evaluation shall 
include (1) performance of all applicable calculations in section 4 of 
the FTIR Protocol; (2) simulated analyte spiking experiments in dry 
(ambient) and humidified sample matrices using HCl; and (3) performance 
of bias (recovery) calculations from analyte spiking experiments. It is 
not necessary to perform a laboratory evaluation before every field 
test. The purpose of the laboratory study is to demonstrate that the 
actual instrument and sampling system configuration used in field 
testing meets the requirements set forth in this method.
    9.1 Spike Materials. Perform analyte spiking with an HCl standard to 
demonstrate the integrity of the sampling system.
    9.1.1 An HCl standard of approximately 50 ppm in a balance of ultra 
pure nitrogen is recommended. The SF6 (tracer) concentration 
shall be 2 to 5 ppm depending upon the measurement pathlength. The spike 
ratio (spike flow/total flow) shall be no greater than 1:10, and an 
ideal spike concentration should approximate the native effluent 
concentration.
    9.1.2 The ideal spike concentration may not be achieved because the 
target concentration cannot be accurately predicted prior to the field 
test, and limited calibration standards will be available during 
testing. Therefore, practical constraints must be applied that allow the 
tester to spike at an anticipated concentration. For these tests, the 
analyte concentration contributed by the HCl standard spike should be 1 
to 5 ppm or should more closely approximate the native concentration if 
it is greater.
    9.2 Spike Procedure
    9.2.1 A spiking/sampling apparatus is shown in Figure 2. Introduce 
the spike/tracer gas mixture at a constant flow (2 
percent) rate at approximately 10 percent of the total sample flow. (For 
example, introduce the surrogate spike at 1 L/min 20 cc/min, into a 
total sample flow rate of 10 L/min). The spike must be pre-heated before 
introduction into the sample matrix to prevent a localized condensation 
of the gas stream at the spike introduction point. A heated sample 
transport line(s) containing multiple transport tubes within the heated 
bundle may be used to spike gas up through the sampling system to the 
spike introduction point. Use a calibrated flow device (e.g., mass flow 
meter/controller), to monitor the spike flow as indicated by a 
calibrated flow meter or controller, or alternately, the SF6 
tracer ratio may be calculated from the direct measurement and the 
diluted measurement. It is often desirable to use the tracer approach in 
calculating the spike/total flow ratio because of the difficulty in 
accurately measuring hot/wet total flow. The tracer technique has been 
successfully used in past validation efforts (Reference 1).
    9.2.2 Perform a direct-to-cell measurement of the dry, undiluted 
spike gas. Introduce the spike directly to the FTIR cell, bypassing the 
sampling system. Fill cell to 1 atmosphere and collect the spectrum of 
this sample. Ensure that the spike gas has equilibrated to the 
temperature of the measurement cell before acquisition of the spectra. 
Inspect the spectrum and verify that the gas is dry and contains 
negligible CO2. Repeat the process to obtain a second direct-
to-cell measurement. Analysis of spectral band areas for HCl from these 
duplicate measurements should agree to within 5 
percent of the mean.
    9.2.3 Analyte Spiking. Determine whether the kiln gas contains 
native concentrations

[[Page 845]]

of HCl by examination of preliminary spectra. Determine whether the 
concentration varies significantly with time by observing a continuously 
up-dated spectrum of sample gas in the flow-through sampling mode. If 
the concentration varies by more than 5 percent 
during the period of time required to acquire a spectra, then an 
alternate approach should be used. One alternate approach uses two 
sampling lines to convey sample to the gas distribution manifold. One of 
the sample lines is used to continuously extract unspiked kiln gas from 
the source. The other sample line serves as the analyte spike line. One 
FTIR system can be used in this arrangement. Spiked or unspiked sample 
gas may be directed to the FTIR system from the gas distribution 
manifold, with the need to purge only the components between the 
manifold and the FTIR system. This approach minimizes the time required 
to acquire an equilibrated sample of spiked or unspiked kiln gas. If the 
source varies by more than 5 percent (or 5 ppm, 
whichever is greater) in the time it takes to switch from the unspiked 
sample line to the spiked sample line, then analyte spiking may not be a 
feasible means to determine the effectiveness of the sampling system for 
the HCl in the sample matrix. A second alternative is to use two 
completely independent FTIR measurement systems. One system would 
measure unspiked samples while the other system would measure the spiked 
samples. As a last option, (where no other alternatives can be used) a 
humidified nitrogen stream may be generated in the field which 
approximates the moisture content of the kiln gas. Analyte spiking into 
this humidified stream can be employed to assure that the sampling 
system is adequate for transporting the HCl to the FTIR instrumentation.
    9.2.3.1 Adjust the spike flow rate to approximately 10 percent of 
the total flow by metering spike gas through a calibrated mass flowmeter 
or controller. Allow spike flow to equilibrate within the sampling 
system before analyzing the first spiked kiln gas samples. A minimum of 
two consecutive spikes are required. Analysis of the spectral band area 
used for quantification should agree to within 5 
percent or corrective action must be taken.
    9.2.3.2 After QA spiking is completed, the sampling system 
components shall be purged with nitrogen or dry air to eliminate traces 
of the HCl compound from the sampling system components. Acquire a 
sample spectra of the nitrogen purge to verify the absence of the 
calibration mixture.
    9.2.3.3 Analyte spiking procedures must be carefully executed to 
ensure that meaningful measurements are achieved. The requirements of 
sections 9.2.3.3.1 through 9.2.3.3.4 shall be met.
    9.2.3.3.1 The spike must be in the vapor phase, dry, and heated to 
(or above) the kiln gas temperature before it is introduced to the kiln 
gas stream.
    9.2.3.3.2 The spike flow rate must be constant and accurately 
measured.
    9.2.3.3.3 The total flow must also be measured continuously and 
reliably or the dilution ratio must otherwise be verified before and 
after a run by introducing a spike of a non-reactive, stable compound 
(i.e., tracer).
    9.2.3.3.4 The tracer must be inert to the sampling system 
components, not contained in the effluent gas, and readily detected by 
the analytical instrumentation. Sulfur hexafluoride (SF6) has 
been used successfully (References 1 and 2) for this purpose.
    9.3 Calculations
    9.3.1 Recovery. Calculate the percent recovery of the spiked 
analytes using equations 1 and 2.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR14JN99.033

Sm = Mean concentration of the analyte spiked effluent 
          samples (observed).
          [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR14JN99.034
          
Ce = Expected concentration of the spiked samples 
          (theoretical).
DF = Dilution Factor (Total flow/Spike flow). Total flow = spike flow 
          plus effluent flow.
Cs = cylinder concentration of spike gas.
Su = native concentration of analytes in unspiked samples.

The spike dilution factor may be confirmed by measuring the total flow 
and the spike flow directly. Alternately, the spike dilution can be 
verified by comparing the concentration of the tracer compound in the 
spiked samples (diluted) to the tracer concentration in the direct 
(undiluted) measurement of the spike gas.
If SF6 is the tracer gas, then
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR14JN99.035

[SF6]spike = the diluted SF6 
          concentration measured in a spiked sample.
[SF6]direct = the SF6 concentration 
          measured directly.

    9.3.2 Bias. The bias may be determined by the difference between the 
observed spike value and the expected response (i.e., the equivalent 
concentration of the spiked material plus the analyte concentration 
adjusted for spike dilution). Bias is defined by section 6.3.1 of EPA 
Method 301 of this appendix (Reference 8) as,
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR14JN99.036

Where:
B = Bias at spike level.
Sm = Mean concentration of the analyte spiked samples.

[[Page 846]]

Ce = Expected concentration of the analyte in spiked samples.

Acceptable recoveries for analyte spiking are 30 
percent. Application of correction factors to the data based upon bias 
and recovery calculations is subject to the approval of the 
Administrator.

                  10.0 Calibration and Standardization

    10.1 Calibration transfer standards (CTS). The EPA Traceability 
Protocol gases or NIST traceable standards, with a minimum accuracy of 
2 percent shall be used. For other requirements of 
the CTS, see the FTIR Protocol section 4.5.
    10.2 Signal-to-Noise Ratio (S/N). The S/N shall be less than the 
minimum acceptable measurement uncertainty in the analytical regions to 
be used for measuring HCl.
    10.3 Absorbance Pathlength. Verify the absorbance path length by 
comparing CTS spectra to reference spectra of the calibration gas(es).
    10.4 Instrument Resolution. Measure the line width of appropriate 
CTS band(s) to verify instrumental resolution.
    10.5 Apodization Function. Choose the appropriate apodization 
function. Determine any appropriate mathematical transformations that 
are required to correct instrumental errors by measuring the CTS. Any 
mathematical transformations must be documented and reproducible. 
Reference 9 provides additional information about FTIR instrumentation.

                        11.0 Analytical Procedure

    A full description of the analytical procedures is given in sections 
4.6-4.11, sections 5, 6, and 7, and the appendices of the FTIR Protocol. 
Additional description of quantitative spectral analysis is provided in 
References 10 and 11.

                   12.0 Data Analysis and Calculations

    Data analysis is performed using appropriate reference spectra whose 
concentrations can be verified using CTS spectra. Various analytical 
programs (References 10 and 11) are available to relate sample 
absorbance to a concentration standard. Calculated concentrations should 
be verified by analyzing spectral baselines after mathematically 
subtracting scaled reference spectra from the sample spectra. A full 
description of the data analysis and calculations may be found in the 
FTIR Protocol (sections 4.0, 5.0, 6.0 and appendices).
    12.1 Calculated concentrations in sample spectra are corrected for 
differences in absorption pathlength between the reference and sample 
spectra by
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR14JN99.037

Where:

Ccorr = The pathlength corrected concentration.
Ccalc = The initial calculated concentration (output of the 
          multicomponent analysis program designed for the compound).
Lr = The pathlength associated with the reference spectra.
Ls = The pathlength associated with the sample spectra.
Ts = The absolute temperature (K) of the sample gas.
Tr = The absolute temperature (K) at which reference spectra 
          were recorded.

    12.2 The temperature correction in equation 5 is a volumetric 
correction. It does not account for temperature dependence of 
rotational-vibrational relative line intensities. Whenever possible, the 
reference spectra used in the analysis should be collected at a 
temperature near the temperature of the FTIR cell used in the test to 
minimize the calculated error in the measurement (FTIR Protocol, 
appendix D). Additionally, the analytical region chosen for the analysis 
should be sufficiently broad to minimize errors caused by small 
differences in relative line intensities between reference spectra and 
the sample spectra.

                         13.0 Method Performance

    A description of the method performance may be found in the FTIR 
Protocol. This method is self validating provided the results meet the 
performance specification of the QA spike in sections 9.0 through 9.3 of 
this method.

                        14.0 Pollution Prevention

    This is a gas phase measurement. Gas is extracted from the source, 
analyzed by the instrumentation, and discharged through the instrument 
vent.

                          15.0 Waste Management

    Gas standards of HCl are handled according to the instructions 
enclosed with the material safety data sheet.

                             16.0 References

    1. ``Laboratory and Field Evaluation of a Methodology for 
Determination of Hydrogen Chloride Emissions From Municipal and 
Hazardous Waste Incinerators,'' S.C.

[[Page 847]]

Steinsberger and J.H. Margeson. Prepared for U.S. Environmental 
Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC. NTIS Report No. PB89-
220586. (1989).
    2. ``Evaluation of HCl Measurement Techniques at Municipal and 
Hazardous Waste Incinerators,'' S.A. Shanklin, S.C. Steinsberger, and L. 
Cone, Entropy, Inc. Prepared for U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 
Research Triangle Park, NC. NTIS Report No. PB90-221896. (1989).
    3. ``Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) Method Validation at a Coal 
Fired-Boiler,'' Entropy, Inc. Prepared for U.S. Environmental Protection 
Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC. EPA Publication No. EPA-454/R95-004. 
NTIS Report No. PB95-193199. (1993).
    4. ``Field Validation Test Using Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) 
Spectrometry To Measure Formaldehyde, Phenol and Methanol at a Wool 
Fiberglass Production Facility.'' Draft. U.S. Environmental Protection 
Agency Report, Entropy, Inc., EPA Contract No. 68D20163, Work Assignment 
I-32.
    5. Kinner, L.L., Geyer, T.G., Plummer, G.W., Dunder, T.A., Entropy, 
Inc. ``Application of FTIR as a Continuous Emission Monitoring System.'' 
Presentation at 1994 International Incineration Conference, Houston, TX. 
May 10, 1994.
    6. ``Molecular Vibrations; The Theory of Infrared and Raman 
Vibrational Spectra,'' E. Bright Wilson, J.C. Decius, and P.C. Cross, 
Dover Publications, Inc., 1980. For a less intensive treatment of 
molecular rotational-vibrational spectra see, for example, ``Physical 
Chemistry,'' G.M. Barrow, chapters 12, 13, and 14, McGraw Hill, Inc., 
1979.
    7. ``Laboratory and Field Evaluations of Ammonium Chloride 
Interference in Method 26,'' U.S. Environmental Protection Agency 
Report, Entropy, Inc., EPA Contract No. 68D20163, Work Assignment No. I-
45.
    8. 40 CFR 63, appendix A. Method 301--Field Validation of Pollutant 
Measurement Methods from Various Waste Media.
    9. ``Fourier Transform Infrared Spectrometry,'' Peter R. Griffiths 
and James de Haseth, Chemical Analysis, 83, 16-25, (1986), P.J. Elving, 
J.D. Winefordner and I.M. Kolthoff (ed.), John Wiley and Sons.
    10. ``Computer-Assisted Quantitative Infrared Spectroscopy,'' 
Gregory L. McClure (ed.), ASTM Special Publication 934 (ASTM), 1987.
    11. ``Multivariate Least-Squares Methods Applied to the Quantitative 
Spectral Analysis of Multicomponent Mixtures,'' Applied Spectroscopy, 
39(10), 73-84, 1985.

[[Page 848]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR14JN99.038


[[Page 849]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR14JN99.039


[[Page 850]]



Method 323--Measurement of Formaldehyde Emissions From Natural Gas-Fired 
        Stationary Sources--Acetyl Acetone Derivitization Method

    1.0 Introduction. This method describes the sampling and analysis 
procedures of the acetyl acetone colorimetric method for measuring 
formaldehyde emissions in the exhaust of natural gas-fired, stationary 
combustion sources. This method, which was prepared by the Gas Research 
Institute (GRI), is based on the Chilled Impinger Train Method for 
Methanol, Acetone, Acetaldehyde, Methyl Ethyl Ketone, and Formaldehyde 
(Technical Bulletin No. 684) developed and published by the National 
Council of the Paper Industry for Air and Stream Improvement, Inc. 
(NCASI). However, this method has been prepared specifically for 
formaldehyde and does not include specifications (e.g., equipment and 
supplies) and procedures (e.g., sampling and analytical) for methanol, 
acetone, acetaldehyde, and methyl ethyl ketone. To obtain reliable 
results, persons using this method should have a thorough knowledge of 
at least Methods 1 and 2 of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A-1; Method 3 of 40 
CFR part 60, appendix A-2; and Method 4 of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A-3.

                        1.1 Scope and Application

    1.1.1 Analytes. The only analyte measured by this method is 
formaldehyde (CAS Number 50-00-0).
    1.1.2 Applicability. This method is for analyzing formaldehyde 
emissions from uncontrolled and controlled natural gas-fired, stationary 
combustion sources.
    1.1.3 Data Quality Objectives. If you adhere to the quality control 
and quality assurance requirements of this method, then you and future 
users of your data will be able to assess the quality of the data you 
obtain and estimate the uncertainty in the measurements.
    2.0 Summary of Method. An emission sample from the combustion 
exhaust is drawn through a midget impinger train containing chilled 
reagent water to absorb formaldehyde. The formaldehyde concentration in 
the impinger is determined by reaction with acetyl acetone to form a 
colored derivative which is measured colorimetrically.

                             3.0 Definitions

    [Reserved]
    4.0 Interferences. The presence of acetaldehyde, amines, polymers of 
formaldehyde, periodate, and sulfites can cause interferences with the 
acetyl acetone procedure which is used to determine the formaldehyde 
concentration. However, based on experience gained from extensive 
testing of natural gas-fired combustion sources using FTIR to measure a 
variety of compounds, GRI expects only acetaldehyde to be potentially 
present when combusting natural gas. Acetaldehyde has been reported to 
be a significant interference only when present at concentrations above 
50 ppmv. However, GRI reports that the concentration of acetaldehyde 
from gas-fired sources is very low (typically below the FTIR detection 
limit of around 0.5 ppmv); therefore, the potential positive bias due to 
acetaldehyde interference is expected to be negligible.

                               5.0 Safety

    5.1 Prior to applying the method in the field, a site-specific 
Health and Safety Plan should be prepared. General safety precautions 
include the use of steel-toed boots, safety glasses, hard hats, and work 
gloves. In certain cases, facility policy may require the use of fire-
resistant clothing while on-site. Since the method involves testing at 
high-temperature sampling locations, precautions must be taken to limit 
the potential for exposure to high-temperature gases and surfaces while 
inserting or removing the sample probe. In warm locations, precautions 
must also be taken to avoid dehydration.
    5.2 Potential chemical hazards associated with sampling include 
formaldehyde, nitrogen oxides (NOX), and carbon monoxide 
(CO). Formalin solution, used for field spiking, is an aqueous solution 
containing formaldehyde and methanol. Formaldehyde is a skin, eye, and 
respiratory irritant and a carcinogen, and should be handled 
accordingly. Eye and skin contact and inhalation of formaldehyde vapors 
should be avoided. Natural gas-fired combustion sources can potentially 
emit CO at toxic concentrations. Care should be taken to minimize 
exposure to the sample gas while inserting or removing the sample probe. 
If the work area is enclosed, personal CO monitors should be used to 
insure that the concentration of CO in the work area is maintained at 
safe levels.
    5.3 Potential chemical hazards associated with the analytical 
procedures include acetyl acetone and glacial acetic acid. Acetyl 
acetone is an irritant to the skin and respiratory system, as well as 
being moderately toxic. Glacial acetic acid is highly corrosive and is 
an irritant to the skin, eyes, and respiratory system. Eye and skin 
contact and inhalation of vapors should be avoided. Acetyl acetone and 
glacial acetic acid have flash points of 41 [deg]C (105.8 [deg]F) and 43 
[deg]C (109.4 [deg]F), respectively. Exposure to heat or flame should be 
avoided.

                       6.0 Equipment and Supplies

    6.1 Sampling Probe. Quartz glass probe with stainless steel sheath 
or stainless steel probe.
    6.2 Teflon Tubing. Teflon tubing to connect the sample probe to the 
impinger train. A heated sample line is not needed since the sample 
transfer system is rinsed to recover

[[Page 851]]

condensed formaldehyde and the rinsate combined with the impinger 
contents prior to sample analysis.
    6.3 Midget Impingers. Three midget impingers are required for sample 
collection. The first impinger serves as a moisture knockout, the second 
impinger contains 20 mL of reagent water, and the third impinger 
contains silica gel to remove residual moisture from the sample prior to 
the dry gas meter.
    6.4 Vacuum Pump. Vacuum pump capable of delivering a controlled 
extraction flow rate between 0.2 and 0.4 L/min.
    6.5 Flow Measurement Device. A rotameter or other flow measurement 
device is required to indicate consistent sample flow.
    6.6 Dry Gas Meter. A dry gas meter is used to measure the total 
sample volume collected. The dry gas meter must be sufficiently accurate 
to measure the sample volume to within 2 percent, calibrated at the 
selected flow rate and conditions actually encountered during sampling, 
and equipped with a temperature sensor (dial thermometer, or equivalent) 
capable of measuring temperature accurately to within 3 [deg]C (5.4 
[deg]F).
    6.7 Spectrophotometer. A spectrophotometer is required for 
formaldehyde analysis, and must be capable of measuring absorbance at 
412 nm.

                       7.0 Reagents and Standards

                          7.1 Sampling Reagents

    7.1.1 Reagent water. Deionized, distilled, organic-free water. This 
water is used as the capture solution, for rinsing the sample probe, 
sample line, and impingers at the completion of the sampling run, in 
reagent dilutions, and in blanks.
    7.1.2 Ice. Ice is necessary to pack around the impingers during 
sampling in order to keep the impingers cold. Ice is also needed for 
sample transport and storage.

                              7.2 Analysis

    7.2.1 Acetyl acetone Reagent. Prepare the acetyl acetone reagent by 
dissolving 15.4 g of ammonium acetate in 50 mL of reagent water in a 
100-mL volumetric flask. To this solution, add 0.20 mL of acetyl acetone 
and 0.30 mL of glacial acetic acid. Mix the solution thoroughly, then 
dilute to 100 mL with reagent water. The solution can be stored in a 
brown glass bottle in the refrigerator, and is stable for at least two 
weeks.
    7.2.2 Formaldehyde. Reagent grade.
    7.2.3 Ammonium Acetate
    7.2.4 Glacial Acetic Acid

       8.0 Sample Collection, Preservation, Storage, and Transport

                              8.1 Pre-test

    8.1.1 Collect information about the site characteristics such as 
exhaust pipe diameter, gas flow rates, port location, access to ports, 
and safety requirements during a pre-test site survey. You should then 
decide the sample collection period per run and the target sample flow 
rate based on your best estimate of the formaldehyde concentration 
likely to be present. You want to assure that sufficient formaldehyde is 
captured in the impinger solution so that it can be measured precisely 
by the spectrophotometer. You may use Equation 323-1 to design your test 
program. As a guideline for optimum performance, if you can, design your 
test so that the liquid concentration (Cl) is approximately 
10 times the assumed spectrophotometer detection limit of 0.2 [micro]g/
mL. However, since actual detection limits are instrument specific, we 
also suggest that you confirm that the laboratory equipment can meet or 
exceed this detection limit.
    8.1.2 Prepare and then weigh the midget impingers prior to 
configuring the sampling train. The first impinger is initially dry. The 
second impinger contains 20 mL of reagent water, and the third impinger 
contains silica gel that is added before weighing the impinger. Each 
prepared impinger is weighed and the pre-sampling weight is recorded to 
the nearest 0.5 gm.
    8.1.3 Assemble the sampling train (see Figure 1). Ice is packed 
around the impingers in order to keep them cold during sample 
collection. A small amount of water may be added to the ice to improve 
thermal transfer.
    8.1.4 Perform a sampling system leak check (from the probe tip to 
the pump outlet) as follows: Connect a rotameter to the outlet of the 
pump. Close off the inlet to the probe and observe the leak rate. The 
leak rate must be less than 2 percent of the planned sampling rate of 
0.2 or 0.4 L/min.
    8.1.5 Source gas temperature and static pressure should also be 
considered prior to field sampling to ensure adequate safety precautions 
during sampling.

                          8.2 Sample Collection

    8.2.1 Set the sample flow rate between 0.2-0.4 L/min, depending upon 
the anticipated concentration of formaldehyde in the engine exhaust. 
(You may have to refer to published data for anticipated concentration 
levels--see References 5 and 6.) If no information is available for the 
anticipated levels of formaldehyde, use the higher sampling rate of 0.4 
L/min.
    8.2.2 Record the sampling flow rate every 5 to 10 minutes during the 
sample collection period.


[[Page 852]]


    Note: It is critical that you do not sample at a flow rate higher 
than 0.4 L/min. Sampling at higher flow rates may reduce formaldehyde 
collection efficiency resulting in measured formaldehyde concentrations 
that are less than the actual concentrations.

    8.2.3 Monitor the amount of ice surrounding the impingers and add 
ice as necessary to maintain the proper impinger temperature. Remove 
excess water as needed to maintain an adequate amount of ice.
    8.2.4 Record measured leak rate, beginning and ending times and dry 
gas meter readings for each sampling run, impinger weights before and 
after sampling, and sampling flow rates and dry gas meter exhaust 
temperature every 5 to 10 minutes during the run, in a signed and dated 
notebook.
    8.2.5 If possible, monitor and record the fuel flow rate to the 
engine and the exhaust oxygen concentration during the sampling period. 
This data can be used to estimate the engine exhaust flow rate based on 
the Method 19 approach. This approach, if accurate fuel flow rates can 
be determined, is preferred for reciprocating IC engine exhaust flow 
rate estimation due to the pulsating nature of the engine exhaust. The 
F-Factor procedures described in Method 19 may be used based on 
measurement of fuel flow rate and exhaust oxygen concentration. One 
example equation is Equation 323-2.
    8.3 Post-test. Perform a sampling system leak-check (from the probe 
tip to pump outlet). Connect a rotameter to the outlet of the pump. 
Close off the inlet to the probe and observe the leak rate. The leak 
rate must be less than 2 percent of the sampling rate. Weigh and record 
each impinger immediately after sampling to determine the moisture 
weight gain. The impinger weights are measured before transferring the 
impinger contents, and before rinsing the sample probe and sample line. 
The moisture content of the exhaust gas is determined by measuring the 
weight gain of the impinger solutions and volume of gas sampled as 
described in Method 4. Rinse the sample probe and sample line with 
reagent water. Transfer the impinger catch to an amber 40-mL VOA bottle 
with a Teflon-lined cap. If there is a small amount of liquid in the 
dropout impinger (<10 mL), the impinger catches can be combined in one 
40 mL VOA bottle. If there is a larger amount of liquid in the dropout 
impinger, use a larger VOA bottle to combine the impinger catches. Rinse 
the impingers and combine the rinsings from the sample probe, sample 
line, and impingers with the impinger catch. In general, combined rinse 
volumes should not exceed 10 mL. However, in cases where a long, 
flexible extension line must be used to connect the sample probe to the 
sample box, sufficient water must be used to rinse the connecting line 
to insure that any sample that may have collected there is recovered. 
The volume of the rinses during sample recovery should not be excessive 
as this may result in your having to use a larger VOA bottle. This in 
turn would raise the detection limit of the method since after combining 
the rinses with the impinger catches in the VOA bottle, the bottle 
should be filled with reagent water to eliminate the headspace in the 
sample vial. Keep the sample bottles over ice until analyzed on-site or 
received at the laboratory. Samples should be analyzed as soon as 
possible to minimize possible sample degradation. Based on a limited 
number of previous analyses, samples held in refrigerated conditions 
showed some sample degradation over time.

                       8.4 Quality Control Samples

    8.4.1 Field Duplicates. During at least one run, a pair of samples 
should be collected concurrently and analyzed as separate samples. 
Results of the field duplicate samples should be identified and reported 
with the sample results. The percent difference in exhaust (stack) 
concentration indicated by field duplicates should be within 20 percent 
of their mean concentration. Data are to be flagged as suspect if the 
duplicates do not meet the acceptance criteria.
    8.4.2 Spiked Samples. An aliquot of one sample from each source 
sample set should be spiked at 2 to 3 times the formaldehyde level found 
in the unspiked sample. It is also recommended that a second aliquot of 
the same sample be spiked at around half the level of the first spike; 
however, the second spike is not mandatory. The results are acceptable 
if the measured spike recovery is 80 to 120 percent. Use Equation 323-4. 
Data are to be flagged as suspect if the spike recovery do not meet the 
acceptance criteria.
    8.4.3 Field Blank. A field blank consisting of reagent water placed 
in a clean impinger train, taken to the test site but not sampled, then 
recovered and analyzed in the same manner as the other samples, should 
be collected with each set of source samples. The field blank results 
should be less than 50 percent of the lowest calibration standard used 
in the sample analysis. If this criteria is not met, the data should be 
flagged as suspect.

                           9.0 Quality Control

[[Page 853]]



----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                QA/QC                         Acceptance               Frequency            Corrective action
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Leak-check--Sections 8.1.4, 8.3......  <2% of Sampling rate     Pre- and Post-sampling.  Pre-sampling: Repair
                                                                                          leak and recheck
                                                                                         Post-sampling: Flag
                                                                                          data and repeat run if
                                                                                          for regulatory
                                                                                          compliance.
Sample flow rate.....................  Between 0.2 and 0.4 L/   Throughout sampling....  Adjust.
                                        min
VOA vial headspace...................  No headspace...........  After sample recovery..  Flag data.
Sample preservation..................  Maintain on ice........  After sample recovery..  Flag data.
Sample hold time.....................  14 day maximum.........  After sample recovery..  Flag data.
Field Duplicates--Section 8.4.1......  Within 20% of mean of    One duplicate per        Flag data.
                                        original and duplicate   source sample set.
                                        sample.
Spiked Sample--Section 8.4.2.........  Recovery between 80 and  One spike per source     Flag data.
                                        120%.                    sample set.
Field Blank--Section 8.4.3...........  <50% of the lowest       One blank per source     Flag data.
                                        calibration standard.    sample set.
Calibration Linearity--Section 10.1..  Correlation coefficient  Per source sample set..  Repeat calibration
                                        of 0.99 or higher.                                procedures.
Calibration Check Standard--Section    Within 10% of            One calibration check    Repeat check, remake
 10.3.                                  theoretical value.       per source sample set.   standard and repeat,
                                                                                          repeat calibration.
Lab Duplicates--Section 11.2.1.......  Within 10% of mean of    One duplicate per 10     Flag data.
                                        original and duplicate   samples.
                                        sample analysis.
Analytical Blanks--Section 11.2.2....  <50% of the lowest       One blank per source     Clean glassware/
                                        calibration standard.    sample set.              analytical equipment
                                                                                          and repeat.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                  10.0 Calibration and Standardization

    10.1 Spectrophotometer Calibration. Prepare a stock solution of 10 
[micro]g/mL formaldehyde. Prepare a series of calibration standards from 
the stock solution by adding 0, 0.1, 0.3, 0.7, 1.0, and 1.5 mL of stock 
solution (corresponding to 0, 1.0, 3.0, 7.0, 10.0, and 15.0 [micro]g 
formaldehyde, respectively) to screw-capped vials. Adjust each vial's 
volume to 2.0 mL with reagent water. At this point the concentration of 
formaldehyde in the standards is 0.0, 0.5, 1.5, 3.5, 5.0, and 7.5 
[micro]g/mL, respectively. Add 2.0 mL of acetyl acetone reagent, 
thoroughly mix the solution, and place the vials in a water bath (or 
heating block) at 60 [deg]C for 10 minutes. Remove the vials and allow 
to cool to room temperature. Transfer each solution to a cuvette and 
measure the absorbance at 412 nm using the spectrophotometer. Develop a 
calibration curve from the analytical results of these standards. The 
acceptance criteria for the spectrophotometer calibration is a 
correlation coefficient of 0.99 or higher. If this criteria is not met, 
the calibration procedures should be repeated.
    10.2 Spectrophotometer Zero. The spectrophotometer should be zeroed 
with reagent water when analyzing each set of samples.
    10.3 Calibration Checks. Calibration checks consisting of analyzing 
a standard separate from the calibration standards must be performed 
with each set of samples. The calibration check standard should not be 
prepared from the calibration stock solution. The result of the check 
standard must be within 10 percent of the theoretical value to be 
acceptable. If the acceptance criteria are not met, the standard must be 
reanalyzed. If still unacceptable, a new calibration curve must be 
prepared using freshly prepared standards.

                        11.0 Analytical Procedure

    11.1 Sample Analysis. A 2.0-mL aliquot of the impinger catch/rinsate 
is transferred to a screw-capped vial. Two mL of the acetyl acetone 
reagent are added and the solution is thoroughly mixed. Once mixed, the 
vial is placed in a water bath (or heating block) at 60 [deg]C for 10 
minutes. Remove the vial and allow to cool to room temperature. Transfer 
the solution to a cuvette and measure the absorbance using the 
spectrophotometer at 412 nm. The quantity of formaldehyde present is 
determined by comparing the sample response to the calibration curve. 
Use Equation 323-5. If the sample response is out of the calibration 
range, the sample must be diluted and reanalyzed. Such dilutions must be 
performed on another aliquot of the original sample before the addition 
of the acetyl acetone reagent. The full procedure is repeated with the 
diluted sample.
    11.2 Analytical Quality Control
    11.2.1 Laboratory Duplicates. Two aliquots of one sample from each 
source sample set should be prepared and analyzed (with a minimum of one 
pair of aliquots for every 10 samples). The percent difference between 
aliquot analysis should be within 10 percent of their mean. Use Equation 
323-3. Data are flagged if the laboratory duplicates do not meet this 
criteria.
    11.2.2 Analytical blanks. Blank samples (reagent water) should be 
incorporated into each sample set to evaluate the possible presence of 
any cross-contamination. The acceptance criteria for the analytical 
blank is

[[Page 854]]

less than 50 percent of the lowest calibration standard. If the 
analytical blank does not meet this criteria, the glassware/analytical 
equipment should be cleaned and the analytical blank repeated.

                   12.0 Calculations and Data Analysis

    12.1 Nomenclature

A = measured absorbance of 2 mL aliquot
B = estimated sampling rate, Lpm
Cl = target concentration in liquid, [micro]g/mL
D = estimated stack formaldehyde concentration (ppmv)
E = estimated liquid volume, normally 40 mL (the size of the VOA used)
cform = formaldehyde concentration in gas stream, ppmvd
cform @15%02 = formaldehyde concentration in gas 
          stream corrected to 15% oxygen, ppmvd
Csm = measured concentration of formaldehyde in the spiked 
          aliquot
Cu = measured concentration of formaldehyde in the unspiked 
          aliquot of the same sample
Cs = calculated concentration of formaldehyde spiking 
          solution added to the spiked aliquot
F = dilution factor, 1 unless dilution of the sample was needed to 
          reduce the absorbance into the calibration range
Fd = dry basis F-factor from Method 19, dscf per million btu 
          GCVg = Gross calorific value (or higher heating 
          value), btu per scf
Kc = spectrophotometer calibration factor, slope of the least 
          square regression line, [micro]g/absorbance (Note: Most 
          spreadsheets are capable of calculating a least squares line.)
K1 = 0.3855[deg]K/mm Hg for metric units, (17.65[deg]R/in.Hg 
          for English units.)
MW = molecular weight, 30 g/g-mole, for formaldehyde 24.05 = mole 
          specific volume constant, liters per g-mole
m = mass of formaldehyde in liquid sample, mg
Pstd = Standard pressure, 760 mm Hg (29.92 in.Hg)
Pbar = Barometric pressure, mm Hg (in.Hg)
PD = Percent Difference
Qe = exhaust flow rate, dscf per minute
Qg = natural gas fuel flow rate, scf per minute
Tm = Average DGM absolute temperature, [deg]K ([deg]R).
Tstd = Standard absolute temperature, 293 [deg]K (528 
          [deg]R).
t = sample time (minutes)
Vm = Dry gas volume as measured by the DGM, dcm (dcf).
Vm(std) = Dry gas volume measured by the DGM, corrected to 
          standard conditions of 1 atmosphere and 20 [deg]C, dscm 
          (dscf).
Vt = actual total volume of impinger catch/rinsate, mL
Va = volume (2.0) of aliquot analyzed, mL
X1 = first value
X2 = second value
O2d = oxygen concentration measured, percent by volume, dry 
          basis
%R = percent recovery of spike
Zu = volume fraction of unspiked (native) sample contained in 
          the final spiked aliquot [e.g., Vu/(Vu + Vs), where Vu + Vs 
          should = 2.0 mL]
Zs = volume fraction of spike solution contained in the final 
          spiked aliquot [e.g., Vs/(Vu + Vs)]
R = 0.02405 dscm per g-mole, for metric units at standard conditions of 
          1 atmosphere and 20 [deg]C
Y = Dry Gas Meter calibration factor

    12.2 Pretest Design
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20AU10.005
    
    12.3 Exhaust Flow Rate
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20AU10.006
    
    12.4 Percent Difference--(Applicable to Field and Lab Duplicates)
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20AU10.007
    
    12.5 Percent Recovery of Spike
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20AU10.008
    
    12.6 Mass of Formaldehyde in Liquid Sample

[[Page 855]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20AU10.009

    12.7 Dry Gas Sample Volume Corrected to Standard Conditions
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20AU10.010
    
    12.8 Formaldehyde Concentration in gas Stream
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20AU10.011
    
    12.9 Formaldehyde Concentration Corrected to 15% Oxygen
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR14NO18.069
    
                         13.0 Method Performance

    13.1 Precision. Based on a Method 301 validation using quad train 
arrangement with post sampling spiking study of the method at a natural 
gas-fired IC engine, the relative standard deviation of six pairs of 
unspiked samples was 11.2 percent at a mean stack gas concentration of 
16.7 ppmvd.
    13.2 Bias. No bias correction is allowed. The single Method 301 
validation study of the method at a natural gas-fired IC engine, 
indicated a bias correction factor of 0.91 for that set of data. An 
earlier spiking study got similar average percent spike recovery when 
spiking into a blank sample. This data set is too limited to justify 
using a bias correction factor for future tests at other sources.
    13.3 Range. The range of this method for formaldehyde is 0.2 to 7.5 
[micro]g/mL in the liquid phase. (This corresponds to a range of 0.27 to 
10 ppmv in the engine exhaust if sampling at a rate of 0.4 Lpm for 60 
minutes and using a 40-mL VOA bottle.) If the liquid sample 
concentration is above this range, perform the appropriate dilution for 
accurate measurement. Any dilutions must be taken from new aliquots of 
the original sample before reanalysis.
    13.4 Sample Stability. Based on a sample stability study conducted 
in conjunction with the method validation, sample degradation for 7- and 
14-day hold times does not exceed 2.3 and 4.6 percent, respectively, 
based on a 95 percent level of confidence. Therefore, the recommended 
maximum sample holding time for the underivatized impinger catch/
rinsings is 14 days, where projected sample degradation is below 5 
percent.

                        14.0 Pollution Prevention

    Sample gas from the combustion source exhaust is vented to the 
atmosphere after passing through the chilled impinger sampling train. 
Reagent solutions and samples should be collected for disposal as 
aqueous waste.

                          15.0 Waste Management

    Standards of formaldehyde and the analytical reagents should be 
handled according to the Material Safety Data Sheets.

[[Page 856]]

                             16.0 References

    1. National Council of the Paper Industry for Air and Stream 
Improvement, Inc. ``Volatile Organic Emissions from Pulp and Paper Mill 
Sources, Part X--Test Methods, Quality Assurance/Quality Control 
Procedures, and Data Analysis Protocols.'' Technical Bulletin No. 684, 
December 1994.
    2. National Council of the Paper Industry for Air and Stream 
Improvement, Inc., ``Field Validation of a Source Sampling Method for 
Formaldehyde, Methanol, and Phenol at Wood Products Mills.'' 1997 TAPPI 
International Environmental Conference.
    3. Roy F. Weston, Inc. ``Formaldehyde Sampling Method Field 
Evaluation and Emission Test Report for Georgia-Pacific Resins, Inc., 
Russellville, South Carolina.'' August 1996.
    4. Hoechst Celanese Method CL 8-4. ``Standard Test Method for Free 
Formaldehyde in Air Using Acetyl Acetone.'' Revision 0, September 1986.
    5. Shareef, G.S., et al. ``Measurement of Air Toxic Emissions from 
Natural Gas-Fired Internal Combustion Engines at Natural Gas 
Transmission and Storage Facilities.'' Report No. GRI-96/0009.1, Gas 
Research Institute, Chicago, Illinois, February 1996.
    6. Gundappa, M., et al. ``Characteristics of Formaldehyde Emissions 
from Natural Gas-Fired Reciprocating Internal Combustion Engines in Gas 
Transmission. Volume I: Phase I Predictive Model for Estimating 
Formaldehyde Emissions from 2-Stroke Engines.'' Report No. GRI-97/
0376.1, Gas Research Institute, Chicago, Illinois, September 1997.

         17.0 Tables, Diagrams, Flowcharts, and Validation Data

[[Page 857]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20AU10.004

 Method 325A--Volatile Organic Compounds from Fugitive and Area Sources:

              Sampler Deployment and VOC Sample Collection

                        1.0 Scope and Application

    1.1 This method describes collection of volatile organic compounds 
(VOCs) at or inside a facility property boundary or from fugitive and 
area emission sources using passive (diffusive) tube samplers (PS). The 
concentration of airborne VOCs at or near these potential fugitive- or 
area-emission sources may be determined using this method in combination 
with Method 325B. Companion Method 325B (Sampler Preparation and 
Analysis) describes preparation of sampling tubes, shipment and storage 
of exposed sampling tubes, and analysis of sampling tubes collected 
using either this passive sampling procedure or alternative active 
(pumped) sampling methods.
    1.2 This method may be used to determine the average concentration 
of the select VOCs using the corresponding uptake rates listed in Method 
325B, Table 12.1. Additional compounds or alternative sorbents must be 
evaluated as described in Addendum A of Method 325B or by one of the 
following national/

[[Page 858]]

international standard methods: ISO 16017-2:2003(E), ASTM D6196-03 
(Reapproved 2009), or BS EN 14662-4:2005 (all incorporated by 
reference--see Sec. 63.14), or reported in the peer-reviewed open 
literature.
    1.3 Methods 325A and 325B are valid for the measurement of benzene. 
Supporting literature (References 1-8) indicates that benzene can be 
measured by flame ionization detection or mass spectrometry over a 
concentration range of approximately 0.5 micrograms per cubic meter 
([micro]g/m\3\) to at least 500 [micro]g/m\3\ when industry standard 
(3.5 inch long x 0.25 inch outside diameter (o.d.) x 5 mm inner diameter 
(i.d.)) inert-coated stainless steel sorbent tubes packed with 
Carbograph\TM\ 1 TD, Carbopack\TM\ B, or Carbopack\TM\ X or equivalent 
are used and when samples are accumulated over a period of 14 days.
    1.4 This method may be applied to screening average airborne VOC 
concentrations at facility property boundaries or monitoring perimeters 
over an extended period of time using multiple sampling periods (e.g., 
26 x 14-day sampling periods). The duration of each sampling period is 
normally 14 days.
    1.5 This method requires the collection of local meteorological data 
(wind speed and direction, temperature, and barometric pressure). 
Although local meteorology is a component of this method, non-regulatory 
applications of this method may use regional meteorological data. Such 
applications risk that the results may not identify the precise source 
of the emissions.

                        2.0 Summary of the Method

                       2.1 Principle of the Method

    The diffusive passive sampler collects VOC from air for a measured 
time period at a rate that is proportional to the concentration of vapor 
in the air at that location.
    2.1.1 This method describes the deployment of prepared passive 
samplers, including determination of the number of passive samplers 
needed for each survey and placement of samplers along or inside the 
facility property boundary depending on the size and shape of the site 
or linear length of the boundary.
    2.1.2 The rate of sampling is specific to each compound and depends 
on the diffusion constants of that VOC and the sampler dimensions/
characteristics as determined by prior calibration in a standard 
atmosphere (Reference 1).
    2.1.3 The gaseous VOC target compounds migrate through a constant 
diffusion barrier (e.g., an air gap of fixed dimensions) at the sampling 
end of the diffusion sampling tube and adsorb onto the sorbent.
    2.1.4 Heat and a flow of inert carrier gas are then used to extract 
(desorb) the retained VOCs back from the sampling end of the tube and 
transport/transfer them to a gas chromatograph (GC) equipped with a 
chromatographic column to separate the VOCs and a detector to determine 
the quantity of target VOCs.
    2.1.5 Gaseous or liquid calibration standards loaded onto the 
sampling ends of clean sorbent tubes must be used to calibrate the 
analytical equipment.
    2.1.6 This method requires the use of field blanks to ensure sample 
integrity associated with shipment, collection, and storage of the 
passive samples. It also requires the use of field duplicates to 
validate the sampling process.
    2.1.7 At the end of each sampling period, the passive samples are 
collected, sealed, and shipped to a laboratory for analysis of target 
VOCs by thermal desorption gas chromatography, as described in Method 
325B.

                  2.2 Application of Diffusive Sampling

    2.2.1 This method requires deployment of passive sampling tubes on a 
monitoring perimeter encompassing all known emission sources at a 
facility and collection of local meteorological data. It may be used to 
determine average concentration of VOC at a facility's ``fenceline'' 
using time integrated passive sampling (Reference 2).
    2.2.2 Collecting samples and meteorological data at progressively 
higher frequencies may be employed to resolve shorter term concentration 
fluctuations and wind conditions that could introduce interfering 
emissions from other sources.
    2.2.3 This passive sampling method provides a low cost approach to 
screening of fugitive or area emissions compared to active sampling 
methods that are based on pumped sorbent tubes or time weighted average 
canister sampling.
    2.2.3.1 Additional passive sampling tubes may be deployed at 
different distances from the facility property boundary or from the 
geometric center of the fugitive emission source.
    2.2.3.2 Additional meteorological measurements may also be collected 
as needed to perform preliminary gradient-based assessment of the extent 
of the pollution plume at ground level and the effect of ``background'' 
sources contributing to airborne VOC concentrations at the location.
    2.2.4 Time-resolved concentration measurements coupled with time-
resolved meteorological monitoring may be used to generate data needed 
for source apportionment procedures and mass flux calculations.

                             3.0 Definitions

    (See also Section 3.0 of Method 325B.)
    3.1 Fenceline means the property boundary of a facility or internal 
monitoring perimeter established in accordance with the requirements in 
Section 8.2 of this method.

[[Page 859]]

    3.2 Passive sampler (PS) means a specific type of sorbent tube 
(defined in this method) that has a fixed dimension air (diffusion) gap 
at the sampling end and is sealed at the other end.
    3.3 Passive sampling refers to the activity of quantitatively 
collecting VOC on sorbent tubes using the process of diffusion.
    3.4 PSi is the annual average for all PS concentration results from 
location i.
    3.5 PSi3 is the set of annual average concentration results for 
PSi and two sorbent tubes nearest to the PS location i.
    3.6 PSip is the concentration from the sorbent tube at location i 
for the test period or episode p.
    3.7 Sampling period is the length of time each passive sampler is 
exposed during field monitoring. The sampling period for this method is 
14 days.
    3.8 Sorbent tube (Also referred to as tube, PS tube, adsorbent tube, 
and sampling tube) is an inert coated stainless steel tube. Standard PS 
tube dimensions for this method are 3.5-inch (89 mm) long x 0.25-inch 
(6.4 mm) o.d. with an i.d. of 5 mm, a cross-sectional area of 19.6 mm\2\ 
and an air gap of 15 mm. The central portion of the tube is packed with 
solid adsorbent material contained between 2 x 100-mesh stainless steel 
gauzes and terminated with a diffusion cap at the sampling end of the 
tube. These axial passive samplers are installed under a protective hood 
during field deployment.
    Note: Glass and glass- (or fused silica-) lined stainless steel 
sorbent tubes (typically 4 mm i.d.) are also available in various 
lengths to suit different makes of thermal desorption equipment, but 
these are rarely used for passive sampling because it is more difficult 
to adequately define the diffusive air gap in glass or glass-line 
tubing. Such tubes are not recommended for this method.

                       4.0 Sampling Interferences

                        4.1 General Interferences

    Passive tube samplers should be sited at a distance beyond the 
influence of possible obstructions such as trees, walls, or buildings at 
the monitoring site. Complex topography and physical site obstructions, 
such as bodies of water, hills, buildings, and other structures that may 
prevent access to a planned PS location must be taken into 
consideration. You must document and report siting interference with the 
results of this method.

                       4.2 Background Interference

    Nearby or upwind sources of target emissions outside the facility 
being tested can contribute to background concentrations. Moreover, 
because passive samplers measure continuously, changes in wind direction 
can cause variation in the level of background concentrations from 
interfering sources during the monitoring period. This is why local 
meteorological information, particularly wind direction and speed, is 
required to be collected throughout the monitoring period. Interfering 
sources can include neighboring industrial facilities, transportation 
facilities, fueling operations, combustion sources, short-term transient 
sources, residential sources, and nearby highways or roads. As PS data 
are evaluated, the location of potential interferences with respect to 
PS locations and local wind conditions should be considered, especially 
when high PS concentration values are observed.

                            4.3 Tube Handling

    You must protect the PS tubes from gross external contamination 
during field sampling. Analytical thermal desorption equipment used to 
analyze PS tubes must desorb organic compounds from the interior of PS 
tubes and exclude contamination from external sampler surfaces in the 
analytical/sample flow path. If the analytical equipment does not comply 
with this requirement, you must wear clean, white, cotton or powder-free 
nitrile gloves to handle sampling tubes to prevent contamination of the 
external sampler surfaces. Sampling tubes must be capped with two-piece, 
brass, 0.25 inch, long-term storage caps fitted with combined 
polytetrafluoroethylene ferrules (see Section 6.1 and Method 325B) to 
prevent ingress of airborne contaminants outside the sampling period. 
When not being used for field monitoring, the capped tubes must be 
stored in a clean, air-tight, shipping container to prevent the 
collection of VOCs (see Section 6.4.2 of Method 325B).

         4.4 Local Weather Conditions and Airborne Particulates

    Although air speeds are a constraint for many forms of passive 
samplers, axial tube PS devices have such a slow inherent uptake rate 
that they are largely immune to these effects (References 4,5). Passive 
samplers must nevertheless be deployed under non-emitting weatherproof 
hoods to moderate the effect of local weather conditions such as solar 
heating and rain. The cover must not impede the ingress of ambient air. 
Sampling tubes should also be orientated vertically and pointing 
downwards, to minimize accumulation of particulates.

                             4.5 Temperature

    The normal working range for field sampling for sorbent packing is 
0-40 [deg]C (References 6,7). Note that most published passive uptake 
rate data for sorbent tubes is quoted at 20 [deg]C. Note also that, as a 
rough guide, an increase in temperature of 10 [deg]C will reduce the 
collection capacity for a given analyte on a given sorbent packing by a 
factor of 2, but the uptake rate will not change significantly 
(Reference 4).

[[Page 860]]

                               5.0 Safety

    This method does not purport to include all safety issues or 
procedures needed when deploying or collecting passive sampling tubes. 
Precautions typical of field air sampling projects are required. 
Tripping, falling, electrical, and weather safety considerations must 
all be included in plans to deploy and collect passive sampling tubes.

    6.0 Sampling Equipment and Supplies, and Pre-Deployment Planning

    This section describes the equipment and supplies needed to deploy 
passive sampling monitoring equipment at a facility property boundary. 
Details of the passive sampling tubes themselves and equipment required 
for subsequent analysis are described in Method 325B.

                       6.1 Passive Sampling Tubes

    The industry standard PS tubes used in this method must meet the 
specific configuration and preparation requirements described in Section 
3.0 of this method and Section 6.1 of Method 325B.
    Note: The use of PS tubes packed with various sorbent materials for 
monitoring a wide variety of organic compounds in ambient air has been 
documented in the literature (References 4-10). Other sorbents may be 
used in standard passive sampling tubes for monitoring additional target 
compound(s) once their uptake rate and performance has been demonstrated 
following procedures in Addendum A to Method 325B. Guidance on sorbent 
selection can also be obtained from relevant national and international 
standard methods such as ASTM D6196-03 (Reapproved 2009) (Reference 14) 
and ISO 16017-2:2003(E) (Reference 13) (both incorporated by reference--
see Sec. 63.14).

                  6.2 Passive or Diffusive Sampling Cap

    One diffusive sampling cap is required per PS tube. The cap fits 
onto the sampling end of the tube during air monitoring. The other end 
of the tube remains sealed with the long-term storage cap. Each 
diffusive sampling cap is fitted with a stainless steel gauze, which 
defines the outer limit of the diffusion air gap.

                    6.3 Sorbent Tube Protection Cover

    A simple weatherproof hood, suitable for protecting passive sampling 
tubes from the worst of the weather (see Section 4.4) consists of an 
inverted cone/funnel constructed of an inert, non-outgassing material 
that fits over the diffusive tube, with the open (sampling) end of the 
tube projecting just below the cone opening. An example is shown in 
Figure 6.1 (Adapted from Reference 13).

[[Page 861]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR01DE15.025

                    6.4 Thermal Desorption Apparatus

    If the analytical thermal desorber that will subsequently be used to 
analyze the passive sampling tubes does not meet the requirement to 
exclude outer surface contaminants from the sample flow path (see 
Section 6.6 of Method 325B), then clean, white, cotton or powder-free 
nitrile gloves must be used for handling the passive sampling tubes 
during field deployment.

                          6.5 Sorbent Selection

    Sorbent tube configurations, sorbents or other VOC not listed in 
this method must be evaluated according to Method 325B, Addendum A or 
ISO 16017-2:2003(E) (Reference 13) (incorporated by reference--see Sec. 
63.14). The supporting evaluation and verification data described in 
Method 325B, Addendum A for configurations or compounds different from 
the ones described in this method must meet the performance requirements 
of Method 325A/B and must be submitted with the test plan for your 
measurement program.

                       7.0 Reagents and Standards

    No reagents or standards are needed for the field deployment and 
collection of passive sampling tubes. Specifications for sorbents, gas 
and liquid phase standards, preloaded standard tubes, and carrier gases 
are covered in Section 7 of Method 325B.

              8.0 Sample Deployment, Recovery, and Storage

    Pre-deployment and planning steps are required before field 
deployment of passive sampling tubes. These activities include but are 
not limited to conducting a site visit, determining suitable and 
required monitoring locations, and determining the monitoring frequency 
to be used.

                      8.1 Conducting the Site Visit

    8.1.1 Determine the size and shape of the facility footprint in 
order to determine the required number of monitoring locations.
    8.1.2 Identify obstacles or obstructions (buildings, roads, fences), 
hills and other terrain issues (e.g., bodies of water or swamp land) 
that could interfere with air parcel flow to the sampler or that prevent 
reasonable access to the location. You may use the general guidance in 
Section 4.1 of this method during the site visit to identify sampling 
locations. You must evaluate the placement of each passive sampler to 
determine if the conditions in this section are met.

[[Page 862]]

    8.1.3 Identify to the extent possible and record potential off-site 
source interferences (e.g., neighboring industrial facilities, 
transportation facilities, fueling operations, combustion sources, 
short-term transient sources, residential sources, nearby highways).
    8.1.4 Identify the closest available meteorological station. 
Identify potential locations for one or more on-site or near-site 
meteorological station(s) following the guidance in EPA-454/B-08-002 
(Reference 11) (incorporated by reference--see Sec. 63.14).

          8.2 Determining Sampling Locations (References 2, 3)

    8.2.1 The number and placement of the passive samplers depends on 
the size, the shape of the facility footprint or the linear distance 
around the facility, and the proximity of emission sources near the 
property boundaries. Aerial photographs or site maps may be used to 
determine the size (acreage) and shape of the facility or the length of 
the monitoring perimeter. Place passive samplers on an internal 
monitoring perimeter on or inside the facility boundary encompassing all 
emission sources at the facility at different angles circling the 
geometric center of the facility or at different distances based on the 
monitoring perimeter length of the facility.
    Note: In some instances, permanent air monitoring stations may 
already be located in close proximity to the facility. These stations 
may be operated and maintained by the site, or local or state regulatory 
agencies. If access to the station is possible, a PS may be deployed 
adjacent to other air monitoring instrumentation. A comparison of the 
pollutant concentrations measured with the PS to concentrations measured 
by site instrumentation may be used as an optional data quality 
indicator to assess the accuracy of PS results.
    8.2.1.1 The monitoring perimeter may be located between the property 
boundary and any potential emission source near the property boundary, 
as long as the distance from the source to the monitoring perimeter is 
at least 50 meters (162 feet). If a potential emissions source is within 
50 meters (162 feet) of the property boundary, the property boundary 
shall be used as the monitoring perimeter near that source.
    8.2.1.2 Samplers need only be placed around the monitoring perimeter 
and not along internal roads or other right of ways that may bisect the 
facility.
    8.2.1.3 An extra sampler must be placed near known sources of VOCs 
if potential emission sources are within 50 meters (162 feet) of the 
boundary and the source or sources are located between two monitors. 
Measure the distance (x) between the two monitors and place another 
monitor approximately halfway between (x/2 10 
percent) the two monitors. Only one extra sampler is required between 
two monitors to account for known sources of VOCs. For example, in 
Figure 8.1, the facility added three additional monitors (i.e., light 
shaded sampler locations), and in Figure 8.2, the facility added two 
additional monitors to provide sufficient coverage of all area sources.

Figure 8.1. Facility with a Regular Shape Between 750 and 1,500 Acres in 
                                  Area

[[Page 863]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR14NO18.070

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR01DE15A.026

    8.2.2 Option 1 for Determining Sampling Locations.
    8.2.2.1 For facilities with a regular (circular, triangular, 
rectangular, or square)

[[Page 864]]

shape, determine the geographic center of the facility.
    8.2.2.1.1 For facilities with an area of less than or equal to 750 
acres, measure angles of 30 degrees from the center point for a total of 
twelve 30 degree measurements evenly spaced (1 
degree).
    8.2.2.1.2 For facilities covering an area greater than 750 acres but 
less than or equal to 1,500 acres, measure angles of 20 degrees from the 
center point for a total of eighteen 20 degree measurements evenly 
spaced (1 degree). Figure 8.1 shows the monitor 
placement around the property boundary of a facility with an area 
between 750 and 1,500 acres. Monitor placements are represented with 
black dots along the property boundary.
    8.2.2.1.3 For facilities covering an area greater than 1,500 acres, 
measure angles of 15 degrees from the center point for a total of 
twenty-four 15 degree measurements evenly spaced (1 degree).
    8.2.2.1.4 Locate each sampling point where the measured angle 
intersects the outer monitoring perimeter.
    8.2.2.2 For irregularly shaped facilities, divide the area into a 
set of connecting subarea circles, triangles or rectangles to determine 
sampling locations. The subareas must be defined such that a circle can 
reasonably encompass the subarea. Then determine the geometric center 
point of each of the subareas.
    8.2.2.2.1 If a subarea is less than or equal to 750 acres (e.g., 
Figure 8.3), measure angles of 30 degrees from the center point for a 
total of twelve 30 degree measurements (1 degree).
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR01DE15.027

    8.2.2.2.2 If a subarea is greater than 750 acres but less than or 
equal to 1,500 acres (e.g., Figure 8.4), measure angles of 20 degrees 
from the center point for a total of eighteen 20 degree measurements 
(1 degree).
    8.2.2.2.3 If a subarea is greater than 1,500 acres, measure angles 
of 15 degrees from the center for a total of twenty-four 15 degree 
measurements (1 degree).
    8.2.2.2.4 Locate each sampling point where the measured angle 
intersects the outer monitoring perimeter. Sampling points need not be 
placed closer than 152 meters (500 feet) apart (or 76 meters (250 feet) 
if known sources are within 50 meters (162 feet) of the monitoring 
perimeter), as long as a minimum of 3 monitoring locations are used for 
each subarea.
    8.2.2.2.5 Sampling sites are not needed at the intersection of an 
inner boundary with an adjacent subarea. The sampling location must be 
sited where the measured angle

[[Page 865]]

intersects the subarea's outer monitoring perimeter.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR01DE15.028

    8.2.3 Option 2 for Determining Sampling Locations.
    8.2.3.1 For facilities with a monitoring perimeter length of less 
than 7,315 meters (24,000 feet), a minimum of twelve sampling locations 
evenly spaced 10 percent of the location interval 
is required.
    8.2.3.2 For facilities with a monitoring perimeter length greater 
than or equal to 7,315 meters (24,000 feet), sampling locations are 
spaced 610  76 meters (2,000  250 feet) apart.
    8.2.3.3 Unless otherwise specified in an applicable regulation, 
permit or other requirement, for small disconnected subareas with known 
sources within 50 meters (162 feet) of the monitoring perimeter, 
sampling points need not be placed closer than 152 meters (500 feet) 
apart as long as a minimum of 3 monitoring locations are used for each 
subarea.

                   8.3 Siting a Meteorological Station

    A meteorological station is required at or near the facility you are 
monitoring. A number of commercially available meteorological stations 
can be used. Information on meteorological instruments can be found in 
EPA-454/R-99-005 (Reference 11) (incorporated by reference--see Sec. 
63.14). Some important considerations for siting of meteorological 
stations are detailed below.
    8.3.1 Place meteorological stations in locations that represent 
conditions affecting the transport and dispersion of pollutants in the 
area of interest. Complex terrain may require the use of more than one 
meteorological station.
    8.3.2 Deploy wind instruments over level, open terrain at a height 
of 10 meters (33 feet). If possible, locate wind instruments at a 
distance away from nearby structures that is equal to at least 10 times 
the height of the structure.
    8.3.3 Protect meteorological instruments from thermal radiation and 
adequately ventilate them using aspirated shields. The temperature 
sensor must be located at a distance away from any nearby structures 
that is equal to at least four times the height of the structure. 
Temperature sensors must be located at least 30 meters (98 feet) from 
large paved areas.
    8.3.4 Collect and record meteorological data, including wind speed, 
wind direction, temperature and barometric pressure on an hourly basis. 
Calculate average unit vector wind direction, sigma theta, temperature 
and barometric pressure per sampling period

[[Page 866]]

to enable calculation of concentrations at standard conditions. Supply 
this information to the laboratory.
    8.3.5 Identify and record the location of the meteorological station 
by its GPS coordinate.

                        8.4 Monitoring Frequency

    8.4.1 Sample collection may be performed for periods up to 14 days.
    8.4.2 A site screening protocol that meets method requirements may 
be performed by collecting samples for a year where each PS accumulates 
VOC for a 14-day sampling period. Study results are accumulated for the 
sampling periods (typically 26) over the course of one calendar year. To 
the extent practical, sampling tubes should be changed at approximately 
the same time of day at each of the monitoring sites.
    8.4.3 When extenuating circumstances do not permit safe deployment 
or retrieval of passive samplers (e.g., extreme weather, power failure), 
sampler placement or retrieval earlier or later than the prescribed 
schedule is allowed but must occur as soon as safe access to sampling 
sites is possible.

                     8.5 Passive Sampler Deployment

    8.5.1 Clean (conditioned) sorbent tubes must be prepared and 
packaged by the laboratory as described in Method 325B and must be 
deployed for sampling within 30 days of conditioning.
    8.5.2 Allow the tubes to equilibrate with ambient temperature 
(approximately 30 minutes to 1 hour) at the monitoring location before 
removing them from their storage/shipping container for sample 
collection.
    8.5.3 If there is any risk that the analytical equipment will not 
meet the requirement to exclude contamination on outer tube surfaces 
from the sample flow path (see Section 6.6 of Method 325B), sample 
handlers must wear clean, white, cotton or powder-free nitrile gloves 
during PS deployment and collection and throughout any other tube 
handling operations.
    8.5.4 Inspect the sampling tubes immediately prior to deployment. 
Ensure that they are intact, securely capped, and in good condition. Any 
suspect tubes (e.g., tubes that appear to have leaked sorbent) should be 
removed from the sampling set.
    8.5.5 Secure passive samplers so the bottom of the diffusive 
sampling cap is 1.5 to 3 meters (4.9 to 9.8 feet) above ground using a 
pole or other secure structure at each sampling location. Orient the PS 
vertically and with the sampling end pointing downward to avoid ingress 
of particulates.
    Note: Duplicate sampling assemblies must be deployed in at least one 
monitoring location for every 10 monitoring locations during each field 
monitoring period.
    8.5.6 Protect the PS from rain and excessive wind velocity by 
placing them under the type of protective hood described in Section 
6.1.3 or equivalent.
    8.5.7 Remove the storage cap on the sampling end of the tube and 
replace it with a diffusive sampling cap at the start of the sampling 
period. Make sure the diffusion cap is properly seated and store the 
removed storage caps in the empty tube shipping container.
    8.5.8 Record the start time and location details for each sampler on 
the field sample data sheet (see example in Section 17.0.).
    8.5.9 Expose the sampling tubes for the required sampling period-
normally 14-days.
    8.5.10 Field blank tubes (see Section 9.3 of Method 325B) are stored 
outside the shipping container at representative sampling locations 
around the site, but with both long-term storage caps kept in place 
throughout the monitoring exercise. Collect at least two field blanks 
sorbent samples per sampling period to ensure sample integrity 
associated with shipment, collection, and storage.

      8.6 Sorbent Tube Recovery and Meteorological Data Collection

    Recover deployed sampling tubes and field blanks as follows:
    8.6.1 After the sampling period is complete, immediately replace the 
diffusion end cap on each sampled tube with a long-term storage end cap. 
Tighten the seal securely by hand and then tighten an additional quarter 
turn with an appropriate tool. Record the stop date and time and any 
additional relevant information on the sample data sheet.
    8.6.2 Place the sampled tubes, together with the field blanks, in 
the storage/shipping container. Label the storage container, but do not 
use paints, markers, or adhesive labels to identify the tubes. TD-
compatible electronic (radio frequency identification (RFID)) tube 
labels are available commercially and are compatible with some brands of 
thermal desorber. If used, these may be programmed with relevant tube 
and sample information, which can be read and automatically transcribed 
into the sequence report by the TD system.
    Note: Sampled tubes must not be placed in the same shipping 
container as clean conditioned sampling tubes.
    8.6.3 Sampled tubes may be shipped at ambient temperature to a 
laboratory for sample analysis.
    8.6.4 Specify whether the tubes are field blanks or were used for 
sampling and document relevant information for each tube using a Chain 
of Custody form (see example in Section 17.0) that accompanies the 
samples from preparation of the tubes through receipt for analysis, 
including the following information: Unique tube identification numbers 
for each sampled tube; the date,

[[Page 867]]

time, and location code for each PS placement; the date, time, and 
location code for each PS recovery; the GPS reference for each sampling 
location; the unique identification number of the duplicate sample (if 
applicable); and problems or anomalies encountered.
    8.6.5 If the sorbent tubes are supplied with electronic (e.g., RFID) 
tags, it is also possible to allocate a sample identifier to each PS 
tube. In this case, the recommended format for the identification number 
of each sampled tube is AA-BB-CC-DD-VOC, where:

AA = Sequence number of placement on route (01, 02, 03 . . .)
BB = Sampling location code (01, 02, 03 . . .)
CC = 14-day sample period number (01 to 26)
DD = Sample code (SA = sample, DU = duplicate, FB = field blank)
VOC = 3-letter code for target compound(s) (e.g., BNZ for benzene or BTX 
          for benzene, toluene, and xylenes)

    Note: Sampling start and end times/dates can also be logged using 
RFID tube tags.

                           9.0 Quality Control

    9.1 Most quality control checks are carried out by the laboratory 
and associated requirements are in Section 9.0 of Method 325B, including 
requirements for laboratory blanks, field blanks, and duplicate samples.
    9.2 Evaluate for potential outliers the laboratory results for 
neighboring sampling tubes collected over the same time period. A 
potential outlier is a result for which one or more PS tube does not 
agree with the trend in results shown by neighboring PS tubes--
particularly when data from those locations have been more consistent 
during previous sampling periods. Accidental contamination by the sample 
handler must be documented before any result can be eliminated as an 
outlier. Rare but possible examples of contamination include loose or 
missing storage caps or contaminated storage/shipping containers. Review 
data from the same and neighboring monitoring locations for the 
subsequent sampling periods. If the anomalous result is not repeated for 
that monitoring location, the episode can be ascribed to transient 
contamination and the data in question must be flagged for potential 
elimination from the dataset.

                     9.3 Duplicates and Field Blanks

    9.3.1 Collect at least one co-located/duplicate sample for every 10 
field samples to determine precision of the measurements.
    9.3.2 Collect at least two field blanks sorbent samples per sampling 
period to ensure sample integrity associated with shipment, collection, 
and storage. You must use the entire sampling apparatus for field blanks 
including unopened sorbent tubes mounted in protective sampling hoods. 
The tube closures must not be removed. Field blanks must be placed in 
two different quadrants (e.g., 90[deg] and 270[deg]) and remain at the 
sampling location for the sampling period.

                  10.0 Calibration and Standardization

    Follow the calibration and standardization procedures for 
meteorological measurements in EPA-454/B-08-002 March 2008 (Reference 
11) (incorporated by reference--see Sec. 63.14). Refer to Method 325B 
for calibration and standardization procedures for analysis of the 
passive sampling tubes.

                       11.0 Analytical Procedures

    Refer to Method 325B, which provides details for the preparation and 
analysis of sampled passive monitoring tubes (preparation of sampling 
tubes, shipment and storage of exposed sampling tubes, and analysis of 
sampling tubes).

           12.0 Data Analysis, Calculations and Documentation

         12.1 Calculate Annual Average Fenceline Concentration.

    After a year's worth of sampling at the facility fenceline (for 
example, 26 14-day samples), the average (PSi) may be 
calculated for any specified period at each PS location using Equation 
12.1.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR01DE15.029

Where:

PSi = Annual average for location i.
PSip = Sampling period specific concentration from Method 
          325B.
i = Location of passive sampler (0 to 360[deg]).
p = The sampling period.
N = The number of sampling periods in the year (e.g., for 14-day 
          sampling periods, from 1 to 26).
    Note: PSip is a function of sampling location-specific 
factors such as the contribution from facility sources, unusual 
localized meteorological conditions, contribution from nearby 
interfering sources, the background

[[Page 868]]

caused by integrated far-field sources and measurement error due to 
deployment, handling, siting, or analytical errors.

              12.2 Identify Sampling Locations of Interest

    If data from neighboring sampling locations are significantly 
different, then you may add extra sampling points to isolate background 
contributions or identify facility-specific ``hot spots.''

                          12.3 Evaluate Trends

    You may evaluate trends and patterns in the PS data over multiple 
sampling periods to determine if elevated concentrations of target 
compounds are due to operations on the facility or if contributions from 
background sources are significant.
    12.3.1 Obtain meteorological data including wind speed and wind 
direction or unit vector wind data from the on-site meteorological 
station. Use this meteorological data to determine the prevailing wind 
direction and speed during the periods of elevated concentrations.
    12.3.2 As an option you may perform preliminary back trajectory 
calculations (http://ready.arl.noaa.gov/HYSPLIT.php) to aid in 
identifying the source of the background contribution to elevated target 
compound concentrations.
    12.3.3 Information on published or documented events on- and off-
site may also be included in the associated sampling period report to 
explain elevated concentrations if relevant. For example, you would 
describe if there was a chemical spill on site, or an accident on an 
adjacent road.
    12.3.4 Additional monitoring for shorter periods (See section 8.4) 
may be necessary to allow better discrimination/resolution of 
contributing emission sources if the measured trends and associated 
meteorology do not provide a clear assessment of facility contribution 
to the measured fenceline concentration.
    12.3.5 Additional records necessary to calculate sampling period 
average target compound concentration can be found in Section 12.1 of 
Method 325B.

                         13.0 Method Performance

    Method performance requirements are described in Method 325B.

                        14.0 Pollution Prevention

    [Reserved]

                          15.0 Waste Management

    [Reserved]

                             16.0 References

1. Ambient air quality--Standard method for measurement of benzene 
          concentrations--Part 4: Diffusive sampling followed by thermal 
          desorption and gas chromatography, BS EN 14662-4:2005.
2. Thoma, E.D., Miller, C.M., Chung, K.C., Parsons, N.L. and Shine, B.C. 
          Facility Fence Line Monitoring using Passive Samplers, J. Air 
          & Waste Mange. Assoc. 2011, 61:834-842.
3. Quality Assurance Handbook for Air Pollution C Systems, Volume II: 
          Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Program, EPA-454/B-13-003, May 
          2013. Available at http://www.epa.gov/ttnamti1/files/ambient/
          pm25/qa/QA-Handbook-Vol-II.pdf.
4. Brown, R.H., Charlton, J. and Saunders, K.J.: The development of an 
          improved diffusive sampler. Am. Ind. Hyg. Assoc. J. 1981, 
          42(12): 865-869.
5. Brown, R. H. Environmental use of diffusive samplers: evaluation of 
          reliable diffusive uptake rates for benzene, toluene and 
          xylene. J. Environ. Monit. 1999, 1 (1), 115-116.
6. Ballach, J.; Greuter, B.; Schultz, E.; Jaeschke, W. Variations of 
          uptake rates in benzene diffusive sampling as a function of 
          ambient conditions. Sci. Total Environ. 1999, 244, 203-217.
7. Brown, R. H. Monitoring the ambient environment with diffusive 
          samplers: theory and practical considerations. J Environ. 
          Monit. 2000, 2 (1), 1-9.
8. Buzica, D.; Gerboles, M.; Plaisance, H. The equivalence of diffusive 
          samplers to reference methods for monitoring O3, 
          benzene and NO2 in ambient air. J. Environ. Monit. 
          2008, 10 (9), 1052-1059.
9. Woolfenden, E. Sorbent-based sampling methods for volatile and semi-
          volatile organic compounds in air. Part 2. Sorbent selection 
          and other aspects of optimizing air monitoring methods. J. 
          Chromatogr. A 2010, 1217, (16), 2685-94.
10. Pfeffer, H. U.; Breuer, L. BTX measurements with diffusive samplers 
          in the vicinity of a cokery: Comparison between ORSA-type 
          samplers and pumped sampling. J. Environ. Monit. 2000, 2 (5), 
          483-486.
11. US EPA. 2000. Meteorological Monitoring Guidance for Regulatory 
          Modeling Applications. EPA-454/R-99-005. Office of Air Quality 
          Planning and Standards, Research Triangle Park, NC. February 
          2000. Available at http://www.epa.gov/scram001/guidance/met/
          mmgrma.pdf.
12. Quality Assurance Handbook for Air Pollution Measurement Systems. 
          Volume IV: Meteorological Measurements Version 2.0 Final, EPA-
          454/B-08-002 March 2008. Available at http://www.epa.gov/
          ttnamti1/files/ambient/met/
 Volume%20IV_Meteorological_
 Measurements.pdf.
13. ISO 16017-2:2003(E), Indoor, ambient and workplace air--Sampling and 
          analysis of volatile organic compounds by sorbent

[[Page 869]]

          tube/thermal desorption/capillary gas chromatography. Part 2: 
          Diffusive sampling.
14. ASTM D6196-03 (Reapproved 2009): Standard practice for selection of 
          sorbents, sampling, and thermal desorption analysis procedures 
          for volatile organic compounds in air.

          17.0 Tables, Diagrams, Flowcharts and Validation Data
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR01DE15.030


[[Page 870]]



 Method 325B--Volatile Organic Compounds from Fugitive and Area Sources:

                    Sampler Preparation and Analysis

                        1.0 Scope and Application

    1.1 This method describes thermal desorption/gas chromatography (TD/
GC) analysis of volatile organic compounds (VOCs) from fugitive and area 
emission sources collected onto sorbent tubes using passive sampling. It 
could also be applied to the TD/GC analysis of VOCs collected using 
active (pumped) sampling onto sorbent tubes. The concentration of 
airborne VOCs at or near potential fugitive- or area-emission sources 
may be determined using this method in combination with Method 325A. 
Companion Method 325A (Sampler Deployment and VOC Sample Collection) 
describes procedures for deploying the sorbent tubes and passively 
collecting VOCs.
    1.2 The preferred GC detector for this method is a mass spectrometer 
(MS), but flame ionization detectors (FID) may also be used. Other 
conventional GC detectors such as electron capture (ECD), 
photoionization (PID), or flame photometric (FPD) may also be used if 
they are selective and sensitive to the target compound(s) and if they 
meet the method performance criteria provided in this method.
    1.3 There are 97 VOCs listed as hazardous air pollutants in Title 
III of the Clean Air Act Amendments of 1990. Many of these VOC are 
candidate compounds for this method. Compounds with known uptake rates 
for Carbograph\TM\ 1 TD, Carbopack\TM\ B, or Carbopack\TM\ X are listed 
in Table 12.1. This method provides performance criteria to demonstrate 
acceptable performance of the method (or modifications of the method) 
for monitoring one or more of the compounds listed Table 12.1. If 
standard passive sampling tubes are packed with other sorbents or used 
for other analytes than those listed in Table 12.1, then method 
performance and relevant uptake rates should be verified according to 
Addendum A to this method or by one of the following national/
international standard methods: ISO 16017-2:2003(E), ASTM D6196-03 
(Reapproved 2009), or BS EN 14662-4:2005 (all incorporated by 
reference--see Sec. 63.14), or reported in the peer-reviewed open 
literature.
    1.4 The analytical approach using TD/GC/MS is based on previously 
published EPA guidance in Compendium Method TO-17 (http://www.epa.gov/
ttnamti1/airtox.htmlcompendium) (Reference 1), which describes active 
(pumped) sampling of VOCs from ambient air onto tubes packed with 
thermally stable adsorbents.
    1.5 Inorganic gases not suitable for analysis by this method include 
oxides of carbon, nitrogen and sulfur, ozone (O3), and other 
diatomic permanent gases. Other pollutants not suitable for this 
analysis method include particulate pollutants, (i.e., fumes, aerosols, 
and dusts), compounds too labile (reactive) for conventional GC 
analysis, and VOCs that are more volatile than propane.

                          2.0 Summary of Method

    2.1 This method provides procedures for the preparation, 
conditioning, blanking, and shipping of sorbent tubes prior to sample 
collection.
    2.2 Laboratory and field personnel must have experience of sampling 
trace-level VOCs using sorbent tubes (References 2,5) and must have 
experience operating thermal desorption/GC/multi-detector 
instrumentation.
    2.3 Key steps of this method as implemented for each sample tube 
include: Stringent leak testing under stop flow, recording ambient 
temperature conditions, adding internal standards, purging the tube, 
thermally desorbing the sampling tube, refocusing on a focusing trap, 
desorbing and transferring/injecting the VOCs from the secondary trap 
into the capillary GC column for separation and analysis.
    2.4 Water management steps incorporated into this method include: 
(a) Selection of hydrophobic sorbents in the sampling tube; (b) optional 
dry purging of sample tubes prior to analysis; and (c) additional 
selective elimination of water during primary (tube) desorption (if 
required) by selecting trapping sorbents and temperatures such that 
target compounds are quantitatively retained while water is purged to 
vent.

                             3.0 Definitions

    (See also Section 3.0 of Method 325A).
    3.1 Blanking is the desorption and confirmatory analysis of 
conditioned sorbent tubes before they are sent for field sampling.
    3.2 Breakthrough volume and associated relation to passive sampling. 
Breakthrough volumes, as applied to active sorbent tube sampling, equate 
to the volume of air containing a constant concentration of analyte that 
may be passed through a sorbent tube at a given temperature before a 
detectable level (5 percent) of the input analyte concentration elutes 
from the tube. Although breakthrough volumes are directly related to 
active rather than passive sampling, they provide a measure of the 
strength of the sorbent-sorbate interaction and therefore also relate to 
the efficiency of the passive sampling process. The best direct measure 
of passive sampling efficiency is the stability of the uptake rate. 
Quantitative passive sampling is compromised when the sorbent no longer 
acts as a perfect sink--i.e., when the concentration of a target analyte 
immediately above the sorbent sampling surface no longer approximates to 
zero. This causes a reduction in the uptake rate over time. If

[[Page 871]]

the uptake rate for a given analyte on a given sorbent tube remains 
relatively constant --i.e., if the uptake rate determined for 48 hours 
is similar to that determined for 7 or 14 days--the user can be 
confident that passive sampling is occurring at a constant rate. As a 
general rule of thumb, such ideal passive sampling conditions typically 
exist for analyte:sorbent combinations where the breakthrough volume 
exceeds 100 L (Reference 4).
    3.3 Continuing calibration verification sample (CCV). Single level 
calibration samples run periodically to confirm that the analytical 
system continues to generate sample results within acceptable agreement 
to the current calibration curve.
    3.4 Focusing trap is a cooled, secondary sorbent trap integrated 
into the analytical thermal desorber. It typically has a smaller i.d. 
and lower thermal mass than the original sample tube allowing it to 
effectively refocus desorbed analytes and then heat rapidly to ensure 
efficient transfer/injection into the capillary GC analytical column.
    3.5 High Resolution Capillary Column Chromatography uses fused 
silica capillary columns with an inner diameter of 320 [micro]m or less 
and with a stationary phase film thickness of 5 [micro]m or less.
    3.6 h is time in hours.
    3.7 i.d. is inner diameter.
    3.8 min is time in minutes.
    3.9 Method Detection Limit is the lowest level of analyte that can 
be detected in the sample matrix with 99% confidence.
    3.10 MS-SCAN is the mode of operation of a GC quadrupole mass 
spectrometer detector that measures all ions over a given mass range 
over a given period of time.
    3.11 MS-SIM is the mode of operation of a GC quadrupole mass 
spectrometer detector that measures only a single ion or a selected 
number of discrete ions for each analyte.
    3.12 o.d. is outer diameter.
    3.13 ppbv is parts per billion by volume.
    3.14 Thermal desorption is the use of heat and a flow of inert 
(carrier) gas to extract volatiles from a solid matrix. No solvent is 
required.
    3.15 Total ion chromatogram is the chromatogram produced from a mass 
spectrometer detector collecting full spectral information.
    3.16 Two-stage thermal desorption is the process of thermally 
desorbing analytes from a sorbent tube, reconcentrating them on a 
focusing trap (see Section 3.4), which is then itself rapidly heated to 
``inject'' the concentrated compounds into the GC analyzer.
    3.17 VOC is volatile organic compound.

                      4.0 Analytical Interferences

    4.1 Interference from Sorbent Artifacts. Artifacts may include 
target analytes as well as other VOC that co-elute chromatographically 
with the compounds of interest or otherwise interfere with the 
identification or quantitation of target analytes.
    4.1.1 Sorbent decomposition artifacts are VOCs that form when 
sorbents degenerate, e.g., when exposed to reactive species during 
sampling. For example, benzaldehyde, phenol, and acetophenone artifacts 
are reported to be formed via oxidation of the polymeric sorbent 
Tenax[supreg] when sampling high concentration (100-500 ppb) ozone 
atmospheres (Reference 5).
    4.1.2 Preparation and storage artifacts are VOCs that were not 
completely cleaned from the sorbent tube during conditioning or that are 
an inherent feature of that sorbent at a given temperature.
    4.2 Humidity. Moisture captured during sampling can interfere with 
VOC analysis. Passive sampling using tubes packed with hydrophobic 
sorbents, like those described in this method, minimizes water 
retention. However, if water interference is found to be an issue under 
extreme conditions, one or more of the water management steps described 
in Section 2.4 can be applied.
    4.3 Contamination from Sample Handling. The type of analytical 
thermal desorption equipment selected should exclude the possibility of 
outer tube surface contamination entering the sample flow path (see 
Section 6.6). If the available system does not meet this requirement, 
sampling tubes and caps must be handled only while wearing clean, white 
cotton or powder free nitrile gloves to prevent contamination with body 
oils, hand lotions, perfumes, etc.

                               5.0 Safety

    5.1 This method does not address all of the safety concerns 
associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this 
standard to establish appropriate field and laboratory safety and health 
practices prior to use.
    5.2 Laboratory analysts must exercise extreme care in working with 
high-pressure gas cylinders.
    5.3 Due to the high temperatures involved, operators must use 
caution when conditioning and analyzing tubes.

                       6.0 Equipment and Supplies

    6.1 Tube Dimensions and Materials. The sampling tubes for this 
method are 3.5-inches (89 mm) long, \1/4\ inch (6.4 mm) o.d., and 5 mm 
i.d. passive sampling tubes (see Figure 6.1). The tubes are made of 
inert-coated stainless steel with the central section (up to 60 mm) 
packed with sorbent, typically supported between two 100 mesh stainless 
steel gauze. The tubes have a cross sectional area of 19.6 square mm (5 
mm i.d.). When used for passive sampling, these tubes have an internal 
diffusion (air) gap (DG) of 1.5 cm between the sorbent retaining gauze 
at the sampling end of the tube, and the gauze in the diffusion cap.

[[Page 872]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR01DE15.031

                     6.2 Tube Conditioning Apparatus

    6.2.1 Freshly packed or newly purchased tubes must be conditioned as 
described in Section 9 using an appropriate dedicated tube conditioning 
unit or the thermal desorber. Note that the analytical TD system should 
be used for tube conditioning if it supports a dedicated tube 
conditioning mode in which effluent from contaminated tubes is directed 
to vent without passing through key parts of the sample flow path such 
as the focusing trap.
    6.2.2 Dedicated tube conditioning units must be leak-tight to 
prevent air ingress, allow precise and reproducible temperature 
selection (5 [deg]C), offer a temperature range at 
least as great as that of the thermal desorber, and support inert gas 
flows in the range up to 100 mL/min.
    Note: For safety and to avoid laboratory contamination, effluent 
gases from freshly packed or highly contaminated tubes should be passed 
through a charcoal filter during the conditioning process to prevent 
desorbed VOCs from polluting the laboratory atmosphere.

                            6.3 Tube Labeling

    6.3.1 Label the sample tubes with a unique permanent identification 
number and an indication of the sampling end of the tube. Labeling 
options include etching and TD-compatible electronic (radio frequency 
identification (RFID)) tube labels.
    6.3.2 To avoid contamination, do not make ink markings of any kind 
on clean sorbent tubes or apply adhesive labels.
    Note: TD-compatible electronic (RFID) tube labels are available 
commercially and are compatible with some brands of thermal desorber. If 
used, these may be programmed with relevant tube and sample information, 
which can be read and automatically transcribed into the sequence report 
by the TD system (see Section 8.6 of Method 325A).

              6.4 Blank and Sampled Tube Storage Apparatus

    6.4.1 Long-term storage caps. Seal clean, blank and sampled sorbent 
tubes using inert, long-term tube storage caps comprising non-greased, 
2-piece, 0.25-inch, metal SwageLok[supreg]-type screw caps fitted with 
combined polytetrafluoroethylene ferrules.
    6.4.2 Storage and transportation containers. Use clean glass jars, 
metal cans or rigid, non-emitting polymer boxes.
    Note: You may add a small packet of new activated charcoal or 
charcoal/silica gel to the shipping container for storage and 
transportation of batches of conditioned sorbent tubes prior to use. 
Coolers without ice packs make suitable shipping boxes for containers of 
tubes because the coolers help to insulate the samples from extreme 
temperatures (e.g., if left in a parked vehicle).

  6.5 Unheated GC Injection Unit for Loading Standards Onto Blank Tubes

    A suitable device has a simple push fit or finger-tightening 
connector for attaching the sampling end of blank sorbent tubes without 
damaging the tube. It also has a means of controlling carrier gas flow 
through the injector and attached sorbent tube at 50-100 mL/min and 
includes a low emission septum cap that allows the introduction of gas 
or liquid standards via appropriate syringes. Reproducible and 
quantitative transfer of higher boiling compounds in liquid standards is 
facilitated if the injection unit allows the tip of the syringe to just 
touch the sorbent retaining gauze inside the tube.

                    6.6 Thermal Desorption Apparatus

    The manual or automated thermal desorption system must heat sorbent 
tubes while a controlled flow of inert (carrier) gas passes through the 
tube and out of the sampling end. The apparatus must also incorporate a 
focusing trap to quantitatively

[[Page 873]]

refocus compounds desorbed from the tube. Secondary desorption of the 
focusing trap should be fast/efficient enough to transfer the compounds 
into the high resolution capillary GC column without band broadening and 
without any need for further pre- or on-column focusing. Typical TD 
focusing traps comprise small sorbent traps (Reference 16) that are 
electrically-cooled using multistage Peltier cells (References 17, 18). 
The direction of gas flow during trap desorption should be the reverse 
of that used for focusing to extend the compatible analyte volatility 
range. Closed cycle coolers offer another cryogen-free trap cooling 
option. Other TD system requirements and operational stages are 
described in Section 11 and in Figures 17-2 through 17-4.

                   6.7 Thermal Desorber--GC Interface

    6.7.1 The interface between the thermal desorber and the GC must be 
heated uniformly and the connection between the transfer line insert and 
the capillary GC analytical column itself must be leak tight.
    6.7.2 A portion of capillary column can alternatively be threaded 
through the heated transfer line/TD interface and connected directly to 
the thermal desorber.
    Note: Use of a metal syringe-type needle or unheated length of fused 
silica pushed through the septum of a conventional GC injector is not 
permitted as a means of interfacing the thermal desorber to the 
chromatograph. Such connections result in cold spots, cause band 
broadening and are prone to leaks.

                     6.8 GC/MS Analytical Components

    6.8.1 The GC system must be capable of temperature programming and 
operation of a high resolution capillary column. Depending on the choice 
of column (e.g., film thickness) and the volatility of the target 
compounds, it may be necessary to cool the GC oven to subambient 
temperatures (e.g., -50 [deg]C) at the start of the run to allow 
resolution of very volatile organic compounds.
    6.8.2 All carrier gas lines supplying the GC must be constructed 
from clean stainless steel or copper tubing. Non-polytetrafluoroethylene 
thread sealants. Flow controllers, cylinder regulators, or other 
pneumatic components fitted with rubber components are not suitable.

                       6.9 Chromatographic Columns

    High-resolution, fused silica or equivalent capillary columns that 
provide adequate separation of sample components to permit 
identification and quantitation of target compounds must be used.
    Note: 100-percent methyl silicone or 5-percent phenyl, 95-percent 
methyl silicone fused silica capillary columns of 0.25- to 0.32-mm i.d. 
of varying lengths and with varying thicknesses of stationary phase have 
been used successfully for non-polar and moderately polar compounds. 
However, given the diversity of potential target lists, GC column choice 
is left to the operator, subject to the performance criteria of this 
method.

                         6.10 Mass Spectrometer

    Linear quadrupole, magnetic sector, ion trap or time-of-flight mass 
spectrometers may be used provided they meet specified performance 
criteria. The mass detector must be capable of collecting data from 35 
to 300 atomic mass units (amu) every 1 second or less, utilizing 70 
volts (nominal) electron energy in the electron ionization mode, and 
producing a mass spectrum that meets all the instrument performance 
acceptance criteria in Section 9 when 50 [eta]g or less of p-
bromofluorobenzene is analyzed.

                       7.0 Reagents and Standards

                          7.1 Sorbent Selection

    7.1.1 Use commercially packed tubes meeting the requirements of this 
method or prepare tubes in the laboratory using sieved sorbents of 
particle size in the range 20 to 80 mesh that meet the retention and 
quality control requirements of this method.
    7.1.2 This passive air monitoring method can be used without the 
evaluation specified in Addendum A if the type of tubes described in 
Section 6.1 are packed with 4-6 cm (typically 400-650 mg) of the 
sorbents listed in Table 12.1 and used for the respective target 
analytes.
    Note: Although Carbopack\TM\ X is the optimum sorbent choice for 
passive sampling of 1,3-butadiene, recovery of compounds with vapor 
pressure lower than benzene may be difficult to achieve without 
exceeding sorbent maximum temperature limitations (see Table 8.1). See 
ISO 16017-2:2003(E) or ASTM D6196-03 (Reapproved 2009) (both 
incorporated by reference--see Sec. 63.14) for more details on sorbent 
choice for air monitoring using passive sampling tubes.
    7.1.3 If standard passive sampling tubes are packed with other 
sorbents or used for analytes other than those tabulated in Section 
12.0, method performance and relevant uptake rates should be verified 
according to Addendum A to this method or by following the techniques 
described in one of the following national/international standard 
methods: ISO 16017-2:2003(E), ASTM D6196-03 (Reapproved 2009), or BS EN 
14662-4:2005 (all incorporated by reference--see Sec. 63.14)--or 
reported in the peer-reviewed open literature. A summary table and the 
supporting evaluation data demonstrating the selected sorbent meets the 
requirements in Addendum A to this method must be submitted to the 
regulatory authority as part of a request to use an alternative sorbent.

[[Page 874]]

    7.1.4 Passive (diffusive) sampling and thermal desorption methods 
that have been evaluated at relatively high atmospheric concentrations 
(i.e., mid-ppb to ppm) and published for use in workplace air and 
industrial/mobile source emissions testing (References 9-20) may be 
applied to this procedure. However, the validity of any shorter term 
uptake rates must be verified and adjusted if necessary for the longer 
monitoring periods required by this method by following procedures 
described in Addendum A to this method or those presented in national/
international standard methods: ISO 16017-2:2003(E), ASTM D6196-03 
(Reapproved 2009), or BS EN 14662-4:2005 (all incorporated by reference-
see Sec. 63.14).
    7.1.5 Suitable sorbents for passive sampling must have breakthrough 
volumes of at least 20 L (preferably 100 L) for the compounds 
of interest and must quantitatively release the analytes during 
desorption without exceeding maximum temperatures for the sorbent or 
instrumentation.
    7.1.6 Repack/replace the sorbent tubes or demonstrate tube 
performance following the requirements in Addendum A to this method at 
least every 2 years or every 50 uses, whichever occurs first.

                         7.2 Gas Phase Standards

    7.2.1 Static or dynamic standard atmospheres may be used to prepare 
calibration tubes and/or to validate passive sampling uptake rates and 
can be generated from pure chemicals or by diluting concentrated gas 
standards. The standard atmosphere must be stable at ambient pressure 
and accurate to 10 percent of the target gas 
concentration. It must be possible to maintain standard atmosphere 
concentrations at the same or lower levels than the target compound 
concentration objectives of the test. Test atmospheres used for 
validation of uptake rates must also contain at least 35 percent 
relative humidity.
    Note: Accurate, low-(ppb-) level gas-phase VOC standards are 
difficult to generate from pure materials and may be unstable depending 
on analyte polarity and volatility. Parallel monitoring of vapor 
concentrations with alternative methods, such as pumped sorbent tubes or 
sensitive/selective on-line detectors, may be necessary to minimize 
uncertainty. For these reasons, standard atmospheres are rarely used for 
routine calibration.
    7.2.2 Concentrated, pressurized gas phase standards. Accurate 
(5 percent or better), concentrated gas phase 
standards supplied in pressurized cylinders may also be used for 
calibration. The concentration of the standard should be such that a 
0.5-5.0 mL volume contains approximately the same mass of analytes as 
will be collected from a typical air sample.
    7.2.3 Follow manufacturer's guidelines concerning storage conditions 
and recertification of the concentrated gas phase standard. Gas 
standards must be recertified a minimum of once every 12 months.

                          7.3 Liquid Standards

    Target analytes can also be introduced to the sampling end of 
sorbent tubes in the form of liquid calibration standards.
    7.3.1 The concentration of liquid standards must be such that an 
injection of 0.5-2 [micro]l of the solution introduces the same mass of 
target analyte that is expected to be collected during the passive air 
sampling period.
    7.3.2 Solvent Selection. The solvent selected for the liquid 
standard must be pure (contaminants <10 percent of minimum analyte 
levels) and must not interfere chromatographically with the compounds of 
interest.
    7.3.3 If liquid standards are sourced commercially, follow 
manufacturer's guidelines concerning storage conditions and shelf life 
of unopened and opened liquid stock standards.
    Note: Commercial VOC standards are typically supplied in volatile or 
non-interfering solvents such as methanol.
    7.3.4 Working standards must be stored at 6 [deg]C or less and used 
or discarded within two weeks of preparation.

                    7.4 Gas Phase Internal Standards

    7.4.1 Gas-phase deuterated or fluorinated organic compounds may be 
used as internal standards for MS-based systems.
    7.4.2 Typical compounds include deuterated toluene, perfluorobenzene 
and perfluorotoluene.
    7.4.3 Use multiple internal standards to cover the volatility range 
of the target analytes.
    7.4.4 Gas-phase standards must be obtained in pressurized cylinders 
and containing vendor certified gas concentrations accurate to 5 percent. The concentration should be such that the 
mass of internal standard components introduced is similar to those of 
the target analytes collected during field monitoring.

                      7.5 Preloaded Standard Tubes

    Certified, preloaded standard tubes, accurate within 5 percent for each analyte at the microgram level and 
10 percent at the nanogram level, are available 
commercially and may be used for auditing and quality control purposes. 
(See Section 9.5 for audit accuracy evaluation criteria.) Certified 
preloaded tubes may also be used for routine calibration.
    Note: Proficiency testing schemes are also available for TD/GC/MS 
analysis of sorbent

[[Page 875]]

tubes preloaded with common analytes such as benzene, toluene, and 
xylene.

                            7.6 Carrier Gases

    Use inert, 99.999-percent or higher purity helium as carrier gas. 
Oxygen and organic filters must be installed in the carrier gas lines 
supplying the analytical system according to the manufacturer's 
instructions. Keep records of filter and oxygen scrubber replacement.

          8.0 Sorbent Tube Handling (Before and After Sampling)

                      8.1 Sample Tube Conditioning

    8.1.1 Sampling tubes must be conditioned using the apparatus 
described in Section 6.2.
    8.1.2 New tubes should be conditioned for 2 hours to supplement the 
vendor's conditioning procedure. Recommended temperatures for tube 
conditioning are given in Table 8.1.
    8.1.3 After conditioning, the blank must be verified on each new 
sorbent tube and on 10 percent of each batch of reconditioned tubes. See 
Section 9.0 for acceptance criteria.

                             Table 8.1--Example Sorbent Tube Conditioning Parameters
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                      Maximum      Conditioning
                        Sampling sorbent                           temperature (   temperature (    Carrier gas
                                                                      [deg]C)         [deg]C)        flow rate
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Carbotrap[supreg] C.............................................  400             350      100 mL/min
Carbopack\TM\ C
Anasorb[supreg] GCB2
Carbograph\TM\ 1 TD
Carbotrap[supreg]
Carbopack\TM\ B
Anasorb[supreg] GCB1
Tenax[supreg] TA                                                             350             330      100 mL/min
Carbopack\TM\ X.................................................
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

         8.2 Capping, Storage and Shipment of Conditioned Tubes

    8.2.1 Conditioned tubes must be sealed using long-term storage caps 
(see Section 6.4) pushed fully down onto both ends of the PS sorbent 
tube, tightened by hand and then tighten an additional quarter turn 
using an appropriate tool.
    8.2.2 The capped tubes must be kept in appropriate containers for 
storage and transportation (see Section 6.4.2). Containers of sorbent 
tubes may be stored and shipped at ambient temperature and must be kept 
in a clean environment.
    8.2.3 You must keep batches of capped tubes in their shipping boxes 
or wrap them in uncoated aluminum foil before placing them in their 
storage container, especially before air freight, because the packaging 
helps hold caps in position if the tubes get very cold.

 8.3 Calculating the Number of Tubes Required for a Monitoring Exercise

    8.3.1 Follow guidance given in Method 325A to determine the number 
of tubes required for site monitoring.
    8.3.2 The following additional samples will also be required: 
Laboratory blanks as specified in Section 9.1.2 (one per analytical 
sequence minimum), field blanks as specified in Section 9.3.2 (two per 
sampling period minimum), CCV tubes as specified in Section 10.9.4. (at 
least one per analysis sequence or every 24 hours), and duplicate 
samples as specified in Section 9.4 (at least one duplicate sample is 
required for every 10 sampling locations during each monitoring period).

                          8.4 Sample Collection

    8.4.1 Allow the tubes to equilibrate with ambient temperature 
(approximately 30 minutes to 1 hour) at the monitoring location before 
removing them from their storage/shipping container for sample 
collection.
    8.4.2 Tubes must be used for sampling within 30 days of conditioning 
(Reference 4).
    8.4.3 During field monitoring, the long-term storage cap at the 
sampling end of the tube is replaced with a diffusion cap and the whole 
assembly is arranged vertically, with the sampling end pointing 
downward, under a protective hood or shield--See Section 6.1 of Method 
325A for more details.

                           8.5 Sample Storage

    8.5.1 After sampling, tubes must be immediately resealed with long-
term storage caps and placed back inside the type of storage container 
described in Section 6.4.2.
    8.5.2 Exposed tubes may not be placed in the same container as clean 
tubes. They should not be taken back out of the container until ready 
for analysis and after they have had time to equilibrate with ambient 
temperature in the laboratory.

[[Page 876]]

    8.5.3 Sampled tubes must be inspected before analysis to identify 
problems such as loose or missing caps, damaged tubes, tubes that appear 
to be leaking sorbent or container contamination. Any and all such 
problems must be documented together with the unique identification 
number of the tube or tubes concerned. Affected tubes must not be 
analyzed but must be set aside.
    8.5.4 Intact tubes must be analyzed within 30 days of the end of 
sample collection (within one week for limonene, carene, bis-
chloromethyl ether, labile sulfur or nitrogen-containing compounds, and 
other reactive VOCs).
    Note: Ensure ambient temperatures stay below 23 [deg]C during 
transportation and storage. Refrigeration is not normally required 
unless the samples contain reactive compounds or cannot be analyzed 
within 30 days. If refrigeration is used, the atmosphere inside the 
refrigerator must be clean and free of organic solvents.

                           9.0 Quality Control

                          9.1 Laboratory Blank

    The analytical system must be demonstrated to be contaminant free by 
performing a blank analysis at the beginning of each analytical sequence 
to demonstrate that the secondary trap and TD/GC/MS analytical equipment 
are free of any significant interferents.
    9.1.1 Laboratory blank tubes must be prepared from tubes that are 
identical to those used for field sampling.
    9.1.2 Analysis of at least one laboratory blank is required per 
analytical sequence. The laboratory blank must be stored in the 
laboratory under clean, controlled ambient temperature conditions.
    9.1.3 Laboratory blank/artifact levels must meet the requirements of 
Section 9.2.2 (see also Table 17.1). If the laboratory blank does not 
meet requirements, stop and perform corrective actions and then re-
analyze laboratory blank to ensure it meets requirements.

                          9.2 Tube Conditioning

    9.2.1 Conditioned tubes must be demonstrated to be free of 
contaminants and interference by running 10 percent of the blank tubes 
selected at random from each conditioned batch under standard sample 
analysis conditions (see Section 8.1).
    9.2.2 Confirm that artifacts and background contamination are <= 0.2 
ppbv or less than three times the detection limit of the procedure or 
less than 10 percent of the target compound(s) mass that would be 
collected if airborne concentrations were at the regulated limit value, 
whichever is larger. Only tubes that meet these criteria can be used for 
field monitoring, field or laboratory blanks, or for system calibration.
    9.2.3 If unacceptable levels of VOCs are observed in the tube 
blanks, then the processes of tube conditioning and checking the blanks 
must be repeated.

                            9.3 Field Blanks

    9.3.1 Field blank tubes must be prepared from tubes that are 
identical to those used for field sampling--i.e., they should be from 
the same batch, have a similar history, and be conditioned at the same 
time.
    9.3.2 Field blanks must be shipped to the monitoring site with the 
sampling tubes and must be stored at the sampling location throughout 
the monitoring exercise. The field blanks must be installed under a 
protective hood/cover at the sampling location, but the long-term 
storage caps must remain in place throughout the monitoring period (see 
Method 325A). The field blanks are then shipped back to the laboratory 
in the same container as the sampled tubes. Collect at least two field 
blank samples per sampling period to ensure sample integrity associated 
with shipment, collection, and storage.
    9.3.3 Field blanks must contain no greater than one-third of the 
measured target analyte or compliance limit for field samples (see Table 
17.1). If either field blank fails, flag all data that do not meet this 
criterion with a note that the associated results are estimated and 
likely to be biased high due to field blank background.

                          9.4 Duplicate Samples

    Duplicate (co-located) samples collected must be analyzed and 
reported as part of method quality control. They are used to evaluate 
sampling and analysis precision. Relevant performance criteria are given 
in Section 9.9.

                     9.5 Method Performance Criteria

    Unless otherwise noted, monitoring method performance specifications 
must be demonstrated for the target compounds using the procedures 
described in Addendum A to this method and the statistical approach 
presented in Method 301.

                       9.6 Method Detection Limit

    Determine the method detection limit under the analytical conditions 
selected (see Section 11.3) using the procedure in Section 15 of Method 
301. The method detection limit is defined for each system by making 
seven replicate measurements of a concentration of the compound of 
interest within a factor of five of the detection limit. Compute the 
standard deviation for the seven replicate concentrations, and multiply 
this value by three. The results should demonstrate that the method is 
able to detect analytes such as benzene at concentrations as low as 50 
ppt or 1/3rd (preferably 1/10th) of the lowest concentration of 
interest, whichever is larger.

[[Page 877]]

    Note: Determining the detection limit may be an iterative process as 
described in 40 CFR part 136, Appendix B.

                           9.7 Analytical Bias

    Analytical bias must be demonstrated to be within 30 percent using Equation 9.1. Analytical bias must be 
demonstrated during initial setup of this method and as part of the CCV 
carried out with every sequence of 10 samples or less (see Section 
9.14). Calibration standard tubes (see Section 10.0) may be used for 
this purpose.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR01DE15.032

Eq. 9.1
Where:

Spiked Value = A known mass of VOCs added to the tube.
Measured Value = Mass determined from analysis of the tube.

                        9.8 Analytical Precision

    Demonstrate an analytical precision within 20 
percent using Equation 9.2. Analytical precision must be demonstrated 
during initial setup of this method and at least once per year. 
Calibration standard tubes may be used (see Section 10.0) and data from 
CCV may also be applied for this purpose.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR01DE15.033

Eq. 9.2
Where:

A1 = A measurement value taken from one spiked tube.
A2 = A measurement value taken from a second spiked tube.
A = The average of A1 and A2.

                      9.9 Field Replicate Precision

    Use Equation 9.3 to determine and report replicate precision for 
duplicate field samples (see Section 9.4). The level of agreement 
between duplicate field samples is a measure of the precision achievable 
for the entire sampling and analysis procedure. Flag data sets for which 
the duplicate samples do not agree within 30 percent.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR01DE15.034

Eq. 9.3
Where:
F1 = A measurement value (mass) taken from one of the two field 
          replicate tubes used in sampling.
F2 = A measurement value (mass) taken from the second of two field 
          replicate tubes used in sampling.
F = The average of F1 and F2.

            9.10 Desorption Efficiency and Compound Recovery

    The efficiency of the thermal desorption method must be determined.
    9.10.1 Quantitative (95 percent) compound recovery must 
be demonstrated by repeat analyses on a same standard tube.
    9.10.2 Compound recovery through the TD system can also be 
demonstrated by comparing the calibration check sample response factor 
obtained from direct GC injection of liquid standards with that obtained 
from thermal desorption analysis response factor

[[Page 878]]

using the same column under identical conditions.
    9.10.3 If the relative response factors obtained for one or more 
target compounds introduced to the column via thermal desorption fail to 
meet the criteria in Section 9.10.1, you must adjust the TD parameters 
to meet the criteria and repeat the experiment. Once the thermal 
desorption conditions have been optimized, you must repeat this test 
each time the analytical system is recalibrated to demonstrate continued 
method performance.

                           9.11 Audit Samples

    Certified reference standard samples must be used to audit this 
procedure (if available). Accuracy within 30 percent must be 
demonstrated for relevant ambient air concentrations (0.5 to 25 ppb).

                 9.12 Mass Spectrometer Tuning Criteria

    Tune the mass spectrometer (if used) according to manufacturer's 
specifications. Verify the instrument performance by analyzing a 50 
[eta]g injection of bromofluorobenzene. Prior to the beginning of each 
analytical sequence or every 24 hours during continuous GC/MS operation 
for this method demonstrate that the bromofluorobenzene tuning 
performance criteria in Table 9.1 have been met.

                                      Table 9.1--GC/MS Tuning Criteria \1\
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                           Target mass                             Rel. to mass    Lower limit %   Upper limit %
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
50..............................................................              95               8              40
75..............................................................              95              30              66
95..............................................................              95             100             100
96..............................................................              95               5               9
173.............................................................             174               0               2
174.............................................................              95              50             120
175.............................................................             174               4               9
176.............................................................             174              93             101
177.............................................................             176               5               9
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ All ion abundances must be normalized to m/z 95, the nominal base peak, even though the ion abundance of m/z
  174 may be up to 120 percent that of m/z 95.

               9.13 Routine CCV at the Start of a Sequence

    9.13 Run CCV before each sequence of analyses and after every tenth 
sample to ensure that the previous multi-level calibration (see section 
10.0) is still valid.
    9.13.1 The sample concentration used for the CCV should be near the 
mid-point of the multi-level calibration range.
    9.13.2 Quantitation software must be updated with response factors 
determined from the CCV standard. The percent deviation between the 
initial calibration and the CCV for all compounds must be within 30 
percent.

                    9.14 CCV at the End of a Sequence

    Run another CCV after running each sequence of samples. The initial 
CCV for a subsequent set of samples may be used as the final CCV for a 
previous analytical sequence, provided the same analytical method is 
used and the subsequent set of samples is analyzed immediately (within 4 
hours) after the last CCV.

                      9.15 Additional Verification

    Use a calibration check standard from a second, separate source to 
verify the original calibration at least once every three months.

                         9.16 Integration Method

    Document the procedure used for integration of analytical data 
including field samples, calibration standards and blanks.

                             9.17 QC Records

    Maintain all QC reports/records for each TD/GC/MS analytical system 
used for application of this method. Routine quality control 
requirements for this method are listed below and summarized in Table 
17.1.

                  10.0 Calibration and Standardization

    10.1 Calibrate the analytical system using standards covering the 
range of analyte masses expected from field samples.
    10.2 Analytical results for field samples must fall within the 
calibrated range of the analytical system to be valid.
    10.3 Calibration standard preparation must be fully traceable to 
primary standards of mass and/or volume, and/or be confirmed using an 
independent certified reference method.
    10.3.1 Preparation of calibration standard tubes from standard 
atmospheres.
    10.3.1.1 Subject to the requirements in Section 7.2.1, low-level 
standard atmospheres may be introduced to clean, conditioned sorbent 
tubes in order to produce calibration standards.
    10.3.1.2 The standard atmosphere generator or system must be capable 
of producing sufficient flow at a constant rate to allow the required 
analyte mass to be introduced within a reasonable time frame and without 
affecting the concentration of the standard atmosphere itself.
    10.3.1.3 The sampling manifold may be heated to minimize risk of 
condensation but the temperature of the gas delivered to the sorbent 
tubes may not exceed 100 [deg]F.
    10.3.1.4 The flow rates passed through the tube should be in the 
order of 50-100 mL/min and the volume of standard atmosphere sampled 
from the manifold or chamber must not exceed the breakthrough volume of 
the sorbent at the given temperature.
    10.4 Preparation of calibration standard tubes from concentrated gas 
standards.

[[Page 879]]

    10.4.1 If a suitable concentrated gas standard (see Section 7.2.2) 
can be obtained, follow the manufacturer's recommendations relating to 
suitable storage conditions and product lifetime.
    10.4.2 Introduce precise 0.5 to 500.0 mL aliquots of the standard to 
the sampling end of conditioned sorbent tubes in a 50-100 mL/min flow of 
pure carrier gas.
    Note: This can be achieved by connecting the sampling end of the 
tube to an unheated GC injector (see Section 6.6) and introducing the 
aliquot of gas using a suitable gas syringe. Gas sample valves could 
alternatively be used to meter the standard gas volume.
    10.4.3 Each sorbent tube should be left connected to the flow of gas 
for 2 minutes after standard introduction. As soon as each spiked tube 
is removed from the injection unit, seal it with long-term storage caps 
and place it in an appropriate tube storage/transportation container if 
it is not to be analyzed within 24 hours.
    10.5 Preparation of calibration standard tubes from liquid 
standards.
    10.5.1 Suitable standards are described in Section 7.3.
    10.5.2 Introduce precise 0.5 to 2 [micro]l aliquots of liquid 
standards to the sampling end of sorbent tubes in a flow (50-100 mL/min) 
of carrier gas using a precision syringe and an unheated injector 
(Section 6.5). The flow of gas should be sufficient to completely 
vaporize the liquid standard.
    Note: If the analytes of interest are higher boiling than n-decane, 
reproducible analyte transfer to the sorbent bed is optimized by 
allowing the tip of the syringe to gently touch the sorbent retaining 
gauze at the sampling end of the tube.
    10.5.3 Each sorbent tube is left connected to the flow of gas for 5 
minutes after liquid standard introduction.
    10.5.3.1 As soon as each spiked tube is removed from the injection 
unit, seal it with long-term storage caps and place it in an appropriate 
tube storage container if it is not to be analyzed within 24 hours.
    Note: In cases where it is possible to selectively purge the solvent 
from the tube while all target analytes are quantitatively retained, a 
larger 2 [micro]L injection may be made for optimum accuracy. However, 
if the solvent cannot be selectively purged and will be present during 
analysis, the injection volume should be as small as possible (e.g., 0.5 
[micro]L) to minimize solvent interference.
    Note: This standard preparation technique requires the entire liquid 
plug including the tip volume be brought into the syringe barrel. The 
volume in the barrel is recorded, the syringe is inserted into the 
septum of the spiking apparatus. The liquid is then quickly injected. 
Any remaining liquid in the syringe tip is brought back into the syringe 
barrel. The volume in the barrel is recorded and the amount spiked onto 
the tube is the difference between the before spiking volume and the 
after spiking volume. A bias occurs with this method when sample is 
drawn continuously up into the syringe to the specified volume and the 
calibration solution in the syringe tip is ignored.
    10.6 Preparation of calibration standard tubes from multiple 
standards.
    10.6.1 If it is not possible to prepare one standard containing all 
the compounds of interest (e.g., because of chemical reactivity or the 
breadth of the volatility range), standard tubes can be prepared from 
multiple gas or liquid standards.
    10.6.2 Follow the procedures described in Sections 10.4 and 10.5, 
respectively, for introducing each gas and/or liquid standard to the 
tube and load those containing the highest boiling compounds of interest 
first and the lightest species last.
    10.7 Additional requirements for preparation of calibration tubes.
    10.7.1 Storage of Calibration Standard Tubes
    10.7.1.1 Seal tubes with long-term storage caps immediately after 
they have been disconnected from the standard loading manifold or 
injection apparatus.
    10.7.1.2 Calibration standard tubes may be stored for no longer than 
30 days and should be refrigerated if there is any risk of chemical 
interaction or degradation. Audit standards (see section 9.11) are 
exempt from this criteria and may be stored for the shelf-life specified 
on their certificates.
    10.8 Keep records for calibration standard tubes to include the 
following:
    10.8.1 The stock number of any commercial liquid or gas standards 
used.
    10.8.2 A chromatogram of the most recent blank for each tube used as 
a calibration standard together with the associated analytical 
conditions and date of cleaning.
    10.8.3 Date of standard loading.
    10.8.4 List of standard components, approximate masses and 
associated confidence levels.
    10.8.5 Example analysis of an identical standard with associated 
analytical conditions.
    10.8.6 A brief description of the method used for standard 
preparation.
    10.8.7 The standard's expiration date.
    10.9 TD/GC/MS using standard tubes to calibrate system response.
    10.9.1 Verify that the TD/GC/MS analytical system meets the 
instrument performance criteria given in Section 9.1.
    10.9.2 The prepared calibration standard tubes must be analyzed 
using the analytical conditions applied to field samples (see Section 
11.0) and must be selected to ensure quantitative transfer and adequate 
chromatographic resolution of target compounds, surrogates, and internal 
standards in order to enable reliable identification and quantitation of 
compounds of interest. The

[[Page 880]]

analytical conditions should also be sufficiently stringent to prevent 
buildup of higher boiling, non-target contaminants that may be collected 
on the tubes during field monitoring.
    10.9.3 Calibration range. Each TD/GC/MS system must be calibrated at 
five concentrations that span the monitoring range of interest before 
being used for sample analysis. This initial multi-level calibration 
determines instrument sensitivity under the analytical conditions 
selected and the linearity of GC/MS response for the target compounds. 
One of the calibration points must be within a factor of five of the 
detection limit for the compounds of interest.
    10.9.4 One of the calibration points from the initial calibration 
curve must be at the same concentration as the daily CCV standard (e.g., 
the mass collected when sampling air at typical concentrations).
    10.9.5 Calibration frequency. Each GC/MS system must be recalibrated 
with a full 5-point calibration curve following corrective action (e.g., 
ion source cleaning or repair, column replacement) or if the instrument 
fails the daily calibration acceptance criteria.
    10.9.5.1 CCV checks must be carried out on a regular routine basis 
as described in Section 9.14.
    10.9.5.2 Quantitation ions for the target compounds are shown in 
Table 10.1. Use the primary ion unless interferences are present, in 
which case you should use a secondary ion.

                                    Table 10.1--Clean Air Act Volatile Organic Compounds for Passive Sorbent Sampling
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                Vapor                        Characteristic ion(s)
                           Compound                                 CAS No.         BP (       pressure      MW \b\   ----------------------------------
                                                                                  [deg]C)     (mmHg) \a\                   Primary         Secondary
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1,1-Dichloroethene............................................         75-35-4           32          500         96.9              61                 96
3-Chloropropene...............................................        107-05-1         44.5          340         76.5              76         41, 39, 78
1,1,2-Trichloro-1,2,2-trifluoroethane-1,1-Dichloroethane......         75-34-3         57.0          230           99              63    65, 83, 85, 98,
                                                                                                                                                     100
1,2-Dichloroethane............................................        107-06-2         83.5         61.5           99              62                 98
1,1,1-Trichloroethane.........................................         71-55-6         74.1          100        133.4              97             99, 61
Benzene.......................................................         71-43-2         80.1         76.0           78              78
Carbon tetrachloride..........................................         56-23-5         76.7         90.0        153.8             117                119
1,2-Dichloropropane...........................................         78-87-5         97.0         42.0          113              63                112
Trichloroethene...............................................         79-01-6         87.0         20.0        131.4              95       97, 130, 132
1,1,2-Trichloroethane.........................................         79-00-5          114         19.0        133.4              83             97, 85
Toluene.......................................................        108-88-3          111         22.0           92              92                 91
Tetrachloroethene.............................................        127-18-4          121         14.0        165.8             164      129, 131, 166
Chlorobenzene.................................................        108-90-7          132          8.8        112.6             112            77, 114
Ethylbenzene..................................................        100-41-4          136          7.0          106              91                106
m,p-Xylene....................................................  108-38-3, 106-          138          6.5        106.2             106                 91
                                                                          42-3
Styrene.......................................................        100-42-5          145          6.6          104             104                 78
o-Xylene......................................................         95-47-6          144          5.0        106.2             106                 91
p-Dichlorobenzene.............................................        106-46-7          173         0.60          147             146           111, 148
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\a\ Pressure in millimeters of mercury.
\b\ Molecular weight.

                        11.0 Analytical Procedure

                  11.1 Preparation for Sample Analysis

    11.1.1 Each sequence of analyses must be ordered as follows:
    11.1.1.1 CCV.
    11.1.1.2 A laboratory blank.
    11.1.1.3 Field blank.
    11.1.1.4 Sample(s).
    11.1.1.5 Field blank.
    11.1.1.6 CCV after 10 field samples.
    11.1.1.7 CCV at the end of the sample batch.

            11.2 Pre-desorption System Checks and Procedures

    11.2.1 Ensure all sample tubes and field blanks are at ambient 
temperature before removing them from the storage container.
    11.2.2 If using an automated TD/GC/MS analyzer, remove the long-term 
storage caps from the tubes, replace them with appropriate analytical 
caps, and load them into the system in the sequence described in Section 
11.1. Alternatively, if using a manual system, uncap and analyze each 
tube, one at a time, in the sequence described in Section 11.1.
    11.2.3 The following thermal desorption system integrity checks and 
procedures are required before each tube is analyzed.

[[Page 881]]

    Note: Commercial thermal desorbers should implement these steps 
automatically.
    11.2.3.1 Tube leak test: Each tube must be leak tested as soon as it 
is loaded into the carrier gas flow path before analysis to ensure data 
integrity.
    11.2.3.2 Conduct the leak test at the GC carrier gas pressure, 
without heat or gas flow applied. Tubes that fail the leak test should 
not be analyzed, but should be resealed and stored intact. On automated 
systems, the instrument should continue to leak test and analyze 
subsequent tubes after a given tube has failed. Automated systems must 
also store and record which tubes in a sequence have failed the leak 
test. Information on failed tubes should be downloaded with the batch of 
sequence information from the analytical system.
    11.2.3.3 Leak test the sample flow path. Leak check the sample flow 
path of the thermal desorber before each analysis without heat or gas 
flow applied to the sample tube. Stop the automatic sequence of tube 
desorption and GC analysis if any leak is detected in the main sample 
flow path. This process may be carried out as a separate step or as part 
of Section 11.2.3.2.

                        11.2.4 Optional Dry Purge

    11.2.4.1 Tubes may be dry purged with a flow of pure dry gas passing 
into the tube from the sampling end, to remove water vapor and other 
very volatile interferents if required.

                 11.2.5 Internal Standard (IS) Addition

    11.2.5.1 Use the internal standard addition function of the 
automated thermal desorber (if available) to introduce a precise aliquot 
of the internal standard to the sampling end of each tube after the leak 
test and shortly before primary (tube) desorption).
    Note: This step can be combined with dry purging the tube (Section 
11.2.4) if required.
    11.2.5.2 If the analyzer does not have a facility for automatic IS 
addition, gas or liquid internal standard can be manually introduced to 
the sampling end of tubes in a flow of carrier gas using the types of 
procedure described in Sections 10.3 and 10.4, respectively.
    11.2.6 Pre-purge. Each tube should be purged to vent with carrier 
gas flowing in the desorption direction (i.e., flowing into the tube 
from the non-sampling end) to remove oxygen before heat is applied. This 
is to prevent analyte and sorbent oxidation and to prevent deterioration 
of key analyzer components such as the GC column and mass spectrometer 
(if applicable). A series of schematics illustrating these steps is 
presented in Figures 17.2 and 17.3.

                        11.3 Analytical Procedure

              11.3.1 Steps Required for Thermal Desorption

    11.3.1.1 Ensure that the pressure and purity of purge and carrier 
gases supplying the TD/GC/MS system, meet manufacturer specifications 
and the requirements of this method.
    11.3.1.2 Ensure also that the analytical method selected meets the 
QC requirements of this method (Section 9) and that all the analytical 
parameters are at set point.
    11.3.1.3 Conduct predesorption system checks (see Section 11.2).
    11.3.1.4 Desorb the sorbent tube under conditions demonstrated to 
achieve 95 percent recovery of target compounds (see Section 
9.5.2).
    Note: Typical tube desorption conditions range from 280-350 [deg]C 
for 5-15 minutes with a carrier gas flow of 30-100 mL/min passing 
through the tube from the non-sampling end such that analytes are 
flushed out of the tube from the sampling end. Desorbed VOCs are 
concentrated (refocused) on a secondary, cooled sorbent trap integrated 
into the analytical equipment (see Figure 17.4). The focusing trap is 
typically maintained at a temperature between -30 and +30 [deg]C during 
focusing. Selection of hydrophobic sorbents for focusing and setting a 
trapping temperature of +25 to 27 [deg]C aid analysis of humid samples 
because these settings allow selective elimination of any residual water 
from the system, prior to GC/MS analysis.
    Note: The transfer of analytes from the tube to the focusing trap 
during primary (tube) desorption can be carried out splitless or under 
controlled split conditions (see Figure 17.4) depending on the masses of 
target compounds sampled and the requirements of the system--
sensitivity, required calibration range, column overload limitations, 
etc. Instrument controlled sample splits must be demonstrated by showing 
the reproducibility using calibration standards. Field and laboratory 
blank samples must be analyzed at the same split as the lowest 
calibration standard. During secondary (trap) desorption the focusing 
trap is heated rapidly (typically at rates 40 [deg]C/s) with 
inert (carrier) gas flowing through the trap (3-100 mL/min) in the 
reverse direction to that used during focusing.
    11.3.1.5 The split conditions selected for optimum field sample 
analysis must also be demonstrated on representative standards.
    Note: Typical trap desorption temperatures are in the range 250-360 
[deg]C, with a ``hold'' time of 1-3 minutes at the highest temperature. 
Trap desorption automatically triggers the start of GC analysis. The 
trap desorption can also be carried out under splitless conditions 
(i.e., with everything desorbed from the trap being transferred to the 
analytical column and GC detector) or,

[[Page 882]]

more commonly, under controlled split conditions (see Figure 17.4). The 
selected split ratio depends on the masses of target compounds sampled 
and the requirements of the system--sensitivity, required calibration 
range, column overload limitations, etc. If a split is selected during 
both primary (trap) desorption and secondary (trap) desorption, the 
overall split ratio is the product of the two. Such `double' split 
capability gives optimum flexibility for accommodating concentrated 
samples as well as trace-level samples on the TD/GC/MS analytical 
system. High resolution capillary columns and most GC/MS detectors tend 
to work best with approximately 20-200 ng per compound per tube to avoid 
saturation. The overall split ratio must be adjusted such that, when it 
is applied to the sample mass that is expected to be collected during 
field monitoring, the amount reaching the column will be attenuated to 
fall within this range. As a rule of thumb this means that 20 ng samples 
will require splitless or very low split analysis, 2 [micro]g samples 
will require a split ratio in the order of 50:1 and 200 [micro]g samples 
will require a double split method with an overall split ratio in the 
order of 2,000:1.

    11.3.1.6 Analyzed tubes must be resealed with long-term storage caps 
immediately after analysis (manual systems) or after completion of a 
sequence (automated systems). This prevents contamination, minimizing 
the extent of tube reconditioning required before subsequent reuse.

                    11.3.2 GC/MS Analytical Procedure

    11.3.2.1 Heat/cool the GC oven to its starting set point.
    11.3.2.2 If using a GC/MS system, it can be operated in either MS-
Scan or MS-SIM mode (depending on required sensitivity levels and the 
type of mass spectrometer selected). As soon as trap desorption and 
transfer of analytes into the GC column triggers the start of the GC/MS 
analysis, collect mass spectral data over a range of masses from 35 to 
300 amu. Collect at least 10 data points per eluting chromatographic 
peak in order to adequately integrate and quantify target compounds.
    11.3.2.3 Use secondary ion quantitation only when there are sample 
matrix interferences with the primary ion. If secondary ion quantitation 
is performed, flag the data and document the reasons for the alternative 
quantitation procedure.
    11.3.2.4 Data reduction is performed by the instruments post 
processing program that is automatically accessed after data acquisition 
is completed at the end of the GC run. The concentration of each target 
compound is calculated using the previously established response factors 
for the CCV analyzed in Section 11.1.1.6.
    11.3.2.5 Whenever the thermal desorption--GC/MS analytical method is 
changed or major equipment maintenance is performed, you must conduct a 
new five-level calibration (see section 10.0). System calibration 
remains valid as long as results from subsequent CCV are within 30 
percent of the most recent 5-point calibration (see section 9.13). 
Include relevant CCV data in the supporting information in the data 
report for each set of samples.
    11.3.2.6 Document, flag and explain all sample results that exceed 
the calibration range. Report flags and provide documentation in the 
analytical results for the affected sample(s).

             12.0 Data Analysis, Calculations, and Reporting

             12.1 Recordkeeping Procedures for Sorbent Tubes

    12.1.1 Label sample tubes with a unique identification number as 
described in Section 6.3.
    12.1.2 Keep records of the tube numbers and sorbent lots used for 
each sampling period.
    12.1.3 Keep records of sorbent tube packing if tubes are manually 
prepared in the laboratory and not supplied commercially. These records 
must include the masses and/or bed lengths of sorbent(s) contained in 
each tube, the maximum allowable temperature for that tube and the date 
each tube was packed. If a tube is repacked at any stage, record the 
date of tube repacking and any other relevant information required in 
Section 12.1.
    12.1.4 Keep records of the conditioning and blanking of tubes. These 
records must include, but are not limited to, the unique identification 
number and measured background resulting from the tube conditioning.
    12.1.5 Record the location, dates, tube identification and times 
associated with each sample collection. Record this information on a 
Chain of Custody form that is sent to the analytical laboratory.
    12.1.6 Field sampling personnel must complete and send a Chain of 
Custody to the analysis laboratory (see Section 8.6.4 of Method 325A for 
what information to include and Section 17.0 of this method for an 
example form). Duplicate copies of the Chain of Custody must be included 
with the sample report and stored with the field test data archive.
    12.1.7 Field sampling personnel must also keep records of the unit 
vector wind direction, sigma theta, temperature and barometric pressure 
averages for the sampling period. See Section 8.3.4 of Method 325A.
    12.1.8 Laboratory personnel must record the sample receipt date, and 
analysis date.
    12.1.9 Laboratory personnel must maintain records of the analytical 
method and

[[Page 883]]

sample results in electronic or hardcopy in sufficient detail to 
reconstruct the calibration, sample, and quality control results from 
each sampling period.

                            12.2 Calculations

    12.2.1 Complete the calculations in this section to determine 
compliance with calibration quality control criteria (see also Table 
17.1).
    12.2.1.1 Response factor (RF). Calculate the RF using Equation 12.1:
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR01DE15.035
    
Where:

As = Peak area for the characteristic ion of the analyte.
Ais = Peak area for the characteristic ion of the internal 
          standard.
Ms = Mass of the analyte.
Mis = Mass of the internal standard.

    12.2.1.2 Standard deviation of the response factors 
(SDRF). Calculate the SDRF using Equation 12.2:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR01DE15.036

Where:

RFi = RF for each of the calibration compounds.
RF = Mean RF for each compound from the initial calibration.
n = Number of calibration standards.

    12.2.1.3 Percent deviation (%DEV). Calculate the %DEV using Equation 
12.3:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR01DE15.037

Where:

SDRF = Standard deviation.
RF = Mean RF for each compound from the initial calibration.

    12.2.1.4 Relative percent difference (RPD). Calculate the RPD using 
Equation 12.4:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR01DE15.038

Where:

R1, R2 = Values that are being compared (i.e., response factors in CCV).

    12.2.2 Determine the equivalent concentrations of compounds in 
atmospheres as follows. Correct target compound concentrations 
determined at the sampling site temperature and atmospheric pressure to 
standard conditions (25 [deg]C and 760 mm mercury) using Equation 12.5.

[[Page 884]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR14NO18.071

Where:

mmeas = The mass of the compound as measured in the sorbent 
          tube ([micro]g).
t = The exposure time (minutes).
tss = The average temperature during the collection period at 
          the sampling site (K).
UNTP = The method defined diffusive uptake rate (sampling 
          rate) (mL/min).

    Note: Diffusive uptake rates (UNTP) for common VOCs, 
using carbon sorbents packed into sorbent tubes of the dimensions 
specified in section 6.1, are listed in Table 12.1. Adjust analytical 
conditions to keep expected sampled masses within range (see sections 
11.3.1.3 to 11.3.1.5). Best possible method detection limits are 
typically in the order of 0.1 ppb for 1,3-butadiene and 0.05 ppb for 
volatile aromatics such as benzene for 14-day monitoring. However, 
actual detection limits will depend upon the analytical conditions 
selected.

          Table 12.1--Validated Sorbents and Uptake Rates (mL/min) for Selected Clean Air Act Compounds
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
             Compound               Carbopack\TM\ X\a\      Carbograph\TM\ 1 TD            Carbopack\TM\ B
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1,1-Dichloroethene...............  0.57 0.14
3-Chloropropene..................  0.51 0.3
1,1-Dichloroethane...............  0.57 0.1
1,2-Dichloroethane...............  0.57 0.08
1,1,1-Trichloroethane............  0.51 0.1
Benzene..........................  0.67 0.06   eq>0.07\b\.                  eq>0.07\b\.
Carbon tetrachloride.............  0.51 0.06
1,2-Dichloropropane..............  0.52 0.1
Trichloroethene..................  0.5 0.05
1,1,2-Trichloroethane............  0.49 0.13
Toluene..........................  0.52 0.14   eq>0.06\c\.                  eq>0.06\c\.
Tetrachloroethene................  0.48 0.05
Chlorobenzene....................  0.51 0.06
Ethylbenzene.....................  0.46 0.07
m,p-Xylene.......................  0.46 0.09   eq>0.04\c\.                  eq>0.04\c\.
Styrene..........................  0.5 0.14
o-Xylene.........................  0.46 0.12   eq>0.04\c\.                  eq>0.04\c\.
p-Dichlorobenzene................  0.45 0.05
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\a\ Reference 3, McClenny, J. Environ. Monit. 7:248-256. Based on 24-hour duration.
\b\ Reference 24, BS EN 14662-4:2005 (incorporated by reference--see Sec. 63.14). Based on 14-day duration.
\c\ Reference 25, ISO 16017-2:2003(E) (incorporated by reference--see Sec. 63.14). Based on 14-day duration.

                         13.0 Method Performance

    The performance of this procedure for VOC not listed in Table 12.1 
is determined using the procedure in Addendum A of this Method or by one 
of the following national/international standard methods: ISO 16017-
2:2003(E), ASTM D6196-03 (Reapproved 2009), or BS EN 14662-4:2005 (all 
incorporated by reference--see Sec. 63.14).
    13.1 The valid range for measurement of VOC is approximately 0.5 
[micro]g/m\3\ to 5 mg/m\3\ in air, collected over a 14-day sampling 
period. The upper limit of the useful range depends on the split ratio 
selected (Section 11.3.1) and the dynamic range of the analytical 
system. The lower limit of the useful range depends on the noise from 
the analytical instrument detector and on the blank level of target 
compounds or interfering compounds on the sorbent tube (see Section 
13.3).
    13.2 Diffusive sorbent tubes compatible with passive sampling and 
thermal desorption methods have been evaluated at relatively high 
atmospheric concentrations (i.e., mid-ppb to ppm) and published for use 
in workplace air and industrial/mobile source emissions (References 15-
16, 21-22).
    13.3 Best possible detection limits and maximum quantifiable 
concentrations of air pollutants range from sub-part-per-trillion (sub-
ppt) for halogenated species such as CCl4 and the freons using an 
electron capture detector (ECD), SIM Mode GC/MS, triple quad MS or GC/
TOF MS to sub-ppb for volatile hydrocarbons collected over 72 hours 
followed by analysis using GC with quadrupole MS operated in the full 
SCAN mode.
    13.3.1 Actual detection limits for atmospheric monitoring vary 
depending on several key factors. These factors are:
     Minimum artifact levels.

[[Page 885]]

     GC detector selection.
     Time of exposure for passive sorbent tubes.
     Selected analytical conditions, particularly 
column resolution and split ratio.

                        14.0 Pollution Prevention

    This method involves the use of ambient concentrations of gaseous 
compounds that post little or no danger of pollution to the environment.

                          15.0 Waste Management

    Dispose of expired calibration solutions as hazardous materials. 
Exercise standard laboratory environmental practices to minimize the use 
and disposal of laboratory solvents.

                             16.0 References

1. Winberry, W. T. Jr., et al., Determination of Volatile Organic 
          Compounds in Ambient Air Using Active Sampling onto Sorbent 
          Tubes: Method TO-17r, Second Edition, U.S. Environmental 
          Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC 27711, January 
          1999. http://www.epa.gov/ttnamti1/airtox.htmlcompendium
2. Ciccioli, P., Brancaleoni, E., Cecinato, A., Sparapini, R., and 
          Frattoni, M., ``Identification and Determination of Biogenic 
          and Anthropogenic VOCs in Forest Areas of Northern and 
          Southern Europe and a Remote Site of the Himalaya Region by 
          High-resolution GC-MS,'' J. of Chrom., 643, pp 55-69, 1993.
3. McClenny, W.A., K.D. Oliver, H.H. Jacumin, Jr., E.H. Daughtrey, Jr., 
          D.A. Whitaker. 2005. 24 h diffusive sampling of toxic VOCs in 
          air onto Carbopack\TM\ X solid adsorbent followed by thermal 
          desorption/GC/MS analysis--laboratory studies. J. Environ. 
          Monit. 7:248-256.
4. Markes International (www.markes.com/publications): Thermal 
          desorption Technical Support Note 2: Prediction of uptake 
          rates for diffusive tubes.
5. Ciccioli, P., Brancaleoni, E., Cecinato, A., DiPalo, C., Brachetti, 
          A., and Liberti, A., ``GC Evaluation of the Organic Components 
          Present in the Atmosphere at Trace Levels with the Aid of 
          CarbopackTM B for Preconcentration of the Sample,'' 
          J. of Chrom., 351, pp 433-449, 1986.
6. Broadway, G. M., and Trewern, T., ``Design Considerations for the 
          Optimization of a Packed Thermal Desorption Cold Trap for 
          Capillary Gas Chromatography,'' Proc. 13th Int'l Symposium on 
          Capil. Chrom., Baltimore, MD, pp 310-320, 1991.
7. Broadway, G. M., ``An Automated System for use Without Liquid Cryogen 
          for the Determination of VOC's in Ambient Air,'' Proc. 14th 
          Int'l. Symposium on Capil. Chrom., Baltimore, MD, 1992.
8. Gibitch, J., Ogle, L., and Radenheimer, P., ``Analysis of Ozone 
          Precursor Compounds in Houston, Texas Using Automated 
          Continuous GCs,'' in Proceedings of the Air and Waste 
          Management Association Conference: Measurement of Toxic and 
          Related Air Pollutants, Air and Waste Management Association, 
          Pittsburgh, PA, May 1995.
9. Vandendriessche, S., and Griepink, B., ``The Certification of 
          Benzene, Toluene and m-Xylene Sorbed on Tenax[supreg] TA in 
          Tubes,'' CRM-112 CEC, BCR, EUR12308 EN, 1989.
10. MDHS 2 (Acrylonitrile in Air), ``Laboratory Method Using Porous 
          Polymer Adsorption Tubes, and Thermal Desorption with Gas 
          Chromatographic Analysis,'' Methods for the Determination of 
          Hazardous Substances (MDHS), UK Health and Safety Executive, 
          Sheffield, UK.
11. MDHS 22 (Benzene in Air), ``Laboratory Method Using Porous Polymer 
          Adsorbent Tubes, Thermal Desorption and Gas Chromatography,'' 
          Method for the Determination of Hazardous Substances (MDHS), 
          UK Health and Safety Executive, Sheffield, UK.
12. MDHS 23 (Glycol Ether and Glycol Acetate Vapors in Air), 
          ``Laboratory Method Using Tenax[supreg] Sorbent Tubes, Thermal 
          Desorption and Gas Chromatography,'' Method for the 
          Determination of Hazardous Substances (MDHS), UK Health and 
          Safety Executive, Sheffield, UK.
13. MDHS 40 (Toluene in air), ``Laboratory Method Using Pumped Porous 
          Polymer Adsorbent Tubes, Thermal Desorption and Gas 
          Chromatography,'' Method for the Determination of Hazardous 
          Substances (MDHS), UK Health and Safety Executive, Sheffield, 
          UK.
14. MDHS 60 (Mixed Hydrocarbons (C to C) in Air), ``Laboratory Method 
          Using Pumped Porous Polymer 3 10 and Carbon Sorbent Tubes, 
          Thermal Desorption and Gas Chromatography,'' Method for the 
          Determination of Hazardous Substances (MDHS), UK Health and 
          Safety Executive, Sheffield, UK.
15. Price, J. A., and Saunders, K. J., ``Determination of Airborne 
          Methyl tert-Butyl Ether in Gasoline Atmospheres,'' Analyst, 
          Vol. 109, pp. 829-834, July 1984.
16. Coker, D. T., van den Hoed, N., Saunders, K. J., and Tindle, P. E., 
          ``A Monitoring Method for Gasoline Vapour Giving Detailed 
          Composition,'' Ann. Occup, Hyg., Vol 33, No. 11, pp 15-26, 
          1989.
17. DFG, ``Analytische Methoden zur prufing gesundheitsschadlicher 
          Arbeistsstoffe,'' Deutsche Forschungsgemeinschaft, Verlag 
          Chemie, Weinheim FRG, 1985.
18. NNI, ``Methods in NVN Series (Luchtkwaliteit; Werkplekatmasfeer),'' 
          Nederlands Normailsatie--Institut, Delft, The Netherlands, 
          1986-88.

[[Page 886]]

19. ``Sampling by Solid Adsorption Techniques,'' Standards Association 
          of Australia Organic Vapours, Australian Standard 2976, 1987.
20. Woolfenden, E. A., ``Monitoring VOCs in Air Using Pumped Sampling 
          onto Sorbent Tubes Followed by Thermal Desorption-capillary GC 
          Analysis: Summary of Reported Data and Practical Guidelines 
          for Successful Application,'' J. Air & Waste Manage. Assoc., 
          Vol. 47, 1997, pp. 20-36.
21. Validation Guidelines for Air Sampling Methods Utilizing 
          Chromatographic Analysis, OSHA T-005, Version 3.0, May 2010, 
          http://www.osha.gov/dts/sltc/methods/chromguide/
          chromguide.pdf.
22. ASTM D4597-10, Standard Practice for Sampling Workplace Atmospheres 
          to collect Gases or Vapors with Solid Sorbent Diffusive 
          Samplers.
23. Martin, http://www.hsl.gov.uk/media/1619/issue14.pdf.
24. BS EN 14662-4:2005, Ambient air quality--Standard method for the 
          measurement of benzene concentrations--Part 4: Diffusive 
          sampling followed by thermal desorption and gas 
          chromatography.
25. ISO 16017-2:2003(E): Indoor, ambient and workplace air--Sampling and 
          analysis of volatile organic compounds by sorbent tube/thermal 
          desorption/capillary gas chromatography--Part 2: Diffusive 
          sampling.

    17.0 Tables, Diagrams, Flowcharts and Validation Data

                        Table 17.1--Summary of GC/MS Analysis Quality Control Procedures
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
              Parameter                       Frequency           Acceptance criteria       Corrective action
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Bromofluorobenzene Instrument Tune     Daily \a\ prior to       Evaluation criteria      (1) Retune and or
 Performance Check.                     sample analysis.         presented in Section    (2) Perform
                                                                 9.5 and Table 9.2.       Maintenance.
Five point calibration bracketing the  Following any major      (1) Percent Deviation    (1) Repeat calibration
 expected sample concentration.         change, repair or        (%DEV) of response       sample analysis.
                                        maintenance or if        factors 30%.              check.
                                        meet method             (2) Relative Retention   (3) Prepare new
                                        requirements.            Times (RRTs) for         calibration standards
                                        Recalibration not to     target peaks 0.06     repeat analysis.
                                                                 units from mean RRT.
Calibration Verification (CCV Second   Following the            The response factor      (1) Repeat calibration
 source calibration verification        calibration curve.       30% DEV from         (2) Repeat calibration
                                                                 calibration curve        curve.
                                                                 average response
                                                                 factor.
Laboratory Blank Analysis............  Daily \a\ following      (1) <=0.2 ppbv per       (1) Repeat analysis
                                        bromofluoro benzene      analyte or <=3 times     with new blank tube.
                                        and calibration check;   the LOD, whichever is   (2) Check system for
                                        prior to sample          greater.                 leaks, contamination.
                                        analysis.               (2) Internal Standard    (3) Analyze additional
                                                                 (IS) area response       blank.
                                                                 40% and IS
                                                                 Retention Time (RT)
                                                                 0.33 min. of most
                                                                 recent calibration
                                                                 check.
Blank Sorbent Tube Certification.....  One tube analyzed for    <0.2 ppbv per VOC        Re-clean all tubes in
                                        each batch of tubes      targeted compound or 3   batch and reanalyze.
                                        cleaned or 10 percent    times the LOD,
                                        of tubes whichever is    whichever is greater.
                                        greater.
Samples--Internal Standards..........  All samples............  IS area response 40%      invalidation.
                                                                 and IS RT 0.33
                                                                 min. of most recent
                                                                 calibration validation.
Field Blanks.........................  Two per sampling period  No greater than one-     Flag Data for possible
                                                                 third of the measured    invalidation due to
                                                                 target analyte or        high blank bias.
                                                                 compliance limit.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\a\ Every 24 hours.


[[Page 887]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR01DE15.041


[[Page 888]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR01DE15.042


[[Page 889]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR01DE15.043


[[Page 890]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR01DE15.044

    ADDENDUM A to Method 325B--Method 325 Performance Evaluation

                        A.1 Scope and Application

    A.1.1 To be measured by Methods 325A and 325B, each new target 
volatile organic compound (VOC) or sorbent that is not listed

[[Page 891]]

in Table 12.1 must be evaluated by exposing the selected sorbent tube to 
a known concentration of the target compound(s) in an exposure chamber 
following the procedure in this Addendum or by following the procedures 
in the national/international standard methods: ISO 16017-2:2003(E), 
ASTM D6196-03 (Reapproved 2009), or BS EN 14662-4:2005 (all incorporated 
by reference--see Sec. 63.14), or reported in peer-reviewed open 
literature.
    A.1.2 You must determine the uptake rate and the relative standard 
deviation compared to the theoretical concentration of volatile material 
in the exposure chamber for each of the tests required in this method. 
If data that meet the requirement of this Addendum are available in the 
peer reviewed open literature for VOCs of interest collected on your 
passive sorbent tube configuration, then such data may be submitted in 
lieu of the testing required in this Addendum.
    A.1.3 You must expose sorbent tubes in a test chamber to parts per 
trillion by volume (pptv) and low parts per billion by volume (ppbv) 
concentrations of VOCs in humid atmospheres to determine the sorbent 
tube uptake rate and to confirm compound capture and recovery.

                          A.2 Summary of Method

    Note: The technique described here is one approach for determining 
uptake rates for new sorbent/sorbate pairs. It is equally valid to 
follow the techniques described in any one of the following national/
international standards methods: ISO 16017-2:2003(E), ASTM D6196-03 
(Reapproved 2009), or BS EN 14662-4:2005 (all incorporated by 
reference--see Sec. 63.14).
    A.2.1 Known concentrations of VOC are metered into an exposure 
chamber containing sorbent tubes filled with media selected to capture 
the volatile organic compounds of interest (see Figure A.1 and A.2 for 
an example of the exposure chamber and sorbent tube retaining rack). VOC 
are diluted with humid air and the chamber is allowed to equilibrate for 
6 hours. Clean passive sampling devices are placed into the chamber and 
exposed for a measured period of time. The passive uptake rate of the 
passive sampling devices is determined using the standard and dilution 
gas flow rates. Chamber concentrations are confirmed with whole gas 
sample collection and analysis or direct interface volatile organic 
compound measurement methods.
    A.2.2 An exposure chamber and known gas concentrations must be used 
to challenge and evaluate the collection and recovery of target 
compounds from the sorbent and tube selected to perform passive 
measurements of VOC in atmospheres.

                             A.3 Definitions

    A.3.1 cc is cubic centimeter.
    A.3.2 ECD is electron capture detector.
    A.3.3 FID is flame ionization detector.
    A.3.4 LED is light-emitting diode.
    A.3.5 MFC is mass flow controller.
    A.3.6 MFM is mass flow meter.
    A.3.7 min is minute.
    A.3.8 ppbv is parts per billion by volume.
    A.3.9 ppmv is parts per million by volume.
    A.3.10 PSD is passive sampling device.
    A.3.11 psig is pounds per square inch gauge.
    A.3.12 RH is relative humidity.
    A.3.13 VOC is volatile organic compound.

                            A.4 Interferences

    A.4.1 VOC contaminants in water can contribute interference or bias 
results high. Use only distilled, organic-free water for dilution gas 
humidification.
    A.4.2 Solvents and other VOC-containing liquids can contaminate the 
exposure chamber. Store and use solvents and other VOC-containing 
liquids in the exhaust hood when exposure experiments are in progress to 
prevent the possibility of contamination of VOCs into the chamber 
through the chamber's exhaust vent.
    Note: Whenever possible, passive sorbent evaluation should be 
performed in a VOC free laboratory.
    A.4.3 PSDs should be handled by personnel wearing only clean, white 
cotton or powder free nitrile gloves to prevent contamination of the 
PSDs with oils from the hands.
    A.4.4 This performance evaluation procedure is applicable to only 
volatile materials that can be measured accurately with direct interface 
gas chromatography or whole gas sample collection, concentration and 
analysis. Alternative methods to confirm the concentration of volatile 
materials in exposure chambers are subject to Administrator approval.

                               A.5 Safety

    A.5.1 This procedure does not address all of the safety concerns 
associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this 
standard to establish appropriate field and laboratory safety and health 
practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations 
prior to use.
    A.5.2 Laboratory analysts must exercise appropriate care in working 
with high-pressure gas cylinders.

                       A.6 Equipment and Supplies

    A.6.1 You must use an exposure chamber of sufficient size to 
simultaneously expose a minimum of eight sorbent tubes.
    A.6.2 Your exposure chamber must not contain VOC that interfere with 
the compound under evaluation. Chambers made of glass and/or stainless 
steel have been used

[[Page 892]]

successfully for measurement of known concentration of selected VOC 
compounds.
    A.6.3 The following equipment and supplies are needed:
     Clean, white cotton or nitrile gloves;
     Conditioned passive sampling device tubes and 
diffusion caps; and
     NIST traceable high resolution digital gas mass 
flow meters (MFMs) or flow controllers (MFCs).

                       A.7 Reagents and Standards

    A.7.1 You must generate an exposure gas that contains between 35 and 
75 percent relative humidity and a concentration of target compound(s) 
within 2 to 5 times the concentration to be measured in the field.
    A.7.2 Target gas concentrations must be generated with certified gas 
standards and diluted with humid clean air. Dilution to reach the 
desired concentration must be done with zero grade air or better.
    A.7.3 The following reagents and standards are needed:
     Distilled water for the humidification;
     VOC standards mixtures in high-pressure cylinder 
certified by the supplier (Note: The accuracy of the certified standards 
has a direct bearing on the accuracy of the measurement results. Typical 
vendor accuracy is 5 percent accuracy but some VOC 
may only be available at lower accuracy (e.g., acrolein at 10 percent)); 
and
     Purified dilution air containing less than 0.2 
ppbv of the target VOC.

             A.8 Sample Collection, Preservation and Storage

    A.8.1 You must use certified gas standards diluted with humid air. 
Generate humidified air by adding distilled organic free water to 
purified or zero grade air. Humidification may be accomplished by 
quantitative addition of water to the air dilution gas stream in a 
heated chamber or by passing purified air through a humidifying bubbler. 
You must control the relative humidity in the test gas throughout the 
period of passive sampler exposure.
    Note: The RH in the exposure chamber is directly proportional to the 
fraction of the purified air that passes through the water in the 
bubbler before entering the exposure chamber. Achieving uniform 
humidification in the proper range is a trial-and-error process with a 
humidifying bubbler. You may need to heat the bubbler to achieve 
sufficient humidity. An equilibration period of approximately 15 minutes 
is required following each adjustment of the air flow through the 
humidifier. Several adjustments or equilibration cycles may be required 
to achieve the desired RH level.
    Note: You will need to determine both the dilution rate and the 
humidification rate for your design of the exposure chamber by trial and 
error before performing method evaluation tests.
    A.8.2 Prepare and condition sorbent tubes following the procedures 
in Method 325B Section 7.0.
    A.8.3 You must verify that the exposure chamber does not leak.
    A.8.4 You must complete two evaluation tests using a minimum of 
eight passive sampling tubes in each test with less than 5-percent 
depletion of test analyte by the samplers.
    A.8.4.1 Perform at least one evaluation at two to five times the 
estimated analytical detection limit or less.
    A.8.4.2 Perform second evaluation at a concentration equivalent to 
the middle of the analysis calibration range.
    A.8.5 You must evaluate the samplers in the test chamber operating 
between 35 percent and 75 percent RH, and at 25 5 
[deg]C. Allow the exposure chamber to equilibrate for 6 hours before 
starting an evaluation.
    A.8.6 The flow rate through the chamber must be <=0.5 meter per 
second face velocity across the sampler face.
    A.8.7 Place clean, ready to use sorbent tubes into the exposure 
chamber for predetermined amounts of time to evaluate collection and 
recovery from the tubes. The exposure time depends on the concentration 
of volatile test material in the chamber and the detection limit 
required for the sorbent tube sampling application. Exposure time should 
match sample collection time. The sorbent tube exposure chamber time may 
not be less than 24 hours and should not be longer than 2 weeks.
    A.8.7.1 To start the exposure, place the clean PSDs equipped with 
diffusion caps on the tube inlet into a retaining rack.
    A.8.7.2 Place the entire retaining rack inside the exposure chamber 
with the diffusive sampling end of the tubes facing into the chamber 
flow. Seal the chamber and record the exposure start time, chamber RH, 
chamber temperature, PSD types and numbers, orientation of PSDs, and 
volatile material mixture composition (see Figure A.2).
    A.8.7.3 Diluted, humidified target gas must be continuously fed into 
the exposure chamber during cartridge exposure. Measure the flow rate of 
target compound standard gas and dilution air to an accuracy of 5 
percent.
    A.8.7.4 Record the time, temperature, and RH at the beginning, 
middle, and end of the exposure time.
    A.8.7.5 At the end of the exposure time, remove the PSDs from the 
exposure chamber. Record the exposure end time, chamber RH, and 
temperature.

[[Page 893]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR01DE15.045


[[Page 894]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR01DE15.046


[[Page 895]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR01DE15.047

                           A.9 Quality Control

    A.9.1 Monitor and record the exposure chamber temperature and RH 
during PSD exposures.
    A.9.2 Measure the flow rates of standards and purified humified air 
immediately following PSD exposures.

                  A.10 Calibration and Standardization

    A.10.1 Follow the procedures described in Method 325B Section 10.0 
for calibration.
    A.10.2 Verify chamber concentration by direct injection into a gas 
chromatograph calibrated for the target compound(s) or by collection of 
an integrated SUMMA canister followed by analysis using a

[[Page 896]]

preconcentration gas chromatographic method such as EPA Compendium 
Method TO-15, Determination of VOCs in Air Collected in Specially-
Prepared Canisters and Analyzed By GC/MS.
    A.10.2.1 To use direct injection gas chromatography to verify the 
exposure chamber concentration, follow the procedures in Method 18 of 40 
CFR part 60, Appendix A-6. The method ASTM D6420-99 (Reapproved 2010) 
(incorporated by reference--see Sec. 63.14) is an acceptable 
alternative to EPA Method 18 of 40 CFR part 60).
    Note: Direct injection gas chromatography may not be sufficiently 
sensitive for all compounds. Therefore, the whole gas preconcentration 
sample and analysis method may be required to measure at low 
concentrations.
    A.10.2.2 To verify exposure chamber concentrations using SUMMA 
canisters, prepare clean canister(s) and measure the concentration of 
VOC collected in an integrated SUMMA canister over the period used for 
the evaluation (minimum 24 hours). Analyze the TO-15 canister sample 
following EPA Compendium Method TO-15.
    A.10.2.3 Compare the theoretical concentration of volatile material 
added to the test chamber to the measured concentration to confirm the 
chamber operation. Theoretical concentration must agree with the 
measured concentration within 30 percent.

                         A.11 Analysis Procedure

    Analyze the sorbent tubes following the procedures described in 
Section 11.0 of Method 325B.

        A.12 Recordkeeping Procedures for Sorbent Tube Evaluation

    Keep records for the sorbent tube evaluation to include at a minimum 
the following information:
    A.12.1 Sorbent tube description and specifications.
    A.12.2 Sorbent material description and specifications.
    A.12.3 Volatile analytes used in the sampler test.
    A.12.4 Chamber conditions including flow rate, temperature, and 
relative humidity.
    A.12.5 Relative standard deviation of the sampler results at the 
conditions tested.
    A.12.6 95 percent confidence limit on the sampler overall accuracy.
    A.12.7 The relative accuracy of the sorbent tube results compared to 
the direct chamber measurement by direct gas chromatography or SUMMA 
canister analysis.

                         A.13 Method Performance

    A.13.1 Sorbent tube performance is acceptable if the relative 
accuracy of the passive sorbent sampler agrees with the active 
measurement method by 10 percent at the 95 percent 
confidence limit and the uptake ratio is equal to greater than 0.5 mL/
min (1 ng/ppm-min).
    Note: For example, there is a maximum deviation comparing Perkin-
Elmer passive type sorbent tubes packed with Carbopack\TM\ X of 1.3 to 
10 percent compared to active sampling using the following uptake rates.

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                           Estimated                               Estimated
                                     1,3-butadiene    detection limit (2    Benzene uptake    detection limit (2
                                  uptake rate mL/min         week)           rates mL/min            week)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Carbopack\TM\ X (2 week)........        0.61 0.
                                             11 \a\
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\a\ McClenny, W.A., K.D. Oliver, H.H. Jacumin, Jr., E.H. Daughtrey, Jr., D.A. Whitaker. 2005. 24 h diffusive
  sampling of toxic VOCs in air onto Carbopack\TM\ X solid adsorbent followed by thermal desorption/GC/MS
  analysis--laboratory studies. J. Environ. Monit. 7:248-256.

    A13.2 Data Analysis and Calculations for Method Evaluation
    A.13.2.1 Calculate the theoretical concentration of VOC standards 
using Equation A.1.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR01DE15.048

Where:

Cf = The final concentration of standard in the exposure 
          chamber (ppbv).
FRi = The flow rate of the target compound I (mL/min).
FRt = The flow rate of all target compounds from separate if 
          multiple cylinders are used (mL/min).
FRa = The flow rate of dilution air plus moisture (mL/min).

[[Page 897]]

Cs = The concentration of target compound in the standard 
          cylinder (parts per million by volume).

    A.13.2.3 Determine the uptake rate of the target gas being evaluated 
using Equation A.2.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR01DE15.049

Where:

MX = The mass of analyte measured on the sampling tube 
          ([eta]g).
Ce = The theoretical exposure chamber concentration ([eta]g/
          mL).
Tt = The exposure time (minutes).

    A.13.2.4 Estimate the variance (relative standard deviation (RSD)) 
of the inter-sampler results at each condition tested using Equation 
A.3. RSD for the sampler is estimated by pooling the variance estimates 
from each test run.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR01DE15.050

Where:

Xi = The measured mass of analyte found on sorbent tube i.
Xi = The mean value of all Xi.
n = The number of measurements of the analyte.

    A.13.2.4 Determine the percent relative standard deviation of the 
inter-sampler results using Equation A.4.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR01DE15.051

    A.13.2.5 Determine the 95 percent confidence interval for the 
sampler results using Equation A.5. The confidence interval is 
determined based on the number of test runs performed to evaluate the 
sorbent tube and sorbent combination. For the minimum test requirement 
of eight samplers tested at two concentrations, the number of tests is 
16 and the degrees of freedom are 15.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR01DE15.052

Where:

[Delta]95% = 95 percent confidence interval.
%RSD = percent relative standard deviation.
t0.95 = The Students t statistic for f degrees of freedom at 
          95 percent confidence.
f = The number of degrees of freedom.
n = Number of samples.

    A.13.2.6 Determine the relative accuracy of the sorbent tube 
combination compared to the active sampling results using Equation A.6.

[[Page 898]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR01DE15.053

Where:

RA = Relative accuracy.
Xi = The mean value of all Xi.
Xi = The average concentration of analyte measured by the 
          active measurement method.
[Delta]95% = 95 percent confidence interval.

                        A.14 Pollution Prevention

    This method involves the use of ambient concentrations of gaseous 
compounds that post little or no pollution to the environment.

                          A.15 Waste Management

    Expired calibration solutions should be disposed of as hazardous 
materials.

                             A.16 References

    1. ISO TC 146/SC 02 N 361 Workplace atmospheres--Protocol for 
evaluating the performance of diffusive samplers.

Method 326--Method for Determination of Isocyanates in Stationary Source 
                                Emissions

                        1.0 Scope and Application

    This method is applicable to the collection and analysis of 
isocyanate compounds from the emissions associated with manufacturing 
processes. This method is not inclusive with respect to specifications 
(e.g., equipment and supplies) and sampling procedures essential to its 
performance. Some material is incorporated by reference from other EPA 
methods. Therefore, to obtain reliable results, persons using this 
method should have a thorough knowledge of at least Method 1, Method 2, 
Method 3, and Method 5 found in Appendices A-1, A-2, and A-3 in Part 60 
of this title.
    1.1 Analytes. This method is designed to determine the mass emission 
of isocyanates being emitted from manufacturing processes. The following 
is a table (Table 1-1) of the isocyanates and the manufacturing process 
at which the method has been evaluated:

                                              Table 326-1--Analytes
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   Detection
                Compound's name                     CAS No.       limit (ng/          Manufacturing process
                                                                   m\3\) \a\
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2,4-Toluene Diisocyanate (TDI)................        584-84-9             106  Flexible Foam Production.
1,6-Hexamethylene Diisocyanate (HDI)..........        822-06-0             396  Paint Spray Booth.
Methylene Diphenyl Diisocyanate (MDI).........        101-68-8             112  Pressed Board Production.
Methyl Isocyanate (MI)........................        624-83-0             228  Not used in production.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\a\ Estimated detection limits are based on a sample volume of 1 m\3\ and a 10-ml sample extraction volume.

    1.2 Applicability. Method 326 is a method designed for determining 
compliance with National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants 
(NESHAP). Method 326 may also be specified by New Source Performance 
Standards (NSPS), State Implementation Plans (SIPs), and operating 
permits that require measurement of isocyanates in stationary source 
emissions, to determine compliance with an applicable emission standard 
or limit.
    1.3 Data Quality Objectives (DQO). The principal objective is to 
ensure the accuracy of the data at the actual emissions levels and in 
the actual emissions matrix encountered. To meet this objective, method 
performance tests are required and NIST-traceable calibration standards 
must be used.

                          2.0 Summary of Method

    2.1 Gaseous and/or aerosol isocyanates are withdrawn from an 
emission source at an isokinetic sampling rate and are collected in a 
multicomponent sampling train. The primary components of the train 
include a heated probe, three impingers containing derivatizing reagent 
in toluene, an empty impinger, an impinger containing charcoal, and an 
impinger containing silica gel.
    2.2 The liquid impinger contents are recovered, concentrated to 
dryness under vacuum, brought to volume with acetonitrile (ACN) and 
analyzed with a high pressure liquid chromatograph (HPLC).

                       3.0 Definitions [Reserved]

                            4.0 Interferences

    4.1 The greatest potential for interference comes from an impurity 
in the derivatizing reagent, 1-(2-pyridyl)piperazine (1,2-PP). This 
compound may interfere with the resolution of MI from the peak 
attributed to unreacted 1,2-PP.
    4.2 Other interferences that could result in positive or negative 
bias are (1) alcohols

[[Page 899]]

that could compete with the 1,2-PP for reaction with an isocyanate and 
(2) other compounds that may co-elute with one or more of the 
derivatized isocyanates.
    4.3 Method interferences may be caused by contaminants in solvents, 
reagents, glassware, and other sample processing hardware. All these 
materials must be routinely shown to be free from interferences under 
conditions of the analysis by preparing and analyzing laboratory method 
(or reagent) blanks.
    4.3.1 Glassware must be cleaned thoroughly before using. The 
glassware should be washed with laboratory detergent in hot water 
followed by rinsing with tap water and distilled water. The glassware 
may be dried by baking in a glassware oven at 400 [deg]C for at least 
one hour. After the glassware has cooled, it should be rinsed three 
times with methylene chloride and three times with acetonitrile. 
Volumetric glassware should not be heated to 400 [deg]C. Instead, after 
washing and rinsing, volumetric glassware may be rinsed with 
acetonitrile followed by methylene chloride and allowed to dry in air.
    4.3.2 The use of high purity reagents and solvents helps to reduce 
interference problems in sample analysis.

                               5.0 Safety

    5.1 Organizations performing this method are responsible for 
maintaining a current awareness file of Occupational Safety and Health 
Administration (OSHA) regulations regarding safe handling of the 
chemicals specified in this method. A reference file of material safety 
data sheets should also be made available to all personnel involved in 
performing the method. Additional references to laboratory safety are 
available.

                       6.0 Equipment and Supplies

    6.1 Sample Collection. A schematic of the sampling train used in 
this method is shown in Figure 207-1. This sampling train configuration 
is adapted from Method 5 procedures, and, as such, most of the required 
equipment is identical to that used in Method 5 determinations. The only 
new component required is a condenser.
    6.1.1 Probe Nozzle. Borosilicate or quartz glass; constructed and 
calibrated according to Method 5, sections 6.1.1.1 and 10.1, and coupled 
to the probe liner using a Teflon union; a stainless steel nut is 
recommended for this union. When the stack temperature exceeds 210 
[deg]C (410 [deg]F), a one-piece glass nozzle/liner assembly must be 
used.
    6.1.2 Probe Liner. Same as Method 5, section 6.1.1.2, except metal 
liners shall not be used. Water-cooling of the stainless steel sheath is 
recommended at temperatures exceeding 500 [deg]C (932 [deg]F). Teflon 
may be used in limited applications where the minimum stack temperature 
exceeds 120 [deg]C (250 [deg]F) but never exceeds the temperature where 
Teflon is estimated to become unstable [approximately 210 [deg]C (410 
[deg]F)].
    6.1.3 Pitot Tube, Differential Pressure Gauge, Filter Heating 
System, Metering System, Barometer, Gas Density Determination Equipment. 
Same as Method 5, sections 6.1.1.3, 6.1.1.4, 6.1.1.6, 6.1.1.9, 6.1.2, 
and 6.1.3.
    6.1.4 Impinger Train. Glass impingers are connected in series with 
leak-free ground-glass joints following immediately after the heated 
probe. The first impinger shall be of the Greenburg-Smith design with 
the standard tip. The remaining five impingers shall be of the modified 
Greenburg-Smith design, modified by replacing the tip with a 1.3-cm (\1/
2\-in.) I.D. glass tube extending about 1.3 cm (\1/2\ in.) from the 
bottom of the outer cylinder. A water-jacketed condenser is placed 
between the outlet of the first impinger and the inlet to the second 
impinger to reduce the evaporation of toluene from the first impinger.
    6.1.5 Moisture Measurement. For the purpose of calculating 
volumetric flow rate and isokinetic sampling, you must also collect 
either Method 4 in Appendix A-3 to this part or other moisture 
measurement methods approved by the Administrator concurrent with each 
Method 326 test run.
    6.2 Sample Recovery
    6.2.1 Probe and Nozzle Brushes; Polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) 
bristle brushes with stainless steel wire or PTFE handles are required. 
The probe brush shall have extensions constructed of stainless steel, 
PTFE, or inert material at least as long as the probe. The brushes shall 
be properly sized and shaped to brush out the probe liner and the probe 
nozzle.
    6.2.2 Wash Bottles. Three. PTFE or glass wash bottles are 
recommended; polyethylene wash bottles must not be used because organic 
contaminants may be extracted by exposure to organic solvents used for 
sample recovery.
    6.2.3 Glass Sample Storage Containers. Chemically resistant, 
borosilicate amber glass bottles, 500-mL or 1,000-mL. Bottles should be 
tinted to prevent the action of light on the sample. Screw-cap liners 
shall be either PTFE or constructed to be leak-free and resistant to 
chemical attack by organic recovery solvents. Narrow-mouth glass bottles 
have been found to leak less frequently.
    6.2.4 Graduated Cylinder. To measure impinger contents to the 
nearest 1 ml or 1 g. Graduated cylinders shall have subdivisions not 
2 mL.
    6.2.5 Plastic Storage Containers. Screw-cap polypropylene or 
polyethylene containers to store silica gel and charcoal.
    6.2.6 Funnel and Rubber Policeman. To aid in transfer of silica gel 
or charcoal to container (not necessary if silica gel is weighed in 
field).

[[Page 900]]

    6.2.7 Funnels. Glass, to aid in sample recovery.
    6.3 Sample Preparation and Analysis.
    The following items are required for sample analysis.
    6.3.1 Rotary Evaporator. Buchii Model EL-130 or equivalent.
    6.3.2 1000 ml Round Bottom Flask for use with a rotary evaporator.
    6.3.3 Separatory Funnel. 500-ml or larger, with PTFE stopcock.
    6.3.4 Glass Funnel. Short-stemmed or equivalent.
    6.3.5 Vials. 15-ml capacity with PTFE lined caps.
    6.3.6 Class A Volumetric Flasks. 10-ml for bringing samples to 
volume after concentration.
    6.3.7 Filter Paper. Qualitative grade or equivalent.
    6.3.8 Buchner Funnel. Porcelain with 100 mm ID or equivalent.
    6.3.9 Erlenmeyer Flask. 500-ml with side arm and vacuum source.
    6.3.10 HPLC with at least a binary pumping system capable of a 
programmed gradient.
    6.3.11 Column Systems Column systems used to measure isocyanates 
must be capable of achieving separation of the target compounds from the 
nearest eluting compound or interferents with no more than 10 percent 
peak overlap.
    6.3.12 Detector. UV detector at 254 nm. A fluorescence detector (FD) 
with an excitation of 240 nm and an emission at 370 nm may be also used 
to allow the detection of low concentrations of isocyanates in samples.
    6.3.13 Data system for measuring peak areas and retention times.

                       7.0 Reagents and Standards

    7.1 Sample Collection Reagents.
    7.1.1 Charcoal. Activated, 6-16 mesh. Used to absorb toluene vapors 
and prevent them from entering the metering device. Use once with each 
train and discard.
    7.1.2 Silica Gel and Crushed Ice. Same as Method 5, sections 7.1.2 
and 7.1.4 respectively
    7.1.3 Impinger Solution. The impinger solution is prepared by mixing 
a known amount of 1-(2-pyridyl) piperazine (purity 99.5+%) in toluene 
(HPLC grade or equivalent). The actual concentration of 1,2-PP should be 
approximately four times the amount needed to ensure that the capacity 
of the derivatizing solution is not exceeded. This amount shall be 
calculated from the stoichiometric relationship between 1,2-PP and the 
isocyanate of interest and preliminary information about the 
concentration of the isocyanate in the stack emissions. A concentration 
of 130 [micro]g/ml of 1,2-PP in toluene can be used as a reference 
point. This solution shall be prepared, stored in a refrigerated area 
away from light, and used within ten days of preparation.
    7.2 Sample Recovery Reagents.
    7.2.1 Toluene. HPLC grade is required for sample recovery and 
cleanup (see Note to 7.2.2 below).
    7.2.2 Acetonitrile. HPLC grade is required for sample recovery and 
cleanup. Note: Organic solvents stored in metal containers may have a 
high residue blank and should not be used. Sometimes suppliers transfer 
solvents from metal to glass bottles; thus blanks shall be run before 
field use and only solvents with a low blank value should be used.
    7.3 Analysis Reagents. Reagent grade chemicals should be used in all 
tests. All reagents shall conform to the specifications of the Committee 
on Analytical Reagents of the American Chemical Society, where such 
specifications are available.
    7.3.1 Toluene, C6H5CH3. HPLC Grade 
or equivalent.
    7.3.2 Acetonitrile, CH3CN (ACN). HPLC Grade or 
equivalent.
    7.3.3 Methylene Chloride, CH2Cl2. HPLC Grade 
or equivalent.
    7.3.4 Hexane, C6H14. HPLC Grade or equivalent.
    7.3.5 Water, H2O. HPLC Grade or equivalent.
    7.3.6 Ammonium Acetate, CH3CO2NH4.
    7.3.7 Acetic Acid (glacial), CH3CO2H.
    7.3.8 1-(2-Pyridyl)piperazine, (1,2-PP), =99.5% or 
equivalent.
    7.3.9 Absorption Solution. Prepare a solution of 1-(2-
pyridyl)piperazine in toluene at a concentration of 40 mg/300 ml. This 
solution is used for method blanks and method spikes.
    7.3.10 Ammonium Acetate Buffer Solution (AAB). Prepare a solution of 
ammonium acetate in water at a concentration of 0.1 M by transferring 
7.705 g of ammonium acetate to a 1,000 ml volumetric flask and diluting 
to volume with HPLC Grade water. Adjust pH to 6.2 with glacial acetic 
acid.

              8.0 Sample Collection, Storage and Transport

    Note: Because of the complexity of this method, field personnel 
should be trained in and experienced with the test procedures in order 
to obtain reliable results.
    8.1 Sampling
    8.1.1 Preliminary Field Determinations. Same as Method 5, section 
8.2.
    8.1.2 Preparation of Sampling Train. Follow the general procedure 
given in Method 5, section 8.3.1, except for the following variations: 
Place 300 ml of the impinger absorbing solution in the first impinger 
and 200 ml each in the second and third impingers. The fourth impinger 
shall remain empty. The fifth and sixth impingers shall have 400 g of 
charcoal and 200-300 g of silica gel, respectively. Alternatively, the 
charcoal and silica gel may be combined in the fifth impinger.

[[Page 901]]

Set-up the train as in Figure 326-1. During assembly, do not use any 
silicone grease on ground-glass joints.
    Note: During preparation and assembly of the sampling train, keep 
all openings where contamination can occur covered with PTFE film or 
aluminum foil until just before assembly or until sampling is about to 
begin.
    8.1.3 Leak-Check Procedures. Follow the leak-check procedures given 
in Method 5, sections 8.4.2 (Pretest Leak-Check), 8.4.3 (Leak-Checks 
During the Sample Run), and 8.4.4 (Post-Test Leak-Check), with the 
exception that the pre-test leak-check is mandatory
    8.1.4 Sampling Train Operation. Follow the general procedures given 
in Method 5, section 8.5. Turn on the condenser coil coolant 
recirculating pump and monitor the gas entry temperature. Ensure proper 
gas entry temperature before proceeding and again before any sampling is 
initiated. It is important that the gas entry temperature not exceed 50 
[deg]C (122 [deg]F), thus reducing the loss of toluene from the first 
impinger. For each run, record the data required on a data sheet such as 
the one shown in Method 5, Figure 5-3.
    8.2 Sample Recovery. Allow the probe to cool. When the probe can be 
handled safely, wipe off all external particulate matter near the tip of 
the probe nozzle and place a cap over the tip to prevent losing or 
gaining particulate matter. Do not cap the probe tip tightly while the 
sampling train is cooling down because this will create a vacuum in the 
train. Before moving the sample train to the cleanup site, remove the 
probe from the sample train and cap the opening to the probe, being 
careful not to lose any condensate that might be present. Cap the 
impingers and transfer the probe and the impinger/condenser assembly to 
the cleanup area. This area should be clean and protected from the 
weather to reduce sample contamination or loss. Inspect the train prior 
to and during disassembly and record any abnormal conditions. It is not 
necessary to measure the volume of the impingers for the purpose of 
moisture determination as the method is not validated for moisture 
determination. Treat samples as follows:
    8.2.1 Container No. 1, Probe and Impinger Numbers 1 and 2. Rinse and 
brush the probe/nozzle first with toluene twice and then twice again 
with acetonitrile and place the wash into a glass container labeled with 
the test run identification and ``Container No. 1.'' When using these 
solvents ensure that proper ventilation is available. Quantitatively 
transfer the liquid from the first two impingers and the condenser into 
Container No. 1. Rinse the impingers and all connecting glassware twice 
with toluene and then twice again with acetonitrile and transfer the 
rinses into Container No. 1. After all components have been collected in 
the container, seal the container, and mark the liquid level on the 
bottle.
    8.2.2 Container No. 2, Impingers 3 and 4. Quantitatively transfer 
the liquid from each impinger into a glass container labeled with the 
test run identification and ``Container No. 2.'' Rinse each impinger and 
all connecting glassware twice with toluene and twice again with 
acetonitrile and transfer the rinses into Container No. 2. After all 
components have been collected in the container, seal the container, and 
mark the liquid level on the bottle.
    Note: The contents of the fifth and sixth impinger (silica gel) can 
be discarded.
    8.2.3 Container No. 3, Reagent Blank. Save a portion of both washing 
solutions (toluene/acetonitrile) used for the cleanup as a blank. 
Transfer 200 ml of each solution directly from the wash bottle being 
used and combine in a glass sample container with the test 
identification and ``Container No. 3.'' Seal the container, and mark the 
liquid level on the bottle and add the proper label.
    8.2.4 Field Train Proof Blanks. To demonstrate the cleanliness of 
sampling train glassware, you must prepare a full sampling train to 
serve as a field train proof blank just as it would be prepared for 
sampling. At a minimum, one complete sampling train will be assembled in 
the field staging area, taken to the sampling area, and leak-checked. 
The probe of the blank train shall be heated during and the train will 
be recovered as if it were an actual test sample. No gaseous sample will 
be passed through the sampling train. Field blanks are recovered in the 
same manner as described in sections 8.2.1 and 8.2.2 and must be 
submitted with the field samples collected at each sampling site.
    8.2.5 Field Train Spike. To demonstrate the effectiveness of the 
sampling train, field handling, and recovery procedures you must prepare 
a full sampling train to serve as a field train spike just as it would 
be prepared for sampling. The field spike is performed in the same 
manner as the field train proof blank with the additional step of adding 
the Field Spike Solution to the first impinger after the initial leak 
check. The train will be recovered as if it were an actual test sample. 
No gaseous sample will be passed through the sampling train. Field train 
spikes are recovered in the same manner as described in sections 8.2.1 
and 8.2.2 and must be submitted with the samples collected for each test 
program.
    8.3 Sample Transport Procedures. Containers must remain in an 
upright position at all times during shipment. Samples must also be 
stored at <4 [deg]C between the time of sampling and concentration. Each 
sample should be extracted and concentrated within 30 days after 
collection and analyzed within 30 days after extraction. The extracted 
sample must be stored at 4 [deg]C.

[[Page 902]]

    8.4 Sample Custody. Proper procedures and documentation for sample 
chain of custody are critical to ensuring data integrity. The chain of 
custody procedures in ASTM D4840-99 (Reapproved 2018) \e\ ``Standard 
Guide for Sampling Chain-of-Custody Procedures'' (incorporated by 
reference, see Sec. 63.14) shall be followed for all samples (including 
field samples and blanks).

                           9.0 Quality Control

    9.1 Sampling. Sampling Operations. The sampling quality control 
procedures and acceptance criteria are listed in Table 326-2 below; see 
also section 9.0 of Method 5.
    9.2 Analysis. The analytical quality control procedures required for 
this method includes the analysis of the field train proof blank, field 
train spike, and reagent and method blanks. Analytical quality control 
procedures and acceptance criteria are listed in Table 326-3 below.
    9.2.1 Check for Breakthrough. Recover and determine the 
isocyanate(s) concentration of the last two impingers separately from 
the first two impingers.
    9.2.2 Field Train Proof Blank. Field blanks must be submitted with 
the samples collected at each sampling site.
    9.2.3 Reagent Blank and Field Train Spike. At least one reagent 
blank and a field train spike must be submitted with the samples 
collected for each test program.
    9.2.4 Determination of Method Detection Limit. Based on your 
instrument's sensitivity and linearity, determine the calibration 
concentrations or masses that make up a representative low level 
calibration range. The MDL must be determined at least annually for the 
analytical system using an MDL study such as that found in section 15.0 
to Method 301 of appendix A to part 63 of this chapter.

[[Page 903]]



                           Table 326-2--Sampling Quality Assurance and Quality Control
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          QA/QC criteria                Acceptance criteria           Frequency          Consequence if not met
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sampling Equipment Leak Checks....  <=0.00057 m3/min (0.020     Prior to, during       Prior to: Repair and
                                     cfm) or 4% of sampling      (optional) and at      repeat calibration.
                                     rate, whichever is less.    the completion to      During/Completion: None,
                                                                 sampling.              testing should be
                                                                                        considered invalid.
Dry Gas Meter Calibration--Pre-     within 2% of average factor
 factor--Yi).                        (individual).
Dry Gas Meter Calibration--Pre-     1.00 1%.                                             and recalibrate.
 Yc).
Dry Gas Meter Calibration--Post-    Average dry gas meter       Each Test............  Adjust sample volumes
 test.                               calibration factor agrees                          using the factor that
                                     with 5% Yc.                                          volume.
Temperature sensor calibration....  Absolute temperature        Prior to initial use   Recalibrate; sensor may
                                     measures by sensor within   and before each test   not be used until
                                     1.5% of a reference
                                     sensor.
Barometer calibration.............  Absolute pressure measured  Prior to initial use   Recalibrate; instrument
                                     by instrument within        and before each test   may not be used until
                                     10    thereafter.            specification is met.
                                     mm Hg of reading with a
                                     mercury barometer or NIST
                                     traceable barometer.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                          Table 326-3--Analytical Quality Assurance and Quality Control
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          QA/QC criteria                Acceptance criteria           Frequency          Consequence if not met
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Calibration--Method Blanks........  <5% level of expected       Each analytical        Locate source of
                                     analyte.                    method blank.          contamination;
                                                                                        reanalyze.
Calibration--Calibration Points...  At least six calibration    Each analytical batch  Incorporate additional
                                     point bracketing the                               calibration points to
                                     expected range of                                  meet criteria.
                                     analysis.
Calibration--Linearity............  Correlation coefficient     Each analytical batch  Verify integration,
                                     0.995.                                  reintegrate. If
                                                                                        necessary, recalibrate.
Calibration--secondary standard     Within 10% of true value.       calibration.           verification,
                                                                                        recalibrate if
                                                                                        necessary.
Calibration--continual calibration  Within 10% of true value.       ten samples.           sample analysis,
                                                                                        recalibrate and repeat
                                                                                        calibration, reanalyze
                                                                                        samples until
                                                                                        successful.
Sample Analysis...................  Within the valid            Each sample..........  Invalidate the sample if
                                     calibration range.                                 greater than the
                                                                                        calibration range and
                                                                                        dilute the sample so
                                                                                        that it is within the
                                                                                        calibration range.
                                                                                        Appropriately flag any
                                                                                        value below the
                                                                                        calibration range.
Replicate Samples.................  Within 10% of RPD.                                     repeat sample analysis
                                                                                        as necessary.
Field Train Proof Blank...........  <=10% level of expected     Each test program....  Evaluate source of
                                     analyte.                                           contamination.
Field Train Spike.................  Within 30% of true value.                              the method and consider
                                                                                        invalidating results.
Breakthrough......................  Final two impingers Mass    Each test run........  Invalidate test run.
                                     collected is 5% of the total mass
                                     or 20% of the
                                     total mass when the
                                     measured results are 20%
                                     of the applicable
                                     standard. Alternatively,
                                     there is no breakthrough
                                     requirement when the
                                     measured results are 10%
                                     of the applicable
                                     standard.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


[[Page 904]]

                  10.0 Calibration and Standardization

    Note: Maintain a laboratory log of all calibrations.
    10.1 Probe Nozzle, Pitot Tube Assembly, Dry Gas Metering System, 
Probe Heater, Temperature Sensors, Leak-Check of Metering System, and 
Barometer. Same as Method 5, sections 10.1, 10.2, 10.3, 10.4, 10.5, 
8.4.1, and 10.6, respectively.
    10.2 High Performance Liquid Chromatograph. Establish the retention 
times for the isocyanates of interest; retention times will depend on 
the chromatographic conditions. The retention times provided in Table 
10-1 are provided as a guide to relative retention times when using a 
C18, 250 mm x 4.6 mm ID, 5[micro]m particle size column, a 2 ml/min flow 
rate of a 1:9 to 6:4 Acetonitrile/Ammonium Acetate Buffer, a 50 [micro]l 
sample loop, and a UV detector set at 254 nm.

                  Table 326-4--Example Retention Times
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                             Retention times
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                          Retention time
                        Compound                             (minutes)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
MI......................................................            10.0
1,6-HDI.................................................            19.9
2,4-TDI.................................................            27.1
MDI.....................................................            27.3
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    10.3 Preparation of Isocyanate Derivatives.
    10.3.1 HDI, TDI, MDI. Dissolve 500 mg of each isocyanate in 
individual 100 ml aliquots of methylene chloride (MeCl2), 
except MDI which requires 250 ml of MeCl2. Transfer a 5-ml 
aliquot of 1,2-PP (see section 7.3.8) to each solution, stir and allow 
to stand overnight at room temperature. Transfer 150 ml aliquots of 
hexane to each solution to precipitate the isocyanate-urea derivative. 
Using a Buchner funnel, vacuum filter the solid-isocyanate-urea 
derivative and rinse with 50 ml of hexane. Dissolve the precipitate in a 
minimum aliquot of MeCl2. Repeat the hexane precipitation and 
filtration twice. After the third filtration, dry the crystals at 50 
[deg]C and transfer to bottles for storage. The crystals are stable for 
at least 21 months when stored at room temperature in a closed 
container.
    10.3.2 MI. Prepare a 200 [micro]g/ml stock solution of methyl 
isocyanate-urea, transfer 60 mg of 1,2-PP to a 100-ml volumetric flask 
containing 50 ml of MeCl2. Carefully transfer 20 mg of methyl 
isocyanate to the volumetric flask and shake for 2 minutes. Dilute the 
solution to volume with MeCl2 and transfer to a bottle for 
storage. Methyl isocyanate does not produce a solid derivative and 
standards must be prepared from this stock solution.
    10.4 Preparation of calibration standards. Prepare a 100 [micro]g/ml 
stock solution of the isocyanates of interest from the individual 
isocyanate-urea derivative as prepared in sections 10.3.1 and 10.3.2. 
This is accomplished by dissolving 1 mg of each isocyanate-urea 
derivative in 10 ml of Acetonitrile. Calibration standards are prepared 
from this stock solution by making appropriate dilutions of aliquots of 
the stock into Acetonitrile.
    10.5 Preparation of Method Blanks. Prepare a method blank for each 
test program (up to twenty samples) by transferring 300 ml of the 
absorption solution to a 1,000-ml round bottom flask and concentrate as 
outlined in section 11.2.
    10.6 Preparation of Field Spike Solution. Prepare a field spike 
solution for every test program in the same manner as calibration 
standards (see Section 10.4). The mass of the target isocyanate in the 
volume of the spike solution for the field spike train shall be 
equivalent to that estimated to be captured from the source 
concentration for each compound; alternatively, you may also prepare a 
solution that represents half the applicable standard.
    10.7 HPLC Calibrations. See Section 11.1.

                        11.0 Analytical Procedure

    11.1 Analytical Calibration. Perform a multipoint calibration of the 
instrument at six or more upscale points over the desired quantitative 
range (multiple calibration ranges shall be calibrated, if necessary). 
The field samples analyzed must fall within at least one of the 
calibrated quantitative ranges and meet the performance criteria 
specified below. The lowest point in your calibration curve must be at 
least 5, and preferably 10, times the MDL. For each calibration curve, 
the value of the square of the linear correlation coefficient, i.e., 
r\2\, must be =0.995, and the analyzer response must be 
within 10 percent of the reference value at each 
upscale calibration point. Calibrations must be performed on each day of 
the analysis, before analyzing any of the samples. Following 
calibration, a secondary standard shall be analyzed. A continual 
calibration verification (CCV) must also be performed prior to any 
sample and after every ten samples. The measured value of this 
independently prepared standard must be within 10 
percent of the expected value. Report the results for each calibration 
standard secondary standard, and CCV as well as the conditions of the 
HPLC. The reports should include at least the peak area, height, and 
retention time for each isocyanate compound measured as well as a 
chromatogram for each standard.
    11.2 Concentration of Samples. Transfer each sample to a 1,000-ml 
round bottom flask. Attach the flask to a rotary evaporator and gently 
evaporate to dryness under vacuum in a 65 [deg]C water bath. Rinse the 
round bottom flask three times each with 2

[[Page 905]]

ml of acetonitrile and transfer the rinse to a 10-ml volumetric flask. 
Dilute the sample to volume with acetonitrile and transfer to a 15-ml 
vial and seal with a PTFE lined lid. Store the vial <=4 [deg]C until 
analysis.
    11.3 Analysis. Analyze replicative samples by HPLC, using the 
appropriate conditions established in section 10.2. The width of the 
retention time window used to make identifications should be based upon 
measurements of actual retention time variations of standards over the 
course of a day. Three times the standard deviation of a retention time 
for a compound can be used to calculate a suggested window size; 
however, the experience of the analyst should weigh heavily in the 
interpretation of the chromatograms. If the peak area exceeds the linear 
range of the calibration curve, the sample must be diluted with 
acetonitrile and reanalyzed. Average the replicate results for each run. 
For each sample you must report the same information required for 
analytical calibrations (Section 11.1). For non-detect or values below 
the detection limit of the method, you shall report the value as ``<'' 
numerical detection limit.

                   12.0 Data Analysis and Calculations

    Nomenclature and calculations, same as in Method 5, section 6, with 
the following additions below.
    12.1 Nomenclature.

AS = Response of the sample, area counts.
b = Y-intercept of the linear regression line, area counts.
BR = Percent Breakthrough
CA = Concentration of a specific isocyanate compound in the 
          initial sample, [micro]g/ml.
CB = Concentration of a specific isocyanate compound in the 
          replicate sample, [micro]g/ml.
CI = Concentration of a specific isocyanate compound in the 
          sample, [micro]g/ml.
Crec = Concentration recovered from spike train, [micro]g/ml.
CS = Concentration of isocyanate compound in the stack gas, 
          [micro]g/dscm
CT = Concentration of a specific isocyanate compound 
          (Impingers 1-4), [micro]g/dscm
Cspike = Concentration spiked, [micro]g/ml.
C4 = Concentration of a specific isocyanate compound 
          (Impingers 14), [micro]g/dscm
FIm = Mass of Free Isocyanate
FTSrec = Field Train Spike Recovery
Im = Mass of the Isocyanate
Imw = MW of the Isocyanate
IUm = Mass of Isocyanate-urea derivative
IUmw = MW of the isocyanate-urea
M = Slope of the linear regression line, area counts-ml/[micro]g.
mI = Mass of isocyanate in the total sample
MW = Molecular weight
RPD = Relative Percent Difference
VF = Final volume of concentrated sample, typically 10 ml.
Vmstd = Volume of gas sample measured by the dry-gas meter, 
          corrected to standard conditions, dscm (dscf).

    12.2 Conversion from Isocyanate to the Isocyanate-urea derivative. 
The equation for converting the amount of free isocyanate to the 
corresponding amount of isocyanate-urea derivative is as follows:

    12.2 Conversion from Isocyanate to the Isocyanate-urea derivative. 
The equation for converting the amount of free isocyante to the 
corresponding amount of isocyante-urea derivative is as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04MR19.001

The equation for converting the amount of IU derivative to the 
corresponding amount of FLm is as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04MR19.002

    12.3 Calculate the correlation coefficient, slope, and intercepts 
for the calibration data using the least squares method for linear 
regression. Concentrations are expressed as the x-variable and response 
is expressed as the y-variable.
    12.4 Calculate the concentration of isocyanate in the sample:

[[Page 906]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04MR19.003

    12.5 Calculate the total amount collected in the sample by 
multiplying the concentration ([micro]g/ml) times the final volume of 
acetonitrile (10 ml).
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04MR19.004

    12.6 Calculate the concentration of isocyanate ([micro]g/dscm) in 
the stack gas.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04MR19.005

    12.7 Calculate Relative Percent Difference (RPD) for each 
replicative sample
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04MR19.006

    12.8 Calculate Field Train Spike Recovery
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04MR19.007
    
    12.9 Calculate Percent Breakthrough
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04MR19.008
    
Where:

K = 35.314 ft\3\/m\3\ if Vm(std) is expressed in English units. = 1.00 
          m\3\/m\3\ if Vm(std) is expressed in metric units.

                         13.0 Method Performance

    Evaluation of sampling and analytical procedures for a selected 
series of compounds must meet the quality control criteria (See Section 
9) for each associated analytical determination. The sampling and 
analytical procedures must be challenged by the test compounds spiked at 
appropriate levels and carried through the procedures.

[[Page 907]]

                  14.0 Pollution Prevention [Reserved]

                    15.0 Waste Management [Reserved]

                 16.0 Alternative Procedures [Reserved]

                             17.0 References

1. Martin, R.M., Construction Details of Isokinetic Source-Sampling 
          Equipment, Research Triangle Park, NC, U.S. Environmental 
          Protection Agency, April 1971, PB-203 060/BE, APTD-0581, 35 
          pp.
2. Rom, J.J., Maintenance, Calibration, and Operation of Isokinetic 
          Source Sampling Equipment, Research Triangle Park, NC, U.S. 
          Environmental Protection Agency, March 1972, PB-209 022/BE, 
          APTD-0576, 39 pp.
3. Schlickenrieder, L.M., Adams, J.W., and Thrun, K.E., Modified Method 
          5 Train and Source Assessment Sampling System: Operator's 
          Manual, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, EPA/600/8-85/
          003/1985).
4. Shigehara, R.T., Adjustments in the EPA Nomograph for Different Pitot 
          Tube Coefficients and Dry Molecular Weights, Stack Sampling 
          News, 2:4-11 (October 1974).
5. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 40 CFR part 60, Appendices A-1, 
          A-2, and A-3, Methods 1-5.
6. Vollaro, R.F., A Survey of Commercially Available Instrumentation for 
          the Measurement of Low-Range Gas Velocities, Research Triangle 
          Park, NC, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Emissions 
          Measurement Branch, November 1976 (unpublished paper).

                              18.0 Diagrams

[[Page 908]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04MR19.009


[57 FR 61992, Dec. 29, 1992]

    Editorial Note: For Federal Register citations affecting appendix A 
to part 63, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the 
Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov.

[[Page 909]]



    Sec. Appendix B to Part 63--Sources Defined for Early Reduction 
                               Provisions

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  Source                       Location of definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Organic Process Equipment in Volatile    56 FR 9315, March 6, 1991,
 Hazardous Air Pollutant Service at          Announcement of Negotiated
 Chemical Plants and Other Designated        Rulemaking
 Facilities.
 
    a. All valves in gas or light liquid
     service within a process unit
    b. All pumps in light liquid service
     within a process unit
    c. All connectors in gas or light
     liquid service within a process unit
    d. Each compressor
    e. Each product accumulator vessel
    f. Each agitator
    g. Each pressure relief device
    h. Each open-ended valve or line
    i. Each sampling connection system
    j. Each instrumentation system
    k. Each pump, valve, or connector in
     heavy liquid service
    l. Each closed vent system and control
     device
------------------------------------------------------------------------


[57 FR 62002, Dec. 29, 1992]



 Sec. Appendix C to Part 63--Determination of the Fraction Biodegraded 
            (Fbio) in a Biological Treatment Unit

                               I. Purpose

    The purpose of this appendix is to define the procedures for an 
owner or operator to use to calculate the site specific fraction of 
organic compounds biodegraded (Fbio) in a biological 
treatment unit. If an acceptable level of organic compounds is destroyed 
rather than emitted to the air or remaining in the effluent, the 
biological treatment unit may be used to comply with the applicable 
treatment requirements without the unit being covered and vented through 
a closed vent system to an air pollution control device.
    The determination of Fbio shall be made on a system as it 
would exist under the rule. The owner or operator should anticipate 
changes that would occur to the wastewater flow and concentration of 
organics, to be treated by the biological treatment unit, as a result of 
enclosing the collection and treatment system as required by the rule.
    Unless otherwise specified, the procedures presented in this 
appendix are designed to be applied to thoroughly mixed treatment units. 
A thoroughly mixed treatment unit is a unit that is designed and 
operated to approach or achieve uniform biomass distribution and organic 
compound concentration throughout the aeration unit by quickly 
dispersing the recycled biomass and the wastewater entering the unit. 
Detailed discussion on how to determine if a biological treatment unit 
is thoroughly mixed can be found in reference 7. Systems that are not 
thoroughly mixed treatment units should be subdivided into a series of 
zones that have uniform characteristics within each zone. The number of 
zones required to characterize a biological treatment system will depend 
on the design and operation of the treatment system. Detailed discussion 
on how to determine the number of zones in a biological treatment unit 
and examples of determination of f bio can be found in 
reference 8. Each zone should then be modeled as a separate unit. The 
amount of air emissions and biodegradation from the modeling of these 
separate zones can then be added to reflect the entire system.

                             II. Definitions

    Biological treatment unit = wastewater treatment unit designed and 
operated to promote the growth of bacteria to destroy organic materials 
in wastewater.

fbio = The fraction of individual applicable organic 
          compounds in the wastewater biodegraded in a biological 
          treatment unit.
Fbio = The fraction of total applicable organic compounds in 
          the wastewater biodegraded in a biological treatment unit.
Fe = The fraction of applicable organic compounds emitted from the 
          wastewater to the atmosphere.
K1 = First order biodegradation rate constant, L/g MLVSS-hr
KL = liquid-phase mass transfer coefficient, m/s
M = compound specific mass flow weighted average of organic compounds in 
          the wastewater, Mg/Yr

          III. Procedures for Determination of fbio

    The first step in the analysis to determine if a biological 
treatment unit may be used without being covered and vented through a 
closed-vent system to an air pollution control device is to determine 
the compound-specific fbio. The following procedures may be 
used to determine fbio:
    (1) The EPA Test Method 304A or 304B (appendix A, part 63)--Method 
for the Determination of Biodegradation Rates of Organic Compounds,
    (2) Performance data with and without biodegradation,
    (3) Inlet and outlet concentration measurements,
    (4) Batch tests,
    (5) Multiple zone concentration measurements.
    All procedures must be executed so that the resulting 
fbio is based on the collection system and waste management 
units being

[[Page 910]]

in compliance with the rule. If the collection system and waste 
management units meet the suppression requirements at the time of the 
test, any of the procedures may be chosen. If the collection system and 
waste management units are not in compliance at the time of the 
performance test, then only Method 304A, B, or the batch test shall be 
chosen. If Method 304A, B, or the batch test is used, any anticipated 
changes to the influent of the full-scale biological treatment unit that 
will occur after the facility has enclosed the collection system must be 
represented in the influent feed to the benchtop bioreactor unit, or 
test unit.
    Select one or more appropriate procedures from the five listed above 
based on the availability of site specific data and the type of mixing 
that occurs in the unit (thoroughly mixed or multiple mixing zone). If 
the facility does not have site-specific data on the removal efficiency 
of its biological treatment unit, then Procedure 1 or Procedure 4 may be 
used. Procedure 1 allows the use of a benchtop bioreactor to determine 
the first-order biodegradation rate constant. An owner or operator may 
elect to assume the first order biodegradation rate constant is zero for 
any regulated compound(s) present in the wastewater. Procedure 4 
explains two types of batch tests which may be used to estimate the 
first order biodegradation rate constant. An owner or operator may elect 
to assume the first order biodegradation rate constant is zero for any 
regulated compound(s) present in the wastewater. Procedure 3 would be 
used if the facility has, or measures to determine, data on the inlet 
and outlet individual organic compound concentration for the biological 
treatment unit. Procedure 3 may only be used on a thoroughly mixed 
treatment unit. Procedure 5 is the concentration measurement test that 
can be used for units with multiple mixing zones. Procedure 2 is used if 
a facility has or obtains performance data on a biotreatment unit prior 
to and after addition of the microbial mass. An example where Procedure 
2 could be used is an activated sludge unit where measurements have been 
taken on inlet and exit concentration of organic compounds in the 
wastewater prior to seeding with the microbial mass and startup of the 
unit. The flow chart in figure 1 outlines the steps to use for each of 
the procedures.

                  A. Method 304A or 304B (Procedure 1)

    If the first procedure is selected, follow the instructions in 
appendix A of part 63 Method 304A ``Method for the Determination of 
Biodegradation Rates of Organic Compounds (Vented Option)'' or Method 
304B ``Method for the Determination of Biodegradation Rates of Organic 
Compounds (Scrubber Option).'' Method 304A or 304B provides instruction 
on setting up and operating a self-contained benchtop bioreactor system 
which is operated under conditions representative of the target full-
scale system. Method 304A uses a benchtop bioreactor system with a vent, 
and uses modeling to estimate any air emissions. Method 304B uses a 
benchtop bioreactor system which is equipped with a scrubber and is not 
vented.
    There are some restrictions on which method a source may use. If the 
facility is measuring the rate of biodegradation of compounds that may 
tend to react or hydrolyze in the scrubber of Method 304B, this method 
shall not be used and Method 304A is the required method. If a Henry's 
law value is not available to use with Form V, then Method 304A shall 
not be used and Method 304B is the required method. When using either 
method, the feed flow to the benchtop bioreactor shall be representative 
of the flow and concentration of the wastewater that will be treated by 
the full-scale biological treatment unit after the collection and 
treatment system has been enclosed as required under the applicable 
subpart.
    The conditions under which the full-scale biological treatment unit 
is run establish the operating parameters of Method 304A or 304B. If the 
biological treatment unit is operated under abnormal operating 
conditions (conditions outside the range of critical parameters examined 
and confirmed in the laboratory), the EPA believes this will adversely 
affect the biodegradation rate and is an unacceptable treatment option. 
The facility would be making multiple runs of the test method to 
simulate the operating range for its biological treatment unit. For wide 
ranges of variation in operating parameters, the facility shall 
demonstrate the biological treatment unit is achieving an acceptable 
level of control, as required by the regulation, across the ranges and 
not only at the endpoints.
    If Method 304A is used, complete Form V initially. Form V is used to 
calculate K1 from the Method 304A results. Form V uses the Henry's law 
constant to estimate the fraction lost from the benchtop reactor vent. 
The owner or operator shall use the Henry's law values in Table I. Form 
V also gives direction for calculating an equivalent KL. Note on Form V 
if the calculated number for line 11 is greater than the calculated 
value for line 13, this procedure shall not be used to demonstrate the 
compound is biodegradable. If line 11 is greater than line 13, this is 
an indication the fraction emitted from the vent is greater than the 
fraction biodegraded. The equivalent KL determined on Form V is used in 
Form II (line 6). Estimation of the Fe and fbio must be done 
following the steps in Form III. Form III uses the previously calculated 
values of K1 and KL (equivalent KL), and site-specific parameters of the 
full-scale bioreactor as input to the calculations. Forms II, III, and V 
must

[[Page 911]]

be completed for each organic compound in the wastewater to determine Fe 
and fbio.
    If Method 304B is used, perform the method and use the measurements 
to determine K1, which is the first-order biodegradation rate constant. 
Form I lists the sequence of steps in the procedure for calculating K1 
from the Method 304B results. Once K1 is determined, KL must be 
calculated by use of mass transfer equations. Form II outlines the 
procedure to follow for use of mass transfer equations to determine KL. 
A computer program which incorporates these mass transfer equations may 
be used. Water7 is a program that incorporates these mass transfer 
equations and may be used to determine KL. Refer to Form II-A to 
determine KL, if Water7 or the most recent update to this model is used. 
In addition, the Bay Area Sewage Toxics Emission (BASTE) model version 
3.0 or equivalent upgrade and the TOXCHEM (Environment Canada's 
Wastewater Technology Centre and Environmega, Ltd.) model version 1.10 
or equivalent upgrade may also be used to determine KL for the 
biological treatment unit with several stipulations. The programs must 
be altered to output a KL value which is based on the site-specific 
parameters of the unit modeled, and the Henry's law values listed in 
Table I must be substituted for the existing Henry's law values in the 
programs. Input values used in the model and corresponding output values 
shall become documentation of the fbio determination. The 
owner or operator should be aware these programs do not allow modeling 
of certain units. To model these units, the owner or operator shall use 
one of the other appropriate procedures as outlined in this appendix. 
The owner or operator shall not use a default value for KL. The KL value 
determined by use of these models shall be based on the site-specific 
parameters of the specific unit. This KL value shall be inserted in Form 
II (line 6). Estimation of the Fe and fbio must be done 
following the steps in Form III. Form III uses the previously calculated 
values of K1 and KL, and site-specific parameters of the full-scale 
bioreactor as input to the calculations. Forms I, II, and III must be 
completed for each organic compound in the wastewater to determine Fe 
and fbio.

    B. Performance Data With and Without Biodegradation (Procedure 2)

    Procedure 2 uses site-specific performance data that represents or 
characterizes operation of the unit both with and without 
biodegradation. As previously mentioned, proper determination of 
fbio must be made on a system as it would exist under the 
rule. Using Form IV, calculate KL and K1. After KL and K1 are 
determined, Form III is used to calculate Fe and fbio for 
each organic compound present in the wastewater.

      C. Inlet and Outlet Concentration Measurements (Procedure 3)

    Procedure 3 uses measured inlet and outlet organic compound 
concentrations for the unit. This procedure may only be used on a 
thoroughly mixed treatment unit. Again, proper determination of 
fbio must be made on a system as it would exist under the 
rule. The first step in using this procedure is to calculate KL using 
Form II. A computer model may be used. If the Water7 model or the most 
recent update to this model is used, then use Form II-A to calculate KL. 
After KL is determined using field data, complete Form VI to calculate 
K1. The TOXCHEM or BASTE model may also be used to calculate KL for the 
biological treatment unit, with the stipulations listed in procedure 
304B. After KL and K1 are determined, Form III is used to calculate Fe 
and fbio for each organic compound.

                      D. Batch Tests (Procedure 4)

    Two types of batch tests which may be used to determine kinetic 
parameters are: (1) The aerated reactor test and (2) the sealed reactor 
test. The aerated reactor test is also known as the BOX test (batch test 
with oxygen addition). The sealed reactor test is also known as the 
serum bottle test. These batch tests should be conducted only by persons 
familiar with procedures for determining biodegradation kinetics. 
Detailed discussions of batch procedures for determining biodegradation 
kinetic parameters can be found in references 1-4.
    For both batch test approaches, a biomass sample from the activated 
sludge unit of interest is collected, aerated, and stored for no more 
than 4 hours prior to testing. To collect sufficient data when 
biodegradation is rapid, it may be necessary to dilute the biomass 
sample. If the sample is to be diluted, the biomass sample shall be 
diluted using treated effluent from the activated sludge unit of 
interest to a concentration such that the biodegradation test will last 
long enough to make at least six concentration measurements. It is 
recommended that the tests not be terminated until the compound 
concentration falls below the limit of quantitation (LOQ). Measurements 
that are below the LOQ should not be used in the data analysis. Biomass 
concentrations shall be determined using standard methods for 
measurement of mixed liquor volatile suspended solids (MLVSS) (reference 
5).
    The change in concentration of a test compound may be monitored by 
either measuring the concentration in the liquid or in the reactor 
headspace. The analytical technique chosen for the test should be as 
sensitive as possible. For the batch test procedures described in this 
section, equilibrium conditions must exist between the liquid and gas 
phases of the experiments because the

[[Page 912]]

data analysis procedures are based on this premise. To use the headspace 
sampling approach, the reactor headspace must be in equilibrium with the 
liquid so that the headspace concentrations can be correlated with the 
liquid concentrations. Before the biodegradation testing is conducted, 
the equilibrium assumption must be verified. A discussion of the 
equilibrium assumption verification is given below in sections D.1 and 
D.2 since different approaches are required for the two types of batch 
tests.
    To determine biodegradation kinetic parameters in a batch test, it 
is important to choose an appropriate initial substrate (compound(s) of 
interest) concentration for the test. The outcome of the batch 
experiment may be influenced by the initial substrate (SO) to 
biomass (XO) ratio (see references 3, 4, and 6). This ratio 
is typically measured in chemical oxygen demand (COD) units. When the 
SO/XO ratio is low, cell multiplication and growth 
in the batch test is negligible and the kinetics measured by the test 
are representative of the kinetics in the activated sludge unit of 
interest. The SO/XO ratio for a batch test is 
determined with the following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JA97.034

Where:

SO/XO = initial substrate to biomass ratio on a 
          COD basis
Si = initial substrate concentration in COD units (g COD/L)
X = biomass concentration in the batch test (g MLVSS/L)
1.42 = Conversion factor to convert to COD units

    For the batch tests described in this section, the SO/
XO ratio (on a COD basis) must be initially less than 0.5.
    1. Aerated Reactor Test. An aerated draft tube reactor may be used 
for the biokinetics testing (as an example see Figure 2 of appendix C). 
Other aerated reactor configurations may also be used. Air is bubbled 
through a porous frit at a rate sufficient to aerate and keep the 
reactor uniformly mixed. Aeration rates typically vary from 50 to 200 
ml/min for a 1 liter system. A mass flow rate controller is used to 
carefully control the air flow rate because it is important to have an 
accurate measure of this rate. The dissolved oxygen (DO) concentration 
in the system must not fall below 2 mg/liter so that the biodegradation 
observed will not be DO-limited. Once the air flow rate is established, 
the test mixture (or compound) of interest is then injected into the 
reactor and the concentration of the compound(s) is monitored over time. 
Concentrations may be monitored in the liquid or in the headspace. A 
minimum of six samples shall be taken over the period of the test. 
However, it is necessary to collect samples until the compound 
concentration falls below the LOQ. If liquid samples are collected, they 
must be small enough such that the liquid volume in the batch reactor 
does not change by more than 10%.
    Before conducting experiments with biomass, it is necessary to 
verify the equilibrium assumption. The equilibrium assumption can be 
verified by conducting a stripping experiment using the effluent (no 
biomass) from the activated sludge unit of interest. Effluent is 
filtered with a 0.45 um or smaller filter and placed in the draft tube 
reactor. Air is sparged into the system and the compound concentration 
in the liquid or headspace is monitored over time. This test with no 
biomass may provide an estimate of the Henry's law constant. If the 
system is at equilibrium, the Henry's law constant may be estimated with 
the following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JA97.035

Where:

C = cencentration at time, t (min)
CO = concentration at t = 0
G = volumetric gas flow rate (ml/min)
V = liquid volume in the batch reactor (ml)
Keq = Henry's law constant (mg/L-gas)/(mg/L-liquid)
t = time (min)

    A plot of--ln(C/Co) as a function of t will have a slope 
equal to GKeq/V. The equilibrium assumption can be verified 
by comparing the experimentally determined Keq for the system 
to literature values of the Henry's Law constant (including those listed 
in this appendix). If Keq does not match the Henry's law 
constant, Keq shall be determined from analysis of the 
headspace and liquid concentration in a batch system.
    The concentration of a compound decreases in the bioreactor due to 
both biodegradation and stripping. Biodegradation processes are 
typically described with a Monod model. This model and a stripping 
expression are combined to give a mass balance for the aerated draft 
tube reactor):

[[Page 913]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JA97.036

Where:

s = test compound concentration, mg/liter
G = volumetric gas flow rate, liters/hr
Keq = Henry's Law constant measured in the system, (mg/liter 
          gas)/(mg/liter liquid)
V = volume of liquid in the reactor, liters
X = biomass concentration (g MLVSS/liter)
Qm = maximum rate of substrate removal, mg/g MLVSS/hr
KS = Monod biorate constant at half the maximum rate, mg/
          liter

    Equation App. C-3 can be integrated to obtain the following 
equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR22JA01.162

Where:

A = GKeqKs + QmVX
B = GKeq
So = test compound concentration at t = 0
    This equation is used along with the substrate concentration versus 
time data to determine the best fit parameters (Qm and 
KS) to describe the biodegradation process in the aerated 
reactor. If the aerated reactor test is used, the following procedure is 
used to analyze the data. Evaluate Keq for the compound of 
interest with Form XI. The concentration in the vented headspace or 
liquid is measured as a function of time and the data is entered on Form 
XI. A plot is made from the data and attached to the Form XI. 
Keq is calculated on Form XI and the results are contrasted 
with the expected value of Henry's law obtained from Form IX. If the 
comparison is satisfactory, the stripping constant is calculated from 
Keq, completing Form XI. The values of Keq may 
differ because the theoretical value of Keq may not be 
applicable to the system of interest. If the comparison of the 
calculated Keq from the form and the expected value of 
Henry's law is unsatisfactory, Form X can alternatively be used to 
validate Keq. If the aerated reactor is demonstrated to not 
be at equilibrium, either modify the reactor design and/or operation, or 
use another type of batch test.
    The compound-specific biorate constants are then measured using Form 
XII. The stripping constant that was determined from Form XI and a 
headspace correction factor of 1 are entered on Form XII. The aerated 
reactor biotest may then be run, measuring concentrations of each 
compound of interest as a function of time. If headspace concentrations 
are measured instead of liquid concentrations, then the corresponding 
liquid concentrations are calculated from the headspace measurements 
using the Keq determined on Form XI and entered on Form XII.
    The concentration data on Form XII may contain scatter that can 
adversely influence the data interpretation. It is possible to curve fit 
the concentration data and enter the concentrations on the fitted curve 
instead of the actual data. If curve fitting is used, the curve-fitting 
procedure must be based upon the Equation App. C-4. When curve fitting 
is used, it is necessary to attach a plot of the actual data and the 
fitted curve to Form XII.
    If the stripping rate constant is relatively large when compared to 
the biorate at low concentrations, it may be difficult to obtain 
accurate evaluations of the first-order biorate constant. In these 
cases, either reducing the stripping rate constant by lowering the 
aeration rate, or increasing the biomass concentrations should be 
considered.
    The final result of the batch testing is the measurement of a 
biorate that can be used to estimate the fraction biodegraded, 
fbio. The number transferred to Form III is obtained from 
Form XII, line 9.
    2. Sealed Reactor Test. This test uses a closed system to prevent 
losses of the test compound by volatilization. This test may be 
conducted using a serum bottle or a sealed draft tube reactor (for an 
example see Figure 3 of appendix C). Since no air is supplied, it is 
necessary to ensure that sufficient oxygen is present in the system. The 
DO concentration in the system must not fall below 2 mg/liter so that 
the biodegradation observed will not be DO-limited. As an alternative, 
oxygen may be supplied by electrolysis as needed to maintain the DO 
concentration above 2 mg/liter. The reactor contents must be uniformly 
mixed, by stirring

[[Page 914]]

or agitation using a shaker or similar apparatus. The test mixture (or 
compound) of interest is injected into the reactor and the concentration 
is monitored over time. A minimum of six samples shall be taken over the 
period of the test. However, it is necessary to monitor the 
concentration until it falls below the LOQ.
    The equilibrium assumption must be verified for the batch reactor 
system. In this case, Keq may be determined by simultaneously 
measuring gas and liquid phase concentrations at different times within 
a given experiment. A constant ratio of gas/liquid concentrations 
indicates that equilibrium conditions are present and Keq is 
not a function of concentration. This ratio is then taken as the 
Keq for the specific compound in the test. It is not 
necessary to measure Keq for each experiment. If the ratio is 
not constant, the equilibrium assumption is not valid and it is 
necessary to (1) increase mixing energy for the system and retest for 
the equilibrium assumption, or (2) use a different type of test (for 
example, a collapsible volume reactor).
    The concentration of a compound decreases in the bioreactor due to 
biodegradation according to Equation App. C-5:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JA97.038

Where:

s = test compound concentration (mg/liters)
Vl = the average liquid volume in the reactor (liters)
Vg = the average gas volume in the reactor (liters)
Qm = maximum rate of substrate removal (mg/g ML VSS/hr)
Keq = Henry's Law constant determined for the test, (mg/liter 
          gas)/(mg/liter liquid)
Ks = Monod biorate constant at one-half the maximum rate (mg/
          liter)
t = time (hours)
X = biomass concentration (g ML VSS/liter)
so = test compound concentration at time t = 0

    Equation App. C-5 can be solved analytically to give:
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR22JA01.163
    
    This equation is used along with the substrate concentration versus 
time data to determine the best fit parameters (Qm and 
Ks) to describe the biodegradation process in the sealed 
reactor.
    If the sealed reactor test is used, Form X is used to determine the 
headspace correction factor. The disappearance of a compound in the 
sealed reactor test is slowed because a fraction of the compound is not 
available for biodegradation because it is present in the headspace. If 
the compound is almost entirely in the liquid phase, the headspace 
correction factor is approximately one. If the headspace correction 
factor is substantially less than one, improved mass transfer or reduced 
headspace may improve the accuracy of the sealed reactor test. A 
preliminary sealed reactor test must be conducted to test the 
equilibrium assumption. As the compound of interest is degraded, 
simultaneous headspace and liquid samples should be collected and Form X 
should be used to evaluate Keq. The ratio of headspace to 
liquid concentrations must be constant in order to confirm that 
equilibrium conditions exist. If equilibrium conditions are not present, 
additional mixing or an alternate reactor configuration may be required.
    The compound-specific biorate constants are then calculated using 
Form XII. For the sealed reactor test, a stripping rate constant of zero 
and the headspace correction factor that was determined from Form X are 
entered on Form XII. The sealed reactor test may then be run, measuring 
the concentrations of each compound of interest as a function of time. 
If headspace concentrations are measured instead of liquid 
concentrations, then the corresponding liquid concentrations are 
calculated from the headspace measurements using Keq from 
Form X and entered on Form XII.

[[Page 915]]

    The concentration data on Form XII may contain scatter that can 
adversely influence the data interpretation. It is possible to curve fit 
the concentration data and enter the concentrations on the fitted curve 
instead of the actual data. If curve fitting is used, the curve-fitting 
procedure must be based upon Equation App. C-6. When curve fitting is 
used, it is necessary to attach a plot of the actual data and the fitted 
curve to Form XII.
    If a sealed collapsible reactor is used that has no headspace, the 
headspace correction factor will equal 1, but the stripping rate 
constant may not equal 0 due to diffusion losses through the reactor 
wall. The ratio of the rate of loss of compound to the concentration of 
the compound in the reactor (units of per hour) must be evaluated. This 
loss ratio has the same units as the stripping rate constant and may be 
entered as the stripping rate constant on line 1 of Form XII.
    If the loss due to diffusion through the walls of the collapsible 
reactor is relatively large when compared to the biorate at low 
concentrations, it may be difficult to obtain accurate evaluations of 
the first-order biorate constant. In these cases, either replacing the 
materials used to construct the reactor with materials of low 
permeability or increasing the biomass concentration should be 
considered.
    The final result of the batch testing is the measurement of a 
biorate that can be used to estimate the fraction biodegraded, 
fbio. The number transferred to Form III is obtained from 
Form XII, line 9.
    The number on Form XII line 9 will equal the Monod first-order 
biorate constant if the full-scale system is operated in the first-order 
range. If the full-scale system is operated at concentrations above that 
of the Monod first-order range, the value of the number on line 9 will 
be somewhat lower than the Monod first-order biorate constant. With 
supporting biorate data, the Monod model used in Form XII may be used to 
estimate the effective biorate constant K1 for use in Form III.
    If a reactor with headspace is used, analysis of the data using 
equation App. C-6 is valid only if Vl and Vg do 
not change more than 10% (i.e., they can be approximated as constant for 
the duration of the test). Since biodegradation is occurring only in the 
liquid, as the liquid concentration decreases it is necessary for mass 
to transfer from the gas to the liquid phase. This may require vigorous 
mixing and/or reducing the volume in the headspace of the reactor.
    If there is no headspace (e.g., a collapsible reactor), equation 
App. C-6 is independent of V1 and there are no restrictions 
on the liquid volume. If a membrane or bag is used as the collapsible-
volume reactor, it may be important to monitor for diffusion losses in 
the system. To determine if there are losses, the bag should be used 
without biomass and spiked with the compound(s) of interest. The 
concentration of the compound(s) in the reactor should be monitored over 
time. The data are analyzed as described above for the sealed reactor 
test.
    3. Quality Control/Quality Assurance (QA/QC). A QA/QC plan outlining 
the procedures used to determine the biodegradation rate constants shall 
be prepared and a copy maintained at the source. The plan should 
include, but may not be limited to:
    1. A description of the apparatus used (e.g., size, volume, method 
of supplying air or oxygen, mixing, and sampling procedures) including a 
simplified schematic drawing.
    2. A description of how biomass was sampled from the activated 
sludge unit.
    3. A description of how biomass was held prior to testing (age, 
etc.).
    4. A description of what conditions (DO, gas-liquid equilibrium, 
temperature, etc.) are important, what the target values are, how the 
factors were controlled, and how well they were controlled.
    5. A description of how the experiment was conducted, including 
preparation of solutions, dilution procedures, sampling procedures, 
monitoring of conditions, etc.
    6. A description of the analytical instrumentation used, how the 
instruments were calibrated, and a summary of the precision for that 
equipment.
    7. A description of the analytical procedures used. If appropriate, 
reference to an ASTM, EPA or other procedure may be used. Otherwise, 
describe how the procedure is done, what is done to measure precision, 
accuracy, recovery, etc., as appropriate.
    8. A description of how data are captured, recorded, and stored.
    9. A description of the equations used and their solutions, 
including a reference to any software used for calculations and/or 
curve-fitting.

        E. Multiple Zone Concentration Measurements (Procedure 5)

    Procedure 5 is the concentration measurement method that can be used 
to determine the fbio for units that are not thoroughly mixed 
and thus have multiple zones of mixing. As with the other procedures, 
proper determination of fbio must be made on a system as it 
would exist under the rule. For purposes of this calculation, the 
biological unit must be divided \1\ into zones with uniform 
characteristics within each zone. The number of zones that is used 
depends on the complexity of the unit. Reference 8, ``Technical Support

[[Page 916]]

Document for the Evaluation of Aerobic Biological Treatment Units with 
Multiple Mixing Zones,'' is a source for further information concerning 
how to determine the number of zones that should be used for evaluating 
your unit. The following information on the biological unit must be 
available to use this procedure: basic unit variables such as inlet and 
recycle wastewater flow rates, type of agitation, and operating 
conditions; measured representative organic compound concentrations in 
each zone and the inlet and outlet; and estimated mass transfer 
coefficients for each zone.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \1\ This is a mathematical division of the actual unit; not addition 
of physical barriers.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Reference 8 ``Technical Support Document for the Evaluation of 
Aerobic Biological Treatment Units with Multiple Mixing Zones,'' is a 
source for further information concerning how to interpolate the 
biorates for multiple zones. In units with well-characterized 
concentration measurements obtained in an initial evaluation of the 
unit, it may be possible to demonstrate that there is a good correlation 
of the component concentrations with the locations in the multiple-zone 
unit. With this good correlation, it may be possible to accurately 
predict the concentrations in selected zones without actually testing 
each selected zone. This correlation method may be used for units that 
have many zones (greater than 5) or where one of the interior zones is 
not readily accessible for sampling. To use this correlation method of 
estimating zone concentrations, it is necessary to measure the 
concentrations in the inlet unit, the exit unit, and sufficient interior 
units to obtain a correlation of component concentrations with the 
locations. You cannot use this correlation method of estimating selected 
zone concentrations if monitoring of each zone is required, or if the 
accuracy and precision of the correlation is inferior to actual 
individual sampling error. The accuracy and precision of the correlation 
may be improved by increasing the number of locations tested. Because 
the correlation is based on many samples, it should provide an accurate 
representation of a stable operating system.
    The estimated mass transfer coefficient for each compound in each 
zone is obtained from Form II using the characteristics of each zone. A 
computer model may be used. If the Water7 model or the most recent 
update to this model is used, then use Form II-A to calculate KL. The 
TOXCHEM or BASTE model may also be used to calculate KL for the 
biological treatment unit, with the stipulations listed in Procedure 
304B. Compound concentration measurements for each zone are used in Form 
XIII to calculate the fbio. A copy of Form XIII is completed 
for each of the compounds of concern treated in the biological unit.

                         IV. Calculation of Fbio

    At this point, the individual fbios determined by the 
previously explained procedures must be summed to obtain the total 
Fbio. To determine the Fbio multiply each compound 
specific fbio by the compound-specific average mass flow rate 
of the organic compound in the wastewater stream (see regulation for 
instruction on calculation of average mass flow rate). Sum these 
products and divide by the total wastewater stream average mass flow 
rate of organic compounds.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JA97.040

M = compound specific average mass flow rate of the organic compounds in 
          the wastewater (Mg/Yr)
n = number of organic compounds in the wastewater

    The Fbio is then used in the applicable compliance 
equations in the regulation to determine if biodegradation may be used 
to comply with the treatment standard without covering and venting to an 
air pollution control device.

                               References

    1. Rajagopalan, S. et al. ``Comparison of Methods for Determining 
Biodegradation Kinetics of Volatile Organic Compounds.'' Proceedings of 
Water Environment Federation. 67th Annual Conference, October 15-19, 
1994.
    2. Ellis, T.G. et al. ``Determination of Toxic Organic Chemical 
Biodegradation Kinetics Using Novel Respirometric Technique''. 
Proceedings Water Environment Federation, 67th Annual Conference, 
October 15-19, 1994.
    3. Pitter, P. and J. Chudoba. Biodegradability of Organic Substances 
in

[[Page 917]]

the Aquatic Environment. CRC Press, Boca Raton, FL. 1990.
    4. Grady, C.P.L., B. Smets, and D. Barbeau. Variability in kinetic 
parameter estimates: A review of possible causes and a proposed 
terminology. Wat. Res. 30 (3), 742-748, 1996.
    5. Eaton, A.D., et al. eds., Standard Methods for the Examination of 
Water and Wastewater, 19th Edition, American Public Health Association, 
Washington, DC, 1995.
    6. Chudoba P., B. Capdeville, and J. Chudoba. Explanation of 
biological meaning of the So/Xo ratio in batch cultivation. Wat. Sci. 
Tech. 26 (3/4), 743-751, 1992.
    7. Technical Support Document for Evaluation of Thoroughly Mixed 
Biological Treatment Units. November 1998.
    8. Technical Support Document for the Evaluation of Aerobic 
Biological Treatment Units with Multiple Mixing Zones. July 1999.

                                 Table I
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                  HL @ 25 [deg]C (atm/   HL @ 100 [deg]C
            Compound                   mole frac)        (atm/mole frac)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Acetaldehyde.................  4.87e + 00              5.64e + 01
3 Acetonitrile.................  1.11e + 00              1.78e + 01
4 Acetophenone.................  5.09e-01                2.25e + 01
5 Acrolein.....................  4.57e + 00              6.61e + 01
8 Acrylonitrile................  5.45e + 00              6.67e + 01
9 Allyl chloride...............  5.15e + 02              2.26e + 03
10 Aniline.....................  9.78e-02                1.42e + 00
12 Benzene.....................  3.08e + 02              1.93e + 03
14 Benzyl chloride.............  1.77e + 01              2.88e + 02
15 Biphenyl....................  2.27e + 01              1.27e + 03
17 Bromoform...................  2.96e + 01              3.98e + 02
18 1,3-Butadiene...............  3.96e + 03              1.56e + 04
20 Carbon disulfide............  1.06e + 03              3.60e + 03
21 Carbon tetrachloride........  1.68e + 03              1.69e + 04
23 2-Chloroacetophenone........  4.84e-02                1.43e + 01
24 Chlorobenzene...............  2.09e + 02              3.12e + 03
25 Chloroform..................  2.21e + 02              1.34e + 03
26 Chloroprene.................  5.16e + 01              1.74e + 02
29 o-Cresol....................  9.12e-02                2.44e + 01
31 Cumene......................  7.28e + 02              7.15e + 03
32 1,4-Dichlorobenzene(p)......  1.76e + 02              1.95e + 03
33 Dichloroethyl ether.........  1.14e + 00              3.57e + 01
34 1,3-Dichloropropene.........  1.97e + 02              1.44e + 03
36 N,N-Dimethylaniline.........  7.70e-01                5.67e + 02
37 Diethyl sulfate.............  3.41e-01                4.22e + 01
38 3,3'-Dimethylbenzidine......  7.51e-05                5.09e-01
40 1,1-Dimethylhydrazine.......  9.11e-02                1.57e + 01
42 Dimethyl sulfate............  2.23e-01                1.43e + 01
43 2,4-Dinitrophenol...........  2.84e-01                1.50e + 02
44 2,4-Dinitrotoluene..........  4.00e-01                9.62e + 00
45 1,4-Dioxane.................  3.08e-01                9.53e + 00
47 Epichlorohydrin.............  1.86e + 00              4.34e + 01
48 Ethyl acrylate..............  1.41e + 01              3.01e + 02
49 Ethylbenzene................  4.38e + 02              4.27e + 03
50 Ethyl chloride                6.72e + 02              3.10e + 03
 (chloroethane).
51 Ethylene dibromide..........  3.61e + 01              5.15e + 02
52 Ethylene dichloride (1,2-     6.54e + 01              5.06e + 02
 Dichloroethane).
54 Ethylene oxide..............  1.32e + 01              9.09e + 01
55 Ethylidene dichloride (1,1-   3.12e + 02              2.92e + 03
 Dichloroethane).
57 Ethylene glycol dimethyl      1.95e + 00              4.12e + 01
 ether.
60 Ethylene glycol monoethyl     9.86e-02                6.03e + 00
 ether acetate.
62 Ethylene glycol monomethyl    1.22e-01                6.93e + 00
 ether acetate.
64 Diethylene glycol dimethyl    8.38e-02                4.69e + 00
 ether.
69 Diethylene glycol diethyl     1.19e-01                7.71e + 00
 ether.
72 Ethylene glycol monobutyl     2.75e-01                2.50e + 01
 ether acetate.
73 Hexachlorobenzene...........  9.45e + 01              2.57e + 04
74 Hexachlorobutadiene.........  5.72e + 02              6.92e + 03
75 Hexachloroethane............  4.64e + 02              7.49e + 04
76 Hexane......................  4.27e + 04              9.44e + 04
78 Isophorone..................  3.68e-01                1.68e + 01
80 Methanol....................  2.89e-01                7.73e + 00
81 Methyl bromide                3.81e + 02              2.12e + 03
 (Bromomethane).
82 Methyl chloride               4.90e + 02              2.84e + 03
 (Chloromethane).
83 Methyl chloroform (1,1,1-     9.67e + 02              5.73e + 03
 Trichloroethane).
84 Methyl ethyl ketone (2-       7.22e + 00              5.92e + 01
 Butanone).
86 Methyl isobutyl ketone        2.17e + 01              3.72e + 02
 (Hexone).
88 Methyl methacrylate.........  7.83e + 00              9.15e + 01
89 Methyl tert-butyl ether.....  3.08e + 01              2.67e + 02

[[Page 918]]

 
90 Methylene chloride            1.64e + 02              9.15e + 02
 (Dichloromethane).
93 Naphthalene.................  2.68e + 01              7.10e + 02
94 Nitrobenzene................  1.33e + 00              2.80e + 01
96 2-Nitropropane..............  6.61e + 00              8.76e + 01
99 Phosgene....................  7.80e + 02              3.51e + 03
102 Propionaldehyde............  3.32e + 00              1.42e + 02
103 Propylene dichloride.......  1.59e + 02              1.27e + 03
104 Propylene oxide............  1.98e + 01              1.84e + 02
106 Styrene....................  1.45e + 02              1.72e + 03
107 1,1,2,2-Tetrachloroethane..  1.39e + 01              1.99e + 02
108 Tetrachloroethylene          9.83e + 02              1.84e + 04
 (Perchloroethylene).
109 Toluene....................  3.57e + 02              2.10e + 03
112 o-Toluidine................  1.34e-01                1.15e + 01
113 1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene.....  1.07e + 02              1.04e + 03
114 1,1,2-Trichloroethane......  4.58e + 01              5.86e + 02
115 Trichloroethylene..........  5.67e + 02              7.66e + 03
116 2,4,5-Trichlorophenol......  4.84e-01                6.27e + 01
117 Triethylamine..............  6.94e + 00              2.57e + 02
118 2,2,4-Trimethylpentane.....  1.85e + 05              9.74e + 05
119 Vinyl acetate..............  2.82e + 01              2.80e + 02
120 Vinyl chloride.............  1.47e + 03              6.45e + 03
121 Vinylidene chloride (1,1-    1.44e + 03              1.40e + 04
 Dichloroethylene).
123 m-Xylene...................  4.13e + 02              3.25e + 03
124 o-Xylene...................  2.71e + 02              2.55e + 03
125 p-Xylene...................  4.13e + 02              3.20e + 03
------------------------------------------------------------------------


[[Page 919]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR22JA01.164


[[Page 920]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JA97.042


[[Page 921]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JA97.043


[[Page 922]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JA97.044


[[Page 923]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JA97.045


[[Page 924]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JA97.046


[[Page 925]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JA97.047


[[Page 926]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JA97.048


[[Page 927]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JA97.049


[[Page 928]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JA97.050


[[Page 929]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JA97.051


[[Page 930]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JA97.052


[[Page 931]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JA97.053


[[Page 932]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JA97.054


[[Page 933]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JA97.055


[[Page 934]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JA97.056


[[Page 935]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JA97.057


[[Page 936]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JA97.058


[[Page 937]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JA97.059


[[Page 938]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JA97.060


[[Page 939]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JA97.061


[[Page 940]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR22JA01.165


[62 FR 2801, Jan. 17, 1997, as amended at 63 FR 67794, Dec. 9, 1998; 66 
FR 6935, Jan. 22, 2001]



  Sec. Appendix D to Part 63--Alternative Validation Procedure for EPA 
                      Waste and Wastewater Methods

                            1. Applicability

    This procedure is to be applied exclusively to Environmental 
Protection Agency methods developed by the Office of Water and the 
Office of Resource Conservation and Recovery. Alternative methods 
developed by any other group or agency shall be validated according to 
the procedures in Sections 5.1 and 5.3 of Test Method 301, 40 CFR part 
63, appendix A. For the purposes of this appendix, ``waste'' means waste 
and wastewater.

                              2. Procedure

    This procedure shall be applied once for each waste matrix. Waste 
matrix in the context of this procedure refers to the target compound 
mixture in the waste as well as the formulation of the medium in which 
the

[[Page 941]]

target compounds are suspended. The owner or operator shall prepare a 
sampling plan. Wastewater samples shall be collected using sampling 
procedures which minimize loss of organic compounds during sample 
collection and analysis and maintain sample integrity. The sample plan 
shall include procedures for determining recovery efficiency of the 
relevant compounds regulated in the applicable subpart. An example of an 
acceptable sampling plan would be one that incorporates similar sampling 
and sample handling requirements to those of Method 25D of 40 CFR part 
60, appendix A.
    2.1. Sampling and Analysis
    2.1.1. For each waste matrix, collect twice the number of samples 
required by the applicable regulation. Designate and label half the 
sample vials the ``spiked'' sample set, and the other half the 
``unspiked'' sample set. Immediately before or immediately after 
sampling (immediately after in the context of this procedure means after 
placing the sample into the sample vial, but before the sample is 
capped, cooled, and shipped to the laboratory for analysis), inject, 
either individually or as a solution, all the target compounds into each 
spiked sample.
    2.1.2. The mass of each spiked compound shall be 40 to 60 percent of 
the mass expected to be present in the waste matrix. If the 
concentration of the target compounds in the waste are not known, the 
mass of each spiked compound shall be 40 to 60 percent of the limit 
allowed in the applicable regulation. Analyze both sets of samples 
(spiked and unspiked) with the chosen method.

                             3. Calculations

    For each pair of spiked and unspiked samples, determine the fraction 
of spiked compound recovered (R) using the following equations.

where:

mr = mass spiked compound measured ([micro] g).
ms = total mass of compound measured in spiked sample 
          ([micro] g).
mu = total mass of compound measured in unspiked sample 
          ([micro] g).

where:

S = theoretical mass of compound spiked into spiked sample ([micro] g).
    3.1. Method Evaluation
    In order for the chosen method to be acceptable for a compound, 
0.70<=R<=1.30 (R in this case is an average value of all the spiked and 
unspiked sample set R values). If the average R value does not meet this 
criterion for a target compound, the chosen method is not acceptable for 
that compound, and therefore another method shall be evaluated for 
acceptance (by repeating the procedures outlined above with another 
method).
    3.2. Records and Reports
    Report the average R value in the test report and correct all 
reported measurements made with the method with the calculated R value 
for that compound by using the following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR01JY96.048

    3.3. Optional Correction Step
    If the applicable regulation allows for correction of the mass of 
the compound in the waste by a published fm value, multiply 
the reported result calculated above with the appropriate fm 
value for that compound.

[61 FR 34200, July 1, 1996, as amended at 74 FR 30230, June 25, 2009]



Sec. Appendix E to Part 63--Monitoring Procedure for Nonthoroughly Mixed 
   Open Biological Treatment Systems at Kraft Pulp Mills Under Unsafe 
                           Sampling Conditions

                               I. Purpose

    This procedure is required to be performed in subpart S of this 
part, entitled National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants 
from the Pulp and Paper Industry. Subpart S requires this procedure in 
Sec. 63.453(p)(3) to be followed during unsafe sampling conditions when 
it is not practicable to obtain representative samples of hazardous air 
pollutants (HAP) concentrations from an open biological treatment unit. 
It is assumed that inlet and outlet HAP concentrations from the open 
biological treatment unit may be obtained during the unsafe sampling 
conditions. The purpose of this procedure is to estimate the 
concentration of HAP within the open biological treatment unit based on 
information obtained at inlet and outlet sampling locations in units 
that are not thoroughly mixed and, therefore, have different 
concentrations of HAP at different locations within the unit.

[[Page 942]]

                             II. Definitions

    Biological treatment unit = wastewater treatment unit designed and 
operated to promote the growth of bacteria to destroy organic materials 
in wastewater.

fbio = The fraction of organic compounds in the wastewater 
          biodegraded in a biological treatment unit.
Fe = The fraction of applicable organic compounds emitted from the 
          wastewater to the atmosphere.
K1 = First-order biodegradation rate constant, L/g mixed liquor volatile 
          suspended solids (MLVSS)-hr
KL = Liquid-phase mass transfer coefficient, m/s
Ks = Monod biorate constant at half the maximum rate, g/m\3\

 III. Test Procedure for Determination of fbio for Nonthoroughly Mixed 
    Open Biological Treatment Units Under Unsafe Sampling Conditions

    This test procedure is used under unsafe sampling conditions that do 
not permit practicable sampling of open biological treatment units 
within the unit itself, but rather relies on sampling at the inlet and 
outlet locations of the unit. This procedure may be used only under 
unsafe sampling conditions to estimate fbio. Once the unsafe 
conditions have passed, then the formal compliance demonstration 
procedures of fbio based upon measurements within the open 
biological treatment unit must be completed.

                   A. Overview of Estimation Procedure

    The steps in the estimation procedure include data collection, the 
estimation of concentrations within the unit, and the use of Form 1 to 
estimate fbio. The data collection procedure consists of two 
separate components. The first data collection component demonstrates 
that the open biological treatment unit can be represented by Monod 
kinetics and characterizes the effectiveness of the open biological 
treatment unit as part of the initial performance test, and the second 
data collection component is used when there are unsafe sampling 
conditions. These two data collection components are used together in a 
data calculation procedure based on a Monod kinetic model to estimate 
the concentrations in each zone of the open biological treatment unit. 
After the first two components of data collection are completed, the 
calculation procedures are used to back estimate the zone 
concentrations, starting with the last zone in the series and ending 
with the first zone.

                     B. Data Collection Requirements

    This method is based upon modeling the nonthoroughly mixed open 
biological treatment unit as a series of well-mixed zones with internal 
recycling between the units and assuming that two Monod biological 
kinetic parameters can be used to characterize the biological removal 
rates in each unit. The data collection procedure consists of two 
separate components. The first data collection component is part of the 
initial performance test, and the second data collection component is 
used during unsafe sampling conditions.

                       1. Initial Performance Test

    The objective of the first data collection component is to 
demonstrate that the open biological treatment unit can be represented 
by Monod kinetics and to characterize the performance of the open 
biological treatment unit. An appropriate value of the biorate constant, 
Ks, is determined using actual sampling data from the open biological 
treatment unit. This is done during the initial performance test when 
the open biological treatment unit is operating under normal conditions. 
This specific Ks value obtained during the initial performance test is 
used in the calculation procedure to characterize the open biological 
treatment unit during unsafe sampling conditions. The following open 
biological treatment unit characterization information is obtained from 
the first component of the data collection procedure:
    (1) The value of the biorate constant, Ks;
    (2) The number and characteristics of each zone in the open 
biological treatment unit (depth, area, characterization parameters for 
surface aeration, submerged aeration rates, biomass concentration, 
concentrations of organic compounds, dissolved oxygen (DO), dissolved 
solids, temperature, and other relevant variables); and
    (3) The recycle ratio of internal recirculation between the zones. 
The number of zones and the above characterization of the zones are also 
used to determine the performance of the unit under the unsafe sampling 
conditions of concern.

           2. Data Collected Under Unsafe Sampling Conditions

    In the second data collection component obtained under unsafe 
sampling conditions, the measured inlet and outlet HAP concentrations 
and the biomass concentration are obtained for the open biological 
treatment unit. After the site specific data collection is completed on 
the day a parameter excursion occurs, the inlet and outlet 
concentrations are used with the prior open biological treatment unit 
characterization to estimate the concentrations of HAP in each zone. The 
following information on the open biological treatment unit must be 
available in the second data collection component:
    (1) Basic unit variables such as inlet and recycle wastewater flow 
rates, type of agitation, and operating conditions;

[[Page 943]]

    (2) The value of the inlet and outlet HAP concentrations; and
    (3) The biomass concentration in the open biological treatment unit.

 C. One Time Determination of a Single Value of Ks (Initial Performance 
                                  Test)

    A single value of Ks is calculated using Form 3 for each data set 
that is collected during the initial performance test. A single 
composite value of Ks, deemed to be representative of the biological 
unit, is subsequently selected so that the fbio values 
calculated by the procedures in this appendix (using this single value 
of Ks) for the data sets collected during the initial performance test 
are within 10 percent of the fbio value determined by using 
Form 1 with these same data sets. The value of Ks meeting these criteria 
is obtained by the following steps:
    (1) Determine the median of the Ks values calculated for each data 
set;
    (2) Estimate fbio for each data set using the selected Ks 
value (Form 1 and Form 2);
    (3) Calculate fbio for each data set using Form 1; and
    (4) Compare the fbio values obtained in steps (2) and 
(3); if the fbio value calculated using step (2) differs from 
that calculated using step (3) by more than 10 percent, adjust Ks 
(decrease Ks if the fbio value is lower than that calculated 
by Form 1 and vice versa) and repeat this procedure starting at step 
(2). If a negative value is obtained for the values of Ks, then this 
negative kinetic constant may not be used with the Monod model. If a 
negative value of Ks is obtained, this test procedure cannot be used for 
evaluating the performance of the open biological treatment unit.

      D. Confirmation of Monod Kinetics (Initial Performance Test)

    (1) Confirmation that the unit can be represented by Monod kinetics 
is made by identifying the following two items:
    (i) The zone methanol concentrations measured during the initial 
performance test; and
    (ii) The zone methanol concentrations estimated by the Multiple Zone 
Concentrations Calculations Procedure based on inlet and outlet 
concentrations (Column A of Form 2). For each zone, the concentration in 
item 1 is compared to the concentration in item 2.
    (2) For each zone, the estimated value of item 2 must be:
    (i) Within 25 percent of item 1 when item 1 exceeds 8 mg/L; or
    (ii) Within 2 mg/L of item 1 when item 1 is 8 mg/L or less.
    (3) Successful demonstration that the calculated zone concentrations 
meet these criteria must be achieved for 80 percent of the performance 
test data sets.
    (4) If negative values are obtained for the values of K1 and Ks, 
then these negative kinetic constants may not be used with the Monod 
model, even if the criteria are met. If negative values are obtained, 
this test procedure cannot be used for evaluating the performance of the 
open biological treatment unit.

    E. Determination of KL for Each Zone (Unsafe Sampling Conditions)

    (1) A site-specific liquid-phase mass transfer coefficient (KL) must 
be obtained for each zone during the unsafe sampling conditions. Do not 
use a default value for KL. The KL value for each zone must be based on 
the site-specific parameters of the specific unit. The first step in 
using this procedure is to calculate KL for each zone in the unit using 
Form 4. Form 4 outlines the procedure to follow for using mass transfer 
equations to determine KL. Form 4 identifies the appropriate form to use 
for providing the detailed calculations to support the estimate of the 
value of KL. Forms 5 and 6 are used to provide individual compound 
estimates of KL for quiescent and aerated impoundments, respectively. A 
computer model may be used to perform the calculations. If the WATER8 
model or the most recent update to this model is used, then report the 
computer model input parameters that you used as an attachment to Form 
4. In addition, the Bay Area Sewage Toxics Emission (BASTE) model, 
version 3.0, or equivalent upgrade and the TOXCHEM (Environment Canada's 
Wastewater Technology Centre and Environmega, Ltd.) model, version 1.10, 
or equivalent upgrade may also be used to determine KL for the open 
biological treatment unit with the following stipulations:
    (i) The programs must be altered to output a KL value that is based 
on the site-specific parameters of the unit modeled; and
    (ii) The Henry's law value listed in Form 4 must be substituted for 
the existing Henry's law values in the models.
    (2) The Henry's law value listed in Form 4 may be obtained from the 
following sources:
    (i) Values listed by EPA with temperature adjustment if needed;
    (ii) Measured values for the system of concern with temperature 
adjustment; or
    (iii) Literature values of Henry's law values for methanol, adjusted 
for temperature if needed.
    (3) Input values used in the model and corresponding output values 
shall become part of the documentation of the fbio 
determination. The owner or operator should be aware that these models 
may not provide equivalent KL values for some types of units. To obtain 
an equivalent KL value in this situation, the owner or operator shall 
either use the appropriate procedure on Form 4 or adjust the KL value 
from the model to the equivalent KL value as described on Form 4.

[[Page 944]]

    (4) Report the input parameters that you used in the computer model 
on Forms 5, 6, and 7 as an attachment to Form 4. If you have submerged 
air flow in your unit, you must add the value of KL estimated on Form 7 
to the value of KL obtained with Forms 5 and 6 before using the value of 
KL with Form 2.

    F. Estimation of Zone Concentrations (Unsafe Sampling Conditions)

    Form 2 is used to estimate the zone concentrations of HAP based on 
the inlet and outlet data. The value of Ks entered on the form is that 
single composite value of Ks discussed in section III.C of this 
appendix. This value of Ks is calculated during the Initial Performance 
Test (and subsequently updated, if necessary). A unique value of the 
biorate K1 is entered on line 5 of Form 2, and the inlet concentration 
is estimated in Column A of Form 2. The inlet concentration is located 
in the row of Form 2 corresponding to zone 0. If there are three zones 
in the system, n-3 equals 0 for the inlet concentration row. These 
estimated zone concentrations are then used in Form 1 to estimate f bio 
for the treatment unit.

              G. Quality Control/Quality Assurance (QA/QC)

    A QA/QC plan outlining the procedures used to determine the measured 
inlet and outlet concentrations during unsafe conditions and how the 
zone characterization data were obtained during the initial performance 
test shall be prepared and submitted with the initial performance test 
report. The plan should include, but may not be limited to:
    (1) A description of each of the sampling methods that were used 
(method, procedures, time, method to avoid losses during sampling and 
holding, and sampling procedures) including simplified schematic 
drawings;
    (2) A description of how that biomass was sampled from the 
biotreatment unit, including methods, locations, and times;
    (3) A description of what conditions (DO, temperature, etc.) are 
important, what the target values are in the zones, how the factors were 
controlled, and how they were monitored. These conditions are primarily 
used to establish that the conditions of the initial performance test 
correspond to the conditions of the day in question;
    (4) A description of how each analytical measurement was conducted, 
including preparation of solutions, dilution procedures, sampling 
procedures, monitoring of conditions, etc;
    (5) A description of the analytical instrumentation used, how the 
instruments were calibrated, and a summary of the accuracy and precision 
for each instrument;
    (6) A description of the test methods used to determine HAP 
concentrations and other measurements. Section 63.457(c)(3) specifies 
the test methods that must be used to determine HAP concentrations. 
During unsafe sampling conditions, you do not have to sample over an 
extended period of time or obtain more than one sample at each sample 
point.
    (7) A description of how data are captured, recorded, and stored; 
and
    (8) A description of the equations used and their solutions for 
sampling and analysis, including a reference to any software used for 
calculations and/or curve-fitting.

     IV. Calculation of Individual fbio (Unsafe Sampling Conditions)

    Use Form 1 with your zone concentration information to estimate the 
value of f bio under unsafe sampling conditions. Form 1 uses measured 
concentrations of HAP in the unit inlet and outlet, and Form 1 also uses 
the estimated concentrations in each zone of the unit obtained from Form 
2. This procedure may be used on an open biological treatment unit that 
has defined zones within the unit. Use Form 1 to determine 
fbio for each open biological treatment unit as it exists 
under subpart S of part 63. The first step in using Form 1 is to 
calculate KL for each zone in the unit using Form 4. Form 7 must also be 
used if submerged aeration is used. After KL is determined using field 
data, obtain the concentrations of the HAP in each zone. In this 
alternative procedure for unsafe sampling conditions, the actual 
measured concentrations of the HAP in each zone are replaced with the 
zone concentrations that are estimated with Form 2. After KL and the 
zone concentrations are determined, Form 1 is used to estimate the 
overall unit Fe and fbio for methanol.

[[Page 945]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR22DE00.040


[[Page 946]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR22DE00.041


[[Page 947]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR22DE00.042


[[Page 948]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR22DE00.043


[[Page 949]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR22DE00.044


[[Page 950]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR22DE00.045


[[Page 951]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR22DE00.046


[[Page 952]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR22DE00.047

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR22DE00.048


[[Page 953]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR22DE00.049


[65 FR 80765, Dec. 22, 2000]

[[Page 955]]



                              FINDING AIDS




  --------------------------------------------------------------------

  A list of CFR titles, subtitles, chapters, subchapters and parts and 
an alphabetical list of agencies publishing in the CFR are included in 
the CFR Index and Finding Aids volume to the Code of Federal Regulations 
which is published separately and revised annually.

  Table of CFR Titles and Chapters
  Alphabetical List of Agencies Appearing in the CFR
  List of CFR Sections Affected
  

[[Page 957]]



                    Table of CFR Titles and Chapters




                      (Revised as of July 1, 2019)

                      Title 1--General Provisions

         I  Administrative Committee of the Federal Register 
                (Parts 1--49)
        II  Office of the Federal Register (Parts 50--299)
       III  Administrative Conference of the United States (Parts 
                300--399)
        IV  Miscellaneous Agencies (Parts 400--599)
        VI  National Capital Planning Commission (Parts 600--699)

                    Title 2--Grants and Agreements

            Subtitle A--Office of Management and Budget Guidance 
                for Grants and Agreements
         I  Office of Management and Budget Governmentwide 
                Guidance for Grants and Agreements (Parts 2--199)
        II  Office of Management and Budget Guidance (Parts 200--
                299)
            Subtitle B--Federal Agency Regulations for Grants and 
                Agreements
       III  Department of Health and Human Services (Parts 300--
                399)
        IV  Department of Agriculture (Parts 400--499)
        VI  Department of State (Parts 600--699)
       VII  Agency for International Development (Parts 700--799)
      VIII  Department of Veterans Affairs (Parts 800--899)
        IX  Department of Energy (Parts 900--999)
         X  Department of the Treasury (Parts 1000--1099)
        XI  Department of Defense (Parts 1100--1199)
       XII  Department of Transportation (Parts 1200--1299)
      XIII  Department of Commerce (Parts 1300--1399)
       XIV  Department of the Interior (Parts 1400--1499)
        XV  Environmental Protection Agency (Parts 1500--1599)
     XVIII  National Aeronautics and Space Administration (Parts 
                1800--1899)
        XX  United States Nuclear Regulatory Commission (Parts 
                2000--2099)
      XXII  Corporation for National and Community Service (Parts 
                2200--2299)
     XXIII  Social Security Administration (Parts 2300--2399)
      XXIV  Department of Housing and Urban Development (Parts 
                2400--2499)
       XXV  National Science Foundation (Parts 2500--2599)
      XXVI  National Archives and Records Administration (Parts 
                2600--2699)

[[Page 958]]

     XXVII  Small Business Administration (Parts 2700--2799)
    XXVIII  Department of Justice (Parts 2800--2899)
      XXIX  Department of Labor (Parts 2900--2999)
       XXX  Department of Homeland Security (Parts 3000--3099)
      XXXI  Institute of Museum and Library Services (Parts 3100--
                3199)
     XXXII  National Endowment for the Arts (Parts 3200--3299)
    XXXIII  National Endowment for the Humanities (Parts 3300--
                3399)
     XXXIV  Department of Education (Parts 3400--3499)
      XXXV  Export-Import Bank of the United States (Parts 3500--
                3599)
     XXXVI  Office of National Drug Control Policy, Executive 
                Office of the President (Parts 3600--3699)
    XXXVII  Peace Corps (Parts 3700--3799)
     LVIII  Election Assistance Commission (Parts 5800--5899)
       LIX  Gulf Coast Ecosystem Restoration Council (Parts 5900--
                5999)

                        Title 3--The President

         I  Executive Office of the President (Parts 100--199)

                           Title 4--Accounts

         I  Government Accountability Office (Parts 1--199)

                   Title 5--Administrative Personnel

         I  Office of Personnel Management (Parts 1--1199)
        II  Merit Systems Protection Board (Parts 1200--1299)
       III  Office of Management and Budget (Parts 1300--1399)
        IV  Office of Personnel Management and Office of the 
                Director of National Intelligence (Parts 1400--
                1499)
         V  The International Organizations Employees Loyalty 
                Board (Parts 1500--1599)
        VI  Federal Retirement Thrift Investment Board (Parts 
                1600--1699)
      VIII  Office of Special Counsel (Parts 1800--1899)
        IX  Appalachian Regional Commission (Parts 1900--1999)
        XI  Armed Forces Retirement Home (Parts 2100--2199)
       XIV  Federal Labor Relations Authority, General Counsel of 
                the Federal Labor Relations Authority and Federal 
                Service Impasses Panel (Parts 2400--2499)
       XVI  Office of Government Ethics (Parts 2600--2699)
       XXI  Department of the Treasury (Parts 3100--3199)
      XXII  Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (Parts 3200--
                3299)
     XXIII  Department of Energy (Parts 3300--3399)
      XXIV  Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (Parts 3400--
                3499)
       XXV  Department of the Interior (Parts 3500--3599)
      XXVI  Department of Defense (Parts 3600--3699)

[[Page 959]]

    XXVIII  Department of Justice (Parts 3800--3899)
      XXIX  Federal Communications Commission (Parts 3900--3999)
       XXX  Farm Credit System Insurance Corporation (Parts 4000--
                4099)
      XXXI  Farm Credit Administration (Parts 4100--4199)
    XXXIII  Overseas Private Investment Corporation (Parts 4300--
                4399)
     XXXIV  Securities and Exchange Commission (Parts 4400--4499)
      XXXV  Office of Personnel Management (Parts 4500--4599)
     XXXVI  Department of Homeland Security (Parts 4600--4699)
    XXXVII  Federal Election Commission (Parts 4700--4799)
        XL  Interstate Commerce Commission (Parts 5000--5099)
       XLI  Commodity Futures Trading Commission (Parts 5100--
                5199)
      XLII  Department of Labor (Parts 5200--5299)
     XLIII  National Science Foundation (Parts 5300--5399)
       XLV  Department of Health and Human Services (Parts 5500--
                5599)
      XLVI  Postal Rate Commission (Parts 5600--5699)
     XLVII  Federal Trade Commission (Parts 5700--5799)
    XLVIII  Nuclear Regulatory Commission (Parts 5800--5899)
      XLIX  Federal Labor Relations Authority (Parts 5900--5999)
         L  Department of Transportation (Parts 6000--6099)
       LII  Export-Import Bank of the United States (Parts 6200--
                6299)
      LIII  Department of Education (Parts 6300--6399)
       LIV  Environmental Protection Agency (Parts 6400--6499)
        LV  National Endowment for the Arts (Parts 6500--6599)
       LVI  National Endowment for the Humanities (Parts 6600--
                6699)
      LVII  General Services Administration (Parts 6700--6799)
     LVIII  Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System 
                (Parts 6800--6899)
       LIX  National Aeronautics and Space Administration (Parts 
                6900--6999)
        LX  United States Postal Service (Parts 7000--7099)
       LXI  National Labor Relations Board (Parts 7100--7199)
      LXII  Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (Parts 7200--
                7299)
     LXIII  Inter-American Foundation (Parts 7300--7399)
      LXIV  Merit Systems Protection Board (Parts 7400--7499)
       LXV  Department of Housing and Urban Development (Parts 
                7500--7599)
      LXVI  National Archives and Records Administration (Parts 
                7600--7699)
     LXVII  Institute of Museum and Library Services (Parts 7700--
                7799)
    LXVIII  Commission on Civil Rights (Parts 7800--7899)
      LXIX  Tennessee Valley Authority (Parts 7900--7999)
       LXX  Court Services and Offender Supervision Agency for the 
                District of Columbia (Parts 8000--8099)
      LXXI  Consumer Product Safety Commission (Parts 8100--8199)
    LXXIII  Department of Agriculture (Parts 8300--8399)

[[Page 960]]

     LXXIV  Federal Mine Safety and Health Review Commission 
                (Parts 8400--8499)
     LXXVI  Federal Retirement Thrift Investment Board (Parts 
                8600--8699)
    LXXVII  Office of Management and Budget (Parts 8700--8799)
      LXXX  Federal Housing Finance Agency (Parts 9000--9099)
   LXXXIII  Special Inspector General for Afghanistan 
                Reconstruction (Parts 9300--9399)
    LXXXIV  Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection (Parts 9400--
                9499)
    LXXXVI  National Credit Union Administration (Parts 9600--
                9699)
     XCVII  Department of Homeland Security Human Resources 
                Management System (Department of Homeland 
                Security--Office of Personnel Management) (Parts 
                9700--9799)
    XCVIII  Council of the Inspectors General on Integrity and 
                Efficiency (Parts 9800--9899)
      XCIX  Military Compensation and Retirement Modernization 
                Commission (Parts 9900--9999)
         C  National Council on Disability (Parts 10000--10049)
        CI  National Mediation Board (Part 10101)

                      Title 6--Domestic Security

         I  Department of Homeland Security, Office of the 
                Secretary (Parts 1--199)
         X  Privacy and Civil Liberties Oversight Board (Parts 
                1000--1099)

                         Title 7--Agriculture

            Subtitle A--Office of the Secretary of Agriculture 
                (Parts 0--26)
            Subtitle B--Regulations of the Department of 
                Agriculture
         I  Agricultural Marketing Service (Standards, 
                Inspections, Marketing Practices), Department of 
                Agriculture (Parts 27--209)
        II  Food and Nutrition Service, Department of Agriculture 
                (Parts 210--299)
       III  Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service, Department 
                of Agriculture (Parts 300--399)
        IV  Federal Crop Insurance Corporation, Department of 
                Agriculture (Parts 400--499)
         V  Agricultural Research Service, Department of 
                Agriculture (Parts 500--599)
        VI  Natural Resources Conservation Service, Department of 
                Agriculture (Parts 600--699)
       VII  Farm Service Agency, Department of Agriculture (Parts 
                700--799)
      VIII  Grain Inspection, Packers and Stockyards 
                Administration (Federal Grain Inspection Service), 
                Department of Agriculture (Parts 800--899)

[[Page 961]]

        IX  Agricultural Marketing Service (Marketing Agreements 
                and Orders; Fruits, Vegetables, Nuts), Department 
                of Agriculture (Parts 900--999)
         X  Agricultural Marketing Service (Marketing Agreements 
                and Orders; Milk), Department of Agriculture 
                (Parts 1000--1199)
        XI  Agricultural Marketing Service (Marketing Agreements 
                and Orders; Miscellaneous Commodities), Department 
                of Agriculture (Parts 1200--1299)
       XIV  Commodity Credit Corporation, Department of 
                Agriculture (Parts 1400--1499)
        XV  Foreign Agricultural Service, Department of 
                Agriculture (Parts 1500--1599)
       XVI  Rural Telephone Bank, Department of Agriculture (Parts 
                1600--1699)
      XVII  Rural Utilities Service, Department of Agriculture 
                (Parts 1700--1799)
     XVIII  Rural Housing Service, Rural Business-Cooperative 
                Service, Rural Utilities Service, and Farm Service 
                Agency, Department of Agriculture (Parts 1800--
                2099)
        XX  Local Television Loan Guarantee Board (Parts 2200--
                2299)
       XXV  Office of Advocacy and Outreach, Department of 
                Agriculture (Parts 2500--2599)
      XXVI  Office of Inspector General, Department of Agriculture 
                (Parts 2600--2699)
     XXVII  Office of Information Resources Management, Department 
                of Agriculture (Parts 2700--2799)
    XXVIII  Office of Operations, Department of Agriculture (Parts 
                2800--2899)
      XXIX  Office of Energy Policy and New Uses, Department of 
                Agriculture (Parts 2900--2999)
       XXX  Office of the Chief Financial Officer, Department of 
                Agriculture (Parts 3000--3099)
      XXXI  Office of Environmental Quality, Department of 
                Agriculture (Parts 3100--3199)
     XXXII  Office of Procurement and Property Management, 
                Department of Agriculture (Parts 3200--3299)
    XXXIII  Office of Transportation, Department of Agriculture 
                (Parts 3300--3399)
     XXXIV  National Institute of Food and Agriculture (Parts 
                3400--3499)
      XXXV  Rural Housing Service, Department of Agriculture 
                (Parts 3500--3599)
     XXXVI  National Agricultural Statistics Service, Department 
                of Agriculture (Parts 3600--3699)
    XXXVII  Economic Research Service, Department of Agriculture 
                (Parts 3700--3799)
   XXXVIII  World Agricultural Outlook Board, Department of 
                Agriculture (Parts 3800--3899)
       XLI  [Reserved]
      XLII  Rural Business-Cooperative Service and Rural Utilities 
                Service, Department of Agriculture (Parts 4200--
                4299)

[[Page 962]]

                    Title 8--Aliens and Nationality

         I  Department of Homeland Security (Parts 1--499)
         V  Executive Office for Immigration Review, Department of 
                Justice (Parts 1000--1399)

                 Title 9--Animals and Animal Products

         I  Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service, Department 
                of Agriculture (Parts 1--199)
        II  Grain Inspection, Packers and Stockyards 
                Administration (Packers and Stockyards Programs), 
                Department of Agriculture (Parts 200--299)
       III  Food Safety and Inspection Service, Department of 
                Agriculture (Parts 300--599)

                           Title 10--Energy

         I  Nuclear Regulatory Commission (Parts 0--199)
        II  Department of Energy (Parts 200--699)
       III  Department of Energy (Parts 700--999)
         X  Department of Energy (General Provisions) (Parts 
                1000--1099)
      XIII  Nuclear Waste Technical Review Board (Parts 1300--
                1399)
      XVII  Defense Nuclear Facilities Safety Board (Parts 1700--
                1799)
     XVIII  Northeast Interstate Low-Level Radioactive Waste 
                Commission (Parts 1800--1899)

                      Title 11--Federal Elections

         I  Federal Election Commission (Parts 1--9099)
        II  Election Assistance Commission (Parts 9400--9499)

                      Title 12--Banks and Banking

         I  Comptroller of the Currency, Department of the 
                Treasury (Parts 1--199)
        II  Federal Reserve System (Parts 200--299)
       III  Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (Parts 300--399)
        IV  Export-Import Bank of the United States (Parts 400--
                499)
         V  (Parts 500--599) [Reserved]
        VI  Farm Credit Administration (Parts 600--699)
       VII  National Credit Union Administration (Parts 700--799)
      VIII  Federal Financing Bank (Parts 800--899)
        IX  Federal Housing Finance Board (Parts 900--999)
         X  Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection (Parts 1000--
                1099)
        XI  Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council 
                (Parts 1100--1199)
       XII  Federal Housing Finance Agency (Parts 1200--1299)
      XIII  Financial Stability Oversight Council (Parts 1300--
                1399)

[[Page 963]]

       XIV  Farm Credit System Insurance Corporation (Parts 1400--
                1499)
        XV  Department of the Treasury (Parts 1500--1599)
       XVI  Office of Financial Research (Parts 1600--1699)
      XVII  Office of Federal Housing Enterprise Oversight, 
                Department of Housing and Urban Development (Parts 
                1700--1799)
     XVIII  Community Development Financial Institutions Fund, 
                Department of the Treasury (Parts 1800--1899)

               Title 13--Business Credit and Assistance

         I  Small Business Administration (Parts 1--199)
       III  Economic Development Administration, Department of 
                Commerce (Parts 300--399)
        IV  Emergency Steel Guarantee Loan Board (Parts 400--499)
         V  Emergency Oil and Gas Guaranteed Loan Board (Parts 
                500--599)

                    Title 14--Aeronautics and Space

         I  Federal Aviation Administration, Department of 
                Transportation (Parts 1--199)
        II  Office of the Secretary, Department of Transportation 
                (Aviation Proceedings) (Parts 200--399)
       III  Commercial Space Transportation, Federal Aviation 
                Administration, Department of Transportation 
                (Parts 400--1199)
         V  National Aeronautics and Space Administration (Parts 
                1200--1299)
        VI  Air Transportation System Stabilization (Parts 1300--
                1399)

                 Title 15--Commerce and Foreign Trade

            Subtitle A--Office of the Secretary of Commerce (Parts 
                0--29)
            Subtitle B--Regulations Relating to Commerce and 
                Foreign Trade
         I  Bureau of the Census, Department of Commerce (Parts 
                30--199)
        II  National Institute of Standards and Technology, 
                Department of Commerce (Parts 200--299)
       III  International Trade Administration, Department of 
                Commerce (Parts 300--399)
        IV  Foreign-Trade Zones Board, Department of Commerce 
                (Parts 400--499)
       VII  Bureau of Industry and Security, Department of 
                Commerce (Parts 700--799)
      VIII  Bureau of Economic Analysis, Department of Commerce 
                (Parts 800--899)
        IX  National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, 
                Department of Commerce (Parts 900--999)
        XI  National Technical Information Service, Department of 
                Commerce (Parts 1100--1199)

[[Page 964]]

      XIII  East-West Foreign Trade Board (Parts 1300--1399)
       XIV  Minority Business Development Agency (Parts 1400--
                1499)
            Subtitle C--Regulations Relating to Foreign Trade 
                Agreements
        XX  Office of the United States Trade Representative 
                (Parts 2000--2099)
            Subtitle D--Regulations Relating to Telecommunications 
                and Information
     XXIII  National Telecommunications and Information 
                Administration, Department of Commerce (Parts 
                2300--2399) [Reserved]

                    Title 16--Commercial Practices

         I  Federal Trade Commission (Parts 0--999)
        II  Consumer Product Safety Commission (Parts 1000--1799)

             Title 17--Commodity and Securities Exchanges

         I  Commodity Futures Trading Commission (Parts 1--199)
        II  Securities and Exchange Commission (Parts 200--399)
        IV  Department of the Treasury (Parts 400--499)

          Title 18--Conservation of Power and Water Resources

         I  Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, Department of 
                Energy (Parts 1--399)
       III  Delaware River Basin Commission (Parts 400--499)
        VI  Water Resources Council (Parts 700--799)
      VIII  Susquehanna River Basin Commission (Parts 800--899)
      XIII  Tennessee Valley Authority (Parts 1300--1399)

                       Title 19--Customs Duties

         I  U.S. Customs and Border Protection, Department of 
                Homeland Security; Department of the Treasury 
                (Parts 0--199)
        II  United States International Trade Commission (Parts 
                200--299)
       III  International Trade Administration, Department of 
                Commerce (Parts 300--399)
        IV  U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement, Department 
                of Homeland Security (Parts 400--599) [Reserved]

                     Title 20--Employees' Benefits

         I  Office of Workers' Compensation Programs, Department 
                of Labor (Parts 1--199)
        II  Railroad Retirement Board (Parts 200--399)
       III  Social Security Administration (Parts 400--499)

[[Page 965]]

        IV  Employees' Compensation Appeals Board, Department of 
                Labor (Parts 500--599)
         V  Employment and Training Administration, Department of 
                Labor (Parts 600--699)
        VI  Office of Workers' Compensation Programs, Department 
                of Labor (Parts 700--799)
       VII  Benefits Review Board, Department of Labor (Parts 
                800--899)
      VIII  Joint Board for the Enrollment of Actuaries (Parts 
                900--999)
        IX  Office of the Assistant Secretary for Veterans' 
                Employment and Training Service, Department of 
                Labor (Parts 1000--1099)

                       Title 21--Food and Drugs

         I  Food and Drug Administration, Department of Health and 
                Human Services (Parts 1--1299)
        II  Drug Enforcement Administration, Department of Justice 
                (Parts 1300--1399)
       III  Office of National Drug Control Policy (Parts 1400--
                1499)

                      Title 22--Foreign Relations

         I  Department of State (Parts 1--199)
        II  Agency for International Development (Parts 200--299)
       III  Peace Corps (Parts 300--399)
        IV  International Joint Commission, United States and 
                Canada (Parts 400--499)
         V  Broadcasting Board of Governors (Parts 500--599)
       VII  Overseas Private Investment Corporation (Parts 700--
                799)
        IX  Foreign Service Grievance Board (Parts 900--999)
         X  Inter-American Foundation (Parts 1000--1099)
        XI  International Boundary and Water Commission, United 
                States and Mexico, United States Section (Parts 
                1100--1199)
       XII  United States International Development Cooperation 
                Agency (Parts 1200--1299)
      XIII  Millennium Challenge Corporation (Parts 1300--1399)
       XIV  Foreign Service Labor Relations Board; Federal Labor 
                Relations Authority; General Counsel of the 
                Federal Labor Relations Authority; and the Foreign 
                Service Impasse Disputes Panel (Parts 1400--1499)
        XV  African Development Foundation (Parts 1500--1599)
       XVI  Japan-United States Friendship Commission (Parts 
                1600--1699)
      XVII  United States Institute of Peace (Parts 1700--1799)

                          Title 23--Highways

         I  Federal Highway Administration, Department of 
                Transportation (Parts 1--999)

[[Page 966]]

        II  National Highway Traffic Safety Administration and 
                Federal Highway Administration, Department of 
                Transportation (Parts 1200--1299)
       III  National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 
                Department of Transportation (Parts 1300--1399)

                Title 24--Housing and Urban Development

            Subtitle A--Office of the Secretary, Department of 
                Housing and Urban Development (Parts 0--99)
            Subtitle B--Regulations Relating to Housing and Urban 
                Development
         I  Office of Assistant Secretary for Equal Opportunity, 
                Department of Housing and Urban Development (Parts 
                100--199)
        II  Office of Assistant Secretary for Housing-Federal 
                Housing Commissioner, Department of Housing and 
                Urban Development (Parts 200--299)
       III  Government National Mortgage Association, Department 
                of Housing and Urban Development (Parts 300--399)
        IV  Office of Housing and Office of Multifamily Housing 
                Assistance Restructuring, Department of Housing 
                and Urban Development (Parts 400--499)
         V  Office of Assistant Secretary for Community Planning 
                and Development, Department of Housing and Urban 
                Development (Parts 500--599)
        VI  Office of Assistant Secretary for Community Planning 
                and Development, Department of Housing and Urban 
                Development (Parts 600--699) [Reserved]
       VII  Office of the Secretary, Department of Housing and 
                Urban Development (Housing Assistance Programs and 
                Public and Indian Housing Programs) (Parts 700--
                799)
      VIII  Office of the Assistant Secretary for Housing--Federal 
                Housing Commissioner, Department of Housing and 
                Urban Development (Section 8 Housing Assistance 
                Programs, Section 202 Direct Loan Program, Section 
                202 Supportive Housing for the Elderly Program and 
                Section 811 Supportive Housing for Persons With 
                Disabilities Program) (Parts 800--899)
        IX  Office of Assistant Secretary for Public and Indian 
                Housing, Department of Housing and Urban 
                Development (Parts 900--1699)
       XII  Office of Inspector General, Department of Housing and 
                Urban Development (Parts 2000--2099)
        XV  Emergency Mortgage Insurance and Loan Programs, 
                Department of Housing and Urban Development (Parts 
                2700--2799) [Reserved]
        XX  Office of Assistant Secretary for Housing--Federal 
                Housing Commissioner, Department of Housing and 
                Urban Development (Parts 3200--3899)
      XXIV  Board of Directors of the HOPE for Homeowners Program 
                (Parts 4000--4099) [Reserved]
       XXV  Neighborhood Reinvestment Corporation (Parts 4100--
                4199)

[[Page 967]]

                           Title 25--Indians

         I  Bureau of Indian Affairs, Department of the Interior 
                (Parts 1--299)
        II  Indian Arts and Crafts Board, Department of the 
                Interior (Parts 300--399)
       III  National Indian Gaming Commission, Department of the 
                Interior (Parts 500--599)
        IV  Office of Navajo and Hopi Indian Relocation (Parts 
                700--899)
         V  Bureau of Indian Affairs, Department of the Interior, 
                and Indian Health Service, Department of Health 
                and Human Services (Part 900--999)
        VI  Office of the Assistant Secretary, Indian Affairs, 
                Department of the Interior (Parts 1000--1199)
       VII  Office of the Special Trustee for American Indians, 
                Department of the Interior (Parts 1200--1299)

                      Title 26--Internal Revenue

         I  Internal Revenue Service, Department of the Treasury 
                (Parts 1--End)

           Title 27--Alcohol, Tobacco Products and Firearms

         I  Alcohol and Tobacco Tax and Trade Bureau, Department 
                of the Treasury (Parts 1--399)
        II  Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms, and Explosives, 
                Department of Justice (Parts 400--699)

                   Title 28--Judicial Administration

         I  Department of Justice (Parts 0--299)
       III  Federal Prison Industries, Inc., Department of Justice 
                (Parts 300--399)
         V  Bureau of Prisons, Department of Justice (Parts 500--
                599)
        VI  Offices of Independent Counsel, Department of Justice 
                (Parts 600--699)
       VII  Office of Independent Counsel (Parts 700--799)
      VIII  Court Services and Offender Supervision Agency for the 
                District of Columbia (Parts 800--899)
        IX  National Crime Prevention and Privacy Compact Council 
                (Parts 900--999)
        XI  Department of Justice and Department of State (Parts 
                1100--1199)

                            Title 29--Labor

            Subtitle A--Office of the Secretary of Labor (Parts 
                0--99)
            Subtitle B--Regulations Relating to Labor
         I  National Labor Relations Board (Parts 100--199)

[[Page 968]]

        II  Office of Labor-Management Standards, Department of 
                Labor (Parts 200--299)
       III  National Railroad Adjustment Board (Parts 300--399)
        IV  Office of Labor-Management Standards, Department of 
                Labor (Parts 400--499)
         V  Wage and Hour Division, Department of Labor (Parts 
                500--899)
        IX  Construction Industry Collective Bargaining Commission 
                (Parts 900--999)
         X  National Mediation Board (Parts 1200--1299)
       XII  Federal Mediation and Conciliation Service (Parts 
                1400--1499)
       XIV  Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (Parts 1600--
                1699)
      XVII  Occupational Safety and Health Administration, 
                Department of Labor (Parts 1900--1999)
        XX  Occupational Safety and Health Review Commission 
                (Parts 2200--2499)
       XXV  Employee Benefits Security Administration, Department 
                of Labor (Parts 2500--2599)
     XXVII  Federal Mine Safety and Health Review Commission 
                (Parts 2700--2799)
        XL  Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (Parts 4000--
                4999)

                      Title 30--Mineral Resources

         I  Mine Safety and Health Administration, Department of 
                Labor (Parts 1--199)
        II  Bureau of Safety and Environmental Enforcement, 
                Department of the Interior (Parts 200--299)
        IV  Geological Survey, Department of the Interior (Parts 
                400--499)
         V  Bureau of Ocean Energy Management, Department of the 
                Interior (Parts 500--599)
       VII  Office of Surface Mining Reclamation and Enforcement, 
                Department of the Interior (Parts 700--999)
       XII  Office of Natural Resources Revenue, Department of the 
                Interior (Parts 1200--1299)

                 Title 31--Money and Finance: Treasury

            Subtitle A--Office of the Secretary of the Treasury 
                (Parts 0--50)
            Subtitle B--Regulations Relating to Money and Finance
         I  Monetary Offices, Department of the Treasury (Parts 
                51--199)
        II  Fiscal Service, Department of the Treasury (Parts 
                200--399)
        IV  Secret Service, Department of the Treasury (Parts 
                400--499)
         V  Office of Foreign Assets Control, Department of the 
                Treasury (Parts 500--599)
        VI  Bureau of Engraving and Printing, Department of the 
                Treasury (Parts 600--699)
       VII  Federal Law Enforcement Training Center, Department of 
                the Treasury (Parts 700--799)

[[Page 969]]

      VIII  Office of Investment Security, Department of the 
                Treasury (Parts 800--899)
        IX  Federal Claims Collection Standards (Department of the 
                Treasury--Department of Justice) (Parts 900--999)
         X  Financial Crimes Enforcement Network, Department of 
                the Treasury (Parts 1000--1099)

                      Title 32--National Defense

            Subtitle A--Department of Defense
         I  Office of the Secretary of Defense (Parts 1--399)
         V  Department of the Army (Parts 400--699)
        VI  Department of the Navy (Parts 700--799)
       VII  Department of the Air Force (Parts 800--1099)
            Subtitle B--Other Regulations Relating to National 
                Defense
       XII  Defense Logistics Agency (Parts 1200--1299)
       XVI  Selective Service System (Parts 1600--1699)
      XVII  Office of the Director of National Intelligence (Parts 
                1700--1799)
     XVIII  National Counterintelligence Center (Parts 1800--1899)
       XIX  Central Intelligence Agency (Parts 1900--1999)
        XX  Information Security Oversight Office, National 
                Archives and Records Administration (Parts 2000--
                2099)
       XXI  National Security Council (Parts 2100--2199)
      XXIV  Office of Science and Technology Policy (Parts 2400--
                2499)
     XXVII  Office for Micronesian Status Negotiations (Parts 
                2700--2799)
    XXVIII  Office of the Vice President of the United States 
                (Parts 2800--2899)

               Title 33--Navigation and Navigable Waters

         I  Coast Guard, Department of Homeland Security (Parts 
                1--199)
        II  Corps of Engineers, Department of the Army, Department 
                of Defense (Parts 200--399)
        IV  Saint Lawrence Seaway Development Corporation, 
                Department of Transportation (Parts 400--499)

                          Title 34--Education

            Subtitle A--Office of the Secretary, Department of 
                Education (Parts 1--99)
            Subtitle B--Regulations of the Offices of the 
                Department of Education
         I  Office for Civil Rights, Department of Education 
                (Parts 100--199)
        II  Office of Elementary and Secondary Education, 
                Department of Education (Parts 200--299)
       III  Office of Special Education and Rehabilitative 
                Services, Department of Education (Parts 300--399)

[[Page 970]]

        IV  Office of Career, Technical and Adult Education, 
                Department of Education (Parts 400--499)
         V  Office of Bilingual Education and Minority Languages 
                Affairs, Department of Education (Parts 500--599) 
                [Reserved]
        VI  Office of Postsecondary Education, Department of 
                Education (Parts 600--699)
       VII  Office of Educational Research and Improvement, 
                Department of Education (Parts 700--799) 
                [Reserved]
            Subtitle C--Regulations Relating to Education
        XI  (Parts 1100--1199) [Reserved]
       XII  National Council on Disability (Parts 1200--1299)

                          Title 35 [Reserved]

             Title 36--Parks, Forests, and Public Property

         I  National Park Service, Department of the Interior 
                (Parts 1--199)
        II  Forest Service, Department of Agriculture (Parts 200--
                299)
       III  Corps of Engineers, Department of the Army (Parts 
                300--399)
        IV  American Battle Monuments Commission (Parts 400--499)
         V  Smithsonian Institution (Parts 500--599)
        VI  [Reserved]
       VII  Library of Congress (Parts 700--799)
      VIII  Advisory Council on Historic Preservation (Parts 800--
                899)
        IX  Pennsylvania Avenue Development Corporation (Parts 
                900--999)
         X  Presidio Trust (Parts 1000--1099)
        XI  Architectural and Transportation Barriers Compliance 
                Board (Parts 1100--1199)
       XII  National Archives and Records Administration (Parts 
                1200--1299)
        XV  Oklahoma City National Memorial Trust (Parts 1500--
                1599)
       XVI  Morris K. Udall Scholarship and Excellence in National 
                Environmental Policy Foundation (Parts 1600--1699)

             Title 37--Patents, Trademarks, and Copyrights

         I  United States Patent and Trademark Office, Department 
                of Commerce (Parts 1--199)
        II  U.S. Copyright Office, Library of Congress (Parts 
                200--299)
       III  Copyright Royalty Board, Library of Congress (Parts 
                300--399)
        IV  National Institute of Standards and Technology, 
                Department of Commerce (Parts 400--599)

           Title 38--Pensions, Bonuses, and Veterans' Relief

         I  Department of Veterans Affairs (Parts 0--199)
        II  Armed Forces Retirement Home (Parts 200--299)

[[Page 971]]

                       Title 39--Postal Service

         I  United States Postal Service (Parts 1--999)
       III  Postal Regulatory Commission (Parts 3000--3099)

                  Title 40--Protection of Environment

         I  Environmental Protection Agency (Parts 1--1099)
        IV  Environmental Protection Agency and Department of 
                Justice (Parts 1400--1499)
         V  Council on Environmental Quality (Parts 1500--1599)
        VI  Chemical Safety and Hazard Investigation Board (Parts 
                1600--1699)
       VII  Environmental Protection Agency and Department of 
                Defense; Uniform National Discharge Standards for 
                Vessels of the Armed Forces (Parts 1700--1799)
      VIII  Gulf Coast Ecosystem Restoration Council (Parts 1800--
                1899)

          Title 41--Public Contracts and Property Management

            Subtitle A--Federal Procurement Regulations System 
                [Note]
            Subtitle B--Other Provisions Relating to Public 
                Contracts
        50  Public Contracts, Department of Labor (Parts 50-1--50-
                999)
        51  Committee for Purchase From People Who Are Blind or 
                Severely Disabled (Parts 51-1--51-99)
        60  Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs, Equal 
                Employment Opportunity, Department of Labor (Parts 
                60-1--60-999)
        61  Office of the Assistant Secretary for Veterans' 
                Employment and Training Service, Department of 
                Labor (Parts 61-1--61-999)
   62--100  [Reserved]
            Subtitle C--Federal Property Management Regulations 
                System
       101  Federal Property Management Regulations (Parts 101-1--
                101-99)
       102  Federal Management Regulation (Parts 102-1--102-299)
  103--104  [Reserved]
       105  General Services Administration (Parts 105-1--105-999)
       109  Department of Energy Property Management Regulations 
                (Parts 109-1--109-99)
       114  Department of the Interior (Parts 114-1--114-99)
       115  Environmental Protection Agency (Parts 115-1--115-99)
       128  Department of Justice (Parts 128-1--128-99)
  129--200  [Reserved]
            Subtitle D--Other Provisions Relating to Property 
                Management [Reserved]
            Subtitle E--Federal Information Resources Management 
                Regulations System [Reserved]
            Subtitle F--Federal Travel Regulation System
       300  General (Parts 300-1--300-99)
       301  Temporary Duty (TDY) Travel Allowances (Parts 301-1--
                301-99)

[[Page 972]]

       302  Relocation Allowances (Parts 302-1--302-99)
       303  Payment of Expenses Connected with the Death of 
                Certain Employees (Part 303-1--303-99)
       304  Payment of Travel Expenses from a Non-Federal Source 
                (Parts 304-1--304-99)

                        Title 42--Public Health

         I  Public Health Service, Department of Health and Human 
                Services (Parts 1--199)
   II--III  [Reserved]
        IV  Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, Department 
                of Health and Human Services (Parts 400--699)
         V  Office of Inspector General-Health Care, Department of 
                Health and Human Services (Parts 1000--1099)

                   Title 43--Public Lands: Interior

            Subtitle A--Office of the Secretary of the Interior 
                (Parts 1--199)
            Subtitle B--Regulations Relating to Public Lands
         I  Bureau of Reclamation, Department of the Interior 
                (Parts 400--999)
        II  Bureau of Land Management, Department of the Interior 
                (Parts 1000--9999)
       III  Utah Reclamation Mitigation and Conservation 
                Commission (Parts 10000--10099)

             Title 44--Emergency Management and Assistance

         I  Federal Emergency Management Agency, Department of 
                Homeland Security (Parts 0--399)
        IV  Department of Commerce and Department of 
                Transportation (Parts 400--499)

                       Title 45--Public Welfare

            Subtitle A--Department of Health and Human Services 
                (Parts 1--199)
            Subtitle B--Regulations Relating to Public Welfare
        II  Office of Family Assistance (Assistance Programs), 
                Administration for Children and Families, 
                Department of Health and Human Services (Parts 
                200--299)
       III  Office of Child Support Enforcement (Child Support 
                Enforcement Program), Administration for Children 
                and Families, Department of Health and Human 
                Services (Parts 300--399)
        IV  Office of Refugee Resettlement, Administration for 
                Children and Families, Department of Health and 
                Human Services (Parts 400--499)

[[Page 973]]

         V  Foreign Claims Settlement Commission of the United 
                States, Department of Justice (Parts 500--599)
        VI  National Science Foundation (Parts 600--699)
       VII  Commission on Civil Rights (Parts 700--799)
      VIII  Office of Personnel Management (Parts 800--899)
        IX  Denali Commission (Parts 900--999)
         X  Office of Community Services, Administration for 
                Children and Families, Department of Health and 
                Human Services (Parts 1000--1099)
        XI  National Foundation on the Arts and the Humanities 
                (Parts 1100--1199)
       XII  Corporation for National and Community Service (Parts 
                1200--1299)
      XIII  Administration for Children and Families, Department 
                of Health and Human Services (Parts 1300--1399)
       XVI  Legal Services Corporation (Parts 1600--1699)
      XVII  National Commission on Libraries and Information 
                Science (Parts 1700--1799)
     XVIII  Harry S. Truman Scholarship Foundation (Parts 1800--
                1899)
       XXI  Commission of Fine Arts (Parts 2100--2199)
     XXIII  Arctic Research Commission (Parts 2300--2399)
      XXIV  James Madison Memorial Fellowship Foundation (Parts 
                2400--2499)
       XXV  Corporation for National and Community Service (Parts 
                2500--2599)

                          Title 46--Shipping

         I  Coast Guard, Department of Homeland Security (Parts 
                1--199)
        II  Maritime Administration, Department of Transportation 
                (Parts 200--399)
       III  Coast Guard (Great Lakes Pilotage), Department of 
                Homeland Security (Parts 400--499)
        IV  Federal Maritime Commission (Parts 500--599)

                      Title 47--Telecommunication

         I  Federal Communications Commission (Parts 0--199)
        II  Office of Science and Technology Policy and National 
                Security Council (Parts 200--299)
       III  National Telecommunications and Information 
                Administration, Department of Commerce (Parts 
                300--399)
        IV  National Telecommunications and Information 
                Administration, Department of Commerce, and 
                National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 
                Department of Transportation (Parts 400--499)
         V  The First Responder Network Authority (Parts 500--599)

[[Page 974]]

           Title 48--Federal Acquisition Regulations System

         1  Federal Acquisition Regulation (Parts 1--99)
         2  Defense Acquisition Regulations System, Department of 
                Defense (Parts 200--299)
         3  Department of Health and Human Services (Parts 300--
                399)
         4  Department of Agriculture (Parts 400--499)
         5  General Services Administration (Parts 500--599)
         6  Department of State (Parts 600--699)
         7  Agency for International Development (Parts 700--799)
         8  Department of Veterans Affairs (Parts 800--899)
         9  Department of Energy (Parts 900--999)
        10  Department of the Treasury (Parts 1000--1099)
        12  Department of Transportation (Parts 1200--1299)
        13  Department of Commerce (Parts 1300--1399)
        14  Department of the Interior (Parts 1400--1499)
        15  Environmental Protection Agency (Parts 1500--1599)
        16  Office of Personnel Management, Federal Employees 
                Health Benefits Acquisition Regulation (Parts 
                1600--1699)
        17  Office of Personnel Management (Parts 1700--1799)
        18  National Aeronautics and Space Administration (Parts 
                1800--1899)
        19  Broadcasting Board of Governors (Parts 1900--1999)
        20  Nuclear Regulatory Commission (Parts 2000--2099)
        21  Office of Personnel Management, Federal Employees 
                Group Life Insurance Federal Acquisition 
                Regulation (Parts 2100--2199)
        23  Social Security Administration (Parts 2300--2399)
        24  Department of Housing and Urban Development (Parts 
                2400--2499)
        25  National Science Foundation (Parts 2500--2599)
        28  Department of Justice (Parts 2800--2899)
        29  Department of Labor (Parts 2900--2999)
        30  Department of Homeland Security, Homeland Security 
                Acquisition Regulation (HSAR) (Parts 3000--3099)
        34  Department of Education Acquisition Regulation (Parts 
                3400--3499)
        51  Department of the Army Acquisition Regulations (Parts 
                5100--5199)
        52  Department of the Navy Acquisition Regulations (Parts 
                5200--5299)
        53  Department of the Air Force Federal Acquisition 
                Regulation Supplement (Parts 5300--5399) 
                [Reserved]
        54  Defense Logistics Agency, Department of Defense (Parts 
                5400--5499)
        57  African Development Foundation (Parts 5700--5799)
        61  Civilian Board of Contract Appeals, General Services 
                Administration (Parts 6100--6199)
        99  Cost Accounting Standards Board, Office of Federal 
                Procurement Policy, Office of Management and 
                Budget (Parts 9900--9999)

[[Page 975]]

                       Title 49--Transportation

            Subtitle A--Office of the Secretary of Transportation 
                (Parts 1--99)
            Subtitle B--Other Regulations Relating to 
                Transportation
         I  Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety 
                Administration, Department of Transportation 
                (Parts 100--199)
        II  Federal Railroad Administration, Department of 
                Transportation (Parts 200--299)
       III  Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, 
                Department of Transportation (Parts 300--399)
        IV  Coast Guard, Department of Homeland Security (Parts 
                400--499)
         V  National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 
                Department of Transportation (Parts 500--599)
        VI  Federal Transit Administration, Department of 
                Transportation (Parts 600--699)
       VII  National Railroad Passenger Corporation (AMTRAK) 
                (Parts 700--799)
      VIII  National Transportation Safety Board (Parts 800--999)
         X  Surface Transportation Board (Parts 1000--1399)
        XI  Research and Innovative Technology Administration, 
                Department of Transportation (Parts 1400--1499) 
                [Reserved]
       XII  Transportation Security Administration, Department of 
                Homeland Security (Parts 1500--1699)

                   Title 50--Wildlife and Fisheries

         I  United States Fish and Wildlife Service, Department of 
                the Interior (Parts 1--199)
        II  National Marine Fisheries Service, National Oceanic 
                and Atmospheric Administration, Department of 
                Commerce (Parts 200--299)
       III  International Fishing and Related Activities (Parts 
                300--399)
        IV  Joint Regulations (United States Fish and Wildlife 
                Service, Department of the Interior and National 
                Marine Fisheries Service, National Oceanic and 
                Atmospheric Administration, Department of 
                Commerce); Endangered Species Committee 
                Regulations (Parts 400--499)
         V  Marine Mammal Commission (Parts 500--599)
        VI  Fishery Conservation and Management, National Oceanic 
                and Atmospheric Administration, Department of 
                Commerce (Parts 600--699)

[[Page 977]]





           Alphabetical List of Agencies Appearing in the CFR




                      (Revised as of July 1, 2019)

                                                  CFR Title, Subtitle or 
                     Agency                               Chapter

Administrative Conference of the United States    1, III
Advisory Council on Historic Preservation         36, VIII
Advocacy and Outreach, Office of                  7, XXV
Afghanistan Reconstruction, Special Inspector     5, LXXXIII
     General for
African Development Foundation                    22, XV
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 57
Agency for International Development              2, VII; 22, II
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 7
Agricultural Marketing Service                    7, I, IX, X, XI
Agricultural Research Service                     7, V
Agriculture, Department of                        2, IV; 5, LXXIII
  Advocacy and Outreach, Office of                7, XXV
  Agricultural Marketing Service                  7, I, IX, X, XI
  Agricultural Research Service                   7, V
  Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service      7, III; 9, I
  Chief Financial Officer, Office of              7, XXX
  Commodity Credit Corporation                    7, XIV
  Economic Research Service                       7, XXXVII
  Energy Policy and New Uses, Office of           2, IX; 7, XXIX
  Environmental Quality, Office of                7, XXXI
  Farm Service Agency                             7, VII, XVIII
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 4
  Federal Crop Insurance Corporation              7, IV
  Food and Nutrition Service                      7, II
  Food Safety and Inspection Service              9, III
  Foreign Agricultural Service                    7, XV
  Forest Service                                  36, II
  Grain Inspection, Packers and Stockyards        7, VIII; 9, II
       Administration
  Information Resources Management, Office of     7, XXVII
  Inspector General, Office of                    7, XXVI
  National Agricultural Library                   7, XLI
  National Agricultural Statistics Service        7, XXXVI
  National Institute of Food and Agriculture      7, XXXIV
  Natural Resources Conservation Service          7, VI
  Operations, Office of                           7, XXVIII
  Procurement and Property Management, Office of  7, XXXII
  Rural Business-Cooperative Service              7, XVIII, XLII
  Rural Development Administration                7, XLII
  Rural Housing Service                           7, XVIII, XXXV
  Rural Telephone Bank                            7, XVI
  Rural Utilities Service                         7, XVII, XVIII, XLII
  Secretary of Agriculture, Office of             7, Subtitle A
  Transportation, Office of                       7, XXXIII
  World Agricultural Outlook Board                7, XXXVIII
Air Force, Department of                          32, VII
  Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement       48, 53
Air Transportation Stabilization Board            14, VI
Alcohol and Tobacco Tax and Trade Bureau          27, I
Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms, and Explosives,       27, II
     Bureau of
AMTRAK                                            49, VII
American Battle Monuments Commission              36, IV
American Indians, Office of the Special Trustee   25, VII
Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service        7, III; 9, I

[[Page 978]]

Appalachian Regional Commission                   5, IX
Architectural and Transportation Barriers         36, XI
     Compliance Board
Arctic Research Commission                        45, XXIII
Armed Forces Retirement Home                      5, XI
Army, Department of                               32, V
  Engineers, Corps of                             33, II; 36, III
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 51
Bilingual Education and Minority Languages        34, V
     Affairs, Office of
Blind or Severely Disabled, Committee for         41, 51
     Purchase from People Who Are
Broadcasting Board of Governors                   22, V
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 19
Career, Technical, and Adult Education, Office    34, IV
     of
Census Bureau                                     15, I
Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services          42, IV
Central Intelligence Agency                       32, XIX
Chemical Safety and Hazard Investigation Board    40, VI
Chief Financial Officer, Office of                7, XXX
Child Support Enforcement, Office of              45, III
Children and Families, Administration for         45, II, III, IV, X, XIII
Civil Rights, Commission on                       5, LXVIII; 45, VII
Civil Rights, Office for                          34, I
Council of the Inspectors General on Integrity    5, XCVIII
     and Efficiency
Court Services and Offender Supervision Agency    5, LXX
     for the District of Columbia
Coast Guard                                       33, I; 46, I; 49, IV
Coast Guard (Great Lakes Pilotage)                46, III
Commerce, Department of                           2, XIII; 44, IV; 50, VI
  Census Bureau                                   15, I
  Economic Analysis, Bureau of                    15, VIII
  Economic Development Administration             13, III
  Emergency Management and Assistance             44, IV
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 13
  Foreign-Trade Zones Board                       15, IV
  Industry and Security, Bureau of                15, VII
  International Trade Administration              15, III; 19, III
  National Institute of Standards and Technology  15, II; 37, IV
  National Marine Fisheries Service               50, II, IV
  National Oceanic and Atmospheric                15, IX; 50, II, III, IV, 
       Administration                             VI
  National Technical Information Service          15, XI
  National Telecommunications and Information     15, XXIII; 47, III, IV
       Administration
  National Weather Service                        15, IX
  Patent and Trademark Office, United States      37, I
  Secretary of Commerce, Office of                15, Subtitle A
Commercial Space Transportation                   14, III
Commodity Credit Corporation                      7, XIV
Commodity Futures Trading Commission              5, XLI; 17, I
Community Planning and Development, Office of     24, V, VI
     Assistant Secretary for
Community Services, Office of                     45, X
Comptroller of the Currency                       12, I
Construction Industry Collective Bargaining       29, IX
     Commission
Consumer Financial Protection Bureau              5, LXXXIV; 12, X
Consumer Product Safety Commission                5, LXXI; 16, II
Copyright Royalty Board                           37, III
Corporation for National and Community Service    2, XXII; 45, XII, XXV
Cost Accounting Standards Board                   48, 99
Council on Environmental Quality                  40, V
Court Services and Offender Supervision Agency    5, LXX; 28, VIII
     for the District of Columbia
Customs and Border Protection                     19, I
Defense Contract Audit Agency                     32, I
Defense, Department of                            2, XI; 5, XXVI; 32, 
                                                  Subtitle A; 40, VII
  Advanced Research Projects Agency               32, I
  Air Force Department                            32, VII

[[Page 979]]

  Army Department                                 32, V; 33, II; 36, III; 
                                                  48, 51
  Defense Acquisition Regulations System          48, 2
  Defense Intelligence Agency                     32, I
  Defense Logistics Agency                        32, I, XII; 48, 54
  Engineers, Corps of                             33, II; 36, III
  National Imagery and Mapping Agency             32, I
  Navy Department                                 32, VI; 48, 52
  Secretary of Defense, Office of                 2, XI; 32, I
Defense Contract Audit Agency                     32, I
Defense Intelligence Agency                       32, I
Defense Logistics Agency                          32, XII; 48, 54
Defense Nuclear Facilities Safety Board           10, XVII
Delaware River Basin Commission                   18, III
Denali Commission                                 45, IX
Disability, National Council on                   5, C; 34, XII
District of Columbia, Court Services and          5, LXX; 28, VIII
     Offender Supervision Agency for the
Drug Enforcement Administration                   21, II
East-West Foreign Trade Board                     15, XIII
Economic Analysis, Bureau of                      15, VIII
Economic Development Administration               13, III
Economic Research Service                         7, XXXVII
Education, Department of                          2, XXXIV; 5, LIII
  Bilingual Education and Minority Languages      34, V
       Affairs, Office of
  Career, Technical, and Adult Education, Office  34, IV
       of
  Civil Rights, Office for                        34, I
  Educational Research and Improvement, Office    34, VII
       of
  Elementary and Secondary Education, Office of   34, II
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 34
  Postsecondary Education, Office of              34, VI
  Secretary of Education, Office of               34, Subtitle A
  Special Education and Rehabilitative Services,  34, III
       Office of
Educational Research and Improvement, Office of   34, VII
Election Assistance Commission                    2, LVIII; 11, II
Elementary and Secondary Education, Office of     34, II
Emergency Oil and Gas Guaranteed Loan Board       13, V
Emergency Steel Guarantee Loan Board              13, IV
Employee Benefits Security Administration         29, XXV
Employees' Compensation Appeals Board             20, IV
Employees Loyalty Board                           5, V
Employment and Training Administration            20, V
Employment Policy, National Commission for        1, IV
Employment Standards Administration               20, VI
Endangered Species Committee                      50, IV
Energy, Department of                             2, IX; 5, XXIII; 10, II, 
                                                  III, X
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 9
  Federal Energy Regulatory Commission            5, XXIV; 18, I
  Property Management Regulations                 41, 109
Energy, Office of                                 7, XXIX
Engineers, Corps of                               33, II; 36, III
Engraving and Printing, Bureau of                 31, VI
Environmental Protection Agency                   2, XV; 5, LIV; 40, I, IV, 
                                                  VII
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 15
  Property Management Regulations                 41, 115
Environmental Quality, Office of                  7, XXXI
Equal Employment Opportunity Commission           5, LXII; 29, XIV
Equal Opportunity, Office of Assistant Secretary  24, I
     for
Executive Office of the President                 3, I
  Environmental Quality, Council on               40, V
  Management and Budget, Office of                2, Subtitle A; 5, III, 
                                                  LXXVII; 14, VI; 48, 99
  National Drug Control Policy, Office of         2, XXXVI; 21, III
  National Security Council                       32, XXI; 47, 2

[[Page 980]]

  Presidential Documents                          3
  Science and Technology Policy, Office of        32, XXIV; 47, II
  Trade Representative, Office of the United      15, XX
       States
Export-Import Bank of the United States           2, XXXV; 5, LII; 12, IV
Family Assistance, Office of                      45, II
Farm Credit Administration                        5, XXXI; 12, VI
Farm Credit System Insurance Corporation          5, XXX; 12, XIV
Farm Service Agency                               7, VII, XVIII
Federal Acquisition Regulation                    48, 1
Federal Aviation Administration                   14, I
  Commercial Space Transportation                 14, III
Federal Claims Collection Standards               31, IX
Federal Communications Commission                 5, XXIX; 47, I
Federal Contract Compliance Programs, Office of   41, 60
Federal Crop Insurance Corporation                7, IV
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation             5, XXII; 12, III
Federal Election Commission                       5, XXXVII; 11, I
Federal Emergency Management Agency               44, I
Federal Employees Group Life Insurance Federal    48, 21
     Acquisition Regulation
Federal Employees Health Benefits Acquisition     48, 16
     Regulation
Federal Energy Regulatory Commission              5, XXIV; 18, I
Federal Financial Institutions Examination        12, XI
     Council
Federal Financing Bank                            12, VIII
Federal Highway Administration                    23, I, II
Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation            1, IV
Federal Housing Enterprise Oversight Office       12, XVII
Federal Housing Finance Agency                    5, LXXX; 12, XII
Federal Housing Finance Board                     12, IX
Federal Labor Relations Authority                 5, XIV, XLIX; 22, XIV
Federal Law Enforcement Training Center           31, VII
Federal Management Regulation                     41, 102
Federal Maritime Commission                       46, IV
Federal Mediation and Conciliation Service        29, XII
Federal Mine Safety and Health Review Commission  5, LXXIV; 29, XXVII
Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration       49, III
Federal Prison Industries, Inc.                   28, III
Federal Procurement Policy Office                 48, 99
Federal Property Management Regulations           41, 101
Federal Railroad Administration                   49, II
Federal Register, Administrative Committee of     1, I
Federal Register, Office of                       1, II
Federal Reserve System                            12, II
  Board of Governors                              5, LVIII
Federal Retirement Thrift Investment Board        5, VI, LXXVI
Federal Service Impasses Panel                    5, XIV
Federal Trade Commission                          5, XLVII; 16, I
Federal Transit Administration                    49, VI
Federal Travel Regulation System                  41, Subtitle F
Financial Crimes Enforcement Network              31, X
Financial Research Office                         12, XVI
Financial Stability Oversight Council             12, XIII
Fine Arts, Commission of                          45, XXI
Fiscal Service                                    31, II
Fish and Wildlife Service, United States          50, I, IV
Food and Drug Administration                      21, I
Food and Nutrition Service                        7, II
Food Safety and Inspection Service                9, III
Foreign Agricultural Service                      7, XV
Foreign Assets Control, Office of                 31, V
Foreign Claims Settlement Commission of the       45, V
     United States
Foreign Service Grievance Board                   22, IX
Foreign Service Impasse Disputes Panel            22, XIV
Foreign Service Labor Relations Board             22, XIV
Foreign-Trade Zones Board                         15, IV
Forest Service                                    36, II
General Services Administration                   5, LVII; 41, 105

[[Page 981]]

  Contract Appeals, Board of                      48, 61
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 5
  Federal Management Regulation                   41, 102
  Federal Property Management Regulations         41, 101
  Federal Travel Regulation System                41, Subtitle F
  General                                         41, 300
  Payment From a Non-Federal Source for Travel    41, 304
       Expenses
  Payment of Expenses Connected With the Death    41, 303
       of Certain Employees
  Relocation Allowances                           41, 302
  Temporary Duty (TDY) Travel Allowances          41, 301
Geological Survey                                 30, IV
Government Accountability Office                  4, I
Government Ethics, Office of                      5, XVI
Government National Mortgage Association          24, III
Grain Inspection, Packers and Stockyards          7, VIII; 9, II
     Administration
Gulf Coast Ecosystem Restoration Council          2, LIX; 40, VIII
Harry S. Truman Scholarship Foundation            45, XVIII
Health and Human Services, Department of          2, III; 5, XLV; 45, 
                                                  Subtitle A
  Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services        42, IV
  Child Support Enforcement, Office of            45, III
  Children and Families, Administration for       45, II, III, IV, X, XIII
  Community Services, Office of                   45, X
  Family Assistance, Office of                    45, II
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 3
  Food and Drug Administration                    21, I
  Indian Health Service                           25, V
  Inspector General (Health Care), Office of      42, V
  Public Health Service                           42, I
  Refugee Resettlement, Office of                 45, IV
Homeland Security, Department of                  2, XXX; 5, XXXVI; 6, I; 8, 
                                                  I
  Coast Guard                                     33, I; 46, I; 49, IV
  Coast Guard (Great Lakes Pilotage)              46, III
  Customs and Border Protection                   19, I
  Federal Emergency Management Agency             44, I
  Human Resources Management and Labor Relations  5, XCVII
       Systems
  Immigration and Customs Enforcement Bureau      19, IV
  Transportation Security Administration          49, XII
HOPE for Homeowners Program, Board of Directors   24, XXIV
     of
Housing and Urban Development, Department of      2, XXIV; 5, LXV; 24, 
                                                  Subtitle B
  Community Planning and Development, Office of   24, V, VI
       Assistant Secretary for
  Equal Opportunity, Office of Assistant          24, I
       Secretary for
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 24
  Federal Housing Enterprise Oversight, Office    12, XVII
       of
  Government National Mortgage Association        24, III
  Housing--Federal Housing Commissioner, Office   24, II, VIII, X, XX
       of Assistant Secretary for
  Housing, Office of, and Multifamily Housing     24, IV
       Assistance Restructuring, Office of
  Inspector General, Office of                    24, XII
  Public and Indian Housing, Office of Assistant  24, IX
       Secretary for
  Secretary, Office of                            24, Subtitle A, VII
Housing--Federal Housing Commissioner, Office of  24, II, VIII, X, XX
     Assistant Secretary for
Housing, Office of, and Multifamily Housing       24, IV
     Assistance Restructuring, Office of
Immigration and Customs Enforcement Bureau        19, IV
Immigration Review, Executive Office for          8, V
Independent Counsel, Office of                    28, VII
Independent Counsel, Offices of                   28, VI
Indian Affairs, Bureau of                         25, I, V
Indian Affairs, Office of the Assistant           25, VI
   Secretary
[[Page 982]]

Indian Arts and Crafts Board                      25, II
Indian Health Service                             25, V
Industry and Security, Bureau of                  15, VII
Information Resources Management, Office of       7, XXVII
Information Security Oversight Office, National   32, XX
     Archives and Records Administration
Inspector General
  Agriculture Department                          7, XXVI
  Health and Human Services Department            42, V
  Housing and Urban Development Department        24, XII, XV
Institute of Peace, United States                 22, XVII
Inter-American Foundation                         5, LXIII; 22, X
Interior, Department of                           2, XIV
  American Indians, Office of the Special         25, VII
       Trustee
  Endangered Species Committee                    50, IV
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 14
  Federal Property Management Regulations System  41, 114
  Fish and Wildlife Service, United States        50, I, IV
  Geological Survey                               30, IV
  Indian Affairs, Bureau of                       25, I, V
  Indian Affairs, Office of the Assistant         25, VI
       Secretary
  Indian Arts and Crafts Board                    25, II
  Land Management, Bureau of                      43, II
  National Indian Gaming Commission               25, III
  National Park Service                           36, I
  Natural Resource Revenue, Office of             30, XII
  Ocean Energy Management, Bureau of              30, V
  Reclamation, Bureau of                          43, I
  Safety and Enforcement Bureau, Bureau of        30, II
  Secretary of the Interior, Office of            2, XIV; 43, Subtitle A
  Surface Mining Reclamation and Enforcement,     30, VII
       Office of
Internal Revenue Service                          26, I
International Boundary and Water Commission,      22, XI
     United States and Mexico, United States 
     Section
International Development, United States Agency   22, II
     for
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 7
International Development Cooperation Agency,     22, XII
     United States
International Joint Commission, United States     22, IV
     and Canada
International Organizations Employees Loyalty     5, V
     Board
International Trade Administration                15, III; 19, III
International Trade Commission, United States     19, II
Interstate Commerce Commission                    5, XL
Investment Security, Office of                    31, VIII
James Madison Memorial Fellowship Foundation      45, XXIV
Japan-United States Friendship Commission         22, XVI
Joint Board for the Enrollment of Actuaries       20, VIII
Justice, Department of                            2, XXVIII; 5, XXVIII; 28, 
                                                  I, XI; 40, IV
  Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms, and Explosives,     27, II
       Bureau of
  Drug Enforcement Administration                 21, II
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 28
  Federal Claims Collection Standards             31, IX
  Federal Prison Industries, Inc.                 28, III
  Foreign Claims Settlement Commission of the     45, V
       United States
  Immigration Review, Executive Office for        8, V
  Independent Counsel, Offices of                 28, VI
  Prisons, Bureau of                              28, V
  Property Management Regulations                 41, 128
Labor, Department of                              2, XXIX; 5, XLII
  Employee Benefits Security Administration       29, XXV
  Employees' Compensation Appeals Board           20, IV
  Employment and Training Administration          20, V
  Employment Standards Administration             20, VI
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 29
  Federal Contract Compliance Programs, Office    41, 60
     of
[[Page 983]]

  Federal Procurement Regulations System          41, 50
  Labor-Management Standards, Office of           29, II, IV
  Mine Safety and Health Administration           30, I
  Occupational Safety and Health Administration   29, XVII
  Public Contracts                                41, 50
  Secretary of Labor, Office of                   29, Subtitle A
  Veterans' Employment and Training Service,      41, 61; 20, IX
       Office of the Assistant Secretary for
  Wage and Hour Division                          29, V
  Workers' Compensation Programs, Office of       20, I, VII
Labor-Management Standards, Office of             29, II, IV
Land Management, Bureau of                        43, II
Legal Services Corporation                        45, XVI
Libraries and Information Science, National       45, XVII
     Commission on
Library of Congress                               36, VII
  Copyright Royalty Board                         37, III
  U.S. Copyright Office                           37, II
Local Television Loan Guarantee Board             7, XX
Management and Budget, Office of                  5, III, LXXVII; 14, VI; 
                                                  48, 99
Marine Mammal Commission                          50, V
Maritime Administration                           46, II
Merit Systems Protection Board                    5, II, LXIV
Micronesian Status Negotiations, Office for       32, XXVII
Military Compensation and Retirement              5, XCIX
     Modernization Commission
Millennium Challenge Corporation                  22, XIII
Mine Safety and Health Administration             30, I
Minority Business Development Agency              15, XIV
Miscellaneous Agencies                            1, IV
Monetary Offices                                  31, I
Morris K. Udall Scholarship and Excellence in     36, XVI
     National Environmental Policy Foundation
Museum and Library Services, Institute of         2, XXXI
National Aeronautics and Space Administration     2, XVIII; 5, LIX; 14, V
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 18
National Agricultural Library                     7, XLI
National Agricultural Statistics Service          7, XXXVI
National and Community Service, Corporation for   2, XXII; 45, XII, XXV
National Archives and Records Administration      2, XXVI; 5, LXVI; 36, XII
  Information Security Oversight Office           32, XX
National Capital Planning Commission              1, IV, VI
National Counterintelligence Center               32, XVIII
National Credit Union Administration              5, LXXXVI; 12, VII
National Crime Prevention and Privacy Compact     28, IX
     Council
National Drug Control Policy, Office of           2, XXXVI; 21, III
National Endowment for the Arts                   2, XXXII
National Endowment for the Humanities             2, XXXIII
National Foundation on the Arts and the           45, XI
     Humanities
National Geospatial-Intelligence Agency           32, I
National Highway Traffic Safety Administration    23, II, III; 47, VI; 49, V
National Imagery and Mapping Agency               32, I
National Indian Gaming Commission                 25, III
National Institute of Food and Agriculture        7, XXXIV
National Institute of Standards and Technology    15, II; 37, IV
National Intelligence, Office of Director of      5, IV; 32, XVII
National Labor Relations Board                    5, LXI; 29, I
National Marine Fisheries Service                 50, II, IV
National Mediation Board                          5, CI; 29, X
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration   15, IX; 50, II, III, IV, 
                                                  VI
National Park Service                             36, I
National Railroad Adjustment Board                29, III
National Railroad Passenger Corporation (AMTRAK)  49, VII
National Science Foundation                       2, XXV; 5, XLIII; 45, VI
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 25
National Security Council                         32, XXI

[[Page 984]]

National Security Council and Office of Science   47, II
     and Technology Policy
National Technical Information Service            15, XI
National Telecommunications and Information       15, XXIII; 47, III, IV, V
     Administration
National Transportation Safety Board              49, VIII
Natural Resources Conservation Service            7, VI
Natural Resource Revenue, Office of               30, XII
Navajo and Hopi Indian Relocation, Office of      25, IV
Navy, Department of                               32, VI
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 52
Neighborhood Reinvestment Corporation             24, XXV
Northeast Interstate Low-Level Radioactive Waste  10, XVIII
     Commission
Nuclear Regulatory Commission                     2, XX; 5, XLVIII; 10, I
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 20
Occupational Safety and Health Administration     29, XVII
Occupational Safety and Health Review Commission  29, XX
Ocean Energy Management, Bureau of                30, V
Oklahoma City National Memorial Trust             36, XV
Operations Office                                 7, XXVIII
Overseas Private Investment Corporation           5, XXXIII; 22, VII
Patent and Trademark Office, United States        37, I
Payment From a Non-Federal Source for Travel      41, 304
     Expenses
Payment of Expenses Connected With the Death of   41, 303
     Certain Employees
Peace Corps                                       2, XXXVII; 22, III
Pennsylvania Avenue Development Corporation       36, IX
Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation              29, XL
Personnel Management, Office of                   5, I, XXXV; 5, IV; 45, 
                                                  VIII
  Human Resources Management and Labor Relations  5, XCVII
       Systems, Department of Homeland Security
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 17
  Federal Employees Group Life Insurance Federal  48, 21
       Acquisition Regulation
  Federal Employees Health Benefits Acquisition   48, 16
       Regulation
Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety           49, I
     Administration
Postal Regulatory Commission                      5, XLVI; 39, III
Postal Service, United States                     5, LX; 39, I
Postsecondary Education, Office of                34, VI
President's Commission on White House             1, IV
     Fellowships
Presidential Documents                            3
Presidio Trust                                    36, X
Prisons, Bureau of                                28, V
Privacy and Civil Liberties Oversight Board       6, X
Procurement and Property Management, Office of    7, XXXII
Public Contracts, Department of Labor             41, 50
Public and Indian Housing, Office of Assistant    24, IX
     Secretary for
Public Health Service                             42, I
Railroad Retirement Board                         20, II
Reclamation, Bureau of                            43, I
Refugee Resettlement, Office of                   45, IV
Relocation Allowances                             41, 302
Research and Innovative Technology                49, XI
     Administration
Rural Business-Cooperative Service                7, XVIII, XLII
Rural Development Administration                  7, XLII
Rural Housing Service                             7, XVIII, XXXV
Rural Telephone Bank                              7, XVI
Rural Utilities Service                           7, XVII, XVIII, XLII
Safety and Environmental Enforcement, Bureau of   30, II
Saint Lawrence Seaway Development Corporation     33, IV
Science and Technology Policy, Office of          32, XXIV
Science and Technology Policy, Office of, and     47, II
     National Security Council
Secret Service                                    31, IV
Securities and Exchange Commission                5, XXXIV; 17, II

[[Page 985]]

Selective Service System                          32, XVI
Small Business Administration                     2, XXVII; 13, I
Smithsonian Institution                           36, V
Social Security Administration                    2, XXIII; 20, III; 48, 23
Soldiers' and Airmen's Home, United States        5, XI
Special Counsel, Office of                        5, VIII
Special Education and Rehabilitative Services,    34, III
     Office of
State, Department of                              2, VI; 22, I; 28, XI
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 6
Surface Mining Reclamation and Enforcement,       30, VII
     Office of
Surface Transportation Board                      49, X
Susquehanna River Basin Commission                18, VIII
Tennessee Valley Authority                        5, LXIX; 18, XIII
Trade Representative, United States, Office of    15, XX
Transportation, Department of                     2, XII; 5, L
  Commercial Space Transportation                 14, III
  Emergency Management and Assistance             44, IV
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 12
  Federal Aviation Administration                 14, I
  Federal Highway Administration                  23, I, II
  Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration     49, III
  Federal Railroad Administration                 49, II
  Federal Transit Administration                  49, VI
  Maritime Administration                         46, II
  National Highway Traffic Safety Administration  23, II, III; 47, IV; 49, V
  Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety         49, I
       Administration
  Saint Lawrence Seaway Development Corporation   33, IV
  Secretary of Transportation, Office of          14, II; 49, Subtitle A
  Transportation Statistics Bureau                49, XI
Transportation, Office of                         7, XXXIII
Transportation Security Administration            49, XII
Transportation Statistics Bureau                  49, XI
Travel Allowances, Temporary Duty (TDY)           41, 301
Treasury, Department of the                       2, X;5, XXI; 12, XV; 17, 
                                                  IV; 31, IX
  Alcohol and Tobacco Tax and Trade Bureau        27, I
  Community Development Financial Institutions    12, XVIII
       Fund
  Comptroller of the Currency                     12, I
  Customs and Border Protection                   19, I
  Engraving and Printing, Bureau of               31, VI
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 10
  Federal Claims Collection Standards             31, IX
  Federal Law Enforcement Training Center         31, VII
  Financial Crimes Enforcement Network            31, X
  Fiscal Service                                  31, II
  Foreign Assets Control, Office of               31, V
  Internal Revenue Service                        26, I
  Investment Security, Office of                  31, VIII
  Monetary Offices                                31, I
  Secret Service                                  31, IV
  Secretary of the Treasury, Office of            31, Subtitle A
Truman, Harry S. Scholarship Foundation           45, XVIII
United States and Canada, International Joint     22, IV
     Commission
United States and Mexico, International Boundary  22, XI
     and Water Commission, United States Section
U.S. Copyright Office                             37, II
Utah Reclamation Mitigation and Conservation      43, III
     Commission
Veterans Affairs, Department of                   2, VIII; 38, I
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 8
Veterans' Employment and Training Service,        41, 61; 20, IX
     Office of the Assistant Secretary for
Vice President of the United States, Office of    32, XXVIII
Wage and Hour Division                            29, V
Water Resources Council                           18, VI
Workers' Compensation Programs, Office of         20, I, VII
World Agricultural Outlook Board                  7, XXXVIII

[[Page 987]]



List of CFR Sections Affected



All changes in this volume of the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) that 
were made by documents published in the Federal Register since January 
1, 2014 are enumerated in the following list. Entries indicate the 
nature of the changes effected. Page numbers refer to Federal Register 
pages. The user should consult the entries for chapters, parts and 
subparts as well as sections for revisions.
For changes to this volume of the CFR prior to this listing, consult the 
annual edition of the monthly List of CFR Sections Affected (LSA). The 
LSA is available at www.govinfo.gov. For changes to this volume of the 
CFR prior to 2001, see the ``List of CFR Sections Affected, 1949-1963, 
1964-1972, 1973-1985, and 1986-2000'' published in 11 separate volumes. 
The ``List of CFR Sections Affected 1986-2000'' is available at 
www.govinfo.gov.

                                  2014

40 CFR
                                                                   79 FR
                                                                    Page
Chapter I
63.10000 (c)(1)(vi) revised; (l) added.............................68788
63.10005 (a)(2) revised............................................68789
63.10007 (a)(1) revised; (f) redesignated as (g); new (f) added....68789
63.10010 (f)(4) revised; (l) added.................................68789
63.10011 (g) revised...............................................68790
63.10020 (c) revised; (e) added....................................68790
63.10021 (h) revised...............................................68791
63.10022 (a) introductory text revised; (a) added..................68791
63.10030 (e) introductory text revised; (e)(8) added...............68791
63.10031 (c) introductory text revised; (c)(5) added...............68791
    (f) introductory text, (1), (2) and (4) amended; (f)(5) 
revised; (f)(6) added..............................................68799
63.10032 (f) revised...............................................68792
63.10042 Amended...................................................68792
63.9980--63.10042 (Subpart UUUUU) Table 3 revised..................68792
    Table 9 revised................................................68794
    Appendixes A and B amended.....................................68795
63 Appendix A amended..............................................11293

                                  2015

40 CFR
                                                                   80 FR
                                                                    Page
Chapter I
63.10031 (f) introductory text, (1), (2) and (4) amended; (f)(5) 
        and (6) revised............................................15514
63.10686 (e) reinstated; CFR correction............................36247
63.11140--63.11145 (Subpart DDDDDD) Table 1 revised.................5940
    Table 2 revised.................................................5941

                                  2016

40 CFR
                                                                   81 FR
                                                                    Page
Chapter I
63.9983 Heading, (a), (b) and (c) revised; (e) added...............20180
63.9991 (c)(1) and (2) revised.....................................20180
63.10000 (a), (c)(1)(i), (2)(iii), (f), (g) and (i)(1) revised; 
        (m) and (n) added..........................................20180
63.10001 Removed...................................................20181
63.10005 (a) introductory text, (2) introductory text, (i), (ii), 
        (b)(4), (d)(3), (4)(i), (f), (h) introductory text, (3) 
        introductory text, (i)(D) and (iii) introductory text 
        revised; (b)(6) added; (i)(4)(iii) and (iv) removed........20181
63.10006 (f) revised; (j) removed..................................20182
63.10007 (f)(2) revised............................................20182

[[Page 988]]

63.10009 (a)(2) introductory text, (i), (b)(1), (2), (3), (e), (f) 
        introductory text, (2), (g), (j)(1)(ii) and (2) 
        introductory text revised..................................20183
63.10010 (a)(4), (f)(3), (4), (h)(6)(i), (ii), (i)(5)(i)(A), (B), 
        (j)(1)(i), (4)(i)(A), (B) and (l) revised..................20185
63.10011 (b), (c), (e) and (g) revised.............................20186
63.10020 (e) revised...............................................20187
63.10021 (d)(3), (e) introductory text, (9) and (h)(1) revised.....20187
63.10023 (b)(1) removed; (b)(2) introductory text revised..........20187
63.10030 (e)(1), (7)(i) and (8) revised; (e)(7)(iii) and (f) added
                                                                   20187
63.10031 (c) introductory text, (4) and (5) revised; (c)(6) 
        through (9) added..........................................20188
63.10032 (f) revised...............................................20189
63.10042 Amended...................................................20189
63.9980--63.10042 (Subpart UUUUU) Table 1 revised..................20190
    Table 2 revised................................................20192
    Table 3 revised................................................20196
    Tables 4 and 5 revised.........................................20197
    Tables 6 and 8 revised.........................................20201
    Table 9 revised................................................20202
    Appendix A amended.............................................20203
    Appendix B amended.............................................20205
63.11195 (c) and (k) revised.......................................63125
63.11210 (f) through (j) redesignated as (g) through (k); new (f) 
        added; (b), (e), new (j) introductory text, (k) 
        introductory text, (1) and (2) revised.....................63125
63.11214 (a), (b) and (c) revised..................................63126
63.11220 Revised...................................................63126
63.11221 (c) revised...............................................63127
63.11222 (a)(2) revised............................................63127
63.11223 (c) revised...............................................63127
63.11225 (a)(4) introductory text, (b) introductory text, 
        (c)(2)(iv), (e) and (g) introductory text revised..........63127
63.11226 Removed...................................................63128
63.11237 Amended...................................................63128
63.11193--63.11237 (Subpart JJJJJJ) Table 1 amended................63129
    Table 2 and Table 6 amended....................................63130
63 Appendix A amended.................................9352, 59826, 83703
    Regulation at 81 FR 9352 withdrawn.............................23187

                                  2017

40 CFR
                                                                   82 FR
                                                                    Page
Chapter I
63.10021 (e)(9) amended............................................16739
63.10031 (f) introductory text, (1), (2), (4) and (6) introductory 
        text amended...............................................16739
63.9980--63.10042 (Subpart UUUUU) Appendix A amended...............16740

                                  2018

40 CFR
                                                                   83 FR
                                                                    Page
Chapter I
63.10021 (e)(9) revised............................................30883
63.10031 (f) introductory text, (1), (2), (4), and (6) 
        introductory text revised..................................30883
63.9980--63.10042 (Subpart UUUUU) Table 5 amended..................56727
63 Appendix A amended................................12122, 56730, 58506

                                  2019

   (Regulations published from January 1, 2019, through July 1, 2019)

40 CFR
                                                                   84 FR
                                                                    Page
Chapter I
63.9495 (a) and (b) revised; (e) added..............................2750
63.9505 Revised.....................................................2750
63.9530 (a)(1) and (e) revised......................................2751
63.9540 (b)(4), (c)(2), and (d) revised.............................2751
63.9545 (a)(2) revised; (a)(3) added................................2751
63.9480--63.9570 (Subpart QQQQQ) Table 1 amended....................2752

[[Page 989]]

63.10021 (e)(9) revised; CFR correction............................23727
63.10031 (f) introductory text, (1), (2), (4), and (6) 
        introductory text revised; CFR correction..................23727
63 Appendix A amended...............................................7707


                                  [all]